po-man/fr.po

   1 # French translation for util-linux-man
   2 # This file is distributed under the same license as the util-linux package.
   3 #
   4 # Alain Portal <aportal@univ-montp2.fr>, 2005, 2006.
   5 # Alexandre Kuoch <alex.kuoch@gmail.com>, 2008.
   6 # Alexandre Normand <aj.normand@free.fr>, 2010.
   7 # Aymeric Nys <aymeric AT nnx POINT com>, 2004.
   8 # Christophe Blaess <ccb@club-internet.fr>, 1997, 2002, 2003.
   9 # Christophe Sauthier <christophe@sauthier.com>, 2001.
  10 # David Prévot <david@tilapin.org>, 2010-2015.
  11 # Florentin Duneau <fduneau@gmail.com>, 2008-2010.
  12 # Frédéric Delanoy <delanoy_f@yahoo.com>, 2000.
  13 # Frédéric Zulian <zulian@free.fr>, 2006.
  14 # Grégory Colpart <reg@evolix.fr>, 2006.
  15 # Jade Alglave <jade.alglave@ens-lyon.org>, 2006.
  16 # Jean-Baka Domelevo-Entfellner <domelevo@gmail.com>, 2006.
  17 # Jean-Luc Coulon (f5ibh) <jean-luc.coulon@wanadoo.fr>, 2006.
  18 # Jean-Paul Guillonneau <guillonneau.jeanpaul@free.fr>, 2020-2021.
  19 # Jean-Philippe MENGUAL <jpmengual@debian.org>, 2020-2021.
  20 # Jean-Pierre Giraud <jean-pierregiraud@neuf.fr>, 2020.
  21 # Julien Cristau <jcristau@debian.org>, 2006.
  22 # Jérôme Perzyna <jperzyna@yahoo.fr>, 2004.
  23 # Lyes Zemmouche <iliaas@hotmail.fr>, 2008.
  24 # Michel Quercia <quercia AT cal DOT enst DOT fr>, 1997.
  25 # Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>, 2007.
  26 # Nicolas Haller <nicolas@boiteameuh.org>, 2006.
  27 # Philippe Piette <foudre-blanche@skynet.be>, 2006, 2007.
  28 # Sylvain Archenault <sylvain.archenault@laposte.net>, 2006.
  29 # Sébastien Blanchet, 2002.
  30 # Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandriva.com>, 1999, 2000.
  31 # Thomas Huriaux <thomas.huriaux@gmail.com>, 2006, 2007.
  32 # Valéry Perrin <valery.perrin.debian@free.fr>, 2006.
  33 # Yves Rütschlé <l10n@rutschle.net>, 2006.
  34 # Frédéric Marchal <fmarchal@perso.be>, 2023
  35 msgid ""
  36 msgstr ""
  37 "Project-Id-Version: util-linux-man 2.39-rc3\n"
  38 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: util-linux@vger.kernel.org\n"
  39 "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-11-23 11:31+0100\n"
  40 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-11 16:26+0200\n"
  41 "Last-Translator: Frédéric Marchal <fmarchal@perso.be>\n"
  42 "Language-Team: French <traduc@traduc.org>\n"
  43 "Language: fr\n"
  44 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
  45 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
  46 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
  47 "X-Bugs: Report translation errors to the Language-Team address.\n"
  48 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n >= 2);\n"
  49
  50 #. type: Title ==
  51 #: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:1
  52 #, no-wrap
  53 msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
  54 msgstr "SIGNALER DES BOGUES"
  55
  56 #. type: Plain text
  57 #: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:3
  58 msgid ""
  59 "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/util-linux/util-"
  60 "linux/issues."
  61 msgstr ""
  62 "Pour signaler un bogue, utilisez le gestionnaire de bogues sur https://"
  63 "github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues."
  64
  65 #. type: Title ==
  66 #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:1
  67 #, no-wrap
  68 msgid "COLORS"
  69 msgstr "COULEURS"
  70
  71 #. type: Plain text
  72 #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:5
  73 msgid ""
  74 "The output colorization is implemented by *terminal-colors.d*(5) "
  75 "functionality.  Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file"
  76 msgstr ""
  77 "La colorisation de la sortie est implémentée grâce aux fonctionnalités de "
  78 "*terminal-colors.d*(5).  La colorisation implicite peut être désactivée via "
  79 "un fichier vide"
  80
  81 #. type: delimited block _
  82 #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:7
  83 msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{command}.disable_"
  84 msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{commande}.disable_"
  85
  86 #. type: Plain text
  87 #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:9
  88 msgid "for the *{command}* command or for all tools by"
  89 msgstr "pour la commande *{commande}* ou pour tous les outils par"
  90
  91 #. type: delimited block _
  92 #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:11
  93 msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
  94 msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
  95
  96 #. type: Plain text
  97 #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:14 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:47
  98 msgid ""
  99 "The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/"
 100 "terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting."
 101 msgstr ""
 102 "$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ ou _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_ "
 103 "spécifiques à l’utilisateur remplacent les réglages globaux."
 104
 105 #. type: Plain text
 106 #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:17
 107 msgid ""
 108 "Note that the output colorization may be enabled by default, and in this "
 109 "case _terminal-colors.d_ directories do not have to exist yet."
 110 msgstr ""
 111 "Notez que la colorisation de la sortie peut être activée par défaut. Dans ce "
 112 "cas, les répertoires _terminal-colors.d_ n'existent pas forcément "
 113 "automatiquement."
 114
 115 #. type: Title ==
 116 #: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:1 ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:1
 117 #: ../man-common/footer.adoc:1 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:79
 118 #, no-wrap
 119 msgid "AVAILABILITY"
 120 msgstr "DISPONIBILITÉ"
 121
 122 #.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{configfile}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the name of the configuration file.
 123 #. type: Plain text
 124 #: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:4
 125 #, no-wrap
 126 msgid "*{configfile}* is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive].\n"
 127 msgstr "*{configfile}* fait partie du paquet util-linux qui est disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[l’archive du noyau Linux].\n"
 128
 129 #.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{lib}* and {firstversion} untranslated, will be replaced with the library name and the version of util-linux where the library appeared for the first time.
 130 #. type: Plain text
 131 #: ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:4
 132 msgid ""
 133 "The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version "
 134 "{firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/"
 135 "utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
 136 msgstr ""
 137 "La bibliothèque *{lib}* fait partie du paquet util-linux depuis la "
 138 "version {firstversion}. Elle est disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/"
 139 "linux/utils/util-linux/[l’archive du noyau Linux]."
 140
 141 #.  TRANSLATORS: Keep *{command}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the command name.
 142 #. type: Plain text
 143 #: ../man-common/footer.adoc:4
 144 msgid ""
 145 "The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
 146 "downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux "
 147 "Kernel Archive]."
 148 msgstr ""
 149 "La commande *{command}* fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
 150 "disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[l’archive "
 151 "du noyau Linux]."
 152
 153 #. type: Labeled list
 154 #: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:1 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:222
 155 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:45
 156 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:37
 157 #, no-wrap
 158 msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
 159 msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"
 160
 161 #. type: Plain text
 162 #: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:3 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:114
 163 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:224 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:51
 164 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:48
 165 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:39 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:82
 166 msgid "Display help text and exit."
 167 msgstr "Afficher l’aide-mémoire puis quitter."
 168
 169 #. type: Labeled list
 170 #: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:100
 171 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:43
 172 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:34
 173 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:83
 174 #, no-wrap
 175 msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
 176 msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"
 177
 178 #. type: Plain text
 179 #: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:5 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:85
 180 msgid "Print version and exit."
 181 msgstr "Afficher le numéro de version et quitter."
 182
 183 #. type: Plain text
 184 #: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:2
 185 msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
 186 msgstr ""
 187 "Afficher la taille (colonne SIZE) en octets plutôt qu'en format lisible."
 188
 189 #. type: Plain text
 190 #: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:7
 191 msgid ""
 192 "By default, the unit, sizes are expressed in, is byte, and unit prefixes are "
 193 "in power of 2^10 (1024). Abbreviations of symbols are exhibited truncated in "
 194 "order to reach a better readability, by exhibiting alone the first letter of "
 195 "them; examples: \"1 KiB\" and \"1 MiB\" are respectively exhibited as \"1 "
 196 "K\" and \"1 M\", then omitting on purpose the mention \"iB\", which is part "
 197 "of these abbreviations."
 198 msgstr ""
 199 "Par défaut, l'unité des tailles est exprimée en octets SI et les préfixes "
 200 "d'unités sont des puissances de 2^10 (1024). Les abréviations des symboles "
 201 "sont affichées tronquées afin d'offrir une meilleure lisibilité. Seule la "
 202 "première lettre est affichée. Par exemple, « 1 Kio » et « 1 Mio » sont "
 203 "affichés comme « 1 K » et « 1 M » respectivement en omettant volontairement "
 204 "la mention « io » qui fait partie de ces abréviations."
 205
 206 #. type: Title ==
 207 #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:1
 208 #, no-wrap
 209 msgid "TRANSLATION"
 210 msgstr "TRADUCTION"
 211
 212 #. type: Plain text
 213 #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:6
 214 #, fuzzy
 215 #| msgid ""
 216 #| "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding "
 217 #| "*.po file at GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man."
 218 #| "html"
 219 msgid ""
 220 "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *."
 221 "po file at GNU TP: https://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
 222 msgstr ""
 223 "À l'attention des auteurs de cette traduction, consultez l'en-tête du "
 224 "fichier *.po correspondant sur le site du TP GNU : http://translationproject."
 225 "org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
 226
 227 #. TRANSLATORS: Please replace %1 with the address of the mailing list of your
 228 #. translation team.
 229 #. type: Plain text
 230 #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:12
 231 msgid "Report man page translation bugs to: <%1>"
 232 msgstr ""
 233 "Signalez les erreurs de traduction de la page man à : <traduc@traduc.org>"
 234
 235 #. addpart.8 -- man page for addpart
 236 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
 237 #. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
 238 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
 239 #. type: Title =
 240 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:8
 241 #, no-wrap
 242 msgid "addpart(8)"
 243 msgstr "addpart(8)"
 244
 245 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
 246 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:10 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:10
 247 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:18 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:10
 248 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:11
 249 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:4
 250 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:4
 251 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:8
 252 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:11
 253 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:8 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:11
 254 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:10
 255 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:8
 256 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:4 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:22
 257 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:6
 258 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:4
 259 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:14
 260 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:8 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:6
 261 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:4
 262 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:4
 263 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:8
 264 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:4
 265 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:11 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:8
 266 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:9
 267 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:4
 268 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:4
 269 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:4
 270 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:4
 271 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:29
 272 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:4
 273 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:4
 274 #, no-wrap
 275 msgid "System Administration"
 276 msgstr "Administration Système"
 277
 278 #. type: Title ==
 279 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:15 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:15
 280 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:15
 281 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:17
 282 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:9
 283 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:9
 284 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:13
 285 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:16
 286 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:16
 287 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:9 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:15
 288 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:24 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:13
 289 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:17 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:16
 290 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:41
 291 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:41
 292 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:43 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:41
 293 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:41
 294 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:41 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:17
 295 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:26
 296 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:13 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:11
 297 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:11 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:9
 298 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:9 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:10
 299 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:28 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:26
 300 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:12
 301 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:9
 302 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:11
 303 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:10
 304 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:14
 305 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:43
 306 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:15
 307 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:20 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:11
 308 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:9
 309 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:13
 310 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:11
 311 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:43
 312 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:11 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:34
 313 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:10 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:33
 314 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:9
 315 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:9
 316 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:9
 317 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:9
 318 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:13
 319 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:9
 320 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:9
 321 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:9
 322 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:13
 323 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:14 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:13
 324 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:13
 325 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:9
 326 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:9
 327 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:14
 328 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:9
 329 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:9
 330 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:15 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:9
 331 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:9
 332 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:9
 333 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:11
 334 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:9
 335 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:34
 336 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:9
 337 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:9 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:9
 338 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:43 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:44
 339 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:10 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:10
 340 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:16 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:44
 341 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:46
 342 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:44 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:43
 343 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:45
 344 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:10 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:46
 345 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:10 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:43
 346 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:43
 347 #, no-wrap
 348 msgid "NAME"
 349 msgstr "NOM"
 350
 351 #. type: Plain text
 352 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:18
 353 msgid "addpart - tell the kernel about the existence of a partition"
 354 msgstr "addpart - Informer le noyau de l’existence d’une partition"
 355
 356 #. type: Title ==
 357 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:19 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:19
 358 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:27 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:19
 359 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:21
 360 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:13
 361 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:13
 362 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:17
 363 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:20
 364 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:20
 365 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:13 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:19
 366 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:17
 367 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:21 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:20
 368 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:45
 369 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:45
 370 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:47 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:45
 371 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:45
 372 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:45 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:21
 373 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:30
 374 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:15
 375 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:15 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:13
 376 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:13 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:14
 377 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:32 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:30
 378 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:16
 379 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:13
 380 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:15
 381 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:14
 382 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:18
 383 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:47
 384 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:19
 385 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:24 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:15
 386 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:13
 387 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:17
 388 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:15
 389 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:47
 390 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:15 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:38
 391 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:14 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:37
 392 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:13
 393 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:13
 394 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:13
 395 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:17
 396 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:13
 397 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:13
 398 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:13
 399 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:17
 400 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:18 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:17
 401 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:17
 402 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:13
 403 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:13
 404 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:18
 405 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:13
 406 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:13
 407 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:13
 408 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:13
 409 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:13
 410 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:15
 411 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:13
 412 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:38
 413 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:13
 414 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:13 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:13
 415 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:47 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:48
 416 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:14 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:14
 417 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:20 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:48
 418 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:50 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:48
 419 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:47
 420 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:14 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:50
 421 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:14 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:47
 422 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:47
 423 #, no-wrap
 424 msgid "SYNOPSIS"
 425 msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
 426
 427 #. type: Plain text
 428 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:22
 429 #, no-wrap
 430 msgid "*addpart* _device partition start length_\n"
 431 msgstr "*addpart* _périphérique partition début taille_\n"
 432
 433 #. type: Title ==
 434 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:27
 435 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:23
 436 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:27
 437 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:17
 438 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:17
 439 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:21
 440 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:17 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:24
 441 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:26
 442 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:23
 443 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:21
 444 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:25 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:26
 445 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:49 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:51
 446 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:51
 447 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:51
 448 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:52 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:51
 449 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:53 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:25
 450 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:25 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:36
 451 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:19
 452 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:17
 453 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:18
 454 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:36 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:34
 455 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:26
 456 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:19
 457 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:19
 458 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:22 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:22
 459 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:25
 460 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:51
 461 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:23
 462 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:28 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:19
 463 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:19
 464 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:21
 465 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:19
 466 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:51
 467 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:24 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:44
 468 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:24 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:43
 469 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:17
 470 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:17
 471 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:21
 472 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:19
 473 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:31
 474 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:21
 475 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:17
 476 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:17
 477 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:21
 478 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:24 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:21
 479 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:21
 480 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:17
 481 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:17
 482 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:22
 483 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:19
 484 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:17
 485 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:21
 486 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:17
 487 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:21
 488 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:19
 489 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:19
 490 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:46
 491 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:17
 492 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:31 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:17
 493 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:51 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:52
 494 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:18 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:18
 495 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:24 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:52
 496 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:52 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:54
 497 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:52 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:51
 498 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:53
 499 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:18 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:54
 500 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:18 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:51
 501 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:51
 502 #, no-wrap
 503 msgid "DESCRIPTION"
 504 msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
 505
 506 #. type: Plain text
 507 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:26
 508 #, no-wrap
 509 msgid "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" ioctl.\n"
 510 msgstr "*addpart* informe le noyau de l’existence de la partition indiquée. La commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « add partition ».\n"
 511
 512 #. type: Plain text
 513 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:28
 514 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:28
 515 msgid "This command doesn't manipulate partitions on a block device."
 516 msgstr ""
 517 "Cette commande ne manipule pas les partitions présentes sur un périphérique "
 518 "bloc."
 519
 520 #. type: Title ==
 521 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:29
 522 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:125
 523 #, no-wrap
 524 msgid "PARAMETERS"
 525 msgstr "PARAMÈTRES"
 526
 527 #. type: Labeled list
 528 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:31
 529 #, no-wrap
 530 msgid "_device_"
 531 msgstr "_périphérique_"
 532
 533 #. type: Plain text
 534 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:33
 535 msgid "The disk device."
 536 msgstr "Le périphérique disque."
 537
 538 #. type: Labeled list
 539 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:34
 540 #, no-wrap
 541 msgid "_partition_"
 542 msgstr "_partition_"
 543
 544 #. type: Plain text
 545 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:36 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:36
 546 msgid "The partition number."
 547 msgstr "Le numéro de la partition."
 548
 549 #. type: Labeled list
 550 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:37
 551 #, no-wrap
 552 msgid "_start_"
 553 msgstr "_début_"
 554
 555 #. type: Plain text
 556 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:39
 557 msgid "The beginning of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
 558 msgstr "Le début de la partition (en secteur de 512 octets)."
 559
 560 #. type: Labeled list
 561 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:37
 562 #, no-wrap
 563 msgid "_length_"
 564 msgstr "_taille_"
 565
 566 #. type: Plain text
 567 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:42
 568 msgid "The length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
 569 msgstr "La taille de la partition (en secteur de 512 octets)."
 570
 571 #. type: Title ==
 572 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:145
 573 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:74
 574 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:220 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:159
 575 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:51 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:98
 576 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:53 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:57
 577 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:82 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:86
 578 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:117 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:135
 579 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:42 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:455
 580 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:48 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:133
 581 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:59
 582 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:63
 583 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:84 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:59
 584 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:70 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:63
 585 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:67 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:80
 586 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:63 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:129
 587 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:169 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:144
 588 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:67
 589 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:129 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:145
 590 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:72
 591 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:179 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:183
 592 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:56
 593 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:67 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:239
 594 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:151 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:109
 595 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:246 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:101
 596 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:178 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:810
 597 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:119 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:54
 598 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:99
 599 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:106 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:88
 600 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:69 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:68
 601 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:103
 602 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:148 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:91
 603 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:145 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:130
 604 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:75
 605 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:52
 606 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:76 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:81
 607 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:47
 608 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:191 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:117
 609 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:131
 610 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:139
 611 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:91 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:378
 612 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:68
 613 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:88 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:118
 614 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:109 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:106
 615 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:90
 616 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1688 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:65
 617 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:158 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:63
 618 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:135 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:102
 619 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:130
 620 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:95 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:114
 621 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:167
 622 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:173
 623 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:261 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:102
 624 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:96 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:161
 625 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:75 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:95
 626 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:167 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:81
 627 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:80 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:127
 628 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:92 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:67
 629 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:234 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:22
 630 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:198 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:142
 631 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:64 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:80
 632 #, no-wrap
 633 msgid "SEE ALSO"
 634 msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
 635
 636 #. type: Plain text
 637 #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:52
 638 #, no-wrap
 639 msgid ""
 640 "*delpart*(8),\n"
 641 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
 642 "*parted*(8),\n"
 643 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
 644 "*partx*(8)\n"
 645 msgstr ""
 646 "*delpart*(8),\n"
 647 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
 648 "*parted*(8),\n"
 649 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
 650 "*partx*(8)\n"
 651
 652 #
 653 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
 654 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
 655 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
 656 #. type: Title =
 657 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:8
 658 #, no-wrap
 659 msgid "blockdev(8)"
 660 msgstr "blockdev(8)"
 661
 662 #. type: Plain text
 663 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:18
 664 msgid "blockdev - call block device ioctls from the command line"
 665 msgstr ""
 666 "blockdev - Appeler les ioctls pour périphériques bloc en ligne de commande"
 667
 668 #. type: Plain text
 669 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:22
 670 #, no-wrap
 671 msgid "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _command_ [_command_...] _device_ [_device_...]\n"
 672 msgstr "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _commande_ [_commande_...] _périphérique_ [_périphérique_...]\n"
 673
 674 #. type: Plain text
 675 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:24
 676 #, no-wrap
 677 msgid "*blockdev* *--report* [_device_...]\n"
 678 msgstr "*blockdev* *--report* [_périphérique_...]\n"
 679
 680 #. type: Plain text
 681 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:26
 682 #, no-wrap
 683 msgid "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
 684 msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n"
 685
 686 #. type: Plain text
 687 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:30
 688 msgid ""
 689 "The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the "
 690 "command line."
 691 msgstr ""
 692 "L'utilitaire *blockdev* permet d'appeler des ioctls pour périphériques en "
 693 "mode bloc à partir de la ligne de commande."
 694
 695 #. type: Title ==
 696 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:45
 697 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:50
 698 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:52
 699 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:45
 700 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:21 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:27
 701 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:27 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:33
 702 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:39
 703 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:37
 704 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:139 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:29
 705 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:35 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:31
 706 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:46 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:39
 707 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:27 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:25
 708 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:25 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:33
 709 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:50
 710 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:57
 711 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:67
 712 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:24 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:29
 713 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:32
 714 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:53
 715 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:57
 716 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:39
 717 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:32 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:29
 718 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:39 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:35
 719 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:25
 720 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:29 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:48
 721 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:24 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:71
 722 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:38 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:90
 723 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:46 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:69
 724 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:27
 725 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:82 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:23
 726 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:35
 727 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:35
 728 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:35
 729 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:54
 730 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:27
 731 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:25
 732 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:25
 733 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:74
 734 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:31
 735 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:23
 736 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:32
 737 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:47
 738 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:25
 739 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:25
 740 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:29
 741 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:23
 742 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:25
 743 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:52
 744 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:25
 745 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:39 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:56
 746 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:69 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:62
 747 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:28 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:30
 748 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:28 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:60
 749 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:72 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:60
 750 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:56 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:59
 751 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:57
 752 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:58 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:26
 753 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:57 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:55
 754 #, no-wrap
 755 msgid "OPTIONS"
 756 msgstr "OPTIONS"
 757
 758 #. type: Labeled list
 759 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:33
 760 #, no-wrap
 761 msgid "*-q*"
 762 msgstr "*-q*"
 763
 764 #. type: Plain text
 765 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:35
 766 msgid "Be quiet."
 767 msgstr "Pas de sortie."
 768
 769 #. type: Labeled list
 770 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:36 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:35
 771 #, no-wrap
 772 msgid "*-v*"
 773 msgstr "*-v*"
 774
 775 #. type: Plain text
 776 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:58
 777 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:44
 778 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:91
 779 msgid "Be verbose."
 780 msgstr "Sortie détaillée."
 781
 782 #. type: Labeled list
 783 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:39
 784 #, no-wrap
 785 msgid "*--report*"
 786 msgstr "*--report*"
 787
 788 #. type: Plain text
 789 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:41
 790 msgid ""
 791 "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple "
 792 "devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ "
 793 "are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
 794 msgstr ""
 795 "Afficher un compte-rendu pour le périphérique indiqué. Plusieurs "
 796 "périphériques peuvent être fournis. Si aucun n'est donné, tous les "
 797 "périphériques existant dans _/proc/partitions_ seront affichés. Remarquez "
 798 "que le _StartSec_ de la partition est en secteurs de 512 octets."
 799
 800 #. type: Title ==
 801 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:61
 802 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:23
 803 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:44 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:100
 804 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:64
 805 #, no-wrap
 806 msgid "COMMANDS"
 807 msgstr "COMMANDES"
 808
 809 #. type: Plain text
 810 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:47
 811 msgid "It is possible to give multiple devices and multiple commands."
 812 msgstr "Plusieurs périphériques et plusieurs commandes peuvent être fournis."
 813
 814 #. type: Labeled list
 815 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:48
 816 #, no-wrap
 817 msgid "*--flushbufs*"
 818 msgstr "*--flushbufs*"
 819
 820 #. type: Plain text
 821 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:50
 822 msgid "Flush buffers."
 823 msgstr "Effacer les mémoires tampon."
 824
 825 #. type: Labeled list
 826 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:51
 827 #, no-wrap
 828 msgid "*--getalignoff*"
 829 msgstr "*--getalignoff*"
 830
 831 #. type: Plain text
 832 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:53
 833 msgid "Get alignment offset."
 834 msgstr "Afficher l'index d'alignement."
 835
 836 #. type: Labeled list
 837 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:54
 838 #, no-wrap
 839 msgid "*--getbsz*"
 840 msgstr "*--getbsz*"
 841
 842 #. type: Plain text
 843 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:56
 844 msgid ""
 845 "Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. "
 846 "It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for "
 847 "example) by filesystem driver on mount."
 848 msgstr ""
 849 "Afficher la taille de blocs en octet. Cette taille ne décrit pas la "
 850 "topologie du périphérique. C’est la taille utilisée en interne par le noyau "
 851 "et elle peut être modifiée (par exemple) par le pilote du système de "
 852 "fichiers lors du montage."
 853
 854 #. type: Labeled list
 855 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:57
 856 #, no-wrap
 857 msgid "*--getdiscardzeroes*"
 858 msgstr "*--getdiscardzeroes*"
 859
 860 #. type: Plain text
 861 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:59
 862 msgid "Get discard zeroes support status."
 863 msgstr "Afficher l'état de prise en charge d'abandon des zéros."
 864
 865 #. type: Labeled list
 866 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:60
 867 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 868 #| msgid "*--getss*"
 869 msgid "*--getdiskseq*"
 870 msgstr "*--getss*"
 871
 872 #. type: Plain text
 873 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:62
 874 msgid "Get disk sequence number."
 875 msgstr ""
 876
 877 #. type: Labeled list
 878 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:63
 879 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 880 #| msgid "*--getsz*"
 881 msgid "*--getzonesz*"
 882 msgstr "*--getsz*"
 883
 884 #. type: Plain text
 885 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:65
 886 #, fuzzy
 887 #| msgid "Get size in 512-byte sectors."
 888 msgid "Get zone size in 512-byte sectors."
 889 msgstr "Afficher la capacité en secteurs de 512 octets."
 890
 891 #. type: Labeled list
 892 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:66
 893 #, no-wrap
 894 msgid "*--getfra*"
 895 msgstr "*--getfra*"
 896
 897 #. type: Plain text
 898 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:68
 899 msgid "Get filesystem readahead in 512-byte sectors."
 900 msgstr ""
 901 "Afficher le nombre de secteurs de 512 octets lus par anticipation "
 902 "(« readahead ») pour le système de fichiers."
 903
 904 #. type: Labeled list
 905 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:69
 906 #, no-wrap
 907 msgid "*--getiomin*"
 908 msgstr "*--getiomin*"
 909
 910 #. type: Plain text
 911 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:71
 912 msgid "Get minimum I/O size."
 913 msgstr "Afficher la taille minimale d'E/S."
 914
 915 #. type: Labeled list
 916 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:72
 917 #, no-wrap
 918 msgid "*--getioopt*"
 919 msgstr "*--getioopt*"
 920
 921 #. type: Plain text
 922 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:74
 923 msgid "Get optimal I/O size."
 924 msgstr "Afficher la taille optimale d'E/S."
 925
 926 #. type: Labeled list
 927 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:75
 928 #, no-wrap
 929 msgid "*--getmaxsect*"
 930 msgstr "*--getmaxsect*"
 931
 932 #. type: Plain text
 933 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:77
 934 msgid "Get max sectors per request."
 935 msgstr "Afficher le nombre maximal de secteurs par requête."
 936
 937 #. type: Labeled list
 938 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:78
 939 #, no-wrap
 940 msgid "*--getpbsz*"
 941 msgstr "*--getpbsz*"
 942
 943 #. type: Plain text
 944 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:80
 945 msgid "Get physical block (sector) size."
 946 msgstr "Afficher la taille des blocs (secteurs) physiques."
 947
 948 #. type: Labeled list
 949 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:81
 950 #, no-wrap
 951 msgid "*--getra*"
 952 msgstr "*--getra*"
 953
 954 #. type: Plain text
 955 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:83
 956 msgid "Print readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
 957 msgstr "Afficher le nombre de secteurs (512 octets) lus par anticipation."
 958
 959 #. type: Labeled list
 960 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:84
 961 #, no-wrap
 962 msgid "*--getro*"
 963 msgstr "*--getro*"
 964
 965 #. type: Plain text
 966 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:86
 967 msgid "Get read-only. Print 1 if the device is read-only, 0 otherwise."
 968 msgstr "Afficher 1 si le périphérique est en lecture seule, 0 sinon."
 969
 970 #. type: Labeled list
 971 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:87
 972 #, no-wrap
 973 msgid "*--getsize64*"
 974 msgstr "*--getsize64*"
 975
 976 #. type: Plain text
 977 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:89
 978 msgid "Print device size in bytes."
 979 msgstr "Afficher la taille du périphérique, en octet."
 980
 981 #. type: Labeled list
 982 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:90
 983 #, no-wrap
 984 msgid "*--getsize*"
 985 msgstr "*--getsize*"
 986
 987 #. type: Plain text
 988 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:92
 989 msgid ""
 990 "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* "
 991 "option."
 992 msgstr ""
 993 "Afficher la capacité (32 bits) du périphérique en secteur. Obsolète, "
 994 "préférer l'option *--getsz*."
 995
 996 #. type: Labeled list
 997 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:93
 998 #, no-wrap
 999 msgid "*--getss*"
1000 msgstr "*--getss*"
1001
1002 #. type: Plain text
1003 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:95
1004 msgid "Print logical sector size in bytes - usually 512."
1005 msgstr "Afficher la taille des secteurs logiques en octet — en général 512."
1006
1007 #. type: Labeled list
1008 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:96
1009 #, no-wrap
1010 msgid "*--getsz*"
1011 msgstr "*--getsz*"
1012
1013 #. type: Plain text
1014 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:98
1015 msgid "Get size in 512-byte sectors."
1016 msgstr "Afficher la capacité en secteurs de 512 octets."
1017
1018 #. type: Labeled list
1019 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:99
1020 #, no-wrap
1021 msgid "*--rereadpt*"
1022 msgstr "*--rereadpt*"
1023
1024 #. type: Plain text
1025 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:101
1026 msgid "Reread partition table"
1027 msgstr "Relire la table de partitions."
1028
1029 #. type: Labeled list
1030 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:102
1031 #, no-wrap
1032 msgid "*--setbsz* _bytes_"
1033 msgstr "*--setbsz* _octets_"
1034
1035 #. type: Plain text
1036 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:104
1037 msgid ""
1038 "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file "
1039 "descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only "
1040 "persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once "
1041 "*blockdev* exits."
1042 msgstr ""
1043 "Définir la taille de bloc. Remarquez que la taille de bloc est spécifique au "
1044 "descripteur de fichier actuel ouvrant le périphérique bloc. Donc, la "
1045 "modification de taille persistera tant que le périphérique sera ouvert par "
1046 "*blockdev* et sera perdue dès que *blockdev* se terminera."
1047
1048 #. type: Labeled list
1049 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:105
1050 #, no-wrap
1051 msgid "*--setfra* _sectors_"
1052 msgstr "*--setfra* _secteurs_"
1053
1054 #. type: Plain text
1055 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:107
1056 msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same as *--setra* on 2.6 kernels)."
1057 msgstr ""
1058 "Définir la lecture par anticipation (« readahead ») pour le système de "
1059 "fichiers (comme *--setra* sur les noyaux 2.6)."
1060
1061 #. type: Labeled list
1062 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:108
1063 #, no-wrap
1064 msgid "*--setra* _sectors_"
1065 msgstr "*--setra* _secteurs_"
1066
1067 #. type: Plain text
1068 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:110
1069 msgid "Set readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
1070 msgstr "Définir le nombre de secteurs (512 octets) lus par anticipation."
1071
1072 #. type: Labeled list
1073 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:111
1074 #, no-wrap
1075 msgid "*--setro*"
1076 msgstr "*--setro*"
1077
1078 #. type: Plain text
1079 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:113
1080 msgid ""
1081 "Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected "
1082 "by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode "
1083 "will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
1084 msgstr ""
1085 "Positionner en lecture seule. L’accès en cours au périphérique peut ne pas "
1086 "être affecté par ce changement. Par exemple, un système de fichiers déjà "
1087 "monté en mode écriture/lecture ne sera pas touché. La modification "
1088 "s’applique après le remontage."
1089
1090 #. type: Labeled list
1091 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:114
1092 #, no-wrap
1093 msgid "*--setrw*"
1094 msgstr "*--setrw*"
1095
1096 #. type: Plain text
1097 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:116
1098 msgid "Set read-write."
1099 msgstr "Positionner en lecture/écriture."
1100
1101 #. type: Title ==
1102 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:117 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:139
1103 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:213
1104 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:154 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:94
1105 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:128
1106 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:57 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:449
1107 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:44 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:123
1108 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:55
1109 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:59
1110 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:80 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:55
1111 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:66 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:59
1112 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:63 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:76
1113 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:59 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:125
1114 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:165 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:139
1115 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:63
1116 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:70 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:71
1117 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:175 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:53
1118 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:52 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:63
1119 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:235 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:102
1120 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:242 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:173
1121 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:805 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:115
1122 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:69 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:95
1123 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:64
1124 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:99
1125 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:143 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:86
1126 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:136 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:126
1127 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:70 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:103
1128 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:48 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:68
1129 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:43
1130 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:185 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:113
1131 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:122
1132 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:87
1133 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:388 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:45
1134 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:62
1135 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:157
1136 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:101
1137 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:68
1138 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1684
1139 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:153
1140 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:72
1141 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:89
1142 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:40
1143 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:256
1144 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:97
1145 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:342 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:62
1146 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:79 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:190
1147 #, no-wrap
1148 msgid "AUTHORS"
1149 msgstr "AUTEURS"
1150
1151 #. type: Plain text
1152 #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:120
1153 #, no-wrap
1154 msgid "*blockdev* was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak.\n"
1155 msgstr "*blockdev* a été écrit par Andries E. Brouwer et réécrit par Karel Zak.\n"
1156
1157 #
1158 #
1159 #. cfdisk.8 -- man page for cfdisk
1160 #. Copyright 1994 Kevin E. Martin (martin@cs.unc.edu)
1161 #. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
1162 #. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
1163 #. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
1164 #. preserved on all copies.
1165 #. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
1166 #. manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
1167 #. entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
1168 #. permission notice identical to this one.
1169 #. type: Title =
1170 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:16
1171 #, no-wrap
1172 msgid "cfdisk(8)"
1173 msgstr "cfdisk(8)"
1174
1175 #. type: Plain text
1176 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:26
1177 msgid "cfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
1178 msgstr "cfdisk - Afficher ou manipuler une table de partitions de disque"
1179
1180 #. type: Plain text
1181 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:30
1182 #, no-wrap
1183 msgid "*cfdisk* [options] [_device_]\n"
1184 msgstr "*cfdisk* [options] [_périphérique_]\n"
1185
1186 #. type: Plain text
1187 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:34
1188 #, no-wrap
1189 msgid "*cfdisk* is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device. The default device is _/dev/sda_.\n"
1190 msgstr "*cfdisk* est un programme utilisant curses destiné au partitionnement de n’importe quel périphérique bloc. Le périphérique par défaut est _/dev/sda_.\n"
1191
1192 #. type: Plain text
1193 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:36
1194 msgid ""
1195 "Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-"
1196 "friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead."
1197 msgstr ""
1198 "Remarquez que *cfdisk* fournit une fonctionnalité de partitionnement de base "
1199 "avec une interface utilisateur agréable. Si vous avez besoin de "
1200 "fonctionnalités avancées, vous devriez plutôt utiliser *fdisk*(8)."
1201
1202 #. type: Plain text
1203 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:38
1204 msgid ""
1205 "All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be "
1206 "unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using "
1207 "the write command."
1208 msgstr ""
1209 "Tout changement de l’étiquette du disque restera uniquement en mémoire et le "
1210 "disque restera inchangé jusqu’à ce que vous décidiez d’écrire vos "
1211 "changements. Utilisez la commande d’écriture avec prudence."
1212
1213 #. type: Plain text
1214 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:40
1215 msgid ""
1216 "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
1217 "labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
1218 "Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
1219 "addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
1220 msgstr ""
1221 "Depuis la version 2.25, *cfdisk* prend en charge les étiquettes de disque "
1222 "MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN et SGI, mais ne fournit plus de fonctionnalité pour "
1223 "l’adressage CTS (cylindre tête secteur). CTS n’a jamais été important pour "
1224 "Linux et ce concept d’adressage n’a aucun sens pour les nouveaux "
1225 "périphériques."
1226
1227 #. type: Plain text
1228 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:42
1229 msgid ""
1230 "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any "
1231 "more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and "
1232 "*lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
1233 msgstr ""
1234 "Depuis la version 2.25, *cfdisk* ne fournit plus non plus de commande "
1235 "d’affichage « print ». Cette fonctionnalité est fournie par les utilitaires "
1236 "*partx*(8) et *lsblk*(8) de manière très confortable et évoluée."
1237
1238 #. type: Plain text
1239 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:44
1240 msgid ""
1241 "If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)."
1242 msgstr ""
1243 "Pour supprimer une ancienne table de partitions d’un périphérique, utilisez "
1244 "*wipefs*(8)."
1245
1246 #. type: Labeled list
1247 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:49
1248 #, no-wrap
1249 msgid "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__when__]"
1250 msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__quand__]"
1251
1252 #. type: Plain text
1253 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:51
1254 msgid ""
1255 "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
1256 "*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
1257 "colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* "
1258 "output. See also the *COLORS* section."
1259 msgstr ""
1260 "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* "
1261 "(jamais) ou *always* (toujours). En absence d’argument _quand_, *auto* est "
1262 "la valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les "
1263 "valeurs par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec *--help*. "
1264 "Consultez également la section *COULEURS*."
1265
1266 #. type: Labeled list
1267 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:64
1268 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:49
1269 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:158
1270 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:52
1271 #, no-wrap
1272 msgid "*--lock*[=_mode_]"
1273 msgstr "*--lock*[=_mode_]"
1274
1275 #. type: Plain text
1276 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:66
1277 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:51
1278 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:57 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:160
1279 msgid ""
1280 "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument "
1281 "_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument "
1282 "is omitted, it defaults to *yes*. This option overwrites environment "
1283 "variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, "
1284 "but it's recommended to avoid collisions with *systemd-udevd*(8) or other "
1285 "tools."
1286 msgstr ""
1287 "Utiliser un verrou BSD exclusif pour le périphérique ou le fichier visé. "
1288 "L’argument facultatif _mode_ peut être *yes*, *no* (ou *1* et *0*) ou "
1289 "*nonblock*. Si cet argument est absent, sa valeur par défaut est *yes*. "
1290 "Cette option écrase la variable d’environnement *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. Le "
1291 "comportement par défaut est de n’utiliser aucun verrou, mais cela est "
1292 "recommandé pour éviter des collisions avec *systemd-udevd*(8) ou d’autres "
1293 "outils."
1294
1295 #. type: Labeled list
1296 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:92
1297 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:408 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:105
1298 #, no-wrap
1299 msgid "*-r*, *--read-only*"
1300 msgstr "*-r*, *--read-only*"
1301
1302 #. type: Plain text
1303 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:57
1304 msgid "Forced open in read-only mode."
1305 msgstr "Ouverture forcée en lecture seule."
1306
1307 #. type: Labeled list
1308 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:58
1309 #, no-wrap
1310 msgid "*-z*, *--zero*"
1311 msgstr "*-z*, *--zero*"
1312
1313 #. type: Plain text
1314 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:60
1315 msgid ""
1316 "Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero "
1317 "the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program "
1318 "without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to "
1319 "create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible "
1320 "script."
1321 msgstr ""
1322 "Démarrer avec une table de partitions vierge en mémoire. Cette option ne "
1323 "réinitialise pas la table de partitions sur le disque ; le programme démarre "
1324 "simplement sans lire la table de partitions existante. Cette option permet "
1325 "de créer une nouvelle table de partitions vide ou à partir d’un script "
1326 "compatible avec *sfdisk*(8)."
1327
1328 #. type: Plain text
1329 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:64
1330 msgid ""
1331 "The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key "
1332 "(pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the "
1333 "available commands:"
1334 msgstr ""
1335 "Les commandes de *cfdisk* peuvent être entrées en pressant la touche "
1336 "correspondante (presser la touche «_ Entrée _» n’est pas nécessaire après "
1337 "chaque commande). Voici la liste des commandes disponibles."
1338
1339 #. type: Labeled list
1340 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:65
1341 #, no-wrap
1342 msgid "*b*"
1343 msgstr "*b*"
1344
1345 #. type: Plain text
1346 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:67
1347 msgid ""
1348 "Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select "
1349 "which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be "
1350 "available for all partition label types."
1351 msgstr ""
1352 "Activer ou désactiver l’attribut d’amorçage de la partition actuelle. Cela "
1353 "vous permet de sélectionner la partition primaire amorçable du disque. Cette "
1354 "commande pourrait ne pas être disponible pour tous les types d’étiquette de "
1355 "partition."
1356
1357 #. type: Labeled list
1358 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:53
1359 #, no-wrap
1360 msgid "*d*"
1361 msgstr "*d*"
1362
1363 #. type: Plain text
1364 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:70
1365 msgid ""
1366 "Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into "
1367 "free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the "
1368 "current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as "
1369 "unusable cannot be deleted."
1370 msgstr ""
1371 "Supprimer la partition actuelle. Cela transformera la partition en espace "
1372 "libre et l’ajoutera à l’espace libre adjacent à la partition actuelle. Une "
1373 "partition marquée comme espace libre ou marquée inutilisable ne peut pas "
1374 "être supprimée."
1375
1376 #. type: Labeled list
1377 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:71 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:106
1378 #, no-wrap
1379 msgid "*h*"
1380 msgstr "*h*"
1381
1382 #. type: Plain text
1383 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:73
1384 msgid "Show the help screen."
1385 msgstr "Afficher un écran d’aide."
1386
1387 #. type: Labeled list
1388 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:56
1389 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:61 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:140
1390 #, no-wrap
1391 msgid "*n*"
1392 msgstr "*n*"
1393
1394 #. type: Plain text
1395 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:76
1396 msgid ""
1397 "Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the "
1398 "size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the "
1399 "entire available free space at the current position."
1400 msgstr ""
1401 "Créer une nouvelle partition à partir de l’espace libre. *cfdisk* demande "
1402 "alors la taille de la partition à créer. La taille par défaut est égale à la "
1403 "totalité de l’espace libre disponible sur la partition actuelle."
1404
1405 #. type: Plain text
1406 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:78
1407 msgid ""
1408 "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB "
1409 "(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is "
1410 "optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
1411 msgstr ""
1412 "La taille peut être suivie d’un suffixe multiplicatif KiB(=1024), "
1413 "MiB(=1024*1024), etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » "
1414 "est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB »)."
1415
1416 #. type: Labeled list
1417 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:79
1418 #, no-wrap
1419 msgid "*q*"
1420 msgstr "*q*"
1421
1422 #. type: Plain text
1423 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:81
1424 msgid ""
1425 "Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the "
1426 "disk."
1427 msgstr ""
1428 "Quitter le programme. Cela permet de quitter le programme sans écrire aucune "
1429 "donnée sur le disque."
1430
1431 #. type: Labeled list
1432 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:82
1433 #, no-wrap
1434 msgid "*r*"
1435 msgstr "*r*"
1436
1437 #. type: Plain text
1438 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:84
1439 msgid ""
1440 "Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the "
1441 "new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition "
1442 "marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
1443 msgstr ""
1444 "Réduire ou agrandir la partition actuelle. *cfdisk* vous demandera la "
1445 "nouvelle taille de partition. La taille par défaut est celle actuelle. Une "
1446 "partition marquée comme espace libre ou comme inutilisable ne peut pas être "
1447 "redimensionnée."
1448
1449 #. type: Plain text
1450 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:86
1451 #, no-wrap
1452 msgid "*Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that partition.*\n"
1453 msgstr "*Il est à remarquer que réduire la taille d’une partition peut détruire des données sur cette partition.*\n"
1454
1455 #. type: Labeled list
1456 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:87 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:122
1457 #, no-wrap
1458 msgid "*s*"
1459 msgstr "*s*"
1460
1461 #. type: Plain text
1462 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:89
1463 msgid ""
1464 "Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and "
1465 "adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no "
1466 "longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match."
1467 msgstr ""
1468 "Ordonner les partitions dans l’ordre croissant de secteur de début. Lors de "
1469 "la suppression et de l’ajout de partitions, la numérotation des partitions "
1470 "ne correspondra probablement plus à leur ordre sur le disque. Cette commande "
1471 "restaure la correspondance."
1472
1473 #. type: Labeled list
1474 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:50
1475 #, no-wrap
1476 msgid "*t*"
1477 msgstr "*t*"
1478
1479 #. type: Plain text
1480 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:92
1481 msgid ""
1482 "Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ "
1483 "partitions."
1484 msgstr ""
1485 "Modifier le type de partition. Par défaut, les nouvelles partitions sont "
1486 "créées comme des partitions _Linux_."
1487
1488 #. type: Labeled list
1489 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:93
1490 #, no-wrap
1491 msgid "*u*"
1492 msgstr "*u*"
1493
1494 #. type: Plain text
1495 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:95
1496 msgid ""
1497 "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an **sfdisk**(8)-compatible "
1498 "script file."
1499 msgstr ""
1500 "Sauvegarder le contenu de la table de partitions actuellement en mémoire "
1501 "dans un fichier script compatible avec **sfdisk**(8)."
1502
1503 #. type: Plain text
1504 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:97
1505 msgid ""
1506 "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and "
1507 "other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
1508 msgstr ""
1509 "Les fichiers script sont compatibles entre *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8) "
1510 "et les autres applications libfdisk. Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
1511 "*sfdisk*(8)."
1512
1513 #. type: Plain text
1514 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:99
1515 msgid ""
1516 "It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no "
1517 "partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* "
1518 "command-line option."
1519 msgstr ""
1520 "Un script *sfdisk* peut aussi être chargé dans *cfdisk* si aucune table de "
1521 "partitions n’existe sur le périphérique ou si *cfdisk* a été démarré avec "
1522 "l’option *--zero*."
1523
1524 #. type: Labeled list
1525 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:100
1526 #, no-wrap
1527 msgid "*W*"
1528 msgstr "*W*"
1529
1530 #. type: Plain text
1531 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:102
1532 msgid ""
1533 "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since "
1534 "this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the "
1535 "write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the "
1536 "partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition "
1537 "table from the disk."
1538 msgstr ""
1539 "Écrire la table de partitions sur le disque (notez que le *W* doit être "
1540 "entré en majuscule). Étant donné que cette commande peut détruire des "
1541 "données du disque, vous devez confirmer ou annuler l'ordre d'écriture en "
1542 "entrant « yes » ou « no ». Si vous entrez « yes », *cfdisk* écrira la table "
1543 "de partitions sur le disque et enverra l'ordre au noyau de relire la table "
1544 "de partitions à partir du disque."
1545
1546 #. type: Plain text
1547 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:104
1548 msgid ""
1549 "The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case "
1550 "you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using "
1551 "*partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system."
1552 msgstr ""
1553 "La relecture de la table ne fonctionne pas toujours. Dans ce cas, vous "
1554 "devrez informer le noyau vous-même des nouvelles partitions en utilisant "
1555 "*partprobe*(8) ou *partx*(8) ou en redémarrant le système."
1556
1557 #. type: Labeled list
1558 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:105
1559 #, no-wrap
1560 msgid "*x*"
1561 msgstr "*x*"
1562
1563 #. type: Plain text
1564 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:107
1565 msgid "Toggle extra information about a partition."
1566 msgstr ""
1567 "Naviguer dans les informations supplémentaires à propos d’une partition."
1568
1569 #. type: Labeled list
1570 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:108
1571 #, no-wrap
1572 msgid "_Up Arrow_, _Down Arrow_"
1573 msgstr "_Flèche vers le Haut_, _Flèche vers le Bas_"
1574
1575 #. type: Plain text
1576 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:110
1577 msgid ""
1578 "Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more "
1579 "partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next "
1580 "(previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) "
1581 "partition displayed on the screen."
1582 msgstr ""
1583 "Déplacer le curseur vers la partition précédente ou suivante. S'il y a "
1584 "davantage de partitions qu'il ne peut s'en afficher simultanément, vous "
1585 "pourrez afficher le groupe de partitions suivant (précédent) en faisant "
1586 "défiler l'écran vers le bas (flèche vers le haut) vers la dernière (c'est-à-"
1587 "dire la première) partition affichée à l'écran."
1588
1589 #. type: Labeled list
1590 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:111
1591 #, no-wrap
1592 msgid "_Left Arrow_, _Right Arrow_"
1593 msgstr "_Flèche vers la gauche_, _Flèche vers la droite_"
1594
1595 #. type: Plain text
1596 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:113
1597 msgid ""
1598 "Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the "
1599 "currently selected item."
1600 msgstr ""
1601 "Sélectionner l’élément de menu précédent ou suivant. Presser la touche "
1602 "_Entrée_ exécutera l’élément sélectionné."
1603
1604 #. type: Plain text
1605 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:115
1606 msgid ""
1607 "All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters "
1608 "(except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the "
1609 "_Esc_ key to return to the main menu."
1610 msgstr ""
1611 "Toutes les commandes peuvent être entrées en minuscules ou en majuscules (à "
1612 "l’exception de **W**rite pour écrire). Dans un sous-menu ou une invite, la "
1613 "touche « Échap. » permet de revenir au menu principal."
1614
1615 #. type: Plain text
1616 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:118
1617 #, no-wrap
1618 msgid "*cfdisk* does not support color customization with a color-scheme file.\n"
1619 msgstr "*cfdisk* ne permet pas la personnalisation de couleurs avec un fichier de schéma de couleurs.\n"
1620
1621 #. type: Title ==
1622 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:119 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:193
1623 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:128 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:70
1624 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:87 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:101
1625 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:407 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:39
1626 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:129 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:66
1627 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:171
1628 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:192
1629 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:77
1630 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:150 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:112
1631 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:357
1632 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1627
1633 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:123
1634 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:150 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:127
1635 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:177 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:164
1636 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:117 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:65
1637 #, no-wrap
1638 msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
1639 msgstr "ENVIRONNEMENT"
1640
1641 #. type: Labeled list
1642 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:121
1643 #, no-wrap
1644 msgid "*CFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1645 msgstr "*CFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1646
1647 #. type: Plain text
1648 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:123
1649 msgid "enables cfdisk debug output."
1650 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de cfdisk."
1651
1652 #. type: Labeled list
1653 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:124 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:198
1654 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:411
1655 #, no-wrap
1656 msgid "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1657 msgstr "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
1658
1659 #. type: Plain text
1660 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:126 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:200
1661 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:413
1662 msgid "enables libfdisk debug output."
1663 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libfdisk."
1664
1665 #. type: Labeled list
1666 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:127 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:201
1667 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:413 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:155
1668 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1638 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:128
1669 #, no-wrap
1670 msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all"
1671 msgstr "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all"
1672
1673 #. type: Plain text
1674 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:129 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:203
1675 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:146 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:91
1676 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:105 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:415
1677 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:62
1678 msgid "enables libblkid debug output."
1679 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libblkid."
1680
1681 #. type: Labeled list
1682 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:130 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:204
1683 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:415 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:203
1684 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:161
1685 #, no-wrap
1686 msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*=all"
1687 msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*=all"
1688
1689 #. type: Plain text
1690 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:132 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:206
1691 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:417
1692 msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output."
1693 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libsmartcols."
1694
1695 #. type: Labeled list
1696 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:133 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:207
1697 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:206 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:164
1698 #, no-wrap
1699 msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on"
1700 msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on"
1701
1702 #. type: Plain text
1703 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:135
1704 msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
1705 msgstr ""
1706 "Utiliser des caractères de remplissage visibles. Activation nécessaire de "
1707 "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
1708
1709 #. type: Labeled list
1710 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:136 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:210
1711 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:417
1712 #, no-wrap
1713 msgid "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<mode>"
1714 msgstr "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<mode>"
1715
1716 #. type: Plain text
1717 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:138 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:212
1718 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:74 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:94
1719 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:419 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:87
1720 msgid ""
1721 "use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more "
1722 "details."
1723 msgstr ""
1724 "Utiliser un verrou exclusif BSD. Le mode est « 1 » ou « 0 ». Consulter *--"
1725 "lock* pour davantage de détails."
1726
1727 #. type: Plain text
1728 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:142 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:452
1729 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:238
1730 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:102 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:50
1731 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:188 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:89
1732 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1687 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:64
1733 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:65
1734 msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
1735 msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
1736
1737 #. type: Plain text
1738 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:144
1739 msgid ""
1740 "The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from "
1741 "mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
1742 msgstr ""
1743 "L’implémentation actuelle de *cfdisk* est basée sur le cfdisk d’origine de "
1744 "mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
1745
1746 #. type: Plain text
1747 #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:152
1748 #, no-wrap
1749 msgid ""
1750 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
1751 "*parted*(8),\n"
1752 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
1753 "*partx*(8),\n"
1754 "*sfdisk*(8)\n"
1755 msgstr ""
1756 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
1757 "*parted*(8),\n"
1758 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
1759 "*partx*(8),\n"
1760 "*sfdisk*(8)\n"
1761
1762 #. delpart.8 -- man page for delpart
1763 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
1764 #. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
1765 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
1766 #. type: Title =
1767 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:8
1768 #, no-wrap
1769 msgid "delpart(8)"
1770 msgstr "delpart(8)"
1771
1772 #. type: Plain text
1773 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:18
1774 msgid "delpart - tell the kernel to forget about a partition"
1775 msgstr "delpart - Indiquer au noyau d’oublier une partition"
1776
1777 #. type: Plain text
1778 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:22
1779 #, no-wrap
1780 msgid "*delpart* _device partition_\n"
1781 msgstr "*delpart* _périphérique partition_\n"
1782
1783 #. type: Plain text
1784 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:26
1785 #, no-wrap
1786 msgid "*delpart* asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified _partition_ (a number) on the specified _device_. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"del partition\" ioctl.\n"
1787 msgstr "*delpart* demande au noyau d’oublier la _partition_ (un numéro) indiquée sur le _périphérique_ indiqué. La commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « del partition ».\n"
1788
1789 #. type: Plain text
1790 #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:40
1791 #, no-wrap
1792 msgid ""
1793 "*addpart*(8),\n"
1794 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
1795 "*parted*(8),\n"
1796 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
1797 "*partx*(8)\n"
1798 msgstr ""
1799 "*addpart*(8),\n"
1800 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
1801 "*parted*(8),\n"
1802 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
1803 "*partx*(8)\n"
1804
1805 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
1806 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
1807 #. type: Title =
1808 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:6
1809 #, no-wrap
1810 msgid "fdformat(8)"
1811 msgstr "fdformat(8)"
1812
1813 #. type: Plain text
1814 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:16
1815 msgid "fdformat - low-level format a floppy disk"
1816 msgstr "fdformat - Effectuer le formatage bas niveau d'une disquette"
1817
1818 #. type: Plain text
1819 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:20
1820 #, no-wrap
1821 msgid "*fdformat* [options] _device_\n"
1822 msgstr "*fdformat* [options] _périphérique_\n"
1823
1824 #. type: Plain text
1825 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:24
1826 #, no-wrap
1827 msgid "*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is shown for informational purposes only):\n"
1828 msgstr "*fdformat* effectue un formatage bas niveau sur une disquette. La valeur de _périphérique_ peut être (pour les périphériques de type disquette, le numéro majeur vaut 2 et le numéro mineur n'est montré qu'à titre indicatif) :\n"
1829
1830 #. type: delimited block .
1831 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:35
1832 #, no-wrap
1833 msgid ""
1834 "/dev/fd0d360  (minor = 4)\n"
1835 "/dev/fd0h1200 (minor = 8)\n"
1836 "/dev/fd0D360  (minor = 12)\n"
1837 "/dev/fd0H360  (minor = 12)\n"
1838 "/dev/fd0D720  (minor = 16)\n"
1839 "/dev/fd0H720  (minor = 16)\n"
1840 "/dev/fd0h360  (minor = 20)\n"
1841 "/dev/fd0h720  (minor = 24)\n"
1842 "/dev/fd0H1440 (minor = 28)\n"
1843 msgstr ""
1844 "/dev/fd0d360  (mineur = 4)\n"
1845 "/dev/fd0h1200 (mineur = 8)\n"
1846 "/dev/fd0D360  (mineur = 12)\n"
1847 "/dev/fd0H360  (mineur = 12)\n"
1848 "/dev/fd0D720  (mineur = 16)\n"
1849 "/dev/fd0H720  (mineur = 16)\n"
1850 "/dev/fd0h360  (mineur = 20)\n"
1851 "/dev/fd0h720  (mineur = 24)\n"
1852 "/dev/fd0H1440 (mineur = 28)\n"
1853
1854 #. type: delimited block .
1855 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:46
1856 #, no-wrap
1857 msgid ""
1858 "/dev/fd1d360 (minor = 5)\n"
1859 "/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n"
1860 "/dev/fd1D360 (minor = 13)\n"
1861 "/dev/fd1H360 (minor = 13)\n"
1862 "/dev/fd1D720 (minor = 17)\n"
1863 "/dev/fd1H720 (minor = 17)\n"
1864 "/dev/fd1h360 (minor = 21)\n"
1865 "/dev/fd1h720 (minor = 25)\n"
1866 "/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n"
1867 msgstr ""
1868 "/dev/fd1d360  (mineur = 5)\n"
1869 "/dev/fd1h1200 (mineur = 9)\n"
1870 "/dev/fd1D360  (mineur = 13)\n"
1871 "/dev/fd1H360  (mineur = 13)\n"
1872 "/dev/fd1D720  (mineur = 17)\n"
1873 "/dev/fd1H720  (mineur = 17)\n"
1874 "/dev/fd1h360  (mineur = 21)\n"
1875 "/dev/fd1h720  (mineur = 25)\n"
1876 "/dev/fd1H1440 (mineur = 29)\n"
1877
1878 #. type: Plain text
1879 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:49
1880 msgid ""
1881 "The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work "
1882 "with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format "
1883 "has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load "
1884 "the disk parameters."
1885 msgstr ""
1886 "Les périphériques de disquettes génériques, _/dev/fd0_ et _/dev/fd1_, ne "
1887 "fonctionneront pas avec *fdformat* quand un format non standard est utilisé, "
1888 "ou si le format n'a pas été détecté automatiquement au préalable. Dans ce "
1889 "cas, utilisez *setfdprm*(8) pour charger les paramètres du disque."
1890
1891 #. type: Labeled list
1892 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:52
1893 #, no-wrap
1894 msgid "*-f*, *--from* _N_"
1895 msgstr "*-f*, *--from* _N_"
1896
1897 #. type: Plain text
1898 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:54
1899 msgid "Start at the track _N_ (default is 0)."
1900 msgstr "Commencer à la piste _N_ (0 par défaut)."
1901
1902 #. type: Labeled list
1903 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:55
1904 #, no-wrap
1905 msgid "*-t*, *--to* _N_"
1906 msgstr "*-t*, *--to* _N_"
1907
1908 #. type: Plain text
1909 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:57
1910 msgid "Stop at the track _N_."
1911 msgstr "S’arrêter à la piste _N_."
1912
1913 #. type: Labeled list
1914 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:58
1915 #, no-wrap
1916 msgid "*-r*, *--repair* _N_"
1917 msgstr "*-r*, *--repair* _N_"
1918
1919 #. type: Plain text
1920 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:60
1921 msgid "Try to repair tracks failed during the verification (max _N_ retries)."
1922 msgstr ""
1923 "Essayer de réparer les pistes en erreur pendant la vérification (_N_ essais "
1924 "au maximum)."
1925
1926 #. type: Labeled list
1927 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:61
1928 #, no-wrap
1929 msgid "*-n*, *--no-verify*"
1930 msgstr "*-n*, *--no-verify*"
1931
1932 #. type: Plain text
1933 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:63
1934 msgid "Skip the verification that is normally performed after the formatting."
1935 msgstr "Sauter la vérification normalement effectuée après le formatage."
1936
1937 #. type: Title ==
1938 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:95
1939 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:47 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:420
1940 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:117 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:118
1941 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:53 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:133
1942 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:144
1943 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:96 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:167
1944 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:104 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:83
1945 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:137 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:68
1946 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:33
1947 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:97 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:94
1948 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:129
1949 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:176 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:63
1950 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:127
1951 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:149
1952 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:84
1953 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:94
1954 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:139 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:33
1955 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:146
1956 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:134 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:73
1957 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:90 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:136
1958 #, no-wrap
1959 msgid "NOTES"
1960 msgstr "NOTES"
1961
1962 #. type: Plain text
1963 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:69
1964 msgid ""
1965 "This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) "
1966 "instead."
1967 msgstr ""
1968 "Cet utilitaire ne prend pas en charge les périphériques USB de disquette. "
1969 "*ufiformat*(8) est à utiliser à la place."
1970
1971 #. type: Plain text
1972 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:73
1973 msgid "mailto:almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch[Werner Almesberger]"
1974 msgstr "mailto:almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch[Werner Almesberger]"
1975
1976 #. type: Plain text
1977 #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:81
1978 #, no-wrap
1979 msgid ""
1980 "*fd*(4),\n"
1981 "*emkfs*(8),\n"
1982 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
1983 "*setfdprm*(8),\n"
1984 "*ufiformat*(8)\n"
1985 msgstr ""
1986 "*fd*(4),\n"
1987 "*emkfs*(8),\n"
1988 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
1989 "*setfdprm*(8),\n"
1990 "*ufiformat*(8)\n"
1991
1992 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
1993 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
1994 #. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
1995 #. Copyright (C) 2013 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
1996 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
1997 #. type: Title =
1998 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:9
1999 #, no-wrap
2000 msgid "fdisk(8)"
2001 msgstr "fdisk(8)"
2002
2003 #. type: Plain text
2004 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:20
2005 msgid "fdisk - manipulate disk partition table"
2006 msgstr "fdisk - Manipuler la table de partitions d'un disque"
2007
2008 #. type: Plain text
2009 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:24
2010 #, no-wrap
2011 msgid "*fdisk* [options] _device_\n"
2012 msgstr "*fdisk* [options] _périphérique_\n"
2013
2014 #. type: Plain text
2015 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:26
2016 #, no-wrap
2017 msgid "*fdisk* *-l* [_device_...]\n"
2018 msgstr "*fdisk* *-l* [_périphérique_...]\n"
2019
2020 #. type: Plain text
2021 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:30
2022 #, no-wrap
2023 msgid "*fdisk* is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables.\n"
2024 msgstr "*fdisk* est un programme piloté par des fenêtres de dialogue permettant la création et la manipulation des tables de partitions. Les tables de partitions GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI et BSD sont prises en charge.\n"
2025
2026 #. type: Plain text
2027 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:32
2028 msgid ""
2029 "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
2030 "_partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually "
2031 "found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk "
2032 "slices' and a `disklabel'.)"
2033 msgstr ""
2034 "Les périphériques blocs peuvent être divisés en un ou plusieurs disques "
2035 "logiques appelés _partitions_. Cette division est enregistrée dans la _table "
2036 "de partitions_ qui se trouve habituellement sur le secteur 0 du disque (dans "
2037 "l'univers BSD, les termes « tranche » et « étiquette de disque » sont "
2038 "utilisés)."
2039
2040 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2041 #. type: Plain text
2042 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:35
2043 msgid ""
2044 "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. "
2045 "*fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an "
2046 "alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea "
2047 "to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last "
2048 "partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-<size>{M,"
2049 "G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties."
2050 msgstr ""
2051 "Tout le partitionnement est piloté par les limites d’E/S du périphérique (la "
2052 "topologie) par défaut. *fdisk* permet d’optimiser la disposition de disque "
2053 "pour une taille de secteur de 4 Ko et utilise un décalage d’alignement sur "
2054 "les périphériques modernes pour les MBR et GPT. C’est toujours une bonne "
2055 "idée d’accepter les valeurs par défaut de *fdisk* car ces valeurs (par "
2056 "exemple, les premier et dernier secteurs de partition) et les tailles de "
2057 "partition indiquées par la notation {plus}/-<taille>{M,G,...} sont toujours "
2058 "alignées sur les propriétés du périphérique."
2059
2060 #. type: Plain text
2061 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:37
2062 msgid ""
2063 "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. "
2064 "Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S <n> -H "
2065 "<n>* advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices."
2066 msgstr ""
2067 "L'adressage CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) est obsolescent et n'est pas utilisé "
2068 "par défaut. Veuillez ne pas suivre les vieux articles et les recommandations "
2069 "avec *fdisk -S <n> -H <n>* pour les SSD et les périphériques blocs de "
2070 "secteurs 4 Ko."
2071
2072 #. type: Plain text
2073 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:39
2074 msgid ""
2075 "Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk "
2076 "layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in "
2077 "the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should "
2078 "always be backward compatible."
2079 msgstr ""
2080 "Remarquez que *partx*(8) fournit une interface évoluée pour afficher les "
2081 "dispositions de disque dans les scripts, *fdisk* est surtout conçu pour les "
2082 "humains. La rétrocompatibilité de la sortie de *fdisk* n’est pas garantie. "
2083 "L’entrée (les commandes) devraient toujours être rétrocompatibles."
2084
2085 #. type: Labeled list
2086 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:42
2087 #, no-wrap
2088 msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _sectorsize_"
2089 msgstr "*-b*, *--sector-size* _taille_"
2090
2091 #. type: Plain text
2092 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:44
2093 msgid ""
2094 "Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and "
2095 "4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old "
2096 "kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* "
2097 "differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This option changes "
2098 "both sector sizes to _sectorsize_."
2099 msgstr ""
2100 "Indiquer la _taille_ des secteurs du disque. Les valeurs possibles sont 512, "
2101 "1024, 2048 et 4096 (les noyaux récents connaissent la taille de secteur. "
2102 "N'utilisez cette option que sur des noyaux anciens ou pour passer outre "
2103 "l'avis du noyau). Depuis util-linux 2.17, *fdisk* fait la différence entre "
2104 "les tailles de secteurs logique et physique. Cette option modifie les "
2105 "tailles des deux secteurs en _taille_."
2106
2107 #. type: Labeled list
2108 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:45
2109 #, no-wrap
2110 msgid "*-B*, *--protect-boot*"
2111 msgstr "*-B*, *--protect-boot*"
2112
2113 #. type: Plain text
2114 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:47
2115 msgid ""
2116 "Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk "
2117 "label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
2118 msgstr ""
2119 "Ne pas écraser le début du premier secteur de disque lors de la création "
2120 "d'une nouvelle étiquette de disque. Cette fonctionnalité est gérée pour les "
2121 "GPT et MBR."
2122
2123 #. type: Labeled list
2124 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:48
2125 #, no-wrap
2126 msgid "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_mode_]"
2127 msgstr "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_mode_]"
2128
2129 #. type: Plain text
2130 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:50
2131 msgid ""
2132 "Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS "
2133 "mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without "
2134 "the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional "
2135 "_mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the "
2136 "correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_."
2137 msgstr ""
2138 "Indiquer le _mode_ de compatibilité, *dos* ou *nondos*. Le mode non DOS est "
2139 "sélectionné par défaut. Par rétrocompatibilité, cette option peut être "
2140 "utilisée sans le paramètre _mode_ — le mode par défaut est alors utilisé. "
2141 "Remarquez que le paramètre facultatif _mode_ ne peut pas être séparé de "
2142 "l'option *-c* par une espace, la forme correcte est par exemple « *-"
2143 "c*=_dos_ »."
2144
2145 #. type: Labeled list
2146 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:78
2147 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:83
2148 #, no-wrap
2149 msgid "*-L*, *--color*[=_when_]"
2150 msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[=_quand_]"
2151
2152 #. type: Plain text
2153 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:151
2154 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:119
2155 msgid ""
2156 "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
2157 "*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
2158 "colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* "
2159 "output. See also the *COLORS* section."
2160 msgstr ""
2161 "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* "
2162 "ou *always*. En absence d’argument _quand_, *auto* est la valeur par défaut. "
2163 "Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les valeurs par défaut internes, "
2164 "consultez la sortie de la commande avec *--help*. Consultez également la "
2165 "section *COULEURS*."
2166
2167 #. type: Labeled list
2168 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:56 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:47
2169 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:78
2170 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:70 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:101
2171 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:37
2172 #, no-wrap
2173 msgid "*-l*, *--list*"
2174 msgstr "*-l*, *--list*"
2175
2176 #. type: Plain text
2177 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:58
2178 msgid "List the partition tables for the specified devices and then exit."
2179 msgstr ""
2180 "Liste les tables de partitions pour le périphérique spécifié puis arrête."
2181
2182 #. type: Plain text
2183 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:60
2184 msgid ""
2185 "If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if "
2186 "this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which "
2187 "they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/"
2188 "partitions_."
2189 msgstr ""
2190 "Si aucun périphérique est donné, les périphériques mentionnés dans _/proc/"
2191 "partitions_ (si le fichier existe) sont utilisés. Les périphériques sont "
2192 "toujours listés dans l'ordre spécifié sur la ligne de commande ou par le "
2193 "noyau listé dans _/proc/partitions_."
2194
2195 #. type: Labeled list
2196 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:61
2197 #, no-wrap
2198 msgid "*-x*, *--list-details*"
2199 msgstr "*-x*, *--list-details*"
2200
2201 #. type: Plain text
2202 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:63
2203 msgid "Like *--list*, but provides more details."
2204 msgstr "Identique à *--list*, mais avec plus de détails."
2205
2206 #. type: Labeled list
2207 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:67
2208 #, no-wrap
2209 msgid "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*"
2210 msgstr "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*"
2211
2212 #. type: Plain text
2213 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:69
2214 msgid ""
2215 "Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The "
2216 "partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', "
2217 "'g', etc.)."
2218 msgstr ""
2219 "Ne pas créer automatiquement par défaut une table de partitions sur les "
2220 "périphériques vides. La table de partitions doit être explicitement créée "
2221 "par l'utilisateur (avec une commande telle que « o », « g », etc.)."
2222
2223 #. type: Labeled list
2224 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:69
2225 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:195 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:69
2226 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:37 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:97
2227 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:88 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:50
2228 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:25
2229 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:28
2230 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:43
2231 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:39
2232 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:52
2233 #, no-wrap
2234 msgid "*-o*, *--output* _list_"
2235 msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _liste_"
2236
2237 #. type: Plain text
2238 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:197
2239 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:48 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:58
2240 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:67
2241 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:45
2242 msgid ""
2243 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
2244 "supported columns."
2245 msgstr ""
2246 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir une liste "
2247 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
2248
2249 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2250 #. type: Plain text
2251 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:74
2252 msgid ""
2253 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
2254 "format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)."
2255 msgstr ""
2256 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
2257 "sous la forme _{plus}liste_ (par exemple, *-o {plus}UUID*)."
2258
2259 #. type: Labeled list
2260 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:76
2261 #, no-wrap
2262 msgid "*-s*, *--getsz*"
2263 msgstr "*-s*, *--getsz*"
2264
2265 #. type: Plain text
2266 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:78
2267 msgid ""
2268 "Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option "
2269 "is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
2270 msgstr ""
2271 "Afficher la taille, en secteur de 512 octets, de chaque périphérique bloc "
2272 "donné. Cette option est _obsolète_, remplacée par *blockdev*(8)."
2273
2274 #. type: Labeled list
2275 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:79 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:29
2276 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:38
2277 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:61
2278 #, no-wrap
2279 msgid "*-t*, *--type* _type_"
2280 msgstr "*-t*, *--type* _type_"
2281
2282 #. type: Plain text
2283 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:81
2284 msgid ""
2285 "Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable "
2286 "support for all other types."
2287 msgstr ""
2288 "N’activer la prise en charge que pour les étiquettes de disque du _type_ "
2289 "indiqué et désactiver la prise en charge pour tous les autres types."
2290
2291 #. type: Labeled list
2292 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:82
2293 #, no-wrap
2294 msgid "*-u*, *--units*[=_unit_]"
2295 msgstr "*-u*, *--units*[=_unité_]"
2296
2297 #. type: Plain text
2298 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:84
2299 msgid ""
2300 "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. "
2301 "The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is "
2302 "possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default "
2303 "is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the "
2304 "*-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '**-"
2305 "u=**__cylinders__'."
2306 msgstr ""
2307 "Lors de l'affichage des tables de partitions, montrer les tailles en "
2308 "secteurs (_sectors_) ou en cylindres (_cylinders_). L'affichage par défaut "
2309 "est en secteur. Par rétrocompatibilité, cette option peut être utilisée sans "
2310 "l’argument _unité_ — le mode par défaut est alors utilisé. Remarquez que "
2311 "l’argument _unité_ facultatif ne peut pas être séparé de l'option *-u* par "
2312 "une espace, la forme correcte est par exemple « **-u=**_cylindres_ »."
2313
2314 #. type: Labeled list
2315 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:85
2316 #, no-wrap
2317 msgid "*-C*, *--cylinders* _number_"
2318 msgstr "*-C*, *--cylinders* _nombre_"
2319
2320 # FIXME number → _number_
2321 #. type: Plain text
2322 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:87
2323 msgid ""
2324 "Specify the _number_ of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody "
2325 "would want to do so."
2326 msgstr ""
2327 "Indiquer le _nombre_ de cylindres du disque. L’utilité de cette option est "
2328 "inconnue."
2329
2330 #. type: Labeled list
2331 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:88
2332 #, no-wrap
2333 msgid "*-H*, *--heads* _number_"
2334 msgstr "*-H*, *--heads* _nombre_"
2335
2336 #. type: Plain text
2337 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:90
2338 msgid ""
2339 "Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of "
2340 "course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 "
2341 "and 16."
2342 msgstr ""
2343 "Indiquer le nombre de têtes du disque (pas le nombre physique, bien sûr, "
2344 "mais celui utilisé pour la table de partitions). 255 et 16 sont des valeurs "
2345 "raisonnables."
2346
2347 #. type: Labeled list
2348 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:91
2349 #, no-wrap
2350 msgid "*-S*, *--sectors* _number_"
2351 msgstr "*-S*, *--sectors* _nombre_"
2352
2353 #. type: Plain text
2354 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:93
2355 msgid ""
2356 "Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical "
2357 "number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable "
2358 "value is 63."
2359 msgstr ""
2360 "Indiquer le nombre de secteurs par piste du disque (pas le nombre physique, "
2361 "bien sûr, mais celui utilisé pour la table de partitions). 63 est une valeur "
2362 "raisonnable."
2363
2364 #. type: Labeled list
2365 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:94 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:213
2366 #, no-wrap
2367 msgid "*-w*, *--wipe* _when_"
2368 msgstr "*-w*, *--wipe* _quand_"
2369
2370 #. type: Plain text
2371 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:96
2372 msgid ""
2373 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
2374 "order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, "
2375 "*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, "
2376 "in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all "
2377 "cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new "
2378 "partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
2379 msgstr ""
2380 "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, de RAID et de table de "
2381 "partitions du périphérique dans le but d'éviter de possibles collisions. "
2382 "L'argument _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quand cette option "
2383 "n'est pas fournie, *auto* est la valeur par défaut, auquel cas les "
2384 "signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode interactif. Dans tous les "
2385 "cas, les signatures détectées sont rapportées par des messages "
2386 "d'avertissement avant la création d'une nouvelle table de partitions. "
2387 "Consultez aussi la commande *wipefs*(8)."
2388
2389 #. type: Labeled list
2390 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:97 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:216
2391 #, no-wrap
2392 msgid "*-W*, *--wipe-partitions* _when_"
2393 msgstr "*-W*, *--wipe-partitions* _quand_"
2394
2395 #. type: Plain text
2396 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:99
2397 msgid ""
2398 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
2399 "partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can "
2400 "be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default "
2401 "is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode "
2402 "and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are "
2403 "reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also "
2404 "*wipefs*(8) command."
2405 msgstr ""
2406 "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, de RAID et de table de "
2407 "partitions de partitions nouvellement créées dans le but d'éviter de "
2408 "possibles collisions. L'argument _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* ou "
2409 "*always*. Quand cette option n'est pas fournie, *auto* est la valeur par "
2410 "défaut, auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode "
2411 "interactif et après confirmation de l'utilisateur. Dans tous les cas, les "
2412 "signatures détectées sont rapportées par des messages d'avertissement avant "
2413 "la création d'une nouvelle table de partitions. Consultez aussi la commande "
2414 "*wipefs*(8)."
2415
2416 #. type: Plain text
2417 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:102 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:117
2418 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:221 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:44
2419 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:36
2420 msgid "Display version information and exit."
2421 msgstr "Afficher le nom et la version du logiciel et quitter."
2422
2423 #. type: Title ==
2424 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:103
2425 #, no-wrap
2426 msgid "DEVICES"
2427 msgstr "PÉRIPHÉRIQUES"
2428
2429 #. type: Plain text
2430 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:106
2431 msgid ""
2432 "The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers "
2433 "to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the "
2434 "Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference "
2435 "between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ "
2436 "(IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)."
2437 msgstr ""
2438 "Le _périphérique_ est habituellement du genre _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_, etc. "
2439 "Un nom de périphérique fait référence au disque entier. Les vieux systèmes "
2440 "sans libata (une bibliothèque utilisée dans le noyau Linux pour gérer les "
2441 "contrôleurs et les périphériques ATA) font une différence entre les disques "
2442 "IDE et SCSI. Dans un tel cas, le nom de périphérique sera _/dev/hd*_ (IDE) "
2443 "ou _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)."
2444
2445 #. type: Plain text
2446 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:108
2447 msgid ""
2448 "The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For "
2449 "example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the "
2450 "system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/"
2451 "devices.txt_ file)."
2452 msgstr ""
2453 "La _partition_ est un nom de périphérique suivi d'un numéro de partition. "
2454 "Par exemple, _/dev/sda1_ est la première partition du premier disque dur du "
2455 "système. Consultez également _Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt_ dans la "
2456 "documentation du noyau Linux."
2457
2458 #. type: Title ==
2459 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:109
2460 #, no-wrap
2461 msgid "SIZES"
2462 msgstr "TAILLES"
2463
2464 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2465 #. type: Plain text
2466 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:114
2467 msgid ""
2468 "The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of "
2469 "sectors or by {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation."
2470 msgstr ""
2471 "La fenêtre de dialogue « last sector » (dernier secteur) accepte une taille "
2472 "de partition indiquée par un nombre de secteurs ou par une notation {plus}/-"
2473 "<taille>{K,B,M,G,...}."
2474
2475 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2476 #. type: Plain text
2477 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:118
2478 msgid ""
2479 "If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to "
2480 "the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is "
2481 "interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the "
2482 "partition)."
2483 msgstr ""
2484 "Si le préfixe de taille est « {plus} », alors elle est interprétée "
2485 "relativement au premier secteur de partition. Si le préfixe est « - », alors "
2486 "elle est interprétée relativement à la limite haute (dernier secteur "
2487 "disponible pour la partition)."
2488
2489 #. type: Plain text
2490 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:120
2491 msgid ""
2492 "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed "
2493 "by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, "
2494 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
2495 "meaning as \"KiB\"."
2496 msgstr ""
2497 "Si la taille est indiquée en byte, elle peut être suivie d’un suffixe "
2498 "multiplicatif KiB(=1024), MiB(=1024*1024), etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
2499 "ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est "
2500 "identique à « KiB »)."
2501
2502 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2503 #. type: Plain text
2504 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:124
2505 msgid ""
2506 "The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The "
2507 "{plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended."
2508 msgstr ""
2509 "Les tailles relatives sont toujours alignées d’après les limites de "
2510 "périphérique E/S. La notation {plus}/-<taille>{K,B,M,G,...} est recommandée."
2511
2512 #. type: Plain text
2513 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:126
2514 msgid ""
2515 "For backward compatibility *fdisk* also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, "
2516 "MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes "
2517 "are deprecated."
2518 msgstr ""
2519 "Par compatibilité ascendante, *fdisk* accepte aussi les suffixes KB=1000, "
2520 "MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB et YB. Ces suffixes en 10^N sont "
2521 "déconseillés."
2522
2523 #. type: Title ==
2524 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:127
2525 #, no-wrap
2526 msgid "SCRIPT FILES"
2527 msgstr "FICHIERS DE SCRIPTS"
2528
2529 #. type: Plain text
2530 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:130
2531 #, no-wrap
2532 msgid "*fdisk* allows reading (by 'I' command) *sfdisk*(8) compatible script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the device.\n"
2533 msgstr "*fdisk* permet de lire (avec la commande « I ») les fichiers script compatibles avec *sfdisk*(8). Le script est appliqué à la table de partitions en mémoire, et la table de partitions peut ensuite être modifiée avant d’être écrite sur le périphérique.\n"
2534
2535 #. type: Plain text
2536 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:132
2537 msgid ""
2538 "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to "
2539 "the script file by command 'O'."
2540 msgstr ""
2541 "À l’inverse, l’agencement de la table de partitions actuellement en mémoire "
2542 "peut être écrite dans un fichier script à l’aide de la commande « O »."
2543
2544 #. type: Plain text
2545 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:134
2546 msgid ""
2547 "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* "
2548 "and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
2549 msgstr ""
2550 "Les fichiers script sont compatibles entre *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* "
2551 "et les autres applications libfdisk. Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
2552 "*sfdisk*(8)."
2553
2554 #. type: Title ==
2555 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:135
2556 #, no-wrap
2557 msgid "DISK LABELS"
2558 msgstr "ÉTIQUETTES DE DISQUE"
2559
2560 #. type: Labeled list
2561 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:137
2562 #, no-wrap
2563 msgid "*GPT (GUID Partition Table)*"
2564 msgstr "*GPT (table de partitions GUID)*"
2565
2566 #. type: Plain text
2567 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:139
2568 msgid ""
2569 "GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-"
2570 "bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and "
2571 "an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is "
2572 "usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
2573 msgstr ""
2574 "GPT est la norme moderne pour la disposition de la table de partitions. GPT "
2575 "utilise des adresses de blocs logiques sur 64 bits, des sommes de contrôle, "
2576 "des UUID et des noms pour les partitions, et n’est pas limitée en nombre de "
2577 "partitions (bien que le nombre de partitions soit souvent restreint à 128 "
2578 "dans de nombreux outils de partitionnement)."
2579
2580 #. type: Plain text
2581 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:141
2582 msgid ""
2583 "Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the "
2584 "GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-"
2585 "recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
2586 msgstr ""
2587 "Remarquez que le premier secteur est toujours réservé pour un secteur "
2588 "d'amorçage principal de protection (*protective MBR*) dans la spécification "
2589 "GPT. Cela empêche les outils de partitionnement ne prenant en charge que le "
2590 "MBR de ne pas reconnaître et d’écraser les disques GPT."
2591
2592 #. type: Plain text
2593 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:143
2594 msgid ""
2595 "GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a "
2596 "UEFI boot loader."
2597 msgstr ""
2598 "GPT est toujours un meilleur choix que MBR, en particulier sur du matériel "
2599 "moderne avec un chargeur d’amorçage UEFI."
2600
2601 #. type: Labeled list
2602 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:144
2603 #, no-wrap
2604 msgid "*DOS-type (MBR)*"
2605 msgstr "*Type DOS (MBR)*"
2606
2607 #. type: Plain text
2608 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:146
2609 msgid ""
2610 "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. "
2611 "In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called "
2612 "`primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding "
2613 "logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each "
2614 "preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, "
2615 "present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting "
2616 "from 5."
2617 msgstr ""
2618 "Une table de partitions de type DOS peut décrire un nombre illimité de "
2619 "partitions. Dans le secteur 0, il y a de la place pour décrire 4 partitions "
2620 "(appelées « primaires »). L'une d'entre elles peut être une partition "
2621 "étendue ; c'est une sorte de boîte contenant des partitions logiques, dont "
2622 "les descripteurs se trouvent dans une liste chaînée de secteurs, chacun "
2623 "décrivant les partitions logiques correspondantes. Les quatre partitions "
2624 "primaires, présentes ou pas, portent les numéros 1 à 4. Les partitions "
2625 "logiques sont numérotées à partir de 5."
2626
2627 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
2628 #. type: Plain text
2629 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:148
2630 msgid ""
2631 "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
2632 "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in "
2633 "32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}"
2634 "6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 "
2635 "TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled "
2636 "only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. "
2637 "And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that "
2638 "are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux "
2639 "never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be "
2640 "unsupported in some later *fdisk* version."
2641 msgstr ""
2642 "Dans une table de partitions de type DOS, la position de départ et la taille "
2643 "de chaque partition sont conservées de deux façons\\ : comme un nombre "
2644 "absolu de secteurs (sur 32 bits), ou comme un triplet *Cylindres/Têtes/"
2645 "Secteurs* (sur 10{plus}8{plus}6 bits). La première manière fonctionne bien "
2646 "— avec des secteurs de 512 octets, cela fonctionnera jusqu'à 2 To. La "
2647 "seconde possibilité souffre de deux problèmes. Tout d'abord, ces champs C/T/"
2648 "S ne peuvent être remplis que si le nombre de têtes et le nombre de secteurs "
2649 "par piste sont connus. Ensuite, même si ces nombres étaient connus, les "
2650 "24 bits qui sont disponibles ne suffiraient pas. DOS utilise uniquement C/T/"
2651 "S, Windows utilise les deux, Linux n'utilise jamais C/T/S. L’*adressage C/T/"
2652 "S est obsolète* et pourrait ne plus être pris en charge dans une future "
2653 "version de *fdisk*."
2654
2655 #. type: Plain text
2656 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:151
2657 #, no-wrap
2658 msgid "*Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions.* *fdisk* does not care about cylinder boundaries by default.\n"
2659 msgstr "*Veuillez lire la section sur le mode DOS si vous voulez des partitions compatibles avec DOS.* *fdisk* ne s’occupe pas des limites de cylindre par défaut.\n"
2660
2661 #. type: Labeled list
2662 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:152
2663 #, no-wrap
2664 msgid "*BSD/Sun-type*"
2665 msgstr "*Type BSD ou Sun*"
2666
2667 #. type: Plain text
2668 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:154
2669 msgid ""
2670 "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be "
2671 "a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its "
2672 "first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy "
2673 "the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS "
2674 "partition."
2675 msgstr ""
2676 "Une étiquette de disque de type BSD ou Sun peut décrire 8 partitions, dont "
2677 "la troisième devrait être une partition de «\\ disque entier\\ ». Ne "
2678 "commencez pas une partition utilisant réellement son premier secteur (comme "
2679 "une partition d'échange) sur le cylindre\\ 0, car cela détruirait "
2680 "l'étiquette du disque. Remarquez qu’une *étiquette BSD* est normalement "
2681 "imbriquée dans une partition DOS."
2682
2683 #. type: Labeled list
2684 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:155
2685 #, no-wrap
2686 msgid "*IRIX/SGI-type*"
2687 msgstr "*Type IRIX/SGI*"
2688
2689 #. type: Plain text
2690 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:157
2691 msgid ""
2692 "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which "
2693 "should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled "
2694 "`volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i."
2695 "e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The "
2696 "remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory "
2697 "entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not "
2698 "change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the "
2699 "partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/"
2700 "SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
2701 msgstr ""
2702 "Une étiquette de disque IRIX/SGI peut décrire 16 partitions, dont la onzième "
2703 "devrait être une partition entière de «\\ volume\\ », alors que la neuvième "
2704 "devrait être étiquetée «\\ en-tête de volume\\ ». L'en-tête de volume couvre "
2705 "également la table de partitions, c'est-à-dire qu'il débute au bloc zéro et "
2706 "s'étend par défaut sur 5 cylindres. L'espace restant dans l'en-tête de "
2707 "volume peut être utilisé par les répertoires d'en-tête. Aucune partition ne "
2708 "peut empiéter sur l'en-tête de volume. Ne modifiez pas son type et ne créez "
2709 "de système de fichiers dessus, car vous perdriez alors la table de "
2710 "partitions. N'utilisez ce type d'étiquette que lorsque vous travaillez sur "
2711 "des machines IRIX/SGI ou avec des disques IRIX/SGI sous Linux."
2712
2713 #. type: Plain text
2714 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:159
2715 msgid ""
2716 "A *sync*(2) and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from "
2717 "disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated."
2718 msgstr ""
2719 "Une *sync*(2) et une ioctl(BLKRRPART (relecture de la table de partitions du "
2720 "disque) sont réalisées avant de quitter quand la table de partitions a été "
2721 "mise à jour."
2722
2723 #. type: Title ==
2724 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:160
2725 #, no-wrap
2726 msgid "DOS mode and DOS 6.x WARNING"
2727 msgstr "Avertissement sur le mode DOS et DOS 6.x"
2728
2729 #. type: Plain text
2730 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:163
2731 #, no-wrap
2732 msgid "*Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things like* *geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really want* *DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and cylinder* *units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk command-line options.*\n"
2733 msgstr "*Remarquez que tout cela est obsolète. Vous n’avez pas à vous soucier de choses comme la géométrie et les cylindres sur les systèmes d’exploitation modernes. Si vous voulez vraiment un partitionnement compatible DOS, alors vous devez activer le mode DOS et le cylindre comme unité en utilisant les options de ligne de commande « -c=dos -u=cylinders ».*\n"
2734
2735 #. type: Plain text
2736 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:165
2737 msgid ""
2738 "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of "
2739 "the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable "
2740 "than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to "
2741 "clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size "
2742 "change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U "
2743 "flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
2744 msgstr ""
2745 "La commande FORMAT de DOS 6.x recherche certaines informations dans le "
2746 "premier secteur de la section de données de la partition. Elle considère ces "
2747 "informations comme étant plus fiables que celles de la table de partitions. "
2748 "La commande FORMAT de DOS s'attend à ce que FDISK de DOS efface les 512 "
2749 "premiers octets de la section de données d'une partition chaque fois qu'il y "
2750 "a une modification de sa taille. La commande FORMAT de DOS recherchera cette "
2751 "information supplémentaire même si l’attribut /U est indiqué — nous "
2752 "considérons que c'est un bogue des commandes FORMAT et FDISK de DOS."
2753
2754 #. type: Plain text
2755 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:167
2756 msgid ""
2757 "The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk*(8) to change the size "
2758 "of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the "
2759 "first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the "
2760 "partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition "
2761 "table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux "
2762 "so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command "
2763 "*dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of "
2764 "the partition."
2765 msgstr ""
2766 "Par conséquent, si vous utilisez *fdisk* ou *cfdisk*(8) pour modifier la "
2767 "taille d'une partition DOS, vous devez aussi utiliser *dd*(1) pour *mettre à "
2768 "zéro les 512 premiers octets* de cette partition avant d'utiliser la "
2769 "commande FORMAT de DOS pour formater cette partition. Par exemple, si vous "
2770 "avez utilisé *cfdisk*(8) pour créer une entrée de table de partitions DOS "
2771 "pour _/dev/sda1_, vous devriez alors (après avoir quitté *fdisk* et "
2772 "redémarré Linux afin que les informations de table de partitions soient "
2773 "correctes) utiliser la commande *dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 "
2774 "count=1* pour mettre à zéro les 512 premiers octets de la partition."
2775
2776 #. type: Plain text
2777 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:169
2778 #, no-wrap
2779 msgid "*fdisk* usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table.\n"
2780 msgstr "Généralement, *fdisk* devrait déterminer automatiquement la géométrie du disque. Ce n'est pas nécessairement la géométrie physique du disque (en effet, les disques modernes ne possèdent pas à proprement parler quoi que ce soit pouvant être assimilé à une géométrie physique, et encore moins quelque chose pouvant être décrit par la forme simpliste Cylindres/Têtes/Secteurs), mais c'est la géométrie de disque qu'utilise MS-DOS pour la table de partitions.\n"
2781
2782 #. type: Plain text
2783 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:171
2784 msgid ""
2785 "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the "
2786 "only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other "
2787 "operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another "
2788 "operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at "
2789 "the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required "
2790 "for good cooperation with other systems."
2791 msgstr ""
2792 "D'habitude, tout se passe bien par défaut, et il n'y a aucun problème si "
2793 "Linux est le seul système sur le disque. Néanmoins, si le disque doit être "
2794 "partagé avec d'autres systèmes d'exploitation, c'est en général une bonne "
2795 "idée de créer au moins une autre partition avec un *fdisk* d'un autre "
2796 "système d'exploitation. Quand Linux démarre, il examine la table de "
2797 "partitions, et essaie de déduire quelle est la géométrie factice nécessaire "
2798 "pour une bonne coopération avec les autres systèmes."
2799
2800 #. type: Plain text
2801 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:173
2802 msgid ""
2803 "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check "
2804 "is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the "
2805 "physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each "
2806 "partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first "
2807 "partition)."
2808 msgstr ""
2809 "Chaque fois qu'une table de partitions est écrite en mode DOS, un test de "
2810 "cohérence est effectué sur les entrées de la table de partitions. Ce test "
2811 "vérifie que les débuts et fins physiques et logiques sont identiques, et que "
2812 "chaque partition commence et se termine sur une limite de cylindre (sauf "
2813 "pour la première partition)."
2814
2815 #. type: Plain text
2816 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:175
2817 msgid ""
2818 "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a "
2819 "cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions "
2820 "beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is "
2821 "unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
2822 msgstr ""
2823 "Certaines versions de MS-DOS créent une première partition qui ne commence "
2824 "pas sur une limite de cylindre, mais sur le secteur 2 du premier cylindre. "
2825 "Les partitions commençant au cylindre 1 ne peuvent pas débuter sur une "
2826 "limite de cylindre, mais il est peu probable que cela pose problème à moins "
2827 "d'avoir également OS/2 sur la machine."
2828
2829 #. type: Plain text
2830 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:177
2831 msgid ""
2832 "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
2833 "program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
2834 "program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) "
2835 "programs."
2836 msgstr ""
2837 "De façon à obtenir de meilleurs résultats, vous devriez toujours utiliser un "
2838 "programme de table de partitions spécifique au système d'exploitation. Par "
2839 "exemple, vous devriez créer des partitions DOS avec le programme DOS FDISK "
2840 "et des partitions Linux avec les programmes Linux *fdisk* ou *cfdisk*(8)."
2841
2842 #. type: Plain text
2843 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:180
2844 msgid "The logical color names supported by *fdisk* are:"
2845 msgstr ""
2846 "Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge par *fdisk* sont les suivantes :"
2847
2848 #. type: Labeled list
2849 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:181 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:400
2850 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:159
2851 #, no-wrap
2852 msgid "*header*"
2853 msgstr "*header*"
2854
2855 #. type: Plain text
2856 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:183 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:402
2857 msgid "The header of the output tables."
2858 msgstr "L’en-tête des tables en sortie."
2859
2860 #. type: Labeled list
2861 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:184
2862 #, no-wrap
2863 msgid "*help-title*"
2864 msgstr "*help-title*"
2865
2866 #. type: Plain text
2867 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:186
2868 msgid "The help section titles."
2869 msgstr "Les titres de la section d’aide."
2870
2871 #. type: Labeled list
2872 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:187 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:402
2873 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:175
2874 #, no-wrap
2875 msgid "*warn*"
2876 msgstr "*warn*"
2877
2878 #. type: Plain text
2879 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:189 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:404
2880 msgid "The warning messages."
2881 msgstr "Les messages d'avertissement."
2882
2883 #. type: Labeled list
2884 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:190 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:404
2885 #, no-wrap
2886 msgid "*welcome*"
2887 msgstr "*welcome*"
2888
2889 #. type: Plain text
2890 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:192 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:406
2891 msgid "The welcome message."
2892 msgstr "Le message de bienvenue."
2893
2894 #. type: Labeled list
2895 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:195
2896 #, no-wrap
2897 msgid "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
2898 msgstr "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
2899
2900 #. type: Plain text
2901 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:197
2902 msgid "enables fdisk debug output."
2903 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de fdisk."
2904
2905 #. type: Plain text
2906 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:209 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:208
2907 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:166
2908 msgid "use visible padding characters."
2909 msgstr "Utiliser des caractères de remplissage visibles."
2910
2911 #. type: Plain text
2912 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:217
2913 msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
2914 msgstr ""
2915 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
2916
2917 #. type: Plain text
2918 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:219
2919 msgid ""
2920 "The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and "
2921 "others."
2922 msgstr ""
2923 "La version originale a été écrite par Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc et "
2924 "d’autres."
2925
2926 #. type: Plain text
2927 #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:226
2928 #, no-wrap
2929 msgid ""
2930 "*cfdisk*(8),\n"
2931 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
2932 "*partx*(8),\n"
2933 "*sfdisk*(8)\n"
2934 msgstr ""
2935 "*cfdisk*(8),\n"
2936 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
2937 "*partx*(8),\n"
2938 "*sfdisk*(8)\n"
2939
2940 #. Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
2941 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
2942 #. type: Title =
2943 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:6
2944 #, no-wrap
2945 msgid "fsck(8)"
2946 msgstr "fsck(8)"
2947
2948 #. type: Plain text
2949 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:16
2950 msgid "fsck - check and repair a Linux filesystem"
2951 msgstr "fsck - Vérifier et réparer un système de fichiers Linux"
2952
2953 #. type: Plain text
2954 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:20
2955 #, no-wrap
2956 msgid "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_]] [*-t* _fstype_] [_filesystem_...] [*--*] [_fs-specific-options_]\n"
2957 msgstr "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_descripteur_]] [*-C* [_descripteur_]] [*-t* _type-sf_] [_système-de-fichiers_...] [*--*] [_options_spécifiques_sf_]\n"
2958
2959 #. type: Plain text
2960 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:24
2961 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
2962 #| msgid "*fsck* is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux filesystems. _filesystem_ can be a device name (e.g., _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), a mount point (e.g., _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), or an filesystem label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or LABEL=root). Normally, the *fsck* program will try to handle filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of time needed to check all of them.\n"
2963 msgid "*fsck* is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux filesystems. _filesystem_ can be a device name (e.g., _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), a mount point (e.g., _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), or a filesystem label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or LABEL=root). Normally, the *fsck* program will try to handle filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of time needed to check all of them.\n"
2964 msgstr "*fsck* est utilisé pour vérifier et éventuellement réparer un ou plusieurs systèmes de fichiers Linux. _système-de-fichiers_ peut être un nom de périphérique (par exemple, _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), un point de montage (par exemple, _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), une étiquette (LABEL) de système de fichiers ou un identifiant UUID (par exemple UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd ou LABEL=root). Ordinairement, le programme *fsck* essayera de gérer en parallèle les systèmes de fichiers situés sur des disques physiques différents afin de minimiser la durée totale de vérification.\n"
2965
2966 #. type: Plain text
2967 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:26
2968 msgid ""
2969 "If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is "
2970 "not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ "
2971 "serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options."
2972 msgstr ""
2973 "Si aucun système de fichiers n'est précisé sur la ligne de commande et que "
2974 "l'option *-A* n'est pas indiquée, par défaut *fsck* vérifiera "
2975 "séquentiellement les systèmes de fichiers présents dans _/etc/fstab_. C'est "
2976 "équivalent à préciser les options *-As*."
2977
2978 #. type: Plain text
2979 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:28
2980 msgid ""
2981 "The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:"
2982 msgstr "Le code de retour de *fsck* est la somme des conditions suivantes :"
2983
2984 #. type: Labeled list
2985 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:42
2986 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:80 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:35
2987 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:77 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:48
2988 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:43
2989 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:89 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:68
2990 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:61
2991 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:58
2992 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1591
2993 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:98
2994 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:80
2995 #, no-wrap
2996 msgid "*0*"
2997 msgstr "*0*"
2998
2999 #. type: Plain text
3000 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:82
3001 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:81
3002 msgid "No errors"
3003 msgstr "Pas d'erreur."
3004
3005 #. type: Labeled list
3006 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:37
3007 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:53
3008 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:91 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:71
3009 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:64
3010 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:61
3011 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1594
3012 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:46 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:82
3013 #, no-wrap
3014 msgid "*1*"
3015 msgstr "*1*"
3016
3017 #. type: Plain text
3018 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33
3019 msgid "Filesystem errors corrected"
3020 msgstr "Erreurs de système de fichiers corrigées."
3021
3022 #. type: Labeled list
3023 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:55
3024 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:74 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:48
3025 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:83
3026 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:893 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1597
3027 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:101
3028 #, no-wrap
3029 msgid "*2*"
3030 msgstr "*2*"
3031
3032 #. type: Plain text
3033 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35
3034 msgid "System should be rebooted"
3035 msgstr "Le système devrait être redémarré."
3036
3037 #. type: Labeled list
3038 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:44
3039 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:77
3040 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1600 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:104
3041 #, no-wrap
3042 msgid "*4*"
3043 msgstr "*4*"
3044
3045 #. type: delimited block _
3046 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86
3047 msgid "Filesystem errors left uncorrected"
3048 msgstr "Il reste des erreurs non corrigées sur le système de fichiers."
3049
3050 #. type: Labeled list
3051 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:46
3052 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:79
3053 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1603 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:107
3054 #, no-wrap
3055 msgid "*8*"
3056 msgstr "*8*"
3057
3058 #. type: Plain text
3059 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90
3060 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:83
3061 msgid "Operational error"
3062 msgstr "Erreur lors de l'opération."
3063
3064 #. type: Labeled list
3065 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48
3066 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1606
3067 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:110
3068 #, no-wrap
3069 msgid "*16*"
3070 msgstr "*16*"
3071
3072 #. type: Plain text
3073 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:92
3074 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:85
3075 msgid "Usage or syntax error"
3076 msgstr "Erreur d'utilisation ou de syntaxe."
3077
3078 #. type: Labeled list
3079 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39
3080 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1609 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:49
3081 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:113
3082 #, no-wrap
3083 msgid "*32*"
3084 msgstr "*32*"
3085
3086 #. type: Plain text
3087 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:43
3088 msgid "Checking canceled by user request"
3089 msgstr "Vérification annulée par l'utilisateur."
3090
3091 #. type: Labeled list
3092 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:43
3093 #, no-wrap
3094 msgid "*128*"
3095 msgstr "*128*"
3096
3097 #. type: Plain text
3098 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:45
3099 msgid "Shared-library error"
3100 msgstr "Erreur de bibliothèque partagée."
3101
3102 #. type: Plain text
3103 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:47
3104 msgid ""
3105 "The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-"
3106 "wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked."
3107 msgstr ""
3108 "Le code de retour renvoyé lorsque tous les systèmes de fichiers sont "
3109 "vérifiés est le résultat de l’opération OU bit à bit sur les codes de retour "
3110 "de chacun des systèmes de fichiers vérifiés."
3111
3112 #. type: Plain text
3113 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:49
3114 msgid ""
3115 "In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
3116 "checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific "
3117 "checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is "
3118 "undefined then fallback to _/sbin_."
3119 msgstr ""
3120 "En fait, *fsck* n'est simplement qu'une interface pour les différents "
3121 "vérificateurs de systèmes de fichiers (*fsck*._type_sf_) disponibles sous "
3122 "Linux. Le vérificateur spécifique à un système est recherché successivement "
3123 "dans la variable d'environnement *PATH*. Si celle-ci n’est pas définie, _/"
3124 "sbin_ est utilisé."
3125
3126 #. type: Plain text
3127 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:51
3128 msgid ""
3129 "Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details."
3130 msgstr ""
3131 "Veuillez consulter les pages de manuel des vérificateurs spécifiques à un "
3132 "système de fichiers pour de plus amples précisions."
3133
3134 #. type: Labeled list
3135 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:47
3136 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:97
3137 #, no-wrap
3138 msgid "*-l*"
3139 msgstr "*-l*"
3140
3141 #. type: Plain text
3142 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:56
3143 msgid ""
3144 "Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/<diskname>.lock_) for "
3145 "whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means "
3146 "that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when "
3147 "more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored "
3148 "when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not "
3149 "lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or "
3150 "DM) - this feature is not implemented yet."
3151 msgstr ""
3152 "Créer un ficher verrou *flock*(2) exclusif (_/run/fsck/<nom_disque>.lock_) "
3153 "pour tout le périphérique. Cette option peut être utilisée avec un seul "
3154 "périphérique (cela signifie que *-A* et *-l* sont mutuellement exclusives). "
3155 "Cette option est recommandée quand plusieurs instances de *fsck* sont "
3156 "exécutées en même temps. L'option est ignorée quand elle est utilisée avec "
3157 "plusieurs périphériques ou avec des disques non tournants. *fsck* ne "
3158 "verrouille pas les périphériques sous-jacents quand elle est exécutée pour "
3159 "vérifier des périphériques empilés (MD ou DM par exemple) — cette "
3160 "fonctionnalité n'est pas encore implémentée."
3161
3162 #. type: Labeled list
3163 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:57
3164 #, no-wrap
3165 msgid "*-r* [_fd_]"
3166 msgstr "*-r* [_descripteur_]"
3167
3168 #. type: Plain text
3169 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:59
3170 msgid ""
3171 "Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics "
3172 "include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the "
3173 "elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck "
3174 "run. For example:"
3175 msgstr ""
3176 "Rendre compte de statistiques pour toutes les vérifications terminées. Ces "
3177 "statistiques comprennent le code de retour, la taille de mémoire résidente "
3178 "maximale utilisée (en kilooctet), le temps total écoulé ainsi que les temps "
3179 "utilisateur et processeur utilisés par la vérification. Par exemple :"
3180
3181 #. type: Plain text
3182 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:61
3183 #, no-wrap
3184 msgid "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n"
3185 msgstr "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n"
3186
3187 #. type: Plain text
3188 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:63
3189 msgid ""
3190 "GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the "
3191 "progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine "
3192 "parsable format. For example:"
3193 msgstr ""
3194 "Les frontaux graphiques peuvent indiquer un _descripteur_ de fichier, auquel "
3195 "cas l’information de barre de progression est envoyée à ce descripteur de "
3196 "fichier dans un format analysable par une machine. Par exemple :"
3197
3198 #. type: Plain text
3199 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:65
3200 #, no-wrap
3201 msgid "*/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186*\n"
3202 msgstr "*/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186*\n"
3203
3204 #. type: Labeled list
3205 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:59
3206 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:413
3207 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:59
3208 #, no-wrap
3209 msgid "*-s*"
3210 msgstr "*-s*"
3211
3212 #. type: Plain text
3213 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:68
3214 msgid ""
3215 "Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking "
3216 "multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: "
3217 "*e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run "
3218 "in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, "
3219 "if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if "
3220 "you do not.)"
3221 msgstr ""
3222 "Sérialiser les opérations de *fsck*. Cette option est conseillée si vous "
3223 "êtes en train de vérifier plusieurs systèmes de fichiers en mode interactif. "
3224 "Remarque : *e2fsck*(8) fonctionne par défaut en mode interactif. Pour que "
3225 "*e2fsck*(8) fonctionne en mode non interactif, vous devez indiquer l'option "
3226 "*-p* ou *-a* si vous désirez que les erreurs soient corrigées "
3227 "automatiquement, ou l'option *-n* si vous ne le souhaitez pas."
3228
3229 #. type: Labeled list
3230 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:69
3231 #, no-wrap
3232 msgid "*-t* _fslist_"
3233 msgstr "*-t* _liste_sf_"
3234
3235 #. type: Plain text
3236 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:71
3237 msgid ""
3238 "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is "
3239 "specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ "
3240 "parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. "
3241 "All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a "
3242 "negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those "
3243 "filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the "
3244 "filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those "
3245 "listed filesystems will be checked."
3246 msgstr ""
3247 "Indiquer le ou les types de systèmes de fichiers qui seront vérifiés. Quand "
3248 "l’attribut *-A* est indiqué, seuls les systèmes de fichiers qui ont une "
3249 "correspondance dans _liste_sf_ sont vérifiés. Le paramètre _liste_sf_ est "
3250 "une liste de systèmes de fichiers et d'options séparés par des virgules. "
3251 "Tous les systèmes de fichiers de cette liste peuvent être préfixés par "
3252 "l'opérateur de négation « *no* » ou « *!* », qui indique que seuls les "
3253 "systèmes de fichiers qui ne sont pas mentionnés dans _liste_sf_ seront "
3254 "vérifiés. Si aucun système de fichiers dans _liste_sf_ n'est préfixé par "
3255 "l'opérateur de négation, seuls les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés seront "
3256 "vérifiés."
3257
3258 #. type: Plain text
3259 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:73
3260 msgid ""
3261 "Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They "
3262 "must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is "
3263 "present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount "
3264 "options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is "
3265 "prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not "
3266 "have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be "
3267 "checked."
3268 msgstr ""
3269 "Des options, séparées par des virgules, peuvent être incluses dans "
3270 "_liste_sf_. Elles doivent avoir le format **opts=**__option_sf__. Si une "
3271 "option est présente, alors seuls les systèmes de fichiers ayant une "
3272 "_option_sf_ dans le champ d’options de montage de _/etc/fstab_ seront "
3273 "vérifiés. Si l'option est préfixée par l'opérateur de négation, alors seuls "
3274 "les systèmes de fichiers n’ayant pas _option_sf_ dans leur champ d’options "
3275 "de montage de _/etc/fstab_ seront vérifiés."
3276
3277 #. type: Plain text
3278 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:75
3279 msgid ""
3280 "For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed "
3281 "in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked."
3282 msgstr ""
3283 "Par exemple, si *opts=ro* se trouve dans _liste_sf_, alors seuls les "
3284 "systèmes de fichiers de _/etc/fstab_ qui ont l'option *ro* seront vérifiés."
3285
3286 #. type: Plain text
3287 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:77
3288 msgid ""
3289 "For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon "
3290 "an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of "
3291 "*loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified "
3292 "as an argument to the *-t* option."
3293 msgstr ""
3294 "Pour la compatibilité avec les distributions Mandrake dont les scripts de "
3295 "démarrage dépendent d'un changement non autorisé d'UI dans le programme "
3296 "*fsck*, si le type de système de fichiers *loop* est présent dans "
3297 "_liste_sf_, il est traité comme si *opts=loop* était indiqué en tant que "
3298 "paramètre de l'option *-t*."
3299
3300 #. type: Plain text
3301 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:79
3302 msgid ""
3303 "Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/"
3304 "etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be "
3305 "deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-"
3306 "t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is "
3307 "not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
3308 msgstr ""
3309 "Normalement, le type de système de fichiers est déduit en recherchant "
3310 "_système_de_fichiers_ dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_ et en utilisant l'entrée "
3311 "correspondante. Si le type ne peut être déduit et qu'il n'y a qu'un seul "
3312 "système de fichiers en argument de l'option *-t*, *fsck* utilisera le "
3313 "système de fichiers indiqué. Si ce type n'est pas disponible, alors le "
3314 "système de fichiers par défaut (actuellement ext2) est utilisé."
3315
3316 #. type: Labeled list
3317 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:80
3318 #, no-wrap
3319 msgid "*-A*"
3320 msgstr "*-A*"
3321
3322 #. type: Plain text
3323 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:82
3324 msgid ""
3325 "Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one "
3326 "run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization "
3327 "file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem."
3328 msgstr ""
3329 "Parcourir le fichier _/etc/fstab_ et essayer de vérifier tous les systèmes "
3330 "de fichiers en une seule fois. Cette option est généralement utilisée dans "
3331 "le fichier d'initialisation système _/etc/rc_, plutôt que d'avoir des "
3332 "commandes multiples pour vérifier un par un chaque système de fichiers."
3333
3334 #. type: Plain text
3335 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:84
3336 msgid ""
3337 "The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is "
3338 "specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order "
3339 "specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. "
3340 "Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at "
3341 "all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be "
3342 "checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being "
3343 "checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, "
3344 "*fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid "
3345 "running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk."
3346 msgstr ""
3347 "Le système de fichiers racine sera vérifié en premier à moins que l'option *-"
3348 "P* ne soit indiquée (voir ci-dessous). Après quoi, les systèmes de fichiers "
3349 "seront vérifiés dans l'ordre indiqué par le (sixième) champ _fs_passno_ du "
3350 "fichier _/etc/fstab_. Les systèmes de fichiers avec une valeur _fs_passno_ "
3351 "de 0 sont ignorés. Ceux avec une valeur supérieure à 0 seront vérifiés dans "
3352 "l'ordre croissant des _fs_passno_. S'il y a égalité entre plusieurs systèmes "
3353 "de fichiers, *fsck* tentera de les vérifier en parallèle, tout en évitant "
3354 "toutefois les vérifications simultanées sur le même disque physique."
3355
3356 #. type: Plain text
3357 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:86
3358 #, no-wrap
3359 msgid "*fsck* does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel with any other device. See below for *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* setting. The _/sys_ filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices.\n"
3360 msgstr "*fsck* ne vérifie pas les périphériques empilés (RAID, dm-crypt, etc.) en parallèle avec un autre périphérique. Consultez le réglage *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* ci-dessous. Le système de fichiers _/sys_ est utilisé pour déterminer les dépendances entre les périphériques.\n"
3361
3362 #. type: Plain text
3363 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:88
3364 msgid ""
3365 "Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root "
3366 "filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems "
3367 "to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically "
3368 "run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System "
3369 "administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to "
3370 "avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for "
3371 "example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive "
3372 "paging is a concern."
3373 msgstr ""
3374 "De ce fait, une configuration très commune pour le fichier _/etc/fstab_ est "
3375 "d'avoir un système racine avec une valeur _fs_passno_ de 1 et pour tous les "
3376 "autres systèmes de fichiers d’avoir cette valeur à 2. Cela autorise *fsck* à "
3377 "lancer automatiquement en parallèle les vérifications si c’est avantageux. "
3378 "Les administrateurs système peuvent choisir de ne pas utiliser cette "
3379 "configuration ; par exemple, si la machine dispose de peu de mémoire et "
3380 "qu'une pagination excessive est à éviter."
3381
3382 #. type: Plain text
3383 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:90
3384 #, no-wrap
3385 msgid "*fsck* normally does not check whether the device actually exists before calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may be used to have *fsck* skip non-existing devices. *fsck* also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem type *auto*.\n"
3386 msgstr "*fsck* ne vérifie normalement pas l'existence du périphérique avant d'appeler un vérificateur de système de fichiers spécifique. Par conséquent les périphériques inexistants risquent d'entraîner le système en mode de réparation de système de fichiers au démarrage si le vérificateur de système de fichiers spécifique renvoie une erreur fatale. L'option de montage *nofail* de _/etc/fstab_ peut être utilisée pour que *fsck* ignore les périphériques inexistants. *fsck* ignore aussi les périphériques inexistants ayant le type spécial de système de fichiers *auto*.\n"
3387
3388 #. type: Labeled list
3389 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:91
3390 #, no-wrap
3391 msgid "*-C* [_fd_]"
3392 msgstr "*-C* [_descripteur_]"
3393
3394 #. type: Plain text
3395 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:93
3396 msgid ""
3397 "Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently "
3398 "only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem "
3399 "checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI "
3400 "front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress "
3401 "bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
3402 msgstr ""
3403 "Afficher une barre de progression pour les vérificateurs qui le permettent "
3404 "(actuellement uniquement disponible pour ext[234]). *fsck* gérera les "
3405 "vérificateurs de telle sorte qu'un seul d'entre eux affichera une barre de "
3406 "progression à un instant donné. Les interfaces graphiques peuvent fournir un "
3407 "_descripteur_ de fichier, dans lequel les informations d'avancement seront "
3408 "envoyées."
3409
3410 #. type: Labeled list
3411 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:94 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:72
3412 #, no-wrap
3413 msgid "*-M*"
3414 msgstr "*-M*"
3415
3416 #. type: Plain text
3417 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:96
3418 msgid ""
3419 "Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted "
3420 "filesystems."
3421 msgstr ""
3422 "Ne pas vérifier les systèmes de fichiers montés et renvoyer le code de "
3423 "retour 0 pour les systèmes de fichiers montés"
3424
3425 #. type: Labeled list
3426 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:97
3427 #, no-wrap
3428 msgid "*-N*"
3429 msgstr "*-N*"
3430
3431 #. type: Plain text
3432 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:99
3433 msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done."
3434 msgstr "Ne pas exécuter, montrer uniquement ce qui devrait être accompli."
3435
3436 #. type: Labeled list
3437 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:100
3438 #, no-wrap
3439 msgid "*-P*"
3440 msgstr "*-P*"
3441
3442 #. type: Plain text
3443 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:102
3444 msgid ""
3445 "When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the "
3446 "other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if "
3447 "the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might "
3448 "be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't "
3449 "want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is "
3450 "really the right solution)."
3451 msgstr ""
3452 "Quand l’attribut *-A* est utilisé, vérifier le système de fichiers racine en "
3453 "parallèle des autres systèmes de fichiers. Ce n'est pas la chose la plus "
3454 "sûre au monde, puisque si le système de fichiers est potentiellement "
3455 "défectueux, *e2fsck*(8) pourrait être corrompu ! Cette option est "
3456 "principalement fournie aux administrateurs système qui n'ont pas une "
3457 "partition racine petite et compacte (ce qui est vraiment la bonne solution)."
3458
3459 #. type: Labeled list
3460 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:103
3461 #, no-wrap
3462 msgid "*-R*"
3463 msgstr "*-R*"
3464
3465 #. type: Plain text
3466 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:105
3467 msgid ""
3468 "When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. "
3469 "(This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-"
3470 "write.)"
3471 msgstr ""
3472 "Lors de la vérification de tous les systèmes de fichiers (avec l’attribut *-"
3473 "A*), ignorer le système de fichiers racine (c'est pratique si le système de "
3474 "fichiers racine a déjà été monté en lecture/écriture)."
3475
3476 #. type: Labeled list
3477 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:106
3478 #, no-wrap
3479 msgid "*-T*"
3480 msgstr "*-T*"
3481
3482 #. type: Plain text
3483 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:108
3484 msgid "Don't show the title on startup."
3485 msgstr "Ne pas afficher le titre au démarrage."
3486
3487 #. type: Labeled list
3488 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:109
3489 #, no-wrap
3490 msgid "*-V*"
3491 msgstr "*-V*"
3492
3493 #. type: Plain text
3494 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:111
3495 msgid ""
3496 "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
3497 "executed."
3498 msgstr ""
3499 "Produire une sortie bavarde, en affichant toutes les commandes spécifiques "
3500 "au système de fichiers qui sont exécutées."
3501
3502 #. type: Labeled list
3503 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:112
3504 #, no-wrap
3505 msgid "*-?*, *--help*"
3506 msgstr "*-?*, *--help*"
3507
3508 #. type: Labeled list
3509 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:115
3510 #, no-wrap
3511 msgid "*--version*"
3512 msgstr "*--version*"
3513
3514 #. type: Title ==
3515 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:118
3516 #, no-wrap
3517 msgid "FILESYSTEM SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
3518 msgstr "OPTIONS SPÉCIFIQUES DE SYSTÈMES DE FICHIERS"
3519
3520 #. type: Plain text
3521 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:121
3522 #, no-wrap
3523 msgid "*Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-specific checker!*\n"
3524 msgstr "*Les options non comprises par fsck sont transmises au vérificateur spécifique au système de fichiers !*\n"
3525
3526 #. type: Plain text
3527 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:123
3528 msgid ""
3529 "These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be "
3530 "able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't."
3531 msgstr ""
3532 "Ces options *ne doivent pas* prendre de paramètre puisqu'il n'y a aucun "
3533 "moyen pour *fsck* de différencier correctement les options qui prennent des "
3534 "paramètres de celles qui n'en prennent pas."
3535
3536 #. type: Plain text
3537 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:125
3538 msgid ""
3539 "Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-"
3540 "specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker."
3541 msgstr ""
3542 "Les options et paramètres qui suivent *--* sont traités comme des options "
3543 "spécifiques au système de fichiers et sont transmis au vérificateur "
3544 "correspondant."
3545
3546 #. type: Plain text
3547 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:127
3548 msgid ""
3549 "Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
3550 "options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something "
3551 "complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. "
3552 "If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it "
3553 "doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're "
3554 "almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. "
3555 "Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized."
3556 msgstr ""
3557 "Veuillez remarquer que *fsck* n'est pas conçu pour transmettre "
3558 "arbitrairement des options complexes aux vérificateurs de systèmes de "
3559 "fichiers. Si vous êtes en train de faire quelque chose de complexe, exécutez "
3560 "directement le vérificateur spécifique du système de fichiers. Si vous "
3561 "passez à *fsck* des options et paramètres horriblement compliqués et que ça "
3562 "ne fonctionne pas, *il ne faut pas le signaler comme un bogue*. Vous êtes "
3563 "certainement en train de faire quelque chose que vous ne devriez pas "
3564 "accomplir avec *fsck*. Les options des différents vérificateurs spécifiques "
3565 "à un système de fichiers ne sont pas normalisées."
3566
3567 #. type: Plain text
3568 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:131
3569 msgid ""
3570 "The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment "
3571 "variables:"
3572 msgstr ""
3573 "Le comportement de *fsck* peut être modifié par les variables "
3574 "d'environnement suivantes :"
3575
3576 #. type: Labeled list
3577 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:132
3578 #, no-wrap
3579 msgid "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*"
3580 msgstr "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*"
3581
3582 #. type: Plain text
3583 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:134
3584 msgid ""
3585 "If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the "
3586 "specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems "
3587 "appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-"
3588 "end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) "
3589 "Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used."
3590 msgstr ""
3591 "Si cette variable d'environnement est positionnée, *fsck* cherchera à "
3592 "vérifier tous les systèmes de fichiers en parallèle, sans se soucier du fait "
3593 "qu'ils soient sur le même périphérique. (C'est utile pour les systèmes RAID "
3594 "ou les systèmes de stockage de haut niveau tels que ceux vendus par IBM ou  "
3595 "EMC). Remarquez que la valeur _fs_passno_ est toujours utilisée."
3596
3597 #. type: Labeled list
3598 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:135
3599 #, no-wrap
3600 msgid "*FSCK_MAX_INST*"
3601 msgstr "*FSCK_MAX_INST*"
3602
3603 #. type: Plain text
3604 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:137
3605 msgid ""
3606 "This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem "
3607 "checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which "
3608 "have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem "
3609 "checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on "
3610 "the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can "
3611 "be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may "
3612 "attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run "
3613 "based on gathering accounting data from the operating system."
3614 msgstr ""
3615 "Cette variable d'environnement limitera le nombre maximal de vérifications "
3616 "lancées en parallèle. Cela permet aux systèmes avec un nombre important de "
3617 "disques d'éviter à *fsck* de démarrer un trop grand nombre de vérifications "
3618 "de systèmes de fichiers en même temps, ce qui pourrait surcharger les "
3619 "ressources processeur et mémoire du système. Si elle vaut 0, alors le nombre "
3620 "de vérifications n'est pas limité. C'est la valeur par défaut, mais des "
3621 "versions futures de *fsck* pourraient déterminer ce nombre en fonction de "
3622 "données obtenues du système d'exploitation."
3623
3624 #. type: Labeled list
3625 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:138
3626 #, no-wrap
3627 msgid "*PATH*"
3628 msgstr "*PATH*"
3629
3630 #. type: Plain text
3631 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:140
3632 msgid "The *PATH* environment variable is used to find filesystem checkers."
3633 msgstr ""
3634 "La variable d’environnement *PATH* est utilisée pour trouver les "
3635 "vérificateurs de système de fichiers."
3636
3637 #. type: Labeled list
3638 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:141
3639 #, no-wrap
3640 msgid "*FSTAB_FILE*"
3641 msgstr "*FSTAB_FILE*"
3642
3643 #. type: Plain text
3644 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:143
3645 msgid ""
3646 "This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the "
3647 "standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers "
3648 "who are testing *fsck*."
3649 msgstr ""
3650 "Cette variable d'environnement permet à l'administrateur système de "
3651 "contourner l'emplacement standard du fichier _/etc/fstab_. C'est aussi utile "
3652 "pour les développeurs de *fsck*."
3653
3654 #. type: Labeled list
3655 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:144
3656 #, no-wrap
3657 msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all*"
3658 msgstr "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all*"
3659
3660 #. type: Labeled list
3661 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:147
3662 #, no-wrap
3663 msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
3664 msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
3665
3666 #. type: Plain text
3667 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:149 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:56
3668 msgid "enables libmount debug output."
3669 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libmount."
3670
3671 #. type: Title ==
3672 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:150 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:134
3673 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:112 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:137
3674 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:29 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:111
3675 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:119 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:82
3676 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:50
3677 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:124
3678 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:365 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:136
3679 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1644 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:56
3680 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:114
3681 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:59
3682 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:158 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:78
3683 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:305 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:87
3684 #, no-wrap
3685 msgid "FILES"
3686 msgstr "FICHIERS"
3687
3688 #. type: Labeled list
3689 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:153 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:50
3690 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1648 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:136
3691 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:163
3692 #, no-wrap
3693 msgid "_/etc/fstab_"
3694 msgstr "_/etc/fstab_"
3695
3696 #. type: Plain text
3697 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:158
3698 msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
3699 msgstr ""
3700 "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
3701
3702 #. type: Plain text
3703 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:172
3704 #, no-wrap
3705 msgid ""
3706 "*fstab*(5),\n"
3707 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
3708 "*fsck.ext2*(8) or *fsck.ext3*(8) or *e2fsck*(8),\n"
3709 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
3710 "*fsck.jfs*(8),\n"
3711 "*fsck.nfs*(8),\n"
3712 "*fsck.minix*(8),\n"
3713 "*fsck.msdos*(8),\n"
3714 "*fsck.vfat*(8),\n"
3715 "*fsck.xfs*(8),\n"
3716 "*reiserfsck*(8)\n"
3717 msgstr ""
3718 "*fstab*(5),\n"
3719 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
3720 "*fsck.ext2*(8) ou *fsck.ext3*(8) ou *e2fsck*(8),\n"
3721 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
3722 "*fsck.jfs*(8),\n"
3723 "*fsck.nfs*(8),\n"
3724 "*fsck.minix*(8),\n"
3725 "*fsck.msdos*(8),\n"
3726 "*fsck.vfat*(8),\n"
3727 "*fsck.xfs*(8),\n"
3728 "*reiserfsck*(8)\n"
3729
3730 #. type: Title =
3731 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:2
3732 #, no-wrap
3733 msgid "fsck.cramfs(8)"
3734 msgstr "fsck.cramfs(8)"
3735
3736 #. type: Plain text
3737 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:12
3738 msgid "fsck.cramfs - fsck compressed ROM file system"
3739 msgstr "fsck.cramfs - fsck pour système de fichiers compressé en lecture seule"
3740
3741 #. type: Plain text
3742 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:16
3743 #, no-wrap
3744 msgid "*fsck.cramfs* [options] _file_\n"
3745 msgstr "*fsck.cramfs* [options] _fichier_\n"
3746
3747 #. type: Plain text
3748 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:20
3749 #, no-wrap
3750 msgid "*fsck.cramfs* is used to check the cramfs file system.\n"
3751 msgstr "*fsck.cramfs* est utilisé pour vérifier le système de fichiers cramfs.\n"
3752
3753 #. type: Labeled list
3754 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:56
3755 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:96
3756 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:102 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:39
3757 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:28
3758 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:26 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:101
3759 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:87 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:52
3760 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:49
3761 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:64
3762 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:173 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:98
3763 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:457 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:51
3764 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:42
3765 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:89 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:111
3766 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:71
3767 #, no-wrap
3768 msgid "*-v*, *--verbose*"
3769 msgstr "*-v*, *--verbose*"
3770
3771 #. type: Plain text
3772 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:25 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:37
3773 msgid "Enable verbose messaging."
3774 msgstr "Activer le mode verbeux."
3775
3776 #. type: Labeled list
3777 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:26
3778 #, no-wrap
3779 msgid "*-b*, *--blocksize* _blocksize_"
3780 msgstr "*-b*, *--blocksize* _taillebloc_"
3781
3782 #. type: Plain text
3783 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:28
3784 msgid ""
3785 "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at "
3786 "creation time. Only used for *--extract*."
3787 msgstr ""
3788 "Utiliser cette taille de bloc ou par défaut la taille de page. Celle-ci doit "
3789 "être égale à ce qui avait été défini au moment de la création. Utilisé "
3790 "seulement pour *--extract*."
3791
3792 #. type: Labeled list
3793 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:29
3794 #, no-wrap
3795 msgid "*--extract*[=_directory_]"
3796 msgstr "*--extract*[=_répertoire_]"
3797
3798 #. type: Plain text
3799 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:31
3800 msgid ""
3801 "Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the "
3802 "_file_ to _directory_."
3803 msgstr ""
3804 "Essayer de décompresser tout le système de fichiers. Extraire "
3805 "facultativement le contenu de _fichier_ dans _répertoire_."
3806
3807 #. type: Labeled list
3808 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:32
3809 #, no-wrap
3810 msgid "*-a*"
3811 msgstr "*-a*"
3812
3813 #. type: Plain text
3814 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:34 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:37
3815 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:46 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:49
3816 msgid "This option is silently ignored."
3817 msgstr "Cette option est silencieusement ignorée."
3818
3819 #. type: Labeled list
3820 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:35
3821 #, no-wrap
3822 msgid "*-y*"
3823 msgstr "*-y*"
3824
3825 #. type: Title ==
3826 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:76
3827 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:53
3828 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:75 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:75
3829 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:72 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:55
3830 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:97
3831 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:106 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:148
3832 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:49
3833 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:186 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:85
3834 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:186 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:136
3835 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:40
3836 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:57 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:55
3837 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:181
3838 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:93 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:88
3839 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:347
3840 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:123 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:86
3841 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1587
3842 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:94
3843 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:74
3844 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:222
3845 #, no-wrap
3846 msgid "EXIT STATUS"
3847 msgstr "CODE DE RETOUR"
3848
3849 #. type: Plain text
3850 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:37
3851 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:79 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:50
3852 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:91
3853 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:140 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:46
3854 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:61
3855 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:78
3856 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1593 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:100
3857 msgid "success"
3858 msgstr "Succès."
3859
3860 #. type: Plain text
3861 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:46
3862 msgid "file system was left uncorrected"
3863 msgstr "Le système de fichiers avait des erreurs non corrigées."
3864
3865 #. type: Plain text
3866 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:81
3867 msgid "operation error, such as unable to allocate memory"
3868 msgstr "Erreur d’opération, comme un échec d’allocation mémoire."
3869
3870 #. type: Plain text
3871 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:50
3872 msgid "usage information was printed"
3873 msgstr "Les informations d'utilisation ont été affichées."
3874
3875 #. type: Plain text
3876 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:55
3877 #, no-wrap
3878 msgid ""
3879 "*mount*(8),\n"
3880 "*mkfs.cramfs*(8)\n"
3881 msgstr ""
3882 "*mount*(8),\n"
3883 "*mkfs.cramfs*(8)\n"
3884
3885 #. Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
3886 #. May be freely distributed.
3887 #. type: Title =
3888 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:6
3889 #, no-wrap
3890 msgid "fsck.minix(8)"
3891 msgstr "fsck.minix(8)"
3892
3893 #. type: Plain text
3894 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:16
3895 msgid "fsck.minix - check consistency of Minix filesystem"
3896 msgstr "fsck.minix - Vérifier l'intégrité d'un système de fichiers MINIX"
3897
3898 #. type: Plain text
3899 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:20
3900 #, no-wrap
3901 msgid "*fsck.minix* [options] _device_\n"
3902 msgstr "*fsck.minix* [options] _périphérique_\n"
3903
3904 #. type: Plain text
3905 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:24
3906 #, no-wrap
3907 msgid "*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem.\n"
3908 msgstr "*fsck.minix* réalise un contrôle de cohérence d'un système de fichiers MINIX Linux.\n"
3909
3910 #. type: Plain text
3911 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:26
3912 msgid ""
3913 "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be "
3914 "used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. "
3915 "Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files."
3916 msgstr ""
3917 "Le programme part du principe que le système de fichiers est inactif. *fsck."
3918 "minix* ne doit pas être utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté à moins que "
3919 "vous ne soyez certain que personne n'est en train d'y écrire. Souvenez-vous "
3920 "que le noyau peut y écrire lorsqu’il effectue des recherches de fichiers."
3921
3922 #. type: Plain text
3923 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:28
3924 msgid "The _device_ name will usually have the following form:"
3925 msgstr "hLe nom de _périphérique_ est habituellement de la forme suivante :"
3926
3927 #. type: Table
3928 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:36
3929 #, no-wrap
3930 msgid ""
3931 "|/dev/hda[1-63] |IDE disk 1\n"
3932 "|/dev/hdb[1-63] |IDE disk 2\n"
3933 "|/dev/sda[1-15] |SCSI disk 1\n"
3934 "|/dev/sdb[1-15] |SCSI disk 2\n"
3935 msgstr ""
3936 "|/dev/hda[1-63] |disque IDE 1\n"
3937 "|/dev/hdb[1-63] |disque IDE 2\n"
3938 "|/dev/sda[1-15] |disque SCSI 1\n"
3939 "|/dev/sdb[1-15] |disque SCSI 2\n"
3940
3941 #. type: delimited block _
3942 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:40
3943 msgid ""
3944 "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print "
3945 "\"FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before "
3946 "exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check."
3947 msgstr ""
3948 "Si le système de fichiers a été modifié (par exemple réparé), alors *fsck."
3949 "minix* affichera « FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED » (le système de fichiers a "
3950 "été modifié) et exécutera *sync*(2) trois fois avant de quitter. Il n’est "
3951 "_pas_ nécessaire de redémarrer le système après la vérification."
3952
3953 #. type: Title ==
3954 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:31
3955 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:48
3956 #, no-wrap
3957 msgid "WARNING"
3958 msgstr "AVERTISSEMENT"
3959
3960 #. type: delimited block _
3961 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:44
3962 #, no-wrap
3963 msgid "*fsck.minix* should *not* be used on a mounted filesystem. Using *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion.\n"
3964 msgstr "*fsck.minix* ne doit *pas* être utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté. L'utilisation de *fsck.minix* sur un système de fichiers monté est très dangereuse car il est possible que des fichiers effacés soient encore en cours d'utilisation, ce qui peut endommager sérieusement un système de fichiers en parfait état. Si vous devez absolument exécuter *fsck.minix* sur un système de fichiers monté (par exemple sur le système de fichiers racine), assurez-vous que rien ne va écrire sur le disque, et qu'il n'y a pas de fichier « zombie » en attente d'effacement.\n"
3965
3966 #. type: delimited block _
3967 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:49
3968 msgid "List all filenames."
3969 msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers."
3970
3971 #. type: Labeled list
3972 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:50
3973 #, no-wrap
3974 msgid "*-r*, *--repair*"
3975 msgstr "*-r*, *--repair*"
3976
3977 #. type: delimited block _
3978 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:52
3979 msgid "Perform interactive repairs."
3980 msgstr "Effectuer les réparations en mode interactif."
3981
3982 #. type: Labeled list
3983 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:36
3984 #, no-wrap
3985 msgid "*-a*, *--auto*"
3986 msgstr "*-a*, *--auto*"
3987
3988 #. type: delimited block _
3989 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:55
3990 msgid ""
3991 "Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to "
3992 "answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be "
3993 "extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
3994 msgstr ""
3995 "Effectuer automatiquement les réparations. Cette option implique *--repair* "
3996 "et donne la réponse par défaut à toutes les questions. Notez que c'est très "
3997 "dangereux dans le cas d'un système de fichiers gravement endommagé."
3998
3999 #. type: Labeled list
4000 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:59
4001 #, no-wrap
4002 msgid "*-s*, *--super*"
4003 msgstr "*-s*, *--super*"
4004
4005 #. type: delimited block _
4006 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:61
4007 msgid "Output super-block information."
4008 msgstr "Afficher les informations de superbloc."
4009
4010 #. type: Labeled list
4011 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:62
4012 #, no-wrap
4013 msgid "*-m*, *--uncleared*"
4014 msgstr "*-m*, *--uncleared*"
4015
4016 #. type: delimited block _
4017 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:64
4018 msgid "Activate MINIX-like \"mode not cleared\" warnings."
4019 msgstr "Activer les avertissements « mode non réinitialisé » de type MINIX."
4020
4021 #. type: Labeled list
4022 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:65 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:44
4023 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:152 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:46
4024 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:95
4025 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:73
4026 #, no-wrap
4027 msgid "*-f*, *--force*"
4028 msgstr "*-f*, *--force*"
4029
4030 #. type: delimited block _
4031 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:67
4032 msgid ""
4033 "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking "
4034 "is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
4035 msgstr ""
4036 "Forcer la vérification d'un système de fichiers même s'il est marqué "
4037 "intègre. Cette indication est écrite par le noyau lors du démontage du "
4038 "système de fichiers."
4039
4040 #. type: Title ==
4041 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:70 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:338
4042 #, no-wrap
4043 msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
4044 msgstr "DIAGNOSTICS"
4045
4046 #. type: delimited block _
4047 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:73
4048 msgid ""
4049 "There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most "
4050 "commonly seen in normal usage."
4051 msgstr ""
4052 "Il y a de nombreux messages de diagnostic. Ceux qui sont mentionnés ici sont "
4053 "les plus couramment rencontrés lors d'une utilisation normale."
4054
4055 #. type: delimited block _
4056 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:75
4057 msgid ""
4058 "If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super "
4059 "block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* "
4060 "will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
4061 msgstr ""
4062 "Si le périphérique n'existe pas, *fsck.minix* affichera « impossible de lire "
4063 "le superbloc ». Si le périphérique existe mais que le système de fichiers "
4064 "n'est pas de type MINIX, *fsck.minix* affichera « nombre magique corrompu "
4065 "dans le superbloc »."
4066
4067 #. type: delimited block _
4068 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:79
4069 msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck.minix* is the sum of the following:"
4070 msgstr "Le code de retour de *fsck.minix* est un des suivants :"
4071
4072 #. type: Labeled list
4073 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:82 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:50
4074 #, no-wrap
4075 msgid "*3*"
4076 msgstr "*3*"
4077
4078 #. type: delimited block _
4079 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84
4080 msgid ""
4081 "Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was "
4082 "mounted"
4083 msgstr ""
4084 "Les erreurs du système de fichiers ont été corrigées, le système devrait "
4085 "être redémarré si le système de fichiers était monté."
4086
4087 #. type: Labeled list
4088 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86
4089 #, no-wrap
4090 msgid "*7*"
4091 msgstr "*7*"
4092
4093 #. type: delimited block _
4094 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88
4095 msgid "Combination of exit statuses 3 and 4"
4096 msgstr "Combinaison des codes de retour 3 et 4."
4097
4098 #. type: delimited block _
4099 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:97
4100 msgid ""
4101 "mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:"
4102 "faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:"
4103 "greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of "
4104 "mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. "
4105 "Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund."
4106 "de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. "
4107 "Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]."
4108 msgstr ""
4109 "mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Valeurs des codes de retour "
4110 "par mailto:faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Ajout de la gestion de l’attribut de "
4111 "validité du système de fichiers : mailto:greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. "
4112 "Wettstein]. Vérification afin d'éviter d'exécuter fsck sur un système de "
4113 "fichiers monté ajoutée par mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. "
4114 "Gestion du système de fichiers MINIX v2 par mailto:schwab@issan.informatik."
4115 "uni-dortmund.de[Andreas Schwab], mise à jour par mailto:janl@math.uio."
4116 "no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. Correctif de portabilité par mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac."
4117 "uk[Russell King]."
4118
4119 #. type: delimited block _
4120 #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:106
4121 #, no-wrap
4122 msgid ""
4123 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4124 "*fsck.ext2*(8),\n"
4125 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
4126 "*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
4127 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
4128 "*reboot*(8)\n"
4129 msgstr ""
4130 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4131 "*fsck.ext2*(8),\n"
4132 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
4133 "*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
4134 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
4135 "*reboot*(8)\n"
4136
4137 #. type: Title =
4138 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:2
4139 #, no-wrap
4140 msgid "isosize(8)"
4141 msgstr "isosize(8)"
4142
4143 #. type: Plain text
4144 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:12
4145 msgid "isosize - output the length of an iso9660 filesystem"
4146 msgstr "isosize - Afficher la taille d'un système de fichiers iso9660"
4147
4148 #. type: Plain text
4149 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:16
4150 #, no-wrap
4151 msgid "*isosize* [options] _iso9660_image_file_\n"
4152 msgstr "*isosize* [options] _fichier_iso9660_\n"
4153
4154 #. type: Plain text
4155 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:20
4156 msgid ""
4157 "This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained "
4158 "in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e."
4159 "g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it "
4160 "will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a "
4161 "large number (>> 4 GB)."
4162 msgstr ""
4163 "Cette commande affiche la taille d'un système de fichiers iso9660 contenu "
4164 "dans le fichier indiqué. Ce fichier peut être un fichier normal ou un "
4165 "périphérique bloc (par exemple : _/dev/hdd_ ou _/dev/sr0_). Sans option (ni "
4166 "erreur), elle affiche la taille en octet. Elle prend maintenant en charge "
4167 "les fichiers larges (>> 4 GB)."
4168
4169 #. type: Labeled list
4170 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:23
4171 #, no-wrap
4172 msgid "*-x*, *--sectors*"
4173 msgstr "*-x*, *--sectors*"
4174
4175 #. type: Plain text
4176 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:25
4177 msgid ""
4178 "Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses "
4179 "the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
4180 msgstr ""
4181 "Afficher sous une forme lisible le nombre de blocs et la taille du bloc. La "
4182 "sortie utilise «\\ secteurs\\ » pour désigner les «\\ blocs\\ »."
4183
4184 #. type: Labeled list
4185 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:26 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:42
4186 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:53
4187 #, no-wrap
4188 msgid "*-d*, *--divisor* _number_"
4189 msgstr "*-d*, *--divisor* _diviseur_"
4190
4191 #. type: Plain text
4192 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:28
4193 msgid ""
4194 "Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is "
4195 "the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the "
4196 "block size then the shown value will be the block count."
4197 msgstr ""
4198 "Cette option n'a d'effet que si *-x* n'est pas indiquée. La valeur montrée "
4199 "(s'il n'y a pas d'erreurs) est la taille du fichier iso9660 en octet divisée "
4200 "par _diviseur_. Donc si _diviseur_ est la taille du bloc, la valeur montrée "
4201 "sera le nombre de blocs."
4202
4203 #. type: Plain text
4204 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:30
4205 msgid ""
4206 "The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be "
4207 "marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason "
4208 "for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the "
4209 "end of an iso9660 image."
4210 msgstr ""
4211 "La taille du fichier (ou du périphérique bloc) d'un système de fichiers "
4212 "iso9660 peut être légèrement plus grande que la taille réelle du système de "
4213 "fichiers iso9660. Une des raisons est que les graveurs de CD ont le droit "
4214 "d'ajouter des secteurs au-delà de la fin de l'image iso9660."
4215
4216 #. type: Plain text
4217 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39
4218 msgid "generic failure, such as invalid usage"
4219 msgstr "Échec non précisé, tel que utilisation erronée "
4220
4221 #. type: Plain text
4222 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:82
4223 msgid "all failed"
4224 msgstr "Tout a échoué."
4225
4226 #. type: Labeled list
4227 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:93
4228 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:65
4229 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1612
4230 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:116
4231 #, no-wrap
4232 msgid "*64*"
4233 msgstr "*64*"
4234
4235 #. type: Plain text
4236 #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:43
4237 msgid "some failed"
4238 msgstr "Échec partiel"
4239
4240 #. type: Title =
4241 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:2
4242 #, no-wrap
4243 msgid "mkfs(8)"
4244 msgstr "mkfs(8)"
4245
4246 #. type: Plain text
4247 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:12
4248 msgid "mkfs - build a Linux filesystem"
4249 msgstr "mkfs - Créer un système de fichiers Linux"
4250
4251 #. type: Plain text
4252 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:16
4253 #, no-wrap
4254 msgid "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_fs-options_] _device_ [_size_]\n"
4255 msgstr "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_options_du_système_de_fichiers_] _périphérique_ [_taille_]\n"
4256
4257 #. type: Plain text
4258 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:20
4259 #, no-wrap
4260 msgid "*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs.<type> utils.*\n"
4261 msgstr "*Cette interface mkfs est obsolète>, les utilitaires mkfs.<type> spécifiques à un système de fichiers devraient être utilisés à la place.*\n"
4262
4263 # NOTE: "either" shall be removed
4264 #. type: Plain text
4265 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:22
4266 #, no-wrap
4267 msgid "*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem.\n"
4268 msgstr "*mkfs* est utilisé pour créer un système de fichiers Linux sur un périphérique, généralement une partition d'un disque dur. Le paramètre _périphérique_ est soit le nom du périphérique (par exemple : _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), soit un fichier normal qui peut contenir le système de fichiers. Le paramètre _taille_ est le nombre de blocs à utiliser pour le système de fichiers.\n"
4269
4270 #. type: Plain text
4271 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:24
4272 msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
4273 msgstr ""
4274 "Le code de retour renvoyé par *mkfs* est 0 en cas de réussite et 1 en cas "
4275 "d'échec."
4276
4277 #. type: Plain text
4278 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:26
4279 msgid ""
4280 "In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
4281 "builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-"
4282 "specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. "
4283 "Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details."
4284 msgstr ""
4285 "En réalité *mkfs* n'est qu'une interface commune à toute une variété de "
4286 "constructeurs de système de fichiers (**mkfs.**__type_sys_de_fichiers__) "
4287 "disponibles sous Linux. Le constructeur spécifique à un système est "
4288 "recherché uniquement en suivant la variable d'environnement *PATH*. Veuillez "
4289 "consulter les pages de manuel des constructeurs spécifiques à un système de "
4290 "fichiers pour de plus amples précisions."
4291
4292 #. type: Plain text
4293 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:31
4294 msgid ""
4295 "Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default "
4296 "filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
4297 msgstr ""
4298 "Indiquer le _type_ de système de fichiers à créer. S'il n'est pas indiqué, "
4299 "le système de fichiers par défaut (actuellement ext2) est utilisé."
4300
4301 #. type: Labeled list
4302 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:32
4303 #, no-wrap
4304 msgid "_fs-options_"
4305 msgstr "_options_du_système_de_fichiers_"
4306
4307 #. type: Plain text
4308 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:34
4309 msgid ""
4310 "Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder."
4311 msgstr ""
4312 "Options spécifiques au système de fichiers à passer au constructeur effectif."
4313
4314 #. type: Labeled list
4315 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:35
4316 #, no-wrap
4317 msgid "*-V*, *--verbose*"
4318 msgstr "*-V*, *--verbose*"
4319
4320 #. type: Plain text
4321 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:37
4322 msgid ""
4323 "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
4324 "executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any "
4325 "filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing."
4326 msgstr ""
4327 "Produire une sortie bavarde, notamment toutes les commandes spécifiques au "
4328 "système de fichiers exécutées. Indiquer cette option plusieurs fois inhibe "
4329 "l'exécution de toute commande spécifique au système de fichiers. Cela n'est "
4330 "utile que pour faire des tests."
4331
4332 #. type: Plain text
4333 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:40
4334 msgid ""
4335 "(Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only "
4336 "parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)"
4337 msgstr ""
4338 "(Les informations sur la version ne seront affichées que si l'option *-V* "
4339 "est le seul paramètre, sinon cela fonctionnera comme *--verbose*)."
4340
4341 #. type: Title ==
4342 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:51
4343 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:159 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:67
4344 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:177 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:141
4345 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:138 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:50
4346 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:91
4347 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:95 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1670
4348 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:67 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:330
4349 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:155 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:163
4350 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:70 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:185
4351 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:76
4352 #, no-wrap
4353 msgid "BUGS"
4354 msgstr "BOGUES"
4355
4356 #. type: Plain text
4357 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:44
4358 msgid ""
4359 "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-"
4360 "specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically "
4361 "detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified."
4362 msgstr ""
4363 "Toutes les options génériques doivent précéder et ne pas être mélangées avec "
4364 "les options spécifiques au système de fichiers. Certains programmes "
4365 "spécifiques à un système de fichiers ne détectent pas automatiquement la "
4366 "taille du périphérique et nécessitent l'utilisation du paramètre _taille_."
4367
4368 #. type: Plain text
4369 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:50
4370 msgid ""
4371 "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. "
4372 "van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
4373 msgstr ""
4374 "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. "
4375 "van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
4376
4377 #. type: Plain text
4378 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:52
4379 msgid ""
4380 "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the "
4381 "ext2 filesystem."
4382 msgstr ""
4383 "Cette page de manuel est une adaptation de la version du système de fichiers "
4384 "ext2 de Rémy Card "
4385
4386 #. type: Plain text
4387 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:68
4388 #, no-wrap
4389 msgid ""
4390 "*fs*(5),\n"
4391 "*badblocks*(8),\n"
4392 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4393 "*mkdosfs*(8),\n"
4394 "*mke2fs*(8),\n"
4395 "*mkfs.bfs*(8),\n"
4396 "*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
4397 "*mkfs.ext3*(8),\n"
4398 "*mkfs.ext4*(8),\n"
4399 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
4400 "*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n"
4401 "*mkfs.vfat*(8),\n"
4402 "*mkfs.xfs*(8)\n"
4403 msgstr ""
4404 "*fs*(5),\n"
4405 "*badblocks*(8),\n"
4406 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4407 "*mkdosfs*(8),\n"
4408 "*mke2fs*(8),\n"
4409 "*mkfs.bfs*(8),\n"
4410 "*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
4411 "*mkfs.ext3*(8),\n"
4412 "*mkfs.ext4*(8),\n"
4413 "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
4414 "*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n"
4415 "*mkfs.vfat*(8),\n"
4416 "*mkfs.xfs*(8)\n"
4417
4418 #. Copyright 1999 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
4419 #. May be freely distributed.
4420 #. type: Title =
4421 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:6
4422 #, no-wrap
4423 msgid "mkfs.bfs(8)"
4424 msgstr "mkfs.bfs(8)"
4425
4426 #. type: Plain text
4427 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:16
4428 msgid "mkfs.bfs - make an SCO bfs filesystem"
4429 msgstr "mkfs.bfs - créer un système de fichiers SCO bfs"
4430
4431 #. type: Plain text
4432 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:20
4433 #, no-wrap
4434 msgid "*mkfs.bfs* [options] _device_ [_block-count_]\n"
4435 msgstr "*mkfs.bfs* [options] _périphérique_ [_nombre-de-blocs_>]\n"
4436
4437 #. type: Plain text
4438 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:24
4439 #, no-wrap
4440 msgid "*mkfs.bfs* creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a disk partition or a file accessed via the loop device).\n"
4441 msgstr "*mkfs.bfs* crée un système de fichiers SCO bfs sur un périphérique block (généralement une partition d'un disque ou un fichier accédé via un périphérique de bouclage).\n"
4442
4443 #. type: Plain text
4444 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:26
4445 msgid ""
4446 "The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in "
4447 "blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used."
4448 msgstr ""
4449 "Le paramètre _nombre-de-blocs_ est la taille désirée, en blocs, pour le "
4450 "système de fichiers. Si rien n'est spécifié, la partition entière est "
4451 "utilisée."
4452
4453 #. type: Labeled list
4454 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:29
4455 #, no-wrap
4456 msgid "*-N*, *--inodes* _number_"
4457 msgstr "*-N*, *--inodes* _nombre_"
4458
4459 #. type: Plain text
4460 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:31
4461 msgid ""
4462 "Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is "
4463 "specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on "
4464 "the size of the partition."
4465 msgstr ""
4466 "Spécifier le _nombre_ désiré d'inodes (au plus 512). Si rien n'est spécifié, "
4467 "un nombre par défaut entre 48 et 512 est choisi sur base de la taille de la "
4468 "partition."
4469
4470 #. type: Labeled list
4471 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:32
4472 #, no-wrap
4473 msgid "*-V*, *--vname* _label_"
4474 msgstr "*-V*, *--vname* _étiquette_"
4475
4476 #. type: Plain text
4477 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:34
4478 msgid "Specify the volume _label_. I have no idea if/where this is used."
4479 msgstr ""
4480 "Indiquer l'_étiquette_ du volume. Je ne sais pas si ceci est utilisé ni où."
4481
4482 #. type: Labeled list
4483 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:35
4484 #, no-wrap
4485 msgid "*-F*, *--fname* _name_"
4486 msgstr "*-F*, *--fname* _nom_"
4487
4488 #. type: Plain text
4489 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:37
4490 msgid "Specify the filesystem _name_. I have no idea if/where this is used."
4491 msgstr ""
4492 "Spécifier le _nom_ du système de fichiers. Je ne sais pas si ceci est "
4493 "utilisé ni où."
4494
4495 #. type: Plain text
4496 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:43 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:73
4497 msgid "Explain what is being done."
4498 msgstr "Expliquer ce qui est fait."
4499
4500 #. type: Labeled list
4501 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:44 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:39
4502 #, no-wrap
4503 msgid "*-c*"
4504 msgstr "*-c*"
4505
4506 #. type: Plain text
4507 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:52
4508 msgid "Option *-V* only works as *--version* when it is the only option."
4509 msgstr ""
4510 "L'option *-V* fonctionne uniquement comme *--version* quand elle elle est la "
4511 "seule option."
4512
4513 #. type: Plain text
4514 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:56
4515 msgid ""
4516 "The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when "
4517 "something went wrong."
4518 msgstr ""
4519 "Le code de retour renvoyé par *mkfs.bfs* est 0 en cas de réussite et 1 en "
4520 "cas d'échec."
4521
4522 #. type: Plain text
4523 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:60
4524 #, no-wrap
4525 msgid "*mkfs*(8)\n"
4526 msgstr "*mkfs*(8)\n"
4527
4528 #. type: Title =
4529 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:2
4530 #, no-wrap
4531 msgid "mkfs.cramfs(8)"
4532 msgstr "mkfs.cramfs(8)"
4533
4534 #. type: Plain text
4535 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:12
4536 msgid "mkfs.cramfs - make compressed ROM file system"
4537 msgstr "mkfs.cramfs - Créer un système de fichiers compressé en lecture seule"
4538
4539 #. type: Plain text
4540 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:16
4541 #, no-wrap
4542 msgid "*mkfs.cramfs* [options] _directory file_\n"
4543 msgstr "*mkfs.cramfs* [options] _répertoire fichier_\n"
4544
4545 #. type: Plain text
4546 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:20
4547 msgid ""
4548 "Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow "
4549 "random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a "
4550 "terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file "
4551 "systems."
4552 msgstr ""
4553 "Les fichiers sur systèmes de fichiers cramfs sont compressés avec zlib une "
4554 "page à la fois pour permettre l’accès en lecture aléatoire. Les métadonnées "
4555 "ne sont pas compressées mais sont exprimées en représentation abrégée qui "
4556 "prend moins de place que celle des systèmes de fichiers conventionnels."
4557
4558 #. type: Plain text
4559 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:22
4560 msgid ""
4561 "The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random "
4562 "write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships "
4563 "with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images."
4564 msgstr ""
4565 "Le système de fichiers est intentionnellement en lecture seule pour "
4566 "simplifier sa conception ; l’accès en lecture aléatoire pour les fichiers "
4567 "compressés est difficile à implémenter. cramfs embarque un utilitaire "
4568 "(*mkcramfs*(8)) pour empaqueter les fichiers dans de nouvelles images cramfs."
4569
4570 #. type: Plain text
4571 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:24
4572 msgid "File sizes are limited to less than 16 MB."
4573 msgstr "La taille des fichiers est limitée à moins de 16 Mo."
4574
4575 #. type: Plain text
4576 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:26
4577 msgid ""
4578 "Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the "
4579 "file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)"
4580 msgstr ""
4581 "La taille maximale du système de fichiers est un peu inférieure à 272 Mo (le "
4582 "dernier fichier sur le système de fichiers doit commencer avant le bloc de "
4583 "256 Mo, mais peut continuer au-delà)."
4584
4585 #. type: Title ==
4586 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:27 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:134
4587 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:35 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:35
4588 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:59
4589 #, no-wrap
4590 msgid "ARGUMENTS"
4591 msgstr "ARGUMENTS"
4592
4593 #. type: Plain text
4594 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:30
4595 msgid ""
4596 "The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to "
4597 "generate a compressed filesystem out of."
4598 msgstr ""
4599 "Le _répertoire_ est simplement la racine de l’arborescence utilisée pour "
4600 "générer un système de fichiers compressé."
4601
4602 #. type: Plain text
4603 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:32
4604 msgid ""
4605 "The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted."
4606 msgstr ""
4607 "Le _fichier_ contiendra le système de fichiers cramfs qui pourra ensuite "
4608 "être monté."
4609
4610 #. type: Labeled list
4611 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:38
4612 #, no-wrap
4613 msgid "*-E*"
4614 msgstr "*-E*"
4615
4616 #. type: Plain text
4617 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:40
4618 msgid ""
4619 "Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status."
4620 msgstr ""
4621 "Traiter tous les avertissements comme des erreurs indiquées par le code de "
4622 "retour de la commande."
4623
4624 #. type: Labeled list
4625 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:41
4626 #, no-wrap
4627 msgid "*-b* _blocksize_"
4628 msgstr "*-b* _taillebloc_"
4629
4630 #. type: Plain text
4631 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:43
4632 msgid "Use defined block size, which has to be divisible by page size."
4633 msgstr ""
4634 "Utiliser la taille de bloc définie, qui doit être divisible par la taille de "
4635 "page."
4636
4637 #. type: Labeled list
4638 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:44
4639 #, no-wrap
4640 msgid "*-e* _edition_"
4641 msgstr "*-e* _édition_"
4642
4643 #. type: Plain text
4644 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:46
4645 msgid "Use defined file system edition number in superblock."
4646 msgstr ""
4647 "Utiliser le numéro d’édition de système de fichiers défini dans le superbloc."
4648
4649 #. type: Labeled list
4650 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:47
4651 #, no-wrap
4652 msgid "*-N* _big, little, host_"
4653 msgstr "*-N* _big, little, host_"
4654
4655 #. type: Plain text
4656 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:49
4657 msgid "Use defined endianness. Value defaults to _host_."
4658 msgstr "Utiliser le boutisme défini. La valeur par défaut est _host_."
4659
4660 #. type: Labeled list
4661 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:50
4662 #, no-wrap
4663 msgid "*-i* _file_"
4664 msgstr "*-i* _fichier_"
4665
4666 #. type: Plain text
4667 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:52
4668 msgid "Insert a _file_ to cramfs file system."
4669 msgstr "Insérer un _fichier_ dans un système de fichiers cramfs."
4670
4671 #. type: Labeled list
4672 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:53
4673 #, no-wrap
4674 msgid "*-n* _name_"
4675 msgstr "*-n* _nom_"
4676
4677 #. type: Plain text
4678 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:55
4679 msgid "Set name of the cramfs file system."
4680 msgstr "Définir le nom du système de fichiers cramfs."
4681
4682 #. type: Labeled list
4683 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:56 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:41
4684 #, no-wrap
4685 msgid "*-p*"
4686 msgstr "*-p*"
4687
4688 #. type: Plain text
4689 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:58
4690 msgid "Pad by 512 bytes for boot code."
4691 msgstr "Remplir à 512 octets pour le code d’amorçage."
4692
4693 #. type: Plain text
4694 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:61
4695 msgid ""
4696 "This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry "
4697 "sorting."
4698 msgstr ""
4699 "Cette option est ignorée. À l’origine, *-s* activait le tri des entrées de "
4700 "répertoire."
4701
4702 #. type: Labeled list
4703 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:62
4704 #, no-wrap
4705 msgid "*-z*"
4706 msgstr "*-z*"
4707
4708 #. type: Plain text
4709 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:64
4710 msgid "Make explicit holes."
4711 msgstr "Créer explicitement des trous."
4712
4713 #. type: Labeled list
4714 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:65
4715 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
4716 #| msgid "*--lock*[=_mode_]"
4717 msgid "*-l*[=_mode_]"
4718 msgstr "*--lock*[=_mode_]"
4719
4720 #. type: Plain text
4721 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:72
4722 #, fuzzy
4723 #| msgid ""
4724 #| "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional "
4725 #| "argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the "
4726 #| "_mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option "
4727 #| "overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not "
4728 #| "to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with "
4729 #| "udevd or other tools."
4730 msgid ""
4731 "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates.  The optional "
4732 "argument _mode_ can be _yes_, _no_ (or 1 and 0) or _nonblock_.  If the "
4733 "_mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to _\"yes\"_.  This option "
4734 "overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*.  The default is not to "
4735 "use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or "
4736 "other tools."
4737 msgstr ""
4738 "Utiliser un verrou BSD exclusif pour le périphérique ou le fichier visé. "
4739 "L’argument facultatif _mode_ peut être *yes*, *no* (ou *1* et *0*) ou "
4740 "*nonblock*. Si cet argument est absent, sa valeur par défaut est *yes*. "
4741 "Cette option écrase la variable d’environnement *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. Le "
4742 "comportement par défaut est de n’utiliser aucun verrou, mais cela est "
4743 "recommandé pour éviter des collisions avec udevd ou d’autres outils."
4744
4745 #. type: Plain text
4746 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:86
4747 #, no-wrap
4748 msgid ""
4749 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
4750 "*mount*(8)\n"
4751 msgstr ""
4752 "*fsck.cramfs*(8),\n"
4753 "*mount*(8)\n"
4754
4755 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
4756 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
4757 #. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
4758 #. Copyright (C) 2013 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
4759 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
4760 #. type: Title =
4761 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:9
4762 #, no-wrap
4763 msgid "mkfs.minix(8)"
4764 msgstr "mkfs.minix(8)"
4765
4766 #. type: Plain text
4767 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:19
4768 msgid "mkfs.minix - make a Minix filesystem"
4769 msgstr "mkfs.minix - Créer un système de fichiers MINIX"
4770
4771 #. type: Plain text
4772 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:23
4773 #, no-wrap
4774 msgid "*mkfs.minix* [options] _device_ [_size-in-blocks_]\n"
4775 msgstr "*mkfs.minix* [options] _périphérique_ [_taille_en_bloc_]\n"
4776
4777 #. type: Plain text
4778 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:27
4779 #, no-wrap
4780 msgid "*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk partition).\n"
4781 msgstr "*mkfs.minix* crée un système de fichiers MINIX sur un périphérique (généralement une partition d'un disque).\n"
4782
4783 #. type: Plain text
4784 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:29
4785 msgid "The _device_ is usually of the following form:"
4786 msgstr ""
4787 "Le _périphérique_ est généralement indiqué dans un des formats suivants :"
4788
4789 #. type: delimited block .
4790 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:35
4791 #, no-wrap
4792 msgid ""
4793 "/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE disk 1)\n"
4794 "/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE disk 2)\n"
4795 "/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI disk 1)\n"
4796 "/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI disk 2)\n"
4797 msgstr ""
4798 "/dev/hda[1-8] (disque IDE 1)\n"
4799 "/dev/hdb[1-8] (disque IDE 2)\n"
4800 "/dev/sda[1-8] (disque SCSI 1)\n"
4801 "/dev/sdb[1-8] (disque SCSI 2)\n"
4802
4803 #. type: Plain text
4804 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:38
4805 msgid ""
4806 "The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not "
4807 "enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
4808 msgstr ""
4809 "Le périphérique peut être un périphérique bloc ou un de ses fichiers image "
4810 "mais ce n’est pas obligatoire. Ne vous attendez pas à un quelconque miracle "
4811 "pour un périphérique caractère :-)."
4812
4813 #. type: Plain text
4814 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:40
4815 msgid ""
4816 "The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in "
4817 "blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size "
4818 "will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 "
4819 "and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
4820 msgstr ""
4821 "Le paramètre _taille_en_bloc_ est la taille désirée pour le système de "
4822 "fichiers (en nombre de blocs). Il n'est présent que pour être compatible "
4823 "avec les anciennes versions. S'il est omis, la taille sera déterminée "
4824 "automatiquement. Il doit exister au moins 10 blocs et il ne peut y en avoir "
4825 "plus de 65 536."
4826
4827 #. type: Labeled list
4828 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:41
4829 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:58
4830 #, no-wrap
4831 msgid "*-c*, *--check*"
4832 msgstr "*-c*, *--check*"
4833
4834 #. type: Plain text
4835 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:45
4836 msgid ""
4837 "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are "
4838 "found, the count is printed."
4839 msgstr ""
4840 "Vérifier si les blocs sont corrompus ou non sur le périphérique avant de "
4841 "créer le système de fichiers. Si *mkfs.minix* en trouve, le total est "
4842 "affiché."
4843
4844 #. type: Labeled list
4845 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:46
4846 #, no-wrap
4847 msgid "*-n*, *--namelength* _length_"
4848 msgstr "*-n*, *--namelength* _taille_"
4849
4850 #. type: Plain text
4851 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:48
4852 msgid ""
4853 "Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable "
4854 "values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only "
4855 "value 60. The default is 30."
4856 msgstr ""
4857 "Indiquer la taille maximale d'un nom de fichier. Actuellement, les seules "
4858 "valeurs autorisées sont 14 et 30 pour les versions 1 et 2 de système de "
4859 "fichiers. La version 3 n’accepte que la valeur 60. La valeur par défaut "
4860 "est 30."
4861
4862 #. type: Labeled list
4863 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:52
4864 #, no-wrap
4865 msgid "*-i*, *--inodes* _number_"
4866 msgstr "*-i*, *--inodes* _nombre_"
4867
4868 #. type: Plain text
4869 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:54
4870 msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem."
4871 msgstr "Indiquer le nombre d'inœuds sur le système de fichiers."
4872
4873 #. type: Labeled list
4874 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:55
4875 #, no-wrap
4876 msgid "*-l*, *--badblocks* _filename_"
4877 msgstr "*-l*, *--badblocks* _fichier_"
4878
4879 #. type: Plain text
4880 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:57
4881 msgid ""
4882 "Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block "
4883 "number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
4884 msgstr ""
4885 "Lire la liste des blocs corrompus depuis le _fichier_. Ce fichier contient "
4886 "un numéro de bloc défectueux par ligne. Le total des secteurs défectueux lus "
4887 "est ensuite affiché."
4888
4889 #. type: Labeled list
4890 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45
4891 #, no-wrap
4892 msgid "*-1*"
4893 msgstr "*-1*"
4894
4895 #. type: Plain text
4896 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:60
4897 msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem. This is the default."
4898 msgstr ""
4899 "Créer un système de fichiers MINIX version 1. C’est le comportement par "
4900 "défaut."
4901
4902 #. type: Labeled list
4903 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:61
4904 #, no-wrap
4905 msgid "*-2*, *-v*"
4906 msgstr "*-2*, *-v*"
4907
4908 #. type: Plain text
4909 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:63
4910 msgid "Make a Minix version 2 filesystem."
4911 msgstr "Créer un système de fichiers MINIX version 2."
4912
4913 #. type: Labeled list
4914 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:64
4915 #, no-wrap
4916 msgid "*-3*"
4917 msgstr "*-3*"
4918
4919 #. type: Plain text
4920 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:66
4921 msgid "Make a Minix version 3 filesystem."
4922 msgstr "Créer un système de fichiers MINIX version 3."
4923
4924 #. type: Plain text
4925 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:69
4926 msgid "The long option cannot be combined with other options."
4927 msgstr "L'option longue ne peut pas être combinée avec d’autres options."
4928
4929 #. type: Labeled list
4930 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:92
4931 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:85
4932 #, no-wrap
4933 msgid "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=<mode>"
4934 msgstr "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=<mode>"
4935
4936 #. type: Plain text
4937 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:78
4938 msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.minix* is one of the following:"
4939 msgstr ""
4940 "Le code de retour renvoyé par *mkfs.minix* est l'un des codes suivants :"
4941
4942 #. type: Labeled list
4943 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:79 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:109
4944 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:138 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:76
4945 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:88
4946 #, no-wrap
4947 msgid "0"
4948 msgstr "0"
4949
4950 #. type: Labeled list
4951 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:81
4952 #, no-wrap
4953 msgid "8"
4954 msgstr "8"
4955
4956 #. type: Labeled list
4957 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:83
4958 #, no-wrap
4959 msgid "16"
4960 msgstr "16"
4961
4962 #. type: Plain text
4963 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:91
4964 #, no-wrap
4965 msgid ""
4966 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4967 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
4968 "*reboot*(8)\n"
4969 msgstr ""
4970 "*fsck*(8),\n"
4971 "*mkfs*(8),\n"
4972 "*reboot*(8)\n"
4973
4974 #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
4975 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
4976 #. type: Title =
4977 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:6
4978 #, no-wrap
4979 msgid "mkswap(8)"
4980 msgstr "mkswap(8)"
4981
4982 #. type: Plain text
4983 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:16
4984 msgid "mkswap - set up a Linux swap area"
4985 msgstr "mkswap - Créer une zone d'échange (swap) Linux"
4986
4987 #. type: Plain text
4988 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:20
4989 #, no-wrap
4990 msgid "*mkswap* [options] _device_ [_size_]\n"
4991 msgstr "*mkswap* [options] _périphérique_ [_taille_]\n"
4992
4993 #. type: Plain text
4994 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:24
4995 #, no-wrap
4996 msgid "*mkswap* sets up a Linux swap area on a device or in a file.\n"
4997 msgstr "*mkswap* crée une zone d'échange Linux sur un périphérique ou dans un fichier.\n"
4998
4999 #. type: Plain text
5000 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:26
5001 msgid ""
5002 "The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/"
5003 "sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition "
5004 "IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type "
5005 "82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also "
5006 "uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)"
5007 msgstr ""
5008 "Le paramètre _périphérique_ est normalement une partition du disque dur (_/"
5009 "dev/sdb7_ par exemple) mais peut aussi être un fichier. Le noyau Linux ne "
5010 "regarde pas les identifiants de partition, mais beaucoup de scripts "
5011 "d'installation supposeront que les partitions de type 82 en hexadécimal "
5012 "(LINUX_SWAP) sont, par défaut, des partitions d'échange. (*Attention : "
5013 "Solaris utilise aussi le type 82 ; prenez garde de ne pas supprimer les "
5014 "partitions Solaris.*)"
5015
5016 #. type: Plain text
5017 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:28
5018 msgid ""
5019 "The _size_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards "
5020 "compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte "
5021 "blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. "
5022 "Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)"
5023 msgstr ""
5024 "Le paramètre _taille_ est superflu mais il est conservé pour des raisons de "
5025 "compatibilité ascendante. Il indique la taille désirée de la zone d'échange "
5026 "par blocs de 1024 octets. _mkswap_ utilisera la totalité de la partition ou "
5027 "du fichier si la taille est omise. L'indiquer est imprudent — une coquille "
5028 "pourrait détruire le disque."
5029
5030 # FIXME *swapon* → *swapon*(8)
5031 #. type: Plain text
5032 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:30
5033 msgid ""
5034 "After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon*(8) command to start "
5035 "using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be "
5036 "taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script."
5037 msgstr ""
5038 "Après avoir créé la zone d'échange, vous aurez besoin de la commande "
5039 "*swapon*(8) pour l'utiliser. Habituellement les zones d'échange sont "
5040 "indiquées dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_ afin qu'elles puissent être utilisées "
5041 "au démarrage par la commande *swapon -a* dans les scripts de démarrage."
5042
5043 #. type: Plain text
5044 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:34
5045 msgid ""
5046 "The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label "
5047 "can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to "
5048 "use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
5049 msgstr ""
5050 "L'en-tête de la zone d'échange ne modifie pas le premier bloc. Un chargeur "
5051 "de démarrage ou une étiquette de disque peut y être placé, mais ce n'est pas "
5052 "une configuration recommandée. La configuration recommandée est d'utiliser "
5053 "une partition séparée pour la zone d'échange."
5054
5055 #. type: Plain text
5056 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:36
5057 #, no-wrap
5058 msgid "*mkswap*, like many others mkfs-like utils, *erases the first partition block to make any previous filesystem invisible.*\n"
5059 msgstr "*mkswap*, comme beaucoup d'autres outils du type mkfs, *efface le premier bloc de la partition pour rendre les anciens systèmes de fichiers invisibles.*\n"
5060
5061 #. type: Plain text
5062 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:38
5063 msgid ""
5064 "However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk "
5065 "label (SUN, BSD, ...)."
5066 msgstr ""
5067 "Cependant, *mkswap* refuse de supprimer le premier bloc d'un périphérique "
5068 "avec une étiquette de disque (SUN, BSD, etc.)."
5069
5070 #. type: Plain text
5071 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:43
5072 msgid ""
5073 "Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating "
5074 "the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
5075 msgstr ""
5076 "Vérifier le périphérique (si c'est un périphérique bloc) pour découvrir les "
5077 "blocs corrompus avant de créer une zone d'échange. Si des blocs corrompus "
5078 "sont trouvés, leur nombre est affiché."
5079
5080 #. type: Plain text
5081 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:46
5082 msgid ""
5083 "Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap "
5084 "area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
5085 msgstr ""
5086 "Continuer même si la commande est stupide. Cela permet de créer une zone "
5087 "d'échange plus grande que la taille du fichier ou de la partition dans "
5088 "laquelle elle réside."
5089
5090 #. type: Plain text
5091 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:48
5092 msgid ""
5093 "Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on "
5094 "a device with a partition table."
5095 msgstr ""
5096 "Ainsi, sans cette option, *mkswap* refusera d'effacer le premier bloc d'un "
5097 "périphérique avec une table de partitions."
5098
5099 #. type: Labeled list
5100 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:49 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:201
5101 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:84
5102 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:53
5103 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:43
5104 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:99
5105 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:115
5106 #, no-wrap
5107 msgid "*-q*, *--quiet*"
5108 msgstr "*-q*, *--quiet*"
5109
5110 #. type: Plain text
5111 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:51
5112 msgid "Suppress output and warning messages."
5113 msgstr "Supprimer la sortie et les messages d’avertissements."
5114
5115 #. type: Labeled list
5116 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:33
5117 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:341
5118 #, no-wrap
5119 msgid "*-L*, *--label* _label_"
5120 msgstr "*-L*, *--label* _étiquette_"
5121
5122 #. type: Plain text
5123 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:54
5124 msgid "Specify a _label_ for the device, to allow *swapon*(8) by label."
5125 msgstr ""
5126 "Indiquer une _étiquette_ de périphérique pour permettre l'utilisation de "
5127 "*swapon*(8) avec cette étiquette."
5128
5129 #. type: Labeled list
5130 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:58
5131 #, no-wrap
5132 msgid "*-p*, *--pagesize* _size_"
5133 msgstr "*-p*, *--pagesize* _taille_"
5134
5135 #. type: Plain text
5136 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:60
5137 msgid ""
5138 "Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually "
5139 "unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel."
5140 msgstr ""
5141 "Indiquer la _taille_ de page (en octet) à utiliser. Cette option est "
5142 "normalement inutile, *mkswap* lit la taille depuis le noyau."
5143
5144 #. type: Labeled list
5145 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:61 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:36
5146 #, no-wrap
5147 msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
5148 msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
5149
5150 #. type: Plain text
5151 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:65
5152 msgid ""
5153 "Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID. The format of "
5154 "the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like this: "
5155 "\"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The UUID parameter may also be one "
5156 "of the following:"
5157 msgstr ""
5158 "Spécifier le _UUID_ à utiliser. Par défaut, un UUID est généré. Le format du "
5159 "UUID est des séries de chiffres hexadécimaux séparés par des tirets, comme "
5160 "ceci : « c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16 ». Le paramètre UUID peut "
5161 "aussi être l'une de ces valeurs :"
5162
5163 #. type: Labeled list
5164 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:66
5165 #, no-wrap
5166 msgid "*clear*"
5167 msgstr "*clear*"
5168
5169 #. type: Plain text
5170 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:68
5171 msgid "clear the filesystem UUID"
5172 msgstr "effacer le UUID du système de fichiers"
5173
5174 #. type: Labeled list
5175 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:68
5176 #, no-wrap
5177 msgid "*random*"
5178 msgstr "*random*"
5179
5180 #. type: Plain text
5181 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70
5182 msgid "generate a new randomly-generated UUID"
5183 msgstr "générer un nouveau UUID aléatoire"
5184
5185 #. type: Labeled list
5186 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:160
5187 #, no-wrap
5188 msgid "*time*"
5189 msgstr "*time*"
5190
5191 #. type: Plain text
5192 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:72
5193 msgid "generate a new time-based UUID"
5194 msgstr "générer un nouveau UUID basé sur l'heure"
5195
5196 #. type: Labeled list
5197 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:73
5198 #, no-wrap
5199 msgid "*-e*, *--endianness* _ENDIANNESS_"
5200 msgstr ""
5201
5202 #. type: Plain text
5203 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:75
5204 msgid ""
5205 "Specify the _ENDIANNESS_ to use, valid arguments are *native*, *little* or "
5206 "*big*. The default is *native*."
5207 msgstr ""
5208
5209 #. type: Labeled list
5210 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:76 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:34
5211 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:34
5212 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:74
5213 #, no-wrap
5214 msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _offset_"
5215 msgstr "*-o*, *--offset* _position_"
5216
5217 #. type: Plain text
5218 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:78
5219 msgid "Specify the _offset_ to write the swap area to."
5220 msgstr ""
5221
5222 #. type: Labeled list
5223 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:79
5224 #, no-wrap
5225 msgid "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*"
5226 msgstr "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*"
5227
5228 #. type: Plain text
5229 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:81
5230 msgid ""
5231 "Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the "
5232 "old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The "
5233 "kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The "
5234 "new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)"
5235 msgstr ""
5236 "Indiquer la version de l'espace d'échange. Cette option ne sert actuellement "
5237 "à rien car l'ancienne option *-v 0* est devenue obsolète et que seule *-v 1* "
5238 "est prise en charge. Le noyau ne prend plus en charge le format v0 d'espace "
5239 "d'échange depuis la version 2.5.22 (juin 2002). La nouvelle version v1 est "
5240 "prise en charge depuis le noyau 2.1.117 (août 1998)."
5241
5242 #. type: Labeled list
5243 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:82 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:175
5244 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:83
5245 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:55
5246 #, no-wrap
5247 msgid "*--verbose*"
5248 msgstr "*--verbose*"
5249
5250 #. type: Plain text
5251 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:84
5252 msgid ""
5253 "Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about "
5254 "detected problems during swap area set up."
5255 msgstr ""
5256 "Exécution verbeuse. Avec cette option, *mkswap* sort plus de détails à "
5257 "propos des problèmes détectés durant la préparation de la zone d'échange."
5258
5259 #. type: Labeled list
5260 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:89 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:103
5261 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:60
5262 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:82
5263 #, no-wrap
5264 msgid "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
5265 msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
5266
5267 #. type: Plain text
5268 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:98
5269 msgid ""
5270 "The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the "
5271 "kernel version."
5272 msgstr ""
5273 "La taille utile maximale d’une zone d’échange dépend de l’architecture et de "
5274 "la version du noyau."
5275
5276 #. type: Plain text
5277 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:100
5278 msgid ""
5279 "The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area "
5280 "header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap "
5281 "device is ignored."
5282 msgstr ""
5283 "Le nombre maximal de pages qu’il est possible d’adresser avec l’en-tête de "
5284 "la zone d’échange est 4 294 967 295 (entier de 32 bits non signé). L’espace "
5285 "restant dans le périphérique d’échange est ignoré."
5286
5287 #. type: Plain text
5288 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:102
5289 msgid ""
5290 "Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the "
5291 "file _/proc/swaps_."
5292 msgstr ""
5293 "Actuellement, Linux autorise 32 zones d'échange. Les zones en cours "
5294 "d'utilisation sont visibles dans le fichier _/proc/swaps_."
5295
5296 #. type: Plain text
5297 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:104
5298 #, no-wrap
5299 msgid "*mkswap* refuses areas smaller than 10 pages.\n"
5300 msgstr "*mkswap* refuse les zones de taille inférieure à 10 pages.\n"
5301
5302 #. type: Plain text
5303 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:106
5304 msgid ""
5305 "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you can look it up "
5306 "with *getconf PAGESIZE*."
5307 msgstr ""
5308 "Si vous ne connaissez pas la taille de page utilisée par votre machine, vous "
5309 "pouvez la découvrir avec *getconf PAGESIZE*."
5310
5311 #. type: Plain text
5312 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:108
5313 msgid ""
5314 "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before "
5315 "initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like"
5316 msgstr ""
5317 "Pour installer un fichier d'échange, il est nécessaire de créer ce fichier "
5318 "avant de l'initialiser avec *mkswap*, par exemple en utilisant une commande "
5319 "comme"
5320
5321 #. type: delimited block .
5322 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:111
5323 #, no-wrap
5324 msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=swapfile bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"
5325 msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=fichier_échange bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"
5326
5327 #. type: Plain text
5328 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:114
5329 msgid "to create 8GiB swapfile."
5330 msgstr "pour créer un fichier d’échange de 8 GiB."
5331
5332 #. type: Plain text
5333 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:116
5334 msgid ""
5335 "Please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use restrictions* "
5336 "(holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
5337 msgstr ""
5338 "Veuillez lire les notes dans *swapon*(8) sur les *restrictions d’utilisation "
5339 "de fichier d’échange* (trous, préallocation et problèmes de copie sur "
5340 "écriture)."
5341
5342 #. type: Plain text
5343 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:121
5344 #, no-wrap
5345 msgid ""
5346 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
5347 "*swapon*(8)\n"
5348 msgstr ""
5349 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
5350 "*swapon*(8)\n"
5351
5352 #. partx.8 -- man page for partx
5353 #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
5354 #. Copyright 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
5355 #. Copyright 2010 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
5356 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
5357 #. type: Title =
5358 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:9
5359 #, no-wrap
5360 msgid "partx(8)"
5361 msgstr "partx(8)"
5362
5363 #. type: Plain text
5364 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:19
5365 msgid ""
5366 "partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk "
5367 "partitions"
5368 msgstr ""
5369 "partx - Annoncer au noyau la présence et la numérotation des partitions d'un "
5370 "disque"
5371
5372 # s/TYPE/type
5373 #. type: Plain text
5374 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:23
5375 #, no-wrap
5376 msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] _disk_\n"
5377 msgstr "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] _disque_\n"
5378
5379 # s/TYPE/type
5380 #. type: Plain text
5381 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:25
5382 #, no-wrap
5383 msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disk_]\n"
5384 msgstr "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disque_]\n"
5385
5386 #. type: Plain text
5387 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:29
5388 msgid ""
5389 "Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and "
5390 "list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions "
5391 "from its bookkeeping."
5392 msgstr ""
5393 "À partir d'un périphérique ou d'une image, *partx* essaie d'analyser la "
5394 "table de partitions et d'afficher son contenu. Elle permet aussi d’indiquer "
5395 "au noyau d’ajouter ou de supprimer des partitions."
5396
5397 #. type: Plain text
5398 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:31
5399 msgid ""
5400 "The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To "
5401 "force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list "
5402 "nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:"
5403 msgstr ""
5404 "L'argument _disque_ est optionnel si un argument _partition_ est fourni. "
5405 "Pour forcer l'analyse d'une partition comme s'il s'agissait d'un disque "
5406 "entier (par exemple pour afficher les sous-partitions imbriquées), utilisez "
5407 "l'argument *-* (tiret). Par exemple :"
5408
5409 #. type: delimited block _
5410 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:34
5411 msgid "partx --show - /dev/sda3"
5412 msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sda3"
5413
5414 #. type: Plain text
5415 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:37
5416 msgid "This will see sda3 as a whole-disk rather than as a partition."
5417 msgstr "sda3 sera vue comme un disque entier plutôt que comme une partition."
5418
5419 #. type: Plain text
5420 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:39
5421 #, no-wrap
5422 msgid "*partx is not an fdisk program* - adding and removing partitions does not change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions.\n"
5423 msgstr "*Ce n'est pas un programme fdisk* — l'ajout et la suppression de partitions n'intervient pas sur le disque lui-même, cela consiste seulement à informer le noyau de la présence et de la numérotation des partitions présentes.\n"
5424
5425 #. type: Labeled list
5426 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:42
5427 #, no-wrap
5428 msgid "*-a*, *--add*"
5429 msgstr "*-a*, *--add*"
5430
5431 #. type: Plain text
5432 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:44
5433 msgid "Add the specified partitions, or read the disk and add all partitions."
5434 msgstr ""
5435 "Ajouter les partitions indiquées ou lire le disque et ajouter toutes ses "
5436 "partitions."
5437
5438 #. type: Labeled list
5439 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:34
5440 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:41
5441 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:69
5442 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:36
5443 #, no-wrap
5444 msgid "*-b*, *--bytes*"
5445 msgstr "*-b*, *--bytes*"
5446
5447 #. type: Labeled list
5448 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:48
5449 #, no-wrap
5450 msgid "*-d*, *--delete*"
5451 msgstr "*-d*, *--delete*"
5452
5453 #. type: Plain text
5454 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:50
5455 msgid ""
5456 "Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove "
5457 "non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with "
5458 "large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the "
5459 "device."
5460 msgstr ""
5461 "Supprimer les partitions indiquées ou toutes les partitions. Ce n’est pas "
5462 "une erreur de supprimer des partitions non existantes. Aussi cette option "
5463 "est utilisable avec de grands intervalles *--nr* sans se soucier des "
5464 "partitions actuellement définies sur le périphérique."
5465
5466 #. type: Labeled list
5467 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:51
5468 #, no-wrap
5469 msgid "*-g*, *--noheadings*"
5470 msgstr "*-g*, *--noheadings*"
5471
5472 #. type: Plain text
5473 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:53
5474 msgid "Do not print a header line with *--show* or *--raw*."
5475 msgstr "Ne pas afficher de ligne d'en-tête avec *--show* ou *--raw*."
5476
5477 #. type: Plain text
5478 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:56
5479 msgid ""
5480 "List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This "
5481 "output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly "
5482 "written scripts."
5483 msgstr ""
5484 "Afficher les partitions. Remarquez que tous les nombres sont en secteur de "
5485 "512 octets. Ce format de sortie est *obsolète*, remplacé par *--show*. Ne "
5486 "l'utilisez pas dans de nouveaux scripts."
5487
5488 #. type: Labeled list
5489 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:57
5490 #, no-wrap
5491 msgid "*-n*, *--nr* __M__**:**_N_"
5492 msgstr "*-n*, *--nr* __M__**:**_N_"
5493
5494 #. type: Plain text
5495 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:59
5496 msgid ""
5497 "Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format "
5498 "__M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for "
5499 "example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the "
5500 "last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:"
5501 msgstr ""
5502 "Indiquer l'intervalle de partitions. Par souci de rétrocompatibilité, le "
5503 "format __M__**-**_N_ est pris en charge. L'intervalle peut contenir des "
5504 "nombres négatifs, par exemple *--nr -1:-1* signifie la dernière partition et "
5505 "*--nr -2:-1* signifie les deux dernières partitions. Les indications "
5506 "d'intervalle sont :"
5507
5508 #. type: Labeled list
5509 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:60
5510 #, no-wrap
5511 msgid "_M_"
5512 msgstr "_M_"
5513
5514 #. type: Plain text
5515 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:62
5516 msgid "Specifies just one partition (e.g. *--nr 3*)."
5517 msgstr "n’indique qu’une partition (par exemple *--nr 3*)."
5518
5519 #. type: Labeled list
5520 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:62
5521 #, no-wrap
5522 msgid "__M__**:**"
5523 msgstr "__M__**:**"
5524
5525 #. type: Plain text
5526 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:64
5527 msgid "Specifies the lower limit only (e.g. *--nr 2:*)."
5528 msgstr "n’indique que la limite inférieure (par exemple *--nr 2:*)."
5529
5530 #. type: Labeled list
5531 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:64
5532 #, no-wrap
5533 msgid "**:**__N__"
5534 msgstr "**:**__N__"
5535
5536 #. type: Plain text
5537 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:66
5538 msgid "Specifies the upper limit only (e.g. *--nr :4*)."
5539 msgstr "n’indique que la limite supérieure (par exemple *--nr :4*)."
5540
5541 #. type: Labeled list
5542 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:66
5543 #, no-wrap
5544 msgid "__M__**:**_N_"
5545 msgstr "__M__**:**_N_"
5546
5547 #. type: Plain text
5548 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:68
5549 msgid "Specifies the lower and upper limits (e.g. *--nr 2:4*)."
5550 msgstr "indique les limites inférieure et supérieure (par exemple *--nr 2:4*)."
5551
5552 #. type: Plain text
5553 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:71
5554 msgid ""
5555 "Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. "
5556 "If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--"
5557 "help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined "
5558 "with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options."
5559 msgstr ""
5560 "Définir les colonnes à afficher pour les sorties *--show*, *--pairs* et *--"
5561 "raw*. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est indiquée, un ensemble par défaut "
5562 "est utilisé. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir la _liste_ de toutes les "
5563 "colonnes possibles. Cette option ne peut pas être combinée avec les options "
5564 "*--add*, *--delete*, *--update* ou *--list*."
5565
5566 #. type: Labeled list
5567 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:72 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:72
5568 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:103
5569 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:107
5570 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:92 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:48
5571 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:48 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:36
5572 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:55
5573 #, no-wrap
5574 msgid "*--output-all*"
5575 msgstr "*--output-all*"
5576
5577 #. type: Plain text
5578 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:74 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:43
5579 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:95 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:54
5580 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:109 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:50
5581 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:38
5582 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:76 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:57
5583 msgid "Output all available columns."
5584 msgstr "Afficher toutes les colonnes disponibles."
5585
5586 #. type: Labeled list
5587 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:106
5588 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:96 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:37
5589 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:51
5590 #, no-wrap
5591 msgid "*-P*, *--pairs*"
5592 msgstr "*-P*, *--pairs*"
5593
5594 #. type: Plain text
5595 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:77
5596 msgid "List the partitions using the KEY=\"value\" format."
5597 msgstr "Afficher les partitions au format clef=\"valeur\"."
5598
5599 #. type: Labeled list
5600 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:78 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:78
5601 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:134
5602 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:102 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:57
5603 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:59
5604 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:71
5605 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:58
5606 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:54
5607 #, no-wrap
5608 msgid "*-r*, *--raw*"
5609 msgstr "*-r*, *--raw*"
5610
5611 #. type: Plain text
5612 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:80
5613 msgid "List the partitions using the raw output format."
5614 msgstr "Afficher les partitions au format brut de sortie."
5615
5616 #. type: Labeled list
5617 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:81
5618 #, no-wrap
5619 msgid "*-s*, *--show*"
5620 msgstr "*-s*, *--show*"
5621
5622 #. type: Plain text
5623 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:83
5624 msgid ""
5625 "List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with "
5626 "the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors."
5627 msgstr ""
5628 "Afficher les partitions. Les colonnes à afficher peuvent être sélectionnées "
5629 "et réorganisées avec l'option *--output*. Tous les nombres (à part SIZE) "
5630 "sont en secteurs de 512 octets."
5631
5632 #. type: Plain text
5633 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:86
5634 msgid "Specify the partition table type."
5635 msgstr "Indiquer le type de table de partitions."
5636
5637 #. type: Labeled list
5638 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:87
5639 #, no-wrap
5640 msgid "*--list-types*"
5641 msgstr "*--list-types*"
5642
5643 #. type: Plain text
5644 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:89
5645 msgid "List supported partition types and exit."
5646 msgstr "Afficher les partitions prises en charge et quitter."
5647
5648 #. type: Labeled list
5649 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:90
5650 #, no-wrap
5651 msgid "*-u*, *--update*"
5652 msgstr "*-u*, *--update*"
5653
5654 #. type: Plain text
5655 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:92
5656 msgid "Update the specified partitions."
5657 msgstr "Mettre à jour les partitions indiquées."
5658
5659 #. type: Labeled list
5660 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:93
5661 #, no-wrap
5662 msgid "*-S*, *--sector-size* _size_"
5663 msgstr "*-S*, *--sector-size* _taille_"
5664
5665 #. type: Plain text
5666 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:95
5667 msgid "Overwrite default sector size."
5668 msgstr "Écraser la taille de secteur par défaut."
5669
5670 #. type: Plain text
5671 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:100
5672 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:459 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:57
5673 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:113
5674 msgid "Verbose mode."
5675 msgstr "Mode détaillé."
5676
5677 #. type: Title ==
5678 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:106 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:142
5679 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:67
5680 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:144 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:37
5681 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:77 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:64
5682 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:83
5683 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:194
5684 #, no-wrap
5685 msgid "EXAMPLE"
5686 msgstr "EXEMPLE"
5687
5688 #. type: Labeled list
5689 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:108
5690 #, no-wrap
5691 msgid "partx --show /dev/sdb3"
5692 msgstr "partx --show /dev/sdb3"
5693
5694 #. type: Labeled list
5695 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:109
5696 #, no-wrap
5697 msgid "partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb"
5698 msgstr "partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb"
5699
5700 #. type: Labeled list
5701 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:110
5702 #, no-wrap
5703 msgid "partx --show /dev/sdb3 /dev/sdb"
5704 msgstr "partx --show /dev/sdb3 /dev/sdb"
5705
5706 # FIXME /dev/sdb → _/dev/sdb_
5707 #. type: Plain text
5708 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:112
5709 msgid "All three commands list partition 3 of _/dev/sdb_."
5710 msgstr "Les trois commandes affichent la troisième partition de _/dev/sdb_."
5711
5712 #. type: Labeled list
5713 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:113
5714 #, no-wrap
5715 msgid "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"
5716 msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"
5717
5718 #. type: Plain text
5719 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:115
5720 msgid ""
5721 "Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)."
5722 msgstr ""
5723 "Afficher toutes les sous-partitions de _/dev/sdb3_ (la partition est "
5724 "utilisée comme un disque entier)."
5725
5726 # NOTE: example inconsistent with text
5727 #. type: Labeled list
5728 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:116
5729 #, no-wrap
5730 msgid "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"
5731 msgstr "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"
5732
5733 #. type: Plain text
5734 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:118
5735 msgid "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on _/dev/sdb_ without header."
5736 msgstr ""
5737 "Afficher le secteur de début de la cinquième partition de _/dev/sdb_ sans en-"
5738 "tête."
5739
5740 #. type: Labeled list
5741 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:119
5742 #, no-wrap
5743 msgid "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"
5744 msgstr "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"
5745
5746 #. type: Plain text
5747 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:121
5748 msgid ""
5749 "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/"
5750 "sda_."
5751 msgstr ""
5752 "Afficher la taille en secteur et en format lisible de la cinquième partition "
5753 "de _/dev/sda_."
5754
5755 #. type: Labeled list
5756 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:122
5757 #, no-wrap
5758 msgid "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"
5759 msgstr "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"
5760
5761 #. type: Plain text
5762 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:124
5763 msgid "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on _/dev/sdd_."
5764 msgstr ""
5765 "Ajouter toutes les partitions disponibles de la troisième à la cinquième "
5766 "(comprises) sur _/dev/sdd_."
5767
5768 #. type: Labeled list
5769 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:125
5770 #, no-wrap
5771 msgid "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd"
5772 msgstr "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd"
5773
5774 #. type: Plain text
5775 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:127
5776 msgid "Removes the last partition on _/dev/sdd_."
5777 msgstr "Retirer la dernière partition de _/dev/sdd_."
5778
5779 #. type: Plain text
5780 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:132
5781 msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
5782 msgstr ""
5783 "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
5784
5785 #. type: Plain text
5786 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:134
5787 msgid ""
5788 "The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]"
5789 msgstr ""
5790 "La version originale a été écrite par mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]."
5791
5792 #. type: Plain text
5793 #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:142
5794 #, no-wrap
5795 msgid ""
5796 "*addpart*(8),\n"
5797 "*delpart*(8),\n"
5798 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
5799 "*parted*(8),\n"
5800 "*partprobe*(8)\n"
5801 msgstr ""
5802 "*addpart*(8),\n"
5803 "*delpart*(8),\n"
5804 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
5805 "*parted*(8),\n"
5806 "*partprobe*(8)\n"
5807
5808 #. type: Title =
5809 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:2
5810 #, no-wrap
5811 msgid "raw(8)"
5812 msgstr "raw(8)"
5813
5814 #. type: Plain text
5815 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:12
5816 msgid "raw - bind a Linux raw character device"
5817 msgstr "raw - Attacher un périphérique caractère brut Linux"
5818
5819 #. type: Plain text
5820 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:16
5821 #, no-wrap
5822 msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _<major>_ _<minor>_\n"
5823 msgstr "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _<majeur>_ _<mineur>_\n"
5824
5825 #. type: Plain text
5826 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:18
5827 #, no-wrap
5828 msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _/dev/<blockdev>_\n"
5829 msgstr "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _/dev/<périphérique_bloc>_\n"
5830
5831 #. type: Plain text
5832 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:20
5833 #, no-wrap
5834 msgid "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_\n"
5835 msgstr "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_\n"
5836
5837 #. type: Plain text
5838 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:22
5839 #, no-wrap
5840 msgid "*raw* *-qa*\n"
5841 msgstr "*raw* *-qa*\n"
5842
5843 #. type: Plain text
5844 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:26
5845 #, no-wrap
5846 msgid "*raw* is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does not even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel module later).\n"
5847 msgstr "*raw* permet d'attacher un périphérique caractère brut Linux à un périphérique bloc. N'importe quel périphérique bloc pourrait être utilisé ; au moment de l'attachement, le pilote du périphérique n'a pas besoin d'être accessible (il pourrait être chargé plus tard à la demande comme un module du noyau).\n"
5848
5849 #. type: Plain text
5850 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:28
5851 #, no-wrap
5852 msgid "*raw* is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ is the device name of an existing raw device node in the filesystem. The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified either in terms of its _major_ and _minor_ device numbers, or as a path name _/dev/<blockdev>_ to an existing block device file.\n"
5853 msgstr "*raw* est utilisé en deux modes : soit il définit les attachements de périphériques bruts, soit il fait une requête sur les attachements existants. Lors de la définition d'un périphérique brut, _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ est le nom du périphérique d'un nœud de périphérique brut existant du système de fichiers. Le périphérique bloc auquel il est attaché peut être indiqué soit par ses numéros de périphérique _majeur_ et _mineur_, soit comme un nom de chemin _/dev/<périphérique_bloc>_ vers un fichier de périphérique bloc existant.\n"
5854
5855 #. type: Plain text
5856 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:30
5857 msgid ""
5858 "The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which "
5859 "is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with "
5860 "the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices."
5861 msgstr ""
5862 "Une requête peut être faite sur les attachements existants avec l'option *-"
5863 "q*, utilisée soit avec un nom de fichier de périphérique brut, soit avec "
5864 "l'option *-a* pour faire une requête sur tous les périphériques bruts liés."
5865
5866 #. type: Plain text
5867 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:32
5868 msgid "Unbinding can be done by specifying major and minor 0."
5869 msgstr ""
5870 "Le détachement peut être réalisé en indiquant 0 pour les majeur et mineur."
5871
5872 #. type: Plain text
5873 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:34
5874 msgid ""
5875 "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, "
5876 "just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not "
5877 "behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw "
5878 "device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done "
5879 "directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If "
5880 "the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at "
5881 "all is required to complete the I/O."
5882 msgstr ""
5883 "Une fois attaché à un périphérique bloc, un périphérique brut peut être "
5884 "ouvert, lu et écrit, tout comme le périphérique bloc auquel il est attaché. "
5885 "En particulier, l'accès au périphérique brut contourne complètement la "
5886 "mémoire cache de bloc du noyau ; toutes les entrées et sorties sont faites "
5887 "directement vers et depuis l'espace d'adressage du processus réalisant les "
5888 "entrées et sorties. Si le pilote du périphérique bloc sous-jacent prend en "
5889 "charge l'accès direct à la mémoire (DMA), alors aucune copie de données "
5890 "n'est nécessaire pour terminer les entrées et sorties."
5891
5892 #. type: Plain text
5893 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:36
5894 msgid ""
5895 "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few "
5896 "extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in "
5897 "memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be "
5898 "an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must "
5899 "also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 "
5900 "bytes for most devices."
5901 msgstr ""
5902 "Puisque les entrées et sorties brutes impliquent un accès matériel direct à "
5903 "la mémoire du processus, quelques restrictions supplémentaires doivent être "
5904 "respectées. Toutes les entrées et sorties doivent être correctement alignées "
5905 "en mémoire et sur le disque ; elles doivent commencer à une position de "
5906 "secteur sur le disque, doivent être longues d'un nombre entier de secteurs, "
5907 "et le tampon de données en mémoire virtuelle doit aussi être aligné sur un "
5908 "multiple de la taille de secteur. La taille d'un secteur est de 512 octets "
5909 "sur la plupart des périphériques."
5910
5911 #. type: Labeled list
5912 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:39
5913 #, no-wrap
5914 msgid "*-q*, *--query*"
5915 msgstr "*-q*, *--query*"
5916
5917 #. type: Plain text
5918 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:41
5919 msgid ""
5920 "Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a "
5921 "new one."
5922 msgstr ""
5923 "Définir le mode de requête. *raw* fera une requête sur un attachement "
5924 "existant plutôt que d'en définir un nouveau."
5925
5926 #. type: Labeled list
5927 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61
5928 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:34
5929 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:43
5930 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:33
5931 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:307
5932 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:27
5933 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:54
5934 #, no-wrap
5935 msgid "*-a*, *--all*"
5936 msgstr "*-a*, *--all*"
5937
5938 # Spurious space before comma
5939 #. type: Plain text
5940 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:44
5941 msgid "With *-q*, specify that all bound raw devices should be queried."
5942 msgstr ""
5943 "Avec *-q*, indiquer que tous les périphériques bruts attachés devraient être "
5944 "concernés par la requête."
5945
5946 # FIXME open2 → *open*(2)
5947 #. type: Plain text
5948 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:50
5949 msgid ""
5950 "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer *open*(2) devices, "
5951 "such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag."
5952 msgstr ""
5953 "Plutôt que d’utiliser des périphériques bruts, les applications devraient "
5954 "préférer des périphériques *open*(2), tels que _/dev/sda1_, avec "
5955 "l’indicateur *O_DIRECT*."
5956
5957 # spurious space before paranthese
5958 #. type: Plain text
5959 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:54
5960 msgid ""
5961 "The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the "
5962 "blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes "
5963 "usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages "
5964 "(*EINVAL*)."
5965 msgstr ""
5966 "La commande Linux *dd*(1) devrait être utilisée sans l'option *bs=*, ou la "
5967 "taille de bloc doit être un multiple de la taille de secteur du périphérique "
5968 "(512 octets en général), sinon il échouera avec des messages « Argument non "
5969 "valable » (*EINVAL*)."
5970
5971 #. type: Plain text
5972 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:56
5973 msgid ""
5974 "Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device "
5975 "buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer "
5976 "cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the "
5977 "actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as "
5978 "either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!"
5979 msgstr ""
5980 "Les périphériques bruts d'entrées et sorties ne conservent pas de cohérence "
5981 "de cache avec la mémoire cache de périphérique bloc de Linux. Si vous "
5982 "utilisez des entrées et sorties brutes pour écraser les données déjà dans la "
5983 "mémoire cache, la mémoire cache ne correspondra plus au contenu du véritable "
5984 "périphérique de stockage sous-jacent. C'est intentionnel, mais peut être "
5985 "considéré comme un bogue ou une fonctionnalité selon les points de vue."
5986
5987 #. type: Plain text
5988 #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:60
5989 msgid "mailto:sct@redhat.com[Stephen Tweedie]"
5990 msgstr "mailto:sct@redhat.com[Stephen Tweedie]"
5991
5992 #. resizepart.8 -- man page for resizepart
5993 #. Copyright 2012 Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
5994 #. Copyright 2012 Red Hat, Inc.
5995 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
5996 #. type: Title =
5997 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:8
5998 #, no-wrap
5999 msgid "resizepart(8)"
6000 msgstr "resizepart(8)"
6001
6002 #. type: Plain text
6003 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:18
6004 msgid "resizepart - tell the kernel about the new size of a partition"
6005 msgstr "resizepart - Informer le noyau de la nouvelle taille d’une partition"
6006
6007 #. type: Plain text
6008 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:22
6009 #, no-wrap
6010 msgid "*resizepart* _device partition length_\n"
6011 msgstr "*resizepart* _périphérique partition taille_\n"
6012
6013 #. type: Plain text
6014 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:26
6015 #, no-wrap
6016 msgid "*resizepart* tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize partition\" ioctl.\n"
6017 msgstr "*resizepart* informe le noyau de la nouvelle taille de la partition indiquée. La commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « resize partition ».\n"
6018
6019 #. type: Plain text
6020 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:39
6021 msgid "The new length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
6022 msgstr "La nouvelle taille de la partition (en secteur de 512 octets)."
6023
6024 #. type: Plain text
6025 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:50
6026 #, no-wrap
6027 msgid ""
6028 "*addpart*(8),\n"
6029 "*delpart*(8),\n"
6030 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
6031 "*parted*(8),\n"
6032 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
6033 "*partx*(8)\n"
6034 msgstr ""
6035 "*addpart*(8),\n"
6036 "*delpart*(8),\n"
6037 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
6038 "*parted*(8),\n"
6039 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
6040 "*partx*(8)\n"
6041
6042 #
6043 #
6044 #. sfdisk.8 -- man page for sfdisk
6045 #. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
6046 #. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
6047 #. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
6048 #. preserved on all copies.
6049 #. Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
6050 #. manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
6051 #. entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
6052 #. permission notice identical to this one.
6053 #. type: Title =
6054 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:15
6055 #, no-wrap
6056 msgid "sfdisk(8)"
6057 msgstr "sfdisk(8)"
6058
6059 #. type: Plain text
6060 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:27
6061 msgid "sfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
6062 msgstr "sfdisk - Afficher ou manipuler une table de partitions de disque"
6063
6064 #. type: Plain text
6065 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:31
6066 #, no-wrap
6067 msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _device_ [*-N* _partition-number_]\n"
6068 msgstr "*sfdisk* [options] _périphérique_ [*-N* _numéro-partition_]\n"
6069
6070 #. type: Plain text
6071 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:33
6072 #, no-wrap
6073 msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _command_\n"
6074 msgstr "*sfdisk* [options] _commande_\n"
6075
6076 #. type: Plain text
6077 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:37
6078 #, no-wrap
6079 msgid "*sfdisk* is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a terminal).\n"
6080 msgstr "*sfdisk* est un outil orienté script pour le partitionnement de n’importe quel périphérique bloc. Il fonctionne en mode interactif s’il est utilisé à partir d’un terminal (stdin fait référence au terminal).\n"
6081
6082 #. type: Plain text
6083 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:39
6084 msgid ""
6085 "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
6086 "labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
6087 "Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
6088 "addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
6089 msgstr ""
6090 "Depuis la version 2.26, *sfdisk* prend en charge les étiquettes de disque "
6091 "MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN et SGI, mais ne fournit plus de fonctionnalité pour "
6092 "l’adressage CTS (cylindre tête secteur). CTS n’a jamais été important pour "
6093 "Linux et ce concept d’adressage n’a aucun sens pour les nouveaux "
6094 "périphériques."
6095
6096 #. type: Plain text
6097 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:41
6098 #, no-wrap
6099 msgid "*sfdisk* protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The option *--wipe always* disables this protection. Note that *fdisk*(8) and *cfdisk*(8) completely erase this area by default.\n"
6100 msgstr "*sfdisk* protège le premier secteur du disque lorsqu'il crée une nouvelle étiquette sur le disque. L'option *--wipe always* désactive cette protection. Notez que *fdisk*(8) et *cfdisk*(8) effacent complètement cette zone par défaut.\n"
6101
6102 #. type: Plain text
6103 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:43
6104 #, no-wrap
6105 msgid "*sfdisk* (since version 2.26) *aligns the start and end of partitions* to block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the default values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are used for sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized (reduced or enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified exactly in sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative suffixes.\n"
6106 msgstr "*sfdisk* (depuis sa version 2.26)  *aligne le début et la fin des partitions* aux limites d’E/S du périphérique en mode bloc quand des tailles relatives sont indiquées, quand des valeurs par défaut sont indiquées ou quand des suffixes multiplicatifs (par exemple, MiB) sont utilisés pour les tailles. Il est possible que la taille de la partition soit optimisée (réduite ou agrandie) à cause de l’alignement si la position de départ est indiquée précisément en nombre de secteurs et que la taille de partition est indiquée de manière relative ou à l’aide d’un suffixe multiplicatif.\n"
6107
6108 #. type: Plain text
6109 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:45
6110 msgid ""
6111 "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify "
6112 "partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all "
6113 "partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then "
6114 "to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default "
6115 "behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify "
6116 "offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows "
6117 "specified numbers without any optimization."
6118 msgstr ""
6119 "La manière préconisée est de ne pas du tout indiquer les positions de départ "
6120 "et d’indiquer les tailles de partition en MiB, GiB, etc. Dans ce cas, "
6121 "*sfdisk* aligne toutes les partitions aux limites d’E/S du périphérique en "
6122 "mode bloc (ou quand celles-ci sont trop petites, aux limites de mégaoctets "
6123 "pour maintenir portable la disposition du disque). Si ce comportement par "
6124 "défaut n’est pas souhaité (habituellement pour les très petites partitions), "
6125 "alors les positions et les tailles doivent être indiquées en secteurs. Dans "
6126 "ce cas, *sfdisk* suit intégralement les quantités indiquées sans "
6127 "optimisation."
6128
6129 #. type: Plain text
6130 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:47
6131 #, no-wrap
6132 msgid "*sfdisk* does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN disk labels like *fdisk*(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create all partitions including whole-disk system partitions.\n"
6133 msgstr "*sfdisk* ne crée pas les partitions système standards pour les étiquettes de disque SGI et SUN comme le fait *fdisk*(8). Créer explicitement toutes les partitions est nécessaire, y compris les partitions système sur disque complet.\n"
6134
6135 #. type: Plain text
6136 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:49
6137 #, no-wrap
6138 msgid "*sfdisk* uses *BLKRRPART* (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also *--no-reread*). It's possible that this feature or another *sfdisk* activity races with *systemd-udevd*(8). The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions is to use *--lock* option. The exclusive lock will cause *systemd-udevd* to skip the event handling on the device.\n"
6139 msgstr "*sfdisk* utilise l’ioctl *BLKRRPART* (relecture de la table de partitions) pour être sûr que le périphérique n’est pas utilisé par le système ou un autre outil (consultez aussi *--no-reread*). Il est possible que cette fonctionnalité ou une autre activité de *sfdisk* entrent en compétition avec *systemd-udevd*(8). La façon préconisée pour éviter d'éventuelles collisions est d’utiliser l’option *--lock*. Un verrou exclusif fera que *systemd-udevd* omettra la gestion d’évènement sur le périphérique.\n"
6140
6141 #. type: Plain text
6142 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:51
6143 msgid ""
6144 "The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition "
6145 "number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if "
6146 "*-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
6147 msgstr ""
6148 "L’invite de *sfdisk* est seulement une astuce pour les utilisateurs et "
6149 "l’affichage d’un numéro de partition ne signifie pas que la même entrée de "
6150 "table de partitions sera créée (si *-N* n’est pas indiqué), particulièrement "
6151 "pour les tables avec des trous."
6152
6153 #. type: Plain text
6154 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:55
6155 msgid "The commands are mutually exclusive."
6156 msgstr "Les commandes sont mutuellement exclusives."
6157
6158 #. type: Labeled list
6159 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:56
6160 #, no-wrap
6161 msgid "[*-N* _partition-number_] __device__"
6162 msgstr "[*-N* _numéro-partition_] _périphérique_"
6163
6164 #. type: Plain text
6165 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:58
6166 msgid ""
6167 "The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired "
6168 "partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition "
6169 "table according to the specification. See below for the description of the "
6170 "input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an "
6171 "interactive session."
6172 msgstr ""
6173 "Le but de la commande *sfdisk* par défaut est de lire les indications de "
6174 "partitionnement désiré du _périphérique_ à partir de l'entrée standard, puis "
6175 "de créer une table de partitions conforme aux indications. Une description "
6176 "du format d’entrée est disponible ci-dessous. Si l’entrée standard est un "
6177 "terminal, *sfdisk* démarre une session interactive."
6178
6179 #. type: Plain text
6180 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:60
6181 msgid ""
6182 "If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the "
6183 "partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the "
6184 "partition are not modified."
6185 msgstr ""
6186 "Si l’option *-N* est indiquée, les modifications sont appliquées à la "
6187 "partition indiquée par _numéro-partition_. Les champs non renseignés de la "
6188 "partition ne sont pas modifiés."
6189
6190 #. type: Plain text
6191 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:62
6192 msgid ""
6193 "Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For "
6194 "example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used "
6195 "partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values "
6196 "from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused "
6197 "partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*."
6198 msgstr ""
6199 "Remarquez qu’il est possible d'indiquer des partitions non utilisées avec *-"
6200 "N*. Par exemple, le MBR contient toujours quatre partitions, mais le nombre "
6201 "de partitions utilisées peut être plus petit. Dans ce cas, *sfdisk* suit les "
6202 "valeurs par défaut de la table de partitions et n’utilise pas les valeurs "
6203 "internes par défaut pour la partition non utilisée indiquée par *-N*. "
6204 "Consultez aussi *--append*."
6205
6206 #. type: Labeled list
6207 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:63
6208 #, no-wrap
6209 msgid "*-A*, *--activate* __device__ [__partition-number__...]"
6210 msgstr "*-A*, *--activate* __périphérique__ [__numéro-partition__] ..."
6211
6212 #. type: Plain text
6213 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:65
6214 msgid ""
6215 "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the "
6216 "bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may "
6217 "be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on "
6218 "all partitions."
6219 msgstr ""
6220 "Activer le drapeau d’amorçage (boot) pour les partitions indiquées et "
6221 "désactiver tous les drapeaux d’amorçage de toutes les partitions non "
6222 "indiquées. Le substitut spécial « - » peut être utilisé à la place des "
6223 "numéros de partition pour désactiver le drapeau d’amorçage sur toutes les "
6224 "partitions."
6225
6226 #. type: Plain text
6227 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:67
6228 msgid ""
6229 "The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is "
6230 "detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR."
6231 msgstr ""
6232 "La commande d’activation est prise en charge uniquement pour MBR et PMBR. Si "
6233 "une étiquette GPT est détectée, alors *sfdisk* affiche un avertissement et "
6234 "entre automatiquement dans le PMBR."
6235
6236 #. type: Plain text
6237 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:69
6238 msgid ""
6239 "If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an "
6240 "enabled flag."
6241 msgstr ""
6242 "Si aucun _numéro-partition_ n’est indiqué, alors toutes les partitions avec "
6243 "un drapeau activé sont affichées."
6244
6245 #. type: Labeled list
6246 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:70
6247 #, no-wrap
6248 msgid "*--backup-pt-sectors* _device_"
6249 msgstr "*--backup-pt-sectors* _périphérique_"
6250
6251 #. type: Plain text
6252 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:72
6253 msgid ""
6254 "Back up the current partition table sectors in binary format and exit. See "
6255 "the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
6256 msgstr ""
6257 "Sauvegarder les secteurs de la table de partition actuelle au format binaire "
6258 "et terminer. Consultez la section *SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE DE PARTITIONS*."
6259
6260 #. type: Labeled list
6261 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:73
6262 #, no-wrap
6263 msgid "*--delete* _device_ [__partition-number__...]"
6264 msgstr "*--delete* _périphérique_ [_numéro-partition_] ..."
6265
6266 #. type: Plain text
6267 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:75
6268 msgid "Delete all or the specified partitions."
6269 msgstr "Supprimer toutes les partitions ou les partitions indiquées."
6270
6271 #. type: Labeled list
6272 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:76
6273 #, no-wrap
6274 msgid "*-d*, *--dump* _device_"
6275 msgstr "*-d*, *--dump* _périphérique_"
6276
6277 #. type: Plain text
6278 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:78
6279 msgid ""
6280 "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to "
6281 "*sfdisk*. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
6282 msgstr ""
6283 "Lister les partitions d'un périphérique dans un format utilisable en entrée "
6284 "pour *sfdisk*. Consultez la section *SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE DE PARTITIONS*."
6285
6286 #. type: Labeled list
6287 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:79
6288 #, no-wrap
6289 msgid "*-g*, *--show-geometry* [__device__...]"
6290 msgstr "*-g*, *--show-geometry* [__périphérique__...]"
6291
6292 #. type: Plain text
6293 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:81
6294 msgid ""
6295 "List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward "
6296 "compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same "
6297 "meaning as this one."
6298 msgstr ""
6299 "Lister la géométrie de tous les périphériques ou de ceux indiqués. Pour la "
6300 "rétrocompatibilité, l’option obsolète *--show-pt-geometry* a la même "
6301 "signification que celle-ci."
6302
6303 #. type: Labeled list
6304 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:82
6305 #, no-wrap
6306 msgid "*-J*, *--json* _device_"
6307 msgstr "*-J*, *--json* _périphérique_"
6308
6309 #. type: Plain text
6310 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:84
6311 msgid ""
6312 "Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not "
6313 "able to use JSON as input format."
6314 msgstr ""
6315 "Lister les partitions d’un périphérique au format JSON. Remarquez que "
6316 "*sfdisk* ne peut pas utiliser JSON comme format d’entrée."
6317
6318 #. type: Labeled list
6319 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:85
6320 #, no-wrap
6321 msgid "*-l*, *--list* [__device__...]"
6322 msgstr "*-l*, *--list* [__périphérique__...]"
6323
6324 #. type: Plain text
6325 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:87
6326 msgid ""
6327 "List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be "
6328 "used together with *--verify*."
6329 msgstr ""
6330 "Afficher les partitions de tout les périphériques ou de ceux indiqués. Cette "
6331 "commande peut être utilisée avec *--verify*."
6332
6333 #. type: Labeled list
6334 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:88
6335 #, no-wrap
6336 msgid "*-F*, *--list-free* [__device__...]"
6337 msgstr "*-F*, *--list-free* [__périphérique__...]"
6338
6339 #. type: Plain text
6340 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:90
6341 msgid "List the free unpartitioned areas on all or the specified devices."
6342 msgstr ""
6343 "Afficher les zones libres non partitionnées de toutes les partitions ou de "
6344 "celles indiquées."
6345
6346 #. type: Labeled list
6347 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:91
6348 #, no-wrap
6349 msgid "*--part-attrs* _device partition-number_ [__attributes__]"
6350 msgstr "*--part-attrs* _périphérique numéro-partition_ [__attributs__]"
6351
6352 #. type: Plain text
6353 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:93
6354 msgid ""
6355 "Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, "
6356 "then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a "
6357 "comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, "
6358 "the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently "
6359 "supported attribute bits are:"
6360 msgstr ""
6361 "Modifier les bits d’attribut de partition GPT. Si _attributs_ n’est pas "
6362 "indiqué, afficher les réglages de la partition actuelle. L’argument "
6363 "_attributs_ est une liste de numéros de bit ou de noms de bit séparés par "
6364 "des virgules ou des espaces. Par exemple, la chaîne "
6365 "« RequiredPartition,50,51 » définit trois bits . Actuellement, les bits pris "
6366 "en charge sont :"
6367
6368 #. type: Labeled list
6369 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:94
6370 #, no-wrap
6371 msgid "*Bit 0 (RequiredPartition)*"
6372 msgstr "*Bit 0 (RequiredPartition)*"
6373
6374 #. type: Plain text
6375 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96
6376 msgid ""
6377 "If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. "
6378 "The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the "
6379 "contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform "
6380 "to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is "
6381 "removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system."
6382 msgstr ""
6383 "Si ce bit est réglé, la partition est nécessaire pour que la plateforme "
6384 "puisse fonctionner. Le créateur de la partition indique que la suppression "
6385 "ou la modification du contenu peut aboutir à une perte des fonctionnalités "
6386 "de la plateforme, ou à l’échec de l’amorçage ou du fonctionnement de la "
6387 "plateforme. Le système ne peut pas fonctionner normalement si cette "
6388 "partition est supprimée et elle devrait être considérée comme une partie "
6389 "matérielle du système."
6390
6391 #. type: Labeled list
6392 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96
6393 #, no-wrap
6394 msgid "*Bit 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)*"
6395 msgstr "*Bit 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)*"
6396
6397 #. type: Plain text
6398 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:98
6399 msgid ""
6400 "EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read "
6401 "from it."
6402 msgstr ""
6403 "Le micrologiciel EFI devrait ignorer le contenu de la partition et ne pas "
6404 "essayer d’y lire."
6405
6406 #. type: Labeled list
6407 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:98
6408 #, no-wrap
6409 msgid "*Bit 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)*"
6410 msgstr "*Bit 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)*"
6411
6412 #. type: Plain text
6413 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:100
6414 msgid "The partition may be bootable by legacy BIOS firmware."
6415 msgstr ""
6416 "La partition peut être amorçable par le microprogramme BIOS historique."
6417
6418 #. type: Labeled list
6419 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:100
6420 #, no-wrap
6421 msgid "*Bits 3-47*"
6422 msgstr "*Bits 3-47*"
6423
6424 #. type: Plain text
6425 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102
6426 msgid ""
6427 "Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the "
6428 "UEFI specification."
6429 msgstr ""
6430 "Non défini et doit être zéro. Réservé pour des extensions dans les futures "
6431 "versions de la spécification UEFI."
6432
6433 #. type: Labeled list
6434 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102
6435 #, no-wrap
6436 msgid "*Bits 48-63*"
6437 msgstr "*Bits 48-63*"
6438
6439 #. type: Plain text
6440 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:104
6441 msgid ""
6442 "Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on "
6443 "the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, "
6444 "61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to "
6445 "disable automount."
6446 msgstr ""
6447 "Réservé pour une utilisation spécifique de GUID. L’utilisation de ces bits "
6448 "varie selon le type de partition. Par exemple, Microsoft utilise le bit 60 "
6449 "pour indiquer la lecture uniquement, 61 pour une « shadow copy » d’une autre "
6450 "partition, 62 pour des partitions cachées (hidden) et 63 pour désactiver le "
6451 "montage automatique."
6452
6453 #. type: Labeled list
6454 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:105
6455 #, no-wrap
6456 msgid "*--part-label* _device partition-number_ [__label__]"
6457 msgstr "*--part-label* _périphérique numéro-partition_ [__étiquette__]"
6458
6459 #. type: Plain text
6460 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:107
6461 msgid ""
6462 "Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then "
6463 "print the current partition label."
6464 msgstr ""
6465 "Modifier le nom de partition GPT (étiquette). Si l’_étiquette_ n’est pas "
6466 "indiquée, afficher l’étiquette actuelle de la partition."
6467
6468 #. type: Labeled list
6469 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:108
6470 #, no-wrap
6471 msgid "*--part-type* _device partition-number_ [__type__]"
6472 msgstr "*--part-type* _périphérique numéro-partition_ [__type__]"
6473
6474 #. type: Plain text
6475 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:110
6476 msgid ""
6477 "Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the "
6478 "current partition type."
6479 msgstr ""
6480 "Modifier le type de partition. Si le _type_ n’est pas indiqué, afficher le "
6481 "type actuel de la partition."
6482
6483 #. type: Plain text
6484 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:112
6485 msgid ""
6486 "The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. "
6487 "\"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the "
6488 "options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one."
6489 msgstr ""
6490 "L’argument _type_ est hexadécimal pour MBR, un GUID pour GPT, du type alias "
6491 "(par exemple, « linux » ou de type raccourci (par exemple, « L »). Pour la "
6492 "compatibilité ascendante, les options *-c* et *--id* ont la même "
6493 "signification que celle-ci."
6494
6495 #. type: Labeled list
6496 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:113
6497 #, no-wrap
6498 msgid "*--part-uuid* _device partition-number_ [__uuid__]"
6499 msgstr "*--part-uuid* _périphérique numéro-partition_ [__UUID__]"
6500
6501 #. type: Plain text
6502 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:115
6503 msgid ""
6504 "Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the "
6505 "current partition UUID."
6506 msgstr ""
6507 "Modifier l’UUID de partition GPT. Si l’_UUID_ n’est pas indiqué, afficher "
6508 "l’UUID actuel de la partition."
6509
6510 #. type: Labeled list
6511 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:116
6512 #, no-wrap
6513 msgid "*--disk-id* _device_ [__id__]"
6514 msgstr "*--disk-id* _périphérique_ [__id__]"
6515
6516 #. type: Plain text
6517 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:118
6518 msgid ""
6519 "Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current "
6520 "identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR."
6521 msgstr ""
6522 "Modifier l’identificateur du disque. Si _id_ n’est pas indiqué, afficher "
6523 "l’identificateur actuel. L’identificateur est UUID pour GPT ou un entier non "
6524 "signé pour MBR."
6525
6526 #. type: Labeled list
6527 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:119
6528 #, no-wrap
6529 msgid "*-r*, *--reorder* _device_"
6530 msgstr "*-r*, *--reorder* _périphérique_"
6531
6532 #. type: Plain text
6533 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:121
6534 msgid "Renumber the partitions, ordering them by their start offset."
6535 msgstr "Renuméroter les partitions dans l’ordre de leur position de début."
6536
6537 #. type: Labeled list
6538 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:122
6539 #, no-wrap
6540 msgid "*-s*, *--show-size* [__device__...]"
6541 msgstr "*-s*, *--show-size* [__périphérique__...]"
6542
6543 #. type: Plain text
6544 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:124
6545 msgid ""
6546 "List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. "
6547 "This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
6548 msgstr ""
6549 "Afficher la taille, en secteur de 1024 octets, de tous les périphériques ou "
6550 "de ceux indiqués. Cette option est *obsolète*, remplacée par *blockdev*(8)."
6551
6552 #. type: Labeled list
6553 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:125
6554 #, no-wrap
6555 msgid "*-T*, *--list-types*"
6556 msgstr "*-T*, *--list-types*"
6557
6558 #. type: Plain text
6559 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:127
6560 msgid ""
6561 "Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified "
6562 "by *--label*."
6563 msgstr ""
6564 "Afficher tous les types pris en charge pour l’étiquette de disque actuelle "
6565 "ou l’étiquette indiquée par *--label*."
6566
6567 #. type: Labeled list
6568 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:128
6569 #, no-wrap
6570 msgid "*-V*, *--verify* [__device__...]"
6571 msgstr "*-V*, *--verify* [__périphérique__...]"
6572
6573 #. type: Plain text
6574 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:130
6575 msgid "Test whether the partition table and partitions seem correct."
6576 msgstr ""
6577 "Vérifier si la table de partitions et les partitions semblent correctes."
6578
6579 #. type: Labeled list
6580 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:131
6581 #, no-wrap
6582 msgid "*--relocate* _oper_ _device_"
6583 msgstr "*--relocate* _oper_ _périphérique_"
6584
6585 #. type: Plain text
6586 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:133
6587 msgid ""
6588 "Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT "
6589 "header only. The argument _oper_ can be:"
6590 msgstr ""
6591 "Déplacer l’en-tête de la table de partitions. Cette commande est "
6592 "actuellement prise en charge uniquement pour les en-têtes de GPT. L’argument "
6593 "_oper_ peut être :"
6594
6595 #. type: Labeled list
6596 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:134
6597 #, no-wrap
6598 msgid "*gpt-bak-std*"
6599 msgstr "*gpt-bak-std*"
6600
6601 #. type: Plain text
6602 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136
6603 msgid ""
6604 "Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device."
6605 msgstr ""
6606 "Déplacer l’en-tête de sauvegarde de GPT à l’emplacement standard à la fin du "
6607 "périphérique."
6608
6609 #. type: Labeled list
6610 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136
6611 #, no-wrap
6612 msgid "*gpt-bak-mini*"
6613 msgstr "*gpt-bak-mini*"
6614
6615 #. type: Plain text
6616 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:138
6617 msgid ""
6618 "Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard "
6619 "requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools "
6620 "can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard."
6621 msgstr ""
6622 "Déplacer l’en-tête de sauvegarde de GPT après la dernière partition. "
6623 "Remarquez que la norme UEFI requiert que l’en-tête de sauvegarde soit à la "
6624 "fin du périphérique et les outils de partitionnement peuvent automatiquement "
6625 "transférer l’en-tête pour suivre la norme."
6626
6627 #. type: Labeled list
6628 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:141 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:66
6629 #, no-wrap
6630 msgid "*-a*, *--append*"
6631 msgstr "*-a*, *--append*"
6632
6633 #. type: Plain text
6634 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:143
6635 msgid ""
6636 "Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions."
6637 msgstr ""
6638 "Ne pas créer de nouvelle table de partitions, mais n’ajouter que les "
6639 "partitions indiquées."
6640
6641 #. type: Plain text
6642 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:145
6643 msgid ""
6644 "Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not "
6645 "the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in "
6646 "the partition table."
6647 msgstr ""
6648 "Remarquez que la partition non utilisée peut dans ce cas être réutilisée "
6649 "bien qu’elle ne soit pas la dernière partition dans la table de partitions. "
6650 "Consultez aussi *-N* pour indiquer l’entrée de la table de partitions."
6651
6652 #. type: Labeled list
6653 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:146 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:43
6654 #, no-wrap
6655 msgid "*-b*, *--backup*"
6656 msgstr "*-b*, *--backup*"
6657
6658 #. type: Plain text
6659 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:148
6660 msgid ""
6661 "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the "
6662 "partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>."
6663 "bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*. See section "
6664 "*BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* for more details."
6665 msgstr ""
6666 "Sauvegarder les secteurs de la table de partitions actuelle avant de "
6667 "commencer le partitionnement. Le nom de fichier de sauvegarde par défaut est "
6668 "_~/sfdisk-<périphérique>-<position>.bak_. Pour utiliser un autre nom, "
6669 "consultez *-O*, *--backup-file*. Consultez la section *SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE "
6670 "DE PARTITIONS*."
6671
6672 #. type: Labeled list
6673 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:149
6674 #, no-wrap
6675 msgid "*--color*[**=**__when__]"
6676 msgstr "*--color*[**=**__quand__]"
6677
6678 #. type: Plain text
6679 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:154
6680 msgid "Disable all consistency checking."
6681 msgstr "Désactiver tous les contrôles d’intégrité."
6682
6683 #. type: Labeled list
6684 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:155
6685 #, no-wrap
6686 msgid "*--Linux*"
6687 msgstr "*--Linux*"
6688
6689 #. type: Plain text
6690 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:157
6691 msgid ""
6692 "Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux "
6693 "(and other modern operating systems) is the default."
6694 msgstr ""
6695 "Option obsolète et ignorée. Le partitionnement compatible avec Linux (et "
6696 "autres systèmes d’exploitation modernes) est celui par défaut."
6697
6698 #. type: Labeled list
6699 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:161 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:31
6700 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:61
6701 #, no-wrap
6702 msgid "*-n*, *--no-act*"
6703 msgstr "*-n*, *--no-act*"
6704
6705 #. type: Plain text
6706 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:163
6707 msgid "Do everything except writing to the device."
6708 msgstr "Tout faire sauf écrire sur le périphérique."
6709
6710 #. type: Labeled list
6711 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:164
6712 #, no-wrap
6713 msgid "*--no-reread*"
6714 msgstr "*--no-reread*"
6715
6716 #. type: Plain text
6717 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:166
6718 msgid ""
6719 "Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is "
6720 "in use."
6721 msgstr ""
6722 "Ne pas vérifier par l’intermédiaire de l’ioctl re-read-partition-table si le "
6723 "périphérique est utilisé."
6724
6725 #. type: Labeled list
6726 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:167
6727 #, no-wrap
6728 msgid "*--no-tell-kernel*"
6729 msgstr "*--no-tell-kernel*"
6730
6731 #. type: Plain text
6732 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:169
6733 msgid ""
6734 "Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended "
6735 "together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified "
6736 "partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
6737 msgstr ""
6738 "Ne pas informer le noyau des modifications de partition. Cette option est "
6739 "recommandée conjointement avec *--no-reread* pour modifier une partition sur "
6740 "le disque utilisé. La partition modifiée ne devrait pas être utilisée (par "
6741 "exemple, montée)."
6742
6743 #. type: Labeled list
6744 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:170
6745 #, no-wrap
6746 msgid "*-O*, *--backup-file* _path_"
6747 msgstr "*-O*, *--backup-file* _chemin_"
6748
6749 #. type: Plain text
6750 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:172
6751 msgid ""
6752 "Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset "
6753 "are always appended to the file name."
6754 msgstr ""
6755 "Écraser le nom de fichier de sauvegarde par défaut. Remarquez que le nom de "
6756 "périphérique et la position sont toujours ajoutés au nom de fichier."
6757
6758 #. type: Labeled list
6759 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:173
6760 #, no-wrap
6761 msgid "*--move-data*[**=**__path__]"
6762 msgstr "*--move-data*[**=**__chemin__]"
6763
6764 #. type: Plain text
6765 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:175
6766 msgid ""
6767 "Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning "
6768 "of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has "
6769 "to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option "
6770 "requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only."
6771 msgstr ""
6772 "Déplacer les données après une relocalisation de partition, par exemple, "
6773 "lors de la migration du début d’une partition vers un autre endroit du "
6774 "disque. La taille de la partition doit rester identique, l’ancien et le "
6775 "nouvel emplacement peuvent se chevaucher. Cette option requiert l’option *-"
6776 "N* pour pouvoir être traitée uniquement sur une partition particulière."
6777
6778 # FIXME sfdisk → *sfdisk*
6779 #. type: Plain text
6780 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:177
6781 msgid ""
6782 "The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains "
6783 "information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word "
6784 "\"@default\" as a _path_ forces *sfdisk* to use _~/sfdisk-<devname>.move_ "
6785 "for the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
6786 msgstr ""
6787 "Le _chemin_ facultatif indique le nom du fichier de journal. Celui-ci "
6788 "contient les informations sur toutes les opérations de lecture ou d’écriture "
6789 "des données de la partition. Le mot « @default » comme _chemin_ oblige "
6790 "*sfdisk* à utiliser _~/sfdisk-<périphérique>.move_ pour le journal. Le "
6791 "journal est facultatif depuis la version 2.35."
6792
6793 #. type: Plain text
6794 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:179
6795 msgid ""
6796 "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup "
6797 "your data!*"
6798 msgstr ""
6799 "Remarquez que cette opération est périlleuse et pas atomique. *Ne pas "
6800 "oublier de sauvegarder les données !*"
6801
6802 #. type: Plain text
6803 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:181
6804 msgid "See also *--move-use-fsync*."
6805 msgstr "Consultez aussi *--move-use-fsync*."
6806
6807 #. type: Plain text
6808 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:183
6809 msgid ""
6810 "In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before "
6811 "the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the "
6812 "next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), "
6813 "and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original "
6814 "sdc1 will become sdc2)."
6815 msgstr ""
6816 "Dans l’exemple ci-dessous, la première commande crée une zone libre de "
6817 "100 MiB avant la première partition et migre les données contenues (par "
6818 "exemple, un système de fichiers), la commande suivante crée une nouvelle "
6819 "partition dans l’espace libre (à la position 2048) et la dernière commande "
6820 "réarrange les partitions pour concorder avec l’ordre du disque (le sdc1 "
6821 "originel devient sdc2)."
6822
6823 #. type: delimited block _
6824 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:186
6825 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
6826 #| msgid "*echo \"+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*"
6827 msgid "*echo '+100M,' | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1*\n"
6828 msgstr "*echo \"+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*"
6829
6830 #. type: delimited block _
6831 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:188
6832 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
6833 #| msgid "B<echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append>"
6834 msgid "*echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append*\n"
6835 msgstr "B<echo '2048,' | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append>"
6836
6837 #. type: delimited block _
6838 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:190
6839 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
6840 #| msgid "B<sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder>"
6841 msgid "*sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder*\n"
6842 msgstr "B<sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder>"
6843
6844 #. type: Labeled list
6845 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:192
6846 #, no-wrap
6847 msgid "*--move-use-fsync*"
6848 msgstr "*--move-use-fsync*"
6849
6850 #. type: Plain text
6851 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:194
6852 msgid ""
6853 "Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new "
6854 "location by *--move-data*."
6855 msgstr ""
6856 "Utiliser l’appel système *fsync*(2) après chaque écriture lors de la "
6857 "migration de données à l’aide de *--move-data*."
6858
6859 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
6860 #. type: Plain text
6861 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:199
6862 msgid ""
6863 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
6864 "format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)."
6865 msgstr ""
6866 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
6867 "sous la forme _{plus}liste_ (par exemple, *-o +UUID*)."
6868
6869 #. type: Plain text
6870 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:203
6871 msgid "Suppress extra info messages."
6872 msgstr "Supprimer les messages d’information supplémentaires."
6873
6874 #. type: Labeled list
6875 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:204
6876 #, no-wrap
6877 msgid "*-u*, *--unit S*"
6878 msgstr "*-u*, *--unit S*"
6879
6880 #. type: Plain text
6881 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:206
6882 msgid ""
6883 "Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not "
6884 "supported when using the *--show-size* command."
6885 msgstr ""
6886 "Option obsolète. Seule l’unité secteur est prise en charge. Cette option "
6887 "n’est pas gérée lors de l’utilisation de la commande *--show-size*."
6888
6889 #. type: Labeled list
6890 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:207
6891 #, no-wrap
6892 msgid "*-X*, *--label* _type_"
6893 msgstr "*-X*, *--label* _type_"
6894
6895 #. type: Plain text
6896 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:209
6897 msgid ""
6898 "Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not "
6899 "given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no "
6900 "label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the "
6901 "current label may be overwritten by the \"label: <name>\" script header "
6902 "line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk "
6903 "label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)."
6904 msgstr ""
6905 "Indiquer le type d’étiquette disque (par exemple, *dos*, *gpt*, etc.). Si "
6906 "cette option n’est pas donnée, alors *sfdisk* utilise par défaut l’étiquette "
6907 "existante, mais en absence d’étiquette sur le périphérique, alors le type "
6908 "par défaut est *dos*. La valeur par défaut ou l’étiquette actuelle peut être "
6909 "écrasée par la ligne d’en-tête de script « label: <nom> ». L’option *--"
6910 "label* n’oblige pas *sfdisk* à créer une étiquette blanche de disque "
6911 "(consultez la section *ÉTIQUETTES DE DISQUE BLANCHES* ci-dessous)."
6912
6913 #. type: Labeled list
6914 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:210
6915 #, no-wrap
6916 msgid "*-Y*, *--label-nested* _type_"
6917 msgstr "*-Y*, *--label-nested* _type_"
6918
6919 #. type: Plain text
6920 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:212
6921 msgid ""
6922 "Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist "
6923 "already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on "
6924 "devices with GPT."
6925 msgstr ""
6926 "Forcer la modification d’une étiquette de disque imbriqué. L’étiquette de "
6927 "disque primaire doit déjà exister. Cette option permet d’éditer par exemple "
6928 "un MBR hybride ou de protection (« protective ») sur les périphériques avec "
6929 "GPT."
6930
6931 #. type: Plain text
6932 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:215
6933 msgid ""
6934 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
6935 "order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, "
6936 "*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, "
6937 "in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the "
6938 "old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new "
6939 "partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also "
6940 "does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the "
6941 "*always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are "
6942 "reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See "
6943 "also the *wipefs*(8) command."
6944 msgstr ""
6945 "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, RAID et de table de "
6946 "partitions du périphérique dans le but d’éviter des collisions possibles. "
6947 "L’argument _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quand cette option "
6948 "n’est pas indiquée, la valeur par défaut est *auto*, auquel cas les "
6949 "signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode interactif, à l’exception "
6950 "des signatures de l’ancienne table de partitions qui sont toujours effacées "
6951 "avant la création de la nouvelle table de partitions si l’argument _quand_ "
6952 "n’est pas *never*. Le mode *auto* n'efface pas non plus le premier secteur "
6953 "(secteur de démarrage). Il faut utiliser le mode *always* pour supprimer "
6954 "cette zone. Dans tous les cas, les signatures détectées sont signalées par "
6955 "des messages d’avertissement avant la création d’une nouvelle table de "
6956 "partitions. Consultez aussi la commande *wipefs*(8)."
6957
6958 #. type: Plain text
6959 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:218
6960 msgid ""
6961 "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
6962 "partition, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be "
6963 "*auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is "
6964 "*auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and "
6965 "after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by "
6966 "warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) "
6967 "command."
6968 msgstr ""
6969 "Effacer les signatures du système de fichiers, de RAID et de la table de "
6970 "partitions de la nouvelle partition créée dans le but d’éviter des "
6971 "collisions possibles. L’argument _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* ou "
6972 "*always*. Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, la valeur par défaut est "
6973 "*auto*, auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode "
6974 "interactif et après une confirmation de l’utilisateur. Dans tous les cas, "
6975 "les signatures détectées sont signalées par des messages d’avertissement "
6976 "avant la création d’une nouvelle table de partitions. Consultez aussi la "
6977 "commande *wipefs*(8)."
6978
6979 #. type: Labeled list
6980 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:219
6981 #, no-wrap
6982 msgid "*-v*, *--version*"
6983 msgstr "*-v*, *--version*"
6984
6985 #. type: Title ==
6986 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:225
6987 #, no-wrap
6988 msgid "INPUT FORMATS"
6989 msgstr "FORMATS D'ENTRÉE"
6990
6991 #. type: Plain text
6992 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:228
6993 #, no-wrap
6994 msgid "*sfdisk* supports two input formats and generic header lines.\n"
6995 msgstr "*sfdisk* permet d’utiliser deux formats d’entrée et des lignes d’en-tête générique.\n"
6996
6997 #. type: Title ===
6998 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:229
6999 #, no-wrap
7000 msgid "Header lines"
7001 msgstr "Lignes d’en-tête"
7002
7003 #. type: Plain text
7004 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:232
7005 msgid ""
7006 "The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the "
7007 "partition table. The header-line format is:"
7008 msgstr ""
7009 "Les lignes de l’en-tête facultatif indiquent des renseignements génériques "
7010 "qui s’appliquent à la table de partitions. Le format de ligne d’en-tête est :"
7011
7012 #. type: Plain text
7013 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:234
7014 #, no-wrap
7015 msgid "*<name>: <value>*\n"
7016 msgstr "*<nom>: <valeur>*\n"
7017
7018 #. type: Plain text
7019 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:236
7020 msgid "The currently recognized headers are:"
7021 msgstr "Les en-têtes actuellement reconnus sont :"
7022
7023 #. type: Labeled list
7024 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:237
7025 #, no-wrap
7026 msgid "*unit*"
7027 msgstr "*unit*"
7028
7029 #. type: Plain text
7030 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:239
7031 msgid "Specify the partitioning unit. The only supported unit is *sectors*."
7032 msgstr ""
7033 "Indiquer l’unité de partitionnement. La seule unité acceptée est *sectors*."
7034
7035 #. type: Labeled list
7036 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:239
7037 #, no-wrap
7038 msgid "*label*"
7039 msgstr "*label*"
7040
7041 # FIXME type → _type_
7042 #. type: Plain text
7043 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:241
7044 msgid "Specify the partition table type. For example *dos* or *gpt*."
7045 msgstr "Indiquer le _type_ de table de partitions. Par exemple *dos* ou *gpt*."
7046
7047 #. type: Labeled list
7048 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:241
7049 #, no-wrap
7050 msgid "*label-id*"
7051 msgstr "*label-id*"
7052
7053 #. type: Plain text
7054 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:243
7055 msgid ""
7056 "Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number "
7057 "(with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
7058 msgstr ""
7059 "Indiquer l’identifiant de table de partitions. Ce devrait être un nombre "
7060 "hexadécimal (avec un préfixe « 0x ») pour MBR et un UUID pour GPT."
7061
7062 #. type: Labeled list
7063 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:243
7064 #, no-wrap
7065 msgid "*first-lba*"
7066 msgstr "*first-lba*"
7067
7068 #. type: Plain text
7069 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:245
7070 msgid ""
7071 "Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions. This header is ignored "
7072 "if the script and device sector size differ. In this case *sfdisk* uses "
7073 "label specific default."
7074 msgstr ""
7075
7076 #. type: Labeled list
7077 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:245
7078 #, no-wrap
7079 msgid "*last-lba*"
7080 msgstr "*last-lba*"
7081
7082 #. type: Plain text
7083 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:247
7084 msgid ""
7085 "Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions. This header is ignored if "
7086 "the script and device sector size differ. In this case *sfdisk* uses label "
7087 "specific default."
7088 msgstr ""
7089
7090 #. type: Labeled list
7091 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:247
7092 #, no-wrap
7093 msgid "*table-length*"
7094 msgstr "*table-length*"
7095
7096 #. type: Plain text
7097 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:249
7098 msgid "Specify the maximal number of GPT partitions."
7099 msgstr "Indiquer le nombre maximal de partitions GPT."
7100
7101 #. type: Labeled list
7102 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:249
7103 #, no-wrap
7104 msgid "*grain*"
7105 msgstr "*grain*"
7106
7107 #. type: Plain text
7108 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:251
7109 msgid ""
7110 "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The "
7111 "default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not "
7112 "modify this variable if you're not sure."
7113 msgstr ""
7114 "Indiquer la taille minimale en octet utilisée pour calculer l’alignement des "
7115 "partitions. La valeur par défaut est 1 MiB et il est fortement recommandé de "
7116 "l’utiliser. Ne modifiez pas cette variable si vous avez un doute."
7117
7118 #. type: Labeled list
7119 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:251
7120 #, no-wrap
7121 msgid "*sector-size*"
7122 msgstr "*sector-size*"
7123
7124 #. type: Plain text
7125 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:253
7126 msgid ""
7127 "Specify sector size. *sfdisk* always uses device sector size. Since version "
7128 "2.39 *sfdisk* recalculates sizes from dump if the script and device sector "
7129 "size differ."
7130 msgstr ""
7131
7132 #. type: Plain text
7133 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:255
7134 msgid ""
7135 "Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition "
7136 "is specified in the input."
7137 msgstr ""
7138 "Remarquez qu’il n’est possible d’utiliser des lignes d’en-tête qu'avant "
7139 "d’indiquer la première partition en entrée."
7140
7141 #. type: Title ===
7142 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:256
7143 #, no-wrap
7144 msgid "Unnamed-fields format"
7145 msgstr "Format des champs non nommés"
7146
7147 #. type: delimited block _
7148 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:260
7149 msgid "_start size type bootable_"
7150 msgstr "_début taille type amorçable_"
7151
7152 #. type: Plain text
7153 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:263
7154 msgid "where each line fills one partition descriptor."
7155 msgstr "où chaque ligne remplit un descripteur de partition."
7156
7157 #. type: Plain text
7158 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:265
7159 msgid ""
7160 "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma (recommended) or semicolon "
7161 "possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. "
7162 "Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a "
7163 "field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when "
7164 "the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each "
7165 "field is its previous value."
7166 msgstr ""
7167 "Les champs sont séparés par des caractères d'espacement, des virgules "
7168 "(recommandé) ou des points-virgules éventuellement suivis par des caractères "
7169 "d'espacement ; les caractères d'espacement initiaux et finaux sont ignorés. "
7170 "Les nombres peuvent être octaux, décimaux ou hexadécimaux (représentation "
7171 "décimale par défaut). Quand un champ est absent, vide ou indiqué par « - », "
7172 "une valeur par défaut est utilisée. Quand l’option *-N* (modifier une seule "
7173 "partition) est donnée, la valeur par défaut de chaque champ est sa valeur "
7174 "précédente."
7175
7176 #. type: Plain text
7177 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:267
7178 msgid ""
7179 "The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned "
7180 "according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first "
7181 "partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
7182 "(KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted "
7183 "as offset in bytes. Since v2.38 when the *-N* option (change a single "
7184 "partition) is given, a '{plus}' can be used to enlarge partition by move "
7185 "start of the partition if there is a free space before the partition."
7186 msgstr ""
7187 "La valeur par défaut de _début_ est le premier secteur non assigné aligné "
7188 "conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique. La position de "
7189 "début par défaut pour la première partition est 1 MiB. Si la position est "
7190 "suivie des suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et "
7191 "YiB), le nombre est interprété comme une position en octet. Depuis v2.38, "
7192 "quand l'option *-N* (changer une seule partition) est fournie, un « {plus} » "
7193 "peut être utilisé pour agrandir une partition en déplaçant le début de la "
7194 "partition si l'espace est libre avant la partition."
7195
7196 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
7197 #. type: Plain text
7198 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:270
7199 msgid ""
7200 "The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until "
7201 "the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default "
7202 "interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one "
7203 "of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) "
7204 "then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it "
7205 "is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used "
7206 "instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note "
7207 "'{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; "
7208 "existing partitions will be resized as required."
7209 msgstr ""
7210 "La valeur par défaut de _taille_ est « autant que possible » (c'est-à-dire, "
7211 "jusqu’à la prochaine partition ou la fin du périphérique). Un argument "
7212 "numérique est par défaut interprété comme un nombre de secteurs, cependant "
7213 "si la taille est suivie par un des suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB, MiB, GiB, "
7214 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), alors le nombre est interprété comme une taille "
7215 "de partition en octet et est aligné conformément aux limites d’entrée et "
7216 "sortie du périphérique. Un « {plus} » peut être utilisé à la place d’un "
7217 "nombre pour agrandir la partition autant que possible. Remarquez que "
7218 "« {plus} » équivaut au comportement par défaut pour une nouvelle partition. "
7219 "Les partitions existantes seront redimensionnées comme requis."
7220
7221 #. type: Plain text
7222 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:272
7223 msgid ""
7224 "The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is "
7225 "optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to "
7226 "use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated "
7227 "shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* "
7228 "tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in "
7229 "partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) "
7230 "it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
7231 msgstr ""
7232 "Le _type_ de partition est indiqué en hexadécimal pour MBR (DOS) où le "
7233 "préfixe 0x est facultatif, par une chaîne GUID pour GPT, par un raccourci ou "
7234 "par un alias. Il est recommandé d’utiliser deux lettres pour les codes "
7235 "hexadécimaux du MBR pour éviter des collisions entre les raccourcis "
7236 "obsolètes « E » et « 0E » du code hexadécimal du MBR. Pour la "
7237 "rétrocompatibilité, *sfdisk* essaie d’interpréter _type_ comme un raccourci "
7238 "pour la première possibilité dans les scripts de partitionnement, quoique "
7239 "dans d’autres endroits (par exemple, *--part-type* commande) il essaie les "
7240 "raccourcis comme dernière possibilité."
7241
7242 #. type: Plain text
7243 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:274
7244 msgid ""
7245 "Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to "
7246 "shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")."
7247 msgstr ""
7248 "Depuis la version 2.36, libfdisk gère les alias de type de partition comme "
7249 "des extensions aux raccourcis. Un alias est un mot simple lisible par un "
7250 "humain (par exemple, « linux »)."
7251
7252 #. type: Plain text
7253 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:276
7254 msgid ""
7255 "Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the "
7256 "case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in "
7257 "the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")."
7258 msgstr ""
7259 "Depuis la version 2.37, libfdisk supporte les noms de type de partition en "
7260 "entrée. Il ignore la casse des caractères et tout caractère qui n'est pas "
7261 "une lettre ou un chiffre (c-à-d que « Linux /usr x86 » est la même chose que "
7262 "« linux usr-x86 »)."
7263
7264 #. type: Plain text
7265 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:278
7266 msgid "Supported shortcuts and aliases:"
7267 msgstr "Raccourcis et alias pris en charge"
7268
7269 #. type: Labeled list
7270 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:279
7271 #, no-wrap
7272 msgid "*L - alias 'linux'*"
7273 msgstr "*L - alias 'linux'*"
7274
7275 #. type: Plain text
7276 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:281
7277 msgid ""
7278 "Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT."
7279 msgstr ""
7280 "Linux ; signifie 83 pour MBR et 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 pour "
7281 "GPT."
7282
7283 #. type: Labeled list
7284 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:282
7285 #, no-wrap
7286 msgid "*S - alias 'swap'*"
7287 msgstr "*S - alias 'swap'*"
7288
7289 #. type: Plain text
7290 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:284
7291 msgid ""
7292 "swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT"
7293 msgstr ""
7294 "zone d'échange (swap) ; signifie 82 pour MBR et 0657FD6D-"
7295 "A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F pour GPT."
7296
7297 #. type: Labeled list
7298 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:285
7299 #, no-wrap
7300 msgid "*Ex - alias 'extended'*"
7301 msgstr "*Ex - alias 'extended'*"
7302
7303 #. type: Plain text
7304 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:287
7305 msgid ""
7306 "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is "
7307 "deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
7308 msgstr ""
7309 "partition étendue MBR ; signifie 05 pour MBR. Le raccourci originel « E » "
7310 "est obsolète à cause d’une collision avec le type de partition MBR, « 0x0E »."
7311
7312 #. type: Labeled list
7313 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:288
7314 #, no-wrap
7315 msgid "*H - alias 'home'*"
7316 msgstr "*H - alias 'home'*"
7317
7318 #. type: Plain text
7319 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:290
7320 msgid "home partition; means 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 for GPT"
7321 msgstr ""
7322 "partition personnelle ; signifie 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 pour "
7323 "GPT."
7324
7325 #. type: Labeled list
7326 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:291
7327 #, no-wrap
7328 msgid "*U - alias 'uefi'*"
7329 msgstr "*U - alias 'uefi'*"
7330
7331 #. type: Plain text
7332 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:293
7333 msgid ""
7334 "EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-"
7335 "BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT"
7336 msgstr ""
7337 "partition de système EFI ; signifie EF pour MBR et C12A7328-F81F-11D2-"
7338 "BA4B-00A0C93EC93B pour GPT."
7339
7340 #. type: Labeled list
7341 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:294
7342 #, no-wrap
7343 msgid "*R - alias 'raid'*"
7344 msgstr "*R - alias 'raid'*"
7345
7346 #. type: Plain text
7347 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:296
7348 msgid ""
7349 "Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT"
7350 msgstr ""
7351 "Linux RAID ; signifie FD pour MBR et A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E "
7352 "pour GPT."
7353
7354 #. type: Labeled list
7355 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:297
7356 #, no-wrap
7357 msgid "*V - alias 'lvm'*"
7358 msgstr "*V - alias 'lvm'*"
7359
7360 #. type: Plain text
7361 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:299
7362 msgid "LVM; means 8E for MBR and E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 for GPT"
7363 msgstr ""
7364 "LVM ; signifie 8E pour MBR et E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 pour GPT"
7365
7366 #. type: Plain text
7367 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:301
7368 msgid "The default _type_ value is _linux_."
7369 msgstr "La valeur _type_ par défaut est _linux_."
7370
7371 #. type: Plain text
7372 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:303
7373 msgid ""
7374 "The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour "
7375 "of 'Ex'."
7376 msgstr ""
7377 "Le raccourci « X » pour les partitions étendues Linux (85) est *obsolète*, "
7378 "remplacée par « Ex »."
7379
7380 #.  TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
7381 #. type: Plain text
7382 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:306
7383 msgid ""
7384 "_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. "
7385 "The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has "
7386 "been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and "
7387 "for other operating systems."
7388 msgstr ""
7389 "_amorçable_ est indiqué par [*{asterisk}*|*-*] (non amorçable par défaut). "
7390 "La valeur de ce champ n'est pas pertinente pour Linux — quand Linux "
7391 "fonctionne, il a déjà été amorcé — mais pourrait jouer un rôle pour certains "
7392 "gestionnaires de démarrage ou pour d'autres systèmes d'exploitation."
7393
7394 #. type: Title ===
7395 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:307
7396 #, no-wrap
7397 msgid "Named-fields format"
7398 msgstr "Format des champs nommés"
7399
7400 #. type: Plain text
7401 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:310
7402 msgid ""
7403 "This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying "
7404 "additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format "
7405 "to keep your scripts more readable."
7406 msgstr ""
7407 "Ce format est plus lisible, robuste, extensible et permet d’indiquer des "
7408 "renseignements supplémentaires (par exemple un UUID). C’est le format "
7409 "conseillé pour garder les scripts lisibles."
7410
7411 #. type: delimited block _
7412 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:313
7413 msgid "[_device_ *:*] _name_[**=**__value__], ..."
7414 msgstr "[_périphérique_ *:*] _nom_[**=**__valeur__], ..."
7415
7416 #. type: Plain text
7417 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:316
7418 msgid ""
7419 "The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from "
7420 "the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This "
7421 "functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure."
7422 msgstr ""
7423 "Le champ _périphérique_ est facultatif. *sfdisk* extrait le numéro de "
7424 "partition du nom de périphérique. Cela permet d’indiquer les partitions dans "
7425 "un ordre quelconque. Cette fonctionnalité est surtout utilisée par *--dump*. "
7426 "En cas de doute, ne l’utilisez pas."
7427
7428 #. type: Plain text
7429 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:318
7430 msgid ""
7431 "The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition "
7432 "name\"). The fields *start=* and *size=* support '{plus}' and '-' in the "
7433 "same way as *Unnamed-fields format*."
7434 msgstr ""
7435 "La _valeur_ peut être entre guillemets (par exemple, nom=\"Ceci est un nom "
7436 "de partition\"). Les champs *start=* et *size=* supportent « {plus} » et « -"
7437 " » de la même manière que le *format des champs non nommés*."
7438
7439 #. type: Plain text
7440 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:320
7441 msgid "The currently supported fields are:"
7442 msgstr "Les champs actuellement pris en charge sont :"
7443
7444 #. type: Labeled list
7445 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:321
7446 #, no-wrap
7447 msgid "**start=**__number__"
7448 msgstr "**start=**__nombre__"
7449
7450 #. type: Plain text
7451 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:323
7452 msgid ""
7453 "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The "
7454 "default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is "
7455 "followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
7456 "and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
7457 msgstr ""
7458 "Le premier secteur non assigné aligné conformément aux limites d’entrée et "
7459 "sortie du périphérique. La position de début par défaut pour la première "
7460 "partition est 1 MiB. Si la position est suivie des suffixes multiplicateurs "
7461 "(KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), le nombre est interprété comme "
7462 "une position en octet."
7463
7464 #. type: Labeled list
7465 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:324
7466 #, no-wrap
7467 msgid "**size=**__number__"
7468 msgstr "**size=**__nombre__"
7469
7470 #. type: Plain text
7471 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:326
7472 msgid ""
7473 "Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the "
7474 "multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then "
7475 "it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to "
7476 "device I/O limits."
7477 msgstr ""
7478 "Indiquer la taille de partition en secteurs. Le nombre peut être suivi des "
7479 "suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), dans ce "
7480 "cas il est interprété comme une taille en octet, puis la taille est alignée "
7481 "conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique."
7482
7483 #. type: Labeled list
7484 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:327
7485 #, no-wrap
7486 msgid "*bootable*"
7487 msgstr "*bootable*"
7488
7489 #. type: Plain text
7490 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:329
7491 msgid "Mark the partition as bootable."
7492 msgstr "Marquer la partition comme amorçable."
7493
7494 #. type: Labeled list
7495 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:330
7496 #, no-wrap
7497 msgid "**attrs=**__string__"
7498 msgstr "B**attrs=**__chaîne__"
7499
7500 #. type: Plain text
7501 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:332
7502 msgid ""
7503 "Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-"
7504 "attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
7505 msgstr ""
7506 "Attributs de partition, souvent des bits d’attribut de partition GPT. "
7507 "Consultez *--part-attrs* pour plus de précisions sur le format des chaînes "
7508 "de bits GPT."
7509
7510 #. type: Labeled list
7511 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:333
7512 #, no-wrap
7513 msgid "**uuid=**__string__"
7514 msgstr "**uuid=**__chaîne__"
7515
7516 #. type: Plain text
7517 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:335
7518 msgid "GPT partition UUID."
7519 msgstr "UUID de partition GPT."
7520
7521 #. type: Labeled list
7522 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:336
7523 #, no-wrap
7524 msgid "**name=**__string__"
7525 msgstr "**name=**__chaîne__"
7526
7527 #. type: Plain text
7528 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:338
7529 msgid "GPT partition name."
7530 msgstr "Nom de partition GPT."
7531
7532 #. type: Labeled list
7533 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:339
7534 #, no-wrap
7535 msgid "**type=**__code__"
7536 msgstr "**type=**__code__"
7537
7538 #. type: Plain text
7539 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:341
7540 msgid ""
7541 "A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT "
7542 "partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. "
7543 "type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields "
7544 "format for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the "
7545 "same meaning."
7546 msgstr ""
7547 "Un nombre hexadécimal (sans préfixe « 0x ») pour une partition MBR, un GUID "
7548 "pour une partition GPT, un raccourci comme pour le format de champs non "
7549 "nommés ou un nom de type (par exemple, type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). Consultez "
7550 "la section ci-dessus pour avoir plus de détails à propos des champs non "
7551 "nommés. Pour la compatibilité ascendante, le champ *Id=* a la même "
7552 "signification."
7553
7554 #. type: Title ==
7555 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:342
7556 #, no-wrap
7557 msgid "EMPTY DISK LABEL"
7558 msgstr "ÉTIQUETTES DE DISQUE BLANCHES"
7559
7560 #. type: Plain text
7561 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:345
7562 #, no-wrap
7563 msgid "*sfdisk* does not create partition table without partitions by default. The lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The empty partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: <name>\" script header line without any partitions lines. For example:\n"
7564 msgstr "Par défaut, *sfdisk* ne crée pas de table de partitions sans partition. Par défaut, des lignes avec partition sont attendues dans le script. La table de partitions vide doit de manière explicite être requise par une ligne d’en-tête de script « label: <nom> » sans aucune ligne de partition. Par exemple :\n"
7565
7566 #. type: delimited block _
7567 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:348
7568 #, no-wrap
7569 msgid "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n"
7570 msgstr "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n"
7571
7572 #. type: Plain text
7573 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:351
7574 msgid ""
7575 "creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this "
7576 "feature."
7577 msgstr ""
7578 "crée une table de partitions GPT vide. Remarquez que l’option *--append* "
7579 "désactive cette fonctionnalité."
7580
7581 #. type: Title ==
7582 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:352
7583 #, no-wrap
7584 msgid "BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE"
7585 msgstr "SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE DE PARTITIONS"
7586
7587 #. type: Plain text
7588 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:355
7589 msgid ""
7590 "It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two "
7591 "ways."
7592 msgstr ""
7593 "Sauvegarder la disposition des périphériques est conseillé. *sfdisk* permet "
7594 "de le faire de deux façons."
7595
7596 #. type: Title ===
7597 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:356
7598 #, no-wrap
7599 msgid "Dump in sfdisk compatible format"
7600 msgstr "Vidanger dans le format compatible avec sfdisk"
7601
7602 #. type: Plain text
7603 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:360
7604 msgid ""
7605 "Use the *--dump* command to save a description of the device layout to a "
7606 "text file.  The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For "
7607 "example:"
7608 msgstr ""
7609 "Utiliser la commande *--dump* pour sauvegarder une description de la "
7610 "disposition dans un fichier texte. Le format de la sauvegarde peut ensuite "
7611 "être utilisé en entrée de *sfdisk*. Par exemple :"
7612
7613 #. type: delimited block _
7614 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:362
7615 #, no-wrap
7616 msgid "*sfdisk --dump /dev/sda > sda.dump*\n"
7617 msgstr "*sfdisk --dump /dev/sda > sda.dump*\n"
7618
7619 #. type: Plain text
7620 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:365
7621 msgid "This can later be restored by:"
7622 msgstr "Cela peut ensuite être restauré par :"
7623
7624 #. type: delimited block _
7625 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:367
7626 #, no-wrap
7627 msgid "*sfdisk /dev/sda < sda.dump*\n"
7628 msgstr "*sfdisk /dev/sda < sda.dump*\n"
7629
7630 #. type: Plain text
7631 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:370
7632 msgid ""
7633 "Note that sfdisk completely restores partition types and partition UUIDs. "
7634 "This could potentially become problematic if you duplicate the same layout "
7635 "to different disks, as it may result in duplicate UUIDs within your system."
7636 msgstr ""
7637
7638 #. type: Title ===
7639 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:371
7640 #, no-wrap
7641 msgid "Full binary backup"
7642 msgstr "Sauvegarder complètement en binaire"
7643
7644 #. type: Plain text
7645 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:374
7646 msgid ""
7647 "If you want to do a full binary backup of all sectors where the partition "
7648 "table is stored, then use the *--backup-pt-sectors* command. It writes the "
7649 "sectors to _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_ files. The default name of the "
7650 "backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files "
7651 "contain only raw data from the _device_. For example:"
7652 msgstr ""
7653 "Pour une sauvegarde binaire complète de tous les secteurs où la table de "
7654 "partitions est gardée, utilisez la commande *--backup-pt-sectors*. Elle "
7655 "écrit les secteurs dans les fichiers _~/sfdisk-<périphérique>-<position>."
7656 "bak_. Le nom par défaut du fichier de sauvegarde peut être modifié avec "
7657 "l’option *--backup-file*. Les fichiers de sauvegarde ne contiennent que les "
7658 "données brutes du _périphérique_. Par exemple :"
7659
7660 #. type: delimited block _
7661 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:377
7662 #, no-wrap
7663 msgid "*sfdisk --backup-pt-sectors /dev/sda*\n"
7664 msgstr "*sfdisk --backup-pt-sectors /dev/sda*\n"
7665
7666 #. type: Plain text
7667 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:380
7668 msgid "The GPT header can later be restored by:"
7669 msgstr "L’en-tête GPT peut ensuite être restauré par :"
7670
7671 #. type: delimited block _
7672 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:383
7673 #, no-wrap
7674 msgid "*dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda seek=$\\((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*\n"
7675 msgstr "*dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda seek=$\\((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*\n"
7676
7677 #. type: Plain text
7678 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:387
7679 msgid ""
7680 "It's also possible to use the *--backup* option to create the same backup "
7681 "immediately after startup for other *sfdisk* commands. For example, backup "
7682 "partition table before deleting all partitions from partition table:"
7683 msgstr ""
7684 "Il est également possible d'utiliser l'option *--backup* pour créer la même "
7685 "sauvegarde immédiatement après le démarrage d'autres commandes de *sfdisk*. "
7686 "Par exemple, pour sauvegarder la table des partitions avant de supprimer "
7687 "toutes les partitions de la table des partitions :"
7688
7689 #. type: delimited block _
7690 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:389
7691 #, no-wrap
7692 msgid "*sfdisk --backup --delete /dev/sda*\n"
7693 msgstr "*sfdisk --backup --delete /dev/sda*\n"
7694
7695 #. type: Plain text
7696 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:393
7697 msgid "The same concept of backup files is used by *wipefs*(8)."
7698 msgstr "Le même concept de fichiers de sauvegarde est utilisé par *wipefs*(8)."
7699
7700 #. type: Plain text
7701 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:395
7702 msgid ""
7703 "Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to "
7704 "restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality."
7705 msgstr ""
7706 "Remarquez que *sfdisk* depuis la version 2.26 ne fournit plus l’option *-I* "
7707 "pour restaurer les secteurs. *dd*(1) fournit toutes les fonctionnalités "
7708 "nécessaires."
7709
7710 #. type: Plain text
7711 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:399
7712 msgid "The logical color names supported by *sfdisk* are:"
7713 msgstr ""
7714 "Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge par *sfdisk* sont les "
7715 "suivantes :"
7716
7717 #. type: Labeled list
7718 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:409
7719 #, no-wrap
7720 msgid "*SFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
7721 msgstr "*SFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
7722
7723 #. type: Plain text
7724 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:411
7725 msgid "enables *sfdisk* debug output."
7726 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *sfdisk*."
7727
7728 #. type: Plain text
7729 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:423
7730 msgid ""
7731 "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* "
7732 "option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --"
7733 "rereadpt* instead."
7734 msgstr ""
7735 "Depuis la version 2.26, *sfdisk* ne fournit plus l’option *-R* ou *--re-"
7736 "read* pour forcer le noyau à relire la table de partitions. Utilisez plutôt "
7737 "*blockdev --rereadpt*."
7738
7739 #. type: Plain text
7740 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:425
7741 msgid ""
7742 "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-"
7743 "extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--"
7744 "sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options."
7745 msgstr ""
7746 "Depuis la version 2.26, *sfdisk* ne fournit plus les options *--DOS*, *--"
7747 "IBM*, *--DOS-extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--"
7748 "heads*, *--sectors*, *--inside-outer* ni *--not-inside-outer*."
7749
7750 #. type: Title ==
7751 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:426 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:209
7752 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:128 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:233
7753 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:94 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:69
7754 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:83 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:61
7755 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:117 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:88
7756 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:106 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:72
7757 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:114
7758 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:96 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:100
7759 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:150 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:50
7760 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:67 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:83
7761 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:209 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:230
7762 #, no-wrap
7763 msgid "EXAMPLES"
7764 msgstr "EXEMPLES"
7765
7766 #. type: Labeled list
7767 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:428
7768 #, no-wrap
7769 msgid "*sfdisk --list --label-nested=mbr /dev/sda*"
7770 msgstr "*sfdisk --list --label-nested=mbr /dev/sda*"
7771
7772 #. type: Plain text
7773 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:430
7774 msgid "Print protective MBR on device with GPT disk label."
7775 msgstr ""
7776 "Afficher le MBR de protection sur le périphérique avec une étiquette de "
7777 "disque GPT."
7778
7779 #. type: Labeled list
7780 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:431
7781 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
7782 #| msgid "*echo -e ',10M,L\\n,10M,L\\n,,+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
7783 msgid "*echo -e ',10M,L\\n,10M,L\\n,+,\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
7784 msgstr "*echo -e ',10M,L\\n,10M,L\\n,,+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
7785
7786 #. type: Plain text
7787 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:433
7788 msgid ""
7789 "Create three Linux partitions, with the default start, the size of the first "
7790 "two partitions is 10MiB, and the last partition fills all available space on "
7791 "the device."
7792 msgstr ""
7793 "Créer trois partitions Linux avec le début par défaut, la taille des deux "
7794 "premières partitions est 10MiB et la dernière partition rempli tout l'espace "
7795 "disponible sur le périphérique."
7796
7797 #. type: Labeled list
7798 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:434
7799 #, no-wrap
7800 msgid "*echo -e 'size=10M, type=L\\n size=10M, type=L\\n size=+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
7801 msgstr "*echo -e 'size=10M, type=L\\n size=10M, type=L\\n size=+\\n' | sfdisk /dev/sdc*"
7802
7803 #. type: Plain text
7804 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:436
7805 msgid "The same as the previous example, but in named-fields format."
7806 msgstr ""
7807 "La même chose que l'exemple précédent mais avec le format des champs nommés."
7808
7809 #. type: Labeled list
7810 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:437
7811 #, no-wrap
7812 msgid "*echo -e 'type=swap' | sfdisk -N 3 /dev/sdc*"
7813 msgstr "*echo -e 'type=swap' | sfdisk -N 3 /dev/sdc*"
7814
7815 #. type: Plain text
7816 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:439
7817 msgid "Set type of the 3rd partition to 'swap'."
7818 msgstr "Définir le type de la troisième partition à « swap »."
7819
7820 #. type: Labeled list
7821 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:440
7822 #, no-wrap
7823 msgid "*sfdisk --part-type /dev/sdc 3 swap*"
7824 msgstr "*sfdisk --part-type /dev/sdc 3 swap*"
7825
7826 #. type: Plain text
7827 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:442
7828 msgid "The same as the previous example, but without script use."
7829 msgstr ""
7830 "La même chose que l'exemple précédent mais sans utilisation d'un script."
7831
7832 #. type: Labeled list
7833 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:443
7834 #, no-wrap
7835 msgid "*sfdisk --delete /dev/sdc 2*"
7836 msgstr "*sfdisk --delete /dev/sdc 2*"
7837
7838 #. type: Plain text
7839 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:445
7840 msgid "Delete 2nd partition."
7841 msgstr "Supprimer la deuxième partition."
7842
7843 #. type: Labeled list
7844 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:446
7845 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
7846 #| msgid "*echo \"+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*"
7847 msgid "*echo \"\\+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*"
7848 msgstr "*echo \"+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*"
7849
7850 #. type: Plain text
7851 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:448
7852 msgid ""
7853 "Enlarge 3rd partition in both directions, move start to use free space "
7854 "before the partition and enlarge the size to use all free space after to the "
7855 "partition, and move partition data too."
7856 msgstr ""
7857 "Agrandi la 3ème partition dans les deux directions, déplace le début pour "
7858 "utiliser l'espace libre avant la partition et augmente la taille pour "
7859 "utiliser tout l'espace disponible après la partition et déplace également "
7860 "les données de la partition."
7861
7862 #. type: Plain text
7863 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:454
7864 msgid ""
7865 "The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from "
7866 "Andries E. Brouwer."
7867 msgstr ""
7868 "L’implémentation actuelle de *sfdisk* est basée sur le *sfdisk* d’origine "
7869 "d’Andries E. Brouwer."
7870
7871 #. type: Plain text
7872 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:462
7873 #, no-wrap
7874 msgid ""
7875 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
7876 "*cfdisk*(8),\n"
7877 "*parted*(8),\n"
7878 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
7879 "*partx*(8)\n"
7880 msgstr ""
7881 "*fdisk*(8),\n"
7882 "*cfdisk*(8),\n"
7883 "*parted*(8),\n"
7884 "*partprobe*(8),\n"
7885 "*partx*(8)\n"
7886
7887 #. Copyright 2010 Jason Borden <jborden@bluehost.com>
7888 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
7889 #. type: Title =
7890 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:6
7891 #, no-wrap
7892 msgid "swaplabel(8)"
7893 msgstr "swaplabel(8)"
7894
7895 #. type: Plain text
7896 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:16
7897 msgid "swaplabel - print or change the label or UUID of a swap area"
7898 msgstr ""
7899 "swaplabel - Afficher ou modifier l'étiquette ou l'UUID d'un espace d'échange"
7900
7901 #. type: Plain text
7902 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:20
7903 #, no-wrap
7904 msgid "*swaplabel* [*-L* _label_] [*-U* _UUID_] _device_\n"
7905 msgstr "*swaplabel* [*-L* _étiquette_] [*-U* _UUID_] _périphérique_\n"
7906
7907 #. type: Plain text
7908 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:24
7909 #, no-wrap
7910 msgid "*swaplabel* will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition located on _device_ (or regular file).\n"
7911 msgstr "*swaplabel* affichera ou modifiera l'étiquette ou l'UUID d'une partition d'échange existant sur _périphérique_ (ou un fichier normal).\n"
7912
7913 #. type: Plain text
7914 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:26
7915 msgid ""
7916 "If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will "
7917 "simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_."
7918 msgstr ""
7919 "Si les arguments facultatifs *-L* et *-U* ne sont pas donnés, *swaplabel* "
7920 "affichera simplement l'étiquette d'espace d'échange et l'UUID de "
7921 "_périphérique_."
7922
7923 #. type: Plain text
7924 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:28
7925 msgid ""
7926 "If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the "
7927 "appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap "
7928 "creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the "
7929 "label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
7930 msgstr ""
7931 "Si un argument facultatif est présent, alors *swaplabel* modifiera la valeur "
7932 "appropriée du _périphérique_. Ces valeurs peuvent aussi être définies lors "
7933 "de la création de l'espace d'échange avec *mkswap*(8). L'utilitaire "
7934 "*swaplabel* permet de modifier l'étiquette ou l'UUID d'un périphérique "
7935 "d'échange en cours d'utilisation."
7936
7937 #. type: Plain text
7938 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:35
7939 msgid ""
7940 "Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most "
7941 "16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* "
7942 "will truncate it and print a warning message."
7943 msgstr ""
7944 "Indiquer une nouvelle _étiquette_ pour _périphérique_. Les étiquettes de "
7945 "partitions ne peuvent pas contenir plus de seize caractères. Si _étiquette_ "
7946 "contient plus de seize caractères, *swaplabel* la tronquera et affichera un "
7947 "message d’avertissement."
7948
7949 # NOTE: bold period
7950 #. type: Plain text
7951 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:38
7952 msgid ""
7953 "Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard "
7954 "8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)."
7955 msgstr ""
7956 "Indiquer un nouvel _UUID_ pour _périphérique_. L'_UUID_ doit être au format "
7957 "de caractères 8-4-4-4-12 normalisé, conformément à la sortie de *uuidgen*(1)."
7958
7959 #. type: Plain text
7960 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:47
7961 #, no-wrap
7962 msgid "*swaplabel* was written by mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
7963 msgstr "*swaplabel* a été écrit par mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] et mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
7964
7965 #. type: Plain text
7966 #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:53
7967 #, no-wrap
7968 msgid ""
7969 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
7970 "*mkswap*(8),\n"
7971 "*swapon*(8)\n"
7972 msgstr ""
7973 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
7974 "*mkswap*(8),\n"
7975 "*swapon*(8)\n"
7976
7977 #. terminal-colors.d.5 --
7978 #. Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala <ooprala@redhat.com>
7979 #. Copyright (C) 2014 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
7980 #. Copyright 2014 Red Hat, Inc.
7981 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
7982 #. type: Title =
7983 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:10
7984 #, no-wrap
7985 msgid "terminal-colors.d(5)"
7986 msgstr "terminal-colors.d(5)"
7987
7988 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
7989 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:12 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:61
7990 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:38
7991 #, no-wrap
7992 msgid "File formats"
7993 msgstr "Formats de fichier"
7994
7995 #. type: Plain text
7996 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:20
7997 msgid "terminal-colors.d - configure output colorization for various utilities"
7998 msgstr ""
7999 "terminal-colors.d - Configurer la coloration de sortie pour plusieurs "
8000 "utilitaires"
8001
8002 #. type: Plain text
8003 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:24
8004 msgid "/etc/terminal-colors.d/_[[name][@term].][type]_"
8005 msgstr "/etc/terminal-colors.d/_[[nom][@term].][type]_"
8006
8007 #. type: Plain text
8008 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:28
8009 msgid ""
8010 "Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when "
8011 "coloring output."
8012 msgstr ""
8013 "Les fichiers de ce répertoire déterminent le comportement par défaut pour "
8014 "les utilitaires lors de la coloration de la sortie."
8015
8016 #. type: Plain text
8017 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:30
8018 msgid ""
8019 "The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is "
8020 "specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities."
8021 msgstr ""
8022 "Le _nom_ est un nom d’utilitaire. Le nom est facultatif et si aucun n’est "
8023 "indiqué, alors le fichier est utilisé pour tous les utilitaires non indiqués."
8024
8025 # FIXME TERM → *TERM*
8026 #. type: Plain text
8027 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:32
8028 msgid ""
8029 "The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the *TERM* environment variable). The "
8030 "terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is "
8031 "used for all unspecified terminals."
8032 msgstr ""
8033 "Le _term_ est un identifiant de terminal (la variable d’environnement "
8034 "*TERM*). L’identifiant de terminal est facultatif et si aucun n’est indiqué, "
8035 "alors le fichier est utilisé pour tous les terminaux non indiqués."
8036
8037 #. type: Plain text
8038 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:34
8039 msgid "The _type_ is a file type. Supported file types are:"
8040 msgstr ""
8041 "Le _type_ est un type de fichier. Les types de fichier pris en charge sont "
8042 "les suivants."
8043
8044 #. type: Labeled list
8045 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:87
8046 #, no-wrap
8047 msgid "*disable*"
8048 msgstr "*disable*"
8049
8050 #. type: Plain text
8051 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:37
8052 msgid "Turns off output colorization for all compatible utilities."
8053 msgstr ""
8054 "Désactiver la coloration de sortie pour tous les utilitaires compatibles."
8055
8056 #. type: Labeled list
8057 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:38
8058 #, no-wrap
8059 msgid "*enable*"
8060 msgstr "*enable*"
8061
8062 #. type: Plain text
8063 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:40
8064 msgid "Turns on output colorization; any matching *disable* files are ignored."
8065 msgstr ""
8066 "Activer la coloration de sortie ; tous les fichiers correspondants à "
8067 "*disable* sont ignorés."
8068
8069 #. type: Labeled list
8070 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:41
8071 #, no-wrap
8072 msgid "*scheme*"
8073 msgstr "*scheme*"
8074
8075 #. type: Plain text
8076 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:43
8077 msgid ""
8078 "Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the "
8079 "utility, the default format is described below."
8080 msgstr ""
8081 "Indiquer les couleurs utilisées pour la sortie. Le format de fichier peut "
8082 "être spécifique à l’utilitaire, le format par défaut est décrit ci-dessous."
8083
8084 #. type: Plain text
8085 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:45
8086 msgid ""
8087 "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the "
8088 "more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has "
8089 "less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those "
8090 "files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")."
8091 msgstr ""
8092 "Si plusieurs fichiers correspondent pour un utilitaire, alors le fichier "
8093 "avec le nom de fichier le plus spécifique est prioritaire. Par exemple, le "
8094 "nom de fichier « @xterm.scheme » est moins prioritaire que « dmesg@xterm."
8095 "scheme ». La priorité la plus basse est pour les fichiers sans nom "
8096 "d’utilitaire ni identifiant de terminal (par exemple, « disable »)."
8097
8098 #. type: Title ==
8099 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:48
8100 #, no-wrap
8101 msgid "DEFAULT SCHEME FILES FORMAT"
8102 msgstr "FORMAT DE FICHIERS SCHÉMA PAR DÉFAUT"
8103
8104 #. type: Plain text
8105 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:51
8106 msgid "The following statement is recognized:"
8107 msgstr "Les déclarations suivantes sont reconnues."
8108
8109 #. type: delimited block _
8110 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:54
8111 #, no-wrap
8112 msgid "*name color-sequence*\n"
8113 msgstr "*nom couleur*\n"
8114
8115 #. type: Plain text
8116 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:57
8117 msgid ""
8118 "The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The "
8119 "names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the "
8120 "*COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
8121 msgstr ""
8122 "Le *nom* est un nom logique de suite de couleur (par exemple, « error »). "
8123 "Les noms sont spécifiques aux utilitaires. Pour plus de précisions, "
8124 "consultez toujours la section *COULEURS* dans la page de manuel de "
8125 "l’utilitaire."
8126
8127 # NOTE: s/ASCII/ANSI/
8128 #. type: Plain text
8129 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:59
8130 msgid ""
8131 "The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape "
8132 "sequences."
8133 msgstr ""
8134 "La *couleur* est un nom de couleur, suites de couleurs ANSI ou séquences "
8135 "d’échappement."
8136
8137 #. type: Title ===
8138 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:60
8139 #, no-wrap
8140 msgid "Color names"
8141 msgstr "Noms de couleur"
8142
8143 #. type: Plain text
8144 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:63
8145 msgid ""
8146 "black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
8147 "lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
8148 "magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow."
8149 msgstr ""
8150 "black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
8151 "lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
8152 "magenta, red, reset, reverse et yellow."
8153
8154 #. type: Title ===
8155 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:64
8156 #, no-wrap
8157 msgid "ANSI color sequences"
8158 msgstr "suites de couleurs ANSI"
8159
8160 #. type: Plain text
8161 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:67
8162 msgid ""
8163 "The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by "
8164 "semicolons. The most common codes are:"
8165 msgstr ""
8166 "Les suites de couleurs sont composées de suites de nombres séparés par des "
8167 "points-virgules. Les codes les plus habituels sont :"
8168
8169 #. type: Table
8170 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:91
8171 #, no-wrap
8172 msgid ""
8173 "|0 |to restore default color\n"
8174 "|1 |for brighter colors\n"
8175 "|4 |for underlined text\n"
8176 "|5 |for flashing text\n"
8177 "|30 |for black foreground\n"
8178 "|31 |for red foreground\n"
8179 "|32 |for green foreground\n"
8180 "|33 |for yellow (or brown) foreground\n"
8181 "|34 |for blue foreground\n"
8182 "|35 |for purple foreground\n"
8183 "|36 |for cyan foreground\n"
8184 "|37 |for white (or gray) foreground\n"
8185 "|40 |for black background\n"
8186 "|41 |for red background\n"
8187 "|42 |for green background\n"
8188 "|43 |for yellow (or brown) background\n"
8189 "|44 |for blue background\n"
8190 "|45 |for purple background\n"
8191 "|46 |for cyan background\n"
8192 "|47 |for white (or gray) background\n"
8193 msgstr ""
8194 "|0 |pour restaurer les couleurs par défaut\n"
8195 "|1 |pour des couleurs plus brillantes\n"
8196 "|4 |pour du texte souligné\n"
8197 "|5 |pour du texte clignotant\n"
8198 "|30 |pour un premier plan noir\n"
8199 "|31 |pour un premier plan rouge\n"
8200 "|32 |pour un premier plan vert\n"
8201 "|33 |pour un premier plan jaune (ou brun)\n"
8202 "|34 |pour un premier plan bleu\n"
8203 "|35 |pour un premier plan pourpre\n"
8204 "|36 |pour un premier plan cyan\n"
8205 "|37 |pour un premier plan blanc (ou gris)\n"
8206 "|40 |pour un fond noir\n"
8207 "|41 |pour un fond rouge\n"
8208 "|42 |pour un fond vert\n"
8209 "|43 |pour un fond jaune (ou brun)\n"
8210 "|44 |pour un fond bleu\n"
8211 "|45 |pour un fond pourpre\n"
8212 "|46 |pour un fond cyan\n"
8213 "|47 |pour un fond blanc (ou gris)\n"
8214
8215 #. type: Title ===
8216 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:94
8217 #, no-wrap
8218 msgid "Escape sequences"
8219 msgstr "Séquences d’échappement"
8220
8221 #. type: delimited block _
8222 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:97
8223 msgid ""
8224 "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-"
8225 "escaped notation can be used:"
8226 msgstr ""
8227 "Pour indiquer les caractères de contrôle ou blanc dans les suites de "
8228 "couleur, la notation d’échappement \\ de type C peut être utilisée :"
8229
8230 #. type: Table
8231 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:114
8232 #, no-wrap
8233 msgid ""
8234 "|*\\a* |Bell (ASCII 7)\n"
8235 "|*\\b* |Backspace (ASCII 8)\n"
8236 "|*\\e* |Escape (ASCII 27)\n"
8237 "|*\\f* |Form feed (ASCII 12)\n"
8238 "|*\\n* |Newline (ASCII 10)\n"
8239 "|*\\r* |Carriage Return (ASCII 13)\n"
8240 "|*\\t* |Tab (ASCII 9)\n"
8241 "|*\\v* |Vertical Tab (ASCII 11)\n"
8242 "|*\\?* |Delete (ASCII 127)\n"
8243 "|*\\_* |Space\n"
8244 "|*\\\\* |Backslash (\\)\n"
8245 "|*\\^* |Caret (^)\n"
8246 "|*\\#* |Hash mark (#)\n"
8247 msgstr ""
8248 "|*\\a* |Sonnerie (ASCII 7)\n"
8249 "|*\\b* |Retour arrière (ASCII 8)\n"
8250 "|*\\e* |Échappement (ASCII 27)\n"
8251 "|*\\f* |Saut de page (ASCII 12)\n"
8252 "|*\\n* |Saut de ligne (ASCII 10)\n"
8253 "|*\\r* |Retour chariot (ASCII 13)\n"
8254 "|*\\t* |Tabulation (ASCII 9)\n"
8255 "|*\\v* |Tabulation Verticale (ASCII 11)\n"
8256 "|*\\?* |Suppression (ASCII 127)\n"
8257 "|*\\_* |Espace\n"
8258 "|*\\\\* |Barre oblique inverse (\\)\n"
8259 "|*\\^* |Chapeau (^)\n"
8260 "|*\\#* |Dièse (#)\n"
8261
8262 #. type: delimited block _
8263 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:118
8264 msgid ""
8265 "Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, "
8266 "or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as "
8267 "the first character."
8268 msgstr ""
8269 "Remarquez que des protections sont nécessaires pour entrer une espace, une "
8270 "contre-oblique, un accent circonflexe ou n’importe quel caractère de "
8271 "contrôle n’importe où dans la chaîne, ainsi que pour un croisillon si c’est "
8272 "le premier caractère."
8273
8274 #. type: delimited block _
8275 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:120
8276 msgid ""
8277 "For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of "
8278 "*dmesg*(1), use:"
8279 msgstr ""
8280 "Par exemple, pour utiliser un arrière-plan rouge pour les messages d’alerte "
8281 "dans la sortie de *dmesg*(1), utilisez :"
8282
8283 #. type: Plain text
8284 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:123
8285 #, no-wrap
8286 msgid "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*\n"
8287 msgstr "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*\n"
8288
8289 #. type: Title ===
8290 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:125
8291 #, no-wrap
8292 msgid "Comments"
8293 msgstr "Commentaires"
8294
8295 #. type: delimited block _
8296 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:128
8297 msgid ""
8298 "Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any "
8299 "other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment."
8300 msgstr ""
8301 "Les lignes où le premier caractère non blanc est un *#* (croisillon) sont "
8302 "ignorées. Toutes les autres utilisations du caractère croisillon ne sont pas "
8303 "interprétées comme introduisant un commentaire."
8304
8305 #. type: Labeled list
8306 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:131
8307 #, no-wrap
8308 msgid "*TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG*=all"
8309 msgstr "*TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG*=all"
8310
8311 #. type: Plain text
8312 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:116
8313 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:135
8314 msgid "enables debug output."
8315 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage."
8316
8317 #. type: delimited block _
8318 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:137
8319 msgid "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_"
8320 msgstr "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_"
8321
8322 #. type: delimited block _
8323 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:139
8324 msgid "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_"
8325 msgstr "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_"
8326
8327 #. type: delimited block _
8328 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:141
8329 msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
8330 msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
8331
8332 #. type: delimited block _
8333 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:145
8334 msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utilities:"
8335 msgstr "Désactiver la couleur pour tous les utilitaires compatibles :"
8336
8337 #. type: Plain text
8338 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:148 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:160
8339 #, no-wrap
8340 msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n"
8341 msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n"
8342
8343 #. type: delimited block _
8344 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:151
8345 msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils on a vt100 terminal:"
8346 msgstr ""
8347 "Désactiver la couleur pour tous les utilitaires compatibles sur un terminal "
8348 "vt100 :"
8349
8350 #. type: Plain text
8351 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:154
8352 #, no-wrap
8353 msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n"
8354 msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n"
8355
8356 #. type: delimited block _
8357 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:157
8358 msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils except *dmesg*(1):"
8359 msgstr ""
8360 "Désactiver la couleur pour tous les utilitaires compatibles sauf *dmesg*(1) :"
8361
8362 #. type: Plain text
8363 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:162
8364 #, no-wrap
8365 msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"
8366 msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"
8367
8368 #. type: Title ==
8369 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:164 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:112
8370 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:159
8371 #, no-wrap
8372 msgid "COMPATIBILITY"
8373 msgstr "COMPATIBILITÉ"
8374
8375 #. type: delimited block _
8376 #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:167
8377 msgid ""
8378 "The *terminal-colors.d* functionality is currently supported by all util-"
8379 "linux utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see "
8380 "the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
8381 msgstr ""
8382 "La fonctionnalité *terminal-colors.d* est actuellement prise en charge par "
8383 "tous les utilitaires d’util-linux qui fournissent une sortie en couleur. "
8384 "Pour plus de précisions, consultez toujours la section *COULEURS* dans la "
8385 "page de manuel de l’utilitaire."
8386
8387 #. Copyright 2001 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
8388 #. This man page was created for libblkid.so.1.0 from e2fsprogs-1.24.
8389 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
8390 #. Created  Wed Sep 14 12:02:12 2001, Andreas Dilger
8391 #. type: Title =
8392 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:8
8393 #, no-wrap
8394 msgid "libblkid(3)"
8395 msgstr "libblkid(3)"
8396
8397 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
8398 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:10 ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:35
8399 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:35
8400 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:37
8401 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:35
8402 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:35 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:35
8403 #, no-wrap
8404 msgid "Programmer's Manual"
8405 msgstr "Manuel du programmeur"
8406
8407 #. type: Plain text
8408 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:19
8409 msgid "libblkid - block device identification library"
8410 msgstr "libblkid - Bibliothèque d'identification de périphériques bloc"
8411
8412 #. type: Plain text
8413 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:23
8414 #, no-wrap
8415 msgid "*#include <blkid.h>*\n"
8416 msgstr "*#include <blkid.h>*\n"
8417
8418 #. type: Plain text
8419 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:25
8420 #, no-wrap
8421 msgid "*cc* _file.c_ *-lblkid*\n"
8422 msgstr "*cc* _fichier.c_ *-lblkid*\n"
8423
8424 #. type: Plain text
8425 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:29
8426 #, fuzzy
8427 #| msgid ""
8428 #| "The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to "
8429 #| "their content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional "
8430 #| "information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/"
8431 #| "serial numbers. A common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags "
8432 #| "instead of hard-coding specific block device names into configuration "
8433 #| "files."
8434 msgid ""
8435 "The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their "
8436 "content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information "
8437 "such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A "
8438 "common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-"
8439 "coding specific block device names into configuration files. See list of all "
8440 "available tags in *TAGS* section."
8441 msgstr ""
8442 "La bibliothèque *libblkid* est utilisée pour identifier les périphériques "
8443 "bloc à leur contenu (par exemple un type de système de fichiers), pour "
8444 "extraire des informations additionnelles comme les noms de volumes, les "
8445 "étiquettes, les identifiants uniques, les numéros de série d'un système de "
8446 "fichiers. Une utilisation courante est de permettre d'identifier un "
8447 "périphérique bloc par son étiquette (*LABEL=*) ou son identifiant unique "
8448 "(*UUID=*) en lieu et place d'un lien direct dans des fichiers de "
8449 "configuration."
8450
8451 #. type: Plain text
8452 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:31
8453 msgid ""
8454 "The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information "
8455 "about partitions and block device topology."
8456 msgstr ""
8457 "La partie bas niveau de la bibliothèque permet aussi d'extraire les "
8458 "renseignements sur les partitions et la topologie de périphérique bloc."
8459
8460 #. type: Plain text
8461 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:33
8462 msgid ""
8463 "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in "
8464 "a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the "
8465 "user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise "
8466 "not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other "
8467 "than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/"
8468 "id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the "
8469 "environment variable *BLKID_FILE*."
8470 msgstr ""
8471 "La partie haut niveau de la bibliothèque garde les renseignements sur les "
8472 "périphériques bloc dans un fichier cache dont la validité est vérifiée avant "
8473 "d'être renvoyé à l'utilisateur (si l'utilisateur a les permissions de "
8474 "lecture sur le périphérique bloc brut, sinon, non). Le fichier cache permet "
8475 "aux utilisateurs ordinaires (tous les utilisateurs n'appartenant pas au "
8476 "groupe « disk » et autres que le superutilisateur) de chercher des "
8477 "périphériques par étiquette ou identifiant. L'emplacement standard du "
8478 "fichier cache peut être surchargé par la variable d'environnement "
8479 "*BLKID_FILE*."
8480
8481 #. type: Plain text
8482 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:35
8483 msgid ""
8484 "In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, "
8485 "it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you "
8486 "are not able to read the block device directly)."
8487 msgstr ""
8488 "Dans le cas d'une récupération d'informations à propos d'un seul "
8489 "périphérique connu, que le cache soit utilisé ou non n'a pas d'impact sur "
8490 "les performances (à moins de pouvoir lire le périphérique bloc directement)."
8491
8492 #. type: Plain text
8493 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:37
8494 #, fuzzy
8495 #| msgid ""
8496 #| "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine "
8497 #| "*LABEL/UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or read "
8498 #| "information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred "
8499 #| "method by default."
8500 msgid ""
8501 "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine *LABEL/"
8502 "UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or reads "
8503 "information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method "
8504 "by default."
8505 msgstr ""
8506 "La partie haut niveau de la bibliothèque prend en charge deux méthodes pour "
8507 "déterminer l'étiquette ou l'UUID. Elle lit les renseignements directement "
8508 "sur le périphérique bloc ou dans les liens symboliques /dev/disk/by-* "
8509 "d'udev. La méthode udev est celle préférée par défaut."
8510
8511 #. type: Plain text
8512 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:39
8513 msgid ""
8514 "If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly "
8515 "recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and "
8516 "the on-disk cache will be updated if possible."
8517 msgstr ""
8518 "Si plusieurs périphériques sont concernés, l'utilisation du cache est "
8519 "hautement recommandée (même s'il est vide) car les périphériques seront "
8520 "parcourus au plus une fois et le cache sur disque sera mis à jour si "
8521 "possible."
8522
8523 #. type: Plain text
8524 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:41
8525 msgid ""
8526 "In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until "
8527 "after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some "
8528 "way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the "
8529 "use of the cache file is *required* in this situation."
8530 msgstr ""
8531 "Dans certains cas (noyau modulaire), les périphériques bloc ne sont pas "
8532 "visibles avant d’avoir été accédés une première fois. Une façon de trouver "
8533 "ces périphériques sans énumérer seulement les périphériques visibles est "
8534 "donc primordiale. Ainsi, l'utilisation du fichier cache est *nécessaire* "
8535 "dans ce cas."
8536
8537 #. type: Title ==
8538 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:158
8539 #, no-wrap
8540 msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE"
8541 msgstr "FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION"
8542
8543 #. type: Plain text
8544 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:45
8545 msgid ""
8546 "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden "
8547 "by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config "
8548 "file see *blkid*(8) man page."
8549 msgstr ""
8550 "L'emplacement standard du fichier de configuration _/etc/blkid.conf_ peut "
8551 "être remplacé par la variable d'environnement *BLKID_CONF*. Plus de "
8552 "précisions sur le fichier de configuration sont disponibles dans la page de "
8553 "manuel *blkid*(8)."
8554
8555 #. type: Title ==
8556 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:46
8557 #, no-wrap
8558 msgid "TAGS"
8559 msgstr "TAGS"
8560
8561 #. type: Plain text
8562 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:49
8563 msgid ""
8564 "All available tags are listed below. Not all tags are supported for all file "
8565 "systems. To enable a tag, set one of the following flags with "
8566 "*blkid_probe_set_superblocks_flags*():"
8567 msgstr ""
8568
8569 #. type: Labeled list
8570 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:50
8571 #, no-wrap
8572 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_TYPE"
8573 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_TYPE"
8574
8575 #. type: Plain text
8576 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:53
8577 msgid "TYPE - filesystem type"
8578 msgstr "TYPE - type de système de fichier"
8579
8580 #. type: Labeled list
8581 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:54
8582 #, no-wrap
8583 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_SECTYPE"
8584 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_SECTYPE"
8585
8586 #. type: Plain text
8587 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:57
8588 msgid "SEC_TYPE - secondary filesystem type"
8589 msgstr "SEC_TYPE - type de système de fichier secondaire"
8590
8591 #. type: Labeled list
8592 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:58
8593 #, no-wrap
8594 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_LABEL"
8595 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_LABEL"
8596
8597 #. type: Plain text
8598 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:61
8599 msgid "LABEL - filesystem label"
8600 msgstr "LABEL - étiquette du système de fichier"
8601
8602 #. type: Labeled list
8603 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:62
8604 #, no-wrap
8605 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_LABELRAW"
8606 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_LABELRAW"
8607
8608 #. type: Plain text
8609 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:65
8610 msgid "LABEL_RAW - raw label from FS superblock"
8611 msgstr "LABEL_RAW - étiquette brute du superbloc du système de fichier"
8612
8613 #. type: Labeled list
8614 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:66
8615 #, no-wrap
8616 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_UUID"
8617 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_UUID"
8618
8619 #. type: Plain text
8620 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:69
8621 msgid "UUID - filesystem UUID (lower case)"
8622 msgstr "UUID - UUID du système de fichier (en minuscules)"
8623
8624 #. type: Plain text
8625 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:71
8626 msgid "UUID_SUB - subvolume uuid (e.g. btrfs)"
8627 msgstr "UUID_SUB - uuid du sous-volume (par ex. btrfs)"
8628
8629 #. type: Plain text
8630 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:73
8631 msgid "LOGUUID - external log UUID (e.g. xfs)"
8632 msgstr ""
8633
8634 #. type: Labeled list
8635 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:74
8636 #, no-wrap
8637 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_UUIDRAW"
8638 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_UUIDRAW"
8639
8640 #. type: Plain text
8641 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:77
8642 msgid "UUID_RAW - raw UUID from FS superblock"
8643 msgstr "UUID_RAW - UUID brut du superbloc du système de fichier"
8644
8645 #. type: Labeled list
8646 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:78
8647 #, no-wrap
8648 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_USAGE"
8649 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_USAGE"
8650
8651 #. type: Plain text
8652 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:81
8653 msgid "USAGE - usage string: \"raid\", \"filesystem\", etc."
8654 msgstr "USAGE - chaîne d'utilisation : « raid », « filesystem », etc."
8655
8656 #. type: Labeled list
8657 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:82
8658 #, no-wrap
8659 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_VERSION"
8660 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_VERSION"
8661
8662 #. type: Plain text
8663 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:85
8664 msgid "VERSION - filesystem version"
8665 msgstr "VERSION - version du système de fichier"
8666
8667 #. type: Labeled list
8668 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:86
8669 #, no-wrap
8670 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_MAGIC"
8671 msgstr "BLKID_SUBLKS_MAGIC"
8672
8673 #. type: Plain text
8674 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:89
8675 msgid "SBMAGIC - super block magic string"
8676 msgstr ""
8677
8678 #. type: Plain text
8679 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:91
8680 msgid "SBMAGIC_OFFSET - offset of SBMAGIC"
8681 msgstr ""
8682
8683 #. type: Labeled list
8684 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:92
8685 #, no-wrap
8686 msgid "BLKID_SUBLKS_FSINFO"
8687 msgstr ""
8688
8689 #. type: Plain text
8690 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:98
8691 msgid ""
8692 "FSSIZE - size of filesystem. Note that for XFS this will return the same "
8693 "value as lsblk (without XFS's metadata), but for ext4 it will return the "
8694 "size with metadata and for BTRFS will not count overhead of RAID "
8695 "configuration (redundant data)."
8696 msgstr ""
8697
8698 #. type: Plain text
8699 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:100
8700 msgid "FSLASTBLOCK - last fsblock/total number of fsblocks"
8701 msgstr ""
8702
8703 #. type: Plain text
8704 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:102
8705 msgid "FSBLOCKSIZE - file system block size"
8706 msgstr ""
8707
8708 #. type: Labeled list
8709 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:103
8710 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
8711 #| msgid "The following mount options are available:"
8712 msgid "The following tags are always enabled"
8713 msgstr "Les options de montages suivantes sont disponibles :"
8714
8715 #. type: Plain text
8716 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:106
8717 msgid "BLOCK_SIZE - minimal block size accessible by file system"
8718 msgstr ""
8719
8720 #. type: Plain text
8721 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:108
8722 msgid "MOUNT - cluster mount name (ocfs only)"
8723 msgstr ""
8724
8725 #. type: Plain text
8726 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:110
8727 msgid "EXT_JOURNAL - external journal UUID"
8728 msgstr ""
8729
8730 #. type: Plain text
8731 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:112
8732 msgid "SYSTEM_ID - ISO9660 system identifier"
8733 msgstr ""
8734
8735 #. type: Plain text
8736 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:114
8737 msgid "VOLUME_SET_ID - ISO9660 volume set identifier"
8738 msgstr ""
8739
8740 #. type: Plain text
8741 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:116
8742 msgid "DATA_PREPARER_ID - ISO9660 data identifier"
8743 msgstr ""
8744
8745 #. type: Plain text
8746 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:118
8747 msgid "PUBLISHER_ID - ISO9660 publisher identifier"
8748 msgstr ""
8749
8750 #. type: Plain text
8751 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:120
8752 msgid "APPLICATION_ID - ISO9660 application identifier"
8753 msgstr ""
8754
8755 #. type: Plain text
8756 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:122
8757 msgid "BOOT_SYSTEM_ID - ISO9660 boot system identifier"
8758 msgstr ""
8759
8760 # NOTE: utilties -> utilities,
8761 #. type: Plain text
8762 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:126
8763 #, no-wrap
8764 msgid "*libblkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem utilities, with input from Ted Ts'o. The library was subsequently heavily modified by Ted Ts'o.\n"
8765 msgstr "*libblkid* a été écrite par Andreas Dilger pour les utilitaires du système de fichiers ext2 avec des apports de Ted Ts'o. Elle a subi par la suite des modifications importantes de la part de Ted Ts'o.\n"
8766
8767 #. type: Plain text
8768 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:128
8769 msgid "The low-level probing code was rewritten by Karel Zak."
8770 msgstr "Le code de détection bas niveau a été réécrit par Karel Zak."
8771
8772 #. type: Title ==
8773 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:129
8774 #, no-wrap
8775 msgid "COPYING"
8776 msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
8777
8778 #. type: Plain text
8779 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:132
8780 #, no-wrap
8781 msgid "*libblkid* is available under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL), version 2 (or at your discretion any later version).\n"
8782 msgstr "*libblkid* est disponible selon les termes de la licence GNU Library General Public Licence (LGPL), version 2 (ou selon vos préférences, toute version plus récente).\n"
8783
8784 #. type: Plain text
8785 #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:137 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:107
8786 #, no-wrap
8787 msgid ""
8788 "*blkid*(8),\n"
8789 "*findfs*(8)\n"
8790 msgstr ""
8791 "*blkid*(8),\n"
8792 "*findfs*(8)\n"
8793
8794 #
8795 #
8796 #
8797 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
8798 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
8799 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
8800 #. are met:
8801 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
8802 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
8803 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
8804 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
8805 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
8806 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
8807 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
8808 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
8809 #.    written permission.
8810 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
8811 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
8812 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
8813 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
8814 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
8815 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
8816 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
8817 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
8818 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
8819 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
8820 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
8821 #. DAMAGE.
8822 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
8823 #. type: Title =
8824 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:33
8825 #, no-wrap
8826 msgid "uuid(3)"
8827 msgstr "uuid(3)"
8828
8829 #. type: Plain text
8830 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:44
8831 msgid "uuid - DCE compatible Universally Unique Identifier library"
8832 msgstr ""
8833 "uuid - Bibliothèque de gestion des identifiants uniques universels "
8834 "compatibles avec DCE"
8835
8836 #. type: Plain text
8837 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:48
8838 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:48
8839 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:50 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:48
8840 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:48
8841 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:48
8842 #, no-wrap
8843 msgid "*#include <uuid.h>*\n"
8844 msgstr "*#include <uuid.h>*\n"
8845
8846 #. type: Plain text
8847 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:52
8848 msgid ""
8849 "The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may "
8850 "be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs "
8851 "compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) "
8852 "Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)."
8853 msgstr ""
8854 "La bibliothèque UUID est utilisée pour générer des identifiants uniques pour "
8855 "des objets qui peuvent être accessibles hors d'un système local. Cette "
8856 "bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec ceux créés par l'outil "
8857 "*uuidgen*(1) de l'« Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed Computing "
8858 "Environment (DCE) »."
8859
8860 #. type: Plain text
8861 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:54
8862 msgid ""
8863 "The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique "
8864 "within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for "
8865 "instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers "
8866 "without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash."
8867 msgstr ""
8868 "Les UUID générés par cette bibliothèque peuvent raisonnablement être "
8869 "considérés uniques dans un système et uniques entre systèmes. Ils pourraient "
8870 "être utilisés, par exemple, pour générer des informations de session HTTP "
8871 "(« cookie ») entre de multiples serveurs web sans communication entre ces "
8872 "serveurs et sans risque de conflit de noms."
8873
8874 #. type: Title ==
8875 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:76
8876 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:59
8877 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:229 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:57
8878 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:86
8879 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:226
8880 #, no-wrap
8881 msgid "CONFORMING TO"
8882 msgstr "CONFORMITÉ"
8883
8884 #. type: Plain text
8885 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:79
8886 msgid ""
8887 "This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
8888 "UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
8889 "rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
8890 msgstr ""
8891 "Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF et des "
8892 "UUID versions 3 et 5, basés sur un hachage, compatibles avec la link:https://"
8893 "tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
8894
8895 #. type: Plain text
8896 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:58
8897 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:62
8898 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:83 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:58
8899 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:69 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:62
8900 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:66
8901 msgid "Theodore Y. Ts'o"
8902 msgstr "Theodore Y. Ts'o"
8903
8904 #. type: Plain text
8905 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:73
8906 #, no-wrap
8907 msgid ""
8908 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
8909 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8910 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8911 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8912 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8913 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
8914 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
8915 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
8916 msgstr ""
8917 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
8918 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8919 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8920 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8921 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8922 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
8923 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
8924 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
8925
8926 #
8927 #
8928 #
8929 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
8930 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
8931 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
8932 #. are met:
8933 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
8934 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
8935 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
8936 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
8937 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
8938 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
8939 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
8940 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
8941 #.    written permission.
8942 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
8943 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
8944 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
8945 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
8946 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
8947 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
8948 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
8949 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
8950 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
8951 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
8952 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
8953 #. DAMAGE.
8954 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
8955 #. type: Title =
8956 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:33
8957 #, no-wrap
8958 msgid "uuid_clear(3)"
8959 msgstr "uuid_clear(3)"
8960
8961 #. type: Plain text
8962 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:44
8963 msgid "uuid_clear - reset value of UUID variable to the NULL value"
8964 msgstr "uuid_clear - Mettre à NULL la valeur de la variable UUID"
8965
8966 #. type: Plain text
8967 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:50
8968 #, no-wrap
8969 msgid "*void uuid_clear(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
8970 msgstr "*void uuid_clear(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
8971
8972 #. type: Plain text
8973 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:54
8974 msgid ""
8975 "The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable "
8976 "_uu_ to the NULL value."
8977 msgstr ""
8978 "La fonction *uuid_clear*() définit la valeur de la variable d’UUID fournie "
8979 "_uu_ à la valeur NULL."
8980
8981 #. type: Plain text
8982 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:68
8983 #, no-wrap
8984 msgid ""
8985 "*uuid*(3),\n"
8986 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8987 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8988 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8989 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8990 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
8991 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
8992 msgstr ""
8993 "*uuid*(3),\n"
8994 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
8995 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
8996 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
8997 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
8998 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
8999 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9000
9001 #
9002 #
9003 #
9004 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
9005 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9006 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9007 #. are met:
9008 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9009 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
9010 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
9011 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9012 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9013 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9014 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
9015 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
9016 #.    written permission.
9017 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
9018 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
9019 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
9020 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
9021 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
9022 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
9023 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
9024 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
9025 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
9026 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
9027 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
9028 #. DAMAGE.
9029 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
9030 #. type: Title =
9031 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:33
9032 #, no-wrap
9033 msgid "uuid_compare(3)"
9034 msgstr "uuid_compare(3)"
9035
9036 #. type: Plain text
9037 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:44
9038 msgid "uuid_compare - compare whether two UUIDs are the same"
9039 msgstr "uuid_compare - Comparer deux UUID"
9040
9041 #. type: Plain text
9042 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:50
9043 #, no-wrap
9044 msgid "*int uuid_compare(uuid_t __uu1__, uuid_t __uu2__)*\n"
9045 msgstr "*int uuid_compare(uuid_t __uu1__, uuid_t __uu2__)*\n"
9046
9047 #. type: Plain text
9048 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:54
9049 msgid ""
9050 "The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ "
9051 "and _uu2_ to each other."
9052 msgstr ""
9053 "La fonction *uuid_compare*() compare les deux variables d'UUID _uu1_ et "
9054 "_uu2_ entre elles."
9055
9056 #. type: Title ==
9057 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:55
9058 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:72 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:58
9059 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:55 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:108
9060 #, no-wrap
9061 msgid "RETURN VALUE"
9062 msgstr "VALEUR RENVOYÉE"
9063
9064 #. type: Plain text
9065 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:58
9066 msgid ""
9067 "Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is "
9068 "found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater "
9069 "than _uu2_."
9070 msgstr ""
9071 "La fonction renvoie un entier inférieur à zéro, nul ou supérieur à zéro si "
9072 "_uu1_ est respectivement inférieur, égal ou supérieur à _uu2_ dans l'ordre "
9073 "lexicographique."
9074
9075 #. type: Plain text
9076 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:72
9077 #, no-wrap
9078 msgid ""
9079 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9080 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9081 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9082 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9083 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9084 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9085 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9086 msgstr ""
9087 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9088 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9089 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9090 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9091 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9092 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9093 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9094
9095 #
9096 #
9097 #
9098 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
9099 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9100 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9101 #. are met:
9102 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9103 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
9104 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
9105 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9106 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9107 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9108 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
9109 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
9110 #.    written permission.
9111 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
9112 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
9113 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
9114 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
9115 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
9116 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
9117 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
9118 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
9119 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
9120 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
9121 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
9122 #. DAMAGE.
9123 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
9124 #. type: Title =
9125 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:33
9126 #, no-wrap
9127 msgid "uuid_copy(3)"
9128 msgstr "uuid_copy(3)"
9129
9130 #. type: Plain text
9131 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:44
9132 msgid "uuid_copy - copy a UUID value"
9133 msgstr "uuid_copy - Copier une valeur d'UUID"
9134
9135 #. type: Plain text
9136 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:50
9137 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
9138 #| msgid "*void uuid_copy(uuid_t __dst__, uuid_t __src__;*\n"
9139 msgid "*void uuid_copy(uuid_t __dst__, uuid_t __src__);*\n"
9140 msgstr "*void uuid_copy(uuid_t __dst__, uuid_t __source__;*\n"
9141
9142 #. type: Plain text
9143 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:54
9144 msgid "The *uuid_copy*() function copies the UUID variable _src_ to _dst_."
9145 msgstr "La fonction *uuid_copy*() copie la variable UUID _source_ dans _dest_."
9146
9147 #. type: Plain text
9148 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:58
9149 msgid "The copied UUID is returned in the location pointed to by _dst_."
9150 msgstr "L'UUID copié est renvoyé dans l'emplacement pointé par _dest_."
9151
9152 #. type: Plain text
9153 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:72
9154 #, no-wrap
9155 msgid ""
9156 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9157 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9158 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9159 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9160 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9161 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9162 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9163 msgstr ""
9164 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9165 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9166 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9167 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9168 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9169 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9170 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9171
9172 #
9173 #
9174 #
9175 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
9176 #. %Begin-Header%
9177 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9178 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9179 #. are met:
9180 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9181 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
9182 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
9183 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9184 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9185 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9186 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
9187 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
9188 #.    written permission.
9189 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
9190 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
9191 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
9192 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
9193 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
9194 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
9195 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
9196 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
9197 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
9198 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
9199 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
9200 #. DAMAGE.
9201 #. %End-Header%
9202 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
9203 #. type: Title =
9204 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:35
9205 #, no-wrap
9206 msgid "uuid_generate(3)"
9207 msgstr "uuid_generate(3)"
9208
9209 #. type: Plain text
9210 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:46
9211 msgid ""
9212 "uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, "
9213 "uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value"
9214 msgstr ""
9215 "uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, "
9216 "uuid_generate_time_safe - Créer une nouvelle valeur unique d'UUID"
9217
9218 #. type: Plain text
9219 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:57
9220 #, no-wrap
9221 msgid ""
9222 "*void uuid_generate(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
9223 "*void uuid_generate_random(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
9224 "*void uuid_generate_time(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
9225 "*int uuid_generate_time_safe(uuid_t __out__);* +\n"
9226 "*void uuid_generate_md5(uuid_t __out__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*name__, size_t __len__);* +\n"
9227 "*void uuid_generate_sha1(uuid_t __out__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*name__, size_t __len__);*\n"
9228 msgstr ""
9229 "*void uuid_generate(uuid_t __sortie__);* +\n"
9230 "*void uuid_generate_random(uuid_t __sortie__);* +\n"
9231 "*void uuid_generate_time(uuid_t __sortie__);* +\n"
9232 "*int uuid_generate_time_safe(uuid_t __sortie__);* +\n"
9233 "*void uuid_generate_md5(uuid_t __sortie__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*nom__, size_t __len__);* +\n"
9234 "*void uuid_generate_sha1(uuid_t __sortie__, const uuid_t __ns__, const char __*nom__, size_t __len__);*\n"
9235
9236 #. type: Plain text
9237 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:61
9238 msgid ""
9239 "The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier "
9240 "(UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from "
9241 "*getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not "
9242 "available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which "
9243 "uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and "
9244 "random data generated using a pseudo-random generator."
9245 msgstr ""
9246 "La fonction *uuid_generate*() crée un nouvel identifiant unique universel "
9247 "(UUID). L'UUID sera généré en se basant sur la haute qualité aléatoire de "
9248 "*getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_ ou _/dev/random_, s'il est disponible. S'il "
9249 "ne l'est pas, alors *uuid_generate*() utilisera un autre algorithme qui "
9250 "utilise l'heure actuelle, l'adresse MAC Ethernet locale (si disponible) et "
9251 "une donnée aléatoire générée par un générateur pseudoaléatoire."
9252
9253 #. type: Plain text
9254 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:63
9255 msgid ""
9256 "The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID "
9257 "format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in "
9258 "which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use "
9259 "of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs "
9260 "generated in this fashion."
9261 msgstr ""
9262 "La fonction *uuid_generate_random*() impose l'utilisation d'UUID totalement "
9263 "aléatoires, même si le générateur haute qualité de nombres aléatoires (c'est-"
9264 "à-dire, _/dev/urandom_) n'est pas disponible, auquel cas un générateur "
9265 "pseudoaléatoire lui sera substitué. À noter que l'utilisation du générateur "
9266 "pseudoaléatoire peut compromettre l'unicité des UUID générés de cette façon."
9267
9268 #. type: Plain text
9269 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:65
9270 msgid ""
9271 "The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative "
9272 "algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if "
9273 "available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate "
9274 "UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak "
9275 "information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause "
9276 "privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function "
9277 "only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not "
9278 "available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently "
9279 "running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if "
9280 "the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or "
9281 "the *uuidd*(8) daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the "
9282 "process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If "
9283 "neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is "
9284 "theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the "
9285 "same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, "
9286 "use *uuid_generate_time_safe*."
9287 msgstr ""
9288 "La fonction *uuid_generate_time*() impose l'utilisation de l'algorithme "
9289 "alternatif qui utilise l'heure actuelle et l'adresse MAC Ethernet locale (si "
9290 "disponible). Cet algorithme était celui utilisé par défaut pour générer les "
9291 "UUID, mais à cause de l'utilisation de l'adresse MAC Ethernet, il peut "
9292 "divulguer des informations sur quand et où l'UUID a été créé. Cela peut "
9293 "poser des problèmes de confidentialité dans certaines applications. Par "
9294 "conséquent, la fonction *uuid_generate*() n'utilise cet algorithme que si "
9295 "aucune source de génération aléatoire de haute qualité n'est disponible. "
9296 "Pour garantir l'unicité des UUID générés par les processus exécutés en même "
9297 "temps, la bibliothèque uuid utilise un compteur d'état d'horloge global (si "
9298 "le processus est autorisé à obtenir un accès exclusif à ce fichier) et/ou le "
9299 "démon *uuidd*(8) s'il est déjà en cours d'exécution ou peut être engendré "
9300 "par le processus (s'il est installé et que le processus est autorisé à "
9301 "l'exécuter). Si aucun de ces deux mécanismes de synchronisation ne peut être "
9302 "utilisé, il est théoriquement possible que deux processus exécutés en même "
9303 "temps obtiennent les mêmes UUID. Pour savoir si l'UUID a été généré de façon "
9304 "sûre, utilisez *uuid_generate_time_safe*."
9305
9306 #. type: Plain text
9307 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:67
9308 msgid ""
9309 "The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to "
9310 "*uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether "
9311 "any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used."
9312 msgstr ""
9313 "La fonction *uuid_generate_time_safe*() est similaire à "
9314 "*uuid_generate_time*() si ce n'est qu'elle renvoie une valeur qui indique si "
9315 "un des mécanismes de synchronisation (voir ci-dessus) a été utilisé."
9316
9317 # NOTE: elemntary => elementary
9318 #. type: Plain text
9319 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:69
9320 msgid ""
9321 "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 "
9322 "unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the "
9323 "universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be "
9324 "considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among "
9325 "UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
9326 msgstr ""
9327 "L'UUID est long de 16 octets (128 bits), ce qui donne environ 3,4 x 10^38\\ "
9328 "valeurs uniques (il y a environ 10^80 particules élémentaires dans l'univers "
9329 "d'après le _Cosmos_ de Carl Sagan). Le nouvel UUID peut être raisonnablement "
9330 "considéré comme unique parmi tous les UUID créés localement sur le système, "
9331 "ainsi que parmi les UUID créés sur d'autres systèmes par le passé et dans le "
9332 "futur."
9333
9334 #. type: Plain text
9335 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:71
9336 msgid ""
9337 "The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an "
9338 "MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing "
9339 "the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 "
9340 "UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
9341 msgstr ""
9342 "Les fonctions *uuid_generate_md5*() et *uuid_generate_sha1*() génèrent un "
9343 "UUID haché (donc prédictible) par MD5 et SHA1 en se basant sur un UUID bien "
9344 "connu fournissant un espace de noms et une chaîne binaire arbitraire. Les "
9345 "UUID sont conformes aux UUID versions 3 et 5 de la norme link:https://tools."
9346 "ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
9347
9348 #. type: Plain text
9349 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:75
9350 msgid ""
9351 "The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by "
9352 "_out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been "
9353 "generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise."
9354 msgstr ""
9355 "Le nouveau UUID créé est renvoyé dans l'emplacement mémoire pointé par "
9356 "_out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() renvoie zéro si l'UUID a été généré de "
9357 "façon sûre, -1 sinon."
9358
9359 #. type: Plain text
9360 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:96
9361 #, no-wrap
9362 msgid ""
9363 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
9364 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9365 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9366 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9367 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9368 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9369 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9370 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9371 "*uuid_unparse*(3),\n"
9372 "*uuidd*(8)\n"
9373 msgstr ""
9374 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
9375 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9376 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9377 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9378 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9379 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9380 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9381 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9382 "*uuid_unparse*(3),\n"
9383 "*uuidd*(8)\n"
9384
9385 #
9386 #
9387 #
9388 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
9389 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9390 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9391 #. are met:
9392 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9393 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
9394 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
9395 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9396 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9397 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9398 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
9399 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
9400 #.    written permission.
9401 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
9402 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
9403 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
9404 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
9405 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
9406 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
9407 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
9408 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
9409 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
9410 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
9411 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
9412 #. DAMAGE.
9413 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
9414 #. type: Title =
9415 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:33
9416 #, no-wrap
9417 msgid "uuid_is_null(3)"
9418 msgstr "uuid_is_null(3)"
9419
9420 #. type: Plain text
9421 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:44
9422 msgid "uuid_is_null - compare the value of the UUID to the NULL value"
9423 msgstr "uuid_is_null - Comparer la valeur d'un UUID à la valeur NULL"
9424
9425 #. type: Plain text
9426 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:50
9427 #, no-wrap
9428 msgid "*int uuid_is_null(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
9429 msgstr "*int uuid_is_null(uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
9430
9431 #. type: Plain text
9432 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:54
9433 msgid ""
9434 "The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID "
9435 "variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 "
9436 "is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
9437 msgstr ""
9438 "La fonction *uuid_is_null*() compare la valeur de l'UUID _uu_ fourni à la "
9439 "valeur NULL. Si la valeur est égale à l'UUID NULL, 1 est renvoyé, sinon 0 "
9440 "est renvoyé."
9441
9442 #. type: Plain text
9443 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:69
9444 #, no-wrap
9445 msgid ""
9446 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9447 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9448 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9449 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9450 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9451 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9452 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9453 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9454 msgstr ""
9455 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9456 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9457 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9458 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9459 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9460 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9461 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9462 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9463
9464 #
9465 #
9466 #
9467 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
9468 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9469 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9470 #. are met:
9471 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9472 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
9473 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
9474 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9475 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9476 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9477 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
9478 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
9479 #.    written permission.
9480 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
9481 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
9482 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
9483 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
9484 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
9485 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
9486 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
9487 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
9488 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
9489 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
9490 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
9491 #. DAMAGE.
9492 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
9493 #. type: Title =
9494 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:33
9495 #, no-wrap
9496 msgid "uuid_parse(3)"
9497 msgstr "uuid_parse(3)"
9498
9499 #. type: Plain text
9500 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:44
9501 msgid "uuid_parse - convert an input UUID string into binary representation"
9502 msgstr "uuid_parse - Convertir une chaîne d'UUID en sa représentation binaire"
9503
9504 #. type: Plain text
9505 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:51
9506 #, no-wrap
9507 msgid ""
9508 "*int uuid_parse(char *__in__, uuid_t __uu__);* +\n"
9509 "*int uuid_parse_range(char *__in_start__, char *__in_end__, uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
9510 msgstr ""
9511 "*int uuid_parse(char *__in__, uuid_t __uu__);* +\n"
9512 "*int uuid_parse_range(char *__in_start__, char *__in_end__, uuid_t __uu__);*\n"
9513
9514 #. type: Plain text
9515 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:55
9516 msgid ""
9517 "The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the "
9518 "binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form "
9519 "1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-"
9520 "%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')."
9521 msgstr ""
9522 "La fonction *uuid_parse*() convertit une chaîne de caractères de type UUID "
9523 "donnée dans _in_ en sa représentation binaire. La chaîne de caractères est "
9524 "une chaîne de la forme 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (format "
9525 "*printf*(3) %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x, 36 octets plus l'octet NULL final "
9526 "« \\0 »)."
9527
9528 #. type: Plain text
9529 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:57
9530 msgid ""
9531 "The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only "
9532 "range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers."
9533 msgstr ""
9534 "La fonction *uuid_parse_range*() fonctionne comme *uuid_parse*() sauf "
9535 "qu'elle analyse uniquement la plage de la chaîne spécifiée par les pointeurs "
9536 "_in_start_ et _in_end_."
9537
9538 #. type: Plain text
9539 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:61
9540 msgid ""
9541 "Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is "
9542 "stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned."
9543 msgstr ""
9544 "En cas de réussite, 0 est renvoyé et l'UUID est sauvegardé à l'emplacement "
9545 "pointé par _uu_, sinon -1 est renvoyé."
9546
9547 #. type: Plain text
9548 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:65
9549 msgid ""
9550 "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs "
9551 "V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
9552 msgstr ""
9553 "Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF et des "
9554 "UUID versions 3 et 5, basés sur un hachage, compatibles avec la link:https://"
9555 "tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
9556
9557 #. type: Plain text
9558 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:80
9559 #, no-wrap
9560 msgid ""
9561 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9562 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9563 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9564 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9565 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9566 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9567 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9568 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9569 msgstr ""
9570 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9571 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9572 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9573 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9574 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9575 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9576 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9577 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9578
9579 #
9580 #
9581 #
9582 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
9583 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9584 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9585 #. are met:
9586 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9587 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
9588 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
9589 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9590 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9591 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9592 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
9593 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
9594 #.    written permission.
9595 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
9596 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
9597 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
9598 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
9599 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
9600 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
9601 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
9602 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
9603 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
9604 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
9605 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
9606 #. DAMAGE.
9607 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
9608 #. type: Title =
9609 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:33
9610 #, no-wrap
9611 msgid "uuid_time(3)"
9612 msgstr "uuid_time(3)"
9613
9614 #. type: Plain text
9615 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:44
9616 msgid "uuid_time - extract the time at which the UUID was created"
9617 msgstr "uuid_time - Extraire la date de création d'un UUID"
9618
9619 #. type: Plain text
9620 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:50
9621 #, no-wrap
9622 msgid "*time_t uuid_time(uuid_t __uu__, struct timeval *__ret_tv__)*\n"
9623 msgstr "*time_t uuid_time(uuid_t __uu__, struct timeval *__ret_tv__)*\n"
9624
9625 #. type: Plain text
9626 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:54
9627 msgid ""
9628 "The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-"
9629 "based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only "
9630 "encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably "
9631 "expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the "
9632 "*uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may "
9633 "or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms."
9634 msgstr ""
9635 "La fonction *uuid_time*() extrait la date à laquelle l’UUID temporel passé "
9636 "en paramètre a été créé. Remarquez que la date de création d'un UUID n'est "
9637 "encodée que dans certains types d'UUID. On peut donc raisonnablement "
9638 "s'attendre à ce que cette fonction n'extraie la date de création que d'un "
9639 "UUID généré avec les fonctions *uuid_generate_time*(3) et "
9640 "*uuid_generate_time_safe*(3). Elle pourrait fonctionner ou non avec des UUID "
9641 "créés avec d'autres fonctions."
9642
9643 #. type: Plain text
9644 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:58
9645 msgid ""
9646 "The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT "
9647 "(the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was "
9648 "created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the "
9649 "location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))."
9650 msgstr ""
9651 "Le temps en seconde depuis EPOCH (1er janvier 1970) jusqu'à la date de "
9652 "création de l'UUID est renvoyé (consulter *time*(2)). Le temps en seconde et "
9653 "microseconde auquel l'UUID a été créé depuis EPOCH est aussi disponible à "
9654 "l'emplacement pointé par _ret_tv_ (consulter *gettimeofday*(2))."
9655
9656 #. type: Plain text
9657 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:73
9658 #, no-wrap
9659 msgid ""
9660 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9661 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9662 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9663 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9664 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9665 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9666 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9667 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9668 msgstr ""
9669 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9670 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9671 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9672 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9673 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9674 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9675 "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
9676 "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
9677
9678 #
9679 #
9680 #
9681 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
9682 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
9683 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
9684 #. are met:
9685 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9686 #.    notice, and the entire permission notice in its entirety,
9687 #.    including the disclaimer of warranties.
9688 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
9689 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
9690 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
9691 #. 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
9692 #.    products derived from this software without specific prior
9693 #.    written permission.
9694 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
9695 #. WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
9696 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF
9697 #. WHICH ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
9698 #. LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
9699 #. CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
9700 #. OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
9701 #. BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
9702 #. LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
9703 #. (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
9704 #. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
9705 #. DAMAGE.
9706 #. Created  Wed Mar 10 17:42:12 1999, Andreas Dilger
9707 #. type: Title =
9708 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:33
9709 #, no-wrap
9710 msgid "uuid_unparse(3)"
9711 msgstr "uuid_unparse(3)"
9712
9713 #. type: Plain text
9714 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:44
9715 msgid "uuid_unparse - convert a UUID from binary representation to a string"
9716 msgstr ""
9717 "uuid_unparse - Convertir un UUID de sa représentation binaire en une chaîne"
9718
9719 #. type: Plain text
9720 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:52
9721 #, no-wrap
9722 msgid ""
9723 "*void uuid_unparse(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
9724 "*void uuid_unparse_upper(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
9725 "*void uuid_unparse_lower(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);*\n"
9726 msgstr ""
9727 "*void uuid_unparse(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
9728 "*void uuid_unparse_upper(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);* +\n"
9729 "*void uuid_unparse_lower(uuid_t __uu__, char *__out__);*\n"
9730
9731 #. type: Plain text
9732 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:56
9733 msgid ""
9734 "The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the "
9735 "binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the "
9736 "form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the "
9737 "character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by "
9738 "*uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-"
9739 "dependent local default."
9740 msgstr ""
9741 "La fonction *uuid_unparse* convertit l'UUID _uu_ fourni à partir de sa "
9742 "représentation binaire en une chaîne de caractères de 36 octets (plus le "
9743 "suffixe '\\0') de la forme 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 et "
9744 "enregistre cette valeur dans une chaîne de caractères pointée par _out_. La "
9745 "casse des caractères hexadécimaux renvoyés par *uuid_unparse*() peut être en "
9746 "majuscule ou minuscule, et dépend des réglages par défaut du système local."
9747
9748 #. type: Plain text
9749 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:58
9750 msgid ""
9751 "If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions "
9752 "*uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used."
9753 msgstr ""
9754 "Si la casse des chiffres hexadécimaux est importante, alors les fonctions "
9755 "*uuid_unparse_upper*() et *uuid_unparse_lower*() peuvent être utilisées."
9756
9757 #. type: Plain text
9758 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:62
9759 msgid "This library unparses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1."
9760 msgstr "Cette bibliothèque traite des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF."
9761
9762 #. type: Plain text
9763 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:77
9764 #, no-wrap
9765 msgid ""
9766 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9767 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9768 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9769 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9770 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9771 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9772 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9773 "*uuid_parse*(3)\n"
9774 msgstr ""
9775 "*uuid*(3),\n"
9776 "*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
9777 "*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
9778 "*uuid_copy*(3),\n"
9779 "*uuid_generate*(3),\n"
9780 "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
9781 "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
9782 "*uuid_parse*(3)\n"
9783
9784 #
9785 #. chfn.1 -- change your finger information
9786 #. (c) 1994 by salvatore valente <svalente@athena.mit.edu>
9787 #. This program is free software.  You can redistribute it and
9788 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
9789 #. There is no warranty.
9790 #. type: Title =
9791 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:10
9792 #, no-wrap
9793 msgid "chfn(1)"
9794 msgstr "chfn(1)"
9795
9796 #. type: Attribute :man manual:
9797 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:12 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:12
9798 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:8
9799 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:6 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:6
9800 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:4 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:4
9801 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:41
9802 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:9
9803 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:10
9804 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:38
9805 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:38 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:9
9806 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:6 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:4
9807 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:6
9808 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:8 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:6
9809 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:4 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:38
9810 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:28 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:4
9811 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:26 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:28
9812 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:8
9813 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:12 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:4
9814 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:8
9815 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:8 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:8
9816 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:4
9817 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:4
9818 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:4
9819 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:4 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:9
9820 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:4
9821 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:6 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:4
9822 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:38
9823 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:4 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:4
9824 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:11 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:39
9825 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:41 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:41
9826 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:38
9827 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:38 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:38
9828 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:5 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:41
9829 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:5 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:38
9830 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:38
9831 #, no-wrap
9832 msgid "User Commands"
9833 msgstr "Commandes de l'utilisateur"
9834
9835 #. type: Plain text
9836 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:20
9837 msgid "chfn - change your finger information"
9838 msgstr "chfm - changer vos informations d'identification"
9839
9840 #. type: Plain text
9841 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:24
9842 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
9843 #| msgid "*chfn* [*-f* _full-name_] [*-o* _office_] [*-p* _office-phone_] [*-h* _home-phone_] [*-u*] [*-v*] [_username_]\n"
9844 msgid "*chfn* [*-f* _full-name_] [*-o* _office_] [*-p* _office-phone_] [*-h* _home-phone_] [*-u*] [*-V*] [_username_]\n"
9845 msgstr "*chfn* [*-f* _nom-complet_] [*-o* _bureau_] [*-p* _téléphone-bureau_] [*-h* _téléphone-domicile_] [*-u*] [*-v*] [_nom-utilisateur_]\n"
9846
9847 #. type: Plain text
9848 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:28
9849 #, no-wrap
9850 msgid "*chfn* is used to change your finger information. This information is stored in the _/etc/passwd_ file, and is displayed by the *finger* program. The Linux *finger* command will display four pieces of information that can be changed by *chfn*: your real name, your work room and phone, and your home phone.\n"
9851 msgstr "*chfn* est utilisé pour changer vos informations d'identification. Ces informations sont stockées dans le fichier _/etc/passwd_ et sont affichées par le programme *finger*. La commande *finger* de Linux affiche quatre informations qui peuvent être changées par *chfn* : votre nom réel, votre numéro de bureau, votre numéro de téléphone professionnel et le numéro de téléphone de votre domicile.\n"
9852
9853 #. type: Plain text
9854 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:30
9855 msgid ""
9856 "Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. "
9857 "If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive "
9858 "mode."
9859 msgstr ""
9860 "Chacune de ces quatre informations peut être spécifiée sur la ligne de "
9861 "commande. Si aucune information est donnée sur la ligne de commande, *chfn* "
9862 "entre en mode interactif."
9863
9864 #. type: Plain text
9865 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:32
9866 msgid ""
9867 "In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can "
9868 "enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field "
9869 "unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank."
9870 msgstr ""
9871 "En mode interactif, *chfn* demande chaque champ. À l'invite, vous pouvez "
9872 "entrer la nouvelle information ou simplement appuyer sur la touche retour "
9873 "pour laisser le champ inchangé. Entrez le mot-clé « none » pour laisser le "
9874 "champ vide."
9875
9876 #. type: Plain text
9877 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:34
9878 #, no-wrap
9879 msgid "*chfn* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchfn*(1), *lchfn*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries.\n"
9880 msgstr "*chfn* supporte les entrées non locales (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) s'il est lié avec libuser. Sinon, utilisez *ypchfn*(1), *lchfn*(1) ou toute autre implémentation pour les entrées non locales.\n"
9881
9882 #. type: Labeled list
9883 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:37
9884 #, no-wrap
9885 msgid "*-f*, *--full-name* _full-name_"
9886 msgstr "*-f*, *--full-name* _nom-complet_"
9887
9888 #. type: Plain text
9889 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:39
9890 msgid "Specify your real name."
9891 msgstr "Spécifiez votre nom réel."
9892
9893 #. type: Labeled list
9894 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:40
9895 #, no-wrap
9896 msgid "*-o*, *--office* _office_"
9897 msgstr "*-o*, *--office* _bureau_"
9898
9899 #. type: Plain text
9900 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:42
9901 msgid "Specify your office room number."
9902 msgstr "Spécifiez le numéro de votre bureau."
9903
9904 #. type: Labeled list
9905 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:43
9906 #, no-wrap
9907 msgid "*-p*, *--office-phone* _office-phone_"
9908 msgstr "*-p*, *--office-phone* _numéro-professionnel_"
9909
9910 #. type: Plain text
9911 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:45
9912 msgid "Specify your office phone number."
9913 msgstr "Spécifiez votre numéro de téléphone professionnel."
9914
9915 #. type: Labeled list
9916 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:46
9917 #, no-wrap
9918 msgid "*-h*, *--home-phone* _home-phone_"
9919 msgstr "*-h*, *--home-phone* _numéro-domicile_"
9920
9921 #. type: Plain text
9922 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:48
9923 msgid "Specify your home phone number."
9924 msgstr "Spécifiez le numéro de téléphone de votre domicile."
9925
9926 #. type: Labeled list
9927 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:49
9928 #, no-wrap
9929 msgid "*-u*, *--help*"
9930 msgstr "*-u*, *--help*"
9931
9932 #. type: Plain text
9933 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:46
9934 msgid ""
9935 "Print version and exit. The short options *-V* have been used since version "
9936 "2.39; old versions use deprecated *-v*."
9937 msgstr ""
9938
9939 #. type: Title ==
9940 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:58 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:57
9941 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:185
9942 #, no-wrap
9943 msgid "CONFIG FILE ITEMS"
9944 msgstr "ÉLÉMENTS DU FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION"
9945
9946 #. type: Plain text
9947 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:61
9948 #, no-wrap
9949 msgid "*chfn* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (e.g., shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *chfn*:\n"
9950 msgstr "*chfn* lit le fichier de configuration _/etc/login.defs_ (consultez *login.defs*(5)). Notez que le fichier de configuration pourrait être distribué avec un autre paquet (par ex, shadow-utils). Les éléments de configuration suivants sont pertinents pour *chfn* :\n"
9951
9952 #. type: Labeled list
9953 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:62
9954 #, no-wrap
9955 msgid "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _string_"
9956 msgstr "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _chaîne_"
9957
9958 #. type: Plain text
9959 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:65
9960 msgid "Indicate which fields are changeable by *chfn*."
9961 msgstr "Indique quels champs sont éditables par *chfn*."
9962
9963 #. type: Plain text
9964 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:67
9965 msgid ""
9966 "The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and "
9967 "Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that "
9968 "also the Full Name is changeable."
9969 msgstr ""
9970 "La valeur booléenne « yes » signifie que seuls les champs du bureau, du "
9971 "numéro de téléphone professionnel et celui du domicile peuvent être changés. "
9972 "La valeur booléenne « no » signifie que le nom complet peut également être "
9973 "changé."
9974
9975 #. type: Plain text
9976 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:69
9977 msgid ""
9978 "Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, "
9979 "r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, "
9980 "*CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers."
9981 msgstr ""
9982 "Une autre manière d'indiquer les champs qui peuvent être modifiés consiste à "
9983 "utiliser les abréviations : f = Nom complet, r = Bureau (numéro), w = "
9984 "Téléphone professionnel, h = Téléphone du domicile. Par exemple, "
9985 "*CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* autorise l'édition des numéros de téléphones "
9986 "professionnel et du domicile."
9987
9988 #. type: Plain text
9989 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:71
9990 msgid ""
9991 "If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. "
9992 "This is the default."
9993 msgstr ""
9994 "Si *CHFN_RESTRICT* n'est pas défini, toutes les informations sont figées en "
9995 "lecture seule. C'est le comportement par défaut."
9996
9997 #. type: Plain text
9998 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:58
9999 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:96
10000 msgid ""
10001 "Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command "
10002 "syntax was not valid."
10003 msgstr ""
10004 "Retourne 0 si l'opération a réussi, 1 si l'opération a échoué ou la syntaxe "
10005 "de la commande n'est pas valable."
10006
10007 #. type: Plain text
10008 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:79 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:62
10009 msgid "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente]"
10010 msgstr "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente]"
10011
10012 #. type: Plain text
10013 #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:86
10014 #, no-wrap
10015 msgid ""
10016 "*chsh*(1),\n"
10017 "*finger*(1),\n"
10018 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
10019 "*passwd*(5)\n"
10020 msgstr ""
10021 "*chsh*(1),\n"
10022 "*finger*(1),\n"
10023 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
10024 "*passwd*(5)\n"
10025
10026 #
10027 #. chsh.1 -- change your login shell
10028 #. (c) 1994 by salvatore valente <svalente@athena.mit.edu>
10029 #. This program is free software.  You can redistribute it and
10030 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
10031 #. There is no warranty.
10032 #. type: Title =
10033 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:10
10034 #, no-wrap
10035 msgid "chsh(1)"
10036 msgstr "chsh(1)"
10037
10038 #. type: Plain text
10039 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:20
10040 msgid "chsh - change your login shell"
10041 msgstr "chsh - modifiez votre interpréteur de connexion"
10042
10043 #. type: Plain text
10044 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:24
10045 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
10046 #| msgid "*chsh* [*-s* _shell_] [*-l*] [*-h*] [*-v*] [_username_]\n"
10047 msgid "*chsh* [*-s* _shell_] [*-l*] [*-h*] [*-V*] [_username_]\n"
10048 msgstr "*chsh* [*-s* _shell_] [*-l*] [*-h*] [*-v*] [__nom_d'utilisateur__]\n"
10049
10050 #. type: Plain text
10051 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:28
10052 #, no-wrap
10053 msgid "*chsh* is used to change your login shell. If a shell is not given on the command line, *chsh* prompts for one.\n"
10054 msgstr "*chsh* est utilisé pour changer votre interpréteur de commandes utilisé à la connexion. Si aucun interpréteur de commandes est donné sur la ligne de commande, *chsh* en demande un.\n"
10055
10056 #. type: Plain text
10057 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:30
10058 #, no-wrap
10059 msgid "*chsh* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchsh*(1), *lchsh*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries.\n"
10060 msgstr "*chsh* supporte les entrées non locales (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) s'il est lié avec libuser. Sinon, utilisez *ypchsh*(1), *lchsh*(1) ou toute autre implémentation pour les entrées non locales.\n"
10061
10062 #. type: Labeled list
10063 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:53
10064 #, no-wrap
10065 msgid "*-s*, *--shell* _shell_"
10066 msgstr "*-s*, *--shell* _shell_"
10067
10068 #. type: Plain text
10069 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:35
10070 msgid "Specify your login shell."
10071 msgstr "Spécifiez votre interpréteur de commandes après connexion."
10072
10073 #. type: Labeled list
10074 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:36
10075 #, no-wrap
10076 msgid "*-l*, *--list-shells*"
10077 msgstr "*-l*, *--list-shells*"
10078
10079 #. type: Plain text
10080 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:38
10081 msgid "Print the list of shells listed in _/etc/shells_ and exit."
10082 msgstr ""
10083 "Afficher la liste des interpréteurs de commande listés dans _/etc/shells_ et "
10084 "arrête."
10085
10086 #. type: Plain text
10087 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:42
10088 msgid ""
10089 "Display help text and exit. The short options *-h* have been used since "
10090 "version 2.30; old versions use deprecated *-u*."
10091 msgstr ""
10092
10093 #. type: Title ==
10094 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:49
10095 #, no-wrap
10096 msgid "VALID SHELLS"
10097 msgstr "INTERPRÉTEURS VALIDES"
10098
10099 #. type: Plain text
10100 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:52
10101 #, no-wrap
10102 msgid "*chsh* will accept the full pathname of any executable file on the system.\n"
10103 msgstr "*chsh* accepte le nom avec chemin complet de n'importe quel fichier exécutable sur le système.\n"
10104
10105 #. type: Plain text
10106 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:54
10107 msgid ""
10108 "The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in "
10109 "the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be "
10110 "configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users."
10111 msgstr ""
10112 "Le comportement par défaut pour les utilisateurs autres que root consiste à "
10113 "n'accepter que les interpréteurs listés dans le fichier _/etc/shells_. Un "
10114 "avertissement est affiché pour l'utilisateur root. Il peut aussi être "
10115 "configuré, durant la compilation, pour n'afficher qu'un avertissement pour "
10116 "tous les utilisateurs."
10117
10118 #. type: Plain text
10119 #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:69
10120 #, no-wrap
10121 msgid ""
10122 "*login*(1),\n"
10123 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
10124 "*passwd*(5),\n"
10125 "*shells*(5)\n"
10126 msgstr ""
10127 "*login*(1),\n"
10128 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
10129 "*passwd*(5),\n"
10130 "*shells*(5)\n"
10131
10132 #
10133 #
10134 #
10135 #. Copyright (C) 1998-2004 Miquel van Smoorenburg.
10136 #. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10137 #. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10138 #. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10139 #. (at your option) any later version.
10140 #. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10141 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
10142 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
10143 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
10144 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
10145 #. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
10146 #. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
10147 #. type: Title =
10148 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:19
10149 #, no-wrap
10150 msgid "last(1)"
10151 msgstr "last(1)"
10152
10153 #. type: Plain text
10154 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:29
10155 msgid "last, lastb - show a listing of last logged in users"
10156 msgstr "last, lastb - Afficher une liste des derniers utilisateurs connectés"
10157
10158 #. type: Plain text
10159 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:33
10160 #, no-wrap
10161 msgid "*last* [options] [_username_...] [_tty_...]\n"
10162 msgstr "*last* [options] [_identifiant_...] [_tty_...]\n"
10163
10164 #. type: Plain text
10165 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:35
10166 #, no-wrap
10167 msgid "*lastb* [options] [_username_...] [_tty_...]\n"
10168 msgstr "*lastb* [options] [_identifiant_...] [_tty_...]\n"
10169
10170 #. type: Plain text
10171 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:39
10172 #, no-wrap
10173 msgid "*last* searches back through the _/var/log/wtmp_ file (or the file designated by the *-f* option) and displays a list of all users logged in (and out) since that file was created. One or more _usernames_ and/or _ttys_ can be given, in which case *last* will show only the entries matching those arguments. Names of _ttys_ can be abbreviated, thus *last 0* is the same as *last tty0*.\n"
10174 msgstr "*last* parcourt le fichier _/var/log/wtmp_ (ou le fichier indiqué par l'option *-f*) pour présenter une liste de toutes les connexions et déconnexions des utilisateurs, depuis la création du fichier. Un ou plusieurs __identifiant__s et terminaux (_tty_) peuvent être indiqués, afin que *last* ne montre que les connexions et déconnexions correspondant à ces arguments. Le nom des terminaux peut être abrégé, ainsi *last 0* est équivalent à *last tty0*.\n"
10175
10176 #. type: Plain text
10177 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:41
10178 msgid ""
10179 "When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
10180 "control-C) or a *SIGQUIT* signal, *last* will show how far it has searched "
10181 "through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then "
10182 "terminate."
10183 msgstr ""
10184 "À la réception d’un signal *SIGINT* (engendré par la touche d'interruption, "
10185 "généralement Contrôle-C) ou un signal *SIGQUIT*, *last* indiquera le point "
10186 "où il est arrivé dans le fichier, et dans le cas de *SIGINT*, *last* se "
10187 "terminera."
10188
10189 #. type: Plain text
10190 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:43
10191 msgid ""
10192 "The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus "
10193 "*last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was "
10194 "created."
10195 msgstr ""
10196 "Le pseudo-utilisateur *reboot* est enregistré à chaque redémarrage du "
10197 "système, ainsi *last reboot* affichera une liste de tous les redémarrages "
10198 "depuis la création du fichier de journalisation."
10199
10200 #. type: Plain text
10201 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:45
10202 #, no-wrap
10203 msgid "*lastb* is the same as *last*, except that by default it shows a log of the _/var/log/btmp_ file, which contains all the bad login attempts.\n"
10204 msgstr "*lastb* se comporte comme *last*, mais il utilise le fichier _/var/log/btmp_ qui journalise toutes les tentatives infructueuses de connexion.\n"
10205
10206 #. type: Labeled list
10207 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:48
10208 #, no-wrap
10209 msgid "*-a*, *--hostlast*"
10210 msgstr "*-a*, *--hostlast*"
10211
10212 #. type: Plain text
10213 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:50
10214 msgid ""
10215 "Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--"
10216 "dns* option."
10217 msgstr ""
10218 "Afficher le nom d'hôte en dernière colonne. Principalement utile en "
10219 "combinaison avec l'option *--dns*."
10220
10221 #. type: Labeled list
10222 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:51
10223 #, no-wrap
10224 msgid "*-d*, *--dns*"
10225 msgstr "*-d*, *--dns*"
10226
10227 #. type: Plain text
10228 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:53
10229 msgid ""
10230 "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote "
10231 "host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back "
10232 "into a hostname."
10233 msgstr ""
10234 "Pour les connexions non locales, Linux enregistre le nom d'hôte de l’hôte "
10235 "distant, ainsi que son adresse IP. Avec cette option, l'adresse IP est à "
10236 "nouveau reconvertie en nom d'hôte."
10237
10238 #. type: Labeled list
10239 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:67
10240 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:31
10241 #, no-wrap
10242 msgid "*-f*, *--file* _file_"
10243 msgstr "*-f*, *--file* _fichier_"
10244
10245 #. type: Plain text
10246 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:56
10247 msgid ""
10248 "Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--"
10249 "file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files "
10250 "will be processed."
10251 msgstr ""
10252 "Indiquer à *last* d’utiliser le _fichier_ indiqué au lieu de _/var/log/"
10253 "wtmp_. L’option *--file* peut être indiquée plusieurs fois, et tous les "
10254 "fichiers concernés seront traités."
10255
10256 #. type: Labeled list
10257 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:57
10258 #, no-wrap
10259 msgid "*-F*, *--fulltimes*"
10260 msgstr "*-F*, *--fulltimes*"
10261
10262 #. type: Plain text
10263 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:59
10264 msgid "Print full login and logout times and dates."
10265 msgstr ""
10266 "Afficher l'ensemble des dates et heures de connexion et de déconnexion."
10267
10268 #. type: Labeled list
10269 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:60
10270 #, no-wrap
10271 msgid "*-i*, *--ip*"
10272 msgstr "*-i*, *--ip*"
10273
10274 #. type: Plain text
10275 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:62
10276 msgid "Like *--dns ,* but displays the host's IP number instead of the name."
10277 msgstr "Comme *--dns*, mais afficher l’adresse IP de l’hôte au lieu du nom."
10278
10279 #. type: Labeled list
10280 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:63
10281 #, no-wrap
10282 msgid "**-**__number__; *-n*, *--limit* _number_"
10283 msgstr "**-**__nombre__; *-n*, *--limit* _nombre_"
10284
10285 #. type: Plain text
10286 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:65
10287 msgid "Tell *last* how many lines to show."
10288 msgstr "Indiquer à *last* le nombre de lignes d'enregistrement à afficher."
10289
10290 #. type: Labeled list
10291 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:66
10292 #, no-wrap
10293 msgid "*-p*, *--present* _time_"
10294 msgstr "*-p*, *--present* _date_"
10295
10296 #. type: Plain text
10297 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:68
10298 msgid ""
10299 "Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using "
10300 "the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_."
10301 msgstr ""
10302 "Afficher les utilisateurs présents à la _date_ indiquée. C’est équivalent à "
10303 "l’utilisation des options *--since* et *--until* ensemble avec la même "
10304 "_date_."
10305
10306 #. type: Labeled list
10307 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:69
10308 #, no-wrap
10309 msgid "*-R*, *--nohostname*"
10310 msgstr "*-R*, *--nohostname*"
10311
10312 #. type: Plain text
10313 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:71
10314 msgid "Suppresses the display of the hostname field."
10315 msgstr "Ne pas afficher le champ *hostname*."
10316
10317 #. type: Labeled list
10318 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:72
10319 #, no-wrap
10320 msgid "*-s*, *--since* _time_"
10321 msgstr "*-s*, *--since* _date_"
10322
10323 #. type: Plain text
10324 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:74
10325 msgid ""
10326 "Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e."
10327 "g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option "
10328 "is often combined with *--until*."
10329 msgstr ""
10330 "Afficher l'état des connexions depuis la _date_ donnée. C'est utile, par "
10331 "exemple, pour déterminer facilement qui était connecté à cet instant. "
10332 "L’option est souvent combinée avec *--until*."
10333
10334 #. type: Labeled list
10335 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:75
10336 #, no-wrap
10337 msgid "*-t*, *--until* _time_"
10338 msgstr "*-t*, *--until* _date_"
10339
10340 #. type: Plain text
10341 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:77
10342 msgid "Display the state of logins until the specified _time_."
10343 msgstr "Afficher l’état des connexions jusqu’à la _date_ indiquée."
10344
10345 #. type: Labeled list
10346 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:78
10347 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
10348 #| msgid "*-c*, *--colon-separate*"
10349 msgid "*-T*, *--tab-separated*"
10350 msgstr "*-c*, *--colon-separate*"
10351
10352 #. type: Plain text
10353 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:80
10354 msgid ""
10355 "Use ASCII *tab* characters to separate the columns in the output instead of "
10356 "spaces."
10357 msgstr ""
10358
10359 #. type: Labeled list
10360 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:135
10361 #, no-wrap
10362 msgid "*--time-format* _format_"
10363 msgstr "*--time-format* _format_"
10364
10365 #. type: Plain text
10366 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:83
10367 msgid ""
10368 "Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, "
10369 "or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ "
10370 "is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The "
10371 "_iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format "
10372 "contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are "
10373 "investigated outside of the system."
10374 msgstr ""
10375 "Définir le _format_ d’affichage de l’horodatage à celui de _notime_, "
10376 "_short_, _full_ ou _iso_. La variante _notime_ n’affichera pas d’horodatage "
10377 "du tout, _short_ est la valeur par défaut et _full_ est identique à l’option "
10378 "*--fulltimes*. La variante _iso_ affichera l’horodatage au format ISO 8601. "
10379 "Le format ISO contient l’indication de fuseau horaire, ce qui est préférable "
10380 "lorsque la sortie est étudiée hors du système."
10381
10382 #. type: Labeled list
10383 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:84
10384 #, no-wrap
10385 msgid "*-w*, *--fullnames*"
10386 msgstr "*-w*, *--fullnames*"
10387
10388 #. type: Plain text
10389 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:86
10390 msgid "Display full user names and domain names in the output."
10391 msgstr "Afficher les noms d'utilisateur et de domaine complets sur la sortie."
10392
10393 #. type: Labeled list
10394 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:87
10395 #, no-wrap
10396 msgid "*-x*, *--system*"
10397 msgstr "*-x*, *--system*"
10398
10399 #. type: Plain text
10400 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:89
10401 msgid "Display the system shutdown entries and run level changes."
10402 msgstr ""
10403 "Afficher les arrêts du système et les modifications de niveau d'exécution "
10404 "(run level)."
10405
10406 #. type: Title ==
10407 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:92
10408 #, no-wrap
10409 msgid "TIME FORMATS"
10410 msgstr "FORMATS DE DATE"
10411
10412 #. type: Plain text
10413 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:95
10414 msgid ""
10415 "The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:"
10416 msgstr ""
10417 "Les options acceptant l’argument _date_ permettent d’utiliser les formats "
10418 "suivants :"
10419
10420 #. type: Table
10421 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:110
10422 #, no-wrap
10423 msgid ""
10424 "|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
10425 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
10426 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(seconds will be set to 00)\n"
10427 "|YYYY-MM-DD |(time will be set to 00:00:00)\n"
10428 "|hh:mm:ss |(date will be set to today)\n"
10429 "|hh:mm |(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)\n"
10430 "|now |\n"
10431 "|yesterday |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
10432 "|today |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
10433 "|tomorrow |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
10434 "|+5min |\n"
10435 "|-5days |\n"
10436 msgstr ""
10437 "|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
10438 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
10439 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(les secondes sont forcées à 00)\n"
10440 "|YYYY-MM-DD |(l'heure est forcée à 00:00:00)\n"
10441 "|hh:mm:ss |(la date est forcée à aujourd'hui)\n"
10442 "|hh:mm |(la date est forcée à aujourd'hui et les secondes à 00)\n"
10443 "|now |\n"
10444 "|yesterday |(l'heure est forcée à 00:00:00)\n"
10445 "|today |(l'heure est forcée à 00:00:00)\n"
10446 "|tomorrow |(l'heure est forcée à 00:00:00)\n"
10447 "|+5min |\n"
10448 "|-5days |\n"
10449
10450 #. type: Plain text
10451 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:116
10452 msgid "_/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/btmp_"
10453 msgstr "_/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/btmp_"
10454
10455 #. type: Plain text
10456 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:120
10457 msgid ""
10458 "The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs "
10459 "information in these files if they are present. This is a local "
10460 "configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created "
10461 "with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)."
10462 msgstr ""
10463 "Les fichiers _wtmp_ et _btmp_ sont parfois absents. Le système ne journalise "
10464 "les informations que si les fichiers sont déjà présents, mais ne les crée "
10465 "pas de lui-même. Il s'agit d'un choix local de configuration. Si vous "
10466 "désirez utiliser ces journalisations, vous pouvez créer les fichiers avec "
10467 "une simple commande *touch*(1) (par exemple, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)."
10468
10469 #. type: Plain text
10470 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:122
10471 msgid ""
10472 "An empty entry is a valid type of wtmp entry. It means that an empty file or "
10473 "file with zeros is not interpreted as an error."
10474 msgstr ""
10475 "Une entrée vide est un type d'entrée valide pour wtmp. Cela signifie qu'un "
10476 "fichier vide ou un fichier avec des zéros n'est pas interprété comme étant "
10477 "une erreur."
10478
10479 #. type: Plain text
10480 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:124
10481 msgid ""
10482 "The utmp file format uses fixed sizes of strings, which means that very long "
10483 "strings are impossible to store in the file and impossible to display by "
10484 "*last*. The usual limits are 32 bytes for a user and line name and 256 bytes "
10485 "for a hostname."
10486 msgstr ""
10487
10488 #. type: Plain text
10489 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:128
10490 msgid "mailto:miquels@cistron.nl[Miquel van Smoorenburg]"
10491 msgstr "mailto:miquels@cistron.nl[Miquel van Smoorenburg]"
10492
10493 #. type: Plain text
10494 #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:135
10495 #, no-wrap
10496 msgid ""
10497 "*login*(1),\n"
10498 "*wtmp*(5),\n"
10499 "*init*(8),\n"
10500 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
10501 msgstr ""
10502 "*login*(1),\n"
10503 "*wtmp*(5),\n"
10504 "*init*(8),\n"
10505 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
10506
10507 #. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
10508 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
10509 #. type: Title =
10510 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:6
10511 #, no-wrap
10512 msgid "login(1)"
10513 msgstr "login(1)"
10514
10515 #. type: Plain text
10516 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:16
10517 msgid "login - begin session on the system"
10518 msgstr "login - commencer une session sur le système"
10519
10520 #. type: Plain text
10521 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:20
10522 #, no-wrap
10523 msgid "*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* _username_|_username_]\n"
10524 msgstr "*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* __nom_d'utilisateur__|__nom_d'utilisateur__]\n"
10525
10526 #. type: Plain text
10527 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:24
10528 #, no-wrap
10529 msgid "*login* is used when signing onto a system. If no argument is given, *login* prompts for the username.\n"
10530 msgstr "*login* est utilisé lors de la connexion au système. Si aucun argument est donné, *login* demande le nom d'utilisateur.\n"
10531
10532 #. type: Plain text
10533 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:26
10534 msgid ""
10535 "The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is "
10536 "disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password "
10537 "failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is "
10538 "severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in the *CONFIG FILE ITEMS* section."
10539 msgstr ""
10540 "Si nécessaire, un mot de passe est ensuite demandé à l'utilisateur. Le "
10541 "retour de la frappe sur l'affichage est désactivé afin de ne pas révéler le "
10542 "mot de passe. Un nombre limité de mauvais mots de passe sont permis avant "
10543 "que *login* s'interrompe et que la connexion soit coupée. Consultez "
10544 "*LOGIN_RETRIES* dans la section *ÉLÉMENTS DU FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION*."
10545
10546 #. type: Plain text
10547 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:28
10548 msgid ""
10549 "If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted "
10550 "for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be "
10551 "provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to "
10552 "*passwd*(1) for more information."
10553 msgstr ""
10554 "Si l'expiration du mot de passe est activée pour le compte, l'utilisateur "
10555 "pourrait se voir demandé un nouveau mot de passe avant de continuer. Dans ce "
10556 "cas, l'ancien mot de passe doit être fourni et le nouveau mot de passe doit "
10557 "être entré avant de continuer. Consultez *passwd*(1) pour plus "
10558 "d'informations."
10559
10560 #. type: Plain text
10561 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:30
10562 msgid ""
10563 "The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/"
10564 "passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, "
10565 "only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the "
10566 "system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The "
10567 "environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, "
10568 "*$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the "
10569 "password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for "
10570 "normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
10571 "usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured."
10572 msgstr ""
10573 "Les ID de l'utilisateur et du groupe sont définis suivant les valeurs dans "
10574 "le fichier _/etc/passwd_. Il y a une exception si l'ID de l'utilisateur est "
10575 "zéro. Dans ce cas, seul l'ID du groupe primaire du compte est défini. Cela "
10576 "devrait permettre à l'administrateur de se connecter même en cas de problème "
10577 "réseau. Les valeurs des variables d'environnement *$HOME*, *$USER*, $SHELL*, "
10578 "*$PATH*, *$LOGNAME* et *$MAIL* sont définies sur base des champs "
10579 "correspondants du fichier de mots de passe. *$PATH* prend, par défaut, la "
10580 "valeur _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ pour les utilisateurs normaux et _/usr/"
10581 "local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_ pour root à moins "
10582 "que la configuration fournisse une autre valeur."
10583
10584 #. type: Plain text
10585 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:32
10586 msgid ""
10587 "The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it "
10588 "will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment "
10589 "variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given."
10590 msgstr ""
10591 "La variable d'environnement *$TERM* est préservée si elle existe. Sinon, "
10592 "elle est initialisée avec le type de terminal de votre tty. Les autres "
10593 "variables d'environnement sont préservées si l'option *-p* est fournie."
10594
10595 #. type: Plain text
10596 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:34
10597 msgid "The environment variables defined by PAM are always preserved."
10598 msgstr ""
10599 "Les variables d'environnement définies par PAM sont toujours préservées."
10600
10601 #. type: Plain text
10602 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:36
10603 msgid ""
10604 "Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/"
10605 "etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If there is no home directory specified "
10606 "in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check as "
10607 "described below."
10608 msgstr ""
10609 "Ensuite l'interpréteur de commandes de l'utilisateur est démarré. Si aucun "
10610 "interpréteur est spécifié pour l'utilisateur dans _/etc/passwd_, _/bin/sh_ "
10611 "est utilisé. Si aucun répertoire personnel est spécifié dans _/etc/passwd_, "
10612 "_/_ est utilisé suivi d'une vérification de _.hushlogin_ comme décrit ci-"
10613 "dessous."
10614
10615 #. type: Plain text
10616 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:38
10617 msgid ""
10618 "If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This "
10619 "disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and "
10620 "message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login "
10621 "time is printed, and the current login is recorded."
10622 msgstr ""
10623 "Si le fichier _.hushlogin_ existe, une connexion « silencieuse » est "
10624 "réalisée. Cela désactive la vérification des courriels, l'affichage de "
10625 "l'heure de dernière connexion et le message du jour. Sinon, si _/var/log/"
10626 "lastlog_ existe, l'heure de dernière connexion est affichée et la connexion "
10627 "courante est enregistrée."
10628
10629 #. type: Plain text
10630 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:43
10631 msgid "Used by *getty*(8) to tell *login* to preserve the environment."
10632 msgstr ""
10633 "Utilisé par *getty*(8) pour indiquer à *login* de préserver l'environnement."
10634
10635 #. type: Labeled list
10636 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:94
10637 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:45
10638 #, no-wrap
10639 msgid "*-f*"
10640 msgstr "*-f*"
10641
10642 #. type: Plain text
10643 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:46
10644 msgid ""
10645 "Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the "
10646 "*getty*(8) autologin feature."
10647 msgstr ""
10648 "Utilisé pour passer outre l'authentification à la connexion. Cette option "
10649 "est habituellement utilisée par la fonctionnalité d'auto-connexion de "
10650 "*getty*(8)"
10651
10652 #. type: Labeled list
10653 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:47
10654 #, no-wrap
10655 msgid "*-h*"
10656 msgstr "*-h*"
10657
10658 #. type: Plain text
10659 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:49
10660 msgid ""
10661 "Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote "
10662 "host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the "
10663 "superuser is allowed use this option."
10664 msgstr ""
10665 "Utilisé par d'autres serveurs (comme *telnetd*(8)) pour passer le nom de "
10666 "l'hôte distant à *login* de telle manière qu'il puisse être placé dans utmp "
10667 "et wtmp. Seul le superutilisateur est autorisé à utiliser cette option."
10668
10669 #. type: Plain text
10670 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:51
10671 msgid ""
10672 "Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The "
10673 "standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is "
10674 "_remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/"
10675 "etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)."
10676 msgstr ""
10677 "Notez que l'option *-h* a un impacte sur le *nom* du *service PAM*. Le nom "
10678 "standard du service est _login_ mais avec l'option *-h*, le nom est "
10679 "_remote_. Il est nécessaire de créer les fichiers de configuration PAM "
10680 "appropriés (par exemple, _/etc/pam.d/login_ et _/etc/pam.d/remote_)."
10681
10682 #. type: Labeled list
10683 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:52
10684 #, no-wrap
10685 msgid "*-H*"
10686 msgstr "*-H*"
10687
10688 #. type: Plain text
10689 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:54
10690 msgid ""
10691 "Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that "
10692 "printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also "
10693 "*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below."
10694 msgstr ""
10695 "Utilisé par d'autres services (par exemple, *telnetd*(8)) pour indiquer à "
10696 "*login* que l'affichage du nom d'hôte devrait être supprimé de l'invite de "
10697 "connexion. Consultez aussi *LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* ci-dessous."
10698
10699 # FIXME *su:* → *su*:
10700 #. type: Plain text
10701 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:60
10702 #, no-wrap
10703 msgid "*login* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *login*:\n"
10704 msgstr "*login* lit le fichier de configuration _/etc/login.defs_ (consultez *login.defs*(5)). Notez que le fichier de configuration pourrait être distribué par un autre paquet (habituellement shadow-utils). Les éléments de configuration suivants sont pertinents pour *login* :\n"
10705
10706 #. type: Labeled list
10707 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:61
10708 #, no-wrap
10709 msgid "*MOTD_FILE* (string)"
10710 msgstr "*MOTD_FILE* (chaîne)"
10711
10712 #. type: Plain text
10713 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:63
10714 msgid ""
10715 "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and "
10716 "directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory "
10717 "then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from "
10718 "the directory."
10719 msgstr ""
10720 "Indiquer une liste délimitée par « : » de fichiers et répertoires de "
10721 "« messages du jour » à afficher durant la connexion. Si le chemin spécifié "
10722 "est un répertoire, tous les fichiers avec l'extension .motd qu'il contient "
10723 "sont affichés dans l'ordre de la version."
10724
10725 #. type: Plain text
10726 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:65
10727 msgid ""
10728 "The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the "
10729 "*MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of "
10730 "the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided "
10731 "by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module."
10732 msgstr ""
10733 "La valeur par défaut est _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. Si "
10734 "l'élément *MOTD_FILE* est vide ou une connexion silencieuse est activée, le "
10735 "message du jour n'est pas affiché. Notez que la même fonctionnalité est "
10736 "fournie par le module PAM *pam_motd*(8)*."
10737
10738 #. type: Plain text
10739 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:67
10740 msgid "The directories in the *MOTD_FILE* are supported since version 2.36."
10741 msgstr ""
10742 "Les répertoires dans *MOTD_FILE* sont supportés depuis la version 2.36."
10743
10744 #. type: Plain text
10745 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:69
10746 msgid ""
10747 "Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like "
10748 "pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is "
10749 "displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and "
10750 "use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in "
10751 "system tools."
10752 msgstr ""
10753 "Notez que *login* n'implémente aucun comportement de surcharge des noms de "
10754 "fichiers comme pam_motd (consultez aussi *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*). Tous les "
10755 "contenus de tous les fichiers sont affichés. Il est recommandé de garder la "
10756 "logique supplémentaire dans les générateurs de contenu et utiliser _/run/"
10757 "motd.d_ plutôt que de compter sur le comportement de surcharge codé en dur "
10758 "dans les outils systèmes."
10759
10760 #. type: Labeled list
10761 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:70
10762 #, no-wrap
10763 msgid "*MOTD_FIRSTONLY* (boolean)"
10764 msgstr "*MOTD_FIRSTONLY* (booléen)"
10765
10766 #. type: Plain text
10767 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:73
10768 msgid ""
10769 "Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the "
10770 "first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this "
10771 "case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more "
10772 "compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_."
10773 msgstr ""
10774 "Force *login* à arrêter l'affichage du contenu spécifié par *MOTD_FILE* "
10775 "après le premier élément accessible dans la liste. Notez que, dans ce cas, "
10776 "un répertoire constitue un élément. Cette option permet de configurer la "
10777 "sémantique de *login* pour qu'elle soit plus compatible avec pam_motd. La "
10778 "valeur par défaut est _non_."
10779
10780 #. type: Labeled list
10781 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:74 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:190
10782 #, no-wrap
10783 msgid "*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* (boolean)"
10784 msgstr "*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* (booléen)"
10785
10786 #. type: Plain text
10787 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:77
10788 msgid ""
10789 "Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: "
10790 "prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default "
10791 "value is _no_."
10792 msgstr ""
10793 "Demande à *login* de ne pas afficher le nom d'hôte dans l'invite « login: ». "
10794 "Elle est une alternative à l'option *-H* en ligne de commande. La valeur par "
10795 "défaut est _non_."
10796
10797 #. type: Labeled list
10798 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:78
10799 #, no-wrap
10800 msgid "*LOGIN_TIMEOUT* (number)"
10801 msgstr "*LOGIN_TIMEOUT* (nombre)"
10802
10803 #. type: Plain text
10804 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:81
10805 msgid "Maximum time in seconds for login. The default value is _60_."
10806 msgstr "Temps maximum de connexion en secondes. La valeur par défaut est _60_."
10807
10808 #. type: Labeled list
10809 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:82
10810 #, no-wrap
10811 msgid "*LOGIN_RETRIES* (number)"
10812 msgstr "*LOGIN_RETRIES* (nombre)"
10813
10814 #. type: Plain text
10815 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:85
10816 msgid ""
10817 "Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value "
10818 "is _3_."
10819 msgstr ""
10820 "Nombre maximum de tentatives de connexions en cas de mauvais mot de passe. "
10821 "La valeur par défaut est _3_."
10822
10823 #. type: Labeled list
10824 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:86
10825 #, no-wrap
10826 msgid "*LOGIN_KEEP_USERNAME* (boolean)"
10827 msgstr "*LOGIN_KEEP_USERNAME* (booléen)"
10828
10829 #. type: Plain text
10830 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:89
10831 msgid ""
10832 "Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, "
10833 "but the username is valid. The default value is _no_."
10834 msgstr ""
10835 "Demande à *login* de ne redemander que le mot de passe si l'authentification "
10836 "a échoué mais que le nom d'utilisateur est valide. La valeur par défaut est "
10837 "_no_."
10838
10839 #. type: Labeled list
10840 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:90 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:91
10841 #, no-wrap
10842 msgid "*FAIL_DELAY* (number)"
10843 msgstr "*FAIL_DELAY* (nombre)"
10844
10845 #. type: Plain text
10846 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:93
10847 msgid ""
10848 "Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login "
10849 "failure. The default value is _5_."
10850 msgstr ""
10851 "Délai en secondes avant d'autoriser à nouveau trois tentatives après un "
10852 "échec de connexion. La valeur par défaut est _5_."
10853
10854 #. type: Labeled list
10855 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:94
10856 #, no-wrap
10857 msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
10858 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
10859
10860 #. type: Plain text
10861 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:97
10862 msgid ""
10863 "The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group "
10864 "is used."
10865 msgstr ""
10866 "Les permissions du terminal. La valeur par défaut est _0600_ ou _0620_ si un "
10867 "groupe tty est utilisé."
10868
10869 #. type: Labeled list
10870 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:98
10871 #, no-wrap
10872 msgid "*TTYGROUP* (string)"
10873 msgstr "*TTYGROUP* (chaîne)"
10874
10875 #. type: Plain text
10876 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:101
10877 msgid ""
10878 "The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. "
10879 "If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set "
10880 "to the user's primary group."
10881 msgstr ""
10882 "Le tty de connexion est la propriété de *TTYGROUP*. La valeur par défaut est "
10883 "_tty_. Si le groupe *TTYGROUP* n'existe pas le terminal devient la propriété "
10884 "du groupe principale de l'utilisateur."
10885
10886 #. type: Plain text
10887 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:103
10888 msgid ""
10889 "The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group "
10890 "identifier."
10891 msgstr ""
10892 "*TTYGROUP* peut être le nom d'un groupe ou la valeur numérique de "
10893 "l'identifiant du groupe."
10894
10895 #. type: Labeled list
10896 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:104
10897 #, no-wrap
10898 msgid "*HUSHLOGIN_FILE* (string)"
10899 msgstr "*HUSHLOGIN_FILE* (chaîne)"
10900
10901 #. type: Plain text
10902 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:107
10903 msgid ""
10904 "If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login "
10905 "sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, "
10906 "then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in "
10907 "the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will "
10908 "be enabled for all users."
10909 msgstr ""
10910 "Si défini, ce fichier inhibe le bavardage habituellement associé à la "
10911 "séquence de connexion. Si un nom de fichier complet est spécifié (par "
10912 "exemple, _/etc/hushlogins_), le mode silencieux sera activé si le nom de "
10913 "l'utilisateur ou l'interpréteur de commandes sont trouvés dans le fichier. "
10914 "Si le fichier de connexion silencieuse global est vide, le mode silencieux "
10915 "est activé pour tous les utilisateurs."
10916
10917 #. type: Plain text
10918 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:109
10919 msgid ""
10920 "If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the "
10921 "file exists in the user's home directory."
10922 msgstr ""
10923 "Si le nom de fichier spécifié n'est pas absolu, le mode silencieux est "
10924 "activé si le fichier existe dans le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur."
10925
10926 #. type: Plain text
10927 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:111
10928 msgid ""
10929 "The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/."
10930 "hushlogin_."
10931 msgstr ""
10932 "Le fichier recherché par défaut est _/etc/hushlogins_. S'il n'existe pas, le "
10933 "fichier _~/.hushlogin_ est recherché à sa place."
10934
10935 #. type: Plain text
10936 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:113
10937 msgid ""
10938 "If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled."
10939 msgstr ""
10940 "Si l'élément *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* est vide, toutes les vérifications sont "
10941 "désactivées."
10942
10943 #. type: Labeled list
10944 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:114
10945 #, no-wrap
10946 msgid "*DEFAULT_HOME* (boolean)"
10947 msgstr "*DEFAULT_HOME* (booléen)"
10948
10949 #. type: Plain text
10950 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:117
10951 msgid ""
10952 "Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home "
10953 "directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if "
10954 "it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is "
10955 "_yes_."
10956 msgstr ""
10957 "Indique si la connexion est autorisée si le changement vers le répertoire "
10958 "personnel échoue. Si la valeur est _yes_, l'utilisateur se retrouve dans le "
10959 "répertoire racine (/) après la connexion s'il ne sait pas être placé dans "
10960 "son répertoire personnel. La valeur par défaut est _yes_."
10961
10962 #. type: Labeled list
10963 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:118
10964 #, no-wrap
10965 msgid "*LASTLOG_UID_MAX* (unsigned number)"
10966 msgstr "*LASTLOG_UID_MAX* (nombre non signé)"
10967
10968 #. type: Plain text
10969 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:121
10970 msgid ""
10971 "Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As "
10972 "higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and "
10973 "authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ "
10974 "file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means "
10975 "that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default "
10976 "value is _ULONG_MAX_."
10977 msgstr ""
10978 "Plus grand ID numérique pour lequel une entrée _lastlog_ doit être mise à "
10979 "jour. Comme les grandes valeurs des ID utilisateurs sont généralement "
10980 "associées à des identités distantes et des services d'authentification, il "
10981 "est inutile de créer de gigantesques fichiers _lastlog_ pratiquement vides "
10982 "pour eux. Si l'option LASTLOG_UID_MAX est absente dans la configuration, "
10983 "aucune limite maximale est définie pour les ID en ce qui concerne l'écriture "
10984 "des entrées _lastlog_. La valeur par défaut est _ULONG_MAX_."
10985
10986 #. type: Labeled list
10987 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:122
10988 #, no-wrap
10989 msgid "*LOG_UNKFAIL_ENAB* (boolean)"
10990 msgstr "*LOG_UNKFAIL_ENAB* (booléen)"
10991
10992 #. type: Plain text
10993 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:125
10994 msgid ""
10995 "Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The "
10996 "default value is _no_."
10997 msgstr ""
10998 "Autoriser l'affichage de noms d'utilisateurs inconnus quand des échecs de "
10999 "connexion sont enregistrés. La valeur par défaut est _no_."
11000
11001 #. type: Plain text
11002 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:127
11003 msgid ""
11004 "Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters "
11005 "their password instead of their login name."
11006 msgstr ""
11007 "Notez que l'enregistrement des noms d'utilisateurs inconnus peut constituer "
11008 "une faille de sécurité si l'utilisateur entre son mot de passe à la place de "
11009 "son identifiant de connexion."
11010
11011 #. type: Labeled list
11012 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:128 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:85
11013 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:94
11014 #, no-wrap
11015 msgid "*ENV_PATH* (string)"
11016 msgstr "*ENV_PATH* (chaîne)"
11017
11018 #. type: Plain text
11019 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:131
11020 msgid ""
11021 "If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a "
11022 "regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
11023 msgstr ""
11024 "Si définie, la valeur est utilisée pour la variable d'environnement *PATH* "
11025 "quand un utilisateur normal se connecte. La valeur par défaut est _/usr/"
11026 "local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
11027
11028 #. type: Labeled list
11029 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:132 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:88
11030 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:97
11031 #, no-wrap
11032 msgid "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (string)"
11033 msgstr "*ENV_ROOTPATH* (chaîne)"
11034
11035 #. type: Labeled list
11036 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:133 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:89
11037 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:98
11038 #, no-wrap
11039 msgid "*ENV_SUPATH* (string)"
11040 msgstr "*ENV_SUPATH* (chaîne)"
11041
11042 #. type: Plain text
11043 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:136
11044 msgid ""
11045 "If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the "
11046 "superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/"
11047 "usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
11048 msgstr ""
11049 "Si définie, la valeur est utilisée pour la variable d'environnement PATH "
11050 "quand un utilisateur privilégié se connecte. *ENV_ROOTPATH* passe en "
11051 "priorité. La valeur par défaut est _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/"
11052 "bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
11053
11054 #. type: Plain text
11055 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:150
11056 msgid ""
11057 "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/"
11058 "etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/"
11059 "remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
11060 msgstr ""
11061 "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/"
11062 "etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/"
11063 "remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
11064
11065 #. type: Title ==
11066 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:151 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:322
11067 #, no-wrap
11068 msgid "CREDENTIALS"
11069 msgstr ""
11070
11071 #. type: Plain text
11072 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:154
11073 #, no-wrap
11074 msgid "*login* supports configuration via systemd credentials (see https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS/). *login* reads the following systemd credentials:\n"
11075 msgstr ""
11076
11077 #. type: Labeled list
11078 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:155
11079 #, no-wrap
11080 msgid "*login.noauth* (boolean)"
11081 msgstr ""
11082
11083 #. type: Plain text
11084 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:158
11085 msgid ""
11086 "If set, configures *login* to skip login authentication, similarly to the *-"
11087 "f* option."
11088 msgstr ""
11089
11090 #. type: Plain text
11091 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:162
11092 msgid ""
11093 "The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by "
11094 "some *rlogind*(8) programs."
11095 msgstr ""
11096 "L'option BSD non documentée *-r* n'est pas supportée. Elle peut être requise "
11097 "par certains programmes *rlogind(8)*."
11098
11099 #. type: Plain text
11100 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:164
11101 msgid ""
11102 "A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer "
11103 "works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for "
11104 "security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any "
11105 "possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. "
11106 "If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by "
11107 "*vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be "
11108 "avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm."
11109 msgstr ""
11110 "Une connexion récursive telle qu'elle était possible à la belle époque n'est "
11111 "plus autorisée. À cette fin, *su*(1) est un substitut satisfaisant. En fait, "
11112 "pour des raisons de sécurité, *login* réalise un appel système à "
11113 "*vhangup*(2) pour supprimer tout processus à l'écoute sur le tty. Ceci évite "
11114 "la capture du mot de passe. Si quelqu'un utilise la commande *login*, tout "
11115 "interpréteur de commandes alentour est tué par *vhangup*(2) puisqu'il n'est "
11116 "plus le vrai propriétaire du tty. Ceci peut être évité en utilisant *exec "
11117 "login* dans un interpréteur de commandes au plus haut niveau ou xterm."
11118
11119 #. type: Plain text
11120 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:168
11121 msgid ""
11122 "Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] "
11123 "for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. "
11124 "Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
11125 msgstr ""
11126 "Dérivé de BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) par mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] "
11127 "pour HP-US. Porté à Linux 0.12 : mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. "
11128 "Réécrit uniquement pour PAM par mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
11129
11130 #. type: Plain text
11131 #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:180
11132 #, no-wrap
11133 msgid ""
11134 "*mail*(1),\n"
11135 "*passwd*(1),\n"
11136 "*passwd*(5),\n"
11137 "*utmp*(5),\n"
11138 "*environ*(7),\n"
11139 "*getty*(8),\n"
11140 "*init*(8),\n"
11141 "*lastlog*(8),\n"
11142 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
11143 msgstr ""
11144 "*mail*(1),\n"
11145 "*passwd*(1),\n"
11146 "*passwd*(5),\n"
11147 "*utmp*(5),\n"
11148 "*environ*(7),\n"
11149 "*getty*(8),\n"
11150 "*init*(8),\n"
11151 "*lastlog*(8),\n"
11152 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
11153
11154 #.  Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala (ondrej.oprala@gmail.com)
11155 #.  May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
11156 #. type: Title =
11157 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:4
11158 #, no-wrap
11159 msgid "lslogins(1)"
11160 msgstr "lslogins(1)"
11161
11162 #. type: Plain text
11163 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:14
11164 msgid "lslogins - display information about known users in the system"
11165 msgstr ""
11166 "lslogins - afficher des informations à propos des utilisateurs connus dans "
11167 "le système"
11168
11169 #. type: Plain text
11170 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:18
11171 #, no-wrap
11172 msgid "*lslogins* [options] [*-s*|*-u*[=_UID_]] [*-g* _groups_] [*-l* _logins_] [_username_]\n"
11173 msgstr ""
11174
11175 #. type: Plain text
11176 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:22
11177 msgid ""
11178 "Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ "
11179 "and output the desired data."
11180 msgstr ""
11181
11182 #. type: Plain text
11183 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:24
11184 msgid ""
11185 "The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available "
11186 "details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is "
11187 "different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as "
11188 "an error."
11189 msgstr ""
11190
11191 #. type: Plain text
11192 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:26
11193 #, fuzzy
11194 #| msgid ""
11195 #| "The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer."
11196 msgid "The default action is to list info about all the users in the system."
11197 msgstr ""
11198 "L'action par défaut est d’afficher tous les messages du tampon circulaire du "
11199 "noyau."
11200
11201 #. type: Plain text
11202 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:30
11203 msgid ""
11204 "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too."
11205 msgstr ""
11206
11207 #. type: Labeled list
11208 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:31
11209 #, no-wrap
11210 msgid "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*"
11211 msgstr "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*"
11212
11213 #. type: Plain text
11214 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:33
11215 msgid ""
11216 "Display data about the date of last password change and the account "
11217 "expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)"
11218 msgstr ""
11219
11220 #. type: Labeled list
11221 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:34
11222 #, no-wrap
11223 msgid "*--btmp-file* _path_"
11224 msgstr "*--btmp-file* _chemin_"
11225
11226 #. type: Plain text
11227 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:36
11228 msgid "Alternate path for btmp."
11229 msgstr ""
11230
11231 #. type: Labeled list
11232 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:37
11233 #, no-wrap
11234 msgid "*-c*, *--colon-separate*"
11235 msgstr "*-c*, *--colon-separate*"
11236
11237 #. type: Plain text
11238 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:39
11239 msgid "Separate info about each user with a colon instead of a newline."
11240 msgstr ""
11241
11242 #. type: Labeled list
11243 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:47
11244 #, no-wrap
11245 msgid "*-e*, *--export*"
11246 msgstr "*-e*, *--export*"
11247
11248 #. type: Plain text
11249 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:42
11250 msgid "Output data in the format of NAME=VALUE. See also option *--shell*."
11251 msgstr ""
11252
11253 #. type: Labeled list
11254 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:43
11255 #, no-wrap
11256 msgid "*-f*, *--failed*"
11257 msgstr "*-f*, *--failed*"
11258
11259 #. type: Plain text
11260 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:45
11261 msgid "Display data about the users' last failed login attempts."
11262 msgstr ""
11263
11264 #. type: Labeled list
11265 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:46
11266 #, no-wrap
11267 msgid "*-G*, *--supp-groups*"
11268 msgstr "*-G*, *--supp-groups*"
11269
11270 #. type: Plain text
11271 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:48
11272 #, fuzzy
11273 #| msgid "Do not print information about flags."
11274 msgid "Show information about supplementary groups."
11275 msgstr "Ne pas afficher de renseignements sur les attributs."
11276
11277 #. type: Labeled list
11278 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:49
11279 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
11280 #| msgid "B<-g>,B< --group>=I<group>"
11281 msgid "*-g*, **--groups**=_groups_"
11282 msgstr "B<-g>, B<--group=>I<groupe>"
11283
11284 #. type: Plain text
11285 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:51
11286 msgid ""
11287 "Only show data of users belonging to _groups_. More than one group may be "
11288 "specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown group names are "
11289 "ignored."
11290 msgstr ""
11291
11292 #. type: Plain text
11293 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:53
11294 msgid ""
11295 "Note that the relation between user and group may be invisible for the "
11296 "primary group if the user is not explicitly specified as group member (e.g., "
11297 "in _/etc/group_). If the command *lslogins* scans for groups then it uses "
11298 "the groups database only, and the user database with primary GID is not used "
11299 "at all."
11300 msgstr ""
11301
11302 #. type: Labeled list
11303 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:54
11304 #, no-wrap
11305 msgid "*-L*, *--last*"
11306 msgstr "*-L*, *--last*"
11307
11308 #. type: Plain text
11309 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:56
11310 msgid ""
11311 "Display data containing information about the users' last login sessions."
11312 msgstr ""
11313
11314 #. type: Labeled list
11315 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:57
11316 #, no-wrap
11317 msgid "*-l*, **--logins**=_logins_"
11318 msgstr ""
11319
11320 #. type: Plain text
11321 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:59
11322 msgid ""
11323 "Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or "
11324 "user IDs). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-"
11325 "separated. Unknown login names are ignored."
11326 msgstr ""
11327
11328 #. type: Labeled list
11329 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:56
11330 #, no-wrap
11331 msgid "*-n*, *--newline*"
11332 msgstr "*-n*, *--newline*"
11333
11334 #. type: Plain text
11335 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:58
11336 #, fuzzy
11337 #| msgid "Display version information and exit."
11338 msgid "Display each piece of information on a separate line."
11339 msgstr "Afficher le nom et la version du logiciel et quitter."
11340
11341 #. type: Labeled list
11342 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:59
11343 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:77
11344 #, no-wrap
11345 msgid "*--noheadings*"
11346 msgstr "*--noheadings*"
11347
11348 #. type: Plain text
11349 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:92
11350 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:87 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:45
11351 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:55 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:57
11352 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:44
11353 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:45
11354 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:32
11355 msgid "Do not print a header line."
11356 msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."
11357
11358 #. type: Labeled list
11359 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:60
11360 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:62
11361 #, no-wrap
11362 msgid "*--notruncate*"
11363 msgstr "*--notruncate*"
11364
11365 #. type: Plain text
11366 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:64
11367 #, fuzzy
11368 #| msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
11369 msgid "Don't truncate output."
11370 msgstr "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes."
11371
11372 #. type: Plain text
11373 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:71
11374 #, fuzzy
11375 #| msgid ""
11376 #| "The default list of columns may be extended if I<list> is specified in "
11377 #| "the format I<+list> (e.g., B<-o +UUID>)."
11378 msgid ""
11379 "Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be "
11380 "extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_."
11381 msgstr ""
11382 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si I<liste> est indiquée "
11383 "sous la forme B<+>I<liste> (par exemple, B<-o +UUID>)."
11384
11385 #. type: Plain text
11386 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:74
11387 #, fuzzy
11388 msgid ""
11389 "Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported "
11390 "columns."
11391 msgstr ""
11392 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
11393 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
11394
11395 #. type: Labeled list
11396 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:75
11397 #, no-wrap
11398 msgid "*-p*, *--pwd*"
11399 msgstr "*-p*, *--pwd*"
11400
11401 #. type: Plain text
11402 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:77
11403 msgid "Display information related to login by password (see also *-afL*)."
11404 msgstr ""
11405
11406 #. type: Plain text
11407 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:73
11408 msgid "Raw output (no columnation)."
11409 msgstr ""
11410
11411 #. type: Labeled list
11412 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:81
11413 #, no-wrap
11414 msgid "*-s*, *--system-accs*"
11415 msgstr "*-s*, *--system-accs*"
11416
11417 #. type: Plain text
11418 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:83
11419 msgid ""
11420 "Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between "
11421 "101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody "
11422 "(UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters "
11423 "*SYS_UID_MIN* and *SYS_UID_MAX* in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
11424 msgstr ""
11425
11426 #. type: Labeled list
11427 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:77
11428 #, no-wrap
11429 msgid "*--time-format* _type_"
11430 msgstr "*--time-format* _type_"
11431
11432 #. type: Plain text
11433 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:79
11434 msgid ""
11435 "Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time "
11436 "format is designed to be space efficient and human readable."
11437 msgstr ""
11438
11439 #. type: Labeled list
11440 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:87
11441 #, no-wrap
11442 msgid "*-u*, *--user-accs*"
11443 msgstr "*-u*, *--user-accs*"
11444
11445 #. type: Plain text
11446 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:89
11447 msgid ""
11448 "Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 "
11449 "(inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). "
11450 "This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX "
11451 "in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
11452 msgstr ""
11453
11454 #. type: Labeled list
11455 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:92
11456 #, no-wrap
11457 msgid "*--wtmp-file* _path_"
11458 msgstr "*--wtmp-file* _chemin_"
11459
11460 #. type: Plain text
11461 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:94
11462 msgid "Alternate path for wtmp."
11463 msgstr ""
11464
11465 #. type: Labeled list
11466 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:95
11467 #, no-wrap
11468 msgid "*--lastlog* _path_"
11469 msgstr "*--lastlog* _chemin_"
11470
11471 #. type: Plain text
11472 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:97
11473 msgid "Alternate path for *lastlog*(8)."
11474 msgstr ""
11475
11476 #. type: Labeled list
11477 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:98 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:181
11478 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:127 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:83
11479 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
11480 #| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
11481 msgid "*-y*, *--shell*"
11482 msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"
11483
11484 #. type: Plain text
11485 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:85
11486 msgid ""
11487 "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
11488 "shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--export*. "
11489 "Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--export* in "
11490 "version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request "
11491 "this behavior by *--shell*."
11492 msgstr ""
11493
11494 #. type: Labeled list
11495 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:101 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:59
11496 #, no-wrap
11497 msgid "*-Z*, *--context*"
11498 msgstr "*-Z*, *--context*"
11499
11500 #. type: Plain text
11501 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:103
11502 #, fuzzy
11503 #| msgid "Display help screen and exit."
11504 msgid "Display the users' security context."
11505 msgstr "Afficher un écran d'aide puis quitter."
11506
11507 #. type: Labeled list
11508 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:104
11509 #, no-wrap
11510 msgid "*-z*, *--print0*"
11511 msgstr "*-z*, *--print0*"
11512
11513 #. type: Plain text
11514 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:106
11515 msgid "Delimit user entries with a nul character, instead of a newline."
11516 msgstr ""
11517
11518 #. type: Plain text
11519 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:90
11520 msgid "if OK,"
11521 msgstr ""
11522
11523 #. type: Labeled list
11524 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:112 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:103
11525 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:112 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:141
11526 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:295
11527 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:91
11528 #, no-wrap
11529 msgid "1"
11530 msgstr "1"
11531
11532 #. type: Plain text
11533 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:93
11534 msgid "if incorrect arguments specified,"
11535 msgstr ""
11536
11537 #. type: Labeled list
11538 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:115 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:298
11539 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:94
11540 #, no-wrap
11541 msgid "2"
11542 msgstr "2"
11543
11544 #. type: Plain text
11545 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:117
11546 msgid "if a serious error occurs (e.g., a corrupt log)."
11547 msgstr ""
11548
11549 #. type: Plain text
11550 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:121
11551 msgid "The default UID thresholds are read from _/etc/login.defs_."
11552 msgstr ""
11553
11554 #. type: Title ===
11555 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:122
11556 #, no-wrap
11557 msgid "Password status"
11558 msgstr ""
11559
11560 #. type: Plain text
11561 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:125
11562 msgid "Multiple fields describe password status."
11563 msgstr ""
11564
11565 #. type: Labeled list
11566 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:126
11567 #, no-wrap
11568 msgid "*\"Password is locked\"*"
11569 msgstr ""
11570
11571 #. type: Plain text
11572 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:128
11573 msgid ""
11574 "The password is prefixed by '!!', and the user cannot login although the "
11575 "password is set or empty. This is common for new accounts without a set "
11576 "password."
11577 msgstr ""
11578
11579 #. type: Labeled list
11580 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:129
11581 #, no-wrap
11582 msgid "*\"Password not required (empty)\"*"
11583 msgstr ""
11584
11585 #. type: Plain text
11586 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:131
11587 msgid ""
11588 "The password is not set (hash is missing); this is common for locked system "
11589 "accounts. Not requiring a password does not mean the user can log-in without "
11590 "a password. It depends on the password \"lock\" status."
11591 msgstr ""
11592
11593 #. type: Labeled list
11594 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:132
11595 #, no-wrap
11596 msgid "*\"Login by password disabled\"*"
11597 msgstr ""
11598
11599 #. type: Plain text
11600 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:134
11601 msgid ""
11602 "'yes' means that there is no valid password. The password hash is missing, "
11603 "or the hash method is unknown or contains invalid chars."
11604 msgstr ""
11605
11606 #. type: Title ==
11607 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:135 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:59
11608 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:125 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:141
11609 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:173
11610 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:90 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:801
11611 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:135 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:97
11612 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1666 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:92
11613 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:163
11614 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:169 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:91
11615 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:151 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:77
11616 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:76 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:123
11617 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:66 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:63
11618 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:181 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:186
11619 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:72
11620 #, no-wrap
11621 msgid "HISTORY"
11622 msgstr "HISTORIQUE"
11623
11624 #. type: Plain text
11625 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:138
11626 msgid ""
11627 "The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first "
11628 "appeared in FreeBSD 4.10."
11629 msgstr ""
11630
11631 #. type: Plain text
11632 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:143 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:105
11633 msgid ""
11634 "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
11635 msgstr ""
11636 "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
11637
11638 #. type: Plain text
11639 #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:150
11640 #, no-wrap
11641 msgid ""
11642 "*group*(5),\n"
11643 "*passwd*(5),\n"
11644 "*shadow*(5),\n"
11645 "*utmp*(5)\n"
11646 msgstr ""
11647 "*group*(5),\n"
11648 "*passwd*(5),\n"
11649 "*shadow*(5),\n"
11650 "*utmp*(5)\n"
11651
11652 #.  Original author unknown.  This man page is in the public domain.
11653 #.  Modified Sat Oct  9 17:46:48 1993 by faith@cs.unc.edu
11654 #. type: Title =
11655 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:4
11656 #, no-wrap
11657 msgid "newgrp(1)"
11658 msgstr "newgrp(1)"
11659
11660 #. type: Plain text
11661 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:14
11662 msgid "newgrp - log in to a new group"
11663 msgstr ""
11664
11665 #. type: Plain text
11666 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:18
11667 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
11668 #| msgid "newgrp [_group_]"
11669 msgid "*newgrp* [_group_]\n"
11670 msgstr "newgrp [_groupe_]"
11671
11672 #. type: Plain text
11673 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:22
11674 #, no-wrap
11675 msgid "*newgrp* changes the group identification of its caller, analogously to *login*(1). The same person remains logged in, and the current directory is unchanged, but calculations of access permissions to files are performed with respect to the new group ID.\n"
11676 msgstr ""
11677
11678 #. type: Plain text
11679 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:24
11680 msgid "If no group is specified, the GID is changed to the login GID."
11681 msgstr ""
11682
11683 #. type: Plain text
11684 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:33
11685 msgid "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_"
11686 msgstr "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_"
11687
11688 #. type: Plain text
11689 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:37
11690 msgid ""
11691 "Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau."
11692 "dk[Peter Orbaek]."
11693 msgstr ""
11694
11695 #. type: Plain text
11696 #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:42
11697 #, no-wrap
11698 msgid ""
11699 "*login*(1),\n"
11700 "*group*(5)\n"
11701 msgstr ""
11702 "*login*(1),\n"
11703 "*group*(5)\n"
11704
11705 #. type: Title =
11706 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:2
11707 #, no-wrap
11708 msgid "nologin(8)"
11709 msgstr "nologin(8)"
11710
11711 #. type: Plain text
11712 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:12
11713 #, fuzzy
11714 #| msgid "sulogin - single-user login"
11715 msgid "nologin - politely refuse a login"
11716 msgstr "sulogin - Connexion en mode mono-utilisateur"
11717
11718 #. type: Plain text
11719 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:16
11720 #, no-wrap
11721 msgid "*nologin* [*-V*] [*-h*]\n"
11722 msgstr "*nologin* [*-V*] [*-h*]\n"
11723
11724 #. type: Plain text
11725 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:20
11726 #, no-wrap
11727 msgid "*nologin* displays a message that an account is not available and exits non-zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field to deny login access to an account.\n"
11728 msgstr ""
11729
11730 #. type: Plain text
11731 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:22
11732 msgid ""
11733 "If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to "
11734 "the user instead of the default message."
11735 msgstr ""
11736
11737 #. type: Plain text
11738 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:24
11739 #, fuzzy
11740 #| msgid ""
11741 #| "The exit status returned by B<fallocate> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
11742 msgid "The exit status returned by *nologin* is always 1."
11743 msgstr ""
11744 "L'état de sortie renvoyé par B<fallocate> est B<0> en cas de réussite et "
11745 "B<1> en cas d'échec."
11746
11747 #. type: Plain text
11748 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:28
11749 #, no-wrap
11750 msgid "*-c*, *--command* _command_\n"
11751 msgstr "*-c*, *--command* _commande_\n"
11752
11753 #. type: Plain text
11754 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:30
11755 #, no-wrap
11756 msgid "*--init-file*\n"
11757 msgstr "*--init-file*\n"
11758
11759 #. type: Plain text
11760 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:32
11761 #, no-wrap
11762 msgid "*-i* *--interactive*\n"
11763 msgstr "*-i* *--interactive*\n"
11764
11765 #. type: Plain text
11766 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:34
11767 #, no-wrap
11768 msgid "*--init-file* _file_\n"
11769 msgstr "*--init-file* _fichier_\n"
11770
11771 #. type: Plain text
11772 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:36
11773 #, no-wrap
11774 msgid "*-i*, *--interactive*\n"
11775 msgstr "*-i*, *--interactive*\n"
11776
11777 #. type: Plain text
11778 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:38
11779 #, no-wrap
11780 msgid "*-l*, *--login*\n"
11781 msgstr "*-l*, *--login*\n"
11782
11783 #. type: Plain text
11784 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:40
11785 #, no-wrap
11786 msgid "*--noprofile*\n"
11787 msgstr "*--noprofile*\n"
11788
11789 #. type: Plain text
11790 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:42
11791 #, no-wrap
11792 msgid "*--norc*\n"
11793 msgstr "*--norc*\n"
11794
11795 #. type: Plain text
11796 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:44
11797 #, no-wrap
11798 msgid "*--posix*\n"
11799 msgstr "*--posix*\n"
11800
11801 #. type: Plain text
11802 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:46
11803 #, no-wrap
11804 msgid "*--rcfile* _file_\n"
11805 msgstr "*--rcfile* _fichier_\n"
11806
11807 #. type: Plain text
11808 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:48
11809 #, no-wrap
11810 msgid "*-r*, *--restricted*\n"
11811 msgstr "*-r*, *--restricted*\n"
11812
11813 #. type: Plain text
11814 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:50
11815 msgid "These shell command-line options are ignored to avoid *nologin* error."
11816 msgstr ""
11817
11818 #. type: Plain text
11819 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:56
11820 #, no-wrap
11821 msgid "*nologin* is a per-account way to disable login (usually used for system accounts like http or ftp). *nologin* uses _/etc/nologin.txt_ as an optional source for a non-default message, the login access is always refused independently of the file.\n"
11822 msgstr ""
11823
11824 #. type: Plain text
11825 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:58
11826 #, no-wrap
11827 msgid "*pam_nologin*(8) PAM module usually prevents all non-root users from logging into the system. *pam_nologin*(8) functionality is controlled by _/var/run/nologin_ or the _/etc/nologin_ file.\n"
11828 msgstr ""
11829
11830 #. type: Plain text
11831 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:62
11832 msgid "The *nologin* command appeared in 4.4BSD."
11833 msgstr "La commande *nologin* est apparue pour la première fois dans 4.4BSD."
11834
11835 #. type: Plain text
11836 #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:72
11837 #, no-wrap
11838 msgid ""
11839 "*login*(1),\n"
11840 "*passwd*(5),\n"
11841 "*pam_nologin*(8)\n"
11842 msgstr ""
11843 "*login*(1),\n"
11844 "*passwd*(5),\n"
11845 "*pam_nologin*(8)\n"
11846
11847 #. type: Title =
11848 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:2
11849 #, no-wrap
11850 msgid "runuser(1)"
11851 msgstr "runuser(1)"
11852
11853 #. type: Plain text
11854 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:12
11855 msgid "runuser - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
11856 msgstr ""
11857 "runuser - Exécuter une commande avec des identifiants d’utilisateur et de "
11858 "groupe substitués"
11859
11860 #. type: Plain text
11861 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:16
11862 #, no-wrap
11863 msgid "*runuser* [options] *-u* _user_ [[--] _command_ [_argument_...]]\n"
11864 msgstr "*runuser* [options] *-u* _utilisateur_ [[--] _commande_ [_paramètre_...]]\n"
11865
11866 #. type: Plain text
11867 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:18
11868 #, no-wrap
11869 msgid "*runuser* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
11870 msgstr "*runuser* [options] [*-*] [_utilisateur_ [_paramètre_...]]\n"
11871
11872 #. type: Plain text
11873 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:22
11874 #, no-wrap
11875 msgid "*runuser* can be used to run commands with a substitute user and group ID. If the option *-u* is not given, *runuser* falls back to *su*-compatible semantics and a shell is executed. The difference between the commands *runuser* and *su* is that *runuser* does not ask for a password (because it may be executed by the root user only) and it uses a different PAM configuration. The command *runuser* does not have to be installed with set-user-ID permissions.\n"
11876 msgstr "*runuser* permet d’exécuter des commandes en substituant les identifiants d’utilisateur et de groupe. Si l’option *-u* n’est pas donnée, elle a recours à des sémantiques compatibles avec *su* et un interpréteur de commandes est exécuté. La différence entre les commandes *runuser* et *su* est que *runuser* ne demande pas de mot de passe (puisqu’elle ne peut être exécutée que par le superutilisateur) et qu’elle utilise une configuration PAM différente. La commande *runuser* n’a pas besoin d’être installée avec des droits Set-user-UID.\n"
11877
11878 #. type: Plain text
11879 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:24
11880 msgid ""
11881 "If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use "
11882 "the *setpriv*(1) command."
11883 msgstr ""
11884 "Si une session PAM n'est pas indispensable, la solution recommandée consiste "
11885 "à utiliser la commande *setpriv*(1)."
11886
11887 #. type: Plain text
11888 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:26
11889 msgid ""
11890 "When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive "
11891 "shell as _root_."
11892 msgstr ""
11893 "Si appelée sans argument, *runuser* exécute par défaut un interpréteur de "
11894 "commandes interactif en tant que _superutilisateur_."
11895
11896 #. type: Plain text
11897 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:28
11898 msgid ""
11899 "For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current "
11900 "directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* "
11901 "(plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version "
11902 "of *runuser* uses PAM for session management."
11903 msgstr ""
11904 "Pour assurer la rétrocompatibilité, *runuser* ne change pas, par défaut, de "
11905 "répertoire actuel et ne définit que les variables d’environnement *HOME* et "
11906 "*SHELL* (plus *USER* et *LOGNAME* si l’__utilisateur__ cible n’est pas le "
11907 "superutilisateur). Cette version de *runuser* utilise PAM pour la gestion de "
11908 "session."
11909
11910 #. type: Plain text
11911 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:30
11912 msgid ""
11913 "Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final "
11914 "environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--"
11915 "preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
11916 msgstr ""
11917 "Remarquez que *runuser* utilise dans tous les cas PAM (pam_getenvlist()) "
11918 "pour effectuer une modification sur l'environnement final. Les options de la "
11919 "ligne de commande comme *--login* ou *--preserve-environment* touchent "
11920 "l'environnement avant qu'il ne soit modifié par PAM."
11921
11922 #. type: Plain text
11923 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:32
11924 msgid ""
11925 "Since version 2.38 *runuser* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, "
11926 "RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
11927 msgstr ""
11928
11929 #. type: Labeled list
11930 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:35
11931 #, no-wrap
11932 msgid "*-c*, *--command*=_command_"
11933 msgstr "*-c*, *--command*=_commande_"
11934
11935 #. type: Plain text
11936 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:37 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:38
11937 msgid "Pass _command_ to the shell with the *-c* option."
11938 msgstr ""
11939 "Passer une _commande_ à l’interpréteur de commandes avec l’option *-c*."
11940
11941 #. type: Labeled list
11942 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:39
11943 #, no-wrap
11944 msgid "*-f*, *--fast*"
11945 msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*"
11946
11947 #. type: Plain text
11948 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:40 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:41
11949 msgid ""
11950 "Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the "
11951 "shell."
11952 msgstr ""
11953 "Passer *-f* à l’interpréteur de commandes, ce qui pourrait être utile ou non "
11954 "suivant l’interpréteur de commandes."
11955
11956 #. type: Labeled list
11957 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:41
11958 #, no-wrap
11959 msgid "*-g*, *--group*=_group_"
11960 msgstr "*-g*, *--group*=_groupe_"
11961
11962 #. type: Plain text
11963 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:43
11964 msgid ""
11965 "The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only."
11966 msgstr ""
11967 "Le groupe primaire à utiliser. Cette option n’est permise que pour le "
11968 "superutilisateur."
11969
11970 #. type: Labeled list
11971 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:44
11972 #, no-wrap
11973 msgid "*-G*, *--supp-group*=_group_"
11974 msgstr "*-G*, *--supp-group*=_groupe_"
11975
11976 #. type: Plain text
11977 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:46 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:47
11978 msgid ""
11979 "Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user "
11980 "only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary "
11981 "group if the option *--group* is not specified."
11982 msgstr ""
11983 "Spécifier un groupe supplémentaire. Cette option n'est disponible que pour "
11984 "le superutilisateur. Le premier groupe supplémentaire spécifié est également "
11985 "utilisé en tant que groupe primaire si l'option *--group* n'est pas "
11986 "spécifiée."
11987
11988 #. type: Labeled list
11989 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:47 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:48
11990 #, no-wrap
11991 msgid "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
11992 msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*"
11993
11994 #. type: Plain text
11995 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:49 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:50
11996 msgid ""
11997 "Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:"
11998 msgstr ""
11999 "Démarrer l’interpréteur de commandes comme un interpréteur de connexion avec "
12000 "un environnement similaire à une connexion réelle :"
12001
12002 #. type: Plain text
12003 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:51
12004 msgid ""
12005 "clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables "
12006 "specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
12007 msgstr ""
12008 "effacer toutes les variables d'environnement sauf *TERM* et les variables "
12009 "spécifiées avec *--whitelist-environment* ;"
12010
12011 #. type: Plain text
12012 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:53
12013 msgid ""
12014 "initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, "
12015 "and *PATH*"
12016 msgstr ""
12017 "initialiser les variables d'environnement *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* "
12018 "et *PATH*"
12019
12020 #. type: Plain text
12021 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:53 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:54
12022 msgid "changes to the target user's home directory"
12023 msgstr "se placer dans le répertoire personnel de l’utilisateur cible ;"
12024
12025 #. type: Plain text
12026 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:54 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:55
12027 msgid ""
12028 "sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell"
12029 msgstr ""
12030 "définir argv[0] pour l’interpréteur de commandes à « *-* » pour faire de "
12031 "l’interpréteur de commandes un interpréteur de connexion."
12032
12033 #. type: Labeled list
12034 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:59
12035 #, no-wrap
12036 msgid "*-P*, *--pty*"
12037 msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*"
12038
12039 #. type: Plain text
12040 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:57
12041 #, fuzzy
12042 #| msgid ""
12043 #| "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal "
12044 #| "provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the "
12045 #| "original session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal "
12046 #| "injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. "
12047 #| "The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --"
12048 #| "pty -u username -- command &*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then "
12049 #| "*runuser* works as a proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and stdout)."
12050 msgid ""
12051 "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides "
12052 "better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original "
12053 "session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and "
12054 "other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session "
12055 "can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty* *-u* _username_ "
12056 "*--* _command_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works "
12057 "as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
12058 msgstr ""
12059 "Créer un pseudo-terminal pour la session. Le terminal indépendant apporte "
12060 "une meilleure sécurité car l'utilisateur ne partage pas de terminal avec la "
12061 "session d'origine. Cela permet d'éviter une injection d’ioctl TIOCSTI de "
12062 "terminal et d'autres attaques de sécurité contre les descripteurs de fichier "
12063 "du terminal. Il est également possible de mettre la session entière en "
12064 "arrière-plan (par exemple, *runuser --pty -u nom_utilisateur --"
12065 " commande &*). Si le pseudo terminal est activé, la commande *runuser* "
12066 "fonctionne comme un serveur mandataire entre les sessions (avec une copie de "
12067 "l'entrée et de la sortie standards)."
12068
12069 #. type: Plain text
12070 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:59
12071 #, fuzzy
12072 #| msgid ""
12073 #| "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
12074 #| "input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | "
12075 #| "runuser --pty -u user*), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-terminal is "
12076 #| "disabled to avoid messy output."
12077 msgid ""
12078 "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
12079 "input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | "
12080 "runuser --pty -u* _user_), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is "
12081 "disabled to avoid messy output."
12082 msgstr ""
12083 "La plupart du temps, cette fonctionnalité est conçue pour des sessions "
12084 "interactives. Si l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal mais un tube "
12085 "(« pipe ») (par exemple, *echo \"date\" | runuser --pty -u utilisateur*), le "
12086 "drapeau ECHO du pseudo-terminal est désactivé pour éviter une sortie "
12087 "désordonnée."
12088
12089 #. type: Labeled list
12090 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:60 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:56
12091 #, no-wrap
12092 msgid "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*"
12093 msgstr "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*"
12094
12095 #. type: Plain text
12096 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:62
12097 msgid ""
12098 "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or "
12099 "*LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
12100 msgstr ""
12101 "Préserver la totalité de l’environnement, c’est-à-dire ne pas définir "
12102 "*HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* ni *LOGNAME*. Cette option est ignorée si l’option "
12103 "*--login* est indiquée."
12104
12105 #. type: Labeled list
12106 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:63
12107 #, no-wrap
12108 msgid "*-s*, *--shell*=_shell_"
12109 msgstr "*-s*, *--shell*=_shell_"
12110
12111 #. type: Plain text
12112 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:65 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:66
12113 msgid ""
12114 "Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is "
12115 "selected according to the following rules, in order:"
12116 msgstr ""
12117 "Exécuter l’interpréteur de commandes _shell_ indiqué au lieu de celui par "
12118 "défaut. L’interpréteur de commandes à exécuter est sélectionné d’après les "
12119 "règles suivantes dans cet ordre :"
12120
12121 #. type: Plain text
12122 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:67 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:68
12123 msgid "the shell specified with *--shell*"
12124 msgstr "l’interpréteur de commandes indiqué avec *--shell* ;"
12125
12126 #. type: Plain text
12127 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:68
12128 msgid ""
12129 "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-"
12130 "environment* option is used"
12131 msgstr ""
12132 "l’interpréteur de commandes indiqué dans la variable d’environnement *SHELL* "
12133 "si l’option *--preserve-environment* est utilisée ;"
12134
12135 #. type: Plain text
12136 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:69 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:70
12137 msgid "the shell listed in the passwd entry of the target user"
12138 msgstr ""
12139 "l’interpréteur de commandes indiqué dans l’entrée passwd de l’utilisateur "
12140 "cible ;"
12141
12142 #. type: Plain text
12143 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:70 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:71
12144 msgid "/bin/sh"
12145 msgstr "/bin/sh"
12146
12147 #. type: Plain text
12148 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:72
12149 msgid ""
12150 "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/"
12151 "shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables "
12152 "are ignored unless the calling user is root."
12153 msgstr ""
12154 "Si l’utilisateur cible a un interpréteur de commandes restreint (c’est-à-"
12155 "dire ne faisant pas partie de _/etc/shells_), l’option *--shell* et la "
12156 "variable d’environnement *SHELL* sont ignorées sauf si l’utilisateur "
12157 "appelant est le superutilisateur."
12158
12159 #. type: Labeled list
12160 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:73 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:74
12161 #, no-wrap
12162 msgid "**--session-command=**__command__"
12163 msgstr "**--session-command=**__commande__"
12164
12165 # NOTE: ffix
12166 #. type: Plain text
12167 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:76
12168 msgid "Same as *-c*, but do not create a new session. (Discouraged.)"
12169 msgstr "Comme *-c*, mais sans créer de nouvelle session (à éviter)."
12170
12171 #. type: Labeled list
12172 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:76
12173 #, no-wrap
12174 msgid "*-w*, *--whitelist-environment*=_list_"
12175 msgstr "*-w*, *--whitelist-environment*=_liste_"
12176
12177 #. type: Plain text
12178 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:78 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:79
12179 msgid ""
12180 "Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated "
12181 "_list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored "
12182 "for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*."
12183 msgstr ""
12184 "Ne pas réinitialiser les variables d'environnement spécifiées dans une "
12185 "_liste_ séparée par des virgules au moment de vider l'environnement pour *--"
12186 "login* (une connexion). La liste blanche est ignorée s'agissant des "
12187 "variables d'environnement *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* et *PATH*."
12188
12189 #. type: Title ==
12190 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:81 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:86
12191 #, no-wrap
12192 msgid "CONFIG FILES"
12193 msgstr "FICHIERS DE CONFIGURATION"
12194
12195 #. type: Plain text
12196 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:84
12197 #, no-wrap
12198 msgid "*runuser* reads the _/etc/default/runuser_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *runuser*:\n"
12199 msgstr "*runuser* lit les fichiers de configuration _/etc/default/runuser_ et _/etc/login.defs_. Les éléments de configuration suivants sont significatifs pour *runuser*.\n"
12200
12201 #. type: Plain text
12202 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:87
12203 msgid ""
12204 "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value "
12205 "is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
12206 msgstr ""
12207 "Définit la variable d'environnement pour un utilisateur ordinaire. La valeur "
12208 "par défaut est _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
12209
12210 #. type: Plain text
12211 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:91 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:100
12212 #, fuzzy
12213 #| msgid ""
12214 #| "Defines the B<PATH> environment variable for root.  B<ENV_SUPATH> takes "
12215 #| "precedence.  The default value is I</usr/local/sbin:\\:/usr/local/bin:\\:/"
12216 #| "sbin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/sbin:\\:/usr/bin>."
12217 msgid ""
12218 "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes "
12219 "precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/"
12220 "usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
12221 msgstr ""
12222 "Définit la variable d'environnement *PATH* pour le superutilisateur. La "
12223 "valeur par défaut est _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
12224 "usr/bin_."
12225
12226 #. type: Labeled list
12227 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:92 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:101
12228 #, no-wrap
12229 msgid "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (boolean)"
12230 msgstr "*ALWAYS_SET_PATH* (booléen)"
12231
12232 # FIXME --login and --preserve-environment → *--login* and *--preserve-environment*
12233 #. type: Plain text
12234 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:94
12235 #, fuzzy
12236 #| msgid ""
12237 #| "If set to _yes_ and --login and --preserve-environment were not specified "
12238 #| "*runuser* initializes *PATH*."
12239 msgid ""
12240 "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not "
12241 "specified *runuser* initializes *PATH*."
12242 msgstr ""
12243 "Si définie à _yes_ et que ni *--login*, ni *--preserve-environment* "
12244 "n’étaient indiquées, *runuser* initialise *PATH*."
12245
12246 #. type: Plain text
12247 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:96 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:105
12248 msgid ""
12249 "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and "
12250 "_/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--"
12251 "login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))."
12252 msgstr ""
12253 "La variable d'environnement *PATH* peut être différente sur des systèmes où "
12254 "_/bin_ et _/sbin_ sont fusionnés dans _/usr_, cette variable est aussi "
12255 "concernée par l'option *--login* de la ligne de commande et le paramétrage "
12256 "du système PAM (comme *pam_env*(8))."
12257
12258 #. type: Plain text
12259 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:100
12260 #, no-wrap
12261 msgid "*runuser* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *runuser* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n"
12262 msgstr "*runuser* renvoie normalement le code de retour de la commande qu’elle exécute. Si la commande a été tuée par un signal, *runuser* renvoie le numéro du signal plus 128.\n"
12263
12264 #. type: Plain text
12265 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:102
12266 msgid "Exit status generated by *runuser* itself:"
12267 msgstr "Le code de retour généré par *runuser* elle-même est un des suivants."
12268
12269 #. type: Plain text
12270 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:105 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114
12271 msgid "Generic error before executing the requested command"
12272 msgstr "Erreur générale avant d’exécuter la commande demandée."
12273
12274 #. type: Labeled list
12275 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:105 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114
12276 #, no-wrap
12277 msgid "126"
12278 msgstr "126"
12279
12280 #. type: Plain text
12281 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116
12282 msgid "The requested command could not be executed"
12283 msgstr "La commande demandée n’a pas pu être exécutée."
12284
12285 #. type: Labeled list
12286 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116
12287 #, no-wrap
12288 msgid "127"
12289 msgstr "127"
12290
12291 #. type: Plain text
12292 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:109 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:118
12293 msgid "The requested command was not found"
12294 msgstr "La commande demandée n’a pas été trouvée."
12295
12296 #. type: Labeled list
12297 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:113
12298 #, no-wrap
12299 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/runuser_"
12300 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/runuser_"
12301
12302 #. type: Plain text
12303 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:115 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:123
12304 msgid "default PAM configuration file"
12305 msgstr "fichier de configuration de PAM par défaut"
12306
12307 #. type: Labeled list
12308 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:116
12309 #, no-wrap
12310 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/runuser-l_"
12311 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/runuser-l_"
12312
12313 #. type: Plain text
12314 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:118 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:126
12315 msgid "PAM configuration file if *--login* is specified"
12316 msgstr "fichier de configuration de PAM si *--login* est indiqué"
12317
12318 #. type: Labeled list
12319 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:119
12320 #, no-wrap
12321 msgid "_/etc/default/runuser_"
12322 msgstr "_/etc/default/runuser_"
12323
12324 #. type: Plain text
12325 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:121
12326 msgid "runuser specific logindef config file"
12327 msgstr "fichier de configuration logindef spécifique à runuser"
12328
12329 #. type: Labeled list
12330 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:122 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:130
12331 #, no-wrap
12332 msgid "_/etc/login.defs_"
12333 msgstr "_/etc/login.defs_"
12334
12335 #. type: Plain text
12336 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:124 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:132
12337 msgid "global logindef config file"
12338 msgstr "fichier de configuration logindef général"
12339
12340 #. type: Plain text
12341 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:128
12342 msgid ""
12343 "This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on "
12344 "an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by "
12345 "Dan Walsh."
12346 msgstr ""
12347 "Cette commande *runuser* est dérivée de *su* de coreutils, qui était basée "
12348 "sur une implémentation de David MacKenzie, et de la commande *runuser* de "
12349 "Fedora par Dan Walsh."
12350
12351 #. type: Plain text
12352 #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:136
12353 #, no-wrap
12354 msgid ""
12355 "*setpriv*(1),\n"
12356 "*su*(1),\n"
12357 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
12358 "*shells*(5),\n"
12359 "*pam*(8)\n"
12360 msgstr ""
12361 "*setpriv*(1),\n"
12362 "*su*(1),\n"
12363 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
12364 "*shells*(5),\n"
12365 "*pam*(8)\n"
12366
12367 #. type: Title =
12368 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:2
12369 #, no-wrap
12370 msgid "su(1)"
12371 msgstr "su(1)"
12372
12373 #. type: Plain text
12374 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:13
12375 msgid "su - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
12376 msgstr ""
12377 "su - Exécuter une commande avec des identifiants d’utilisateur et de groupe "
12378 "substitués"
12379
12380 #. type: Plain text
12381 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:17
12382 #, no-wrap
12383 msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
12384 msgstr "*su* [options] [*-*] [_utilisateur_ [_paramètre_...]]\n"
12385
12386 #. type: Plain text
12387 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:21
12388 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
12389 #| msgid "runuser - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
12390 msgid "*su* allows commands to be run with a substitute user and group ID.\n"
12391 msgstr "runuser - Exécuter une commande avec des identifiants d’utilisateur et de groupe substitués"
12392
12393 #. type: Plain text
12394 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:23
12395 msgid ""
12396 "When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an "
12397 "interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional "
12398 "__argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell."
12399 msgstr ""
12400
12401 #. type: Plain text
12402 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:25
12403 #, fuzzy
12404 #| msgid ""
12405 #| "For backward compatibility, B<runuser> defaults to not changing the "
12406 #| "current directory and to setting only the environment variables B<HOME> "
12407 #| "and B<SHELL> (plus B<USER> and B<LOGNAME> if the target I<user> is not "
12408 #| "root).  This version of B<runuser> uses PAM for session management."
12409 msgid ""
12410 "For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current "
12411 "directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus "
12412 "*USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to "
12413 "always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side "
12414 "effects caused by mixing environments."
12415 msgstr ""
12416 "Pour assurer la rétrocompatibilité, B<runuser> ne change pas, par défaut, de "
12417 "répertoire actuel et ne définit que les variables d’environnement B<HOME> et "
12418 "B<SHELL> (plus B<USER> et B<LOGNAME> si l’I<utilisateur> cible n’est pas le "
12419 "superutilisateur). Cette version de B<runuser> utilise PAM pour la gestion "
12420 "de session."
12421
12422 #. type: Plain text
12423 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:27
12424 msgid ""
12425 "This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session "
12426 "management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, "
12427 "such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM."
12428 msgstr ""
12429
12430 #. type: Plain text
12431 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:29
12432 #, no-wrap
12433 msgid "*su* is mostly designed for unprivileged users, the recommended solution for privileged users (e.g., scripts executed by root) is to use non-set-user-ID command *runuser*(1) that does not require authentication and provides separate PAM configuration. If the PAM session is not required at all then the recommended solution is to use command *setpriv*(1).\n"
12434 msgstr ""
12435
12436 #. type: Plain text
12437 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:31
12438 msgid ""
12439 "Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final "
12440 "environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--"
12441 "preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
12442 msgstr ""
12443 "Remarquez que *su* utilise dans tous les cas PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) pour "
12444 "effectuer une modification sur l'environnement final. Les options de la "
12445 "ligne de commande comme *--login* ou *--preserve-environment* touchent "
12446 "l'environnement avant qu'il ne soit modifié par PAM."
12447
12448 #. type: Plain text
12449 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:33
12450 msgid ""
12451 "Since version 2.38 *su* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, "
12452 "RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
12453 msgstr ""
12454
12455 #. type: Labeled list
12456 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:36
12457 #, no-wrap
12458 msgid "*-c*, **--command**=__command__"
12459 msgstr "*-c*, **--command**=__commande__"
12460
12461 #. type: Labeled list
12462 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:42
12463 #, no-wrap
12464 msgid "*-g*, **--group**=__group__"
12465 msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__groupe__"
12466
12467 #. type: Plain text
12468 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:44
12469 #, fuzzy
12470 #| msgid ""
12471 #| "The primary group to be used.  This option is allowed for the root user "
12472 #| "only."
12473 msgid ""
12474 "Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only."
12475 msgstr ""
12476 "Le groupe primaire à utiliser. Cette option n’est permise que pour le "
12477 "superutilisateur."
12478
12479 #. type: Labeled list
12480 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:45
12481 #, no-wrap
12482 msgid "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__group__"
12483 msgstr "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__groupe__"
12484
12485 #. type: Plain text
12486 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:52
12487 msgid ""
12488 "clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified "
12489 "by *--whitelist-environment*"
12490 msgstr ""
12491 "effacer toutes les variables d'environnement sauf *TERM* et les variables "
12492 "spécifiées avec *--whitelist-environment* ;"
12493
12494 #. type: Plain text
12495 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:58
12496 msgid ""
12497 "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or "
12498 "*LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
12499 msgstr ""
12500 "Préserver la totalité de l’environnement, c’est-à-dire ne pas définir "
12501 "*HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* ni *LOGNAME*. Cette option est ignorée si l’option "
12502 "*--login* est indiquée."
12503
12504 #. type: Plain text
12505 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:61
12506 #, fuzzy
12507 #| msgid ""
12508 #| "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal "
12509 #| "provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the "
12510 #| "original session.  This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal "
12511 #| "injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors.  "
12512 #| "The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., \"runuser --"
12513 #| "pty -u username -- command &\").  If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then "
12514 #| "B<runuser> works as a proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and stdout)."
12515 msgid ""
12516 "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides "
12517 "better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original "
12518 "session. This can be used to avoid *TIOCSTI* ioctl terminal injection and "
12519 "other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session "
12520 "can also be moved to the background (e.g., *su --pty* **-** __username__ *-"
12521 "c* _application_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as "
12522 "a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
12523 msgstr ""
12524 "Créer un pseudo-terminal pour la session. Le terminal indépendant apporte "
12525 "une meilleure sécurité car l'utilisateur ne partage pas de terminal avec la "
12526 "session d'origine. Cela permet d'éviter une injection d’ioctl I<TIOCSTI> de "
12527 "terminal et d'autres attaques de sécurité contre les descripteurs de fichier "
12528 "du terminal. Il est également possible de mettre la session entière en "
12529 "arrière-plan (par exemple, *su --pty -u nom_utilisateur -- commande &*). Si "
12530 "le pseudo terminal est activé, la commande *su* fonctionne comme un serveur "
12531 "mandataire entre les sessions (avec une copie de l'entrée et de la sortie "
12532 "standards)."
12533
12534 #. type: Plain text
12535 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:63
12536 #, fuzzy
12537 #| msgid ""
12538 #| "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions.  If the "
12539 #| "standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., echo "
12540 #| "\"date\" | runuser --pty -u user), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-"
12541 #| "terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
12542 msgid ""
12543 "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
12544 "input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | su --"
12545 "pty*), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid "
12546 "messy output."
12547 msgstr ""
12548 "La plupart du temps, cette fonctionnalité est conçue pour des sessions "
12549 "interactives. Si l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal mais un tube "
12550 "(« pipe ») (par exemple, echo \"date\" | su --pty -u pty), le drapeau ECHO "
12551 "du pseudo-terminal est désactivé pour éviter une sortie désordonnée."
12552
12553 #. type: Labeled list
12554 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:64
12555 #, no-wrap
12556 msgid "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
12557 msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__shell__"
12558
12559 #. type: Plain text
12560 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:69
12561 msgid ""
12562 "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-"
12563 "environment* option is used"
12564 msgstr ""
12565 "l’interpréteur de commandes indiqué dans la variable d’environnement *SHELL* "
12566 "si l’option *--preserve-environment* est utilisée ;"
12567
12568 # FIXME /etc/shells → _/etc/shells_
12569 #. type: Plain text
12570 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:73
12571 #, fuzzy
12572 #| msgid ""
12573 #| "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in /etc/"
12574 #| "shells), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are "
12575 #| "ignored unless the calling user is root."
12576 msgid ""
12577 "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/"
12578 "shells_), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are "
12579 "ignored unless the calling user is root."
12580 msgstr ""
12581 "Si l’utilisateur cible a un interpréteur de commandes restreint (c’est-à-"
12582 "dire ne faisant pas partie de _/etc/shells_), l’option *--shell* et la "
12583 "variable d’environnement *SHELL* sont ignorées sauf si l’utilisateur "
12584 "appelant est le superutilisateur."
12585
12586 #. type: Labeled list
12587 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:77
12588 #, no-wrap
12589 msgid "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__list__"
12590 msgstr "*-w*, **--whitelist-environment**=__liste__"
12591
12592 #. type: Title ==
12593 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:82 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:123
12594 #, no-wrap
12595 msgid "SIGNALS"
12596 msgstr "SIGNAUX"
12597
12598 #. type: Plain text
12599 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:85
12600 msgid ""
12601 "Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its "
12602 "child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child "
12603 "is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of "
12604 "delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*."
12605 msgstr ""
12606
12607 # FIXME *su:* → *su*:
12608 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated
12609 #. type: Plain text
12610 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:90
12611 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
12612 #| msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su:*\n"
12613 msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su*{colon}\n"
12614 msgstr "*su* lit les fichiers de configuration _/etc/default/su_ et _/etc/login.defs_. Les éléments de configuration suivants sont significatifs pour *su*.\n"
12615
12616 #. type: Plain text
12617 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:93
12618 msgid ""
12619 "Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a "
12620 "non-negative integer."
12621 msgstr ""
12622
12623 #. type: Plain text
12624 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:96
12625 #, fuzzy
12626 #| msgid ""
12627 #| "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user.  The default "
12628 #| "value is I</usr/local/bin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/bin>."
12629 msgid ""
12630 "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default "
12631 "value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
12632 msgstr ""
12633 "Définit la variable d'environnement pour un utilisateur ordinaire. La valeur "
12634 "par défaut est _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
12635
12636 #. type: Plain text
12637 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:103
12638 msgid ""
12639 "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not "
12640 "specified *su* initializes *PATH*."
12641 msgstr ""
12642 "Si définie à _yes_ et que ni *--login*, ni *--preserve-environment* "
12643 "n’étaient indiquées, *su* initialise *PATH*."
12644
12645 #. type: Plain text
12646 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:109
12647 #, no-wrap
12648 msgid "*su* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *su* returns the number of the signal plus 128.\n"
12649 msgstr "*su* renvoie normalement le code de retour de la commande qu’elle exécute. Si la commande a été tuée par un signal, *su* renvoie le numéro du signal plus 128.\n"
12650
12651 #. type: Plain text
12652 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:111
12653 msgid "Exit status generated by *su* itself:"
12654 msgstr "Le code de retour généré par *su* elle-même est un des suivants."
12655
12656 #. type: Labeled list
12657 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:121
12658 #, no-wrap
12659 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su_"
12660 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su_"
12661
12662 #. type: Labeled list
12663 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:124
12664 #, no-wrap
12665 msgid "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_"
12666 msgstr "_/etc/pam.d/su-l_"
12667
12668 #. type: Labeled list
12669 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:127
12670 #, no-wrap
12671 msgid "_/etc/default/su_"
12672 msgstr "_/etc/default/su_"
12673
12674 #. type: Plain text
12675 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:129
12676 #, fuzzy
12677 #| msgid "runuser specific logindef config file"
12678 msgid "command specific logindef config file"
12679 msgstr "fichier de configuration logindef spécifique à B<runuser>"
12680
12681 #. type: Plain text
12682 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:136
12683 msgid ""
12684 "For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the _btmp_ "
12685 "file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can "
12686 "be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use "
12687 "the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in "
12688 "attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ "
12689 "file as well. For example by:"
12690 msgstr ""
12691
12692 #. type: delimited block _
12693 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:139
12694 msgid "session required pam_lastlog.so nowtmp"
12695 msgstr ""
12696
12697 #. type: Plain text
12698 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:144
12699 #, fuzzy
12700 #| msgid ""
12701 #| "This B< runuser> command was derived from coreutils' B<su>, which was "
12702 #| "based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora B<runuser> "
12703 #| "command by Dan Walsh."
12704 msgid ""
12705 "This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an "
12706 "implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been "
12707 "refactored by Karel Zak."
12708 msgstr ""
12709 "Cette commande B<runuser> est dérivée de B<su> de coreutils, qui était basée "
12710 "sur une implémentation de David MacKenzie, et de la commande B<runuser> de "
12711 "Fedora par Dan Walsh."
12712
12713 #. type: Plain text
12714 #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:152
12715 #, no-wrap
12716 msgid ""
12717 "*setpriv*(1),\n"
12718 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
12719 "*shells*(5),\n"
12720 "*pam*(8),\n"
12721 "*runuser*(1)\n"
12722 msgstr ""
12723 "*setpriv*(1),\n"
12724 "*login.defs*(5),\n"
12725 "*shells*(5),\n"
12726 "*pam*(8),\n"
12727 "*runuser*(1)\n"
12728
12729 #
12730 #
12731 #
12732 #. Copyright (C) 1998-2006 Miquel van Smoorenburg.
12733 #. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
12734 #. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12735 #. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12736 #. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
12737 #. (at your option) any later version.
12738 #. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12739 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12740 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
12741 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
12742 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
12743 #. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
12744 #. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
12745 #. type: Title =
12746 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:20
12747 #, no-wrap
12748 msgid "sulogin(8)"
12749 msgstr "sulogin(8)"
12750
12751 #. type: Plain text
12752 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:31
12753 msgid "sulogin - single-user login"
12754 msgstr "sulogin - Connexion en mode mono-utilisateur"
12755
12756 #. type: Plain text
12757 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:35
12758 #, no-wrap
12759 msgid "*sulogin* [options] [_tty_]\n"
12760 msgstr "*sulogin* [options] [_tty_]\n"
12761
12762 #. type: Plain text
12763 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:39
12764 #, no-wrap
12765 msgid "*sulogin* is invoked by *init* when the system goes into single-user mode.\n"
12766 msgstr "*sulogin* est appelé par *init* quand le système passe en mode mono-utilisateur.\n"
12767
12768 #. type: Plain text
12769 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:41
12770 msgid "The user is prompted:"
12771 msgstr "L'utilisateur verra s'afficher :"
12772
12773 #. type: Plain text
12774 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:43
12775 #, fuzzy
12776 #| msgid "Give root password for system maintenance"
12777 msgid ""
12778 "Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal "
12779 "startup):"
12780 msgstr "Donnez le mot de passe du superutilisateur pour la maintenance"
12781
12782 #. type: Plain text
12783 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:45
12784 msgid ""
12785 "If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is "
12786 "required."
12787 msgstr ""
12788 "Si le compte superutilisateur est verrouillé et l’option *--force* indiquée, "
12789 "aucun mot de passe n’est demandé."
12790
12791 #. type: Plain text
12792 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:47
12793 #, no-wrap
12794 msgid "*sulogin* will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional _tty_ device that can be specified on the command line (typically _/dev/console_).\n"
12795 msgstr "*sulogin* sera connecté au terminal en cours ou au périphérique facultatif _tty_ fourni sur la ligne de commande (habituellement _/dev/console_).\n"
12796
12797 #. type: Plain text
12798 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:49
12799 msgid ""
12800 "When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the "
12801 "prompt, the system will continue to boot."
12802 msgstr ""
12803 "Quand l’utilisateur quitte l’interpréteur de commandes mono-utilisateur ou "
12804 "appuie sur Ctrl et D à l'invite de commande, le système continuera à "
12805 "démarrer."
12806
12807 #. type: Labeled list
12808 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:52
12809 #, no-wrap
12810 msgid "*-e*, *--force*"
12811 msgstr "*-e*, *--force*"
12812
12813 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
12814 #. type: Plain text
12815 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:54
12816 msgid ""
12817 "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via "
12818 "*getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the "
12819 "password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is "
12820 "locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* "
12821 "will *start a root shell without asking for a password*."
12822 msgstr ""
12823 "Si la méthode d’obtention par défaut du mot de passe du superutilisateur "
12824 "pour le système avec *getpwnam*(3) échoue, examiner _/etc/passwd_ et _/etc/"
12825 "shadow_ pour obtenir le mot de passe. Si ces fichiers sont endommagés ou "
12826 "n’existent pas, ou lorsque le compte superutilisateur est verrouillé par "
12827 "« ! » ou « {asterisk} » au commencement du mot de passe, alors *sulogin* "
12828 "démarrera un *interpréteur de commandes de superutilisateur sans demander de "
12829 "mot de passe*."
12830
12831 #. type: Plain text
12832 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:57
12833 msgid ""
12834 "Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected "
12835 "against unauthorized access."
12836 msgstr ""
12837 "N'utilisez l'option *-e* que si vous êtes sûr que la console est "
12838 "physiquement protégée contre les accès non autorisés."
12839
12840 #. type: Labeled list
12841 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:58
12842 #, no-wrap
12843 msgid "*-p*, *--login-shell*"
12844 msgstr "*-p*, *--login-shell*"
12845
12846 #. type: Plain text
12847 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:60
12848 msgid ""
12849 "Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a "
12850 "login shell."
12851 msgstr ""
12852 "Forcer *sulogin* à démarrer le processus d’interpréteur de commandes comme "
12853 "un interpréteur de connexion."
12854
12855 #. type: Labeled list
12856 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:29
12857 #, no-wrap
12858 msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _seconds_"
12859 msgstr "*-t*, *--timeout* _secondes_"
12860
12861 #. type: Plain text
12862 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:63
12863 msgid ""
12864 "Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, "
12865 "*sulogin* will wait forever."
12866 msgstr ""
12867 "Indiquer la durée d’attente maximale pour une saisie d’utilisateur. Par "
12868 "défaut, *sulogin* attendra indéfiniment."
12869
12870 #. type: Plain text
12871 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:69
12872 #, no-wrap
12873 msgid "*sulogin* looks for the environment variable *SUSHELL* or *sushell* to determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it will try to execute root's shell from _/etc/passwd_. If that fails, it will fall back to _/bin/sh_.\n"
12874 msgstr "*sulogin* recherche les variables d’environnement *SUSHELL* ou *sushell* pour déterminer l’interpréteur de commandes à démarrer. Si la variable d’environnement n’est pas définie, il essaiera d’exécuter l’interpréteur de commandes du superutilisateur indiqué dans le fichier _/etc/passwd_. Si cela échoue également, il essaiera _/bin/sh_.\n"
12875
12876 #. type: Plain text
12877 #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:73
12878 #, no-wrap
12879 msgid "*sulogin* was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg for sysvinit and later ported to util-linux by Dave Reisner and Karel Zak.\n"
12880 msgstr "*sulogin* a été écrit par Miquel van Smoorenburg pour sysvinit puis ensuite porté pour util-linux par Dave Reisner et Karel Zak.\n"
12881
12882 #
12883 #
12884 #
12885 #. Copyright (C) 2010 Michael Krapp
12886 #. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12887 #. it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12888 #. the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
12889 #. (at your option) any later version.
12890 #. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12891 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12892 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
12893 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
12894 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
12895 #. along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
12896 #. Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
12897 #. type: Title =
12898 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:19
12899 #, no-wrap
12900 msgid "utmpdump(1)"
12901 msgstr "utmpdump(1)"
12902
12903 #. type: Plain text
12904 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:29
12905 msgid "utmpdump - dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format"
12906 msgstr "utmpdump - Vider des fichiers utmp et wtmp au format brut"
12907
12908 #. type: Plain text
12909 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:33
12910 #, no-wrap
12911 msgid "*utmpdump* [options] _filename_\n"
12912 msgstr "*utmpdump* [options] _fichier_\n"
12913
12914 #. type: Plain text
12915 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:37
12916 #, no-wrap
12917 msgid "*utmpdump* is a simple program to dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format, so they can be examined. *utmpdump* reads from stdin unless a _filename_ is passed.\n"
12918 msgstr "*utmpdump* est un programme simple pour vider des fichiers utmp et wtmp au format brut, afin de pouvoir les examiner. *utmpdump* lit l’entrée standard sauf si un _fichier_ est indiqué.\n"
12919
12920 #. type: Labeled list
12921 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:40
12922 #, no-wrap
12923 msgid "*-f*, *--follow*"
12924 msgstr "*-f*, *--follow*"
12925
12926 #. type: Plain text
12927 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:42
12928 msgid "Output appended data as the file grows."
12929 msgstr "Afficher les données ajoutées lorsque le fichier grossit."
12930
12931 #. type: Labeled list
12932 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:43
12933 #, no-wrap
12934 msgid "*-o*, *--output* _file_"
12935 msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _fichier_"
12936
12937 #. type: Plain text
12938 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:45
12939 msgid "Write command output to _file_ instead of standard output."
12940 msgstr ""
12941 "Écrire la sortie de la commande dans _fichier_ au lieu de la sortie standard."
12942
12943 #. type: Labeled list
12944 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:46
12945 #, no-wrap
12946 msgid "*-r*, *--reverse*"
12947 msgstr "*-r*, *--reverse*"
12948
12949 #. type: Plain text
12950 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:48
12951 msgid ""
12952 "Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files."
12953 msgstr ""
12954 "Restaurer, réécrire les informations de connexion éditées dans les fichiers "
12955 "utmp et wtmp."
12956
12957 #. type: Plain text
12958 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:54
12959 #, no-wrap
12960 msgid "*utmpdump* can be useful in cases of corrupted utmp or wtmp entries. It can dump out utmp/wtmp to an ASCII file, which can then be edited to remove bogus entries, and reintegrated using:\n"
12961 msgstr "*utmpdump* peut être utile en cas d’entrées utmp ou wtmp corrompues. Il peut vider utmp ou wtmp dans un fichier ASCII, qui peut ensuite être modifié pour supprimer les entrées boguées, puis réintégré en utilisant :\n"
12962
12963 #. type: delimited block _
12964 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:57
12965 #, no-wrap
12966 msgid "*utmpdump -r < ascii_file > wtmp*\n"
12967 msgstr "*utmpdump -r < fichier_ASCII > wtmp*\n"
12968
12969 #. type: Plain text
12970 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:60
12971 msgid "But be warned, *utmpdump* was written for debugging purposes only."
12972 msgstr ""
12973 "Avertissement : *utmpdump* n’a été écrit que pour des besoins de débogage."
12974
12975 #. type: Plain text
12976 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:64
12977 msgid ""
12978 "Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may "
12979 "become incompatible in future."
12980 msgstr ""
12981 "Seule la version binaire de *utmp*(5) est standardisée. Les vidages textuels "
12982 "peuvent devenir incompatibles à l'avenir."
12983
12984 #. type: Plain text
12985 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:66
12986 msgid ""
12987 "The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) "
12988 "timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp "
12989 "format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be "
12990 "made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift "
12991 "amount of timezone offset."
12992 msgstr ""
12993 "La version 2.28 était la dernière qui produisait une sortie texte avec le "
12994 "format d'horodatage *ctime*(3). Les vidages plus récents utilisent le format "
12995 "d'horodatage ISO-8601 avec une précision d'une milliseconde dans le fuseau "
12996 "horaire UTC-0. La conversion à partir de l'ancien format d'horodatage peut "
12997 "être faite vers le binaire, bien que les tentatives pour faire ainsi "
12998 "puissent mener à une dérive d'un certain nombre de fuseaux horaires."
12999
13000 #. type: Plain text
13001 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:70
13002 msgid ""
13003 "You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files "
13004 "strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal "
13005 "use, but for debugging only."
13006 msgstr ""
13007 "Vous ne devriez *pas* utiliser l’option *-r*, car le format des fichiers "
13008 "utmp ou wtmp dépend fortement du format d’entrée. Cet outil n’a *pas* été "
13009 "écrit pour une utilisation normale, mais seulement pour le débogage."
13010
13011 #. type: Plain text
13012 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:74
13013 msgid "Michael Krapp"
13014 msgstr "Michael Krapp"
13015
13016 #. type: Plain text
13017 #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:81
13018 #, no-wrap
13019 msgid ""
13020 "*last*(1),\n"
13021 "*w*(1),\n"
13022 "*who*(1),\n"
13023 "*utmp*(5)\n"
13024 msgstr ""
13025 "*last*(1),\n"
13026 "*w*(1),\n"
13027 "*who*(1),\n"
13028 "*utmp*(5)\n"
13029
13030 #
13031 #
13032 #
13033 #. Copyright (c) 1983, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
13034 #. All rights reserved.
13035 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
13036 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
13037 #. are met:
13038 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
13039 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
13040 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
13041 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
13042 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13043 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
13044 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
13045 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
13046 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
13047 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
13048 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
13049 #.    without specific prior written permission.
13050 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
13051 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
13052 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
13053 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
13054 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
13055 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
13056 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
13057 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
13058 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
13059 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
13060 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
13061 #.     @(#)vipw.8       6.7 (Berkeley) 3/16/91
13062 #. type: Title =
13063 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:36
13064 #, no-wrap
13065 msgid "vipw(8)"
13066 msgstr "vipw(8)"
13067
13068 #. type: Plain text
13069 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:46
13070 msgid "vipw, vigr - edit the password or group file"
13071 msgstr ""
13072
13073 #. type: Plain text
13074 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:50
13075 #, no-wrap
13076 msgid "*vipw* [options]\n"
13077 msgstr "*vipw* [options]\n"
13078
13079 #. type: Plain text
13080 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:52
13081 #, no-wrap
13082 msgid "*vigr* [options]\n"
13083 msgstr "*vigr* [options]\n"
13084
13085 #. type: Plain text
13086 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:56
13087 #, no-wrap
13088 msgid "*vipw* edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the password file is already locked for editing by another user, *vipw* will ask you to try again later. The default editor for *vipw* and *vigr* is *vi*(1). *vigr* edits the group file in the same manner as *vipw* does the passwd file.\n"
13089 msgstr ""
13090
13091 #. type: Plain text
13092 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:64
13093 #, fuzzy
13094 #| msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by B<script>:"
13095 msgid ""
13096 "If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* "
13097 "and *vigr*:"
13098 msgstr "Les variables d'environnement suivantes sont utilisées par B<script> :"
13099
13100 #. type: Labeled list
13101 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:65 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:180
13102 #, no-wrap
13103 msgid "*EDITOR*"
13104 msgstr "*EDITOR*"
13105
13106 #. type: Plain text
13107 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:67
13108 msgid ""
13109 "The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the "
13110 "default editor *vi*(1)."
13111 msgstr ""
13112
13113 #. type: Plain text
13114 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:71
13115 msgid ""
13116 "The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-"
13117 "Linux 2.6."
13118 msgstr ""
13119
13120 #. type: Plain text
13121 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:78
13122 #, no-wrap
13123 msgid ""
13124 "*vi*(1),\n"
13125 "*passwd*(1),\n"
13126 "*flock*(2),\n"
13127 "*passwd*(5)\n"
13128 msgstr ""
13129 "*vi*(1),\n"
13130 "*passwd*(1),\n"
13131 "*flock*(2),\n"
13132 "*passwd*(5)\n"
13133
13134 #. type: Plain text
13135 #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:81
13136 #, fuzzy
13137 #| msgid ""
13138 #| "The raw command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
13139 #| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
13140 msgid ""
13141 "The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are "
13142 "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux "
13143 "Kernel Archive]"
13144 msgstr ""
13145 "La commande B<raw> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible sur "
13146 "E<lt>I<https:/www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."
13147
13148 #.  Copyright 2000 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
13149 #.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
13150 #. type: Title =
13151 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:4
13152 #, no-wrap
13153 msgid "blkid(8)"
13154 msgstr "blkid(8)"
13155
13156 #. type: Plain text
13157 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:15
13158 msgid "blkid - locate/print block device attributes"
13159 msgstr "blkid - Trouver ou afficher les attributs de périphérique en mode bloc"
13160
13161 #. type: Plain text
13162 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:19
13163 #, no-wrap
13164 msgid "*blkid* *--label* _label_ | *--uuid* _uuid_\n"
13165 msgstr "*blkid* *--label* _étiquette_ | *--uuid* _UUID_\n"
13166
13167 #. type: Plain text
13168 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:21
13169 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
13170 #| msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n"
13171 msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n"
13172 msgstr "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _fichier_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _indicateur_] [*--match-token* _NAME=valeur_] [_périphérique_...]\n"
13173
13174 #. type: Plain text
13175 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:23
13176 #, no-wrap
13177 msgid "*blkid* *--probe* [*--offset* _offset_] [*--output* _format_] [*--size* _size_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-types* _list_] [*--usages* _list_] [*--no-part-details*] _device_...\n"
13178 msgstr "*blkid* *--probe* [*--offset* _position_] [*--output* _format_] [*--size* _taille_] [*--match-tag* _indicateur_] [*--match-types* _liste_] [*--usages* _liste_] [*--no-part-details*] _périphérique_...\n"
13179
13180 #. type: Plain text
13181 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:25
13182 #, no-wrap
13183 msgid "*blkid* *--info* [*--output format*] [*--match-tag* _tag_] _device_...\n"
13184 msgstr "*blkid* *--info* [*--output format*] [*--match-tag* _indicateur_] _périphérique_...\n"
13185
13186 #. type: Plain text
13187 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:29
13188 msgid ""
13189 "The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the "
13190 "*libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., "
13191 "filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes "
13192 "(tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID "
13193 "fields)."
13194 msgstr ""
13195 "Le programme *blkid* est une interface en ligne de commande pour la "
13196 "bibliothèque *libblkid*(3). Il peut déterminer le type de contenu (par "
13197 "exemple, un système de fichiers ou une partition d'échange) associé à un "
13198 "périphérique bloc et aussi les attributs (sous la forme de jetons "
13199 "NOM=valeur) des métadonnées (par exemple, l'étiquette LABEL ou l'UUID)."
13200
13201 #. type: Plain text
13202 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:31
13203 #, no-wrap
13204 msgid "*It is recommended to use* *lsblk*(8) *command to get information about block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or* *findmnt*(8) *to search in already mounted filesystems.*\n"
13205 msgstr "*Il est recommandé d’utiliser la commande *lsblk*(8) pour obtenir des informations à propos des périphériques bloc, ou lsblk --fs pour obtenir une vue d’ensemble des systèmes de fichiers, ou *findmnt*(8) pour effectuer une recherche dans les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés.*\n"
13206
13207 #. type: delimited block _
13208 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:34
13209 #, no-wrap
13210 msgid "*lsblk*(8) provides more information, better control on output formatting, easy to use in scripts and it does not require root permissions to get actual information. *blkid* reads information directly from devices and for non-root users it returns cached unverified information. *blkid* is mostly designed for system services and to test *libblkid*(3) functionality.\n"
13211 msgstr "*lsblk*(8) fournit plus d’informations, un meilleur contrôle sur le formatage de la sortie, une utilisation plus aisée dans les scripts et ne nécessite pas les permissions de superutilisateur pour obtenir les informations concrètes. *blkid* lit les informations directement des périphériques et pour les utilisateurs normaux, il renvoie les informations mises en cache et non vérifiées. *blkid* est principalement conçu pour les services de système et pour tester les fonctionnalités de *libblkid*(3).\n"
13212
13213 #. type: Plain text
13214 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:37
13215 msgid ""
13216 "When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It "
13217 "is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If "
13218 "none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/"
13219 "proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized."
13220 msgstr ""
13221 "Quand un _périphérique_ est indiqué, seuls les jetons pour ce _périphérique_ "
13222 "sont affichés. Plusieurs arguments _périphérique_ peuvent être indiqués sur "
13223 "la ligne de commande. Si aucun n'est donné, tous les partitions et "
13224 "périphériques non partitionnés apparaissant dans _/proc/partitions_ seront "
13225 "affichés, s'ils sont reconnus."
13226
13227 #. type: Plain text
13228 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:39
13229 #, no-wrap
13230 msgid "*blkid* has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more specified devices.\n"
13231 msgstr "*blkid* a deux modes de fonctionnement : soit il recherche un périphérique avec un couple NOM=valeur donné, soit il affiche les couples NOM=valeur pour un ou plusieurs _périphérique_s indiqués.\n"
13232
13233 #. type: Plain text
13234 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:41
13235 msgid ""
13236 "For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing "
13237 "result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-"
13238 "level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in "
13239 "this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview "
13240 "and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device."
13241 msgstr ""
13242 "Pour des raisons de sécurité, *blkid* ignore silencieusement tous les "
13243 "périphériques quand le résultat des détections est ambivalent (plusieurs "
13244 "périphériques en conflit sont détectés). Le mode bas niveau (*-p*) fournit "
13245 "plus d’informations et un code de retour supplémentaire. Il est recommandé "
13246 "d’utiliser *wipefs*(8) pour une vue d’ensemble détaillée et pour supprimer "
13247 "toutes les choses obsolètes (chaînes magiques) sur le périphérique."
13248
13249 #. type: Plain text
13250 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:45
13251 msgid ""
13252 "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
13253 "suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, "
13254 "EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning "
13255 "as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, "
13256 "TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
13257 msgstr ""
13258 "Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis de suffixes "
13259 "multiplicatifs comme KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
13260 "ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est "
13261 "identique à « KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, "
13262 "TB, PB, EB, ZB et YB."
13263
13264 #. type: Labeled list
13265 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:46
13266 #, no-wrap
13267 msgid "*-c*, *--cache-file* _cachefile_"
13268 msgstr "*-c*, *--cache-file* _fichier_cache_"
13269
13270 #. type: Plain text
13271 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:48
13272 #, fuzzy
13273 #| msgid ""
13274 #| "Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see "
13275 #| "the CONFIGURATION FILE section for more details). If you want to start "
13276 #| "with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not "
13277 #| "necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_."
13278 msgid ""
13279 "Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see "
13280 "the *CONFIGURATION FILE* section for more details). If you want to start "
13281 "with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not "
13282 "necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_."
13283 msgstr ""
13284 "Lire dans le _fichier_cache_ plutôt que dans le fichier de cache par défaut "
13285 "(consultez la section FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION pour plus de précisions). Si "
13286 "vous souhaitez utiliser un cache vide (c'est-à-dire ne pas afficher les "
13287 "périphériques examinés auparavant, mais qui ne seraient plus disponibles), "
13288 "utilisez _/dev/null_."
13289
13290 #. type: Labeled list
13291 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:49
13292 #, no-wrap
13293 msgid "*-d*, *--no-encoding*"
13294 msgstr "*-d*, *--no-encoding*"
13295
13296 #. type: Plain text
13297 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:51
13298 msgid ""
13299 "Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are "
13300 "encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* "
13301 "output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
13302 msgstr ""
13303 "Ne pas encoder les caractères non imprimables. Les caractères non "
13304 "imprimables sont encodés par les notations ^ et M- par défaut. Remarquez que "
13305 "le format de sortie *--output udev* utilise un encodage différent qui ne "
13306 "peut pas être désactivé."
13307
13308 #. type: Labeled list
13309 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:52
13310 #, no-wrap
13311 msgid "*-D*, *--no-part-details*"
13312 msgstr "*-D*, *--no-part-details*"
13313
13314 #. type: Plain text
13315 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:54
13316 msgid ""
13317 "Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-"
13318 "level probing mode."
13319 msgstr ""
13320 "Ne pas afficher d’information (indicateurs PART_ENTRY_*) de la table de "
13321 "partitions dans le mode de détection bas niveau."
13322
13323 #. type: Labeled list
13324 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:55
13325 #, no-wrap
13326 msgid "*-g*, *--garbage-collect*"
13327 msgstr "*-g*, *--garbage-collect*"
13328
13329 #. type: Plain text
13330 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:57
13331 msgid ""
13332 "Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which "
13333 "no longer exist."
13334 msgstr ""
13335 "Lancer le ramasse-miettes sur le cache de *blkid* pour supprimer les "
13336 "périphériques qui n'existent plus."
13337
13338 #. type: Labeled list
13339 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:58
13340 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
13341 #| msgid "B<-S>, B<--size> I<size>"
13342 msgid "*-H*, *--hint* _setting_"
13343 msgstr "B<-S>, B<--size> I<taille>"
13344
13345 #. type: Plain text
13346 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:62
13347 msgid ""
13348 "Set probing hint. The hints are an optional way to force probing functions "
13349 "to check, for example, another location. The currently supported is "
13350 "\"session_offset=_number_\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF."
13351 msgstr ""
13352
13353 #. type: Labeled list
13354 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:33
13355 #, no-wrap
13356 msgid "*-i*, *--info*"
13357 msgstr "*-i*, *--info*"
13358
13359 #. type: Plain text
13360 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:65
13361 msgid ""
13362 "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output "
13363 "format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the "
13364 "*--probe* option."
13365 msgstr ""
13366 "Afficher les renseignements de limites (topologie) d'E/S. Le format de "
13367 "sortie *export* est automatiquement activé. Cette option peut être utilisée "
13368 "avec l'option *--probe*."
13369
13370 #. type: Labeled list
13371 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:66
13372 #, no-wrap
13373 msgid "*-k*, *--list-filesystems*"
13374 msgstr "*-k*, *--list-filesystems*"
13375
13376 #. type: Plain text
13377 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:68
13378 msgid "List all known filesystems and RAIDs and exit."
13379 msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers et RAID connus et quitter."
13380
13381 #. type: Labeled list
13382 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:69
13383 #, no-wrap
13384 msgid "*-l*, *--list-one*"
13385 msgstr "*-l*, *--list-one*"
13386
13387 #. type: Plain text
13388 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:71
13389 msgid ""
13390 "Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the "
13391 "*--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the "
13392 "specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is "
13393 "returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below "
13394 "note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device "
13395 "Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is "
13396 "not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search "
13397 "parameter."
13398 msgstr ""
13399 "Ne rechercher qu’un périphérique correspondant au paramètre demandé indiqué "
13400 "avec l'option *--match-token*. Si plusieurs périphériques correspondent, le "
13401 "périphérique de priorité la plus haute sera affiché ou le premier "
13402 "périphérique avec la priorité voulue (mais consultez ci-dessous la remarque "
13403 "sur udev). Voici les types de périphériques par priorité décroissante : "
13404 "Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, puis les périphériques bloc classiques. Si "
13405 "cette option n'est pas utilisée, *blkid* affichera tous les périphériques "
13406 "qui correspondent à la recherche."
13407
13408 #. type: Plain text
13409 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:73
13410 msgid ""
13411 "This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in "
13412 "*--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils "
13413 "(like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple "
13414 "devices."
13415 msgstr ""
13416 "Cette option oblige *blkid* à utiliser les jetons LABEL ou UUID dans *--"
13417 "match-token*. Le but est de fournir une sortie cohérente avec celle d’autres "
13418 "outils (tel *mount*(8), etc.) sur les systèmes où le même indicateur est "
13419 "utilisé pour plusieurs périphériques."
13420
13421 #. type: Plain text
13422 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:76
13423 msgid ""
13424 "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--"
13425 "list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method "
13426 "is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a "
13427 "setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not "
13428 "reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option "
13429 "works on systems with and without udev."
13430 msgstr ""
13431 "Rechercher le périphérique qui utilise cette _étiquette_ de système de "
13432 "fichiers ; c’est équivalent à : **--list-one --output device --match-token "
13433 "LABEL=**__étiquette__. Cette méthode de recherche est capable d'utiliser de "
13434 "manière fiable les liens symboliques udev du type /dev/disk/by-label "
13435 "(suivant une configuration définie dans _/etc/blkid.conf_). Évitez "
13436 "d'utiliser directement les liens symboliques, car leur utilisation n’est pas "
13437 "sûre sans vérification. L'option *--label* fonctionne sur des systèmes avec "
13438 "ou sans udev."
13439
13440 #. type: Plain text
13441 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:78
13442 msgid ""
13443 "Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option "
13444 "as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t "
13445 "LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option."
13446 msgstr ""
13447 "Malheureusement, le *blkid*(8) d'origine d'e2fsprogs utilise l'option *-L* "
13448 "comme synonyme de *-o list*. Pour assurer la portabilité, l'utilisation de "
13449 "**-l -o device -t LABEL=**__étiquette__ et B*-o list* est à préférer dans "
13450 "les scripts à l'option *-L*."
13451
13452 #. type: Labeled list
13453 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:79
13454 #, no-wrap
13455 msgid "*-n*, *--match-types* _list_"
13456 msgstr "*-n*, *--match-types* _liste_"
13457
13458 #. type: Plain text
13459 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:81
13460 msgid ""
13461 "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of "
13462 "superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to "
13463 "specify the types which should be ignored. For example:"
13464 msgstr ""
13465 "Restreindre les fonctions de détection à la _liste_ séparée par des virgules "
13466 "de types (noms) de superblocs. Les types peuvent être préfixés dans la liste "
13467 "par *no* pour signifier qu'ils doivent être ignorés. Par exemple :"
13468
13469 #. type: Plain text
13470 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:83
13471 #, no-wrap
13472 msgid "*blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1*\n"
13473 msgstr "*blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1*\n"
13474
13475 #. type: Plain text
13476 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:85
13477 msgid "probes for vfat, ext3 and ext4 filesystems, and"
13478 msgstr "détecte les systèmes de fichiers VFAT, ext3 et ext4, et"
13479
13480 #. type: Plain text
13481 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:87
13482 #, no-wrap
13483 msgid "*blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1*\n"
13484 msgstr "*blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1*\n"
13485
13486 #. type: Plain text
13487 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:89
13488 msgid ""
13489 "probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is "
13490 "only useful together with *--probe*."
13491 msgstr ""
13492 "détecte tous les formats gérés sauf les systèmes de fichiers MINIX. Cette "
13493 "option n'est utile qu'avec l'option *--probe*."
13494
13495 #. type: Labeled list
13496 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:90
13497 #, no-wrap
13498 msgid "*-o*, *--output* _format_"
13499 msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _format_"
13500
13501 #. type: Plain text
13502 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:92
13503 msgid ""
13504 "Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and "
13505 "devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:"
13506 msgstr ""
13507 "Utiliser le format de sortie indiqué. Remarquez que l’ordre des variables et "
13508 "des périphériques n’est pas fixé. Consultez également l’option *-s*. Le "
13509 "paramètre _format_ peut prendre une des valeurs suivantes :"
13510
13511 #. type: Labeled list
13512 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:93
13513 #, no-wrap
13514 msgid "*full*"
13515 msgstr "*full*"
13516
13517 #. type: Plain text
13518 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:95
13519 msgid "print all tags (the default)"
13520 msgstr "Afficher tous les indicateurs (option par défaut)."
13521
13522 #. type: Labeled list
13523 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:95
13524 #, no-wrap
13525 msgid "*value*"
13526 msgstr "*value*"
13527
13528 #. type: Plain text
13529 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:97
13530 msgid "print the value of the tags"
13531 msgstr "Afficher la valeur des indicateurs."
13532
13533 #. type: Labeled list
13534 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:97
13535 #, no-wrap
13536 msgid "*list*"
13537 msgstr "*list*"
13538
13539 #. type: Plain text
13540 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:99
13541 msgid ""
13542 "print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is "
13543 "unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)."
13544 msgstr ""
13545 "Afficher les périphériques dans un format agréable. Ce format d'affichage "
13546 "n'est pas pris en charge pour la détection bas niveau (*--probe* ou *--"
13547 "info*)."
13548
13549 #. type: Plain text
13550 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:101
13551 msgid "This output format is *DEPRECATED* in favour of the *lsblk*(8) command."
13552 msgstr ""
13553 "Ce format d’affichage est *obsolète*, remplacé par la commande *lsblk*(8)."
13554
13555 #. type: Labeled list
13556 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:101
13557 #, no-wrap
13558 msgid "*device*"
13559 msgstr "*périphérique*"
13560
13561 #. type: Plain text
13562 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103
13563 msgid ""
13564 "print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--"
13565 "label* and *--uuid* options"
13566 msgstr ""
13567 "Afficher seulement le nom de périphérique. Ce format d'affichage est "
13568 "toujours activé pour les options *--label* et *--uuid*."
13569
13570 #. type: Labeled list
13571 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103
13572 #, no-wrap
13573 msgid "*udev*"
13574 msgstr "*udev*"
13575
13576 #. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {underscore} untranslated.
13577 #. type: Plain text
13578 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:106
13579 msgid ""
13580 "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the "
13581 "keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified "
13582 "to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and "
13583 "valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with "
13584 "'{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe "
13585 "chars."
13586 msgstr ""
13587 "Afficher les paires clé=\"valeur\" pour une importation aisée dans "
13588 "l’environnement udev. Les clés sont préfixées avec ID_FS_ ou ID_PART_. La "
13589 "valeur peut être modifiée pour être sûre dans l’environnement udev. Sont "
13590 "permises l’ASCII pur, la protection par valeur hexadécimale et l’UTF-8 "
13591 "valable. Toutes les autres valeurs (y compris les espaces blancs) sont "
13592 "remplacées par « {underscore} ». Les clés avec le suffixe __ENC_ utilisent "
13593 "la protection hexadécimale pour les caractères non sûrs."
13594
13595 #. type: Plain text
13596 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:108
13597 msgid ""
13598 "The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are "
13599 "detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions "
13600 "including empty partitions."
13601 msgstr ""
13602 "La sortie udev renvoie l'indicateur ID_FS_AMBIVALENT si plusieurs superblocs "
13603 "sont détectés et des indicateurs ID_PART_ENTRY_* sont toujours renvoyés pour "
13604 "toutes les partitions, y compris les partitions vides."
13605
13606 #. type: Plain text
13607 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:110
13608 msgid "This output format is *DEPRECATED*."
13609 msgstr "Ce format d’affichage est *obsolète*."
13610
13611 #. type: Labeled list
13612 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:110
13613 #, no-wrap
13614 msgid "*export*"
13615 msgstr "*export*"
13616
13617 #. type: Plain text
13618 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:112
13619 msgid ""
13620 "print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output "
13621 "format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are "
13622 "requested."
13623 msgstr ""
13624 "Afficher les couples de clé=valeur pour les importer facilement dans "
13625 "l'environnement. Ce format de sortie est automatiquement activé quand des "
13626 "limites d'E/S (option *--info*) sont demandées."
13627
13628 #. type: Plain text
13629 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:114
13630 msgid ""
13631 "The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all "
13632 "potentially unsafe characters are escaped."
13633 msgstr ""
13634 "Les caractères non imprimables sont encodés par les notations ^ et M- et "
13635 "tous les caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés."
13636
13637 #. type: Labeled list
13638 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:115
13639 #, no-wrap
13640 msgid "*-O*, *--offset* _offset_"
13641 msgstr "*-O*, *--offset* _position_"
13642
13643 #. type: Plain text
13644 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:117
13645 msgid ""
13646 "Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be "
13647 "used together with the *--info* option."
13648 msgstr ""
13649 "Détecter à la _position_ donnée (seulement utile avec *--probe*). Cette "
13650 "option peut être utilisée avec l'option *--info*."
13651
13652 #. type: Labeled list
13653 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:118
13654 #, no-wrap
13655 msgid "*-p*, *--probe*"
13656 msgstr "*-p*, *--probe*"
13657
13658 #. type: Plain text
13659 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:120
13660 msgid "Switch to low-level superblock probing mode (bypassing the cache)."
13661 msgstr ""
13662 "Passer en mode de détection bas niveau de superbloc (en contournant le "
13663 "cache)."
13664
13665 #. type: Plain text
13666 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:122
13667 msgid ""
13668 "Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table "
13669 "type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced "
13670 "by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it "
13671 "may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example "
13672 "PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*."
13673 msgstr ""
13674 "Remarquez que la détection bas niveau renvoie aussi des informations sur le "
13675 "type de table de partitions (indicateur PTTYPE) et sur les partitions "
13676 "(indicateurs PART_ENTRY_*). Les noms d’indicateurs produits par la détection "
13677 "bas niveau sont basés sur les noms utilisés en interne par libblkid et "
13678 "peuvent être différents lorsqu’elle est exécutée sans *--probe* (par "
13679 "exemple, PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). Consultez aussi *--no-part-details*."
13680
13681 #. type: Labeled list
13682 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:123
13683 #, no-wrap
13684 msgid "*-s*, *--match-tag* _tag_"
13685 msgstr "*-s*, *--match-tag* _indicateur_"
13686
13687 #. type: Plain text
13688 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:125
13689 msgid ""
13690 "For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is "
13691 "possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, "
13692 "then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just "
13693 "refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no "
13694 "other options."
13695 msgstr ""
13696 "Pour chaque périphérique indiqué, n'afficher que les indicateurs qui "
13697 "correspondent à _indicateur_. L'option *--match-tag* peut être indiquée "
13698 "plusieurs fois. Si aucun indicateur n'est indiqué, tous les jetons sont "
13699 "affichés pour tous les périphériques indiqués. Pour ne faire que rafraîchir "
13700 "le cache sans afficher de jeton, utilisez *--match-tag none* sans aucune "
13701 "autre option."
13702
13703 #. type: Labeled list
13704 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:126 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:158
13705 #, no-wrap
13706 msgid "*-S*, *--size* _size_"
13707 msgstr "*-S*, *--size* _taille_"
13708
13709 #. type: Plain text
13710 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:128
13711 msgid "Override the size of device/file (only useful with *--probe*)."
13712 msgstr ""
13713 "Remplacer la taille du périphérique ou du fichier (seulement utile avec *--"
13714 "probe*)."
13715
13716 #. type: Labeled list
13717 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:129
13718 #, no-wrap
13719 msgid "*-t*, *--match-token* _NAME=value_"
13720 msgstr "*-t*, *--match-token* _NOM=valeur_"
13721
13722 #. type: Plain text
13723 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:131
13724 msgid ""
13725 "Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value "
13726 "_value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ "
13727 "include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on "
13728 "the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the "
13729 "specified devices are searched."
13730 msgstr ""
13731 "Rechercher les périphériques bloc qui possèdent des jetons nommés _NOM_ et "
13732 "qui ont pour valeur _valeur_, puis afficher les périphériques trouvés. Les "
13733 "valeurs usuelles de _NOM_ sont *TYPE*, *LABEL* et *UUID*. S'il n'y a pas de "
13734 "périphérique précisé sur la ligne de commande, tous les périphériques bloc "
13735 "seront analysés ; sinon, seuls les périphériques indiqués par l'utilisateur "
13736 "seront étudiés."
13737
13738 #. type: Labeled list
13739 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:132
13740 #, no-wrap
13741 msgid "*-u*, *--usages* _list_"
13742 msgstr "*-u*, *--usages* _liste_"
13743
13744 #. type: Plain text
13745 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:134
13746 msgid ""
13747 "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of "
13748 "\"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and "
13749 "other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types "
13750 "which should be ignored. For example:"
13751 msgstr ""
13752 "Restreindre les fonctions de détection à la _liste_ séparée par des virgules "
13753 "de types d'« utilisation ». Les types d'utilisation gérés sont : filesystem "
13754 "(système de fichiers), raid (RAID), crypto (chiffré) et other (autre). Les "
13755 "types d'utilisation peuvent être préfixés dans la liste par *no* pour "
13756 "signifier qu'ils doivent être ignorés. Par exemple :"
13757
13758 #. type: Plain text
13759 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:136
13760 #, no-wrap
13761 msgid "*blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1*\n"
13762 msgstr "*blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1*\n"
13763
13764 #. type: Plain text
13765 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:138
13766 msgid "probes for all filesystem and other (e.g., swap) formats, and"
13767 msgstr ""
13768 "détecte tous les formats de systèmes de fichiers et autres (par exemple, les "
13769 "espaces d'échange) et"
13770
13771 #. type: Plain text
13772 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:140
13773 #, no-wrap
13774 msgid "*blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1*\n"
13775 msgstr "*blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1*\n"
13776
13777 #. type: Plain text
13778 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:142
13779 msgid ""
13780 "probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful "
13781 "together with *--probe*."
13782 msgstr ""
13783 "détecte tous les formats gérés sauf les RAID. Cette option n'est utile "
13784 "qu'avec l'option *--probe*."
13785
13786 #. type: Labeled list
13787 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:143 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:454
13788 #, no-wrap
13789 msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _uuid_"
13790 msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
13791
13792 #. type: Plain text
13793 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:145
13794 msgid ""
13795 "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see "
13796 "the *--label* option."
13797 msgstr ""
13798 "Chercher le périphérique qui utilise cet _UUID_ de système de fichiers. Pour "
13799 "plus de précisions, consultez l'option *--label*."
13800
13801 #. type: Plain text
13802 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:151
13803 msgid ""
13804 "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--"
13805 "match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about "
13806 "the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* "
13807 "filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
13808 msgstr ""
13809 "Si le périphérique indiqué ou celui adressé par l’indicateur précisé (option "
13810 "*--match-token*) a été trouvé et qu’il est possible de réunir quelques "
13811 "informations à son propos, un code de retour 0 est renvoyé. Remarquez que "
13812 "l’option *--match-tag* filtre les indicateurs de sortie, mais qu’elle "
13813 "n’affecte pas le code de retour."
13814
13815 #. type: Plain text
13816 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:153
13817 msgid ""
13818 "If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be "
13819 "identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device "
13820 "identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned."
13821 msgstr ""
13822 "Si le jeton indiqué n'a pas été trouvé, ou si aucun périphérique (indiqué) "
13823 "n'a pu être identifié, ou qu’il est impossible d’obtenir une information sur "
13824 "les identificateurs ou le contenu de périphérique, un code de retour 2 est "
13825 "renvoyé."
13826
13827 #. type: Plain text
13828 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:155
13829 msgid "For usage or other errors, an exit status of 4 is returned."
13830 msgstr ""
13831 "Pour les erreurs d'utilisation et autres, un code de retour 4 est renvoyé."
13832
13833 #. type: Plain text
13834 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:157
13835 msgid ""
13836 "If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-"
13837 "p*), an exit status of 8 is returned."
13838 msgstr ""
13839 "Si un résultat de détection bas niveau ambivalent a été détecté (*-p*), un "
13840 "code de retour 8 est renvoyé."
13841
13842 #. type: Plain text
13843 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:161
13844 #, fuzzy
13845 #| msgid ""
13846 #| "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be "
13847 #| "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_CONF. The following options "
13848 #| "control the libblkid library:"
13849 msgid ""
13850 "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden "
13851 "by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. The following options control the "
13852 "libblkid library:"
13853 msgstr ""
13854 "L'emplacement standard du fichier de configuration _/etc/blkid.conf_ peut "
13855 "être remplacé par la variable d'environnement BLKID_CONF. Les options "
13856 "suivantes contrôlent la bibliothèque libblkid."
13857
13858 #. type: Labeled list
13859 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:162
13860 #, no-wrap
13861 msgid "_SEND_UEVENT=<yes|not>_"
13862 msgstr "_SEND_UEVENT=<yes|not>_"
13863
13864 #. type: Plain text
13865 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:164
13866 msgid ""
13867 "Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink "
13868 "does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. "
13869 "Default is \"yes\"."
13870 msgstr ""
13871 "Envoyer « uevent » lorsque le lien symbolique _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,"
13872 "partuuid,partlabel}/ ne correspond pas au LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID ou PARTLABEL "
13873 "du périphérique. *yes* par défaut."
13874
13875 #. type: Labeled list
13876 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:165
13877 #, no-wrap
13878 msgid "_CACHE_FILE=<path>_"
13879 msgstr "_CACHE_FILE=<chemin>_"
13880
13881 #. type: Plain text
13882 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:167
13883 msgid ""
13884 "Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be "
13885 "overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/"
13886 "blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory."
13887 msgstr ""
13888 "Remplacer l'emplacement standard du fichier de cache. Cette option peut être "
13889 "remplacée par la variable d'environnement *BLKID_FILE*. _/run/blkid/blkid."
13890 "tab_ par défaut ou _/etc/blkid.tab_ sur les systèmes sans répertoire _/run_."
13891
13892 #. type: Labeled list
13893 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:168
13894 #, no-wrap
13895 msgid "_EVALUATE=<methods>_"
13896 msgstr "_EVALUATE=<méthodes>_"
13897
13898 #. type: Plain text
13899 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:170
13900 msgid ""
13901 "Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library "
13902 "supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be "
13903 "specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" "
13904 "method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all "
13905 "block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file."
13906 msgstr ""
13907 "Définir la ou les méthodes d'évaluation des LABEL et UUID. Actuellement, "
13908 "libblkid gère les méthodes « udev » et « scan ». Plus d'une méthode peut "
13909 "être indiquée dans une liste séparée par des virgules. La valeur par défaut "
13910 "est « udev,scan ». La méthode « udev » utilise les liens symboliques _/dev/"
13911 "disk/by-*_ d’*udev* et la méthode « scan » analyse tous les périphériques "
13912 "bloc du fichier _/proc/partitions_."
13913
13914 #. type: Plain text
13915 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:174
13916 msgid "Setting _LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all_ enables debug output."
13917 msgstr "La configuration _LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all_ active la sortie de débogage."
13918
13919 #. type: Plain text
13920 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:178
13921 #, no-wrap
13922 msgid "*blkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by Theodore Ts'o and Karel Zak.\n"
13923 msgstr "*blkid* a été écrit par Andreas Dilger pour libblkid et amélioré par Theodore Ts'o et Karel Zak.\n"
13924
13925 #. type: Plain text
13926 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:185
13927 #, no-wrap
13928 msgid ""
13929 "*libblkid*(3),\n"
13930 "*findfs*(8),\n"
13931 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
13932 "*wipefs*(8)\n"
13933 msgstr ""
13934 "*libblkid*(3),\n"
13935 "*findfs*(8),\n"
13936 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
13937 "*wipefs*(8)\n"
13938
13939 #
13940 #
13941 #
13942 #
13943 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
13944 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
13945 #. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
13946 #. Kim Letkeman.
13947 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
13948 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
13949 #. are met:
13950 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
13951 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
13952 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
13953 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
13954 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13955 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
13956 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
13957 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
13958 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
13959 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
13960 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
13961 #.    without specific prior written permission.
13962 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
13963 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
13964 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
13965 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
13966 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
13967 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
13968 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
13969 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
13970 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
13971 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
13972 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
13973 #.     @(#)cal.1        8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
13974 #. type: Title =
13975 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:39
13976 #, no-wrap
13977 msgid "cal(1)"
13978 msgstr "cal(1)"
13979
13980 #. type: Plain text
13981 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:50
13982 msgid "cal - display a calendar"
13983 msgstr ""
13984
13985 #. type: Plain text
13986 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:54
13987 #, no-wrap
13988 msgid "*cal* [options] [[[_day_] _month_] _year_]\n"
13989 msgstr ""
13990
13991 #. type: Plain text
13992 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:56
13993 #, no-wrap
13994 msgid "*cal* [options] [_timestamp_|_monthname_]\n"
13995 msgstr ""
13996
13997 #. type: Plain text
13998 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:60
13999 #, no-wrap
14000 msgid "*cal* displays a simple calendar. If no arguments are specified, the current month is displayed.\n"
14001 msgstr ""
14002
14003 #. type: Plain text
14004 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:62
14005 msgid ""
14006 "The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an "
14007 "abbreviated month name according to the current locales."
14008 msgstr ""
14009
14010 #. type: Plain text
14011 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:64
14012 msgid ""
14013 "Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are "
14014 "nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the "
14015 "frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with "
14016 "solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was "
14017 "introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* "
14018 "uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian "
14019 "calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 "
14020 "days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with "
14021 "solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which "
14022 "the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)."
14023 msgstr ""
14024
14025 #. type: Plain text
14026 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:66
14027 msgid ""
14028 "Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar "
14029 "may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below."
14030 msgstr ""
14031
14032 #. type: Labeled list
14033 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:69
14034 #, no-wrap
14035 msgid "*-1*, *--one*"
14036 msgstr "*-1*, *--one*"
14037
14038 #. type: Plain text
14039 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:71
14040 #, fuzzy
14041 #| msgid "Do not bulk-read.  This is the default."
14042 msgid "Display single month output. (This is the default.)"
14043 msgstr "Pas de lecture en masse. C'est le comportement par défaut."
14044
14045 #. type: Labeled list
14046 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:72
14047 #, no-wrap
14048 msgid "*-3*, *--three*"
14049 msgstr "*-3*, *--three*"
14050
14051 #. type: Plain text
14052 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:74
14053 msgid "Display three months spanning the date."
14054 msgstr ""
14055
14056 #. type: Labeled list
14057 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:75
14058 #, no-wrap
14059 msgid "*-n , --months* _number_"
14060 msgstr "*-n , --months* _nombre_"
14061
14062 #. type: Plain text
14063 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:77
14064 msgid ""
14065 "Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date."
14066 msgstr ""
14067
14068 #. type: Labeled list
14069 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:78
14070 #, no-wrap
14071 msgid "*-S, --span*"
14072 msgstr "*-S, --span*"
14073
14074 #. type: Plain text
14075 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:80
14076 msgid "Display months spanning the date."
14077 msgstr ""
14078
14079 #. type: Labeled list
14080 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:81
14081 #, no-wrap
14082 msgid "*-s*, *--sunday*"
14083 msgstr "*-s*, *--sunday*"
14084
14085 #. type: Plain text
14086 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:83
14087 msgid "Display Sunday as the first day of the week."
14088 msgstr ""
14089
14090 #. type: Labeled list
14091 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:84
14092 #, no-wrap
14093 msgid "*-m*, *--monday*"
14094 msgstr "*-m*, *--monday*"
14095
14096 #. type: Plain text
14097 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:86
14098 msgid "Display Monday as the first day of the week."
14099 msgstr ""
14100
14101 #. type: Labeled list
14102 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:87 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:53
14103 #, no-wrap
14104 msgid "*-v*, *--vertical*"
14105 msgstr "*-v*, *--vertical*"
14106
14107 #. type: Plain text
14108 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:89
14109 msgid "Display using a vertical layout (aka *ncal*(1) mode)."
14110 msgstr ""
14111
14112 #. type: Labeled list
14113 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:90
14114 #, no-wrap
14115 msgid "*--iso*"
14116 msgstr "*--iso*"
14117
14118 #. type: Plain text
14119 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:92
14120 msgid ""
14121 "Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not "
14122 "affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below."
14123 msgstr ""
14124
14125 #. type: Labeled list
14126 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:93
14127 #, no-wrap
14128 msgid "*-j*, *--julian*"
14129 msgstr "*-j*, *--julian*"
14130
14131 #. type: Plain text
14132 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:95
14133 msgid ""
14134 "Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal "
14135 "days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the "
14136 "Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--"
14137 "reform* option."
14138 msgstr ""
14139
14140 #. type: Plain text
14141 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:97
14142 msgid ""
14143 "Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian "
14144 "calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions "
14145 "that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) "
14146 "date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This "
14147 "option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the "
14148 "POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar "
14149 "system. See *DESCRIPTION* above."
14150 msgstr ""
14151
14152 #. type: Labeled list
14153 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:98
14154 #, no-wrap
14155 msgid "*--reform* _val_"
14156 msgstr ""
14157
14158 #. type: Plain text
14159 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:100
14160 msgid ""
14161 "This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. "
14162 "Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar "
14163 "dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can "
14164 "be:"
14165 msgstr ""
14166
14167 #. type: Plain text
14168 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:102
14169 msgid ""
14170 "_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when "
14171 "the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire."
14172 msgstr ""
14173
14174 #. type: Plain text
14175 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:103
14176 msgid ""
14177 "_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special "
14178 "placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; "
14179 "meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is "
14180 "called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar "
14181 "system's creation use extrapolated values."
14182 msgstr ""
14183
14184 #. type: Plain text
14185 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:104
14186 msgid ""
14187 "_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation "
14188 "of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic "
14189 "Gregorian calendar."
14190 msgstr ""
14191
14192 #. type: Plain text
14193 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:105
14194 msgid ""
14195 "_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder "
14196 "sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all "
14197 "calendar output uses the Julian calendar system."
14198 msgstr ""
14199
14200 #. type: Plain text
14201 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:107
14202 #, fuzzy
14203 #| msgid "DESCRIPTION"
14204 msgid "See *DESCRIPTION* above."
14205 msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
14206
14207 #. type: Labeled list
14208 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:108
14209 #, no-wrap
14210 msgid "*-y*, *--year*"
14211 msgstr "*-y*, *--year*"
14212
14213 #. type: Plain text
14214 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:110
14215 msgid "Display a calendar for the whole year."
14216 msgstr ""
14217
14218 #. type: Labeled list
14219 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:111
14220 #, no-wrap
14221 msgid "*-Y, --twelve*"
14222 msgstr "*-Y, --twelve*"
14223
14224 #. type: Plain text
14225 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:113
14226 msgid "Display a calendar for the next twelve months."
14227 msgstr ""
14228
14229 #. type: Labeled list
14230 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:114
14231 #, no-wrap
14232 msgid "*-w*, *--week*[=_number_]"
14233 msgstr "*-w*, *--week*[=_nombre_]"
14234
14235 #. type: Plain text
14236 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:116
14237 msgid ""
14238 "Display week numbers in the calendar (US or ISO-8601). See the *NOTES* "
14239 "section for more details."
14240 msgstr ""
14241
14242 #. type: Labeled list
14243 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:117
14244 #, no-wrap
14245 msgid "*--color*[=_when_]"
14246 msgstr "*--color*[=_quand_]"
14247
14248 #. type: Labeled list
14249 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:120
14250 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14251 #| msgid "*-c*, *--command*=_command_"
14252 msgid "*-c, --columns*=_columns_"
14253 msgstr "*-c*, *--command*=_commande_"
14254
14255 #. type: Plain text
14256 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:122
14257 msgid "Number of columns to use. *auto* uses as many as fit the terminal."
14258 msgstr ""
14259
14260 #. type: Labeled list
14261 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:127
14262 #, no-wrap
14263 msgid "*Single digits-only parameter (e.g., 'cal 2020')*"
14264 msgstr ""
14265
14266 #. type: Plain text
14267 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:129
14268 msgid ""
14269 "Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: "
14270 "*cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989."
14271 msgstr ""
14272
14273 #. type: Labeled list
14274 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:130
14275 #, no-wrap
14276 msgid "*Single string parameter (e.g., 'cal tomorrow' or 'cal August')*"
14277 msgstr ""
14278
14279 #. type: Plain text
14280 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:132
14281 msgid ""
14282 "Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to "
14283 "the current locales."
14284 msgstr ""
14285
14286 #. type: Plain text
14287 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:134
14288 msgid ""
14289 "The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be "
14290 "used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" "
14291 "refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively."
14292 msgstr ""
14293
14294 #. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {plus} untranslated.
14295 #. type: Plain text
14296 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:136
14297 msgid ""
14298 "The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" "
14299 "is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. "
14300 "Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the "
14301 "current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. "
14302 "Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be "
14303 "suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week "
14304 "ago')."
14305 msgstr ""
14306
14307 #. type: Labeled list
14308 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:138
14309 #, no-wrap
14310 msgid "*Two parameters (e.g., 'cal 11 2020')*"
14311 msgstr ""
14312
14313 #. type: Plain text
14314 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:140
14315 msgid "Denote the _month_ (1 - 12) and _year_."
14316 msgstr ""
14317
14318 #. type: Labeled list
14319 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:141
14320 #, no-wrap
14321 msgid "*Three parameters (e.g., 'cal 25 11 2020')*"
14322 msgstr ""
14323
14324 #. type: Plain text
14325 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:143
14326 msgid ""
14327 "Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted "
14328 "if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, "
14329 "the current month's calendar is displayed."
14330 msgstr ""
14331
14332 #. type: Plain text
14333 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:147
14334 msgid ""
14335 "A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the "
14336 "locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options."
14337 msgstr ""
14338
14339 #. type: Plain text
14340 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:149
14341 msgid ""
14342 "The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it "
14343 "is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 "
14344 "January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 "
14345 "standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number "
14346 "1."
14347 msgstr ""
14348
14349 #. type: Plain text
14350 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:152
14351 #, fuzzy
14352 #| msgid "The logical color names supported by *fdisk* are:"
14353 msgid "The logical color names supported by *cal* are:"
14354 msgstr ""
14355 "Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge par *fdisk* sont les suivantes :"
14356
14357 #. type: Labeled list
14358 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:153
14359 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14360 #| msgid "today"
14361 msgid "*today*"
14362 msgstr "today [aujourd’hui]"
14363
14364 #. type: Plain text
14365 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:155
14366 #, fuzzy
14367 #| msgid "Insert the current date."
14368 msgid "The current day."
14369 msgstr "Insérer la date actuelle."
14370
14371 #. type: Labeled list
14372 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:156
14373 #, no-wrap
14374 msgid "*weeknumber*"
14375 msgstr ""
14376
14377 #. type: Plain text
14378 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:158
14379 #, fuzzy
14380 #| msgid "Size of the locked file."
14381 msgid "The number of the week."
14382 msgstr "La taille du fichier verrouillé."
14383
14384 #. type: Plain text
14385 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:161
14386 #, fuzzy
14387 #| msgid "The header of the output tables."
14388 msgid "The header of a month."
14389 msgstr "L’en-tête des tables en sortie."
14390
14391 #. type: Labeled list
14392 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:162
14393 #, no-wrap
14394 msgid "*workday*"
14395 msgstr ""
14396
14397 #. type: Plain text
14398 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:164
14399 msgid "Days that fall within the work-week."
14400 msgstr ""
14401
14402 #. type: Labeled list
14403 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:165
14404 #, no-wrap
14405 msgid "*weekend*"
14406 msgstr ""
14407
14408 #. type: Plain text
14409 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:167
14410 msgid "Days that fall outside the work-week."
14411 msgstr ""
14412
14413 #. type: Plain text
14414 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:169 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:286
14415 msgid "For example:"
14416 msgstr "Par exemple :"
14417
14418 #. type: delimited block _
14419 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:171
14420 msgid ""
14421 "echo -e 'weekend 35\\ntoday 1;41\\nheader yellow' > $HOME/.config/terminal-"
14422 "colors.d/cal.scheme"
14423 msgstr ""
14424
14425 #. type: Plain text
14426 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:176
14427 msgid "A *cal* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
14428 msgstr "Une commande *cal* est apparue dans la version 6 d’UNIX AT&T."
14429
14430 #. type: Plain text
14431 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:180
14432 msgid ""
14433 "The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar "
14434 "reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including "
14435 "its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented."
14436 msgstr ""
14437
14438 #. type: Plain text
14439 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:182
14440 msgid ""
14441 "Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, "
14442 "or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported."
14443 msgstr ""
14444
14445 #. type: Plain text
14446 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:186
14447 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14448 #| msgid "terminal-colors.d(5)"
14449 msgid "*terminal-colors.d*(5)\n"
14450 msgstr "terminal-colors.d(5)"
14451
14452 #
14453 #. type: Title =
14454 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:2
14455 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14456 #| msgid "fincore(1)"
14457 msgid "fadvise(1)"
14458 msgstr "fincore(1)"
14459
14460 #. type: Plain text
14461 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:12
14462 msgid "fadvise - utility to use the posix_fadvise system call"
14463 msgstr ""
14464
14465 #. type: Plain text
14466 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:16
14467 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14468 #| msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
14469 msgid "*fadvise* [*-a* _advice_] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
14470 msgstr "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _position_] [*-l* _taille_] _fichier_\n"
14471
14472 #. type: Plain text
14473 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:18
14474 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14475 #| msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
14476 msgid "*fadvise* [*-a* _advice_] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] -d _file-descriptor_\n"
14477 msgstr "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _position_] [*-l* _taille_] _fichier_\n"
14478
14479 #. type: Plain text
14480 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:23
14481 #, no-wrap
14482 msgid ""
14483 "*fadvise* is a simple command wrapping posix_fadvise system call\n"
14484 "that is for predeclaring an access pattern for file data.\n"
14485 msgstr ""
14486
14487 #. type: Labeled list
14488 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:26
14489 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14490 #| msgid "*-f*, *--find* [_file_]"
14491 msgid "*-d*, *--fd* _file-descriptor_"
14492 msgstr "*-f*, *--find* [_fichier_]"
14493
14494 #. type: Plain text
14495 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:29
14496 msgid ""
14497 "Apply the advice to the file specified with the file descriptor instead of "
14498 "open a file specified with a file name."
14499 msgstr ""
14500
14501 #. type: Labeled list
14502 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:30
14503 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14504 #| msgid "*-d*, *--device* _device_"
14505 msgid "*-a*, *--advice* _advice_"
14506 msgstr "*-d*, *--device* _périphérique_"
14507
14508 #. type: Plain text
14509 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:33
14510 msgid ""
14511 "See the command output with *--help* option for available values for advice. "
14512 "If this option is omitted, \"dontneed\" is used as default advice."
14513 msgstr ""
14514
14515 #. type: Plain text
14516 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:37
14517 #, fuzzy
14518 #| msgid "Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes."
14519 msgid ""
14520 "Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes.  If this option is "
14521 "omitted, 0 is used as default advice."
14522 msgstr "Indiquer la position de début de l’intervalle, en octets."
14523
14524 #. type: Labeled list
14525 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:37
14526 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:50
14527 #, no-wrap
14528 msgid "*-l*, *--length* _length_"
14529 msgstr "*-l*, *--length* _taille_"
14530
14531 # FIXME lenght → _length_
14532 #. type: Plain text
14533 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:41
14534 #, fuzzy
14535 #| msgid "Specifies the length of the range, in bytes."
14536 msgid ""
14537 "Specifies the length of the range, in bytes.  If this option is omitted, 0 "
14538 "is used as default advice."
14539 msgstr "Indiquer la _taille_ de l’intervalle, en octets."
14540
14541 #. type: Plain text
14542 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:47
14543 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14544 #| msgid "B<kill> has the following return codes:"
14545 msgid "*fadvise* has the following exit status values:\n"
14546 msgstr "B<kill> comporte les codes de retour suivants :"
14547
14548 #. type: Plain text
14549 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:52 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:48
14550 #, fuzzy
14551 #| msgid "mount failure"
14552 msgid "unspecified failure"
14553 msgstr "échec de montage"
14554
14555 #. type: Plain text
14556 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:56 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:55
14557 msgid "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]"
14558 msgstr "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]"
14559
14560 #. type: Plain text
14561 #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:60
14562 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14563 #| msgid "*ioprio_set*(2)\n"
14564 msgid "*posix_fadvise*(2)\n"
14565 msgstr "*ioprio_set*(2)\n"
14566
14567 #
14568 #. Copyright 2017 Red Hat, Inc.
14569 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
14570 #. type: Title =
14571 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:7
14572 #, no-wrap
14573 msgid "fincore(1)"
14574 msgstr "fincore(1)"
14575
14576 #. type: Plain text
14577 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:18
14578 msgid "fincore - count pages of file contents in core"
14579 msgstr ""
14580
14581 #. type: Plain text
14582 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:22
14583 #, no-wrap
14584 msgid "*fincore* [options] _file_...\n"
14585 msgstr "*fincore* [options] _fichier_...\n"
14586
14587 #. type: Plain text
14588 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:26
14589 #, no-wrap
14590 msgid "*fincore* counts pages of file contents being resident in memory (in core), and reports the numbers. If an error occurs during counting, then an error message is printed to the stderr and *fincore* continues processing the rest of files listed in a command line.\n"
14591 msgstr ""
14592
14593 #. type: Plain text
14594 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:28 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:34
14595 #, fuzzy
14596 #| msgid ""
14597 #| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
14598 #| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
14599 #| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
14600 #| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
14601 #| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
14602 msgid ""
14603 "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
14604 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
14605 "expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a "
14606 "stable output is required."
14607 msgstr ""
14608 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
14609 "B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
14610 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
14611 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
14612 "utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
14613 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
14614
14615 #. type: Labeled list
14616 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:31 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:90
14617 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:85 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:47
14618 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:53
14619 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:25
14620 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:40
14621 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:30 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:36
14622 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:49
14623 #, no-wrap
14624 msgid "*-n*, *--noheadings*"
14625 msgstr "*-n*, *--noheadings*"
14626
14627 #. type: Plain text
14628 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:51
14629 #, fuzzy
14630 #| msgid "Do not print a header line."
14631 msgid "Do not print a header line in status output."
14632 msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."
14633
14634 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
14635 #. type: Plain text
14636 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:39
14637 #, fuzzy
14638 #| msgid ""
14639 #| "Define output columns.  See the B<--help> output to get a list of the "
14640 #| "currently supported columns.  The B<TARGET> column contains tree "
14641 #| "formatting if the B<--list> or B<--raw> options are not specified."
14642 msgid ""
14643 "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the "
14644 "currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if "
14645 "_list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_."
14646 msgstr ""
14647 "Définir les colonnes de sortie. Consultez la sortie de B<--help> pour "
14648 "obtenir une liste des colonnes actuellement prises en charge. La colonne "
14649 "B<TARGET> contient le formatage d'arborescence si les options B<--list> ou "
14650 "B<--raw> ne sont pas indiquées."
14651
14652 #. type: Plain text
14653 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:56
14654 #, fuzzy
14655 #| msgid ""
14656 #| "Use raw output format.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
14657 #| "(\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
14658 msgid ""
14659 "Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
14660 "escaped (\\x<code>)."
14661 msgstr ""
14662 "Utiliser le format de sortie brut. Tous les caractères potentiellement non "
14663 "sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."
14664
14665 #. type: Labeled list
14666 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:72
14667 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:67 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:44
14668 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:40 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:50
14669 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:72
14670 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:116 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:66
14671 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:34
14672 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:34
14673 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:27
14674 #, no-wrap
14675 msgid "*-J*, *--json*"
14676 msgstr "*-J*, *--json*"
14677
14678 #. type: Plain text
14679 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:49 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:74
14680 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:46 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:42
14681 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:52 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:51
14682 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:41
14683 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:29
14684 msgid "Use JSON output format."
14685 msgstr "Utiliser le format de sortie JSON."
14686
14687 #. type: Plain text
14688 #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:62
14689 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14690 #| msgid ""
14691 #| "*mincore*(2),\n"
14692 #| "*getpagesize*(2),\n"
14693 #| "*getconf*(1p)\n"
14694 msgid ""
14695 "*mincore*(2),\n"
14696 "*getpagesize*(2),\n"
14697 "*getconf*(1p)\n"
14698 "*cachestat*(2)\n"
14699 msgstr ""
14700 "*mincore*(2),\n"
14701 "*getpagesize*(2),\n"
14702 "*getconf*(1p)\n"
14703
14704 #.  Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
14705 #.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
14706 #. type: Title =
14707 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:4
14708 #, no-wrap
14709 msgid "findfs(8)"
14710 msgstr "findfs(8)"
14711
14712 #. type: Plain text
14713 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:14
14714 msgid "findfs - find a filesystem by label or UUID"
14715 msgstr ""
14716 "findfs - Trouver un système de fichiers en fonction d'une étiquette ou d'un "
14717 "UUID"
14718
14719 #. type: Plain text
14720 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:18
14721 #, no-wrap
14722 msgid "*findfs* *NAME*=_value_\n"
14723 msgstr "*findfs* *NOM*=_valeur_\n"
14724
14725 #. type: Plain text
14726 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:22
14727 #, no-wrap
14728 msgid "*findfs* will search the block devices in the system looking for a filesystem or partition with specified tag. The currently supported tags are:\n"
14729 msgstr "*findfs* cherchera les périphériques blocs sur le système pour trouver un système de fichiers ou une partition avec l’étiquette indiquée. Les étiquettes actuellement prises en charge sont les suivantes.\n"
14730
14731 #. type: Labeled list
14732 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:23
14733 #, no-wrap
14734 msgid "*LABEL*=_<label>_"
14735 msgstr "*LABEL*=_étiquette_"
14736
14737 #. type: Plain text
14738 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:25
14739 msgid "Specifies filesystem label."
14740 msgstr "Indiquer une étiquette de système de fichiers."
14741
14742 #. type: Labeled list
14743 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:26
14744 #, no-wrap
14745 msgid "*UUID*=_<uuid>_"
14746 msgstr "*UUID*=_<UUID>_"
14747
14748 #. type: Plain text
14749 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:28
14750 msgid "Specifies filesystem UUID."
14751 msgstr "Indiquer un UUID de système de fichiers."
14752
14753 #. type: Labeled list
14754 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:29
14755 #, no-wrap
14756 msgid "*PARTUUID*=_<uuid>_"
14757 msgstr "*PARTUUID*=_<UUID>_"
14758
14759 #. type: Plain text
14760 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:31
14761 msgid ""
14762 "Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example "
14763 "for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables."
14764 msgstr ""
14765 "Indiquer un UUID de partition. Cet identifiant de partition est par exemple "
14766 "pris en charge pour les tables de partitions GUID (GPT)."
14767
14768 #. type: Labeled list
14769 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:32
14770 #, no-wrap
14771 msgid "*PARTLABEL*=_<label>_"
14772 msgstr "*PARTLABEL*=_<étiquette>_"
14773
14774 #. type: Plain text
14775 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:34
14776 msgid ""
14777 "Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for "
14778 "example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables."
14779 msgstr ""
14780 "Indiquer une étiquette (nom) de partition. Les étiquettes de partition sont "
14781 "par exemple prises en charge pour les tables de partitions GUID (GPT) ou MAC."
14782
14783 #. type: Plain text
14784 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:36
14785 msgid ""
14786 "If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on "
14787 "stdout."
14788 msgstr ""
14789 "Si le système de fichiers ou la partition sont trouvés, le nom de "
14790 "périphérique sera affiché sur la sortie standard."
14791
14792 #. type: Plain text
14793 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:38
14794 msgid ""
14795 "The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for "
14796 "example by"
14797 msgstr ""
14798 "La vue d’ensemble complète des systèmes de fichiers et des partitions peut "
14799 "par exemple être obtenue avec :"
14800
14801 #. type: delimited block _
14802 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:41
14803 #, no-wrap
14804 msgid "*lsblk --fs*\n"
14805 msgstr "*lsblk --fs*\n"
14806
14807 #. type: delimited block _
14808 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:43
14809 #, no-wrap
14810 msgid "*partx --show <disk>*\n"
14811 msgstr "*partx --show <disque>*\n"
14812
14813 #. type: delimited block _
14814 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:45
14815 #, no-wrap
14816 msgid "*blkid*\n"
14817 msgstr "*blkid*\n"
14818
14819 #. type: Plain text
14820 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:55
14821 msgid "label or uuid cannot be found"
14822 msgstr "L’étiquette ou l’UUID sont introuvables."
14823
14824 #. type: Plain text
14825 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:57
14826 msgid "usage error, wrong number of arguments or unknown option"
14827 msgstr "Erreur d’utilisation, mauvais nombre d’arguments ou option inconnue."
14828
14829 #. type: Plain text
14830 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:66
14831 #, no-wrap
14832 msgid "*findfs* was originally written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o] and re-written for the util-linux package by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n"
14833 msgstr "*findfs* a été écrit par mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o] et réécrit par mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] pour le paquet util-linux.\n"
14834
14835 #. type: Plain text
14836 #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:72
14837 #, no-wrap
14838 msgid ""
14839 "*blkid*(8),\n"
14840 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
14841 "*partx*(8)\n"
14842 msgstr ""
14843 "*blkid*(8),\n"
14844 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
14845 "*partx*(8)\n"
14846
14847 #. type: Title =
14848 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:2
14849 #, no-wrap
14850 msgid "findmnt(8)"
14851 msgstr "findmnt(8)"
14852
14853 #. type: Plain text
14854 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:13
14855 msgid "findmnt - find a filesystem"
14856 msgstr "findmnt - Trouver un système de fichiers"
14857
14858 #. type: Plain text
14859 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:17
14860 #, no-wrap
14861 msgid "*findmnt* [options]\n"
14862 msgstr "*findmnt* [options]\n"
14863
14864 #. type: Plain text
14865 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:19
14866 #, no-wrap
14867 msgid "*findmnt* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
14868 msgstr "*findmnt* [options] _périphérique_|_point_de_montage_\n"
14869
14870 #. type: Plain text
14871 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:21
14872 #, no-wrap
14873 msgid "*findmnt* [options] [*--source*] _device_ [*--target* _path_|*--mountpoint* _mountpoint_]\n"
14874 msgstr "*findmnt* [options] [*--source*] _périphérique_ [*--target* _chemin_]|[*--mountpoint* _point_de_montage_]\n"
14875
14876 #. type: Plain text
14877 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:25
14878 #, no-wrap
14879 msgid "*findmnt* will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem. The *findmnt* command is able to search in _/etc/fstab_, _/etc/mtab_ or _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If _device_ or _mountpoint_ is not given, all filesystems are shown.\n"
14880 msgstr "*findmnt* affichera la liste de tous les systèmes de fichiers montés ou recherchera un système de fichiers. La commande *findmnt* peut chercher dans _/etc/fstab_, _/etc/mtab_ ou _/proc/self/mountinfo_. Si _périphérique_ ou _point_de_montage_ ne sont pas donnés, tous les systèmes de fichiers sont montrés.\n"
14881
14882 #. type: Plain text
14883 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:27
14884 msgid ""
14885 "The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem "
14886 "label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows "
14887 "*mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint "
14888 "(and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are "
14889 "not specified."
14890 msgstr ""
14891 "Le périphérique peut être indiqué par son nom de périphérique, les numéros "
14892 "maj:min, l’étiquette (LABEL) ou l’UUID de système de fichiers ou l’étiquette "
14893 "(PARTLABEL) ou PARTUUID de partition. Remarquez *findmnt* suit le "
14894 "comportement de *mount*(8) selon lequel un nom de périphérique peut être "
14895 "interprété comme un point de montage (et vice versa) si les options *--"
14896 "target*, *--mountpoint* ou *--source* ne sont pas indiquées."
14897
14898 #. type: Plain text
14899 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:29
14900 msgid ""
14901 "The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then "
14902 "*findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path."
14903 msgstr ""
14904
14905 #. type: Plain text
14906 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:31
14907 #, fuzzy
14908 #| msgid ""
14909 #| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
14910 #| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
14911 #| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
14912 #| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
14913 #| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
14914 msgid ""
14915 "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by "
14916 "default. The default output, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you "
14917 "should avoid using default output in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
14918 "expected columns by using *--output columns-list* in environments where a "
14919 "stable output is required."
14920 msgstr ""
14921 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
14922 "B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
14923 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
14924 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
14925 "utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
14926 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
14927
14928 #. type: Plain text
14929 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:33
14930 msgid ""
14931 "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-"
14932 "one. The filesystem may use more block devices. This is why *findmnt* "
14933 "provides SOURCE and SOURCES (pl.) columns. The column SOURCES displays all "
14934 "devices where it is possible to find the same filesystem UUID (or another "
14935 "tag specified in _fstab_ when executed with *--fstab* and *--evaluate*)."
14936 msgstr ""
14937
14938 #. type: Labeled list
14939 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:36
14940 #, no-wrap
14941 msgid "*-A*, *--all*"
14942 msgstr "*-A*, *--all*"
14943
14944 #. type: Plain text
14945 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:38
14946 msgid "Disable all built-in filters and print all filesystems."
14947 msgstr ""
14948 "Désactiver tous les filtres intégrés et afficher tous les systèmes de "
14949 "fichiers."
14950
14951 #. type: Labeled list
14952 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:39
14953 #, no-wrap
14954 msgid "*-a*, *--ascii*"
14955 msgstr "*-a*, *--ascii*"
14956
14957 #. type: Plain text
14958 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:41
14959 msgid "Use ascii characters for tree formatting."
14960 msgstr "Utiliser des caractères ASCII pour le formatage d'arborescence."
14961
14962 #. type: Labeled list
14963 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:45
14964 #, no-wrap
14965 msgid "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*"
14966 msgstr "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*"
14967
14968 #. type: Plain text
14969 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:47
14970 msgid ""
14971 "Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths "
14972 "and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
14973 msgstr ""
14974 "Ne pas canoniser du tout les chemins. Cette option affecte la comparaison de "
14975 "chemin et l’évaluation d’étiquettes (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
14976
14977 #. type: Labeled list
14978 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:48
14979 #, no-wrap
14980 msgid "*-c*, *--canonicalize*"
14981 msgstr "*-c*, *--canonicalize*"
14982
14983 #. type: Plain text
14984 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:50
14985 msgid "Canonicalize all printed paths."
14986 msgstr "Rendre tous les chemins affichés canoniques."
14987
14988 #. type: Labeled list
14989 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:51
14990 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
14991 #| msgid "*undelete*"
14992 msgid "*--deleted*"
14993 msgstr "*undelete*"
14994
14995 #. type: Plain text
14996 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:53
14997 msgid ""
14998 "Print filesystems where target (mountpoint) is marked as deleted by kernel."
14999 msgstr ""
15000
15001 #. type: Labeled list
15002 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:54
15003 #, no-wrap
15004 msgid "*-D*, *--df*"
15005 msgstr "*-D*, *--df*"
15006
15007 #. type: Plain text
15008 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:56
15009 #, fuzzy
15010 #| msgid ""
15011 #| "Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,"
15012 #| "FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. "
15013 #| "Use *--all* to print all filesystems."
15014 msgid ""
15015 "Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,"
15016 "FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use "
15017 "*--all* to print all filesystems."
15018 msgstr ""
15019 "Imiter la sortie de *df*(1). Cette option est équivalente à *-o SOURCE,"
15020 "FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET*, mais exclut tous les pseudo-systèmes de "
15021 "fichiers. Utilisez *--all* pour afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers."
15022
15023 #. type: Labeled list
15024 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:57
15025 #, no-wrap
15026 msgid "*-d*, *--direction* _word_"
15027 msgstr "*-d*, *--direction* _mot_"
15028
15029 #. type: Plain text
15030 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:59
15031 msgid "The search direction, either *forward* or *backward*."
15032 msgstr ""
15033 "La direction de recherche, soit *forward* (en avant), soit *backward* (en "
15034 "arrière)."
15035
15036 #. type: Labeled list
15037 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:60
15038 #, no-wrap
15039 msgid "*-e*, *--evaluate*"
15040 msgstr "*-e*, *--evaluate*"
15041
15042 #. type: Plain text
15043 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:62
15044 msgid ""
15045 "Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding "
15046 "device names for the SOURCE column.  It's an unusual situation, but the same "
15047 "tag may be duplicated (used for more devices). For this purpose, there is "
15048 "SOURCES (pl.) column. This column displays by multi-line cell all devices "
15049 "where the tag is detected by libblkid. This option makes sense for _fstab_ "
15050 "only."
15051 msgstr ""
15052
15053 #. type: Labeled list
15054 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:63
15055 #, no-wrap
15056 msgid "*-F*, *--tab-file* _path_"
15057 msgstr "*-F*, *--tab-file* _chemin_"
15058
15059 #. type: Plain text
15060 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:65
15061 msgid ""
15062 "Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--"
15063 "kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, "
15064 "then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)."
15065 msgstr ""
15066 "Chercher dans un autre fichier. Si elle est utilisée avec *--fstab*, *--"
15067 "mtab* ou *--kernel*, alors elle remplace les chemins par défaut. Si elle est "
15068 "indiquée plus d’une fois, alors la sortie au format arborescent est "
15069 "désactivée (consultez l’option *--list*)."
15070
15071 #. type: Labeled list
15072 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:66
15073 #, no-wrap
15074 msgid "*-f*, *--first-only*"
15075 msgstr "*-f*, *--first-only*"
15076
15077 #. type: Plain text
15078 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:68
15079 msgid "Print the first matching filesystem only."
15080 msgstr "N'afficher que le premier système de fichiers correspondant."
15081
15082 #. type: Labeled list
15083 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:69
15084 #, no-wrap
15085 msgid "*-i*, *--invert*"
15086 msgstr "*-i*, *--invert*"
15087
15088 #. type: Plain text
15089 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:71
15090 msgid "Invert the sense of matching."
15091 msgstr "Inverser le sens de la correspondance."
15092
15093 #. type: Labeled list
15094 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:75
15095 #, no-wrap
15096 msgid "*-k*, *--kernel*"
15097 msgstr "*-k*, *--kernel*"
15098
15099 # FIXME *--mtab)* → *--mtab*)
15100 #. type: Plain text
15101 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:77
15102 #, fuzzy
15103 #| msgid ""
15104 #| "Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. "
15105 #| "This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by "
15106 #| "kernel (see also *--mtab)*."
15107 msgid ""
15108 "Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. "
15109 "This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by "
15110 "kernel (see also *--mtab*)."
15111 msgstr ""
15112 "Rechercher dans _/proc/self/mountinfo_. L'affichage est au format "
15113 "arborescent. C'est le fonctionnement par défaut. La sortie contient les "
15114 "options de montage respectées par le noyau (consultez aussi *--mtab*)."
15115
15116 #. type: Plain text
15117 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:80
15118 msgid ""
15119 "Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if "
15120 "the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the "
15121 "option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option "
15122 "*-F*) is specified."
15123 msgstr ""
15124 "Utiliser l'affichage au format liste. Ce format de sortie est activé "
15125 "automatiquement si la sortie est restreinte par les options *-t*, *-O*, *-S* "
15126 "ou *-T* et que l'option *--submounts* n'est pas utilisée ou si plus d’un "
15127 "fichier source (l’option *-F*) est indiqué."
15128
15129 #. type: Labeled list
15130 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:81
15131 #, no-wrap
15132 msgid "*-M*, *--mountpoint* _path_"
15133 msgstr "*-M*, *--mountpoint* _chemin_"
15134
15135 #. type: Plain text
15136 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:83
15137 msgid ""
15138 "Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*."
15139 msgstr ""
15140 "Définir explicitement le fichier ou le répertoire de point de montage. "
15141 "Consultez aussi *--target*."
15142
15143 #. type: Labeled list
15144 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:84
15145 #, no-wrap
15146 msgid "*-m*, *--mtab*"
15147 msgstr "*-m*, *--mtab*"
15148
15149 #. type: Plain text
15150 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:86
15151 msgid ""
15152 "Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--"
15153 "tree*). The output may include user space mount options."
15154 msgstr ""
15155 "Rechercher dans _/etc/mtab_. L'affichage est au format liste par défaut "
15156 "(consultez *--tree*). La sortie peut inclure les options de montage en "
15157 "espace utilisateur."
15158
15159 #. type: Labeled list
15160 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:87
15161 #, no-wrap
15162 msgid "*-N*, *--task* _tid_"
15163 msgstr "*-N*, *--task* _idt_"
15164
15165 #. type: Plain text
15166 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:89
15167 msgid ""
15168 "Use alternative namespace _/proc/<tid>/mountinfo_ rather than the default _/"
15169 "proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-"
15170 "like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) "
15171 "command."
15172 msgstr ""
15173 "Utiliser l’espace de noms alternatif _/proc/<idt>/mountinfo_ au lieu de _/"
15174 "proc/self/mountinfo_ par défaut. Si l’option est indiquée plus d’une fois, "
15175 "alors la sortie au format arborescent est désactivée (consultez l’option *--"
15176 "list*). Consultez également la commande *unshare*(1)."
15177
15178 #. type: Labeled list
15179 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:93
15180 #, no-wrap
15181 msgid "*-O*, *--options* _list_"
15182 msgstr "*-O*, *--options* _liste_"
15183
15184 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
15185 #. type: Plain text
15186 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:95
15187 msgid ""
15188 "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified "
15189 "in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in "
15190 "effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a "
15191 "leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can "
15192 "used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can "
15193 "be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix."
15194 msgstr ""
15195 "Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs options "
15196 "peuvent être indiquées, séparées par des virgules. Les options *-t* et *-O* "
15197 "sont de fait cumulatives. Cela est différent de l'option *-t* car chaque "
15198 "option est appliquée strictement. Un *no* au début d’une option n’a pas de "
15199 "signification globale. Le *no* peut être utilisé pour des éléments "
15200 "individuels de la liste. L’interprétation du préfixe *no* peut être "
15201 "désactivée par le préfixe *{plus}*."
15202
15203 #. type: Plain text
15204 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:99
15205 msgid ""
15206 "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the "
15207 "currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if "
15208 "the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified."
15209 msgstr ""
15210 "Définir les colonnes de sortie. Consultez la sortie de *--help* pour obtenir "
15211 "une liste des colonnes actuellement prises en charge. La colonne *TARGET* "
15212 "contient le formatage d'arborescence si les options *--list* ou *--raw* ne "
15213 "sont pas indiquées."
15214
15215 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
15216 #. type: Plain text
15217 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:101
15218 msgid ""
15219 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
15220 "format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)."
15221 msgstr ""
15222 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
15223 "sous la forme _{plus}liste_ (par exemple, *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)."
15224
15225 #. type: Plain text
15226 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:105
15227 msgid ""
15228 "Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are "
15229 "not included."
15230 msgstr ""
15231 "Afficher quasiment toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes nécessitant "
15232 "*--poll* ne sont pas incluses."
15233
15234 #. type: Plain text
15235 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:49
15236 #, fuzzy
15237 #| msgid ""
15238 #| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
15239 #| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
15240 #| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
15241 msgid ""
15242 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
15243 "value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
15244 msgstr ""
15245 "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Les "
15246 "lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les "
15247 "caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
15248 "(B<\\ex>I<code>)."
15249
15250 #. type: Plain text
15251 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:110
15252 msgid ""
15253 "Note that SOURCES column, use multi-line cells. In these cases, the column "
15254 "use an array-like formatting in the output, for example *name=(\"aaa\" "
15255 "\"bbb\" \"ccc\")*."
15256 msgstr ""
15257
15258 #. type: Labeled list
15259 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:111
15260 #, no-wrap
15261 msgid "*-p*, *--poll*[_=list_]"
15262 msgstr "*-p*, *--poll*[_=liste_]"
15263
15264 #. type: Plain text
15265 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:113
15266 msgid ""
15267 "Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: "
15268 "mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a "
15269 "comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default."
15270 msgstr ""
15271 "Surveiller les modifications du fichier _/proc/self/mountinfo_. Les actions "
15272 "permises sont : *mount* (montage), *umount* (démontage), *remount* "
15273 "(remontage) et *move* (déplacement). Plusieurs actions peuvent être "
15274 "indiquées dans une _liste_, séparées par des virgules. Toutes les actions "
15275 "sont surveillées par défaut."
15276
15277 #. type: Plain text
15278 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:115
15279 msgid ""
15280 "The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--"
15281 "timeout* or *--first-only* options."
15282 msgstr ""
15283 "Le temps pendant lequel *--poll* bloquera peut être limité avec les options "
15284 "*--timeout* ou *--first-only*."
15285
15286 # NOTE: Bold period
15287 #. type: Plain text
15288 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:117
15289 msgid ""
15290 "The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the "
15291 "mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original "
15292 "information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:"
15293 msgstr ""
15294 "Les colonnes standards utilisent toujours la nouvelle version des "
15295 "renseignements du fichier _mountinfo_, sauf pour l'action *umount* qui est "
15296 "basée sur les renseignements d'origine mis en cache par *findmnt*(8). Le "
15297 "mode *--poll* permet d'utiliser des colonnes supplémentaires :"
15298
15299 #. type: Labeled list
15300 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118
15301 #, no-wrap
15302 msgid "*ACTION*"
15303 msgstr "*ACTION*"
15304
15305 #. type: Plain text
15306 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:120
15307 msgid ""
15308 "mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default"
15309 msgstr ""
15310 "noms d'action mount, umount, move ou remount ; cette colonne est activée par "
15311 "défaut ;"
15312
15313 #. type: Labeled list
15314 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:120
15315 #, no-wrap
15316 msgid "*OLD-TARGET*"
15317 msgstr "*OLD-TARGET*"
15318
15319 #. type: Plain text
15320 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:122
15321 msgid "available for umount and move actions"
15322 msgstr "disponible pour les actions umount et move ;"
15323
15324 #. type: Labeled list
15325 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:122
15326 #, no-wrap
15327 msgid "*OLD-OPTIONS*"
15328 msgstr "*OLD-OPTIONS*"
15329
15330 #. type: Plain text
15331 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:124
15332 msgid "available for umount and remount actions"
15333 msgstr "disponible pour les actions umount et remount."
15334
15335 #. type: Labeled list
15336 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:125
15337 #, no-wrap
15338 msgid "*--pseudo*"
15339 msgstr "*--pseudo*"
15340
15341 #. type: Plain text
15342 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:127
15343 msgid "Print only pseudo filesystems."
15344 msgstr "N'afficher que les pseudo-systèmes de fichiers."
15345
15346 #. type: Labeled list
15347 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:128
15348 #, no-wrap
15349 msgid "*--shadow*"
15350 msgstr "*--shadow*"
15351
15352 #. type: Plain text
15353 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:130 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:159
15354 #, fuzzy
15355 #| msgid "Print only pseudo filesystems."
15356 msgid "Print only filesystems over-mounted by another filesystem."
15357 msgstr "N'afficher que les pseudo-systèmes de fichiers."
15358
15359 #. type: Labeled list
15360 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:131
15361 #, no-wrap
15362 msgid "*-R*, *--submounts*"
15363 msgstr "*-R*, *--submounts*"
15364
15365 #. type: Plain text
15366 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:133
15367 msgid ""
15368 "Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The "
15369 "restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are "
15370 "not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like "
15371 "order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This "
15372 "option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*."
15373 msgstr ""
15374 "Afficher récursivement tous les sous-montages des systèmes de fichiers "
15375 "sélectionnés. Les restrictions définies par les options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-"
15376 "T* et *--direction* ne sont pas appliquées aux sous-montages. Tous les sous-"
15377 "montages sont toujours affichés dans l'ordre de l'arborescence. L'option "
15378 "active la sortie au format arborescent par défaut. Cette option est sans "
15379 "effet avec *--mtab* ou *--fstab*."
15380
15381 #. type: Plain text
15382 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:136
15383 msgid ""
15384 "Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
15385 "(\\x<code>)."
15386 msgstr ""
15387 "Utiliser le format de sortie brut. Tous les caractères potentiellement non "
15388 "sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (\\x<code>)."
15389
15390 #. type: Plain text
15391 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:138
15392 msgid ""
15393 "Note that column SOURCES, use multi-line cells. In these cases, the column "
15394 "may produce more strings on the same line."
15395 msgstr ""
15396
15397 #. type: Labeled list
15398 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:139
15399 #, no-wrap
15400 msgid "*--real*"
15401 msgstr "*--real*"
15402
15403 #. type: Plain text
15404 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:141
15405 msgid "Print only real filesystems."
15406 msgstr "N'afficher que les système de fichiers réels."
15407
15408 #. type: Labeled list
15409 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:142
15410 #, no-wrap
15411 msgid "*-S*, *--source* _spec_"
15412 msgstr "*-S*, *--source* _spécification_"
15413
15414 #. type: Plain text
15415 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:144
15416 msgid ""
15417 "Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, "
15418 "__maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, "
15419 "**PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__."
15420 msgstr ""
15421 "Définir explicitement la source de montage. Les spécifications prises en "
15422 "charge sont _périphérique_, __maj__**:**__min__, **LABEL=**__étiquette__, "
15423 "**UUID=**__uuid__, **PARTLABEL=**__étiquette__ et **PARTUUID=**__uuid__."
15424
15425 #. type: Labeled list
15426 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:145
15427 #, no-wrap
15428 msgid "*-s*, *--fstab*"
15429 msgstr "*-s*, *--fstab*"
15430
15431 #. type: Plain text
15432 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:147
15433 msgid ""
15434 "Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)."
15435 msgstr ""
15436 "Rechercher dans _/etc/fstab_. L'affichage est au format liste (consultez "
15437 "l'option *--list*)."
15438
15439 #. type: Labeled list
15440 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:148
15441 #, no-wrap
15442 msgid "*-T*, *--target* _path_"
15443 msgstr "*-T*, *--target* _chemin_"
15444
15445 #. type: Plain text
15446 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:150
15447 msgid ""
15448 "Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, "
15449 "then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the "
15450 "mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files "
15451 "and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--"
15452 "mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a "
15453 "strictly specified mountpoint."
15454 msgstr ""
15455 "Définir la cible de montage. Si le _chemin_ n’est pas un fichier de point de "
15456 "montage ou un répertoire, *findmnt* vérifie les éléments de _chemin_ dans "
15457 "l’ordre inverse pour obtenir le point de montage (cette fonctionnalité n’est "
15458 "prise en charge que pour la recherche dans les fichiers du noyau mais n’est "
15459 "pas prise en charge pour *--fstab*). Il est recommandé d’utiliser l’option "
15460 "*--mountpoint* quand les vérifications des éléments de _chemin_ ne sont pas "
15461 "désirées et que _chemin_ est un point de montage indiqué strictement."
15462
15463 #. type: Labeled list
15464 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:151 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:75
15465 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:56
15466 #, no-wrap
15467 msgid "*-t*, *--types* _list_"
15468 msgstr "*-t*, *--types* _liste_"
15469
15470 #. type: Plain text
15471 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:153
15472 msgid ""
15473 "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in "
15474 "a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with "
15475 "*no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For "
15476 "more details see *mount*(8)."
15477 msgstr ""
15478 "Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs types peuvent "
15479 "être indiqués, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de systèmes de "
15480 "fichiers peut être préfixée par *no* pour indiquer les systèmes de fichiers "
15481 "pour lesquels aucune action ne doit être menée. Pour plus de précisions, "
15482 "consultez *mount*(8)."
15483
15484 #. type: Labeled list
15485 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:154
15486 #, no-wrap
15487 msgid "*--tree*"
15488 msgstr "*--tree*"
15489
15490 #. type: Plain text
15491 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:156
15492 #, fuzzy
15493 #| msgid ""
15494 #| "Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for "
15495 #| "tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., fstab)."
15496 msgid ""
15497 "Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for "
15498 "tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., _fstab_)."
15499 msgstr ""
15500 "Autoriser une sortie de type arborescence si possible. L’option est ignorée "
15501 "silencieusement pour les tables où la relation enfant-parent est absente "
15502 "(par exemple, fstab)."
15503
15504 #. type: Labeled list
15505 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:157
15506 #, no-wrap
15507 msgid "*--shadowed*"
15508 msgstr "*--shadowed*"
15509
15510 #. type: Labeled list
15511 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:160
15512 #, no-wrap
15513 msgid "*-U*, *--uniq*"
15514 msgstr "*-U*, *--uniq*"
15515
15516 #. type: Plain text
15517 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:162
15518 msgid ""
15519 "Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping "
15520 "over-mounted mount points."
15521 msgstr ""
15522 "Ignorer les systèmes de fichiers avec des cibles de montage dupliquées, et "
15523 "ainsi sauter les points de montage « sur-montés »."
15524
15525 #. type: Labeled list
15526 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:163 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:61
15527 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:64
15528 #, no-wrap
15529 msgid "*-u*, *--notruncate*"
15530 msgstr "*-u*, *--notruncate*"
15531
15532 #. type: Plain text
15533 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:165
15534 msgid ""
15535 "Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the "
15536 "*TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This "
15537 "option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
15538 msgstr ""
15539 "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes. Les colonnes *TARGET*, *SOURCE*, "
15540 "*UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* ne sont pas tronquées par défaut. "
15541 "Cette option désactive aussi la troncature dans toutes les autres colonnes."
15542
15543 #. type: Labeled list
15544 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:166
15545 #, no-wrap
15546 msgid "*-v*, *--nofsroot*"
15547 msgstr "*-v*, *--nofsroot*"
15548
15549 #. type: Plain text
15550 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:168
15551 msgid ""
15552 "Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs "
15553 "subvolumes."
15554 msgstr ""
15555 "Ne pas afficher de [/dir] dans la colonne SOURCE pour les remontages (bind) "
15556 "ou les sous-volumes Btrfs."
15557
15558 #. type: Labeled list
15559 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:169
15560 #, no-wrap
15561 msgid "*-w*, *--timeout* _milliseconds_"
15562 msgstr "*-w*, *--timeout* _délai_"
15563
15564 #. type: Plain text
15565 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:171
15566 msgid ""
15567 "Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in "
15568 "milliseconds."
15569 msgstr ""
15570 "Indiquer une limite maximale de temps pendant lequel *--poll* bloquera, en "
15571 "milliseconde."
15572
15573 #. type: Labeled list
15574 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:172
15575 #, no-wrap
15576 msgid "*-x*, *--verify*"
15577 msgstr "*-x*, *--verify*"
15578
15579 # FIXME findmnt → *findmnt*
15580 #. type: Plain text
15581 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:174
15582 #, fuzzy
15583 #| msgid ""
15584 #| "Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ "
15585 #| "parsability and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--"
15586 #| "tab-file*. It's possible to specify source (device) or target "
15587 #| "(mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option *--verbose* forces findmnt "
15588 #| "to print more details."
15589 msgid ""
15590 "Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability "
15591 "and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's "
15592 "possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount "
15593 "table. The option *--verbose* forces *findmnt* to print more details."
15594 msgstr ""
15595 "Vérifier le contenu de la table de montage. Le comportement par défaut est "
15596 "de vérifier la possibilité d’analyse et d’exploitation de _/etc/fstab_. Il "
15597 "est possible d’utiliser aussi cette option avec *--tab-file*. Il est "
15598 "possible d’indiquer la source (périphérique) ou la cible (point de montage) "
15599 "pour filtrer la table de montage. L’option *--verbose* oblige *findmnt* à "
15600 "imprimer davantage de détails."
15601
15602 # FIXME findmnt → *findmnt*
15603 #. type: Plain text
15604 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:177
15605 #, fuzzy
15606 #| msgid "Force findmnt to print more information (*--verify* only for now)."
15607 msgid "Force *findmnt* to print more information (*--verify* only for now)."
15608 msgstr ""
15609 "Obliger *findmnt* à afficher plus d’informations (*--verify* pour l’instant)."
15610
15611 #. type: Labeled list
15612 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:178
15613 #, no-wrap
15614 msgid "*--vfs-all*"
15615 msgstr "*--vfs-all*"
15616
15617 #. type: Plain text
15618 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:180
15619 msgid ""
15620 "When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. "
15621 "This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS "
15622 "kernel mount options which are normally not listed."
15623 msgstr ""
15624
15625 #. type: Plain text
15626 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:183
15627 msgid ""
15628 "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
15629 "shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. "
15630 "Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in "
15631 "version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request "
15632 "this behavior by *--shell*."
15633 msgstr ""
15634
15635 #. type: Plain text
15636 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:191
15637 msgid ""
15638 "The exit value is 0 if there is something to display, or 1 on any error (for "
15639 "example if no filesystem is found based on the user's filter specification, "
15640 "or the device path or mountpoint does not exist)."
15641 msgstr ""
15642
15643 #. type: Labeled list
15644 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:194 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1632
15645 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:152
15646 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
15647 #| msgid "LIBMOUNT_FSTAB=<path>"
15648 msgid "*LIBMOUNT_FSTAB*=<path>"
15649 msgstr "LIBMOUNT_FSTAB=<chemin>"
15650
15651 #. type: Plain text
15652 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:196
15653 #, fuzzy
15654 #| msgid "overrides the default location of the fstab file"
15655 msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file"
15656 msgstr "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _fstab_."
15657
15658 #. type: Labeled list
15659 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:197
15660 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
15661 #| msgid "LIBMOUNT_MTAB=<path>"
15662 msgid "*LIBMOUNT_MTAB*=<path>"
15663 msgstr "LIBMOUNT_MTAB=<chemin>"
15664
15665 #. type: Plain text
15666 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:199
15667 #, fuzzy
15668 #| msgid "overrides the default location of the mtab file"
15669 msgid "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file"
15670 msgstr "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _mtab_."
15671
15672 #. type: Labeled list
15673 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:200 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:158
15674 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1635 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:54
15675 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:125 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:155
15676 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
15677 #| msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
15678 msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG*=all"
15679 msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
15680
15681 #. type: Plain text
15682 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:202 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1637
15683 msgid "enables libmount debug output"
15684 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libmount."
15685
15686 #. type: Plain text
15687 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:205
15688 msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output"
15689 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libsmartcols."
15690
15691 #. type: Labeled list
15692 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:211
15693 #, no-wrap
15694 msgid "*findmnt --fstab -t nfs*"
15695 msgstr "*findmnt --fstab -t nfs*"
15696
15697 #. type: Plain text
15698 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:213
15699 msgid "Prints all NFS filesystems defined in _/etc/fstab_."
15700 msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers NFS définis dans _/etc/fstab_."
15701
15702 #. type: Labeled list
15703 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:214
15704 #, no-wrap
15705 msgid "*findmnt --fstab /mnt/foo*"
15706 msgstr "*findmnt --fstab /mnt/toto*"
15707
15708 #. type: Plain text
15709 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:216
15710 msgid ""
15711 "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/"
15712 "foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source."
15713 msgstr ""
15714 "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de _/etc/fstab_ où le répertoire du "
15715 "point de montage est _/mnt/toto_. Cela affiche aussi les remontages dont _/"
15716 "mnt/toto_ est source."
15717
15718 #. type: Labeled list
15719 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:217
15720 #, no-wrap
15721 msgid "*findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/foo*"
15722 msgstr "*findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/toto*"
15723
15724 #. type: Plain text
15725 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:219
15726 msgid ""
15727 "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/"
15728 "foo_."
15729 msgstr ""
15730 "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de _/etc/fstab_ où le répertoire du "
15731 "point de montage est _/mnt/toto_."
15732
15733 #. type: Labeled list
15734 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:220
15735 #, no-wrap
15736 msgid "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*"
15737 msgstr "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*"
15738
15739 #. type: Plain text
15740 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:222
15741 msgid ""
15742 "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to "
15743 "the real device names."
15744 msgstr ""
15745 "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de _/etc/fstab_ et convertir les "
15746 "étiquettes et UUID en véritables noms de périphérique."
15747
15748 #. type: Labeled list
15749 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:223
15750 #, no-wrap
15751 msgid "*findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot*"
15752 msgstr "*findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot*"
15753
15754 #. type: Plain text
15755 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:225
15756 msgid ""
15757 "Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is "
15758 "mounted."
15759 msgstr ""
15760 "N'afficher que le point de montage où le système de fichiers avec "
15761 "l'étiquette « /boot » est monté."
15762
15763 #. type: Labeled list
15764 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:226
15765 #, no-wrap
15766 msgid "*findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/foo*"
15767 msgstr "*findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/toto*"
15768
15769 #. type: Plain text
15770 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:228
15771 msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on _/mnt/foo_."
15772 msgstr ""
15773 "Surveiller les montage, démontage, remontage et déplacement de _/mnt/toto_."
15774
15775 #. type: Labeled list
15776 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:229
15777 #, no-wrap
15778 msgid "*findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/foo*"
15779 msgstr "*findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/toto*"
15780
15781 #. type: Plain text
15782 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:231
15783 msgid "Waits for _/mnt/foo_ unmount."
15784 msgstr "Attendre le démontage de _/mnt/toto_."
15785
15786 #. type: Labeled list
15787 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:232
15788 #, no-wrap
15789 msgid "*findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro*"
15790 msgstr "*findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro*"
15791
15792 #. type: Plain text
15793 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:234
15794 msgid "Monitors remounts to read-only mode on all ext3 filesystems."
15795 msgstr ""
15796 "Surveiller les remontages en mode lecture seule de tous les systèmes de "
15797 "fichiers ext3."
15798
15799 #. type: Plain text
15800 #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:243
15801 #, no-wrap
15802 msgid ""
15803 "*fstab*(5),\n"
15804 "*mount*(8)\n"
15805 msgstr ""
15806 "*fstab*(5),\n"
15807 "*mount*(8)\n"
15808
15809 #. type: Title =
15810 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:2
15811 #, no-wrap
15812 msgid "getopt(1)"
15813 msgstr "getopt(1)"
15814
15815 #. type: Plain text
15816 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:13
15817 msgid "getopt - parse command options (enhanced)"
15818 msgstr ""
15819 "getopt - Analyser des options de lignes de commandes (version améliorée)"
15820
15821 #. type: Plain text
15822 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:17
15823 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
15824 #| msgid "B<getopt> I<optstring parameters>"
15825 msgid "*getopt* _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
15826 msgstr "B<getopt> I<chaîne_options paramètres>"
15827
15828 #. type: Plain text
15829 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:19
15830 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
15831 #| msgid "B<getopt> [options] [B<-->] I<optstring parameters>"
15832 msgid "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
15833 msgstr "B<getopt> [I<options>] [B<-->] I<chaîne_options paramètres>"
15834
15835 #. type: Plain text
15836 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:21
15837 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
15838 #| msgid "B<getopt> [options] B<-o>|B<--options> I<optstring> [options] [B<-->] I<parameters>"
15839 msgid "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _optstring_ [options] [*--*] _parameters_\n"
15840 msgstr "B<getopt> [I<options>] B<-o>|B<--options> I<chaîne_options> [I<options>] [B<-->] I<paramètres>"
15841
15842 #. type: Plain text
15843 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:25
15844 #, no-wrap
15845 msgid "*getopt* is used to break up (_parse_) options in command lines for easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It uses the GNU *getopt*(3) routines to do this.\n"
15846 msgstr "*getopt* permet d'analyser (_parse_) les options d'une ligne de commande d'une façon simple pour des scripts shell et de vérifier les options autorisées. Les routines de GNU *getopt*(3) sont utilisées pour cela.\n"
15847
15848 #. type: Plain text
15849 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:27
15850 msgid ""
15851 "The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: "
15852 "options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and "
15853 "the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be "
15854 "parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the "
15855 "first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the "
15856 "first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in "
15857 "the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short "
15858 "options string."
15859 msgstr ""
15860 "Les paramètres fournis à *getopt* sont de deux types : le premier est "
15861 "constitué des options qui modifient la façon dont *getopt* fera l'analyse "
15862 "(les _options_ et _chaîne_options_ dans le *SYNOPSIS*) et les paramètres à "
15863 "analyser (_paramètres_ dans le *SYNOPSIS*). Le second type commence dès le "
15864 "premier paramètre qui n'est pas une option ou après la première occurrence "
15865 "de « *--* ». Si aucune option « *-o* » ou « *--options* » n'est présente "
15866 "dans la première partie, le premier paramètre de la seconde partie sera "
15867 "utilisé comme chaîne d’options courtes."
15868
15869 #. type: Plain text
15870 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:29
15871 #, fuzzy
15872 #| msgid ""
15873 #| "If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first "
15874 #| "_parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first "
15875 #| "format in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is "
15876 #| "compatible with that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do "
15877 #| "parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
15878 #| "*COMPATIBILITY* for more information)."
15879 msgid ""
15880 "If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first "
15881 "_parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format "
15882 "in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with "
15883 "that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling "
15884 "and recognize optional arguments (see the *COMPATIBILITY* section for more "
15885 "information)."
15886 msgstr ""
15887 "Si la variable d'environnement *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* est positionnée, ou si le "
15888 "premier _paramètre_ n'est pas une option (c'est-à-dire ne commence pas par "
15889 "un « *-* », le premier format du *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* produira une sortie "
15890 "compatible avec d'autres versions de *getopt*(1). Il réorganisera encore les "
15891 "paramètres et reconnaîtra les paramètres optionnels (consultez la section "
15892 "*COMPATIBILITÉ* pour plus d'informations)."
15893
15894 #. type: Plain text
15895 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:31
15896 msgid ""
15897 "Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with "
15898 "whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and "
15899 "non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can "
15900 "generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell "
15901 "(usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving "
15902 "those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer "
15903 "compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the "
15904 "*SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is "
15905 "installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used."
15906 msgstr ""
15907 "Les implémentations traditionnelles de *getopt*(1) ne gèrent pas les espaces "
15908 "ou autres caractères spéciaux (spécifiques à chaque interpréteur de "
15909 "commandes) dans les paramètres (options ou non). Pour résoudre ce problème, "
15910 "cette implémentation peut produire une sortie, entre guillemets, qui doit "
15911 "être interprétée de nouveau par l'interpréteur de commandes (en général avec "
15912 "la commande *eval*). Cela permet de préserver ces caractères, mais vous "
15913 "devez appeler *getopt* d'une façon non compatible avec les autres versions "
15914 "(la deuxième ou troisième forme dans le *SYNOPSIS*). Pour déterminer si "
15915 "cette version améliorée de *getopt*(1) est installée, vous pouvez utiliser "
15916 "l'option spéciale de test (*-T*)."
15917
15918 #. type: Labeled list
15919 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:59
15920 #, no-wrap
15921 msgid "*-a*, *--alternative*"
15922 msgstr "*-a*, *--alternative*"
15923
15924 #. type: Plain text
15925 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:36
15926 msgid "Allow long options to start with a single '*-*'."
15927 msgstr "Permettre aux options longues de ne commencer que par un seul « *-* »."
15928
15929 #. type: Labeled list
15930 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:37
15931 #, no-wrap
15932 msgid "*-l*, *--longoptions* _longopts_"
15933 msgstr "*-l*, *--longoptions* _options_longues_"
15934
15935 #. type: Plain text
15936 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:39
15937 msgid ""
15938 "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option "
15939 "name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This "
15940 "option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long "
15941 "option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a "
15942 "required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument."
15943 msgstr ""
15944 "Les options longues (plusieurs caractères) à reconnaître. Plusieurs noms "
15945 "d'option peuvent être fournis en une seule fois, en séparant les noms par "
15946 "des virgules. Cette option peut être fournie plusieurs fois, les "
15947 "_options_longues_ se cumulent. Chaque nom d'option dans _options_longues_ "
15948 "peut être suivi d'un deux-points pour indiquer que l'option attend un "
15949 "paramètre, et par deux signes deux-points pour indiquer qu'elle a un "
15950 "paramètre optionnel."
15951
15952 #. type: Labeled list
15953 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:40
15954 #, no-wrap
15955 msgid "*-n*, *--name* _progname_"
15956 msgstr "*-n*, *--name* _nom-de-programme_"
15957
15958 #. type: Plain text
15959 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:42
15960 msgid ""
15961 "The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports "
15962 "errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from "
15963 "getopt."
15964 msgstr ""
15965 "Le nom qui sera utilisé par *getopt*(3) pour signaler les erreurs. Notez que "
15966 "les erreurs de *getopt*(1) sont signalées comme provenant de getopt."
15967
15968 #. type: Labeled list
15969 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:43
15970 #, no-wrap
15971 msgid "*-o*, *--options* _shortopts_"
15972 msgstr "*-o*, *--options* _options_courtes_"
15973
15974 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
15975 #. type: Plain text
15976 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:45
15977 #, fuzzy
15978 #| msgid ""
15979 #| "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
15980 #| "found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-"
15981 #| "*' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. "
15982 #| "Each short option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon "
15983 #| "to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it "
15984 #| "has an optional argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}"
15985 #| "*' or '*-*' to influence the way options are parsed and output is "
15986 #| "generated (see section *SCANNING MODES* for details)."
15987 msgid ""
15988 "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
15989 "found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and "
15990 "is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short "
15991 "option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it "
15992 "has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional "
15993 "argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to "
15994 "influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see the "
15995 "*SCANNING MODES* section for details)."
15996 msgstr ""
15997 "Les options courtes (un seul caractère) à reconnaître. Si cette option n'est "
15998 "pas trouvée, le premier paramètre de *getopt* qui ne commence pas par un « *-"
15999 "* » (et qui n'est pas un paramètre d'une option) est utilisé comme chaîne de "
16000 "description des options courtes. Chaque caractère d'option courte de "
16001 "_options_courtes_ peut être suivi d'un signe deux-points pour indiquer que "
16002 "l'option attend un paramètre ou de deux signes deux-points pour indiquer "
16003 "qu'elle a un paramètre optionnel. Le premier caractère de _options_courtes_ "
16004 "peut être un « *{plus}* » ou un « *-* » pour modifier la façon dont les "
16005 "options sont analysées et dont la sortie est produite (consultez la section "
16006 "*MODES D'ANALYSE* pour plus de précisions)."
16007
16008 #. type: Plain text
16009 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:49
16010 msgid "Disable error reporting by *getopt*(3)."
16011 msgstr "Désactiver le signalement des erreurs par *getopt*(3)."
16012
16013 #. type: Labeled list
16014 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:50
16015 #, no-wrap
16016 msgid "*-Q*, *--quiet-output*"
16017 msgstr "*-Q*, *--quiet-output*"
16018
16019 #. type: Plain text
16020 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:52
16021 msgid ""
16022 "Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), "
16023 "unless you also use *-q*."
16024 msgstr ""
16025 "Ne pas produire la sortie normale. Les erreurs sont toujours remontées par "
16026 "*getopt*(3), sauf si l'option *-q* est utilisée."
16027
16028 #. type: Plain text
16029 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:55
16030 #, fuzzy
16031 #| msgid ""
16032 #| "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not "
16033 #| "given, the BASH conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
16034 #| "'*sh*' '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
16035 msgid ""
16036 "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not "
16037 "given, the *BASH* conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
16038 "'*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
16039 msgstr ""
16040 "Définir les règles de protection (avec des guillemets) à celles des "
16041 "interpréteurs de commandes _shell_. En absence d’indication de l’option *-"
16042 "s*, les conventions de BASH sont utilisées. Les valeurs acceptées sont "
16043 "« *sh* », « *bash* », « *csh* » et « *tcsh* »."
16044
16045 #. type: Labeled list
16046 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:56
16047 #, no-wrap
16048 msgid "*-T*, *--test*"
16049 msgstr "*-T*, *--test*"
16050
16051 #. type: Plain text
16052 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:58
16053 msgid ""
16054 "Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This "
16055 "generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations "
16056 "of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable "
16057 "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0."
16058 msgstr ""
16059 "Vérifier si la version de *getopt*(1) correspond à cette version améliorée "
16060 "ou à une version plus ancienne. Aucune sortie n'est créée et la valeur de "
16061 "retour est 4. Les autres implémentations de *getopt*(1) (ou celle-ci si la "
16062 "variable d'environnement *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* est positionnée) renverront "
16063 "« *--* », avec une valeur de retour de 0."
16064
16065 #. type: Labeled list
16066 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:59
16067 #, no-wrap
16068 msgid "*-u*, *--unquoted*"
16069 msgstr "*-u*, *--unquoted*"
16070
16071 #. type: Plain text
16072 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:61
16073 msgid ""
16074 "Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) "
16075 "characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) "
16076 "implementations)."
16077 msgstr ""
16078 "Ne pas placer la sortie entre guillemets. Remarquez que les espaces et "
16079 "caractères spéciaux (pour l'interpréteur de commandes utilisé) peuvent poser "
16080 "des problèmes dans ce mode (comme pour les autres implémentations de "
16081 "*getopt*(1))."
16082
16083 #. type: Title ==
16084 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:64
16085 #, no-wrap
16086 msgid "PARSING"
16087 msgstr "ANALYSE"
16088
16089 #. type: Plain text
16090 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:67
16091 msgid ""
16092 "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of "
16093 "*getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) "
16094 "describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the "
16095 "parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each "
16096 "parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one "
16097 "parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All "
16098 "parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines."
16099 msgstr ""
16100 "Cette section indique le format de la seconde partie des paramètres de "
16101 "*getopt* (_paramètres_ dans le *SYNOPSIS*). La section suivante (*SORTIE*) "
16102 "décrit la sortie renvoyée. Ces paramètres sont généralement ceux fournis à "
16103 "une fonction shell. Il faut faire attention à ce que chaque paramètre fourni "
16104 "à la fonction corresponde bien à un paramètre de la liste des paramètres de "
16105 "*getopt* (consultez *EXEMPLES*). Toutes les analyses sont faites en "
16106 "utilisant les routines de GNU *getopt*(3)."
16107
16108 #. type: Plain text
16109 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:69
16110 msgid ""
16111 "The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified "
16112 "as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option "
16113 "parameter."
16114 msgstr ""
16115 "Les paramètres sont analysés de la gauche vers la droite. Chaque paramètre "
16116 "est classé en option courte, option longue, argument d'une option ou "
16117 "paramètre n'étant pas une option."
16118
16119 #. type: Plain text
16120 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:71
16121 msgid ""
16122 "A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If "
16123 "the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the "
16124 "option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on "
16125 "the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be "
16126 "written directly after the option character if present."
16127 msgstr ""
16128 "Une option courte est un « *-* » suivi par le caractère de l'option. Si "
16129 "l'option a un paramètre obligatoire, il peut être indiqué juste après le "
16130 "caractère de l'option ou comme paramètre suivant (c'est-à-dire en les "
16131 "séparant par une espace). Si l'option a un paramètre optionnel, il doit être "
16132 "écrit juste après le caractère de l'option (quand le paramètre est présent)."
16133
16134 #. type: Plain text
16135 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:73
16136 msgid ""
16137 "It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as "
16138 "all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments."
16139 msgstr ""
16140 "Il est possible d'indiquer plusieurs options courtes après un « *-* », tant "
16141 "que toutes les options (sauf peut-être la dernière) n'ont pas de paramètre "
16142 "obligatoire ou optionnel."
16143
16144 #. type: Plain text
16145 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:75
16146 msgid ""
16147 "A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. "
16148 "If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the "
16149 "long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., "
16150 "separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional "
16151 "argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated "
16152 "by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is "
16153 "interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the "
16154 "*BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not "
16155 "ambiguous."
16156 msgstr ""
16157 "Une option longue commence normalement par « *--* », suivi par le nom de "
16158 "l'option longue. Si l'option nécessite un paramètre, celui-ci peut être "
16159 "indiqué juste après le nom de l'option, en insérant le caractère « *=* » "
16160 "entre, ou il peut être indiqué dans le paramètre suivant (c'est-à-dire en le "
16161 "séparant par une espace). Si l'option a un paramètre optionnel, il doit être "
16162 "indiqué juste après le nom de l'option, en insérant le caractère « *=* » "
16163 "entre, si le paramètre est présent (quand vous ajoutez le caractère « *=* » "
16164 "sans rien derrière, c'est comme si le paramètre n'était pas présent ; c'est "
16165 "un bogue mineur, consultez la section *BOGUES*). Les options longues peuvent "
16166 "être abrégées, tant que l'abréviation n'est pas ambiguë."
16167
16168 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
16169 #. type: Plain text
16170 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:77
16171 msgid ""
16172 "Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a "
16173 "previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' "
16174 "parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the "
16175 "environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string "
16176 "started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-"
16177 "option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found."
16178 msgstr ""
16179 "Chaque paramètre ne commençant pas par un « *-* » et n'étant pas un "
16180 "paramètre obligatoire est un « paramètre n'étant pas une option ». Chaque "
16181 "paramètre situé après un « *--* » est toujours interprété comme un "
16182 "« paramètre n'étant pas une option ». Si la variable d'environnement "
16183 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT* est positionnée, ou si la chaîne des options courtes "
16184 "commence par un « *{plus}* », tous les paramètres suivant le premier "
16185 "paramètre n'étant pas une option sont interprétés comme des paramètres "
16186 "n'étant pas des options."
16187
16188 #. type: Title ==
16189 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:79 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:66
16190 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:23
16191 #, no-wrap
16192 msgid "OUTPUT"
16193 msgstr "SORTIE"
16194
16195 #. type: Plain text
16196 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:82
16197 msgid ""
16198 "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. "
16199 "Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, "
16200 "except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ "
16201 "(_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special "
16202 "characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see "
16203 "*QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem "
16204 "to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by "
16205 "using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in "
16206 "unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain "
16207 "whitespace or special characters."
16208 msgstr ""
16209 "La sortie est générée pour chaque élément décrit dans la section précédente. "
16210 "Elle reprend l'ordre des éléments indiqués en entrée, à l'exception des "
16211 "paramètres n'étant pas des options. La sortie peut être faite dans un mode "
16212 "_compatible_ (_non protégé_ : sans guillemets) ou de telle sorte que les "
16213 "espaces ou autres caractères spéciaux des paramètres soient préservés "
16214 "(consultez *PROTECTIONS*). Quand la sortie est utilisée dans un script "
16215 "shell, elle paraîtra composée d'éléments distincts qui peuvent être traités "
16216 "un par un (en utilisant la commande _shift_ de la plupart des langages de "
16217 "script). Ce n'est pas parfait dans le mode _non protégé_ parce que les "
16218 "éléments peuvent être coupés à des endroits non prévus s'ils contiennent des "
16219 "espaces ou des caractères spéciaux."
16220
16221 #. type: Plain text
16222 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:84
16223 msgid ""
16224 "If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required "
16225 "argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be "
16226 "reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a "
16227 "non-zero error status is returned."
16228 msgstr ""
16229 "En cas de problème lors de l'analyse des paramètres, par exemple si un "
16230 "paramètre obligatoire n'est pas trouvé ou si une option n'est pas reconnue, "
16231 "une erreur est renvoyée sur la sortie d'erreur standard. Les éléments "
16232 "incriminés ne seront pas affichés et un code d'erreur non nul est renvoyé."
16233
16234 #. type: Plain text
16235 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:86
16236 msgid ""
16237 "For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as "
16238 "one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the "
16239 "argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the "
16240 "next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second "
16241 "parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many "
16242 "other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments."
16243 msgstr ""
16244 "Pour une option courte, un seul « *-* » et le caractère de l'option sont "
16245 "générés comme un paramètre. Si l'option est suivie de son paramètre, le "
16246 "paramètre suivant de la sortie sera le paramètre de l'option. Si l'option "
16247 "accepte un paramètre optionnel, mais qu'aucun n'a été trouvé, un paramètre "
16248 "vide sera généré dans le mode protégé, mais aucun dans le mode non protégé "
16249 "(ou mode compatible). Notez que beaucoup d'autres implémentations de "
16250 "*getopt*(1) ne gèrent pas les paramètres optionnels."
16251
16252 #. type: Plain text
16253 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:88
16254 msgid ""
16255 "If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be "
16256 "present in the output as a separate parameter."
16257 msgstr ""
16258 "Si plusieurs options courtes ont été précisées après un unique « *-* », "
16259 "chacune sera présente dans la sortie dans un paramètre distinct."
16260
16261 #. type: Plain text
16262 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:90
16263 msgid ""
16264 "For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one "
16265 "parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or "
16266 "specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with "
16267 "short options."
16268 msgstr ""
16269 "Pour une option longue, « *--* » et le nom complet de l'option sont générés "
16270 "en un seul paramètre. C'est le cas que l'option soit abrégée ou qu'elle soit "
16271 "indiquée avec un seul « *-* » dans l'entrée. Les paramètres sont traités "
16272 "comme pour les options courtes."
16273
16274 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
16275 #. type: Plain text
16276 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:92
16277 msgid ""
16278 "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and "
16279 "their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single "
16280 "parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were "
16281 "found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the "
16282 "short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated "
16283 "at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first "
16284 "format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of "
16285 "'*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)."
16286 msgstr ""
16287 "Normalement, aucun paramètre n'étant pas une option n'est généré sur la "
16288 "sortie tant que toutes les options et leurs paramètres n'ont pas été "
16289 "traités. Ensuite, « *--* » est généré séparément comme un paramètre, et est "
16290 "suivi des paramètres n'étant pas des options, dans l'ordre où ils ont été "
16291 "trouvés, chacun comme un paramètre distinct. Si le premier caractère de la "
16292 "chaîne des options courtes est un « *-* », et seulement dans ce cas, les "
16293 "paramètres n'étant pas des options sont générés quand ils sont trouvés dans "
16294 "l'entrée (ce n'est pas géré si la première forme du *SYNOPSIS* est "
16295 "utilisée ; dans ce cas, les « *-* » et « *{plus}* » de tête sont ignorés)."
16296
16297 #. type: Title ==
16298 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:94
16299 #, no-wrap
16300 msgid "QUOTING"
16301 msgstr "PROTECTIONS"
16302
16303 #. type: Plain text
16304 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:97
16305 msgid ""
16306 "In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or "
16307 "non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the "
16308 "shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the "
16309 "output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this "
16310 "implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with "
16311 "quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the "
16312 "shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into "
16313 "separate parameters."
16314 msgstr ""
16315 "Dans le mode compatible, les espaces et caractères spéciaux dans les "
16316 "paramètres des options ou les paramètres n'étant pas des options ne sont pas "
16317 "gérés correctement. Comme la sortie est envoyée à un script shell, le script "
16318 "ne sait pas comment il doit séparer les paramètres. Pour éviter ce problème, "
16319 "cette implémentation propose un mode protégé. L'idée est de générer la "
16320 "sortie avec des protections (à l'aide de guillemets) autour des paramètres. "
16321 "Quand cette sortie est envoyée de nouveau à un interpréteur de commandes "
16322 "(généralement en utilisant la commande *eval* de l'interpréteur), le "
16323 "découpage en paramètres est correct."
16324
16325 #. type: Plain text
16326 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:99
16327 msgid ""
16328 "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is "
16329 "set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is "
16330 "found."
16331 msgstr ""
16332 "La protection n'est pas activée si la variable d'environnement "
16333 "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* est positionnée, si la première forme du *SYNOPSIS* est "
16334 "utilisée ou si l'option « *-u* » est trouvée."
16335
16336 #. type: Plain text
16337 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:101
16338 msgid ""
16339 "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' "
16340 "option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently "
16341 "supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two "
16342 "'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like "
16343 "quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script "
16344 "language, one of these flavors can still be used."
16345 msgstr ""
16346 "Les conventions de protection diffèrent suivant les interpréteurs de "
16347 "commandes. Vous pouvez préciser l'interpréteur de commandes que vous "
16348 "utilisez avec l'option « *-s* ». Les interpréteurs de commandes suivants "
16349 "sont gérés : « *sh* », « *bash* », « *csh* » et « *tcsh* ». En fait, seuls "
16350 "deux types sont différenciés : ceux utilisant les conventions de *sh* et "
16351 "ceux utilisant les conventions de *csh*. Il y a de grandes chances que si "
16352 "vous utilisez un autre langage de script, il utilise une de ces conventions."
16353
16354 #. type: Title ==
16355 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:102
16356 #, no-wrap
16357 msgid "SCANNING MODES"
16358 msgstr "MODES D'ANALYSE"
16359
16360 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
16361 #. type: Plain text
16362 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:105
16363 msgid ""
16364 "The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}"
16365 "*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the "
16366 "*SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable "
16367 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though."
16368 msgstr ""
16369 "Le premier caractère de la chaîne de description des options courtes peut "
16370 "être un « *-* » ou un « *{plus}* » pour utiliser un mode spécial d'analyse. "
16371 "Si la première forme du *SYNOPSIS* est appelée, ils sont ignorés ; mais la "
16372 "variable d'environnement *POSIXLY_CORRECT* est toujours examinée."
16373
16374 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
16375 #. type: Plain text
16376 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:108
16377 msgid ""
16378 "If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable "
16379 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
16380 "parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that "
16381 "is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as "
16382 "non-option parameters."
16383 msgstr ""
16384 "Si le premier caractère est un « *{plus}* », ou si la variable "
16385 "d'environnement *POSIXLY_CORRECT* est positionnée, l'analyse s'arrête dès "
16386 "qu'un paramètre n'étant pas une option est rencontré (c'est-à-dire un "
16387 "paramètre qui ne commence pas par « *-* »). Aucun des paramètres suivants ne "
16388 "sera considéré comme une option."
16389
16390 #. type: Plain text
16391 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:111
16392 msgid ""
16393 "If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at "
16394 "the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected "
16395 "at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that "
16396 "this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last "
16397 "parameter in this mode."
16398 msgstr ""
16399 "Si le premier caractère est un « *-* », les paramètres qui ne sont pas des "
16400 "options sont placés dans la sortie à la position où ils ont été trouvés ; "
16401 "normalement, ils sont tous placés à la fin de la sortie, juste après le "
16402 "paramètre « B*--* » qui a été généré. Notez que dans ce mode, le paramètre "
16403 "« *--* » est encore généré, mais il sera toujours le dernier paramètre."
16404
16405 #. type: Plain text
16406 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:115
16407 msgid ""
16408 "This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to "
16409 "other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without "
16410 "any modifications, and with some advantages."
16411 msgstr ""
16412 "Cette version de *getopt*(1) a été écrite pour être aussi compatible que "
16413 "possible avec les autres versions. En général, vous pouvez vous contenter de "
16414 "les remplacer par cette version sans aucune modification, avec même certains "
16415 "avantages."
16416
16417 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
16418 #. type: Plain text
16419 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:117
16420 #, fuzzy
16421 #| msgid ""
16422 #| "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a 'B<->', "
16423 #| "B<getopt> goes into compatibility mode.  It will interpret its first "
16424 #| "parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be "
16425 #| "parsed.  It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option "
16426 #| "parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable "
16427 #| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set."
16428 msgid ""
16429 "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', "
16430 "*getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter "
16431 "as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It "
16432 "will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are "
16433 "output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is "
16434 "set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options "
16435 "automatically."
16436 msgstr ""
16437 "Si le premier caractère du premier paramètre de B<getopt> n'est pas un « B<-"
16438 "> », B<getopt> passe en mode compatible. Il interprète son premier paramètre "
16439 "comme une chaîne de description des options courtes, et tous les autres "
16440 "paramètres seront analysés. Il réorganisera encore les paramètres (c'est-à-"
16441 "dire que les paramètres n'étant pas des options sont placés à la fin), à "
16442 "moins que la variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> ne soit positionnée."
16443
16444 #. type: Plain text
16445 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:120
16446 msgid ""
16447 "The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into "
16448 "compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and "
16449 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. "
16450 "Usually, though, neither is needed."
16451 msgstr ""
16452 "La variable d'environnement *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* force *getopt* dans un mode "
16453 "de compatibilité. Avec à la fois cette variable d'environnement et "
16454 "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*, il sera 100 % compatible pour les programmes "
16455 "« difficiles ». D'habitude, cependant, ni l'une ni l'autre n'est nécessaire."
16456
16457 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
16458 #. type: Plain text
16459 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:122
16460 msgid ""
16461 "In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short "
16462 "options string are ignored."
16463 msgstr ""
16464 "Dans ce mode, les « *-* » ou « *{plus}* » de tête des options courtes sont "
16465 "ignorés."
16466
16467 #. type: Title ==
16468 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:124
16469 #, no-wrap
16470 msgid "RETURN CODES"
16471 msgstr "CODES DE RETOUR"
16472
16473 #. type: Plain text
16474 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:127
16475 #, no-wrap
16476 msgid "*getopt* returns error code *0* for successful parsing, *1* if *getopt*(3) returns errors, *2* if it does not understand its own parameters, *3* if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and *4* if it is called with *-T*.\n"
16477 msgstr "Le code de retour de *getopt* est *0* en cas de réussite lors de l'analyse des options, *1* si *getopt*(3) signale des erreurs, *2* s'il ne comprend pas ses propres paramètres, *3* dans le cas d'une erreur interne (comme un manque de mémoire) et *4* lorsque l'option B*-T* est utilisée.\n"
16478
16479 #.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{package-docdir}_.
16480 #. type: Plain text
16481 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:132
16482 #, fuzzy
16483 #| msgid ""
16484 #| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) "
16485 #| "distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory."
16486 msgid ""
16487 "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) "
16488 "distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory."
16489 msgstr ""
16490 "Des scripts d'exemple pour (ba)sh et (t)csh sont distribués avec *getopt*(1) "
16491 "et installés optionnellement dans le répertoire _{package-docdir}_."
16492
16493 #. type: Labeled list
16494 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:135 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:183
16495 #, no-wrap
16496 msgid "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*"
16497 msgstr "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*"
16498
16499 #. type: Plain text
16500 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:137
16501 msgid ""
16502 "This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is "
16503 "set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or "
16504 "an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-"
16505 "option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'."
16506 msgstr ""
16507 "Cette variable d'environnement est utilisée par *getopt*(3). Lorsqu'elle est "
16508 "positionnée, l'analyse s'arrête au premier paramètre n'étant ni une option "
16509 "ni le paramètre d'une option. Tous les paramètres restants sont également "
16510 "interprétés comme des paramètres n'étant pas des options, qu'ils commencent "
16511 "par un « *-* » ou non."
16512
16513 #. type: Labeled list
16514 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:138
16515 #, no-wrap
16516 msgid "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE*"
16517 msgstr "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE*"
16518
16519 #. type: Plain text
16520 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:140
16521 msgid ""
16522 "Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the "
16523 "*SYNOPSIS*."
16524 msgstr ""
16525 "Forcer *getopt* à utiliser le premier format d'appel, comme indiqué dans le "
16526 "*SYNOPSIS*."
16527
16528 #. type: Plain text
16529 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:144
16530 #, no-wrap
16531 msgid "*getopt*(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). This *getopt*(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they were not present.\n"
16532 msgstr "*getopt*(3) peut analyser des options longues avec des paramètres optionnels vides (ce n'est pas possible pour les options courtes). Cette version de *getopt*(1) traite les arguments optionnels vides comme s'ils n'étaient pas présents.\n"
16533
16534 #. type: Plain text
16535 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:146
16536 msgid ""
16537 "The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very "
16538 "intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)."
16539 msgstr ""
16540 "La syntaxe n'est pas très intuitive si vous ne voulez pas d'option courte : "
16541 "vous devez explicitement les définir comme des chaînes vides."
16542
16543 #. type: Title ==
16544 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:147 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:144
16545 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:84
16546 #, no-wrap
16547 msgid "AUTHOR"
16548 msgstr "AUTEUR"
16549
16550 #. type: Plain text
16551 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:150
16552 msgid "mailto:frodo@frodo.looijaard.name[Frodo Looijaard]"
16553 msgstr "mailto:frodo@frodo.looijaard.name[Frodo Looijaard]"
16554
16555 #. type: Plain text
16556 #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:156
16557 #, no-wrap
16558 msgid ""
16559 "*bash*(1),\n"
16560 "*tcsh*(1),\n"
16561 "*getopt*(3)\n"
16562 msgstr ""
16563 "*bash*(1),\n"
16564 "*tcsh*(1),\n"
16565 "*getopt*(3)\n"
16566
16567 #
16568 #. SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
16569 #. Copyright (C) 2008 - 2012 Julian Andres Klode. See hardlink.c for license.
16570 #. Copyright (C) 2021 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
16571 #. type: Title =
16572 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:8
16573 #, no-wrap
16574 msgid "hardlink(1)"
16575 msgstr "hardlink(1)"
16576
16577 #. type: Plain text
16578 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:18
16579 msgid "hardlink - link multiple copies of a file"
16580 msgstr ""
16581
16582 #. type: Plain text
16583 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:22
16584 #, no-wrap
16585 msgid "*hardlink* [options] [_directory_|_file_]...\n"
16586 msgstr "*hardlink* [options] [_répertoire_|_fichier_]...\n"
16587
16588 #. type: Plain text
16589 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:27
16590 #, no-wrap
16591 msgid ""
16592 "*hardlink* is a tool that replaces copies of a file with either hardlinks\n"
16593 "or copy-on-write clones, thus saving space.\n"
16594 msgstr ""
16595
16596 #. type: Plain text
16597 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:35
16598 #, no-wrap
16599 msgid ""
16600 "*hardlink* first creates a binary tree of file sizes and then compares\n"
16601 "the content of files that have the same size. There are two basic content\n"
16602 "comparison methods. The *memcmp* method directly reads data blocks from\n"
16603 "files and compares them. The other method is based on checksums (like SHA256);\n"
16604 "in this case for each data block a checksum is calculated by the Linux kernel\n"
16605 "crypto API, and this checksum is stored in userspace and used for file\n"
16606 "comparisons.\n"
16607 msgstr ""
16608
16609 #. type: Plain text
16610 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:40
16611 msgid ""
16612 "For each file also an \"intro\" buffer (32 bytes) is cached. This buffer is "
16613 "used independently from the comparison method and requested cache-size and "
16614 "io-size.  The \"intro\" buffer dramatically reduces operations with data "
16615 "content as files are very often different from the beginning."
16616 msgstr ""
16617
16618 #. type: Labeled list
16619 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:45
16620 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16621 #| msgid "*-Z*, *--context*"
16622 msgid "*-c*, *--content*"
16623 msgstr "*-Z*, *--context*"
16624
16625 #. type: Plain text
16626 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:47
16627 msgid ""
16628 "Consider only file content, not attributes, when determining whether two "
16629 "files are equal. Same as *-pot*."
16630 msgstr ""
16631
16632 #. type: Labeled list
16633 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:48
16634 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16635 #| msgid "*-S*, *--size* _size_"
16636 msgid "*-b*, *--io-size* _size_"
16637 msgstr "*-S*, *--size* _taille_"
16638
16639 #. type: Plain text
16640 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:56
16641 msgid ""
16642 "The size of the *read*(2) or *sendfile*(2) buffer used when comparing file "
16643 "contents.  The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative "
16644 "suffixes KiB, MiB, etc.  The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
16645 "meaning as \"KiB\". The default is 8KiB for memcmp method and 1MiB for the "
16646 "other methods. The only memcmp method uses process memory for the buffer, "
16647 "other methods use zero-copy way and I/O operation is done in the kernel. The "
16648 "size may be altered on the fly to fit a number of cached content checksums."
16649 msgstr ""
16650
16651 #. type: Labeled list
16652 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:57
16653 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16654 #| msgid "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
16655 msgid "*-d*, *--respect-dir*"
16656 msgstr "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
16657
16658 #. type: Plain text
16659 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:59
16660 msgid ""
16661 "Only try to link files with the same directory name. The top-level directory "
16662 "(as specified on the hardlink command line) is ignored. For example, "
16663 "*hardlink --respect-dir /foo /bar* will link _/foo/some/file_ with _/bar/"
16664 "some/file_, but not _/bar/other/file_. If combined with *--respect-name*, "
16665 "then entire paths (except the top-level directory) are compared."
16666 msgstr ""
16667
16668 #. type: Labeled list
16669 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:60
16670 #, no-wrap
16671 msgid "*-f*, *--respect-name*"
16672 msgstr "*-f*, *--respect-name*"
16673
16674 #. type: Plain text
16675 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:62
16676 msgid ""
16677 "Only try to link files with the same (base)name. It's strongly recommended "
16678 "to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way "
16679 "by other *hardlink* implementations."
16680 msgstr ""
16681
16682 #. type: Labeled list
16683 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:63
16684 #, no-wrap
16685 msgid "*-i*, *--include* _regex_"
16686 msgstr ""
16687
16688 #. type: Plain text
16689 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:65
16690 msgid ""
16691 "A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been "
16692 "given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If "
16693 "the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern "
16694 "are included."
16695 msgstr ""
16696
16697 #. type: Labeled list
16698 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:66
16699 #, no-wrap
16700 msgid "*-m*, *--maximize*"
16701 msgstr "*-m*, *--maximize*"
16702
16703 #. type: Plain text
16704 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:68
16705 msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the highest link count."
16706 msgstr ""
16707
16708 #. type: Labeled list
16709 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:69
16710 #, no-wrap
16711 msgid "*-M*, *--minimize*"
16712 msgstr "*-M*, *--minimize*"
16713
16714 #. type: Plain text
16715 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:71
16716 msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the lowest link count."
16717 msgstr ""
16718
16719 #. type: Labeled list
16720 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:93
16721 #, no-wrap
16722 msgid "*-n*, *--dry-run*"
16723 msgstr "*-n*, *--dry-run*"
16724
16725 #. type: Plain text
16726 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:74
16727 #, fuzzy
16728 #| msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done."
16729 msgid "Do not act, just print what would happen."
16730 msgstr "Ne pas exécuter, montrer uniquement ce qui devrait être accompli."
16731
16732 #. type: Labeled list
16733 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:75
16734 #, no-wrap
16735 msgid "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*"
16736 msgstr "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*"
16737
16738 #. type: Plain text
16739 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:77
16740 msgid ""
16741 "Link and compare files even if their owner information (user and group) "
16742 "differs. Results may be unpredictable."
16743 msgstr ""
16744
16745 #. type: Labeled list
16746 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:78
16747 #, no-wrap
16748 msgid "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*"
16749 msgstr "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*"
16750
16751 #. type: Plain text
16752 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:80
16753 msgid ""
16754 "Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By "
16755 "default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is "
16756 "specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of "
16757 "modification."
16758 msgstr ""
16759
16760 #. type: Labeled list
16761 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:81
16762 #, no-wrap
16763 msgid "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*"
16764 msgstr "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*"
16765
16766 #. type: Plain text
16767 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:83
16768 msgid ""
16769 "Link and compare files even if their mode is different. Results may be "
16770 "slightly unpredictable."
16771 msgstr ""
16772
16773 #. type: Plain text
16774 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:86
16775 msgid "Quiet mode, don't print anything."
16776 msgstr "Mode silencieux – ne rien afficher."
16777
16778 #. type: Labeled list
16779 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:87
16780 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16781 #| msgid "*-p*, *--pagesize* _size_"
16782 msgid "*-r*, *--cache-size* _size_"
16783 msgstr "*-p*, *--pagesize* _taille_"
16784
16785 #. type: Plain text
16786 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:92
16787 msgid ""
16788 "The size of the cache for content checksums. All non-memcmp methods "
16789 "calculate checksum for each file content block (see *--io-size*), these "
16790 "checksums are cached for the next comparison. The size is important for "
16791 "large files or a large sets of files of the same size. The default is 10MiB."
16792 msgstr ""
16793
16794 #. type: Labeled list
16795 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:93
16796 #, no-wrap
16797 msgid "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _size_"
16798 msgstr "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _taille_"
16799
16800 #. type: Plain text
16801 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:95
16802 #, fuzzy
16803 #| msgid ""
16804 #| "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be "
16805 #| "followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so "
16806 #| "on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., "
16807 #| "\"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"."
16808 msgid ""
16809 "The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not "
16810 "be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative "
16811 "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
16812 "ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
16813 "\"KiB\")."
16814 msgstr ""
16815 "Si la taille est indiquée en byte, elle peut être suivie d’un suffixe "
16816 "multiplicatif KiB(=1024), MiB(=1024*1024), etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
16817 "ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est "
16818 "identique à « KiB »)."
16819
16820 #. type: Labeled list
16821 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:96
16822 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16823 #| msgid "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _size_"
16824 msgid "*-S*, *--maximum-size* _size_"
16825 msgstr "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _taille_"
16826
16827 #. type: Plain text
16828 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:98
16829 #, fuzzy
16830 #| msgid ""
16831 #| "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be "
16832 #| "followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so "
16833 #| "on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., "
16834 #| "\"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"."
16835 msgid ""
16836 "The maximum size to consider. By default this is 0 and 0 has the special "
16837 "meaning of unlimited. The _size_ argument may be followed by the "
16838 "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
16839 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
16840 "meaning as \"KiB\")."
16841 msgstr ""
16842 "Si la taille est indiquée en byte, elle peut être suivie d’un suffixe "
16843 "multiplicatif KiB(=1024), MiB(=1024*1024), etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
16844 "ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est "
16845 "identique à « KiB »)."
16846
16847 #. type: Labeled list
16848 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:99
16849 #, no-wrap
16850 msgid "*-t*, *--ignore-time*"
16851 msgstr "*-t*, *--ignore-time*"
16852
16853 #. type: Plain text
16854 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:101
16855 msgid ""
16856 "Link and compare files even if their time of modification is different. This "
16857 "is usually a good choice."
16858 msgstr ""
16859
16860 #. type: Plain text
16861 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:104
16862 msgid ""
16863 "Verbose output, explain to the user what is being done. If specified once, "
16864 "every hardlinked file is displayed. If specified twice, it also shows every "
16865 "comparison."
16866 msgstr ""
16867
16868 #. type: Labeled list
16869 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:105
16870 #, no-wrap
16871 msgid "*-x*, *--exclude* _regex_"
16872 msgstr ""
16873
16874 #. type: Plain text
16875 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:107
16876 msgid ""
16877 "A regular expression which excludes files from being compared and linked."
16878 msgstr ""
16879
16880 #. type: Labeled list
16881 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:108
16882 #, no-wrap
16883 msgid "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
16884 msgstr "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
16885
16886 #. type: Plain text
16887 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:110
16888 msgid "Only try to link files with the same extended attributes."
16889 msgstr ""
16890
16891 #. type: Labeled list
16892 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:111
16893 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16894 #| msgid "*-N*, *--name* _name_"
16895 msgid "*-y*, *--method* _name_"
16896 msgstr "*-N*, *--name* _nom_"
16897
16898 #. type: Plain text
16899 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:117
16900 msgid ""
16901 "Set the file content comparison method. The currently supported methods are "
16902 "sha256, sha1, crc32c and memcmp. The default is sha256, or memcmp if Linux "
16903 "Crypto API is not available. The methods based on checksums are implemented "
16904 "in zero-copy way, in this case file contents are not copied to the userspace "
16905 "and all calculation is done in kernel."
16906 msgstr ""
16907
16908 #. type: Labeled list
16909 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:118
16910 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16911 #| msgid "*--color*[=_when_]"
16912 msgid "*--reflink*[=_when_]"
16913 msgstr "*--color*[=_quand_]"
16914
16915 #. type: Plain text
16916 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:123
16917 msgid ""
16918 "Create copy-on-write clones (aka reflinks) rather than hardlinks. The "
16919 "reflinked files share only on-disk data, but the file mode and owner can be "
16920 "different. It's recommended to use it with *--ignore-owner* and *--ignore-"
16921 "mode* options. This option implies *--skip-reflinks* to ignore already "
16922 "cloned files."
16923 msgstr ""
16924
16925 #. type: Plain text
16926 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:129
16927 msgid ""
16928 "The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always*, or *auto*. If the "
16929 "_when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*, in this case, *hardlink* "
16930 "checks filesystem type and uses reflinks on BTRFS and XFS only, and fallback "
16931 "to hardlinks when creating reflink is impossible.  The argument *always* "
16932 "disables filesystem type detection and fallback to hardlinks, in this case, "
16933 "only reflinks are allowed."
16934 msgstr ""
16935
16936 #. type: Labeled list
16937 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:130
16938 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16939 #| msgid "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
16940 msgid "*--skip-reflinks*"
16941 msgstr "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
16942
16943 #. type: Plain text
16944 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:132
16945 msgid ""
16946 "Ignore already cloned files. This option may be used without *--reflink* "
16947 "when creating classic hardlinks."
16948 msgstr ""
16949
16950 #. type: Plain text
16951 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:137
16952 #, no-wrap
16953 msgid "*hardlink* takes one or more directories which will be searched for files to be linked.\n"
16954 msgstr ""
16955
16956 #. type: Plain text
16957 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:141
16958 msgid ""
16959 "The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force "
16960 "hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no "
16961 "more supported by the current *hardlink*."
16962 msgstr ""
16963
16964 #. type: Plain text
16965 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:143
16966 #, no-wrap
16967 msgid "*hardlink* assumes that the trees it operates on do not change during operation. If a tree does change, the result is undefined and potentially dangerous. For example, if a regular file is replaced by a device, *hardlink* may start reading from the device. If a component of a path is replaced by a symbolic link or file permissions change, security may be compromised. Do not run *hardlink* on a changing tree or on a tree controlled by another user.\n"
16968 msgstr ""
16969
16970 #. type: Plain text
16971 #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:147
16972 msgid ""
16973 "There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation "
16974 "is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been "
16975 "used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current "
16976 "implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode."
16977 msgstr ""
16978
16979 #. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu)
16980 #. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
16981 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
16982 #. type: Title =
16983 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:7
16984 #, no-wrap
16985 msgid "kill(1)"
16986 msgstr "kill(1)"
16987
16988 #. type: Plain text
16989 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:17
16990 msgid "kill - terminate a process"
16991 msgstr "kill - Terminer un processus"
16992
16993 #. type: Plain text
16994 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:21
16995 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
16996 #| msgid "*kill*  [-signal|*-s* _signal_|*-p*]  [*-q* _value_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _milliseconds_ _signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_name_...\n"
16997 msgid "*kill*  [**-**_signal_|*-s* _signal_|*-p*]  [*-q* _value_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _milliseconds_ _signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_name_...\n"
16998 msgstr "*kill*  [-signal|*-s* _signal_|*-p*]  [*-q* _valeur_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _millisecondes avant signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_nom_...\n"
16999
17000 #. type: Plain text
17001 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:23
17002 #, no-wrap
17003 msgid "*kill* *-l* [_number_] | *-L*\n"
17004 msgstr "*kill* *-l* [_numéro_] | *-L*\n"
17005
17006 #. type: Plain text
17007 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:28
17008 msgid ""
17009 "The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes "
17010 "or process groups."
17011 msgstr ""
17012 "La commande *kill* envoie le _signal_ spécifié aux processus ou aux groupes "
17013 "de processus spécifiés."
17014
17015 #. type: Plain text
17016 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:30
17017 #, fuzzy
17018 #| msgid ""
17019 #| "If no signal is specified, the TERM signal is sent. The default action "
17020 #| "for this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used "
17021 #| "in preference to the KILL signal (number 9), since a process may install "
17022 #| "a handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before "
17023 #| "terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after "
17024 #| "a TERM signal has been sent, then the KILL signal may be used; be aware "
17025 #| "that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target "
17026 #| "process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
17027 msgid ""
17028 "If no signal is specified, the *TERM* signal is sent. The default action for "
17029 "this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in "
17030 "preference to the *KILL* signal (number 9), since a process may install a "
17031 "handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before "
17032 "terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a "
17033 "*TERM* signal has been sent, then the *KILL* signal may be used; be aware "
17034 "that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target "
17035 "process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
17036 msgstr ""
17037 "Si aucun signal n'est spécifié, celui TERM est envoyé. L'action par défaut "
17038 "de ce signal est de terminer le processus. Il devrait être préféré au signal "
17039 "KILL (numéro 9), car un processus peut mettre en place un gestionnaire du "
17040 "signal TERM afin d'effectuer des étapes de nettoyage avant de terminer de "
17041 "manière ordonnée. Si un processus ne se termine pas avant un signal TERM, le "
17042 "signal KILL peut être utilisé ; mais gardez en tête que ce signal ne peut "
17043 "pas être saisi, donc il ne donne pas au processus cible la chance "
17044 "d'effectuer un nettoyage avant de se terminer."
17045
17046 #. type: Plain text
17047 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:32
17048 msgid ""
17049 "Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather "
17050 "similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--"
17051 "queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, "
17052 "are local extensions."
17053 msgstr ""
17054 "La plupart des interpréteurs modernes ont une commade *kill* intégrée, avec "
17055 "une utilisation relativement proche de la commande décrite ici. Les options "
17056 "*--all*, *--pid*, et *--queue* et la possibilité de spécifier des processus "
17057 "par le nom de leur commande sont des extensions spécifiques."
17058
17059 #. type: Plain text
17060 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:34
17061 msgid ""
17062 "If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still "
17063 "performed."
17064 msgstr ""
17065 "Si _signal_ vaut 0, aucun signal n'est envoyé mais une vérification d'erreur "
17066 "se fait quand même."
17067
17068 #. type: Plain text
17069 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:38
17070 msgid ""
17071 "The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs."
17072 msgstr ""
17073 "La liste des processus auxquels il faut envoyer un signal peut être un "
17074 "mélange de noms et de PID."
17075
17076 #. type: Labeled list
17077 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:39
17078 #, no-wrap
17079 msgid "_pid_"
17080 msgstr "_pid_"
17081
17082 #. type: Plain text
17083 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:41
17084 #, fuzzy
17085 #| msgid "Each I<pid> can be one of four things:"
17086 msgid "Each _pid_ can be expressed in one of the following ways:"
17087 msgstr "Chaque I<pid> peut être quatre choses :"
17088
17089 #. type: Labeled list
17090 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:41
17091 #, no-wrap
17092 msgid "_n_"
17093 msgstr "_n_"
17094
17095 #. type: Plain text
17096 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:43
17097 msgid "where _n_ is larger than 0. The process with PID _n_ is signaled."
17098 msgstr ""
17099 "où _n_ est supérieur à 0. Un signal sera envoyé au processus numéro _n_."
17100
17101 #. type: Plain text
17102 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45
17103 msgid "All processes in the current process group are signaled."
17104 msgstr ""
17105 "Le signal est envoyé à tous les processus du groupe de processus actuel."
17106
17107 #. type: Plain text
17108 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:47
17109 msgid "All processes with a PID larger than 1 are signaled."
17110 msgstr ""
17111 "Un signal est envoyé à tous les processus dont le PID est supérieur à 1."
17112
17113 #. type: Labeled list
17114 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:47
17115 #, no-wrap
17116 msgid "**-**__n__"
17117 msgstr "**-**__n__"
17118
17119 #. type: Plain text
17120 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:49
17121 msgid ""
17122 "where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. "
17123 "When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a "
17124 "process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must "
17125 "be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to "
17126 "send."
17127 msgstr ""
17128 "où _n_ est supérieur à 1. Un signal sera envoyé à tous les processus du "
17129 "groupe de processus _n_. Quand un argument sous la forme « -n » est donné et "
17130 "vise à désigner un groupe de processus, vous devez soit désigner d'abord le "
17131 "signal, soit faire précéder l'argument d'une option « -- », sans quoi il "
17132 "sera considéré comme le signal à envoyer."
17133
17134 #. type: Labeled list
17135 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:50
17136 #, no-wrap
17137 msgid "_name_"
17138 msgstr "_nom_"
17139
17140 #. type: Plain text
17141 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:52
17142 msgid "All processes invoked using this _name_ will be signaled."
17143 msgstr ""
17144 "Un signal sera envoyé à tous les processus appelés en utilisant ce _nom_."
17145
17146 #. type: Labeled list
17147 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:55
17148 #, no-wrap
17149 msgid "*-s*, *--signal* _signal_"
17150 msgstr "*-s*, *--signal* _signal_"
17151
17152 #. type: Plain text
17153 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:57
17154 msgid "The signal to send. It may be given as a name or a number."
17155 msgstr "Le signal à envoyer. Il peut s'agir d'un nom ou d'un numéro."
17156
17157 #. type: Labeled list
17158 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:57
17159 #, no-wrap
17160 msgid "*-l*, *--list* [_number_]"
17161 msgstr "*-l*, *--list* [_numéro_]"
17162
17163 #. type: Plain text
17164 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59
17165 msgid ""
17166 "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a name. "
17167 "The signals can be found in _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_."
17168 msgstr ""
17169 "Afficher une liste des noms de signal ou convertir le numéro du signal donné "
17170 "en nom. Vous pouvez trouver les signaux dans _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_."
17171
17172 #. type: Labeled list
17173 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59
17174 #, no-wrap
17175 msgid "*-L*, *--table*"
17176 msgstr "*-L*, *--table*"
17177
17178 #. type: Plain text
17179 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61
17180 msgid ""
17181 "Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding "
17182 "numbers."
17183 msgstr ""
17184 "Identique à *-l* et il affichera le nom des signaux et leur numéro "
17185 "correspondant."
17186
17187 #. type: Plain text
17188 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63
17189 msgid ""
17190 "Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the "
17191 "same UID as the present process."
17192 msgstr ""
17193 "Ne pas restreindre la conversion nom-vers-PID aux processus sous le même UID "
17194 "que le processus actuel."
17195
17196 #. type: Labeled list
17197 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:98
17198 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:77 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:78
17199 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:49
17200 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:71
17201 #, no-wrap
17202 msgid "*-p*, *--pid*"
17203 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*"
17204
17205 #. type: Plain text
17206 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65
17207 msgid ""
17208 "Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any "
17209 "signals."
17210 msgstr ""
17211 "N'afficher que l'ID du processus (PID) des processus ayant un nom, ne pas "
17212 "envoyer de signaux."
17213
17214 #. type: Labeled list
17215 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65
17216 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
17217 #| msgid "*-c*, *--read-clear*"
17218 msgid "*-r*, *--require-handler*"
17219 msgstr "*-c*, *--read-clear*"
17220
17221 #. type: Plain text
17222 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67
17223 msgid ""
17224 "Do not send the signal if it is not caught in userspace by the signalled "
17225 "process."
17226 msgstr ""
17227
17228 #. type: Plain text
17229 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69
17230 msgid "Print PID(s) that will be signaled with *kill* along with the signal."
17231 msgstr ""
17232 "Afficher le/les PID auxquels un signal sera envoyé via *kill* et son signal."
17233
17234 #. type: Labeled list
17235 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69
17236 #, no-wrap
17237 msgid "*-q*, *--queue* _value_"
17238 msgstr "*-q*, *--queue* _valeur_"
17239
17240 #. type: Plain text
17241 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:71
17242 #, fuzzy
17243 #| msgid ""
17244 #| "Use B<sigqueue>(3)  rather than B<kill>(2).  The I<value> argument is an "
17245 #| "integer that is sent along with the signal.  If the receiving process has "
17246 #| "installed a handler for this signal using the B<SA_SIGINFO> flag to "
17247 #| "B<sigaction>(2), then it can obtain this data via the I<si_sigval> field "
17248 #| "of the I<siginfo_t> structure."
17249 msgid ""
17250 "Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ "
17251 "argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving "
17252 "process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag "
17253 "to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of "
17254 "the _siginfo_t_ structure."
17255 msgstr ""
17256 "Utiliser B<sigqueue>(3) au lieu de B<kill>(2). L'argument I<valeur> est un "
17257 "entier envoyé avec le signal. Si le processus récepteur a mis en place un "
17258 "gestionnaire pour ce signal qui utilise le drapeau B<SA_SIGINFO> pour "
17259 "B<sigaction>(2), il peut obtenir ces données via le champ I<si_sigval> de la "
17260 "structure I<siginfo_t>."
17261
17262 #. type: Labeled list
17263 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:71
17264 #, no-wrap
17265 msgid "*--timeout* _milliseconds signal_"
17266 msgstr "*--timeout* _millisecondes avant le signal_"
17267
17268 #. type: Plain text
17269 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:73
17270 msgid ""
17271 "Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an "
17272 "additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes "
17273 "*kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a "
17274 "follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the "
17275 "Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the "
17276 "follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no "
17277 "longer exists."
17278 msgstr ""
17279
17280 #. type: Plain text
17281 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:75
17282 msgid ""
17283 "Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an "
17284 "equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to "
17285 "races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that "
17286 "used a recycled PID."
17287 msgstr ""
17288
17289 #. type: Plain text
17290 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:77
17291 msgid ""
17292 "The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent "
17293 "sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be "
17294 "combined with the *--queue* option."
17295 msgstr ""
17296
17297 #. type: Plain text
17298 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:79
17299 #, fuzzy
17300 #| msgid ""
17301 #| "Example.  Send signals QUIT, TERM and KILL in sequence and wait for 1000 "
17302 #| "milliseconds between the signals"
17303 msgid ""
17304 "As an example, the following command sends the signals *QUIT*, *TERM* and "
17305 "*KILL* in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the "
17306 "signals:"
17307 msgstr ""
17308 "Exemple : envoyer les signaux QUIT, TERM et KILL en séquence et attendre "
17309 "1000 millisecondes entre les signaux"
17310
17311 #. type: delimited block .
17312 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:83
17313 #, no-wrap
17314 msgid ""
17315 "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL \\\n"
17316 "        --signal QUIT 12345\n"
17317 msgstr ""
17318 "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL \\\n"
17319 "        --signal QUIT 12345\n"
17320
17321 #. type: Plain text
17322 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:88
17323 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
17324 #| msgid "B<kill> has the following return codes:"
17325 msgid "*kill* has the following exit status values:\n"
17326 msgstr "B<kill> comporte les codes de retour suivants :"
17327
17328 #. type: Plain text
17329 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:93 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:143
17330 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:63
17331 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:80
17332 msgid "failure"
17333 msgstr "Échec."
17334
17335 #. type: Plain text
17336 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:95
17337 msgid "partial success (when more than one process specified)"
17338 msgstr "succès partiel (quand plus d'un processus est spécifié)"
17339
17340 #. type: Plain text
17341 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:99
17342 msgid ""
17343 "Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of "
17344 "one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the "
17345 "signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread "
17346 "group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly "
17347 "selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to "
17348 "an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking "
17349 "the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of "
17350 "*CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)."
17351 msgstr ""
17352 "Bien qu'il soit possible de spécifier comme argument de *kill* le TID "
17353 "(identifiant de fil, voir *gettid*(2)) d'un des fils dans un processus à "
17354 "plusieurs fils, le signal s'adresse néanmoins au processus (c'est-à-dire à "
17355 "tout le groupe de fils). En d'autres termes, il n'est pas possible d'envoyer "
17356 "un signal à un fil en particulier d'un processus multifils. Le signal sera "
17357 "envoyé à un fil sélectionné arbitrairement dans le processus cible et qui ne "
17358 "bloque pas le signal. Pour plus de détails, voir *signal*(7) et la "
17359 "description de *CLONE_THREAD* dans *clone*(2)."
17360
17361 #. type: Plain text
17362 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:101
17363 msgid ""
17364 "Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in "
17365 "relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest "
17366 "way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use "
17367 "the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*"
17368 msgstr ""
17369
17370 #. type: Plain text
17371 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:106
17372 msgid ""
17373 "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
17374 msgstr ""
17375 "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
17376
17377 #. type: Plain text
17378 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:108
17379 msgid "The original version was taken from BSD 4.4."
17380 msgstr "La version originale vient de BSD 4.4."
17381
17382 #. type: Plain text
17383 #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:117
17384 #, no-wrap
17385 msgid ""
17386 "*bash*(1),\n"
17387 "*tcsh*(1),\n"
17388 "*sigaction*(2),\n"
17389 "*kill*(2),\n"
17390 "*sigqueue*(3),\n"
17391 "*signal*(7)\n"
17392 msgstr ""
17393 "*bash*(1),\n"
17394 "*tcsh*(1),\n"
17395 "*sigaction*(2),\n"
17396 "*kill*(2),\n"
17397 "*sigqueue*(3),\n"
17398 "*signal*(7)\n"
17399
17400 #
17401 #
17402 #
17403 #. Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993
17404 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
17405 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
17406 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
17407 #. are met:
17408 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
17409 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
17410 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
17411 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
17412 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
17413 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
17414 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
17415 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
17416 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
17417 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
17418 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
17419 #.    without specific prior written permission.
17420 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
17421 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
17422 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
17423 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
17424 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
17425 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
17426 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
17427 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
17428 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
17429 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
17430 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
17431 #.      @(#)logger.1    8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
17432 #. type: Title =
17433 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:36
17434 #, no-wrap
17435 msgid "logger(1)"
17436 msgstr "logger(1)"
17437
17438 #. type: Plain text
17439 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:46
17440 msgid "logger - enter messages into the system log"
17441 msgstr "logger - Ajouter des messages au journal système"
17442
17443 #. type: Plain text
17444 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:50
17445 #, no-wrap
17446 msgid "*logger* [options] _message_\n"
17447 msgstr "*logger* [options] _message_\n"
17448
17449 #. type: Plain text
17450 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:54
17451 #, no-wrap
17452 msgid "*logger* makes entries in the system log.\n"
17453 msgstr "*logger* ajoute des entrées dans le journal système.\n"
17454
17455 #. type: Plain text
17456 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:56
17457 msgid ""
17458 "When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. "
17459 "If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard "
17460 "input is logged."
17461 msgstr ""
17462 "Quand l’argument facultatif _message_ est présent, il est écrit dans le "
17463 "journal. Sinon, et si l’option *-f* n'est pas donnée non plus, l'entrée "
17464 "standard sera enregistrée."
17465
17466 #. type: Labeled list
17467 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:59
17468 #, no-wrap
17469 msgid "*-d*, *--udp*"
17470 msgstr "*-d*, *--udp*"
17471
17472 #. type: Plain text
17473 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:61
17474 msgid ""
17475 "Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog "
17476 "port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514."
17477 msgstr ""
17478 "N’utiliser que les datagrammes (UDP). Par défaut la connexion est tentée sur "
17479 "le port de *syslog* défini dans _/etc/services_, qui est généralement 514."
17480
17481 #. type: Plain text
17482 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:174
17483 msgid "See also *--server* and *--socket* to specify where to connect."
17484 msgstr "Voir aussi *--server* ou *--socket* pour définir où se connecter."
17485
17486 #. type: Labeled list
17487 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:64
17488 #, no-wrap
17489 msgid "*-e*, *--skip-empty*"
17490 msgstr "*-e*, *--skip-empty*"
17491
17492 #. type: Plain text
17493 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:66
17494 msgid ""
17495 "Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a "
17496 "line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is "
17497 "NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is "
17498 "specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this "
17499 "mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix "
17500 "(e.g., *<13>*)."
17501 msgstr ""
17502 "Ignorer les lignes vides lors du traitement des fichiers. Une ligne vide est "
17503 "définie comme une ligne sans caractère. Ainsi, une ligne ne contenant que "
17504 "des espaces n’est *pas* considérée vide. Remarquez que si l’option *--prio-"
17505 "prefix* est indiquée, la priorité ne fait pas partie de la ligne. Ainsi, une "
17506 "ligne vide dans ce mode est une ligne qui n’a pas de caractère après la "
17507 "priorité (par exemple, *<13>*)."
17508
17509 #. type: Plain text
17510 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:69
17511 msgid ""
17512 "Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined "
17513 "with a command-line message."
17514 msgstr ""
17515 "Enregistrer le contenu du _fichier_ indiqué. Cette option ne peut pas être "
17516 "associée à un message de ligne de commande."
17517
17518 #. type: Labeled list
17519 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:70
17520 #, no-wrap
17521 msgid "*-i*"
17522 msgstr "*-i*"
17523
17524 #. type: Plain text
17525 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:72
17526 #, fuzzy
17527 #| msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line."
17528 msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line."
17529 msgstr "Enregistrer le PID du processus *logger* sur chaque ligne."
17530
17531 #. type: Labeled list
17532 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:73
17533 #, no-wrap
17534 msgid "*--id*[**=**__id__]"
17535 msgstr "*--id*[**=**__id__]"
17536
17537 #. type: Plain text
17538 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:75
17539 #, fuzzy
17540 #| msgid ""
17541 #| "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional "
17542 #| "argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* "
17543 #| "command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that "
17544 #| "send several messages."
17545 msgid ""
17546 "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional "
17547 "argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* "
17548 "command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that "
17549 "send several messages."
17550 msgstr ""
17551 "Enregistrer le PID du processus *logger* sur chaque ligne. Quand l’argument "
17552 "facultatif _id_ est indiqué, il est utilisé à la place du PID de la commande "
17553 "*logger*. L’utilisation de *--id=$$* (PPID) est recommandée dans les scripts "
17554 "qui envoient plusieurs messages."
17555
17556 #. type: Plain text
17557 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:77
17558 msgid ""
17559 "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when "
17560 "listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite "
17561 "the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket "
17562 "credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a "
17563 "process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are "
17564 "not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
17565 msgstr ""
17566 "Remarquez que l'infrastructure de journalisation du système (par exemple "
17567 "*systemd* écoutant sur _/dev/log_) peut suivre les droits de la socket "
17568 "locale pour écraser le PID spécifié dans le message. *logger*(1) peut "
17569 "définir ces droits de socket à l’__id__ donné, mais seulement si vous avez "
17570 "les droits de superutilisateur et que le processus avec le PID indiqué "
17571 "existe, sinon les droits de la socket ne sont pas modifiés et le problème "
17572 "est ignoré en silence."
17573
17574 #. type: Labeled list
17575 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:78
17576 #, no-wrap
17577 msgid "*--journald*[**=**__file__]"
17578 msgstr "*--journald*[**=**__fichier__]"
17579
17580 #. type: Plain text
17581 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:80
17582 #, fuzzy
17583 #| msgid ""
17584 #| "Write a systemd journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, "
17585 #| "when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with "
17586 #| "a field that is accepted by journald; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for "
17587 #| "details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it "
17588 #| "makes finding entries easy. Examples:"
17589 msgid ""
17590 "Write a *systemd* journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, "
17591 "when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a "
17592 "field that is accepted by *journald*; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for "
17593 "details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes "
17594 "finding entries easy. Examples:"
17595 msgstr ""
17596 "Écrire une entrée de journal systemd. L’entrée est lue du _fichier_ donné "
17597 "s’il est indiqué, ou sinon de l’entrée standard. Chaque ligne doit commencer "
17598 "par un champ accepté par journald, consultez *systemd.journal-fields*(7) "
17599 "pour plus de précisons. L’utilisation du champ MESSAGE_ID est généralement "
17600 "une bonne idée car cela facilite la recherche d’entrées. Exemples :"
17601
17602 #. type: delimited block _
17603 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:88
17604 #, no-wrap
17605 msgid ""
17606 "    logger --journald <<end\n"
17607 "    MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
17608 "    MESSAGE=The dogs bark, but the caravan goes on.\n"
17609 "    DOGS=bark\n"
17610 "    CARAVAN=goes on\n"
17611 "    end\n"
17612 msgstr ""
17613 "    logger --journald <<end\n"
17614 "    MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
17615 "    MESSAGE=Les chiens aboient mais la caravane passe.\n"
17616 "    CHIENS=aboient\n"
17617 "    CARAVANE=passe\n"
17618 "    end\n"
17619
17620 #. type: delimited block _
17621 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:90
17622 #, no-wrap
17623 msgid "    logger --journald=entry.txt\n"
17624 msgstr "    logger --journald=texte_entrée\n"
17625
17626 #. type: Plain text
17627 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:93
17628 msgid ""
17629 "Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as "
17630 "priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY "
17631 "field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. "
17632 "Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields."
17633 msgstr ""
17634 "Remarquez que *--journald* ignorera les valeurs des autres options, comme la "
17635 "priorité. Si la priorité est nécessaire, elle doit être dans l’entrée et "
17636 "utiliser le champ PRIORITY. La simple exécution de *journalctl*(1) affichera "
17637 "le champ MESSAGE. Utilisez *journalctl --output json-pretty* pour voir le "
17638 "reste des champs."
17639
17640 #. type: Plain text
17641 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:95
17642 msgid ""
17643 "To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is "
17644 "handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the "
17645 "journal if they appear multiple times."
17646 msgstr ""
17647 "Pour inclure les retours à la ligne dans MESSAGE, indiquez MESSAGE plusieurs "
17648 "fois. Cela est pris en charge comme un cas particulier, les autres champs "
17649 "seront stockés sous forme de tableau dans le journal s'ils apparaissent "
17650 "plusieurs fois."
17651
17652 #. type: Labeled list
17653 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:96
17654 #, no-wrap
17655 msgid "*--msgid* _msgid_"
17656 msgstr "*--msgid* _msgid_"
17657
17658 #. type: Plain text
17659 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:98
17660 msgid ""
17661 "Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. "
17662 "Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This "
17663 "option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is "
17664 "silently ignored."
17665 msgstr ""
17666 "Définir le champ MSGID de la link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
17667 "rfc5424[RFC 5424]. Remarquez que le caractère espace n’est pas permis à "
17668 "l’intérieur de _msgid_. Cette option n’est utilisée que si *--rfc5424* est "
17669 "indiquée aussi. Sinon, elle est ignorée silencieusement."
17670
17671 #. type: Labeled list
17672 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:99
17673 #, no-wrap
17674 msgid "*-n*, *--server* _server_"
17675 msgstr "*-n*, *--server* _serveur_"
17676
17677 # NOTE: s/thist/this/
17678 #. type: Plain text
17679 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:101
17680 msgid ""
17681 "Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log "
17682 "socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to "
17683 "use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted."
17684 msgstr ""
17685 "Écrire sur le _serveur_ syslog distant indiqué au lieu de la socket du "
17686 "journal système. À moins que *--udp* ou *--tcp* ne soient indiquées, "
17687 "*logger* essaiera d’abord d’utiliser UDP, mais si cela échoue, une connexion "
17688 "TCP sera tentée."
17689
17690 #. type: Labeled list
17691 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:102
17692 #, no-wrap
17693 msgid "*--no-act*"
17694 msgstr "*--no-act*"
17695
17696 #. type: Plain text
17697 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:104
17698 #, fuzzy
17699 #| msgid ""
17700 #| "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the "
17701 #| "system log, and removing the connection or the journal. This option can "
17702 #| "be used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes."
17703 msgid ""
17704 "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the "
17705 "system log, and removing the connection to the journal. This option can be "
17706 "used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes."
17707 msgstr ""
17708 "Forcer chaque chose à être faite, à part l’écriture du message dans le "
17709 "journal système et la fermeture de la connexion ou du journal. Cette option "
17710 "est utilisable avec *--stderr* pour faire des tests."
17711
17712 #. type: Labeled list
17713 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:105
17714 #, no-wrap
17715 msgid "*--octet-count*"
17716 msgstr "*--octet-count*"
17717
17718 #. type: Plain text
17719 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:107
17720 msgid ""
17721 "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting "
17722 "framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the "
17723 "default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also "
17724 "known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
17725 msgstr ""
17726 "Utiliser la méthode de comptage d'octets par tramage de la link:https://"
17727 "tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] pour l'envoi de messages. Quand cette "
17728 "option n'est pas utilisée, le comportement par défaut est l’absence de "
17729 "tramage (framing) sur UDP, et sur TCP s'applique le tramage non transparent "
17730 "de la RFC 6587 (connu aussi sous le nom de remplissage d'octets (stuffing))."
17731
17732 #. type: Labeled list
17733 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:108
17734 #, no-wrap
17735 msgid "*-P*, *--port* _port_"
17736 msgstr "*-P*, *--port* _port_"
17737
17738 #. type: Plain text
17739 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:110
17740 #, fuzzy
17741 #| msgid ""
17742 #| "Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port "
17743 #| "defaults to syslog for udp and to syslog-conn for tcp connections."
17744 msgid ""
17745 "Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port "
17746 "defaults to *syslog* for udp and to *syslog-conn* for tcp connections."
17747 msgstr ""
17748 "Utiliser le _port_ indiqué. Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, le port "
17749 "par défaut de syslog est utilisé pour les connexions UDP et celui de syslog-"
17750 "conn pour les connexions TCP."
17751
17752 #. type: Labeled list
17753 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:65
17754 #, no-wrap
17755 msgid "*-p*, *--priority* _priority_"
17756 msgstr "*-p*, *--priority* _priorité_"
17757
17758 #. type: Plain text
17759 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:113
17760 msgid ""
17761 "Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority "
17762 "may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-"
17763 "p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The "
17764 "default is *user.notice*."
17765 msgstr ""
17766 "Enregistrer le message dans le journal avec la _priorité_ indiquée. La "
17767 "priorité peut être donnée numériquement ou bien avec un couple _service_."
17768 "_niveau_. Par exemple, *-p local3.info* enregistre le message comme "
17769 "informationnel dans le service local3. La valeur par défaut est *user."
17770 "notice*."
17771
17772 #. type: Labeled list
17773 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:114
17774 #, no-wrap
17775 msgid "*--prio-prefix*"
17776 msgstr "*--prio-prefix*"
17777
17778 #. type: Plain text
17779 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:116
17780 msgid ""
17781 "Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix "
17782 "is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and "
17783 "the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and "
17784 "then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and "
17785 "level=6, becomes *<134>*."
17786 msgstr ""
17787 "Chercher un préfixe syslog sur toutes les lignes lues sur l’entrée standard. "
17788 "Ce préfixe est un nombre décimal entre chevrons qui encode à la fois le "
17789 "service et le niveau. Le nombre est construit en multipliant le service "
17790 "par 8 et en ajoutant le niveau. Par exemple, *local0.info*, signifiant de "
17791 "service 16 et de niveau 6, devient *<134>*."
17792
17793 #. type: Plain text
17794 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:118
17795 msgid ""
17796 "If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is "
17797 "specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line "
17798 "is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*."
17799 msgstr ""
17800 "Si le préfixe ne contient pas de service, le service par défaut est celui "
17801 "indiqué par l’option *-p*. De même, si aucun préfixe n’est fourni, la ligne "
17802 "est journalisée en utilisant la _priorité_ donnée avec *-p*."
17803
17804 #. type: Plain text
17805 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:120
17806 msgid "This option doesn't affect a command-line message."
17807 msgstr "Cette option n’affecte pas un message de ligne de commande."
17808
17809 #. type: Labeled list
17810 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:121
17811 #, no-wrap
17812 msgid "*--rfc3164*"
17813 msgstr "*--rfc3164*"
17814
17815 #. type: Plain text
17816 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:123
17817 msgid ""
17818 "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog "
17819 "protocol to submit messages to a remote server."
17820 msgstr ""
17821 "Utiliser le protocole syslog BSD link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
17822 "rfc3164[RFC 3164] pour soumettre des messages à un serveur distant."
17823
17824 #. type: Labeled list
17825 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:124
17826 #, no-wrap
17827 msgid "*--rfc5424*[**=**__without__]"
17828 msgstr "*--rfc5424*[**=**__sans__]"
17829
17830 #. type: Plain text
17831 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:126
17832 msgid ""
17833 "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol "
17834 "to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can "
17835 "be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, "
17836 "*nohost*."
17837 msgstr ""
17838 "Utiliser le protocole syslog de la link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
17839 "rfc5424[RFC 5424] pour envoyer des messages à un serveur distant. L'argument "
17840 "facultatif _sans_ peut être une liste, séparée par des virgules, des "
17841 "arguments suivants : *notq*, *notime*, *nohost*."
17842
17843 #. type: Plain text
17844 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:128
17845 msgid ""
17846 "The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the "
17847 "submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local "
17848 "clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp "
17849 "might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-"
17850 "id timeQuality* is specified."
17851 msgstr ""
17852 "La valeur *notq* supprime la donnée structurée time-quality du message "
17853 "envoyé. Les informations time-quality indiquent si l'horloge locale était "
17854 "synchronisée et le nombre maximum de microsecondes où l'horodatage pourrait "
17855 "ne pas être actif. La précision du temps est supprimée automatiquement quand "
17856 "*--sd-id timeQuality* est spécifié."
17857
17858 #. type: Plain text
17859 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:130
17860 msgid ""
17861 "The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender "
17862 "timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone."
17863 msgstr ""
17864 "La valeur *notime* (qui implique *notq*) supprime tout l'horodatage de "
17865 "l'expéditeur au format ISO-8601, notamment les microsecondes et les fuseaux "
17866 "horaires."
17867
17868 #. type: Plain text
17869 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:132
17870 msgid ""
17871 "The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message "
17872 "header."
17873 msgstr ""
17874 "La valeur *nohost* supprime les informations *gethostname*(2) de l'entête du "
17875 "message."
17876
17877 #. type: Plain text
17878 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:134
17879 msgid ""
17880 "The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26."
17881 msgstr ""
17882 "Le protocole RFC 5424 est utilisé par défaut par *logger* depuis la "
17883 "version 2.26."
17884
17885 #. type: Labeled list
17886 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:135
17887 #, no-wrap
17888 msgid "*-s*, *--stderr*"
17889 msgstr "*-s*, *--stderr*"
17890
17891 #. type: Plain text
17892 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:137
17893 msgid "Output the message to standard error as well as to the system log."
17894 msgstr ""
17895 "Afficher le message sur la sortie d'erreur standard en plus de l'enregistrer "
17896 "dans le journal système."
17897
17898 #. type: Labeled list
17899 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:138
17900 #, no-wrap
17901 msgid "*--sd-id* _name_[**@**__digits__]"
17902 msgstr "*--sd-id* _nom_[**@**__chiffres__]"
17903
17904 #. type: Plain text
17905 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:140
17906 msgid ""
17907 "Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The "
17908 "option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The "
17909 "number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus "
17910 "possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type "
17911 "and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a "
17912 "message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-"
17913 "standardized IDs."
17914 msgstr ""
17915 "Spécifier l'identifiant d'un élément de données structurées pour l'entête "
17916 "d'un message conforme à la RFC 5424. L'option doit être utilisée avant *--sd-"
17917 "param* pour ajouter de nouveaux éléments. Le nombre d'éléments de données "
17918 "structurées n'est pas limité. L'identifiant (_nom_ plus éventuellement "
17919 "**@**__chiffres__) est sensible à la casse et n'identifie que le type et "
17920 "l'objectif d'un élément. Le même identifiant ne doit pas apparaître "
17921 "plusieurs fois dans un message. La partie **@**__chiffres__ est nécessaire "
17922 "pour les identifiants non standardisés et définis par l'utilisateur."
17923
17924 #. type: Plain text
17925 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:142
17926 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
17927 #| msgid "*logger* currently generates the *timeQuality* standardized element only. RFC 5424 also describes the elements *origin* (with parameters ip, enterpriseId, software and swVersion) and *meta* (with parameters sequenceId, sysUpTime and language). These element IDs may be specified without the **@**__digits__ suffix.\n"
17928 msgid "*logger* currently generates the *timeQuality* standardized element only. RFC 5424 also describes the elements *origin* (with parameters *ip*, *enterpriseId*, *software* and *swVersion*) and *meta* (with parameters *sequenceId*, *sysUpTime* and *language*). These element IDs may be specified without the **@**__digits__ suffix.\n"
17929 msgstr "*logger* ne génère actuellement que l'élément standardisé *timeQuality*. La RFC 5424 décrit aussi les éléments *origin* (avec les paramètres ip, enterpriseId, software et swVersion) et *meta* (avec les paramètres sequenceId, sysUpTime et language). Ces identifiants d'éléments peuvent être spécifiés sans le suffixe **@**__chiffres__.\n"
17930
17931 #. type: Labeled list
17932 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:143
17933 #, no-wrap
17934 msgid "*--sd-param* _name_=_value_"
17935 msgstr "*--sd-param* _nom_=_valeur_"
17936
17937 #. type: Plain text
17938 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:145
17939 #, fuzzy
17940 #| msgid ""
17941 #| "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The "
17942 #| "option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once "
17943 #| "for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are "
17944 #| "required and must be escaped on the command line."
17945 msgid ""
17946 "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The "
17947 "option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once "
17948 "for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are "
17949 "required and must be escaped on the command line."
17950 msgstr ""
17951 "Spécifier le paramètre d'un élément de données structurées, une paire nom et "
17952 "valeur. L'option doit être utilisée après *--sd-id* et peut être spécifiée "
17953 "plus d'une fois pour le même élément. Remarquez que les guillemets autour de "
17954 "_valeur_ sont nécessaires et doivent être protégés sur la ligne de commande."
17955
17956 #. type: delimited block .
17957 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:153
17958 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
17959 #| msgid ""
17960 #| "    logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123             \\\n"
17961 #| "                     --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\"   \\\n"
17962 #| "                     --sd-param zebra=\"running\"  \\\n"
17963 #| "                     --sd-id manager@123         \\\n"
17964 #| "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\"  \\\n"
17965 #| "                     \"this is message\"\n"
17966 msgid ""
17967 "    logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123             \\\n"
17968 "                     --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\"   \\\n"
17969 "                     --sd-param zebra=\"running\"  \\\n"
17970 "                     --sd-id manager@123         \\\n"
17971 "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\"  \\\n"
17972 "                     \"this is message\"\n"
17973 msgstr ""
17974 "    logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123             \\\n"
17975 "                     --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\"   \\\n"
17976 "                     --sd-param zebra=\"running\"  \\\n"
17977 "                     --sd-id manager@123         \\\n"
17978 "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\"  \\\n"
17979 "                     \"this is message\"\n"
17980
17981 #. type: Plain text
17982 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:155
17983 msgid "produces:"
17984 msgstr "produit :"
17985
17986 #. type: Plain text
17987 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:157
17988 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
17989 #| msgid "*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*\n"
17990 msgid "*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*\n"
17991 msgstr "*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*\n"
17992
17993 #. type: Plain text
17994 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:160
17995 msgid ""
17996 "Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB "
17997 "characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. "
17998 "With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC "
17999 "5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages."
18000 msgstr ""
18001 "Définir la _taille_ maximale permise par message. La valeur par défaut est "
18002 "de 1 kio en caractères, qui est la limite traditionnelle telle qu’indiquée "
18003 "dans la RFC 3164. Avec la RFC 5424, cette limite est devenue flexible. En "
18004 "général, les destinataires RFC 5424 peuvent au moins traiter des messages de "
18005 "4 kio."
18006
18007 #. type: Plain text
18008 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:162
18009 #, fuzzy
18010 #| msgid ""
18011 #| "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
18012 #| "protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not "
18013 #| "only when *--rfc5424* was used)."
18014 msgid ""
18015 "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
18016 "protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not "
18017 "only when *--rfc5424* was used)."
18018 msgstr ""
18019 "La plupart des destinataires acceptent des messages plus grands que 1 kio "
18020 "sur tous les types de protocole de journal système. Ainsi, l’option *--size* "
18021 "affecte *logger* dans tous les cas (pas seulement quand *--rfc5424* est "
18022 "utilisée)."
18023
18024 #. type: Plain text
18025 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:164
18026 msgid ""
18027 "Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the "
18028 "syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the "
18029 "hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 "
18030 "to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to "
18031 "ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages "
18032 "may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size "
18033 "should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work."
18034 msgstr ""
18035 "Remarque : la taille maximale de message limite la taille totale du message, "
18036 "y compris l’en-tête de journal système. Les tailles d’en-tête varient en "
18037 "fonction des options sélectionnées et de la taille du nom d’hôte. En règle "
18038 "générale, les en-têtes ne dépassent pas 50 ou 80 caractères. Lors de la "
18039 "sélection de la taille maximale du message, s’assurer que le destinataire "
18040 "puisse recevoir des messages de cette taille est important, sinon les "
18041 "messages pourraient être tronqués. De nouveau, en règle générale, des "
18042 "messages de deux à quatre kilooctets devraient normalement passer, alors que "
18043 "tout ce qui dépasse devrait être vérifié."
18044
18045 #. type: Labeled list
18046 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:165
18047 #, no-wrap
18048 msgid "*--socket-errors*[**=**__mode__]"
18049 msgstr "*--socket-errors*[**=**__mode__]"
18050
18051 #. type: Plain text
18052 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:167
18053 #, fuzzy
18054 #| msgid ""
18055 #| "Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of "
18056 #| "*off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto*, then *logger* will "
18057 #| "detect if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so assumption is made "
18058 #| "_/dev/log_ can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/"
18059 #| "log_ will not cause errors that is identical with messaging using "
18060 #| "*openlog*(3) system call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used "
18061 #| "openlog, and hence was unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix "
18062 #| "sockets."
18063 msgid ""
18064 "Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of "
18065 "*off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto*, then *logger* will detect "
18066 "if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so assumption is made _/dev/log_ "
18067 "can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/log_ will not "
18068 "cause errors that is identical with messaging using *openlog*(3) system "
18069 "call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used *openlog*(3), and hence was "
18070 "unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets."
18071 msgstr ""
18072 "Afficher les erreurs sur les connexions de socket UNIX. Le _mode_ peut "
18073 "prendre la valeur *off*, *on* ou *auto*. En mode *auto*, *logger* détectera "
18074 "si le processus d’initialisation est systemd, et si cette hypothèse est "
18075 "exacte, _/dev/log_ peut être utilisé tôt au démarrage. L’absence de _/dev/"
18076 "log_ des autres systèmes d’initialisation ne provoquera pas d’erreur, ce qui "
18077 "est identique à l’envoi de messages en utilisant l’appel système "
18078 "*openlog*(3). *logger*(1) avant la version 2.26 utilisait openlog et était "
18079 "donc incapable de détecter la perte de messages envoyés aux sockets UNIX."
18080
18081 #. type: Plain text
18082 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:169
18083 msgid ""
18084 "The default mode is *auto*. When errors are not enabled lost messages are "
18085 "not communicated and will result to successful exit status of *logger*(1) "
18086 "invocation."
18087 msgstr ""
18088 "Le mode par défaut est *auto*. Quand les erreurs ne sont pas activées, les "
18089 "messages perdus ne sont pas communiqués, ce qui donne un état de sortie "
18090 "indiquant la réussite de l’appel de *logger*(1)."
18091
18092 #. type: Labeled list
18093 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:170
18094 #, no-wrap
18095 msgid "*-T*, *--tcp*"
18096 msgstr "*-T*, *--tcp*"
18097
18098 #. type: Plain text
18099 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:172
18100 msgid ""
18101 "Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-"
18102 "conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_."
18103 msgstr ""
18104 "N’utiliser que les flux (TCP). Par défaut la connexion est tentée sur le "
18105 "port de _syslog-conn_ défini dans _/etc/services_, qui est généralement "
18106 "_601_."
18107
18108 #. type: Labeled list
18109 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:175
18110 #, no-wrap
18111 msgid "*-t*, *--tag* _tag_"
18112 msgstr "*-t*, *--tag* _étiquette_"
18113
18114 #. type: Plain text
18115 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:177
18116 msgid ""
18117 "Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is "
18118 "the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on "
18119 "effective user ID)."
18120 msgstr ""
18121 "Placer une _étiquette_ sur chaque ligne du journal. L’étiquette par défaut "
18122 "est le nom de l'utilisateur connecté au terminal (ou le nom d'un utilisateur "
18123 "à partir de son identifiant réel)."
18124
18125 #. type: Labeled list
18126 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:178
18127 #, no-wrap
18128 msgid "*-u*, *--socket* _socket_"
18129 msgstr "*-u*, *--socket* _socket_"
18130
18131 #. type: Plain text
18132 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:180
18133 msgid "Write to the specified _socket_ instead of to the system log socket."
18134 msgstr ""
18135 "Écrire dans la _socket_ indiquée au lieu d'utiliser la socket du journal "
18136 "système."
18137
18138 #. type: Labeled list
18139 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:181
18140 #, no-wrap
18141 msgid "*--*"
18142 msgstr "*--*"
18143
18144 #. type: Plain text
18145 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:183
18146 msgid ""
18147 "End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)."
18148 msgstr ""
18149 "Terminer la liste des arguments. Cela permet au _message_ de commencer avec "
18150 "un tiret (« - »)."
18151
18152 #. type: Plain text
18153 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:189
18154 msgid "The *logger* utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs."
18155 msgstr ""
18156 "Le code de retour est 0 quand *logger* réussit et strictement supérieur à 0 "
18157 "en cas d'erreur."
18158
18159 #. type: Title ==
18160 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:190
18161 #, no-wrap
18162 msgid "FACILITIES AND LEVELS"
18163 msgstr "SERVICES ET NIVEAUX"
18164
18165 #. type: Plain text
18166 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:193
18167 msgid "Valid facility names are:"
18168 msgstr "Les noms de services possibles sont :"
18169
18170 #. type: Plain text
18171 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:197
18172 #, no-wrap
18173 msgid ""
18174 "*auth* +\n"
18175 "*authpriv* for security information of a sensitive nature +\n"
18176 "*cron* +\n"
18177 msgstr ""
18178 "*auth* +\n"
18179 "*authpriv* pour les informations de sécurité de nature sensible +\n"
18180 "*cron* +\n"
18181
18182 #. type: Plain text
18183 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:201
18184 #, no-wrap
18185 msgid ""
18186 "*daemon* +\n"
18187 "*ftp* +\n"
18188 "*kern* cannot be generated from userspace process, automatically converted to *user* +\n"
18189 msgstr ""
18190 "*daemon* +\n"
18191 "*ftp* +\n"
18192 "*kern* ne peut pas être créé depuis un processus d’espace utilisateur, convertit automatiquement en *utilisateur* +\n"
18193
18194 #. type: Plain text
18195 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:212
18196 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
18197 #| msgid ""
18198 #| "*lpr* +\n"
18199 #| "*mail* +\n"
18200 #| "*news* +\n"
18201 #| "*syslog* +\n"
18202 #| "*user* +\n"
18203 #| "*uucp* +\n"
18204 #| "*local0* +\n"
18205 #| "    to +\n"
18206 #| "*local7* +\n"
18207 #| "*security* deprecated synonym for *auth*\n"
18208 msgid ""
18209 "*lpr* +\n"
18210 "*mail* +\n"
18211 "*news* +\n"
18212 "*syslog* +\n"
18213 "*user* +\n"
18214 "*uucp* +\n"
18215 "*local0* +\n"
18216 "    to +\n"
18217 "*local7* +\n"
18218 "*security* deprecated synonym for *auth*\n"
18219 msgstr ""
18220 "*lpr* +\n"
18221 "*mail* +\n"
18222 "*news* +\n"
18223 "*syslog* +\n"
18224 "*user* +\n"
18225 "*uucp* +\n"
18226 "*local0* +\n"
18227 "    to +\n"
18228 "*local7* +\n"
18229 "*security* synonyme obsolète d’**auth**\n"
18230
18231 #. type: Plain text
18232 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:214
18233 msgid "Valid level names are:"
18234 msgstr "Les noms de niveaux possibles sont :"
18235
18236 #. type: Plain text
18237 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:226
18238 #, no-wrap
18239 msgid ""
18240 "*emerg* +\n"
18241 "*alert* +\n"
18242 "*crit* +\n"
18243 "*err* +\n"
18244 "*warning* +\n"
18245 "*notice* +\n"
18246 "*info* +\n"
18247 "*debug* +\n"
18248 "*panic* deprecated synonym for *emerg* +\n"
18249 "*error* deprecated synonym for *err* +\n"
18250 "*warn* deprecated synonym for *warning* +\n"
18251 msgstr ""
18252 "*emerg* +\n"
18253 "*alert* +\n"
18254 "*crit* +\n"
18255 "*err* +\n"
18256 "*warning* +\n"
18257 "*notice* +\n"
18258 "*info* +\n"
18259 "*debug* +\n"
18260 "*panic* synonyme obsolète d’**emerg** +\n"
18261 "*error* synonyme obsolète d’**err** +\n"
18262 "*warn* synonyme obsolète d’**warning** +\n"
18263
18264 #. type: Plain text
18265 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:228
18266 msgid ""
18267 "For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, "
18268 "see *syslog*(3)."
18269 msgstr ""
18270 "Pour l'ordre des priorités et les buts supposés de ces services et niveaux, "
18271 "consultez *syslog*(3)."
18272
18273 #. type: Plain text
18274 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:232
18275 msgid ""
18276 "The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
18277 "compatible."
18278 msgstr ""
18279 "La commande *logger* est prévue pour être compatible avec IEEE Std 1003.2 "
18280 "(« POSIX.2 »)."
18281
18282 #. type: delimited block _
18283 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:236
18284 #, fuzzy
18285 #| msgid "B<logger System rebooted>"
18286 msgid "logger System rebooted"
18287 msgstr "B<logger Système redémarré>"
18288
18289 #. type: delimited block _
18290 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:238
18291 #, fuzzy
18292 #| msgid "B<logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/idmc>"
18293 msgid "logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/idmc"
18294 msgstr "B<logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/idmc>"
18295
18296 #. type: delimited block _
18297 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:240
18298 #, fuzzy
18299 #| msgid "B<logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted>"
18300 msgid "logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted"
18301 msgstr "B<logger -n hôtejournal.example.com Système redémarré>"
18302
18303 #. type: Plain text
18304 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:245
18305 msgid ""
18306 "The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in "
18307 "1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
18308 "rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
18309 "Kerola]."
18310 msgstr ""
18311 "La commande *logger* a été écrite à l'origine par l'université de Californie "
18312 "entre 1983-1993, puis réécrite par Emailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], "
18313 "mailto:rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], et mailto:kerolasa@iki."
18314 "fi[Sami Kerola]."
18315
18316 #. type: Plain text
18317 #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:251
18318 #, no-wrap
18319 msgid ""
18320 "*journalctl*(1),\n"
18321 "*syslog*(3),\n"
18322 "*systemd.journal-fields*(7)\n"
18323 msgstr ""
18324 "*journalctl*(1),\n"
18325 "*syslog*(3),\n"
18326 "*systemd.journal-fields*(7)\n"
18327
18328 #
18329 #
18330 #
18331 #. Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
18332 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
18333 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
18334 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
18335 #. are met:
18336 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
18337 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
18338 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
18339 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
18340 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
18341 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
18342 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
18343 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
18344 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
18345 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
18346 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
18347 #.    without specific prior written permission.
18348 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
18349 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
18350 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
18351 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
18352 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
18353 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
18354 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
18355 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
18356 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
18357 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
18358 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
18359 #.     @(#)look.1       8.1 (Berkeley) 6/14/93
18360 #. type: Title =
18361 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:36
18362 #, no-wrap
18363 msgid "look(1)"
18364 msgstr "look(1)"
18365
18366 #. type: Plain text
18367 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:46
18368 msgid "look - display lines beginning with a given string"
18369 msgstr ""
18370
18371 #. type: Plain text
18372 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:50
18373 #, no-wrap
18374 msgid "*look* [options] _string_ [_file_]\n"
18375 msgstr "*look* [options] _chaîne_ [_fichier_]\n"
18376
18377 #. type: Plain text
18378 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:54
18379 msgid ""
18380 "The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_ as a "
18381 "prefix. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be "
18382 "sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that "
18383 "*look* is invoked with)."
18384 msgstr ""
18385
18386 #. type: Plain text
18387 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:56
18388 msgid ""
18389 "If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only "
18390 "alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters "
18391 "is ignored."
18392 msgstr ""
18393
18394 #. type: Plain text
18395 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:61
18396 msgid "Use the alternative dictionary file."
18397 msgstr ""
18398
18399 #. type: Labeled list
18400 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:62
18401 #, no-wrap
18402 msgid "*-d*, *--alphanum*"
18403 msgstr "*-d*, *--alphanum*"
18404
18405 #. type: Plain text
18406 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:64
18407 msgid ""
18408 "Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and "
18409 "alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is "
18410 "specified."
18411 msgstr ""
18412
18413 #. type: Plain text
18414 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:66
18415 msgid ""
18416 "Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for "
18417 "compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28."
18418 msgstr ""
18419
18420 #. type: Labeled list
18421 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:67
18422 #, no-wrap
18423 msgid "*-f*, *--ignore-case*"
18424 msgstr "*-f*, *--ignore-case*"
18425
18426 #. type: Plain text
18427 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:69
18428 msgid ""
18429 "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file "
18430 "is specified."
18431 msgstr ""
18432
18433 #. type: Labeled list
18434 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:70
18435 #, no-wrap
18436 msgid "*-t*, *--terminate* _character_"
18437 msgstr ""
18438
18439 #. type: Plain text
18440 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:72
18441 msgid ""
18442 "Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in "
18443 "_string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are "
18444 "compared."
18445 msgstr ""
18446
18447 #. type: Plain text
18448 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:76
18449 msgid ""
18450 "The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 "
18451 "if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred."
18452 msgstr ""
18453
18454 #. type: Labeled list
18455 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:79
18456 #, no-wrap
18457 msgid "*WORDLIST*"
18458 msgstr "*WORDLIST*"
18459
18460 #. type: Plain text
18461 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:81
18462 msgid ""
18463 "Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority "
18464 "than the dictionary path defined in the *FILES* segment."
18465 msgstr ""
18466
18467 #. type: Labeled list
18468 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:84
18469 #, no-wrap
18470 msgid "_/usr/share/dict/words_"
18471 msgstr "_/usr/share/dict/words_"
18472
18473 #. type: Plain text
18474 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:86
18475 #, fuzzy
18476 #| msgid "the root directory"
18477 msgid "the dictionary"
18478 msgstr "le répertoire racine ;"
18479
18480 #. type: Labeled list
18481 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:87
18482 #, no-wrap
18483 msgid "_/usr/share/dict/web2_"
18484 msgstr "_/usr/share/dict/web2_"
18485
18486 #. type: Plain text
18487 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:89
18488 #, fuzzy
18489 #| msgid "the root directory"
18490 msgid "the alternative dictionary"
18491 msgstr "le répertoire racine ;"
18492
18493 #. type: Plain text
18494 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:93
18495 #, fuzzy
18496 #| msgid "A B<wall> command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX."
18497 msgid "The *look* utility appeared in Version 7 AT&T Unix."
18498 msgstr "Une commande B<wall> est apparue dans la version 7 d’UNIX AT&T."
18499
18500 #. type: delimited block .
18501 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:99
18502 #, no-wrap
18503 msgid ""
18504 "sort -d /etc/passwd -o /tmp/look.dict\n"
18505 "look -t: root:foobar /tmp/look.dict\n"
18506 msgstr ""
18507
18508 #. type: Plain text
18509 #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:105
18510 #, no-wrap
18511 msgid ""
18512 "*grep*(1),\n"
18513 "*sort*(1)\n"
18514 msgstr ""
18515 "*grep*(1),\n"
18516 "*sort*(1)\n"
18517
18518 #. type: Title =
18519 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:2
18520 #, no-wrap
18521 msgid "lsblk(8)"
18522 msgstr "lsblk(8)"
18523
18524 #. type: Plain text
18525 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:12
18526 msgid "lsblk - list block devices"
18527 msgstr "lsblk - Afficher les périphériques bloc"
18528
18529 #. type: Plain text
18530 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:16
18531 #, no-wrap
18532 msgid "*lsblk* [options] [_device_...]\n"
18533 msgstr "*lsblk* [options] [_périphérique_...]\n"
18534
18535 #. type: Plain text
18536 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:20
18537 #, no-wrap
18538 msgid "*lsblk* lists information about all available or the specified block devices. The *lsblk* command reads the *sysfs* filesystem and *udev db* to gather information. If the udev db is not available or *lsblk* is compiled without udev support, then it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and filesystem types from the block device. In this case root permissions are necessary.\n"
18539 msgstr "*lsblk* affiche des renseignements sur tout ou partie des périphériques bloc disponibles. La commande *lsblk* lit le système de fichiers *sysfs* et *udev\\ db* pour obtenir des renseignements. Si ce dernier n’est pas disponible ou si *lsblk* est compilée sans la prise en charge d’**udev**, alors elle essaie de lire les ÉTIQUETTES, les UUID ou les types de système de fichiers à partir du périphérique bloc. Dans ce cas, des permissions de superutilisateur sont nécessaires.\n"
18540
18541 #. type: Plain text
18542 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:22
18543 msgid ""
18544 "By default, the command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a "
18545 "tree-like format. The same device can be repeated in the tree if it relates "
18546 "to other devices. The *--merge* option is recommended for more complicated "
18547 "setups to gather groups of devices and describe complex N:M relationships."
18548 msgstr ""
18549
18550 #. type: Plain text
18551 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:24
18552 msgid ""
18553 "The tree-like output (or *children[]* array in the JSON output) is enabled "
18554 "only if NAME column it present in the output or when *--tree* command line "
18555 "option is used. See also *--nodeps* and *--list* to control the tree "
18556 "formatting."
18557 msgstr ""
18558
18559 #. type: Plain text
18560 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:26
18561 msgid ""
18562 "The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* "
18563 "and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
18564 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
18565 "expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in "
18566 "environments where a stable output is required."
18567 msgstr ""
18568 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
18569 "*--fs* et *--topology*, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
18570 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
18571 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
18572 "utilisant *--output* _liste_colonnes_ et *--list* dans les environnements "
18573 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
18574
18575 #. type: Plain text
18576 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:28
18577 #, fuzzy
18578 msgid "Use *lsblk --help* to get a list of all available columns."
18579 msgstr ""
18580 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
18581 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
18582
18583 #. type: Plain text
18584 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:30
18585 msgid ""
18586 "Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all "
18587 "information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is "
18588 "recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev."
18589 msgstr ""
18590 "Remarquez que *lsblk* pourrait être exécuté au moment où *udev* n’a pas "
18591 "encore tous les renseignements sur les périphériques récemment ajoutés ou "
18592 "modifiés. Dans ce cas, utiliser *udevadm settle* avant *lsblk* est "
18593 "recommandé pour synchroniser avec *udev*."
18594
18595 #. type: Plain text
18596 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:32
18597 msgid ""
18598 "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-"
18599 "one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may "
18600 "be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides "
18601 "MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays "
18602 "only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), "
18603 "and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points "
18604 "associated with the device."
18605 msgstr ""
18606
18607 #. type: Labeled list
18608 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:35
18609 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
18610 #| msgid "*-n*, *--noparity*"
18611 msgid "*-A*, *--noempty*"
18612 msgstr "*-n*, *--noparity*"
18613
18614 #. type: Plain text
18615 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:37
18616 #, fuzzy
18617 #| msgid "Do not print a header line."
18618 msgid "Don't print empty devices."
18619 msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."
18620
18621 #. type: Plain text
18622 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:40
18623 #, fuzzy
18624 #| msgid "Disable all built-in filters and print all filesystems."
18625 msgid ""
18626 "Disable all built-in filters and list all empty devices and RAM disk devices "
18627 "too."
18628 msgstr ""
18629 "Désactiver tous les filtres intégrés et afficher tous les systèmes de "
18630 "fichiers."
18631
18632 #. type: Labeled list
18633 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:44
18634 #, no-wrap
18635 msgid "*-D*, *--discard*"
18636 msgstr "*-D*, *--discard*"
18637
18638 #. type: Plain text
18639 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:46
18640 msgid ""
18641 "Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each "
18642 "device."
18643 msgstr ""
18644 "Afficher des renseignements sur les capacités d'abandon (TRIM, UNMAP) de "
18645 "chaque périphérique."
18646
18647 #. type: Labeled list
18648 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:47
18649 #, no-wrap
18650 msgid "*-d*, *--nodeps*"
18651 msgstr "*-d*, *--nodeps*"
18652
18653 #. type: Plain text
18654 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:49
18655 msgid ""
18656 "Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/"
18657 "sda* prints information about the sda device only."
18658 msgstr ""
18659 "N'afficher ni les périphériques esclaves, ni les porteurs. Par exemple, "
18660 "*lsblk --nodeps /dev/sda* n'affiche que les renseignements relatifs au "
18661 "périphérique sda."
18662
18663 #. type: Labeled list
18664 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:50
18665 #, no-wrap
18666 msgid "*-E*, *--dedup* _column_"
18667 msgstr "*-E*, *--dedup* _colonne_"
18668
18669 #. type: Plain text
18670 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:52
18671 msgid ""
18672 "Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key "
18673 "is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental "
18674 "whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed."
18675 msgstr ""
18676 "Utiliser _colonne_ comme clé de déduplication pour un arbre de sortie. Si la "
18677 "clé n’est pas disponible pour le périphérique ou que le périphérique est une "
18678 "partition et que le périphérique parent du disque en entier procure la même "
18679 "clé, alors le périphérique est toujours affiché."
18680
18681 #. type: Plain text
18682 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:54
18683 msgid ""
18684 "The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, "
18685 "for example by *-E WWN*."
18686 msgstr ""
18687 "Le cas d’utilisation habituel est de dédupliquer la sortie de périphériques "
18688 "de systèmes multi-chemins, par exemple, avec *-E WWN*."
18689
18690 #. type: Labeled list
18691 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:55
18692 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
18693 #| msgid "*-e*, *--exclude* _list_"
18694 msgid "*-e*, *--exclude* _list_"
18695 msgstr "*-e*, *--exclude* _liste_"
18696
18697 #. type: Plain text
18698 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:57
18699 msgid ""
18700 "Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device "
18701 "numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is "
18702 "not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may "
18703 "be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is "
18704 "not obvious."
18705 msgstr ""
18706 "Exclure les périphériques indiqués par une _liste_ de numéros majeurs "
18707 "séparés par des virgules. Remarquez que par défaut, les disques RAM "
18708 "(majeur=1) sont exclus par défaut si *--all* n’est pas précisé. Le filtre "
18709 "n’est appliqué qu’aux périphériques de premier niveau. Cela peut prêter à "
18710 "confusion pour le format de sortie *--list* où la hiérarchie des "
18711 "périphériques n’est pas évidente."
18712
18713 #. type: Labeled list
18714 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:58
18715 #, no-wrap
18716 msgid "*-f*, *--fs*"
18717 msgstr "*-f*, *--fs*"
18718
18719 #. type: Plain text
18720 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:60
18721 msgid ""
18722 "Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE,"
18723 "FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information "
18724 "about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command."
18725 msgstr ""
18726 "Afficher des renseignements sur les systèmes de fichiers. Cette option est "
18727 "équivalente à *NAME,FSTYPE,FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. Les "
18728 "renseignements officiels sur les systèmes de fichiers et les RAID sont "
18729 "fournis par la commande *blkid*(8)."
18730
18731 #. type: Labeled list
18732 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:61
18733 #, no-wrap
18734 msgid "*-I*, *--include* _list_"
18735 msgstr "*-I*, *--include* _liste_"
18736
18737 #. type: Plain text
18738 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:63
18739 msgid ""
18740 "Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device "
18741 "numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be "
18742 "confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not "
18743 "obvious."
18744 msgstr ""
18745 "Inclure les périphériques indiqués par une _liste_ de numéros majeurs "
18746 "séparés par des virgules. Le filtre n’est appliqué qu’aux périphériques de "
18747 "premier niveau. Cela peut prêter à confusion pour le format de sortie *--"
18748 "list* où la hiérarchie des périphériques n’est pas évidente."
18749
18750 #. type: Labeled list
18751 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:64
18752 #, no-wrap
18753 msgid "*-i*, *--ascii*"
18754 msgstr "*-i*, *--ascii*"
18755
18756 #. type: Plain text
18757 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:66
18758 msgid "Use ASCII characters for tree formatting."
18759 msgstr "Utiliser des caractères ASCII pour le formatage d'arborescence."
18760
18761 #. type: Plain text
18762 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:69
18763 #, fuzzy
18764 #| msgid ""
18765 #| "Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and "
18766 #| "also *--tree* if necessary."
18767 msgid ""
18768 "Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also "
18769 "*--tree* if necessary. Note that *children[]* is used only if NAME column or "
18770 "*--tree* is used."
18771 msgstr ""
18772 "Utiliser un format de sortie JSON. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser *--"
18773 "output* et aussi *--tree* si nécessaire."
18774
18775 #. type: Plain text
18776 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:72
18777 msgid ""
18778 "Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide "
18779 "information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every "
18780 "device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the "
18781 "parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)."
18782 msgstr ""
18783 "Produire une sortie sous forme d’une liste. Cette sortie ne procure pas "
18784 "d’informations sur les relations entre les périphériques et, depuis la "
18785 "version\\ 2.34, chaque périphérique est affiché une seule fois si *--pairs* "
18786 "ou *--raw* ne sont pas précisés (les sorties analysables sont entretenues "
18787 "d’une manière rétrocompatible)."
18788
18789 #. type: Labeled list
18790 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:73
18791 #, no-wrap
18792 msgid "*-M*, *--merge*"
18793 msgstr "*-M*, *--merge*"
18794
18795 #. type: Plain text
18796 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:75
18797 msgid ""
18798 "Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and "
18799 "Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required."
18800 msgstr ""
18801 "Regrouper les parents de sous-arborescences pour un affichage plus lisible "
18802 "pour les RAID et les périphériques multi-chemins. Une sortie arborescente "
18803 "est nécessaire."
18804
18805 #. type: Labeled list
18806 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:76
18807 #, no-wrap
18808 msgid "*-m*, *--perms*"
18809 msgstr "*-m*, *--perms*"
18810
18811 #. type: Plain text
18812 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:78
18813 msgid ""
18814 "Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to "
18815 "*-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*."
18816 msgstr ""
18817 "Afficher des renseignements sur les propriétaire, groupe et mode du "
18818 "périphérique. Cette option est équivalente à *-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*."
18819
18820 #. type: Labeled list
18821 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:79
18822 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
18823 #| msgid "*-1*, *--one*"
18824 msgid "*-N*, *--nvme*"
18825 msgstr "*-1*, *--one*"
18826
18827 #. type: Plain text
18828 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:81
18829 msgid "Output info about NVMe devices only."
18830 msgstr ""
18831
18832 #. type: Labeled list
18833 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:82
18834 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
18835 #| msgid "*-v*, *--version*"
18836 msgid "*-v*, *--virtio*"
18837 msgstr "*-v*, *--version*"
18838
18839 #. type: Plain text
18840 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:84
18841 msgid "Output info about virtio devices only."
18842 msgstr ""
18843
18844 #. type: Plain text
18845 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:90
18846 msgid ""
18847 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
18848 "supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is "
18849 "to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)."
18850 msgstr ""
18851 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir une liste "
18852 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes peuvent modifier "
18853 "l’affichage arborescent. Le comportement par défaut est d’utiliser "
18854 "l’arborescence pour la colonne « NAME » (consulter aussi *--tree*)."
18855
18856 #. type: Plain text
18857 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:92
18858 msgid ""
18859 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
18860 "format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
18861 msgstr ""
18862 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _list_ est indiquée "
18863 "sous la forme _+liste_ (par exemple, *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
18864
18865 #. type: Labeled list
18866 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:93
18867 #, no-wrap
18868 msgid "*-O*, *--output-all*"
18869 msgstr "*-O*, *--output-all*"
18870
18871 #. type: Plain text
18872 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:98
18873 #, fuzzy
18874 #| msgid ""
18875 #| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
18876 #| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
18877 #| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
18878 msgid ""
18879 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are "
18880 "still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are "
18881 "hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
18882 msgstr ""
18883 "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Les "
18884 "lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les "
18885 "caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
18886 "(B<\\ex>I<code>)."
18887
18888 #. type: Labeled list
18889 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:99
18890 #, no-wrap
18891 msgid "*-p*, *--paths*"
18892 msgstr "*-p*, *--paths*"
18893
18894 #. type: Plain text
18895 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:101
18896 msgid "Print full device paths."
18897 msgstr "Afficher les chemins complets de périphérique."
18898
18899 #. type: Plain text
18900 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:104
18901 msgid ""
18902 "Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by "
18903 "dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>) "
18904 "in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns."
18905 msgstr ""
18906 "Produire la sortie au format brut. Les lignes de sortie sont toujours "
18907 "ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les caractères potentiellement non "
18908 "sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (\\x<code>) dans les colonnes NAME, "
18909 "KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL et MOUNTPOINT."
18910
18911 #. type: Labeled list
18912 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:105
18913 #, no-wrap
18914 msgid "*-S*, *--scsi*"
18915 msgstr "*-S*, *--scsi*"
18916
18917 #. type: Plain text
18918 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:107
18919 msgid ""
18920 "Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder "
18921 "devices are ignored."
18922 msgstr ""
18923 "N’afficher que les renseignements sur les périphériques SCSI. Toutes les "
18924 "partitions et les périphériques esclaves et porteurs sont ignorés."
18925
18926 #. type: Labeled list
18927 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:108
18928 #, no-wrap
18929 msgid "*-s*, *--inverse*"
18930 msgstr "*-s*, *--inverse*"
18931
18932 #. type: Plain text
18933 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:110
18934 msgid ""
18935 "Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested "
18936 "then the lines are still ordered by dependencies."
18937 msgstr ""
18938 "Afficher les dépendances selon l’ordre inverse. Si une sortie *--list* est "
18939 "demandée, alors les lignes sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances."
18940
18941 #. type: Labeled list
18942 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:111
18943 #, no-wrap
18944 msgid "*-T*, *--tree*[**=**__column__]"
18945 msgstr "*-T*, *--tree*[**=**__colonne__]"
18946
18947 #. type: Plain text
18948 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:113
18949 msgid ""
18950 "Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is "
18951 "printed in the column. The default is NAME column."
18952 msgstr ""
18953 "Imposer le format de sortie arborescent. Si _colonne_ est précisé, alors une "
18954 "arborescence est affichée dans la colonne. Par défaut, c’est la colonne NAME."
18955
18956 #. type: Labeled list
18957 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:114
18958 #, no-wrap
18959 msgid "*-t*, *--topology*"
18960 msgstr "*-t*, *--topology*"
18961
18962 #. type: Plain text
18963 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:116
18964 #, fuzzy
18965 #| msgid ""
18966 #| "Output info about device owner, group and mode.  This option is "
18967 #| "equivalent to B<-o\\ NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE>."
18968 msgid "Output info about block-device topology. This option is equivalent to"
18969 msgstr ""
18970 "Afficher des renseignements sur les propriétaire, groupe et mode du "
18971 "périphérique. Cette option est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,"
18972 "MODE>."
18973
18974 #. type: Plain text
18975 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:118
18976 #, fuzzy
18977 #| msgid ""
18978 #| "Output info about block-device topology.  This option is equivalent to B<-"
18979 #| "o\\ NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,"
18980 #| "WSAME>."
18981 msgid ""
18982 "NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*."
18983 msgstr ""
18984 "Afficher des renseignements sur la topologie du périphérique bloc. Cette "
18985 "option est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,"
18986 "ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME>."
18987
18988 #. type: Labeled list
18989 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:121
18990 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
18991 #| msgid "B<-w>, B<--wide>"
18992 msgid "*-w*, *--width* _number_"
18993 msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wide>"
18994
18995 #. type: Plain text
18996 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:123
18997 msgid ""
18998 "Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number "
18999 "of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output "
19000 "width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* "
19001 "to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not "
19002 "allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the "
19003 "*watch*(1) command."
19004 msgstr ""
19005
19006 #. type: Labeled list
19007 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:124
19008 #, no-wrap
19009 msgid "*-x*, *--sort* _column_"
19010 msgstr "*-x*, *--sort* _colonne_"
19011
19012 #. type: Plain text
19013 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:126
19014 msgid ""
19015 "Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by "
19016 "default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output "
19017 "and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_."
19018 msgstr ""
19019 "Trier les lignes de sortie selon la _colonne_. Cette option active le format "
19020 "de sortie *--list* par défaut. Il est possible d’utiliser l’option *--tree* "
19021 "pour imposer une sortie arborescente et alors les branches de l’arborescence "
19022 "sont triées selon la _colonne_."
19023
19024 #. type: Plain text
19025 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:129
19026 msgid ""
19027 "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
19028 "shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-"
19029 "IO and FSUSE%. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this "
19030 "feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but "
19031 "due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by "
19032 "*--shell*."
19033 msgstr ""
19034
19035 #. type: Labeled list
19036 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:130
19037 #, no-wrap
19038 msgid "*-z*, *--zoned*"
19039 msgstr "*-z*, *--zoned*"
19040
19041 #. type: Plain text
19042 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:132
19043 #, fuzzy
19044 #| msgid "Print the zone model for each device."
19045 msgid "Print the zone related information for each device."
19046 msgstr "Afficher le modèle de zone pour chaque périphérique."
19047
19048 #. type: Labeled list
19049 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:133
19050 #, no-wrap
19051 msgid "*--sysroot* _directory_"
19052 msgstr "*--sysroot* _répertoire_"
19053
19054 #. type: Plain text
19055 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:135
19056 msgid ""
19057 "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
19058 "*lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the "
19059 "Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target "
19060 "directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
19061 msgstr ""
19062 "Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que celle "
19063 "utilisée pour la commande *lsblk*. Le _répertoire_ indiqué est la racine du "
19064 "système de l’instance Linux à inspecter. Les nœuds du périphérique réel dans "
19065 "le répertoire cible peuvent être remplacés par des fichiers textuels avec "
19066 "des attributs udev."
19067
19068 #. type: Labeled list
19069 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:144 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:80
19070 #, no-wrap
19071 msgid "32"
19072 msgstr "32"
19073
19074 #. type: Plain text
19075 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:146
19076 msgid "none of specified devices found"
19077 msgstr "Aucun des périphériques indiqués n’a été trouvé."
19078
19079 #. type: Labeled list
19080 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:147 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:82
19081 #, no-wrap
19082 msgid "64"
19083 msgstr "64"
19084
19085 #. type: Plain text
19086 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:149
19087 msgid "some specified devices found, some not found"
19088 msgstr "Les périphériques indiqués n’ont pas tous été trouvés."
19089
19090 #. type: Labeled list
19091 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:152
19092 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19093 #| msgid "LSBLK_DEBUG=all"
19094 msgid "*LSBLK_DEBUG*=all"
19095 msgstr "LSBLK_DEBUG=all"
19096
19097 #. type: Plain text
19098 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:154
19099 msgid "enables *lsblk* debug output."
19100 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *lsblk*."
19101
19102 #. type: Plain text
19103 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:157 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:130
19104 msgid "enables *libblkid* debug output."
19105 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libblkid*."
19106
19107 #. type: Plain text
19108 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:160 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:127
19109 msgid "enables *libmount* debug output."
19110 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libmount*."
19111
19112 #. type: Plain text
19113 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:163
19114 msgid "enables *libsmartcols* debug output."
19115 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libsmartcols*."
19116
19117 #. type: Plain text
19118 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:170
19119 msgid ""
19120 "For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from "
19121 "the parent device."
19122 msgstr ""
19123 "Pour les partitions, certains renseignements (par exemple les attributs de "
19124 "file) sont hérités du périphérique parent."
19125
19126 #. type: Plain text
19127 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:172
19128 #, fuzzy
19129 #| msgid ""
19130 #| "The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by "
19131 #| "major:minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs "
19132 #| "block directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of "
19133 #| "problems with a new enough kernel, check that CONFIG_SYSFS was enabled at "
19134 #| "the time of the kernel build."
19135 msgid ""
19136 "The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:"
19137 "minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block "
19138 "directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with "
19139 "a new enough kernel, check that *CONFIG_SYSFS* was enabled at the time of "
19140 "the kernel build."
19141 msgstr ""
19142 "La commande *lsblk* doit pouvoir rechercher tous les périphériques blocs par "
19143 "numéros majeur:mineur, ce qui est fait en utilisant _/sys/dev/block_. Ce "
19144 "répertoire des systèmes de fichiers blocs est apparu dans le noyau 2.6.27 "
19145 "(octobre 2008). En cas de problèmes avec un noyau assez récent, vérifiez que "
19146 "CONFIG_SYSFS était activé au moment de la construction du noyau."
19147
19148 #. type: Plain text
19149 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:177
19150 #, fuzzy
19151 #| msgid ""
19152 #| "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
19153 msgid ""
19154 "mailto:gmazyland@gmail.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
19155 msgstr "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
19156
19157 #. type: Plain text
19158 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:183
19159 #, no-wrap
19160 msgid ""
19161 "*ls*(1),\n"
19162 "*blkid*(8),\n"
19163 "*findmnt*(8)\n"
19164 msgstr ""
19165 "*ls*(1),\n"
19166 "*blkid*(8),\n"
19167 "*findmnt*(8)\n"
19168
19169 #. Copyright 2021 Red Hat, Inc.
19170 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
19171 #. type: Title =
19172 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:7
19173 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19174 #| msgid "setsid(1)"
19175 msgid "lsfd(1)"
19176 msgstr "setsid(1)"
19177
19178 #. type: Plain text
19179 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:18
19180 msgid "lsfd - list file descriptors"
19181 msgstr ""
19182
19183 #. type: Plain text
19184 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:22
19185 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19186 #| msgid "*lscpu* [options]\n"
19187 msgid "*lsfd* [option]\n"
19188 msgstr "*lscpu* [options]\n"
19189
19190 #. type: Plain text
19191 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:30
19192 #, no-wrap
19193 msgid ""
19194 "*lsfd* is intended to be a modern replacement for *lsof*(8) on Linux systems.\n"
19195 "Unlike *lsof*, *lsfd* is specialized to Linux kernel; it supports Linux\n"
19196 "specific features like namespaces with simpler code. *lsfd* is not a\n"
19197 "drop-in replacement for *lsof*; they are different in the command line\n"
19198 "interface and output formats.\n"
19199 msgstr ""
19200
19201 #. type: Plain text
19202 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:38
19203 #, no-wrap
19204 msgid ""
19205 "*lsfd* uses Libsmartcols for output formatting and filtering. See the description of *--output*\n"
19206 "option for customizing the output format, and *--filter* option for filtering. Use *lsfd --help*\n"
19207 "to get a list of all available columns.\n"
19208 msgstr ""
19209
19210 #. type: Labeled list
19211 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:41
19212 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19213 #| msgid "*-3*, *--three*"
19214 msgid "*-l*, *--threads*"
19215 msgstr "*-3*, *--three*"
19216
19217 #. type: Plain text
19218 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:43
19219 msgid "List in threads level."
19220 msgstr ""
19221
19222 #. type: Plain text
19223 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:27
19224 #, fuzzy
19225 #| msgid "Do not print a header line."
19226 msgid "Don't print headings."
19227 msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."
19228
19229 #. type: Plain text
19230 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:53
19231 #, fuzzy
19232 msgid ""
19233 "Specify which output columns to print. See the *OUTPUT COLUMNS* section for "
19234 "details of available columns."
19235 msgstr ""
19236 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
19237 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
19238
19239 #. type: Plain text
19240 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:56
19241 #, fuzzy
19242 #| msgid ""
19243 #| "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
19244 #| "format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
19245 msgid ""
19246 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
19247 "format +_list_ (e.g., *lsfd -o +DELETED*)."
19248 msgstr ""
19249 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _list_ est indiquée "
19250 "sous la forme _+liste_ (par exemple, *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
19251
19252 #. type: Plain text
19253 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:59
19254 #, fuzzy
19255 #| msgid "Use the raw output format."
19256 msgid "Use raw output format."
19257 msgstr "Utiliser l'affichage au format brut."
19258
19259 #. type: Plain text
19260 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:62
19261 #, fuzzy
19262 #| msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
19263 msgid "Don't truncate text in columns."
19264 msgstr "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes."
19265
19266 #. type: Labeled list
19267 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:63
19268 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19269 #| msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_"
19270 msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pids_"
19271 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_"
19272
19273 #. type: Plain text
19274 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:67
19275 msgid ""
19276 "Collect information only for specified processes.  _pids_ is a list of pids. "
19277 "A comma or whitespaces can be used as separators.  You can use this option "
19278 "with *pidof*(1). See *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
19279 msgstr ""
19280
19281 #. type: Plain text
19282 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:72
19283 msgid ""
19284 "Both *-Q* option with an expression including PID, e.g. -Q (PID == 1), and *-"
19285 "p* option, e.g. -p 1, may print the same output but using *-p* option is "
19286 "much more efficient because *-p* option works at a much earlier stage of "
19287 "processing than the *-Q* option."
19288 msgstr ""
19289
19290 #. type: Labeled list
19291 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:73
19292 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19293 #| msgid "*-i*, *--invert*"
19294 msgid "*-i*[4|6], *--inet*[=4|=6]"
19295 msgstr "*-i*, *--invert*"
19296
19297 #. type: Plain text
19298 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:75
19299 msgid "List only IPv4 sockets and/or IPv6 sockets."
19300 msgstr ""
19301
19302 #. type: Labeled list
19303 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:76
19304 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19305 #| msgid "*-f*, *--file* _file_"
19306 msgid "*-Q*, *--filter* _expr_"
19307 msgstr "*-f*, *--file* _fichier_"
19308
19309 #. type: Plain text
19310 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:79
19311 msgid ""
19312 "Print only the files matching the condition represented by the _expr_.  See "
19313 "also *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
19314 msgstr ""
19315
19316 #. type: Labeled list
19317 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:80
19318 #, no-wrap
19319 msgid "*-C*, *--counter* __label__:__filter_expr__"
19320 msgstr ""
19321
19322 #. type: Plain text
19323 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:86
19324 msgid ""
19325 "Define a custom counter used in *--summary* output. *lsfd* makes a counter "
19326 "named _label_. During collect information, *lsfd* counts files matching "
19327 "_filter_expr_, and stores the counted number to the counter named _label_. "
19328 "*lsfd* applies filters defined with *--filter* options before counting; "
19329 "files excluded by the filters are not counted."
19330 msgstr ""
19331
19332 #. type: Plain text
19333 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:90
19334 msgid ""
19335 "See *FILTER EXPRESSION* about _filter_expr_.  _label_ should not include `{` "
19336 "nor `:`. You can define multiple counters by specifying this option multiple "
19337 "times."
19338 msgstr ""
19339
19340 #. type: Plain text
19341 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:92
19342 msgid "See also *COUNTER EXAMPLES*."
19343 msgstr ""
19344
19345 #. type: Labeled list
19346 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:93 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:65
19347 #, no-wrap
19348 msgid "*--summary*[=_when_]"
19349 msgstr "*--summary*[=_quand_]"
19350
19351 #. type: Plain text
19352 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:97
19353 #, fuzzy
19354 #| msgid ""
19355 #| "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument "
19356 #| "can be either *on* or *off*. If the argument is omitted, it defaults to "
19357 #| "*off*."
19358 msgid ""
19359 "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can "
19360 "be *only*, *append* or *never*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it "
19361 "defaults to *only*."
19362 msgstr ""
19363 "Activer ou désactiver les E/S directes pour le fichier de sauvegarde. "
19364 "L’argument facultatif peut être *on* ou *off*. En absence d’argument, *off* "
19365 "est la valeur par défaut."
19366
19367 #. type: Plain text
19368 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:102
19369 msgid ""
19370 "The summary reports counters. A counter consists of a label and an integer "
19371 "value.  *--counter* is the option for defining a counter.  If a user defines "
19372 "no counter, *lsfd* uses the definitions of pre-defined built-in counters "
19373 "(default counters) to make the summary output."
19374 msgstr ""
19375
19376 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
19377 #. type: Plain text
19378 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:104
19379 msgid ""
19380 "CAUTION{colon} Using *--summary* and *--json* may make the output broken. "
19381 "Only combining *--summary*=*only* and *--json* is valid."
19382 msgstr ""
19383
19384 #. type: Labeled list
19385 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:106
19386 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19387 #| msgid "*--default*"
19388 msgid "*--debug-filter*"
19389 msgstr "*--default*"
19390
19391 #. type: Plain text
19392 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:109
19393 msgid ""
19394 "Dump the internal data structure for the filter and exit. This is useful "
19395 "only for *lsfd* developers."
19396 msgstr ""
19397
19398 #. type: Labeled list
19399 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:110
19400 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19401 #| msgid "*-s, --counters*"
19402 msgid "*--dump-counters*"
19403 msgstr "*-s, --counters*"
19404
19405 #. type: Plain text
19406 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:112
19407 msgid "Dump the definition of counters used in *--summary* output."
19408 msgstr ""
19409
19410 #. type: Labeled list
19411 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:113
19412 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19413 #| msgid "*-l*, *--list-one*"
19414 msgid "*-H*, *--list-columns*"
19415 msgstr "*-l*, *--list-one*"
19416
19417 #. type: Plain text
19418 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:115
19419 msgid "List available columns that you can specify at *--output* option."
19420 msgstr ""
19421
19422 #. type: Title ==
19423 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:118
19424 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19425 #| msgid "*COLUMNS*"
19426 msgid "OUTPUT COLUMNS"
19427 msgstr "*COLUMNS*"
19428
19429 #. type: Plain text
19430 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:121
19431 msgid "Each column has a type. Types are surround by < and >."
19432 msgstr ""
19433
19434 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
19435 #. type: Plain text
19436 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:125
19437 msgid ""
19438 "CAUTION{colon} The names and types of columns are not stable yet.  They may "
19439 "be changed in the future releases."
19440 msgstr ""
19441
19442 #. type: Labeled list
19443 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:126
19444 #, no-wrap
19445 msgid "AINODECLASS <``string``>"
19446 msgstr ""
19447
19448 #. type: Plain text
19449 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:128
19450 msgid "Class of anonymous inode."
19451 msgstr ""
19452
19453 #. type: Labeled list
19454 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:129
19455 #, no-wrap
19456 msgid "ASSOC <``string``>"
19457 msgstr ""
19458
19459 #. type: Plain text
19460 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:131
19461 msgid "Association between file and process."
19462 msgstr ""
19463
19464 #. type: Labeled list
19465 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:132
19466 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19467 #| msgid "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _string_"
19468 msgid "BLKDRV <``string``>"
19469 msgstr "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _chaîne_"
19470
19471 #. type: Plain text
19472 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:134
19473 msgid "Block device driver name resolved by `/proc/devices`."
19474 msgstr ""
19475
19476 #. type: Labeled list
19477 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:135
19478 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19479 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19480 msgid "BPF-MAP.ID <``number``>"
19481 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19482
19483 #. type: Plain text
19484 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:137
19485 msgid "Bpf map ID."
19486 msgstr ""
19487
19488 #. type: Labeled list
19489 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:138
19490 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19491 #| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
19492 msgid "BPF-MAP.TYPE <``string``>"
19493 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
19494
19495 #. type: Plain text
19496 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:140
19497 msgid "Decoded name of bpf map type."
19498 msgstr ""
19499
19500 #. type: Labeled list
19501 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:141
19502 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19503 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19504 msgid "BPF-MAP.TYPE.RAW <``number``>"
19505 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19506
19507 #. type: Plain text
19508 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:143
19509 msgid "Bpf map type (raw)."
19510 msgstr ""
19511
19512 #. type: Labeled list
19513 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:144
19514 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19515 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19516 msgid "BPF.NAME <``string``>"
19517 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19518
19519 #. type: Plain text
19520 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:146
19521 msgid "Bpf object name."
19522 msgstr ""
19523
19524 #. type: Labeled list
19525 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:147
19526 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19527 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19528 msgid "BPF-PROG.ID <``number``>"
19529 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19530
19531 #. type: Plain text
19532 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:149
19533 msgid "Bpf program ID."
19534 msgstr ""
19535
19536 #. type: Labeled list
19537 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:150
19538 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19539 #| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
19540 msgid "BPF-PROG.TYPE <``string``>"
19541 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
19542
19543 #. type: Plain text
19544 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:152
19545 msgid "Decoded name of bpf program type."
19546 msgstr ""
19547
19548 #. type: Labeled list
19549 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:153
19550 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19551 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19552 msgid "BPF-PROG.TYPE.RAW <``number``>"
19553 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19554
19555 #. type: Plain text
19556 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:155
19557 msgid "Bpf program type (raw)."
19558 msgstr ""
19559
19560 #. type: Labeled list
19561 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:156
19562 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19563 #| msgid "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _string_"
19564 msgid "CHRDRV <``string``>"
19565 msgstr "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _chaîne_"
19566
19567 #. type: Plain text
19568 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:158
19569 msgid "Character device driver name resolved by `/proc/devices`."
19570 msgstr ""
19571
19572 #. type: Labeled list
19573 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:159
19574 #, no-wrap
19575 msgid "COMMAND <``string``>"
19576 msgstr ""
19577
19578 #. type: Plain text
19579 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:161
19580 #, fuzzy
19581 #| msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
19582 msgid "Command of the process opening the file."
19583 msgstr "Le nom de commande du processus qui détient le verrou."
19584
19585 #. type: Labeled list
19586 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:162
19587 #, no-wrap
19588 msgid "DELETED <``boolean``>"
19589 msgstr ""
19590
19591 #. type: Plain text
19592 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:164
19593 #, fuzzy
19594 #| msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
19595 msgid "Reachability from the file system."
19596 msgstr "Définir le dernier bloc du système de fichiers."
19597
19598 #. type: Labeled list
19599 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:165
19600 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19601 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19602 msgid "DEV <``string``>"
19603 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19604
19605 #. type: Plain text
19606 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:167
19607 msgid "ID of the device containing the file."
19608 msgstr ""
19609
19610 #. type: Labeled list
19611 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:168
19612 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19613 #| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
19614 msgid "DEVTYPE <``string``>"
19615 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
19616
19617 #. type: Plain text
19618 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:170
19619 msgid "Device type (`blk`, `char`, or `nodev`)."
19620 msgstr ""
19621
19622 #. type: Labeled list
19623 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:171
19624 #, no-wrap
19625 msgid "ENDPOINT <``string``>"
19626 msgstr ""
19627
19628 #. type: Plain text
19629 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:173
19630 msgid "IPC endpoints information communicated with the fd."
19631 msgstr ""
19632
19633 #. type: Plain text
19634 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:177
19635 #, no-wrap
19636 msgid ""
19637 "*lsfd* collects endpoints within the processes that\n"
19638 "*lsfd* scans; *lsfd* may miss some endpoints\n"
19639 "if you limits the processes with *-p* option.\n"
19640 msgstr ""
19641
19642 #. type: Plain text
19643 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:180
19644 msgid "The format of the column depends on the object associated with the fd:"
19645 msgstr ""
19646
19647 #. type: Labeled list
19648 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:181
19649 #, no-wrap
19650 msgid "FIFO type"
19651 msgstr ""
19652
19653 #. type: Labeled list
19654 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:182
19655 #, no-wrap
19656 msgid "mqueue type"
19657 msgstr ""
19658
19659 #. type: Labeled list
19660 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:183
19661 #, no-wrap
19662 msgid "ptmx and pts sources"
19663 msgstr ""
19664
19665 #. type: Plain text
19666 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:185
19667 msgid "_PID_,_COMMAND_,_ASSOC_[-r][-w]"
19668 msgstr ""
19669
19670 #. type: Plain text
19671 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:188
19672 msgid ""
19673 "The last characters ([-r][-w]) represents the read and/or write mode of the "
19674 "endpoint."
19675 msgstr ""
19676
19677 #. type: Labeled list
19678 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:189
19679 #, no-wrap
19680 msgid "eventfd type"
19681 msgstr ""
19682
19683 #. type: Plain text
19684 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:191
19685 msgid "_PID_,_COMMAND_,_ASSOC_"
19686 msgstr ""
19687
19688 #. type: Labeled list
19689 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:192 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:340
19690 #, no-wrap
19691 msgid "UNIX-STREAM"
19692 msgstr ""
19693
19694 #. type: Plain text
19695 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:194
19696 msgid "_PID_,_COMMAND_,_ASSOC_[-r?][-w?]"
19697 msgstr ""
19698
19699 #. type: Plain text
19700 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:197
19701 msgid ""
19702 "About the last characters ([-r?][-w?]), see the description of _SOCK."
19703 "SHUTDOWN_."
19704 msgstr ""
19705
19706 #. type: Labeled list
19707 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:198
19708 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19709 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19710 msgid "EVENTFD.ID <``number``>"
19711 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19712
19713 #. type: Plain text
19714 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:200
19715 msgid "Eventfd ID."
19716 msgstr ""
19717
19718 #. type: Labeled list
19719 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:201
19720 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19721 #| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
19722 msgid "EVENTPOLL.TFDS <``string``>"
19723 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
19724
19725 #. type: Plain text
19726 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:203
19727 #, fuzzy
19728 #| msgid "Change directory before the login."
19729 msgid "File descriptors targeted by the eventpoll file."
19730 msgstr "Changer de répertoire avant la connexion."
19731
19732 #. type: Labeled list
19733 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:204
19734 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19735 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19736 msgid "FD <``number``>"
19737 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19738
19739 #. type: Plain text
19740 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:206
19741 #, fuzzy
19742 #| msgid "Change directory before the login."
19743 msgid "File descriptor for the file."
19744 msgstr "Changer de répertoire avant la connexion."
19745
19746 #. type: Labeled list
19747 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:207
19748 #, no-wrap
19749 msgid "FLAGS <``string``>"
19750 msgstr ""
19751
19752 #. type: Plain text
19753 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:209
19754 msgid "Flags specified when opening the file."
19755 msgstr ""
19756
19757 #. type: Labeled list
19758 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:210
19759 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19760 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19761 msgid "FUID <``number``>"
19762 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19763
19764 #. type: Plain text
19765 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:212
19766 msgid "User ID number of the file's owner."
19767 msgstr ""
19768
19769 #. type: Labeled list
19770 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:213
19771 #, no-wrap
19772 msgid "INET.LADDR <``string``>"
19773 msgstr ""
19774
19775 #. type: Plain text
19776 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:215
19777 msgid "Local IP address."
19778 msgstr ""
19779
19780 #. type: Labeled list
19781 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:216
19782 #, no-wrap
19783 msgid "INET.RADDR <``string``>"
19784 msgstr ""
19785
19786 #. type: Plain text
19787 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:218
19788 msgid "Remote IP address."
19789 msgstr ""
19790
19791 #. type: Labeled list
19792 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:219
19793 #, no-wrap
19794 msgid "INET6.LADDR <``string``>"
19795 msgstr ""
19796
19797 #. type: Plain text
19798 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:221
19799 msgid "Local IP6 address."
19800 msgstr ""
19801
19802 #. type: Labeled list
19803 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:222
19804 #, no-wrap
19805 msgid "INET6.RADDR <``string``>"
19806 msgstr ""
19807
19808 #. type: Plain text
19809 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:224
19810 msgid "Remote IP6 address."
19811 msgstr ""
19812
19813 #. type: Labeled list
19814 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:225
19815 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19816 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19817 msgid "INODE <``number``>"
19818 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19819
19820 #. type: Plain text
19821 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:227
19822 #, fuzzy
19823 #| msgid "*--nice* _number_"
19824 msgid "Inode number."
19825 msgstr "*--nice* _nombre_"
19826
19827 #. type: Labeled list
19828 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:228
19829 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19830 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19831 msgid "INOTIFY.INODES <``string``>"
19832 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19833
19834 #. type: Plain text
19835 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:232
19836 msgid ""
19837 "Cooked version of INOTIFY.INODES.RAW.  The format of the element is _inode-"
19838 "number_,_source-of-inode_."
19839 msgstr ""
19840
19841 #. type: Labeled list
19842 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:233
19843 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19844 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19845 msgid "INOTIFY.INODES.RAW <``string``>"
19846 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19847
19848 #. type: Plain text
19849 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:236
19850 msgid ""
19851 "List of monitoring inodes. The format of the element is _inode-number_,"
19852 "_device-major_:_device-minor_."
19853 msgstr ""
19854
19855 #. type: Labeled list
19856 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:237
19857 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19858 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19859 msgid "KNAME <``string``>"
19860 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19861
19862 #
19863 #
19864 #
19865 #
19866 #.  It seems that the manpage backend of asciidoctor has limitations
19867 #.  about emitting text with nested face specifications like:
19868 #.    `_u_` p
19869 #.  Not only u but also p is decorated with underline.
19870 #. type: Plain text
19871 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:248
19872 msgid ""
19873 "Raw file name extracted from from ``/proc/``_pid_``/fd/``_fd_ or ``/proc/"
19874 "``_pid_``/map_files/``_region_."
19875 msgstr ""
19876
19877 #. type: Labeled list
19878 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:249
19879 #, no-wrap
19880 msgid "KTHREAD <``boolean``>"
19881 msgstr ""
19882
19883 #. type: Plain text
19884 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:251
19885 msgid "Whether the process is a kernel thread or not."
19886 msgstr ""
19887
19888 #. type: Labeled list
19889 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:252
19890 #, no-wrap
19891 msgid "MAJ:MIN <``string``>"
19892 msgstr ""
19893
19894 #. type: Plain text
19895 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:254
19896 msgid "Device ID for special, or ID of device containing file."
19897 msgstr ""
19898
19899 #. type: Labeled list
19900 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:255
19901 #, no-wrap
19902 msgid "MAPLEN <``number``>"
19903 msgstr ""
19904
19905 #. type: Plain text
19906 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:257
19907 msgid "Length of file mapping (in page)."
19908 msgstr ""
19909
19910 #. type: Labeled list
19911 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:258
19912 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19913 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19914 msgid "MISCDEV <``string``>"
19915 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19916
19917 #. type: Plain text
19918 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:260
19919 msgid "Misc character device name resolved by `/proc/misc`."
19920 msgstr ""
19921
19922 #. type: Labeled list
19923 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:261
19924 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19925 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
19926 msgid "MNTID <``number``>"
19927 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
19928
19929 #. type: Plain text
19930 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:263
19931 msgid "Mount ID."
19932 msgstr ""
19933
19934 #. type: Labeled list
19935 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:264
19936 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19937 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19938 msgid "MODE <``string``>"
19939 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19940
19941 #. type: Plain text
19942 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:266
19943 msgid "Access mode (rwx)."
19944 msgstr ""
19945
19946 #. type: Labeled list
19947 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:267
19948 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19949 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
19950 msgid "NAME <``string``>"
19951 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
19952
19953 #. type: Plain text
19954 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:269
19955 msgid "Cooked version of KNAME. It is mostly same as KNAME."
19956 msgstr ""
19957
19958 #. type: Plain text
19959 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:271
19960 msgid "Some files have special formats and information sources:"
19961 msgstr ""
19962
19963 #. type: Labeled list
19964 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:272
19965 #, no-wrap
19966 msgid "bpf-map"
19967 msgstr ""
19968
19969 #. type: Plain text
19970 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:274
19971 msgid "id=_BPF-MAP.ID_ type=_BPF-MAP.TYPE_[ name=_BPF.NAME_]"
19972 msgstr ""
19973
19974 #. type: Labeled list
19975 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:275
19976 #, no-wrap
19977 msgid "bpf-prog"
19978 msgstr ""
19979
19980 #. type: Plain text
19981 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:277
19982 msgid "id=_BPF-PROG.ID_ type=_BPF-PROG.TYPE_[ name=_BPF.NAME_]"
19983 msgstr ""
19984
19985 #. type: Labeled list
19986 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:278
19987 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
19988 #| msgid "*event*"
19989 msgid "eventpoll"
19990 msgstr "*event*"
19991
19992 #. type: Plain text
19993 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:280
19994 msgid "tfds=_EVENTPOLL.TFDS_"
19995 msgstr ""
19996
19997 #. type: Labeled list
19998 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:281
19999 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20000 #| msgid "*event*"
20001 msgid "eventfd"
20002 msgstr "*event*"
20003
20004 #. type: Plain text
20005 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:283
20006 msgid "id=_EVENTFD.ID_"
20007 msgstr ""
20008
20009 #. type: Labeled list
20010 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:284
20011 #, no-wrap
20012 msgid "inotify"
20013 msgstr ""
20014
20015 #. type: Plain text
20016 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:286
20017 msgid "inodes=_INOTIFY.INODES_"
20018 msgstr ""
20019
20020 #. type: Labeled list
20021 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:287
20022 #, no-wrap
20023 msgid "misc:tun"
20024 msgstr ""
20025
20026 #. type: Plain text
20027 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:289
20028 msgid "iface=_TUN.IFACE_"
20029 msgstr ""
20030
20031 #. type: Labeled list
20032 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:290
20033 #, no-wrap
20034 msgid "NETLINK"
20035 msgstr ""
20036
20037 #. type: Plain text
20038 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:292
20039 msgid ""
20040 "protocol=_NETLINK.PROTOCOL_[ lport=_NETLINK.LPORT_[ group=_NETLINK.GROUPS_]]"
20041 msgstr ""
20042
20043 #. type: Labeled list
20044 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:293
20045 #, no-wrap
20046 msgid "PACKET"
20047 msgstr ""
20048
20049 #. type: Plain text
20050 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:295
20051 msgid "type=_SOCK.TYPE_[ protocol=_PACKET.PROTOCOL_][ iface=_PACKET.IFACE_]"
20052 msgstr ""
20053
20054 #. type: Labeled list
20055 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:296
20056 #, no-wrap
20057 msgid "pidfd"
20058 msgstr ""
20059
20060 #. type: Plain text
20061 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:298
20062 msgid "pid=_TARGET-PID_ comm=_TARGET-COMMAND_ nspid=_TARGET-NSPIDS_"
20063 msgstr ""
20064
20065 #. type: Plain text
20066 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:301
20067 #, no-wrap
20068 msgid ""
20069 "*lsfd* extracts _TARGET-PID_ and _TARGET-NSPIDS_ from\n"
20070 "``/proc/``_pid_``/fdinfo/``_fd_.\n"
20071 msgstr ""
20072
20073 #. type: Labeled list
20074 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:302
20075 #, no-wrap
20076 msgid "PING"
20077 msgstr ""
20078
20079 #. type: Plain text
20080 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:304
20081 msgid ""
20082 "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ id=_PING.ID_][ laddr=_INET.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET.RADDR_]]"
20083 msgstr ""
20084
20085 #. type: Labeled list
20086 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:305
20087 #, no-wrap
20088 msgid "PINGv6"
20089 msgstr ""
20090
20091 #. type: Plain text
20092 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:307
20093 msgid ""
20094 "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ id=_PING.ID_][ laddr=_INET6.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET6."
20095 "RADDR_]]"
20096 msgstr ""
20097
20098 #. type: Labeled list
20099 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:308
20100 #, no-wrap
20101 msgid "ptmx"
20102 msgstr ""
20103
20104 #. type: Plain text
20105 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:310
20106 msgid "tty-index=_PTMX.TTY-INDEX_"
20107 msgstr ""
20108
20109 #. type: Plain text
20110 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:313
20111 #, no-wrap
20112 msgid ""
20113 "*lsfd* extracts _PTMX.TTY-INDEX_ from\n"
20114 "``/proc/``_pid_``/fdinfo/``_fd_.\n"
20115 msgstr ""
20116
20117 #. type: Labeled list
20118 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:314
20119 #, no-wrap
20120 msgid "RAW"
20121 msgstr "RAW"
20122
20123 #. type: Plain text
20124 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:316
20125 msgid ""
20126 "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ protocol=_RAW.PROTOCOL_ [ laddr=_INET.LADDR_ "
20127 "[ raddr=_INET.RADDR_]]]"
20128 msgstr ""
20129
20130 #. type: Labeled list
20131 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:317
20132 #, no-wrap
20133 msgid "RAWv6"
20134 msgstr ""
20135
20136 #. type: Plain text
20137 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:319
20138 msgid ""
20139 "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ protocol=_RAW.PROTOCOL_ [ laddr=_INET6.LADDR_ "
20140 "[ raddr=_INET6.RADDR_]]]"
20141 msgstr ""
20142
20143 #. type: Labeled list
20144 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:320
20145 #, no-wrap
20146 msgid "signalfd"
20147 msgstr ""
20148
20149 #. type: Plain text
20150 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:322
20151 msgid "mask=_SIGNALFD.MASK_"
20152 msgstr ""
20153
20154 #. type: Labeled list
20155 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:323
20156 #, no-wrap
20157 msgid "TCP"
20158 msgstr ""
20159
20160 #. type: Labeled list
20161 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:324
20162 #, no-wrap
20163 msgid "TCPv6"
20164 msgstr ""
20165
20166 #. type: Plain text
20167 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:326
20168 msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ laddr=_TCP.LADDR_ [ raddr=_TCP.RADDR_]]"
20169 msgstr ""
20170
20171 #. type: Labeled list
20172 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:327
20173 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20174 #| msgid "*time*"
20175 msgid "timerfd"
20176 msgstr "*time*"
20177
20178 #. type: Plain text
20179 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:329
20180 msgid ""
20181 "clockid=_TIMERFD.CLOCKID_[ remaining=_TIMERFD.REMAINING_ [ interval=_TIMERFD."
20182 "INTERVAL_]]"
20183 msgstr ""
20184
20185 #. type: Labeled list
20186 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:330
20187 #, no-wrap
20188 msgid "UDP"
20189 msgstr ""
20190
20191 #. type: Labeled list
20192 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:331
20193 #, no-wrap
20194 msgid "UDPv6"
20195 msgstr ""
20196
20197 #. type: Plain text
20198 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:333
20199 msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ laddr=_UDP.LADDR_ [ raddr=_UDP.RADDR_]]"
20200 msgstr ""
20201
20202 #. type: Plain text
20203 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:335
20204 #, no-wrap
20205 msgid "*lsfd* hides ``raddr=`` if _UDP.RADDR_ is ``0.0.0.0`` and _UDP.RPORT_ is 0.\n"
20206 msgstr ""
20207
20208 #. type: Labeled list
20209 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:336
20210 #, no-wrap
20211 msgid "UDP-LITE"
20212 msgstr ""
20213
20214 #. type: Labeled list
20215 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:337
20216 #, no-wrap
20217 msgid "UDPLITEv6"
20218 msgstr ""
20219
20220 #. type: Plain text
20221 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:339
20222 msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ laddr=_UDPLITE.LADDR_ [ raddr=_UDPLITE.RADDR_]]"
20223 msgstr ""
20224
20225 #. type: Plain text
20226 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:342
20227 msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ path=_UNIX.PATH_]"
20228 msgstr ""
20229
20230 #. type: Labeled list
20231 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:343
20232 #, no-wrap
20233 msgid "UNIX"
20234 msgstr ""
20235
20236 #. type: Plain text
20237 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:345
20238 msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ path=_UNIX.PATH_] type=_SOCK.TYPE_"
20239 msgstr ""
20240
20241 #. type: delimited block _
20242 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:350
20243 msgid ""
20244 "Note that `(deleted)` markers are removed from this column.  Refer to "
20245 "_KNAME_, _DELETED_, or _XMODE_ to know the readability of the file from the "
20246 "file system."
20247 msgstr ""
20248
20249 #. type: Labeled list
20250 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:352
20251 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20252 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20253 msgid "NETLINK.GROUPS <``number``>"
20254 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20255
20256 #. type: Plain text
20257 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:354
20258 msgid "Netlink multicast groups."
20259 msgstr ""
20260
20261 #. type: Labeled list
20262 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:355
20263 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20264 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20265 msgid "NETLINK.LPORT <``number``>"
20266 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20267
20268 #. type: Plain text
20269 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:357
20270 msgid "Netlink local port id."
20271 msgstr ""
20272
20273 #. type: Labeled list
20274 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:358
20275 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20276 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
20277 msgid "NETLINK.PROTOCOL <``string``>"
20278 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
20279
20280 #. type: Plain text
20281 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:360
20282 msgid "Netlink protocol."
20283 msgstr ""
20284
20285 #. type: Labeled list
20286 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:361
20287 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20288 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20289 msgid "NLINK <``number``>"
20290 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20291
20292 #. type: Plain text
20293 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:363
20294 msgid "Link count."
20295 msgstr ""
20296
20297 #. type: Labeled list
20298 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:364
20299 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20300 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
20301 msgid "NS.NAME <``string``>"
20302 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
20303
20304 #. type: Plain text
20305 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:366
20306 msgid "Name (_NS.TYPE_:[_INODE_]) of the namespace specified with the file."
20307 msgstr ""
20308
20309 #. type: Labeled list
20310 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:367
20311 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20312 #| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
20313 msgid "NS.TYPE <``string``>"
20314 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
20315
20316 #. type: Plain text
20317 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:371
20318 msgid ""
20319 "Type of the namespace specified with the file.  The type is `mnt`, `cgroup`, "
20320 "`uts`, `ipc`, `user`, `pid`, `net`, `time`, or `unknown`."
20321 msgstr ""
20322
20323 #. type: Labeled list
20324 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:372
20325 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20326 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
20327 msgid "OWNER <``string``>"
20328 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
20329
20330 #. type: Plain text
20331 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:374
20332 #, fuzzy
20333 #| msgid "Size of the locked file."
20334 msgid "Owner of the file."
20335 msgstr "La taille du fichier verrouillé."
20336
20337 #. type: Labeled list
20338 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:375
20339 #, no-wrap
20340 msgid "PACKET.IFACE <``string``>"
20341 msgstr ""
20342
20343 #. type: Plain text
20344 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:377
20345 msgid "Interface name associated with the packet socket."
20346 msgstr ""
20347
20348 #. type: Labeled list
20349 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:378
20350 #, no-wrap
20351 msgid "PACKET.PROTOCOL <``string``>"
20352 msgstr ""
20353
20354 #. type: Plain text
20355 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:380
20356 msgid "L3 protocol associated with the packet socket."
20357 msgstr ""
20358
20359 #. type: Labeled list
20360 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:381
20361 #, no-wrap
20362 msgid "PARTITION <``string``>"
20363 msgstr ""
20364
20365 #. type: Plain text
20366 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:383
20367 msgid "Block device name resolved by `/proc/partition`."
20368 msgstr ""
20369
20370 #. type: Labeled list
20371 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:384
20372 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20373 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20374 msgid "PID <``number``>"
20375 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20376
20377 #. type: Plain text
20378 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:386
20379 #, fuzzy
20380 #| msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock."
20381 msgid "PID of the process opening the file."
20382 msgstr "Le PID du processus qui bloque le verrou."
20383
20384 #. type: Labeled list
20385 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:387
20386 #, no-wrap
20387 msgid "PIDFD.COMM <``string``>"
20388 msgstr ""
20389
20390 #. type: Plain text
20391 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:389
20392 #, fuzzy
20393 #| msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
20394 msgid "Command of the process targeted by the pidfd."
20395 msgstr "Le nom de commande du processus qui détient le verrou."
20396
20397 #. type: Labeled list
20398 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:390
20399 #, no-wrap
20400 msgid "PIDFD.NSPID <``string``>"
20401 msgstr ""
20402
20403 #. type: Plain text
20404 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:392
20405 msgid "Value of NSpid field in ``/proc/``_pid_``/fdinfo/``_fd_ of the pidfd."
20406 msgstr ""
20407
20408 #. type: Plain text
20409 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:394
20410 msgid "Quoted from kernel/fork.c of Linux source tree:"
20411 msgstr ""
20412
20413 #. type: delimited block _
20414 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:400
20415 msgid ""
20416 "If pid namespaces are supported then this function will also print the pid "
20417 "of a given pidfd refers to for all descendant pid namespaces starting from "
20418 "the current pid namespace of the instance, i.e. the Pid field and the first "
20419 "entry in the NSpid field will be identical."
20420 msgstr ""
20421
20422 #. type: delimited block _
20423 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:404
20424 msgid ""
20425 "Note that this differs from the Pid and NSpid fields in /proc/<pid>/status "
20426 "where Pid and NSpid are always shown relative to the pid namespace of the "
20427 "procfs instance."
20428 msgstr ""
20429
20430 #. type: Labeled list
20431 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:406
20432 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20433 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20434 msgid "PIDFD.PID <``number``>"
20435 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20436
20437 #. type: Plain text
20438 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:408
20439 #, fuzzy
20440 #| msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock."
20441 msgid "PID of the process targeted by the pidfd."
20442 msgstr "Le PID du processus qui bloque le verrou."
20443
20444 #. type: Labeled list
20445 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:409
20446 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20447 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20448 msgid "PING.ID <`number`>"
20449 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20450
20451 #. type: Plain text
20452 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:411
20453 msgid "ICMP echo request id used on the PING socket."
20454 msgstr ""
20455
20456 #. type: Labeled list
20457 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:412
20458 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20459 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20460 msgid "POS <``number``>"
20461 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20462
20463 #. type: Plain text
20464 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:414
20465 msgid "File position."
20466 msgstr ""
20467
20468 #. type: Labeled list
20469 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:415
20470 #, no-wrap
20471 msgid "RAW.PROTOCOL <``number``>"
20472 msgstr ""
20473
20474 #. type: Plain text
20475 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:417
20476 msgid "Protocol number of the raw socket."
20477 msgstr ""
20478
20479 #. type: Labeled list
20480 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:418
20481 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20482 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
20483 msgid "RDEV <``string``>"
20484 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
20485
20486 #. type: Plain text
20487 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:420
20488 msgid "Device ID (if special file)."
20489 msgstr ""
20490
20491 #. type: Labeled list
20492 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:421
20493 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20494 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
20495 msgid "SIGNALFD.MASK <``string``>"
20496 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
20497
20498 #. type: Plain text
20499 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:423
20500 msgid "Masked signals."
20501 msgstr ""
20502
20503 #. type: Labeled list
20504 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:424
20505 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20506 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20507 msgid "SIZE <``number``>"
20508 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20509
20510 #. type: Plain text
20511 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:426
20512 #, fuzzy
20513 #| msgid "Maximum file size."
20514 msgid "File size."
20515 msgstr "Taille maximale de fichier."
20516
20517 #. type: Labeled list
20518 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:427
20519 #, no-wrap
20520 msgid "SOCK.LISTENING <``boolean``>"
20521 msgstr ""
20522
20523 #. type: Plain text
20524 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:429
20525 msgid "Listening socket."
20526 msgstr ""
20527
20528 #. type: Labeled list
20529 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:430
20530 #, no-wrap
20531 msgid "SOCK.NETS <``number``>"
20532 msgstr ""
20533
20534 #. type: Plain text
20535 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:432
20536 msgid "Inode identifying network namespace where the socket belongs to."
20537 msgstr ""
20538
20539 #. type: Labeled list
20540 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:433
20541 #, no-wrap
20542 msgid "SOCK.PROTONAME <``string``>"
20543 msgstr ""
20544
20545 #. type: Plain text
20546 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:435
20547 #, fuzzy
20548 #| msgid "GPT partition name."
20549 msgid "Protocol name."
20550 msgstr "Nom de partition GPT."
20551
20552 #. type: Labeled list
20553 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:436
20554 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20555 #| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
20556 msgid "SOCK.SHUTDOWN <``string``>"
20557 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
20558
20559 #. type: Plain text
20560 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:438
20561 #, fuzzy
20562 #| msgid "Shut down the system."
20563 msgid "Shutdown state of socket."
20564 msgstr "Arrêter le système."
20565
20566 #. type: Labeled list
20567 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:439
20568 #, no-wrap
20569 msgid "[-r?]"
20570 msgstr ""
20571
20572 #. type: Plain text
20573 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:443
20574 msgid ""
20575 "If the first character is _r_, the receptions are allowed.  If it is _-_, "
20576 "the receptions are disallowed.  If it is _?_, the state is unknown."
20577 msgstr ""
20578
20579 #. type: Labeled list
20580 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:444
20581 #, no-wrap
20582 msgid "[-w?]"
20583 msgstr ""
20584
20585 #. type: Plain text
20586 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:448
20587 msgid ""
20588 "If the second character is _w_, the transmissions are allowed.  If it is _-"
20589 "_, the transmissions are disallowed.  If it is _?_, the state is unknown."
20590 msgstr ""
20591
20592 #. type: Labeled list
20593 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:449
20594 #, no-wrap
20595 msgid "SOCK.STATE <``string``>"
20596 msgstr ""
20597
20598 #. type: Plain text
20599 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:451
20600 msgid "State of socket."
20601 msgstr ""
20602
20603 #. type: Labeled list
20604 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:452
20605 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20606 #| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
20607 msgid "SOCK.TYPE <``string``>"
20608 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
20609
20610 #. type: Plain text
20611 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:455
20612 msgid ""
20613 "Type of socket. Here type means the second parameter of socket system call:"
20614 msgstr ""
20615
20616 #. type: Plain text
20617 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:457
20618 msgid "stream"
20619 msgstr ""
20620
20621 #. type: Plain text
20622 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:458
20623 msgid "dgram"
20624 msgstr ""
20625
20626 #. type: Plain text
20627 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:459
20628 #, fuzzy
20629 #| msgid "raw(8)"
20630 msgid "raw"
20631 msgstr "raw(8)"
20632
20633 #. type: Plain text
20634 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:460
20635 msgid "rdm"
20636 msgstr ""
20637
20638 #. type: Plain text
20639 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:461
20640 msgid "seqpacket"
20641 msgstr ""
20642
20643 #. type: Plain text
20644 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:462
20645 msgid "dccp"
20646 msgstr ""
20647
20648 #. type: Plain text
20649 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:463
20650 msgid "packet"
20651 msgstr ""
20652
20653 #. type: Labeled list
20654 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:464
20655 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20656 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
20657 msgid "SOURCE <``string``>"
20658 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
20659
20660 #. type: Plain text
20661 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:466
20662 msgid "File system, partition, or device containing the file."
20663 msgstr ""
20664
20665 #. type: Labeled list
20666 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:467
20667 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20668 #| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
20669 msgid "STTYPE <``string``>"
20670 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
20671
20672 #. type: Plain text
20673 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:469
20674 msgid ""
20675 "Raw file types returned from *stat*(2): BLK, CHR, DIR, FIFO, LINK, REG, "
20676 "SOCK, or UNKN."
20677 msgstr ""
20678
20679 #. type: Labeled list
20680 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:470
20681 #, no-wrap
20682 msgid "TCP.LADDR <``string``>"
20683 msgstr ""
20684
20685 #. type: Plain text
20686 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:472
20687 msgid "Local L3 (INET.LADDR or INET6.LADDR) address and local TCP port."
20688 msgstr ""
20689
20690 #. type: Labeled list
20691 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:473
20692 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20693 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20694 msgid "TCP.LPORT <``number``>"
20695 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20696
20697 #. type: Plain text
20698 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:475
20699 msgid "Local TCP port."
20700 msgstr ""
20701
20702 #. type: Labeled list
20703 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:476
20704 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20705 #| msgid "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _string_"
20706 msgid "TCP.RADDR <``string``>"
20707 msgstr "*CHFN_RESTRICT* _chaîne_"
20708
20709 #. type: Plain text
20710 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:478
20711 msgid "Remote L3 (INET.RADDR or INET6.RADDR) address and remote TCP port."
20712 msgstr ""
20713
20714 #. type: Labeled list
20715 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:479
20716 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20717 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20718 msgid "TCP.RPORT <``number``>"
20719 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20720
20721 #. type: Plain text
20722 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:481
20723 msgid "Remote TCP port."
20724 msgstr ""
20725
20726 #. type: Labeled list
20727 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:482
20728 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20729 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20730 msgid "TID <``number``>"
20731 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20732
20733 #. type: Plain text
20734 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:484
20735 #, fuzzy
20736 #| msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
20737 msgid "Thread ID of the process opening the file."
20738 msgstr "Le nom de commande du processus qui détient le verrou."
20739
20740 #. type: Labeled list
20741 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:485
20742 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20743 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
20744 msgid "TIMERFD.CLOCKID <``string``>"
20745 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
20746
20747 #. type: Plain text
20748 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:487
20749 msgid "Clockid."
20750 msgstr ""
20751
20752 #. type: Labeled list
20753 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:488
20754 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20755 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20756 msgid "TIMERFD.INTERVAL <``number``>"
20757 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20758
20759 #. type: Plain text
20760 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:490
20761 msgid "Interval."
20762 msgstr ""
20763
20764 #. type: Labeled list
20765 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:491
20766 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20767 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20768 msgid "TIMERFD.REMAINING <``number``>"
20769 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20770
20771 #. type: Plain text
20772 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:493
20773 msgid "Remaining time."
20774 msgstr ""
20775
20776 #. type: Labeled list
20777 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:494
20778 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20779 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20780 msgid "PTMX.TTY-INDEX <``number``>"
20781 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20782
20783 #. type: Plain text
20784 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:496
20785 msgid "TTY index of the counterpart."
20786 msgstr ""
20787
20788 #. type: Labeled list
20789 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:497
20790 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20791 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
20792 msgid "TUN.IFACE <``string``>"
20793 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
20794
20795 #. type: Plain text
20796 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:499
20797 msgid "Network intrface behind the tun device."
20798 msgstr ""
20799
20800 #. type: Labeled list
20801 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:500
20802 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20803 #| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
20804 msgid "TYPE <``string``>"
20805 msgstr "*TTYPERM* (chaîne)"
20806
20807 #. type: Plain text
20808 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:504
20809 msgid ""
20810 "Cooked version of STTYPE. It is same as STTYPE with exceptions.  For SOCK, "
20811 "print the value for SOCK.PROTONAME.  For UNKN, print the value for "
20812 "AINODECLASS if SOURCE is anon_inodefs."
20813 msgstr ""
20814
20815 #. type: Labeled list
20816 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:505
20817 #, no-wrap
20818 msgid "UDP.LADDR <``string``>"
20819 msgstr ""
20820
20821 #. type: Plain text
20822 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:507
20823 msgid "Local IP address and local UDP port."
20824 msgstr ""
20825
20826 #. type: Labeled list
20827 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:508
20828 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20829 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20830 msgid "UDP.LPORT <``number``>"
20831 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20832
20833 #. type: Plain text
20834 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:510 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:522
20835 msgid "Local UDP port."
20836 msgstr ""
20837
20838 #. type: Labeled list
20839 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:511
20840 #, no-wrap
20841 msgid "UDP.RADDR <``string``>"
20842 msgstr ""
20843
20844 #. type: Plain text
20845 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:513
20846 msgid "Remote IP address and remote UDP port."
20847 msgstr ""
20848
20849 #. type: Labeled list
20850 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:514
20851 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20852 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20853 msgid "UDP.RPORT <``number``>"
20854 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20855
20856 #. type: Plain text
20857 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:516 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:528
20858 msgid "Remote UDP port."
20859 msgstr ""
20860
20861 #. type: Labeled list
20862 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:517
20863 #, no-wrap
20864 msgid "UDPLITE.LADDR <``string``>"
20865 msgstr ""
20866
20867 #. type: Plain text
20868 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:519
20869 msgid "Local IP address and local UDPLite port."
20870 msgstr ""
20871
20872 #. type: Labeled list
20873 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:520
20874 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20875 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20876 msgid "UDPLITE.LPORT <``number``>"
20877 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20878
20879 #. type: Labeled list
20880 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:523
20881 #, no-wrap
20882 msgid "UDPLITE.RADDR <``string``>"
20883 msgstr ""
20884
20885 #. type: Plain text
20886 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:525
20887 msgid "Remote IP address and remote UDPLite port."
20888 msgstr ""
20889
20890 #. type: Labeled list
20891 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:526
20892 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20893 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20894 msgid "UDPLITE.RPORT <``number``>"
20895 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20896
20897 #. type: Labeled list
20898 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:529
20899 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20900 #| msgid "**-**__number__"
20901 msgid "UID <``number``>"
20902 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
20903
20904 #. type: Plain text
20905 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:531
20906 msgid "User ID number."
20907 msgstr ""
20908
20909 #. type: Labeled list
20910 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:532
20911 #, no-wrap
20912 msgid "UNIX.PATH <``string``>"
20913 msgstr ""
20914
20915 #. type: Plain text
20916 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:534
20917 msgid "Filesystem pathname for UNIX domain socket."
20918 msgstr ""
20919
20920 #. type: Labeled list
20921 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:535
20922 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20923 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
20924 msgid "USER <``string``>"
20925 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
20926
20927 #. type: Plain text
20928 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:537
20929 msgid "User of the process."
20930 msgstr ""
20931
20932 #. type: Labeled list
20933 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:538
20934 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
20935 #| msgid "**+**/__string__"
20936 msgid "XMODE <``string``>"
20937 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
20938
20939 #. type: Plain text
20940 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:542
20941 msgid ""
20942 "Extended version of _MODE_. This column may grow; new letters may be "
20943 "appended to _XMODE_ when *lsfd* supports a new state of file descriptors and/"
20944 "or memory mappings."
20945 msgstr ""
20946
20947 #. type: Labeled list
20948 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:543
20949 #, no-wrap
20950 msgid "[-r]"
20951 msgstr ""
20952
20953 #. type: Plain text
20954 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:545
20955 msgid "opened of mapped for reading. This is also in _MODE_."
20956 msgstr ""
20957
20958 #. type: Labeled list
20959 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:546
20960 #, no-wrap
20961 msgid "[-w]"
20962 msgstr ""
20963
20964 #. type: Plain text
20965 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:548
20966 msgid "opened of mapped for writing. This is also in _MODE_."
20967 msgstr ""
20968
20969 #. type: Labeled list
20970 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:549
20971 #, no-wrap
20972 msgid "[-x]"
20973 msgstr ""
20974
20975 #. type: Plain text
20976 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:551
20977 msgid "mapped for executing the code. This is also in _MODE_."
20978 msgstr ""
20979
20980 #. type: Labeled list
20981 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:552
20982 #, no-wrap
20983 msgid "[-D]"
20984 msgstr ""
20985
20986 #. type: Plain text
20987 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:554
20988 msgid "deleted from the file system. See also _DELETED._."
20989 msgstr ""
20990
20991 #. type: Labeled list
20992 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:555
20993 #, no-wrap
20994 msgid "[-Ll]"
20995 msgstr ""
20996
20997 #. type: Plain text
20998 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:560
20999 msgid ""
21000 "locked or leased. _l_ represents a read, a shared lock or a read lease.  _L_ "
21001 "represents a write or an exclusive lock or a write lease. If both read/"
21002 "shared and write/exclusive locks or leases are taken by a file descriptor, "
21003 "_L_ is used as the flag."
21004 msgstr ""
21005
21006 #. type: Labeled list
21007 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:561
21008 #, no-wrap
21009 msgid "[-m]"
21010 msgstr ""
21011
21012 #. type: Plain text
21013 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:568
21014 msgid ""
21015 "Multiplexed. If the file descriptor is targeted by a eventpoll file or "
21016 "classical system calls for multiplexing (select, pselect, poll, and ppoll), "
21017 "this bit flag is set. Note that if an invocaiton of the classical system "
21018 "calls is interrupted, *lsfd* may fail to mark _m_ on the file descriptors "
21019 "monitored by the invocaiton.  See *restart_syscall*(2)."
21020 msgstr ""
21021
21022 #. type: Title ==
21023 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:569
21024 #, no-wrap
21025 msgid "FILTER EXPRESSION"
21026 msgstr ""
21027
21028 #. type: Plain text
21029 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:574
21030 #, no-wrap
21031 msgid ""
21032 "*lsfd* evaluates the expression passed to *--filter* option every time\n"
21033 "before printing a file line. *lsfd* prints the line only if the result\n"
21034 "of evaluation is `true`.\n"
21035 msgstr ""
21036
21037 #. type: Plain text
21038 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:580
21039 msgid ""
21040 "An expression consists of column names, literals and, operators like: "
21041 "`DELETED`, `(PID == 1)`, `(NAME == \"/etc/passwd\")`, `(PID == 1) && "
21042 "DELETED`.  `DELETED`, `PID`, and `NAME` are column names in the example.  "
21043 "`1` and \"/etc/passwd\" are literals.  `==` and `&&` are operators."
21044 msgstr ""
21045
21046 #. type: Plain text
21047 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:588
21048 msgid ""
21049 "Before evaluation, *lsfd* substitutes column names in the given expression "
21050 "with actual column values in the line. There are three different data types: "
21051 "`boolean`, `string`, and `number`.  For columns with a `boolean` type, the "
21052 "value can be stand-alone.  For `string` and `number` values, the value must "
21053 "be an operand of an operator, for example, `(PID == 1)`. See *OUTPUT "
21054 "COLUMNS* about the types of columns."
21055 msgstr ""
21056
21057 #. type: Plain text
21058 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:591
21059 msgid ""
21060 "Literal is for representing a value directly. See BOOLLIT, STRLIT, and "
21061 "NUMLIT. Different data types have different literal syntax."
21062 msgstr ""
21063
21064 #. type: Plain text
21065 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:595
21066 msgid ""
21067 "An operator works with one or two operand(s). An operator has an expectation "
21068 "about the data type(s) of its operands. Giving an unexpected data type to an "
21069 "operator causes a syntax error."
21070 msgstr ""
21071
21072 #. type: Plain text
21073 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:599
21074 msgid ""
21075 "Operators taking two operands are `and`, `or`, `eq`, `ne`, `le`, `lt`, `ge`, "
21076 "`gt`, `=~`, `!~`.  Alphabetically named operators have C-language flavored "
21077 "aliases: `&&`, `||`, `==`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>=`, and `>`."
21078 msgstr ""
21079
21080 #. type: Plain text
21081 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:601
21082 msgid "`!` is the only operator that takes one operand."
21083 msgstr ""
21084
21085 #. type: Plain text
21086 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:604
21087 msgid ""
21088 "`eq`, `ne`, and their aliases expect operands have the same data type.  "
21089 "Applying these operators return a `boolean`."
21090 msgstr ""
21091
21092 #. type: Plain text
21093 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:607
21094 msgid ""
21095 "`and`, `or`, `not` and their aliases expect operands have `boolean` data "
21096 "type. Applying these operators return a `boolean`."
21097 msgstr ""
21098
21099 #. type: Plain text
21100 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:610
21101 msgid ""
21102 "`lt`, `le`, `gt`, `ge`, and their aliases expect operands have `number` data "
21103 "types. Applying these operators return a `boolean`."
21104 msgstr ""
21105
21106 #. type: Plain text
21107 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:615
21108 msgid ""
21109 "`=~` is for regular expression matching; if a string at the right side "
21110 "matches a regular expression at the left side, the result is true.  The "
21111 "right side operand must be a string literal. See STRLIT about the syntax."
21112 msgstr ""
21113
21114 #. type: Plain text
21115 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:618
21116 msgid ""
21117 "`!~` is a short-hand version of `not (STR =~ PAT)`; it inverts the result of "
21118 "`=~`."
21119 msgstr ""
21120
21121 #. type: Title ===
21122 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:619
21123 #, no-wrap
21124 msgid "Limitations"
21125 msgstr ""
21126
21127 #. type: Plain text
21128 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:624
21129 msgid ""
21130 "The current implementation does not define precedences within operators.  "
21131 "Use `(` and `)` explicitly for grouping the sub-expressions if your "
21132 "expression uses more than two operators."
21133 msgstr ""
21134
21135 #. type: Plain text
21136 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:627
21137 msgid ""
21138 "About `number` typed values, the filter engine supports only non-negative "
21139 "integers, and non-negative floating point numbers."
21140 msgstr ""
21141
21142 #. type: Title ===
21143 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:628
21144 #, no-wrap
21145 msgid "Semi-formal syntax"
21146 msgstr ""
21147
21148 #. TRANSLATORS: In the following messages, translate only the <``variables``>.
21149 #. type: Labeled list
21150 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:631
21151 #, no-wrap
21152 msgid "EXPR "
21153 msgstr ""
21154
21155 #. type: Plain text
21156 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:632
21157 msgid "BOOLEXP"
21158 msgstr ""
21159
21160 #. type: Labeled list
21161 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:633
21162 #, no-wrap
21163 msgid "BOOLEXP0 "
21164 msgstr ""
21165
21166 #. type: Plain text
21167 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:634
21168 msgid "COLUMN <``boolean``> | BOOLLIT | _(_ BOOLEXP _)_"
21169 msgstr ""
21170
21171 #. type: Labeled list
21172 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:635
21173 #, no-wrap
21174 msgid "BOOLEXP "
21175 msgstr ""
21176
21177 #. type: Plain text
21178 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:636
21179 msgid "BOOLEXP0 | BOOLOP1 | BOOLOP2 | BOOLOP2BL | BOOLOP2CMP | BOOLOP2REG"
21180 msgstr ""
21181
21182 #. type: Labeled list
21183 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:637
21184 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21185 #| msgid "*COLUMNS*"
21186 msgid "COLUMN "
21187 msgstr "*COLUMNS*"
21188
21189 #. type: Plain text
21190 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:638
21191 msgid "[\\_A-Za-z][-_:A-Za-z0-9]*"
21192 msgstr ""
21193
21194 #. type: Labeled list
21195 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:639
21196 #, no-wrap
21197 msgid "BOOLOP1 "
21198 msgstr ""
21199
21200 #. type: Plain text
21201 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:640
21202 msgid "_!_ BOOLEXP0 | _not_ BOOLEXP0"
21203 msgstr ""
21204
21205 #. type: Labeled list
21206 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:641
21207 #, no-wrap
21208 msgid "STREXP "
21209 msgstr ""
21210
21211 #. type: Plain text
21212 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:642
21213 msgid "COLUMN <``string``> | STRLIT"
21214 msgstr ""
21215
21216 #. type: Labeled list
21217 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:643
21218 #, no-wrap
21219 msgid "NUMEXP "
21220 msgstr ""
21221
21222 #. type: Plain text
21223 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:644
21224 msgid "COLUMN <``number``> | NUMLIT"
21225 msgstr ""
21226
21227 #. type: Labeled list
21228 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:645
21229 #, no-wrap
21230 msgid "BOOLLIT "
21231 msgstr ""
21232
21233 #. type: Plain text
21234 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:646
21235 msgid "_true_ | _false_"
21236 msgstr ""
21237
21238 #. type: Labeled list
21239 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:647
21240 #, no-wrap
21241 msgid "CHARS  "
21242 msgstr ""
21243
21244 #. type: Plain text
21245 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:648
21246 msgid "( [^\\] | _\\\\_ | _\\'_ | _\\\"_ )*"
21247 msgstr ""
21248
21249 #. type: Labeled list
21250 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:649
21251 #, no-wrap
21252 msgid "STRLIT "
21253 msgstr ""
21254
21255 #. type: Plain text
21256 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:650
21257 msgid "_'_ CHARS _'_ | _\"_ CHARS _\"_"
21258 msgstr ""
21259
21260 #. type: Labeled list
21261 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:651
21262 #, no-wrap
21263 msgid "NUMLIT "
21264 msgstr ""
21265
21266 #. type: Plain text
21267 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:652
21268 msgid "INTLIT | FNUMLIT"
21269 msgstr ""
21270
21271 #. type: Labeled list
21272 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:653
21273 #, no-wrap
21274 msgid "INTLIT "
21275 msgstr ""
21276
21277 #. type: Plain text
21278 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:654
21279 msgid "[1-9][0-9]* | _0_"
21280 msgstr ""
21281
21282 #. type: Labeled list
21283 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:655
21284 #, no-wrap
21285 msgid "FNUMLIT "
21286 msgstr ""
21287
21288 #. type: Plain text
21289 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:656
21290 msgid "INTLIT _._ [0-9][0-9]*"
21291 msgstr ""
21292
21293 #. type: Labeled list
21294 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:657
21295 #, no-wrap
21296 msgid "BOOLOP2 "
21297 msgstr ""
21298
21299 #. type: Plain text
21300 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:658
21301 msgid "STREXP OP2 STREXP | NUMEXP OP2 NUMEXP | BOOLEXP0 OP2 BOOLEXP0"
21302 msgstr ""
21303
21304 #. type: Labeled list
21305 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:659
21306 #, no-wrap
21307 msgid "OP2   "
21308 msgstr ""
21309
21310 #. type: Plain text
21311 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:660
21312 msgid "_==_ | _eq_ | _!=_ | _ne_"
21313 msgstr ""
21314
21315 #. type: Labeled list
21316 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:661
21317 #, no-wrap
21318 msgid "BOOLOP2BL "
21319 msgstr ""
21320
21321 #. type: Plain text
21322 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:662
21323 msgid "BOOLEXP0 OP2BL BOOLEXP0"
21324 msgstr ""
21325
21326 #. type: Labeled list
21327 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:663
21328 #, no-wrap
21329 msgid "OP2BL "
21330 msgstr ""
21331
21332 #. type: Plain text
21333 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:664
21334 msgid "_&&_ | _and_ | _||_ | _or_"
21335 msgstr ""
21336
21337 #. type: Labeled list
21338 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:665
21339 #, no-wrap
21340 msgid "BOOLOP2CMP "
21341 msgstr ""
21342
21343 #. type: Plain text
21344 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:666
21345 msgid "NUMEXP OP2CMP NUMEXP"
21346 msgstr ""
21347
21348 #. type: Labeled list
21349 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:667
21350 #, no-wrap
21351 msgid "OP2CMP "
21352 msgstr ""
21353
21354 #. type: Plain text
21355 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:668
21356 msgid "_<_ | _lt_ | _\\<=_ | _le_ | _>_ | _gt_ | _>=_ | _ge_"
21357 msgstr ""
21358
21359 #. type: Labeled list
21360 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:669
21361 #, no-wrap
21362 msgid "BOOLOP2REG "
21363 msgstr ""
21364
21365 #. type: Plain text
21366 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:670
21367 msgid "STREXP OP2REG STRLIT"
21368 msgstr ""
21369
21370 #. type: Labeled list
21371 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:671
21372 #, no-wrap
21373 msgid "OP2REG "
21374 msgstr ""
21375
21376 #. type: Plain text
21377 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:672
21378 msgid "_=~_ | _!~_"
21379 msgstr ""
21380
21381 #. type: Title ==
21382 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:673
21383 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21384 #| msgid "EXAMPLES"
21385 msgid "FILTER EXAMPLES"
21386 msgstr "EXEMPLES"
21387
21388 #. type: Plain text
21389 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:678
21390 #, no-wrap
21391 msgid ""
21392 "*lsfd* has few options for filtering. In most of cases, what you should\n"
21393 "know is *-Q* (or *--filter*) option.  Combined with *-o* (or\n"
21394 "*--output*) option, you can customize the output as you want.\n"
21395 msgstr ""
21396
21397 #. TRANSLATORS: In the following messages, don't forget to add whitespace at the end!
21398 #. type: Labeled list
21399 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:680
21400 #, no-wrap
21401 msgid "List files associated with PID 1 and PID 2 processes: "
21402 msgstr ""
21403
21404 #. type: delimited block .
21405 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:683
21406 #, no-wrap
21407 msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) or (PID == 2)'\n"
21408 msgstr ""
21409
21410 #. type: Labeled list
21411 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:685 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:710
21412 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:720
21413 #, no-wrap
21414 msgid "Do the same in an alternative way: "
21415 msgstr ""
21416
21417 #. type: delimited block .
21418 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:688
21419 #, no-wrap
21420 msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) || (PID == 2)'\n"
21421 msgstr ""
21422
21423 #. type: Labeled list
21424 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:690
21425 #, no-wrap
21426 msgid "Do the same in a more efficient way: "
21427 msgstr ""
21428
21429 #. type: delimited block .
21430 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:693
21431 #, no-wrap
21432 msgid "# lsfd --pid 1,2\n"
21433 msgstr ""
21434
21435 #. type: Labeled list
21436 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:695
21437 #, no-wrap
21438 msgid "Whitescapes can be used instead of a comma: "
21439 msgstr ""
21440
21441 #. type: delimited block .
21442 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:698
21443 #, no-wrap
21444 msgid "# lsfd --pid '1 2'\n"
21445 msgstr ""
21446
21447 #. type: Labeled list
21448 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:700
21449 #, no-wrap
21450 msgid "Utilize *pidof*(1) for list the files associated with \"firefox\": "
21451 msgstr ""
21452
21453 #. type: delimited block .
21454 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:703
21455 #, no-wrap
21456 msgid "# lsfd --pid \"$(pidof firefox)\"\n"
21457 msgstr ""
21458
21459 #. type: Labeled list
21460 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:705
21461 #, no-wrap
21462 msgid "List the 1st file descriptor opened by PID 1 process: "
21463 msgstr ""
21464
21465 #. type: delimited block .
21466 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:708
21467 #, no-wrap
21468 msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) and (FD == 1)'\n"
21469 msgstr ""
21470
21471 #. type: delimited block .
21472 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:713
21473 #, no-wrap
21474 msgid "# lsfd -Q '(PID == 1) && (FD == 1)'\n"
21475 msgstr ""
21476
21477 #. type: Labeled list
21478 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:715
21479 #, no-wrap
21480 msgid "List all running executables: "
21481 msgstr ""
21482
21483 #. type: delimited block .
21484 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:718
21485 #, no-wrap
21486 msgid "# lsfd -Q 'ASSOC == \"exe\"'\n"
21487 msgstr ""
21488
21489 #. type: delimited block .
21490 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:723
21491 #, no-wrap
21492 msgid "# lsfd -Q 'ASSOC eq \"exe\"'\n"
21493 msgstr ""
21494
21495 #. type: Labeled list
21496 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:725
21497 #, no-wrap
21498 msgid "Do the same but print only file names: "
21499 msgstr ""
21500
21501 #. type: delimited block .
21502 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:728
21503 #, no-wrap
21504 msgid "# lsfd -o NAME -Q 'ASSOC eq \"exe\"' | sort -u\n"
21505 msgstr ""
21506
21507 #. type: Labeled list
21508 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:730
21509 #, no-wrap
21510 msgid "List deleted files associated to processes: "
21511 msgstr ""
21512
21513 #. type: delimited block .
21514 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:733
21515 #, no-wrap
21516 msgid "# lsfd -Q 'DELETED'\n"
21517 msgstr ""
21518
21519 #. type: Labeled list
21520 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:735
21521 #, no-wrap
21522 msgid "List non-regular files: "
21523 msgstr ""
21524
21525 #. type: delimited block .
21526 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:738
21527 #, no-wrap
21528 msgid "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE != \"REG\"'\n"
21529 msgstr ""
21530
21531 #. type: Labeled list
21532 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:740
21533 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21534 #| msgid "lsblk - list block devices"
21535 msgid "List block devices: "
21536 msgstr "lsblk - Afficher les périphériques bloc"
21537
21538 #. type: delimited block .
21539 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:743
21540 #, no-wrap
21541 msgid "# lsfd -Q 'DEVTYPE == \"blk\"'\n"
21542 msgstr ""
21543
21544 #. type: Labeled list
21545 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:745
21546 #, no-wrap
21547 msgid "Do the same with TYPE column: "
21548 msgstr ""
21549
21550 #. type: delimited block .
21551 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:748
21552 #, no-wrap
21553 msgid "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE == \"BLK\"'\n"
21554 msgstr ""
21555
21556 #. type: Labeled list
21557 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:750
21558 #, no-wrap
21559 msgid "List files including \"dconf\" directory in their names: "
21560 msgstr ""
21561
21562 #. type: delimited block .
21563 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:753
21564 #, no-wrap
21565 msgid "# lsfd -Q 'NAME =~ \".\\*/dconf/.*\"'\n"
21566 msgstr ""
21567
21568 #. type: Labeled list
21569 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:755
21570 #, no-wrap
21571 msgid "List files opened in a QEMU virtual machine: "
21572 msgstr ""
21573
21574 #. type: delimited block .
21575 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:758
21576 #, no-wrap
21577 msgid "# lsfd -Q '(COMMAND =~ \".\\*qemu.*\") and (FD >= 0)'\n"
21578 msgstr ""
21579
21580 #. type: Labeled list
21581 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:760
21582 #, no-wrap
21583 msgid "Hide files associated to kernel threads: "
21584 msgstr ""
21585
21586 #. type: delimited block .
21587 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:763
21588 #, no-wrap
21589 msgid "# lsfd -Q '!KTHREAD'\n"
21590 msgstr ""
21591
21592 #. type: Labeled list
21593 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:765
21594 #, no-wrap
21595 msgid "List timerfd files expired within 0.5 seconds: "
21596 msgstr ""
21597
21598 #. type: delimited block .
21599 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:768
21600 #, no-wrap
21601 msgid "# lsfd -Q '(TIMERFD.remaining < 0.5) and (TIMERFD.remaining > 0.0)'\n"
21602 msgstr ""
21603
21604 #. type: Title ==
21605 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:770
21606 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21607 #| msgid "EXAMPLES"
21608 msgid "COUNTER EXAMPLES"
21609 msgstr "EXEMPLES"
21610
21611 #. type: Labeled list
21612 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:772
21613 #, no-wrap
21614 msgid "Report the numbers of netlink socket descriptors and unix socket descriptors: "
21615 msgstr ""
21616
21617 #. type: delimited block .
21618 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:780
21619 #, no-wrap
21620 msgid ""
21621 "# lsfd --summary=only \\\n"
21622 "\t-C 'netlink sockets':'(NAME =~ \"NETLINK:.*\")' \\\n"
21623 "\t-C 'unix sockets':'(NAME =~ \"UNIX:.*\")'\n"
21624 "VALUE COUNTER\n"
21625 "   57 netlink sockets\n"
21626 " 1552 unix sockets\n"
21627 msgstr ""
21628
21629 #. type: Labeled list
21630 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:782
21631 #, no-wrap
21632 msgid "Do the same but print in JSON format: "
21633 msgstr ""
21634
21635 #. type: delimited block .
21636 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:798
21637 #, no-wrap
21638 msgid ""
21639 "# lsfd --summary=only --json \\\n"
21640 "\t-C 'netlink sockets':'(NAME =~ \"NETLINK:.*\")' \\\n"
21641 "\t-C 'unix sockets':'(NAME =~ \"UNIX:.*\")'\n"
21642 "{\n"
21643 "   \"lsfd-summary\": [\n"
21644 "      {\n"
21645 "\t \"value\": 15,\n"
21646 "\t \"counter\": \"netlink sockets\"\n"
21647 "      },{\n"
21648 "\t \"value\": 798,\n"
21649 "\t \"counter\": \"unix sockets\"\n"
21650 "      }\n"
21651 "   ]\n"
21652 "}\n"
21653 msgstr ""
21654
21655 #. type: Plain text
21656 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:804
21657 #, fuzzy
21658 #| msgid ""
21659 #| "The sfdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
21660 #| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
21661 msgid "The *lsfd* command is part of the util-linux package since v2.38."
21662 msgstr ""
21663 "La commande B<sfdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
21664 "sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."
21665
21666 #. type: Plain text
21667 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:809
21668 #, fuzzy
21669 #| msgid ""
21670 #| "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
21671 msgid ""
21672 "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
21673 msgstr "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
21674
21675 #. type: Plain text
21676 #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:820
21677 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21678 #| msgid ""
21679 #| "*login*(1),\n"
21680 #| "*group*(5)\n"
21681 msgid ""
21682 "*bpftool*(8)\n"
21683 "*bps*(8)\n"
21684 "*lslocks*(8)\n"
21685 "*lsof*(8)\n"
21686 "*pidof*(1)\n"
21687 "*proc*(5)\n"
21688 "*socket*(2)\n"
21689 "*ss*(8)\n"
21690 "*stat*(2)\n"
21691 msgstr ""
21692 "*login*(1),\n"
21693 "*group*(5)\n"
21694
21695 #. Man page for the lslocks command.
21696 #. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
21697 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
21698 #. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu)
21699 #. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
21700 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
21701 #. type: Title =
21702 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:12
21703 #, no-wrap
21704 msgid "lslocks(8)"
21705 msgstr "lslocks(8)"
21706
21707 #. type: Plain text
21708 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:23
21709 msgid "lslocks - list local system locks"
21710 msgstr "lslocks - Afficher les verrous système locaux"
21711
21712 #. type: Plain text
21713 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:27
21714 #, no-wrap
21715 msgid "*lslocks* [options]\n"
21716 msgstr "*lslocks* [options]\n"
21717
21718 #. type: Plain text
21719 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:31
21720 #, no-wrap
21721 msgid "*lslocks* lists information about all the currently held file locks in a Linux system.\n"
21722 msgstr "*lslocks* affiche des renseignements sur les verrous de fichier actuellement maintenus dans un système Linux.\n"
21723
21724 #. type: Labeled list
21725 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:37
21726 #, no-wrap
21727 msgid "*-i*, *--noinaccessible*"
21728 msgstr "*-i*, *--noinaccessible*"
21729
21730 #. type: Plain text
21731 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:39
21732 msgid "Ignore lock files which are inaccessible for the current user."
21733 msgstr "Ignorer les fichiers de verrou inaccessibles à l’utilisateur actuel."
21734
21735 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
21736 #. type: Plain text
21737 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:50
21738 msgid ""
21739 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
21740 "format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)."
21741 msgstr ""
21742 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
21743 "sous la forme _{plus}liste (par exemple, *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)."
21744
21745 #. type: Labeled list
21746 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:25
21747 #, no-wrap
21748 msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_"
21749 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_"
21750
21751 #. type: Plain text
21752 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:57
21753 msgid "Display only the locks held by the process with this _pid_."
21754 msgstr "N’afficher que les verrous maintenus par le processus avec ce _PID_."
21755
21756 #. type: Plain text
21757 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:60 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:61
21758 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:54
21759 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:56
21760 msgid "Use the raw output format."
21761 msgstr "Utiliser l'affichage au format brut."
21762
21763 #. type: Plain text
21764 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:66
21765 msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
21766 msgstr "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes."
21767
21768 #. type: Labeled list
21769 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:68
21770 #, no-wrap
21771 msgid "COMMAND"
21772 msgstr "COMMAND"
21773
21774 #. type: Plain text
21775 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:70
21776 msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
21777 msgstr "Le nom de commande du processus qui détient le verrou."
21778
21779 #. type: Labeled list
21780 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:71
21781 #, no-wrap
21782 msgid "PID"
21783 msgstr "PID"
21784
21785 #. type: Plain text
21786 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:73
21787 #, fuzzy
21788 #| msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
21789 msgid "The process ID of the process."
21790 msgstr "Le nom de commande du processus qui détient le verrou."
21791
21792 #. type: Labeled list
21793 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:74
21794 #, no-wrap
21795 msgid "TYPE"
21796 msgstr "TYPE"
21797
21798 #. type: Plain text
21799 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:76
21800 #, fuzzy
21801 #| msgid ""
21802 #| "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created "
21803 #| "with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK (created with *fcntl*(2))."
21804 msgid ""
21805 "The type of lock; can be LEASE (created with *fcntl*(2)), FLOCK (created "
21806 "with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK "
21807 "(created with *fcntl*(2))."
21808 msgstr ""
21809 "Le type de verrou ; il peut être FLOCK (créé avec *flock*(2)), POSIX (créé "
21810 "avec *fcntl*(2) et *lockf*(3)) ou OFDLCK (créé avec *fcntl*(2))."
21811
21812 #. type: Labeled list
21813 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:77
21814 #, no-wrap
21815 msgid "SIZE"
21816 msgstr "SIZE"
21817
21818 #. type: Plain text
21819 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:79
21820 msgid "Size of the locked file."
21821 msgstr "La taille du fichier verrouillé."
21822
21823 #. type: Labeled list
21824 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:80
21825 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
21826 #| msgid "B<NODE>"
21827 msgid "INODE"
21828 msgstr "B<NODE>"
21829
21830 #. type: Plain text
21831 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:82
21832 #, fuzzy
21833 #| msgid "*--nice* _number_"
21834 msgid "The inode number."
21835 msgstr "*--nice* _nombre_"
21836
21837 #. type: Labeled list
21838 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:83
21839 #, no-wrap
21840 msgid "MAJ:MIN"
21841 msgstr ""
21842
21843 #. type: Plain text
21844 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:85
21845 #, fuzzy
21846 #| msgid "The partition number."
21847 msgid "The major:minor device number."
21848 msgstr "Le numéro de la partition."
21849
21850 #. type: Labeled list
21851 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:86
21852 #, no-wrap
21853 msgid "MODE"
21854 msgstr "MODE"
21855
21856 #. type: Plain text
21857 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:88
21858 msgid ""
21859 "The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and "
21860 "waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)."
21861 msgstr ""
21862 "Les droits d’accès (lecture, écriture) du verrou. Si le processus est bloqué "
21863 "en attente du verrou, alors le mode a un « * » (astérisque) en préfixe"
21864
21865 #. type: Labeled list
21866 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:89
21867 #, no-wrap
21868 msgid "M"
21869 msgstr "M"
21870
21871 #. type: Plain text
21872 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:91
21873 msgid ""
21874 "Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only "
21875 "advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)"
21876 msgstr ""
21877 "Si le verrou est obligatoire : 0 signifie non (c’est-à-dire que le verrou "
21878 "n’est que coopératif), 1 signifie oui (consultez *fcntl*(2))."
21879
21880 #. type: Labeled list
21881 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:92
21882 #, no-wrap
21883 msgid "START"
21884 msgstr "START"
21885
21886 #. type: Plain text
21887 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:94
21888 msgid "Relative byte offset of the lock."
21889 msgstr "Position relative en octet du verrou."
21890
21891 #. type: Labeled list
21892 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:95
21893 #, no-wrap
21894 msgid "END"
21895 msgstr "END"
21896
21897 #. type: Plain text
21898 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:97
21899 msgid "Ending offset of the lock."
21900 msgstr "Position finale du verrou."
21901
21902 #. type: Labeled list
21903 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:98
21904 #, no-wrap
21905 msgid "PATH"
21906 msgstr "PATH"
21907
21908 #. type: Plain text
21909 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:100
21910 msgid ""
21911 "Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read "
21912 "the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is "
21913 "appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get "
21914 "the full path."
21915 msgstr ""
21916 "Chemin complet du verrou. Si aucun n’est trouvé ou si la lecture du chemin "
21917 "n’est pas permise, le point de montage du périphérique sera utilisé en "
21918 "solution de repli et « ... » est ajouté au chemin. Le chemin pourrait être "
21919 "tronqué ; utilisez *--notruncate* pour obtenir le chemin complet."
21920
21921 #. type: Labeled list
21922 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:101
21923 #, no-wrap
21924 msgid "BLOCKER"
21925 msgstr "BLOCKER"
21926
21927 #. type: Plain text
21928 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:103
21929 msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock."
21930 msgstr "Le PID du processus qui bloque le verrou."
21931
21932 #. type: Plain text
21933 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:107
21934 msgid ""
21935 "The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally "
21936 "written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since "
21937 "2001."
21938 msgstr ""
21939 "La commande *lslocks* a pour but de remplacer la commande *lslk*(8), écrite "
21940 "à l’origine par mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] et non maintenue "
21941 "depuis 2001."
21942
21943 #. type: Plain text
21944 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:114
21945 msgid ""
21946 "\"The process holding the lock\" for leases, FLOCK locks, and OFD locks is a "
21947 "fake-concept.  They are associated with the open file description on which "
21948 "they are acquired.  With *fork*(2) and/or *cmsg*(3), multiple processes can "
21949 "share an open file description. So the holder process of a lease (or a lock) "
21950 "is not uniquely determined.  *lslocks* shows the one of the holder processes "
21951 "in COMMAND and PID columns."
21952 msgstr ""
21953
21954 #. type: Plain text
21955 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:118
21956 msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
21957 msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
21958
21959 #. type: Plain text
21960 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:124
21961 #, no-wrap
21962 msgid ""
21963 "*flock*(1),\n"
21964 "*fcntl*(2),\n"
21965 "*lockf*(3)\n"
21966 msgstr ""
21967 "*flock*(1),\n"
21968 "*fcntl*(2),\n"
21969 "*lockf*(3)\n"
21970
21971 #.  mcookie.1 --
21972 #.  Public Domain 1995 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
21973 #. type: Title =
21974 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:4
21975 #, no-wrap
21976 msgid "mcookie(1)"
21977 msgstr "mcookie(1)"
21978
21979 #. type: Plain text
21980 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:14
21981 msgid "mcookie - generate magic cookies for xauth"
21982 msgstr "mcookie - Créer des « cookies magiques » pour xauth"
21983
21984 #. type: Plain text
21985 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:18
21986 #, no-wrap
21987 msgid "*mcookie* [options]\n"
21988 msgstr "*mcookie* [options]\n"
21989
21990 #. type: Plain text
21991 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:22
21992 #, no-wrap
21993 msgid "*mcookie* generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the X authority system. Typical usage:\n"
21994 msgstr "*mcookie* génère un nombre hexadécimal aléatoire de 128\\ bits qui peut être utilisé avec le système d'authentification de X. Utilisation typique\\ :\n"
21995
21996 #. type: delimited block _
21997 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:25
21998 #, no-wrap
21999 msgid "*xauth add :0 . `mcookie`*\n"
22000 msgstr "*xauth add :0 . `mcookie`*\n"
22001
22002 #. type: Plain text
22003 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:28
22004 msgid ""
22005 "The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random "
22006 "information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/"
22007 "urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this "
22008 "preference order. See also the option *--file*."
22009 msgstr ""
22010 "Le nombre « aléatoire » créé est en fait le condensé MD5 d’informations "
22011 "aléatoires provenant d’une des sources : l'appel système *getrandom*(2), _/"
22012 "dev/urandom_, _/dev/random_ ou les _fonctions pseudoaléatoires de libc_, "
22013 "dans cet ordre de préférence. Voir aussi l'option *--file*."
22014
22015 #. type: Plain text
22016 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:33
22017 msgid ""
22018 "Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/"
22019 "urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input."
22020 msgstr ""
22021 "Utiliser ce _fichier_ comme source supplémentaire d’aléa (par exemple _/dev/"
22022 "urandom_). Si _fichier_ est *-*, les caractères sont lus sur l'entrée "
22023 "standard."
22024
22025 #. type: Labeled list
22026 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:34
22027 #, no-wrap
22028 msgid "*-m*, *--max-size* _number_"
22029 msgstr "*-m*, *--max-size* _nombre_"
22030
22031 #. type: Plain text
22032 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:36
22033 msgid ""
22034 "Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be "
22035 "used when reading additional randomness from a file or device."
22036 msgstr ""
22037 "Ne lire que _nombre_ octets du _fichier_. Cette option est censée être "
22038 "utilisée lors de la lecture d’un aléa supplémentaire à partir d’un fichier "
22039 "ou périphérique."
22040
22041 #. type: Plain text
22042 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:38
22043 msgid ""
22044 "The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
22045 "KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the "
22046 "\"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the "
22047 "suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
22048 msgstr ""
22049 "L’argument _nombre_ peut être suivi des suffixes multiplicatifs KiB=1024, "
22050 "MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » "
22051 "est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB ») ou des suffixes "
22052 "KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB et YB."
22053
22054 #. type: Plain text
22055 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:41
22056 msgid ""
22057 "Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each "
22058 "source."
22059 msgstr ""
22060 "Informer des sources d’aléa, avec la quantité d’entropie lue de chaque "
22061 "source."
22062
22063 #. type: Plain text
22064 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:47
22065 msgid "_/dev/urandom_"
22066 msgstr "_/dev/urandom_"
22067
22068 #. type: Plain text
22069 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:49
22070 msgid "_/dev/random_"
22071 msgstr "_/dev/random_"
22072
22073 #. type: Plain text
22074 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:53
22075 msgid "It is assumed that none of the randomness sources will block."
22076 msgstr "Aucune source d’aléa n’est censée bloquer."
22077
22078 #. type: Plain text
22079 #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:60
22080 #, no-wrap
22081 msgid ""
22082 "*md5sum*(1),\n"
22083 "*X*(7),\n"
22084 "*xauth*(1),\n"
22085 "*rand*(3)\n"
22086 msgstr ""
22087 "*md5sum*(1),\n"
22088 "*X*(7),\n"
22089 "*xauth*(1),\n"
22090 "*rand*(3)\n"
22091
22092 #. type: Title =
22093 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:2
22094 #, no-wrap
22095 msgid "namei(1)"
22096 msgstr "namei(1)"
22097
22098 #. type: Plain text
22099 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:12
22100 msgid "namei - follow a pathname until a terminal point is found"
22101 msgstr "namei - Suivre un chemin jusqu'au premier point terminal"
22102
22103 #. type: Plain text
22104 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:16
22105 #, no-wrap
22106 msgid "*namei* [options] _pathname_...\n"
22107 msgstr "*namei* [options] _chemin_...\n"
22108
22109 #. type: Plain text
22110 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:20
22111 #, no-wrap
22112 msgid "*namei* interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file (symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). *namei* then follows each pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts following it, indenting the output to show the context.\n"
22113 msgstr "*namei* interprète ses paramètres comme des chemins vers n'importe quel type de fichier UNIX (liens symboliques, fichiers, répertoires, etc.). *namei* suit alors chaque chemin jusqu'à ce qu'un point final soit trouvé (un fichier, un répertoire, un nœud de périphérique, etc.). Si un lien symbolique est trouvé, celui-ci est affiché puis suivi, en indentant la sortie pour montrer le contexte.\n"
22114
22115 #. type: Plain text
22116 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:22
22117 msgid ""
22118 "This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" "
22119 "problems."
22120 msgstr ""
22121 "Ce programme est utile pour trouver les problèmes liés aux excès de niveaux "
22122 "de liens symboliques."
22123
22124 #. type: Plain text
22125 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:24
22126 msgid ""
22127 "For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify "
22128 "the file type found:"
22129 msgstr ""
22130 "Pour chaque ligne de sortie, *namei* utilise les caractères suivants pour "
22131 "identifier le type de fichier trouvé :"
22132
22133 #. type: delimited block .
22134 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:35
22135 #, no-wrap
22136 msgid ""
22137 "   f: = the pathname currently being resolved\n"
22138 "    d = directory\n"
22139 "    l = symbolic link (both the link and its contents are output)\n"
22140 "    s = socket\n"
22141 "    b = block device\n"
22142 "    c = character device\n"
22143 "    p = FIFO (named pipe)\n"
22144 "    - = regular file\n"
22145 "    ? = an error of some kind\n"
22146 msgstr ""
22147 "   f: = le chemin parcouru\n"
22148 "    d = répertoire\n"
22149 "    l = lien symbolique (le lien et son contenu sont affichés)\n"
22150 "    s = socket\n"
22151 "    b = périphérique bloc\n"
22152 "    c = périphérique caractère\n"
22153 "    p = FIFO (tube nommé)\n"
22154 "    - = fichier régulier\n"
22155 "    ? = erreur d'un type quelconque\n"
22156
22157 #. type: Plain text
22158 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:38
22159 #, no-wrap
22160 msgid "*namei* prints an informative message when the maximum number of symbolic links this system can have has been exceeded.\n"
22161 msgstr "*namei* affiche un message d'information lorsque le nombre maximal de liens symboliques possibles pour le système a été dépassé.\n"
22162
22163 #. type: Labeled list
22164 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:41
22165 #, no-wrap
22166 msgid "*-l*, *--long*"
22167 msgstr "*-l*, *--long*"
22168
22169 #. type: Plain text
22170 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:43
22171 msgid "Use the long listing format (same as *-m -o -v*)."
22172 msgstr "Utiliser le format de résultat long (comme *-m -o -v*)."
22173
22174 #. type: Labeled list
22175 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:44
22176 #, no-wrap
22177 msgid "*-m*, *--modes*"
22178 msgstr "*-m*, *--modes*"
22179
22180 #. type: Plain text
22181 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:46
22182 msgid ""
22183 "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example "
22184 "'rwxr-xr-x'."
22185 msgstr ""
22186 "Afficher les permissions de chaque fichier de manière similaire à *ls*(1). "
22187 "Par exemple\\ : «\\ rwxr-xr-x\\ »."
22188
22189 #. type: Labeled list
22190 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:47
22191 #, no-wrap
22192 msgid "*-n*, *--nosymlinks*"
22193 msgstr "*-n*, *--nosymlinks*"
22194
22195 #. type: Plain text
22196 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:49
22197 msgid "Don't follow symlinks."
22198 msgstr "Ne pas suivre les liens symboliques."
22199
22200 #. type: Labeled list
22201 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:50
22202 #, no-wrap
22203 msgid "*-o*, *--owners*"
22204 msgstr "*-o*, *--owners*"
22205
22206 #. type: Plain text
22207 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:52
22208 msgid "Show owner and group name of each file."
22209 msgstr "Afficher le propriétaire et le groupe de chaque fichier."
22210
22211 #. type: Plain text
22212 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:55
22213 msgid "Vertically align the modes and owners."
22214 msgstr "Aligner verticalement les modes et propriétaires."
22215
22216 #. type: Labeled list
22217 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:56
22218 #, no-wrap
22219 msgid "*-x*, *--mountpoints*"
22220 msgstr "*-x*, *--mountpoints*"
22221
22222 #. type: Plain text
22223 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:58
22224 msgid "Show mountpoint directories with a 'D' rather than a 'd'."
22225 msgstr ""
22226 "Afficher avec un «\\ D\\ » au lieu d'un «\\ d\\ » les répertoires servant de "
22227 "point de montage."
22228
22229 #. type: Plain text
22230 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:62
22231 msgid ""
22232 "Show security context of the file or \"?\" if not available.  The support "
22233 "for security contexts is optional and does not have to be compiled to the "
22234 "*namei* binary."
22235 msgstr ""
22236
22237 #. type: Plain text
22238 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:68
22239 msgid "To be discovered."
22240 msgstr "À découvrir."
22241
22242 #. type: Plain text
22243 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:72
22244 msgid ""
22245 "The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek."
22246 "com[Roger Southwick]."
22247 msgstr ""
22248 "Le programme original *namei* a été écrit par mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek."
22249 "com[Roger Southwick]."
22250
22251 #. type: Plain text
22252 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:74
22253 msgid ""
22254 "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
22255 msgstr ""
22256 "Le programme a été réécrit par Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
22257
22258 #. type: Plain text
22259 #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:80
22260 #, no-wrap
22261 msgid ""
22262 "*ls*(1),\n"
22263 "*stat*(1),\n"
22264 "*symlink*(7)\n"
22265 msgstr ""
22266 "*ls*(1),\n"
22267 "*stat*(1),\n"
22268 "*symlink*(7)\n"
22269
22270 #. type: Title =
22271 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:2
22272 #, no-wrap
22273 msgid "pipesz(1)"
22274 msgstr ""
22275
22276 #. type: Plain text
22277 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:12
22278 msgid "pipesz - set or examine pipe and FIFO buffer sizes"
22279 msgstr ""
22280
22281 #. type: Plain text
22282 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:16
22283 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22284 #| msgid "*runuser* [options] *-u* _user_ [[--] _command_ [_argument_...]]\n"
22285 msgid "*pipesz* [options] [--set _size_] [--] [_command_ [argument] ...]\n"
22286 msgstr "*runuser* [options] *-u* _utilisateur_ [[--] _commande_ [_paramètre_...]]\n"
22287
22288 #. type: Plain text
22289 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:18
22290 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22291 #| msgid "*ipcs* [options]\n"
22292 msgid "*pipesz* [options] --get\n"
22293 msgstr "*ipcs* [options]\n"
22294
22295 #. type: Plain text
22296 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:22
22297 msgid ""
22298 "Pipes and FIFOs maintain an internal buffer used to transfer data between "
22299 "the read end and the write end. In some cases, the default size of this "
22300 "internal buffer may not be appropriate. This program provides facilities to "
22301 "set and examine the size of these buffers."
22302 msgstr ""
22303
22304 #. type: Plain text
22305 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:24
22306 msgid ""
22307 "The *--set* operation sets pipe buffer sizes. If it is specified, it must be "
22308 "specified with an explicit _size_. Otherwise, it is implied and the size is "
22309 "read from */proc/sys/fs/pipe-max-size*. The kernel may adjust _size_ as "
22310 "described in *fcntl*(2). To determine the actual buffer sizes set, use the "
22311 "*--verbose* option. If neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, *--set* "
22312 "acts on standard output."
22313 msgstr ""
22314
22315 #. type: Plain text
22316 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:26
22317 msgid ""
22318 "The *--set* operation permits an optional _command_ to execute after setting "
22319 "the pipe buffer sizes. This command is executed with the adjusted pipes."
22320 msgstr ""
22321
22322 #. type: Plain text
22323 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:28
22324 msgid ""
22325 "The *--get* operation outputs data in a tabular format. The first column is "
22326 "the name of the pipe as passed to *pipesz*. File descriptors are named as "
22327 "\"fd _N_\". The second column is the size, in bytes, of the pipe's internal "
22328 "buffer. The third column is the number of unread bytes currently in the "
22329 "pipe. The columns are separated by tabs ('\\t', ASCII 09h). If *--verbose* "
22330 "is specified, a descriptive header is also emitted. If neither *--file* nor "
22331 "*--fd* are specified, *--get* acts on standard input."
22332 msgstr ""
22333
22334 #. type: Plain text
22335 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:30
22336 msgid ""
22337 "Unless the *--check* option is specified, *pipesz* does _not_ exit if it "
22338 "encounters an error while manipulating a file or file descriptor. This "
22339 "allows *pipesz* to be used generically without fear of disrupting the "
22340 "execution of pipelines should the type of certain files be later changed. "
22341 "For minimal disruption, the *--quiet* option prevents warnings from being "
22342 "emitted in these cases."
22343 msgstr ""
22344
22345 #. type: Plain text
22346 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:32
22347 msgid ""
22348 "The kernel imposes limits on the amount of pipe buffer space unprivileged "
22349 "processes can use, though see *BUGS* below. The kernel will also refuse to "
22350 "shrink a pipe buffer if this would cause a loss of buffered data. See "
22351 "*pipe*(7) for additional details."
22352 msgstr ""
22353
22354 #. type: Plain text
22355 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:34
22356 #, no-wrap
22357 msgid "*pipesz* supports specifying multiple short options consecutively, in the usual *getopt*(3) fashion. The first non-option argument is interpreted as _command_. If _command_ might begin with '-', use '--' to separate it from arguments to *pipesz*. In shell scripts, it is good practice to use '--' when parameter expansion is involved. *pipesz* itself does not read from standard input and does not write to standard output unless *--get*, *--help*, or *--version* are specified.\n"
22358 msgstr ""
22359
22360 #. type: Labeled list
22361 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:37
22362 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22363 #| msgid "*-s*, *--getsz*"
22364 msgid "*-g*, *--get*"
22365 msgstr "*-s*, *--getsz*"
22366
22367 #. type: Plain text
22368 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:39
22369 msgid ""
22370 "Report the size of pipe buffers to standard output and exit. As a special "
22371 "behavior, if neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, standard input is "
22372 "examined. It is an error to specify this option in combination with *--set*."
22373 msgstr ""
22374
22375 #. type: Labeled list
22376 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:40
22377 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22378 #| msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_"
22379 msgid "*-s*, *--set* _size_"
22380 msgstr "*-s*, *--size* _taille_"
22381
22382 #. type: Plain text
22383 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:42
22384 msgid ""
22385 "Set the size of the pipe buffers, in bytes. This option may be suffixed by "
22386 "_K_, _M_, _G_, _KiB_, _MiB_, or _GiB_ to indicate multiples of 1024. "
22387 "Fractional values are supported in this case. Additional suffixes are "
22388 "supported but are unlikely to be useful. If this option is not specified, a "
22389 "default value is used, as described above. If this option is specified "
22390 "multiple times, a warning is emitted and only the last-specified _size_ is "
22391 "used. As a special behavior, if neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, "
22392 "standard output is adjusted. It is an error to specify this option in "
22393 "combination with *--get*."
22394 msgstr ""
22395
22396 #. type: Labeled list
22397 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:43
22398 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22399 #| msgid "*-f*, *--issue-file* _path_"
22400 msgid "*-f*, *--file* _path_"
22401 msgstr "*-f*, *--issue-file* _chemin_"
22402
22403 #. type: Plain text
22404 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:45
22405 msgid ""
22406 "Set the buffer size of the FIFO or pipe at _path_, relative to the current "
22407 "working directory. You may specify this option multiple times to affect "
22408 "different files, and you may do so in combination with *--fd*. Generally, "
22409 "this option is used with FIFOs, but it will also operate on anonymous pipes "
22410 "such as those found in */proc/PID/fd*. Changes to the buffer size of FIFOs "
22411 "are not preserved across system restarts."
22412 msgstr ""
22413
22414 #. type: Labeled list
22415 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:46
22416 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22417 #| msgid "*-i*, *--id* _id_"
22418 msgid "*-n*, *--fd* _fd_"
22419 msgstr "*-i*, *--id* _ID_"
22420
22421 #. type: Plain text
22422 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:48
22423 msgid ""
22424 "Set the buffer size of the pipe or FIFO passed to *pipesz* as the specified "
22425 "file descriptor number. You may specify this option multiple times to affect "
22426 "different file descriptors, and you may do so in combination with *--file*. "
22427 "Shorthand options are provided for the common cases of fd 0 (stdin), fd 1 "
22428 "(stdout), and fd 2 (stderr). These should suffice in most cases."
22429 msgstr ""
22430
22431 #. type: Labeled list
22432 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:49
22433 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22434 #| msgid "*-i*, *--info*"
22435 msgid "*-i*, *--stdin*"
22436 msgstr "*-i*, *--info*"
22437
22438 #. type: Plain text
22439 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:51
22440 msgid "Shorthand for *--fd 0*."
22441 msgstr ""
22442
22443 #. type: Labeled list
22444 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:52
22445 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22446 #| msgid "*-o*, *--output*"
22447 msgid "*-o*, *--stdout*"
22448 msgstr "*-o*, *--output*"
22449
22450 #. type: Plain text
22451 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:54
22452 msgid "Shorthand for *--fd 1*."
22453 msgstr ""
22454
22455 #. type: Labeled list
22456 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:55
22457 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22458 #| msgid "*-s*, *--stderr*"
22459 msgid "*-e*, *--stderr*"
22460 msgstr "*-s*, *--stderr*"
22461
22462 #. type: Plain text
22463 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:57
22464 msgid "Shorthand for *--fd 2*."
22465 msgstr ""
22466
22467 #. type: Plain text
22468 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:60
22469 msgid ""
22470 "Exit, without executing _command_, in case of any error while manipulating a "
22471 "file or file descriptor. The default behavior if this is not specified is to "
22472 "emit a warning to standard error and continue."
22473 msgstr ""
22474
22475 #. type: Plain text
22476 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:63
22477 msgid ""
22478 "Do not diagnose non-fatal errors to standard error. This option does not "
22479 "affect the normal output of *--get*, *--verbose*, *--help*, or *--version*."
22480 msgstr ""
22481
22482 #. type: Plain text
22483 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:66
22484 msgid ""
22485 "If specified with *--get*, *pipesz* will emit a descriptive header above the "
22486 "table. Otherwise, if specified, *pipesz* will print the actual buffer sizes "
22487 "set by the kernel to standard error."
22488 msgstr ""
22489
22490 #. type: Labeled list
22491 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:71
22492 #, no-wrap
22493 msgid "*pipesz* *dd* if=_file_ bs=1M | ..."
22494 msgstr ""
22495
22496 #. type: Plain text
22497 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:73
22498 msgid ""
22499 "Runs *dd*(1) with an expanded standard output pipe, allowing it to avoid "
22500 "context switches when piping around large blocks."
22501 msgstr ""
22502
22503 #. type: Labeled list
22504 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:74
22505 #, no-wrap
22506 msgid "*pipesz* -s1M -cf _/run/my-service.fifo_"
22507 msgstr ""
22508
22509 #. type: Plain text
22510 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:76
22511 msgid ""
22512 "Sets the pipe buffer size of a service FIFO to 1,048,576 bytes. If the "
22513 "buffer size could not be set, *pipesz* exits with an error."
22514 msgstr ""
22515
22516 #. type: Labeled list
22517 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:77
22518 #, no-wrap
22519 msgid "*echo* hello | *pipesz* -g"
22520 msgstr ""
22521
22522 #. type: Plain text
22523 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:79
22524 msgid ""
22525 "Prints the size of pipe used by the shell to pass input to *pipesz*. Since "
22526 "*pipesz* does not read standard input, it may also report 6 unread bytes in "
22527 "the pipe, depending on relative timings."
22528 msgstr ""
22529
22530 #. type: Labeled list
22531 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:80
22532 #, no-wrap
22533 msgid "*find* /proc/_PID_/fd -exec *pipesz* -gqf '{}' ';'"
22534 msgstr ""
22535
22536 #. type: Plain text
22537 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:82
22538 msgid ""
22539 "Prints the size and number of unread bytes of all pipes in use by _PID_. If "
22540 "some pipes are routinely full, *pipesz* might be able to mitigate a "
22541 "processing bottleneck."
22542 msgstr ""
22543
22544 #. type: Plain text
22545 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:86
22546 msgid ""
22547 "Linux supports adjusting the size of pipe buffers since kernel 2.6.35. This "
22548 "release also introduced */proc/sys/fs/pipe-max-size*."
22549 msgstr ""
22550
22551 #. type: Plain text
22552 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:88
22553 msgid ""
22554 "This program uses *fcntl*(2) *F_GETPIPE_SZ*/*F_SETPIPE_SZ* to get and set "
22555 "pipe buffer sizes."
22556 msgstr ""
22557
22558 #. type: Plain text
22559 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:90
22560 msgid ""
22561 "This program uses *ioctl*(2) *FIONREAD* to report the amount of unread data "
22562 "in pipes. If for some reason this fails, the amount of unread data is "
22563 "reported as 0."
22564 msgstr ""
22565
22566 #. type: Plain text
22567 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:94
22568 msgid ""
22569 "Before Linux 4.9, some bugs affect how certain resource limits are enforced "
22570 "when setting pipe buffer sizes. See *pipe*(7) for details."
22571 msgstr ""
22572
22573 #. type: Plain text
22574 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:98
22575 msgid "mailto:nwsharp@live.com[Nathan Sharp]"
22576 msgstr ""
22577
22578 #. type: Plain text
22579 #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:102
22580 #, no-wrap
22581 msgid "*pipe*(7)\n"
22582 msgstr ""
22583
22584 #.  Written by Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
22585 #.  Placed in the public domain
22586 #. type: Title =
22587 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:4
22588 #, no-wrap
22589 msgid "rename(1)"
22590 msgstr "rename(1)"
22591
22592 #. type: Plain text
22593 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:14
22594 msgid "rename - rename files"
22595 msgstr "rename - Renommer des fichiers"
22596
22597 #. type: Plain text
22598 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:18
22599 #, no-wrap
22600 msgid "*rename* [options] _expression replacement file_...\n"
22601 msgstr "*rename [options] _expression remplacement fichier>_...\n"
22602
22603 #. type: Plain text
22604 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:22
22605 #, no-wrap
22606 msgid "*rename* will rename the specified files by replacing the first occurrence of _expression_ in their name by _replacement_.\n"
22607 msgstr "*rename* va renommer les __fichier__s indiqués en remplaçant la première occurrence d'__expression__ dans leur nom par _remplacement.\n"
22608
22609 #. type: Labeled list
22610 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:25
22611 #, no-wrap
22612 msgid "*-s*, *--symlink*"
22613 msgstr "*-s*, *--symlink*"
22614
22615 #. type: Plain text
22616 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:27
22617 #, fuzzy
22618 #| msgid "Do not rename a symlink but its target."
22619 msgid "Do not rename a symlink but change where it points."
22620 msgstr "Ne pas renommer un lien symbolique mais sa cible."
22621
22622 #. type: Plain text
22623 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:30
22624 msgid "Show which files were renamed, if any."
22625 msgstr "Montrer les fichiers renommés, s'il y en a."
22626
22627 #. type: Plain text
22628 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:33
22629 msgid "Do not make any changes; add *--verbose* to see what would be made."
22630 msgstr ""
22631 "Ne pas faire de changement ; ajoutez *--verbose* pour voir ce qui serait "
22632 "fait."
22633
22634 #. type: Plain text
22635 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:36
22636 msgid "Replace all occurrences of _expression_ rather than only the first one."
22637 msgstr ""
22638
22639 #. type: Labeled list
22640 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:37
22641 #, no-wrap
22642 msgid "*-l*, *--last*"
22643 msgstr "*-l*, *--last*"
22644
22645 #. type: Plain text
22646 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:39
22647 msgid "Replace the last occurrence of _expression_ rather than the first one."
22648 msgstr ""
22649
22650 #. type: Labeled list
22651 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:40
22652 #, no-wrap
22653 msgid "*-o*, *--no-overwrite*"
22654 msgstr "*-o*, *--no-overwrite*"
22655
22656 #. type: Plain text
22657 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:42
22658 msgid ""
22659 "Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not "
22660 "overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets."
22661 msgstr ""
22662 "Ne pas écraser les fichiers existants. Quand *--symlink* est actif, ne pas "
22663 "écraser les liens symboliques pointant vers des cibles existantes."
22664
22665 #. type: Labeled list
22666 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:43
22667 #, no-wrap
22668 msgid "*-i*, *--interactive*"
22669 msgstr "*-i*, *--interactive*"
22670
22671 #. type: Plain text
22672 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:45
22673 msgid "Ask before overwriting existing files."
22674 msgstr "Demander avant d'écraser des fichiers existants."
22675
22676 #. type: Plain text
22677 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:51
22678 msgid ""
22679 "The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options "
22680 "*--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission "
22681 "to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any "
22682 "questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is "
22683 "run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the "
22684 "command, unless you truly know what you are doing."
22685 msgstr ""
22686 "Le renommage n'a pas de garde-fou par défaut ou sans les options *--no-"
22687 "overwrite*, *--interactive* ou *--no-act*. Si l'utilisateur a le droit de "
22688 "réécrire les noms de fichier, la commande réalisera l'action sans question. "
22689 "Par exemple, le résultat peut être plutôt catastrophique si la commande est "
22690 "lancée en tant que superutilisateur dans le répertoire _/lib_. Faites "
22691 "toujours une sauvegarde avant de lancer la commande, à moins de vraiment "
22692 "savoir ce que vous faites."
22693
22694 #. type: Title ==
22695 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:52
22696 #, no-wrap
22697 msgid "EDGE CASES"
22698 msgstr ""
22699
22700 #. type: Plain text
22701 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:55
22702 msgid ""
22703 "If the _expression_ is empty, then by default _replacement_ will be added to "
22704 "the start of the filename. With *--all*, _replacement_ will be inserted in "
22705 "between every two characters of the filename, as well as at the start and "
22706 "end."
22707 msgstr ""
22708
22709 #. type: Plain text
22710 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:57
22711 msgid ""
22712 "Normally, only the final path component of a filename is updated. (Or with "
22713 "*--symlink*, only the final path component of the link.) But if either "
22714 "_expression_ or _replacement_ contains a _/_, the full path is updated. This "
22715 "can cause a file to be moved between folders. Creating folders, and moving "
22716 "files between filesystems, is not supported."
22717 msgstr ""
22718
22719 #. type: Title ==
22720 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:58
22721 #, no-wrap
22722 msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE"
22723 msgstr "MODE INTERACTIF"
22724
22725 #. type: Plain text
22726 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:61
22727 msgid ""
22728 "As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in "
22729 "short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you "
22730 "press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode "
22731 "however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To "
22732 "set cbreak mode, run for example:"
22733 msgstr ""
22734 "Comme la plupart des outils standards, *rename* peut être utilisé sur un "
22735 "terminal (tty en bref) en mode canonique, alors la ligne est stockée par le "
22736 "terminal et vous appuyez sur entrée pour valider la saisie de l'utilisateur. "
22737 "Cependant, si vous mettez votre terminal en mode cbreak, *rename* n'a besoin "
22738 "que d'un appui sur une seule touche pour répondre à l'invite. Pour passer en "
22739 "mode cbreak, lancez par exemple :"
22740
22741 #. type: delimited block .
22742 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:64
22743 #, no-wrap
22744 msgid "sh -c 'stty -icanon min 1; \"$0\" \"$@\"; stty icanon' rename -i from to files\n"
22745 msgstr "sh -c 'stty -icanon min 1; \"$0\" \"$@\"; stty icanon' rename -i fichiers_source\n"
22746
22747 #. type: Plain text
22748 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:70
22749 msgid "all requested rename operations were successful"
22750 msgstr "Toutes les opérations de renommage demandées ont réussi."
22751
22752 #. type: Plain text
22753 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:73
22754 msgid "all rename operations failed"
22755 msgstr "Toutes les opérations de renommage ont échoué."
22756
22757 #. type: Plain text
22758 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:76
22759 msgid "some rename operations failed"
22760 msgstr "Certaines opérations de renommage ont échoué."
22761
22762 #. type: Plain text
22763 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:79
22764 msgid "nothing was renamed"
22765 msgstr "Rien n’a été renommé."
22766
22767 #. type: Plain text
22768 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:82
22769 msgid "unanticipated error occurred"
22770 msgstr "Une erreur imprévue s'est produite."
22771
22772 #. type: Plain text
22773 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:86
22774 msgid ""
22775 "Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands"
22776 msgstr ""
22777 "Pour les fichiers _titi1_, ..., _titi9_, _titi10_, ..., _titi278_, les "
22778 "commandes"
22779
22780 #. type: delimited block .
22781 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:90
22782 #, no-wrap
22783 msgid ""
22784 "rename foo foo00 foo?\n"
22785 "rename foo foo0 foo??\n"
22786 msgstr ""
22787 "rename titi titi00 titi?\n"
22788 "rename titi titi0 titi??\n"
22789
22790 #. type: Plain text
22791 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:93
22792 msgid ""
22793 "will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And"
22794 msgstr ""
22795 "les transforment en _titi001_, ..., _titi009_, _titi010_, ..., _titi278_. Et"
22796
22797 #. type: delimited block .
22798 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:96
22799 #, no-wrap
22800 msgid "rename .htm .html *.htm\n"
22801 msgstr "rename .htm .html *.htm\n"
22802
22803 #. type: Plain text
22804 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:99
22805 msgid ""
22806 "will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for "
22807 "shortening:"
22808 msgstr ""
22809 "va corriger les extensions de vos fichiers HTML. Fournir une chaîne vide "
22810 "pour raccourcir :"
22811
22812 #. type: delimited block .
22813 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:102
22814 #, no-wrap
22815 msgid "rename '_with_long_name' '' file_with_long_name.*\n"
22816 msgstr "rename '_nom_long' '' fichier_nom_long.*\n"
22817
22818 #. type: Plain text
22819 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:105
22820 msgid "will remove the substring in the filenames."
22821 msgstr "supprimera la sous-chaîne dans les noms de fichier."
22822
22823 #. type: Plain text
22824 #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:109
22825 #, no-wrap
22826 msgid "*mv*(1)\n"
22827 msgstr "*mv*(1)\n"
22828
22829 #. Copyright 2007 by Theodore Ts'o.  All Rights Reserved.
22830 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
22831 #. type: Title =
22832 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:6
22833 #, no-wrap
22834 msgid "uuidd(8)"
22835 msgstr "uuidd(8)"
22836
22837 #. type: Plain text
22838 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:16
22839 msgid "uuidd - UUID generation daemon"
22840 msgstr "uuidd - Démon de génération d'UUID"
22841
22842 #. type: Plain text
22843 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:20
22844 #, no-wrap
22845 msgid "*uuidd* [options]\n"
22846 msgstr "*uuidd* [options]\n"
22847
22848 #. type: Plain text
22849 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:24
22850 msgid ""
22851 "The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally "
22852 "unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and "
22853 "guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads "
22854 "running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs."
22855 msgstr ""
22856 "Le démon *uuidd* est utilisé par la bibliothèque UUID pour générer des "
22857 "identifiants universels uniques (UUID), en particulier les UUID temporels de "
22858 "façon sécurisée et garantis uniques, même en présence d'un grand nombre de "
22859 "processus légers s'exécutant sur différents processeurs en essayant de "
22860 "saisir les UUID."
22861
22862 #. type: Labeled list
22863 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:27
22864 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
22865 #| msgid "*-o*, *--options* _opts_"
22866 msgid "*-C*, *--cont-clock*[=_time_]"
22867 msgstr "*-o*, *--options* _options_"
22868
22869 #. type: Plain text
22870 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:29
22871 msgid ""
22872 "Activate continuous clock handling for time based UUIDs. *uuidd* could use "
22873 "all possible clock values, beginning with the daemon's start time. The "
22874 "optional argument can be used to set a value for the max_clock_offset. This "
22875 "gurantees, that a clock value of a UUID will always be within the range of "
22876 "the max_clock_offset."
22877 msgstr ""
22878
22879 #. type: Plain text
22880 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:31
22881 msgid ""
22882 "The option '-C' or '--cont-clock' enables the feature with a default "
22883 "max_clock_offset of 2 hours."
22884 msgstr ""
22885
22886 #. type: Plain text
22887 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:33
22888 msgid ""
22889 "The option '-C<NUM>[hd]' or '--cont-clock=<NUM>[hd]' enables the feature "
22890 "with a max_clock_offset of NUM seconds. In case of an appended h or d, the "
22891 "NUM value is read in hours or days. The minimum value is 60 seconds, the "
22892 "maximum value is 365 days."
22893 msgstr ""
22894
22895 #. type: Labeled list
22896 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:88
22897 #, no-wrap
22898 msgid "*-d*, *--debug*"
22899 msgstr "*-d*, *--debug*"
22900
22901 # FIXME uuidd → B<uuidd>
22902 #. type: Plain text
22903 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:36
22904 #, fuzzy
22905 #| msgid ""
22906 #| "Run uuidd in debugging mode. This prevents uuidd from running as a daemon."
22907 msgid ""
22908 "Run *uuidd* in debugging mode. This prevents *uuidd* from running as a "
22909 "daemon."
22910 msgstr ""
22911 "Exécuter *uuidd* en mode de débogage. Cela empêche uuidd de fonctionner "
22912 "comme un démon."
22913
22914 #. type: Labeled list
22915 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:62
22916 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:138
22917 #, no-wrap
22918 msgid "*-F*, *--no-fork*"
22919 msgstr "*-F*, *--no-fork*"
22920
22921 #. type: Plain text
22922 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:39
22923 msgid "Do not daemonize using a double-fork."
22924 msgstr "Ne pas transformer en démon en utilisant un double fork()."
22925
22926 #. type: Labeled list
22927 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:40
22928 #, no-wrap
22929 msgid "*-k*, *--kill*"
22930 msgstr "*-k*, *--kill*"
22931
22932 #. type: Plain text
22933 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:42
22934 msgid "If currently a uuidd daemon is running, kill it."
22935 msgstr "Si un démon uuidd est déjà en cours d’exécution, le tuer."
22936
22937 #. type: Labeled list
22938 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:43
22939 #, no-wrap
22940 msgid "*-n*, *--uuids* _number_"
22941 msgstr "*-n*, *--uuids* _nombre_"
22942
22943 #. type: Plain text
22944 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:45
22945 msgid ""
22946 "When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of "
22947 "_number_ UUIDs."
22948 msgstr ""
22949 "Lors de l’envoi d’une demande de test à un *uuidd* en cours d’exécution, "
22950 "demander une réponse groupée de _nombre_ UUID."
22951
22952 #. type: Labeled list
22953 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:46
22954 #, no-wrap
22955 msgid "*-P*, *--no-pid*"
22956 msgstr "*-P*, *--no-pid*"
22957
22958 #. type: Plain text
22959 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:48
22960 msgid "Do not create a pid file."
22961 msgstr "Ne pas créer de fichier _pid_."
22962
22963 #. type: Labeled list
22964 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:49
22965 #, no-wrap
22966 msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _path_"
22967 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _chemin_"
22968
22969 #.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
22970 #. type: Plain text
22971 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:51
22972 msgid ""
22973 "Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the "
22974 "pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_."
22975 msgstr ""
22976 "Indiquer le nom de chemin où le fichier _pid_ devra être écrit. Par défaut, "
22977 "le fichier _pid_ est écrit dans _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_."
22978
22979 #. type: Plain text
22980 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:55
22981 msgid "Suppress some failure messages."
22982 msgstr "Supprimer certains messages d'échec."
22983
22984 #. type: Labeled list
22985 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:56 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:31
22986 #, no-wrap
22987 msgid "*-r*, *--random*"
22988 msgstr "*-r*, *--random*"
22989
22990 #. type: Plain text
22991 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:58
22992 msgid ""
22993 "Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to "
22994 "return a random-based UUID."
22995 msgstr ""
22996 "Tester uuidd en essayant de se connecter à un démon uuidd en cours "
22997 "d'exécution et attendre en retour un UUID aléatoire."
22998
22999 #. type: Labeled list
23000 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:59
23001 #, no-wrap
23002 msgid "*-S*, *--socket-activation*"
23003 msgstr "*-S*, *--socket-activation*"
23004
23005 #. type: Plain text
23006 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:61
23007 msgid ""
23008 "Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling "
23009 "process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to "
23010 "be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure "
23011 "option."
23012 msgstr ""
23013 "Ne pas créer de socket mais à la place attendre qu’il soit fourni par le "
23014 "processus appelant. Cela implique *--no-fork* et *--no-pid*. Cette option "
23015 "n’est supposée être utilisée qu’avec *systemd*(1). Elle doit être activée "
23016 "avec une option de configuration."
23017
23018 #. type: Labeled list
23019 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:62
23020 #, no-wrap
23021 msgid "*-s*, *--socket* _path_"
23022 msgstr "*-s*, *--socket* _chemin_"
23023
23024 #.  TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
23025 #. type: Plain text
23026 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:64
23027 msgid ""
23028 "Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the "
23029 "pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for "
23030 "debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* "
23031 "library."
23032 msgstr ""
23033 "Forcer uuidd à utiliser ce _chemin_ pour les sockets de domaine UNIX. Par "
23034 "défaut, le chemin est _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. C'est avant tout une "
23035 "option de débogage puisque le chemin est défini en dur dans la bibliothèque "
23036 "libuuid."
23037
23038 #. type: Labeled list
23039 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:66
23040 #, no-wrap
23041 msgid "*-T*, *--timeout* _number_"
23042 msgstr "*-T*, *--timeout* _délai_"
23043
23044 #. type: Plain text
23045 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:68
23046 msgid "Make *uuidd* exit after _number_ seconds of inactivity."
23047 msgstr "Forcer uuidd à quitter après _délai_ secondes d'inactivité."
23048
23049 #. type: Labeled list
23050 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:69 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:34
23051 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:74
23052 #, no-wrap
23053 msgid "*-t*, *--time*"
23054 msgstr "*-t*, *--time*"
23055
23056 #. type: Plain text
23057 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:71
23058 msgid ""
23059 "Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it "
23060 "to return a time-based UUID."
23061 msgstr ""
23062 "Tester *uuidd* en essayant de se connecter à un démon uuidd en cours "
23063 "d'exécution et attendre en retour un UUID temporel."
23064
23065 #. type: Plain text
23066 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:77
23067 msgid "Start up a daemon, print 42 random keys, and then stop the daemon:"
23068 msgstr ""
23069 "Démarrer un démon, afficher 42 clefs aléatoires puis arrêter le démon :"
23070
23071 #. type: delimited block .
23072 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:82
23073 #, no-wrap
23074 msgid ""
23075 "uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
23076 "uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
23077 "uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
23078 msgstr ""
23079 "uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
23080 "uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
23081 "uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
23082
23083 #. type: Plain text
23084 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:87
23085 msgid "The *uuidd* daemon was written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
23086 msgstr "Le démon *uuidd* a été écrit par mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
23087
23088 #. type: Plain text
23089 #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:92
23090 #, no-wrap
23091 msgid ""
23092 "*uuid*(3),\n"
23093 "*uuidgen*(1)\n"
23094 msgstr ""
23095 "*uuid*(3),\n"
23096 "*uuidgen*(1)\n"
23097
23098 #. Copyright 1999 Andreas Dilger (adilger@enel.ucalgary.ca)
23099 #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
23100 #. type: Title =
23101 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:6
23102 #, no-wrap
23103 msgid "uuidgen(1)"
23104 msgstr "uuidgen(1)"
23105
23106 #. type: Plain text
23107 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:16
23108 #, fuzzy
23109 #| msgid "uuid_copy - copy a UUID value"
23110 msgid "uuidgen - create a new UUID value"
23111 msgstr "uuid_copy - Copier une valeur d'UUID"
23112
23113 #. type: Plain text
23114 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:20
23115 #, no-wrap
23116 msgid "*uuidgen* [options]\n"
23117 msgstr "*uuidgen* [options]\n"
23118
23119 # NOTE: elemntary => elementary
23120 #. type: Plain text
23121 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:24
23122 #, fuzzy
23123 #| msgid ""
23124 #| "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 "
23125 #| "unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the "
23126 #| "universe according to Carl Sagan's I<Cosmos>).  The new UUID can "
23127 #| "reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local "
23128 #| "system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the "
23129 #| "future."
23130 msgid ""
23131 "The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique "
23132 "identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can "
23133 "reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, "
23134 "and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
23135 msgstr ""
23136 "L'UUID est long de 16 octets (128 bits), ce qui donne environ 3,4 x 10^38\\ "
23137 "valeurs uniques (il y a environ 10^80 particules élémentaires dans l'univers "
23138 "d'après le I<Cosmos> de Carl Sagan). Le nouvel UUID peut être "
23139 "raisonnablement considéré comme unique parmi tous les UUID créés localement "
23140 "sur le système, ainsi que parmi les UUID créés sur d'autres systèmes par le "
23141 "passé et dans le futur."
23142
23143 #. type: Plain text
23144 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:26
23145 msgid ""
23146 "There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based "
23147 "UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will "
23148 "generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is "
23149 "present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to "
23150 "force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--"
23151 "random* or *--time* options."
23152 msgstr ""
23153
23154 #. type: Plain text
23155 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:28
23156 msgid ""
23157 "The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, "
23158 "followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ "
23159 "may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known "
23160 "UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The "
23161 "_name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the "
23162 "concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 "
23163 "or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be "
23164 "useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex "
23165 "values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more "
23166 "information."
23167 msgstr ""
23168
23169 #. type: Plain text
23170 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:33
23171 msgid ""
23172 "Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly "
23173 "of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality "
23174 "random number generator, such as _/dev/random_."
23175 msgstr ""
23176
23177 #. type: Plain text
23178 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:36
23179 msgid ""
23180 "Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system "
23181 "clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present."
23182 msgstr ""
23183
23184 #. type: Labeled list
23185 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:39
23186 #, no-wrap
23187 msgid "*-m*, *--md5*"
23188 msgstr "*-m*, *--md5*"
23189
23190 #. type: Plain text
23191 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:41
23192 msgid "Use MD5 as the hash algorithm."
23193 msgstr ""
23194
23195 #. type: Labeled list
23196 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:42
23197 #, no-wrap
23198 msgid "*-s*, *--sha1*"
23199 msgstr "*-s*, *--sha1*"
23200
23201 #. type: Plain text
23202 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:44
23203 msgid "Use SHA1 as the hash algorithm."
23204 msgstr ""
23205
23206 #. type: Labeled list
23207 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:45
23208 #, no-wrap
23209 msgid "*-n*, *--namespace* _namespace_"
23210 msgstr ""
23211
23212 #. type: Plain text
23213 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:47
23214 msgid ""
23215 "Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or "
23216 "'@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name "
23217 "(see above)."
23218 msgstr ""
23219
23220 #. type: Labeled list
23221 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:48
23222 #, no-wrap
23223 msgid "*-N*, *--name* _name_"
23224 msgstr "*-N*, *--name* _nom_"
23225
23226 #. type: Plain text
23227 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:50
23228 msgid "Generate the hash of the _name_."
23229 msgstr ""
23230
23231 #. type: Labeled list
23232 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:51
23233 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23234 #| msgid "*-T*, *--timeout* _number_"
23235 msgid "*-C*, *--count* _num_"
23236 msgstr "*-T*, *--timeout* _délai_"
23237
23238 #. type: Plain text
23239 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:53
23240 msgid ""
23241 "Generate multiple UUIDs using the enhanced capability of the libuuid to "
23242 "cache time-based UUIDs, thus resulting in improved performance. However, "
23243 "this holds no significance for other UUID types."
23244 msgstr ""
23245
23246 #. type: Labeled list
23247 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:84
23248 #, no-wrap
23249 msgid "*-x*, *--hex*"
23250 msgstr "*-x*, *--hex*"
23251
23252 #. type: Plain text
23253 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:56
23254 msgid "Interpret name _name_ as a hexadecimal string."
23255 msgstr ""
23256
23257 #. type: Plain text
23258 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:60
23259 msgid "OSF DCE 1.1"
23260 msgstr "OSF DCE 1.1"
23261
23262 #. type: Plain text
23263 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:64
23264 msgid "uuidgen --sha1 --namespace @dns --name \"www.example.com\""
23265 msgstr ""
23266
23267 #. type: Plain text
23268 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:68
23269 #, no-wrap
23270 msgid "*uuidgen* was written by Andreas Dilger for *libuuid*(3).\n"
23271 msgstr ""
23272
23273 #. type: Plain text
23274 #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:74
23275 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23276 #| msgid ""
23277 #| "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
23278 #| "*libuuid*(3),\n"
23279 #| "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
23280 msgid ""
23281 "*uuidparse*(1),\n"
23282 "*libuuid*(3),\n"
23283 "link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
23284 msgstr ""
23285 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
23286 "*libuuid*(3),\n"
23287 "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
23288
23289 #.  Copyright (c) 2017 Sami Kerola
23290 #.  The 3-Clause BSD License
23291 #. type: Title =
23292 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:4
23293 #, no-wrap
23294 msgid "uuidparse(1)"
23295 msgstr "uuidparse(1)"
23296
23297 #. type: Plain text
23298 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:14
23299 msgid "uuidparse - a utility to parse unique identifiers"
23300 msgstr ""
23301
23302 #. type: Plain text
23303 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:18
23304 #, no-wrap
23305 msgid "*uuidparse* [options] _uuid_\n"
23306 msgstr "*uuidparse* [options] _UUID_\n"
23307
23308 #. type: Plain text
23309 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:22
23310 msgid ""
23311 "This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line "
23312 "arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated."
23313 msgstr ""
23314
23315 #. type: Title ===
23316 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:25
23317 #, no-wrap
23318 msgid "Variants"
23319 msgstr ""
23320
23321 #. type: Table
23322 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:33
23323 #, no-wrap
23324 msgid ""
23325 "|NCS |Network Computing System identifier. These were the original UUIDs.\n"
23326 "|DCE |The Open Software Foundation's (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment UUIDs.\n"
23327 "|Microsoft |Microsoft Windows platform globally unique identifier (GUID).\n"
23328 "|other |Unknown variant. Usually invalid input data.\n"
23329 msgstr ""
23330
23331 #. type: Title ===
23332 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:35
23333 #, no-wrap
23334 msgid "Types"
23335 msgstr ""
23336
23337 #. type: Table
23338 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:46
23339 #, no-wrap
23340 msgid ""
23341 "|nil |Special type for zero in type file.\n"
23342 "|time-based |The DCE time based.\n"
23343 "|DCE |The DCE time and MAC Address.\n"
23344 "|name-based |RFC 4122 md5sum hash.\n"
23345 "|random |RFC 4122 random.\n"
23346 "|sha1-based |RFC 4122 sha-1 hash.\n"
23347 "|unknown |Unknown type. Usually invalid input data.\n"
23348 msgstr ""
23349
23350 #. type: Labeled list
23351 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:33
23352 #, no-wrap
23353 msgid "*-o*, *--output*"
23354 msgstr "*-o*, *--output*"
23355
23356 #. type: Plain text
23357 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:67
23358 msgid "mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]"
23359 msgstr "mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]"
23360
23361 #. type: Plain text
23362 #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:73
23363 #, no-wrap
23364 msgid ""
23365 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
23366 "*libuuid*(3),\n"
23367 "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
23368 msgstr ""
23369 "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
23370 "*libuuid*(3),\n"
23371 "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
23372
23373 #. type: Title =
23374 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:2
23375 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23376 #| msgid "setsid(1)"
23377 msgid "waitpid(1)"
23378 msgstr "setsid(1)"
23379
23380 #. type: Plain text
23381 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:12
23382 msgid "waitpid - utility to wait for arbitrary processes"
23383 msgstr ""
23384
23385 #. type: Plain text
23386 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:16
23387 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23388 #| msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _seconds_"
23389 msgid "*waitpid* [-v] [*--timeout*|*-t* _seconds_] pid...\n"
23390 msgstr "*-t*, *--timeout* _secondes_"
23391
23392 #. type: Plain text
23393 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:20
23394 #, no-wrap
23395 msgid "*waitpid* is a simple command to wait for arbitrary non-child processes.\n"
23396 msgstr ""
23397
23398 #. type: Plain text
23399 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:23
23400 msgid ""
23401 "It exits after all processes whose PIDs have been passed as arguments have "
23402 "exited."
23403 msgstr ""
23404
23405 #. type: Plain text
23406 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:28
23407 #, fuzzy
23408 #| msgid "Be verbose."
23409 msgid "Be more verbose."
23410 msgstr "Sortie détaillée."
23411
23412 #. type: Plain text
23413 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:31
23414 #, fuzzy
23415 #| msgid "Maximum data size."
23416 msgid "Maximum wait time."
23417 msgstr "Taille maximale des données."
23418
23419 #. type: Labeled list
23420 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:32
23421 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23422 #| msgid "*-e*, *--ifexists*"
23423 msgid "*-e*, *--exited*"
23424 msgstr "*-e*, *--ifexists*"
23425
23426 #. type: Plain text
23427 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:34
23428 msgid "Don't error on already exited PIDs."
23429 msgstr ""
23430
23431 #. type: Labeled list
23432 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:92
23433 #, no-wrap
23434 msgid "*-c*, *--count* _count_"
23435 msgstr ""
23436
23437 #. type: Plain text
23438 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:37
23439 msgid "Number of process exits to wait for."
23440 msgstr ""
23441
23442 #. type: Plain text
23443 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:43
23444 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23445 #| msgid "B<kill> has the following return codes:"
23446 msgid "*waitpid* has the following exit status values:\n"
23447 msgstr "B<kill> comporte les codes de retour suivants :"
23448
23449 #. type: Plain text
23450 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:50
23451 msgid "system does not provide necessary functionality"
23452 msgstr ""
23453
23454 #. type: Plain text
23455 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:52
23456 msgid "timeout expired"
23457 msgstr ""
23458
23459 #. type: Plain text
23460 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:56
23461 msgid "mailto:thomas@t-8ch.de[Thomas WeiÃ\9fschuh]"
23462 msgstr ""
23463
23464 #. type: Plain text
23465 #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:60
23466 #, no-wrap
23467 msgid "*waitpid*(2) *wait*(1P)\n"
23468 msgstr ""
23469
23470 #
23471 #
23472 #
23473 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
23474 #. All rights reserved.
23475 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
23476 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
23477 #. are met:
23478 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
23479 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
23480 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
23481 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
23482 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
23483 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
23484 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
23485 #.     This product includes software developed by the University of
23486 #.     California, Berkeley and its contributors.
23487 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
23488 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
23489 #.    without specific prior written permission.
23490 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
23491 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
23492 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
23493 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
23494 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
23495 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
23496 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
23497 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
23498 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
23499 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
23500 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
23501 #. @(#)whereis.1 from UCB 4.2
23502 #. type: Title =
23503 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:36
23504 #, no-wrap
23505 msgid "whereis(1)"
23506 msgstr "whereis(1)"
23507
23508 #. type: Plain text
23509 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:46
23510 msgid ""
23511 "whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command"
23512 msgstr ""
23513 "whereis - Rechercher les fichiers exécutables, les sources et les pages de "
23514 "manuel d'une commande"
23515
23516 #. type: Plain text
23517 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:50
23518 #, no-wrap
23519 msgid "*whereis* [options] [*-BMS* _directory_... *-f*] _name_...\n"
23520 msgstr "*whereis* [options] [*-BMS* _répertoire_... *-f*] _nom_...\n"
23521
23522 #. type: Plain text
23523 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:54
23524 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23525 #| msgid "B<whereis> locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified command names.  The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext> (for example: B<.c>)  Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with.  B<whereis> then attempts to locate the desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by B<$PATH> and B<$MANPATH>."
23526 msgid "*whereis* locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified command names. The supplied names are *first stripped of leading pathname components*. Prefixes of *s.* resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with. *whereis* then attempts to locate the desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by *$PATH* and *$MANPATH*.\n"
23527 msgstr "B<whereis> recherche les fichiers binaires, de source et de manuel pour les I<nom>s de commande indiqués. Les noms des fichiers sont obtenus en supprimant le chemin d'accès et les extensions (uniques) éventuelles de la forme B<.>I<ext> (par exemple B<.c>). Les préfixes de la forme B<s.> utilisés pour le contrôle du code source sont également pris en charge. B<whereis> recherche le programme demandé aux endroits normalisés de Linux et aux endroits indiqués par B<$PATH> et B<$MANPATH>."
23528
23529 #. type: Plain text
23530 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:56
23531 msgid ""
23532 "The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and "
23533 "apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search "
23534 "restriction resets the search mask. For example,"
23535 msgstr ""
23536 "Les restrictions de recherche (option *-b*, *-m* et *-s*) sont cumulatives "
23537 "et s’appliquent aux motifs _nom_ suivants sur la ligne de commande. Toute "
23538 "nouvelle restriction de recherche réinitialise le masque de recherche. Par "
23539 "exemple,"
23540
23541 #. type: delimited block _
23542 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:59
23543 #, no-wrap
23544 msgid "*whereis -bm ls tr -m gcc*\n"
23545 msgstr "*whereis -bm ls tr -m gcc*\n"
23546
23547 #. type: Plain text
23548 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:62
23549 msgid ""
23550 "searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man "
23551 "pages only."
23552 msgstr ""
23553 "recherche les binaires et pages de manuel pour « ls » et « tr », mais "
23554 "seulement les pages de manuel pour « gcc »."
23555
23556 #. type: Plain text
23557 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:64
23558 msgid ""
23559 "The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ "
23560 "patterns. For example,"
23561 msgstr ""
23562 "Les options *-B*, *-M* et *-S* réinitialisent les chemins de recherche pour "
23563 "les motifs _nom_ suivants. Par exemple,"
23564
23565 #. type: delimited block _
23566 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:67
23567 #, no-wrap
23568 msgid "*whereis -m ls -M /usr/share/man/man1 -f cal*\n"
23569 msgstr "*whereis -m ls -M /usr/share/man/man1 -f cal*\n"
23570
23571 # NOTE: s/searchs/searches/
23572 #. type: Plain text
23573 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:70
23574 msgid ""
23575 "searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the "
23576 "_/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only."
23577 msgstr ""
23578 "recherche les pages de manuel « *ls* » dans tous les chemins par défaut, "
23579 "mais seulement dans le répertoire _/usr/share/man/man1_ pour « cal »."
23580
23581 #. type: Labeled list
23582 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:73
23583 #, no-wrap
23584 msgid "*-b*"
23585 msgstr "*-b*"
23586
23587 #. type: Plain text
23588 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:75
23589 msgid "Search for binaries."
23590 msgstr "Chercher les exécutables."
23591
23592 #. type: Labeled list
23593 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:76 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:69
23594 #, no-wrap
23595 msgid "*-m*"
23596 msgstr "*-m*"
23597
23598 #. type: Plain text
23599 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:78
23600 msgid "Search for manuals."
23601 msgstr "Chercher les manuels."
23602
23603 #. type: Plain text
23604 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:81
23605 msgid "Search for sources."
23606 msgstr "Chercher les sources."
23607
23608 #. type: Labeled list
23609 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:82
23610 #, no-wrap
23611 msgid "*-u*"
23612 msgstr "*-u*"
23613
23614 #. type: Plain text
23615 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:84
23616 msgid ""
23617 "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to "
23618 "be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested "
23619 "type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory "
23620 "which have no documentation file, or more than one."
23621 msgstr ""
23622 "Ne montrer que les noms de commande qui ont des entrées inhabituelles. Une "
23623 "commande est dite inhabituelle si elle n’a pas une seule entrée pour chaque "
23624 "type demandé explicitement. Ainsi, « *whereis -m -u **> » recherche les "
23625 "fichiers du répertoire actuel qui n'ont soit pas de fichier de "
23626 "documentation, soit plus d’un."
23627
23628 #. type: Labeled list
23629 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:85
23630 #, no-wrap
23631 msgid "*-B* _list_"
23632 msgstr "*-B* _liste_"
23633
23634 #. type: Plain text
23635 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:87
23636 msgid ""
23637 "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-"
23638 "separated list of directories."
23639 msgstr ""
23640 "Limiter les répertoires où *whereis* cherche les exécutables, à l’aide d’une "
23641 "liste de répertoires séparés par des espaces."
23642
23643 #. type: Labeled list
23644 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:88
23645 #, no-wrap
23646 msgid "*-M* _list_"
23647 msgstr "*-M* _liste_"
23648
23649 #. type: Plain text
23650 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:90
23651 msgid ""
23652 "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in "
23653 "Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
23654 msgstr ""
23655 "Limiter les répertoires où *whereis* cherche les manuels et la documentation "
23656 "au format Info, à l’aide d’une liste de répertoires séparés par des espaces."
23657
23658 #. type: Labeled list
23659 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:91
23660 #, no-wrap
23661 msgid "*-S* _list_"
23662 msgstr "*-S* _liste_"
23663
23664 #. type: Plain text
23665 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:93
23666 msgid ""
23667 "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-"
23668 "separated list of directories."
23669 msgstr ""
23670 "Limiter les répertoires où *whereis* cherche les sources, à l’aide d’une "
23671 "liste de répertoires séparés par des espaces."
23672
23673 #. type: Plain text
23674 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:96
23675 msgid ""
23676 "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ "
23677 "be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used."
23678 msgstr ""
23679 "Terminer la liste de répertoires et signaler le début des noms de fichiers. "
23680 "Cette option est _obligatoire_ quand une des options *-B*, *-M* ou *-S* est "
23681 "utilisée."
23682
23683 #. type: Plain text
23684 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:99
23685 msgid ""
23686 "Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none "
23687 "of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded "
23688 "paths that the command was able to find on the system."
23689 msgstr ""
23690 "Afficher la liste des chemins effectifs de recherche que *whereis* utilise. "
23691 "Si ni *-B*, ni *-M* ni *-S* ne sont indiquées, les chemins codés en dur que "
23692 "la commande a pu trouver sur le système seront affichés."
23693
23694 #. type: Labeled list
23695 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:100
23696 #, no-wrap
23697 msgid "*-g*"
23698 msgstr ""
23699
23700 #. type: Plain text
23701 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:102
23702 msgid ""
23703 "Interpret the next names as a *glob(7)* patterns. *whereis* always compares "
23704 "only filenames (aka basename) and never complete path. Using directory names "
23705 "in the pattern has no effect. Donâ\80\99t forget that the shell interprets the "
23706 "pattern when specified on the command line without quotes. Itâ\80\99s necessary to "
23707 "use quotes for the _name_, for example:"
23708 msgstr ""
23709
23710 #. type: delimited block _
23711 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:104
23712 #, no-wrap
23713 msgid "  whereis -g 'find*'\n"
23714 msgstr ""
23715
23716 #. type: Title ==
23717 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:108
23718 #, no-wrap
23719 msgid "FILE SEARCH PATHS"
23720 msgstr "CHEMINS DE RECHERCHE DE FICHIERS"
23721
23722 #. type: Plain text
23723 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:111
23724 msgid ""
23725 "By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are "
23726 "defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of "
23727 "*$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The "
23728 "easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. "
23729 "Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*."
23730 msgstr ""
23731 "Par défaut, *whereis* essaye de trouver les fichiers définis avec des motifs "
23732 "joker, dans les chemins codés en dur. La commande tente d’utiliser le "
23733 "contenu des variables d’environnement *$PATH* et *$MANPATH* comme chemins de "
23734 "recherche par défaut. La façon la plus facile de connaître les chemins "
23735 "utilisés est d’ajouter l’option d’affichage *-l*. Les effets de *-B*, *-M* "
23736 "et *-S* sont affichés avec *-l*."
23737
23738 #. type: Labeled list
23739 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:114
23740 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23741 #| msgid "WHEREIS_DEBUG=all"
23742 msgid "*WHEREIS_DEBUG*=all"
23743 msgstr "WHEREIS_DEBUG=all"
23744
23745 #. type: Plain text
23746 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:120
23747 msgid ""
23748 "To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ "
23749 "or have no source in _/usr/src_:"
23750 msgstr ""
23751 "Pour trouver tous les fichiers dans _/usr/bin_ non documentés dans _/usr/man/"
23752 "man1_ ou sans source dans _/usr/src_ :"
23753
23754 #. type: delimited block _
23755 #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:123
23756 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
23757 #| msgid "*cd /usr/bin* *whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f **\n"
23758 msgid ""
23759 "*cd /usr/bin* +\n"
23760 "*whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f **\n"
23761 msgstr "*cd /usr/bin* *whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f **\n"
23762
23763 #.  Copyright 2009 by Karel Zak.  All Rights Reserved.
23764 #.  This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
23765 #. type: Title =
23766 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:4
23767 #, no-wrap
23768 msgid "wipefs(8)"
23769 msgstr "wipefs(8)"
23770
23771 #. type: Plain text
23772 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:14
23773 msgid "wipefs - wipe a signature from a device"
23774 msgstr ""
23775
23776 #. type: Plain text
23777 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:18
23778 #, no-wrap
23779 msgid "*wipefs* [options] _device_...\n"
23780 msgstr "*wipefs* [options] _périphérique_...\n"
23781
23782 #. type: Plain text
23783 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:20
23784 #, no-wrap
23785 msgid "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-o* _offset device_...\n"
23786 msgstr ""
23787
23788 #. type: Plain text
23789 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:22
23790 #, no-wrap
23791 msgid "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-a* _device_...\n"
23792 msgstr "*wipefs* [*--backup*] *-a* _périphérique_...\n"
23793
23794 #. type: Plain text
23795 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:27
23796 #, no-wrap
23797 msgid "*wipefs* can erase filesystem, raid or partition-table signatures (magic strings) from the specified _device_ to make the signatures invisible for libblkid. *wipefs* does not erase the filesystem itself nor any other data from the device.\n"
23798 msgstr ""
23799
23800 #. type: Plain text
23801 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:29
23802 #, fuzzy
23803 #| msgid ""
23804 #| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
23805 #| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
23806 #| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
23807 #| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
23808 #| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
23809 msgid ""
23810 "When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and "
23811 "the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to "
23812 "change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your "
23813 "scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* "
23814 "_columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
23815 msgstr ""
23816 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
23817 "B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
23818 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
23819 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
23820 "utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
23821 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
23822
23823 #. type: Plain text
23824 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:31
23825 #, no-wrap
23826 msgid "*wipefs* calls the *BLKRRPART* ioctl when it has erased a partition-table signature to inform the kernel about the change. The ioctl is called as the last step and when all specified signatures from all specified devices are already erased. This feature can be used to wipe content on partitions devices as well as partition table on a disk device, for example by *wipefs -a /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdc*.\n"
23827 msgstr ""
23828
23829 #. type: Plain text
23830 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:33
23831 msgid ""
23832 "Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic "
23833 "strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since "
23834 "v2.31) lists all the offset where a magic strings have been detected."
23835 msgstr ""
23836
23837 #. type: Plain text
23838 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:35
23839 msgid ""
23840 "When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for "
23841 "*libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again "
23842 "after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found."
23843 msgstr ""
23844
23845 #. type: Plain text
23846 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:37
23847 msgid ""
23848 "Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-"
23849 "whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required."
23850 msgstr ""
23851
23852 #. type: Plain text
23853 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:42
23854 msgid ""
23855 "Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be "
23856 "restricted with the *-t* option."
23857 msgstr ""
23858
23859 #. type: Plain text
23860 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:45
23861 msgid ""
23862 "Create a signature backup to the file _$HOME/wipefs-<devname>-<offset>.bak_. "
23863 "For more details see the *EXAMPLE* section."
23864 msgstr ""
23865
23866 #. type: Plain text
23867 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:48
23868 msgid ""
23869 "Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order "
23870 "to erase a partition-table signature on a block device."
23871 msgstr ""
23872
23873 #. type: Plain text
23874 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:54
23875 msgid ""
23876 "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument "
23877 "_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument "
23878 "is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment "
23879 "variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, "
23880 "but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools."
23881 msgstr ""
23882 "Utiliser un verrou BSD exclusif pour le périphérique ou le fichier visé. "
23883 "L’argument facultatif _mode_ peut être *yes*, *no* (ou *1* et *0*) ou "
23884 "*nonblock*. Si cet argument est absent, sa valeur par défaut est *yes*. "
23885 "Cette option écrase la variable d’environnement *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. Le "
23886 "comportement par défaut est de n’utiliser aucun verrou, mais cela est "
23887 "recommandé pour éviter des collisions avec udevd ou d’autres outils."
23888
23889 #. type: Labeled list
23890 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:55
23891 #, no-wrap
23892 msgid "*-i*, *--noheadings*"
23893 msgstr "*-i*, *--noheadings*"
23894
23895 #. type: Labeled list
23896 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:58
23897 #, no-wrap
23898 msgid "*-O*, *--output* _list_"
23899 msgstr "*-O*, *--output* _liste_"
23900
23901 #. type: Plain text
23902 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:63
23903 msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the *write*(2) call."
23904 msgstr ""
23905
23906 #. type: Plain text
23907 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:66
23908 msgid ""
23909 "Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from "
23910 "the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number "
23911 "will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* "
23912 "options."
23913 msgstr ""
23914
23915 #. type: Plain text
23916 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:68
23917 msgid ""
23918 "The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
23919 "(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
23920 "(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or "
23921 "the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB "
23922 "and YB."
23923 msgstr ""
23924 "Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
23925 "multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
23926 "et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
23927 "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
23928 "ZB et YB."
23929
23930 #. type: Labeled list
23931 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:69
23932 #, no-wrap
23933 msgid "*-p*, *--parsable*"
23934 msgstr "*-p*, *--parsable*"
23935
23936 #. type: Plain text
23937 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:71
23938 msgid ""
23939 "Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially "
23940 "unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by "
23941 "'\\x'."
23942 msgstr ""
23943
23944 #. type: Plain text
23945 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:74
23946 msgid "Suppress any messages after a successful signature wipe."
23947 msgstr ""
23948
23949 #. type: Plain text
23950 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:77
23951 #, fuzzy
23952 #| msgid ""
23953 #| "Limit the set of printed filesystems.  More than one type may be "
23954 #| "specified in a comma-separated list.  The list of filesystem types can be "
23955 #| "prefixed with B<no> to specify the filesystem types on which no action "
23956 #| "should be taken.  For more details see B<mount>(8)."
23957 msgid ""
23958 "Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be "
23959 "specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be "
23960 "prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. "
23961 "For more details see *mount*(8)."
23962 msgstr ""
23963 "Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs types peuvent "
23964 "être indiqués, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de systèmes de "
23965 "fichiers peut être préfixée par B<no> pour indiquer les systèmes de fichiers "
23966 "pour lesquels aucune action ne doit être menée. Pour plus de précisions, "
23967 "consultez B<mount>(8)."
23968
23969 #. type: Plain text
23970 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:84
23971 msgid "enables *libblkid*(3) debug output."
23972 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libblkid*(3)."
23973
23974 #. type: Labeled list
23975 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:90
23976 #, no-wrap
23977 msgid "*wipefs /dev/sda**"
23978 msgstr "*wipefs /dev/sda**"
23979
23980 #. type: Plain text
23981 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:92
23982 #, fuzzy
23983 #| msgid "Toggle extra information about a partition."
23984 msgid "Prints information about sda and all partitions on sda."
23985 msgstr ""
23986 "Naviguer dans les informations supplémentaires à propos d’une partition."
23987
23988 #. type: Labeled list
23989 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:93
23990 #, no-wrap
23991 msgid "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*"
23992 msgstr "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*"
23993
23994 #. type: Plain text
23995 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:95
23996 msgid ""
23997 "Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature "
23998 "backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-<offset>.bak_ for each signature."
23999 msgstr ""
24000
24001 #. type: Labeled list
24002 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:96
24003 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24004 #| msgid "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
24005 msgid "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$\\((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
24006 msgstr "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
24007
24008 #. type: Plain text
24009 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:98
24010 msgid ""
24011 "Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438."
24012 "bak_."
24013 msgstr ""
24014
24015 #
24016 #
24017 #
24018 #
24019 #
24020 #. chrt(1) manpage
24021 #. Copyright (C) 2004 Robert Love
24022 #. Copyright (C) 2015 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
24023 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
24024 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
24025 #. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
24026 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
24027 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
24028 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
24029 #. intermediate and printed output.
24030 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
24031 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
24032 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
24033 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
24034 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
24035 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
24036 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
24037 #. type: Title =
24038 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:26
24039 #, no-wrap
24040 msgid "chrt(1)"
24041 msgstr "chrt(1)"
24042
24043 #. type: Plain text
24044 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:37
24045 msgid "chrt - manipulate the real-time attributes of a process"
24046 msgstr "chrt - Manipuler les attributs temps réel d'un processus"
24047
24048 #. type: Plain text
24049 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:41
24050 #, no-wrap
24051 msgid "*chrt* [options] _priority command argument_ ...\n"
24052 msgstr "*chrt* [options] _priorité commande paramètres_ ...\n"
24053
24054 #. type: Plain text
24055 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:43
24056 #, no-wrap
24057 msgid "*chrt* [options] *-p* [_priority_] _PID_\n"
24058 msgstr "*chrt* [options] *-p* [_priorité_] _PID_\n"
24059
24060 #. type: Plain text
24061 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:47
24062 #, no-wrap
24063 msgid "*chrt* sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes.\n"
24064 msgstr "*chrt* définit ou récupère les attributs d'ordonnancement en temps réel d'un _PID_ existant ou exécute la _commande_ avec les attributs fournis.\n"
24065
24066 #. type: Title ==
24067 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:48
24068 #, no-wrap
24069 msgid "POLICIES"
24070 msgstr "STRATÉGIES"
24071
24072 #. type: Labeled list
24073 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:50
24074 #, no-wrap
24075 msgid "*-o*, *--other*"
24076 msgstr "*-o*, *--other*"
24077
24078 # NOTE: s/ the/,/
24079 #. type: Plain text
24080 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:52
24081 #, fuzzy
24082 #| msgid ""
24083 #| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_OTHER>.  This is the default Linux "
24084 #| "scheduling policy."
24085 msgid ""
24086 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is "
24087 "the default Linux scheduling policy."
24088 msgstr ""
24089 "Définir la stratégie d’ordonnancement à *SCHED_OTHER*. Il s'agit de la "
24090 "stratégie d'ordonnancement par défaut de Linux."
24091
24092 #. type: Labeled list
24093 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:53
24094 #, no-wrap
24095 msgid "*-f*, *--fifo*"
24096 msgstr "*-f*, *--fifo*"
24097
24098 #. type: Plain text
24099 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:55
24100 #, fuzzy
24101 #| msgid "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_FIFO>."
24102 msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_FIFO* (first in-first out)."
24103 msgstr "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à *SCHED_FIFO*."
24104
24105 #. type: Labeled list
24106 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:56
24107 #, no-wrap
24108 msgid "*-r*, *--rr*"
24109 msgstr "*-r*, *--rr*"
24110
24111 # NOTE: s/ the/,/
24112 #. type: Plain text
24113 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:58
24114 #, fuzzy
24115 #| msgid ""
24116 #| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_RR>.  When no policy is defined, the "
24117 #| "B<SCHED_RR> is used as the default."
24118 msgid ""
24119 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy "
24120 "is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default."
24121 msgstr ""
24122 "Définir la stratégie d’ordonnancement à *SCHED_RR*. Quand la stratégie n’est "
24123 "pas définie, *SCHED_RR* est utilisée par défaut."
24124
24125 #. type: Labeled list
24126 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:59
24127 #, no-wrap
24128 msgid "*-b*, *--batch*"
24129 msgstr "*-b*, *--batch*"
24130
24131 #. type: Plain text
24132 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:61
24133 #, fuzzy
24134 #| msgid ""
24135 #| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_BATCH> (Linux-specific, supported since "
24136 #| "2.6.16).  The priority argument has to be set to zero."
24137 msgid ""
24138 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-"
24139 "specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to "
24140 "zero."
24141 msgstr ""
24142 "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à *SCHED_BATCH* (spécifique au système "
24143 "Linux, gérée depuis la version 2.6.16). L’argument _priorité_ doit être "
24144 "défini à zéro."
24145
24146 #. type: Labeled list
24147 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:62
24148 #, no-wrap
24149 msgid "*-i*, *--idle*"
24150 msgstr "*-i*, *--idle*"
24151
24152 #. type: Plain text
24153 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:64
24154 #, fuzzy
24155 #| msgid ""
24156 #| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_IDLE> (Linux-specific, supported since "
24157 #| "2.6.23).  The priority argument has to be set to zero."
24158 msgid ""
24159 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). "
24160 "Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set "
24161 "to zero."
24162 msgstr ""
24163 "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à *SCHED_IDLE* (spécifique au système "
24164 "Linux, gérée depuis la version 2.6.23). L’argument _priorité_ doit être "
24165 "défini à zéro."
24166
24167 #. type: Labeled list
24168 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:65
24169 #, no-wrap
24170 msgid "*-d*, *--deadline*"
24171 msgstr "*-d*, *--deadline*"
24172
24173 #. type: Plain text
24174 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:67
24175 #, fuzzy
24176 #| msgid ""
24177 #| "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_DEADLINE> (Linux-specific, supported "
24178 #| "since 3.14).  The priority argument has to be set to zero.  See also B<--"
24179 #| "sched-runtime>, B<--sched-deadline> and B<--sched-period>.  The relation "
24180 #| "between the options required by the kernel is runtime E<lt>= deadline "
24181 #| "E<lt>= period.  B<chrt> copies I<period> to I<deadline> if B<--sched-"
24182 #| "deadline> is not specified and I<deadline> to I<runtime> if B<--sched-"
24183 #| "runtime> is not specified.  It means that at least B<--sched-period> has "
24184 #| "to be specified.  See B<sched>(7)  for more details."
24185 msgid ""
24186 "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline "
24187 "scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has "
24188 "to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--"
24189 "sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is "
24190 "runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--"
24191 "sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-"
24192 "runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be "
24193 "specified. See *sched*(7) for more details."
24194 msgstr ""
24195 "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à *SCHED_DEADLINE* (spécifique au "
24196 "système Linux, prise en charge depuis la version 3.14). L'argument de "
24197 "priorité doit être réglé à zéro. Voir aussi *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-"
24198 "deadline* et *--sched-period*. La relation entre les options exigée par le "
24199 "noyau est : runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copie _période_ dans "
24200 "_délai_ si *--sched-deadline* n'est pas spécifié et _délai_ dans "
24201 "_période_exécution_ si *--sched-runtime* n'est pas spécifié. Cela veut dire "
24202 "qu'au moins *--sched-period* doit être spécifié. Voir *sched*(7) pour plus "
24203 "de détails."
24204
24205 #. type: Title ==
24206 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:68
24207 #, no-wrap
24208 msgid "SCHEDULING OPTIONS"
24209 msgstr "OPTIONS D'ORDONNANCEMENT"
24210
24211 #. type: Labeled list
24212 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:70
24213 #, no-wrap
24214 msgid "*-T*, *--sched-runtime* _nanoseconds_"
24215 msgstr "*-T*, *--sched-runtime* _nanosecondes_"
24216
24217 #. type: Plain text
24218 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:72
24219 msgid ""
24220 "Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
24221 msgstr ""
24222 "Spécifier le paramètre d'exécution pour la stratégie *SCHED_DEADLINE* "
24223 "(spécifique au système Linux)."
24224
24225 #. type: Labeled list
24226 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:73
24227 #, no-wrap
24228 msgid "*-P*, *--sched-period* _nanoseconds_"
24229 msgstr "*-P*, *--sched-period* _nanosecondes_"
24230
24231 #. type: Plain text
24232 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:75
24233 #, fuzzy
24234 #| msgid ""
24235 #| "Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
24236 msgid ""
24237 "Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific). "
24238 "Note that the kernel's lower limit is 100 milliseconds."
24239 msgstr ""
24240 "Spécifier le paramètre de la période pour la stratégie *SCHED_DEADLINE* "
24241 "(spécifique au système Linux)."
24242
24243 #. type: Labeled list
24244 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:76
24245 #, no-wrap
24246 msgid "*-D*, *--sched-deadline* _nanoseconds_"
24247 msgstr "*-D*, *--sched-deadline* _nanosecondes_"
24248
24249 #. type: Plain text
24250 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:78
24251 msgid ""
24252 "Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
24253 msgstr ""
24254 "Spécifier le paramètre de la date limite pour la stratégie *SCHED_DEADLINE* "
24255 "(spécifique au système Linux)."
24256
24257 #. type: Labeled list
24258 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:79 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:84
24259 #, no-wrap
24260 msgid "*-R*, *--reset-on-fork*"
24261 msgstr "*-R*, *--reset-on-fork*"
24262
24263 #. type: Plain text
24264 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:81
24265 #, fuzzy
24266 #| msgid ""
24267 #| "Add B<SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK> flag to the B<SCHED_FIFO> or B<SCHED_RR> "
24268 #| "scheduling policy (Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.31)."
24269 msgid ""
24270 "Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-"
24271 "specific, supported since 2.6.31."
24272 msgstr ""
24273 "Ajouter l’attribut B<SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK> aux stratégies d'ordonnancement "
24274 "B<SCHED_FIFO> ou B<SCHED_RR> (spécifique au système Linux, géré depuis la "
24275 "version 2.6.31)."
24276
24277 #. type: Plain text
24278 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:83
24279 msgid ""
24280 "Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, "
24281 "children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. "
24282 "After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the "
24283 "thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child "
24284 "processes created by *fork*(2)."
24285 msgstr ""
24286
24287 #. type: Plain text
24288 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:85
24289 msgid ""
24290 "More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules "
24291 "apply for subsequently created children:"
24292 msgstr ""
24293
24294 #. type: Plain text
24295 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:87
24296 msgid ""
24297 "If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, "
24298 "the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes."
24299 msgstr ""
24300 "Si le thread appelant a une politique d'ordonnancement *SCHED_FIFO* ou "
24301 "*SCHED_RR*, la politique pour les processus enfant est réinitialisée à "
24302 "*SCHED_OTHER*."
24303
24304 #. type: Plain text
24305 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:89
24306 msgid ""
24307 "If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to "
24308 "zero in child processes."
24309 msgstr ""
24310 "Si le processus appelant a une valeur de politesse négative, elle est mise à "
24311 "zéro pour les processus enfant."
24312
24313 #. type: Labeled list
24314 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:92 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:71
24315 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:75
24316 #, no-wrap
24317 msgid "*-a*, *--all-tasks*"
24318 msgstr "*-a*, *--all-tasks*"
24319
24320 #. type: Plain text
24321 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:94
24322 msgid ""
24323 "Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a "
24324 "given PID."
24325 msgstr ""
24326 "Définir ou récupérer les attributs d'ordonnancement de toutes les tâches "
24327 "(threads) d'un _PID_ donné."
24328
24329 #. type: Labeled list
24330 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:95
24331 #, no-wrap
24332 msgid "*-m*, *--max*"
24333 msgstr "*-m*, *--max*"
24334
24335 #. type: Plain text
24336 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:97
24337 msgid "Show minimum and maximum valid priorities, then exit."
24338 msgstr "Afficher les priorités minimales et maximales, puis quitter."
24339
24340 #. type: Plain text
24341 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:100 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:79
24342 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:80
24343 msgid "Operate on an existing PID and do not launch a new task."
24344 msgstr "Agir sur un _PID_ existant et ne pas lancer de nouvelle tâche."
24345
24346 #. type: Plain text
24347 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:103 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:89
24348 msgid "Show status information."
24349 msgstr "Montrer les informations d'état."
24350
24351 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
24352 #. type: Labeled list
24353 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:109 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:95
24354 #, no-wrap
24355 msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command{colon}"
24356 msgstr "Le comportement par défaut est d'exécuter une nouvelle commande {colon}"
24357
24358 #. type: delimited block _
24359 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:112
24360 #, no-wrap
24361 msgid "*chrt* _priority_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
24362 msgstr "*chrt* _priorité_ _commande_ [_paramètres_]\n"
24363
24364 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated
24365 #. type: Labeled list
24366 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:114
24367 #, no-wrap
24368 msgid "You can also retrieve the real-time attributes of an existing task{colon}"
24369 msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi récupérer les attributs temps réel d'une tâche existante {colon}"
24370
24371 #. type: delimited block _
24372 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:117
24373 #, no-wrap
24374 msgid "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
24375 msgstr "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
24376
24377 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
24378 #. type: Labeled list
24379 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:119 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:103
24380 #, no-wrap
24381 msgid "Or set them{colon}"
24382 msgstr "ou les définir {colon}"
24383
24384 #. type: delimited block _
24385 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:122
24386 #, no-wrap
24387 msgid "*chrt -r -p* _priority PID_\n"
24388 msgstr "*chrt -r -p* _priorité PID_\n"
24389
24390 #. type: Labeled list
24391 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:123
24392 #, no-wrap
24393 msgid "This, for example, sets real-time scheduling to priority _30_ for the process _PID_ with the *SCHED_RR* (round-robin) class{colon}"
24394 msgstr ""
24395
24396 #. type: delimited block _
24397 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:126
24398 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24399 #| msgid "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
24400 msgid "*chrt -r -p 30* _PID_\n"
24401 msgstr "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
24402
24403 #. type: Labeled list
24404 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:127
24405 #, no-wrap
24406 msgid "Reset priorities to default for a process{colon}"
24407 msgstr ""
24408
24409 #. type: delimited block _
24410 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:130
24411 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24412 #| msgid "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
24413 msgid "*chrt -o -p 0* _PID_\n"
24414 msgstr "*chrt -p* _PID_\n"
24415
24416 #. type: Plain text
24417 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:132
24418 #, fuzzy
24419 #| msgid "See *sched*(7) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
24420 msgid ""
24421 "See *sched*(7) for a detailed discussion of the different scheduler classes "
24422 "and how they interact."
24423 msgstr ""
24424 "Consultez *sched*(7) pour une description de l'organisation de "
24425 "l'ordonnancement de Linux."
24426
24427 #. type: Title ==
24428 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:133 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:104
24429 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:110
24430 #, no-wrap
24431 msgid "PERMISSIONS"
24432 msgstr "PERMISSIONS"
24433
24434 #. type: Plain text
24435 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:136 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:113
24436 msgid ""
24437 "A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a "
24438 "process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information."
24439 msgstr ""
24440 "Un utilisateur doit posséder la capacité *CAP_SYS_NICE* afin de modifier les "
24441 "attributs d'ordonnancement d'un processus. N'importe quel utilisateur peut "
24442 "récupérer les informations d'ordonnancement."
24443
24444 #. type: Plain text
24445 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:140
24446 msgid ""
24447 "Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b "
24448 "Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some "
24449 "systems."
24450 msgstr ""
24451 "Seules *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* et *SCHED_RR* font partie de la norme "
24452 "POSIX 1003.1b d’ordonnancement de processus. Les autres attributs "
24453 "d'ordonnancement pourraient être ignorés sur d'autres systèmes."
24454
24455 #. type: Plain text
24456 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:142
24457 msgid "Linux' default scheduling policy is *SCHED_OTHER*."
24458 msgstr "La stratégie d’ordonnancement par défaut sous Linux est *SCHED_OTHER*."
24459
24460 #. type: Plain text
24461 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:147
24462 msgid "mailto:rml@tech9.net[Robert Love], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
24463 msgstr "mailto:rml@tech9.net[Robert Love], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
24464
24465 #. type: Plain text
24466 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:154 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:136
24467 #, no-wrap
24468 msgid ""
24469 "*nice*(1),\n"
24470 "*renice*(1),\n"
24471 "*taskset*(1),\n"
24472 "*sched*(7)\n"
24473 msgstr ""
24474 "*nice*(1),\n"
24475 "*renice*(1),\n"
24476 "*taskset*(1),\n"
24477 "*sched*(7)\n"
24478
24479 #. type: Plain text
24480 #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:156
24481 msgid ""
24482 "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
24483 msgstr ""
24484 "Consultez *sched_setscheduler*(2) pour une description de l'organisation de "
24485 "l'ordonnancement de Linux."
24486
24487 #. type: Title =
24488 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:2
24489 #, no-wrap
24490 msgid "ionice(1)"
24491 msgstr "ionice(1)"
24492
24493 #. type: Plain text
24494 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:13
24495 msgid "ionice - set or get process I/O scheduling class and priority"
24496 msgstr ""
24497 "ionice - Obtenir ou définir la classe et la priorité d'ordonnancement des "
24498 "entrées et sorties d'un processus"
24499
24500 #. type: Plain text
24501 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:17
24502 #, no-wrap
24503 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-p* _PID_\n"
24504 msgstr "*ionice* [*-c* _classe_] [*-n* _niveau_] [*-t*] *-p* _PID_\n"
24505
24506 #. type: Plain text
24507 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:19
24508 #, no-wrap
24509 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-P* _PGID_\n"
24510 msgstr "*ionice* [*-c* _classe_] [*-n* _niveau_] [*-t*] *-P* _PGID_\n"
24511
24512 #. type: Plain text
24513 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:21
24514 #, no-wrap
24515 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] *-u* _UID_\n"
24516 msgstr "*ionice* [*-c* _classe_] [*-n* _niveau_] [*-t*] *-u* _UID_\n"
24517
24518 #. type: Plain text
24519 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:23
24520 #, no-wrap
24521 msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] _command_ [argument] ...\n"
24522 msgstr "*ionice* [*-c* _classe_] [*-n* _niveau_] [*-t*] _commande_ [argument] ...\n"
24523
24524 #. type: Plain text
24525 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:27
24526 msgid ""
24527 "This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a "
24528 "program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the "
24529 "current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process."
24530 msgstr ""
24531 "Ce programme définit ou lit la priorité et la classe d'ordonnancement des "
24532 "entrées et sorties d'un programme. S'il n'y a pas de paramètre ou si seul *-"
24533 "p* est donné, *ionice* demandera la classe et la priorité actuelle "
24534 "d'ordonnancement d'entrées et sorties pour ce processus."
24535
24536 #. type: Plain text
24537 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:29
24538 msgid ""
24539 "When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given "
24540 "arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with "
24541 "the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4."
24542 msgstr ""
24543 "Si la _commande_ est fournie, *ionice* exécutera cette commande avec les "
24544 "arguments fournis. Si aucune _classe_ n'est indiquée, la _commande_ sera "
24545 "exécutée avec la classe d'ordonnancement *au mieux*. Le niveau de priorité "
24546 "par défaut est 4."
24547
24548 #. type: Plain text
24549 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:31
24550 msgid ""
24551 "As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:"
24552 msgstr ""
24553 "Un processus peut appartenir à l'une de ces trois classes d'ordonnancement : "
24554
24555 #. type: Labeled list
24556 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:32
24557 #, no-wrap
24558 msgid "*Idle*"
24559 msgstr "*Au ralenti (« idle »)*"
24560
24561 #. type: Plain text
24562 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:34
24563 msgid ""
24564 "A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no "
24565 "other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact "
24566 "of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This "
24567 "scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this "
24568 "scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)."
24569 msgstr ""
24570 "Un programme s'exécutant avec une priorité d'entrées et sorties *au ralenti* "
24571 "n'obtiendra du temps pour accéder au disque que si aucun autre programme ne "
24572 "demande des entrées et sorties sur les disques pendant une période donnée. "
24573 "L'impact d'un processus avec une classe d'ordonnancement d'entrées et "
24574 "sorties *au ralenti* sur l'activité normale du système devrait être nul. "
24575 "Cette classe d'ordonnancement de processus ne prend pas de priorité en "
24576 "paramètre. Cette classe d'ordonnancement est permise pour un simple "
24577 "utilisateur (depuis Linux 2.6.25)."
24578
24579 #. type: Labeled list
24580 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:35
24581 #, no-wrap
24582 msgid "*Best-effort*"
24583 msgstr "*Au mieux (« best-effort »)*"
24584
24585 #. type: Plain text
24586 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:37
24587 msgid ""
24588 "This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked "
24589 "for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from "
24590 "_0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the "
24591 "same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion."
24592 msgstr ""
24593 "C'est la classe d'ordonnancement par défaut pour chaque processus qui n'a "
24594 "pas demandé une priorité spécifique d'entrées et sorties. Les programmes "
24595 "héritent des paramètres de politesse (« nice ») du processeur pour les "
24596 "priorités d'entrées et sorties. Cette classe prend une priorité en paramètre "
24597 "dans la gamme _0-7_, où un nombre plus bas sera d'une priorité plus haute. "
24598 "Les programmes en cours d’exécution ayant la même priorité *au mieux* sont "
24599 "servis les uns après les autres."
24600
24601 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
24602 #. type: Plain text
24603 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:39
24604 msgid ""
24605 "Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O "
24606 "priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler "
24607 "will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The "
24608 "priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the "
24609 "CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5."
24610 msgstr ""
24611 "Notez qu'avant le noyau 2.6.26, un processus qui n'a pas demandé de priorité "
24612 "d'entrées et sorties utilise la classe d'ordonnancement « *none* » (aucune), "
24613 "mais l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et sorties traitera un tel processus comme "
24614 "s'il était de la classe *au mieux*. La priorité dans la classe *au mieux* "
24615 "sera dynamiquement dérivée du niveau de politesse processeur du processus "
24616 "d'entrées et sorties : « io_priority » = (politesse_cpu + 20) / 5."
24617
24618 #. type: Plain text
24619 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:42
24620 msgid ""
24621 "For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not "
24622 "asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O "
24623 "priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before "
24624 "kernel 2.6.26)."
24625 msgstr ""
24626 "Pour les noyaux postérieurs à 2.6.26 avec l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et "
24627 "sorties CFQ, un processus qui n'a pas demandé de priorité d'entrées et "
24628 "sorties hérite de la classe d'ordonnancement de son processeur. La priorité "
24629 "d'entrées et sorties est dérivée du niveau de politesse processeur du "
24630 "processus d'entrées et sorties (comme avant le noyau 2.6.26)."
24631
24632 #. type: Labeled list
24633 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:43
24634 #, no-wrap
24635 msgid "*Realtime*"
24636 msgstr "*Temps réel (« realtime »)*"
24637
24638 #. type: Plain text
24639 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:45
24640 msgid ""
24641 "The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of "
24642 "what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with "
24643 "some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, "
24644 "8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process "
24645 "will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not "
24646 "permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user."
24647 msgstr ""
24648 "La classe d'ordonnancement *temps réel* donne d'abord l'accès au disque, "
24649 "sans se soucier des autres exécutions sur le système. De ce fait, la classe "
24650 "*temps réel* doit être utilisée avec attention, car elle peut « affamer » "
24651 "d'autres processus. Comme la classe *au mieux*, 8 niveaux de priorité sont "
24652 "définis dénotant la période de temps qu'un processus donné recevra dans "
24653 "chaque fenêtre d'ordonnancement. Cette classe d'ordonnancement n'est pas "
24654 "permise pour un simple utilisateur (c'est-à-dire, non superutilisateur)."
24655
24656 #. type: Labeled list
24657 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:48
24658 #, no-wrap
24659 msgid "*-c*, *--class* _class_"
24660 msgstr "*-c*, *--class* _classe_"
24661
24662 #. type: Plain text
24663 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:50
24664 msgid ""
24665 "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` "
24666 "for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle."
24667 msgstr ""
24668 "Indiquer le nom ou le numéro de la classe d'ordonnancement à utiliser : _0_ "
24669 "pour aucune, _1_ pour _temps réel_, _2_ pour _au mieux_, _3_ pour _au "
24670 "ralenti_."
24671
24672 #. type: Labeled list
24673 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:51
24674 #, no-wrap
24675 msgid "*-n*, *--classdata* _level_"
24676 msgstr "*-n*, *--classdata* _niveau_"
24677
24678 #. type: Plain text
24679 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:53
24680 msgid ""
24681 "Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class "
24682 "accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data "
24683 "(priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level."
24684 msgstr ""
24685 "Indiquer les données de la classe d'ordonnancement. Cela n'a d'effet que si "
24686 "la classe accepte un paramètre. Pour les classes *temps réel* et *au mieux*, "
24687 "les données valables sont dans l'intervalle _0-7_ (niveaux de priorité) et "
24688 "_0_ représente le niveau de priorité le plus élevé."
24689
24690 #. type: Labeled list
24691 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:54
24692 #, no-wrap
24693 msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_..."
24694 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_..."
24695
24696 #. type: Plain text
24697 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:56
24698 msgid ""
24699 "Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the "
24700 "scheduling parameters."
24701 msgstr ""
24702 "Indiquer les identifiants de processus des processus en cours d'exécution "
24703 "desquels obtenir ou définir les paramètres d'ordonnancement."
24704
24705 #. type: Labeled list
24706 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:57
24707 #, no-wrap
24708 msgid "*-P*, *--pgid* _PGID_..."
24709 msgstr "*-P*, *--pgid* _PGID_..."
24710
24711 #. type: Plain text
24712 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:59
24713 msgid ""
24714 "Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set "
24715 "the scheduling parameters."
24716 msgstr ""
24717 "Indiquer les identifiants de groupe de processus des processus en cours "
24718 "d'exécution desquels obtenir ou définir les paramètres d'ordonnancement."
24719
24720 #. type: Labeled list
24721 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:60
24722 #, no-wrap
24723 msgid "*-t*, *--ignore*"
24724 msgstr "*-t*, *--ignore*"
24725
24726 #. type: Plain text
24727 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:62
24728 msgid ""
24729 "Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, "
24730 "run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling "
24731 "priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel "
24732 "version."
24733 msgstr ""
24734 "Ignorer les échecs de définition de la priorité demandée. Si _commande_ "
24735 "était fournie, le programme est exécuté même s'il n'était pas possible de "
24736 "définir la priorité d'ordonnancement demandée, ce qui peut arriver à cause "
24737 "de droits insuffisants ou d'une vieille version du noyau."
24738
24739 #. type: Labeled list
24740 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:63
24741 #, no-wrap
24742 msgid "*-u*, *--uid* _UID_..."
24743 msgstr "*-u*, *--uid* _UID_..."
24744
24745 #. type: Plain text
24746 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:65
24747 msgid ""
24748 "Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the "
24749 "scheduling parameters."
24750 msgstr ""
24751 "Indiquer les identifiants d’utilisateur de processus des processus en cours "
24752 "d'exécution desquels obtenir ou définir les paramètres d'ordonnancement."
24753
24754 #. type: Plain text
24755 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:71
24756 msgid ""
24757 "Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the "
24758 "CFQ I/O scheduler."
24759 msgstr ""
24760 "Linux prend en charge des priorités et classes d'ordonnancement d'entrées et "
24761 "sorties depuis 2.6.13 avec l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et sorties CFQ."
24762
24763 #. type: Plain text
24764 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:75
24765 msgid "# *ionice* -c 3 -p 89"
24766 msgstr "# *ionice* -c 3 -p 89"
24767
24768 #. type: Plain text
24769 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:77
24770 msgid "Sets process with PID 89 as an idle I/O process."
24771 msgstr ""
24772 "Définit le processus avec le PID 89 comme un processus de la classe "
24773 "d'entrées et sorties *au ralenti*."
24774
24775 #. type: Plain text
24776 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:79
24777 msgid "# *ionice* -c 2 -n 0 bash"
24778 msgstr "# *ionice* -c 2 -n 0 bash"
24779
24780 #. type: Plain text
24781 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:81
24782 msgid "Runs 'bash' as a best-effort program with highest priority."
24783 msgstr ""
24784 "Exécute « bash » comme un programme *au mieux* avec la priorité la plus "
24785 "élevée."
24786
24787 #. type: Plain text
24788 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:83
24789 msgid "# *ionice* -p 89 91"
24790 msgstr "# *ionice* -p 89 91"
24791
24792 #. type: Plain text
24793 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:85
24794 msgid "Prints the class and priority of the processes with PID 89 and 91."
24795 msgstr "Renvoie la classe et la priorité des processus des PID 89 et 91."
24796
24797 #. type: Plain text
24798 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:90
24799 msgid "mailto:jens@axboe.dk[Jens Axboe], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
24800 msgstr "mailto:jens@axboe.dk[Jens Axboe], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
24801
24802 #. type: Plain text
24803 #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:94
24804 #, no-wrap
24805 msgid "*ioprio_set*(2)\n"
24806 msgstr "*ioprio_set*(2)\n"
24807
24808 #
24809 #
24810 #
24811 #
24812 #. taskset(1) manpage
24813 #. Copyright (C) 2004 Robert Love
24814 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
24815 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
24816 #. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
24817 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
24818 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
24819 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
24820 #. intermediate and printed output.
24821 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
24822 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
24823 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
24824 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
24825 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
24826 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
24827 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
24828 #. type: Title =
24829 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:24
24830 #, no-wrap
24831 msgid "taskset(1)"
24832 msgstr "taskset(1)"
24833
24834 #. type: Plain text
24835 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:36
24836 msgid "taskset - set or retrieve a process's CPU affinity"
24837 msgstr "taskset - Définir ou récupérer l'affinité processeur d'un processus"
24838
24839 #. type: Plain text
24840 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:40
24841 #, no-wrap
24842 msgid "*taskset* [options] _mask command_ [_argument_...]\n"
24843 msgstr "*taskset* [options] _masque commande_ [_paramètre_...]\n"
24844
24845 #. type: Plain text
24846 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:42
24847 #, no-wrap
24848 msgid "*taskset* [options] *-p* [_mask_] _pid_\n"
24849 msgstr "*taskset* [options] *-p* [_masque_] _PID_\n"
24850
24851 #. type: Plain text
24852 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:46
24853 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24854 #| msgid "The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful only in certain applications."
24855 msgid "The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful only in certain applications.   The affinity of some processes like kernel per-CPU threads cannot be set.\n"
24856 msgstr "*taskset* est généralement utilisé pour récupérer ou définir l'affinité processeur d'un processus en cours d'exécution en donnant son _PID_ ou pour lancer une nouvelle _commande_ avec une affinité processeur fournie. L'affinité processeur est une propriété de l'ordonnanceur qui « lie » un processus à un ensemble de processeurs donné sur un système. L'ordonnanceur de Linux respectera l'affinité processeur et le processus ne s'exécutera sur aucun autre processeur. Notez que l'ordonnanceur Linux gère également l'affinité processeur dite « naturelle » : l'ordonnanceur essaie de maintenir les processus sur le même processeur tant que cela a du sens pour des raisons de performances. Ainsi, forcer une affinité processeur spécifique n'est utile que dans certaines applications."
24857
24858 #. type: Plain text
24859 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:48
24860 msgid ""
24861 "The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit "
24862 "corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit "
24863 "corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given "
24864 "system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask "
24865 "will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. "
24866 "If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on "
24867 "the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in "
24868 "hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--"
24869 "cpu-list* option. For example,"
24870 msgstr ""
24871 "L'affinité du processeur est représentée par un _masque_ binaire, avec le "
24872 "bit de poids le plus faible correspondant au premier processeur logique et "
24873 "le bit de poids le plus fort au dernier processeur logique. Tous les "
24874 "processeurs peuvent ne pas exister dans un système donné, mais un _masque_ "
24875 "peut indiquer plus de processeurs que ceux qui sont présents. Un _masque_ "
24876 "récupéré n'aura que les bits correspondants aux processeurs présents "
24877 "physiquement sur le système. Si un _masque_ erroné est fourni (c'est-à-dire, "
24878 "un _masque_ qui correspond à un processeur absent sur le système actuel) une "
24879 "erreur est alors renvoyée. Les masques peuvent être codés en hexadécimal "
24880 "(avec ou sans un « 0x » en tête) ou sous la forme d'une liste de processeurs "
24881 "avec l'option *--cpu-list*. Par exemple :"
24882
24883 #. type: Labeled list
24884 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:49
24885 #, no-wrap
24886 msgid "*0x00000001*"
24887 msgstr "*0x00000001*"
24888
24889 #. type: Plain text
24890 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:51
24891 msgid "is processor #0,"
24892 msgstr "correspond au processeur nº 0 ;"
24893
24894 #. type: Labeled list
24895 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:52
24896 #, no-wrap
24897 msgid "*0x00000003*"
24898 msgstr "*0x00000003*"
24899
24900 #. type: Plain text
24901 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:54
24902 msgid "is processors #0 and #1,"
24903 msgstr "correspond aux processeurs nº 0 et nº 1 ;"
24904
24905 #. type: Labeled list
24906 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:55
24907 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
24908 #| msgid "*0xFFFFFFFF*"
24909 msgid "*FFFFFFFF*"
24910 msgstr "*0xFFFFFFFF*"
24911
24912 #. type: Plain text
24913 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:57
24914 msgid "is processors #0 through #31,"
24915 msgstr "correspond aux processeurs du nº 0 au nº 31 ;"
24916
24917 #. type: Labeled list
24918 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:58
24919 #, no-wrap
24920 msgid "*0x32*"
24921 msgstr ""
24922
24923 #. type: Plain text
24924 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:60
24925 msgid "is processors #1, #4, and #5,"
24926 msgstr "correspond aux processeurs nº 1, nº 4 et nº 5 ;"
24927
24928 #. type: Labeled list
24929 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:61
24930 #, no-wrap
24931 msgid "*--cpu-list 0-2,6*"
24932 msgstr "*--cpu-list 0-2,6*"
24933
24934 #. type: Plain text
24935 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:63
24936 msgid "is processors #0, #1, #2, and #6."
24937 msgstr "correspond aux processeurs nº 0, nº 1, nº 2 et nº 6 ;"
24938
24939 #. type: Labeled list
24940 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:64
24941 #, no-wrap
24942 msgid "*--cpu-list 0-10:2*"
24943 msgstr "*--cpu-list 0-10:2*"
24944
24945 #. type: Plain text
24946 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:66
24947 msgid ""
24948 "is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride "
24949 "in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list."
24950 msgstr ""
24951 "correspond aux processeurs nº 0, nº 2, nº 4, nº 6, nº 8 et nº 10. Le suffixe "
24952 "« :N » spécifie la raison de l'intervalle : par exemple _0-10:3_ est "
24953 "interprété comme la liste _0,3,6,9_."
24954
24955 #. type: Plain text
24956 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:68
24957 msgid ""
24958 "When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been "
24959 "scheduled to a legal CPU."
24960 msgstr ""
24961 "Lorsque *taskset* répond, il est garanti que le programme donné a été dirigé "
24962 "vers un processeur existant."
24963
24964 #. type: Plain text
24965 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:73
24966 msgid ""
24967 "Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
24968 msgstr ""
24969 "Définir ou récupérer l'affinité processeur de toutes les tâches (threads) "
24970 "d'un PID donné."
24971
24972 #. type: Labeled list
24973 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:74
24974 #, no-wrap
24975 msgid "*-c*, *--cpu-list*"
24976 msgstr "*-c*, *--cpu-list*"
24977
24978 #. type: Plain text
24979 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:76
24980 msgid ""
24981 "Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. "
24982 "Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: "
24983 "*0,5,8-11*."
24984 msgstr ""
24985 "Interpréter _masque_ comme une liste numérique de processeurs au lieu d'un "
24986 "masque binaire. Les nombres sont séparés par des virgules, et peuvent "
24987 "comprendre des intervalles. Par exemple : *0,5,8-11*."
24988
24989 #. type: Title ==
24990 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:82 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:92
24991 #, no-wrap
24992 msgid "USAGE"
24993 msgstr "UTILISATION"
24994
24995 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
24996 #. type: Labeled list
24997 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:85
24998 #, no-wrap
24999 msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command with a given affinity mask{colon}"
25000 msgstr "Le comportement par défaut est d'exécuter une nouvelle commande avec un masque d'affinité donné {colon}"
25001
25002 #. type: Plain text
25003 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:87
25004 #, no-wrap
25005 msgid "*taskset* _mask_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
25006 msgstr "*taskset* _mask_ _commande_ [_paramètres_]\n"
25007
25008 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
25009 #. type: Labeled list
25010 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:89
25011 #, no-wrap
25012 msgid "You can also retrieve the CPU affinity of an existing task{colon}"
25013 msgstr "Vous pouvez également récupérer l'affinité processeur d'une tâche existante {colon}"
25014
25015 #. type: Plain text
25016 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:91
25017 #, no-wrap
25018 msgid "*taskset -p* _pid_\n"
25019 msgstr "*taskset -p* _PID_\n"
25020
25021 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
25022 #. type: Labeled list
25023 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:93
25024 #, no-wrap
25025 msgid "Or set it{colon}"
25026 msgstr "ou la modifier {colon}"
25027
25028 #. type: Plain text
25029 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:95
25030 #, no-wrap
25031 msgid "*taskset -p* _mask pid_\n"
25032 msgstr "*taskset -p* _masque PID_\n"
25033
25034 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
25035 #. type: Labeled list
25036 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:97
25037 #, no-wrap
25038 msgid "When a cpu-list is specified for an existing process, the *-p* and *-c* options must be grouped together{colon}"
25039 msgstr ""
25040
25041 #. type: Plain text
25042 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:99
25043 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25044 #| msgid "*taskset -p* _mask pid_\n"
25045 msgid "*taskset -pc* _cpu-list pid_\n"
25046 msgstr "*taskset -p* _masque PID_\n"
25047
25048 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
25049 #. type: Labeled list
25050 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:101
25051 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25052 #| msgid "The default behavior is to run a new command{colon}"
25053 msgid "The *--cpu-list* form is applicable only for launching new commands{colon}"
25054 msgstr "Le comportement par défaut est d'exécuter une nouvelle commande {colon}"
25055
25056 #. type: Plain text
25057 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:103
25058 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25059 #| msgid "*taskset -p* _pid_\n"
25060 msgid "*taskset --cpu-list* _cpu-list command_\n"
25061 msgstr "*taskset -p* _PID_\n"
25062
25063 #. type: Plain text
25064 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:107
25065 msgid ""
25066 "A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. "
25067 "A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process "
25068 "belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any "
25069 "process."
25070 msgstr ""
25071 "Un utilisateur peut modifier l’affinité processeur d’un processus lui "
25072 "appartenant. Un utilisateur doit posséder la capacité *CAP_SYS_NICE* pour "
25073 "modifier l'affinité processeur d'un processus appartenant à un autre "
25074 "utilisateur. Un utilisateur peut récupérer le masque d'affinité de n’importe "
25075 "quel processus."
25076
25077 #. type: Plain text
25078 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:111
25079 #, no-wrap
25080 msgid "*taskset* returns 0 in its affinity-getting mode as long as the provided PID exists.\n"
25081 msgstr ""
25082
25083 #. type: Plain text
25084 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:113
25085 #, no-wrap
25086 msgid "*taskset* returns 0 in its affinity-setting mode as long as the underlying *sched_setaffinity*(2) system call does.  The success of the command does not guarantee that the specified thread has actually migrated to the indicated CPU(s), but only that the thread will not migrate to a CPU outside the new affinity mask.  For example, the affinity of the kernel thread kswapd can be set, but the thread may not immediately migrate and is not guaranteed to ever do so:\n"
25087 msgstr ""
25088
25089 #. type: Plain text
25090 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:125
25091 #, no-wrap
25092 msgid ""
25093 "$ ps ax -o comm,psr,pid | grep kswapd +\n"
25094 "kswapd0           4      82 +\n"
25095 "$ sudo taskset -p 1 82 +\n"
25096 "pid 82's current affinity mask: 1 +\n"
25097 "pid 82's new affinity mask: 1 +\n"
25098 "$ echo $? +\n"
25099 "0 +\n"
25100 "$ ps ax -o comm,psr,pid | grep kswapd +\n"
25101 "kswapd0           4      82 +\n"
25102 "$ taskset -p 82 +\n"
25103 "pid 82's current affinity mask: 1 +\n"
25104 msgstr ""
25105
25106 #. type: Plain text
25107 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:127
25108 msgid ""
25109 "In contrast, when the user specifies an illegal affinity, taskset will print "
25110 "an error and return 1:"
25111 msgstr ""
25112
25113 #. type: Plain text
25114 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:135
25115 #, no-wrap
25116 msgid ""
25117 "$ ps ax -o comm,psr,pid | grep ksoftirqd/0 +\n"
25118 "ksoftirqd/0       0      14 +\n"
25119 "$ sudo taskset -p 1 14 +\n"
25120 "pid 14's current affinity mask: 1 +\n"
25121 "taskset: failed to set pid 14's affinity: Invalid argument +\n"
25122 "$ echo $? +\n"
25123 "1 +\n"
25124 msgstr ""
25125
25126 #. type: Plain text
25127 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:139
25128 msgid "Written by Robert M. Love."
25129 msgstr "Écrit par Robert M. Love."
25130
25131 #. type: Title ==
25132 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:140 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:72
25133 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:126
25134 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:66 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:83
25135 #, no-wrap
25136 msgid "COPYRIGHT"
25137 msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
25138
25139 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
25140 #. type: Plain text
25141 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:144
25142 msgid ""
25143 "Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the "
25144 "source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
25145 "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
25146 msgstr ""
25147 "Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. C'est un logiciel libre ; "
25148 "consultez les sources pour les conditions de copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE "
25149 "garantie ; même pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION "
25150 "PARTICULIÈRE."
25151
25152 #. type: Plain text
25153 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:152
25154 #, no-wrap
25155 msgid ""
25156 "*chrt*(1),\n"
25157 "*nice*(1),\n"
25158 "*renice*(1),\n"
25159 "*sched_getaffinity*(2),\n"
25160 "*sched_setaffinity*(2)\n"
25161 msgstr ""
25162 "*chrt*(1),\n"
25163 "*nice*(1),\n"
25164 "*renice*(1),\n"
25165 "*sched_getaffinity*(2),\n"
25166 "*sched_setaffinity*(2)\n"
25167
25168 #. type: Plain text
25169 #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:154
25170 msgid "See *sched*(7) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
25171 msgstr ""
25172 "Consultez *sched*(7) pour une description de l'organisation de "
25173 "l'ordonnancement de Linux."
25174
25175 #
25176 #
25177 #
25178 #
25179 #
25180 #. uclampset(1) manpage
25181 #. Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Qais Yousef <qyousef@layalina.io>
25182 #. Copyright (C) 2020-2021 Arm Ltd
25183 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
25184 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
25185 #. version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
25186 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
25187 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
25188 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
25189 #. intermediate and printed output.
25190 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
25191 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
25192 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
25193 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
25194 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
25195 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
25196 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
25197 #. type: Title =
25198 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:26
25199 #, no-wrap
25200 msgid "uclampset(1)"
25201 msgstr "uclampset(1)"
25202
25203 #. type: Plain text
25204 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:38
25205 #, fuzzy
25206 #| msgid "chrt - manipulate the real-time attributes of a process"
25207 msgid ""
25208 "uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or "
25209 "a process"
25210 msgstr "chrt - Manipuler les attributs temps réel d'un processus"
25211
25212 #. type: Plain text
25213 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:42
25214 #, no-wrap
25215 msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max] _command argument_\n"
25216 msgstr ""
25217
25218 #. type: Plain text
25219 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:44
25220 #, no-wrap
25221 msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max_] *-p* _PID_\n"
25222 msgstr ""
25223
25224 #. type: Plain text
25225 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:48
25226 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25227 #| msgid "B<chrt> sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an existing I<pid>, or runs I<command> with the given attributes."
25228 msgid "*uclampset* sets or retrieves the utilization clamping attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes.\n"
25229 msgstr "B<chrt> définit ou récupère les attributs d'ordonnancement en temps réel d'un I<PID> existant ou exécute la I<commande> avec les attributs fournis."
25230
25231 #. type: Plain text
25232 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:50
25233 msgid ""
25234 "Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the "
25235 "scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be "
25236 "operating at."
25237 msgstr ""
25238
25239 #. type: Plain text
25240 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:52
25241 msgid ""
25242 "The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. "
25243 "Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the "
25244 "time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other "
25245 "cpufreq governors support."
25246 msgstr ""
25247
25248 #. type: Plain text
25249 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:54
25250 msgid ""
25251 "If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. "
25252 "Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted "
25253 "such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then "
25254 "the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core."
25255 msgstr ""
25256
25257 #. type: Plain text
25258 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:56
25259 msgid ""
25260 "Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little "
25261 "cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the "
25262 "actual utilization of the task is at max."
25263 msgstr ""
25264
25265 #. type: Plain text
25266 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:58
25267 msgid ""
25268 "Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost "
25269 "the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value."
25270 msgstr ""
25271
25272 #. type: Plain text
25273 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:60
25274 msgid ""
25275 "By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the "
25276 "task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value."
25277 msgstr ""
25278
25279 #. type: Plain text
25280 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:62
25281 msgid ""
25282 "The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to "
25283 "reset to system's default."
25284 msgstr ""
25285
25286 #. type: Plain text
25287 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:64
25288 msgid "Consult latest kernel documentation for more details:"
25289 msgstr ""
25290
25291 #. type: Plain text
25292 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:66
25293 #, no-wrap
25294 msgid "\thttps://kernel.org/doc/html/latest/scheduler/sched-util-clamp.html\n"
25295 msgstr ""
25296
25297 #. type: Plain text
25298 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:71
25299 msgid "Set _util_min_ value."
25300 msgstr ""
25301
25302 #. type: Plain text
25303 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:74
25304 msgid "Set _util_max_ value."
25305 msgstr ""
25306
25307 #. type: Plain text
25308 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:77
25309 #, fuzzy
25310 #| msgid ""
25311 #| "Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for "
25312 #| "a given PID."
25313 msgid ""
25314 "Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks "
25315 "(threads) for a given PID."
25316 msgstr ""
25317 "Définir ou récupérer les attributs d'ordonnancement de toutes les tâches "
25318 "(threads) d'un I<PID> donné."
25319
25320 #. type: Labeled list
25321 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:81
25322 #, no-wrap
25323 msgid "*-s*, *--system*"
25324 msgstr "*-s*, *--system*"
25325
25326 #. type: Plain text
25327 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:83
25328 msgid "Set or retrieve the system-wide utilization clamping attributes."
25329 msgstr ""
25330
25331 #. type: Plain text
25332 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:86
25333 msgid "Set *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag."
25334 msgstr ""
25335
25336 #. type: Plain text
25337 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:97
25338 #, no-wrap
25339 msgid "*uclampset* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
25340 msgstr ""
25341
25342 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
25343 #. type: Labeled list
25344 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:99
25345 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25346 #| msgid "You can also retrieve the real-time attributes of an existing task:"
25347 msgid "You can also retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of an existing task{colon}"
25348 msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi récupérer les attributs temps réel d'une tâche existante :"
25349
25350 #. type: Plain text
25351 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:101
25352 #, no-wrap
25353 msgid "*uclampset -p* _PID_\n"
25354 msgstr "*uclampset -p* _PID_\n"
25355
25356 #. type: Plain text
25357 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:105
25358 #, no-wrap
25359 msgid "*uclampset -p* _PID_ _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_\n"
25360 msgstr ""
25361
25362 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
25363 #. type: Labeled list
25364 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:107
25365 #, no-wrap
25366 msgid "Or control the system-wide attributes{colon}"
25367 msgstr ""
25368
25369 #. type: Plain text
25370 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:109
25371 #, no-wrap
25372 msgid "*uclampset -s* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_\n"
25373 msgstr ""
25374
25375 #. type: Plain text
25376 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:117
25377 msgid ""
25378 "The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the "
25379 "_allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and "
25380 "_uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp "
25381 "values for their task across the full range [0:1024]."
25382 msgstr ""
25383
25384 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
25385 #. type: Labeled list
25386 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:119
25387 #, no-wrap
25388 msgid "For example{colon}"
25389 msgstr "Par exemple {colon}"
25390
25391 #. type: Plain text
25392 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:121
25393 #, no-wrap
25394 msgid "*uclampset -s* `-m 512` `-M 700`\n"
25395 msgstr "*uclampset -s* `-m 512` `-M 700`\n"
25396
25397 #. type: Plain text
25398 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:123
25399 msgid ""
25400 "will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in "
25401 "the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the "
25402 "maximum performance of the system to 700."
25403 msgstr ""
25404
25405 #. type: Plain text
25406 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:125
25407 msgid ""
25408 "Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel."
25409 msgstr ""
25410
25411 #. type: Plain text
25412 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:129
25413 msgid "mailto:qyousef@layalina.io[Qais Yousef]"
25414 msgstr "mailto:qyousef@layalina.io[Qais Yousef]"
25415
25416 #. type: Plain text
25417 #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:138
25418 msgid ""
25419 "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the "
25420 "Linux scheduling scheme."
25421 msgstr ""
25422 "Consultez *sched_setscheduler*(2) et *sched_setattr*(2) pour une description "
25423 "de l'organisation de l'ordonnancement de Linux."
25424
25425 #. type: Title =
25426 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:2
25427 #, no-wrap
25428 msgid "adjtime_config(5)"
25429 msgstr "adjtime_config(5)"
25430
25431 #. type: Plain text
25432 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:12
25433 msgid ""
25434 "adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor"
25435 msgstr ""
25436
25437 #. type: Plain text
25438 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:16 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:53
25439 msgid "_/etc/adjtime_"
25440 msgstr "_/etc/adjtime_"
25441
25442 #. type: Plain text
25443 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:20
25444 msgid ""
25445 "The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware "
25446 "mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by "
25447 "*hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode."
25448 msgstr ""
25449
25450 #. type: Plain text
25451 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:22
25452 msgid ""
25453 "The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or "
25454 "*rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write "
25455 "access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file "
25456 "is missing."
25457 msgstr ""
25458
25459 #. type: Plain text
25460 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:24
25461 #, fuzzy
25462 #| msgid ""
25463 #| "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate.  However, much of its "
25464 #| "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount "
25465 #| "of time every day.  This is called systematic drift.  B<\\%hwclock>'s B<\\"
25466 #| "%--adjust> function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the "
25467 #| "Hardware Clock."
25468 msgid ""
25469 "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
25470 "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of "
25471 "time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps "
25472 "the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more "
25473 "details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections "
25474 "from *hwclock*(8) man page."
25475 msgstr ""
25476 "L’horloge matérielle n'est généralement pas très précise. Cependant, la "
25477 "plupart de ces imprécisions sont prévisibles. Elle gagne ou perd la même "
25478 "durée chaque jour. C’est la dérive systématique. La fonction B<\\%--adjust> "
25479 "de B<\\%hwclock> permet d’appliquer des corrections de dérive systématique à "
25480 "l’horloge matérielle."
25481
25482 #. type: Plain text
25483 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:26
25484 #, fuzzy
25485 #| msgid "The format of the adjtime file is, in ASCII."
25486 msgid "The _adjtime_ file is formatted in ASCII."
25487 msgstr "Le format du fichier d'ajustement, en ASCII, est le suivant."
25488
25489 #. type: Title ===
25490 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:27
25491 #, no-wrap
25492 msgid "First line"
25493 msgstr ""
25494
25495 #. type: Plain text
25496 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:30
25497 msgid "Three numbers, separated by blanks:"
25498 msgstr ""
25499
25500 #. type: Labeled list
25501 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:31
25502 #, no-wrap
25503 msgid "*drift factor*"
25504 msgstr ""
25505
25506 #. type: Plain text
25507 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:33
25508 msgid "the systematic drift rate in seconds per day (floating point decimal)"
25509 msgstr ""
25510
25511 #. type: Labeled list
25512 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:34
25513 #, no-wrap
25514 msgid "*last adjust time*"
25515 msgstr ""
25516
25517 #. type: Plain text
25518 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:36
25519 msgid ""
25520 "the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or "
25521 "calibration (decimal integer)"
25522 msgstr ""
25523
25524 #. type: Labeled list
25525 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:37
25526 #, no-wrap
25527 msgid "*adjustment status*"
25528 msgstr ""
25529
25530 #. type: Plain text
25531 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:39
25532 msgid "zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal"
25533 msgstr ""
25534
25535 #. type: Title ===
25536 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:40
25537 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25538 #| msgid "B<Header lines>"
25539 msgid "Second line"
25540 msgstr "B<Lignes d’en-tête>"
25541
25542 #. type: Labeled list
25543 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:42
25544 #, no-wrap
25545 msgid "*last calibration time*"
25546 msgstr ""
25547
25548 #. type: Plain text
25549 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:44
25550 msgid ""
25551 "The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. "
25552 "Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous "
25553 "calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, "
25554 "since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal "
25555 "integer."
25556 msgstr ""
25557 "Le nombre de secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et le dernier étalonnage. Zéro "
25558 "s'il n'y a pas eu d'étalonnage ou si un des derniers étalonnages est "
25559 "discutable (par exemple, si l’horloge matérielle, depuis cet étalonnage, est "
25560 "erronée). C'est un entier décimal."
25561
25562 #. type: Title ===
25563 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:45
25564 #, no-wrap
25565 msgid "Third line"
25566 msgstr ""
25567
25568 #. type: Labeled list
25569 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:47
25570 #, no-wrap
25571 msgid "*clock mode*"
25572 msgstr ""
25573
25574 #. type: Plain text
25575 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:49
25576 #, fuzzy
25577 #| msgid ""
25578 #| "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\".  Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to "
25579 #| "Coordinated Universal Time or local time.  You can always override this "
25580 #| "value with options on the B<\\%hwclock> command line."
25581 msgid ""
25582 "Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is "
25583 "set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override "
25584 "this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line."
25585 msgstr ""
25586 "Ligne 3 : « UTC » ou « LOCAL ». Indique si l’horloge matérielle est à "
25587 "l’heure universelle ou à l’heure locale. Vous pouvez toujours surcharger "
25588 "cette valeur par des options sur la ligne de commande de *hwclock*(8)."
25589
25590 #. type: Plain text
25591 #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:58
25592 #, no-wrap
25593 msgid ""
25594 "*hwclock*(8),\n"
25595 "*rtcwake*(8)\n"
25596 msgstr ""
25597 "*hwclock*(8),\n"
25598 "*rtcwake*(8)\n"
25599
25600 #. type: Title =
25601 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:2
25602 #, no-wrap
25603 msgid "blkdiscard(8)"
25604 msgstr "blkdiscard(8)"
25605
25606 #. type: Plain text
25607 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:12
25608 msgid "blkdiscard - discard sectors on a device"
25609 msgstr "blkdiscard - Abandonner des secteurs sur un périphérique"
25610
25611 #. type: Plain text
25612 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:16
25613 #, no-wrap
25614 msgid "*blkdiscard* [options] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _device_\n"
25615 msgstr "*blkdiscard* [options] [*-o* _position_] [*-l* _taille_] _périphérique_\n"
25616
25617 #. type: Plain text
25618 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:20
25619 #, no-wrap
25620 msgid "*blkdiscard* is used to discard device sectors. This is useful for solid-state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage. Unlike *fstrim*(8), this command is used directly on the block device.\n"
25621 msgstr "*blkdiscard* est utilisé pour abandonner des secteurs sur un périphérique. C'est pratique pour les pilotes SSD (« solid-state drive ») et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned storage »). Contrairement à *fstrim*(8), cette commande est utilisée directement sur le périphérique bloc.\n"
25622
25623 #. type: Plain text
25624 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:22
25625 msgid ""
25626 "By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may "
25627 "be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
25628 msgstr ""
25629 "Par défaut, *blkdiscard* abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. Les "
25630 "options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction d'intervalle ou "
25631 "de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."
25632
25633 #. type: Plain text
25634 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:24 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:22
25635 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:22
25636 msgid "The _device_ argument is the pathname of the block device."
25637 msgstr "Le paramètre _périphérique_ est le chemin du périphérique bloc."
25638
25639 #. type: Plain text
25640 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:26
25641 #, no-wrap
25642 msgid "*WARNING: All data in the discarded region on the device will be lost!*\n"
25643 msgstr "*Attention : toutes les données de la région abandonnée sur le périphérique seront perdues !*\n"
25644
25645 #. type: Plain text
25646 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:30
25647 msgid ""
25648 "The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
25649 "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
25650 "ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
25651 "\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
25652 "PB, EB, ZB and YB."
25653 msgstr ""
25654 "Les arguments _position_ et _taille_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
25655 "multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
25656 "et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
25657 "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
25658 "ZB et YB."
25659
25660 #. type: Plain text
25661 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:33
25662 #, fuzzy
25663 #| msgid ""
25664 #| "Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive "
25665 #| "mode (O_EXCL) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or "
25666 #| "another kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive "
25667 #| "access mode."
25668 msgid ""
25669 "Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode "
25670 "(*O_EXCL*) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another "
25671 "kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode."
25672 msgstr ""
25673 "Désactiver toutes les vérifications. Depuis la version 2.36, le périphérique "
25674 "bloc est ouvert en mode exclusif (O_EXCL) par défaut pour éviter des "
25675 "conflits avec le système de fichiers monté ou un autre sous-système du "
25676 "noyau. L’option *--force* désactive le mode d’accès exclusif."
25677
25678 #. type: Plain text
25679 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:36
25680 msgid ""
25681 "Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided "
25682 "value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero."
25683 msgstr ""
25684 "La position en octet dans le périphérique à partir de laquelle abandonner. "
25685 "La valeur fournie doit être alignée sur la taille des secteurs du "
25686 "périphérique. La valeur par défaut est zéro."
25687
25688 #. type: Plain text
25689 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:39
25690 msgid ""
25691 "The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The "
25692 "provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified "
25693 "value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the "
25694 "device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device."
25695 msgstr ""
25696 "Le nombre d'octets à abandonner (à partir du point de départ). La valeur "
25697 "fournie doit être alignée sur la taille des secteurs du périphérique. Si la "
25698 "valeur indiquée va au-delà de la fin du périphérique, *blkdiscard* "
25699 "s'arrêtera à la limite de taille du périphérique. La valeur par défaut "
25700 "prolonge la recherche jusqu'à la fin du périphérique."
25701
25702 #. type: Labeled list
25703 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:40
25704 #, no-wrap
25705 msgid "*-p*, *--step* _length_"
25706 msgstr "*-p*, *--step* _taille_"
25707
25708 #. type: Plain text
25709 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:42
25710 msgid ""
25711 "The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to "
25712 "discard all by one ioctl call."
25713 msgstr ""
25714 "Le nombre d’octets à abandonner en une opération. Par défaut, tout est "
25715 "abandonné par un appel de l’ioctl."
25716
25717 #. type: Plain text
25718 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:45
25719 #, fuzzy
25720 #| msgid "Suppress output and warning messages."
25721 msgid "Suppress warning messages."
25722 msgstr "Supprimer la sortie et les messages d’avertissements."
25723
25724 #. type: Labeled list
25725 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:46
25726 #, no-wrap
25727 msgid "*-s*, *--secure*"
25728 msgstr "*-s*, *--secure*"
25729
25730 #. type: Plain text
25731 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:48
25732 msgid ""
25733 "Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard "
25734 "except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by "
25735 "garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the "
25736 "device."
25737 msgstr ""
25738 "Réaliser un abandon sûr. Un abandon sûr est comme un abandon ordinaire, à "
25739 "part que toutes les copies des blocs abandonnés qui ont été éventuellement "
25740 "créées par le ramasse-miettes seront aussi écrasées. Cela nécessite une "
25741 "prise en charge par le périphérique."
25742
25743 #. type: Labeled list
25744 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:49
25745 #, no-wrap
25746 msgid "*-z*, *--zeroout*"
25747 msgstr "*-z*, *--zeroout*"
25748
25749 #. type: Plain text
25750 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:51
25751 msgid "Zero-fill rather than discard."
25752 msgstr "Remplir de zéro plutôt que d’abandonner."
25753
25754 #. type: Plain text
25755 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:54
25756 msgid ""
25757 "Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option "
25758 "is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
25759 msgstr ""
25760 "Afficher les valeurs alignées de _position_ et _taille_. Si l’option *--"
25761 "step* est indiquée, la progression d’abandon est affichée toutes les "
25762 "secondes."
25763
25764 #. type: Plain text
25765 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:60
25766 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25767 #| msgid "B<kill> has the following return codes:"
25768 msgid "*blkdiscard* has the following exit status values:\n"
25769 msgstr "B<kill> comporte les codes de retour suivants :"
25770
25771 #. type: Plain text
25772 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:66
25773 #, fuzzy
25774 #| msgid "incorrect invocation or permissions"
25775 msgid "failure; incorrect invocation, permissions or any other generic error"
25776 msgstr "invocation ou permissions incorrectes"
25777
25778 #. type: Plain text
25779 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:69
25780 msgid "failure; since v2.39, the device does not support discard operation"
25781 msgstr ""
25782
25783 #. type: Plain text
25784 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:90
25785 msgid ""
25786 "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
25787 msgstr ""
25788 "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
25789
25790 #. type: Plain text
25791 #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:78
25792 #, no-wrap
25793 msgid "*fstrim*(8)\n"
25794 msgstr "*fstrim*(8)\n"
25795
25796 #. type: Title =
25797 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:2
25798 #, no-wrap
25799 msgid "blkzone(8)"
25800 msgstr "blkzone(8)"
25801
25802 #. type: Plain text
25803 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:12
25804 msgid "blkzone - run zone command on a device"
25805 msgstr ""
25806
25807 #. type: Plain text
25808 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:16
25809 #, no-wrap
25810 msgid "*blkzone* _command_ [options] _device_\n"
25811 msgstr "*blkzone* _commande_ [options] _périphérique_\n"
25812
25813 #. type: Plain text
25814 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:20
25815 #, no-wrap
25816 msgid "*blkzone* is used to run zone command on device that support the Zoned Block Commands (ZBC) or Zoned-device ATA Commands (ZAC). The zones to operate on can be specified using the offset, count and length options.\n"
25817 msgstr ""
25818
25819 #. type: Title ===
25820 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:25
25821 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25822 #| msgid "B<--report>"
25823 msgid "report"
25824 msgstr "B<--report>"
25825
25826 #. type: Plain text
25827 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:28
25828 msgid "The command *blkzone report* is used to report device zone information."
25829 msgstr ""
25830
25831 #. type: Plain text
25832 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:30
25833 #, fuzzy
25834 #| msgid ""
25835 #| "By default, B<blkdiscard> will discard all blocks on the device.  Options "
25836 #| "may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained "
25837 #| "below."
25838 msgid ""
25839 "By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block "
25840 "device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting "
25841 "zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
25842 msgstr ""
25843 "Par défaut, B<blkdiscard> abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. "
25844 "Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction d'intervalle "
25845 "ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."
25846
25847 #. type: Plain text
25848 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:32
25849 msgid "Report output:"
25850 msgstr ""
25851
25852 #. type: Table
25853 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:42
25854 #, no-wrap
25855 msgid ""
25856 "|start |Zone start sector\n"
25857 "|len |Zone length in number of sectors\n"
25858 "|cap |Zone capacity in number of sectors\n"
25859 "|wptr |Zone write pointer position\n"
25860 "|reset |Reset write pointer recommended\n"
25861 "|non-seq |Non-sequential write resources active\n"
25862 "|cond |Zone condition\n"
25863 "|type |Zone type\n"
25864 msgstr ""
25865
25866 #. type: Plain text
25867 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:45
25868 msgid "Zone conditions:"
25869 msgstr ""
25870
25871 #. type: Table
25872 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:56
25873 #, no-wrap
25874 msgid ""
25875 "|cl |Closed\n"
25876 "|nw |Not write pointer\n"
25877 "|em |Empty\n"
25878 "|fu |Full\n"
25879 "|oe |Explicitly opened\n"
25880 "|oi |Implicitly opened\n"
25881 "|ol |Offline\n"
25882 "|ro |Read only\n"
25883 "|x? |Reserved conditions (should not be reported)\n"
25884 msgstr ""
25885
25886 #. type: Title ===
25887 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:58
25888 #, no-wrap
25889 msgid "capacity"
25890 msgstr ""
25891
25892 #. type: Plain text
25893 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:61
25894 msgid ""
25895 "The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information."
25896 msgstr ""
25897
25898 #. type: Plain text
25899 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:63
25900 #, fuzzy
25901 #| msgid ""
25902 #| "By default, B<blkdiscard> will discard all blocks on the device.  Options "
25903 #| "may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained "
25904 #| "below."
25905 msgid ""
25906 "By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all "
25907 "zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, "
25908 "changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
25909 msgstr ""
25910 "Par défaut, B<blkdiscard> abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. "
25911 "Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction d'intervalle "
25912 "ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."
25913
25914 #. type: Title ===
25915 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:64
25916 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
25917 #| msgid "B<--reset>"
25918 msgid "reset"
25919 msgstr "B<--reset>"
25920
25921 #. type: Plain text
25922 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:67
25923 msgid ""
25924 "The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike "
25925 "*sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a "
25926 "range of zones."
25927 msgstr ""
25928
25929 #. type: Title ===
25930 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:68
25931 #, no-wrap
25932 msgid "open"
25933 msgstr ""
25934
25935 #. type: Plain text
25936 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:71
25937 msgid ""
25938 "The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. "
25939 "Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer "
25940 "and can open a range of zones."
25941 msgstr ""
25942
25943 #. type: Title ===
25944 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:72
25945 #, no-wrap
25946 msgid "close"
25947 msgstr ""
25948
25949 #. type: Plain text
25950 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:75
25951 msgid ""
25952 "The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike "
25953 "*sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and "
25954 "can close a range of zones."
25955 msgstr ""
25956
25957 #. type: Title ===
25958 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:76
25959 #, no-wrap
25960 msgid "finish"
25961 msgstr ""
25962
25963 #. type: Plain text
25964 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:79
25965 msgid ""
25966 "The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full "
25967 "condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this "
25968 "command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones."
25969 msgstr ""
25970
25971 #. type: Plain text
25972 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:81
25973 #, fuzzy
25974 #| msgid ""
25975 #| "By default, B<blkdiscard> will discard all blocks on the device.  Options "
25976 #| "may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained "
25977 #| "below."
25978 msgid ""
25979 "By default, the *reset*, *open*, *close* and *finish* commands will operate "
25980 "from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be "
25981 "used to modify this behavior as explained below."
25982 msgstr ""
25983 "Par défaut, B<blkdiscard> abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. "
25984 "Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction d'intervalle "
25985 "ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."
25986
25987 #. type: Plain text
25988 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:85
25989 #, fuzzy
25990 #| msgid ""
25991 #| "The I<offset> and I<length> arguments may be followed by the "
25992 #| "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
25993 #| "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the "
25994 #| "same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and "
25995 #| "so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
25996 msgid ""
25997 "The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the "
25998 "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
25999 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
26000 "meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
26001 "for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to "
26002 "specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex."
26003 msgstr ""
26004 "Les arguments I<position> et I<taille> peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
26005 "multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
26006 "et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
26007 "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
26008 "ZB et YB."
26009
26010 #. type: Labeled list
26011 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:86
26012 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26013 #| msgid "B<-o, --offset> I<offset>"
26014 msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _sector_"
26015 msgstr "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<position>"
26016
26017 #. type: Plain text
26018 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:88
26019 msgid ""
26020 "The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in "
26021 "sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value "
26022 "is zero."
26023 msgstr ""
26024
26025 #. type: Labeled list
26026 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:89
26027 #, no-wrap
26028 msgid "*-l*, *--length* _sectors_"
26029 msgstr ""
26030
26031 #. type: Plain text
26032 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:91
26033 msgid ""
26034 "The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default "
26035 "value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot "
26036 "be used together with the option *--count*."
26037 msgstr ""
26038
26039 #. type: Plain text
26040 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:94
26041 msgid ""
26042 "The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value "
26043 "is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used "
26044 "together with the option *--length*."
26045 msgstr ""
26046
26047 #. type: Plain text
26048 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:97
26049 msgid ""
26050 "Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system."
26051 msgstr ""
26052
26053 #. type: Plain text
26054 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:100
26055 msgid ""
26056 "Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors "
26057 "reset."
26058 msgstr ""
26059
26060 #. type: Plain text
26061 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:107
26062 msgid ""
26063 "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
26064 msgstr ""
26065 "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
26066
26067 #. type: Plain text
26068 #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:111
26069 #, no-wrap
26070 msgid "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n"
26071 msgstr "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n"
26072
26073 #. type: Title =
26074 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:2
26075 #, no-wrap
26076 msgid "blkpr(8)"
26077 msgstr ""
26078
26079 #. type: Plain text
26080 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:12
26081 msgid "blkpr - run persistent reservations command on a device"
26082 msgstr ""
26083
26084 #. type: Plain text
26085 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:16
26086 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26087 #| msgid "*tunelp* [options] _device_\n"
26088 msgid "*blkpr* [options] _device_\n"
26089 msgstr "*tunelp* [options] _périphérique_\n"
26090
26091 #. type: Plain text
26092 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:20
26093 #, no-wrap
26094 msgid "*blkpr* is used to run persistent reservations command on device that supports Persistent Reservations feature.\n"
26095 msgstr ""
26096
26097 #. type: Labeled list
26098 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:56
26099 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:69
26100 #, no-wrap
26101 msgid "*-c*, *--command* _command_"
26102 msgstr "*-c*, *--command* _commande_"
26103
26104 #. type: Plain text
26105 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:28
26106 msgid ""
26107 "The command of persistent reservations, supported commands are *register*, "
26108 "*reserve*, *release*, *preempt*, *preempt-abort*, and *clear*."
26109 msgstr ""
26110
26111 #. type: Labeled list
26112 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:29
26113 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26114 #| msgid "*-M*, *--shmem-key* _shmkey_"
26115 msgid "*-k*, *--key* _key_"
26116 msgstr "*-M*, *--shmem-key* _clef_shm_"
26117
26118 #. type: Plain text
26119 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:31
26120 #, fuzzy
26121 #| msgid "The requested command was not found"
26122 msgid "The key the command should operate on."
26123 msgstr "La commande demandée n’a pas été trouvée."
26124
26125 #. type: Labeled list
26126 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:32
26127 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26128 #| msgid "*-p*, *--mode* _mode_"
26129 msgid "*-K*, *--oldkey* _oldkey_"
26130 msgstr "*-p*, *--mode* _mode_"
26131
26132 #. type: Plain text
26133 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:34
26134 msgid "The old key the command should operate on."
26135 msgstr ""
26136
26137 #. type: Labeled list
26138 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:35
26139 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26140 #| msgid "*-f*, *--flags* _list_"
26141 msgid "*-f*, *--flag* _flag_"
26142 msgstr "*-f*, *--flags* _liste_"
26143
26144 #. type: Plain text
26145 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:37
26146 msgid "Supported flag is *ignore-key*."
26147 msgstr ""
26148
26149 #. type: Plain text
26150 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:41
26151 msgid ""
26152 "Supported types are *write-exclusive*, *exclusive-access*, *write-exclusive-"
26153 "reg-only*, *exclusive-access-reg-only*, *write-exclusive-all-regs*, and "
26154 "*exclusive-access-all-regs*."
26155 msgstr ""
26156
26157 #. type: Plain text
26158 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:51
26159 #, fuzzy
26160 #| msgid "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner]"
26161 msgid "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[zhenwei pi]"
26162 msgstr "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner]"
26163
26164 #. type: Plain text
26165 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:55
26166 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
26167 #| msgid "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n"
26168 msgid "*sg_persist*(8)\n"
26169 msgstr "*sg_rep_zones*(8)\n"
26170
26171 #. type: Plain text
26172 #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:59
26173 msgid ""
26174 "Linux documentation at: <https://docs.kernel.org/block/pr.html> iSCSI "
26175 "specification at: <https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3720> NVMe-oF "
26176 "specification at: <https://nvmexpress.org/nvme-over-fabrics-part-two/>"
26177 msgstr ""
26178
26179 #. type: Title =
26180 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:2
26181 #, no-wrap
26182 msgid "chcpu(8)"
26183 msgstr "chcpu(8)"
26184
26185 #. type: Plain text
26186 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:12
26187 msgid "chcpu - configure CPUs"
26188 msgstr "chcpu - Configurer les processeurs"
26189
26190 #. type: Plain text
26191 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:16
26192 #, no-wrap
26193 msgid "*chcpu* *-c*|*-d*|*-e*|*-g* _cpu-list_\n"
26194 msgstr "*chcpu* *-c*|*-d*|*-e*|*-g* _liste_\n"
26195
26196 #. type: Plain text
26197 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:18
26198 #, no-wrap
26199 msgid "*chcpu* *-p* _mode_\n"
26200 msgstr "*chcpu* *-p* _mode_\n"
26201
26202 #. type: Plain text
26203 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:20
26204 #, no-wrap
26205 msgid "*chcpu* *-r*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
26206 msgstr "*chcpu* *-r*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
26207
26208 #. type: Plain text
26209 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:24
26210 #, no-wrap
26211 msgid "*chcpu* can modify the state of CPUs. It can enable or disable CPUs, scan for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching _mode_ of the underlying hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return CPUs to the hypervisor (deconfigure).\n"
26212 msgstr "*chcpu* peut modifier l’état des processeurs. Il peut activer ou désactiver des processeurs, rechercher de nouveaux processeurs, modifier le _mode_ distribué de l’hyperviseur sous-jacent et demander (configurer) ou rendre (déconfigurer) des processeurs à l’hyperviseur.\n"
26213
26214 #. type: Plain text
26215 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:26
26216 msgid ""
26217 "Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a "
26218 "comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses "
26219 "or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command "
26220 "applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
26221 msgstr ""
26222 "Certaines options ont un argument _liste_. Utilisez cet argument pour "
26223 "indiquer une liste de processeurs séparés par des virgules. La liste peut "
26224 "contenir des adresses de processeurs individuels ou des intervalles "
26225 "d’adresses. Par exemple, *0,5,7,9-11* rend la commande applicable aux "
26226 "processeurs avec les adresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10 et 11."
26227
26228 #. type: Labeled list
26229 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:29
26230 #, no-wrap
26231 msgid "*-c*, *--configure* _cpu-list_"
26232 msgstr "*-c*, *--configure* _liste_"
26233
26234 #. type: Plain text
26235 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:31
26236 msgid ""
26237 "Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor "
26238 "takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on "
26239 "which your kernel runs."
26240 msgstr ""
26241 "Configurer les processeurs indiqués. La configuration d’un processeur "
26242 "signifie que l’hyperviseur prend un processeur disponible et l’assigne au "
26243 "matériel virtuel sur lequel le noyau est exécuté."
26244
26245 #. type: Labeled list
26246 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:32
26247 #, no-wrap
26248 msgid "*-d*, *--disable* _cpu-list_"
26249 msgstr "*-d*, *--disable* _liste_"
26250
26251 #. type: Plain text
26252 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:34
26253 msgid ""
26254 "Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
26255 "offline."
26256 msgstr ""
26257 "Désactiver les processeurs indiqués. La désactivation d’un processeur "
26258 "signifie que le noyau le définit hors ligne."
26259
26260 #. type: Labeled list
26261 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:35
26262 #, no-wrap
26263 msgid "*-e*, *--enable* _cpu-list_"
26264 msgstr "*-e*, *--enable* _liste_"
26265
26266 #. type: Plain text
26267 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:37
26268 msgid ""
26269 "Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
26270 "online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled."
26271 msgstr ""
26272 "Activer les processeurs indiqués. L’activation d’un processeur signifie que "
26273 "le noyau le définit en ligne. Avant de pouvoir être activé, un processeur "
26274 "doit être configuré (consultez *-c*)."
26275
26276 #. type: Labeled list
26277 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:38
26278 #, no-wrap
26279 msgid "*-g*, *--deconfigure* _cpu-list_"
26280 msgstr "*-g*, *--deconfigure* _liste_"
26281
26282 #. type: Plain text
26283 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:40
26284 msgid ""
26285 "Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the "
26286 "hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux "
26287 "instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-"
26288 "d*, before it can be deconfigured."
26289 msgstr ""
26290 "Déconfigurer les processeurs indiqués. La déconfiguration d’un processeur "
26291 "signifie que l’hyperviseur supprime le processeur du matériel virtuel sur "
26292 "lequel l’instance Linux est exécutée et rend le processeur. Avant de pouvoir "
26293 "être déconfiguré, un processeur doit être hors ligne (consultez *-d*)."
26294
26295 #. type: Labeled list
26296 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:41
26297 #, no-wrap
26298 msgid "*-p*, *--dispatch* _mode_"
26299 msgstr "*-p*, *--dispatch* _mode_"
26300
26301 #. type: Plain text
26302 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:43
26303 msgid ""
26304 "Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect "
26305 "only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. "
26306 "Available _modes_ are:"
26307 msgstr ""
26308 "Définir le _mode_ distribué du processeur (polarisation). Cette option n’a "
26309 "d’effet que si l’architecture matérielle et l’hyperviseur permettent la "
26310 "polarisation processeur. Les __mode__s disponibles sont les suivants."
26311
26312 #. type: Labeled list
26313 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:44
26314 #, no-wrap
26315 msgid "*horizontal*"
26316 msgstr "*horizontal*"
26317
26318 #. type: Plain text
26319 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:46
26320 msgid "The workload is spread across all available CPUs."
26321 msgstr "La charge est partagée entre tous les processeurs disponibles."
26322
26323 #. type: Labeled list
26324 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:47
26325 #, no-wrap
26326 msgid "*vertical*"
26327 msgstr "*vertical*"
26328
26329 #. type: Plain text
26330 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:49
26331 msgid "The workload is concentrated on few CPUs."
26332 msgstr "La charge est concentrée sur peu de processeurs."
26333
26334 #. type: Labeled list
26335 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:50
26336 #, no-wrap
26337 msgid "*-r*, *--rescan*"
26338 msgstr "*-r*, *--rescan*"
26339
26340 #. type: Plain text
26341 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:52
26342 msgid ""
26343 "Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the "
26344 "new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly "
26345 "attached CPUs."
26346 msgstr ""
26347 "Déclencher une recherche des processeurs. Après une recherche, le noyau "
26348 "Linux reconnaît les nouveaux processeurs. Utilisez cette option sur les "
26349 "systèmes qui ne détectent pas automatiquement les processeurs nouvellement "
26350 "attachés."
26351
26352 #. type: Plain text
26353 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:58
26354 #, no-wrap
26355 msgid "*chcpu* has the following exit status values:\n"
26356 msgstr "*chcpu* peut renvoyer les codes de retour suivants :\n"
26357
26358 #. type: Plain text
26359 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:66
26360 msgid "partial success"
26361 msgstr "Réussite partielle"
26362
26363 #. type: Plain text
26364 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:71
26365 msgid "mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
26366 msgstr "mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
26367
26368 #. type: Plain text
26369 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:75
26370 msgid "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011"
26371 msgstr "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011"
26372
26373 #. type: Plain text
26374 #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:79
26375 #, no-wrap
26376 msgid "*lscpu*(1)\n"
26377 msgstr "*lscpu*(1)\n"
26378
26379 #. type: Title =
26380 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:2
26381 #, no-wrap
26382 msgid "chmem(8)"
26383 msgstr "chmem(8)"
26384
26385 #. type: Plain text
26386 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:12
26387 #, fuzzy
26388 #| msgid "chcpu - configure CPUs"
26389 msgid "chmem - configure memory"
26390 msgstr "chcpu - Configurer les processeurs"
26391
26392 #. type: Plain text
26393 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:16
26394 #, no-wrap
26395 msgid "*chmem* [*-h] [*-V*] [*-v*] [*-e*|*-d*] [_SIZE_|_RANGE_ *-b* _BLOCKRANGE_] [*-z* _ZONE_]\n"
26396 msgstr ""
26397
26398 #. type: Plain text
26399 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:20
26400 msgid ""
26401 "The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or "
26402 "offline."
26403 msgstr ""
26404
26405 #. type: Plain text
26406 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:22
26407 msgid ""
26408 "Specify _SIZE_ as <size>[m|M|g|G]. With m or M, <size> specifies the memory "
26409 "size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, <size> specifies the memory "
26410 "size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB."
26411 msgstr ""
26412
26413 #. type: Plain text
26414 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:24
26415 msgid ""
26416 "Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x<start>-0x<end> as shown in the output of the "
26417 "*lsmem*(1) command. <start> is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and "
26418 "<end> is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range."
26419 msgstr ""
26420
26421 #. type: Plain text
26422 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:26
26423 msgid ""
26424 "Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form <first>-<last> or <block> as shown in the "
26425 "output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <first> is the number of the first memory "
26426 "block and <last> is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. "
26427 "Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--"
26428 "blocks* option."
26429 msgstr ""
26430
26431 #. type: Plain text
26432 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:28
26433 msgid ""
26434 "Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the "
26435 "*lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones "
26436 "for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range "
26437 "currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory "
26438 "online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default "
26439 "can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. "
26440 "For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for "
26441 "memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more "
26442 "likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary "
26443 "kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page "
26444 "cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones."
26445 msgstr ""
26446
26447 #. type: Plain text
26448 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:30
26449 msgid ""
26450 "_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown "
26451 "in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command."
26452 msgstr ""
26453
26454 #. type: Plain text
26455 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:32
26456 msgid ""
26457 "Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems "
26458 "it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example "
26459 "because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux "
26460 "cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set "
26461 "online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or "
26462 "offline instead of the requested amount."
26463 msgstr ""
26464
26465 #. type: Plain text
26466 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:34
26467 msgid ""
26468 "When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block "
26469 "numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory "
26470 "block numbers."
26471 msgstr ""
26472
26473 #. type: Labeled list
26474 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:37
26475 #, no-wrap
26476 msgid "*-b*, *--blocks*"
26477 msgstr "*-b*, *--blocks*"
26478
26479 #. type: Plain text
26480 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:39
26481 msgid ""
26482 "Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* "
26483 "and *--disable* options."
26484 msgstr ""
26485
26486 #. type: Labeled list
26487 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:40
26488 #, no-wrap
26489 msgid "*-d*, *--disable*"
26490 msgstr "*-d*, *--disable*"
26491
26492 #. type: Plain text
26493 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:42
26494 msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory offline."
26495 msgstr ""
26496
26497 #. type: Labeled list
26498 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:43
26499 #, no-wrap
26500 msgid "*-e*, *--enable*"
26501 msgstr "*-e*, *--enable*"
26502
26503 #. type: Plain text
26504 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:45
26505 msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online."
26506 msgstr ""
26507
26508 #. type: Labeled list
26509 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:46
26510 #, no-wrap
26511 msgid "*-z*, *--zone*"
26512 msgstr "*-z*, *--zone*"
26513
26514 #. type: Plain text
26515 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:48
26516 msgid ""
26517 "Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or "
26518 "_BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set "
26519 "online to the zone Movable, if possible."
26520 msgstr ""
26521
26522 #. type: Plain text
26523 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:51
26524 msgid ""
26525 "Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about it's progress."
26526 msgstr ""
26527
26528 #. type: Plain text
26529 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:57
26530 #, no-wrap
26531 msgid "*chmem* has the following exit status values:\n"
26532 msgstr "*chmem* peut renvoyer les codes de retour suivants :\n"
26533
26534 #. type: Labeled list
26535 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:69
26536 #, no-wrap
26537 msgid "*chmem --enable 1024*"
26538 msgstr "*chmem --enable 1024*"
26539
26540 #. type: Plain text
26541 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:71
26542 msgid "This command requests 1024 MiB of memory to be set online."
26543 msgstr ""
26544
26545 #. type: Labeled list
26546 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:72
26547 #, no-wrap
26548 msgid "*chmem -e 2g*"
26549 msgstr "*chmem -e 2g*"
26550
26551 #. type: Plain text
26552 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:74
26553 msgid "This command requests 2 GiB of memory to be set online."
26554 msgstr ""
26555
26556 #. type: Labeled list
26557 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:75
26558 #, no-wrap
26559 msgid "*chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff*"
26560 msgstr "*chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff*"
26561
26562 #. type: Plain text
26563 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:77
26564 msgid ""
26565 "This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and "
26566 "ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline."
26567 msgstr ""
26568
26569 #. type: Labeled list
26570 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:78
26571 #, no-wrap
26572 msgid "*chmem -b -d 10*"
26573 msgstr "*chmem -b -d 10*"
26574
26575 #. type: Plain text
26576 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:80
26577 msgid "This command requests the memory block number 10 to be set offline."
26578 msgstr ""
26579
26580 #. type: Plain text
26581 #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:84
26582 #, no-wrap
26583 msgid "*lsmem*(1)\n"
26584 msgstr "*lsmem*(1)\n"
26585
26586 #. type: Title =
26587 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:2
26588 #, no-wrap
26589 msgid "choom(1)"
26590 msgstr "choom(1)"
26591
26592 #. type: Plain text
26593 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:12
26594 msgid "choom - display and adjust OOM-killer score."
26595 msgstr ""
26596
26597 #. type: Plain text
26598 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:14
26599 #, no-wrap
26600 msgid "*choom* *-p* _PID_\n"
26601 msgstr "*choom* *-p* _PID_\n"
26602
26603 #. type: Plain text
26604 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:16
26605 #, no-wrap
26606 msgid "*choom* *-p* _PID_ *-n* _number_\n"
26607 msgstr ""
26608
26609 #. type: Plain text
26610 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:18
26611 #, no-wrap
26612 msgid "*choom* *-n* _number_ [--] _command_ [_argument_ ...]\n"
26613 msgstr ""
26614
26615 #. type: Plain text
26616 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:22
26617 msgid ""
26618 "The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting."
26619 msgstr ""
26620
26621 #. type: Plain text
26622 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:27
26623 #, fuzzy
26624 #| msgid "Specifies filesystem UUID."
26625 msgid "Specifies process ID."
26626 msgstr "Indiquer un UUID de système de fichiers."
26627
26628 #. type: Labeled list
26629 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:28
26630 #, no-wrap
26631 msgid "*-n*, *--adjust* _value_"
26632 msgstr "*-n*, *--adjust* _valeur_"
26633
26634 #. type: Plain text
26635 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:30
26636 #, fuzzy
26637 #| msgid "Specify the partition table type."
26638 msgid "Specify the adjust score value."
26639 msgstr "Indiquer le I<type> de table de partitions."
26640
26641 #. type: Plain text
26642 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:36
26643 msgid ""
26644 "Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed "
26645 "in out of memory conditions."
26646 msgstr ""
26647
26648 #. type: Plain text
26649 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:38
26650 msgid ""
26651 "The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 "
26652 "(never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. "
26653 "The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the "
26654 "process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and "
26655 "swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness "
26656 "score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score "
26657 "will be 500."
26658 msgstr ""
26659
26660 #. type: Plain text
26661 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:40
26662 msgid ""
26663 "There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current "
26664 "memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes."
26665 msgstr ""
26666
26667 #. type: Plain text
26668 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:42
26669 msgid ""
26670 "The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom "
26671 "killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating "
26672 "task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems "
26673 "assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being "
26674 "exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it "
26675 "is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory "
26676 "is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being "
26677 "out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources."
26678 msgstr ""
26679
26680 #. type: Plain text
26681 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:44
26682 msgid ""
26683 "The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to "
26684 "determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. "
26685 "This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by "
26686 "always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest "
26687 "possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for "
26688 "that task since it will always report a badness score of 0."
26689 msgstr ""
26690
26691 #. type: Plain text
26692 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:46
26693 msgid ""
26694 "Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to "
26695 "allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, "
26696 "or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of "
26697 "-500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of "
26698 "the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task."
26699 msgstr ""
26700
26701 #. type: Plain text
26702 #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:54
26703 #, no-wrap
26704 msgid "*proc*(5)\n"
26705 msgstr "*proc*(5)\n"
26706
26707 #. Copyright 1992, 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
26708 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
26709 #. type: Title =
26710 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:6
26711 #, no-wrap
26712 msgid "ctrlaltdel(8)"
26713 msgstr "ctrlaltdel(8)"
26714
26715 #. type: Plain text
26716 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:16
26717 msgid "ctrlaltdel - set the function of the Ctrl-Alt-Del combination"
26718 msgstr "ctrlaltdel - Configurer le comportement de la combinaison Ctrl-Alt-Del"
26719
26720 #. type: Plain text
26721 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:20
26722 #, no-wrap
26723 msgid "*ctrlaltdel* *hard*|*soft*\n"
26724 msgstr "*ctrlaltdel* *hard*|*soft*\n"
26725
26726 #. type: Plain text
26727 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:24
26728 msgid ""
26729 "Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that "
26730 "there are two supported functions that the <Ctrl-Alt-Del> sequence can "
26731 "perform."
26732 msgstr ""
26733 "Basé sur l'examen du code source de _linux/kernel/sys.c_, il est évident que "
26734 "seulement deux comportements sont définis par la combinaison <Ctrl-Alt-Del>."
26735
26736 #. type: Labeled list
26737 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:25
26738 #, no-wrap
26739 msgid "*hard*"
26740 msgstr "*hard*"
26741
26742 #. type: Plain text
26743 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:27
26744 msgid ""
26745 "Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any "
26746 "other preparation. This is the default."
26747 msgstr ""
26748 "Redémarrer immédiatement l’ordinateur sans appeler *sync*(2) et sans aucune "
26749 "autre préparation. C’est le comportement par défaut."
26750
26751 #. type: Labeled list
26752 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:28
26753 #, no-wrap
26754 msgid "*soft*"
26755 msgstr "*soft*"
26756
26757 #. type: Plain text
26758 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:30
26759 msgid ""
26760 "Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process "
26761 "(this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the "
26762 "*init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several "
26763 "*init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation "
26764 "for the version that you are currently using."
26765 msgstr ""
26766 "Faire que le noyau envoie un signal *SIGINT* (interruption) au processus "
26767 "*init* (dont le PID est toujours égal à 1). Si cette option est utilisée, le "
26768 "programme *init*(8) doit gérer cette fonctionnalité. Puisqu'il y a "
26769 "actuellement plusieurs programmes *init*(8) dans la communauté Linux, "
26770 "veuillez consulter la documentation de la version que vous utilisez "
26771 "actuellement."
26772
26773 #. type: Plain text
26774 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:32
26775 msgid ""
26776 "When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current "
26777 "setting."
26778 msgstr ""
26779 "Lorsque la commande est exécutée sans aucun argument, afficher les réglages "
26780 "en cours."
26781
26782 #. type: Plain text
26783 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:34
26784 msgid ""
26785 "The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file."
26786 msgstr ""
26787 "Le comportement de *ctrlaltdel* est généralement défini dans le fichier _/"
26788 "etc/rc.local_."
26789
26790 #. type: Plain text
26791 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:42
26792 msgid "_/etc/rc.local_"
26793 msgstr "_/etc/rc.local_"
26794
26795 #. type: Plain text
26796 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:46
26797 msgid "mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]"
26798 msgstr "mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]"
26799
26800 #. type: Plain text
26801 #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:51
26802 #, no-wrap
26803 msgid ""
26804 "*init*(8),\n"
26805 "*systemd*(1)\n"
26806 msgstr ""
26807 "*init*(8),\n"
26808 "*systemd*(1)\n"
26809
26810 #. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
26811 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
26812 #. type: Title =
26813 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:6
26814 #, no-wrap
26815 msgid "dmesg(1)"
26816 msgstr "dmesg(1)"
26817
26818 #. type: Plain text
26819 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:16
26820 msgid "dmesg - print or control the kernel ring buffer"
26821 msgstr "dmesg - Afficher et contrôler le tampon circulaire du noyau"
26822
26823 #. type: Plain text
26824 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:20
26825 #, no-wrap
26826 msgid "*dmesg* [options]\n"
26827 msgstr "*dmesg* [options]\n"
26828
26829 #. type: Plain text
26830 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:22
26831 #, no-wrap
26832 msgid "*dmesg* *--clear*\n"
26833 msgstr "*dmesg* *--clear*\n"
26834
26835 #. type: Plain text
26836 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:24
26837 #, no-wrap
26838 msgid "*dmesg* *--read-clear* [options]\n"
26839 msgstr "*dmesg* *--read-clear* [options]\n"
26840
26841 #. type: Plain text
26842 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:26
26843 #, no-wrap
26844 msgid "*dmesg* *--console-level* _level_\n"
26845 msgstr "*dmesg* *--console-level* _niveau_\n"
26846
26847 #. type: Plain text
26848 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:28
26849 #, no-wrap
26850 msgid "*dmesg* *--console-on*\n"
26851 msgstr "*dmesg* *--console-on*\n"
26852
26853 #. type: Plain text
26854 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:30
26855 #, no-wrap
26856 msgid "*dmesg* *--console-off*\n"
26857 msgstr "*dmesg* *--console-off*\n"
26858
26859 #. type: Plain text
26860 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:34
26861 #, no-wrap
26862 msgid "*dmesg* is used to examine or control the kernel ring buffer.\n"
26863 msgstr "*dmesg* est utilisé pour examiner ou contrôler le tampon circulaire du noyau.\n"
26864
26865 #. type: Plain text
26866 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:36
26867 msgid ""
26868 "The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer."
26869 msgstr ""
26870 "L'action par défaut est d’afficher tous les messages du tampon circulaire du "
26871 "noyau."
26872
26873 #. type: Plain text
26874 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:40
26875 msgid ""
26876 "The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--"
26877 "console-level* options are mutually exclusive."
26878 msgstr ""
26879 "Les options *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off* et *--"
26880 "console-level* sont mutuellement exclusives."
26881
26882 #. type: Labeled list
26883 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:41
26884 #, no-wrap
26885 msgid "*-C*, *--clear*"
26886 msgstr "*-C*, *--clear*"
26887
26888 #. type: Plain text
26889 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:43
26890 msgid "Clear the ring buffer."
26891 msgstr "Vider le tampon circulaire du noyau."
26892
26893 #. type: Labeled list
26894 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:44
26895 #, no-wrap
26896 msgid "*-c*, *--read-clear*"
26897 msgstr "*-c*, *--read-clear*"
26898
26899 #. type: Plain text
26900 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:46
26901 msgid "Clear the ring buffer after first printing its contents."
26902 msgstr "Vider le tampon circulaire du noyau après avoir affiché son contenu."
26903
26904 #. type: Labeled list
26905 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:47
26906 #, no-wrap
26907 msgid "*-D*, *--console-off*"
26908 msgstr "*-D*, *--console-off*"
26909
26910 #. type: Plain text
26911 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:49
26912 msgid "Disable the printing of messages to the console."
26913 msgstr "Désactiver l'affichage des messages sur la console."
26914
26915 #. type: Labeled list
26916 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:50
26917 #, no-wrap
26918 msgid "*-d*, *--show-delta*"
26919 msgstr "*-d*, *--show-delta*"
26920
26921 #. type: Plain text
26922 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:52
26923 msgid ""
26924 "Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used "
26925 "together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is "
26926 "printed."
26927 msgstr ""
26928 "Afficher l'horodatage et la différence de temps passé entre les messages. Si "
26929 "*--notime* est utilisé en même temps, seule la différence de temps passé, "
26930 "sans l'horodatage, est affichée."
26931
26932 #. type: Labeled list
26933 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:53
26934 #, no-wrap
26935 msgid "*-E*, *--console-on*"
26936 msgstr "*-E*, *--console-on*"
26937
26938 #. type: Plain text
26939 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:55
26940 msgid "Enable printing messages to the console."
26941 msgstr "Activer l'affichage des messages sur la console."
26942
26943 #. type: Labeled list
26944 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:56
26945 #, no-wrap
26946 msgid "*-e*, *--reltime*"
26947 msgstr "*-e*, *--reltime*"
26948
26949 #. type: Plain text
26950 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:58
26951 msgid ""
26952 "Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that "
26953 "conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)."
26954 msgstr ""
26955 "Afficher l'heure locale et le delta dans un format lisible par un humain. "
26956 "Gardez à l'esprit que la conversion en heure locale pourrait ne pas être "
26957 "exacte (voir *-T* pour plus de détails)."
26958
26959 #. type: Labeled list
26960 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:59
26961 #, no-wrap
26962 msgid "*-F*, *--file* _file_"
26963 msgstr "*-F*, *--file* _fichier_"
26964
26965 #. type: Plain text
26966 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:61
26967 msgid ""
26968 "Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not "
26969 "support messages in kmsg format. The old syslog format is supported only."
26970 msgstr ""
26971 "Lire les messages de syslog à partir du _fichier_ donné. Remarquez que *-F* "
26972 "ne gère pas les messages au format kmsg. Seul l'ancien format de syslog est "
26973 "pris en charge."
26974
26975 #. type: Labeled list
26976 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:62
26977 #, no-wrap
26978 msgid "*-f*, *--facility* _list_"
26979 msgstr "*-f*, *--facility* _liste_"
26980
26981 #. type: Plain text
26982 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:64
26983 msgid ""
26984 "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For "
26985 "example:"
26986 msgstr ""
26987 "Restreindre l'affichage à la _liste_ de services (séparés par des virgules) "
26988 "indiquée. Par exemple"
26989
26990 #. type: Plain text
26991 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:66
26992 #, no-wrap
26993 msgid "*dmesg --facility=daemon*\n"
26994 msgstr "*dmesg --facility=daemon*\n"
26995
26996 #. type: Plain text
26997 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:68
26998 msgid ""
26999 "will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities "
27000 "see the *--help* output."
27001 msgstr ""
27002 "n'affichera que les messages des démons du système. Consultez *dmesg --help* "
27003 "pour obtenir la liste des services pris en charge."
27004
27005 #. type: Labeled list
27006 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:69
27007 #, no-wrap
27008 msgid "*-H*, *--human*"
27009 msgstr "*-H*, *--human*"
27010
27011 #. type: Plain text
27012 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:71
27013 msgid ""
27014 "Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--"
27015 "nopager*."
27016 msgstr ""
27017 "Activer la sortie lisible. Consultez aussi *--color*, *--reltime* et *--"
27018 "nopager*."
27019
27020 #. type: Plain text
27021 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:74
27022 msgid ""
27023 "Use JSON output format. The time output format is in \"sec.usec\" format "
27024 "only, log priority level is not decoded by default (use *--decode* to split "
27025 "into facility and priority), the other options to control the output format "
27026 "or time format are silently ignored."
27027 msgstr ""
27028
27029 #. type: Plain text
27030 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:77
27031 msgid "Print kernel messages."
27032 msgstr "Afficher les messages du noyau."
27033
27034 #. type: Plain text
27035 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:80
27036 msgid ""
27037 "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
27038 "*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
27039 "colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* "
27040 "output. See also the *COLORS* section below."
27041 msgstr ""
27042 "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif _quand_ peut être *auto*, *never* "
27043 "ou *always*. En l'absence d’argument _quand_, *auto* est la valeur par "
27044 "défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées ; pour les valeurs par défaut, "
27045 "consultez la sortie de la commande avec *--help*. Consultez également la "
27046 "section *COULEURS*."
27047
27048 #. type: Labeled list
27049 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:81
27050 #, no-wrap
27051 msgid "*-l*, *--level* _list_"
27052 msgstr "*-l*, *--level* _liste_"
27053
27054 #. type: Plain text
27055 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:83
27056 msgid ""
27057 "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:"
27058 msgstr ""
27059 "Restreindre l'affichage à la _liste_ de niveaux (séparés par des virgules) "
27060 "indiquée. Par exemple"
27061
27062 #. type: Plain text
27063 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:85
27064 #, no-wrap
27065 msgid "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n"
27066 msgstr "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n"
27067
27068 #. type: Plain text
27069 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:87
27070 msgid ""
27071 "will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the "
27072 "*--help* output."
27073 msgstr ""
27074 "n'affichera que les messages d'erreur et d'avertissement. Consultez *dmesg --"
27075 "help* pour obtenir la liste des niveaux pris en charge."
27076
27077 #. type: Plain text
27078 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:89
27079 msgid ""
27080 "Appending a plus *+* to a level name also includes all higher levels. For "
27081 "example:"
27082 msgstr ""
27083
27084 #. type: Plain text
27085 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:91
27086 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
27087 #| msgid "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n"
27088 msgid "*dmesg --level=err+*\n"
27089 msgstr "*dmesg --level=err,warn*\n"
27090
27091 #. type: Plain text
27092 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:93
27093 msgid "will print levels *err*, *crit*, *alert* and *emerg*."
27094 msgstr ""
27095
27096 #. type: Plain text
27097 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:95
27098 msgid "Prepending it will include all lower levels."
27099 msgstr ""
27100
27101 #. type: Labeled list
27102 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:96
27103 #, no-wrap
27104 msgid "*-n*, *--console-level* _level_"
27105 msgstr "*-n*, *--console-level* _niveau_"
27106
27107 #. type: Plain text
27108 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:98
27109 msgid ""
27110 "Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The "
27111 "_level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all "
27112 "supported levels see the *--help* output."
27113 msgstr ""
27114 "Définir le _niveau_ d'affichage des messages en console. Le _niveau_ est un "
27115 "numéro ou une abréviation du nom de niveau. Consultez *dmesg --help* pour "
27116 "obtenir la liste des niveaux pris en charge."
27117
27118 #. type: Plain text
27119 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:100
27120 msgid ""
27121 "For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency "
27122 "(panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are "
27123 "still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control "
27124 "exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* "
27125 "will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer."
27126 msgstr ""
27127 "Par exemple, *-n 1* ou *-n emerg* suppriment l'affichage sur la console de "
27128 "tous les messages, sauf les messages d'urgence (panic). Tous les niveaux "
27129 "d'affichage des messages sont enregistrés dans _/proc/kmsg_, ainsi "
27130 "*syslogd*(8) peut toujours être utilisé pour contrôler exactement où les "
27131 "messages du noyau apparaissent. Quand l'option *-n* est utilisée, *dmesg* "
27132 "_n'affichera pas et n'effacera pas_ le tampon circulaire du noyau."
27133
27134 #. type: Labeled list
27135 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:101
27136 #, no-wrap
27137 msgid "*--noescape*"
27138 msgstr "*--noescape*"
27139
27140 #. type: Plain text
27141 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:103
27142 msgid ""
27143 "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte "
27144 "sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x<hex> "
27145 "for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. "
27146 "It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be "
27147 "careful and don't use it by default."
27148 msgstr ""
27149 "Par défaut, les caractères non imprimables et probablement dangereux (comme "
27150 "des séquences multi-octales cassées, des caractères de contrôle du terminal, "
27151 "etc.) sont échappés au format \\x<hex> pour des raisons de sécurité. Cette "
27152 "option désactive complètement cette fonctionnalité. On peut l'utiliser, par "
27153 "exemple, à des fins de débogage avec *--raw*. Soyez prudent et ne l'utilisez "
27154 "pas par défaut."
27155
27156 #. type: Labeled list
27157 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:104
27158 #, no-wrap
27159 msgid "*-P*, *--nopager*"
27160 msgstr "*-P*, *--nopager*"
27161
27162 #. type: Plain text
27163 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:106
27164 msgid ""
27165 "Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* "
27166 "output."
27167 msgstr ""
27168 "Ne pas renvoyer la sortie dans un visualiseur. Un visualiseur est activé par "
27169 "défaut pour la sortie *--human*."
27170
27171 #. type: Labeled list
27172 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:107
27173 #, no-wrap
27174 msgid "*-p*, *--force-prefix*"
27175 msgstr "*-p*, *--force-prefix*"
27176
27177 #. type: Plain text
27178 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:109
27179 msgid ""
27180 "Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line "
27181 "message."
27182 msgstr ""
27183 "Ajouter des informations sur la fonction, le niveau ou l'horodatage sur "
27184 "chaque ligne d'un message de plusieurs lignes."
27185
27186 #. type: Plain text
27187 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:112
27188 msgid ""
27189 "Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but "
27190 "all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)."
27191 msgstr ""
27192 "Afficher le tampon de message tel quel, c'est-à-dire, ne pas supprimer les "
27193 "préfixes des niveaux de journal, par contre tous les caractères non "
27194 "imprimables sont échappés (voir aussi *--noescape*)."
27195
27196 # NOTE: ffix
27197 #. type: Plain text
27198 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:114
27199 msgid ""
27200 "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel "
27201 "messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). "
27202 "For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) "
27203 "format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for "
27204 "example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'."
27205 msgstr ""
27206 "Remarquez que le véritable format brut dépend de la méthode utilisée par "
27207 "*dmesg* pour lire les messages du noyau. Le périphérique _/dev/kmsg_ utilise "
27208 "un format différent de *syslog*(2). Pour assurer la rétrocompatibilité, "
27209 "*dmesg* renvoie toujours les données au format de *syslog*(2). Lire le "
27210 "véritable format brut de _/dev/kmsg_ est possible avec, par exemple, la "
27211 "commande « dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock »."
27212
27213 #. type: Labeled list
27214 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:115
27215 #, no-wrap
27216 msgid "*-S*, *--syslog*"
27217 msgstr "*-S*, *--syslog*"
27218
27219 #. type: Plain text
27220 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:117
27221 msgid ""
27222 "Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel "
27223 "messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since "
27224 "kernel 3.5.0."
27225 msgstr ""
27226 "Forcer *dmesg* à utiliser l’interface *syslog*(2) du noyau pour lire les "
27227 "messages du noyau. _/dev/kmsg_ est utilisé par défaut au lieu de *syslog*(2) "
27228 "depuis le noyau 3.5.0."
27229
27230 #. type: Labeled list
27231 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:118
27232 #, no-wrap
27233 msgid "*-s*, *--buffer-size* _size_"
27234 msgstr "*-s*, *--buffer-size* _taille_"
27235
27236 #. type: Plain text
27237 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:120
27238 msgid ""
27239 "Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by "
27240 "default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 "
27241 "since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be "
27242 "larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire "
27243 "buffer."
27244 msgstr ""
27245 "Utiliser un tampon de la _taille_ indiquée pour les requêtes au tampon "
27246 "circulaire du noyau au lieu de la taille par défaut (16392 octets) (la "
27247 "taille par défaut du tampon pour le journal système du noyau était 4096 au "
27248 "départ, puis 8192 à partir du noyau 1.3.54, et 16384 depuis la "
27249 "version 2.1.113). Si vous avez augmenté la taille du tampon du noyau par "
27250 "rapport à sa valeur par défaut, cette option peut être utilisée pour "
27251 "afficher le tampon en entier."
27252
27253 #. type: Labeled list
27254 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:121
27255 #, no-wrap
27256 msgid "*-T*, *--ctime*"
27257 msgstr "*-T*, *--ctime*"
27258
27259 #. type: Plain text
27260 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:123
27261 msgid "Print human-readable timestamps."
27262 msgstr "Afficher l’horodatage dans un format lisible."
27263
27264 #. type: Plain text
27265 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:125
27266 #, no-wrap
27267 msgid "*Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate!* The *time* source used for the logs is *not updated after* system *SUSPEND*/*RESUME*. Timestamps are adjusted according to current delta between boottime and monotonic clocks, this works only for messages printed after last resume.\n"
27268 msgstr "*Attention, l’horodatage pourrait être inexact !* L’origine des *temps* utilisée pour les journaux *n’est pas mise à jour* après un retour de veille du système (*SUSPEND*/*RESUME*). L'horodatage est ajusté en fonction du décalage actuels entre l'heure de démarrage et les horloges monotoniques, cela ne fonctionne que pour les messages affichés après le dernier réveil.\n"
27269
27270 #. type: Labeled list
27271 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:126
27272 #, no-wrap
27273 msgid "*--since* _time_"
27274 msgstr "*--since* _heure_"
27275
27276 #. type: Plain text
27277 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:128
27278 msgid ""
27279 "Display record since the specified time. Supported is the subsecond "
27280 "granularity. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by "
27281 "relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be "
27282 "inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
27283 msgstr ""
27284
27285 #. type: Labeled list
27286 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:129
27287 #, no-wrap
27288 msgid "*--until* _time_"
27289 msgstr "*--until* _heure_"
27290
27291 #. type: Plain text
27292 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:131
27293 msgid ""
27294 "Display record until the specified time. Supported is the subsecond "
27295 "granularity. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by "
27296 "relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be "
27297 "inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
27298 msgstr ""
27299
27300 #. type: Labeled list
27301 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:132
27302 #, no-wrap
27303 msgid "*-t*, *--notime*"
27304 msgstr "*-t*, *--notime*"
27305
27306 #. type: Plain text
27307 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:134
27308 msgid "Do not print kernel's timestamps."
27309 msgstr "Ne pas afficher l’horodatage du noyau."
27310
27311 #. type: Plain text
27312 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:137
27313 msgid ""
27314 "Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, "
27315 "*delta* or *iso*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-format-"
27316 "specific options. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of the "
27317 "ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the "
27318 "comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. "
27319 "The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DD<T>HH:MM:SS,"
27320 "<microseconds><-+><timezone offset from UTC>."
27321 msgstr ""
27322 "Afficher les horodatages en utilisant le _format_ indiqué, qui peut être "
27323 "*ctime*, *reltime*, *delta* ou *iso*. Les trois premiers formats sont des "
27324 "alias des options spécifiques au format de date. Le format *iso* est une "
27325 "implémentation *dmesg* du format d’horodatage ISO-8601. Le but de ce format "
27326 "est de faciliter la comparaison d’horodatages entre deux systèmes ainsi que "
27327 "tout autre analyse. La définition de l’horodatage *iso* est : AAAA-MM-"
27328 "JJ<TE>HH:MM:SS,<microsecondes><-+<décalage du fuseau horaire par rapport à "
27329 "UTCE>."
27330
27331 #. type: Plain text
27332 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:139
27333 msgid ""
27334 "The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate "
27335 "when a system is suspended and resumed."
27336 msgstr ""
27337 "Le format *iso* a le même problème que *ctime* : la date pourrait être "
27338 "inexacte après un retour de veille du système."
27339
27340 #. type: Labeled list
27341 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:140
27342 #, no-wrap
27343 msgid "*-u*, *--userspace*"
27344 msgstr "*-u*, *--userspace*"
27345
27346 #. type: Plain text
27347 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:142
27348 msgid "Print userspace messages."
27349 msgstr "Afficher les messages en espace utilisateur."
27350
27351 #. type: Labeled list
27352 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:143
27353 #, no-wrap
27354 msgid "*-w*, *--follow*"
27355 msgstr "*-w*, *--follow*"
27356
27357 #. type: Plain text
27358 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:145
27359 msgid ""
27360 "Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a "
27361 "readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)."
27362 msgstr ""
27363 "Attendre de nouveaux messages. Cette fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge "
27364 "que sur les systèmes avec un _/dev/kmsg_ lisible (depuis le noyau 3.5.0)."
27365
27366 #. type: Labeled list
27367 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:146
27368 #, no-wrap
27369 msgid "*-W*, *--follow-new*"
27370 msgstr "*-W*, *--follow-new*"
27371
27372 #. type: Plain text
27373 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:148
27374 msgid "Wait and print only new messages."
27375 msgstr "Attendre et n'afficher que les nouveaux messages."
27376
27377 #. type: Labeled list
27378 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:149
27379 #, no-wrap
27380 msgid "*-x*, *--decode*"
27381 msgstr "*-x*, *--decode*"
27382
27383 #. type: Plain text
27384 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:151
27385 msgid ""
27386 "Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes."
27387 msgstr ""
27388 "Décoder les numéros de service et de niveau (priorité) en préfixes lisibles."
27389
27390 #. type: Plain text
27391 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:156
27392 msgid "The logical color names supported by *dmesg* are:"
27393 msgstr ""
27394 "Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge par *dmesg* sont les suivantes :"
27395
27396 #. type: Labeled list
27397 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:157
27398 #, no-wrap
27399 msgid "*subsys*"
27400 msgstr "*subsys*"
27401
27402 #. type: Plain text
27403 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:159
27404 msgid "The message sub-system prefix (e.g., \"ACPI:\")."
27405 msgstr "Le préfixe de sous-système du message (par exemple, « ACPI »)."
27406
27407 #. type: Plain text
27408 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:162
27409 msgid "The message timestamp."
27410 msgstr "L’horodatage du message."
27411
27412 #. type: Labeled list
27413 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:163
27414 #, no-wrap
27415 msgid "*timebreak*"
27416 msgstr "*timebreak*"
27417
27418 #. type: Plain text
27419 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:165
27420 msgid ""
27421 "The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* "
27422 "output."
27423 msgstr ""
27424 "L’horodatage du message au format *ctime* court dans les sorties avec *--"
27425 "reltime* ou *--human*."
27426
27427 #. type: Labeled list
27428 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:166
27429 #, no-wrap
27430 msgid "*alert*"
27431 msgstr "*alert*"
27432
27433 #. type: Plain text
27434 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:168
27435 msgid "The text of the message with the alert log priority."
27436 msgstr "Le texte du message avec la priorité de journalisation d’alerte."
27437
27438 #. type: Labeled list
27439 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:169
27440 #, no-wrap
27441 msgid "*crit*"
27442 msgstr "*crit*"
27443
27444 #. type: Plain text
27445 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:171
27446 msgid "The text of the message with the critical log priority."
27447 msgstr "Le texte du message avec la priorité de journalisation critique."
27448
27449 #. type: Labeled list
27450 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:172
27451 #, no-wrap
27452 msgid "*err*"
27453 msgstr "*err*"
27454
27455 #. type: Plain text
27456 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:174
27457 msgid "The text of the message with the error log priority."
27458 msgstr "Le texte du message avec la priorité de journalisation d’erreur."
27459
27460 #. type: Plain text
27461 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:177
27462 msgid "The text of the message with the warning log priority."
27463 msgstr ""
27464 "Le texte du message avec la priorité de journalisation d’avertissement."
27465
27466 #. type: Labeled list
27467 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:178
27468 #, no-wrap
27469 msgid "*segfault*"
27470 msgstr "*segfault*"
27471
27472 #. type: Plain text
27473 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:180
27474 msgid "The text of the message that inform about segmentation fault."
27475 msgstr "Le texte du message qui informe d’une erreur de segmentation."
27476
27477 #. type: Plain text
27478 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:184
27479 #, no-wrap
27480 msgid "*dmesg* can fail reporting permission denied error. This is usually caused by *dmesg_restrict* kernel setting, please see *syslog*(2) for more details.\n"
27481 msgstr "*dmesg* peut échouer en signalant une erreur de permission non accordée. Cela est dû, en général à l'option *dmesg_restrict* du noyau, veuillez vous reporter à *syslog*(2) pour plus de détails.\n"
27482
27483 #. type: Plain text
27484 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:190
27485 #, no-wrap
27486 msgid "*dmesg* was originally written by mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o].\n"
27487 msgstr "*dmesg* a été écrit à l'origine par mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o].\n"
27488
27489 #. type: Plain text
27490 #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:195
27491 #, no-wrap
27492 msgid ""
27493 "*terminal-colors.d*(5),\n"
27494 "*syslogd*(8)\n"
27495 msgstr ""
27496 "*terminal-colors.d*(5),\n"
27497 "*syslogd*(8)\n"
27498
27499 #
27500 #. Copyright (C) 1994-2005 Jeff Tranter (tranter@pobox.com)
27501 #. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>.
27502 #. It may be distributed under the GNU Public License, version 2, or
27503 #. any higher version. See section COPYING of the GNU Public license
27504 #. for conditions under which this file may be redistributed.
27505 #. type: Title =
27506 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:10
27507 #, no-wrap
27508 msgid "eject(1)"
27509 msgstr "eject(1)"
27510
27511 #. type: Plain text
27512 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:20
27513 msgid "eject - eject removable media"
27514 msgstr ""
27515
27516 #. type: Plain text
27517 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:22
27518 #, no-wrap
27519 msgid "*eject* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
27520 msgstr "*eject* [options] _périphérique_|_point_de_montage_\n"
27521
27522 #. type: Plain text
27523 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:26
27524 #, no-wrap
27525 msgid "*eject* allows removable media (typically a CD-ROM, floppy disk, tape, JAZ, ZIP or USB disk) to be ejected under software control. The command can also control some multi-disc CD-ROM changers, the auto-eject feature supported by some devices, and close the disc tray of some CD-ROM drives.\n"
27526 msgstr ""
27527
27528 #. type: Plain text
27529 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:28
27530 msgid ""
27531 "The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name "
27532 "is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be "
27533 "addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), "
27534 "UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags."
27535 msgstr ""
27536
27537 #. type: Plain text
27538 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:30
27539 msgid ""
27540 "There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the "
27541 "device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default "
27542 "*eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds."
27543 msgstr ""
27544
27545 #. type: Plain text
27546 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:32
27547 msgid "If a device partition is specified, the whole-disk device is used."
27548 msgstr ""
27549
27550 #. type: Plain text
27551 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:34
27552 msgid ""
27553 "If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted "
27554 "before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file "
27555 "descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified."
27556 msgstr ""
27557
27558 #. type: Labeled list
27559 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:37
27560 #, no-wrap
27561 msgid "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*"
27562 msgstr "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*"
27563
27564 #. type: Plain text
27565 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:39
27566 msgid ""
27567 "This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When "
27568 "enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed."
27569 msgstr ""
27570
27571 #. type: Labeled list
27572 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:40
27573 #, no-wrap
27574 msgid "*-c*, *--changerslot* _slot_"
27575 msgstr "*-c*, *--changerslot* _disque_"
27576
27577 #. type: Plain text
27578 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:42
27579 msgid ""
27580 "With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. "
27581 "The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) "
27582 "for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the "
27583 "changer is referred to as 0, not 1."
27584 msgstr ""
27585
27586 #. type: Labeled list
27587 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:43
27588 #, no-wrap
27589 msgid "*-d*, *--default*"
27590 msgstr "*-d*, *--default*"
27591
27592 #. type: Plain text
27593 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:45
27594 #, fuzzy
27595 #| msgid "List all filenames."
27596 msgid "List the default device name."
27597 msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers."
27598
27599 #. type: Labeled list
27600 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:46
27601 #, no-wrap
27602 msgid "*-F*, *--force*"
27603 msgstr "*-F*, *--force*"
27604
27605 #. type: Plain text
27606 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:48
27607 msgid ""
27608 "Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. "
27609 "The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices."
27610 msgstr ""
27611
27612 #. type: Labeled list
27613 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:49
27614 #, no-wrap
27615 msgid "*-f*, *--floppy*"
27616 msgstr "*-f*, *--floppy*"
27617
27618 #. type: Plain text
27619 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:51
27620 msgid ""
27621 "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable "
27622 "floppy disk eject command."
27623 msgstr ""
27624
27625 #. type: Labeled list
27626 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:52
27627 #, no-wrap
27628 msgid "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*"
27629 msgstr "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*"
27630
27631 #. type: Plain text
27632 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:54
27633 msgid ""
27634 "This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the "
27635 "drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when "
27636 "you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the "
27637 "button is inadvertently pressed."
27638 msgstr ""
27639
27640 #. type: Labeled list
27641 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:55
27642 #, no-wrap
27643 msgid "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*"
27644 msgstr "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*"
27645
27646 #. type: Plain text
27647 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:57
27648 msgid ""
27649 "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount other partitions on "
27650 "partitioned devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will "
27651 "not attempt to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device "
27652 "or mountpoint given on the command line."
27653 msgstr ""
27654
27655 #. type: Labeled list
27656 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:58
27657 #, no-wrap
27658 msgid "*-m*, *--no-unmount*"
27659 msgstr "*-m*, *--no-unmount*"
27660
27661 #. type: Plain text
27662 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:60
27663 msgid ""
27664 "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not "
27665 "specified then *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that "
27666 "the device is not used (since v2.35)."
27667 msgstr ""
27668
27669 #. type: Labeled list
27670 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:61
27671 #, no-wrap
27672 msgid "*-n*, *--noop*"
27673 msgstr "*-n*, *--noop*"
27674
27675 #. type: Plain text
27676 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:63
27677 msgid ""
27678 "With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed."
27679 msgstr ""
27680
27681 #. type: Labeled list
27682 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:64
27683 #, no-wrap
27684 msgid "*-p*, *--proc*"
27685 msgstr "*-p*, *--proc*"
27686
27687 #. type: Plain text
27688 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:66
27689 msgid ""
27690 "This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also "
27691 "passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)."
27692 msgstr ""
27693
27694 #. type: Labeled list
27695 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:67
27696 #, no-wrap
27697 msgid "*-q*, *--tape*"
27698 msgstr "*-q*, *--tape*"
27699
27700 #. type: Plain text
27701 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:69
27702 msgid ""
27703 "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive "
27704 "offline command."
27705 msgstr ""
27706
27707 #. type: Labeled list
27708 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:70
27709 #, no-wrap
27710 msgid "*-r*, *--cdrom*"
27711 msgstr "*-r*, *--cdrom*"
27712
27713 #. type: Plain text
27714 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:72
27715 msgid ""
27716 "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject "
27717 "command."
27718 msgstr ""
27719
27720 #. type: Labeled list
27721 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:73
27722 #, no-wrap
27723 msgid "*-s*, *--scsi*"
27724 msgstr "*-s*, *--scsi*"
27725
27726 #. type: Plain text
27727 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:75
27728 msgid ""
27729 "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands."
27730 msgstr ""
27731
27732 #. type: Labeled list
27733 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:76
27734 #, no-wrap
27735 msgid "*-T*, *--traytoggle*"
27736 msgstr "*-T*, *--traytoggle*"
27737
27738 #. type: Plain text
27739 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:78
27740 msgid ""
27741 "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's "
27742 "opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices "
27743 "support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command."
27744 msgstr ""
27745
27746 #. type: Labeled list
27747 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:79
27748 #, no-wrap
27749 msgid "*-t*, *--trayclose*"
27750 msgstr "*-t*, *--trayclose*"
27751
27752 #. type: Plain text
27753 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:81
27754 msgid ""
27755 "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all "
27756 "devices support this command."
27757 msgstr ""
27758
27759 #. type: Plain text
27760 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:86
27761 msgid ""
27762 "Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is "
27763 "doing."
27764 msgstr ""
27765
27766 #. type: Labeled list
27767 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:87
27768 #, no-wrap
27769 msgid "*-X*, *--listspeed*"
27770 msgstr "*-X*, *--listspeed*"
27771
27772 #. type: Plain text
27773 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:89
27774 msgid ""
27775 "With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available "
27776 "speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of "
27777 "the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous "
27778 "versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some "
27779 "drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not "
27780 "work with them."
27781 msgstr ""
27782
27783 #. type: Labeled list
27784 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:90
27785 #, no-wrap
27786 msgid "*-x*, *--cdspeed* _speed_"
27787 msgstr "*-x*, *--cdspeed* _vitesse_"
27788
27789 #. type: Plain text
27790 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:92
27791 msgid ""
27792 "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The "
27793 "_speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X "
27794 "speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and "
27795 "you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the "
27796 "media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or "
27797 "with the *-t* and *-c* options."
27798 msgstr ""
27799
27800 #. type: Plain text
27801 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:100
27802 #, no-wrap
27803 msgid "*eject* only works with devices that support one or more of the four methods of ejecting. This includes most CD-ROM drives (IDE, SCSI, and proprietary), some SCSI tape drives, JAZ drives, ZIP drives (parallel port, SCSI, and IDE versions), and LS120 removable floppies. Users have also reported success with floppy drives on Sun SPARC and Apple Macintosh systems. If *eject* does not work, it is most likely a limitation of the kernel driver for the device and not the *eject* program itself.\n"
27804 msgstr ""
27805
27806 #. type: Plain text
27807 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:102
27808 msgid ""
27809 "The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are "
27810 "used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these "
27811 "options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)."
27812 msgstr ""
27813
27814 #. type: Plain text
27815 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:104
27816 #, no-wrap
27817 msgid "*eject* may not always be able to determine if the device is mounted (e.g., if it has several names). If the device name is a symbolic link, *eject* will follow the link and use the device that it points to.\n"
27818 msgstr ""
27819
27820 #. type: Plain text
27821 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:106
27822 msgid ""
27823 "If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will "
27824 "attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see "
27825 "also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not "
27826 "attempt to eject the media."
27827 msgstr ""
27828
27829 #. type: Plain text
27830 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:108
27831 msgid ""
27832 "You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray "
27833 "if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command."
27834 msgstr ""
27835
27836 #. type: Plain text
27837 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:110
27838 msgid ""
27839 "If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected "
27840 "after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the "
27841 "auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject "
27842 "mode."
27843 msgstr ""
27844
27845 #. type: Plain text
27846 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:112
27847 msgid ""
27848 "You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root "
27849 "is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)."
27850 msgstr ""
27851
27852 #. type: Plain text
27853 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:116
27854 msgid ""
27855 "mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat."
27856 "com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux "
27857 "version."
27858 msgstr ""
27859
27860 #. type: Plain text
27861 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:123
27862 #, no-wrap
27863 msgid ""
27864 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
27865 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
27866 "*mount*(8),\n"
27867 "*umount*(8)\n"
27868 msgstr ""
27869 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
27870 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
27871 "*mount*(8),\n"
27872 "*umount*(8)\n"
27873
27874 #. type: Title =
27875 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:2
27876 #, no-wrap
27877 msgid "fallocate(1)"
27878 msgstr "fallocate(1)"
27879
27880 #. type: Plain text
27881 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:12
27882 msgid "fallocate - preallocate or deallocate space to a file"
27883 msgstr "fallocate - Réserver ou rendre de l'espace pour un fichier"
27884
27885 #. type: Plain text
27886 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:16
27887 #, no-wrap
27888 msgid "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length_ [*-n*] _filename_\n"
27889 msgstr "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _position_] *-l* _taille_ [*-n*] _fichier_\n"
27890
27891 #. type: Plain text
27892 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:18
27893 #, no-wrap
27894 msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
27895 msgstr "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _position_] [*-l* _taille_] _fichier_\n"
27896
27897 #. type: Plain text
27898 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:20
27899 #, no-wrap
27900 msgid "*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length filename_\n"
27901 msgstr "*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _position_] *-l* _taille fichier_\n"
27902
27903 # FIXME fallocate system call → *fallocate*(2) system call
27904 #. type: Plain text
27905 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:24
27906 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
27907 #| msgid "*fallocate* is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, either to deallocate or preallocate it. For filesystems which support the fallocate system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data blocks. This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with zeroes.\n"
27908 msgid "*fallocate* is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, either to deallocate or preallocate it. For filesystems which support the *fallocate*(2) system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data blocks. This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with zeroes.\n"
27909 msgstr "*fallocate* sert à manipuler l’espace disque alloué à un fichier, soit pour le réserver, soit pour le rendre. Pour les systèmes de fichiers qui permettent l'appel système *fallocate*(2), la réservation est réalisée rapidement en allouant des blocs et en les marquant comme non initialisés, sans nécessiter d'échange (entrée ou sortie) avec les blocs de données. C'est bien plus rapide que de créer un fichier en le remplissant de zéros.\n"
27910
27911 #. type: Plain text
27912 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:26
27913 msgid ""
27914 "The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
27915 msgstr ""
27916 "L'état de sortie renvoyé par *fallocate* est 0 en cas de réussite et 1 en "
27917 "cas d'échec."
27918
27919 #. type: Plain text
27920 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:30
27921 msgid ""
27922 "The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
27923 "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
27924 "ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
27925 "\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
27926 "PB, EB, ZB, and YB."
27927 msgstr ""
27928 "Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
27929 "multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
27930 "et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
27931 "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
27932 "ZB et YB."
27933
27934 #. type: Plain text
27935 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:32
27936 msgid ""
27937 "The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, and *--zero-"
27938 "range* are mutually exclusive."
27939 msgstr ""
27940 "Les options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole* et *--zero-"
27941 "range* s'excluent mutuellement."
27942
27943 #. type: Labeled list
27944 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:33
27945 #, no-wrap
27946 msgid "*-c*, *--collapse-range*"
27947 msgstr "*-c*, *--collapse-range*"
27948
27949 #. type: Plain text
27950 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:35
27951 msgid ""
27952 "Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to "
27953 "be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the "
27954 "completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the "
27955 "location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and "
27956 "the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be "
27957 "specified for the collapse-range operation."
27958 msgstr ""
27959 "Supprimer un intervalle d’octets d’un fichier, sans laisser de trou. "
27960 "L’intervalle d’octets à supprimer commence à _position_ et continue pendant "
27961 "_taille_ octets. À la fin de l’opération, le contenu du fichier commençant à "
27962 "__position__+_taille_ sera ajouté à la _position_ et le fichier sera plus "
27963 "petit de _taille_ octets. L’option *--keep-size* ne peut pas être utilisée "
27964 "pour une opération de suppression d’intervalle."
27965
27966 #. type: Plain text
27967 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:37
27968 msgid ""
27969 "Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
27970 msgstr ""
27971 "Disponible depuis Linux 3.15 pour ext4 (seulement pour les fichiers avec "
27972 "extension de domaine ou « extent ») et XFS."
27973
27974 # FIXME offset and len → _offset_ and _length_
27975 # FIXME EINVAL → *EINVAL*
27976 #. type: Plain text
27977 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:39
27978 #, fuzzy
27979 #| msgid ""
27980 #| "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, "
27981 #| "in order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, offset and len "
27982 #| "must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies "
27983 #| "according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has "
27984 #| "such a requirement, the operation will fail with the error EINVAL if this "
27985 #| "requirement is violated."
27986 msgid ""
27987 "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in "
27988 "order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, _offset_ and _length_ "
27989 "must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies "
27990 "according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such "
27991 "a requirement, the operation will fail with the error *EINVAL* if this "
27992 "requirement is violated."
27993 msgstr ""
27994 "Un système de fichiers peut poser des limites à la granularité de "
27995 "l'opération, afin de garantir une implémentation efficace. Typiquement, "
27996 "_position_ et _taille_ doivent être un multiple de la taille du bloc "
27997 "logique, laquelle varie selon le type et la configuration du système de "
27998 "fichiers. Si un système de fichiers a ce genre d'obligation, l'opération "
27999 "échouera avec l'erreur *EINVAL* si cette obligation est violée."
28000
28001 #. type: Labeled list
28002 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:40
28003 #, no-wrap
28004 msgid "*-d*, *--dig-holes*"
28005 msgstr "*-d*, *--dig-holes*"
28006
28007 #. type: Plain text
28008 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:42
28009 msgid ""
28010 "Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using "
28011 "extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O "
28012 "block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* "
28013 "is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the "
28014 "entire file is analyzed for holes."
28015 msgstr ""
28016 "Détecter et creuser des trous. Cela rassemble les fichiers creux, sans "
28017 "utiliser d’espace disque supplémentaire. La taille minimale du trou dépend "
28018 "de la taille de bloc d’entrée et sortie du système de fichiers (4096 octets "
28019 "en général). De plus, en utilisant cette option, *--keep-size* est "
28020 "implicite. Si aucun intervalle n’est indiqué par *--offset* et *--length*, "
28021 "le fichier entier est analysé pour les trous."
28022
28023 #. type: Plain text
28024 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:44
28025 msgid ""
28026 "You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming "
28027 "the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space."
28028 msgstr ""
28029 "Cette option peut être vue comme faire un « *cp --sparse* » puis renommer le "
28030 "fichier de destination comme le fichier original, sans avoir besoin d’espace "
28031 "disque supplémentaire."
28032
28033 #. type: Plain text
28034 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:46
28035 msgid "See *--punch-hole* for a list of supported filesystems."
28036 msgstr ""
28037 "Consultez *--punch-hole* pour une liste des systèmes de fichiers pris en "
28038 "charge."
28039
28040 #. type: Labeled list
28041 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:47
28042 #, no-wrap
28043 msgid "*-i*, *--insert-range*"
28044 msgstr "*-i*, *--insert-range*"
28045
28046 #. type: Plain text
28047 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:49
28048 msgid "Insert a hole of _length_ bytes from _offset_, shifting existing data."
28049 msgstr ""
28050 "Insérer un trou de taille _taille_ octets à partir de la _position_, "
28051 "déplaçant les données existantes."
28052
28053 # FIXME lenght → _length_
28054 #. type: Plain text
28055 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:52
28056 msgid "Specifies the length of the range, in bytes."
28057 msgstr "Indiquer la _taille_ de l’intervalle, en octets."
28058
28059 #. type: Labeled list
28060 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:53
28061 #, no-wrap
28062 msgid "*-n*, *--keep-size*"
28063 msgstr "*-n*, *--keep-size*"
28064
28065 #. type: Plain text
28066 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:55
28067 msgid ""
28068 "Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate "
28069 "blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate."
28070 msgstr ""
28071 "Ne pas modifier la _taille_ apparente du _fichier_. Des blocs pourraient "
28072 "être alloués après la fin du _fichier_, ils peuvent être enlevés avec "
28073 "_truncate_."
28074
28075 #. type: Plain text
28076 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:58
28077 msgid "Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes."
28078 msgstr "Indiquer la position de début de l’intervalle, en octets."
28079
28080 #. type: Labeled list
28081 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:59
28082 #, no-wrap
28083 msgid "*-p*, *--punch-hole*"
28084 msgstr "*-p*, *--punch-hole*"
28085
28086 #. type: Plain text
28087 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:61
28088 msgid ""
28089 "Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at "
28090 "_offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, "
28091 "partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are "
28092 "removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this "
28093 "range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time "
28094 "as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is "
28095 "implied."
28096 msgstr ""
28097 "Désallouer l'espace (c'est-à-dire créer un trou) dans l'intervalle d'octets "
28098 "commençant à _position_ et continuant pendant _taille_ octets. Dans l'espace "
28099 "indiqué, les blocs partiels de systèmes de fichiers sont mis à zéro et les "
28100 "blocs complets du système de fichiers sont retirés du fichier. Après un "
28101 "appel réussi, les lectures suivantes dans cet intervalle renverront des "
28102 "zéros. Cette option peut ne pas être indiquée en même temps que l’option *--"
28103 "zero-range*. De plus, lors de l’utilisation de cette option, *--keep-size* "
28104 "est implicite."
28105
28106 #. type: Plain text
28107 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:63
28108 msgid ""
28109 "Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since "
28110 "Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)."
28111 msgstr ""
28112 "Pris en charge pour XFS (depuis Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (depuis Linux 3.0), "
28113 "Btrfs (depuis Linux 3.7), tmpfs (depuis Linux 3.5) et gfs2 (depuis "
28114 "Linux 4.16)."
28115
28116 #. type: Plain text
28117 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:66
28118 msgid "Enable verbose mode."
28119 msgstr "Activer le mode verbeux."
28120
28121 #. type: Labeled list
28122 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:67
28123 #, no-wrap
28124 msgid "*-x*, *--posix*"
28125 msgstr "*-x*, *--posix*"
28126
28127 #. type: Plain text
28128 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:69
28129 msgid ""
28130 "Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always "
28131 "completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported "
28132 "by the underlying filesystem."
28133 msgstr ""
28134 "Activer le mode d'opération POSIX. Dans ce mode, l'opération d'allocation se "
28135 "termine toujours mais peut prendre plus de temps si l'allocation rapide "
28136 "n'est pas prise en charge par le système de fichiers sous-jacent."
28137
28138 #. type: Labeled list
28139 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:70
28140 #, no-wrap
28141 msgid "*-z*, *--zero-range*"
28142 msgstr "*-z*, *--zero-range*"
28143
28144 #. type: Plain text
28145 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:72
28146 msgid ""
28147 "Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for "
28148 "_length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the "
28149 "regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent "
28150 "reads from this range will return zeroes."
28151 msgstr ""
28152 "Initialiser l'intervalle d'octets commençant à _position_ et continuant "
28153 "pendant _taille_ octets. Dans l'espace indiqué, les blocs sont préalloués "
28154 "pour les zones qui couvrent les trous du fichier. Après un appel réussi, les "
28155 "lectures suivantes dans cet intervalle renverront des zéros."
28156
28157 #. type: Plain text
28158 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:74
28159 msgid ""
28160 "Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range "
28161 "into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will "
28162 "not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the "
28163 "either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update "
28164 "metadata."
28165 msgstr ""
28166 "L’initialisation est réalisée dans le système de fichiers de préférence en "
28167 "convertissant l’intervalle en « extents » non écrits. Cette approche "
28168 "signifie que l’intervalle indiqué ne sera pas physiquement initialisé sur le "
28169 "périphérique (à part les blocs partiels aux extrémités de l’intervalle) et "
28170 "qu’une entrée ou sortie n’est (sinon) nécessaire que pour mettre à jour les "
28171 "métadonnées."
28172
28173 #. type: Plain text
28174 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:76
28175 msgid ""
28176 "Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification."
28177 msgstr ""
28178 "L’option *--keep-size* peut être indiquée pour empêcher la modification de "
28179 "taille du fichier."
28180
28181 #. type: Plain text
28182 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:78
28183 msgid ""
28184 "Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
28185 msgstr ""
28186 "Disponible depuis Linux 3.14 pour ext4 (seulement pour les fichiers avec "
28187 "extension de domaine ou « extent ») et XFS."
28188
28189 #. type: Plain text
28190 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:85
28191 msgid ""
28192 "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
28193 msgstr ""
28194 "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
28195
28196 #. type: Plain text
28197 #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:91
28198 #, no-wrap
28199 msgid ""
28200 "*truncate*(1),\n"
28201 "*fallocate*(2),\n"
28202 "*posix_fallocate*(3)\n"
28203 msgstr ""
28204 "*truncate*(1),\n"
28205 "*fallocate*(2),\n"
28206 "*posix_fallocate*(3)\n"
28207
28208 #. Copyright 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin - All Rights Reserved
28209 #. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
28210 #. obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
28211 #. files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
28212 #. restriction, including without limitation the rights to use,
28213 #. copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
28214 #. sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
28215 #. the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
28216 #. conditions:
28217 #. The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall
28218 #. be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
28219 #. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
28220 #. EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
28221 #. OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
28222 #. NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
28223 #. HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
28224 #. WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
28225 #. FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
28226 #. OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
28227 #. type: Title =
28228 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:26
28229 #, no-wrap
28230 msgid "flock(1)"
28231 msgstr "flock(1)"
28232
28233 #. type: Plain text
28234 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:37
28235 msgid "flock - manage locks from shell scripts"
28236 msgstr "flock - Gérer des verrous depuis des scripts d'interpréteur"
28237
28238 #. type: Plain text
28239 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:41
28240 #, no-wrap
28241 msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ _command_ [_arguments_]\n"
28242 msgstr "*flock* [options] _fichier_|_répertoire_ _commande_ [_arguments_]\n"
28243
28244 #. type: Plain text
28245 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:43
28246 #, no-wrap
28247 msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ *-c* _command_\n"
28248 msgstr "*flock* [options] _fichier_|_répertoire_ *-c* _commande_\n"
28249
28250 #. type: Plain text
28251 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:45
28252 #, no-wrap
28253 msgid "*flock* [options] _number_\n"
28254 msgstr "*flock* [options] _numéro_\n"
28255
28256 #. type: Plain text
28257 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:49
28258 msgid ""
28259 "This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the "
28260 "command line."
28261 msgstr ""
28262 "Cet utilitaire gère les verrous *flock*(2) à partir de scripts "
28263 "d'interpréteur ou de la ligne de commande."
28264
28265 #. type: Plain text
28266 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:51
28267 msgid ""
28268 "The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution "
28269 "of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a "
28270 "specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate "
28271 "permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be "
28272 "immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available."
28273 msgstr ""
28274 "Les première et deuxième formes précédentes enveloppent l'exécution d'une "
28275 "_commande_ par un verrou, de façon similaire à *su*(1) ou *newgrp*(1). Elles "
28276 "verrouillent soit le _fichier_, soit le _répertoire_ indiqué, qui est créé "
28277 "(en supposant que vous ayez les droits adéquats) s'il n'existe pas déjà. Par "
28278 "défaut, si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu immédiatement, *flock* attend "
28279 "jusqu’à ce que le verrou soit disponible."
28280
28281 #. type: Plain text
28282 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:53
28283 msgid ""
28284 "The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the "
28285 "examples below for how that can be used."
28286 msgstr ""
28287 "La troisième forme utilise un fichier ouvert par son _numéro_ de descripteur "
28288 "de fichier. Consultez les exemples suivants montrant comment l’utiliser."
28289
28290 #. type: Plain text
28291 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:58
28292 msgid "Pass a single _command_, without arguments, to the shell with *-c*."
28293 msgstr ""
28294 "Passer une seule _commande_, sans argument, à l’interpréteur de commandes "
28295 "avec *-c*."
28296
28297 #. type: Labeled list
28298 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:59
28299 #, no-wrap
28300 msgid "*-E*, *--conflict-exit-code* _number_"
28301 msgstr "*-E*, *--conflict-exit-code* _numéro_"
28302
28303 #. type: Plain text
28304 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:61
28305 msgid ""
28306 "The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting "
28307 "lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The "
28308 "default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
28309 msgstr ""
28310 "Le code de retour utilisé quand l’option *-n* est utilisée et que le verrou "
28311 "en conflit existe, ou que l’option *-w* est utilisée et que le délai est "
28312 "atteint. La valeur par défaut est *1*. Le _nombre_ doit être compris entre 0 "
28313 "et 255."
28314
28315 #. type: Plain text
28316 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:64
28317 msgid ""
28318 "Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is "
28319 "replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is "
28320 "incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold "
28321 "the lock."
28322 msgstr ""
28323 "Ne pas forker avant d'exécuter _commande_. Pendant l'exécution, le processus "
28324 "*flock* est remplacé par _commande_ qui garde le verrou. Cette option est "
28325 "incompatible avec *--close*, sans quoi plus rien ne conserverait le verrou."
28326
28327 #. type: Labeled list
28328 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:65
28329 #, no-wrap
28330 msgid "*-e*, *-x*, *--exclusive*"
28331 msgstr "*-e*, *-x*, *--exclusive*"
28332
28333 #. type: Plain text
28334 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:67
28335 msgid ""
28336 "Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default."
28337 msgstr ""
28338 "Obtenir un verrou exclusif, parfois appelé verrou en écriture. C'est "
28339 "l'option par défaut."
28340
28341 #. type: Labeled list
28342 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:68
28343 #, no-wrap
28344 msgid "*-n*, *--nb*, *--nonblock*"
28345 msgstr "*-n*, *--nb*, *--nonblock*"
28346
28347 #. type: Plain text
28348 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:70
28349 msgid ""
28350 "Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-"
28351 "E* option for the exit status used."
28352 msgstr ""
28353 "Échouer plutôt qu’attendre si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu "
28354 "immédiatement. Consultez l’option *-E* pour le code de retour utilisé."
28355
28356 #. type: Labeled list
28357 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:71
28358 #, no-wrap
28359 msgid "*-o*, *--close*"
28360 msgstr "*-o*, *--close*"
28361
28362 #. type: Plain text
28363 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:73
28364 msgid ""
28365 "Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing "
28366 "_command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should "
28367 "not be holding the lock."
28368 msgstr ""
28369 "Fermer le descripteur de fichier sur lequel le verrou est maintenu avant "
28370 "l'exécution de _commande_. C'est utile si _commande_ lance un processus "
28371 "enfant qui ne devrait pas détenir le verrou."
28372
28373 #. type: Labeled list
28374 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:74
28375 #, no-wrap
28376 msgid "*-s*, *--shared*"
28377 msgstr "*-s*, *--shared*"
28378
28379 #. type: Plain text
28380 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:76
28381 msgid "Obtain a shared lock, sometimes called a read lock."
28382 msgstr "Obtenir un verrou partagé, parfois appelé verrou en lecture."
28383
28384 #. type: Labeled list
28385 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:77
28386 #, no-wrap
28387 msgid "*-u*, *--unlock*"
28388 msgstr "*-u*, *--unlock*"
28389
28390 #. type: Plain text
28391 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:79
28392 msgid ""
28393 "Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically "
28394 "dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special "
28395 "cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a "
28396 "background process which should not be holding the lock."
28397 msgstr ""
28398 "Supprimer un verrou. Ce n'est généralement pas nécessaire, puisqu'un verrou "
28399 "est automatiquement supprimé lorsque le fichier est fermé. Cependant, il "
28400 "peut être nécessaire dans des cas particuliers, par exemple si le groupe de "
28401 "commandes inclus a engendré un processus en arrière-plan qui ne devrait pas "
28402 "détenir le verrou."
28403
28404 #. type: Labeled list
28405 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:80
28406 #, no-wrap
28407 msgid "*-w*, *--wait*, *--timeout* _seconds_"
28408 msgstr "*-w*, *--wait*, *--timeout* _délai_"
28409
28410 #. type: Plain text
28411 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:82
28412 msgid ""
28413 "Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional "
28414 "values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero "
28415 "number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*."
28416 msgstr ""
28417 "Échouer si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu en _délai_ secondes. Les "
28418 "valeurs en fractions décimales sont permises. Consultez l’option *-E* pour "
28419 "le code de retour utilisé. Un _délai_ nul est interprété comme *--nonblock*."
28420
28421 #. type: Plain text
28422 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:85
28423 msgid ""
28424 "Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be "
28425 "obtained."
28426 msgstr ""
28427 "Renvoyer la durée d'acquisition du verrou ou la raison pour laquelle il n'a "
28428 "pas pu être obtenu."
28429
28430 #. type: Plain text
28431 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:91
28432 msgid ""
28433 "The command uses <sysexits.h> exit status values for everything, except when "
28434 "using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire "
28435 "the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The "
28436 "exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
28437 msgstr ""
28438 "La commande utilise les valeurs de code de retour de <sysexits.h> pour tout, "
28439 "sauf avec les options *-n* ou *-w*, qui signalent un échec d’obtention du "
28440 "verrou avec un code de retour donné par l’option *-E*, ou avec 1 par défaut. "
28441 "Le code de retour donné par *-E* doit être 0 et 255."
28442
28443 #. type: Plain text
28444 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:93
28445 msgid ""
28446 "When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the "
28447 "exit status is that of the child command."
28448 msgstr ""
28449 "En utilisant la variante _commande_ et si l’exécution de l’enfant a "
28450 "fonctionné, le code de retour est celui de la commande enfant."
28451
28452 #. type: Plain text
28453 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:97
28454 #, no-wrap
28455 msgid "*flock* does not detect deadlock. See *flock*(2) for details.\n"
28456 msgstr ""
28457
28458 #. type: Plain text
28459 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:99
28460 msgid ""
28461 "Some file systems (e. g. NFS and CIFS) have a limited implementation of "
28462 "*flock*(2) and flock may always fail. For details see *flock*(2), *nfs*(5) "
28463 "and *mount.cifs*(8). Depending on mount options, flock can always fail there."
28464 msgstr ""
28465
28466 #. type: Plain text
28467 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:103
28468 msgid "Note that \"shell> \" in examples is a command line prompt."
28469 msgstr ""
28470 "Notez que « shell> » dans les exemples ci-dessous est une invite de commande."
28471
28472 #. type: Labeled list
28473 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:104
28474 #, no-wrap
28475 msgid "shell1> flock /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
28476 msgstr "shell1> flock /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
28477
28478 # FIXME /tmp → _/tmp_
28479 #. type: Plain text
28480 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:106
28481 #, fuzzy
28482 #| msgid ""
28483 #| "Set exclusive lock to directory /tmp and the second command will fail."
28484 msgid ""
28485 "Set exclusive lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will fail."
28486 msgstr ""
28487 "Définir un verrou exclusif sur le répertoire _/tmp_ et la seconde commande "
28488 "échouera."
28489
28490 #. type: Labeled list
28491 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:107
28492 #, no-wrap
28493 msgid "shell1> flock -s /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
28494 msgstr "shell1> flock -s /tmp -c cat; shell2> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
28495
28496 # FIXME /tmp → _/tmp_
28497 #. type: Plain text
28498 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:109
28499 #, fuzzy
28500 #| msgid ""
28501 #| "Set shared lock to directory /tmp and the second command will not fail. "
28502 #| "Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would "
28503 #| "fail."
28504 msgid ""
28505 "Set shared lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will not fail. "
28506 "Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail."
28507 msgstr ""
28508 "Définir un verrou partagé sur le répertoire _/tmp_ et la seconde commande "
28509 "n’échouera pas. Remarquez que la tentative d’obtenir un verrou exclusif avec "
28510 "la seconde commande aurait échoué."
28511
28512 #. type: Labeled list
28513 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:110
28514 #, no-wrap
28515 msgid "shell> flock -x local-lock-file echo 'a b c'"
28516 msgstr "shell> flock -x fichier_verrou_local echo 'a b c'"
28517
28518 #. type: Plain text
28519 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:112
28520 msgid ""
28521 "Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'."
28522 msgstr ""
28523 "Récupérer le verrou exclusif « fichier_verrou_local » avant d’exécuter "
28524 "echo 'a b c'."
28525
28526 #. type: Labeled list
28527 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:113
28528 #, no-wrap
28529 msgid "(; flock -n 9 || exit 1; # ... commands executed under lock ...; ) 9>/var/lock/mylockfile"
28530 msgstr "(; flock -n 9 || exit 1; # ... commandes exécutées sous un verrou ...; ) 9>/var/lock/mon_fichier_verrou"
28531
28532 #. type: Plain text
28533 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:115
28534 msgid ""
28535 "The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file "
28536 "doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be "
28537 "created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. "
28538 "Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is "
28539 "required."
28540 msgstr ""
28541 "Cette forme est pratique dans les scripts d’interpréteur de commandes. Le "
28542 "mode utilisé pour ouvrir le fichier n'est pas important pour *flock* ; "
28543 "utiliser _>_ ou _>>_ permet de créer le fichier de verrouillage s'il "
28544 "n'existe pas déjà, cependant, le droit d'écriture est nécessaire. En "
28545 "utilisant _<_, le fichier doit déjà exister, mais seul le droit de lecture "
28546 "est nécessaire."
28547
28548 #. type: Labeled list
28549 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:116
28550 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
28551 #| msgid "[ \"${FLOCKER}\" != \"$0\" ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0\" flock -en \"$0\" \"$0\" \"$@\" || :"
28552 msgid "[ \"$\\{FLOCKER}\" != \"$0\" ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0\" flock -en \"$0\" \"$0\" \"$@\" || : "
28553 msgstr "[ \"${FLOCKER}\" != \"$0\" ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0\" flock -en \"$0\" \"$0\" \"$@\" || :"
28554
28555 #. type: Plain text
28556 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:118
28557 #, fuzzy
28558 #| msgid ""
28559 #| "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of "
28560 #| "the shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on "
28561 #| "the first run. If the env var *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell script "
28562 #| "that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-"
28563 #| "blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-"
28564 #| "execing itself with the right arguments. It also sets the FLOCKER env var "
28565 #| "to the right value so it doesn't run again."
28566 msgid ""
28567 "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the "
28568 "shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the "
28569 "first run. If the environment variable *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell "
28570 "script that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-"
28571 "blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing "
28572 "itself with the right arguments. It also sets the *FLOCKER* environment "
28573 "variable to the right value so it doesn't run again."
28574 msgstr ""
28575 "C’est un code passe-partout utile pour les scripts d’interpréteur. Placez-le "
28576 "au début du script d’interpréteur que vous voulez verrouiller et il se "
28577 "verrouillera lui-même automatiquement lors de la première exécution. Si la "
28578 "variable d’environnement *$FLOCKER* n’est pas définie pour le script "
28579 "d’interpréteur en cours d’exécution, alors *flock* est exécuté et un verrou "
28580 "non bloquant exclusif est récupéré (en utilisant le script lui-même comme "
28581 "fichier de verrouillage) avant que le script ne s’exécute de nouveau avec "
28582 "les bons arguments. La variable d’environnement *FLOCKER* est aussi définie "
28583 "à la bonne valeur pour que le script ne s’exécute pas de nouveau."
28584
28585 #. type: Labeled list
28586 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:119
28587 #, no-wrap
28588 msgid "shell> exec 4<>/var/lock/mylockfile; shell> flock -n 4"
28589 msgstr "shell> exec 4<>/var/lock/mon_fichier_verrou; shell> flock -n 4"
28590
28591 #. type: Plain text
28592 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:121
28593 #, fuzzy
28594 #| msgid ""
28595 #| "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. "
28596 #| "The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor "
28597 #| "4, then flock is used to lock the descriptor."
28598 msgid ""
28599 "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. "
28600 "The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, "
28601 "then *flock* is used to lock the descriptor."
28602 msgstr ""
28603 "Cette forme est pratique pour verrouiller un fichier sans engendrer un sous-"
28604 "processus. L'interpréteur ouvre le fichier verrou en lecture et en écriture "
28605 "en tant que descripteur de fichier 4, puis flock est utilisé pour "
28606 "verrouiller le descripteur."
28607
28608 #. type: Plain text
28609 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:125
28610 msgid "mailto:hpa@zytor.com[H. Peter Anvin]"
28611 msgstr "mailto:hpa@zytor.com[H. Peter Anvin]"
28612
28613 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
28614 #. type: Plain text
28615 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:130
28616 msgid ""
28617 "Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see "
28618 "the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
28619 "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
28620 msgstr ""
28621 "Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. C'est un logiciel libre ; "
28622 "consultez les sources pour les conditions de copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE "
28623 "garantie ; même pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION "
28624 "PARTICULIÈRE."
28625
28626 #. type: Plain text
28627 #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:134
28628 #, no-wrap
28629 msgid "*flock*(2)\n"
28630 msgstr "*flock*(2)\n"
28631
28632 #. type: Title =
28633 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:2
28634 #, no-wrap
28635 msgid "fsfreeze(8)"
28636 msgstr "fsfreeze(8)"
28637
28638 #. type: Plain text
28639 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:12
28640 msgid "fsfreeze - suspend access to a filesystem (Ext3/4, ReiserFS, JFS, XFS)"
28641 msgstr ""
28642 "fsfreeze - Suspendre l'accès à un système de fichiers (ext3/4, ReiserFS, "
28643 "JFS, XFS)"
28644
28645 #. type: Plain text
28646 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:16
28647 #, no-wrap
28648 msgid "*fsfreeze* *--freeze*|*--unfreeze* _mountpoint_\n"
28649 msgstr "*fsfreeze* *--freeze*|*--unfreeze* _point_de_montage_\n"
28650
28651 #. type: Plain text
28652 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:20
28653 #, no-wrap
28654 msgid "*fsfreeze* suspends or resumes access to a filesystem.\n"
28655 msgstr "*fsfreeze* suspend ou reprend l'accès à un système de fichiers.\n"
28656
28657 #. type: Plain text
28658 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:22
28659 #, no-wrap
28660 msgid "*fsfreeze* halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable image on disk. *fsfreeze* is intended to be used with hardware RAID devices that support the creation of snapshots.\n"
28661 msgstr "*fsfreeze* arrête les nouveaux accès au système de fichiers et crée une image stable sur le disque. *fsfreeze* est conçu pour être utilisé avec des périphériques RAID matériels qui permettent la création d'instantanés.\n"
28662
28663 #. type: Plain text
28664 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:24
28665 #, no-wrap
28666 msgid "*fsfreeze* is unnecessary for *device-mapper* devices. The device-mapper (and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a snapshot creation is requested. For more details see the *dmsetup*(8) man page.\n"
28667 msgstr "*fsfreeze* n'est pas nécessaire aux périphériques *device-mapper*. Le device-mapper (et LVM) gèle automatiquement un système de fichiers du périphérique quand la création d'un instantané est demandée. Pour plus de précisions, consultez la page de manuel *dmsetup*(8).\n"
28668
28669 #. type: Plain text
28670 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:26
28671 msgid ""
28672 "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
28673 "filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see "
28674 "*mount*(8))."
28675 msgstr ""
28676 "Le paramètre _point_de_montage_ est le chemin du répertoire où le système de "
28677 "fichiers est monté. Le système de fichiers doit être monté pour être gelé "
28678 "(consultez *mount*(8))."
28679
28680 #. type: Plain text
28681 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:28
28682 msgid ""
28683 "Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is "
28684 "mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for "
28685 "more details see *mount*(8))."
28686 msgstr ""
28687 "Remarquez que les mises à jour des dates d’accès sont aussi suspendues si le "
28688 "système de fichiers est monté avec le comportement *atime* traditionnel "
28689 "(option de montage *strictatime*, consultez *mount*(8) pour plus de "
28690 "précisions)."
28691
28692 #. type: Labeled list
28693 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:31
28694 #, no-wrap
28695 msgid "*-f*, *--freeze*"
28696 msgstr "*-f*, *--freeze*"
28697
28698 #. type: Plain text
28699 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:33
28700 #, fuzzy
28701 #| msgid ""
28702 #| "This option requests the specified a filesystem to be frozen from new "
28703 #| "modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the "
28704 #| "filesystem are allowed to complete, new write system calls are halted, "
28705 #| "other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, "
28706 #| "metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting "
28707 #| "to write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem "
28708 #| "to be unfrozen."
28709 msgid ""
28710 "This option requests the specified filesystem to be frozen from new "
28711 "modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the "
28712 "filesystem are allowed to complete, new *write*(2) system calls are halted, "
28713 "other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, "
28714 "metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to "
28715 "write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be "
28716 "unfrozen."
28717 msgstr ""
28718 "Cette option nécessite que le système de fichiers indiqué soit gelé de "
28719 "nouvelles modifications. Quand elle est sélectionnée, toutes les "
28720 "transactions en cours dans le système de fichiers ont le droit de se "
28721 "terminer, les nouveaux appels d'écriture sont arrêtés, les autres appels qui "
28722 "modifient le système de fichiers sont arrêtés et toutes les données sales, "
28723 "métadonnées et informations de journalisation sont écrites sur le disque. "
28724 "Tous les processus essayant d'écrire sur le système de fichiers gelé seront "
28725 "bloqués en attendant que le système de fichiers soit dégelé."
28726
28727 #. type: Plain text
28728 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:35
28729 msgid ""
28730 "Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain "
28731 "information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files "
28732 "will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of "
28733 "the snapshot is complete."
28734 msgstr ""
28735 "Remarquez que même après le gel, le système de fichiers sur le disque peut "
28736 "contenir des renseignements sur des fichiers qui sont encore en cours de "
28737 "destruction (unlink). Ces fichiers ne seront pas détruits avant que le "
28738 "système de fichiers ne soit dégelé ou qu'un montage propre de l'instantané "
28739 "ne soit terminé."
28740
28741 #. type: Labeled list
28742 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:36
28743 #, no-wrap
28744 msgid "*-u*, *--unfreeze*"
28745 msgstr "*-u*, *--unfreeze*"
28746
28747 #. type: Plain text
28748 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:38
28749 msgid ""
28750 "This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to "
28751 "continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are "
28752 "unblocked and allowed to complete."
28753 msgstr ""
28754 "Cette option sert à dégeler le système de fichiers et permettre aux "
28755 "opérations de se poursuivre. Toutes les modifications de système de fichiers "
28756 "qui étaient bloquées par le gel sont débloquées et ont le droit de se "
28757 "terminer."
28758
28759 #. type: Title ==
28760 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:41
28761 #, no-wrap
28762 msgid "FILESYSTEM SUPPORT"
28763 msgstr "PRISE EN CHARGE DE SYSTÈME DE FICHIERS"
28764
28765 #. type: Plain text
28766 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:44
28767 msgid ""
28768 "This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. "
28769 "List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, "
28770 "*jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as "
28771 "more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a "
28772 "filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it."
28773 msgstr ""
28774 "Cette commande ne fonctionnera que si une prise en charge du gel est prévue "
28775 "pour le système de fichiers. La liste de ces systèmes de fichiers comprend "
28776 "(2016-12-18)  *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, *jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs* et "
28777 "*xfs*. Cette liste peut être incomplète car de plus en plus de systèmes de "
28778 "fichiers assurent une prise en charge. En cas de doute, la façon la plus "
28779 "facile de le savoir est de créer un petit montage en loopback et tenter de "
28780 "le geler."
28781
28782 #. type: Plain text
28783 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:48
28784 msgid "This man page is based on *xfs_freeze*(8)."
28785 msgstr "Cette page de manuel est basée sur *xfs_freeze*(8)."
28786
28787 #. type: Plain text
28788 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:52
28789 msgid "Written by Hajime Taira."
28790 msgstr "Écrit par Hajime Taira."
28791
28792 #. type: Plain text
28793 #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:68
28794 #, no-wrap
28795 msgid "*mount*(8)\n"
28796 msgstr "*mount*(8)\n"
28797
28798 #
28799 #
28800 #
28801 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
28802 #. All rights reserved.
28803 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
28804 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
28805 #. are met:
28806 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
28807 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
28808 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
28809 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
28810 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
28811 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
28812 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
28813 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
28814 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
28815 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
28816 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
28817 #.    without specific prior written permission.
28818 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
28819 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
28820 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
28821 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
28822 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
28823 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
28824 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
28825 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
28826 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
28827 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
28828 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
28829 #.     @(#)fstab.5      6.5 (Berkeley) 5/10/91
28830 #. type: Title =
28831 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:36
28832 #, no-wrap
28833 msgid "fstab(5)"
28834 msgstr "fstab(5)"
28835
28836 #. type: Plain text
28837 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:46
28838 msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems"
28839 msgstr "fstab - Informations statiques sur les systèmes de fichiers"
28840
28841 #. type: Plain text
28842 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:54
28843 #, fuzzy
28844 #| msgid ""
28845 #| "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems "
28846 #| "the system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; "
28847 #| "it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and "
28848 #| "maintain this file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because "
28849 #| "*fsck*(8), *mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through "
28850 #| "*fstab* doing their thing."
28851 msgid ""
28852 "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the "
28853 "system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is "
28854 "the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this "
28855 "file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because *fsck*(8), "
28856 "*mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their "
28857 "thing."
28858 msgstr ""
28859 "Le fichier *fstab* contient des informations décrivant les systèmes de "
28860 "fichiers que le système peut monter. *fstab* n’est lu que par les "
28861 "programmes, jamais écrit. Cette responsabilité est laissée à "
28862 "l'administrateur, qui doit créer et maintenir lui-même ce fichier. L'ordre "
28863 "des enregistrements au sein de *fstab* est important car *fsck*(8), "
28864 "*mount*(8), et *umount*(8) utilisent les enregistrements de *fstab* les uns "
28865 "à la suite des autres."
28866
28867 #. type: Plain text
28868 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:56
28869 msgid ""
28870 "The file is not read by *mount*(8) only but often is used by many other "
28871 "tools and daemons, and proper functionality may require additional steps. "
28872 "For example, on systemd-based systems, it's recommended to use 'systemctl "
28873 "daemon-reload' after *fstab* modification."
28874 msgstr ""
28875
28876 #. type: Plain text
28877 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:58
28878 msgid ""
28879 "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are "
28880 "separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank "
28881 "lines are ignored."
28882 msgstr ""
28883 "Chaque système de fichiers est décrit sur une ligne indépendante. Les champs "
28884 "contenus sur chaque ligne sont séparés par des espaces ou des tabulations. "
28885 "Les lignes commençant par « # » sont des commentaires, les lignes vides sont "
28886 "ignorées."
28887
28888 #. type: Plain text
28889 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:60
28890 msgid "The following is a typical example of an *fstab* entry:"
28891 msgstr "L'exemple suivant montre une entrée *fstab* typique :"
28892
28893 #. type: delimited block .
28894 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:63
28895 #, no-wrap
28896 msgid "LABEL=t-home2   /home      ext4    defaults,auto_da_alloc      0  2\n"
28897 msgstr "LABEL=t-home2   /home      ext4    defaults,auto_da_alloc      0  2\n"
28898
28899 #. type: Title ===
28900 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:65
28901 #, no-wrap
28902 msgid "The first field (_fs_spec_)."
28903 msgstr "Le premier champ (_fs_spec_)"
28904
28905 #. type: Plain text
28906 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:68
28907 #, fuzzy
28908 #| msgid ""
28909 #| "This field describes the block special device or remote filesystem to be "
28910 #| "mounted."
28911 msgid ""
28912 "This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or "
28913 "filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap device "
28914 "to be enabled."
28915 msgstr ""
28916 "Ce champ décrit le périphérique bloc ou le système de fichiers distant à "
28917 "monter."
28918
28919 #. type: Plain text
28920 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:70
28921 msgid ""
28922 "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node "
28923 "(as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ "
28924 "or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _<host>:<dir>_, e.g., _knuth."
28925 "aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will "
28926 "show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for "
28927 "*procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, "
28928 "like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*."
28929 msgstr ""
28930 "Pour les montages habituels, ce champ contient (un lien vers) un nœud "
28931 "spécial de périphérique (comme créé par *mknod*(8)), correspondant au "
28932 "périphérique à monter, comme _/dev/cdrom_ ou _/dev/sdb7_. Pour les montages "
28933 "NFS, ce champ est _<hôte>:<rép>_, par exemple _knuth.aeb.nl:/_. Pour les "
28934 "systèmes de fichiers sans stockage, n’importe quelle chaîne peut être "
28935 "utilisée, et sera par exemple montrée dans la sortie de *df*(1). Une "
28936 "utilisation typique est « proc » pour procfs, « mem », « none » ou « tmpfs » "
28937 "pour tmpfs. D’autres systèmes de fichiers particuliers comme udev et sysfs, "
28938 "ne sont typiquement pas indiqués dans *fstab*."
28939
28940 #. type: Plain text
28941 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:72
28942 msgid ""
28943 "LABEL=<label> or UUID=<uuid> may be given instead of a device name. This is "
28944 "the recommended method, as device names are often a coincidence of hardware "
28945 "detection order, and can change when other disks are added or removed. For "
28946 "example, 'LABEL=Boot' or 'UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6'. (Use a "
28947 "filesystem-specific tool like *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8), or *fatlabel*(8) "
28948 "to set LABELs on filesystems)."
28949 msgstr ""
28950 "LABEL=<étiquette> ou UUID=<UUID> peuvent être indiqués à la place d’un nom "
28951 "du périphérique. C’est la méthode conseillée, car les noms de périphérique "
28952 "sont souvent liés à l’ordre de détection du matériel, et peuvent changer "
28953 "quand d’autres disques sont ajoutés ou supprimés. Par exemple, "
28954 "« LABEL=Boot » ou « UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6 » (utilisez un "
28955 "outil spécifique au système de fichiers comme *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8) "
28956 "ou *fatlabel*(8) pour définir les étiquettes des systèmes de fichiers)."
28957
28958 #. type: Plain text
28959 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:74
28960 msgid ""
28961 "It's also possible to use *PARTUUID=* and *PARTLABEL=*. These partitions "
28962 "identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
28963 msgstr ""
28964 "*PARTUUID=* et *PARTLABEL=* peuvent aussi être utilisés. Ces identifiants de "
28965 "partitions sont par exemple pris en charge pour une table de partitions GUID "
28966 "(GPT)."
28967
28968 #. type: Plain text
28969 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:76
28970 msgid ""
28971 "See *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) or *lsblk*(8) for more details about device "
28972 "identifiers."
28973 msgstr ""
28974 "Consultez *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) ou *lsblk*(8) pour plus de précisions sur "
28975 "les identifiants de périphérique."
28976
28977 #. type: Plain text
28978 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:78
28979 #, fuzzy
28980 #| msgid ""
28981 #| "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
28982 #| "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
28983 msgid ""
28984 "Note that *mount*(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation of the "
28985 "UUID should be based on lower case characters. But when specifying the "
28986 "volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case characters are used (e.g "
28987 "UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
28988 msgstr ""
28989 "Remarquez que  B<mount>(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. La chaîne "
28990 "représentant l'UUID devrait être composée de caractères en minuscules."
28991
28992 #. type: Title ===
28993 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:79
28994 #, no-wrap
28995 msgid "The second field (_fs_file_)."
28996 msgstr "Le deuxième champ (_fs_file_)"
28997
28998 #. type: Plain text
28999 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:82
29000 #, fuzzy
29001 msgid ""
29002 "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For swap "
29003 "area, this field should be specified as `none'. If the name of the mount "
29004 "point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `\\040' and '\\011' "
29005 "respectively."
29006 msgstr ""
29007 "Ce champ indique le point de montage du système de fichiers. Pour les "
29008 "partitions d'échange, ce champ doit prendre la valeur «\\ none\\ ». Si le "
29009 "nom du point de montage contient des espaces, il faut les protéger comme «\\ "
29010 "\\e040\\ »."
29011
29012 #. type: Title ===
29013 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:83
29014 #, no-wrap
29015 msgid "The third field (_fs_vfstype_)."
29016 msgstr "Le troisième champ (_fs_vfstype_)"
29017
29018 #. type: Plain text
29019 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:86
29020 #, fuzzy
29021 #| msgid ""
29022 #| "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many "
29023 #| "filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
29024 #| "sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more "
29025 #| "details, see *mount*(8)."
29026 msgid ""
29027 "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many "
29028 "filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, "
29029 "proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more details, "
29030 "see *mount*(8)."
29031 msgstr ""
29032 "Ce champ décrit le type de système de fichiers. Linux reconnaît beaucoup de "
29033 "systèmes de fichiers : ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
29034 "sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, et bien d’autres. Pour plus "
29035 "de précisions, consultez *mount*(8)."
29036
29037 #. type: Plain text
29038 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:88
29039 msgid ""
29040 "An entry _swap_ denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf. "
29041 "*swapon*(8). An entry _none_ is useful for bind or move mounts."
29042 msgstr ""
29043 "Une entrée _swap_ indique une partition ou un fichier à utiliser pour les "
29044 "échanges, consultez *swapon*(8). Une entrée _none_ est utile pour les points "
29045 "de montage liés ou remontés."
29046
29047 #. type: Plain text
29048 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:90
29049 msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list."
29050 msgstr ""
29051 "Plusieurs types peuvent être indiqués dans une liste, séparés par des "
29052 "virgules."
29053
29054 #. type: Plain text
29055 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:92
29056 #, no-wrap
29057 msgid "*mount*(8) and *umount*(8) support filesystem _subtypes_. The subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated).\n"
29058 msgstr "*mount*(8) et *umount*(8) gèrent les _sous-types_ de systèmes de fichiers. Le sous-type est défini par le suffixe « .sous-type ». Par exemple, « fuse.sshfs ». Vous devriez plutôt utiliser la notation de sous-type qu'ajouter un préfixe au premier champ (par exemple « sshfs#example.com » est obsolète).\n"
29059
29060 #. type: Title ===
29061 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:93
29062 #, no-wrap
29063 msgid "The fourth field (_fs_mntops_)."
29064 msgstr "Le quatrième champ (_fs_mntops_)"
29065
29066 #. type: Plain text
29067 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:96
29068 msgid "This field describes the mount options associated with the filesystem."
29069 msgstr ""
29070 "Ce champ définit les options de montage associées au système de fichiers."
29071
29072 #. type: Plain text
29073 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:98
29074 msgid ""
29075 "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options and is optional for "
29076 "*mount*(8) or *swapon*(8). The usual convention is to use at least "
29077 "\"defaults\" keyword there."
29078 msgstr ""
29079
29080 #. type: Plain text
29081 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:100
29082 #, fuzzy
29083 #| msgid ""
29084 #| "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options. It contains at "
29085 #| "least the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*), plus any additional options "
29086 #| "appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning "
29087 #| "options). For details, see *mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)."
29088 msgid ""
29089 "It usually contains the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*, the default is *rw*), "
29090 "plus any additional options appropriate to the filesystem type (including "
29091 "performance-tuning options). For details, see *mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)."
29092 msgstr ""
29093 "Il s'agit d'une liste d'options séparées par des virgules. Elle contient au "
29094 "moins le type de montage (*ro* ou *rw*), suivi éventuellement d'options "
29095 "appropriées au type de système de fichiers (y compris des options "
29096 "d’optimisation pour les performances). Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
29097 "*mount*(8) ou *swapon*(8)."
29098
29099 #. type: Plain text
29100 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:102
29101 msgid "Basic filesystem-independent options are:"
29102 msgstr "Les options communes à tous les systèmes de fichiers sont :"
29103
29104 #. type: Labeled list
29105 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:544
29106 #, no-wrap
29107 msgid "*defaults*"
29108 msgstr "*defaults*"
29109
29110 #. type: Plain text
29111 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105
29112 msgid ""
29113 "use default options. The default depends on the kernel and the filesystem. "
29114 "*mount*(8) does not have any hardcoded set of default options. The kernel "
29115 "default is usually rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async."
29116 msgstr ""
29117
29118 #. type: Labeled list
29119 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:517
29120 #, no-wrap
29121 msgid "*noauto*"
29122 msgstr "*noauto*"
29123
29124 #. type: Plain text
29125 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107
29126 msgid "do not mount when *mount -a* is given (e.g., at boot time)"
29127 msgstr ""
29128 "ne pas monter lorsqu'un appel *mount -a* a lieu, par exemple au démarrage ;"
29129
29130 #. type: Labeled list
29131 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:675
29132 #, no-wrap
29133 msgid "*user*"
29134 msgstr "*user*"
29135
29136 #. type: Plain text
29137 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109
29138 msgid "allow a user to mount"
29139 msgstr "autoriser un utilisateur à monter ;"
29140
29141 #. type: Labeled list
29142 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:632
29143 #, no-wrap
29144 msgid "*owner*"
29145 msgstr "*owner*"
29146
29147 #. type: Plain text
29148 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:111
29149 msgid "allow device owner to mount"
29150 msgstr "autoriser le propriétaire du périphérique à le monter ;"
29151
29152 #. type: Labeled list
29153 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:111
29154 #, no-wrap
29155 msgid "*comment*"
29156 msgstr "*comment*"
29157
29158 #. type: Plain text
29159 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:113
29160 msgid "or *x-<name>* for use by fstab-maintaining programs"
29161 msgstr "ou *x-<nom>*, à utiliser avec des programmes de maintenance de fstab ;"
29162
29163 #. type: Labeled list
29164 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:113 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:588
29165 #, no-wrap
29166 msgid "*nofail*"
29167 msgstr "*nofail*"
29168
29169 #. type: Plain text
29170 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:115
29171 msgid "do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
29172 msgstr "ne pas renvoyer d'erreur pour ce périphérique s'il n'existe pas."
29173
29174 #. type: Title ===
29175 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:116
29176 #, no-wrap
29177 msgid "The fifth field (_fs_freq_)."
29178 msgstr "Le cinquième champ (_fs_freq_)"
29179
29180 #. type: Plain text
29181 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:119
29182 msgid ""
29183 "This field is used by *dump*(8) to determine which filesystems need to be "
29184 "dumped. Defaults to zero (don't dump) if not present."
29185 msgstr ""
29186 "Ce champ est utilisé par *dump*(8) pour déterminer les systèmes de fichiers "
29187 "à décharger. Zéro par défaut (pas de déchargement) si absent."
29188
29189 #. type: Title ===
29190 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:120
29191 #, no-wrap
29192 msgid "The sixth field (_fs_passno_)."
29193 msgstr "Le sixième champ (_fs_passno_)"
29194
29195 #. type: Plain text
29196 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:123
29197 #, fuzzy
29198 #| msgid ""
29199 #| "This field is used by B<fsck>(8)  to determine the order in which "
29200 #| "filesystem checks are done at boot time.  The root filesystem should be "
29201 #| "specified with a I<fs_passno> of 1.  Other filesystems should have a "
29202 #| "I<fs_passno> of 2.  Filesystems within a drive will be checked "
29203 #| "sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the "
29204 #| "same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware.  Defaults to "
29205 #| "zero (don't fsck) if not present."
29206 msgid ""
29207 "This field is used by *fsck*(8) to determine the order in which filesystem "
29208 "checks are done at boot time. The root filesystem should be specified with a "
29209 "_fs_passno_ of 1. Other filesystems should have a _fs_passno_ of 2. "
29210 "Filesystems within a drive will be checked sequentially, but filesystems on "
29211 "different drives will be checked at the same time to utilize parallelism "
29212 "available in the hardware. Defaults to zero (don't check the filesystem) if "
29213 "not present."
29214 msgstr ""
29215 "Ce champ est utilisé par B<fsck>(8) pour déterminer l’ordre de vérification "
29216 "des systèmes de fichiers au démarrage. Le système de fichiers racine doit "
29217 "avoir un champ I<fs_passno> de valeur B<1>. Les autres systèmes de fichiers "
29218 "devraient avoir un champ I<fs_passno> de valeur B<2>. Les systèmes de "
29219 "fichiers partageant le même disque seront vérifiés à la suite, mais ceux "
29220 "utilisant différents disques seront vérifiés simultanément pour profiter du "
29221 "parallélisme offert par le matériel. Zéro par défaut (pas de vérification) "
29222 "si absent."
29223
29224 #. type: Plain text
29225 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:128
29226 msgid "_/etc/fstab_, _<fstab.h>_"
29227 msgstr "_/etc/fstab_, _<fstab.h>_"
29228
29229 #. type: Plain text
29230 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:132
29231 msgid ""
29232 "The proper way to read records from *fstab* is to use the routines "
29233 "*getmntent*(3) or *libmount*."
29234 msgstr ""
29235 "La meilleure manière de lire les enregistrements de *fstab* est d'utiliser "
29236 "les routines *getmntent*(3) ou *libmount*."
29237
29238 #. type: Plain text
29239 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:134
29240 msgid ""
29241 "The keyword *ignore* as a filesystem type (3rd field) is no longer supported "
29242 "by the pure libmount based mount utility (since util-linux v2.22)."
29243 msgstr ""
29244 "Le mot clef *ignore* comme type de système de fichiers (troisième champ) "
29245 "n’est plus pris en charge par l’utilitaire de montage natif basé sur "
29246 "libmount (depuis util-linux 2.22)."
29247
29248 #. type: Plain text
29249 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:138
29250 msgid "The ancestor of this *fstab* file format appeared in 4.0BSD."
29251 msgstr "L'ancêtre de ce format de fichier *fstab* est apparu dans 4.0BSD."
29252
29253 #. type: Plain text
29254 #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:146
29255 #, no-wrap
29256 msgid ""
29257 "*getmntent*(3),\n"
29258 "*fs*(5),\n"
29259 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
29260 "*mount*(8),\n"
29261 "*swapon*(8)\n"
29262 msgstr ""
29263 "*getmntent*(3),\n"
29264 "*fs*(5),\n"
29265 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
29266 "*mount*(8),\n"
29267 "*swapon*(8)\n"
29268
29269 #. type: Title =
29270 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:2
29271 #, no-wrap
29272 msgid "fstrim(8)"
29273 msgstr "fstrim(8)"
29274
29275 #. type: Plain text
29276 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:12
29277 msgid "fstrim - discard unused blocks on a mounted filesystem"
29278 msgstr ""
29279 "fstrim - Abandonner les blocs non utilisés d'un système de fichiers monté"
29280
29281 #. type: Plain text
29282 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:16
29283 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
29284 #| msgid "*fstrim* [*-Aa*] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] [*-m* _minimum-size_] [*-v* _mountpoint_]\n"
29285 msgid "*fstrim* [*-Aav*] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] [*-m* _minimum-size_] [_mountpoint_]\n"
29286 msgstr "*fstrim* [*-Aa*] [*-o* _position_] [*-l* _taille_] [*-m* _taille_mini_] [*-v* __point_montage__]\n"
29287
29288 #. type: Plain text
29289 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:20
29290 #, no-wrap
29291 msgid "*fstrim* is used on a mounted filesystem to discard (or \"trim\") blocks which are not in use by the filesystem. This is useful for solid-state drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage.\n"
29292 msgstr "*fstrim* est utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté pour abandonner (ou « rogner ») les blocs qui ne sont pas utilisés par le système de fichiers. C'est pratique pour les SSD (« solid-state drive ») et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned storage »).\n"
29293
29294 #. type: Plain text
29295 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:22
29296 msgid ""
29297 "By default, *fstrim* will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem. "
29298 "Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as "
29299 "explained below."
29300 msgstr ""
29301 "Par défaut, *fstrim* abandonnera tous les blocs non utilisés du système de "
29302 "fichiers. Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction "
29303 "d'intervalle ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."
29304
29305 #. type: Plain text
29306 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:24
29307 #, fuzzy
29308 #| msgid ""
29309 #| "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
29310 #| "filesystem is mounted."
29311 msgid ""
29312 "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
29313 "filesystem is mounted and is required when *_-A_*, *_-a_*, *_--fstab_*, or "
29314 "*_--all_* are unspecified."
29315 msgstr ""
29316 "Le paramètre _point_montage_ est le chemin du répertoire où le système de "
29317 "fichiers est monté."
29318
29319 #. type: Plain text
29320 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:26
29321 msgid ""
29322 "Running *fstrim* frequently, or even using *mount -o discard*, might "
29323 "negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices. For most desktop "
29324 "and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a week. Note that "
29325 "not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim command incurs a "
29326 "performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to use the disk at the "
29327 "time."
29328 msgstr ""
29329 "Exécuter *fstrim* fréquemment, ou même utiliser *mount -o discard*, pourrait "
29330 "affecter négativement la durée de vie des périphériques SSD de mauvaise "
29331 "qualité. Pour la plupart des systèmes de bureau ou de serveur, la fréquence "
29332 "d’abandon suffisante est une fois par semaine. Remarquez que tous les "
29333 "périphériques ne permettent pas de mettre en attente les abandons, donc "
29334 "chaque commande d’abandon pénalise les performances de tout ce qui pourrait "
29335 "être en train d’essayer d’utiliser le disque en même temps."
29336
29337 #. type: Plain text
29338 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:30
29339 msgid ""
29340 "The _offset_, _length_, and _minimum-size_ arguments may be followed by the "
29341 "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
29342 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
29343 "meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
29344 "for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
29345 msgstr ""
29346 "Les arguments _position_, _taille_ et __taille_mini__ peuvent être suivis "
29347 "des suffixes multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, "
29348 "PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » "
29349 "est identique à « KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour "
29350 "GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB et YB."
29351
29352 #. type: Labeled list
29353 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:31
29354 #, no-wrap
29355 msgid "*-A, --fstab*"
29356 msgstr "*-A, --fstab*"
29357
29358 #. type: Plain text
29359 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:33
29360 #, fuzzy
29361 #| msgid ""
29362 #| "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in _/etc/fstab_ on devices that "
29363 #| "support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from "
29364 #| "kernel command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, "
29365 #| "like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these "
29366 #| "devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard "
29367 #| "operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are silently "
29368 #| "ignored."
29369 msgid ""
29370 "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in _/etc/fstab_ on devices that "
29371 "support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from kernel "
29372 "command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, like *--"
29373 "offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. "
29374 "Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only "
29375 "devices, autofs and read-only filesystems are silently ignored. Filesystems "
29376 "with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option are skipped."
29377 msgstr ""
29378 "Rogner tous les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés dans _/etc/fstab_ montés sur "
29379 "les périphériques qui permettent l’opération d’abandon. Le système de "
29380 "fichiers racine est déterminé à partir de la ligne de commande du noyau s’il "
29381 "n’est pas indiqué dans le fichier. Les autres options fournies, comme *--"
29382 "offset*, *--length* et *--minimum* sont appliquées à tous ces périphériques. "
29383 "Les erreurs des systèmes de fichiers qui ne permettent pas l’opération "
29384 "d’abandon sont ignorées silencieusement."
29385
29386 #. type: Labeled list
29387 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:34
29388 #, no-wrap
29389 msgid "*-a, --all*"
29390 msgstr "*-a, --all*"
29391
29392 #. type: Plain text
29393 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:36
29394 msgid ""
29395 "Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard operation. "
29396 "The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are "
29397 "applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support "
29398 "the discard operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are "
29399 "silently ignored."
29400 msgstr ""
29401 "Rogner tous les systèmes de fichiers montés sur les périphériques qui "
29402 "permettent l’opération d’abandon. Les autres options fournies, comme *--"
29403 "offset*, *--length* et *--minimum* sont appliquées à tous ces périphériques. "
29404 "Les erreurs des systèmes de fichiers qui ne permettent pas l’opération "
29405 "d’abandon, les périphériques en lecture seule et les systèmes de fichiers en "
29406 "lecture seule sont ignorées silencieusement."
29407
29408 #. type: Labeled list
29409 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:37
29410 #, no-wrap
29411 msgid "*-n, --dry-run*"
29412 msgstr "*-n, --dry-run*"
29413
29414 #. type: Plain text
29415 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:39
29416 msgid "This option does everything apart from actually call *FITRIM* ioctl."
29417 msgstr ""
29418 "Cette option permet de tout faire, sauf d’appeler réellement l’ioctl "
29419 "*FITRIM*."
29420
29421 #. type: Labeled list
29422 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:40
29423 #, no-wrap
29424 msgid "*-o, --offset* _offset_"
29425 msgstr "*-o, --offset* _position_"
29426
29427 #. type: Plain text
29428 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:42
29429 msgid ""
29430 "Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free blocks "
29431 "to discard. The default value is zero, starting at the beginning of the "
29432 "filesystem."
29433 msgstr ""
29434 "La position en octet dans le système de fichiers à partir de laquelle "
29435 "commencer à chercher les blocs libres à abandonner. La valeur par défaut est "
29436 "zéro, désignant le début du système de fichiers."
29437
29438 #. type: Labeled list
29439 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:43
29440 #, no-wrap
29441 msgid "*-l, --length* _length_"
29442 msgstr "*-l, --length* _taille_"
29443
29444 #. type: Plain text
29445 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:45
29446 msgid ""
29447 "The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks to "
29448 "discard. If the specified value extends past the end of the filesystem, "
29449 "*fstrim* will stop at the filesystem size boundary. The default value "
29450 "extends to the end of the filesystem."
29451 msgstr ""
29452 "Le nombre d'octets (après le point de départ) où chercher des blocs libres à "
29453 "abandonner. Si la valeur indiquée va au-delà de la fin du système de "
29454 "fichiers, *fstrim* s'arrêtera à la frontière de taille du système de "
29455 "fichiers. La valeur par défaut prolonge la recherche jusqu'à la fin du "
29456 "système de fichiers."
29457
29458 #. type: Labeled list
29459 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:46
29460 #, no-wrap
29461 msgid "*-I, --listed-in* _list_"
29462 msgstr "*-I, --listed-in* _liste_"
29463
29464 #. type: Plain text
29465 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:48
29466 msgid ""
29467 "Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo "
29468 "format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored. The evaluation of "
29469 "the _list_ stops after first non-empty file. For example:"
29470 msgstr ""
29471 "Indiquer une liste de fichiers séparés par des deux-points dans le format "
29472 "mountinfo du noyau ou de fstab. Tous les fichiers manquants ou vides sont "
29473 "ignorés silencieusement. L’évaluation de la _liste_ s’arrête après le "
29474 "premier fichier non vide. Par exemple,"
29475
29476 #. type: Plain text
29477 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:50
29478 #, no-wrap
29479 msgid "*--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo*.\n"
29480 msgstr "*--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo*.\n"
29481
29482 #. type: Plain text
29483 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:52
29484 msgid "Filesystems with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option in fstab are skipped."
29485 msgstr ""
29486
29487 #. type: Labeled list
29488 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:53
29489 #, no-wrap
29490 msgid "*-m, --minimum* _minimum-size_"
29491 msgstr "*-m, --minimum* _taille-mini_"
29492
29493 # FIXME fstrim → *fstrim*
29494 #. type: Plain text
29495 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:55
29496 #, fuzzy
29497 #| msgid ""
29498 #| "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
29499 #| "internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free "
29500 #| "ranges smaller than this will be ignored and fstrim will adjust the "
29501 #| "minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that "
29502 #| "(fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the "
29503 #| "fstrim operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly "
29504 #| "fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The "
29505 #| "default value is zero, discarding every free block."
29506 msgid ""
29507 "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
29508 "internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free "
29509 "ranges smaller than this will be ignored and *fstrim* will adjust the "
29510 "minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that "
29511 "(fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the "
29512 "*fstrim* operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly "
29513 "fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The default "
29514 "value is zero, discarding every free block."
29515 msgstr ""
29516 "L'intervalle libre contigu minimal à abandonner, en octet (cette valeur est "
29517 "arrondie en interne à un multiple de la taille de bloc du système de "
29518 "fichiers). Les intervalles libres plus petits que cela seront ignorés et "
29519 "*fstrim* ajustera la valeur minimale si elle est plus petite que le minimum "
29520 "du périphérique et le rapportera (fstrim_range.minlen) dans l’espace "
29521 "utilisateur. En augmentant cette valeur, l'opération *fstrim* se terminera "
29522 "plus rapidement pour les systèmes de fichiers avec des espaces libres mal "
29523 "fragmentés, même si tous les blocs libres ne sont pas abandonnés. La valeur "
29524 "par défaut est zéro, pour abandonner tous les blocs libres."
29525
29526 #. type: Plain text
29527 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:63
29528 msgid ""
29529 "Specifies allowed or forbidden filesystem types when used with *--all* or *--"
29530 "fstab*.  The _list_ is a comma-separated list of the filesystem names. The "
29531 "_list_ follows how *mount -t* evaluates type patterns. Only specified "
29532 "filesystem types are allowed. All specified types are forbidden if the list "
29533 "is prefixed by \"no\" or each filesystem prefixed by \"no\" is forbidden. If "
29534 "the option is not used, then all filesystems (except \"autofs\") are allowed."
29535 msgstr ""
29536
29537 #. type: Labeled list
29538 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:64
29539 #, no-wrap
29540 msgid "*-v, --verbose*"
29541 msgstr "*-v, --verbose*"
29542
29543 #. type: Plain text
29544 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:66
29545 msgid ""
29546 "Verbose execution. With this option *fstrim* will output the number of bytes "
29547 "passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for potential "
29548 "discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the storage device's "
29549 "perspective, because _FITRIM_ ioctl called repeated will keep sending the "
29550 "same sectors for discard repeatedly."
29551 msgstr ""
29552 "Exécution détaillée. Avec cette option, *fstrim* affichera le nombre "
29553 "d'octets transmis du système de fichiers par la pile de bloc vers le "
29554 "périphérique pour abandon éventuel. Ce nombre est un montant maximal "
29555 "d'abandon d'un point de vue du périphérique de stockage, parce que l'ioctl "
29556 "_FITRIM_ appelé plusieurs fois continuera à répéter l'envoi des mêmes "
29557 "secteurs pour abandon."
29558
29559 #. type: Plain text
29560 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:68
29561 #, no-wrap
29562 msgid "*fstrim* will report the same potential discard bytes each time, but only sectors which had been written to between the discards would actually be discarded by the storage device. Further, the kernel block layer reserves the right to adjust the discard ranges to fit raid stripe geometry, non-trim capable devices in a LVM setup, etc. These reductions would not be reflected in fstrim_range.len (the *--length* option).\n"
29563 msgstr "*fstrim* signalera à chaque fois les mêmes octets à abandonner, mais seuls les secteurs sur lesquels une écriture a eu lieu entre les abandons seront vraiment abandonnés par le périphérique de stockage. De plus, la couche bloc du noyau se réserve le droit d'ajuster les intervalles d'abandon pour s'ajuster à la géométrie des bandes RAID, aux périphériques ne pouvant pas être rognés dans une configuration LVM, etc. Ces réductions ne seront pas reflétées par fstrim_range.len (l'option *--length*).\n"
29564
29565 #. type: Labeled list
29566 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:69
29567 #, no-wrap
29568 msgid "*--quiet-unsupported*"
29569 msgstr "*--quiet-unsupported*"
29570
29571 #. type: Plain text
29572 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:71
29573 #, fuzzy
29574 #| msgid ""
29575 #| "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported.  This "
29576 #| "option is meant to be used in systemd service file or in cron scripts to "
29577 #| "hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
29578 #| "reporting I<Bad file descriptor> when device is mounted read-only, or "
29579 #| "lack of file system support for ioctl FITRIM call."
29580 msgid ""
29581 "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This "
29582 "option is meant to be used in *systemd* service file or in *cron*(8) scripts "
29583 "to hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
29584 "reporting _Bad file descriptor_ when device is mounted read-only, or lack of "
29585 "file system support for ioctl _FITRIM_ call. This option also cleans exit "
29586 "status when unsupported filesystem specified on *fstrim* command line."
29587 msgstr ""
29588 "Supprimer les messages d’erreur si l’opération de rognage (ioctl) n’est pas "
29589 "gérée. Cette option est destinée à une utilisation dans un fichier de "
29590 "service systemd ou dans des scripts cron pour cacher les avertissements qui "
29591 "sont le résultat de problèmes connus, tels que le pilote NTFS signalant "
29592 "I<Mauvais descripteur de fichier> lorsque le périphérique est monté en "
29593 "lecture seule ou l’absence de prise en charge du système de fichiers de "
29594 "l’appel de l’ioctl FITRIM."
29595
29596 #. type: Plain text
29597 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:84
29598 msgid "some filesystem discards have succeeded, some failed"
29599 msgstr ""
29600 "Certains abandons sur le système de fichiers ont réussi, d’autres ont "
29601 "échoués."
29602
29603 #. type: Plain text
29604 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:86
29605 msgid ""
29606 "The command *fstrim --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed) or 64 "
29607 "(some failed, some succeeded)."
29608 msgstr ""
29609 "La commande *fstrim --all* renvoie 0 (tous ont réussi), 32 (tous ont échoué) "
29610 "ou 64 (certains ont réussi, d’autres ont échoué)."
29611
29612 #. type: Plain text
29613 #: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:95
29614 #, no-wrap
29615 msgid ""
29616 "*blkdiscard*(8),\n"
29617 "*mount*(8)\n"
29618 msgstr ""
29619 "*blkdiscard*(8),\n"
29620 "*mount*(8)\n"
29621
29622 #
29623 #. hwclock.8 -- man page for util-linux' hwclock
29624 #. 2015-01-07 J William Piggott
29625 #.    Authored new section: DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION.
29626 #.    Subsections: Keeping Time..., LOCAL vs UTC, POSIX vs 'RIGHT'.
29627 #. type: Title =
29628 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:9
29629 #, no-wrap
29630 msgid "hwclock(8)"
29631 msgstr "hwclock(8)"
29632
29633 #. type: Plain text
29634 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:20
29635 msgid "hwclock - time clocks utility"
29636 msgstr "hwclock - utilitaire d’horloges"
29637
29638 #. type: Plain text
29639 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:24
29640 #, no-wrap
29641 msgid "*hwclock* [_function_] [_option_...]\n"
29642 msgstr "*hwclock* [_fonction_] [_option_...]\n"
29643
29644 #. type: Plain text
29645 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:28
29646 #, no-wrap
29647 msgid "*hwclock* is an administration tool for the time clocks. It can: display the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified time; set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct the System Clock timescale; set the kernel's timezone, NTP timescale, and epoch (Alpha only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based on its drift rate.\n"
29648 msgstr "*hwclock* est un outil d’administration pour des horloges. Il permet d’afficher l’heure de l’horloge matérielle, de modifier l’heure de l’horloge matérielle, de régler l’horloge matérielle à l’heure système, de régler l’horloge système à partir de l’horloge matérielle, de compenser la dérive de l’horloge matérielle, de corriger le fuseau horaire de l’horloge système, de définir le fuseau horaire du noyau, le calendrier NTP et l’Époque (seulement sur Alpha), de prédire les prochaines valeurs de l’horloge matérielle à partir de son taux de dérive.\n"
29649
29650 #. type: Plain text
29651 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:30
29652 msgid ""
29653 "Since v2.26 important changes were made to the *--hctosys* function and the "
29654 "*--directisa* option, and a new option *--update-drift* was added. See their "
29655 "respective descriptions below."
29656 msgstr ""
29657 "Depuis la version 2.26, des modifications importantes ont été faites à la "
29658 "fonction *--hctosys* et à l’option *--directisa*, et une nouvelle option *--"
29659 "update-drift* a été ajoutée. Consultez leurs descriptions respectives ci-"
29660 "dessous."
29661
29662 #. type: Title ==
29663 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:31
29664 #, no-wrap
29665 msgid "FUNCTIONS"
29666 msgstr "FONCTIONS"
29667
29668 #. type: Plain text
29669 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:34
29670 msgid ""
29671 "The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at a "
29672 "time. If none is given, the default is *--show*."
29673 msgstr ""
29674 "Les fonctions suivantes s’excluent mutuellement, une seule peut être "
29675 "indiquée à la fois. Si aucune n’est indiquée, *--show* est utilisée par "
29676 "défaut."
29677
29678 #. type: Labeled list
29679 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:35
29680 #, no-wrap
29681 msgid "*-a, --adjust*"
29682 msgstr "*-a, --adjust*"
29683
29684 #. type: Plain text
29685 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:37
29686 msgid ""
29687 "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift "
29688 "since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the discussion below, "
29689 "under *The Adjust Function*."
29690 msgstr ""
29691 "Ajouter ou retirer du temps à l’horloge matérielle pour tenir compte de la "
29692 "dérive systématique depuis la dernière fois où l’horloge a été ajustée. "
29693 "Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous *La fonction d'ajustement*."
29694
29695 #. type: Labeled list
29696 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:38
29697 #, no-wrap
29698 msgid "*--getepoch*; *--setepoch*"
29699 msgstr "*--getepoch*; *--setepoch*"
29700
29701 #. type: Plain text
29702 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:40
29703 msgid ""
29704 "These functions are for Alpha machines only, and are only available through "
29705 "the Linux kernel RTC driver."
29706 msgstr ""
29707 "Ces fonctions sont uniquement pour les machines Alpha et ne sont disponibles "
29708 "qu’avec le pilote RTC du noyau Linux."
29709
29710 #. type: Plain text
29711 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:42
29712 msgid ""
29713 "They are used to read and set the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. Epoch "
29714 "is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware "
29715 "Clock refers. For example, if the machine's BIOS sets the year counter in "
29716 "the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since 1952, then the "
29717 "kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
29718 msgstr ""
29719 "Lire et définir la valeur d’Époque de l’horloge matérielle. C’est l’année "
29720 "grégorienne qui correspond à la valeur zéro du champ année de l’horloge "
29721 "matérielle. Par exemple, si le BIOS de la machine définit le décompte "
29722 "d’années entières de l’horloge matérielle au nombre d'années entières depuis "
29723 "1952, la valeur d’Époque de l’horloge matérielle pour le noyau doit être "
29724 "1952."
29725
29726 #. type: Plain text
29727 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:44
29728 msgid ""
29729 "The *--setepoch* function requires using the *--epoch* option to specify the "
29730 "year. For example:"
29731 msgstr ""
29732 "La fonction *--setepoch* nécessite l’utilisation de l’option *--epoch* pour "
29733 "préciser l’année. Par exemple :"
29734
29735 #. type: Plain text
29736 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:46
29737 #, no-wrap
29738 msgid "**hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952**\n"
29739 msgstr "**hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952**\n"
29740
29741 #. type: Plain text
29742 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:48
29743 msgid ""
29744 "The RTC driver attempts to guess the correct epoch value, so setting it may "
29745 "not be required."
29746 msgstr ""
29747 "Le pilote de l’horloge temps réel (RTC) essaie de deviner la valeur correcte "
29748 "d’Époque, aussi la régler peut ne pas être nécessaire."
29749
29750 #. type: Plain text
29751 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:50
29752 msgid ""
29753 "This epoch value is used whenever *hwclock* reads or sets the Hardware Clock "
29754 "on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the fixed Hardware "
29755 "Clock epoch of 1900."
29756 msgstr ""
29757 "La valeur de l'Époque est utilisée à chaque fois que *hwclock* lit ou ajuste "
29758 "l’horloge matérielle sur une machine Alpha. Pour les machines ISA, le noyau "
29759 "utilise une valeur fixe de 1900 pour l’Époque."
29760
29761 #. type: Labeled list
29762 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:51
29763 #, no-wrap
29764 msgid "**--param-get=**__parameter__; **--param-set=**__parameter__=__value__"
29765 msgstr ""
29766
29767 #. type: Plain text
29768 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:53
29769 msgid ""
29770 "Read and set the RTC's parameter. This is useful, for example, to retrieve "
29771 "the RTC's feature or set the RTC's Backup Switchover Mode."
29772 msgstr ""
29773
29774 #. type: Plain text
29775 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:55
29776 msgid ""
29777 "_parameter_ is either a numeric RTC parameter value (see the Kernel's "
29778 "_include/uapi/linux/rtc.h_) or an alias. See *--help* for a list of valid "
29779 "aliases. _parameter_ and _value_, if prefixed with 0x, are interpreted as "
29780 "hexadecimal, otherwise decimal values."
29781 msgstr ""
29782
29783 #. type: Labeled list
29784 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:56
29785 #, no-wrap
29786 msgid "*--predict*"
29787 msgstr "*--predict*"
29788
29789 #. type: Plain text
29790 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:58
29791 msgid ""
29792 "Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the time "
29793 "given by the *--date* option and the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. This "
29794 "is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting a Hardware Clock "
29795 "wakeup (aka alarm). See *rtcwake*(8)."
29796 msgstr ""
29797 "Prédire ce que l’horloge matérielle lira dans le futur à partir de l’heure "
29798 "donnée par l’option *--date* et des renseignements de _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. "
29799 "C’est utile, par exemple, pour prendre en compte la dérive lors de la "
29800 "définition d’un réveil (alarme) par l’horloge matérielle. Consultez "
29801 "*rtcwake*(8)."
29802
29803 #. type: Plain text
29804 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:60
29805 msgid ""
29806 "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything "
29807 "other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 "
29808 "minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
29809 msgstr ""
29810 "N’utilisez pas cette fonction si l’horloge matérielle est modifiée par autre "
29811 "chose que la commande *hwclock* du système d’exploitation actuel, comme le "
29812 "« mode 11 minutes » ou par un autre système d’exploitation en multiboot."
29813
29814 #. type: Labeled list
29815 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:61
29816 #, no-wrap
29817 msgid "*-r*, *--show*; *--get*"
29818 msgstr "*-r*, *--show*; *--get*"
29819
29820 #. type: Plain text
29821 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:63
29822 msgid ""
29823 "Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the *ISO "
29824 "8601* format. The time shown is always in local time, even if you keep your "
29825 "Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option."
29826 msgstr ""
29827 "Lire l’horloge matérielle matérielle et afficher l’heure sur la sortie "
29828 "standard au format *ISO\\ 8601*. L’heure affichée est toujours en heure "
29829 "locale, même si l’horloge matérielle est en temps universel. Consultez "
29830 "l'option *--localtime*."
29831
29832 #. type: Plain text
29833 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:65
29834 msgid ""
29835 "Showing the Hardware Clock time is the default when no function is specified."
29836 msgstr ""
29837 "Montrer l'heure de l’horloge matérielle est l'action par défaut si aucune "
29838 "fonction n'est indiquée."
29839
29840 #. type: Plain text
29841 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:67
29842 msgid ""
29843 "The *--get* function also applies drift correction to the time read, based "
29844 "upon the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Do not use this function if the "
29845 "Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current "
29846 "operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-"
29847 "booting another OS."
29848 msgstr ""
29849 "La fonction *--get* applique aussi la correction de dérive à l’heure lue, à "
29850 "partir des renseignements de _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. N’utilisez pas cette fonction "
29851 "si l’horloge matérielle est modifiée par autre chose que la commande "
29852 "*hwclock* du système d’exploitation actuel, comme le « mode 11 minutes » ou "
29853 "par un autre système d’exploitation en multiboot."
29854
29855 #. type: Labeled list
29856 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:68
29857 #, no-wrap
29858 msgid "*-s*, *--hctosys*"
29859 msgstr "*-s*, *--hctosys*"
29860
29861 #. type: Plain text
29862 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:70
29863 msgid ""
29864 "Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock. The time read from the "
29865 "Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before using "
29866 "it to set the System Clock. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust "
29867 "Function*."
29868 msgstr ""
29869 "Mettre l’heure système à l’heure de l’horloge matérielle. L’heure lue de "
29870 "l’horloge matérielle est compensée pour prendre en compte la dérive "
29871 "systématique avant de l’utiliser pour définir l’heure système. Consultez la "
29872 "discussion ci-dessous, sous *La fonction d'ajustement*."
29873
29874 #. type: Plain text
29875 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:72
29876 msgid ""
29877 "The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time "
29878 "applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone configured "
29879 "for the system. If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time then the time "
29880 "read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before using it to set the "
29881 "System Clock. The *--hctosys* function does this based upon the information "
29882 "in the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file or the command line arguments *--localtime* and "
29883 "*--utc*. Note: no daylight saving adjustment is made. See the discussion "
29884 "below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
29885 msgstr ""
29886 "L’horloge système doit être gardée en UTC pour que les applications de date "
29887 "et d'heure fonctionnent correctement avec le fuseau horaire configuré sur le "
29888 "système. Si l’horloge matérielle est conservée en heure locale, alors "
29889 "l’heure qui y est lue doit être convertie en UTC avant de l’utiliser pour "
29890 "définir l’horloge système. La fonction *--hctosys* le fait à partir des "
29891 "renseignements du fichier _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ ou des arguments *--localtime* et "
29892 "*--utc* en ligne de commande. Remarque : aucun ajustement d’heure d’été "
29893 "n’est réalisé. Consultez la discussion ci-dessous sous *LOCALE ou UTC*."
29894
29895 # FIXME TZ → *TZ*
29896 #. type: Plain text
29897 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:74
29898 #, fuzzy
29899 #| msgid ""
29900 #| "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the *--hctosys* function sets it "
29901 #| "to the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is "
29902 #| "configured by the TZ environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, "
29903 #| "as *tzset*(3) would interpret them. The obsolete _tz_dsttime_ field of "
29904 #| "the kernel's timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this "
29905 #| "field used to mean, see *settimeofday*(2).)"
29906 msgid ""
29907 "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the *--hctosys* function sets it to "
29908 "the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is configured by "
29909 "the *TZ* environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as *tzset*(3) "
29910 "would interpret them. The obsolete _tz_dsttime_ field of the kernel's "
29911 "timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this field used to mean, "
29912 "see *settimeofday*(2).)"
29913 msgstr ""
29914 "Le noyau garde aussi une valeur de fuseau horaire, la fonction *--hctosys* "
29915 "la définit au fuseau configuré pour le système. Le fuseau horaire système "
29916 "est configuré par la variable d'environnement *TZ* ou par le fichier _/etc/"
29917 "localtime_, tels que *tzset*(3) les interpréterait. Le champ obsolète "
29918 "tz_dsttime du noyau est mis à zéro (pour plus de précisions sur ce que ce "
29919 "champ signifiait, consultez *settimeofday*(2))."
29920
29921 #. type: Plain text
29922 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:76
29923 msgid ""
29924 "When used in a startup script, making the *--hctosys* function the first "
29925 "caller of *settimeofday*(2) from boot, it will set the NTP '11 minute mode' "
29926 "timescale via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If the "
29927 "Hardware Clock's timescale configuration is changed then a reboot is "
29928 "required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, under *Automatic "
29929 "Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*."
29930 msgstr ""
29931 "Lors d’une utilisation dans un script de démarrage, si la fonction *--"
29932 "hctosys* est la première à appeler *settimeofday*(2) depuis le démarrage, "
29933 "cela définira le « mode 11 minutes » de NTP par l’intermédiaire de la "
29934 "variable _persistent_clock_is_local_ du noyau. Si la configuration du fuseau "
29935 "horaire de l’horloge matérielle est modifiée, alors un redémarrage est "
29936 "nécessaire pour informer le noyau. Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous "
29937 "*Synchronisation automatique de l’horloge matérielle par le noyau*."
29938
29939 #. type: Plain text
29940 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:78
29941 msgid ""
29942 "This is a good function to use in one of the system startup scripts before "
29943 "the file systems are mounted read/write."
29944 msgstr ""
29945 "C’est une fonction particulièrement utile dans un des scripts de démarrage "
29946 "avant que les systèmes de fichiers ne soient montés en lecture et écriture."
29947
29948 #. type: Plain text
29949 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:80
29950 msgid ""
29951 "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system time "
29952 "will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, if "
29953 "something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP's '11 minute mode', then "
29954 "*--hctosys* will set the time incorrectly by including drift compensation."
29955 msgstr ""
29956 "Cette fonction ne devrait jamais être utilisée sur un système en "
29957 "fonctionnement. Les sauts d’horloge système provoqueront des problèmes comme "
29958 "par exemple des horodatages corrompus sur le système de fichiers. Ainsi, si "
29959 "quelque chose a modifié l’horloge matérielle, comme le « mode 11 minutes » "
29960 "de NTP, *--hctosys* définira l’heure de façon incorrecte en incluant la "
29961 "compensation de dérive."
29962
29963 #. type: Plain text
29964 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:82
29965 msgid ""
29966 "Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in "
29967 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ to zero. This setting will be persistent as long as the *--"
29968 "update-drift* option is not used with *--systohc* at shutdown (or anywhere "
29969 "else). Another way to inhibit this is by using the *--noadjfile* option when "
29970 "calling the *--hctosys* function. A third method is to delete the "
29971 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. *Hwclock* will then default to using the UTC "
29972 "timescale for the Hardware Clock. If the Hardware Clock is ticking local "
29973 "time it will need to be defined in the file. This can be done by calling "
29974 "*hwclock --localtime --adjust*; when the file is not present this command "
29975 "will not actually adjust the Clock, but it will create the file with local "
29976 "time configured, and a drift factor of zero."
29977 msgstr ""
29978 "La compensation de dérive peut être inhibée en définissant le facteur de "
29979 "dérive à zéro dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Ce réglage sera persistant tant que "
29980 "l’option *--update-drift* n’est pas utilisée avec *--systohc* à l’arrêt (ou "
29981 "n’importe quand). Une autre façon d’inhiber cela est d’utiliser l’option *--"
29982 "noadjfile* en appelant la fonction *--hctosys*. Une troisième méthode est "
29983 "d’effacer le fichier _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* utilisera alors UTC par "
29984 "défaut pour l’horloge matérielle. Si l’horloge matérielle est à l’heure "
29985 "locale, elle devra être définie dans le fichier. Cela peut être fait en "
29986 "appelant *hwclock\\ --localtime\\ --adjust* ; quand le fichier n’est pas "
29987 "présent, cette commande n’ajustera pas vraiment l’horloge, mais créera le "
29988 "fichier avec l’heure locale configurée et un facteur de dérive à zéro."
29989
29990 #. type: Plain text
29991 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:84
29992 msgid ""
29993 "A condition under which inhibiting *hwclock*'s drift correction may be "
29994 "desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this "
29995 "instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock's value, "
29996 "then when this instance is started again the drift correction applied will "
29997 "be incorrect."
29998 msgstr ""
29999 "Une condition sous laquelle l’inhibition de correction de dérive de "
30000 "*hwclock* peut être utile est lorsque plusieurs systèmes sont utilisés en "
30001 "multiboot. Pendant que cette instance de Linux est arrêtée, si un autre "
30002 "système d’exploitation modifie la valeur de l’horloge matérielle, la "
30003 "correction de dérive appliquée sera incorrecte quand cette instance "
30004 "redémarrera."
30005
30006 #. type: Plain text
30007 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:86
30008 msgid ""
30009 "For *hwclock*'s drift correction to work properly it is imperative that "
30010 "nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not running."
30011 msgstr ""
30012 "Pour que la correction de dérive de *hwclock* fonctionne correctement, rien "
30013 "ne doit modifier l’horloge matérielle pendant que son instance de Linux "
30014 "n’est pas en fonctionnement."
30015
30016 #. type: Labeled list
30017 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:87
30018 #, no-wrap
30019 msgid "*--set*"
30020 msgstr "*--set*"
30021
30022 #. type: Plain text
30023 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:89
30024 msgid ""
30025 "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the *--date* option, and update "
30026 "the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also "
30027 "(re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--set* fails. "
30028 "See *--update-drift* below."
30029 msgstr ""
30030 "Mettre l’horloge matérielle à l’heure donnée par l'option *--date* et mettre "
30031 "à jour les horodatages dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Avec l’option *--update-"
30032 "drift*, recalculer le facteur de dérive. À essayer sans cette option si *--"
30033 "set* échoue. Consulter *--update-drift* ci-après."
30034
30035 #. type: Labeled list
30036 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:90
30037 #, no-wrap
30038 msgid "*--systz*"
30039 msgstr "*--systz*"
30040
30041 #. type: Plain text
30042 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:92
30043 msgid ""
30044 "This is an alternate to the *--hctosys* function that does not read the "
30045 "Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not any drift "
30046 "correction. It is intended to be used in a startup script on systems with "
30047 "kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock has been set from "
30048 "the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
30049 msgstr ""
30050 "C'est une alternative à la fonction *--hctosys* qui ne lit pas l’horloge "
30051 "matérielle et n’ajuste pas l’horloge système ; par conséquent, aucune "
30052 "correction de dérive n’est effectuée. Elle est conçue pour être utilisée "
30053 "dans un script de démarrage sur les systèmes avec des noyaux de version "
30054 "supérieure à 2.6 où l’horloge système a été ajustée depuis l’horloge "
30055 "matérielle par le noyau lors du démarrage."
30056
30057 #. type: Plain text
30058 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:94
30059 msgid ""
30060 "It does the following things that are detailed above in the *--hctosys* "
30061 "function:"
30062 msgstr ""
30063 "Elle procède aux actions suivantes qui sont détaillées ci-dessus dans la "
30064 "fonction *--hctosys* :"
30065
30066 #. type: Plain text
30067 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:96
30068 msgid ""
30069 "Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed. Only instead of "
30070 "accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, *hwclock* simply informs the "
30071 "kernel and it handles the change."
30072 msgstr ""
30073 "correction du fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle en UTC si nécessaire. "
30074 "Seulement, au lieu d’accomplir cela en réglant l’horloge système, *hwclock* "
30075 "informe simplement le noyau qui se charge de la modification ;"
30076
30077 #. type: Plain text
30078 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:97
30079 msgid "Sets the kernel's NTP '11 minute mode' timescale."
30080 msgstr "activation du « mode 11 minutes » de NTP du noyau ;"
30081
30082 #. type: Plain text
30083 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:98
30084 msgid "Sets the kernel's timezone."
30085 msgstr "définition du fuseau horaire du noyau."
30086
30087 #. type: Plain text
30088 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:100
30089 msgid ""
30090 "The first two are only available on the first call of *settimeofday*(2) "
30091 "after boot. Consequently this option only makes sense when used in a startup "
30092 "script. If the Hardware Clocks timescale configuration is changed then a "
30093 "reboot would be required to inform the kernel."
30094 msgstr ""
30095 "Les deux premières actions ne sont disponibles que lors du premier appel de "
30096 "*settimeofday*(2) après le démarrage. Par conséquent, cette option n’a de "
30097 "sens que dans un script de démarrage. Si la configuration du fuseau horaire "
30098 "de l’horloge matérielle est modifiée, un redémarrage serait nécessaire pour "
30099 "informer le noyau."
30100
30101 #. type: Labeled list
30102 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:101
30103 #, no-wrap
30104 msgid "*-w*, *--systohc*"
30105 msgstr "*-w*, *--systohc*"
30106
30107 #. type: Plain text
30108 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:103
30109 msgid ""
30110 "Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps in "
30111 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the "
30112 "drift factor. Try it without the option if *--systohc* fails. See *--update-"
30113 "drift* below."
30114 msgstr ""
30115 "Mettre l’horloge matérielle à l’heure système et mettre à jour les "
30116 "horodatages dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Avec l’option *--update-drift*, "
30117 "(re)calculer le facteur de dérive. À essayer sans l’option si *--systohc* "
30118 "échoue. Consulter *--update-drift* ci-après."
30119
30120 #. type: Labeled list
30121 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:104
30122 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
30123 #| msgid "*-C*, *--clear*"
30124 msgid "*--vl-read*, *--vl-clear*"
30125 msgstr "*-C*, *--clear*"
30126
30127 #. type: Plain text
30128 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:106
30129 msgid ""
30130 "Some RTC devices are able to monitor the voltage of the backup battery and "
30131 "thus provide a way for the user to know that the battery should be replaced. "
30132 "The *--vl-read* function retrieves the Voltage Low information and decodes "
30133 "the result into human-readable form. The *--vl-clear* function resets the "
30134 "Voltage Low information, which is necessary for some RTC devices after a "
30135 "battery replacement."
30136 msgstr ""
30137
30138 #. type: Plain text
30139 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:108
30140 msgid ""
30141 "See the Kernel's _include/uapi/linux/rtc.h_ for details on which pieces of "
30142 "information may be returned. Note that not all RTC devices have this "
30143 "monitoring capability, nor do all drivers necessarily support reading the "
30144 "information."
30145 msgstr ""
30146
30147 #. type: Labeled list
30148 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:113
30149 #, no-wrap
30150 msgid "**--adjfile=**__filename__"
30151 msgstr "**--adjfile=**__fichier__"
30152
30153 #. type: Plain text
30154 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:115
30155 msgid "Override the default _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file path."
30156 msgstr "Remplacer le chemin de fichier par défaut _{ADJTIME_PATH}_."
30157
30158 #. type: Labeled list
30159 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:116
30160 #, no-wrap
30161 msgid "**--date=**__date_string__"
30162 msgstr "**--date=**__chaîne_date__"
30163
30164 #. type: Plain text
30165 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:118
30166 msgid ""
30167 "This option must be used with the *--set* or *--predict* functions, "
30168 "otherwise it is ignored."
30169 msgstr ""
30170 "Cette option doit être utilisée avec les fonctions *--set* ou *--predict*, "
30171 "autrement elle est ignorée."
30172
30173 #. type: Plain text
30174 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:120
30175 #, no-wrap
30176 msgid "*hwclock --set --date='16:45'*\n"
30177 msgstr "*hwclock --set --date='16:45'*\n"
30178
30179 #. type: Plain text
30180 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:122
30181 #, no-wrap
30182 msgid "*hwclock --predict --date='2525-08-14 07:11:05'*\n"
30183 msgstr "*hwclock --predict --date='2525-08-14 07:11:05'*\n"
30184
30185 #. type: Plain text
30186 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:124
30187 msgid ""
30188 "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in "
30189 "UTC. See the *--localtime* option. Therefore, the argument should not "
30190 "include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time like "
30191 "\"+5 minutes\", because *hwclock*'s precision depends upon correlation "
30192 "between the argument's value and when the enter key is pressed. Fractional "
30193 "seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable of understanding many "
30194 "time and date formats, but the previous parameters should be observed."
30195 msgstr ""
30196 "L’argument doit être en heure locale, même si l’horloge matérielle est en "
30197 "UTC. Consultez l’option *--localtime*. Par conséquent, l’argument ne doit "
30198 "pas comporter d’information de fuseau horaire. Il ne doit pas aussi être en "
30199 "temps relatif, comme par exemple « +5 minutes » car la précision de "
30200 "*hwclock* dépend de la corrélation entre la valeur de l’argument et le "
30201 "moment où la touche Entrée est pressée. Les secondes fractionnaires sont "
30202 "écartées silencieusement. Cette option peut gérer beaucoup de formats de "
30203 "date et heure, mais les paramètres précédents doivent être respectés."
30204
30205 #. type: Labeled list
30206 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:125
30207 #, no-wrap
30208 msgid "**--delay=**__seconds__"
30209 msgstr "**--delay=**__secondes__"
30210
30211 #. type: Plain text
30212 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:127
30213 msgid ""
30214 "This option can be used to overwrite the internally used delay when setting "
30215 "the clock time. The default is 0.5 (500ms) for rtc_cmos, for another RTC "
30216 "types the delay is 0. If RTC type is impossible to determine (from sysfs) "
30217 "then it defaults also to 0.5 to be backwardly compatible."
30218 msgstr ""
30219 "Cette option peut être utilisée pour surcharger le délai utilisé en interne "
30220 "lors du réglage de l’horloge. La valeur par défaut est 0,5s (500 ms) pour "
30221 "rtc_cmos, pour d’autres types d’horloge temps réel le délai est zéro. Si le "
30222 "type d’horloge temps réel est impossible à déterminer (à partir de sysfs), "
30223 "alors la valeur par défaut est 0,5 pour être rétrocompatible."
30224
30225 #. type: Plain text
30226 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:129
30227 #, fuzzy
30228 #| msgid ""
30229 #| "The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) "
30230 #| "hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time "
30231 #| "plus one half second. The integer time is required because there is no "
30232 #| "interface to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second "
30233 #| "delay is because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second "
30234 #| "precisely 500 ms after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior "
30235 #| "is hardware specific and in same cases another delay is required."
30236 msgid ""
30237 "The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) "
30238 "hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time plus "
30239 "one half second. The integer time is required because there is no interface "
30240 "to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second delay is "
30241 "because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second precisely 500 ms "
30242 "after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior is hardware "
30243 "specific and in some cases another delay is required."
30244 msgstr ""
30245 "La valeur par défaut de 500 ms est basée sur l’horloge matérielle compatible "
30246 "avec MC146818A (x86) communément utilisée. Cette horloge matérielle peut "
30247 "être réglée à n’importe valeur entière de temps plus une demi-seconde. Le "
30248 "nombre entier est requis parce qu’il n’existe pas d’interface pour régler ou "
30249 "mesurer une fraction de seconde. Le délai supplémentaire d’une demi-seconde "
30250 "existe car l’horloge matérielle met à jour la seconde suivante précisément "
30251 "500 ms après le réglage de la nouvelle heure. Malheureusement, ce "
30252 "comportement est spécifique au matériel et dans certains cas un autre délai "
30253 "est nécessaire."
30254
30255 #. type: Labeled list
30256 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:130
30257 #, no-wrap
30258 msgid "*-D*, *--debug*"
30259 msgstr "*-D*, *--debug*"
30260
30261 #. type: Plain text
30262 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:132
30263 msgid ""
30264 "Use *--verbose*. The *--debug* option has been deprecated and may be "
30265 "repurposed or removed in a future release."
30266 msgstr ""
30267 "Utilisation avec *--verbose*. L’option *--debug* est obsolète et pourrait "
30268 "être redéfinie ou supprimée dans une publication future."
30269
30270 #. type: Labeled list
30271 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:133
30272 #, no-wrap
30273 msgid "*--directisa*"
30274 msgstr "*--directisa*"
30275
30276 #. type: Plain text
30277 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:135
30278 msgid ""
30279 "This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and x86_64 "
30280 "family. For other machines, it has no effect. This option tells *hwclock* to "
30281 "use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware Clock. Without this "
30282 "option, *hwclock* will use the rtc device file, which it assumes to be "
30283 "driven by the Linux RTC device driver. As of v2.26 it will no longer "
30284 "automatically use directisa when the rtc driver is unavailable; this was "
30285 "causing an unsafe condition that could allow two processes to access the "
30286 "Hardware Clock at the same time. Direct hardware access from userspace "
30287 "should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, and as a last resort when "
30288 "all other methods fail. See the *--rtc* option."
30289 msgstr ""
30290 "Cette option est utile pour les machines compatibles ISA des familles x86 et "
30291 "x86_64. Pour les autres machines, elle n'a pas d'impact. Cette option "
30292 "indique à *hwclock* d'utiliser des instructions d’entrée et sortie "
30293 "explicites pour accéder à l’horloge matérielle. Sans cette option, *hwclock* "
30294 "essaiera d'utiliser le fichier de périphérique rtc, supposé être piloté par "
30295 "le pilote de périphérique RTC. Depuis la version 2.26, *--directisa* n’est "
30296 "plus automatiquement utilisé quand le pilote rtc n’est pas disponible. Cela "
30297 "provoquait une condition non sécurisée qui pouvait permettre à deux "
30298 "processus d’accéder à l’horloge matérielle en même temps. L’accès direct au "
30299 "matériel depuis l’espace utilisateur ne devrait être utilisé que pour des "
30300 "essais, du dépannage ou en dernier recours après l'échec de toutes les "
30301 "autres méthodes. Consultez l’option *--rtc*."
30302
30303 #. type: Labeled list
30304 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:136
30305 #, no-wrap
30306 msgid "**--epoch=**__year__"
30307 msgstr "**--epoch=**__année__"
30308
30309 #. type: Plain text
30310 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:138
30311 msgid ""
30312 "This option is required when using the *--setepoch* function. The minimum "
30313 "_year_ value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent (*ULONG_MAX - 1*)."
30314 msgstr ""
30315 "Cette option est nécessaire lors de l’utilisation de la fonction *--"
30316 "setepoch*. La valeur minimale de _année_ est 1900. Celle maximale dépend du "
30317 "système (*ULONG_MAX\\ -\\ 1*)."
30318
30319 #. type: Labeled list
30320 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:139
30321 #, no-wrap
30322 msgid "*-f*, **--rtc=**__filename__"
30323 msgstr "*-f*, **--rtc=**__fichier__"
30324
30325 #. type: Plain text
30326 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:141
30327 msgid ""
30328 "Override *hwclock*'s default rtc device file name. Otherwise it will use the "
30329 "first one found in this order: _/dev/rtc0_, _/dev/rtc_, _/dev/misc/rtc_. For "
30330 "*IA-64:* _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
30331 msgstr ""
30332 "Remplacer le nom de fichier du périphérique rtc par défaut de *hwclock*. "
30333 "Sinon, le premier trouvé sera utilisé, dans cet ordre : _/dev/rtc0_, _/dev/"
30334 "rtc_, _/dev/misc/rtc_. Par *IA-64:* _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
30335
30336 #. type: Labeled list
30337 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:142
30338 #, no-wrap
30339 msgid "*-l*, *--localtime*; *-u*, *--utc*"
30340 msgstr "*-l*, *--localtime*; *-u*, *--utc*"
30341
30342 #. type: Plain text
30343 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:144
30344 msgid "Indicate which timescale the Hardware Clock is set to."
30345 msgstr "Indiquer le fuseau horaire utilisé par l’horloge matérielle."
30346
30347 #. type: Plain text
30348 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:146
30349 msgid ""
30350 "The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local "
30351 "timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is being "
30352 "used. The *--localtime* or *--utc* options give this information to the "
30353 "*hwclock* command. If you specify the wrong one (or specify neither and take "
30354 "a wrong default), both setting and reading the Hardware Clock will be "
30355 "incorrect."
30356 msgstr ""
30357 "L’horloge matérielle peut être configurée pour utiliser soit UTC, soit le "
30358 "fuseau horaire local, mais rien n’indique dans l’horloge elle-même "
30359 "l’alternative utilisée. Les options *--localtime* et *--utc* indiquent cela "
30360 "à la commande *hwclock*. Si vous indiquez la mauvaise information (ou n’en "
30361 "indiquez aucune et que la valeur par défaut est incorrecte), à la fois le "
30362 "réglage et la lecture de l’horloge matérielle seront incorrectes."
30363
30364 #. type: Plain text
30365 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:148
30366 msgid ""
30367 "If you specify neither *--utc* nor *--localtime* then the one last given "
30368 "with a set function (*--set*, *--systohc*, or *--adjust*), as recorded in "
30369 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_, will be used. If the adjtime file doesn't exist, the "
30370 "default is UTC."
30371 msgstr ""
30372 "Si vous n'indiquez ni *--utc* ni *--localtime*, la valeur utilisée la "
30373 "dernière fois avec une fonction de définition (*--set*, *--systohc* ou *--"
30374 "adjust*), comme sauvegardée dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, sera utilisée. Si le "
30375 "fichier d'ajustement n'existe pas, UTC est choisie."
30376
30377 #. type: Plain text
30378 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:150
30379 msgid ""
30380 "Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware "
30381 "Clock is kept in local time. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
30382 msgstr ""
30383 "Remarque : les modifications d’heure d’été peuvent être incohérentes quand "
30384 "l’horloge matérielle est gardée en heure locale. Consultez la discussion ci-"
30385 "dessous sous *LOCALE ou UTC*."
30386
30387 #. type: Labeled list
30388 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:151
30389 #, no-wrap
30390 msgid "*--noadjfile*"
30391 msgstr "*--noadjfile*"
30392
30393 #. type: Plain text
30394 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:153
30395 msgid ""
30396 "Disable the facilities provided by _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* will not read "
30397 "nor write to that file with this option. Either *--utc* or *--localtime* "
30398 "must be specified when using this option."
30399 msgstr ""
30400 "Ne pas tenir compte de _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* ne lira ni n'écrira dans "
30401 "ce fichier. L'option *--utc* ou *--localtime* doit obligatoirement être "
30402 "indiquée avec cette option."
30403
30404 #. type: Labeled list
30405 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:154
30406 #, no-wrap
30407 msgid "*--test*"
30408 msgstr "*--test*"
30409
30410 #. type: Plain text
30411 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:156
30412 msgid ""
30413 "Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or "
30414 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ (*--verbose* is implicit with this option)."
30415 msgstr ""
30416 "Ne pas vraiment faire de modification sur le système, c’est-à-dire ni sur "
30417 "les horloges ni sur _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ (*--verbose*> est implicite avec cette "
30418 "option)."
30419
30420 #. type: Labeled list
30421 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:157
30422 #, no-wrap
30423 msgid "*--update-drift*"
30424 msgstr "*--update-drift*"
30425
30426 #. type: Plain text
30427 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:159
30428 msgid ""
30429 "Update the Hardware Clock's drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. It can only be "
30430 "used with *--set* or *--systohc*."
30431 msgstr ""
30432 "Mettre à jour le coefficient de dérive de l’horloge matérielle dans "
30433 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Ce ne peut être utilisé qu’avec *--set* ou *--systohc*."
30434
30435 #. type: Plain text
30436 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:161
30437 msgid ""
30438 "A minimum four hour period between settings is required. This is to avoid "
30439 "invalid calculations. The longer the period, the more precise the resulting "
30440 "drift factor will be."
30441 msgstr ""
30442 "Une période minimale de quatre heures entre les réglages est nécessaire. "
30443 "Cela permet d’éviter des calculs incorrects. Plus la période est longue, "
30444 "plus le facteur de dérive résultant est précis."
30445
30446 #. type: Plain text
30447 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:163
30448 msgid ""
30449 "This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call "
30450 "*hwclock --systohc* at shutdown; with the old behavior this would "
30451 "automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several problems:"
30452 msgstr ""
30453 "Cette option a été ajoutée à la version 2.26, parce que les systèmes "
30454 "appellent souvent *hwclock\\ --systohc* lors de l’arrêt ; avec l’ancien "
30455 "comportement, cela forçait le (re)calcul du facteur de dérive, avec pour "
30456 "conséquence les problèmes suivants :"
30457
30458 #. type: Plain text
30459 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:165
30460 msgid ""
30461 "When using NTP with an '11 minute mode' kernel the drift factor would be "
30462 "clobbered to near zero."
30463 msgstr ""
30464 "lors de l’utilisation de NTP avec un noyau en « mode 11 minutes », le "
30465 "facteur de dérive était écrasé par une valeur quasiment nulle ;"
30466
30467 #. type: Plain text
30468 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:166
30469 msgid ""
30470 "It would not allow the use of 'cold' drift correction. With most "
30471 "configurations using 'cold' drift will yield favorable results. Cold, means "
30472 "when the machine is turned off which can have a significant impact on the "
30473 "drift factor."
30474 msgstr ""
30475 "cela ne permettait pas d’utiliser la correction de dérive « à froid ». Avec "
30476 "la plupart des configurations, l’utilisation de la dérive « à froid » "
30477 "donnera des résultats favorables. À froid signifie quand la machine est "
30478 "éteinte, ce qui peut avoir un impact significatif sur le facteur de dérive ;"
30479
30480 #. type: Plain text
30481 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:167
30482 msgid ""
30483 "(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal results. "
30484 "For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be abnormally hot "
30485 "the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
30486 msgstr ""
30487 "le (re)calcul du facteur de dérive à chaque arrêt entraîne des résultats "
30488 "suboptimaux. Par exemple, si des conditions éphémères rendent la machine "
30489 "anormalement chaude, le calcul du facteur de dérive serait hors limites ;"
30490
30491 #. type: Plain text
30492 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:168
30493 msgid ""
30494 "Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using *--"
30495 "update-drift* the RTC is not read)."
30496 msgstr ""
30497 "augmentation significative du temps d’arrêt du système (depuis la "
30498 "version v2.31 lorsque *--update-drift* n’est pas utilisé, l’horloge temps "
30499 "réel n’est pas lue)."
30500
30501 #. type: Plain text
30502 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:170
30503 msgid ""
30504 "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
30505 "for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
30506 "the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. For most configurations once a machine's optimal "
30507 "drift factor is crafted it should not need to be changed. Therefore, the old "
30508 "behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift was changed and now requires "
30509 "this option to be used. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust "
30510 "Function*."
30511 msgstr ""
30512 "Laisser *hwclock* calculer le facteur de dérive est un bon point de départ, "
30513 "mais pour des résultats optimaux, il faudra probablement l’ajuster "
30514 "directement en éditant le fichier _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Pour la plupart des "
30515 "configurations, une fois qu’un facteur de dérive optimal est mis en place, "
30516 "ce n’est plus la peine de le modifier. Ainsi, le comportement précédent de "
30517 "(re)calculer la dérive a été modifié, et cette option est nécessaire pour la "
30518 "rétablir. Consultez la discussion ci-dessous dans *La fonction d’ajustement*."
30519
30520 #. type: Plain text
30521 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:172
30522 msgid ""
30523 "This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it. If it "
30524 "cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail. This "
30525 "can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a power "
30526 "failure. In that case, the clock must first be set without this option. "
30527 "Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor would be "
30528 "invalid anyway."
30529 msgstr ""
30530 "Cette option nécessite de lire l’horloge matérielle avant de la régler. Si "
30531 "elle ne peut être lue, cela conduit à l’échec des fonctions de réglage. Cela "
30532 "peut se produire, par exemple, si l’horloge matérielle est corrompue à cause "
30533 "d’un problème d’alimentation électrique. Dans ce cas, l’horloge doit d’abord "
30534 "être réglée sans cette option. Bien qu’il ne soit pas en fonctionnement, le "
30535 "facteur de correction de dérive ne serait pas valable de toute façon."
30536
30537 #. type: Plain text
30538 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:175
30539 msgid "Display more details about what *hwclock* is doing internally."
30540 msgstr "Afficher plus de détails sur ce que réalise *hwclock* en interne."
30541
30542 #. type: Title ===
30543 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:178
30544 #, no-wrap
30545 msgid "Clocks in a Linux System"
30546 msgstr "Horloges dans un système Linux"
30547
30548 #. type: Plain text
30549 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:181
30550 msgid "There are two types of date-time clocks:"
30551 msgstr "Deux types d’horloge existent."
30552
30553 #. type: Plain text
30554 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:183
30555 #, no-wrap
30556 msgid "*The Hardware Clock:* This clock is an independent hardware device, with its own power domain (battery, capacitor, etc), that operates when the machine is powered off, or even unplugged.\n"
30557 msgstr "*L’horloge matérielle* : cette horloge est un périphérique matériel indépendant, avec son propre système électrique (pile, condensateur, etc.) qui fonctionne quand la machine est éteinte, ou même débranchée.\n"
30558
30559 #. type: Plain text
30560 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:185
30561 msgid ""
30562 "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA "
30563 "standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole "
30564 "second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the "
30565 "clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
30566 msgstr ""
30567 "Sur un système compatible ISA, l’horloge est définie dans la norme ISA. Un "
30568 "programme de contrôle ne peut lire ou ajuster l’heure qu’à la seconde, mais "
30569 "il peut également détecter les pentes des tics de seconde de l’horloge, de "
30570 "ce fait, l’horloge a virtuellement une précision infinie."
30571
30572 #. type: Plain text
30573 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:187
30574 msgid ""
30575 "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the "
30576 "RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized "
30577 "form, was coined for use by *hwclock*. The Linux kernel also refers to it as "
30578 "the persistent clock."
30579 msgstr ""
30580 "Cette horloge est communément appelée l’horloge matérielle (« hardware "
30581 "clock »), l’horloge temps réel, le RTC, l’horloge BIOS ou l’horloge CMOS. La "
30582 "désignation horloge matérielle a été inventée pour être utilisée avec "
30583 "*hwclock*. Le noyau Linux y fait référence sous le nom d’horloge persistante."
30584
30585 #. type: Plain text
30586 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:189
30587 msgid ""
30588 "Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them "
30589 "having its own power domain. A very low power external I2C or SPI clock chip "
30590 "might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to initialize a "
30591 "more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for most other "
30592 "purposes."
30593 msgstr ""
30594 "Certains systèmes non ISA ont plusieurs horloges temps réel, mais une seule "
30595 "avec sa propre source d'énergie. Un composant externe, sur I2C ou SPI, "
30596 "consommant très peu, peut être utilisé avec une batterie de secours comme "
30597 "horloge matérielle afin d’initialiser une horloge temps réel intégrée plus "
30598 "fonctionnelle, utilisée pour la plupart des autres objectifs."
30599
30600 #. type: Plain text
30601 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:191
30602 #, no-wrap
30603 msgid "*The System Clock:* This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven by a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the ISA standard.) It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine. The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC). The System Time is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite precision.\n"
30604 msgstr "*L’horloge système* : cette horloge fait partie du noyau Linux et est contrôlée par une minuterie (sur une machine ISA, les interruptions de minuterie font partie de la norme ISA). Cela n'a de sens que si Linux fonctionne sur la machine. L’heure système est le nombre de secondes écoulées depuis le 1er janvier 1970 00:00:00 UTC (ou plus succinctement, le nombre de secondes depuis 1969 UTC). L’heure système n’est pas un entier. Elle a virtuellement une précision infinie.\n"
30605
30606 #. type: Plain text
30607 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:193
30608 msgid ""
30609 "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic purpose "
30610 "is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System Clock can be "
30611 "initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was designed, "
30612 "the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
30613 msgstr ""
30614 "L’horloge système donne l’heure importante. Le but essentiel de l’horloge "
30615 "matérielle est de garder l’heure lorsque Linux ne fonctionne pas afin de "
30616 "pourvoir initialiser l’heure système au démarrage. Remarquez qu'avec DOS, "
30617 "pour qui ISA a été conçu, l’horloge matérielle est la seule horloge temps "
30618 "réel."
30619
30620 #. type: Plain text
30621 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:195
30622 msgid ""
30623 "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
30624 "would happen if you used the *date*(1) program to set it while the system is "
30625 "running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock while "
30626 "the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do so with "
30627 "the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. Note: currently this is not "
30628 "possible on most systems because *hwclock --systohc* is called at shutdown."
30629 msgstr ""
30630 "L’heure système ne doit surtout pas subir de discontinuité comme lorsque le "
30631 "programme *date*(1) est utilisé pour la modifier pendant le fonctionnement "
30632 "du système. Vous pouvez, cependant, faire tout ce que vous voulez sur "
30633 "l’horloge matérielle pendant le fonctionnement, la prochaine fois que Linux "
30634 "démarrera, il prendra en compte la nouvelle heure de l’horloge matérielle. "
30635 "Remarque : ce n’est actuellement pas possible sur la plupart des systèmes "
30636 "car *hwclock --systohc* est appelée lors de l’arrêt."
30637
30638 #. type: Plain text
30639 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:197
30640 msgid ""
30641 "The Linux kernel's timezone is set by *hwclock*. But don't be misled -- "
30642 "almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in. Instead, "
30643 "programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they want to display "
30644 "a local time for you) almost always use a more traditional method of "
30645 "determining the timezone: They use the *TZ* environment variable or the _/"
30646 "etc/localtime_ file, as explained in the man page for *tzset*(3). However, "
30647 "some programs and fringe parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use "
30648 "the kernel's timezone value. An example is the vfat filesystem. If the "
30649 "kernel timezone value is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the "
30650 "wrong timestamps on files. Another example is the kernel's NTP '11 minute "
30651 "mode'. If the kernel's timezone value and/or the _persistent_clock_is_local_ "
30652 "variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock will be set incorrectly by '11 "
30653 "minute mode'. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock "
30654 "Synchronization by the Kernel*."
30655 msgstr ""
30656 "Le fuseau horaire du noyau Linux est défini par *hwclock*. Cependant, ne "
30657 "vous trompez pas — pratiquement personne ne se préoccupe du fuseau horaire "
30658 "maintenu par le noyau. Les programmes devant utiliser le fuseau horaire (par "
30659 "exemple pour afficher l’heure locale) utilisent presque toujours une méthode "
30660 "plus traditionnelle afin de le déterminer. Ils utilisent la variable "
30661 "d'environnement *TZ* ou le fichier _/etc/localtime_, comme expliqué dans la "
30662 "page de manuel de *tzset*(3). Cependant, certains programmes et certaines "
30663 "parties du noyau Linux comme les systèmes de fichiers utilisent la valeur de "
30664 "fuseau horaire du noyau. Un exemple est le système de fichiers vfat. Si la "
30665 "valeur dans le noyau est fausse, le système de fichiers vfat lira et "
30666 "modifiera d'une manière erronée la date des fichiers. Un autre exemple est "
30667 "le « mode 11 minutes » de NTP du noyau. Si la valeur de fuseau horaire du "
30668 "noyau ou que la variable _persistent_clock_is_local_ sont fausses, l’horloge "
30669 "matérielle ne sera pas réglée correctement par le « mode 11 minutes ». "
30670 "Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous *Synchronisation automatique de "
30671 "l’horloge matérielle par le noyau*."
30672
30673 #. type: Plain text
30674 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:199
30675 #, no-wrap
30676 msgid "*hwclock* sets the kernel's timezone to the value indicated by *TZ* or _/etc/localtime_ with the *--hctosys* or *--systz* functions.\n"
30677 msgstr "*hwclock* ajuste le fuseau horaire du noyau à la valeur indiquée par *TZ* ou _/etc/localtime_ avec les fonctions *--hctosys* ou *--systz*.\n"
30678
30679 #. type: Plain text
30680 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:201
30681 msgid ""
30682 "The kernel's timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field "
30683 "tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for DST) "
30684 "lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of Daylight "
30685 "Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality at the "
30686 "present time. This second field is not used under Linux and is always zero. "
30687 "See also *settimeofday*(2)."
30688 msgstr ""
30689 "Le fuseau horaire du noyau est composé de deux parties : 1) un champ "
30690 "tz_minuteswest indiquant le nombre de minutes (non ajusté pour l’heure "
30691 "d'été) de retard par rapport au temps universel (UTC) ; 2) un champ "
30692 "tz_dsttime indiquant le type de convention d’heure d’été utilisé localement "
30693 "à l’heure actuelle. Ce second champ n'est jamais utilisé sous Linux et est "
30694 "toujours nul. Consultez également *settimeofday*(2)."
30695
30696 #. type: Title ===
30697 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:202
30698 #, no-wrap
30699 msgid "Hardware Clock Access Methods"
30700 msgstr "Méthodes d’accès à l’horloge matérielle"
30701
30702 #. type: Plain text
30703 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:205
30704 #, no-wrap
30705 msgid "*hwclock* uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values. The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. Also, Linux systems using the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting multiple Hardware Clocks. This may bring about the need to override the default rtc device by specifying one with the *--rtc* option.\n"
30706 msgstr "*hwclock* utilise divers moyens pour interroger et régler les valeurs de l’horloge matérielle. La façon la plus normale est de réaliser des entrées et sorties avec le fichier spécial de périphérique rtc qui est supposé être piloté par le pilote de périphérique RTC. De plus, les systèmes Linux utilisant l’environnement de pilote RTC avec udev sont capables de prendre en charge plusieurs horloges matérielles. Cela pourrait nécessiter d’écraser le périphérique rtc par défaut en indiquant un autre à l’aide de l’option *--rtc*.\n"
30707
30708 #. type: Plain text
30709 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:207
30710 msgid ""
30711 "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have an "
30712 "rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock "
30713 "depends on the system hardware."
30714 msgstr ""
30715 "Cependant, cette méthode n’est pas toujours disponible sur les anciens "
30716 "systèmes ne disposant pas de pilote rtc. Sur ces systèmes, la méthode "
30717 "d'accès à l’horloge matérielle dépend de la machine."
30718
30719 #. type: Plain text
30720 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:209
30721 msgid ""
30722 "On an ISA compatible system, *hwclock* can directly access the \"CMOS "
30723 "memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and "
30724 "0x71. It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can only do "
30725 "it if running with superuser effective userid. This method may be used by "
30726 "specifying the *--directisa* option."
30727 msgstr ""
30728 "Sur un système compatible ISA, *hwclock* peut accéder directement aux "
30729 "registres de la mémoire du CMOS qui constituent l’horloge, en effectuant des "
30730 "opérations d'E/S sur les ports 0x70 et 0x71. *hwclock* effectue cela avec de "
30731 "véritables instructions d'E/S et doit donc être exécuté avec des droits de "
30732 "superutilisateur. Cette méthode peut être utilisée en indiquant l’option *--"
30733 "directisa*."
30734
30735 #. type: Plain text
30736 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:211
30737 msgid ""
30738 "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
30739 "that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
30740 "disable interrupts. *hwclock* provides it for testing, troubleshooting, and "
30741 "because it may be the only method available on ISA systems which do not have "
30742 "a working rtc device driver."
30743 msgstr ""
30744 "C'est vraiment une mauvaise méthode pour accéder à l’horloge, notamment "
30745 "parce que les programmes de l'espace utilisateur ne sont généralement pas "
30746 "supposés effectuer directement des opérations d'E/S et désactiver les "
30747 "interruptions. *hwclock* fournit cette méthode pour permettre de faire des "
30748 "essais ou du dépannage et parce que cela pourrait être la seule méthode "
30749 "disponible sur les systèmes compatibles ISA ne disposant pas d’un pilote "
30750 "fonctionnel de périphérique rtc."
30751
30752 #. type: Title ===
30753 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:212
30754 #, no-wrap
30755 msgid "The Adjust Function"
30756 msgstr "La fonction d’ajustement"
30757
30758 #. type: Plain text
30759 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:215
30760 msgid ""
30761 "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
30762 "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of "
30763 "time every day. This is called systematic drift. *hwclock*'s *--adjust* "
30764 "function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the Hardware Clock."
30765 msgstr ""
30766 "L’horloge matérielle n'est généralement pas très précise. Cependant, la "
30767 "plupart de ces imprécisions sont prévisibles. Elle gagne ou perd la même "
30768 "durée chaque jour. C’est la dérive systématique. La fonction *--adjust* de "
30769 "*hwclock* permet d’appliquer des corrections de dérive systématique à "
30770 "l’horloge matérielle."
30771
30772 #. type: Plain text
30773 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:217
30774 msgid ""
30775 "It works like this: *hwclock* keeps a file, _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, that keeps "
30776 "some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
30777 msgstr ""
30778 "Cela fonctionne de la façon suivante : *hwclock* utilise un fichier, "
30779 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_, qui conserve des informations historiques. C’est le "
30780 "fichier d'ajustement (_adjtime_)."
30781
30782 #. type: Plain text
30783 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:219
30784 msgid ""
30785 "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a *hwclock --set* command "
30786 "to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. *hwclock* creates the "
30787 "adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock "
30788 "was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you "
30789 "issue a *hwclock --set --update-drift* command to set it back 10 seconds. "
30790 "*hwclock* updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last time "
30791 "the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic "
30792 "drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a *hwclock --adjust* command. "
30793 "*hwclock* consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds "
30794 "per day when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. "
30795 "So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the "
30796 "current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours go by "
30797 "and you issue another *hwclock --adjust*. *hwclock* does the same thing: "
30798 "subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the current time as "
30799 "the last time the clock was adjusted."
30800 msgstr ""
30801 "Supposons un démarrage sans fichier d'ajustement. La commande *hwclock --"
30802 "set* règle l’horloge matérielle à l’heure actuelle. *hwclock* crée le "
30803 "fichier d’ajustement et y sauvegarde l’heure actuelle en tant que dernier "
30804 "moment d’étalonnage. Cinq jours plus tard, l’horloge a gagné 10 secondes, la "
30805 "commande *hwclock --set --update-drift* corrige alors l’heure. *hwclock* met "
30806 "à jour le fichier d'ajustement avec l’heure actuelle en tant que dernier "
30807 "moment d’étalonnage, et enregistre une dérive systématique de 2 secondes par "
30808 "jour. Au bout de 24 heures, avec la commande *hwclock --adjust*, *hwclock* "
30809 "consulte le fichier d'ajustement et remarque que l’horloge gagne deux "
30810 "secondes par jour lorsque rien n'est fait et que rien n'a été fait pendant "
30811 "un jour. Par conséquent, 2 secondes sont enlevées de l’horloge matérielle. "
30812 "L’heure actuelle est alors enregistrée en tant que dernier moment "
30813 "d’étalonnage. 24 heures après, la commande *hwclock --adjust* effectuera "
30814 "exactement la même opération."
30815
30816 #. type: Plain text
30817 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:221
30818 msgid ""
30819 "When you use the *--update-drift* option with *--set* or *--systohc*, the "
30820 "systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the fully drift "
30821 "corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, from that it "
30822 "derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated timestamp from "
30823 "the adjtime file. This updated drift factor is then saved in _{ADJTIME_PATH}"
30824 "_."
30825 msgstr ""
30826 "Quand l’option *--update-drift* est utilisée avec *--set* ou *--systohc*, le "
30827 "taux de dérive systématique est (re)calculé en comparant l’heure matérielle "
30828 "actuelle avec correction de dérive à la nouvelle heure de réglage. En est "
30829 "déduit le taux de dérive sur 24 heures à partir du dernier horodatage de "
30830 "calibration du fichier d’ajustement. Ce facteur de dérive mis à jour est "
30831 "sauvé dans _{ADJTIME_PATH}_."
30832
30833 #. type: Plain text
30834 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:223
30835 msgid ""
30836 "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so *--"
30837 "adjust* refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 second. "
30838 "Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will "
30839 "be more than 1 second and *--adjust* will make the adjustment including any "
30840 "fractional amount."
30841 msgstr ""
30842 "Une petite erreur est introduite quand l’horloge matérielle est définie, de "
30843 "telle sorte que *--adjust* évite de faire un ajustement de moins d'une "
30844 "seconde. Plus tard, lors d’une redemande d’ajustement, la dérive accumulée "
30845 "sera supérieure à une seconde et *--adjust* fera l'ajustement même de toute "
30846 "partie infime."
30847
30848 #. type: Plain text
30849 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:225
30850 #, no-wrap
30851 msgid "*hwclock --hctosys* also uses the adjtime file data to compensate the value read from the Hardware Clock before using it to set the System Clock. It does not share the 1 second limitation of *--adjust*, and will correct sub-second drift values immediately. It does not change the Hardware Clock time nor the adjtime file. This may eliminate the need to use *--adjust*, unless something else on the system needs the Hardware Clock to be compensated.\n"
30852 msgstr "*hwclock --hctosys* utilise aussi les données du fichier d’ajustement pour compenser la valeur lue de l’horloge matérielle avant de l’utiliser pour régler l’horloge système. La limitation d’une seconde de *--adjust* ne s’applique pas et les valeurs de décalage inférieures à la seconde seront corrigées immédiatement. L’horloge matérielle et le fichier d’ajustement ne sont pas modifiés. Cela devrait éliminer la nécessité d’utiliser *--adjust* sauf si autre chose sur le système a besoin de voir l’horloge matérielle compensée.\n"
30853
30854 #. type: Title ===
30855 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:226
30856 #, no-wrap
30857 msgid "The Adjtime File"
30858 msgstr "Le fichier d'ajustement"
30859
30860 #. type: Plain text
30861 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:229
30862 msgid ""
30863 "While named for its historical purpose of controlling adjustments only, it "
30864 "actually contains other information used by *hwclock* from one invocation to "
30865 "the next."
30866 msgstr ""
30867 "Même s’il garde ce nom pour des raisons historiques, il contient en fait "
30868 "d'autres informations utilisées par *hwclock* d’un appel à l'autre."
30869
30870 #. type: Plain text
30871 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:231
30872 msgid "The format of the adjtime file is, in ASCII:"
30873 msgstr "Le format du fichier d'ajustement, en ASCII, est le suivant :"
30874
30875 #. type: Plain text
30876 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:233
30877 msgid ""
30878 "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate in "
30879 "seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of seconds "
30880 "since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) "
30881 "zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal."
30882 msgstr ""
30883 "Ligne 1 : trois nombres, séparés par des espaces : 1) le taux de dérive "
30884 "systématique en seconde par jour, nombre décimal flottant ; 2) le nombre de "
30885 "secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et la date du dernier étalonnage, entier "
30886 "décimal ; 3) zéro (pour une compatibilité avec *clock*(8)) en tant que "
30887 "nombre décimal flottant."
30888
30889 #. type: Plain text
30890 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:235
30891 msgid ""
30892 "Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most "
30893 "recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known "
30894 "that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware "
30895 "Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). "
30896 "This is a decimal integer."
30897 msgstr ""
30898 "Ligne 2 : un nombre : le nombre de secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et le "
30899 "dernier étalonnage. Zéro s'il n'y a pas eu d'étalonnage ou si un des "
30900 "derniers étalonnages est discutable (par exemple, si l’horloge matérielle, "
30901 "depuis cet étalonnage, est erronée). C'est un entier décimal."
30902
30903 #. type: Plain text
30904 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:237
30905 msgid ""
30906 "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\". Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to "
30907 "Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value "
30908 "with options on the *hwclock* command line."
30909 msgstr ""
30910 "Ligne 3 : « UTC » ou « LOCAL ». Indique si l’horloge matérielle est à "
30911 "l’heure universelle ou à l’heure locale. Vous pouvez toujours surcharger "
30912 "cette valeur par des options sur la ligne de commande de *hwclock*."
30913
30914 #. type: Plain text
30915 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:239
30916 msgid ""
30917 "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the *clock*(8) "
30918 "program with *hwclock*."
30919 msgstr ""
30920 "Vous pouvez utiliser un fichier d'ajustement précédemment utilisé avec le "
30921 "programme *clock*(8) avec *hwclock*."
30922
30923 #. type: Title ===
30924 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:240
30925 #, no-wrap
30926 msgid "Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel"
30927 msgstr "Synchronisation automatique de l’horloge matérielle par le noyau"
30928
30929 #. type: Plain text
30930 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:243
30931 msgid ""
30932 "You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept "
30933 "synchronized in some systems. The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it copies "
30934 "the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode is a "
30935 "compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability. This is a "
30936 "good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated like NTP to keep "
30937 "your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep your System Time "
30938 "synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the network or to a radio "
30939 "clock hooked up to your system. See RFC 1305.)"
30940 msgstr ""
30941 "Vous devez être au courant d'un autre moyen utilisé pour garder l’horloge "
30942 "matérielle synchronisée sur certains systèmes. Le noyau Linux possède un "
30943 "mode qui copie l’heure système vers l’horloge matérielle toutes les "
30944 "11 minutes. Ce mode est une option au moment de la compilation, aussi tous "
30945 "les noyaux n’ont pas cette possibilité. Il est pratique de l’utiliser quand "
30946 "un moyen sophistiqué comme NTP garde l’heure système à jour (NTP est un "
30947 "moyen de synchroniser l’heure système avec soit un serveur de temps situé "
30948 "quelque part sur le réseau, soit une horloge radio en duplex avec le "
30949 "système, consultez la RFC 1305)."
30950
30951 #. type: Plain text
30952 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:245
30953 msgid ""
30954 "If the kernel is compiled with the '11 minute mode' option it will be active "
30955 "when the kernel's clock discipline is in a synchronized state. When in this "
30956 "state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask 0x0040) of the kernel's "
30957 "_time_status_ variable is unset. This value is output as the 'status' line "
30958 "of the *adjtimex --print* or *ntptime* commands."
30959 msgstr ""
30960 "Si le noyau est compilé avec l’option « mode 11 minutes », il sera actif "
30961 "quand la discipline de l’horloge du noyau est dans l’état synchronisé. Dans "
30962 "cet état, le bit 6 (le bit réglé dans le masque 0x0040) de la variable "
30963 "_time_status_ du noyau n’est pas défini. Cette valeur est produite comme "
30964 "ligne « status » des commandes *adjtimex\\ --print* ou *ntptime*."
30965
30966 #. type: Plain text
30967 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:247
30968 msgid ""
30969 "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel's clock "
30970 "discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on '11 minute "
30971 "mode'. It can be turned off by running anything that sets the System Clock "
30972 "the old fashioned way, including *hwclock --hctosys*. However, if the NTP "
30973 "daemon is still running, it will turn '11 minute mode' back on again the "
30974 "next time it synchronizes the System Clock."
30975 msgstr ""
30976 "Il agit de manière externe, comme le démon NTP pour mettre la discipline de "
30977 "l'horloge du noyau dans l’état synchronisé et, par conséquent, active le "
30978 "« mode 11 minutes ». Il peut être désactivé en exécutant n'importe quelle "
30979 "commande, y compris *hwclock --hctosys* qui ajuste l’horloge système de "
30980 "manière classique. Cependant, si le démon NTP est toujours actif, il "
30981 "réactivera le « mode 11 minutes » la prochaine fois qu’il synchronisera "
30982 "l’horloge système."
30983
30984 #. type: Plain text
30985 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:249
30986 msgid ""
30987 "If your system runs with '11 minute mode' on, it may need to use either *--"
30988 "hctosys* or *--systz* in a startup script, especially if the Hardware Clock "
30989 "is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the kernel is informed of "
30990 "what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may clobber it with the wrong "
30991 "one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
30992 msgstr ""
30993 "Si le « mode 11 minutes » est activé sur le système, l’utilisation de *--"
30994 "hctosys* ou *--systz* risque d’être nécessaire dans un script de démarrage, "
30995 "en particulier si l’horloge matérielle est configurée pour utiliser le "
30996 "fuseau horaire local. À moins que le noyau ne soit informé du fuseau horaire "
30997 "utilisé par l’horloge matérielle, il risque de l’écraser avec une heure "
30998 "incorrecte. Le noyau utilise UTC par défaut."
30999
31000 #. type: Plain text
31001 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:251
31002 msgid ""
31003 "The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel what "
31004 "timescale the Hardware Clock is using. This happens via the "
31005 "_persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If *--hctosys* or *--systz* is "
31006 "the first, it will set this variable according to the adjtime file or the "
31007 "appropriate command-line argument. Note that when using this capability and "
31008 "the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is changed, then a reboot is "
31009 "required to notify the kernel."
31010 msgstr ""
31011 "La première commande en espace utilisateur pour définir l’horloge système "
31012 "informe le noyau du fuseau horaire utilisé par l’horloge matérielle. Cela ce "
31013 "fait par l’intermédiaire de la variable _persistent_clock_is_local_ du "
31014 "noyau. Si *--hctosys* ou *--systz* sont utilisées en premier, cette variable "
31015 "sera définie d’après le fichier d’ajustement ou l’argument approprié en "
31016 "ligne de commande. Remarquez que lorsque cette capacité est utilisée et que "
31017 "le fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle est modifié, un redémarrage est "
31018 "nécessaire pour informer le noyau."
31019
31020 #. type: Plain text
31021 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:253
31022 #, no-wrap
31023 msgid "*hwclock --adjust* should not be used with NTP '11 minute mode'.\n"
31024 msgstr "*hwclock\\ --adjust* ne devrait pas être utilisée avec le « mode 11 minutes » de NTP.\n"
31025
31026 #. type: Title ===
31027 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:254
31028 #, no-wrap
31029 msgid "ISA Hardware Clock Century value"
31030 msgstr "Valeur du siècle de l’horloge matérielle ISA"
31031
31032 #. type: Plain text
31033 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:257
31034 msgid ""
31035 "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA "
31036 "machine as an indicator of what century it is. *hwclock* does not use or set "
31037 "that byte because there are some machines that don't define the byte that "
31038 "way, and it really isn't necessary anyway, since the year-of-century does a "
31039 "good job of implying which century it is."
31040 msgstr ""
31041 "Une sorte de norme définit l’octet 50 de la mémoire du CMOS sur une machine "
31042 "ISA comme un indicateur du siècle. *hwclock* ne l'utilise ni le modifie car "
31043 "certaines machines ne définissent pas l'octet de cette manière, et ce n'est "
31044 "vraiment pas nécessaire puisque l'année du siècle constitue un bon moyen de "
31045 "connaître le siècle."
31046
31047 #. type: Plain text
31048 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:259
31049 msgid ""
31050 "If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the *hwclock* "
31051 "maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
31052 msgstr ""
31053 "Si vous pensez à un usage possible de l'octet du siècle CMOS (« CMOS century "
31054 "byte »), contactez le responsable de *hwclock*, une option peut être "
31055 "adéquate."
31056
31057 #. type: Plain text
31058 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:261
31059 msgid ""
31060 "Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct "
31061 "ISA\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock. ACPI provides a standard way "
31062 "to access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
31063 msgstr ""
31064 "Notez que cette section est pertinente uniquement si vous utilisez un accès "
31065 "ISA direct à l’horloge matérielle. L'ACPI fournit un moyen standard "
31066 "d'accéder au siècle quand le matériel le gère."
31067
31068 #. type: Title ==
31069 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:262
31070 #, no-wrap
31071 msgid "DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION"
31072 msgstr "CONFIGURATION DE DATE ET HEURE"
31073
31074 #. type: Title ===
31075 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:264
31076 #, no-wrap
31077 msgid "Keeping Time without External Synchronization"
31078 msgstr "Garder l’heure sans synchronisation externe"
31079
31080 #. type: Plain text
31081 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:267
31082 msgid "This discussion is based on the following conditions:"
31083 msgstr "Cette discussion est basée sur les conditions suivantes."
31084
31085 #. type: Plain text
31086 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:269
31087 msgid ""
31088 "Nothing is running that alters the date-time clocks, such as NTP daemon or a "
31089 "cron job.\""
31090 msgstr ""
31091 "Rien de ce qui fonctionne n’altère les date et heure des horloges, par "
31092 "exemple un démon NTP ou une tâche régulière (cron)."
31093
31094 #. type: Plain text
31095 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:270
31096 msgid ""
31097 "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, "
31098 "under *POSIX vs 'RIGHT'*."
31099 msgstr ""
31100 "Le fuseau horaire du système est configuré pour l'heure locale correcte. "
31101 "Consultez *POSIX ou « RIGHT »* ci dessous."
31102
31103 #. type: Plain text
31104 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:271
31105 msgid ""
31106 "Early during startup the following are called, in this order: *adjtimex --"
31107 "tick* _value_ *--frequency* _value_ *hwclock --hctosys*"
31108 msgstr ""
31109 "Rapidement lors du démarrage, les commandes suivantes sont appelées dans cet "
31110 "ordre : *adjtimex --tick* _valor_ *--frequency* _valor_ *hwclock --hctosys*"
31111
31112 #. type: Plain text
31113 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:272
31114 msgid "During shutdown the following is called: *hwclock --systohc*"
31115 msgstr ""
31116 "Pendant l’arrêt, la commande suivante est appelée : *hwclock --systohc*"
31117
31118 #. type: Plain text
31119 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:274
31120 msgid "Systems without *adjtimex* may use *ntptime*."
31121 msgstr "Les systèmes sans *adjtimex* peuvent utiliser *ntptime*."
31122
31123 #. type: Plain text
31124 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:276
31125 msgid ""
31126 "Whether maintaining precision time with NTP daemon or not, it makes sense to "
31127 "configure the system to keep reasonably good date-time on its own."
31128 msgstr ""
31129 "Que la précision de l’heure soit maintenue avec le démon NTP ou pas, "
31130 "configurer le système pour qu’il reste à l’heure par lui-même est utile."
31131
31132 #. type: Plain text
31133 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:278
31134 msgid ""
31135 "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of the "
31136 "big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices running at "
31137 "their own speed and drifting away from the 'correct' time at their own "
31138 "rates. The methods and software for drift correction are different for each "
31139 "of them. However, most systems are configured to exchange values between "
31140 "these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the individual device's time "
31141 "keeping errors are transferred back and forth between each other. Attempt to "
31142 "configure drift correction for only one of them, and the other's drift will "
31143 "be overlaid upon it."
31144 msgstr ""
31145 "La première étape pour réaliser cela est d’avoir une vision d’ensemble "
31146 "claire. Deux périphériques matériels indépendants fonctionnent à leur propre "
31147 "rythme et divergent de l’heure « correcte » à leur propre taux. Les méthodes "
31148 "et programmes pour la correction de dérive sont différents pour chaque "
31149 "périphérique. Cependant, la plupart des systèmes sont configurés pour "
31150 "échanger des valeurs entre ces deux horloges au démarrage et à l’arrêt. "
31151 "Désormais les heures de chaque périphérique, avec leurs propres erreurs, "
31152 "sont donc transférées de l’une à l’autre dans les deux sens. Si vous tentez "
31153 "de configurer une correction de dérive pour une seule d’entre elles, la "
31154 "dérive de l’autre l’écrasera."
31155
31156 #. type: Plain text
31157 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:280
31158 msgid ""
31159 "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the System "
31160 "Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact that all "
31161 "of *hwclock*'s precision (including calculating drift factors) depends upon "
31162 "the System Clock's rate being correct, means that configuration of the "
31163 "System Clock should be done first."
31164 msgstr ""
31165 "Ce problème peut être évité en configurant la correction de dérive pour "
31166 "l’horloge système et en évitant simplement d’arrêter la machine. Cela, avec "
31167 "le fait que toute la précision de *hwclock* (y compris le calcul des "
31168 "facteurs de dérive) dépend de l’exactitude de la fréquence de l’horloge "
31169 "système, signifie que la configuration de l’horloge système devrait être la "
31170 "première étape."
31171
31172 #. type: Plain text
31173 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:282
31174 msgid ""
31175 "The System Clock drift is corrected with the *adjtimex*(8) command's *--"
31176 "tick* and *--frequency* options. These two work together: tick is the coarse "
31177 "adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment. (For systems that do not "
31178 "have an *adjtimex* package, *ntptime -f* _ppm_ may be used instead.)"
31179 msgstr ""
31180 "La dérive de l’horloge système est corrigée avec les options *--tick* et *--"
31181 "frequency* d’**adjtimex**(8). Les deux fonctionnent ensemble, le tic est "
31182 "l’ajustement grossier alors que la fréquence est l’ajustement fin (sur les "
31183 "systèmes sans paquet *adjtimex*, *ntptime\\ -f* _ppm_ peut être utilisé à la "
31184 "place)."
31185
31186 #. type: Plain text
31187 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:284
31188 msgid ""
31189 "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System Clock "
31190 "drift with *adjtimex*'s compare operation. Trying to correct one drifting "
31191 "clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin to a dog trying "
31192 "to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but great effort and "
31193 "frustration will likely precede it. This automation may yield an improvement "
31194 "over no configuration, but expecting optimum results would be in error. A "
31195 "better choice for manual configuration would be *adjtimex*'s *--log* options."
31196 msgstr ""
31197 "Certaines distributions Linux essayent de calculer automatiquement la dérive "
31198 "de l’horloge système avec l’opération de comparaison d’**adjtimex**. Essayer "
31199 "de corriger une horloge qui dérive en utilisant comme référence une autre "
31200 "horloge qui dérive est un peu comme un chien qui essaye de s’attraper la "
31201 "queue. Cela peut fonctionner au bout d’un moment mais pas sans beaucoup "
31202 "d’efforts et de frustration. Cette automatisme peut être considéré comme une "
31203 "amélioration face à l’absence de configuration, mais espérer un résultat "
31204 "optimal serait une erreur. Les options *--log* d’**adjtimex** s’avèrent être "
31205 "une meilleure possibilité pour une configuration manuelle."
31206
31207 #. type: Plain text
31208 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:286
31209 msgid ""
31210 "It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with *sntp*, "
31211 "or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, and then calculate the correction "
31212 "manually."
31213 msgstr ""
31214 "Simplement suivre la dérive de l’horloge système avec *sntp*, ou *date\\ -"
31215 "Ins* par rapport à une horloge de précision, puis calculer soi-même la "
31216 "correction, serait plus efficace."
31217
31218 #. type: Plain text
31219 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:288
31220 msgid ""
31221 "After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine the "
31222 "adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time. See *adjtimex*(2) for "
31223 "more information and the example demonstrating manual drift calculations."
31224 msgstr ""
31225 "Après la définition des valeurs de tic et de fréquence, il faut continuer de "
31226 "tester et d'affiner les ajustements jusqu’à ce que l’horloge système garde "
31227 "l’heure correctement. Consultez *adjtimex*(2) pour plus de renseignements et "
31228 "l’exemple montrant un calcul manuel de dérive."
31229
31230 #. type: Plain text
31231 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:290
31232 msgid ""
31233 "Once the System Clock is ticking smoothly, move on to the Hardware Clock."
31234 msgstr ""
31235 "Une fois que l’horloge système est fiable, l’horloge matérielle va pouvoir "
31236 "être réglée."
31237
31238 #. type: Plain text
31239 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:292
31240 msgid ""
31241 "As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases. This should be true "
31242 "even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot. In that "
31243 "case the drift factor value makes little difference. But on the rare "
31244 "occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then cold "
31245 "drift should yield better results."
31246 msgstr ""
31247 "En règle générale, la dérive à froid fonctionne bien dans la plupart des cas "
31248 "d’utilisation. Cela devrait même être vrai pour les machines fonctionnant "
31249 "vingt-quatre heures sur vingt-quatre et dont les temps d’arrêt usuels "
31250 "servent uniquement pour les redémarrages. Dans ce cas, la valeur du facteur "
31251 "de dérive est peu différente, mais si la machine est arrêtée plus longtemps "
31252 "que d’habitude, la dérive à froid devrait donner de meilleurs résultats."
31253
31254 #. type: Plain text
31255 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:294
31256 #, no-wrap
31257 msgid "*Steps to calculate cold drift:*\n"
31258 msgstr "*Étapes pour calculer la dérive à froid*\n"
31259
31260 #. type: Plain text
31261 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:297
31262 #, no-wrap
31263 msgid "*Ensure that NTP daemon will not be launched at startup.*\n"
31264 msgstr "*Veiller à ce que le démon NTP ne soit par lancé au démarrage*.\n"
31265
31266 #. type: Plain text
31267 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:300
31268 msgid "The _System Clock_ time must be correct at shutdown!"
31269 msgstr "L’heure de _l’horloge système_ doit être exacte à l’arrêt !."
31270
31271 #. type: Labeled list
31272 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:301
31273 #, no-wrap
31274 msgid "3"
31275 msgstr "3"
31276
31277 #. type: Plain text
31278 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:303
31279 msgid "Shut down the system."
31280 msgstr "Arrêter le système."
31281
31282 #. type: Labeled list
31283 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:304
31284 #, no-wrap
31285 msgid "4"
31286 msgstr "4"
31287
31288 #. type: Plain text
31289 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:306
31290 msgid "Let an extended period pass without changing the Hardware Clock."
31291 msgstr ""
31292 "Laisser passer suffisamment de temps sans modifier l’horloge matérielle."
31293
31294 #. type: Labeled list
31295 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:307
31296 #, no-wrap
31297 msgid "5"
31298 msgstr "5"
31299
31300 #. type: Plain text
31301 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:309
31302 msgid "Start the system."
31303 msgstr "Démarrer le système."
31304
31305 #. type: Labeled list
31306 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:310
31307 #, no-wrap
31308 msgid "6"
31309 msgstr "6"
31310
31311 #. type: Plain text
31312 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:312
31313 msgid ""
31314 "Immediately use *hwclock* to set the correct time, adding the *--update-"
31315 "drift* option."
31316 msgstr ""
31317 "Utiliser *hwclock* immédiatement pour régler l’heure correcte avec l’option "
31318 "*--update-drift*."
31319
31320 #. type: Plain text
31321 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:314
31322 msgid ""
31323 "Note: if step 6 uses *--systohc*, then the System Clock must be set "
31324 "correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
31325 msgstr ""
31326 "Remarque : si l’étape six utilise *--systohc*, alors l’horloge système doit "
31327 "être réglée correctement (étape 6a) juste avant."
31328
31329 #. type: Plain text
31330 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:316
31331 msgid ""
31332 "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
31333 "for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
31334 "the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. Continue to test and refine the drift factor "
31335 "until the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup. To check this, "
31336 "first make sure that the System Time is correct before shutdown and then use "
31337 "*sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, immediately after startup."
31338 msgstr ""
31339 "Laisser *hwclock* calculer le facteur de dérive est un bon point de départ, "
31340 "mais pour obtenir des résultats optimaux, modifier directement le fichier "
31341 "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ sera probablement nécessaire. Continuer de tester et "
31342 "affiner les ajustements jusqu’à ce que l’horloge matérielle soit corrigée "
31343 "correctement au démarrage. Pour vérifier cela, assurez-vous que l’heure "
31344 "système soit correcte avant l’arrêt puis utilisez *sntp*, ou *date\\ -Ins* "
31345 "et une horloge de précision, immédiatement après le démarrage."
31346
31347 #. type: Title ===
31348 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:317
31349 #, no-wrap
31350 msgid "LOCAL vs UTC"
31351 msgstr "LOCALE ou UTC"
31352
31353 #. type: Plain text
31354 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:320
31355 msgid ""
31356 "Keeping the Hardware Clock in a local timescale causes inconsistent daylight "
31357 "saving time results:"
31358 msgstr ""
31359 "Garder l’horloge matérielle en heure locale provoque des résultats "
31360 "incohérents de changement d’heure d’été."
31361
31362 #. type: Plain text
31363 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:322
31364 msgid ""
31365 "If Linux is running during a daylight saving time change, the time written "
31366 "to the Hardware Clock will be adjusted for the change."
31367 msgstr ""
31368 "Si Linux est en cours de fonctionnement au moment du changement d’heure, "
31369 "l’heure écrite dans l’horloge matérielle sera ajustée pour le changement."
31370
31371 #. type: Plain text
31372 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:323
31373 msgid ""
31374 "If Linux is NOT running during a daylight saving time change, the time read "
31375 "from the Hardware Clock will NOT be adjusted for the change."
31376 msgstr ""
31377 "Si Linux n’est *pas* en cours de fonctionnement au moment du changement "
31378 "d’heure, l’heure lue de l’horloge matérielle ne sera *pas* ajustée pour le "
31379 "changement."
31380
31381 #. type: Plain text
31382 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:325
31383 msgid ""
31384 "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and time, "
31385 "it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when *hwclock* "
31386 "is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the 'correct' local "
31387 "time and makes no adjustments to the time read from it."
31388 msgstr ""
31389 "L’horloge matérielle sur un système compatible ISA ne garde que l’heure et "
31390 "la date, elle n’a pas de connaissance du fuseau horaire ni d’heure d’été. "
31391 "Ainsi, quand *hwclock* est informée d’utiliser l’heure locale, elle "
31392 "considère l’horloge matérielle en heure locale « correcte » et ne fait pas "
31393 "d’ajustement de l’heure qui y est lue."
31394
31395 #. type: Plain text
31396 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:327
31397 msgid ""
31398 "Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the "
31399 "Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for "
31400 "system administrators as *hwclock* uses local time for its output and as the "
31401 "argument to the *--date* option."
31402 msgstr ""
31403 "Linux ne gère les changements d’heure d’été de façon transparente que quand "
31404 "l’horloge matérielle est gardée en UTC. Ce fonctionnement facilite le "
31405 "travail des administrateurs système car *hwclock* utilise l’heure locale en "
31406 "sortie et comme argument de l’option *--date*."
31407
31408 #. type: Plain text
31409 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:329
31410 msgid ""
31411 "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate in "
31412 "the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock's purpose is to initialize the System "
31413 "Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
31414 msgstr ""
31415 "Les systèmes POSIX, comme Linux, sont conçus pour avoir l’horloge système en "
31416 "heure UTC. Le but de l’horloge matérielle est d’initialiser l’horloge "
31417 "système, donc la garder aussi en UTC est sensé."
31418
31419 #. type: Plain text
31420 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:331
31421 msgid ""
31422 "Linux does, however, attempt to accommodate the Hardware Clock being in the "
31423 "local timescale. This is primarily for dual-booting with older versions of "
31424 "MS Windows. From Windows 7 on, the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key is "
31425 "supposed to be working properly so that its Hardware Clock can be kept in "
31426 "UTC."
31427 msgstr ""
31428 "Linux, cependant, essaye de s’adapter à l’horloge matérielle en heure "
31429 "locale. C’est avant tout pour gérer le multiboot avec les plus anciennes "
31430 "versions de Microsoft Windows. Depuis Windows 7, la clef de registre "
31431 "RealTimeIsUniversal est supposée fonctionner correctement pour permettre de "
31432 "garder l’horloge matérielle en UTC."
31433
31434 #. type: Title ===
31435 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:332
31436 #, no-wrap
31437 msgid "POSIX vs 'RIGHT'"
31438 msgstr "POSIX ou « RIGHT »"
31439
31440 #. type: Plain text
31441 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:335
31442 msgid ""
31443 "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without "
31444 "addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by *tzset*(3). One area "
31445 "that seems to have no documentation is the 'right' directory of the Time "
31446 "Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
31447 msgstr ""
31448 "Une discussion sur la configuration de date et d’heure serait incomplète "
31449 "sans parler de fuseaux horaires, c’est assez bien couvert par *tzset*(3). "
31450 "Une zone qui semble non documentée est le répertoire _right_ de la base de "
31451 "données de fuseaux horaires, parfois appelé « tz » ou « zoneinfo »."
31452
31453 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
31454 #. type: Plain text
31455 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:338
31456 msgid ""
31457 "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and 'right'. "
31458 "'Right' (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and posix does not. "
31459 "To use the 'right' database the System Clock must be set to (UTC {plus} leap "
31460 "seconds), which is equivalent to (TAI - 10). This allows calculating the "
31461 "exact number of seconds between two dates that cross a leap second epoch. "
31462 "The System Clock is then converted to the correct civil time, including UTC, "
31463 "by using the 'right' timezone files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: "
31464 "this configuration is considered experimental and is known to have issues."
31465 msgstr ""
31466 "Deux bases de données distinctes existent dans le système _zoneinfo_ : "
31467 "_posix_ et _right_. Le répertoire _right_ (maintenant appelé _zoneinfo-"
31468 "leaps_, secondes intercalaires de _zoneinfo>) contient les secondes "
31469 "intercalaires alors que _posix_ ne les contient pas. Pour utiliser la base "
31470 "de données _right_, l’horloge système doit être configurée en "
31471 "(UTC {plus} secondes intercalaires), ce qui est équivalent à (TAI − 10). "
31472 "Cela permet de calculer le nombre exact de secondes entre deux dates ayant "
31473 "une seconde intercalaire entre elles. L’horloge système est alors convertie "
31474 "en heure civile correcte, y compris UTC, en utilisant les fichiers de fuseau "
31475 "horaire _right_ qui soustraient les secondes intercalaires. Remarque : cette "
31476 "configuration est considérée expérimentale et est connue pour poser des "
31477 "problèmes."
31478
31479 #. type: Plain text
31480 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:340
31481 msgid ""
31482 "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files located "
31483 "in its directory must be copied to the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_. Files "
31484 "are never used directly from the posix or 'right' subdirectories, e.g., "
31485 "TZ='_right/Europe/Dublin_'. This habit was becoming so common that the "
31486 "upstream zoneinfo project restructured the system's file tree by moving the "
31487 "posix and 'right' subdirectories out of the zoneinfo directory and into "
31488 "sibling directories:"
31489 msgstr ""
31490 "Pour configurer un système à utiliser une base de données en particulier, "
31491 "tous les fichiers de son répertoire doivent être copiés à la racine de _/usr/"
31492 "share/zoneinfo_. Les fichiers ne sont jamais utilisés directement des sous-"
31493 "répertoires _posix_ ou _right_, par exemple TZ='_right/America/Martinique_'. "
31494 "Cette habitude était devenue si répandue que le projet zoneinfo amont a "
31495 "restructuré le système d’arborescence de fichiers en déplaçant les sous-"
31496 "répertoires _posix_ et _right_ hors du répertoire _zoneinfo_ et dans des "
31497 "répertoires adjacents :"
31498
31499 #. type: Plain text
31500 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:342
31501 msgid ""
31502 "_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-"
31503 "leaps_"
31504 msgstr ""
31505 "_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-"
31506 "leaps_"
31507
31508 #. type: Plain text
31509 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:344
31510 msgid ""
31511 "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old tree "
31512 "structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators "
31513 "reaching into the 'right' subdirectory persists. This causes the system "
31514 "timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the zoneinfo "
31515 "database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an application such "
31516 "as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or an email MTA, or "
31517 "*hwclock* needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it from the root of _/usr/"
31518 "share/zoneinfo_ , because that is what they are supposed to do. Those files "
31519 "exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock now includes them, causing an "
31520 "incorrect time conversion."
31521 msgstr ""
31522 "Malheureusement, certaines distributions Linux replacent l’arborescence "
31523 "comme précédemment dans leurs paquets. Ainsi, le problème des "
31524 "administrateurs système utilisant directement le répertoire _right_ "
31525 "persiste. À cause de cela, le fuseau horaire du système est configuré pour "
31526 "inclure les secondes intercalaires alors que la base de données de zoneinfo "
31527 "est encore configurée pour les exclure. Pourtant, quand une application "
31528 "comme une horloge mondiale, un agent de transport de courrier (MTA) ou "
31529 "*hwclock* a besoin du fichier de fuseau horaire _South_Pole_, elle le prend "
31530 "à la racine du _/usr/share/zoneinfo_, puisque c’est ce qu’elle est censée "
31531 "faire. Ces fichiers excluent les secondes intercalaires, mais l’horloge "
31532 "système les inclut maintenant, avec pour conséquence une conversion d’heure "
31533 "incorrecte."
31534
31535 #. type: Plain text
31536 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:346
31537 msgid ""
31538 "Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not "
31539 "work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different "
31540 "timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix or "
31541 "'right', as described above, or by assigning a database path to the _TZDIR_ "
31542 "environment variable."
31543 msgstr ""
31544 "Tenter de mélanger et de faire correspondre les fichiers de ces bases de "
31545 "données distinctes ne fonctionnera pas puisqu’elles nécessitent chacune que "
31546 "l’horloge système utilise un fuseau horaire différent. La base de données "
31547 "zoneinfo doit être configurée pour utiliser soit _posix_, soit _right_, "
31548 "conformément à la description précédente ou en assignant un chemin de base "
31549 "de données à la variable _TZDIR_."
31550
31551 #. type: Plain text
31552 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:350
31553 msgid "One of the following exit values will be returned:"
31554 msgstr "Une des valeurs suivantes sera renvoyée."
31555
31556 #. type: Labeled list
31557 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:351
31558 #, no-wrap
31559 msgid "*EXIT_SUCCESS* ('0' on POSIX systems)"
31560 msgstr "*EXIT_SUCCESS* (*0* sur les systèmes POSIX)"
31561
31562 #. type: Plain text
31563 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:353
31564 msgid "Successful program execution."
31565 msgstr "Exécution du programme réussie."
31566
31567 #. type: Labeled list
31568 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:354
31569 #, no-wrap
31570 msgid "*EXIT_FAILURE* ('1' on POSIX systems)"
31571 msgstr "*EXIT_FAILURE* (*1* sur les systèmes POSIX)"
31572
31573 #. type: Plain text
31574 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:356
31575 msgid "The operation failed or the command syntax was not valid."
31576 msgstr "L’opération a échoué ou la syntaxe de la commande était inadéquate."
31577
31578 #. type: Labeled list
31579 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:359
31580 #, no-wrap
31581 msgid "*TZ*"
31582 msgstr "*TZ*"
31583
31584 #. type: Plain text
31585 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:361
31586 msgid ""
31587 "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
31588 "configured timezone."
31589 msgstr ""
31590 "Si cette variable est définie, sa valeur prend le pas sur la valeur de "
31591 "fuseau horaire configurée sur le système."
31592
31593 #. type: Labeled list
31594 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:362
31595 #, no-wrap
31596 msgid "*TZDIR*"
31597 msgstr "*TZDIR*"
31598
31599 #. type: Plain text
31600 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:364
31601 msgid ""
31602 "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
31603 "configured timezone database directory path."
31604 msgstr ""
31605 "Si cette variable est définie, sa valeur prend le pas sur le chemin du "
31606 "répertoire de base de données des fuseaux horaires configuré sur le système."
31607
31608 #. type: Plain text
31609 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:367 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:117
31610 #, no-wrap
31611 msgid "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_"
31612 msgstr "_{ADJTIME_PATH}_"
31613
31614 #. type: Plain text
31615 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:369
31616 #, fuzzy
31617 #| msgid "The configuration and state file for hwclock."
31618 msgid ""
31619 "The configuration and state file for *hwclock*. See also *adjtime_config*(5)."
31620 msgstr "Fichier de configuration et d’état pour *hwclock*."
31621
31622 #. type: Labeled list
31623 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:370
31624 #, no-wrap
31625 msgid "_/etc/localtime_"
31626 msgstr "_/etc/localtime_"
31627
31628 #. type: Plain text
31629 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:372
31630 msgid "The system timezone file."
31631 msgstr "Fichier de fuseau horaire du système"
31632
31633 #. type: Labeled list
31634 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:373
31635 #, no-wrap
31636 msgid "_/usr/share/zoneinfo/_"
31637 msgstr "_/usr/share/zoneinfo/_"
31638
31639 #. type: Plain text
31640 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:375
31641 msgid "The system timezone database directory."
31642 msgstr "Répertoire de la base de données de fuseaux horaires du système."
31643
31644 #. type: Plain text
31645 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:377
31646 msgid ""
31647 "Device files *hwclock* may try for Hardware Clock access: _/dev/rtc0_ _/dev/"
31648 "rtc_ _/dev/misc/rtc_ _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
31649 msgstr ""
31650 "Fichiers de périphérique pouvant être essayés par *hwclock* pour un accès à "
31651 "l’horloge matérielle : _/dev/rtc0_ _/dev/rtc_ _/dev/misc/rtc_ _/dev/efirtc_ "
31652 "_/dev/misc/efirtc_"
31653
31654 #. type: Plain text
31655 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:387
31656 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
31657 #| msgid ""
31658 #| "*date*(1),\n"
31659 #| "*adjtimex*(8),\n"
31660 #| "*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
31661 #| "*settimeofday*(2),\n"
31662 #| "*crontab*(1p),\n"
31663 #| "*tzset*(3)\n"
31664 msgid ""
31665 "*date*(1),\n"
31666 "*adjtime_config*(5),\n"
31667 "*adjtimex*(8),\n"
31668 "*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
31669 "*settimeofday*(2),\n"
31670 "*crontab*(1p),\n"
31671 "*tzset*(3)\n"
31672 msgstr ""
31673 "*date*(1),\n"
31674 "*adjtimex*(8),\n"
31675 "*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
31676 "*settimeofday*(2),\n"
31677 "*crontab*(1p),\n"
31678 "*tzset*(3)\n"
31679
31680 #. type: Plain text
31681 #: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:391
31682 msgid ""
31683 "Written by mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], September 1996, "
31684 "based on work done on the *clock*(8) program by Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft, "
31685 "and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete history and credits."
31686 msgstr ""
31687 "Écrit par mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], septembre 1996, "
31688 "basé sur le travail effectué sur le programme *clock*(8) par Charles "
31689 "Hedrick, Rob Hooft et Harald Koenig. Veuillez vous référer au code source "
31690 "pour une histoire complète et les crédits."
31691
31692 #. Copyright 2008 Hayden A. James (hayden.james@gmail.com)
31693 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
31694 #. type: Title =
31695 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:6
31696 #, no-wrap
31697 msgid "ipcmk(1)"
31698 msgstr "ipcmk(1)"
31699
31700 #. type: Plain text
31701 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:16
31702 msgid "ipcmk - make various IPC resources"
31703 msgstr "ipcmk - Créer plusieurs ressources IPC"
31704
31705 #. type: Plain text
31706 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:20
31707 #, no-wrap
31708 msgid "*ipcmk* [options]\n"
31709 msgstr "*ipcmk* [options]\n"
31710
31711 #. type: Plain text
31712 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:24
31713 #, no-wrap
31714 msgid "*ipcmk* allows you to create System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays.\n"
31715 msgstr "*ipcmk* vous permet de créer des objets de communication interprocessus (IPC) system V : des segments de mémoire partagée, des files de messages et des tableaux de sémaphores.\n"
31716
31717 #. type: Plain text
31718 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:28
31719 msgid "Resources can be specified with these options:"
31720 msgstr "Les ressources peuvent être indiquées avec les options suivantes."
31721
31722 #. type: Labeled list
31723 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:29
31724 #, no-wrap
31725 msgid "*-M*, *--shmem* _size_"
31726 msgstr "*-M*, *--shmem* _taille_"
31727
31728 #. type: Plain text
31729 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:31
31730 msgid ""
31731 "Create a shared memory segment of _size_ bytes. The _size_ argument may be "
31732 "followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and "
31733 "so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
31734 "meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
31735 "for GB, etc."
31736 msgstr ""
31737 "Créer un segment de mémoire partagé de _taille_ octets. Les arguments "
31738 "_taille_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes multiplicatifs KiB (=1024), MiB "
31739 "(=1024*1024), et ainsi de suite pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB (la "
31740 "partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB ») ou "
31741 "des suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), et ainsi de suite pour GB, etc.\""
31742
31743 #. type: Labeled list
31744 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:32
31745 #, no-wrap
31746 msgid "*-Q*, *--queue*"
31747 msgstr "*-Q*, *--queue*"
31748
31749 #. type: Plain text
31750 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:34
31751 msgid "Create a message queue."
31752 msgstr "Créer une file de messages."
31753
31754 #. type: Labeled list
31755 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:35
31756 #, no-wrap
31757 msgid "*-S*, *--semaphore* _number_"
31758 msgstr "*-S*, *--semaphore* _nombre_"
31759
31760 #. type: Plain text
31761 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:37
31762 msgid "Create a semaphore array with _number_ of elements."
31763 msgstr "Créer un tableau de sémaphores avec _nombre_ éléments."
31764
31765 #. type: Plain text
31766 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:39
31767 msgid "Other options are:"
31768 msgstr "Les autres options sont les suivantes."
31769
31770 #. type: Labeled list
31771 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:40
31772 #, no-wrap
31773 msgid "*-p*, *--mode* _mode_"
31774 msgstr "*-p*, *--mode* _mode_"
31775
31776 #. type: Plain text
31777 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:42
31778 msgid "Access permissions for the resource. Default is 0644."
31779 msgstr "Droits d’accès à la ressource (0644 par défaut)."
31780
31781 #. type: Plain text
31782 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:48
31783 msgid "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James]"
31784 msgstr "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James]"
31785
31786 #. type: Plain text
31787 #: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:54
31788 #, no-wrap
31789 msgid ""
31790 "*ipcrm*(1),\n"
31791 "*ipcs*(1),\n"
31792 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
31793 msgstr ""
31794 "*ipcrm*(1),\n"
31795 "*ipcs*(1),\n"
31796 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
31797
31798 #. Copyright 2002 Andre C. Mazzone (linuxdev@karagee.com)
31799 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
31800 #. type: Title =
31801 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:6
31802 #, no-wrap
31803 msgid "ipcrm(1)"
31804 msgstr "ipcrm(1)"
31805
31806 #. type: Plain text
31807 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:17
31808 msgid "ipcrm - remove certain IPC resources"
31809 msgstr "ipcrm - Supprimer certaines ressources IPC"
31810
31811 #. type: Plain text
31812 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:21
31813 #, no-wrap
31814 msgid "*ipcrm* [options]\n"
31815 msgstr "*ipcrm* [options]\n"
31816
31817 #. type: Plain text
31818 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:23
31819 #, no-wrap
31820 msgid "*ipcrm* [*shm*|*msg*|*sem*] _ID_ ...\n"
31821 msgstr "*ipcrm* [*shm*|*msg*|*sem*] _ID_ ...\n"
31822
31823 #. type: Plain text
31824 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:27
31825 #, no-wrap
31826 msgid "*ipcrm* removes System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects and associated data structures from the system. In order to delete such objects, you must be superuser, or the creator or owner of the object.\n"
31827 msgstr "*ipcrm* supprime des objets de communication entre processus (IPC) System V et les structures de données associées définies sur le système. Afin de les détruire, vous devez être le superutilisateur, le créateur ou le propriétaire des objets.\n"
31828
31829 #. type: Plain text
31830 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:29
31831 msgid ""
31832 "System V IPC objects are of three types: shared memory, message queues, and "
31833 "semaphores. Deletion of a message queue or semaphore object is immediate "
31834 "(regardless of whether any process still holds an IPC identifier for the "
31835 "object). A shared memory object is only removed after all currently attached "
31836 "processes have detached (*shmdt*(2)) the object from their virtual address "
31837 "space."
31838 msgstr ""
31839 "Les objets IPC System V sont de trois types\\ : mémoire partagée, file de "
31840 "messages et sémaphores. La suppression d'une file de messages ou d'un "
31841 "ensemble de sémaphores est immédiate (même s'il y a des processus qui "
31842 "disposent d'un identificateur sur l'objet). Un segment de mémoire partagée "
31843 "n'est supprimé qu'à la condition que tous les processus aient détaché "
31844 "(*shmdt*(2)) l'objet de leur espace d'adressage virtuel."
31845
31846 #. type: Plain text
31847 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:31
31848 msgid ""
31849 "Two syntax styles are supported. The old Linux historical syntax specifies a "
31850 "three-letter keyword indicating which class of object is to be deleted, "
31851 "followed by one or more IPC identifiers for objects of this type."
31852 msgstr ""
31853 "Deux syntaxes sont prises en charge. La syntaxe historique sous Linux "
31854 "utilise un mot clef de trois lettres indiquant la classe de l'objet à "
31855 "supprimer, suivi d'un ou de plusieurs identificateurs d'objets IPC de ce "
31856 "type."
31857
31858 #. type: Plain text
31859 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:33
31860 msgid ""
31861 "The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more objects of "
31862 "all three types in a single command line, with objects specified either by "
31863 "key or by identifier (see below). Both keys and identifiers may be specified "
31864 "in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an initial '0x' or '0X'), or octal "
31865 "(specified with an initial '0')."
31866 msgstr ""
31867 "La syntaxe compatible SUS permet l'utilisation d'aucun ou de plusieurs "
31868 "objets des trois types en une seule ligne de commande, objets désignés par "
31869 "leur clef ou leur identificateur (voir ci-dessous). Les clefs et les "
31870 "identificateurs peuvent être indiqués en décimal, hexadécimal (commençant "
31871 "par «\\ 0x\\ » ou «\\ 0X\\ »), ou octal (commençant par un «\\ 0\\ »)."
31872
31873 #. type: Plain text
31874 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:35
31875 msgid ""
31876 "The details of the removes are described in *shmctl*(2), *msgctl*(2), and "
31877 "*semctl*(2). The identifiers and keys can be found by using *ipcs*(1)."
31878 msgstr ""
31879 "Des précisions sur les suppressions sont décrites dans *shmctl*(2), "
31880 "*msgctl*(2) et *semctl*(2). Les identificateurs et les clefs peuvent être "
31881 "trouvés avec *ipcs*(1)."
31882
31883 #. type: Labeled list
31884 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:38
31885 #, no-wrap
31886 msgid "*-a*, *--all* [*shm*] [*msg*] [*sem*]"
31887 msgstr "*-a*, *--all* [*shm*] [*msg*] [*sem*]"
31888
31889 #. type: Plain text
31890 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:40
31891 msgid ""
31892 "Remove all resources. When an option argument is provided, the removal is "
31893 "performed only for the specified resource types."
31894 msgstr ""
31895 "Supprimer toutes les ressources. Quand un argument d’option est fourni, la "
31896 "suppression ne concerne que les types de ressource indiqués."
31897
31898 #. type: Plain text
31899 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:42
31900 msgid ""
31901 "_Warning!_ Do not use *-a* if you are unsure how the software using the "
31902 "resources might react to missing objects. Some programs create these "
31903 "resources at startup and may not have any code to deal with an unexpected "
31904 "disappearance."
31905 msgstr ""
31906 "_Attention_, n’utilisez pas *-a* en cas de doute sur la façon dont le "
31907 "logiciel utilisant les ressources réagirait aux objets manquants. Certains "
31908 "programmes créent ces ressources au démarrage et pourraient ne pas avoir de "
31909 "code pour gérer une disparition inattendue."
31910
31911 #. type: Labeled list
31912 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:43
31913 #, no-wrap
31914 msgid "*-M*, *--shmem-key* _shmkey_"
31915 msgstr "*-M*, *--shmem-key* _clef_shm_"
31916
31917 #. type: Plain text
31918 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:45
31919 msgid ""
31920 "Remove the shared memory segment created with _shmkey_ after the last detach "
31921 "is performed."
31922 msgstr ""
31923 "Supprimer le segment de mémoire partagée créé avec _clef_shm_ après son "
31924 "dernier détachement."
31925
31926 #. type: Labeled list
31927 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:46
31928 #, no-wrap
31929 msgid "*-m*, *--shmem-id* _shmid_"
31930 msgstr "*-m*, *--shmem-id* _id_shm_"
31931
31932 #. type: Plain text
31933 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:48
31934 msgid ""
31935 "Remove the shared memory segment identified by _shmid_ after the last detach "
31936 "is performed."
31937 msgstr ""
31938 "Supprimer le segment de mémoire partagée identifié par _id_shm_ après son "
31939 "dernier détachement."
31940
31941 #. type: Labeled list
31942 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:49
31943 #, no-wrap
31944 msgid "*-Q*, *--queue-key* _msgkey_"
31945 msgstr "*-Q*, *--queue-key* _clef_msg_"
31946
31947 #. type: Plain text
31948 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:51
31949 msgid "Remove the message queue created with _msgkey_."
31950 msgstr "Supprimer la file de messages créée avec _clef_msg_."
31951
31952 #. type: Labeled list
31953 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:52
31954 #, no-wrap
31955 msgid "*-q*, *--queue-id* _msgid_"
31956 msgstr "*-q*, *--queue-id* _id_msg_"
31957
31958 #. type: Plain text
31959 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:54
31960 msgid "Remove the message queue identified by _msgid_."
31961 msgstr "Supprimer la file de messages identifiée par _id_msg_."
31962
31963 #. type: Labeled list
31964 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:55
31965 #, no-wrap
31966 msgid "*-S*, *--semaphore-key* _semkey_"
31967 msgstr "*-S*, *--semaphore-key* _clef_sem_"
31968
31969 #. type: Plain text
31970 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:57
31971 msgid "Remove the semaphore created with _semkey_."
31972 msgstr "Supprimer le sémaphore créé avec _clef_sem_."
31973
31974 #. type: Labeled list
31975 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:58
31976 #, no-wrap
31977 msgid "*-s*, *--semaphore-id* _semid_"
31978 msgstr "*-s*, *--semaphore-id* _id_sem_"
31979
31980 #. type: Plain text
31981 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:60
31982 msgid "Remove the semaphore identified by _semid_."
31983 msgstr "Supprimer le sémaphore identifié par _id_sem_."
31984
31985 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated; it expands to "*nix".
31986 #. type: Plain text
31987 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:67
31988 msgid ""
31989 "In its first Linux implementation, *ipcrm* used the deprecated syntax shown "
31990 "in the second line of the *SYNOPSIS*. Functionality present in other "
31991 "{asterisk}nix implementations of *ipcrm* has since been added, namely the "
31992 "ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect the "
31993 "same command-line syntax. For backward compatibility the previous syntax is "
31994 "still supported."
31995 msgstr ""
31996 "Dans sa première implémentation sous Linux, *ipcrm* utilisait la syntaxe, "
31997 "déconseillée présentée dans la deuxième ligne du *SYNOPSIS*. Les "
31998 "fonctionnalités présentes dans d'autres implémentations *nix d’**ipcrm** ont "
31999 "été ajoutées depuis, notamment la possibilité de supprimer une ressource par "
32000 "sa clef (et pas uniquement par son identificateur) tout en respectant la "
32001 "même syntaxe en ligne de commande. Pour assurer la rétrocompatibilité, la "
32002 "syntaxe précédente est toujours acceptée."
32003
32004 #. type: Plain text
32005 #: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:81
32006 #, no-wrap
32007 msgid ""
32008 "*ipcmk*(1),\n"
32009 "*ipcs*(1),\n"
32010 "*msgctl*(2),\n"
32011 "*msgget*(2),\n"
32012 "*semctl*(2),\n"
32013 "*semget*(2),\n"
32014 "*shmctl*(2),\n"
32015 "*shmdt*(2),\n"
32016 "*shmget*(2),\n"
32017 "*ftok*(3),\n"
32018 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
32019 msgstr ""
32020 "*ipcmk*(1),\n"
32021 "*ipcs*(1),\n"
32022 "*msgctl*(2),\n"
32023 "*msgget*(2),\n"
32024 "*semctl*(2),\n"
32025 "*semget*(2),\n"
32026 "*shmctl*(2),\n"
32027 "*shmdt*(2),\n"
32028 "*shmget*(2),\n"
32029 "*ftok*(3),\n"
32030 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
32031
32032 #. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
32033 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
32034 #. type: Title =
32035 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:6
32036 #, no-wrap
32037 msgid "ipcs(1)"
32038 msgstr "ipcs(1)"
32039
32040 #. type: Plain text
32041 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:16
32042 msgid "ipcs - show information on IPC facilities"
32043 msgstr "ipcs - Montrer des renseignements sur l'utilisation des ressources IPC"
32044
32045 #. type: Plain text
32046 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:20
32047 #, no-wrap
32048 msgid "*ipcs* [options]\n"
32049 msgstr "*ipcs* [options]\n"
32050
32051 #. type: Plain text
32052 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:24
32053 #, no-wrap
32054 msgid "*ipcs* shows information on System V inter-process communication facilities. By default it shows information about all three resources: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays.\n"
32055 msgstr "*ipcs* montre des renseignements sur les ressources de communication interprocessus (IPC) System V. Par défaut, elle montre des renseignements sur l'ensemble des trois ressources : segments de mémoire partagée, files de messages et tableaux de sémaphores.\n"
32056
32057 #. type: Labeled list
32058 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:23
32059 #, no-wrap
32060 msgid "*-i*, *--id* _id_"
32061 msgstr "*-i*, *--id* _ID_"
32062
32063 #. type: Plain text
32064 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:29
32065 msgid ""
32066 "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This "
32067 "option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-"
32068 "q* or *-s*."
32069 msgstr ""
32070 "Montrer tous les détails sur le seul élément de ressource identifié par "
32071 "_ID_. Cette option doit être combinée avec une des trois options de "
32072 "ressource : *-m*, *-q* ou *-s*."
32073
32074 #. type: Title ===
32075 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:32 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:31
32076 #, no-wrap
32077 msgid "Resource options"
32078 msgstr "Options de ressource"
32079
32080 #. type: Labeled list
32081 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:33
32082 #, no-wrap
32083 msgid "*-m*, *--shmems*"
32084 msgstr "*-m*, *--shmems*"
32085
32086 #. type: Plain text
32087 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:36 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:35
32088 msgid "Write information about active shared memory segments."
32089 msgstr "Écrire les renseignements sur les segments de mémoire partagée actifs."
32090
32091 #. type: Labeled list
32092 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:36
32093 #, no-wrap
32094 msgid "*-q*, *--queues*"
32095 msgstr "*-q*, *--queues*"
32096
32097 #. type: Plain text
32098 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:38
32099 msgid "Write information about active message queues."
32100 msgstr "Écrire les renseignements sur les files de messages actives."
32101
32102 #. type: Labeled list
32103 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:39
32104 #, no-wrap
32105 msgid "*-s*, *--semaphores*"
32106 msgstr "*-s*, *--semaphores*"
32107
32108 #. type: Plain text
32109 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:41
32110 msgid "Write information about active semaphore sets."
32111 msgstr "Écrire les renseignements sur les ensembles de sémaphores actifs."
32112
32113 #. type: Plain text
32114 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:45
32115 msgid "Write information about all three resources (default)."
32116 msgstr ""
32117 "Écrire les renseignements sur toutes les trois ressources (par défaut)."
32118
32119 #. type: Title ===
32120 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:46
32121 #, no-wrap
32122 msgid "Output formats"
32123 msgstr "Formats de sortie"
32124
32125 #. type: Plain text
32126 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:49
32127 msgid "Of these options only one takes effect: the last one specified."
32128 msgstr "Une seule de ces options sera prise en compte : la dernière indiquée."
32129
32130 #. type: Labeled list
32131 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:44
32132 #, no-wrap
32133 msgid "*-c*, *--creator*"
32134 msgstr "*-c*, *--creator*"
32135
32136 #. type: Plain text
32137 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:46
32138 msgid "Show creator and owner."
32139 msgstr "Montrer le créateur et le propriétaire."
32140
32141 #. type: Labeled list
32142 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:53
32143 #, no-wrap
32144 msgid "*-l*, *--limits*"
32145 msgstr "*-l*, *--limits*"
32146
32147 #. type: Plain text
32148 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:55
32149 msgid "Show resource limits."
32150 msgstr "Montrer les limites de ressource."
32151
32152 #. type: Plain text
32153 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:58
32154 msgid "Show PIDs of creator and last operator."
32155 msgstr "Montrer les PID de créateur et de dernier opérateur."
32156
32157 #. type: Plain text
32158 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:76
32159 msgid ""
32160 "Write time information. The time of the last control operation that changed "
32161 "the access permissions for all facilities, the time of the last *msgsnd*(2) "
32162 "and *msgrcv*(2) operations on message queues, the time of the last "
32163 "*shmat*(2) and *shmdt*(2) operations on shared memory, and the time of the "
32164 "last *semop*(2) operation on semaphores."
32165 msgstr ""
32166 "Écrire les renseignements d’heure. L’heure de la dernière opération de "
32167 "contrôle qui a modifié les droits d’accès à toutes les ressources, l’heure "
32168 "des dernières opérations *msgsnd*(2) et *msgrcv*(2) sur les files de "
32169 "messages, l’heure des dernières opérations *shmat*(2) et *shmdt*(2) sur la "
32170 "mémoire partagée et l’heure de la dernière opération *semop*(2) sur les "
32171 "sémaphores."
32172
32173 #. type: Labeled list
32174 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:62
32175 #, no-wrap
32176 msgid "*-u*, *--summary*"
32177 msgstr "*-u*, *--summary*"
32178
32179 #. type: Plain text
32180 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:64
32181 msgid "Show status summary."
32182 msgstr "Montrer un résumé de l’état."
32183
32184 #. type: Title ===
32185 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:65
32186 #, no-wrap
32187 msgid "Representation"
32188 msgstr "Représentation"
32189
32190 #. type: Plain text
32191 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:68
32192 msgid "These affect only the *-l* (*--limits*) option."
32193 msgstr "Cela n’affecte que l’option *-l* (*--limits*)."
32194
32195 #. type: Labeled list
32196 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:73
32197 #, no-wrap
32198 msgid "*--human*"
32199 msgstr "*--human*"
32200
32201 #. type: Plain text
32202 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:75
32203 msgid "Print sizes in human-readable format."
32204 msgstr "Afficher les tailles en format lisible."
32205
32206 #. type: Plain text
32207 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:79
32208 msgid ""
32209 "The Linux *ipcs* utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX *ipcs* "
32210 "utility. The Linux version does not support the POSIX *-a*, *-b* and *-o* "
32211 "options, but does support the *-l* and *-u* options not defined by POSIX. A "
32212 "portable application shall not use the *-a*, *-b*, *-o*, *-l*, and *-u* "
32213 "options."
32214 msgstr ""
32215 "L'utilitaire *ipcs* Linux n'est pas totalement compatible avec l'utilitaire "
32216 "*ipcs* POSIX. La version Linux ne gère pas les options *-a*, *-b* et *-o* de "
32217 "POSIX, mais gère les options *-l* et *-u* non définies dans POSIX. Une "
32218 "application portable ne doit pas utiliser les options *-a*, *-b*, *-o*, *-l* "
32219 "ni *-u*."
32220
32221 #. type: Plain text
32222 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:83
32223 msgid ""
32224 "The current implementation of *ipcs* obtains information about available IPC "
32225 "resources by parsing the files in _/proc/sysvipc_. Before util-linux version "
32226 "v2.23, an alternate mechanism was used: the *IPC_STAT* command of "
32227 "*msgctl*(2), *semctl*(2), and *shmctl*(2). This mechanism is also used in "
32228 "later util-linux versions in the case where _/proc_ is unavailable. A "
32229 "limitation of the *IPC_STAT* mechanism is that it can only be used to "
32230 "retrieve information about IPC resources for which the user has read "
32231 "permission."
32232 msgstr ""
32233 "L'implémentation actuelle de *ipcs* récupère des renseignements sur les "
32234 "ressources IPC disponibles en analysant les fichiers de _/proc/sysvipc_. "
32235 "Avant util-linux version v2.23, un autre mécanisme était utilisé : la "
32236 "commande *IPC_STAT* de *msgctl*(2), de *semctl*(2) et de *shmctl*(2). Ce "
32237 "mécanisme est aussi utilisé dans les dernières versions d'util-linux si _/"
32238 "proc_ n'est pas disponible. Une limite du mécanisme *IPC_STAT* est qu'il ne "
32239 "peut être utilisé que pour récupérer des renseignements sur les ressources "
32240 "IPC pour lesquelles l'utilisateur a le droit de lecture."
32241
32242 #. type: Plain text
32243 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:87
32244 msgid "mailto:balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu[Krishna Balasubramanian]"
32245 msgstr "mailto:balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu[Krishna Balasubramanian]"
32246
32247 #. type: Plain text
32248 #: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:118
32249 #, no-wrap
32250 msgid ""
32251 "*ipcmk*(1),\n"
32252 "*ipcrm*(1),\n"
32253 "*msgrcv*(2),\n"
32254 "*msgsnd*(2),\n"
32255 "*semget*(2),\n"
32256 "*semop*(2),\n"
32257 "*shmat*(2),\n"
32258 "*shmdt*(2),\n"
32259 "*shmget*(2),\n"
32260 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
32261 msgstr ""
32262 "*ipcmk*(1),\n"
32263 "*ipcrm*(1),\n"
32264 "*msgrcv*(2),\n"
32265 "*msgsnd*(2),\n"
32266 "*semget*(2),\n"
32267 "*semop*(2),\n"
32268 "*shmat*(2),\n"
32269 "*shmdt*(2),\n"
32270 "*shmget*(2),\n"
32271 "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
32272
32273 #. type: Title =
32274 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:2
32275 #, no-wrap
32276 msgid "irqtop(1)"
32277 msgstr "irqtop(1)"
32278
32279 #. type: Plain text
32280 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:12
32281 msgid "irqtop - utility to display kernel interrupt information"
32282 msgstr ""
32283
32284 #. type: Plain text
32285 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:16
32286 #, no-wrap
32287 msgid "*irqtop* [options]\n"
32288 msgstr "*irqtop* [options]\n"
32289
32290 #. type: Plain text
32291 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:20
32292 msgid "Display kernel interrupt counter information in *top*(1) style view."
32293 msgstr ""
32294
32295 #. type: Plain text
32296 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:22 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:22
32297 #, fuzzy
32298 #| msgid ""
32299 #| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
32300 #| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
32301 #| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
32302 #| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
32303 #| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
32304 msgid ""
32305 "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
32306 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
32307 "expected columns by using *--output*."
32308 msgstr ""
32309 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
32310 "B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
32311 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
32312 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
32313 "utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
32314 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
32315
32316 #. type: Plain text
32317 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:30
32318 #, fuzzy
32319 #| msgid ""
32320 #| "Specify which output columns to print.  Use B<--help> to get a list of "
32321 #| "all supported columns.  The columns may affect tree-like output.  The "
32322 #| "default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also B<--tree>)."
32323 msgid ""
32324 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
32325 "supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if list is "
32326 "specified in the format _+list_."
32327 msgstr ""
32328 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
32329 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes peuvent modifier "
32330 "l’affichage arborescent. Le comportement par défaut est d’utiliser "
32331 "l’arborescence pour la colonne « NAME » (consulter aussi B<--tree>)."
32332
32333 #. type: Labeled list
32334 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:28
32335 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
32336 #| msgid "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"
32337 msgid "*-c*, *--cpu-stat* _mode_"
32338 msgstr "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"
32339
32340 #. type: Plain text
32341 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:30
32342 msgid ""
32343 "Show per-cpu statistics by specified mode. Available modes are: *auto*, "
32344 "*enable*, *disable*. The default option *auto* detects the width of window, "
32345 "then shows the per-cpu statistics if the width of window is large enough to "
32346 "show a full line of statistics."
32347 msgstr ""
32348
32349 #. type: Labeled list
32350 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:31
32351 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
32352 #| msgid "*-S*, *--split* _list_"
32353 msgid "*-C*, *--cpu-list* _list_"
32354 msgstr "*-S*, *--split* _liste_"
32355
32356 #. type: Plain text
32357 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:33
32358 msgid "Specify cpus in list format to show."
32359 msgstr ""
32360
32361 #. type: Labeled list
32362 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:34
32363 #, no-wrap
32364 msgid "*-d*, *--delay* _seconds_"
32365 msgstr "*-d*, *--delay* _secondes_"
32366
32367 #. type: Plain text
32368 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:36
32369 msgid "Update interrupt output every _seconds_ intervals."
32370 msgstr ""
32371
32372 #. type: Labeled list
32373 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:37 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:31
32374 #, no-wrap
32375 msgid "*-s*, *--sort* _column_"
32376 msgstr "*-s*, *--sort* _colonne_"
32377
32378 #. type: Plain text
32379 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:39
32380 msgid ""
32381 "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column "
32382 "names. The sort criteria may be changes in interactive mode."
32383 msgstr ""
32384
32385 #. type: Labeled list
32386 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:40
32387 #, no-wrap
32388 msgid "*-S*, *--softirq*"
32389 msgstr "*-S*, *--softirq*"
32390
32391 #. type: Plain text
32392 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:42 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:42
32393 #, fuzzy
32394 #| msgid "Show status information."
32395 msgid "Show softirqs information."
32396 msgstr "Montrer les informations d'état."
32397
32398 #. type: Title ==
32399 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:45
32400 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
32401 #| msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE"
32402 msgid "INTERACTIVE MODE KEY COMMANDS"
32403 msgstr "MODE INTERACTIF"
32404
32405 #. type: Labeled list
32406 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:47
32407 #, no-wrap
32408 msgid "*i*"
32409 msgstr "*i*"
32410
32411 #. type: Plain text
32412 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:49
32413 msgid "sort by short irq name or number field"
32414 msgstr ""
32415
32416 #. type: Plain text
32417 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:52
32418 msgid "sort by total count of interrupts (the default)"
32419 msgstr ""
32420
32421 #. type: Plain text
32422 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:55
32423 msgid "sort by delta count of interrupts"
32424 msgstr ""
32425
32426 #. type: Plain text
32427 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:58
32428 msgid "sort by long descriptive name field"
32429 msgstr ""
32430
32431 #. type: Labeled list
32432 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:59
32433 #, no-wrap
32434 msgid "*q Q*"
32435 msgstr "*q Q*"
32436
32437 #. type: Plain text
32438 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:61
32439 msgid "stop updates and exit program"
32440 msgstr ""
32441
32442 #. type: Plain text
32443 #: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:50
32444 msgid ""
32445 "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
32446 "Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
32447 msgstr ""
32448 "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
32449 "Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
32450
32451 #. Copyright 2008 Tilman Schmidt (tilman@imap.cc)
32452 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later
32453 #. type: Title =
32454 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:6
32455 #, no-wrap
32456 msgid "ldattach(8)"
32457 msgstr "ldattach(8)"
32458
32459 #. type: Plain text
32460 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:16
32461 msgid "ldattach - attach a line discipline to a serial line"
32462 msgstr "ldattach - Attacher une procédure de contrôle à une ligne série"
32463
32464 #. type: Plain text
32465 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:20
32466 #, no-wrap
32467 msgid "*ldattach* [*-1278denoVh*] [*-i* _iflag_] [*-s* _speed_] _ldisc device_\n"
32468 msgstr "*ldattach* [*-1278denoVh*] [*-i* _indici_] [*-s* _vitesse_] _ldisc périphérique_\n"
32469
32470 #. type: Plain text
32471 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:24
32472 msgid ""
32473 "The *ldattach* daemon opens the specified _device_ file (which should refer "
32474 "to a serial device) and attaches the line discipline _ldisc_ to it for "
32475 "processing of the sent and/or received data. It then goes into the "
32476 "background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays loaded."
32477 msgstr ""
32478 "Le démon *ldattach* ouvre le fichier de _périphérique_ indiqué (qui doit "
32479 "faire référence à un périphérique série) et lui attribue une procédure de "
32480 "contrôle _ldisc_ pour gérer l'envoi et la réception de données. Ensuite, il "
32481 "passe en arrière-plan tout en gardant le périphérique ouvert afin que la "
32482 "procédure de contrôle reste chargée."
32483
32484 #. type: Plain text
32485 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:26
32486 msgid ""
32487 "The line discipline _ldisc_ may be specified either by name or by number."
32488 msgstr ""
32489 "La procédure de contrôle _ldisc_ peut être indiquée par nom ou par numéro."
32490
32491 #. type: Plain text
32492 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:28
32493 msgid ""
32494 "In order to detach the line discipline, *kill*(1) the *ldattach* process."
32495 msgstr ""
32496 "Afin de détacher la procédure de contrôle, tuer (avec *kill*(1)) le "
32497 "processus *ldattach*."
32498
32499 #. type: Plain text
32500 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:30
32501 msgid "With no arguments, *ldattach* prints usage information."
32502 msgstr "Sans paramètre, *ldattach* affiche un message d'utilisation."
32503
32504 #. type: Title ==
32505 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:31
32506 #, no-wrap
32507 msgid "LINE DISCIPLINES"
32508 msgstr "PROCÉDURES DE CONTRÔLE"
32509
32510 #. type: Plain text
32511 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:34
32512 msgid ""
32513 "Depending on the kernel release, the following line disciplines are "
32514 "supported:"
32515 msgstr ""
32516 "Selon la version du noyau, les procédures suivantes sont prises en charge :"
32517
32518 #. type: Labeled list
32519 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:35
32520 #, no-wrap
32521 msgid "*TTY*(*0*)"
32522 msgstr "*TTY*(*0*)"
32523
32524 #. type: Plain text
32525 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:37
32526 msgid ""
32527 "The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode) as "
32528 "well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
32529 msgstr ""
32530 "La procédure par défaut fournit un mode d'opération transparent (mode brut) "
32531 "ainsi que les capacités d'édition de ligne habituelles d'une console (mode "
32532 "« cooked »)."
32533
32534 #. type: Labeled list
32535 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:38
32536 #, no-wrap
32537 msgid "*SLIP*(*1*)"
32538 msgstr "*SLIP*(*1*)"
32539
32540 #. type: Plain text
32541 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:40
32542 msgid ""
32543 "Serial Line IP (SLIP) protocol processor for transmitting TCP/IP packets "
32544 "over serial lines."
32545 msgstr ""
32546 "Protocole IP sur ligne série (SLIP) afin de transmettre des paquets TCP/IP "
32547 "sur une ligne série."
32548
32549 #. type: Labeled list
32550 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:41
32551 #, no-wrap
32552 msgid "*MOUSE*(*2*)"
32553 msgstr "*MOUSE*(*2*)"
32554
32555 #. type: Plain text
32556 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:43
32557 msgid "Device driver for RS232 connected pointing devices (serial mice)."
32558 msgstr "Pilote de périphérique de pointage connecté en RS232 (souris série)."
32559
32560 #. type: Labeled list
32561 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:44
32562 #, no-wrap
32563 msgid "*PPP*(*3*)"
32564 msgstr "*PPP*(*3*)"
32565
32566 #. type: Plain text
32567 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:46
32568 msgid ""
32569 "Point to Point Protocol (PPP) processor for transmitting network packets "
32570 "over serial lines."
32571 msgstr ""
32572 "Protocole point à point (PPP) afin de transmettre des paquets réseaux sur "
32573 "une ligne série."
32574
32575 #. type: Labeled list
32576 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:47
32577 #, no-wrap
32578 msgid "*STRIP*(*4*); *AX25*(*5*); *X25*(*6*)"
32579 msgstr "*STRIP*(*4*); *AX25*(*5*); *X25*(*6*)"
32580
32581 #. type: Plain text
32582 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:49
32583 msgid ""
32584 "Line driver for transmitting X.25 packets over asynchronous serial lines."
32585 msgstr ""
32586 "Pilote de ligne pour transmettre des paquets X.25 sur une ligne série "
32587 "asynchrone."
32588
32589 #. type: Labeled list
32590 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:50
32591 #, no-wrap
32592 msgid "*6PACK*(*7*); *R3964*(*9*)"
32593 msgstr "*6PACK*(*7*); *R3964*(*9*)"
32594
32595 #. type: Plain text
32596 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:52
32597 msgid "Driver for Simatic R3964 module."
32598 msgstr "Pilote pour le module Simatic R3964."
32599
32600 #. type: Labeled list
32601 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:53
32602 #, no-wrap
32603 msgid "*IRDA*(*11*)"
32604 msgstr "*IRDA*(*11*)"
32605
32606 #. type: Plain text
32607 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:55
32608 msgid ""
32609 "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see http://irda.sourceforge."
32610 "net/"
32611 msgstr ""
32612 "Pilote de transmission de données par infrarouge pour Linux (IrDa), "
32613 "consultez http://irda.sourceforge.net/."
32614
32615 #. type: Labeled list
32616 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:56
32617 #, no-wrap
32618 msgid "*HDLC*(*13*)"
32619 msgstr "*HDLC*(*13*)"
32620
32621 #. type: Plain text
32622 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:58
32623 msgid "Synchronous HDLC driver."
32624 msgstr "Pilote HDLC synchrone."
32625
32626 #. type: Labeled list
32627 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:59
32628 #, no-wrap
32629 msgid "*SYNC_PPP*(*14*)"
32630 msgstr "*SYNC_PPP*(*14*)"
32631
32632 #. type: Plain text
32633 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:61
32634 msgid "Synchronous PPP driver."
32635 msgstr "Pilote PPP synchrone."
32636
32637 #. type: Labeled list
32638 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:62
32639 #, no-wrap
32640 msgid "*HCI*(*15*)"
32641 msgstr "*HCI*(*15*)"
32642
32643 #. type: Plain text
32644 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:64
32645 msgid "Bluetooth HCI UART driver."
32646 msgstr "Pilote d'UART HCI Bluetooth."
32647
32648 #. type: Labeled list
32649 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:65
32650 #, no-wrap
32651 msgid "*GIGASET_M101*(*16*)"
32652 msgstr "*GIGASET_M101*(*16*)"
32653
32654 #. type: Plain text
32655 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:67
32656 msgid "Driver for Siemens Gigaset M101 serial DECT adapter."
32657 msgstr "Pilote pour l'adaptateur série DECT Siemens Gigaset M101."
32658
32659 #. type: Labeled list
32660 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:68
32661 #, no-wrap
32662 msgid "*PPS*(*18*)"
32663 msgstr "*PPS*(*18*)"
32664
32665 #. type: Plain text
32666 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:70
32667 msgid "Driver for serial line Pulse Per Second (PPS) source."
32668 msgstr "Pilote de ligne série de source PPS « Pulse Per Second »."
32669
32670 #. type: Labeled list
32671 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:71
32672 #, no-wrap
32673 msgid "*GSM0710*(*21*)"
32674 msgstr "*GSM0710*(*21*)"
32675
32676 #. type: Plain text
32677 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:73
32678 msgid "Driver for GSM 07.10 multiplexing protocol modem (CMUX)."
32679 msgstr "Pilote pour modem à protocole de multiplexage GSM 07.10 (CMUX)."
32680
32681 #. type: Labeled list
32682 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:76
32683 #, no-wrap
32684 msgid "*-1*, *--onestopbit*"
32685 msgstr "*-1*, *--onestopbit*"
32686
32687 #. type: Plain text
32688 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:78
32689 msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to one."
32690 msgstr "Définir le nombre de bits d'arrêt de la ligne série à 1 bit."
32691
32692 #. type: Labeled list
32693 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:79
32694 #, no-wrap
32695 msgid "*-2*, *--twostopbits*"
32696 msgstr "*-2*, *--twostopbits*"
32697
32698 #. type: Plain text
32699 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:81
32700 msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to two."
32701 msgstr "Définir le nombre de bits d'arrêt de la ligne série à 2 bits."
32702
32703 #. type: Labeled list
32704 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:82
32705 #, no-wrap
32706 msgid "*-7*, *--sevenbits*"
32707 msgstr "*-7*, *--sevenbits*"
32708
32709 #. type: Plain text
32710 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:84
32711 msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 7 bits."
32712 msgstr "Définir la taille des caractères de la ligne série à 7 bits."
32713
32714 #. type: Labeled list
32715 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:85
32716 #, no-wrap
32717 msgid "*-8*, *--eightbits*"
32718 msgstr "*-8*, *--eightbits*"
32719
32720 #. type: Plain text
32721 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:87
32722 msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 8 bits."
32723 msgstr "Définir la taille des caractères de la ligne série à 8 bits."
32724
32725 #. type: Plain text
32726 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:90
32727 msgid ""
32728 "Keep *ldattach* in the foreground so that it can be interrupted or debugged, "
32729 "and to print verbose messages about its progress to standard error output."
32730 msgstr ""
32731 "Garder *ldattach* au premier plan pour qu’il puisse être interrompu ou "
32732 "débogué et afficher des messages à propos de son état sur la sortie d'erreur "
32733 "standard."
32734
32735 #. type: Labeled list
32736 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:91
32737 #, no-wrap
32738 msgid "*-e*, *--evenparity*"
32739 msgstr "*-e*, *--evenparity*"
32740
32741 #. type: Plain text
32742 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:93
32743 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to even."
32744 msgstr "Définir la parité de la ligne série à une valeur paire."
32745
32746 #. type: Labeled list
32747 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:94
32748 #, no-wrap
32749 msgid "*-i*, *--iflag* [*-*]_value_..."
32750 msgstr "*-i*, *--iflag* [*-*]_valeur_..."
32751
32752 #. type: Plain text
32753 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:96
32754 msgid ""
32755 "Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line. The given "
32756 "_value_ may be a number or a symbolic name. If _value_ is prefixed by a "
32757 "minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead. Several comma-separated "
32758 "values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
32759 msgstr ""
32760 "Définir les bits indiqués dans le mot c_iflag de la ligne série. "
32761 "L’__indici__ donné peut être un nombre ou un nom symbolique. Si _indici_ est "
32762 "précédé d'un signe moins, les bits indiqués sont effacés à la place. "
32763 "Plusieurs __indici__s séparés par des virgules peuvent être donnés afin de "
32764 "définir et d'effacer plusieurs bits."
32765
32766 #. type: Labeled list
32767 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:97
32768 #, no-wrap
32769 msgid "*-n*, *--noparity*"
32770 msgstr "*-n*, *--noparity*"
32771
32772 #. type: Plain text
32773 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:99
32774 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to none."
32775 msgstr "Définir la parité de la ligne série à la valeur aucune."
32776
32777 #. type: Labeled list
32778 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:100
32779 #, no-wrap
32780 msgid "*-o*, *--oddparity*"
32781 msgstr "*-o*, *--oddparity*"
32782
32783 #. type: Plain text
32784 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:102
32785 msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to odd."
32786 msgstr "Définir la parité de la ligne série à une valeur impaire."
32787
32788 #. type: Labeled list
32789 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:103
32790 #, no-wrap
32791 msgid "*-s*, *--speed* _value_"
32792 msgstr "*-s*, *--speed* _valeur_"
32793
32794 #. type: Plain text
32795 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:105
32796 msgid ""
32797 "Set the speed (the baud rate) of the serial line to the specified _value_."
32798 msgstr ""
32799 "Définir la vitesse (le taux en baud) de la ligne série à la _valeur_ "
32800 "indiquée."
32801
32802 #. type: Labeled list
32803 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:106
32804 #, no-wrap
32805 msgid "*-c*, *--intro-command* _string_"
32806 msgstr "*-c*, *--intro-command* _chaîne_"
32807
32808 #. type: Plain text
32809 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:108
32810 #, fuzzy
32811 #| msgid ""
32812 #| "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
32813 #| "invocation of ldattach. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, "
32814 #| "the command 'AT+CMUX=0\\r' is commonly suitable to switch the modem into "
32815 #| "the CMUX mode."
32816 msgid ""
32817 "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
32818 "invocation of *ldattach*. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, "
32819 "the command 'AT+CMUX=0\\r' is commonly suitable to switch the modem into the "
32820 "CMUX mode."
32821 msgstr ""
32822 "Définir une commande d’introduction qui est envoyée par la ligne série avant "
32823 "l’appel de *ldattach*. Par exemple, en conjonction avec la procédure "
32824 "GSM0710, la commande « AT+CMUX=0\\r » est généralement appropriée pour "
32825 "basculer le modem en mode CMUX."
32826
32827 #. type: Labeled list
32828 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:109
32829 #, no-wrap
32830 msgid "*-p*, *--pause* _value_"
32831 msgstr "*-p*, *--pause* _valeur_"
32832
32833 #. type: Plain text
32834 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:111
32835 #, fuzzy
32836 #| msgid ""
32837 #| "Sleep for _value_ seconds before the invocation of ldattach. Default is "
32838 #| "one second."
32839 msgid ""
32840 "Sleep for _value_ seconds before the invocation of *ldattach*. Default is "
32841 "one second."
32842 msgstr ""
32843 "Attendre _valeur_ secondes avant d’appeler *ldattach*. Une seconde par "
32844 "défaut."
32845
32846 #. type: Plain text
32847 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:117
32848 msgid "mailto:tilman@imap.cc[Tilman Schmidt]"
32849 msgstr "mailto:tilman@imap.cc[Tilman Schmidt]"
32850
32851 #. type: Plain text
32852 #: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:122
32853 #, no-wrap
32854 msgid ""
32855 "*inputattach*(1),\n"
32856 "*ttys*(4)\n"
32857 msgstr ""
32858 "*inputattach*(1),\n"
32859 "*ttys*(4)\n"
32860
32861 #. type: Title =
32862 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:2
32863 #, no-wrap
32864 msgid "losetup(8)"
32865 msgstr "losetup(8)"
32866
32867 #. type: Plain text
32868 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:12
32869 msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices"
32870 msgstr "losetup - Mettre en place et contrôler des périphériques boucle"
32871
32872 #. type: Plain text
32873 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:16
32874 msgid "Get info:"
32875 msgstr "Obtenir des informations :"
32876
32877 #. type: Plain text
32878 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:18
32879 #, no-wrap
32880 msgid "*losetup* [_loopdev_]\n"
32881 msgstr "*losetup* [_périphérique_boucle_]\n"
32882
32883 #. type: Plain text
32884 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:20
32885 #, no-wrap
32886 msgid "*losetup* *-l* [*-a*]\n"
32887 msgstr "*losetup* *-l* [*-a*]\n"
32888
32889 #. type: Plain text
32890 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:22
32891 #, no-wrap
32892 msgid "*losetup* *-j* _file_ [*-o* _offset_]\n"
32893 msgstr "*losetup* *-j* _fichier_ [*-o* _position_]\n"
32894
32895 #. type: Plain text
32896 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:24
32897 msgid "Detach a loop device:"
32898 msgstr "Détacher un périphérique boucle :"
32899
32900 #. type: Plain text
32901 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:26
32902 #, no-wrap
32903 msgid "*losetup* *-d* _loopdev_ ...\n"
32904 msgstr "*losetup* *-d* _périphérique_boucle_ ...\n"
32905
32906 #. type: Plain text
32907 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:28
32908 msgid "Detach all associated loop devices:"
32909 msgstr "Détacher tous les périphériques boucle associés :"
32910
32911 #. type: Plain text
32912 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:30
32913 #, no-wrap
32914 msgid "*losetup* *-D*\n"
32915 msgstr "*losetup* *-D*\n"
32916
32917 #. type: Plain text
32918 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:32
32919 msgid "Set up a loop device:"
32920 msgstr "Mettre en place un périphérique boucle :"
32921
32922 #. type: Plain text
32923 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:34
32924 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
32925 #| msgid "*losetup* [*-o* _offset_] [*--sizelimit* _size_] [*--sector-size* _size_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f* _loopdev file_\n"
32926 msgid "*losetup* [*-o* _offset_] [*--sizelimit* _size_] [*--sector-size* _size_] [*--loop-ref* _name_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f*|_loopdev file_\n"
32927 msgstr "*losetup* [*-o* _position_] [*--sizelimit* _taille_] [*--sector-taille* _size_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f* _périphérique_boucle_ _fichier_\n"
32928
32929 #. type: Plain text
32930 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:36
32931 msgid "Resize a loop device:"
32932 msgstr "Redimensionner un périphérique boucle :"
32933
32934 #. type: Plain text
32935 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:38
32936 #, no-wrap
32937 msgid "*losetup* *-c* _loopdev_\n"
32938 msgstr "*losetup* *-c* _périphérique_boucle_\n"
32939
32940 #. type: Plain text
32941 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:42
32942 #, no-wrap
32943 msgid "*losetup* is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block devices, to detach loop devices, and to query the status of a loop device. If only the _loopdev_ argument is given, the status of the corresponding loop device is shown. If no option is given, all loop devices are shown.\n"
32944 msgstr "*losetup* est utilisé pour associer les périphériques boucle avec des fichiers normaux ou des périphériques bloc, pour détacher et pour connaître l'état d'un périphérique boucle. Si seul l'argument _périphérique_boucle_ est fourni, l'état actuel du périphérique correspondant est affiché. Sans option, tous les périphériques boucle sont affichés.\n"
32945
32946 #. type: Plain text
32947 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:44
32948 msgid ""
32949 "Note that the old output format (i.e., *losetup -a*) with comma-delimited "
32950 "strings is deprecated in favour of the *--list* output format."
32951 msgstr ""
32952 "Remarquez que l’ancien format de sortie (c’est-à-dire *losetup -a*) avec des "
32953 "chaînes séparées par des virgules est obsolète, le format de sortie *--list* "
32954 "devrait être utilisé à la place."
32955
32956 #. type: Plain text
32957 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:46
32958 msgid ""
32959 "It's possible to create more independent loop devices for the same backing "
32960 "file. *This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, corruption and "
32961 "overwrites.* Use *--nooverlap* with *--find* during setup to avoid this "
32962 "problem."
32963 msgstr ""
32964 "Il est possible de créer davantage de périphériques boucle indépendants à "
32965 "partir du même fichier de sauvegarde. *Cela peut être dangereux, causer des "
32966 "pertes de données, une corruption ou des réécritures*. *--nooverlap* est à "
32967 "utiliser avec *--find* lors de la configuration pour éviter ce problème."
32968
32969 #. type: Plain text
32970 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:48
32971 #, fuzzy
32972 #| msgid ""
32973 #| "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with *--find*, "
32974 #| "and *losetup* does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of "
32975 #| "attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended "
32976 #| "to use for example flock1 to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use "
32977 #| "cases."
32978 msgid ""
32979 "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with *--find*, "
32980 "and *losetup* does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of "
32981 "attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended to "
32982 "use for example *flock*(1) to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use "
32983 "cases."
32984 msgstr ""
32985 "La configuration du périphérique boucle n’est pas une opération atomique "
32986 "lorsqu’elle est utilisée avec *--find* et *losetup* ne protège pas cette "
32987 "opération par un verrou. Le nombre d’essais est restreint en interne à un "
32988 "maximum de 16. Il est recommandé d’utiliser par exemple *flock*(1) pour "
32989 "éviter une collision dans les cas d’utilisations massivement parallèles."
32990
32991 #. type: Plain text
32992 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:52
32993 msgid ""
32994 "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
32995 "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
32996 "ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
32997 "\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
32998 "PB, EB, ZB and YB."
32999 msgstr ""
33000 "Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
33001 "multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
33002 "et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
33003 "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
33004 "ZB et YB."
33005
33006 # FIXME *--list)* → *--list*)
33007 #. type: Plain text
33008 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:55
33009 #, fuzzy
33010 #| msgid ""
33011 #| "Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is "
33012 #| "accessible for non-root users. See also *--list*. The old output format "
33013 #| "(as printed without *--list)* is deprecated."
33014 msgid ""
33015 "Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is "
33016 "accessible for non-root users. See also *--list*. The old output format (as "
33017 "printed without *--list*) is deprecated."
33018 msgstr ""
33019 "Montrer l’état de tous les périphériques boucle. Remarquez que tous les "
33020 "renseignements ne sont pas accessibles aux utilisateurs ordinaires. "
33021 "Consultez également *--list*. L’ancien format de sortie (tel qu’affiché sans "
33022 "*--list*) est obsolète."
33023
33024 #. type: Labeled list
33025 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:56
33026 #, no-wrap
33027 msgid "*-d*, *--detach* _loopdev_..."
33028 msgstr "*-d*, *--detach* _périphérique_boucle_..."
33029
33030 #. type: Plain text
33031 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:58
33032 msgid ""
33033 "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). Note "
33034 "that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The detach "
33035 "operation does not return *EBUSY* error anymore if device is actively used "
33036 "by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed later."
33037 msgstr ""
33038 "Détacher le fichier ou le périphérique associé avec le(s) périphérique(s) "
33039 "indiqué(s). Remarquez que depuis sa version 3.7 le noyau Linux utilise « la "
33040 "destruction paresseuse de périphérique ». L’opération de détachement ne "
33041 "renvoie plus une erreur *EBUSY* si le périphérique est utilisé activement "
33042 "par le système, mais il est marqué par le drapeau « autoclear » et détruit "
33043 "plus tard."
33044
33045 #. type: Labeled list
33046 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:59
33047 #, no-wrap
33048 msgid "*-D*, *--detach-all*"
33049 msgstr "*-D*, *--detach-all*"
33050
33051 #. type: Plain text
33052 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:61
33053 msgid "Detach all associated loop devices."
33054 msgstr "Détacher tous les périphériques boucle associés."
33055
33056 #. type: Labeled list
33057 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:62
33058 #, no-wrap
33059 msgid "*-f*, *--find* [_file_]"
33060 msgstr "*-f*, *--find* [_fichier_]"
33061
33062 #. type: Plain text
33063 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:64
33064 msgid ""
33065 "Find the first unused loop device. If a _file_ argument is present, use the "
33066 "found device as loop device. Otherwise, just print its name."
33067 msgstr ""
33068 "Déterminer le premier périphérique boucle non utilisé. Si un argument "
33069 "_fichier_ est fourni, utiliser le périphérique trouvé comme un périphérique "
33070 "boucle, sinon, afficher son nom."
33071
33072 #. type: Labeled list
33073 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:65
33074 #, no-wrap
33075 msgid "*--show*"
33076 msgstr "*--show*"
33077
33078 #. type: Plain text
33079 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:67
33080 msgid ""
33081 "Display the name of the assigned loop device if the *-f* option and a _file_ "
33082 "argument are present."
33083 msgstr ""
33084 "Afficher le nom du périphérique boucle assigné si l'option *-f* et un "
33085 "argument _fichier_ sont présents."
33086
33087 #. type: Labeled list
33088 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:68
33089 #, no-wrap
33090 msgid "*-L*, *--nooverlap*"
33091 msgstr "*-L*, *--nooverlap*"
33092
33093 #. type: Plain text
33094 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:70
33095 msgid ""
33096 "Check for conflicts between loop devices to avoid situation when the same "
33097 "backing file is shared between more loop devices. If the file is already "
33098 "used by another device then re-use the device rather than a new one. The "
33099 "option makes sense only with *--find*."
33100 msgstr ""
33101 "Rechercher l’existence de conflits entre des périphériques boucle pour "
33102 "éviter une situation où le même fichier de sauvegarde est partagé par "
33103 "d’autres périphériques boucle. Si le fichier est déjà utilisé par un autre "
33104 "périphérique alors réutiliser le périphérique plutôt que d’en utiliser un "
33105 "nouveau. Cette option n’a de sens qu’avec l’option *--find*."
33106
33107 #. type: Labeled list
33108 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:71
33109 #, no-wrap
33110 msgid "*-j*, *--associated* _file_ [*-o* _offset_]"
33111 msgstr "*-j*, *--associated* _fichier_ [*-o* _position_]"
33112
33113 #. type: Plain text
33114 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:73
33115 msgid "Show the status of all loop devices associated with the given _file_."
33116 msgstr "Montrer l'état de tous les périphériques boucle associés au _fichier_."
33117
33118 #. type: Plain text
33119 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:76
33120 msgid ""
33121 "The data start is moved _offset_ bytes into the specified file or device. "
33122 "The _offset_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
33123 msgstr ""
33124 "Le début des données est déplacé de _position_ octets dans le fichier ou le "
33125 "périphérique indiqué. _position_ peut être suivie d’un préfixe "
33126 "multiplicatif, voir ci-dessus."
33127
33128 #. type: Labeled list
33129 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:77
33130 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33131 #| msgid "*-p* _string_"
33132 msgid "*--loop-ref* _string_"
33133 msgstr "*-p* _chaîne_"
33134
33135 #. type: Plain text
33136 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:79
33137 msgid ""
33138 "Set reference string. The backwardly compatible default is to use the "
33139 "backing filename as a reference in loop setup ioctl (aka lo_file_name). This "
33140 "option can overwrite this default behavior and set the reference to the "
33141 "_string_. The reference may be used by udevd in /dev/loop/by-ref. Linux "
33142 "kernel does not use the reference at all, but it could be used by some old "
33143 "utils that cannot read the backing file from sysfs. The reference is "
33144 "readable only for the root user (see *--output* +REF) and it is restricted "
33145 "to 64 bytes."
33146 msgstr ""
33147
33148 #. type: Labeled list
33149 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:80
33150 #, no-wrap
33151 msgid "*--sizelimit* _size_"
33152 msgstr "*--sizelimit* _taille_"
33153
33154 #. type: Plain text
33155 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:82
33156 msgid ""
33157 "The data end is set to no more than _size_ bytes after the data start. The "
33158 "_size_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
33159 msgstr ""
33160 "La fin des données est définie au maximum à _taille_ octets après le début "
33161 "des données. _taille_ peut être suivie d’un préfixe multiplicatif, voir ci-"
33162 "dessus."
33163
33164 #. type: Labeled list
33165 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:83
33166 #, no-wrap
33167 msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _size_"
33168 msgstr "*-b*, *--sector-size* _taille_"
33169
33170 #. type: Plain text
33171 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:85
33172 #, fuzzy
33173 #| msgid ""
33174 #| "Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux "
33175 #| "4.14). The option may be used when create a new loop device as well as "
33176 #| "stand-alone command to modify sector size of the already existing loop "
33177 #| "device."
33178 msgid ""
33179 "Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux 4.14). "
33180 "The option may be used when creating a new loop device as well as a stand-"
33181 "alone command to modify sector size of the already existing loop device."
33182 msgstr ""
33183 "Régler la taille de secteur logique du périphérique boucle en octet (depuis "
33184 "Linux 4.14). Cette option peut être utilisée pour créer un nouveau "
33185 "périphérique boucle ainsi que pour une commande autonome modifiant la taille "
33186 "de secteur d’un périphérique boucle déjà existant."
33187
33188 #. type: Labeled list
33189 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:86
33190 #, no-wrap
33191 msgid "*-c*, *--set-capacity* _loopdev_"
33192 msgstr "*-c*, *--set-capacity* _périphérique_boucle_"
33193
33194 #. type: Plain text
33195 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:88
33196 msgid ""
33197 "Force the loop driver to reread the size of the file associated with the "
33198 "specified loop device."
33199 msgstr ""
33200 "Forcer le pilote de boucle à relire la taille du fichier associé au "
33201 "périphérique boucle indiqué."
33202
33203 #. type: Labeled list
33204 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:89
33205 #, no-wrap
33206 msgid "*-P*, *--partscan*"
33207 msgstr "*-P*, *--partscan*"
33208
33209 #. type: Plain text
33210 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:91
33211 msgid ""
33212 "Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop device. "
33213 "Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes. The default "
33214 "is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the option *--sector-"
33215 "size* together with *--partscan*."
33216 msgstr ""
33217 "Forcer le noyau à analyser la table de partitionnement d’un périphérique "
33218 "boucle nouvellement créé. Remarquez que l’analyse de cette table dépend de "
33219 "la taille de secteur. Par défaut, c’est 512 octets, sinon vous devez "
33220 "utiliser l’option *--sector-size* avec l’option *--partscan*."
33221
33222 #. type: Plain text
33223 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:94
33224 msgid "Set up a read-only loop device."
33225 msgstr "Configurer un périphérique boucle en lecture seule."
33226
33227 #. type: Labeled list
33228 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:95
33229 #, no-wrap
33230 msgid "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
33231 msgstr "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
33232
33233 #. type: Plain text
33234 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:97
33235 #, fuzzy
33236 #| msgid ""
33237 #| "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument "
33238 #| "can be either *on* or *off*. If the argument is omitted, it defaults to "
33239 #| "*off*."
33240 msgid ""
33241 "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument can "
33242 "be either *on* or *off*. If the optional argument is omitted, it defaults to "
33243 "*on*."
33244 msgstr ""
33245 "Activer ou désactiver les E/S directes pour le fichier de sauvegarde. "
33246 "L’argument facultatif peut être *on* ou *off*. En absence d’argument, *off* "
33247 "est la valeur par défaut."
33248
33249 #. type: Plain text
33250 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:103
33251 msgid ""
33252 "If a loop device or the *-a* option is specified, print the default columns "
33253 "for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the default is to "
33254 "print info about all devices. See also *--output*, *--noheadings*, *--raw*, "
33255 "and *--json*."
33256 msgstr ""
33257 "Si un périphérique boucle ou que l’option *-a* est indiqué, afficher les "
33258 "colonnes par défaut soit pour le périphérique boucle indiqué, soit pour tous "
33259 "les périphériques boucle. Les informations sur tous les périphériques sont "
33260 "affichées par défaut. Consultez également *--output*, *--noheadings*, *--"
33261 "raw* et *--json*."
33262
33263 #. type: Labeled list
33264 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:104
33265 #, no-wrap
33266 msgid "*-O*, *--output* _column_[,_column_]..."
33267 msgstr "*-O*, *--output* _colonne_[,_colonne_]..."
33268
33269 #. type: Plain text
33270 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:106
33271 msgid ""
33272 "Specify the columns that are to be printed for the *--list* output. Use *--"
33273 "help* to get a list of all supported columns."
33274 msgstr ""
33275 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher pour la sortie *--list*. Utilisez B*--help* "
33276 "pour obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
33277
33278 #. type: Plain text
33279 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:112
33280 msgid "Don't print headings for *--list* output format."
33281 msgstr "Ne pas afficher les en-têtes pour le format de sortie *--list*."
33282
33283 #. type: Labeled list
33284 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:113 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:52
33285 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:58
33286 #, no-wrap
33287 msgid "*--raw*"
33288 msgstr "*--raw*"
33289
33290 #. type: Plain text
33291 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:115
33292 msgid "Use the raw *--list* output format."
33293 msgstr "Utiliser l'affichage au format *--list* brut."
33294
33295 #. type: Plain text
33296 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:118
33297 msgid "Use JSON format for *--list* output."
33298 msgstr "Utiliser le format JSON pour l'affichage *--list*."
33299
33300 #. type: Title ==
33301 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:119
33302 #, no-wrap
33303 msgid "ENCRYPTION"
33304 msgstr "CHIFFREMENT"
33305
33306 #. type: Plain text
33307 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:122
33308 #, no-wrap
33309 msgid "*Cryptoloop is no longer supported in favor of dm-crypt.* For more details see *cryptsetup*(8).\n"
33310 msgstr "*cryptoloop n’est plus pris en charge et est remplacé par dm-crypt.* Pour plus de précisions, consultez *cryptsetup*(8).\n"
33311
33312 #. type: Plain text
33313 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:126
33314 #, no-wrap
33315 msgid "*losetup* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure. When *losetup* displays the status of a loop device, it returns 1 if the device is not configured and 2 if an error occurred which prevented determining the status of the device.\n"
33316 msgstr "*losetup* renvoie 0 en cas de réussite et une valeur non nulle en cas d'échec. Lorsque *losetup* affiche l'état d'un périphérique boucle, il renvoie 1 si le périphérique n'est pas configuré et 2 si une erreur est survenue empêchant de déterminer l'état du périphérique.\n"
33317
33318 #. type: Plain text
33319 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:130
33320 msgid ""
33321 "Since version 2.37 *losetup* uses *LOOP_CONFIGURE* ioctl to setup a new loop "
33322 "device by one ioctl call. The old versions use *LOOP_SET_FD* and "
33323 "*LOOP_SET_STATUS64* ioctls to do the same."
33324 msgstr ""
33325
33326 #. type: Labeled list
33327 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:133 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1641
33328 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33329 #| msgid "LOOPDEV_DEBUG=all"
33330 msgid "*LOOPDEV_DEBUG*=all"
33331 msgstr "LOOPDEV_DEBUG=all"
33332
33333 #. type: Labeled list
33334 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:138
33335 #, no-wrap
33336 msgid "_/dev/loop[0..N]_"
33337 msgstr "_/dev/loop[0..N]_"
33338
33339 #. type: Plain text
33340 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:140
33341 msgid "loop block devices"
33342 msgstr "Périphériques bloc boucle."
33343
33344 #. type: Labeled list
33345 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:141
33346 #, no-wrap
33347 msgid "_/dev/loop-control_"
33348 msgstr "_/dev/loop-control_"
33349
33350 #. type: Plain text
33351 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:143
33352 msgid "loop control device"
33353 msgstr "Périphériques de contrôle boucle."
33354
33355 #. type: Plain text
33356 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:147
33357 msgid ""
33358 "The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
33359 msgstr ""
33360 "Les commandes suivantes sont des exemples d'utilisation du périphérique "
33361 "boucle :"
33362
33363 #. type: Plain text
33364 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:156
33365 #, no-wrap
33366 msgid ""
33367 " # dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
33368 " # losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
33369 " /dev/loop0\n"
33370 " # mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
33371 " # mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
33372 " ...\n"
33373 " # umount /dev/loop0\n"
33374 " # losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
33375 msgstr ""
33376 " # dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
33377 " # losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
33378 " /dev/loop0\n"
33379 " # mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
33380 " # mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
33381 " ...\n"
33382 " # umount /dev/loop0\n"
33383 " # losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
33384
33385 #. type: Plain text
33386 #: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:160
33387 msgid ""
33388 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], based on the original version from mailto:"
33389 "tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
33390 msgstr ""
33391 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] à partir de la version originale de mailto:"
33392 "tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
33393
33394 #. type: Title =
33395 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:2
33396 #, no-wrap
33397 msgid "lscpu(1)"
33398 msgstr "lscpu(1)"
33399
33400 #. type: Plain text
33401 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:12
33402 msgid "lscpu - display information about the CPU architecture"
33403 msgstr "lscpu - Afficher des informations sur l'architecture du processeur"
33404
33405 #. type: Plain text
33406 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:16
33407 #, no-wrap
33408 msgid "*lscpu* [options]\n"
33409 msgstr "*lscpu* [options]\n"
33410
33411 #. type: Plain text
33412 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:20
33413 #, no-wrap
33414 msgid "*lscpu* gathers CPU architecture information from _sysfs_, _/proc/cpuinfo_ and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g. *librtas* on Powerpc). The command output can be optimized for parsing or for easy readability by humans. The information includes, for example, the number of CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA) nodes. There is also information about the CPU caches and cache sharing, family, model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping.\n"
33415 msgstr "*lscpu* collecte des renseignements sur l'architecture du processeur à partir de _sysfs_, _/proc/cpuinfo_ et de n'importe quelle bibliothèque spécifique à une architecture (comme *librtas* sur Powerpc). La sortie de la commande peut être optimisée pour l’analyse ou pour faciliter la lecture. Par exemple, le nombre de processeurs, de processus légers, de cœurs, de sockets et de nœuds NUMA font partie des renseignements. Des renseignements sont aussi fournis sur les caches et les partages de cache, la famille, le modèle, le BogoMips, le boutisme et la révision.\n"
33416
33417 #. type: Plain text
33418 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:22
33419 #, fuzzy
33420 #| msgid ""
33421 #| "The default output formatting on terminal maybe optimized for better "
33422 #| "readability.  The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) is never "
33423 #| "affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: data\\en\" "
33424 #| "format."
33425 msgid ""
33426 "The default output formatting on terminal is subject to change and maybe "
33427 "optimized for better readability. The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) "
33428 "is never affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: "
33429 "data\\n\" format. Use for example \"*lscpu | less*\" to see the default "
33430 "output without optimizations."
33431 msgstr ""
33432 "Le format d'affichage par défaut sur un terminal peut être optimisé pour une "
33433 "meilleure lisibilité. La sortie hors d’un terminal (par exemple les "
33434 "redirections) n'est jamais touchée par cette optimisation et reste au format "
33435 "« Field: data\\en »."
33436
33437 #. type: Plain text
33438 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:24
33439 msgid ""
33440 "In virtualized environments, the CPU architecture information displayed "
33441 "reflects the configuration of the guest operating system which is typically "
33442 "different from the physical (host) system. On architectures that support "
33443 "retrieving physical topology information, *lscpu* also displays the number "
33444 "of physical sockets, chips, cores in the host system."
33445 msgstr ""
33446 "Dans les environnements virtualisés, les informations affichées sur "
33447 "l'architecture du processeur reflètent la configuration du système "
33448 "d'exploitation invité qui diffère en général du système physique (l'hôte). "
33449 "Sur les architectures qui récupèrent les informations de topologie physique, "
33450 "*lscpu* affiche aussi le nombre de sockets, de puces et de cœurs physiques "
33451 "du système hôte."
33452
33453 #. type: Plain text
33454 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:26
33455 msgid ""
33456 "Options that result in an output table have a _list_ argument. Use this "
33457 "argument to customize the command output. Specify a comma-separated list of "
33458 "column labels to limit the output table to only the specified columns, "
33459 "arranged in the specified order. See *COLUMNS* for a list of valid column "
33460 "labels. The column labels are not case sensitive."
33461 msgstr ""
33462 "Les options ayant pour résultat un tableau en sortie ont un argument "
33463 "_liste_. Utilisez cet argument pour personnaliser la sortie de la commande. "
33464 "Indiquez une liste d’étiquettes de colonne séparées par des virgules pour "
33465 "limiter le tableau en sortie à ces colonnes dans l’ordre indiqué. Consultez "
33466 "*COLONNES* pour une liste des étiquettes de colonne possibles. Les "
33467 "étiquettes de colonne ne sont pas sensibles à la casse."
33468
33469 #. type: Plain text
33470 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:28
33471 msgid ""
33472 "Not all columns are supported on all architectures. If an unsupported column "
33473 "is specified, *lscpu* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
33474 msgstr ""
33475 "Toutes les colonnes ne sont pas prises en charge sur toutes les "
33476 "architectures. Si une colonne non prise en charge est indiquée, *lscpu* "
33477 "affiche la colonne, mais ne fournit pas de données pour cette colonne."
33478
33479 #. type: Plain text
33480 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:30
33481 #, fuzzy
33482 #| msgid ""
33483 #| "The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs.  The versions "
33484 #| "before v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due "
33485 #| "to complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between "
33486 #| "CPUs. For more details about caches see B<--cache>."
33487 msgid ""
33488 "The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs. The versions before "
33489 "v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due to "
33490 "complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between CPUs. "
33491 "For more details about caches see *--cache*. Since version v2.37 *lscpu* "
33492 "follows cache IDs as provided by Linux kernel and it does not always start "
33493 "from zero."
33494 msgstr ""
33495 "Les tailles du cache sont indiquées sous forme d'un résumé de tous les "
33496 "processeurs. Les versions inférieures à la version 2.34 affichaient des "
33497 "tailles par cœur, mais cette sortie était perturbante du fait de la "
33498 "topologie compliquée des processeurs et de la manière dont les caches sont "
33499 "partagés entre eux. Pour plus de détails sur les caches, voir B<--cache>."
33500
33501 #. type: Plain text
33502 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:35
33503 msgid ""
33504 "Include lines for online and offline CPUs in the output (default for *-e*). "
33505 "This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
33506 msgstr ""
33507 "Inclure les lignes pour les processeurs en ligne et hors ligne dans la "
33508 "sortie (par défaut pour *-e*). Cette option ne peut être indiquée qu’avec "
33509 "les options *-e* ou *-p*."
33510
33511 #. type: Labeled list
33512 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:36
33513 #, no-wrap
33514 msgid "*-B*, *--bytes*"
33515 msgstr "*-B*, *--bytes*"
33516
33517 #. type: Labeled list
33518 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:39
33519 #, no-wrap
33520 msgid "*-b*, *--online*"
33521 msgstr "*-b*, *--online*"
33522
33523 #. type: Plain text
33524 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:41
33525 msgid ""
33526 "Limit the output to online CPUs (default for *-p*). This option may only be "
33527 "specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
33528 msgstr ""
33529 "Limiter la sortie aux processeurs en ligne (par défaut pour *-p*). Cette "
33530 "option ne peut être indiquée qu’avec les options *-e* ou *-p*."
33531
33532 #. type: Labeled list
33533 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:42
33534 #, no-wrap
33535 msgid "*-C*, *--caches*[=_list_]"
33536 msgstr "*-C*, *--caches*[=_liste_]"
33537
33538 #. type: Plain text
33539 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:44
33540 msgid ""
33541 "Display details about CPU caches. For details about available information "
33542 "see *--help* output."
33543 msgstr ""
33544 "Afficher les détails des caches du processeur. Pour plus de détails sur les "
33545 "informations disponibles, voir l'affichage de *--help*."
33546
33547 #. type: Plain text
33548 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:46
33549 msgid ""
33550 "If the _list_ argument is omitted, all columns for which data is available "
33551 "are included in the command output."
33552 msgstr ""
33553 "Si l’argument _liste_ est omis, toutes les colonnes ayant des données "
33554 "disponibles sont incluses dans la sortie de la commande."
33555
33556 #. type: Plain text
33557 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:48
33558 #, fuzzy
33559 #| msgid ""
33560 #| "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign "
33561 #| "(=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. "
33562 #| "Examples: '*-C=NAME,ONE-SIZE*' or '*--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE*'."
33563 msgid ""
33564 "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
33565 "and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: *-"
33566 "C=NAME,ONE-SIZE* or *--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE*."
33567 msgstr ""
33568 "Quand l’argument _liste_ est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) et "
33569 "_liste_ ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « *-C=NOM,UNE-TAILLE* » "
33570 "ou « *--caches=NOM,UNE-TAILLE* »."
33571
33572 #. type: Plain text
33573 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:50
33574 #, fuzzy
33575 #| msgid ""
33576 #| "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
33577 #| "format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
33578 msgid ""
33579 "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
33580 "format +list (e.g., **lscpu -C=+ALLOC-POLICY**)."
33581 msgstr ""
33582 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _list_ est indiquée "
33583 "sous la forme _+liste_ (par exemple, *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
33584
33585 #. type: Labeled list
33586 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:51
33587 #, no-wrap
33588 msgid "*-c*, *--offline*"
33589 msgstr "*-c*, *--offline*"
33590
33591 #. type: Plain text
33592 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:53
33593 msgid ""
33594 "Limit the output to offline CPUs. This option may only be specified together "
33595 "with option *-e* or *-p*."
33596 msgstr ""
33597 "Limiter la sortie aux processeurs hors ligne. Cette option ne peut être "
33598 "indiquée qu’avec les options *-e* ou *-p*."
33599
33600 #. type: Labeled list
33601 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:54
33602 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33603 #| msgid "*--color*[=_when_]"
33604 msgid "*--hierarchic*[=_when_]"
33605 msgstr "*--color*[=_quand_]"
33606
33607 #. type: Plain text
33608 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:56
33609 msgid ""
33610 "Use subsections in summary output. For backward compatibility, the default "
33611 "is to use subsections only when output on a terminal and flattened output on "
33612 "a non-terminal. The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always* or "
33613 "*auto*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to \"always\"."
33614 msgstr ""
33615
33616 #. type: Labeled list
33617 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:57
33618 #, no-wrap
33619 msgid "*-e*, *--extended*[=_list_]"
33620 msgstr "*-e*, *--extended*[=_liste_]"
33621
33622 #. type: Plain text
33623 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:59
33624 msgid "Display the CPU information in human-readable format."
33625 msgstr "Afficher les renseignements sur le processeur au format lisible."
33626
33627 #. type: Plain text
33628 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:61
33629 #, fuzzy
33630 #| msgid ""
33631 #| "If the I<list> argument is omitted, all columns for which data is "
33632 #| "available are included in the command output."
33633 msgid ""
33634 "If the _list_ argument is omitted, the default columns are included in the "
33635 "command output.  The default output is subject to change."
33636 msgstr ""
33637 "Si l’argument I<liste> est omis, toutes les colonnes ayant des données "
33638 "disponibles sont incluses dans la sortie de la commande."
33639
33640 #. type: Plain text
33641 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:63
33642 msgid ""
33643 "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
33644 "and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-"
33645 "e=cpu,node*' or '*--extended=cpu,node*'."
33646 msgstr ""
33647 "Quand l’argument _liste_ est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) et "
33648 "_liste_ ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « *-e=cpu,node* » ou "
33649 "« *--extended=cpu,node* »."
33650
33651 #. type: Plain text
33652 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:65
33653 msgid ""
33654 "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
33655 "format +list (e.g., lscpu -e=+MHZ)."
33656 msgstr ""
33657
33658 #. type: Plain text
33659 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:71
33660 msgid ""
33661 "Use JSON output format for the default summary or extended output (see *--"
33662 "extended*).  For backward compatibility, JSON output follows the default "
33663 "summary behavior for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) where subsections are "
33664 "missing. See also *--hierarchic*."
33665 msgstr ""
33666
33667 #. type: Labeled list
33668 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:72
33669 #, no-wrap
33670 msgid "*-p*, *--parse*[=_list_]"
33671 msgstr "*-p*, *--parse*[=_liste_]"
33672
33673 #. type: Plain text
33674 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:74
33675 msgid "Optimize the command output for easy parsing."
33676 msgstr "Optimiser la sortie de la commande pour faciliter l’analyse."
33677
33678 #. type: Plain text
33679 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:76
33680 #, fuzzy
33681 #| msgid ""
33682 #| "If the I<list> argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with "
33683 #| "earlier versions of B<lscpu>.  In this compatible format, two commas are "
33684 #| "used to separate CPU cache columns.  If no CPU caches are identified the "
33685 #| "cache column is omitted."
33686 msgid ""
33687 "If the _list_ argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with "
33688 "earlier versions of *lscpu*. In this compatible format, two commas are used "
33689 "to separate CPU cache columns. If no CPU caches are identified the cache "
33690 "column is omitted. If the _list_ argument is used, cache columns are "
33691 "separated with a colon (:)."
33692 msgstr ""
33693 "En absence d'argument I<liste>, la sortie de la commande est compatible avec "
33694 "les versions précédentes de B<lscpu>. Dans ce format compatible, deux "
33695 "virgules séparent les colonnes de cache de processeur. Si aucun cache de "
33696 "processeur n'est identifié, la colonne est omise."
33697
33698 #. type: Plain text
33699 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:78
33700 msgid ""
33701 "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
33702 "and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-"
33703 "p=cpu,node*' or '*--parse=cpu,node*'."
33704 msgstr ""
33705 "Quand l’argument _liste_ est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) et "
33706 "_liste_ ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « *-p=cpu,node* » ou "
33707 "« *--parse=cpu,node* »."
33708
33709 #. type: Plain text
33710 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:80
33711 msgid ""
33712 "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
33713 "format +list (e.g., lscpu -p=+MHZ)."
33714 msgstr ""
33715
33716 #. type: Labeled list
33717 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:60
33718 #, no-wrap
33719 msgid "*-s*, *--sysroot* _directory_"
33720 msgstr "*-s*, *--sysroot* _répertoire_"
33721
33722 #. type: Plain text
33723 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:83
33724 msgid ""
33725 "Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
33726 "*lscpu* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of "
33727 "the Linux instance to be inspected."
33728 msgstr ""
33729 "Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que celle "
33730 "utilisée pour la commande *lscpu*. Le _répertoire_ indiqué est la racine du "
33731 "système de l’instance Linux à inspecter."
33732
33733 #. type: Plain text
33734 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:86
33735 msgid ""
33736 "Use hexadecimal masks for CPU sets (for example \"ff\"). The default is to "
33737 "print the sets in list format (for example 0,1). Note that before version "
33738 "2.30 the mask has been printed with 0x prefix."
33739 msgstr ""
33740 "Utiliser des masques hexadécimaux pour les ensembles de processeurs (par "
33741 "exemple « ff »). Par défaut, l'affichage est au format liste (par exemple "
33742 "0,1). Remarquez qu'avant la version 2.30, le masque s'affichait avec le "
33743 "préfixe 0x."
33744
33745 #. type: Labeled list
33746 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:87
33747 #, no-wrap
33748 msgid "*-y*, *--physical*"
33749 msgstr "*-y*, *--physical*"
33750
33751 #. type: Plain text
33752 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:89
33753 msgid ""
33754 "Display physical IDs for all columns with topology elements (core, socket, "
33755 "etc.). Other than logical IDs, which are assigned by *lscpu*, physical IDs "
33756 "are platform-specific values that are provided by the kernel. Physical IDs "
33757 "are not necessarily unique and they might not be arranged sequentially. If "
33758 "the kernel could not retrieve a physical ID for an element *lscpu* prints "
33759 "the dash (-) character."
33760 msgstr ""
33761 "Afficher les identifiants physiques de toutes les colonnes ayant des "
33762 "éléments de topologie (cœur, sockets, etc.). À part les identifiants "
33763 "logiques, affectés par *lscpu*, les valeurs des identifiants physiques sont "
33764 "spécifiques aux valeurs de chaque plateforme fournies par le noyau. Les "
33765 "identifiants physiques ne sont pas nécessairement uniques et ils pourraient "
33766 "ne pas être organisés séquentiellement. Si le noyau n'a pas pu récupérer "
33767 "l'identifiant physique d'un élément, *lscpu* affiche le caractère tiret (-)."
33768
33769 #. type: Plain text
33770 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:91
33771 msgid "The CPU logical numbers are not affected by this option."
33772 msgstr ""
33773 "Les numéros logiques d’un processeur ne sont pas touchés par cette option."
33774
33775 #. type: Plain text
33776 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:94
33777 msgid ""
33778 "Output all available columns. This option must be combined with either *--"
33779 "extended*, *--parse* or *--caches*."
33780 msgstr ""
33781 "Afficher les colonnes disponibles. Cette option peut être associée soit à *--"
33782 "extended*, soit à *--parse*, soit à *--caches*."
33783
33784 #. type: Plain text
33785 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:98
33786 msgid ""
33787 "The basic overview of CPU family, model, etc. is always based on the first "
33788 "CPU only."
33789 msgstr ""
33790 "La vue d'ensemble de base de la famille, du modèle, etc., de processeur "
33791 "n’est toujours relative qu’au premier processeur."
33792
33793 #. type: Plain text
33794 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:100
33795 msgid "Sometimes in Xen Dom0 the kernel reports wrong data."
33796 msgstr "Quelques fois sous Xen Dom0, les résultats du noyau sont incorrects."
33797
33798 #. type: Plain text
33799 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:102
33800 msgid "On virtual hardware the number of cores per socket, etc. can be wrong."
33801 msgstr ""
33802 "Sur le matériel virtuel, le nombre de cœurs par socket, etc., peut être faux."
33803
33804 #. type: Plain text
33805 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:108
33806 msgid ""
33807 "mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
33808 "heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
33809 msgstr ""
33810 "mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
33811 "heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
33812
33813 #. type: Plain text
33814 #: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:112
33815 #, no-wrap
33816 msgid "*chcpu*(8)\n"
33817 msgstr "*chcpu*(8)\n"
33818
33819 #. type: Title =
33820 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:2
33821 #, no-wrap
33822 msgid "lsipc(1)"
33823 msgstr "lsipc(1)"
33824
33825 #. type: Plain text
33826 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:12
33827 #, fuzzy
33828 #| msgid "ipcs - show information on IPC facilities"
33829 msgid ""
33830 "lsipc - show information on IPC facilities currently employed in the system"
33831 msgstr "ipcs - Montrer des renseignements sur l'utilisation des ressources IPC"
33832
33833 #. type: Plain text
33834 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:16
33835 #, no-wrap
33836 msgid "*lsipc* [options]\n"
33837 msgstr "*lsipc* [options]\n"
33838
33839 #. type: Plain text
33840 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:20
33841 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33842 #| msgid "B<ipcs> shows information on System V inter-process communication facilities.  By default it shows information about all three resources: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays."
33843 msgid "*lsipc* shows information on the System V inter-process communication facilities for which the calling process has read access.\n"
33844 msgstr "B<ipcs> montre des renseignements sur les ressources de communication interprocessus (IPC) System V. Par défaut, elle montre des renseignements sur l'ensemble des trois ressources : segments de mémoire partagée, files de messages et tableaux de sémaphores."
33845
33846 #. type: Plain text
33847 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:25
33848 #, fuzzy
33849 #| msgid ""
33850 #| "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by I<id>.  "
33851 #| "This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: "
33852 #| "B<-m>, B<-q> or B<-s>."
33853 msgid ""
33854 "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This "
33855 "option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-"
33856 "q* or *-s*. It is possible to override the default output format for this "
33857 "option with the *--list*, *--raw*, *--json* or *--export* option."
33858 msgstr ""
33859 "Montrer tous les détails sur le seul élément de ressource identifié par "
33860 "I<id>. Cette option doit être combinée avec une des trois options de "
33861 "ressource : B<-m>, B<-q> ou B<-s>."
33862
33863 #. type: Labeled list
33864 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:26
33865 #, no-wrap
33866 msgid "*-g*, *--global*"
33867 msgstr "*-g*, *--global*"
33868
33869 #. type: Plain text
33870 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:28
33871 msgid ""
33872 "Show system-wide usage and limits of IPC resources. This option may be "
33873 "combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. The "
33874 "default is to show information about all resources."
33875 msgstr ""
33876
33877 #. type: Title ===
33878 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:42
33879 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
33880 #| msgid "Output formats"
33881 msgid "Output formatting"
33882 msgstr "Formats de sortie"
33883
33884 #. type: Plain text
33885 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:52
33886 msgid "Use the JSON output format."
33887 msgstr "Utiliser le format de sortie JSON."
33888
33889 #. type: Plain text
33890 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:55
33891 msgid ""
33892 "Use the list output format. This is the default, except when *--id* is used."
33893 msgstr ""
33894
33895 #. type: Plain text
33896 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:70
33897 #, fuzzy
33898 #| msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
33899 msgid "Print size in bytes rather than in human readable format."
33900 msgstr ""
33901 "Afficher la taille (colonne SIZE) en octets plutôt qu'en format lisible."
33902
33903 #. type: Labeled list
33904 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:80
33905 #, no-wrap
33906 msgid "*-P*, *--numeric-perms*"
33907 msgstr "*-P*, *--numeric-perms*"
33908
33909 #. type: Plain text
33910 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:82
33911 msgid "Print numeric permissions in PERMS column."
33912 msgstr ""
33913
33914 #. type: Plain text
33915 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:96
33916 msgid "if a serious error occurs."
33917 msgstr ""
33918
33919 #. type: Plain text
33920 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:100
33921 msgid "The *lsipc* utility is inspired by the *ipcs*(1) utility."
33922 msgstr ""
33923
33924 #. type: Title =
33925 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:2
33926 #, no-wrap
33927 msgid "lsirq(1)"
33928 msgstr "lsirq(1)"
33929
33930 #. type: Plain text
33931 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:12
33932 msgid "lsirq - utility to display kernel interrupt information"
33933 msgstr ""
33934
33935 #. type: Plain text
33936 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:16
33937 #, no-wrap
33938 msgid "*lsirq* [options]\n"
33939 msgstr "*lsirq* [options]\n"
33940
33941 #. type: Plain text
33942 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:20
33943 #, fuzzy
33944 #| msgid "Display version information and exit."
33945 msgid "Display kernel interrupt counter information."
33946 msgstr "Afficher le nom et la version du logiciel et quitter."
33947
33948 #. type: Plain text
33949 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:33
33950 msgid ""
33951 "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column "
33952 "names."
33953 msgstr ""
33954
33955 #. type: Plain text
33956 #: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:39
33957 #, fuzzy
33958 #| msgid ""
33959 #| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
33960 #| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
33961 #| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
33962 msgid ""
33963 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
33964 "characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
33965 msgstr ""
33966 "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Les "
33967 "lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les "
33968 "caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
33969 "(B<\\ex>I<code>)."
33970
33971 #. type: Title =
33972 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:2
33973 #, no-wrap
33974 msgid "lsmem(1)"
33975 msgstr "lsmem(1)"
33976
33977 #. type: Plain text
33978 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:12
33979 msgid "lsmem - list the ranges of available memory with their online status"
33980 msgstr ""
33981
33982 #. type: Plain text
33983 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:16
33984 #, no-wrap
33985 msgid "*lsmem* [options]\n"
33986 msgstr "*lsmem* [options]\n"
33987
33988 #. type: Plain text
33989 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:20
33990 msgid ""
33991 "The *lsmem* command lists the ranges of available memory with their online "
33992 "status. The listed memory blocks correspond to the memory block "
33993 "representation in sysfs. The command also shows the memory block size and "
33994 "the amount of memory in online and offline state."
33995 msgstr ""
33996
33997 #. type: Plain text
33998 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:22
33999 #, fuzzy
34000 #| msgid ""
34001 #| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
34002 #| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
34003 #| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
34004 #| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
34005 #| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
34006 msgid ""
34007 "The default output is compatible with original implementation from s390-"
34008 "tools, but it's strongly recommended to avoid using default outputs in your "
34009 "scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* "
34010 "option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is "
34011 "required."
34012 msgstr ""
34013 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
34014 "B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
34015 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
34016 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
34017 "utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
34018 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
34019
34020 #. type: Plain text
34021 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:24
34022 msgid ""
34023 "The *lsmem* command lists a new memory range always when the current memory "
34024 "block distinguish from the previous block by some output column. This "
34025 "default behavior is possible to override by the *--split* option (e.g., "
34026 "*lsmem --split=ZONES*). The special word \"none\" may be used to ignore all "
34027 "differences between memory blocks and to create as large as possible "
34028 "continuous ranges. The opposite semantic is *--all* to list individual "
34029 "memory blocks."
34030 msgstr ""
34031
34032 #. type: Plain text
34033 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:26
34034 msgid ""
34035 "Note that some output columns may provide inaccurate information if a split "
34036 "policy forces *lsmem* to ignore differences in some attributes. For example "
34037 "if you merge removable and non-removable memory blocks to the one range than "
34038 "all the range will be marked as non-removable on *lsmem* output."
34039 msgstr ""
34040
34041 #. type: Plain text
34042 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:28
34043 #, fuzzy
34044 #| msgid ""
34045 #| "Not all columns are supported on all architectures.  If an unsupported "
34046 #| "column is specified, B<lscpu> prints the column but does not provide any "
34047 #| "data for it."
34048 msgid ""
34049 "Not all columns are supported on all systems. If an unsupported column is "
34050 "specified, *lsmem* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
34051 msgstr ""
34052 "Toutes les colonnes ne sont pas prises en charge sur toutes les "
34053 "architectures. Si une colonne non prise en charge est indiquée, B<lscpu> "
34054 "affiche la colonne, mais ne fournit pas de données pour cette colonne."
34055
34056 #. type: Plain text
34057 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:30
34058 msgid "Use the *--help* option to see the columns description."
34059 msgstr ""
34060
34061 #. type: Plain text
34062 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:35
34063 msgid ""
34064 "List each individual memory block, instead of combining memory blocks with "
34065 "similar attributes."
34066 msgstr ""
34067
34068 #. type: Plain text
34069 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:47
34070 #, fuzzy
34071 #| msgid ""
34072 #| "Specify which output columns to print.  Use B<--help> to get a list of "
34073 #| "all supported columns.  The columns may affect tree-like output.  The "
34074 #| "default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also B<--tree>)."
34075 msgid ""
34076 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
34077 "supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is "
34078 "specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsmem -o +NODE*)."
34079 msgstr ""
34080 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
34081 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes peuvent modifier "
34082 "l’affichage arborescent. Le comportement par défaut est d’utiliser "
34083 "l’arborescence pour la colonne « NAME » (consulter aussi B<--tree>)."
34084
34085 #. type: Plain text
34086 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:53
34087 #, fuzzy
34088 #| msgid ""
34089 #| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
34090 #| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
34091 #| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
34092 msgid ""
34093 "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
34094 "value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
34095 msgstr ""
34096 "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Les "
34097 "lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les "
34098 "caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
34099 "(B<\\ex>I<code>)."
34100
34101 #. type: Labeled list
34102 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:57
34103 #, no-wrap
34104 msgid "*-S*, *--split* _list_"
34105 msgstr "*-S*, *--split* _liste_"
34106
34107 #. type: Plain text
34108 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:59
34109 msgid ""
34110 "Specify which columns (attributes) use to split memory blocks to ranges. The "
34111 "supported columns are STATE, REMOVABLE, NODE and ZONES, or \"none\". The "
34112 "other columns are silently ignored. For more details see *DESCRIPTION* above."
34113 msgstr ""
34114
34115 #. type: Plain text
34116 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:62
34117 #, fuzzy
34118 #| msgid ""
34119 #| "Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which "
34120 #| "the B<lscpu> command is issued.  The specified I<directory> is the system "
34121 #| "root of the Linux instance to be inspected."
34122 msgid ""
34123 "Gather memory data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which "
34124 "the *lsmem* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root "
34125 "of the Linux instance to be inspected."
34126 msgstr ""
34127 "Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que celle "
34128 "utilisée pour la commande B<lscpu>. Le I<répertoire> indiqué est la racine "
34129 "du système de l’instance Linux à inspecter."
34130
34131 #. type: Plain text
34132 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:67
34133 msgid ""
34134 "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can "
34135 "be *never*, *always* or *only*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it "
34136 "defaults to *\"only\"*. The summary output is suppressed for *--raw*, *--"
34137 "pairs* and *--json*."
34138 msgstr ""
34139
34140 #. type: Plain text
34141 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:71
34142 #, no-wrap
34143 msgid "*lsmem* was originally written by Gerald Schaefer for s390-tools in Perl. The C version for util-linux was written by Clemens von Mann, Heiko Carstens and Karel Zak.\n"
34144 msgstr ""
34145
34146 #. type: Plain text
34147 #: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:75
34148 #, no-wrap
34149 msgid "*chmem*(8)\n"
34150 msgstr "*chmem*(8)\n"
34151
34152 #. Man page for the lsns command.
34153 #. Copyright 2015 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
34154 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
34155 #. type: Title =
34156 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:7
34157 #, no-wrap
34158 msgid "lsns(8)"
34159 msgstr "lsns(8)"
34160
34161 #. type: Plain text
34162 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:17
34163 #, fuzzy
34164 #| msgid "B<mount namespace>"
34165 msgid "lsns - list namespaces"
34166 msgstr "B<espace de noms de montage>"
34167
34168 #. type: Plain text
34169 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:21
34170 #, no-wrap
34171 msgid "*lsns* [options] _namespace_\n"
34172 msgstr ""
34173
34174 #. type: Plain text
34175 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:25
34176 #, no-wrap
34177 msgid "*lsns* lists information about all the currently accessible namespaces or about the given _namespace_. The _namespace_ identifier is an inode number.\n"
34178 msgstr ""
34179
34180 #. type: Plain text
34181 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:27
34182 #, fuzzy
34183 #| msgid ""
34184 #| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
34185 #| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
34186 #| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
34187 #| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
34188 #| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
34189 msgid ""
34190 "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
34191 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
34192 "expected output mode (*--tree* or *--list*) and columns by using the *--"
34193 "output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable "
34194 "output is required."
34195 msgstr ""
34196 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
34197 "B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
34198 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
34199 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
34200 "utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
34201 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
34202
34203 #. type: Plain text
34204 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:29
34205 msgid ""
34206 "The *NSFS* column, printed when *net* is specified for the *--type* option, "
34207 "is special; it uses multi-line cells. Use the option *--nowrap* to switch to "
34208 "\",\"-separated single-line representation."
34209 msgstr ""
34210
34211 #. type: Plain text
34212 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:31
34213 msgid ""
34214 "Note that *lsns* reads information directly from the _/proc_ filesystem and "
34215 "for non-root users it may return incomplete information. The current _/proc_ "
34216 "filesystem may be unshared and affected by a PID namespace (see *unshare --"
34217 "mount-proc* for more details). *lsns* is not able to see persistent "
34218 "namespaces without processes where the namespace instance is held by a bind "
34219 "mount to /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_."
34220 msgstr ""
34221
34222 #. type: Plain text
34223 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:39
34224 msgid "Use list output format."
34225 msgstr "Utiliser le format de sortie liste."
34226
34227 #. type: Plain text
34228 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:47
34229 msgid ""
34230 "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
34231 "format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsns -o +PATH*)."
34232 msgstr ""
34233 "La liste de colonnes par défaut peut être étendue si _liste_ est indiquée "
34234 "sous la forme **+**__liste__ (par exemple, *lsns -o +PATH*)."
34235
34236 #. type: Labeled list
34237 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:51
34238 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
34239 #| msgid "*-z*, *--print0*"
34240 msgid "*-P*, *--persistent*"
34241 msgstr "*-z*, *--print0*"
34242
34243 #. type: Plain text
34244 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:54
34245 msgid ""
34246 "Display only the namespaces without processes (aka persistent namespaces), "
34247 "created by bind mounting /proc/pid/ns/type files to a filesystem path."
34248 msgstr ""
34249
34250 #. type: Labeled list
34251 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:55
34252 #, no-wrap
34253 msgid "*-p*, *--task* _PID_"
34254 msgstr "*-p*, *--task* _PID_"
34255
34256 #. type: Plain text
34257 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:57
34258 msgid "Display only the namespaces held by the process with this _PID_."
34259 msgstr ""
34260 "N’afficher que les espaces de noms maintenus par le processus avec ce _PID_."
34261
34262 #. type: Plain text
34263 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:63
34264 msgid ""
34265 "Display the specified _type_ of namespaces only. The supported types are "
34266 "*mnt*, *net*, *ipc*, *user*, *pid*, *uts*, *cgroup* and *time*. This option "
34267 "may be given more than once."
34268 msgstr ""
34269
34270 #. type: Labeled list
34271 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:67
34272 #, no-wrap
34273 msgid "*-W*, *--nowrap*"
34274 msgstr "*-W*, *--nowrap*"
34275
34276 #. type: Plain text
34277 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:69
34278 #, fuzzy
34279 #| msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
34280 msgid "Do not use multi-line text in columns."
34281 msgstr "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes."
34282
34283 #. type: Labeled list
34284 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:70
34285 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
34286 #| msgid "*-T*, *--target* _path_"
34287 msgid "*-T*, *--tree* _rel_"
34288 msgstr "*-T*, *--target* _chemin_"
34289
34290 #. type: Plain text
34291 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:72
34292 msgid ""
34293 "Use tree-like output format. If *process* is given as _rel_, print process "
34294 "tree(s) in each name space. This is default when *--tree* is not specified. "
34295 "If *parent* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the parent/child "
34296 "relationship. If *owner* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the owner/"
34297 "owned relationship. *owner* is used as default when _rel_ is omitted."
34298 msgstr ""
34299
34300 #. type: Plain text
34301 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:78
34302 #, fuzzy
34303 #| msgid "The *mesg* utility exits with one of the following values:"
34304 msgid "The *lsns* utility exits with one of the following values:"
34305 msgstr "L’utilitaire *mesg* quitte avec une des valeurs suivantes :"
34306
34307 #. type: Plain text
34308 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:81
34309 #, fuzzy
34310 #| msgid "success"
34311 msgid "Success."
34312 msgstr "Succès."
34313
34314 #. type: Plain text
34315 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:83
34316 #, fuzzy
34317 #| msgid "Operational error"
34318 msgid "General error."
34319 msgstr "Erreur lors de l'opération."
34320
34321 #. type: Plain text
34322 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:85
34323 msgid "An ioctl was unknown to the kernel."
34324 msgstr ""
34325
34326 #. type: Plain text
34327 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:98
34328 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
34329 #| msgid ""
34330 #| "*nsenter*(1),\n"
34331 #| "*unshare*(1),\n"
34332 #| "*clone*(2),\n"
34333 #| "*namespaces*(7),\n"
34334 #| "*ioctl_ns(2)*\n"
34335 msgid ""
34336 "*nsenter*(1),\n"
34337 "*unshare*(1),\n"
34338 "*clone*(2),\n"
34339 "*namespaces*(7),\n"
34340 "*ioctl_ns*(2),\n"
34341 "*ip-netns*(8)\n"
34342 msgstr ""
34343 "*nsenter*(1),\n"
34344 "*unshare*(1),\n"
34345 "*clone*(2),\n"
34346 "*namespaces*(7),\n"
34347 "*ioctl_ns(2)*\n"
34348
34349 #. Copyright (c) 1996-2004 Andries Brouwer
34350 #. Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
34351 #. This page is somewhat derived from a page that was
34352 #. (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California
34353 #. and had been heavily modified by Rik Faith and myself.
34354 #. (Probably no BSD text remains.)
34355 #. Fragments of text were written by Werner Almesberger, Remy Card,
34356 #. Stephen Tweedie and Eric Youngdale.
34357 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
34358 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
34359 #. published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
34360 #. the License, or (at your option) any later version.
34361 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
34362 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
34363 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
34364 #. intermediate and printed output.
34365 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
34366 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
34367 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
34368 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
34369 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34370 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
34371 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
34372 #. type: Title =
34373 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:32
34374 #, no-wrap
34375 msgid "mount(8)"
34376 msgstr "mount(8)"
34377
34378 #. type: Plain text
34379 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:43
34380 msgid "mount - mount a filesystem"
34381 msgstr "mount - Monter un système de fichiers"
34382
34383 #. type: Plain text
34384 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:47
34385 #, no-wrap
34386 msgid "*mount* [*-h*|*-V*]\n"
34387 msgstr "*mount* [*-h*|*-V*]\n"
34388
34389 #. type: Plain text
34390 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:49
34391 #, no-wrap
34392 msgid "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _fstype_]\n"
34393 msgstr "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _type_]\n"
34394
34395 #. type: Plain text
34396 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:51
34397 #, no-wrap
34398 msgid "*mount* *-a* [*-fFnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-O* _optlist_]\n"
34399 msgstr "*mount* *-a* [*-fFnrsvw*] [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _liste_options_]\n"
34400
34401 #. type: Plain text
34402 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:53
34403 #, no-wrap
34404 msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-o* _options_] _device_|_mountpoint_\n"
34405 msgstr "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-o* _options_] _périphérique_|_point_montage_\n"
34406
34407 #. type: Plain text
34408 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:55
34409 #, no-wrap
34410 msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-o* _options_] _device mountpoint_\n"
34411 msgstr "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-t* _type_] [*-o* _options_] _périphérique point_montage_\n"
34412
34413 #. type: Plain text
34414 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:57
34415 #, no-wrap
34416 msgid "*mount* *--bind*|*--rbind*|*--move* _olddir newdir_\n"
34417 msgstr "*mount* *--bind*|*--rbind*|*--move* _ancien_répertoire nouveau_répertoire_\n"
34418
34419 #. type: Plain text
34420 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:59
34421 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
34422 #| msgid "*mount* *--make*-[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_\n"
34423 msgid "*mount* *--make-*[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_\n"
34424 msgstr "*mount* *--make*-[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _point_montage_\n"
34425
34426 #. type: Plain text
34427 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:63
34428 #, fuzzy
34429 #| msgid ""
34430 #| "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the "
34431 #| "file hierarchy, rooted at _/_. These files can be spread out over several "
34432 #| "devices. The *mount* command serves to attach the filesystem found on "
34433 #| "some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the *umount*(8) command "
34434 #| "will detach it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is "
34435 #| "stored on the device or provided in a virtual way by network or other "
34436 #| "services."
34437 msgid ""
34438 "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file "
34439 "hierarchy, rooted at _/_. These files can be spread out over several "
34440 "devices. The *mount* command serves to attach the filesystem found on some "
34441 "device to the big file tree. Conversely, the *umount*(8) command will detach "
34442 "it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is stored on the device "
34443 "or provided in a virtual way by network or other services."
34444 msgstr ""
34445 "Tous les fichiers accessibles par un système UNIX sont insérés dans une "
34446 "grande arborescence, la hiérarchie des fichiers, commençant à la racine _/_. "
34447 "Ces fichiers peuvent être répartis sur différents périphériques. La commande "
34448 "*mount* permet d'attacher un système de fichiers trouvé sur un périphérique "
34449 "quelconque à la grande arborescence de fichiers. À l'inverse, *umount*(8) le "
34450 "détachera à nouveau. Le système de fichiers est utilisé pour contrôler "
34451 "comment les données sont stockées sur un périphérique ou fournies de façon "
34452 "virtuelle par le réseau ou d’autres services."
34453
34454 #. type: Plain text
34455 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:65
34456 msgid "The standard form of the *mount* command is:"
34457 msgstr "La forme standard de la commande *mount* est :"
34458
34459 #. type: delimited block _
34460 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:68
34461 #, no-wrap
34462 msgid "*mount -t* _type device dir_\n"
34463 msgstr "*mount -t* _type périphérique répertoire_\n"
34464
34465 #. type: Plain text
34466 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:71
34467 msgid ""
34468 "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on _device_ (which is "
34469 "of type _type_) at the directory _dir_. The option *-t* _type_ is optional. "
34470 "The *mount* command is usually able to detect a filesystem. The root "
34471 "permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by default. See section "
34472 "\"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. The previous contents (if "
34473 "any) and owner and mode of _dir_ become invisible, and as long as this "
34474 "filesystem remains mounted, the pathname _dir_ refers to the root of the "
34475 "filesystem on _device_."
34476 msgstr ""
34477 "Cela indique au noyau d'attacher le système de fichiers se trouvant sur le "
34478 "_périphérique_ mentionné (dont le type est _type_) dans le répertoire "
34479 "_répertoire_ indiqué. L’option *-t* _type_ est facultative. La commande "
34480 "*mount* est généralement capable de détecter un système de fichiers. Par "
34481 "défaut, les droits de superutilisateur sont nécessaires pour monter un "
34482 "système de fichiers. Consultez la section « montages pour les utilisateurs "
34483 "ordinaires » ci-dessous pour plus de détails. Les contenus (s’ils existent), "
34484 "le propriétaire et le mode d'accès précédents de _répertoire_ deviennent "
34485 "invisibles et, tant que le nouveau système de fichiers reste monté, le "
34486 "chemin _répertoire_ se réfère à la racine du système de fichiers de "
34487 "_périphérique_."
34488
34489 #. type: Plain text
34490 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:73
34491 msgid "If only the directory or the device is given, for example:"
34492 msgstr "Si seul le répertoire ou le périphérique est donné, par exemple :"
34493
34494 #. type: delimited block _
34495 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:76
34496 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
34497 #| msgid "*mount /dir*\n"
34498 msgid "*mount* _/dir_\n"
34499 msgstr "*mount /répertoire*\n"
34500
34501 #. type: Plain text
34502 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:79
34503 msgid ""
34504 "then *mount* looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) in "
34505 "the _/etc/fstab_ file. It's possible to use the *--target* or *--source* "
34506 "options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given argument. For example:"
34507 msgstr ""
34508 "alors *mount* recherche un point de montage (et s’il n’en trouve pas, un "
34509 "périphérique) dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_. Utiliser les options *--target* "
34510 "ou *--source* permet d’éviter une interprétation ambivalente de l’argument "
34511 "donné. Par exemple :"
34512
34513 #. type: delimited block _
34514 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:82
34515 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
34516 #| msgid "*mount --target /mountpoint*\n"
34517 msgid "*mount --target* _/mountpoint_\n"
34518 msgstr "*mount --target* /point_montage*\n"
34519
34520 #. type: Plain text
34521 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:85
34522 msgid ""
34523 "The same filesystem may be mounted more than once, and in some cases (e.g., "
34524 "network filesystems) the same filesystem may be mounted on the same "
34525 "mountpoint multiple times. The *mount* command does not implement any policy "
34526 "to control this behavior. All behavior is controlled by the kernel and it is "
34527 "usually specific to the filesystem driver. The exception is *--all*, in this "
34528 "case already mounted filesystems are ignored (see *--all* below for more "
34529 "details)."
34530 msgstr ""
34531 "Le même système de fichiers peut être monté plus d’une fois, et dans "
34532 "certains cas (par exemple, les systèmes de fichiers de réseau) le même "
34533 "système de fichiers peut être monté sur le même point de montage plus d’une "
34534 "fois. La commande de montage ne met en œuvre aucune politique pour contrôler "
34535 "ce comportement. Tous les comportements sont contrôlés par le noyau et sont "
34536 "généralement spécifiques au pilote du système de fichiers. L’exception étant "
34537 "*--all* pour laquelle les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés sont ignorés "
34538 "(consulter *--all* ci-dessous pour plus de détails)."
34539
34540 #. type: Title ===
34541 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:86
34542 #, no-wrap
34543 msgid "Listing the mounts"
34544 msgstr "Liste des montages"
34545
34546 #. type: Plain text
34547 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:89
34548 msgid "The listing mode is maintained for backward compatibility only."
34549 msgstr "Le mode liste n’est maintenu que pour la compatibilité ascendante."
34550
34551 #. type: Plain text
34552 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:91
34553 msgid ""
34554 "For more robust and customizable output use *findmnt*(8), *especially in "
34555 "your scripts*. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are "
34556 "replaced with '?'."
34557 msgstr ""
34558 "Pour une sortie plus explicite et paramétrable utilisez *findmnt*(8), *en "
34559 "particulier dans les scripts*. Remarquez que les caractères de contrôle dans "
34560 "le nom de point de montage sont remplacés par des « ? »."
34561
34562 #. type: Plain text
34563 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:93
34564 msgid "The following command lists all mounted filesystems (of type _type_):"
34565 msgstr ""
34566 "La commande suivante affiche tous les systèmes de fichiers montés (de type "
34567 "_type_) :"
34568
34569 #. type: delimited block _
34570 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:96
34571 #, no-wrap
34572 msgid "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _type_]\n"
34573 msgstr "*mount* [*-l*] [*-t* _type_]\n"
34574
34575 #. type: Plain text
34576 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:99
34577 msgid "The option *-l* adds labels to this listing. See below."
34578 msgstr "L'option *-l* ajoute des étiquettes à la liste. Voir plus bas."
34579
34580 #. type: Title ===
34581 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:100
34582 #, no-wrap
34583 msgid "Indicating the device and filesystem"
34584 msgstr "Nommage des périphériques et systèmes de fichiers"
34585
34586 #. type: Plain text
34587 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:103
34588 msgid ""
34589 "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like _/"
34590 "dev/sda1_, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of an "
34591 "NFS mount, _device_ may look like _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
34592 msgstr ""
34593 "La plupart des périphériques sont indiqués sous forme de nom de fichier "
34594 "(d'un périphérique bloc spécial), comme _/dev/sda1_, mais d'autres "
34595 "possibilités existent. Par exemple, pour un montage NFS, _périphérique_ peut "
34596 "ressembler à _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
34597
34598 #. type: Plain text
34599 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:105
34600 msgid ""
34601 "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware reconfiguration, "
34602 "and adding or removing a device can cause changes in names. This is the "
34603 "reason why it's strongly recommended to use filesystem or partition "
34604 "identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently supported identifiers (tags):"
34605 msgstr ""
34606 "Les noms de périphérique de partitions de disque ne sont pas immuables. Une "
34607 "reconfiguration matérielle, l’ajout ou le retrait d’un périphérique peuvent "
34608 "provoquer des modifications de noms. C’est pour cela qu’il est fortement "
34609 "recommandé d’utiliser des identificateurs de système de fichiers ou de "
34610 "partition tels que des UUID ou LABEL. Actuellement les identificateurs (mots-"
34611 "clés) gérés sont :"
34612
34613 #. type: Labeled list
34614 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:106
34615 #, no-wrap
34616 msgid "LABEL=__label__"
34617 msgstr "LABEL=__étiquette__"
34618
34619 #. type: Plain text
34620 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:108
34621 msgid "Human readable filesystem identifier. See also *-L*."
34622 msgstr ""
34623 "Identificateur compréhensible de système de fichiers. Consultez aussi *-L*."
34624
34625 #. type: Labeled list
34626 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:109
34627 #, no-wrap
34628 msgid "UUID=__uuid__"
34629 msgstr "UUID=__UUID__"
34630
34631 #. type: Plain text
34632 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:111
34633 msgid ""
34634 "Filesystem universally unique identifier. The format of the UUID is usually "
34635 "a series of hex digits separated by hyphens. See also *-U*."
34636 msgstr ""
34637 "Identifiant unique universel (UUID). Le format de l’UUID est ordinairement "
34638 "une série de chiffres hexadécimaux séparés par des traits d’union. Consultez "
34639 "aussi *-U*."
34640
34641 #. type: Plain text
34642 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:113
34643 msgid ""
34644 "Note that *mount* uses UUIDs as strings. The UUIDs from the command line or "
34645 "from *fstab*(5) are not converted to internal binary representation. The "
34646 "string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
34647 msgstr ""
34648 "Remarquez que *mount*(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. Les UUID de la "
34649 "ligne de commande ou dans *fstab*(5) ne sont pas convertis en représentation "
34650 "binaire interne. La chaîne représentant l'UUID devrait être composée de "
34651 "caractères en minuscules."
34652
34653 #. type: Labeled list
34654 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:114
34655 #, no-wrap
34656 msgid "PARTLABEL=__label__"
34657 msgstr "PARTLABEL=__étiquette__"
34658
34659 #. type: Plain text
34660 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:116
34661 #, fuzzy
34662 #| msgid ""
34663 #| "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on "
34664 #| "filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations. It's "
34665 #| "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
34666 msgid ""
34667 "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on "
34668 "filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's "
34669 "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
34670 msgstr ""
34671 "Identificateur compréhensible de partition. Cet identificateur est "
34672 "indépendant du système de fichiers et n’est pas modifié par des opérations "
34673 "mkfs ou mkswap. Il est géré par exemple pour les tables de partitionnement "
34674 "GUID (GPT)."
34675
34676 #. type: Labeled list
34677 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:117
34678 #, no-wrap
34679 msgid "PARTUUID=__uuid__"
34680 msgstr "PARTUUID=__UUID__"
34681
34682 #. type: Plain text
34683 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:119
34684 #, fuzzy
34685 #| msgid ""
34686 #| "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent "
34687 #| "on filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations. It's "
34688 #| "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
34689 msgid ""
34690 "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent on "
34691 "filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's "
34692 "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
34693 msgstr ""
34694 "Identifiant unique universel de partition. Cet identificateur est "
34695 "indépendant du système de fichiers et n’est pas modifié par des opérations "
34696 "mkfs ou mkswap. Il est géré par exemple pour les tables de partitionnement "
34697 "GUID (GPT)."
34698
34699 #. type: Labeled list
34700 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:120
34701 #, no-wrap
34702 msgid "ID=__id__"
34703 msgstr "ID=__id__"
34704
34705 #. type: Plain text
34706 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:122
34707 msgid ""
34708 "Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd. This identifier is usually "
34709 "based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the hardware "
34710 "manufacturer. See *ls /dev/disk/by-id* for more details, this directory and "
34711 "running udevd is required. This identifier is not recommended for generic "
34712 "use as the identifier is not strictly defined and it depends on udev, udev "
34713 "rules and hardware."
34714 msgstr ""
34715 "ID du périphérique bloc matériel tel que créé par udevd. Cet identificateur "
34716 "est habituellement basé sur WWN (world wide name – identificateur unique de "
34717 "stockage) et affecté par le fabricant du matériel. Consultez *ls /dev/disk/"
34718 "by-id* pour plus de détails ; ce répertoire et l’exécution d’udevd sont "
34719 "nécessaires. Cet identificateur n’est pas recommandé pour un usage général "
34720 "car il n’est pas défini strictement et dépend d’udev, des règles d’udev et "
34721 "du matériel."
34722
34723 #. type: Plain text
34724 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:124
34725 msgid ""
34726 "The command *lsblk --fs* provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and "
34727 "UUIDs on available block devices. The command *blkid -p <device>* provides "
34728 "details about a filesystem on the specified device."
34729 msgstr ""
34730 "La commande *lsblk --fs* fournit un récapitulatif des systèmes de fichiers, "
34731 "des LABEL et des UUID des périphériques blocs disponibles. La commande "
34732 "*blkid -p <périphérique>* fournit des détails sur le système de fichiers du "
34733 "périphérique indiqué."
34734
34735 #. type: Plain text
34736 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:126
34737 msgid ""
34738 "Don't forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really "
34739 "unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use *lsblk -o "
34740 "+UUID,PARTUUID* to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your system."
34741 msgstr ""
34742 "N’oubliez pas que les UUID et étiquettes ne sont pas garantis uniques, en "
34743 "particulier si vous déplacez, partagez ou copiez le périphérique. Utilisez "
34744 "*lsblk -o +UUID,PARTUUID* pour vérifier que les UUID sont vraiment uniques "
34745 "sur le système."
34746
34747 #. type: Plain text
34748 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:128
34749 msgid ""
34750 "The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g. *UUID*=_uuid_) rather than _/dev/"
34751 "disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}_ udev symlinks in the _/etc/"
34752 "fstab_ file. Tags are more readable, robust and portable. The *mount*(8) "
34753 "command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of symlinks in _/etc/"
34754 "fstab_ has no advantage over tags. For more details see *libblkid*(3)."
34755 msgstr ""
34756 "La configuration conseillée est d'utiliser des mots-clés (par exemple, "
34757 "*UUID*=_uuid_) plutôt que les liens symboliques _/dev/disk/par{label,uuid,"
34758 "partuuid_,partlabel} d'__udev__ dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_. Les mots-clés "
34759 "sont plus facilement lisibles, explicites et portables. La commande "
34760 "*mount*(8) utilise les liens symboliques d'__udev__ en interne, donc les "
34761 "utiliser directement dans _/etc/fstab_ n'apporte aucun avantage par rapport "
34762 "aux mots-clés. Pour plus de précisions, consultez *libblkid*(3)."
34763
34764 #. type: Plain text
34765 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:130
34766 msgid ""
34767 "The _proc_ filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when "
34768 "mounting it, an arbitrary keyword - for example, __proc__ - can be used "
34769 "instead of a device specification. (The customary choice _none_ is less "
34770 "fortunate: the error message 'none already mounted' from *mount* can be "
34771 "confusing.)"
34772 msgstr ""
34773 "Le système de fichiers _proc_ n'est associé à aucun périphérique spécial, et "
34774 "pour le monter, un mot-clé quelconque, par exemple _proc_, peut être utilisé "
34775 "à la place de l'indication de périphérique. Le choix courant _none_ (aucun) "
34776 "n'est pas très heureux, car le message d'erreur « none déjà monté » de "
34777 "*mount* peut être mal interprété."
34778
34779 #. type: Title ===
34780 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:131
34781 #, no-wrap
34782 msgid "The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts"
34783 msgstr "Les fichiers /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab et /proc/mounts"
34784
34785 #. type: Plain text
34786 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:134
34787 msgid ""
34788 "The file _/etc/fstab_ (see *fstab*(5)), may contain lines describing what "
34789 "devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default location "
34790 "of the *fstab*(5) file can be overridden with the *--fstab* _path_ command-"
34791 "line option (see below for more details)."
34792 msgstr ""
34793 "Le fichier _/etc/fstab_ (consultez *fstab*(5)) contient des lignes décrivant "
34794 "les périphériques habituellement montés, leur point de montage et leurs "
34795 "options. L’emplacement par défaut du fichier *fstab*(5) peut être remplacé "
34796 "par l’option *--fstab* _chemin_ en ligne de commande (voir ci-dessous pour "
34797 "plus de précisions)."
34798
34799 #. type: Plain text
34800 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:136
34801 msgid "The command"
34802 msgstr "La commande"
34803
34804 #. type: delimited block _
34805 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:139
34806 #, no-wrap
34807 msgid "*mount -a* [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _optlist_]\n"
34808 msgstr "*mount -a* [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _liste_options_]\n"
34809
34810 #. type: Plain text
34811 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:142
34812 msgid ""
34813 "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in _fstab_ "
34814 "(of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper options) to be "
34815 "mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the *noauto* "
34816 "keyword. Adding the *-F* option will make *mount* fork, so that the "
34817 "filesystems are mounted in parallel."
34818 msgstr ""
34819 "(généralement exécutée dans un script de démarrage) monte tous les systèmes "
34820 "de fichiers indiqués dans _fstab_ (uniquement ceux du _type_ indiqué et "
34821 "possédant ou non les bonnes options), sauf ceux dont la ligne contient le "
34822 "mot-clé *noauto*. En ajoutant l'option *-F*, *fork*(2) sera invoqué par "
34823 "*mount* pour que tous les systèmes de fichiers soient montés en parallèle."
34824
34825 #. type: Plain text
34826 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:144
34827 msgid ""
34828 "When mounting a filesystem mentioned in _fstab_ or _mtab_, it suffices to "
34829 "specify on the command line only the device, or only the mount point."
34830 msgstr ""
34831 "Lors du montage d’un système de fichiers mentionné dans _fstab_ ou _mtab_, "
34832 "il suffit d’indiquer soit le point de montage, soit le périphérique en ligne "
34833 "de commande."
34834
34835 #. type: Plain text
34836 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:146
34837 msgid ""
34838 "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) traditionally maintained a list of "
34839 "currently mounted filesystems in the file _/etc/mtab_. The support for "
34840 "regular classic _/etc/mtab_ is completely disabled at compile time by "
34841 "default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make _/etc/mtab_ a "
34842 "symlink to _/proc/mounts_ instead. The regular _mtab_ file maintained in "
34843 "userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers and other "
34844 "advanced Linux features. If the regular _mtab_ support is enabled, then it's "
34845 "possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
34846 msgstr ""
34847 "Les programmes *mount* et *umount* entretiennent normalement une liste des "
34848 "systèmes de fichiers actuellement montés dans le fichier _/etc/mtab_. La "
34849 "prise en charge du fichier classique habituel _/etc/mtab_ est par défaut "
34850 "complètement désactivée au moment de la compilation, parce que sur les "
34851 "systèmes Linux actuels, il est plutôt préférable de faire de _/etc/mtab/_ un "
34852 "lien symbolique vers _/proc/mounts_. Le fichier _mtab_ habituel entretenu en "
34853 "espace utilisateur ne peut pas fonctionner de façon fiable avec les espaces "
34854 "de noms, les conteneurs et autres fonctionnalités avancées de Linux. Si la "
34855 "prise en charge du _mtab_ habituel est activée, alors il est possible "
34856 "d’utiliser le fichier comme le lien symbolique."
34857
34858 #. type: Plain text
34859 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:148
34860 msgid ""
34861 "If no arguments are given to *mount*, the list of mounted filesystems is "
34862 "printed."
34863 msgstr ""
34864 "Si *mount* est invoqué sans paramètre, la liste des systèmes de fichiers "
34865 "montés est affichée."
34866
34867 #. type: Plain text
34868 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:150
34869 msgid ""
34870 "If you want to override mount options from _/etc/fstab_, you have to use the "
34871 "*-o* option:"
34872 msgstr ""
34873 "Pour écraser les options de montage de _/etc/fstab_, l’option *-o* doit être "
34874 "utilisée :"
34875
34876 #. type: delimited block _
34877 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:153
34878 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
34879 #| msgid "*mount* __device__****|__dir__ *-o* _options_\n"
34880 msgid "*mount* __device__|__dir__ *-o* _options_\n"
34881 msgstr "*mount* __périphérique__****|__répertoire__ *-o* _options_\n"
34882
34883 #. type: Plain text
34884 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:156
34885 msgid ""
34886 "and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the "
34887 "list of options from _/etc/fstab_. This default behaviour can be changed "
34888 "using the *--options-mode* command-line option. The usual behavior is that "
34889 "the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
34890 msgstr ""
34891 "et ensuite les options de montage de la ligne de commande seront ajoutées à "
34892 "la liste des options de _/etc/fstab_. Ce comportement par défaut peut être "
34893 "modifié avec l’option de ligne de commande, *--options-mode*. Le "
34894 "comportement normal est que la dernière option est prioritaire en cas de "
34895 "conflit."
34896
34897 #. type: Plain text
34898 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:158
34899 msgid ""
34900 "The *mount* program does not read the _/etc/fstab_ file if both _device_ (or "
34901 "LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and _dir_ are specified. For "
34902 "example, to mount device *foo* at */dir*:"
34903 msgstr ""
34904 "Le programme *mount* ne lit pas le fichier _/etc/fstab_ si le _périphérique_ "
34905 "(ou LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID ou PARTLABEL) et le _répertoire_ sont indiqués "
34906 "tous les deux. Par exemple, pour monter le périphérique *toto* dans */"
34907 "répertoire* :"
34908
34909 #. type: delimited block _
34910 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:161
34911 #, no-wrap
34912 msgid "*mount /dev/foo /dir*\n"
34913 msgstr "*mount /dev/toto /répertoire*\n"
34914
34915 #. type: Plain text
34916 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:164
34917 msgid ""
34918 "This default behaviour can be changed by using the *--options-source-force* "
34919 "command-line option to always read configuration from _fstab_. For non-root "
34920 "users *mount* always reads the _fstab_ configuration."
34921 msgstr ""
34922 "Ce comportement par défaut est modifiable avec l’option de ligne de "
34923 "commande, *--options-source-force*, pour toujours lire la configuration à "
34924 "partir de _fstab_. Pour les utilisateurs ordinaires, *mount* lit toujours la "
34925 "configuration dans _fstab_."
34926
34927 #. type: Title ===
34928 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:165
34929 #, no-wrap
34930 msgid "Non-superuser mounts"
34931 msgstr "Les montages pour les utilisateurs ordinaires"
34932
34933 #. type: Plain text
34934 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:168
34935 msgid ""
34936 "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ "
34937 "contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding "
34938 "filesystem."
34939 msgstr ""
34940 "Normalement, seul le superutilisateur peut monter des systèmes de fichiers. "
34941 "Néanmoins, si une ligne dans _fstab_ contient l'option *user*, n'importe "
34942 "quel utilisateur peut monter le système de fichiers correspondant."
34943
34944 #. type: Plain text
34945 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:170
34946 msgid "Thus, given a line"
34947 msgstr "Ainsi, avec la ligne suivante :"
34948
34949 #. type: delimited block _
34950 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:173
34951 #, no-wrap
34952 msgid "*/dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide*\n"
34953 msgstr "*/dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide*\n"
34954
34955 #. type: Plain text
34956 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:176
34957 msgid ""
34958 "any user can mount the iso9660 filesystem found on an inserted CDROM using "
34959 "the command:"
34960 msgstr ""
34961 "n'importe quel utilisateur peut monter le système de fichiers ISO 9660 d’un "
34962 "CD inséré en utilisant la commande :"
34963
34964 #. type: delimited block _
34965 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:179
34966 #, no-wrap
34967 msgid "*mount /cd*\n"
34968 msgstr "*mount /cd*\n"
34969
34970 #. type: Plain text
34971 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:182
34972 msgid ""
34973 "Note that *mount* is very strict about non-root users and all paths "
34974 "specified on command line are verified before _fstab_ is parsed or a helper "
34975 "program is executed. It's strongly recommended to use a valid mountpoint to "
34976 "specify filesystem, otherwise *mount* may fail. For example it's a bad idea "
34977 "to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
34978 msgstr ""
34979 "Remarquez que *mount* est très strict au sujet des utilisateurs ordinaires "
34980 "et tous les chemins indiqués sur la ligne de commande sont vérifiés avant "
34981 "que _fstab_ soit analysé ou qu’un programme d’assistance soit exécuté. Il "
34982 "est fortement recommandé d’utiliser un point de montage autorisé pour "
34983 "indiquer un système de fichiers, sinon *mount* échouera. Par exemple, c’est "
34984 "une mauvaise idée d’utiliser une source NFS ou CIFS dans la ligne de "
34985 "commande."
34986
34987 #. type: Plain text
34988 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:184
34989 msgid ""
34990 "Since util-linux 2.35, *mount* does not exit when user permissions are "
34991 "inadequate according to libmount's internal security rules. Instead, it "
34992 "drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This behavior "
34993 "supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse "
34994 "filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
34995 msgstr ""
34996 "Depuis la version 2.35, la commande *mount* ne termine pas lorsque les "
34997 "permissions de l’utilisateur sont insuffisantes selon les règles de sécurité "
34998 "internes de libmount. Il baisse les permissions suid et continue comme un "
34999 "utilisateur habituel simple. Il permet la prise en charge de cas "
35000 "d’utilisation où les droits de superutilisateur ne sont pas nécessaires (par "
35001 "exemple, des systèmes de fichiers FUSE, les espaces de noms "
35002 "d’utilisateur, etc)."
35003
35004 #. type: Plain text
35005 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:186
35006 msgid ""
35007 "For more details, see *fstab*(5). Only the user that mounted a filesystem "
35008 "can unmount it again. If any user should be able to unmount it, then use "
35009 "*users* instead of *user* in the _fstab_ line. The *owner* option is similar "
35010 "to the *user* option, with the restriction that the user must be the owner "
35011 "of the special file. This may be useful e.g. for _/dev/fd_ if a login script "
35012 "makes the console user owner of this device. The *group* option is similar, "
35013 "with the restriction that the user must be a member of the group of the "
35014 "special file."
35015 msgstr ""
35016 "Pour plus de précisions, consultez *fstab*(5). Seul l'utilisateur qui a "
35017 "monté un système de fichiers peut le démonter. Si tous les utilisateurs "
35018 "doivent pouvoir faire le démontage, alors utilisez *users* à la place de "
35019 "*user* dans la ligne de _fstab_. L'option *owner* est similaire à *user* "
35020 "avec la contrainte que l'utilisateur doit être le propriétaire du fichier "
35021 "spécial. Cela peut servir par exemple pour _/dev/fd_ si un script de "
35022 "connexion rend l'utilisateur de la console propriétaire de ce fichier "
35023 "spécial. L'option *group* est similaire avec la contrainte que l'utilisateur "
35024 "doit appartenir au groupe de ce fichier spécial."
35025
35026 #. type: Plain text
35027 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:188
35028 msgid ""
35029 "The *user* mount option is accepted if no username is specified. If used in "
35030 "the format *user=someone*, the option is silently ignored and visible only "
35031 "for external mount helpers (/sbin/mount.<type>) for compatibility with some "
35032 "network filesystems."
35033 msgstr ""
35034
35035 #. type: Title ===
35036 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:189
35037 #, no-wrap
35038 msgid "Bind mount operation"
35039 msgstr "Les opérations de montage « bind » "
35040
35041 #. type: Plain text
35042 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:192
35043 msgid "Remount part of the file hierarchy somewhere else. The call is:"
35044 msgstr ""
35045 "Remontage d’une partie de la hiérarchie de fichiers autre part. L’appel est :"
35046
35047 #. type: delimited block _
35048 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:195 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:233
35049 #, no-wrap
35050 msgid "*mount --bind* _olddir newdir_\n"
35051 msgstr "*mount --bind* _ancien_répertoire_ _nouveau_répertoire_\n"
35052
35053 #. type: Plain text
35054 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:198
35055 msgid "or by using this _fstab_ entry:"
35056 msgstr "ou en utilisant cette entrée de _fstab_ :"
35057
35058 #. type: delimited block _
35059 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:201
35060 #, no-wrap
35061 msgid "**/**__olddir__ **/**__newdir__ *none bind*\n"
35062 msgstr "**/**__ancien_répertoire__ **/**__nouveau_répertoire__ *none bind*\n"
35063
35064 #. type: Plain text
35065 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:204
35066 msgid "After this call the same contents are accessible in two places."
35067 msgstr ""
35068 "Après cet appel, les mêmes contenus sont accessibles dans deux endroits."
35069
35070 #. type: Plain text
35071 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:206
35072 msgid ""
35073 "It is important to understand that \"bind\" does not create any second-class "
35074 "or special node in the kernel VFS. The \"bind\" is just another operation to "
35075 "attach a filesystem. There is nowhere stored information that the filesystem "
35076 "has been attached by a \"bind\" operation. The _olddir_ and _newdir_ are "
35077 "independent and the _olddir_ may be unmounted."
35078 msgstr ""
35079 "Il est aussi important de comprendre que « bind » ne crée aucun nœud de "
35080 "seconde classe ou spécial dans le VFS du noyau. « bind » est seulement une "
35081 "autre opération pour attacher un système de fichiers. Il n’existe pas "
35082 "d’information enregistrée indiquant que le système de fichiers a été attaché "
35083 "par une opération « bind ». L’__ancien_répertoire__ et le "
35084 "__nouveau_répertoire__ sont indépendants et l’__ancien_répertoire__ peut "
35085 "être non monté."
35086
35087 #. type: Plain text
35088 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:208
35089 msgid ""
35090 "One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It's also possible to "
35091 "use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular directory, for "
35092 "example:"
35093 msgstr ""
35094 "Un fichier unique peut également être remonté (sur un fichier unique). Il "
35095 "est aussi possible d’utiliser le montage avec « bind » pour créer un point "
35096 "de montage à partir d'un répertoire normal, par exemple :"
35097
35098 #. type: delimited block _
35099 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:211
35100 #, no-wrap
35101 msgid "*mount --bind foo foo*\n"
35102 msgstr "*mount --bind toto toto*\n"
35103
35104 #. type: Plain text
35105 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:214
35106 msgid ""
35107 "The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not "
35108 "possible submounts. The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be "
35109 "attached a second place by using:"
35110 msgstr ""
35111 "L'appel de montage avec « bind » n'attache qu'un unique système de fichiers "
35112 "(ou une partie), et pas les éventuels sous-montages. La hiérarchie complète, "
35113 "y compris les sous-montages, peut être attachée dans un second endroit avec :"
35114
35115 #. type: delimited block _
35116 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:217
35117 #, no-wrap
35118 msgid "*mount --rbind* _olddir newdir_\n"
35119 msgstr "*mount --rbind* _ancien_répertoire nouveau_répertoire_\n"
35120
35121 #. type: Plain text
35122 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:220
35123 msgid ""
35124 "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will remain "
35125 "the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount options "
35126 "(e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by *mount* and it's necessary to "
35127 "explicitly specify the options on the *mount* command line."
35128 msgstr ""
35129 "Remarquez que les options de montage du système de fichiers entretenues par "
35130 "le noyau resteront les mêmes que celles du point de montage d'origine. Les "
35131 "options de montage en espace utilisateur (par exemple, _netdev) ne pourront "
35132 "pas être copiées par *mount*(8) et il est nécessaire de préciser les options "
35133 "sur la ligne de commande de *mount*."
35134
35135 #. type: Plain text
35136 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:222
35137 msgid ""
35138 "Since util-linux 2.27 *mount* permits changing the mount options by passing "
35139 "the relevant options along with *--bind*. For example:"
35140 msgstr ""
35141 "*mount* depuis la version 2.27 permet de modifier les options de montage en "
35142 "passant les options adéquates avec *--bind*. Par exemple :"
35143
35144 #. type: delimited block _
35145 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:225
35146 #, no-wrap
35147 msgid "*mount -o bind,ro foo foo*\n"
35148 msgstr "*mount -o bind,ro toto toto*\n"
35149
35150 #. type: Plain text
35151 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:228
35152 msgid ""
35153 "This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in "
35154 "userspace by an additional *mount*(2) remounting system call. This solution "
35155 "is not atomic."
35156 msgstr ""
35157 "Cette fonctionnalité n’est pas gérée par le noyau Linux. Elle est mise en "
35158 "œuvre dans l’espace utilisateur par un appel système supplémentaire de "
35159 "remontage *mount*(2). Cette solution n’est pas atomique."
35160
35161 #. type: Plain text
35162 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:230
35163 msgid ""
35164 "The alternative (classic) way to create a read-only bind mount is to use the "
35165 "remount operation, for example:"
35166 msgstr ""
35167 "L’autre manière (classique) de créer un montage avec « bind » en lecture "
35168 "seule est d’utiliser une opération de remontage, par exemple :"
35169
35170 #. type: delimited block _
35171 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:235
35172 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
35173 #| msgid "B<mount -o remount,bind,ro> I<olddir newdir>"
35174 msgid "*mount -o remount,bind,ro* _olddir newdir_\n"
35175 msgstr "B<mount -o remount,bind,ro> I<ancien_répertoire nouveau_répertoire>"
35176
35177 #. type: Plain text
35178 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:238
35179 msgid ""
35180 "Note that a read-only bind will create a read-only mountpoint (VFS entry), "
35181 "but the original filesystem superblock will still be writable, meaning that "
35182 "the _olddir_ will be writable, but the _newdir_ will be read-only."
35183 msgstr ""
35184 "Remarquez que le montage « bind » créera un point de montage en lecture "
35185 "seule (entrée VFS) mais que le superbloc du système de fichiers d’origine "
35186 "sera toujours accessible en écriture. Cela signifie que "
35187 "l’_ancien_répertoire_ sera accessible en écriture mais que le "
35188 "_nouveau_répertoire_ sera en lecture seule."
35189
35190 #. type: Plain text
35191 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:240
35192 #, fuzzy
35193 #| msgid ""
35194 #| "It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime "
35195 #| "and relatime VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. The other "
35196 #| "flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently ignored. It's "
35197 #| "impossible to change mount options recursively (for example with *-o "
35198 #| "rbind,ro*)."
35199 msgid ""
35200 "It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime, "
35201 "relatime and nosymfollow VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. "
35202 "The other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently "
35203 "ignored. The classic *mount*(2) system call does not allow to change mount "
35204 "options recursively (for example with *-o rbind,ro*). The recursive semantic "
35205 "is possible with a new *mount_setattr*(2) kernel system call and it's "
35206 "supported since libmount from util-linux v2.39 by a new experimental "
35207 "\"recursive\" option argument (e.g. *-o rbind,ro=recursive*). For more "
35208 "details see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* section."
35209 msgstr ""
35210 "Il est aussi possible de remplacer les drapeaux d’entrées VFS nosuid, nodev, "
35211 "noexec, noatime, nodiratime et relatime par l’opération *remount,bind*. Les "
35212 "autres (par exemple, les drapeaux spécifiques à des systèmes de fichiers) "
35213 "sont ignorés silencieusement. Il est impossible de modifier les options de "
35214 "montage de manière récursive (par exemple, avec *-o rbind,ro*)."
35215
35216 #. type: Plain text
35217 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:242
35218 #, fuzzy
35219 #| msgid ""
35220 #| "Since util-linux 2.31, *mount* ignores the *bind* flag from _/etc/fstab_ "
35221 #| "on a *remount* operation (if \"-o remount\" is specified on command "
35222 #| "line). This is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by "
35223 #| "command line. In previous versions the bind flag has been always applied "
35224 #| "and it was impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with "
35225 #| "the bind semantic. This *mount* behavior does not affect situations when "
35226 #| "\"remount,bind\" is specified in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
35227 msgid ""
35228 "Since util-linux 2.31, *mount* ignores the *bind* flag from _/etc/fstab_ on "
35229 "a *remount* operation (if *-o remount* is specified on command line). This "
35230 "is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by command line. In "
35231 "previous versions the bind flag has been always applied and it was "
35232 "impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with the bind "
35233 "semantic. This *mount* behavior does not affect situations when \"remount,"
35234 "bind\" is specified in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
35235 msgstr ""
35236 "*mount* depuis util-linux 2.31 ignore le drapeau *bind* dans _/etc/fstab_ "
35237 "lors de *remount* opération (si *-o remount* est indiqué sur la ligne de "
35238 "commande). Cela est nécessaire pour contrôler complètement les options de "
35239 "*mount* lors du remontage par la ligne de commande. Dans les précédentes "
35240 "versions, le drapeau *bind* était toujours appliqué et il était impossible "
35241 "de redéfinir les options de montage sans interaction avec la sémantique de "
35242 "« bind ». Ce comportement de *mount* n’affecte pas les situations où "
35243 "*remount,bind* est indiqué dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_."
35244
35245 #. type: Plain text
35246 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:244
35247 msgid ""
35248 "Since util-linux 2.40, *mount* does not canonicalize the mountpoint path on "
35249 "bind operation if the target is a symlink. This feature is usable (only) "
35250 "with the new kernel mount API where *bind mount over symlinks* is supported."
35251 msgstr ""
35252
35253 #. type: Title ===
35254 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:245
35255 #, no-wrap
35256 msgid "The move operation"
35257 msgstr "Les opérations de déplacement"
35258
35259 #. type: Plain text
35260 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:248
35261 msgid "Move a *mounted tree* to another place (atomically). The call is:"
35262 msgstr ""
35263 "Déplacer de façon atomique une *arborescence montée* à un autre endroit. "
35264 "L'appel est :"
35265
35266 #. type: delimited block _
35267 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:251
35268 #, no-wrap
35269 msgid "*mount --move* _olddir newdir_\n"
35270 msgstr "*mount --move* _ancien_répertoire nouveau_répertoire_\n"
35271
35272 #. type: Plain text
35273 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:254
35274 msgid ""
35275 "This will cause the contents which previously appeared under _olddir_ to now "
35276 "be accessible under _newdir_. The physical location of the files is not "
35277 "changed. Note that _olddir_ has to be a mountpoint."
35278 msgstr ""
35279 "Cela rendra le contenu de ce qui apparaissait jusqu'à présent sous "
35280 "l'_ancien_répertoire_ maintenant accessible sous le _nouveau_répertoire_. "
35281 "L'emplacement physique des fichiers n'est pas modifié. Remarquez que "
35282 "l'_ancien_répertoire_ doit être un point de montage."
35283
35284 #. type: Plain text
35285 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:256
35286 msgid ""
35287 "Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid and "
35288 "unsupported. Use *findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION* to see the current "
35289 "propagation flags."
35290 msgstr ""
35291 "Remarquez aussi que le déplacement d’un montage résidant dans un montage "
35292 "partagé n’est ni possible, ni pris en charge. Utiliser *findmnt -o TARGET,"
35293 "PROPAGATION* pour afficher les attributs de propagation actuels."
35294
35295 #. type: Title ===
35296 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:257
35297 #, no-wrap
35298 msgid "Shared subtree operations"
35299 msgstr "Les opérations de partage de sous-arborescence"
35300
35301 #. type: Plain text
35302 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:260
35303 msgid ""
35304 "Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as "
35305 "shared, private, slave or unbindable. A shared mount provides the ability to "
35306 "create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts within any of the "
35307 "mirrors propagate to the other mirror. A slave mount receives propagation "
35308 "from its master, but not vice versa. A private mount carries no propagation "
35309 "abilities. An unbindable mount is a private mount which cannot be cloned "
35310 "through a bind operation. The detailed semantics are documented in "
35311 "_Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt_ file in the kernel source "
35312 "tree; see also *mount_namespaces*(7)."
35313 msgstr ""
35314 "Depuis Linux 2.6.15, il est possible de marquer un montage et ses sous-"
35315 "montages comme partagés, privés, esclaves ou non remontables (_bind_). Un "
35316 "montage partagé permet de créer des miroirs de ce montage, ainsi les "
35317 "montages et les démontages dans n'importe quel miroir seront propagés aux "
35318 "autres miroirs. Un montage esclave se propage seulement depuis le montage "
35319 "maître. Un montage privé ne peut pas se propager. Un montage non remontable "
35320 "est un montage privé qui ne peut pas être cloné lors d'une opération de "
35321 "remontage. La sémantique précise de ces options est documentée dans le "
35322 "fichier _Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt_ des sources du noyau."
35323 "Consultez aussi *mount_namespaces*(7)."
35324
35325 #. type: Plain text
35326 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:262
35327 msgid "Supported operations are:"
35328 msgstr "Les opérations prises en charge sont :"
35329
35330 #. type: delimited block .
35331 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:268
35332 #, no-wrap
35333 msgid ""
35334 "mount --make-shared mountpoint\n"
35335 "mount --make-slave mountpoint\n"
35336 "mount --make-private mountpoint\n"
35337 "mount --make-unbindable mountpoint\n"
35338 msgstr ""
35339 "mount --make-shared point_de_montage\n"
35340 "mount --make-slave point_de_montage\n"
35341 "mount --make-private point_de_montage\n"
35342 "mount --make-unbindable point_de_montage\n"
35343
35344 #. type: Plain text
35345 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:271
35346 msgid ""
35347 "The following commands allow one to recursively change the type of all the "
35348 "mounts under a given mountpoint."
35349 msgstr ""
35350 "Les commandes suivantes permettent de changer récursivement le type de tous "
35351 "les montages dans un point de montage donné."
35352
35353 #. type: delimited block .
35354 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:277
35355 #, no-wrap
35356 msgid ""
35357 "mount --make-rshared mountpoint\n"
35358 "mount --make-rslave mountpoint\n"
35359 "mount --make-rprivate mountpoint\n"
35360 "mount --make-runbindable mountpoint\n"
35361 msgstr ""
35362 "mount --make-rshared point_de_montage\n"
35363 "mount --make-rslave point_de_montage\n"
35364 "mount --make-rprivate point_de_montage\n"
35365 "mount --make-runbindable point_de_montage\n"
35366
35367 #. type: Plain text
35368 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:280
35369 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
35370 #| msgid "*mount*(8) *does not read* *fstab*(5) when a *--make-** operation is requested. All necessary information has to be specified on the command line.\n"
35371 msgid "*mount* *does not read* *fstab*(5) when a *--make-** operation is requested. All necessary information has to be specified on the command line.\n"
35372 msgstr "*mount*(8) *ne lit pas* *fstab*(5) quand une opération *--make-** est demandée. Tous les renseignements nécessaires doivent être indiqués sur la ligne de commande.\n"
35373
35374 #. type: Plain text
35375 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:282
35376 msgid ""
35377 "Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation "
35378 "flags with a single *mount*(2) system call, and the flags cannot be mixed "
35379 "with other mount options and operations."
35380 msgstr ""
35381 "Remarquez que le noyau Linux ne permet pas de modifier plusieurs attributs "
35382 "de propagation avec un seul appel système *mount*(2) et que les attributs ne "
35383 "peuvent pas être mélangés avec d’autres options et opérations de montage."
35384
35385 #. type: Plain text
35386 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:284
35387 #, fuzzy
35388 #| msgid ""
35389 #| "Since util-linux 2.23 the *mount* command can be used to do more "
35390 #| "propagation (topology) changes by one *mount*(8) call and do it also "
35391 #| "together with other mount operations. The propagation flags are applied "
35392 #| "by additional *mount*(2) system calls when the preceding mount operations "
35393 #| "were successful. Note that this use case is not atomic. It is possible to "
35394 #| "specify the propagation flags in *fstab*(5) as mount options (*private*, "
35395 #| "*slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, *rprivate*, *rslave*, *rshared*, "
35396 #| "*runbindable*)."
35397 msgid ""
35398 "Since util-linux 2.23 the *mount* command can be used to do more propagation "
35399 "(topology) changes by one *mount*(8) call and do it also together with other "
35400 "mount operations. The propagation flags are applied by additional *mount*(2) "
35401 "system calls when the preceding mount operations were successful. Note that "
35402 "this use case is not atomic. It is possible to specify the propagation flags "
35403 "in *fstab*(5) as mount options (*private*, *slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, "
35404 "*rprivate*, *rslave*, *rshared*, *runbindable*)."
35405 msgstr ""
35406 "Depuis util-linux 2.23, la commande *mount* peut être utilisée pour réaliser "
35407 "plus de modifications de propagation (topologie) avec un seul appel "
35408 "*mount*(8) et de façon simultanée avec d’autres opérations de montage. Les "
35409 "attributs de propagation sont appliqués par des appels système *mount*(2) "
35410 "supplémentaires lorsque les opérations précédentes de montage ont réussi. "
35411 "Remarquez que ce cas d’utilisation n’est pas atomique. Les attributs de "
35412 "propagation peuvent être indiqués dans *fstab*(5) comme des options de "
35413 "montage (*private*, *slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, *rprivate*, *rslave*, "
35414 "*rshared*, *runbindable*)."
35415
35416 #. type: delimited block .
35417 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:289
35418 #, no-wrap
35419 msgid "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
35420 msgstr "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /toto\n"
35421
35422 #. type: Plain text
35423 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:292
35424 msgid "is the same as:"
35425 msgstr "est la même chose que :"
35426
35427 #. type: delimited block .
35428 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:297
35429 #, no-wrap
35430 msgid ""
35431 "mount /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
35432 "mount --make-private /foo\n"
35433 "mount --make-unbindable /foo\n"
35434 msgstr ""
35435 "mount /dev/sda1 /toto\n"
35436 "mount --make-private /toto\n"
35437 "mount --make-unbindable /toto\n"
35438
35439 #. type: Title ==
35440 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:299
35441 #, no-wrap
35442 msgid "COMMAND-LINE OPTIONS"
35443 msgstr "OPTIONS EN LIGNE DE COMMANDE"
35444
35445 #. type: Plain text
35446 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:302
35447 msgid ""
35448 "The full set of mount options used by an invocation of *mount* is determined "
35449 "by first extracting the mount options for the filesystem from the _fstab_ "
35450 "table, then applying any options specified by the *-o* argument, and finally "
35451 "applying a *-r* or *-w* option, when present."
35452 msgstr ""
35453 "L'ensemble exact des options utilisées lors d'une invocation de *mount* est "
35454 "déterminé d'abord en lisant les options de la table _fstab_ pour ce système "
35455 "de fichiers, puis en appliquant les options de l'argument *-o* et finalement "
35456 "en appliquant les options *-r* ou *-w* si elles sont présentes."
35457
35458 #. type: Plain text
35459 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:304
35460 #, fuzzy
35461 #| msgid ""
35462 #| "The *mount* command does not pass all command-line options to the **/sbin/"
35463 #| "mount.**__suffix__ mount helpers. The interface between *mount* and the "
35464 #| "mount helpers is described below in the section *EXTERNAL HELPERS*."
35465 msgid ""
35466 "The *mount* command does not pass all command-line options to the **/sbin/"
35467 "mount.**__suffix__ mount helpers. The interface between *mount* and the "
35468 "mount helpers is described below in the *EXTERNAL HELPERS* section."
35469 msgstr ""
35470 "La commande *mount* ne passe pas toutes les options de la ligne de commande "
35471 "aux programmes auxiliaires de montage **/sbin/mount.**__suffixe__. "
35472 "L’interface entre *mount* et les programmes auxiliaires de montage est "
35473 "décrite plus bas dans la section *AUXILIAIRES EXTERNES*."
35474
35475 #. type: Plain text
35476 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:306
35477 msgid "Command-line options available for the *mount* command are:"
35478 msgstr ""
35479 "Les options en ligne de commande disponibles pour *mount* sont les suivantes."
35480
35481 #. type: Plain text
35482 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:309
35483 msgid ""
35484 "Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in _fstab_ (except for "
35485 "those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword). The filesystems are mounted "
35486 "following their order in _fstab_. The *mount* command compares filesystem "
35487 "source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) to detect already "
35488 "mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already mounted filesystems is "
35489 "cached during *mount --all*. This means that all duplicated _fstab_ entries "
35490 "will be mounted."
35491 msgstr ""
35492 "Monter tous les systèmes de fichiers (des types donnés) mentionnés dans "
35493 "_fstab_ (à part ceux dont la ligne contient le mot-clé *noauto*). Les "
35494 "systèmes de fichiers sont montés dans l’ordre de _fstab_. La commande de "
35495 "montage compare la source et la cible du système de fichiers (et la racine "
35496 "du système de fichiers pour les montages « bind » et Btrfs) pour détecter "
35497 "les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés. La table du noyau avec les systèmes de "
35498 "fichiers déjà montés est mise en cache lors de *mount --all*. Cela signifie "
35499 "que toutes les entrées en double seront montées."
35500
35501 #. type: Plain text
35502 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:311
35503 msgid ""
35504 "The correct functionality depends on _/proc_ (to detect already mounted "
35505 "filesystems) and on _/sys_ (to evaluate filesystem tags like UUID= or "
35506 "LABEL=). It's strongly recommended to mount _/proc_ and _/sys_ filesystems "
35507 "before *mount -a* is executed, or keep /proc and /sys at the beginning of "
35508 "_fstab_."
35509 msgstr ""
35510
35511 #. type: Plain text
35512 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:313
35513 msgid ""
35514 "The option *--all* is possible to use for remount operation too. In this "
35515 "case all filters (*-t* and *-O*) are applied to the table of already mounted "
35516 "filesystems."
35517 msgstr ""
35518 "L’option *--all* est aussi possible pour une opération de remontage. Dans ce "
35519 "cas, tous les filtres (*-t* et *-O*) sont appliqués à la table des systèmes "
35520 "de fichiers déjà montés."
35521
35522 #. type: Plain text
35523 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:315
35524 #, fuzzy
35525 #| msgid ""
35526 #| "Since version 2.35 is possible to use the command line option *-o* to "
35527 #| "alter mount options from _fstab_ (see also *--options-mode*)."
35528 msgid ""
35529 "Since version 2.35 it is possible to use the command line option *-o* to "
35530 "alter mount options from _fstab_ (see also *--options-mode*)."
35531 msgstr ""
35532 "Depuis la version 2.35, il est possible d’utiliser l’option *-o* de la ligne "
35533 "de commande pour modifier les options de montage de _fstab_ (consulter aussi "
35534 "*--options-mode*)."
35535
35536 #. type: Plain text
35537 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:317
35538 msgid ""
35539 "Note that it is a bad practice to use *mount -a* for _fstab_ checking. The "
35540 "recommended solution is *findmnt --verify*."
35541 msgstr ""
35542 "Remarquez que ce n’est pas une bonne pratique d’utiliser *mount -a* pour la "
35543 "vérification de _fstab_. La solution préconisée est *findmnt --verify*."
35544
35545 #. type: Labeled list
35546 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:318
35547 #, no-wrap
35548 msgid "*-B*, *--bind*"
35549 msgstr "*-B*, *--bind*"
35550
35551 #. type: Plain text
35552 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:320
35553 #, fuzzy
35554 #| msgid ""
35555 #| "Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in "
35556 #| "both places). See above, under *Bind mounts*."
35557 msgid ""
35558 "Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both "
35559 "places). See above, under *Bind mount operation*."
35560 msgstr ""
35561 "Remonter une sous-arborescence ailleurs (le contenu sera disponible en deux "
35562 "points différents). Voir plus haut *Les opérations de remontage*."
35563
35564 #. type: Labeled list
35565 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:321 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:60
35566 #, no-wrap
35567 msgid "*-c*, *--no-canonicalize*"
35568 msgstr "*-c*, *--no-canonicalize*"
35569
35570 #. type: Plain text
35571 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:323
35572 #, fuzzy
35573 #| msgid ""
35574 #| "Don't canonicalize paths. The *mount* command canonicalizes all paths "
35575 #| "(from the command line or _fstab_) by default. This option can be used "
35576 #| "together with the *-f* flag for already canonicalized absolute paths. The "
35577 #| "option is designed for mount helpers which call *mount -i*. It is "
35578 #| "strongly recommended to not use this command-line option for normal mount "
35579 #| "operations."
35580 msgid ""
35581 "Don't canonicalize paths. The *mount* command canonicalizes all paths (from "
35582 "the command line or _fstab_) by default. The option is designed for mount "
35583 "helpers which call *mount -i*. It is strongly recommended to not use this "
35584 "command-line option for normal mount operations."
35585 msgstr ""
35586 "Ne pas rendre les chemins canoniques. La commande *mount* rend tous les "
35587 "chemins canoniques (depuis la ligne de commande ou _fstab_) par défaut. "
35588 "Cette option peut être utilisée avec l’attribut *-f* pour les chemins "
35589 "absolus déjà canoniques. L’option est conçue pour les auxiliaires de montage "
35590 "qui appellent *mount -i*. L’utilisation de cette option en ligne de commande "
35591 "est fortement déconseillée pour les opérations normales de montage."
35592
35593 #. type: Plain text
35594 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:325
35595 msgid ""
35596 "Since util-linux 2.40, mount does not canonicalize the mountpoint path on "
35597 "bind operation if the target is a symlink (see \"*Bind mount operation*\" "
35598 "section for more details)."
35599 msgstr ""
35600
35601 #. type: Plain text
35602 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:327
35603 msgid ""
35604 "Note that *mount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ "
35605 "helpers."
35606 msgstr ""
35607 "Remarquez que *mount* ne passe pas cette option aux auxiliaires **/sbin/"
35608 "mount.**__type__."
35609
35610 #. type: Labeled list
35611 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:328
35612 #, no-wrap
35613 msgid "*-F*, *--fork*"
35614 msgstr "*-F*, *--fork*"
35615
35616 #. type: Plain text
35617 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:330
35618 msgid ""
35619 "(Used in conjunction with *-a*.) Fork off a new incarnation of *mount* for "
35620 "each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS "
35621 "servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS "
35622 "timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that the order of the mount "
35623 "operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to "
35624 "mount both _/usr_ and _/usr/spool_."
35625 msgstr ""
35626 "(Utilisée conjointement avec *-a*) lancer un nouveau processus *mount* pour "
35627 "chaque périphérique. Cela effectuera le montage en parallèle sur divers "
35628 "périphériques ou serveurs NFS. L'avantage est la rapidité ; de plus les "
35629 "délais maximaux de NFS agissent en parallèle. Un désavantage est que l’ordre "
35630 "des opérations de montage est indéfini. Il ne faut donc pas utiliser cette "
35631 "option pour monter à la fois _/usr_ et _/usr/spool_."
35632
35633 #. type: Labeled list
35634 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:331
35635 #, no-wrap
35636 msgid "*-f, --fake*"
35637 msgstr "*-f, --fake*"
35638
35639 #. type: Plain text
35640 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:333
35641 msgid ""
35642 "Causes everything to be done except for the mount-related system calls. The "
35643 "--fake option was originally designed to write an entry to /etc/mtab without "
35644 "actually mounting."
35645 msgstr ""
35646
35647 #. type: Plain text
35648 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:335
35649 msgid ""
35650 "The /etc/mtab is no longer maintained in userspace, and starting from "
35651 "version 2.39, the mount operation can be a complex chain of operations with "
35652 "dependencies between the syscalls. The --fake option forces libmount to skip "
35653 "all mount source preparation, mount option analysis, and the actual mounting "
35654 "process."
35655 msgstr ""
35656
35657 #. type: Plain text
35658 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:337
35659 msgid ""
35660 "The difference between fake and non-fake execution is huge. This is the "
35661 "reason why the --fake option has minimal significance for the current "
35662 "mount(8) implementation and it is maintained mostly for backward "
35663 "compatibility."
35664 msgstr ""
35665
35666 #. type: Labeled list
35667 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:338
35668 #, no-wrap
35669 msgid "*-i, --internal-only*"
35670 msgstr "*-i, --internal-only*"
35671
35672 #. type: Plain text
35673 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:340
35674 msgid "Don't call the **/sbin/mount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists."
35675 msgstr ""
35676 "Ne pas appeler l'auxiliaire **/sbin/mount.**__système_de_fichiers__, même "
35677 "s'il existe."
35678
35679 #. type: Plain text
35680 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:343
35681 msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _label_."
35682 msgstr "Monter la partition d’__étiquette__ indiquée."
35683
35684 #. type: Labeled list
35685 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:344
35686 #, no-wrap
35687 msgid "*-l*, *--show-labels*"
35688 msgstr "*-l*, *--show-labels*"
35689
35690 #. type: Plain text
35691 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:346
35692 msgid ""
35693 "Add the labels in the mount output. *mount* must have permission to read the "
35694 "disk device (e.g. be set-user-ID root) for this to work. One can set such a "
35695 "label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the *e2label*(8) utility, or for XFS "
35696 "using *xfs_admin*(8), or for reiserfs using *reiserfstune*(8)."
35697 msgstr ""
35698 "Ajouter les étiquettes à la sortie de *mount*. *mount* doit avoir le droit "
35699 "de lire le périphérique du disque (par exemple en étant exécuté en tant que "
35700 "superutilisateur, set-user-ID root). Une étiquette pour les systèmes ext2, "
35701 "ext3 ou ext4 peut être écrite avec l'utilitaire *e2label*(8), pour XFS avec "
35702 "l'utilitaire *xfs_admin*(8) et pour ReiserFS avec l'utilitaire "
35703 "*reiserfstune*(8)."
35704
35705 #. type: Labeled list
35706 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:347
35707 #, no-wrap
35708 msgid "*-M*, *--move*"
35709 msgstr "*-M*, *--move*"
35710
35711 #. type: Plain text
35712 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:349
35713 msgid ""
35714 "Move a subtree to some other place. See above, the subsection *The move "
35715 "operation*."
35716 msgstr ""
35717 "Déplacer une sous-arborescence ailleurs. Voir plus haut *Les opérations de "
35718 "déplacement*."
35719
35720 #. type: Labeled list
35721 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:350
35722 #, no-wrap
35723 msgid "*-m*, **--mkdir**[=__mode__]"
35724 msgstr "*-m*, **--mkdir**[=__mode__]"
35725
35726 #. type: Plain text
35727 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:352
35728 msgid ""
35729 "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. "
35730 "Alias to \"-o X-mount.mkdir[=mode]\", the default mode is 0755. For more "
35731 "details see *X-mount.mkdir* below."
35732 msgstr ""
35733
35734 #. type: Labeled list
35735 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:353
35736 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
35737 #| msgid "**--map-group=**__gid|name__"
35738 msgid "*--map-groups*, *--map-users* _inner_:_outer_:_count_"
35739 msgstr "**--map-group=**__gid|nom__"
35740
35741 #. type: Plain text
35742 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:355
35743 msgid ""
35744 "Add the specified user/group mapping to an *X-mount.idmap* map. These "
35745 "options can be given multiple times to build up complete mappings for users "
35746 "and groups. For more details see *X-mount.idmap* below."
35747 msgstr ""
35748
35749 #. type: Labeled list
35750 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:356
35751 #, no-wrap
35752 msgid "*--map-users* /proc/_PID_/ns/user"
35753 msgstr ""
35754
35755 #. type: Plain text
35756 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:358
35757 msgid ""
35758 "Use the specified user namespace for user and group mapping in an id-mapped "
35759 "mount. This is an alias for \"-o X-mount.idmap=/proc/_PID_/ns/user\" and "
35760 "cannot be used twice nor together with the _inner_:_outer_:_count_ option "
35761 "format above. For more details see *X-mount.idmap* below."
35762 msgstr ""
35763
35764 #. type: Labeled list
35765 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:359 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:93
35766 #, no-wrap
35767 msgid "*-n*, *--no-mtab*"
35768 msgstr "*-n*, *--no-mtab*"
35769
35770 #. type: Plain text
35771 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:361
35772 msgid ""
35773 "Mount without writing in _/etc/mtab_. This is necessary for example when _/"
35774 "etc_ is on a read-only filesystem."
35775 msgstr ""
35776 "Monter sans écriture dans _/etc/mtab_. C'est nécessaire si _/etc_ réside sur "
35777 "un système de fichiers en lecture seule."
35778
35779 #. type: Labeled list
35780 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:362 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:86
35781 #, no-wrap
35782 msgid "*-N*, *--namespace* _ns_"
35783 msgstr "*-N*, *--namespace* __espace_de_noms__"
35784
35785 #. type: Plain text
35786 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:364
35787 msgid ""
35788 "Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ "
35789 "is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file "
35790 "representing that namespace."
35791 msgstr ""
35792 "Réaliser l’opération de montage dans l’espace de noms de montage indiqué par "
35793 "_espace_de_noms_. Celui-ci est soit un PID de processus en cours d’exécution "
35794 "dans cet espace, soit un fichier spécial représentant cet espace de noms."
35795
35796 #. type: Plain text
35797 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:366
35798 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
35799 #| msgid "*mount* switches to the mount namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab: (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls the *mount*(2) system call, otherwise it runs in the original mount namespace. This means that the target namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute the *mount*(2) call.\n"
35800 msgid "*mount* switches to the mount namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab: (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *mount*(2), otherwise it runs in the original mount namespace. This means that the target namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute the *mount*(2) call.\n"
35801 msgstr "*mount* bascule vers l’espace de noms de montage lorsqu’il lit _/etc/fstab_, écrit sur _/etc/mtab_ (ou écrit sur _/run/mount_) et exécute l’appel système *mount*(2). Sinon il s’exécute dans l’espace de noms de montage original. Cela signifie que l’espace de noms cible n’a pas à contenir toute bibliothèque ou autre exigence nécessaire pour exécuter la commande *mount*(2).\n"
35802
35803 #. type: Plain text
35804 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:368 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:92
35805 msgid "See *mount_namespaces*(7) for more information."
35806 msgstr "Consultez *mount_namespaces*(7) pour plus d’informations."
35807
35808 #. type: Labeled list
35809 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:369
35810 #, no-wrap
35811 msgid "*-O*, *--test-opts* _opts_"
35812 msgstr "*-O*, *--test-opts* _opts_"
35813
35814 #. type: Plain text
35815 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:371
35816 msgid ""
35817 "Limit the set of filesystems to which the *-a* option applies. In this "
35818 "regard it is like the *-t* option except that *-O* is useless without *-a*. "
35819 "For example, the command"
35820 msgstr ""
35821 "Limiter l'ensemble des systèmes de fichiers auxquels l’option *-a* "
35822 "s'applique. De ce point de vue, c’est comme l’option *-t* sauf que *-O* est "
35823 "inutile sans *-a*. Par exemple, la commande :"
35824
35825 #. type: Plain text
35826 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:373
35827 #, no-wrap
35828 msgid "*mount -a -O no_netdev*\n"
35829 msgstr "*mount -a -O no_netdev*\n"
35830
35831 #. type: Plain text
35832 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:375
35833 msgid ""
35834 "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option _netdev_ specified "
35835 "in the options field in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
35836 msgstr ""
35837 "monte tous les systèmes de fichiers sauf ceux qui ont l'option _netdev_ "
35838 "indiquée dans le champ option du fichier _/etc/fstab_."
35839
35840 #. type: Plain text
35841 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:377
35842 msgid ""
35843 "It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading "
35844 "*no* at the beginning of one option does not negate the rest."
35845 msgstr ""
35846 "C'est différent de *-t* car chaque option est vérifiée exactement ; un *no* "
35847 "au début d'une option ne nie pas le reste."
35848
35849 #. type: Plain text
35850 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:379
35851 msgid ""
35852 "The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect; that is, the command"
35853 msgstr "Les options *-t* et *-O* se cumulent dans les faits. La commande :"
35854
35855 #. type: Plain text
35856 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:381
35857 #, no-wrap
35858 msgid "*mount -a -t ext2 -O  _netdev*\n"
35859 msgstr "*mount -a -t ext2 -O  _netdev*\n"
35860
35861 #. type: Plain text
35862 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:383
35863 msgid ""
35864 "mounts all ext2 filesystems with the _netdev option, not all filesystems "
35865 "that are either ext2 or have the _netdev option specified."
35866 msgstr ""
35867 "monte tous les systèmes de fichiers ext2 avec l'option _netdev, et pas les "
35868 "systèmes de fichiers qui sont seulement ext2 ou qui ont seulement l'option "
35869 "_netdev."
35870
35871 #. type: Labeled list
35872 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:384 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:58
35873 #, no-wrap
35874 msgid "*-o*, *--options* _opts_"
35875 msgstr "*-o*, *--options* _options_"
35876
35877 #. type: Plain text
35878 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:386
35879 msgid ""
35880 "Use the specified mount options. The _opts_ argument is a comma-separated "
35881 "list. For example:"
35882 msgstr ""
35883 "Utiliser les options de montage indiquées. L’argument _options_ est une "
35884 "liste séparée par des virgules. Par exemple :"
35885
35886 #. type: Plain text
35887 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:388
35888 #, no-wrap
35889 msgid "*mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid*\n"
35890 msgstr "*mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid*\n"
35891
35892 #. type: Plain text
35893 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:390
35894 msgid ""
35895 "Note that the order of the options matters, as the last option wins if there "
35896 "are conflicting ones. The options from the command line also overwrite "
35897 "options from fstab by default."
35898 msgstr ""
35899
35900 #. type: Plain text
35901 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:392
35902 msgid ""
35903 "For more details, see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* and "
35904 "*FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS* sections."
35905 msgstr ""
35906 "Pour plus de précisions, consultez les sections *OPTIONS DE MONTAGE "
35907 "INDÉPENDANTES* et *OPTIONS DE MONTAGE SPÉCIFIQUES*."
35908
35909 #. type: Labeled list
35910 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:393
35911 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
35912 #| msgid "*-b*, *--online*"
35913 msgid "*--onlyonce*"
35914 msgstr "*-b*, *--online*"
35915
35916 #. type: Plain text
35917 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:395
35918 msgid ""
35919 "Forces mount command to check if the filesystem is already mounted. This "
35920 "behavior is the default for *--all*; otherwise, it depends on the kernel "
35921 "filesystem driver. Some filesystems may be mounted more than once on the "
35922 "same mount point (e.g. tmpfs)."
35923 msgstr ""
35924
35925 #. type: Labeled list
35926 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:396
35927 #, no-wrap
35928 msgid "*--options-mode* _mode_"
35929 msgstr "*--options-mode* _mode_"
35930
35931 #. type: Plain text
35932 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:398
35933 msgid ""
35934 "Controls how to combine options from _fstab_/_mtab_ with options from the "
35935 "command line. _mode_ can be one of *ignore*, *append*, *prepend* or "
35936 "*replace*. For example, *append* means that options from _fstab_ are "
35937 "appended to options from the command line. The default value is *prepend* -- "
35938 "it means command line options are evaluated after _fstab_ options. Note that "
35939 "the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
35940 msgstr ""
35941 "Contrôler la façon de combiner les options de _fstab_ et _mtab_ avec les "
35942 "options de la ligne de commande. _mode_ peut être soit *ignore*, *append*, "
35943 "*prepend* ou *replace*. Par exemple, *append* signifie que les options de "
35944 "_fstab_ sont ajoutées aux options de la ligne de commande. La valeur par "
35945 "défaut est *prepend*, signifiant que les options de la ligne de commande "
35946 "sont évaluées après les options de _fstab_. Remarquez que c’est la dernière "
35947 "option qui prévaut en cas de conflit."
35948
35949 #. type: Labeled list
35950 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:399
35951 #, no-wrap
35952 msgid "*--options-source* _source_"
35953 msgstr "*--options-source* _source_"
35954
35955 #. type: Plain text
35956 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:401
35957 #, fuzzy
35958 #| msgid ""
35959 #| "Source of default options. _source_ is a comma-separated list of *fstab*, "
35960 #| "*mtab* and *disable*. *disable* disables *fstab* and *mtab* and disables "
35961 #| "*--options-source-force*. The default value is *fstab,mtab*."
35962 msgid ""
35963 "Source of default options. _source_ is a comma-separated list of *fstab*, "
35964 "*mtab* and *disable*. *disable* disables *fstab* and *mtab* and enables *--"
35965 "options-source-force*. The default value is *fstab,mtab*."
35966 msgstr ""
35967 "Source des options par défaut. _source_ est une liste séparée par des "
35968 "virgules de *fstab*, *mtab* et *disable*. *disable* désactive *fstab* et "
35969 "*mtab* et désactive *--options-source-force*. La valeur par défaut est "
35970 "*fstab,mtab*."
35971
35972 #. type: Labeled list
35973 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:402
35974 #, no-wrap
35975 msgid "*--options-source-force*"
35976 msgstr "*--options-source-force*"
35977
35978 #. type: Plain text
35979 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:404
35980 msgid ""
35981 "Use options from _fstab_/_mtab_ even if both _device_ and _dir_ are "
35982 "specified."
35983 msgstr ""
35984 "Utiliser les options de _fstab_ et _mtab_ si le _périphérique_ et le "
35985 "_répertoire_ sont spécifiés."
35986
35987 #. type: Labeled list
35988 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:405
35989 #, no-wrap
35990 msgid "*-R*, *--rbind*"
35991 msgstr "*-R*, *--rbind*"
35992
35993 #. type: Plain text
35994 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:407
35995 #, fuzzy
35996 #| msgid ""
35997 #| "Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its "
35998 #| "contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection *Bind "
35999 #| "mounts*."
36000 msgid ""
36001 "Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its "
36002 "contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection *Bind "
36003 "mount operation*."
36004 msgstr ""
36005 "Remonter une sous-arborescence et tous les sous-montages possibles ailleurs "
36006 "(le contenu sera disponible en deux points différents). Voir plus haut *Les "
36007 "opérations de remontage*."
36008
36009 #. type: Plain text
36010 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:410
36011 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only. A synonym is *-o ro*."
36012 msgstr ""
36013 "Monter le système de fichiers en lecture seule. Un synonyme est *-o ro*."
36014
36015 #. type: Plain text
36016 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:412
36017 msgid ""
36018 "Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, the "
36019 "system may still write to the device. For example, ext3 and ext4 will replay "
36020 "the journal if the filesystem is dirty. To prevent this kind of write "
36021 "access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with the *ro,"
36022 "noload* mount options or set the block device itself to read-only mode, see "
36023 "the *blockdev*(8) command."
36024 msgstr ""
36025 "Remarquez que selon le type et l'état du système de fichiers et le "
36026 "comportement du noyau, le système peut continuer à écrire sur le "
36027 "périphérique. Par exemple, ext3 et ext4 rejoueront leurs journaux si le "
36028 "système de fichiers est « dirty ». Pour prévenir ce type d'accès en "
36029 "écriture, vous devriez monter les systèmes de fichiers ext3 ou ext4 avec les "
36030 "options de montage *ro,noload* ou définir le périphérique bloc lui-même en "
36031 "mode lecture seule, consultez *blockdev*(8)."
36032
36033 #. type: Plain text
36034 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:415
36035 msgid ""
36036 "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
36037 "options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this "
36038 "option. Currently it's supported by the *mount.nfs* mount helper only."
36039 msgstr ""
36040 "Tolérer les options non valables plutôt qu'échouer. Cela permet d'ignorer "
36041 "les options non prises en charge par un type de système de fichiers. Tous "
36042 "les systèmes de fichiers ne prennent pas en charge cette option. "
36043 "Actuellement, elle n’est prise en charge que par l’auxiliaire de montage "
36044 "*mount.nfs*."
36045
36046 #. type: Labeled list
36047 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:416
36048 #, no-wrap
36049 msgid "*--source* _device_"
36050 msgstr "*--source* _périphérique_"
36051
36052 #. type: Plain text
36053 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:418
36054 msgid ""
36055 "If only one argument for the *mount* command is given, then the argument "
36056 "might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This "
36057 "option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount source."
36058 msgstr ""
36059 "Si un seul argument est donné pour la commande de montage, alors cet "
36060 "argument pourrait être interprété comme une cible (point de montage) ou une "
36061 "source (périphérique). Cette option permet de définir explicitement que "
36062 "l’argument est la source du montage."
36063
36064 #. type: Labeled list
36065 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:419
36066 #, no-wrap
36067 msgid "*--target* _directory_"
36068 msgstr "*--target* _répertoire_"
36069
36070 #. type: Plain text
36071 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:421
36072 msgid ""
36073 "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument might "
36074 "be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option "
36075 "allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount target."
36076 msgstr ""
36077 "Si un seul argument est donné pour la commande de montage, alors cet "
36078 "argument pourrait être interprété comme une cible (point de montage) ou une "
36079 "source (périphérique). Cette option permet de définir explicitement que "
36080 "l’argument est la cible du montage."
36081
36082 #. type: Labeled list
36083 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:422
36084 #, no-wrap
36085 msgid "*--target-prefix* _directory_"
36086 msgstr "*--target-prefix* _répertoire_"
36087
36088 #. type: Plain text
36089 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:424
36090 msgid ""
36091 "Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets. This option can be "
36092 "used to follow _fstab_, but mount operations are done in another place, for "
36093 "example:"
36094 msgstr ""
36095 "Préfixer avec le répertoire indiqué toutes les cibles de montage. Cette "
36096 "option peut être utilisée pour suivre _fstab_, mais les opérations de "
36097 "montage sont réalisées ailleurs, par exemple :"
36098
36099 #. type: Plain text
36100 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:426
36101 #, no-wrap
36102 msgid "*mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir*\n"
36103 msgstr "*mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir*\n"
36104
36105 #. type: Plain text
36106 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:428
36107 msgid ""
36108 "mounts all from system _fstab_ to _/chroot_, all missing mountpoint are "
36109 "created (due to X-mount.mkdir). See also *--fstab* to use an alternative "
36110 "_fstab_."
36111 msgstr ""
36112 "monte tout à partir du _fstab_ du système sur _/chroot_, tous les points de "
36113 "montage manquants sont créés (dû à X-mount.mkdir). Consultez aussi *--fstab* "
36114 "pour l’emploi d’un _fstab_ alternatif."
36115
36116 #. type: Labeled list
36117 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:429 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:34
36118 #, no-wrap
36119 msgid "*-T*, *--fstab* _path_"
36120 msgstr "*-T*, *--fstab* _chemin_"
36121
36122 #. type: Plain text
36123 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:431
36124 msgid ""
36125 "Specifies an alternative _fstab_ file. If _path_ is a directory, then the "
36126 "files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start with "
36127 "\".\" or without an _.fstab_ extension are ignored. The option can be "
36128 "specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or "
36129 "chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard "
36130 "system configuration."
36131 msgstr ""
36132 "Indiquer un fichier _fstab_ alternatif. Si _chemin_ est un répertoire, alors "
36133 "les fichiers de ce répertoire sont triés par *strverscmp*(3) ; les fichiers "
36134 "qui commencent par « . » ou sans extension _.fstab_ sont ignorés. L’option "
36135 "peut être indiquée plus d’une fois. Cette option est surtout conçue pour les "
36136 "scripts d’initramfs ou de chroot où une configuration supplémentaire est "
36137 "indiquée au-delà de la configuration standard du système."
36138
36139 #. type: Plain text
36140 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:433
36141 msgid ""
36142 "Note that *mount* does not pass the option *--fstab* to the **/sbin/mount."
36143 "**__type__ helpers, meaning that the alternative _fstab_ files will be "
36144 "invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but user "
36145 "(non-root) mounts always require _fstab_ to verify the user's rights."
36146 msgstr ""
36147 "Remarquez que *mount*(8) ne passe pas l’option *--fstab* à l’auxiliaire **/"
36148 "sbin/mount.**__type__, ce qui signifie que les fichiers _fstab_ alternatifs "
36149 "seront invisibles aux auxiliaires. Ce n’est pas un problème pour les "
36150 "montages normaux, mais les montages d’utilisateurs ordinaires nécessitent "
36151 "toujours _fstab_ pour vérifier les droits de l’utilisateur."
36152
36153 #. type: Labeled list
36154 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:434
36155 #, no-wrap
36156 msgid "*-t*, *--types* _fstype_"
36157 msgstr "*-t*, *--types* _fstype_"
36158
36159 #. type: Plain text
36160 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:436
36161 msgid ""
36162 "The argument following the *-t* is used to indicate the filesystem type. The "
36163 "filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the running kernel. "
36164 "See _/proc/filesystems_ and _/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs_ for a "
36165 "complete list of the filesystems. The most common are ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, "
36166 "btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
36167 msgstr ""
36168 "L’argument suivant le *-t* est utilisé pour indiquer le type de système de "
36169 "fichiers. Les types de systèmes de fichiers actuellement pris en charge "
36170 "dépendent du noyau utilisé. Consultez _/proc/filesystems_ et _/lib/modules/"
36171 "$(uname -r)/kernel/fs_ pour une liste complète de systèmes de fichiers. Les "
36172 "plus communs sont ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs et "
36173 "cifs."
36174
36175 #. type: Plain text
36176 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:438
36177 msgid ""
36178 "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) support filesystem subtypes. The "
36179 "subtype is defined by a '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's "
36180 "recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the mount "
36181 "source (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
36182 msgstr ""
36183 "Les programmes *mount* et *umount*(8) gèrent les sous-types de systèmes de "
36184 "fichiers. Le sous-type est défini par un suffixe « .sous-type ». Par "
36185 "exemple, « fuse.sshfs ». Vous devriez plutôt utiliser la notation de sous-"
36186 "type que d'ajouter un préfixe à la source de montage (par exemple "
36187 "« sshfs#example.com » est obsolète)."
36188
36189 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
36190 #. type: Plain text
36191 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:440
36192 msgid ""
36193 "If no *-t* option is given, or if the *auto* type is specified, *mount* will "
36194 "try to guess the desired type. *mount* uses the *libblkid*(3) library for "
36195 "guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up anything that looks "
36196 "familiar, *mount* will try to read the file _/etc/filesystems_, or, if that "
36197 "does not exist, _/proc/filesystems_. All of the filesystem types listed "
36198 "there will be tried, except for those that are labeled \"nodev\" (e.g. "
36199 "_devpts_, _proc_ and _nfs_). If _/etc/filesystems_ ends in a line with a "
36200 "single {asterisk}, mount will read _/proc/filesystems_ afterwards. While "
36201 "trying, all filesystem types will be mounted with the mount option *silent*."
36202 msgstr ""
36203 "Si aucune option *-t* n'est mentionnée, ou si le type *auto* est précisé, "
36204 "*mount* essayera de deviner le type désiré. *mount* utilise la bibliothèque "
36205 "blkid pour deviner le type de système de fichiers. S'il ne trouve rien qui "
36206 "lui soit familier, *mount* essaiera de lire le fichier _/etc/filesystems> "
36207 "ou, s'il n'existe pas, _/proc/filesystems_. Tous les types de systèmes de "
36208 "fichiers indiqués seront essayés, sauf ceux marqués « nodev » (par exemple "
36209 "_devpts_, _proc_ et _nfs_). Si _/etc/filesystems_ se termine par une ligne "
36210 "contenant un seul _{asterisk}_, *mount* lira ensuite _/proc/filesystems_. "
36211 "Durant l'essai, tous les types de système de fichiers seront montés avec "
36212 "l’option de montage *silent*."
36213
36214 #. type: Plain text
36215 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:443
36216 msgid ""
36217 "The *auto* type may be useful for user-mounted floppies. Creating a file _/"
36218 "etc/filesystems_ can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., to try vfat "
36219 "before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel module autoloader."
36220 msgstr ""
36221 "Le type *auto* peut être utile pour des disquettes montées par "
36222 "l'utilisateur. Créer un fichier _/etc/filesystems_ permet de changer l'ordre "
36223 "d'essai (par exemple _vfat_ avant _msdos_, ou _ext3_ avant _ext2_) ou "
36224 "d'utiliser un autochargeur de modules pour le noyau."
36225
36226 #. type: Plain text
36227 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:445
36228 msgid ""
36229 "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the *-t* "
36230 "option as well as in an _/etc/fstab_ entry. The list of filesystem types for "
36231 "the *-t* option can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on "
36232 "which no action should be taken. The prefix *no* has no effect when "
36233 "specified in an _/etc/fstab_ entry."
36234 msgstr ""
36235 "Plusieurs types peuvent être indiqués, séparés par des virgules, pour "
36236 "l’option *-t* comme dans une entrée _/etc/fstab_. La liste des types de "
36237 "systèmes de fichiers pour l’option *-t* peut également être préfixée par "
36238 "*no* pour indiquer les types à ignorer. Le préfixe *no* est sans effet dans "
36239 "une entrée _/etc/fstab_."
36240
36241 #. type: Plain text
36242 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:447
36243 msgid ""
36244 "The prefix *no* can be meaningful with the *-a* option. For example, the "
36245 "command"
36246 msgstr ""
36247 "Le préfixe *no* peut avoir du sens avec l’option *-a*. Par exemple, la "
36248 "commande"
36249
36250 #. type: Plain text
36251 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:449
36252 #, no-wrap
36253 msgid "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n"
36254 msgstr "*mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs*\n"
36255
36256 #. type: Plain text
36257 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:451
36258 msgid "mounts all filesystems except those of type _msdos_ and _smbfs_."
36259 msgstr ""
36260 "monte tous les systèmes de fichiers, à l'exception de ceux du type _msdos_ "
36261 "et _smbfs_."
36262
36263 #. type: Plain text
36264 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:453
36265 msgid ""
36266 "For most types all the *mount* program has to do is issue a simple "
36267 "*mount*(2) system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem type is "
36268 "required. For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, ncpfs) an ad "
36269 "hoc code is necessary. The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and ncpfs filesystems "
36270 "have a separate mount program. In order to make it possible to treat all "
36271 "types in a uniform way, *mount* will execute the program **/sbin/mount."
36272 "**__type__ (if that exists) when called with type _type_. Since different "
36273 "versions of the *smbmount* program have different calling conventions, */"
36274 "sbin/mount.smbfs* may have to be a shell script that sets up the desired "
36275 "call."
36276 msgstr ""
36277 "Pour la plupart des types, *mount* n’effectue qu’un appel système *mount*(2) "
36278 "et aucune connaissance détaillée du système de fichiers n'est nécessaire. "
36279 "Pour certains types toutefois (comme nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs et ncpfs), du "
36280 "code supplémentaire est indispensable. Les systèmes de fichiers nfs, nfs4, "
36281 "cifs, smbfs et ncpfs ont un programme de montage indépendant. Afin de rendre "
36282 "uniforme le traitement de tous les types, *mount* exécutera le programme **/"
36283 "sbin/mount.*__type__ (s'il existe) lorsqu'il est invoqué avec le type "
36284 "_type_. Comme différentes versions de _smbmount_ ont des conventions "
36285 "d'appels diverses, */sbin/mount.smbfs* peut être un script shell qui réalise "
36286 "l'appel voulu."
36287
36288 #. type: Plain text
36289 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:456
36290 msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _uuid_."
36291 msgstr "Monter la partition ayant l'__UUID__ indiqué."
36292
36293 #. type: Labeled list
36294 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:460
36295 #, no-wrap
36296 msgid "*-w*, *--rw*, *--read-write*"
36297 msgstr "*-w*, *--rw*, *--read-write*"
36298
36299 #. type: Plain text
36300 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:462
36301 #, fuzzy
36302 #| msgid ""
36303 #| "Mount the filesystem read/write.  Read-write is the kernel default and "
36304 #| "the B<mount> default is to try read-only if the previous mount syscall "
36305 #| "with read-write flags on write-protected devices of filesystems failed."
36306 msgid ""
36307 "Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the "
36308 "*mount* default is to try read-only if the previous *mount*(2) syscall with "
36309 "read-write flags on write-protected devices failed."
36310 msgstr ""
36311 "Monter le système de fichiers en écriture et lecture. C'est le réglage par "
36312 "défaut du noyau, et le comportement par défaut de *mount* est d’essayer la "
36313 "lecture seule si le précédent appel système de montage avec des drapeaux "
36314 "pour la lecture et l’écriture sur des périphériques protégés contre "
36315 "l’écriture échouait."
36316
36317 #. type: Plain text
36318 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:464
36319 msgid "A synonym is *-o rw*."
36320 msgstr "Un synonyme est *-o rw*."
36321
36322 #. type: Plain text
36323 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:466
36324 msgid ""
36325 "Note that specifying *-w* on the command line forces *mount* to never try "
36326 "read-only mount on write-protected devices or already mounted read-only "
36327 "filesystems."
36328 msgstr ""
36329 "Remarquez que l’option *-w* sur la ligne de commande force *mount* à ne pas "
36330 "essayer un montage en lecture seule sur les périphériques protégés en "
36331 "écriture ou sur des systèmes de fichiers montés seulement en lecture."
36332
36333 #. type: Title ==
36334 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:469
36335 #, no-wrap
36336 msgid "FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS"
36337 msgstr "OPTIONS DE MONTAGE INDÉPENDANTES"
36338
36339 #. type: Plain text
36340 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:472
36341 msgid ""
36342 "Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the _/etc/fstab_ "
36343 "file."
36344 msgstr ""
36345 "Certaines de ces options sont seulement utiles lorsque les montages "
36346 "apparaissent dans le fichier _/etc/fstab_."
36347
36348 #. type: Plain text
36349 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:474
36350 #, fuzzy
36351 #| msgid ""
36352 #| "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the "
36353 #| "system kernel. To check the current setting see the options in _/proc/"
36354 #| "mounts_. Note that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default "
36355 #| "mount options (see for example *tune2fs -l* output for ext__N__ "
36356 #| "filesystems)."
36357 msgid ""
36358 "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the system "
36359 "kernel. To check the current setting see the options in _/proc/mounts_. Note "
36360 "that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default mount options "
36361 "(see for example *tune2fs -l* output for ext__N__ filesystems)."
36362 msgstr ""
36363 "Certaines de ces options peuvent être activées ou désactivées par défaut "
36364 "dans l'environnement du noyau. Pour vérifier la configuration actuelle, "
36365 "consultez les options dans _/proc/mounts_. Remarquez que les systèmes de "
36366 "fichiers ont aussi des options de montage par défaut spécifiques au système "
36367 "de fichiers (consultez par exemple la sortie de *tune2fs -l* pour les "
36368 "systèmes de fichiers ext__N__)."
36369
36370 #. type: Plain text
36371 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:476
36372 msgid ""
36373 "The options *nosuid*, *noexec*, *nodiratime*, *relatime*, *noatime*, "
36374 "*strictatime*, and *nosymfollow* are interpreted only by the abstract VFS "
36375 "kernel layer and applied to the mountpoint node rather than to the "
36376 "filesystem itself. Try:"
36377 msgstr ""
36378
36379 #. type: delimited block _
36380 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:479
36381 #, no-wrap
36382 msgid " findmnt -o TARGET,VFS-OPTIONS,FS-OPTIONS\n"
36383 msgstr ""
36384
36385 #. type: Plain text
36386 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:482
36387 #, fuzzy
36388 #| msgid ""
36389 #| "The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for "
36390 #| "example by"
36391 msgid "to get a complete overview of filesystems and VFS options."
36392 msgstr ""
36393 "La vue d’ensemble complète des systèmes de fichiers et des partitions peut "
36394 "par exemple être obtenue avec :"
36395
36396 #. type: Plain text
36397 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:489
36398 msgid ""
36399 "The read-only setting (*ro* or *rw*) is interpreted by VFS and the "
36400 "filesystem and depends on how the option is specified on the *mount*(8) "
36401 "command line. The default is to interpret it on the filesystem level. The "
36402 "operation \"-o bind,remount,ro\" is applied only to the VFS mountpoint, and "
36403 "operation \"-o remount,ro\" is applied to VFS and filesystem superblock. "
36404 "This semantic allows create a read-only mountpoint but keeps the filesystem "
36405 "writable from another mountpoint."
36406 msgstr ""
36407
36408 #. type: Plain text
36409 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:494
36410 msgid ""
36411 "Since v2.39 libmount can use a new kernel mount interface to set the VFS "
36412 "options recursive. For backward compatibility, this feature is not enabled "
36413 "by default, although recursive operation (e.g. rbind) has been requested. "
36414 "The new option argument \"recursive\" could be specified, for example:"
36415 msgstr ""
36416
36417 #. type: delimited block _
36418 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:497
36419 #, no-wrap
36420 msgid " mount -orbind,ro=recursive,noexec=recursive,nosuid /foo /bar\n"
36421 msgstr ""
36422
36423 #. type: Plain text
36424 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:502
36425 msgid ""
36426 "recursively binds filesystems from /foo to /bar, /bar, and all submounts "
36427 "will be read-only and noexec, but only /bar itself will be \"nosuid\". The "
36428 "\"recursive\" optional argument for VFS mount options is an EXPERIMENTAL "
36429 "feature."
36430 msgstr ""
36431
36432 #. type: Plain text
36433 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:504
36434 msgid ""
36435 "The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted (but not "
36436 "every filesystem actually honors them - e.g., the *sync* option today has an "
36437 "effect only for ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs and xfs):"
36438 msgstr ""
36439 "Les options suivantes s'appliquent à tous les systèmes de fichiers montés "
36440 "(mais tous les systèmes de fichiers ne les honorent pas, par exemple *sync* "
36441 "n'est effective que pour ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs et xfs) :"
36442
36443 #. type: Labeled list
36444 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:505
36445 #, no-wrap
36446 msgid "*async*"
36447 msgstr "*async*"
36448
36449 #. type: Plain text
36450 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:507
36451 msgid ""
36452 "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the "
36453 "*sync* option.)"
36454 msgstr ""
36455 "Toutes les entrées et sorties sur le système de fichiers seront asynchrones "
36456 "(consultez aussi l'option *sync*)."
36457
36458 #. type: Labeled list
36459 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:508
36460 #, no-wrap
36461 msgid "*atime*"
36462 msgstr "*atime*"
36463
36464 #. type: Plain text
36465 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:510
36466 msgid ""
36467 "Do not use the *noatime* feature, so the inode access time is controlled by "
36468 "kernel defaults. See also the descriptions of the *relatime* and "
36469 "*strictatime* mount options."
36470 msgstr ""
36471 "Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité *noatime*, ainsi la date d'accès à l'inœud "
36472 "est contrôlée par les options par défaut du noyau. Consultez aussi les "
36473 "descriptions des options de montage *strictatime* et *relatime*."
36474
36475 #. type: Labeled list
36476 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:511
36477 #, no-wrap
36478 msgid "*noatime*"
36479 msgstr "*noatime*"
36480
36481 #. type: Plain text
36482 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:513
36483 msgid ""
36484 "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g. for faster access "
36485 "on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all inode types "
36486 "(directories too), so it implies *nodiratime*."
36487 msgstr ""
36488 "Ne pas mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès aux inœuds sur ce système de "
36489 "fichiers (par exemple, pour un accès plus rapide pour des serveurs de "
36490 "nouvelles). Cela fonctionne pour tous les types d’inœuds (ainsi que pour les "
36491 "répertoires), donc cela implique *nodiratime*."
36492
36493 #. type: Labeled list
36494 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:514
36495 #, no-wrap
36496 msgid "*auto*"
36497 msgstr "*auto*"
36498
36499 #. type: Plain text
36500 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:516
36501 msgid "Can be mounted with the *-a* option."
36502 msgstr "Peut être monté par l'option *-a*."
36503
36504 #. type: Plain text
36505 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:519
36506 msgid ""
36507 "Can only be mounted explicitly (i.e., the *-a* option will not cause the "
36508 "filesystem to be mounted)."
36509 msgstr ""
36510 "Ne peut être monté qu’explicitement (l'invocation de *mount* avec l'option *-"
36511 "a* ne montera pas le système de fichiers)."
36512
36513 #. type: Labeled list
36514 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:520
36515 #, no-wrap
36516 msgid "**context=**__context__, **fscontext=**__context__, **defcontext=**__context__, and **rootcontext=**__context__"
36517 msgstr "**context=**__contexte__, **fscontext=**__contexte__, **defcontext=**__contexte__ et **rootcontext=**__contexte__"
36518
36519 #. type: Plain text
36520 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:522
36521 msgid ""
36522 "The *context=* option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not "
36523 "support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with "
36524 "VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an "
36525 "ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation. You can also use "
36526 "*context=* on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy. It also helps "
36527 "in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier 2.4.<x> kernel "
36528 "versions. Even where xattrs are supported, you can save time not having to "
36529 "label every file by assigning the entire disk one security context."
36530 msgstr ""
36531 "L’option *context=* est utile lors du montage de systèmes de fichiers qui ne "
36532 "gèrent pas les attributs étendus, tels que les lecteurs de disquette ou les "
36533 "disques durs formatés en VFAT, ou les systèmes qui ne fonctionnent pas sous "
36534 "SELinux, tels que les disques formatés en ext3 ou ext4 d’une station de "
36535 "travail SELinux. *context=* peut être utilisé sur les systèmes de fichiers "
36536 "douteux tels les disquettes. Elle assure aussi la compatibilité avec les "
36537 "systèmes de fichiers prenant en charge xattr avec les versions antérieures "
36538 "au noyau 2.4.<x>. Même si xattr est pris en charge, vous pouvez sauver les "
36539 "horodatages sans devoir étiqueter tous les fichiers en affectant un contexte "
36540 "de sécurité pour le disque entier."
36541
36542 #. type: Plain text
36543 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:524
36544 msgid ""
36545 "A commonly used option for removable media is *context=\"system_u:object_r:"
36546 "removable_t*."
36547 msgstr ""
36548 "L'option *context=\"system_u:object_r:removable_t* est couramment utilisée "
36549 "pour les supports amovibles."
36550
36551 #. type: Plain text
36552 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:526
36553 msgid ""
36554 "The *fscontext=* option works for all filesystems, regardless of their xattr "
36555 "support. The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem label to a "
36556 "specific security context. This filesystem label is separate from the "
36557 "individual labels on the files. It represents the entire filesystem for "
36558 "certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount or file creation. "
36559 "Individual file labels are still obtained from the xattrs on the files "
36560 "themselves. The context option actually sets the aggregate context that "
36561 "fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the same label for individual "
36562 "files."
36563 msgstr ""
36564 "L'option *fscontext=* fonctionne pour tous les systèmes de fichiers, qu'ils "
36565 "prennent en charge xattr ou non. L'option *fscontext=* change l'étiquette du "
36566 "système de fichiers en un contexte de sécurité spécifique. L'étiquette du "
36567 "système de fichiers est distincte des étiquettes individuelles des fichiers. "
36568 "Elle représente le système de fichiers entier pour certains types de "
36569 "vérification de permission, comme une période de montage ou une création de "
36570 "fichier. Les étiquettes individuelles de fichiers sont toujours obtenues à "
36571 "partir des paramètres xattr des fichiers eux-mêmes. L'option de contexte "
36572 "définit réellement le contexte global que *fscontext=* fournit, en plus de "
36573 "fournir la même étiquette pour tous les fichiers individuels."
36574
36575 #. type: Plain text
36576 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:528
36577 msgid ""
36578 "You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using "
36579 "*defcontext=* option. This overrides the value set for unlabeled files in "
36580 "the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
36581 msgstr ""
36582 "Vous pouvez définir le contexte de sécurité par défaut pour les fichiers non "
36583 "étiquetés avec l'option *defcontext=*. Cela surcharge la valeur par défaut "
36584 "définie pour les fichiers non étiquetés de la stratégie de sécurité et "
36585 "nécessite un système de fichiers qui gère l'étiquetage xattr."
36586
36587 #. type: Plain text
36588 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:530
36589 #, fuzzy
36590 #| msgid ""
36591 #| "The *rootcontext=* option allows you to explicitly label the root inode "
36592 #| "of a FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to "
36593 #| "userspace. This was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux."
36594 msgid ""
36595 "The *rootcontext=* option allows you to explicitly label the root inode of a "
36596 "FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to userspace. This "
36597 "was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux. The special value "
36598 "*@target* can be used to assign the current context of the target mountpoint "
36599 "location."
36600 msgstr ""
36601 "L'option *rootcontext=* permet d'étiqueter explicitement l'inœud racine d'un "
36602 "système de fichiers avant que l'inœud ou le système de fichiers en cours de "
36603 "montage ne devienne visible depuis l'espace utilisateur. Cela s'est avéré "
36604 "utile pour des noyaux Linux « stateless »."
36605
36606 #. type: Plain text
36607 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:532
36608 msgid ""
36609 "Note that the kernel rejects any remount request that includes the context "
36610 "option, *even* when unchanged from the current context."
36611 msgstr ""
36612 "Remarquez que le noyau rejette toutes les demandes de remontage qui "
36613 "contiennent l'option _contexte_, *même* quand elles ne modifient pas le "
36614 "contexte actuel."
36615
36616 #. type: Plain text
36617 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:534
36618 #, no-wrap
36619 msgid "*Warning: the* _context_ *value might contain commas*, in which case the value has to be properly quoted, otherwise *mount* will interpret the comma as a separator between mount options. Don't forget that the shell strips off quotes and thus *double quoting is required*. For example:\n"
36620 msgstr "*Avertissement* : la valeur _contexte_ *pourrait contenir des virgules*, auquel cas, la valeur doit être protégée correctement sinon *mount* interprétera la virgule comme un séparateur entre options de montage. N’oubliez pas que l’interpréteur de commandes supprime les guillemets simples et que *des guillemets doubles sont donc nécessaires*. Par exemple :\n"
36621
36622 #. type: delimited block .
36623 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:539
36624 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
36625 #| msgid "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'"
36626 msgid ""
36627 "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\\n"
36628 "'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'\n"
36629 msgstr "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'"
36630
36631 #. type: delimited block _
36632 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:543
36633 msgid "For more details, see *selinux*(8)."
36634 msgstr "Pour plus de précisions, consultez *selinux*(8)."
36635
36636 #. type: delimited block _
36637 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:546
36638 msgid ""
36639 "Use the default options: *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, *nouser*, and "
36640 "*async*."
36641 msgstr ""
36642 "utilisation des options par défaut : *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, "
36643 "*nouser*, and *async* ;"
36644
36645 #. type: delimited block _
36646 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:548
36647 msgid ""
36648 "Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel "
36649 "and filesystem type. See the beginning of this section for more details."
36650 msgstr ""
36651 "Remarquez que le véritable ensemble de toutes les options de montage par "
36652 "défaut dépend du noyau et du type de système de fichiers. Consultez le début "
36653 "de cette section pour plus de précisions."
36654
36655 #. type: Labeled list
36656 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:549
36657 #, no-wrap
36658 msgid "*dev*"
36659 msgstr "*dev*"
36660
36661 #. type: delimited block _
36662 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:551
36663 msgid "Interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
36664 msgstr ""
36665 "Interpréter les périphériques spéciaux de type caractère ou bloc présents "
36666 "sur le système de fichiers."
36667
36668 #. type: Labeled list
36669 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:552
36670 #, no-wrap
36671 msgid "*nodev*"
36672 msgstr "*nodev*"
36673
36674 #. type: delimited block _
36675 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:554
36676 msgid "Do not interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
36677 msgstr ""
36678 "Ne pas interpréter les périphériques spéciaux de type caractère ou bloc "
36679 "présents sur le système de fichiers."
36680
36681 #. type: Labeled list
36682 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:555
36683 #, no-wrap
36684 msgid "*diratime*"
36685 msgstr "*diratime*"
36686
36687 #. type: delimited block _
36688 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:557
36689 msgid ""
36690 "Update directory inode access times on this filesystem. This is the default. "
36691 "(This option is ignored when *noatime* is set.)"
36692 msgstr ""
36693 "Mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès d'inœuds sur ce système de fichiers. "
36694 "Option par défaut (ignorée quand *noatime* est défini)."
36695
36696 #. type: Labeled list
36697 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:558
36698 #, no-wrap
36699 msgid "*nodiratime*"
36700 msgstr "*nodiratime*"
36701
36702 #. type: delimited block _
36703 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:560
36704 msgid ""
36705 "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This option "
36706 "is implied when *noatime* is set.)"
36707 msgstr ""
36708 "Ne pas mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès d'inœuds sur ce système de "
36709 "fichiers. Cette option est implicite quand *noatime* est défini."
36710
36711 #. type: Labeled list
36712 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:561
36713 #, no-wrap
36714 msgid "*dirsync*"
36715 msgstr "*dirsync*"
36716
36717 #. type: delimited block _
36718 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:563
36719 msgid ""
36720 "All directory updates within the filesystem should be done synchronously. "
36721 "This affects the following system calls: *creat*(2), *link*(2), *unlink*(2), "
36722 "*symlink*(2), *mkdir*(2), *rmdir*(2), *mknod*(2) and *rename*(2)."
36723 msgstr ""
36724 "Toutes les mises à jour de répertoires du système de fichiers devraient être "
36725 "réalisées de façon synchrone. Cela concerne les appels système suivants : "
36726 "*creat*(2), *link*(2), *unlink*(2), *symlink*(2), *mkdir*(2), *rmdir*(2), "
36727 "*mknod*(2) et *rename*(2)."
36728
36729 #. type: Labeled list
36730 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:564
36731 #, no-wrap
36732 msgid "*exec*"
36733 msgstr "*exec*"
36734
36735 #. type: delimited block _
36736 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:566
36737 #, fuzzy
36738 #| msgid "Permit execution of binaries."
36739 msgid "Permit execution of binaries and other executable files."
36740 msgstr "Permettre l'exécution de fichiers binaires."
36741
36742 #. type: Labeled list
36743 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:567
36744 #, no-wrap
36745 msgid "*noexec*"
36746 msgstr "*noexec*"
36747
36748 #. type: delimited block _
36749 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:569
36750 msgid ""
36751 "Do not permit direct execution of any binaries on the mounted filesystem."
36752 msgstr ""
36753 "Ne pas autoriser l’exécution directe de fichiers binaires du système de "
36754 "fichiers monté."
36755
36756 #. type: Labeled list
36757 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:570
36758 #, no-wrap
36759 msgid "*group*"
36760 msgstr "*group*"
36761
36762 #. type: delimited block _
36763 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:572
36764 msgid ""
36765 "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user's groups "
36766 "matches the group of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* "
36767 "and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line "
36768 "*group,dev,suid*)."
36769 msgstr ""
36770 "Autoriser un utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers si l’un "
36771 "des groupes de cet utilisateur correspond au groupe du périphérique. Cette "
36772 "option implique les options *nosuid* et *nodev* (à moins qu'elles ne soient "
36773 "annulées par d'autres options comme dans la ligne d'options *group,dev,"
36774 "suid*)."
36775
36776 #. type: Labeled list
36777 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:573
36778 #, no-wrap
36779 msgid "*iversion*"
36780 msgstr "*iversion*"
36781
36782 #. type: delimited block _
36783 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:575
36784 msgid ""
36785 "Every time the inode is modified, the i_version field will be incremented."
36786 msgstr ""
36787 "Incrémenter le champ _i_version_ d'un inœud à chaque modification de celui-"
36788 "ci."
36789
36790 #. type: Labeled list
36791 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:576
36792 #, no-wrap
36793 msgid "*noiversion*"
36794 msgstr "*noiversion*"
36795
36796 #. type: delimited block _
36797 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:578
36798 msgid "Do not increment the i_version inode field."
36799 msgstr "Ne pas incrémenter le champ __i_version__ de l'inœud."
36800
36801 #. type: Labeled list
36802 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:579
36803 #, no-wrap
36804 msgid "*mand*"
36805 msgstr "*mand*"
36806
36807 #. type: delimited block _
36808 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:581
36809 #, fuzzy
36810 #| msgid "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See *fcntl*(2)."
36811 msgid ""
36812 "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See *fcntl*(2). This option was "
36813 "deprecated in Linux 5.15."
36814 msgstr ""
36815 "Permettre les verrouillages obligatoires sur ce système de fichiers. "
36816 "Consultez *fcntl*(2)."
36817
36818 #. type: Labeled list
36819 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:582
36820 #, no-wrap
36821 msgid "*nomand*"
36822 msgstr "*nomand*"
36823
36824 #. type: delimited block _
36825 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:584
36826 msgid "Do not allow mandatory locks on this filesystem."
36827 msgstr ""
36828 "Ne pas permettre les verrouillages obligatoires sur ce système de fichiers."
36829
36830 #. type: Labeled list
36831 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:585
36832 #, no-wrap
36833 msgid "*_netdev*"
36834 msgstr "*_netdev*"
36835
36836 #. type: delimited block _
36837 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:587
36838 msgid ""
36839 "The filesystem resides on a device that requires network access (used to "
36840 "prevent the system from attempting to mount these filesystems until the "
36841 "network has been enabled on the system)."
36842 msgstr ""
36843 "Le système de fichiers réside sur un périphérique nécessitant des accès "
36844 "réseau (utilisé pour éviter que le système essaye de monter ces systèmes de "
36845 "fichiers avant d'avoir activé le réseau)."
36846
36847 #. type: delimited block _
36848 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:590
36849 msgid "Do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
36850 msgstr "Ne pas renvoyer d'erreur pour ce périphérique s'il n'existe pas."
36851
36852 #. type: Labeled list
36853 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:591
36854 #, no-wrap
36855 msgid "*relatime*"
36856 msgstr "*relatime*"
36857
36858 #. type: delimited block _
36859 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:593
36860 #, fuzzy
36861 #| msgid ""
36862 #| "Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time "
36863 #| "is only updated if the previous access time was earlier than the current "
36864 #| "modify or change time. (Similar to *noatime*, but it doesn't break "
36865 #| "*mutt*(1) or other applications that need to know if a file has been read "
36866 #| "since the last time it was modified.)"
36867 msgid ""
36868 "Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time is "
36869 "only updated if the previous access time was earlier than or equal to the "
36870 "current modify or change time. (Similar to *noatime*, but it doesn't break "
36871 "*mutt*(1) or other applications that need to know if a file has been read "
36872 "since the last time it was modified.)"
36873 msgstr ""
36874 "Mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès à l’inœud par rapport à l’horodatage "
36875 "de modification. L’horodatage d'accès est mis à jour seulement si le "
36876 "précédent horodatage d'accès est antérieur à l’horodatage de modification "
36877 "(c'est équivalent à l'option *noatime*, mais permet aux applications, comme "
36878 "*mutt*(1), de savoir si un fichier a été lu depuis sa dernière modification)."
36879
36880 #. type: delimited block _
36881 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:595
36882 msgid ""
36883 "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this "
36884 "option (unless *noatime* was specified), and the *strictatime* option is "
36885 "required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux 2.6.30, "
36886 "the file's last access time is always updated if it is more than 1 day old."
36887 msgstr ""
36888 "Depuis Linux 2.6.30, le comportement par défaut du noyau est celui fourni "
36889 "par cette option (sauf si *noatime* a été indiquée), et l'option "
36890 "*strictatime* est nécessaire pour obtenir les sémantiques traditionnelles. "
36891 "De plus, depuis Linux 2.6.30, la date de dernier accès au fichier est "
36892 "toujours mise à jour si elle est vieille de plus d'un jour."
36893
36894 #. type: Labeled list
36895 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:596
36896 #, no-wrap
36897 msgid "*norelatime*"
36898 msgstr "*norelatime*"
36899
36900 #. type: delimited block _
36901 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:598
36902 msgid ""
36903 "Do not use the *relatime* feature. See also the *strictatime* mount option."
36904 msgstr ""
36905 "Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité *relatime*. Consultez aussi l'option de "
36906 "montage *strictatime*."
36907
36908 #. type: Labeled list
36909 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:599
36910 #, no-wrap
36911 msgid "*strictatime*"
36912 msgstr "*strictatime*"
36913
36914 #. type: delimited block _
36915 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:601
36916 msgid ""
36917 "Allows to explicitly request full atime updates. This makes it possible for "
36918 "the kernel to default to *relatime* or *noatime* but still allow userspace "
36919 "to override it. For more details about the default system mount options see "
36920 "_/proc/mounts_."
36921 msgstr ""
36922 "Demander explicitement une mise à jour complète des horodatages d'accès. "
36923 "Cela permet au noyau d'utiliser *relatime* ou *noatime* par défaut, mais il "
36924 "est toujours possible de changer cela depuis l'espace utilisateur. Pour plus "
36925 "de précisions sur les options de montage par défaut, consultez _proc/mounts_."
36926
36927 #. type: Labeled list
36928 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:602
36929 #, no-wrap
36930 msgid "*nostrictatime*"
36931 msgstr "*nostrictatime*"
36932
36933 #. type: delimited block _
36934 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:604
36935 msgid "Use the kernel's default behavior for inode access time updates."
36936 msgstr ""
36937 "Utiliser le comportement par défaut du noyau pour la mise à jour des "
36938 "horodatages d'accès aux inœuds."
36939
36940 #. type: Labeled list
36941 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:605
36942 #, no-wrap
36943 msgid "*lazytime*"
36944 msgstr "*lazytime*"
36945
36946 #. type: delimited block _
36947 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:607
36948 msgid ""
36949 "Only update times (atime, mtime, ctime) on the in-memory version of the file "
36950 "inode."
36951 msgstr ""
36952 "Ne mettre à jour les dates (atime, mtime et ctime) que dans la version en "
36953 "mémoire de l’inœud du fichier."
36954
36955 #. type: delimited block _
36956 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:609
36957 msgid ""
36958 "This mount option significantly reduces writes to the inode table for "
36959 "workloads that perform frequent random writes to preallocated files."
36960 msgstr ""
36961 "Cette option de montage réduit significativement les écritures sur la table "
36962 "des inœuds pour les charges de travail qui réalisent des écritures "
36963 "aléatoires fréquentes sur les fichiers préalloués."
36964
36965 #. type: delimited block _
36966 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:611
36967 msgid "The on-disk timestamps are updated only when:"
36968 msgstr "Les horodatages sur disque ne sont mis à jour que quand :"
36969
36970 #. type: delimited block _
36971 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:613
36972 msgid ""
36973 "the inode needs to be updated for some change unrelated to file timestamps"
36974 msgstr ""
36975 "l’inœud doit être mis à jour pour des modifications indépendantes des "
36976 "horodatages du fichier ;"
36977
36978 #. type: delimited block _
36979 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:614
36980 msgid "the application employs *fsync*(2), *syncfs*(2), or *sync*(2)"
36981 msgstr "l’application utilise *fsync*(2), *syncfs*(2) ou *sync*(2) ;"
36982
36983 #. type: delimited block _
36984 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:615
36985 msgid "an undeleted inode is evicted from memory"
36986 msgstr "un inœud non supprimé est expulsé de la mémoire ;"
36987
36988 #. type: delimited block _
36989 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:616
36990 msgid "more than 24 hours have passed since the inode was written to disk."
36991 msgstr ""
36992 "plus de 24 heures se sont écoulées depuis que l’inœud a été écrit sur le "
36993 "disque."
36994
36995 #. type: Labeled list
36996 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:617
36997 #, no-wrap
36998 msgid "*nolazytime*"
36999 msgstr "*nolazytime*"
37000
37001 #. type: delimited block _
37002 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:619
37003 msgid "Do not use the lazytime feature."
37004 msgstr "Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité *lazytime*."
37005
37006 #. type: Labeled list
37007 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:620
37008 #, no-wrap
37009 msgid "*suid*"
37010 msgstr "*suid*"
37011
37012 #. type: delimited block _
37013 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:622
37014 msgid ""
37015 "Honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing "
37016 "programs from this filesystem."
37017 msgstr ""
37018 "Se conformer aux bits set-user-ID et set-group-ID ou aux capacités des "
37019 "fichiers lors de l’exécution de programmes de ce système de fichiers."
37020
37021 #. type: Labeled list
37022 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:623
37023 #, no-wrap
37024 msgid "*nosuid*"
37025 msgstr "*nosuid*"
37026
37027 #. type: delimited block _
37028 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:625
37029 #, fuzzy
37030 #| msgid ""
37031 #| "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when "
37032 #| "executing programs from this filesystem."
37033 msgid ""
37034 "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when "
37035 "executing programs from this filesystem. In addition, SELinux domain "
37036 "transitions require permission _nosuid_transition_, which in turn needs also "
37037 "policy capability _nnp_nosuid_transition_."
37038 msgstr ""
37039 "Ne pas tenir compte des bits Set-UID et Set-GID ou des capacités de fichier "
37040 "lors de l'exécution de programmes de ce système de fichiers."
37041
37042 #. type: Labeled list
37043 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:626
37044 #, no-wrap
37045 msgid "*silent*"
37046 msgstr "*silent*"
37047
37048 #. type: delimited block _
37049 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:628
37050 msgid "Turn on the silent flag."
37051 msgstr "Activer le mode silencieux."
37052
37053 #. type: Labeled list
37054 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:629
37055 #, no-wrap
37056 msgid "*loud*"
37057 msgstr "*loud*"
37058
37059 #. type: delimited block _
37060 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:631
37061 msgid "Turn off the silent flag."
37062 msgstr "Désactiver le mode silencieux."
37063
37064 #. type: delimited block _
37065 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:634
37066 msgid ""
37067 "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner of "
37068 "the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless "
37069 "overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *owner,dev,suid*)."
37070 msgstr ""
37071 "Autoriser un utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers si cet "
37072 "utilisateur est propriétaire du périphérique. Cette option implique les "
37073 "options *nosuid* et *nodev* (à moins qu'elles ne soient annulées par "
37074 "d'autres options comme dans la ligne d'options *owner,dev,suid*)."
37075
37076 #. type: Labeled list
37077 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:635
37078 #, no-wrap
37079 msgid "*remount*"
37080 msgstr "*remount*"
37081
37082 #. type: delimited block _
37083 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:637
37084 msgid ""
37085 "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used to "
37086 "change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly "
37087 "filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point."
37088 msgstr ""
37089 "Tenter de remonter un système de fichiers déjà monté. C'est utilisé pour "
37090 "changer les attributs de montage d'un système de fichiers, principalement "
37091 "pour autoriser l'écriture sur un système de fichiers en lecture seule. Cela "
37092 "ne change ni le périphérique ni le point de montage."
37093
37094 #. type: delimited block _
37095 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:639
37096 #, fuzzy
37097 #| msgid ""
37098 #| "The remount operation together with the *bind* flag has special "
37099 #| "semantics. See above, the subsection *Bind mounts*."
37100 msgid ""
37101 "The remount operation together with the *bind* flag has special semantics. "
37102 "See above, the subsection *Bind mount operation*."
37103 msgstr ""
37104 "L’opération de remontage de concert avec le drapeau *bind* possède des "
37105 "sémantiques spéciales. Consultez la sous-section *Les opérations de "
37106 "remontage* ci-dessus."
37107
37108 #. type: delimited block _
37109 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:648
37110 msgid ""
37111 "The default kernel behavior for VFS mount flags (nodev,nosuid,noexec,ro) is "
37112 "to reset all unspecified flags on remount. That's why *mount*(8) tries to "
37113 "keep the current setting according to _fstab_ or _/proc/self/mountinfo_. "
37114 "This default behavior is possible to change by *--options-mode*. The "
37115 "recursive change of the mount flags (supported since v2.39 on systems with "
37116 "*mount_setattr*(2)  syscall), for example, *mount -o remount,ro=recursive*, "
37117 "do not use \"reset-unspecified\" behavior, and it works as a simple add/"
37118 "remove operation and unspecified flags are not modified."
37119 msgstr ""
37120
37121 #. type: delimited block _
37122 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:650
37123 msgid ""
37124 "The remount functionality follows the standard way the *mount* command works "
37125 "with options from _fstab_. This means that *mount* does not read _fstab_ (or "
37126 "_mtab_) only when both _device_ and _dir_ are specified."
37127 msgstr ""
37128 "La fonctionnalité de remontage suit la façon habituelle dont la commande "
37129 "*mount* fonctionne avec les options de _fstab_. Cela signifie que la "
37130 "commande *mount* ne lit pas _fstab_ (ou _mtab_), seulement si _périphérique_ "
37131 "et _répertoire_ sont tous deux indiqués."
37132
37133 #. type: delimited block _
37134 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:652
37135 #, no-wrap
37136 msgid "*mount -o remount,rw /dev/foo /dir*\n"
37137 msgstr "*mount -o remount,rw /dev/toto /répertoire*\n"
37138
37139 #. type: delimited block _
37140 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:654
37141 #, fuzzy
37142 #| msgid ""
37143 #| "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff "
37144 #| "from _fstab_ (or _mtab_) is ignored, except the loop= option which is "
37145 #| "internally generated and maintained by the mount command."
37146 msgid ""
37147 "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff from "
37148 "_fstab_ (or _mtab_) is ignored, except the *loop=* option which is "
37149 "internally generated and maintained by the *mount* command."
37150 msgstr ""
37151 "Après cet appel, toutes les anciennes options de montage sont remplacées et "
37152 "les options arbitraires du fichier _fstab_ (ou _mtab_) sont ignorées, à part "
37153 "l’option *loop=* qui est générée en interne et maintenue par la commande "
37154 "B*mount*."
37155
37156 #. type: delimited block _
37157 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:656
37158 #, no-wrap
37159 msgid "*mount -o remount,rw /dir*\n"
37160 msgstr "*mount -o remount,rw /répertoire*\n"
37161
37162 # FIXME mount → *mount*
37163 #. type: delimited block _
37164 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:658
37165 #, fuzzy
37166 #| msgid ""
37167 #| "After this call, mount reads _fstab_ and merges these options with the "
37168 #| "options from the command line (*-o*). If no mountpoint is found in "
37169 #| "_fstab_, then a remount with unspecified source is allowed."
37170 msgid ""
37171 "After this call, *mount* reads _fstab_ and merges these options with the "
37172 "options from the command line (*-o*). If no mountpoint is found in _fstab_, "
37173 "then it defaults to mount options from _/proc/self/mountinfo_."
37174 msgstr ""
37175 "Après cet appel, *mount* lit _fstab_ et fusionne ces options avec les "
37176 "options de la ligne de commande (*-o*). Si aucun point de montage n’est "
37177 "trouvé dans _fstab_, alors le remontage sans source indiquée est permis."
37178
37179 #. type: delimited block _
37180 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:661
37181 #, no-wrap
37182 msgid "*mount* allows the use of *--all* to remount all already mounted filesystems which match a specified filter (*-O* and *-t*). For example:\n"
37183 msgstr "*mount*(8) permet d’utiliser *--all* pour remonter tous les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés qui correspondent avec un filtre indiqué (*-O* et *-t*). Par exemple :\n"
37184
37185 #. type: delimited block _
37186 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:663
37187 #, no-wrap
37188 msgid "*mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat*\n"
37189 msgstr "*mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat*\n"
37190
37191 #. type: delimited block _
37192 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:665
37193 #, fuzzy
37194 #| msgid ""
37195 #| "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of "
37196 #| "the filesystems is remounted by *mount -o remount,ro /dir* semantic. This "
37197 #| "means the *mount* command reads _fstab_ or _mtab_ and merges these "
37198 #| "options with the options from the command line."
37199 msgid ""
37200 "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of the "
37201 "filesystems is remounted by *mount -o remount,ro* _/dir_ semantic. This "
37202 "means the *mount* command reads _fstab_ or _mtab_ and merges these options "
37203 "with the options from the command line."
37204 msgstr ""
37205 "remonte tous les systèmes de fichiers vfat déjà montés en mode écriture "
37206 "seule. Chaque système de fichiers est remonté par la sémantique *mount -"
37207 "o remount,ro /dir*. Cela signifie que la commande de montage lit _fstab_ ou "
37208 "_mtab_ et fusionne leurs options avec celles de la ligne de commande."
37209
37210 #. type: Labeled list
37211 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:666
37212 #, no-wrap
37213 msgid "*ro*"
37214 msgstr "*ro*"
37215
37216 #. type: delimited block _
37217 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:668
37218 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only."
37219 msgstr "Monter le système de fichiers en lecture seule."
37220
37221 #. type: Labeled list
37222 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:669
37223 #, no-wrap
37224 msgid "*rw*"
37225 msgstr "*rw*"
37226
37227 #. type: delimited block _
37228 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:671
37229 msgid "Mount the filesystem read-write."
37230 msgstr "Monter le système de fichiers en lecture/écriture."
37231
37232 #. type: Labeled list
37233 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:672
37234 #, no-wrap
37235 msgid "*sync*"
37236 msgstr "*sync*"
37237
37238 #. type: delimited block _
37239 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:674
37240 msgid ""
37241 "All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously. In the case of media "
37242 "with a limited number of write cycles (e.g. some flash drives), *sync* may "
37243 "cause life-cycle shortening."
37244 msgstr ""
37245 "Toutes les entrées et sorties du système de fichiers doivent être réalisées "
37246 "de façon synchrone. Dans le cas d'un support avec un nombre limité de cycles "
37247 "d'écriture (par exemple des mémoires flash), *sync* peut réduire la durée de "
37248 "vie de celui-ci."
37249
37250 #. type: delimited block _
37251 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:677
37252 msgid ""
37253 "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting "
37254 "user is written to the _mtab_ file (or to the private libmount file in _/run/"
37255 "mount_ on systems without a regular _mtab_) so that this same user can "
37256 "unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options *noexec*, "
37257 "*nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
37258 "option line *user,exec,dev,suid*)."
37259 msgstr ""
37260 "Autoriser les utilisateurs ordinaires à monter le système de fichiers. Le "
37261 "nom de l’utilisateur qui a monté le système de fichiers est noté dans le "
37262 "fichier _mtab_ (ou dans le fichier privé libmount de _/run/mount_ sur les "
37263 "systèmes sans fichier _mtab_ traditionnel) pour que cet utilisateur puisse "
37264 "le démonter ensuite. Cela entraîne l'utilisation des options *noexec>, "
37265 "*nosuid* et *nodev* (à moins qu'elles ne soient explicitement surchargées, "
37266 "comme dans la ligne d’options *user,exec,dev,suid*)."
37267
37268 #. type: Labeled list
37269 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:678
37270 #, no-wrap
37271 msgid "*nouser*"
37272 msgstr "*nouser*"
37273
37274 #. type: delimited block _
37275 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:680
37276 msgid ""
37277 "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it "
37278 "does not imply any other options."
37279 msgstr ""
37280 "Ne pas autoriser d'utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers. "
37281 "C’est le comportement par défaut ; il n’implique aucune autre option."
37282
37283 #. type: Labeled list
37284 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:681
37285 #, no-wrap
37286 msgid "*users*"
37287 msgstr "*users*"
37288
37289 #. type: delimited block _
37290 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:683
37291 msgid ""
37292 "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some other "
37293 "ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options *noexec*, "
37294 "*nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
37295 "option line *users,exec,dev,suid*)."
37296 msgstr ""
37297 "Autoriser tous les utilisateurs à monter et démonter le système de fichiers, "
37298 "même quand un autre utilisateur ordinaire l’a monté. Cette option implique "
37299 "les options *noexec*, *nosuid* et *nodev* (sauf s'il y a une surcharge par "
37300 "une option ultérieure, comme dans la ligne d’options *users,exec,dev,suid*)."
37301
37302 #. type: Labeled list
37303 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:684
37304 #, no-wrap
37305 msgid "*X-**"
37306 msgstr "*X-**"
37307
37308 #. type: delimited block _
37309 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:686
37310 msgid ""
37311 "All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as userspace "
37312 "application-specific options. These options are not stored in user space (e."
37313 "g., _mtab_ file), nor sent to the mount._type_ helpers nor to the *mount*(2) "
37314 "system call. The suggested format is **X-**__appname__._option_."
37315 msgstr ""
37316 "Toutes les options précédées de *X-* sont interprétées comme des "
37317 "commentaires ou des options spécifiques aux applications d’espace "
37318 "utilisateur. Ces options ne sont pas gardées dans l’espace utilisateur (par "
37319 "exemple, le fichier _mtab_) et ne sont pas transmises aux auxiliaires mount."
37320 "_type_ ni aux appels système *mount*(2). Le format suggéré est **X-"
37321 "**__nom_application__._option_."
37322
37323 #. type: Labeled list
37324 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:687
37325 #, no-wrap
37326 msgid "*x-**"
37327 msgstr "*x-**"
37328
37329 #. type: delimited block _
37330 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:689
37331 #, fuzzy
37332 #| msgid ""
37333 #| "The same as B<X-*> options, but stored permanently in user space.  This "
37334 #| "means the options are also available for B<umount> or other operations.  "
37335 #| "Note that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's "
37336 #| "necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the "
37337 #| "options will be always available (for example after a move mount "
37338 #| "operation or in unshared namespace)."
37339 msgid ""
37340 "The same as *X-** options, but stored permanently in user space. This means "
37341 "the options are also available for *umount*(8) or other operations. Note "
37342 "that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's "
37343 "necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the "
37344 "options will be always available (for example after a move mount operation "
37345 "or in unshared namespace)."
37346 msgstr ""
37347 "La même chose qu’avec les options *X-**, mais avec un enregistrement "
37348 "permanent dans l’espace utilisateur. Cela signifie que les options sont "
37349 "aussi disponibles pour des démontages ou d’autres utilisations. Remarquez "
37350 "que conserver les options de montage en espace utilisateur est délicat, car "
37351 "il est nécessaire d’utiliser des outils basés sur libmount et qu’il n’existe "
37352 "aucune garantie que les options seront toujours disponibles (par exemple, "
37353 "après une opération de déplacement de montage ou dans un espace utilisateur "
37354 "non partagé)."
37355
37356 #. type: delimited block _
37357 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:691
37358 msgid ""
37359 "Note that before util-linux v2.30 the x-* options have not been maintained "
37360 "by libmount and stored in user space (functionality was the same as for X-* "
37361 "now), but due to the growing number of use-cases (in initrd, systemd etc.) "
37362 "the functionality has been extended to keep existing _fstab_ configurations "
37363 "usable without a change."
37364 msgstr ""
37365 "Remarquez qu’avant la version 2.30 d’util-linux les options x-* n’étaient "
37366 "pas conservées par libmount et enregistrées en espace utilisateur (la "
37367 "fonctionnalité était la même que pour X-* maintenant), mais à cause du "
37368 "nombre grandissant de cas d’utilisation (dans initrd, systemd, etc.), la "
37369 "fonctionnalité a été étendue pour conserver les configurations _fstab_ "
37370 "utilisables sans aucune modification."
37371
37372 #. type: Labeled list
37373 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:692
37374 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
37375 #| msgid "*-n*, *--match-types* _list_"
37376 msgid "*X-mount.auto-fstypes*=_list_"
37377 msgstr "*-n*, *--match-types* _liste_"
37378
37379 #. type: delimited block _
37380 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:695
37381 msgid ""
37382 "Specifies allowed or forbidden filesystem types for automatic filesystem "
37383 "detection."
37384 msgstr ""
37385
37386 #. type: delimited block _
37387 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:699
37388 msgid ""
37389 "The _list_ is a comma-separated list of the filesystem names. The automatic "
37390 "filesystem detection is triggered by the \"auto\" filesystem type or when "
37391 "the filesystem type is not specified."
37392 msgstr ""
37393
37394 #. type: delimited block _
37395 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:704
37396 msgid ""
37397 "Thy _list_ follows how mount evaluates type patterns (see *-t* for more "
37398 "details). Only specified filesystem types are allowed, or all specified "
37399 "types are forbidden if the list is prefixed by \"no\"."
37400 msgstr ""
37401
37402 #. type: delimited block _
37403 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:708
37404 msgid ""
37405 "For example, X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"ext4,btrfs\" accepts only ext4 and "
37406 "btrfs, and X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"novfat,xfs\" accepts all filesystems "
37407 "except vfat and xfs."
37408 msgstr ""
37409
37410 #. type: delimited block _
37411 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:712
37412 #, fuzzy
37413 #| msgid ""
37414 #| "*Warning: the* _context_ *value might contain commas*, in which case the "
37415 #| "value has to be properly quoted, otherwise *mount* will interpret the "
37416 #| "comma as a separator between mount options. Don't forget that the shell "
37417 #| "strips off quotes and thus *double quoting is required*. For example:\n"
37418 msgid ""
37419 "Note that comma is used as a separator between mount options, it means that "
37420 "auto-fstypes values have to be properly quoted, donâ\80\99t forget that the shell "
37421 "strips off quotes and thus double quoting is required. For example:"
37422 msgstr ""
37423 "*Avertissement* : la valeur _contexte_ *pourrait contenir des virgules*, "
37424 "auquel cas, la valeur doit être protégée correctement sinon *mount* "
37425 "interprétera la virgule comme un séparateur entre options de montage. "
37426 "N’oubliez pas que l’interpréteur de commandes supprime les guillemets "
37427 "simples et que *des guillemets doubles sont donc nécessaires*. Par "
37428 "exemple :\n"
37429
37430 #. type: Plain text
37431 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:714
37432 msgid ""
37433 "mount -t auto -o'X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"noext2,ext3\"' /dev/sdc1 /mnt/test"
37434 msgstr ""
37435
37436 #. type: Labeled list
37437 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:716
37438 #, no-wrap
37439 msgid "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"
37440 msgstr "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"
37441
37442 #. type: delimited block _
37443 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:718
37444 #, fuzzy
37445 #| msgid ""
37446 #| "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exit yet.  "
37447 #| "The optional argument I<mode> specifies the filesystem access mode used "
37448 #| "for B<mkdir>(2)  in octal notation.  The default mode is 0755.  This "
37449 #| "functionality is supported only for root users or when mount executed "
37450 #| "without suid permissions.  The option is also supported as x-mount.mkdir, "
37451 #| "this notation is deprecated since v2.30."
37452 msgid ""
37453 "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. The "
37454 "optional argument _mode_ specifies the filesystem access mode used for "
37455 "*mkdir*(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This functionality "
37456 "is supported only for root users or when *mount* is executed without suid "
37457 "permissions. The option is also supported as *x-mount.mkdir*, but this "
37458 "notation is deprecated since v2.30. See also *--mkdir* command line option."
37459 msgstr ""
37460 "Permettre de créer un répertoire cible (point de montage) s’il n’existe pas "
37461 "encore. L’argument facultatif _mode_ indique le mode d’accès au système de "
37462 "fichiers utilisé pour *mkdir*(2) en notation octale. Le mode par défaut est "
37463 "0755. Cette fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge que pour le "
37464 "superutilisateur ou quand *mount* est exécuté sans les droits setuid. Cette "
37465 "option est aussi prise en charge sous forme x-mount.mkdir, cette notation "
37466 "est obsolète depuis la version 2.30."
37467
37468 #. type: Labeled list
37469 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:719
37470 #, no-wrap
37471 msgid "**X-mount.subdir=**__directory__"
37472 msgstr "**X-mount.subdir=**__répertoire__"
37473
37474 #. type: delimited block _
37475 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:721
37476 msgid ""
37477 "Allow mounting sub-directory from a filesystem instead of the root "
37478 "directory. For now, this feature is implemented by temporary filesystem root "
37479 "directory mount in unshared namespace and then bind the sub-directory to the "
37480 "final mount point and umount the root of the filesystem. The sub-directory "
37481 "mount shows up atomically for the rest of the system although it is "
37482 "implemented by multiple *mount*(2) syscalls."
37483 msgstr ""
37484
37485 #. type: delimited block _
37486 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:723
37487 msgid ""
37488 "Note that this feature will not work in session with an unshared private "
37489 "mount namespace (after *unshare --mount*) on old kernels or with *mount*(8) "
37490 "without support for file-descriptors-based mount kernel API. In this case, "
37491 "you need *unshare --mount --propagation shared*."
37492 msgstr ""
37493
37494 #. type: delimited block _
37495 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:725
37496 msgid "This feature is EXPERIMENTAL."
37497 msgstr ""
37498
37499 #. type: Labeled list
37500 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:726
37501 #, no-wrap
37502 msgid "*X-mount.owner*=_username_|_UID_, *X-mount.group*=_group_|_GID_"
37503 msgstr ""
37504
37505 #. type: delimited block _
37506 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:728
37507 msgid ""
37508 "Set _mountpoint_'s ownership after mounting. Names resolved in the target "
37509 "mount namespace, see *-N*."
37510 msgstr ""
37511
37512 #. type: Labeled list
37513 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:729
37514 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
37515 #| msgid "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"
37516 msgid "*X-mount.mode*=_mode_"
37517 msgstr "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"
37518
37519 #. type: delimited block _
37520 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:731
37521 #, fuzzy
37522 #| msgid "Sets the mode of the mountpoint."
37523 msgid "Set _mountpoint_'s mode after mounting."
37524 msgstr "Définir le mode du point de montage."
37525
37526 #. type: Labeled list
37527 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:732
37528 #, no-wrap
37529 msgid "*X-mount.idmap*=__id-type__:__id-mount__:__id-host__:__id-range__ [__id-type__:__id-mount__:__id-host__:__id-range__], *X-mount.idmap*=__file__"
37530 msgstr ""
37531
37532 #. type: delimited block _
37533 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:737
37534 msgid ""
37535 "Use this option to create an idmapped mount.  An idmapped mount allows to "
37536 "change ownership of all files located under a mount according to the ID-"
37537 "mapping associated with a user namespace.  The ownership change is tied to "
37538 "the lifetime and localized to the relevant mount.  The relevant ID-mapping "
37539 "can be specified in two ways:"
37540 msgstr ""
37541
37542 #. type: delimited block _
37543 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:739
37544 msgid "A user can specify the ID-mapping directly."
37545 msgstr ""
37546
37547 #. type: delimited block _
37548 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:747
37549 msgid ""
37550 "The ID-mapping must be specified using the syntax __id-type__:__id-mount__:"
37551 "__id-host__:__id-range__.  Specifying *u* as the __id-type__ prefix creates "
37552 "a UID-mapping, *g* creates a GID-mapping and omitting __id-type__ or "
37553 "specifying *b* creates both a UID- and GID-mapping.  The __id-mount__ "
37554 "parameter indicates the starting ID in the new mount.  The __id-host__ "
37555 "parameter indicates the starting ID in the filesystem.  The __id-range__ "
37556 "parameter indicates how many IDs are to be mapped.  It is possible to "
37557 "specify multiple ID-mappings.  The individual ID-mappings must be separated "
37558 "by spaces."
37559 msgstr ""
37560
37561 #. type: delimited block _
37562 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:750
37563 msgid ""
37564 "For example, the ID-mapping *X-mount.idmap=u:1000:0:1 g:1001:1:2 "
37565 "5000:1000:2* creates an idmapped mount where UID 0 is mapped to UID 1000, "
37566 "GID 1 is mapped to GUID 1001, GID 2 is mapped to GID 1002, UID and GID 1000 "
37567 "are mapped to 5000, and UID and GID 1001 are mapped to 5001 in the mount."
37568 msgstr ""
37569
37570 #. type: delimited block _
37571 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:753
37572 msgid ""
37573 "When an ID-mapping is specified directly a new user namespace will be "
37574 "allocated with the requested ID-mapping.  The newly created user namespace "
37575 "will be attached to the mount."
37576 msgstr ""
37577
37578 #. type: delimited block _
37579 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:754
37580 msgid "A user can specify a user namespace file."
37581 msgstr ""
37582
37583 #. type: delimited block _
37584 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:756
37585 msgid ""
37586 "The user namespace will then be attached to the mount and the ID-mapping of "
37587 "the user namespace will become the ID-mapping of the mount."
37588 msgstr ""
37589
37590 #. type: delimited block _
37591 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:758
37592 msgid ""
37593 "For example, *X-mount.idmap=/proc/PID/ns/user* will attach the user "
37594 "namespace of the process PID to the mount."
37595 msgstr ""
37596
37597 #. type: Labeled list
37598 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:759
37599 #, no-wrap
37600 msgid "*nosymfollow*"
37601 msgstr "*nosymfollow*"
37602
37603 #. type: delimited block _
37604 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:761
37605 msgid ""
37606 "Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths. Symlinks can still be created, "
37607 "and *readlink*(1), *readlink*(2), *realpath*(1), and *realpath*(3) all still "
37608 "work properly."
37609 msgstr ""
37610 "Ne pas suivre les liens symboliques lors de la résolution des chemins. Les "
37611 "liens symboliques peuvent toujours être créés et *readlink*(1), "
37612 "*readlink*(2), *realpath*(1) et *realpath*(3) fonctionnent toujours de "
37613 "manière appropriée."
37614
37615 #. type: Title ==
37616 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:762
37617 #, no-wrap
37618 msgid "FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS"
37619 msgstr "OPTIONS DE MONTAGE SPÉCIFIQUES"
37620
37621 #. type: delimited block _
37622 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:765
37623 msgid ""
37624 "This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems. "
37625 "Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages "
37626 "for details. Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
37627 msgstr ""
37628 "Cette section liste les options particulières à des systèmes de fichiers. "
37629 "Quand cela est possible, vous devriez consulter la page de manuel spécifique "
37630 "au système de fichiers pour plus de détails. Certaines pages sont listées "
37631 "dans le tableau suivant."
37632
37633 #. type: Table
37634 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:776
37635 #, no-wrap
37636 msgid ""
37637 "|*Filesystem(s)* |*Manual page*\n"
37638 "|btrfs |*btrfs*(5)\n"
37639 "|cifs |*mount.cifs*(8)\n"
37640 "|ext2, ext3, ext4 |*ext4*(5)\n"
37641 "|fuse |*fuse*(8)\n"
37642 "|nfs |*nfs*(5)\n"
37643 "|tmpfs |*tmpfs*(5)\n"
37644 "|xfs |*xfs*(5)\n"
37645 msgstr ""
37646 "|*Système(s) de fichiers* |*Page de manuel*\n"
37647 "|btrfs |*btrfs*(5)\n"
37648 "|cifs |*mount.cifs*(8)\n"
37649 "|ext2, ext3, ext4 |*ext4*(5)\n"
37650 "|fuse |*fuse*(8)\n"
37651 "|nfs |*nfs*(5)\n"
37652 "|tmpfs |*tmpfs*(5)\n"
37653 "|xfs |*xfs*(5)\n"
37654
37655 #. type: Plain text
37656 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:779
37657 msgid ""
37658 "Note that some of the pages listed above might be available only after you "
37659 "install the respective userland tools."
37660 msgstr ""
37661 "Remarquez que certaines pages listées ci-dessus pourraient être disponibles "
37662 "uniquement après avoir installé leurs outils respectifs en espace "
37663 "utilisateur."
37664
37665 #. type: Plain text
37666 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:781
37667 msgid ""
37668 "The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by "
37669 "filesystem. All options follow the *-o* flag."
37670 msgstr ""
37671 "Les options suivantes ne s'appliquent qu'à certains systèmes de fichiers. "
37672 "Elles sont triées par type de système de fichiers. Elles s'utilisent toutes "
37673 "à la suite de l’attribut *-o*."
37674
37675 #. type: Plain text
37676 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:783
37677 msgid ""
37678 "What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel. Further "
37679 "information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel "
37680 "source subdirectory _Documentation/filesystems_."
37681 msgstr ""
37682 "Les options prises en charge dépendent du noyau en cours d'utilisation. Vous "
37683 "trouverez plus d'informations dans le sous-répertoire _Documentation/"
37684 "filesystems_ des sources du noyau."
37685
37686 #. type: Title ===
37687 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:784
37688 #, no-wrap
37689 msgid "Mount options for adfs"
37690 msgstr "Options de montage pour adfs"
37691
37692 #. type: Labeled list
37693 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:786 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:794
37694 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:844 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:875
37695 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1002 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1034
37696 #, no-wrap
37697 msgid "**uid=**__value__ and **gid=**__value__"
37698 msgstr "**uid=**__valeur__ et **gid=**__valeur__"
37699
37700 #. type: Plain text
37701 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:788
37702 msgid ""
37703 "Set the owner and group of the files in the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0)."
37704 msgstr ""
37705 "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe des fichiers du système de fichiers "
37706 "(par défaut : uid=gid=0)."
37707
37708 #. type: Labeled list
37709 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:789
37710 #, no-wrap
37711 msgid "**ownmask=**__value__ and **othmask=**__value__"
37712 msgstr "**ownmask=**__valeur__ and **othmask=**__valeur__"
37713
37714 #. type: Plain text
37715 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:791
37716 msgid ""
37717 "Set the permission mask for ADFS 'owner' permissions and 'other' "
37718 "permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively). See also _/"
37719 "usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst_."
37720 msgstr ""
37721 "Définir le masque de permissions pour le propriétaire ADFS et les "
37722 "permissions des « autres » respectivement (défaut : 0700 et 0077, "
37723 "respectivement). Consultez aussi _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/"
37724 "adfs.rst_."
37725
37726 #. type: Title ===
37727 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:792
37728 #, no-wrap
37729 msgid "Mount options for affs"
37730 msgstr "Options de montage pour affs"
37731
37732 #. type: Plain text
37733 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:796
37734 msgid ""
37735 "Set the owner and group of the root of the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, "
37736 "but with option *uid* or *gid* without specified value, the UID and GID of "
37737 "the current process are taken)."
37738 msgstr ""
37739 "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de la racine du système de fichiers "
37740 "(par défaut : uid=gid=0, mais avec l'option *uid* ou *gid* sans valeur "
37741 "indiquée, l'UID et le GID du processus appelant seront utilisés)."
37742
37743 #. type: Labeled list
37744 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:797
37745 #, no-wrap
37746 msgid "**setuid=**__value__ and **setgid=**__value__"
37747 msgstr "**setuid=**__valeur__ and **setgid=**__valeur__"
37748
37749 #. type: Plain text
37750 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:799
37751 msgid "Set the owner and group of all files."
37752 msgstr "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers."
37753
37754 #. type: Labeled list
37755 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:800 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:837
37756 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:847 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1040
37757 #, no-wrap
37758 msgid "**mode=**__value__"
37759 msgstr "**mode=**__valeur__"
37760
37761 #. type: Plain text
37762 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:802
37763 msgid ""
37764 "Set the mode of all files to _value_ & 0777 disregarding the original "
37765 "permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. "
37766 "The value is given in octal."
37767 msgstr ""
37768 "Définir le mode d'accès à tous les fichiers au mode _valeur_ & 0777 sans "
37769 "s'occuper de leurs permissions d'origine. Cela ajoute également "
37770 "l'autorisation de parcours dans les répertoires qui permettent la lecture. "
37771 "La valeur doit être mentionnée en octal."
37772
37773 #. type: Labeled list
37774 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:803
37775 #, no-wrap
37776 msgid "*protect*"
37777 msgstr "*protect*"
37778
37779 #. type: Plain text
37780 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:805
37781 msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the filesystem."
37782 msgstr ""
37783 "N'autoriser aucune modification des bits de protection du système de "
37784 "fichiers."
37785
37786 #. type: Labeled list
37787 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:806
37788 #, no-wrap
37789 msgid "*usemp*"
37790 msgstr "*usemp*"
37791
37792 #. type: Plain text
37793 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:808
37794 msgid ""
37795 "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the "
37796 "mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. "
37797 "Strange..."
37798 msgstr ""
37799 "Définir l'UID et le GID de la racine du système de fichiers à l'UID et au "
37800 "GID du point de montage jusqu'au premier sync ou umount, puis ignorer cette "
37801 "option. Bizarre…"
37802
37803 #. type: Labeled list
37804 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:809
37805 #, no-wrap
37806 msgid "*verbose*"
37807 msgstr "*verbose*"
37808
37809 #. type: Plain text
37810 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:811
37811 msgid "Print an informational message for each successful mount."
37812 msgstr "Afficher des informations supplémentaires pour chaque montage réussi."
37813
37814 #. type: Labeled list
37815 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:812
37816 #, no-wrap
37817 msgid "**prefix=**__string__"
37818 msgstr "**prefix=**__chaîne__"
37819
37820 #. type: Plain text
37821 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:814
37822 msgid "Prefix used before volume name, when following a link."
37823 msgstr "Préfixe à utiliser avant le nom de volume lorsqu'un lien est suivi."
37824
37825 #. type: Labeled list
37826 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:815
37827 #, no-wrap
37828 msgid "**volume=**__string__"
37829 msgstr "**volume=**__chaîne__"
37830
37831 #. type: Plain text
37832 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:817
37833 msgid ""
37834 "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic link."
37835 msgstr ""
37836 "Préfixe (30 caractères au plus) à utiliser avant « / » lorsqu'un lien "
37837 "symbolique est suivi."
37838
37839 #. type: Labeled list
37840 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:818
37841 #, no-wrap
37842 msgid "**reserved=**__value__"
37843 msgstr "**reserved=**__valeur__"
37844
37845 #. type: Plain text
37846 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:820
37847 msgid "(Default: 2.) Number of unused blocks at the start of the device."
37848 msgstr "Nombre de blocs inutilisés au début du périphérique (2 par défaut)."
37849
37850 #. type: Labeled list
37851 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:821
37852 #, no-wrap
37853 msgid "**root=**__value__"
37854 msgstr "**root=**__valeur__"
37855
37856 #. type: Plain text
37857 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:823
37858 msgid "Give explicitly the location of the root block."
37859 msgstr "Fournir explicitement l'emplacement du bloc racine."
37860
37861 #. type: Labeled list
37862 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:824
37863 #, no-wrap
37864 msgid "**bs=**__value__"
37865 msgstr "**bs=**__valeur__"
37866
37867 #. type: Plain text
37868 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:826
37869 msgid "Give blocksize. Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096."
37870 msgstr ""
37871 "Fournir la taille de bloc. Les valeurs autorisées sont 512, 1024, 2048 et "
37872 "4096."
37873
37874 #. type: Labeled list
37875 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:827
37876 #, no-wrap
37877 msgid "**grpquota**|**noquota**|**quota**|*usrquota*"
37878 msgstr "**grpquota**|**noquota**|**quota**|*usrquota*"
37879
37880 #. type: Plain text
37881 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:829
37882 msgid ""
37883 "These options are accepted but ignored. (However, quota utilities may react "
37884 "to such strings in _/etc/fstab_.)"
37885 msgstr ""
37886 "Ces options sont acceptées mais sans effet (les utilitaires de quota peuvent "
37887 "toutefois réagir à de telles chaînes dans _/etc/fstab_)."
37888
37889 #. type: Title ===
37890 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:830
37891 #, no-wrap
37892 msgid "Mount options for debugfs"
37893 msgstr "Options de montage pour debugfs"
37894
37895 #. type: Plain text
37896 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:833
37897 msgid ""
37898 "The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/"
37899 "sys/kernel/debug_. As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the following "
37900 "options:"
37901 msgstr ""
37902 "Le système de fichiers debugfs est un pseudosystème de fichiers, "
37903 "traditionnellement monté sous _/sys/kernel/debug_. Avec la version 3.4 du "
37904 "noyau, debugfs a les options de montage suivantes."
37905
37906 #. type: Labeled list
37907 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:834 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:985
37908 #, no-wrap
37909 msgid "**uid=**__n__**, gid=**__n__"
37910 msgstr "**uid=**__n__**, gid=**__n__"
37911
37912 #. type: Plain text
37913 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:836
37914 msgid "Set the owner and group of the mountpoint."
37915 msgstr "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe du point de montage."
37916
37917 #. type: Plain text
37918 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:839
37919 msgid "Sets the mode of the mountpoint."
37920 msgstr "Définir le mode du point de montage."
37921
37922 #. type: Title ===
37923 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:840
37924 #, no-wrap
37925 msgid "Mount options for devpts"
37926 msgstr "Options de montage pour devpts"
37927
37928 #. type: Plain text
37929 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:843
37930 msgid ""
37931 "The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/dev/"
37932 "pts_. In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens _/dev/ptmx_; "
37933 "the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and "
37934 "the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as _/dev/pts/_<number>."
37935 msgstr ""
37936 "Le système de fichiers devpts est un pseudosystème de fichiers, "
37937 "traditionnellement monté sous _/dev/pts_. Pour acquérir un pseudoterminal, "
37938 "un processus ouvre _/dev/ptmx_ ; le numéro du pseudoterminal est rendu "
37939 "disponible au processus, et le pseudoterminal esclave est accessible en tant "
37940 "que _/dev/pts/_<numéro>."
37941
37942 #. type: Plain text
37943 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:846
37944 msgid ""
37945 "This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the "
37946 "specified values. When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID and "
37947 "GID of the creating process. For example, if there is a tty group with GID "
37948 "5, then *gid=5* will cause newly created pseudo terminals to belong to the "
37949 "tty group."
37950 msgstr ""
37951 "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe des pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés. "
37952 "Lorsque rien n'est indiqué, ils seront fixés avec l'UID et le GID du "
37953 "processus créateur. Par exemple, si un groupe tty de GID 5 est présent, "
37954 "alors *gid=5* fera appartenir les pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés au "
37955 "groupe tty."
37956
37957 #. type: Plain text
37958 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:849
37959 msgid ""
37960 "Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value. The "
37961 "default is 0600. A value of *mode=620* and *gid=5* makes \"mesg y\" the "
37962 "default on newly created pseudo terminals."
37963 msgstr ""
37964 "Définir le mode des pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés. La valeur par défaut "
37965 "est 0600. Une valeur *mode=620* et *gid=5* correspond à un « mesg y » pour "
37966 "tous les pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés."
37967
37968 #. type: Labeled list
37969 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:850
37970 #, no-wrap
37971 msgid "*newinstance*"
37972 msgstr "*newinstance*"
37973
37974 #. type: Plain text
37975 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:852
37976 msgid ""
37977 "Create a private instance of the devpts filesystem, such that indices of "
37978 "pseudo terminals allocated in this new instance are independent of indices "
37979 "created in other instances of devpts."
37980 msgstr ""
37981 "Créer une instance privée du système de fichiers devpts, les index des "
37982 "pseudoterminaux alloués dans cette nouvelle instance seront indépendants des "
37983 "index créés dans les autres instances devpts."
37984
37985 #. type: Plain text
37986 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:854
37987 msgid ""
37988 "All mounts of devpts without this *newinstance* option share the same set of "
37989 "pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode). Each mount of devpts with the "
37990 "*newinstance* option has a private set of pseudo terminal indices."
37991 msgstr ""
37992 "Tous les montages de devpts sans l'option *newinstance* partagent le même "
37993 "ensemble d'index de pseudoterminaux (mode legacy). Chaque montage de devpts "
37994 "avec l'option *newinstance* utilise un ensemble privé d'index de "
37995 "pseudoterminaux."
37996
37997 #. type: Plain text
37998 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:856
37999 msgid ""
38000 "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It is "
38001 "implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this "
38002 "mount option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled "
38003 "in the kernel configuration."
38004 msgstr ""
38005 "Cette option est principalement utilisée pour gérer les conteneurs dans le "
38006 "noyau Linux. Elle est implémentée dans le noyau Linux depuis la "
38007 "version 2.6.29. De plus, cette option de montage n'est valable que si "
38008 "l'option *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* est activée dans la "
38009 "configuration du noyau."
38010
38011 #. type: Plain text
38012 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:858
38013 msgid ""
38014 "To use this option effectively, _/dev/ptmx_ must be a symbolic link to _pts/"
38015 "ptmx_. See _Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt_ in the Linux kernel source "
38016 "tree for details."
38017 msgstr ""
38018 "Pour utiliser cette option efficacement, _/dev/ptmx_ doit être un lien "
38019 "symbolique vers _pts/ptmx_. Consultez *Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt* "
38020 "dans les sources du noyau Linux pour plus de précisions."
38021
38022 #. type: Labeled list
38023 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:859
38024 #, no-wrap
38025 msgid "**ptmxmode=**__value__"
38026 msgstr "**ptmxmode=**__valeur__"
38027
38028 #. type: Plain text
38029 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:861
38030 msgid "Set the mode for the new _ptmx_ device node in the devpts filesystem."
38031 msgstr ""
38032 "Définir le mode du nouveau nœud de périphérique _ptmx_ dans le système de "
38033 "fichiers devpts."
38034
38035 #. type: Plain text
38036 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:863
38037 msgid ""
38038 "With the support for multiple instances of devpts (see *newinstance* option "
38039 "above), each instance has a private _ptmx_ node in the root of the devpts "
38040 "filesystem (typically _/dev/pts/ptmx_)."
38041 msgstr ""
38042 "Avec la gestion des instances multiples de devpts (consultez l'option "
38043 "*newinstance* ci-dessus), chaque instance possède un nœud privé _ptmx_ dans "
38044 "la racine du système de fichiers (typiquement _/dev/pts/ptmx_)."
38045
38046 #. type: Plain text
38047 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:865
38048 msgid ""
38049 "For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of the "
38050 "new _ptmx_ node is 0000. **ptmxmode=**__value__ specifies a more useful mode "
38051 "for the _ptmx_ node and is highly recommended when the *newinstance* option "
38052 "is specified."
38053 msgstr ""
38054 "Pour être compatible avec les anciennes versions du noyau, le mode par "
38055 "défaut des nouveaux nœuds _ptmx_ est 0000. *ptmxmode=**__valeur__ indique un "
38056 "mode plus pratique pour le nœud _ptmx_ et est recommandé lorsque l'option "
38057 "*newinstance* est indiquée."
38058
38059 #. type: Plain text
38060 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:867
38061 msgid ""
38062 "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with "
38063 "2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if "
38064 "*CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration."
38065 msgstr ""
38066 "Cette option est implémentée dans le noyau Linux depuis la version 2.6.29. "
38067 "De plus, cette option n'est valable que si l'option "
38068 "*CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* est activée dans la configuration du "
38069 "noyau."
38070
38071 #. type: Title ===
38072 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:868
38073 #, no-wrap
38074 msgid "Mount options for fat"
38075 msgstr "Options de montage pour fat"
38076
38077 #. type: Plain text
38078 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:871
38079 msgid ""
38080 "(Note: _fat_ is not a separate filesystem, but a common part of the _msdos_, "
38081 "_umsdos_ and _vfat_ filesystems.)"
38082 msgstr ""
38083 "(Note : _fat_ n'est pas un système de fichiers séparé mais une portion "
38084 "commune des systèmes de fichiers _msdos_, _umsdos_ et _vfat_)."
38085
38086 #. type: Labeled list
38087 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:872
38088 #, no-wrap
38089 msgid "*blocksize=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
38090 msgstr "*blocksize=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
38091
38092 #. type: Plain text
38093 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:874
38094 msgid "Set blocksize (default 512). This option is obsolete."
38095 msgstr ""
38096 "Définir la taille des blocs (par défaut 512). Cette option est obsolète."
38097
38098 #. type: Plain text
38099 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:877 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:987
38100 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1004
38101 msgid ""
38102 "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the "
38103 "current process.)"
38104 msgstr ""
38105 "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers (les valeurs par "
38106 "défaut sont l'UID et le GID du processus actuel)."
38107
38108 #. type: Labeled list
38109 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:878 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1005
38110 #, no-wrap
38111 msgid "**umask=**__value__"
38112 msgstr "**umask=**__valeur__"
38113
38114 #. type: Plain text
38115 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:880 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1007
38116 msgid ""
38117 "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are *not* present). The "
38118 "default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
38119 msgstr ""
38120 "Définir l'umask (c'est-à-dire le masque de bits des permissions qui ne sont "
38121 "*pas* fournies). Par défaut, il s'agit de l'umask du processus actuel. La "
38122 "valeur est donnée en octal."
38123
38124 #. type: Labeled list
38125 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:881
38126 #, no-wrap
38127 msgid "**dmask=**__value__"
38128 msgstr "**dmask=**__valeur__"
38129
38130 #. type: Plain text
38131 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:883
38132 msgid ""
38133 "Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of the "
38134 "current process. The value is given in octal."
38135 msgstr ""
38136 "Définir l'umask appliqué aux répertoires seulement. Par défaut, c'est "
38137 "l'umask du processus appelant. La valeur est donnée en octal."
38138
38139 #. type: Labeled list
38140 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:884
38141 #, no-wrap
38142 msgid "**fmask=**__value__"
38143 msgstr "**fmask=**__valeur__"
38144
38145 #. type: Plain text
38146 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:886
38147 msgid ""
38148 "Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of the "
38149 "current process. The value is given in octal."
38150 msgstr ""
38151 "Définir l'umask appliqué aux fichiers normaux seulement. Par défaut, c'est "
38152 "l'umask du processus appelant. La valeur est donnée en octal."
38153
38154 #. type: Labeled list
38155 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:887
38156 #, no-wrap
38157 msgid "**allow_utime=**__value__"
38158 msgstr "**allow_utime=**__valeur__"
38159
38160 #. type: Plain text
38161 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:889
38162 msgid "This option controls the permission check of mtime/atime."
38163 msgstr ""
38164 "Cette option contrôle la vérification des permissions de _mtime_ ou _atime_."
38165
38166 #. type: Labeled list
38167 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:890
38168 #, no-wrap
38169 msgid "*20*"
38170 msgstr "*20*"
38171
38172 #. type: Plain text
38173 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:892
38174 msgid ""
38175 "If current process is in group of file's group ID, you can change timestamp."
38176 msgstr ""
38177 "Si le processus actuel appartient au GID du fichier, l'horodatage peut être "
38178 "modifié."
38179
38180 #. type: Plain text
38181 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:895
38182 msgid "Other users can change timestamp."
38183 msgstr "Les autres utilisateurs peuvent changer les horodatages."
38184
38185 #. type: Plain text
38186 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:897
38187 msgid ""
38188 "The default is set from 'dmask' option. (If the directory is writable, "
38189 "*utime*(2) is also allowed. I.e. ~dmask & 022)"
38190 msgstr ""
38191 "La valeur par défaut est définie depuis l'option *dmask* (s'il est possible "
38192 "d'écrire dans le répertoire, *utime*(2) est autorisé, c'est-à-dire ~dmask & "
38193 "022)"
38194
38195 #. type: Plain text
38196 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:899
38197 msgid ""
38198 "Normally *utime*(2) checks that the current process is owner of the file, or "
38199 "that it has the *CAP_FOWNER* capability. But FAT filesystems don't have UID/"
38200 "GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. With this option you can "
38201 "relax it."
38202 msgstr ""
38203 "Normalement, *utime*(2) vérifie que le processus actuel est le propriétaire "
38204 "du fichier ou qu'il a la propriété *CAP_FOWNER*. Cependant, les systèmes de "
38205 "fichiers FAT n’ont pas d'UID ou de GID sur le disque, donc une vérification "
38206 "normale est trop inflexible. Avec cette option, vous pouvez l'assouplir."
38207
38208 #. type: Labeled list
38209 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:900
38210 #, no-wrap
38211 msgid "**check=**__value__"
38212 msgstr "**check=**__valeur__"
38213
38214 #. type: Plain text
38215 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:902
38216 msgid "Three different levels of pickiness can be chosen:"
38217 msgstr ""
38218 "Les trois niveaux suivants de vérification de noms de fichiers sont "
38219 "disponibles."
38220
38221 #. type: Labeled list
38222 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:903
38223 #, no-wrap
38224 msgid "*r*[*elaxed*]"
38225 msgstr "*r*[*elaxed*]"
38226
38227 #. type: Plain text
38228 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:905
38229 msgid ""
38230 "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are "
38231 "truncated (e.g. _verylongname.foobar_ becomes _verylong.foo_), leading and "
38232 "embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)."
38233 msgstr ""
38234 "Les majuscules et minuscules sont acceptées et équivalentes. La partie "
38235 "excédentaire des noms longs est supprimée (par exemple _nombeaucouptroplong."
38236 "toto_ devient _nombeauc.tot_). Les espaces en tête et dans les noms sont "
38237 "acceptés, tant dans le nom que dans l'extension."
38238
38239 #. type: Labeled list
38240 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:906
38241 #, no-wrap
38242 msgid "*n*[*ormal*]"
38243 msgstr "*n*[*ormal*]"
38244
38245 #. type: Plain text
38246 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:908
38247 msgid ""
38248 "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, <, spaces, etc.) are "
38249 "rejected. This is the default."
38250 msgstr ""
38251 "Comme *relaxed*, mais de nombreux caractères spéciaux (*, ?, <, "
38252 "espaces, etc.) sont refusés. C'est le comportement par défaut."
38253
38254 #. type: Labeled list
38255 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:909
38256 #, no-wrap
38257 msgid "*s*[*trict*]"
38258 msgstr "*s*[*trict*]"
38259
38260 #. type: Plain text
38261 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:911
38262 msgid ""
38263 "Like \"normal\", but names that contain long parts or special characters "
38264 "that are sometimes used on Linux but are not accepted by MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) "
38265 "are rejected."
38266 msgstr ""
38267 "Comme *normal*, mais les noms qui contiennent une partie longue ou des "
38268 "caractères spéciaux qui sont parfois utilisés sous Linux, mais pas acceptés "
38269 "par MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) sont rejetés."
38270
38271 #. type: Labeled list
38272 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:912
38273 #, no-wrap
38274 msgid "**codepage=**__value__"
38275 msgstr "**codepage=**__valeur__"
38276
38277 #. type: Plain text
38278 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:914
38279 msgid ""
38280 "Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT "
38281 "filesystems. By default, codepage 437 is used."
38282 msgstr ""
38283 "Définir la page de code pour convertir les caractères des noms courts des "
38284 "systèmes de fichiers FAT et VFAT. Par défaut, la page 437 est utilisée."
38285
38286 #. type: Labeled list
38287 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:915 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1011
38288 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1049
38289 #, no-wrap
38290 msgid "**conv=**__mode__"
38291 msgstr "**conv=**__mode__"
38292
38293 #. type: Plain text
38294 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:917
38295 msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or be ignored."
38296 msgstr "Cette option est obsolète et peut échouer ou être ignorée."
38297
38298 #. type: Labeled list
38299 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:918
38300 #, no-wrap
38301 msgid "**cvf_format=**__module__"
38302 msgstr "**cvf_format=**__module__"
38303
38304 #. type: Plain text
38305 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:920
38306 #, fuzzy
38307 #| msgid ""
38308 #| "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module "
38309 #| "cvf__module_ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports kmod, the "
38310 #| "cvf_format=xxx option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. This "
38311 #| "option is obsolete."
38312 msgid ""
38313 "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module "
38314 "cvf___module__ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports *kmod*, the "
38315 "**cvf_format=**__xxx__ option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. "
38316 "This option is obsolete."
38317 msgstr ""
38318 "Obliger le pilote à utiliser le module CVF (Compressed Volume File) "
38319 "cvf__module_ plutôt que l'autodétection. Si le noyau gère kmod, l'option "
38320 "cvf_format=module commande aussi le chargement du module CVF à la demande. "
38321 "Cette option est obsolète."
38322
38323 #. type: Labeled list
38324 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:921
38325 #, no-wrap
38326 msgid "**cvf_option=**__option__"
38327 msgstr "**cvf_option=**__option__"
38328
38329 #. type: Plain text
38330 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:923
38331 msgid "Option passed to the CVF module. This option is obsolete."
38332 msgstr "Option passée au module CVF. Cette option est obsolète."
38333
38334 #. type: Labeled list
38335 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:924
38336 #, no-wrap
38337 msgid "*debug*"
38338 msgstr "*debug*"
38339
38340 #. type: Plain text
38341 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:926
38342 msgid ""
38343 "Turn on the _debug_ flag. A version string and a list of filesystem "
38344 "parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters "
38345 "appear to be inconsistent)."
38346 msgstr ""
38347 "Activer l'attribut _debug_. Un numéro de version et une liste des paramètres "
38348 "du système de fichiers seront affichés (ces données seront également "
38349 "affichées si les paramètres semblent incohérents)."
38350
38351 #. type: Labeled list
38352 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:927
38353 #, no-wrap
38354 msgid "*discard*"
38355 msgstr "*discard*"
38356
38357 #. type: Plain text
38358 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:929
38359 msgid ""
38360 "If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device when "
38361 "blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-"
38362 "provisioned LUNs."
38363 msgstr ""
38364 "Si elles sont activées, des commandes discard et TRIM seront envoyées au "
38365 "périphérique bloc quand les blocs sont libérés. C'est utile pour les "
38366 "périphériques SSD et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned "
38367 "LUN »)."
38368
38369 #. type: Labeled list
38370 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:930
38371 #, no-wrap
38372 msgid "*dos1xfloppy*"
38373 msgstr "*dos1xfloppy*"
38374
38375 #. type: Plain text
38376 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:932
38377 msgid ""
38378 "If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, "
38379 "determined by backing device size. These static parameters match defaults "
38380 "assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB floppies and "
38381 "floppy images."
38382 msgstr ""
38383 "Si définie, utiliser une configuration de repli par défaut de paramètre bloc "
38384 "du BIOS, déterminée par la taille du périphérique sous-jacent. Ces "
38385 "paramètres statiques correspondent aux valeurs par défaut supposées par "
38386 "DOS 1.x pour les disquettes et images de disquettes de 160 kio, 180 kio, "
38387 "320 kio et 360 kio."
38388
38389 #. type: Labeled list
38390 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:933
38391 #, no-wrap
38392 msgid "*errors=*{**panic**|**continue**|*remount-ro*}"
38393 msgstr "*errors=*{**panic**|**continue**|*remount-ro*}"
38394
38395 #. type: Plain text
38396 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:935
38397 msgid ""
38398 "Specify FAT behavior on critical errors: panic, continue without doing "
38399 "anything, or remount the partition in read-only mode (default behavior)."
38400 msgstr ""
38401 "Indiquer le comportement FAT en cas d’erreur critique : *panic*, continuer "
38402 "sans rien faire ou remonter la partition en mode lecture seule (comportement "
38403 "par défaut)."
38404
38405 #. type: Labeled list
38406 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:936
38407 #, no-wrap
38408 msgid "*fat=*{**12**|**16**|*32*}"
38409 msgstr "*fat=*{**12**|**16**|*32*}"
38410
38411 #. type: Plain text
38412 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:938
38413 msgid ""
38414 "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type "
38415 "detection routine. Use with caution!"
38416 msgstr ""
38417 "Préciser s'il s'agit d'une FAT 12, 16 ou 32 bits. Cela a priorité sur la "
38418 "détection automatique du type de FAT. À utiliser avec précaution !"
38419
38420 #. type: Labeled list
38421 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:939 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1063
38422 #, no-wrap
38423 msgid "**iocharset=**__value__"
38424 msgstr "**iocharset=**__valeur__"
38425
38426 #. type: Plain text
38427 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:941
38428 msgid ""
38429 "Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit "
38430 "Unicode characters. The default is iso8859-1. Long filenames are stored on "
38431 "disk in Unicode format."
38432 msgstr ""
38433 "Jeu de caractères pour les conversions entre les caractères 8 bits et les "
38434 "caractères 16 bits Unicode. Par défaut c'est ISO 8859-1. Les noms de "
38435 "fichiers longs sont conservés sur le disque au format Unicode."
38436
38437 #. type: Labeled list
38438 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:942
38439 #, no-wrap
38440 msgid "*nfs=*{**stale_rw**|*nostale_ro*}"
38441 msgstr "*nfs=*{**stale_rw**|*nostale_ro*}"
38442
38443 #. type: Plain text
38444 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:944
38445 msgid "Enable this only if you want to export the FAT filesystem over NFS."
38446 msgstr ""
38447 "N’activer cela que si vous voulez exporter le système de fichiers FAT par "
38448 "NFS."
38449
38450 #. type: Plain text
38451 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:946
38452 #, no-wrap
38453 msgid "*stale_rw*: This option maintains an index (cache) of directory inodes which is used by the nfs-related code to improve look-ups. Full file operations (read/write) over NFS are supported but with cache eviction at NFS server, this could result in spurious *ESTALE* errors.\n"
38454 msgstr "*stale_rw* : cette option maintient un index (cache) des inœuds de répertoire qui est utilisé par le code relatif à NFS pour améliorer les recherches. Les opérations complètes de fichier (lecture ou écriture) par NFS sont prises en charge mais avec expulsion du cache vers le serveur NFS, cela pourrait avoir pour conséquence des erreurs *ESTALE* infondées.\n"
38455
38456 #. type: Plain text
38457 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:948
38458 #, no-wrap
38459 msgid "*nostale_ro*: This option bases the inode number and file handle on the on-disk location of a file in the FAT directory entry. This ensures that *ESTALE* will not be returned after a file is evicted from the inode cache. However, it means that operations such as rename, create and unlink could cause file handles that previously pointed at one file to point at a different file, potentially causing data corruption. For this reason, this option also mounts the filesystem readonly.\n"
38460 msgstr "*nostale_ro* : cette option base le numéro d’inœud et le gestionnaire de fichiers sur l’emplacement d’un fichier sur le disque dans l’entrée de répertoire FAT. Cela assure que *ESTALE* ne sera pas renvoyé après l'expulsion d’un fichier du cache d’inœuds. Cependant, cela signifie que les opérations comme le renommage, la création et la destruction pourraient forcer les gestionnaires de fichiers qui pointaient auparavant vers un fichier à pointer vers un autre fichier, avec une éventuelle corruption de données. Pour cette raison, cette option monte aussi le système de fichiers en lecture seule.\n"
38461
38462 #. type: Plain text
38463 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:950
38464 msgid ""
38465 "To maintain backward compatibility, *-o nfs* is also accepted, defaulting to "
38466 "*stale_rw*."
38467 msgstr ""
38468 "Pour la compatibilité ascendante, *-o nfs* est aussi acceptée, signifiant "
38469 "par défaut *stale_rw*."
38470
38471 #. type: Labeled list
38472 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:951
38473 #, no-wrap
38474 msgid "*tz=UTC*"
38475 msgstr "*tz=UTC*"
38476
38477 #. type: Plain text
38478 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:953
38479 msgid ""
38480 "This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as "
38481 "used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally). This is "
38482 "particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras) that are "
38483 "set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
38484 msgstr ""
38485 "Cette option désactive la conversion des horodatages entre le temps local "
38486 "(comme utilisé par Windows avec FAT) et le temps universel (que Linux "
38487 "utilise en interne). C'est particulièrement utile lors du montage de "
38488 "périphériques (comme des appareils photo numériques) qui utilisent l'heure "
38489 "universelle afin de s'affranchir des différentes heures locales."
38490
38491 #. type: Labeled list
38492 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:954
38493 #, no-wrap
38494 msgid "**time_offset=**__minutes__"
38495 msgstr "**time_offset=**__minutes__"
38496
38497 #. type: Plain text
38498 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:956
38499 msgid ""
38500 "Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to UTC. "
38501 "I.e., _minutes_ will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert it to UTC "
38502 "used internally by Linux. This is useful when the time zone set in the "
38503 "kernel via *settimeofday*(2) is not the time zone used by the filesystem. "
38504 "Note that this option still does not provide correct time stamps in all "
38505 "cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different DST setting will be "
38506 "off by one hour."
38507 msgstr ""
38508 "Définir le décalage pour la conversion des horodatages de l’heure locale "
38509 "utilisée par FAT en UTC. C’est-à-dire que des _minutes_ seront soustraites "
38510 "de chaque horodatage pour le convertir en UTC, tel qu’utilisé en interne par "
38511 "Linux. C’est utile quand le fuseau horaire défini dans le noyau par "
38512 "*settimeofday*(2) n’est pas le fuseau horaire utilisé par le système de "
38513 "fichiers. Remarquez que cette option ne fournit cependant pas d’horodatage "
38514 "correct dans tous les cas en présence d’heure d’été — les horodatages en cas "
38515 "de configuration d’heure d’été différente seront décalés d’une heure."
38516
38517 #. type: Labeled list
38518 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:957 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:997
38519 #, no-wrap
38520 msgid "*quiet*"
38521 msgstr "*quiet*"
38522
38523 #. type: Plain text
38524 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:959
38525 msgid ""
38526 "Turn on the _quiet_ flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return "
38527 "errors, although they fail. Use with caution!"
38528 msgstr ""
38529 "Activer l'attribut _quiet_. Les tentatives de modification du propriétaire "
38530 "ou du mode d'accès aux fichiers ne renverront pas d'erreurs, bien qu'elles "
38531 "échouent. À utiliser avec précaution !"
38532
38533 #. type: Labeled list
38534 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:960
38535 #, no-wrap
38536 msgid "*rodir*"
38537 msgstr "*rodir*"
38538
38539 #. type: Plain text
38540 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:962
38541 msgid ""
38542 "FAT has the *ATTR_RO* (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the *ATTR_RO* of "
38543 "the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as a "
38544 "flag (e.g. it's set for the customized folder)."
38545 msgstr ""
38546 "FAT a l’attribut *ATTR_RO* (lecture seule). Sous Windows, l’**ATTR_RO** du "
38547 "répertoire sera simplement ignoré et il n’est utilisé que par les "
38548 "applications comme un attribut (par exemple, il est défini pour le "
38549 "répertoire personnalisé)."
38550
38551 #. type: Plain text
38552 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:964
38553 msgid ""
38554 "If you want to use *ATTR_RO* as read-only flag even for the directory, set "
38555 "this option."
38556 msgstr ""
38557 "Pour utiliser *ATTR_RO* comme un attribut de lecture seule même pour le "
38558 "répertoire, activez cette option."
38559
38560 #. type: Labeled list
38561 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:965
38562 #, no-wrap
38563 msgid "*showexec*"
38564 msgstr "*showexec*"
38565
38566 #. type: Plain text
38567 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:967
38568 msgid ""
38569 "If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if the "
38570 "extension part of the name is .EXE, .COM, or .BAT. Not set by default."
38571 msgstr ""
38572 "Si activée, les bits de permission d'exécution du fichier seront autorisés "
38573 "seulement si l'extension du nom de fichier est .EXE, .BAT ou .COM. "
38574 "Désactivée par défaut."
38575
38576 #. type: Labeled list
38577 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:968
38578 #, no-wrap
38579 msgid "*sys_immutable*"
38580 msgstr "*sys_immutable*"
38581
38582 #. type: Plain text
38583 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:970
38584 msgid ""
38585 "If set, *ATTR_SYS* attribute on FAT is handled as *IMMUTABLE* flag on Linux. "
38586 "Not set by default."
38587 msgstr ""
38588 "Si activée, l'attribut FAT *ATTR_SYS* est géré comme un attribut immuable "
38589 "sous Linux. Désactivée par défaut."
38590
38591 #. type: Labeled list
38592 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:971
38593 #, no-wrap
38594 msgid "*flush*"
38595 msgstr "*flush*"
38596
38597 #. type: Plain text
38598 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:973
38599 msgid ""
38600 "If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal. Not "
38601 "set by default."
38602 msgstr ""
38603 "Si activée, le système de fichiers essayera de vider vers le disque plus tôt "
38604 "que la normale. Désactivée par défaut."
38605
38606 #. type: Labeled list
38607 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:974
38608 #, no-wrap
38609 msgid "*usefree*"
38610 msgstr "*usefree*"
38611
38612 #. type: Plain text
38613 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:976
38614 msgid ""
38615 "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on *FSINFO*. It'll be used to "
38616 "determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it's not used "
38617 "by default, because recent Windows don't update it correctly in some case. "
38618 "If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on *FSINFO* is correct, by this option "
38619 "you can avoid scanning disk."
38620 msgstr ""
38621 "Utiliser la valeur de secteurs libres (« free clusters ») disponible dans "
38622 "*FSINFO*. Elle sera utilisée pour déterminer le nombre de secteurs libres "
38623 "sans analyser le disque. Elle n'est pas utilisée par défaut car les versions "
38624 "récentes de Windows ne la mettent pas à jour correctement dans certains cas. "
38625 "Si vous êtes sûr que la valeur de secteurs libres sur *FSINFO* est correcte, "
38626 "vous pouvez éviter l'analyse du disque grâce à cette option."
38627
38628 #. type: Labeled list
38629 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:977
38630 #, no-wrap
38631 msgid "*dots*, *nodots*, *dotsOK=*[**yes**|*no*]"
38632 msgstr "*dots*, *nodots*, *dotsOK=*[**yes**|*no*]"
38633
38634 #. type: Plain text
38635 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:979
38636 msgid ""
38637 "Various misguided attempts to force Unix or DOS conventions onto a FAT "
38638 "filesystem."
38639 msgstr ""
38640 "Diverses tentatives risquées pour forcer un comportement UNIX ou DOS dans un "
38641 "système de fichiers FAT."
38642
38643 #. type: Title ===
38644 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:980
38645 #, no-wrap
38646 msgid "Mount options for hfs"
38647 msgstr "Options de montage pour hfs"
38648
38649 #. type: Labeled list
38650 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:982
38651 #, no-wrap
38652 msgid "**creator=**__cccc__**, type=**__cccc__"
38653 msgstr "**creator=**__cccc__**, type=**__cccc__"
38654
38655 #. type: Plain text
38656 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:984
38657 msgid ""
38658 "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for creating "
38659 "new files. Default values: '????'."
38660 msgstr ""
38661 "Positionner les valeurs « creator » et « type » telles que les montre le "
38662 "« Finder MacOS » lors de la création de nouveaux fichiers. Valeurs par "
38663 "défaut « ???? »."
38664
38665 #. type: Labeled list
38666 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:988
38667 #, no-wrap
38668 msgid "**dir_umask=**__n__**, file_umask=**__n__**, umask=**__n__"
38669 msgstr "**dir_umask=**__n__**, file_umask=**__n__**, umask=**__n__"
38670
38671 #. type: Plain text
38672 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:990
38673 msgid ""
38674 "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files and "
38675 "directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process."
38676 msgstr ""
38677 "Établir l'umask utilisé pour tous les répertoires, tous les fichiers normaux "
38678 "ou tous les fichiers et répertoires. La valeur par défaut est l'umask du "
38679 "processus actuel."
38680
38681 #. type: Labeled list
38682 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:991
38683 #, no-wrap
38684 msgid "**session=**__n__"
38685 msgstr "**session=**__n__"
38686
38687 #. type: Plain text
38688 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:993
38689 msgid ""
38690 "Select the CDROM session to mount. Defaults to leaving that decision to the "
38691 "CDROM driver. This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as underlying "
38692 "device."
38693 msgstr ""
38694 "Choisir la session de CD-ROM à monter. La valeur par défaut est de laisser "
38695 "cette décision au lecteur de CD-ROM. Cette option ne fonctionne que pour les "
38696 "CD-ROM."
38697
38698 #. type: Labeled list
38699 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:994
38700 #, no-wrap
38701 msgid "**part=**__n__"
38702 msgstr "**part=**__n__"
38703
38704 #. type: Plain text
38705 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:996
38706 msgid ""
38707 "Select partition number n from the device. Only makes sense for CDROMs. "
38708 "Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
38709 msgstr ""
38710 "Choisir la partition numéro *n* du périphérique. Cela n'a de sens que pour "
38711 "les CD-ROM. Le comportement par défaut est de ne pas analyser la table de "
38712 "partitions."
38713
38714 #. type: Plain text
38715 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:999
38716 msgid "Don't complain about invalid mount options."
38717 msgstr "Ne pas se plaindre dans le cas d'options de montage non valables."
38718
38719 #. type: Title ===
38720 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1000
38721 #, no-wrap
38722 msgid "Mount options for hpfs"
38723 msgstr "Options de montage pour hpfs"
38724
38725 #. type: Labeled list
38726 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1008
38727 #, no-wrap
38728 msgid "*case=*{**lower**|*asis*}"
38729 msgstr "*case=*{**lower**|*asis*}"
38730
38731 #. type: Plain text
38732 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1010
38733 msgid ""
38734 "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: "
38735 "*case=lower*.)"
38736 msgstr ""
38737 "Convertir les noms de fichiers en minuscules (*lower*) ou les laisser tels "
38738 "quels (*asis*). Par défaut : *case=lower*."
38739
38740 #. type: Plain text
38741 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1013 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1051
38742 msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or being ignored."
38743 msgstr "Cette option est obsolète et peut échouer ou être ignorée."
38744
38745 #. type: Labeled list
38746 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1014
38747 #, no-wrap
38748 msgid "*nocheck*"
38749 msgstr "*nocheck*"
38750
38751 #. type: Plain text
38752 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1016
38753 msgid "Do not abort mounting when certain consistency checks fail."
38754 msgstr "Ne pas interrompre le montage si un test de cohérence échoue."
38755
38756 #. type: Title ===
38757 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1017
38758 #, no-wrap
38759 msgid "Mount options for iso9660"
38760 msgstr "Options de montage pour ISO 9660"
38761
38762 #. type: Plain text
38763 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1020
38764 msgid ""
38765 "ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-"
38766 "ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs. See also the _udf_ "
38767 "filesystem.)"
38768 msgstr ""
38769 "ISO 9660 est une norme décrivant la structure du système de fichiers pour "
38770 "les CD-ROM (ce type de système de fichiers apparaît aussi sur certains DVD ; "
38771 "consultez également le système de fichiers _udf_)."
38772
38773 #. type: Plain text
38774 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1022
38775 msgid ""
38776 "Normal _iso9660_ filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like "
38777 "restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in "
38778 "upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, number of "
38779 "links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
38780 msgstr ""
38781 "Les noms de fichiers _iso9660_ normaux se présentent au format 8.3 (limite "
38782 "de longueur des noms comme sous DOS). Tous les caractères sont en "
38783 "majuscules. De plus, rien n'est prévu pour stocker le propriétaire du "
38784 "fichier, le mode d'accès, le nombre de liens, les périphériques bloc ou "
38785 "caractère, etc."
38786
38787 #. type: Plain text
38788 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1024
38789 msgid ""
38790 "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-like "
38791 "features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that "
38792 "supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the "
38793 "filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem (except that "
38794 "it is read-only, of course)."
38795 msgstr ""
38796 "Rock Ridge est une extension du format ISO 9660 qui permet d'offrir ces "
38797 "fonctionnalités UNIX. En gros, des données sont ajoutées pour chaque entrée "
38798 "de chaque répertoire afin de fournir les informations désirées. Lorsque Rock "
38799 "Ridge est utilisée, le système de fichiers est complètement semblable à un "
38800 "système de fichiers UNIX normal (sauf qu'il est en lecture seule évidemment)."
38801
38802 #. type: Labeled list
38803 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1025
38804 #, no-wrap
38805 msgid "*norock*"
38806 msgstr "*norock*"
38807
38808 #. type: Plain text
38809 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1027
38810 msgid "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
38811 msgstr ""
38812 "Ne pas utiliser les extensions Rock Ridge, même si elles sont disponibles. "
38813 "Consultez *map*."
38814
38815 #. type: Labeled list
38816 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1028
38817 #, no-wrap
38818 msgid "*nojoliet*"
38819 msgstr "*nojoliet*"
38820
38821 #. type: Plain text
38822 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1030
38823 msgid ""
38824 "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
38825 msgstr ""
38826 "Désactiver les extensions Microsoft Joliet, même si elles sont disponibles. "
38827 "Consultez *map*."
38828
38829 #. type: Labeled list
38830 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1031
38831 #, no-wrap
38832 msgid "*check=*{*r*[*elaxed*]|*s*[*trict*]}"
38833 msgstr "*check=*{*r*[*elaxed*]|*s*[*trict*]}"
38834
38835 #. type: Plain text
38836 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1033
38837 msgid ""
38838 "With *check=relaxed*, a filename is first converted to lower case before "
38839 "doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with *norock* "
38840 "and *map=normal*. (Default: *check=strict*.)"
38841 msgstr ""
38842 "Avec *check=relaxed*, les noms de fichier sont convertis en minuscules avant "
38843 "de lancer la recherche. Cela n'a probablement d'intérêt qu'avec les options "
38844 "*norock* et *map=normal*. (Par défaut : *check=strict*.)"
38845
38846 #. type: Plain text
38847 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1036
38848 msgid ""
38849 "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly "
38850 "overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: "
38851 "*uid=0,gid=0*.)"
38852 msgstr ""
38853 "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers en écrasant "
38854 "éventuellement les informations trouvées dans les extensions Rock Ridge (par "
38855 "défaut : *uid=0,gid=0*)."
38856
38857 #. type: Labeled list
38858 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1037
38859 #, no-wrap
38860 msgid "*map=*{*n*[*ormal*]|*o*[*ff*]|*a*[*corn*]}"
38861 msgstr "*map=*{*n*[*ormal*]|*o*[*ff*]|*a*[*corn*]}"
38862
38863 #. type: Plain text
38864 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1039
38865 msgid ""
38866 "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case "
38867 "ASCII, drops a trailing ';1', and converts ';' to '.'. With *map=off* no "
38868 "name translation is done. See *norock*. (Default: *map=normal*.) *map=acorn* "
38869 "is like *map=normal* but also apply Acorn extensions if present."
38870 msgstr ""
38871 "Pour les volumes sans extension Rock Ridge, la conversion des noms de "
38872 "fichiers change les majuscules en minuscules, supprime l'éventuel « ;1 » "
38873 "final, et transforme « ; » en « . ». Avec *map=off* il n'y a pas de "
38874 "conversion. Consultez *norock* (*map=normal* par défaut). *map=acorn* est "
38875 "comme *map=normal*, mais applique aussi les extensions Acorn si elles sont "
38876 "présentes."
38877
38878 #. type: Plain text
38879 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1042
38880 msgid ""
38881 "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: "
38882 "read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a "
38883 "leading 0."
38884 msgstr ""
38885 "Pour les volumes non Rock Ridge, donner le mode indiqué à tous les fichiers "
38886 "(par défaut : lecture et exécution autorisées pour tous). Les valeurs de "
38887 "mode octal nécessitent 0 en tête)."
38888
38889 #. type: Labeled list
38890 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1043 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1358
38891 #, no-wrap
38892 msgid "*unhide*"
38893 msgstr "*unhide*"
38894
38895 #. type: Plain text
38896 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1045
38897 msgid ""
38898 "Also show hidden and associated files. (If the ordinary files and the "
38899 "associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the "
38900 "ordinary files inaccessible.)"
38901 msgstr ""
38902 "Montrer également les fichiers cachés et les fichiers d'extensions (si les "
38903 "fichiers ordinaires et les fichiers d'extensions ou cachés ont les mêmes "
38904 "noms, cela peut rendre inaccessibles les fichiers ordinaires)."
38905
38906 #. type: Labeled list
38907 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1046
38908 #, no-wrap
38909 msgid "*block=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
38910 msgstr "*block=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
38911
38912 #. type: Plain text
38913 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1048
38914 msgid "Set the block size to the indicated value. (Default: *block=1024*.)"
38915 msgstr "Définir la taille de bloc (*block=1024* par défaut)."
38916
38917 #. type: Labeled list
38918 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1052
38919 #, no-wrap
38920 msgid "*cruft*"
38921 msgstr "*cruft*"
38922
38923 #. type: Plain text
38924 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1054
38925 msgid ""
38926 "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount "
38927 "option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a "
38928 "file cannot be larger than 16 MB."
38929 msgstr ""
38930 "Si l'octet de poids fort de la taille d'un fichier contient n'importe quoi, "
38931 "utilisez cette option de montage pour ignorer les octets de poids fort de "
38932 "taille de fichier. Cela force la longueur maximale d'un fichier à 16 Mo."
38933
38934 #. type: Labeled list
38935 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1055
38936 #, no-wrap
38937 msgid "**session=**__x__"
38938 msgstr "**session=**__x__"
38939
38940 #. type: Plain text
38941 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1057
38942 msgid "Select number of session on a multisession CD."
38943 msgstr "Indiquer le numéro de session sur un CD multisessions."
38944
38945 #. type: Labeled list
38946 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1058
38947 #, no-wrap
38948 msgid "**sbsector=**__xxx__"
38949 msgstr "**sbsector=**__xxx__"
38950
38951 #. type: Plain text
38952 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1060
38953 msgid "Session begins from sector xxx."
38954 msgstr "La session commence au secteur xxx."
38955
38956 #. type: Plain text
38957 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1062
38958 msgid ""
38959 "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only "
38960 "makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft's Joliet extensions."
38961 msgstr ""
38962 "Les options suivantes sont les mêmes que pour vfat et les indiquer n'a de "
38963 "sens que dans le cas de disques utilisant les extensions Joliet de Microsoft."
38964
38965 #. type: Plain text
38966 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1065
38967 msgid ""
38968 "Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 bit "
38969 "characters. The default is iso8859-1."
38970 msgstr ""
38971 "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour la conversion des caractères Unicode "
38972 "16 bits du CD en caractères 8 bits. Le jeu par défaut est ISO 8859-1."
38973
38974 #. type: Labeled list
38975 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1066 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1105
38976 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1382 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1480
38977 #, no-wrap
38978 msgid "*utf8*"
38979 msgstr "*utf8*"
38980
38981 #. type: Plain text
38982 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1068
38983 msgid "Convert 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to UTF-8."
38984 msgstr "Convertir les caractères Unicode 16 bits du CD en UTF-8."
38985
38986 #. type: Title ===
38987 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1069
38988 #, no-wrap
38989 msgid "Mount options for jfs"
38990 msgstr "Options de montage pour jfs"
38991
38992 #. type: Labeled list
38993 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1071 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1099
38994 #, no-wrap
38995 msgid "**iocharset=**__name__"
38996 msgstr "**iocharset=**__nom__"
38997
38998 #. type: Plain text
38999 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1073
39000 msgid ""
39001 "Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII. The default is to "
39002 "do no conversion. Use *iocharset=utf8* for UTF8 translations. This requires "
39003 "*CONFIG_NLS_UTF8* to be set in the kernel _.config_ file."
39004 msgstr ""
39005 "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour la conversion de l'Unicode en ASCII. Le "
39006 "comportement par défaut est de ne pas faire de conversion. Utiliser "
39007 "*iocharset=utf8* pour les traductions UTF-8. Cela nécessite que "
39008 "*CONFIG_NLS_UTF8* soit positionné dans le fichier _.config_ du noyau."
39009
39010 #. type: Labeled list
39011 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1074
39012 #, no-wrap
39013 msgid "**resize=**__value__"
39014 msgstr "**resize=**__valeur__"
39015
39016 #. type: Plain text
39017 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1076
39018 msgid ""
39019 "Resize the volume to _value_ blocks. JFS only supports growing a volume, not "
39020 "shrinking it. This option is only valid during a remount, when the volume is "
39021 "mounted read-write. The *resize* keyword with no value will grow the volume "
39022 "to the full size of the partition."
39023 msgstr ""
39024 "Redimensionner le volume à _valeur_ blocs. JFS ne prend en charge que "
39025 "l'agrandissement d'un volume, pas sa réduction. Cette option n'est valable "
39026 "que lors d'un remontage, lorsque le volume est monté en lecture et écriture. "
39027 "Le mot clef *resize* sans valeur associée fera que le volume sera agrandi à "
39028 "toute la taille de la partition."
39029
39030 #. type: Labeled list
39031 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1077
39032 #, no-wrap
39033 msgid "*nointegrity*"
39034 msgstr "*nointegrity*"
39035
39036 #. type: Plain text
39037 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1079
39038 msgid ""
39039 "Do not write to the journal. The primary use of this option is to allow for "
39040 "higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media. The integrity "
39041 "of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
39042 msgstr ""
39043 "Ne pas écrire dans le journal. La première utilisation de cette option est "
39044 "de permettre une meilleure performance lors de la restauration d'un volume à "
39045 "partir d'un média de sauvegarde. L'intégrité du volume n'est pas garantie si "
39046 "le système s'est arrêté de manière anormale."
39047
39048 #. type: Labeled list
39049 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1080
39050 #, no-wrap
39051 msgid "*integrity*"
39052 msgstr "*integrity*"
39053
39054 #. type: Plain text
39055 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1082
39056 msgid ""
39057 "Default. Commit metadata changes to the journal. Use this option to remount "
39058 "a volume where the *nointegrity* option was previously specified in order to "
39059 "restore normal behavior."
39060 msgstr ""
39061 "C'est le comportement par défaut. Soumettre les modifications des méta-"
39062 "données dans le journal. Utilisez cette option pour remonter un volume "
39063 "lorsque l'option *nointegrity* a été précédemment utilisée afin de retrouver "
39064 "un comportement normal."
39065
39066 #. type: Labeled list
39067 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1083
39068 #, no-wrap
39069 msgid "*errors=*{**continue**|**remount-ro**|*panic*}"
39070 msgstr "*errors=*{**continue**|**remount-ro**|*panic*}"
39071
39072 #. type: Plain text
39073 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1085
39074 msgid ""
39075 "Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and "
39076 "just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the filesystem "
39077 "read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
39078 msgstr ""
39079 "Définir le comportement lorsqu'une erreur survient. (Soit ignorer les "
39080 "erreurs et simplement marquer le système de fichiers comme erroné et "
39081 "continuer, soit remonter le système de fichiers en lecture seule, soit "
39082 "déclencher une panique du noyau et arrêter le système)."
39083
39084 #. type: Labeled list
39085 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1086
39086 #, no-wrap
39087 msgid "**noquota**|**quota**|**usrquota**|*grpquota*"
39088 msgstr "**noquota**|**quota**|**usrquota**|*grpquota*"
39089
39090 #. type: Plain text
39091 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1088
39092 msgid "These options are accepted but ignored."
39093 msgstr "Ces options sont acceptées mais ignorées."
39094
39095 #. type: Title ===
39096 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1089
39097 #, no-wrap
39098 msgid "Mount options for msdos"
39099 msgstr "Options de montage pour msdos"
39100
39101 #. type: Plain text
39102 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1092
39103 msgid ""
39104 "See mount options for fat. If the _msdos_ filesystem detects an "
39105 "inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The "
39106 "filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
39107 msgstr ""
39108 "Consultez les options de montage pour _fat_. Si le système de fichiers "
39109 "_msdos_ détecte des incohérences, une erreur sera indiquée et le système de "
39110 "fichiers passera en lecture seule. L'écriture peut être réactivée en "
39111 "remontant le système de fichiers."
39112
39113 #. type: Title ===
39114 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1093
39115 #, no-wrap
39116 msgid "Mount options for ncpfs"
39117 msgstr "Options de montage pour ncpfs"
39118
39119 #. type: Plain text
39120 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1096
39121 #, fuzzy
39122 #| msgid ""
39123 #| "Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a "
39124 #| "_struct ncp_mount_data_) to the mount system call. This argument is "
39125 #| "constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) "
39126 #| "does not know anything about ncpfs."
39127 msgid ""
39128 "Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a "
39129 "_struct ncp_mount_data_) to the *mount*(2) system call. This argument is "
39130 "constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) does "
39131 "not know anything about ncpfs."
39132 msgstr ""
39133 "Tout comme _nfs_, l'implémentation de _ncpfs_ nécessite un paramètre binaire "
39134 "(une structure _ncp_mount_data_) lors de l'appel système. Cet argument est "
39135 "construit par *ncpmount*(8) et la version actuelle de *mount* (2.12) ne "
39136 "connaît rien en ce qui concerne _ncpfs_."
39137
39138 #. type: Title ===
39139 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1097
39140 #, no-wrap
39141 msgid "Mount options for ntfs"
39142 msgstr "Options de montage pour ntfs"
39143
39144 #. type: Plain text
39145 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1101
39146 msgid ""
39147 "Character set to use when returning file names. Unlike VFAT, NTFS suppresses "
39148 "names that contain nonconvertible characters. Deprecated."
39149 msgstr ""
39150 "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour renvoyer les noms de fichiers. "
39151 "Contrairement à VFAT, NTFS supprime les noms qui contiennent des caractères "
39152 "non convertibles. Obsolète."
39153
39154 #. type: Labeled list
39155 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1102
39156 #, no-wrap
39157 msgid "**nls=**__name__"
39158 msgstr "**nls=**__nom__"
39159
39160 #. type: Plain text
39161 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1104
39162 msgid "New name for the option earlier called _iocharset_."
39163 msgstr "Nouveau nom pour l'option précédemment nommée _iocharset_."
39164
39165 #. type: Plain text
39166 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1107
39167 msgid "Use UTF-8 for converting file names."
39168 msgstr "Utiliser UTF-8 pour convertir les noms de fichiers."
39169
39170 #. type: Labeled list
39171 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1108
39172 #, no-wrap
39173 msgid "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
39174 msgstr "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
39175
39176 #. type: Plain text
39177 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1110
39178 msgid ""
39179 "For 0 (or 'no' or 'false'), do not use escape sequences for unknown Unicode "
39180 "characters. For 1 (or 'yes' or 'true') or 2, use vfat-style 4-byte escape "
39181 "sequences starting with \":\". Here 2 gives a little-endian encoding and 1 a "
39182 "byteswapped bigendian encoding."
39183 msgstr ""
39184 "Si 0 (ou *no*, ou *false*), ne pas utiliser de séquences d'échappements pour "
39185 "les caractères Unicode inconnus. Si 1 (ou *yes*, ou *true*) ou 2, utiliser "
39186 "les séquences d'échappement sur quatre octets de style _vfat_ en commençant "
39187 "par « : ». Avec 2, un codage petit boutiste (« little-endian ») est utilisé "
39188 "et avec 1 un codage grand boutiste (« big-endian »)."
39189
39190 #. type: Labeled list
39191 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1111
39192 #, no-wrap
39193 msgid "*posix=[0|1]*"
39194 msgstr "*posix=[0|1]*"
39195
39196 #. type: Plain text
39197 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1113
39198 msgid ""
39199 "If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and lower "
39200 "case. The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of being "
39201 "suppressed. This option is obsolete."
39202 msgstr ""
39203 "Si actif (posix=1), le système de fichiers distingue les majuscules des "
39204 "minuscules. Les noms d'alias 8.3 sont présentés sous forme de liens "
39205 "physiques plutôt que d'être supprimés. Cette option est obsolète."
39206
39207 #. type: Labeled list
39208 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1114
39209 #, no-wrap
39210 msgid "**uid=**__value__, **gid=**__value__ and **umask=**__value__"
39211 msgstr "**uid=**__valeur__, **gid=**__valeur__ et **umask=**__valeur__"
39212
39213 #. type: Plain text
39214 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1116
39215 msgid ""
39216 "Set the file permission on the filesystem. The umask value is given in "
39217 "octal. By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by somebody "
39218 "else."
39219 msgstr ""
39220 "Définir les permissions des fichiers sur le système de fichiers. La valeur "
39221 "d'umask est fournie en octal. Par défaut, les fichiers appartiennent au "
39222 "superutilisateur et ne sont lisibles par personne d'autre."
39223
39224 #. type: Title ===
39225 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1117
39226 #, no-wrap
39227 msgid "Mount options for overlay"
39228 msgstr "Options de montage pour la superposition (overlay)"
39229
39230 #. type: Plain text
39231 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1120
39232 msgid ""
39233 "Since Linux 3.18 the overlay pseudo filesystem implements a union mount for "
39234 "other filesystems."
39235 msgstr ""
39236 "Depuis Linux 3.18, le pseudo système de fichiers overlay met en œuvre un "
39237 "montage en union (union mount) pour d’autres système de fichiers."
39238
39239 #. type: Plain text
39240 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1122
39241 msgid ""
39242 "An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an *upper* filesystem and a "
39243 "*lower* filesystem. When a name exists in both filesystems, the object in "
39244 "the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower filesystem is "
39245 "either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with the upper object."
39246 msgstr ""
39247 "Un système de fichiers de superposition combine deux systèmes de fichiers "
39248 "— un système de fichiers *supérieur* et un système de fichiers *inférieur*. "
39249 "Lorsqu’un nom est présent sur les deux systèmes de fichiers, l’objet dans le "
39250 "système de fichiers supérieur est visible tandis que l’objet dans le système "
39251 "de fichiers inférieur est soit caché, soit, dans le cas de répertoire, "
39252 "fusionné avec l’objet supérieur."
39253
39254 #. type: Plain text
39255 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1124
39256 #, fuzzy
39257 msgid ""
39258 "The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does not "
39259 "need to be writable. The lower filesystem can even be another overlayfs. The "
39260 "upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is it must support the "
39261 "creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must provide a valid d_type "
39262 "in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
39263 msgstr ""
39264 "Le système de fichiers inférieur peut être n’importe quel système de "
39265 "fichiers pris en charge par Linux et n’a nul besoin d’être modifiable. Il "
39266 "peut même être un autre système de fichiers overlay. Le système de fichiers "
39267 "supérieur sera normalement modifiable et si c'est le cas, doit gérer la "
39268 "création d’attributs étendus I<trusted.*> et fournir un I<d_type> autorisé "
39269 "dans les réponses de B<readdir>, aussi NFS n’est pas adapté."
39270
39271 #. type: Plain text
39272 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1126
39273 msgid ""
39274 "A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem "
39275 "type. The options *lowerdir* and *upperdir* are combined into a merged "
39276 "directory by using:"
39277 msgstr ""
39278 "Un système de fichiers overlay en lecture seule de deux systèmes de fichiers "
39279 "peut utiliser n’importe quel type de système de fichiers. Les options "
39280 "*lowerdir* et *upperdir* sont combinées dans un répertoire de fusion en "
39281 "utilisant :"
39282
39283 #. type: delimited block .
39284 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1131
39285 #, no-wrap
39286 msgid ""
39287 "mount -t overlay  overlay  \\\n"
39288 "  -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged\n"
39289 msgstr ""
39290 "mount -t overlay  overlay  \\\n"
39291 "  -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged\n"
39292
39293 #. type: Labeled list
39294 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1134
39295 #, no-wrap
39296 msgid "**lowerdir=**__directory__"
39297 msgstr "**lowerdir=**__répertoire__"
39298
39299 #. type: delimited block _
39300 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1136
39301 msgid "Any filesystem, does not need to be on a writable filesystem."
39302 msgstr ""
39303 "N’importe quel système de fichiers, sans nécessité d’être sur un système de "
39304 "fichiers modifiable."
39305
39306 #. type: Labeled list
39307 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1137
39308 #, no-wrap
39309 msgid "**upperdir=**__directory__"
39310 msgstr "**upperdir=**__répertoire__"
39311
39312 #. type: delimited block _
39313 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1139
39314 msgid "The upperdir is normally on a writable filesystem."
39315 msgstr "Le _répertoire_ est normalement un système de fichiers modifiable."
39316
39317 #. type: Labeled list
39318 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1140
39319 #, no-wrap
39320 msgid "**workdir=**__directory__"
39321 msgstr "**workdir=**__répertoire__"
39322
39323 #. type: delimited block _
39324 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1142
39325 msgid ""
39326 "The workdir needs to be an empty directory on the same filesystem as "
39327 "upperdir."
39328 msgstr ""
39329 "Le _répertoire_ doit être un répertoire vide sur le même système de fichiers "
39330 "que le répertoire supérieur."
39331
39332 #. type: Labeled list
39333 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1143
39334 #, no-wrap
39335 msgid "*userxattr*"
39336 msgstr "*userxattr*"
39337
39338 #. type: delimited block _
39339 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1145
39340 msgid ""
39341 "Use the \"*user.overlay.*\" xattr namespace instead of \"*trusted.overlay."
39342 "*\". This is useful for unprivileged mounting of overlayfs."
39343 msgstr ""
39344
39345 #. type: Labeled list
39346 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1146
39347 #, no-wrap
39348 msgid "*redirect_dir=*{**on**|**off**|**follow**|**nofollow**}"
39349 msgstr "*redirect_dir=*{**on**|**off**|**follow**|**nofollow**}"
39350
39351 #. type: delimited block _
39352 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1148
39353 msgid ""
39354 "If the _redirect_dir_ feature is enabled, then the directory will be copied "
39355 "up (but not the contents). Then the \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay."
39356 "redirect\" extended attribute is set to the path of the original location "
39357 "from the root of the overlay. Finally the directory is moved to the new "
39358 "location."
39359 msgstr ""
39360
39361 #. type: Labeled list
39362 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1149 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:84
39363 #, no-wrap
39364 msgid "*on*"
39365 msgstr "*on*"
39366
39367 #. type: delimited block _
39368 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1151
39369 #, fuzzy
39370 #| msgid "Messages are allowed."
39371 msgid "Redirects are enabled."
39372 msgstr "Les messages sont permis."
39373
39374 #. type: Labeled list
39375 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1152 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:78
39376 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:124
39377 #, no-wrap
39378 msgid "*off*"
39379 msgstr "*off*"
39380
39381 #. type: delimited block _
39382 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1154
39383 msgid ""
39384 "Redirects are not created and only followed if \"redirect_always_follow\" "
39385 "feature is enabled in the kernel/module config."
39386 msgstr ""
39387
39388 #. type: Labeled list
39389 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1155
39390 #, no-wrap
39391 msgid "*follow*"
39392 msgstr "*follow*"
39393
39394 #. type: delimited block _
39395 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1157
39396 #, fuzzy
39397 #| msgid "Messages are not allowed."
39398 msgid "Redirects are not created, but followed."
39399 msgstr "Les messages ne sont pas permis."
39400
39401 #. type: Labeled list
39402 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1158
39403 #, no-wrap
39404 msgid "*nofollow*"
39405 msgstr "*nofollow*"
39406
39407 #. type: delimited block _
39408 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1160
39409 msgid ""
39410 "Redirects are not created and not followed (equivalent to "
39411 "\"redirect_dir=off\" if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is not enabled)."
39412 msgstr ""
39413
39414 #. type: Labeled list
39415 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1161
39416 #, no-wrap
39417 msgid "*index=*{**on**|**off**}"
39418 msgstr "*index=*{**on**|**off**}"
39419
39420 #. type: delimited block _
39421 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1163
39422 msgid ""
39423 "Inode index. If this feature is disabled and a file with multiple hard links "
39424 "is copied up, then this will \"break\" the link. Changes will not be "
39425 "propagated to other names referring to the same inode."
39426 msgstr ""
39427
39428 #. type: Labeled list
39429 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1164
39430 #, no-wrap
39431 msgid "*uuid=*{**on**|**off**}"
39432 msgstr "*uuid=*{**on**|**off**}"
39433
39434 #. type: delimited block _
39435 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1166
39436 msgid ""
39437 "Can be used to replace UUID of the underlying filesystem in file handles "
39438 "with null, and effectively disable UUID checks. This can be useful in case "
39439 "the underlying disk is copied and the UUID of this copy is changed. This is "
39440 "only applicable if all lower/upper/work directories are on the same "
39441 "filesystem, otherwise it will fallback to normal behaviour."
39442 msgstr ""
39443
39444 #. type: Labeled list
39445 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1167
39446 #, no-wrap
39447 msgid "*nfs_export=*{**on**|**off**}"
39448 msgstr "*nfs_export=*{**on**|**off**}"
39449
39450 #. type: delimited block _
39451 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1170
39452 msgid ""
39453 "When the underlying filesystems supports NFS export and the \"nfs_export\" "
39454 "feature is enabled, an overlay filesystem may be exported to NFS."
39455 msgstr ""
39456
39457 #. type: delimited block _
39458 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1177
39459 msgid ""
39460 "With the \"nfs_export\" feature, on copy_up of any lower object, an index "
39461 "entry is created under the index directory. The index entry name is the "
39462 "hexadecimal representation of the copy up origin file handle. For a non-"
39463 "directory object, the index entry is a hard link to the upper inode. For a "
39464 "directory object, the index entry has an extended attribute \"{**trusted**|"
39465 "**user**}.overlay.upper\" with an encoded file handle of the upper directory "
39466 "inode."
39467 msgstr ""
39468
39469 #. type: Labeled list
39470 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1178
39471 #, no-wrap
39472 msgid "When encoding a file handle from an overlay filesystem object, the following rules apply"
39473 msgstr ""
39474
39475 #. type: delimited block _
39476 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1181
39477 msgid "For a non-upper object, encode a lower file handle from lower inode"
39478 msgstr ""
39479
39480 #. type: delimited block _
39481 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1182
39482 msgid "For an indexed object, encode a lower file handle from copy_up origin"
39483 msgstr ""
39484
39485 #. type: delimited block _
39486 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1183
39487 msgid ""
39488 "For a pure-upper object and for an existing non-indexed upper object, encode "
39489 "an upper file handle from upper inode"
39490 msgstr ""
39491
39492 #. type: Labeled list
39493 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1185
39494 #, no-wrap
39495 msgid "The encoded overlay file handle includes"
39496 msgstr ""
39497
39498 #. type: delimited block _
39499 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1188
39500 msgid "Header including path type information (e.g. lower/upper)"
39501 msgstr ""
39502
39503 #. type: delimited block _
39504 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1189
39505 #, fuzzy
39506 #| msgid "Indicating the device and filesystem"
39507 msgid "UUID of the underlying filesystem"
39508 msgstr "Nommage des périphériques et systèmes de fichiers"
39509
39510 #. type: delimited block _
39511 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1190
39512 msgid "Underlying filesystem encoding of underlying inode"
39513 msgstr ""
39514
39515 #. type: Labeled list
39516 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1192
39517 #, no-wrap
39518 msgid "This encoding format is identical to the encoding format of file handles that are stored in extended attribute \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.origin\". When decoding an overlay file handle, the following steps are followed"
39519 msgstr ""
39520
39521 #. type: delimited block _
39522 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1195
39523 msgid "Find underlying layer by UUID and path type information."
39524 msgstr ""
39525
39526 #. type: delimited block _
39527 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1196
39528 msgid "Decode the underlying filesystem file handle to underlying dentry."
39529 msgstr ""
39530
39531 #. type: delimited block _
39532 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1197
39533 msgid "For a lower file handle, lookup the handle in index directory by name."
39534 msgstr ""
39535
39536 #. type: delimited block _
39537 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1198
39538 msgid ""
39539 "If a whiteout is found in index, return **ESTALE**. This represents an "
39540 "overlay object that was deleted after its file handle was encoded."
39541 msgstr ""
39542
39543 #. type: delimited block _
39544 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1199
39545 msgid ""
39546 "For a non-directory, instantiate a disconnected overlay dentry from the "
39547 "decoded underlying dentry, the path type and index inode, if found."
39548 msgstr ""
39549
39550 #. type: delimited block _
39551 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1200
39552 msgid ""
39553 "For a directory, use the connected underlying decoded dentry, path type and "
39554 "index, to lookup a connected overlay dentry."
39555 msgstr ""
39556
39557 #. type: delimited block _
39558 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1206
39559 msgid ""
39560 "Decoding a non-directory file handle may return a disconnected dentry. "
39561 "copy_up of that disconnected dentry will create an upper index entry with no "
39562 "upper alias."
39563 msgstr ""
39564
39565 #. type: delimited block _
39566 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1218
39567 msgid ""
39568 "When overlay filesystem has multiple lower layers, a middle layer directory "
39569 "may have a \"redirect\" to lower directory. Because middle layer "
39570 "\"redirects\" are not indexed, a lower file handle that was encoded from the "
39571 "\"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to find the middle or upper "
39572 "layer directory.  Similarly, a lower file handle that was encoded from a "
39573 "descendant of the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to "
39574 "reconstruct a connected overlay path. To mitigate the cases of directories "
39575 "that cannot be decoded from a lower file handle, these directories are "
39576 "copied up on encode and encoded as an upper file handle. On an overlay "
39577 "filesystem with no upper layer this mitigation cannot be used NFS export in "
39578 "this setup requires turning off redirect follow (e.g. "
39579 "\"__redirect_dir=nofollow__\")."
39580 msgstr ""
39581
39582 #. type: delimited block _
39583 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1220
39584 msgid ""
39585 "The overlay filesystem does not support non-directory connectable file "
39586 "handles, so exporting with the _subtree_check_ exportfs configuration will "
39587 "cause failures to lookup files over NFS."
39588 msgstr ""
39589
39590 #. type: delimited block _
39591 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1222
39592 msgid ""
39593 "When the NFS export feature is enabled, all directory index entries are "
39594 "verified on mount time to check that upper file handles are not stale. This "
39595 "verification may cause significant overhead in some cases."
39596 msgstr ""
39597
39598 #. type: delimited block _
39599 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1225
39600 msgid ""
39601 "Note: the mount options __index=off,nfs_export=on__ are conflicting for a "
39602 "read-write mount and will result in an error."
39603 msgstr ""
39604
39605 #. type: Labeled list
39606 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1227
39607 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
39608 #| msgid "*xinfo=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}"
39609 msgid "*xino=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}"
39610 msgstr "*xinfo=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}"
39611
39612 #. type: delimited block _
39613 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1229
39614 msgid ""
39615 "The \"xino\" feature composes a unique object identifier from the real "
39616 "object st_ino and an underlying fsid index. The \"xino\" feature uses the "
39617 "high inode number bits for fsid, because the underlying filesystems rarely "
39618 "use the high inode number bits. In case the underlying inode number does "
39619 "overflow into the high xino bits, overlay filesystem will fall back to the "
39620 "non xino behavior for that inode."
39621 msgstr ""
39622
39623 #. type: delimited block _
39624 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1231
39625 msgid ""
39626 "For a detailed description of the effect of this option please refer to "
39627 "https://docs.kernel.org/filesystems/overlayfs.html"
39628 msgstr ""
39629
39630 #. type: Labeled list
39631 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1232
39632 #, no-wrap
39633 msgid "*metacopy=*{**on**|**off**}"
39634 msgstr "*metacopy=*{**on**|**off**}"
39635
39636 #. type: delimited block _
39637 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1234
39638 msgid ""
39639 "When metadata only copy up feature is enabled, overlayfs will only copy up "
39640 "metadata (as opposed to whole file), when a metadata specific operation like "
39641 "chown/chmod is performed. Full file will be copied up later when file is "
39642 "opened for WRITE operation."
39643 msgstr ""
39644
39645 #. type: delimited block _
39646 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1236
39647 msgid ""
39648 "In other words, this is delayed data copy up operation and data is copied up "
39649 "when there is a need to actually modify data."
39650 msgstr ""
39651
39652 #. type: Labeled list
39653 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1237
39654 #, no-wrap
39655 msgid "*volatile*"
39656 msgstr "*volatile*"
39657
39658 #. type: delimited block _
39659 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1239
39660 msgid ""
39661 "Volatile mounts are not guaranteed to survive a crash. It is strongly "
39662 "recommended that volatile mounts are only used if data written to the "
39663 "overlay can be recreated without significant effort."
39664 msgstr ""
39665
39666 #. type: delimited block _
39667 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1241
39668 msgid ""
39669 "The advantage of mounting with the \"volatile\" option is that all forms of "
39670 "sync calls to the upper filesystem are omitted."
39671 msgstr ""
39672
39673 #. type: delimited block _
39674 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1243
39675 msgid ""
39676 "In order to avoid a giving a false sense of safety, the syncfs (and fsync) "
39677 "semantics of volatile mounts are slightly different than that of the rest of "
39678 "VFS. If any writeback error occurs on the upperdirâ\80\99s filesystem after a "
39679 "volatile mount takes place, all sync functions will return an error. Once "
39680 "this condition is reached, the filesystem will not recover, and every "
39681 "subsequent sync call will return an error, even if the upperdir has not "
39682 "experience a new error since the last sync call."
39683 msgstr ""
39684
39685 #. type: delimited block _
39686 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1245
39687 msgid ""
39688 "When overlay is mounted with \"volatile\" option, the directory \"$workdir/"
39689 "work/incompat/volatile\" is created. During next mount, overlay checks for "
39690 "this directory and refuses to mount if present. This is a strong indicator "
39691 "that user should throw away upper and work directories and create fresh one. "
39692 "In very limited cases where the user knows that the system has not crashed "
39693 "and contents of upperdir are intact, The \"volatile\" directory can be "
39694 "removed."
39695 msgstr ""
39696
39697 #. type: Title ===
39698 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1246
39699 #, no-wrap
39700 msgid "Mount options for reiserfs"
39701 msgstr "Options de montage pour reiserfs"
39702
39703 #. type: delimited block _
39704 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1249
39705 msgid "Reiserfs is a journaling filesystem."
39706 msgstr "Reseirfs est un système de fichiers journalisé."
39707
39708 #. type: Labeled list
39709 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1250
39710 #, no-wrap
39711 msgid "*conv*"
39712 msgstr "*conv*"
39713
39714 #. type: delimited block _
39715 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1252
39716 msgid ""
39717 "Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 filesystem, "
39718 "using the 3.6 format for newly created objects. This filesystem will no "
39719 "longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
39720 msgstr ""
39721 "Indiquer à la version 3.6 de ReiserFS de monter un système de fichiers de la "
39722 "version 3.5 et d'utiliser le format 3.6 pour les nouveaux objets. Ce système "
39723 "de fichiers ne sera plus compatible avec les outils ReiserFS 3.5."
39724
39725 #. type: Labeled list
39726 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1253
39727 #, no-wrap
39728 msgid "*hash=*{**rupasov**|**tea**|**r5**|*detect*}"
39729 msgstr "*hash=*{**rupasov**|**tea**|**r5**|*detect*}"
39730
39731 #. type: delimited block _
39732 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1255
39733 msgid ""
39734 "Choose which hash function reiserfs will use to find files within "
39735 "directories."
39736 msgstr ""
39737 "Choisir la fonction de hachage dont reiserfs usera pour retrouver les "
39738 "fichiers dans les répertoires."
39739
39740 #. type: Labeled list
39741 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1256
39742 #, no-wrap
39743 msgid "*rupasov*"
39744 msgstr "*rupasov*"
39745
39746 #. type: delimited block _
39747 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1258
39748 msgid ""
39749 "A hash invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. It is fast and preserves locality, "
39750 "mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash values. This option "
39751 "should not be used, as it causes a high probability of hash collisions."
39752 msgstr ""
39753 "Une fonction de hachage inventée par Yuri Yu. Rupasov, rapide et préservant "
39754 "la localité, mappant les noms de fichiers proches lexicographiquement vers "
39755 "des valeurs de hachage proches. Ne devrait pas être utilisée à cause de "
39756 "probabilités élevées de collisions de hachage."
39757
39758 #. type: Labeled list
39759 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1259
39760 #, no-wrap
39761 msgid "*tea*"
39762 msgstr "*tea*"
39763
39764 #. type: delimited block _
39765 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1261
39766 msgid ""
39767 "A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge. It uses hash "
39768 "permuting bits in the name. It gets high randomness and, therefore, low "
39769 "probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost. This may be used if "
39770 "*EHASHCOLLISION* errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
39771 msgstr ""
39772 "Une fonction de Davis-Meyer implémentée par Jeremy Fitzhardinge. Elle "
39773 "utilise des permutations de bits de hachage dans les noms. Elle procure un "
39774 "grand caractère aléatoire et donc de faibles probabilités de collision de "
39775 "hachage, au prix d'un certain coût processeur. Elle peut être utilisée si "
39776 "des erreurs *EHASHCOLLISION* se produisent avec la fonction de hachage r5."
39777
39778 #. type: Labeled list
39779 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1262
39780 #, no-wrap
39781 msgid "*r5*"
39782 msgstr "*r5*"
39783
39784 #. type: delimited block _
39785 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1264
39786 msgid ""
39787 "A modified version of the rupasov hash. It is used by default and is the "
39788 "best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-name "
39789 "patterns."
39790 msgstr ""
39791 "Une version modifiée de la fonction hachage de rupasov. Elle est utilisée "
39792 "par défaut et semble être le meilleur choix sauf si le système de fichiers a "
39793 "d'énormes répertoires et des motifs de nom de fichier non habituels."
39794
39795 #. type: Labeled list
39796 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1265
39797 #, no-wrap
39798 msgid "*detect*"
39799 msgstr "*detect*"
39800
39801 #. type: delimited block _
39802 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1267
39803 msgid ""
39804 "Instructs *mount* to detect which hash function is in use by examining the "
39805 "filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the reiserfs "
39806 "superblock. This is only useful on the first mount of an old format "
39807 "filesystem."
39808 msgstr ""
39809 "Demander à *mount* de rechercher la fonction de hachage à utiliser en "
39810 "examinant le système de fichiers à monter, et d'écrire cette information "
39811 "dans le superbloc ReiserFS. Cela ne sert qu'au premier montage d'un système "
39812 "de fichiers d'un ancien format."
39813
39814 #. type: Labeled list
39815 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1268
39816 #, no-wrap
39817 msgid "*hashed_relocation*"
39818 msgstr "*hashed_relocation*"
39819
39820 #. type: delimited block _
39821 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1270 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1273
39822 msgid ""
39823 "Tunes the block allocator. This may provide performance improvements in some "
39824 "situations."
39825 msgstr ""
39826 "Ajuster l'allocation de blocs. Peut améliorer les performances dans "
39827 "certaines situations."
39828
39829 #. type: Labeled list
39830 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1271
39831 #, no-wrap
39832 msgid "*no_unhashed_relocation*"
39833 msgstr "*no_unhashed_relocation*"
39834
39835 #. type: Labeled list
39836 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1274
39837 #, no-wrap
39838 msgid "*noborder*"
39839 msgstr "*noborder*"
39840
39841 #. type: delimited block _
39842 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1276
39843 msgid ""
39844 "Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. This "
39845 "may provide performance improvements in some situations."
39846 msgstr ""
39847 "Désactiver l'algorithme d'allocation « border » de Yury Yu. Rupasov. Cela "
39848 "peut améliorer les performances dans certaines situations."
39849
39850 #. type: Labeled list
39851 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1277
39852 #, no-wrap
39853 msgid "*nolog*"
39854 msgstr "*nolog*"
39855
39856 #. type: delimited block _
39857 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1279
39858 msgid ""
39859 "Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in "
39860 "some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs's fast recovery from crashes. "
39861 "Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all journaling "
39862 "operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. Implementation "
39863 "of _nolog_ is a work in progress."
39864 msgstr ""
39865 "Désactiver la journalisation. Améliore légèrement les performances dans "
39866 "certains cas en perdant la possibilité de récupération rapide après un "
39867 "plantage. Même avec cette option, ReiserFS effectue encore toutes les "
39868 "opérations de journalisation sauf l'écriture effective dans la zone journal. "
39869 "L'implémentation de _nolog_ est en cours."
39870
39871 #. type: Labeled list
39872 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1280
39873 #, no-wrap
39874 msgid "*notail*"
39875 msgstr "*notail*"
39876
39877 #. type: delimited block _
39878 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1282
39879 msgid ""
39880 "By default, reiserfs stores small files and 'file tails' directly into its "
39881 "tree. This confuses some utilities such as *lilo*(8). This option is used to "
39882 "disable packing of files into the tree."
39883 msgstr ""
39884 "Par défaut, ReiserFS stocke les petits fichiers et les queues de fichiers "
39885 "(« files tails ») directement dans son arborescence. Cela perturbe certains "
39886 "utilitaires comme *lilo*(8). Cette option désactive le groupement de "
39887 "fichiers dans l'arborescence."
39888
39889 #. type: Labeled list
39890 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1283
39891 #, no-wrap
39892 msgid "*replayonly*"
39893 msgstr "*replayonly*"
39894
39895 #. type: delimited block _
39896 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1285
39897 msgid ""
39898 "Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually mount "
39899 "the filesystem. Mainly used by _reiserfsck_."
39900 msgstr ""
39901 "Rejouer les transactions du journal, sans monter le système de fichiers. "
39902 "Principalement utilisé par _reiserfsck_."
39903
39904 #. type: Labeled list
39905 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1286
39906 #, no-wrap
39907 msgid "**resize=**__number__"
39908 msgstr "**resize=**__nombre__"
39909
39910 #. type: delimited block _
39911 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1288
39912 msgid ""
39913 "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. "
39914 "Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has _number_ blocks. This "
39915 "option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume "
39916 "management (LVM). There is a special _resizer_ utility which can be obtained "
39917 "from _ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs_."
39918 msgstr ""
39919 "Option de remontage permettant l'extension, en cours d'utilisation, d'une "
39920 "partition ReiserFS. Demande à ReiserFS de supposer que le périphérique a le "
39921 "_nombre_ de blocs indiqué. À utiliser avec des périphériques sous gestion "
39922 "par volumes logiques (LVM). Un utilitaire spécial _resizer_ est disponible "
39923 "sur _ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs_."
39924
39925 #. type: Labeled list
39926 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1289
39927 #, no-wrap
39928 msgid "*user_xattr*"
39929 msgstr "*user_xattr*"
39930
39931 #. type: delimited block _
39932 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1291
39933 msgid "Enable Extended User Attributes. See the *attr*(1) manual page."
39934 msgstr "Activer les attributs étendus. Consultez la page de manuel *attr*(1)."
39935
39936 #. type: Labeled list
39937 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1292
39938 #, no-wrap
39939 msgid "*acl*"
39940 msgstr "*acl*"
39941
39942 #. type: delimited block _
39943 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1294
39944 msgid "Enable POSIX Access Control Lists. See the *acl*(5) manual page."
39945 msgstr ""
39946 "Activer les listes de contrôle d'accès (ACL). Consultez la page de manuel "
39947 "*acl*(5)."
39948
39949 #. type: Labeled list
39950 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1295
39951 #, no-wrap
39952 msgid "*barrier=none* / *barrier=flush*"
39953 msgstr "*barrier=none* / *barrier=flush*"
39954
39955 #. type: delimited block _
39956 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1297
39957 msgid ""
39958 "This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling code. "
39959 "*barrier=none* disables, *barrier=flush* enables (default). This also "
39960 "requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs gets an "
39961 "error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a warning. "
39962 "Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal commits, making "
39963 "volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some performance penalty. If your "
39964 "disks are battery-backed in one way or another, disabling barriers may "
39965 "safely improve performance."
39966 msgstr ""
39967 "Désactiver (*barrier=none*) ou activer (*barrier=flush*, par défaut) "
39968 "l'utilisation des barrières d'écriture dans le code de journalisation. Cela "
39969 "nécessite aussi une pile d'entrées et sorties qui peut gérer les barrières, "
39970 "et si ReiserFS rencontre une erreur sur une barrière d'écriture, elle "
39971 "désactivera de nouveau les barrières avec un avertissement. Les barrières "
39972 "d'écriture renforcent l'ordre correct des inscriptions au journal sur le "
39973 "disque, permettant d'utiliser en sécurité les caches d'écriture volatils du "
39974 "disque, au prix de quelques pertes en performance. Si les disques sont "
39975 "alimentés sans interruption d'une façon ou d'une autre, désactiver les "
39976 "barrières permet d'augmenter sans danger les performances."
39977
39978 #. type: Title ===
39979 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1298
39980 #, no-wrap
39981 msgid "Mount options for ubifs"
39982 msgstr "Options de montage pour ubifs"
39983
39984 #. type: delimited block _
39985 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1301
39986 msgid ""
39987 "UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes. Note that "
39988 "*atime* is not supported and is always turned off."
39989 msgstr ""
39990 "UBIFS est un système de fichiers pour mémoire flash qui fonctionne au-dessus "
39991 "des volumes UBI. Remarquez qu’**atime** n'est pas pris en charge et donc "
39992 "toujours désactivé."
39993
39994 #. type: delimited block _
39995 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1303
39996 msgid "The device name may be specified as"
39997 msgstr "Le nom de périphérique peut être indiqué comme :"
39998
39999 #. type: Labeled list
40000 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1305
40001 #, no-wrap
40002 msgid "*ubiX_Y*"
40003 msgstr "*ubiX_Y*"
40004
40005 #. type: Plain text
40006 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1307
40007 msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume number *Y*"
40008 msgstr "numéro de périphérique UBI *X*, numéro de volume *Y* ;"
40009
40010 #. type: Labeled list
40011 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1307
40012 #, no-wrap
40013 msgid "*ubiY*"
40014 msgstr "*ubiY*"
40015
40016 #. type: Plain text
40017 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1309
40018 msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume number *Y*"
40019 msgstr "numéro de périphérique UBI *0*, numéro de volume *Y* ;"
40020
40021 #. type: Labeled list
40022 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1309
40023 #, no-wrap
40024 msgid "*ubiX:NAME*"
40025 msgstr "*ubiX:NOM*"
40026
40027 #. type: Plain text
40028 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1311
40029 msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume with name *NAME*"
40030 msgstr "numéro de périphérique UBI *X*, nom de volume *NOM* ;"
40031
40032 #. type: Labeled list
40033 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1311
40034 #, no-wrap
40035 msgid "*ubi:NAME*"
40036 msgstr "*ubi:NOM*"
40037
40038 #. type: Plain text
40039 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1313
40040 msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume with name *NAME*"
40041 msgstr "numéro de périphérique UBI *0*, nom de volume *NOM*."
40042
40043 #. type: delimited block _
40044 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1316
40045 msgid "Alternative *!* separator may be used instead of *:*."
40046 msgstr "Un séparateur *!* peut être utilisé à la place de *:*."
40047
40048 #. type: delimited block _
40049 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1318
40050 msgid "The following mount options are available:"
40051 msgstr "Les options de montages suivantes sont disponibles :"
40052
40053 #. type: Labeled list
40054 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1319
40055 #, no-wrap
40056 msgid "*bulk_read*"
40057 msgstr "*bulk_read*"
40058
40059 #. type: delimited block _
40060 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1321
40061 msgid ""
40062 "Enable bulk-read. VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the "
40063 "filesystem. Bulk-Read is an internal optimization. Some flashes may read "
40064 "faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read requests. "
40065 "For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads more than one "
40066 "NAND page."
40067 msgstr ""
40068 "Activer la lecture en masse. La lecture en avance (« readahead ») de système "
40069 "de fichiers virtuel est désactivée car elle ralentit le système de fichiers. "
40070 "La lecture en masse est une optimisation interne. Certaines mémoires flash "
40071 "peuvent être plus rapides en lecture si les données sont lues en une fois, "
40072 "plutôt que lors de requêtes successives. Par exemple, OneNAND permet la "
40073 "lecture en charge (« read-while-load ») si plus d'une page NAND est lue."
40074
40075 #. type: Labeled list
40076 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1322
40077 #, no-wrap
40078 msgid "*no_bulk_read*"
40079 msgstr "*no_bulk_read*"
40080
40081 #. type: delimited block _
40082 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1324
40083 msgid "Do not bulk-read. This is the default."
40084 msgstr "Pas de lecture en masse. C'est le comportement par défaut."
40085
40086 #. type: Labeled list
40087 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1325
40088 #, no-wrap
40089 msgid "*chk_data_crc*"
40090 msgstr "*chk_data_crc*"
40091
40092 #. type: delimited block _
40093 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1327
40094 msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums. This is the default."
40095 msgstr ""
40096 "Vérifier les sommes de contrôle CRC-32 des données. C'est le comportement "
40097 "par défaut."
40098
40099 #. type: Labeled list
40100 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1328
40101 #, no-wrap
40102 msgid "*no_chk_data_crc*"
40103 msgstr "*no_chk_data_crc*"
40104
40105 #. type: delimited block _
40106 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1330
40107 msgid ""
40108 "Do not check data CRC-32 checksums. With this option, the filesystem does "
40109 "not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the internal "
40110 "indexing information. This option only affects reading, not writing. CRC-32 "
40111 "is always calculated when writing the data."
40112 msgstr ""
40113 "Ne pas vérifier les sommes de contrôle CRC-32 des données. Avec cette "
40114 "option, le système de fichiers ne vérifie pas de somme de contrôle pour les "
40115 "données, mais il la vérifie pour les renseignements d'indexation internes. "
40116 "Cette option ne concerne que la lecture, pas l'écriture. CRC-32 est toujours "
40117 "calculé lors de l'écriture de données."
40118
40119 #. type: Labeled list
40120 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1331
40121 #, no-wrap
40122 msgid "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
40123 msgstr "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
40124
40125 #. type: delimited block _
40126 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1333
40127 msgid ""
40128 "Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written. It "
40129 "is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the *none* option."
40130 msgstr ""
40131 "Sélectionner le type de compression à utiliser lorsque les nouveaux fichiers "
40132 "sont écrits. La lecture de fichiers compressés est toujours possible lors "
40133 "d'un montage avec l'option *none*."
40134
40135 #. type: Title ===
40136 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1334
40137 #, no-wrap
40138 msgid "Mount options for udf"
40139 msgstr "Options de montage pour udf"
40140
40141 #. type: delimited block _
40142 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1337
40143 msgid ""
40144 "UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the Optical "
40145 "Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, frequently in "
40146 "the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, however, perfectly "
40147 "usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and other block devices. See "
40148 "also _iso9660_."
40149 msgstr ""
40150 "UDF est le système de fichiers « Universal Disk Format », défini par "
40151 "l'Optical Storage Technology Association, et est souvent utilisé pour les "
40152 "DVD-ROM, fréquemment sous la forme d’un système de fichiers hybride UDF/"
40153 "ISO-9660. Il est, cependant, parfaitement utilisable tout seul sur des "
40154 "périphériques de disque, des périphériques flash et d’autres périphériques "
40155 "blocs. Consultez aussi _iso9660_."
40156
40157 #. type: Labeled list
40158 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1338
40159 #, no-wrap
40160 msgid "*uid=*"
40161 msgstr "*uid=*"
40162
40163 #. type: delimited block _
40164 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1340
40165 msgid ""
40166 "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user. uid=forget can be "
40167 "specified independently of (or usually in addition to) uid=<user> and "
40168 "results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In fact the recorded uid is "
40169 "the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is "
40170 "given as either <user> which is a valid user name or the corresponding "
40171 "decimal user id, or the special string \"forget\"."
40172 msgstr ""
40173 "Faire que tous les fichiers du système de fichiers appartiennent à "
40174 "l’utilisateur indiqué. uid=forget peut être indiqué indépendamment (ou "
40175 "habituellement en plus) de uid=<utilisateur>, et aboutit à ce qu’UDF "
40176 "n’enregistre pas les UID sur le média. En fait, l’UID enregistré est "
40177 "l’excédent 32 bits uid -1 comme défini dans la norme UDF. La valeur est "
40178 "donnée soit par <utilisateur> qui est un nom d’utilisateur autorisé, soit "
40179 "l’identifiant décimal d’utilisateur correspondant ou la chaîne spéciale "
40180 "« forget »."
40181
40182 #. type: Labeled list
40183 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1341
40184 #, no-wrap
40185 msgid "*gid=*"
40186 msgstr "*gid=*"
40187
40188 #. type: delimited block _
40189 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1343
40190 msgid ""
40191 "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group. gid=forget can "
40192 "be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) gid=<group> and "
40193 "results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In fact the recorded gid is "
40194 "the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is "
40195 "given as either <group> which is a valid group name or the corresponding "
40196 "decimal group id, or the special string \"forget\"."
40197 msgstr ""
40198 "Faire que tous les fichiers du système de fichiers appartiennent au groupe "
40199 "indiqué. gid=forget peut être indiqué indépendamment (ou habituellement en "
40200 "plus) de uid=<groupe>, et aboutit à ce qu’UDF n’enregistre pas les GID sur "
40201 "le média. En fait, le GID enregistré est l’excédent 32 bits gid -1 comme "
40202 "défini dans la norme UDF. La valeur est donnée soit par <groupe> qui est un "
40203 "nom de groupe autorisé, soit l’identifiant décimal de groupe correspondant "
40204 "ou la chaîne spéciale « forget »."
40205
40206 #. type: Labeled list
40207 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1344
40208 #, no-wrap
40209 msgid "*umask=*"
40210 msgstr "*umask=*"
40211
40212 #. type: delimited block _
40213 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1346
40214 msgid ""
40215 "Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem. The "
40216 "value is given in octal."
40217 msgstr ""
40218 "Masquer les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds lus du système de "
40219 "fichiers. La valeur est fournie sous forme octale."
40220
40221 #. type: Labeled list
40222 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1347
40223 #, no-wrap
40224 msgid "*mode=*"
40225 msgstr "*mode=*"
40226
40227 #. type: delimited block _
40228 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1349
40229 msgid ""
40230 "If *mode=* is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from the "
40231 "filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
40232 msgstr ""
40233 "Si *mode=* est défini, les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds, non "
40234 "relatifs à un répertoire, lus du système de fichiers seront réglées au mode "
40235 "indiqué. La valeur est fournie sous forme octale."
40236
40237 #. type: Labeled list
40238 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1350
40239 #, no-wrap
40240 msgid "*dmode=*"
40241 msgstr "*dmode=*"
40242
40243 #. type: delimited block _
40244 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1352
40245 msgid ""
40246 "If *dmode=* is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
40247 "filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
40248 msgstr ""
40249 "Si *dmode=* est défini, les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds de "
40250 "répertoire, lus du système de fichiers seront réglées au mode indiqué. La "
40251 "valeur est fournie sous forme octale."
40252
40253 #. type: Labeled list
40254 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1353
40255 #, no-wrap
40256 msgid "*bs=*"
40257 msgstr "*bs=*"
40258
40259 #. type: delimited block _
40260 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1355
40261 msgid ""
40262 "Set the block size. Default value prior to kernel version 2.6.30 was 2048. "
40263 "Since 2.6.30 and prior to 4.11 it was logical device block size with "
40264 "fallback to 2048. Since 4.11 it is logical block size with fallback to any "
40265 "valid block size between logical device block size and 4096."
40266 msgstr ""
40267 "Définir la taille de bloc. La valeur par défaut pour les versions "
40268 "antérieures à la version 2.6.30 du noyau était 2048. Depuis la "
40269 "version 2.6.30 et avant la version 4.11, c’était la taille de bloc logique "
40270 "de périphérique avec un repli à 2048. Depuis la version 4.11, c’est une "
40271 "taille de bloc logique avec un repli à n’importe taille de bloc autorisée "
40272 "entre la taille de bloc logique du périphérique et 4096."
40273
40274 #. type: delimited block _
40275 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1357
40276 #, fuzzy
40277 #| msgid ""
40278 #| "For other details see the *mkudffs*(8) 2.0+ manpage, sections "
40279 #| "*COMPATIBILITY* and *BLOCK SIZE*."
40280 msgid ""
40281 "For other details see the *mkudffs*(8) 2.0+ manpage, see the *COMPATIBILITY* "
40282 "and *BLOCK SIZE* sections."
40283 msgstr ""
40284 "Pour plus de détails, consultez le manuel de *mkudffs*(8), version 2.0+, "
40285 "sections *COMPATIBILITY* et *BLOCK SIZE*."
40286
40287 #. type: delimited block _
40288 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1360
40289 msgid "Show otherwise hidden files."
40290 msgstr "Montrer les fichiers normalement cachés."
40291
40292 #. type: Labeled list
40293 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1361
40294 #, no-wrap
40295 msgid "*undelete*"
40296 msgstr "*undelete*"
40297
40298 #. type: delimited block _
40299 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1363
40300 msgid "Show deleted files in lists."
40301 msgstr "Montrer les fichiers effacés."
40302
40303 #. type: Labeled list
40304 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1364
40305 #, no-wrap
40306 msgid "*adinicb*"
40307 msgstr "*adinicb*"
40308
40309 #. type: delimited block _
40310 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1366
40311 msgid "Embed data in the inode. (default)"
40312 msgstr "Intégrer des données dans l’inœud (comportement par défaut)."
40313
40314 #. type: Labeled list
40315 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1367
40316 #, no-wrap
40317 msgid "*noadinicb*"
40318 msgstr "*noadinicb*"
40319
40320 #. type: delimited block _
40321 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1369
40322 msgid "Don't embed data in the inode."
40323 msgstr "Ne pas intégrer de données dans l’inœud."
40324
40325 #. type: Labeled list
40326 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1370
40327 #, no-wrap
40328 msgid "*shortad*"
40329 msgstr "*shortad*"
40330
40331 #. type: delimited block _
40332 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1372
40333 msgid "Use short UDF address descriptors."
40334 msgstr "Utiliser des descripteurs d’adresse UDF courts."
40335
40336 #. type: Labeled list
40337 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1373
40338 #, no-wrap
40339 msgid "*longad*"
40340 msgstr "*longad*"
40341
40342 #. type: delimited block _
40343 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1375
40344 msgid "Use long UDF address descriptors. (default)"
40345 msgstr ""
40346 "Utiliser des descripteurs d’adresse UDF longs (comportement par défaut)."
40347
40348 #. type: Labeled list
40349 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1376
40350 #, no-wrap
40351 msgid "*nostrict*"
40352 msgstr "*nostrict*"
40353
40354 #. type: delimited block _
40355 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1378
40356 msgid "Unset strict conformance."
40357 msgstr "Ne pas utiliser une conformité stricte."
40358
40359 #. type: Labeled list
40360 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1379
40361 #, no-wrap
40362 msgid "*iocharset=*"
40363 msgstr "*iocharset=*"
40364
40365 #. type: delimited block _
40366 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1381
40367 msgid ""
40368 "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with "
40369 "*CONFIG_UDF_NLS* option."
40370 msgstr ""
40371 "Définir le jeu de caractères NLS. Cela nécessite que le noyau soit compilé "
40372 "avec l’option *CONFIG_UDF_NLS*."
40373
40374 #. type: delimited block _
40375 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1384
40376 msgid "Set the UTF-8 character set."
40377 msgstr "Définir le jeu de caractères à UTF-8."
40378
40379 #. type: Title ===
40380 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1385
40381 #, no-wrap
40382 msgid "Mount options for debugging and disaster recovery"
40383 msgstr "Options de montage pour le débogage et la récupération après plantage"
40384
40385 #. type: Labeled list
40386 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1387
40387 #, no-wrap
40388 msgid "*novrs*"
40389 msgstr "*novrs*"
40390
40391 #. type: delimited block _
40392 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1389
40393 msgid "Ignore the Volume Recognition Sequence and attempt to mount anyway."
40394 msgstr "Ignorer la séquence de reconnaissance de volume et monter malgré tout."
40395
40396 #. type: Labeled list
40397 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1390
40398 #, no-wrap
40399 msgid "*session=*"
40400 msgstr "*session=*"
40401
40402 #. type: delimited block _
40403 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1392
40404 msgid ""
40405 "Select the session number for multi-session recorded optical media. "
40406 "(default= last session)"
40407 msgstr ""
40408 "Choisir le numéro de session pour un média optique multi-session enregistré "
40409 "(par défaut, la dernière session)."
40410
40411 #. type: Labeled list
40412 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1393
40413 #, no-wrap
40414 msgid "*anchor=*"
40415 msgstr "*anchor=*"
40416
40417 #. type: delimited block _
40418 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1395
40419 msgid "Override standard anchor location. (default= 256)"
40420 msgstr "Modifier l'emplacement des ancres standard (par défaut : 256)."
40421
40422 #. type: Labeled list
40423 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1396
40424 #, no-wrap
40425 msgid "*lastblock=*"
40426 msgstr "*lastblock=*"
40427
40428 #. type: delimited block _
40429 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1398
40430 msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
40431 msgstr "Définir le dernier bloc du système de fichiers."
40432
40433 #. type: Title ===
40434 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1399
40435 #, no-wrap
40436 msgid "Unused historical mount options that may be encountered and should be removed"
40437 msgstr "Options de montage historiques pouvant être rencontrées et qui devraient être supprimées"
40438
40439 #. type: Labeled list
40440 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1401
40441 #, no-wrap
40442 msgid "*uid=ignore*"
40443 msgstr "*uid=ignore*"
40444
40445 #. type: delimited block _
40446 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1403
40447 msgid "Ignored, use uid=<user> instead."
40448 msgstr "Ignorée, utiliser uid=<utilisateur> à la place."
40449
40450 #. type: Labeled list
40451 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1404
40452 #, no-wrap
40453 msgid "*gid=ignore*"
40454 msgstr "*gid=ignore*"
40455
40456 #. type: delimited block _
40457 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1406
40458 msgid "Ignored, use gid=<group> instead."
40459 msgstr "Ignorée, utiliser gid=<groupe> à la place."
40460
40461 #. type: Labeled list
40462 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1407
40463 #, no-wrap
40464 msgid "*volume=*"
40465 msgstr "*volume=*"
40466
40467 #. type: delimited block _
40468 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1409 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1412
40469 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1415 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1418
40470 msgid "Unimplemented and ignored."
40471 msgstr "Non implémentée et ignorée."
40472
40473 #. type: Labeled list
40474 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1410
40475 #, no-wrap
40476 msgid "*partition=*"
40477 msgstr "*partition=*"
40478
40479 #. type: Labeled list
40480 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1413
40481 #, no-wrap
40482 msgid "*fileset=*"
40483 msgstr "*fileset=*"
40484
40485 #. type: Labeled list
40486 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1416
40487 #, no-wrap
40488 msgid "*rootdir=*"
40489 msgstr "*rootdir=*"
40490
40491 #. type: Title ===
40492 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1419
40493 #, no-wrap
40494 msgid "Mount options for ufs"
40495 msgstr "Options de montage pour ufs"
40496
40497 #. type: Labeled list
40498 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1421
40499 #, no-wrap
40500 msgid "**ufstype=**__value__"
40501 msgstr "**ufstype=**__valeur__"
40502
40503 #. type: delimited block _
40504 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1423
40505 msgid ""
40506 "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The problem "
40507 "are differences among implementations. Features of some implementations are "
40508 "undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of ufs automatically. That's "
40509 "why the user must specify the type of ufs by mount option. Possible values "
40510 "are:"
40511 msgstr ""
40512 "UFS est un système de fichiers largement utilisé sur différents systèmes "
40513 "d'exploitation. Malgré tout, des différences existent suivant les "
40514 "implémentations. Certaines fonctionnalités de certaines implémentations sont "
40515 "mal documentées, et il est donc difficile de reconnaître automatiquement le "
40516 "type d'UFS. C'est pourquoi l'utilisateur doit indiquer le type d'UFS au "
40517 "montage. Les valeurs possibles sont :"
40518
40519 #. type: Labeled list
40520 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1424
40521 #, no-wrap
40522 msgid "*old*"
40523 msgstr "*old*"
40524
40525 #. type: delimited block _
40526 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1426
40527 msgid ""
40528 "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don't forget to give the "
40529 "*-r* option.)"
40530 msgstr ""
40531 "Ancien format d'UFS, utilisé par défaut, en lecture seule (ne pas oublier "
40532 "l'option *-r*)."
40533
40534 #. type: Labeled list
40535 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1427
40536 #, no-wrap
40537 msgid "*44bsd*"
40538 msgstr "*44bsd*"
40539
40540 #. type: delimited block _
40541 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1429
40542 msgid ""
40543 "For filesystems created by a BSD-like system (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."
40544 msgstr ""
40545 "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par BSD (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."
40546
40547 #. type: Labeled list
40548 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1430
40549 #, no-wrap
40550 msgid "*ufs2*"
40551 msgstr "*ufs2*"
40552
40553 #. type: delimited block _
40554 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1432
40555 msgid "Used in FreeBSD 5.x supported as read-write."
40556 msgstr "Utilisé par FreeBSD 5.x, pris en charge en lecture/écriture."
40557
40558 #. type: Labeled list
40559 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1433
40560 #, no-wrap
40561 msgid "*5xbsd*"
40562 msgstr "*5xbsd*"
40563
40564 #. type: delimited block _
40565 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1435
40566 msgid "Synonym for ufs2."
40567 msgstr "Synonyme d'ufs2."
40568
40569 #. type: Labeled list
40570 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1436
40571 #, no-wrap
40572 msgid "*sun*"
40573 msgstr "*sun*"
40574
40575 #. type: delimited block _
40576 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1438
40577 msgid "For filesystems created by SunOS or Solaris on Sparc."
40578 msgstr "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par SunOS ou Solaris sur Sparc."
40579
40580 #. type: Labeled list
40581 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1439
40582 #, no-wrap
40583 msgid "*sunx86*"
40584 msgstr "*sunx86*"
40585
40586 #. type: delimited block _
40587 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1441
40588 msgid "For filesystems created by Solaris on x86."
40589 msgstr "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par Solaris sur x86."
40590
40591 #. type: Labeled list
40592 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1442
40593 #, no-wrap
40594 msgid "*hp*"
40595 msgstr "*hp*"
40596
40597 #. type: delimited block _
40598 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1444
40599 msgid "For filesystems created by HP-UX, read-only."
40600 msgstr "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par HP-UX, lecture seule."
40601
40602 #. type: Labeled list
40603 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1445
40604 #, no-wrap
40605 msgid "*nextstep*"
40606 msgstr "*nextstep*"
40607
40608 #. type: delimited block _
40609 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1447
40610 msgid ""
40611 "For filesystems created by NeXTStep (on NeXT station) (currently read only)."
40612 msgstr ""
40613 "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par NeXTStep (station NeXT) (lecture "
40614 "seule actuellement)."
40615
40616 #. type: Labeled list
40617 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1448
40618 #, no-wrap
40619 msgid "*nextstep-cd*"
40620 msgstr "*nextstep-cd*"
40621
40622 #. type: delimited block _
40623 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1450
40624 msgid "For NextStep CDROMs (block_size == 2048), read-only."
40625 msgstr "Pour les CD-ROM NeXTStep (block_size == 2048) (lecture seule)."
40626
40627 #. type: Labeled list
40628 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1451
40629 #, no-wrap
40630 msgid "*openstep*"
40631 msgstr "*openstep*"
40632
40633 #. type: delimited block _
40634 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1453
40635 #, fuzzy
40636 #| msgid ""
40637 #| "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same "
40638 #| "filesystem type is also used by Mac OS X."
40639 msgid ""
40640 "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same "
40641 "filesystem type is also used by macOS."
40642 msgstr ""
40643 "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par OpenStep (lecture seule "
40644 "actuellement). Le même système de fichiers est aussi utilisé par Mac OS X."
40645
40646 #. type: Labeled list
40647 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1454
40648 #, no-wrap
40649 msgid "**onerror=**__value__"
40650 msgstr "**onerror=**__valeur__"
40651
40652 #. type: delimited block _
40653 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1456
40654 msgid "Set behavior on error:"
40655 msgstr "Définir le comportement en cas d'erreur :"
40656
40657 #. type: Labeled list
40658 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1457
40659 #, no-wrap
40660 msgid "*panic*"
40661 msgstr "*panic*"
40662
40663 #. type: delimited block _
40664 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1459
40665 msgid "If an error is encountered, cause a kernel panic."
40666 msgstr "Déclencher une panique du noyau en cas d'erreur."
40667
40668 #. type: Labeled list
40669 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1460
40670 #, no-wrap
40671 msgid "[**lock**|**umount**|*repair*]"
40672 msgstr "[**lock**|**umount**|*repair*]"
40673
40674 #. type: delimited block _
40675 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1462
40676 msgid ""
40677 "These mount options don't do anything at present; when an error is "
40678 "encountered only a console message is printed."
40679 msgstr ""
40680 "Ces options ne font rien pour le moment ; seul un message est affiché sur la "
40681 "console en cas d'erreur."
40682
40683 #. type: Title ===
40684 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1463
40685 #, no-wrap
40686 msgid "Mount options for umsdos"
40687 msgstr "Options de montage pour umsdos"
40688
40689 #. type: delimited block _
40690 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1466
40691 msgid ""
40692 "See mount options for msdos. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by "
40693 "_umsdos_."
40694 msgstr ""
40695 "Consultez les options de montage pour msdos. L'option *dotsOK* est "
40696 "explicitement supprimée par _umsdos_."
40697
40698 #. type: Title ===
40699 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1467
40700 #, no-wrap
40701 msgid "Mount options for vfat"
40702 msgstr "Options de montage pour vfat"
40703
40704 #. type: delimited block _
40705 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1470
40706 msgid ""
40707 "First of all, the mount options for _fat_ are recognized. The *dotsOK* "
40708 "option is explicitly killed by _vfat_. Furthermore, there are"
40709 msgstr ""
40710 "Tout d'abord les options de montage pour _fat_ sont reconnues. L'option "
40711 "*dotsOK* est explicitement supprimée par _vfat_. De plus, il existe :"
40712
40713 #. type: Labeled list
40714 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1471
40715 #, no-wrap
40716 msgid "*uni_xlate*"
40717 msgstr "*uni_xlate*"
40718
40719 #. type: delimited block _
40720 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1473
40721 msgid ""
40722 "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This "
40723 "lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode "
40724 "characters. Without this option, a '?' is used when no translation is "
40725 "possible. The escape character is ':' because it is otherwise invalid on the "
40726 "vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u is the Unicode "
40727 "character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), (u>>12)."
40728 msgstr ""
40729 "Conversion des caractères Unicode non gérés en séquences d'échappement "
40730 "spéciales. Cela permet de sauver et de restaurer des fichiers dont le nom "
40731 "contient n'importe quel caractère Unicode. Sans cette option, un « ? » est "
40732 "utilisé à la place des caractères dont la conversion est impossible. Le "
40733 "caractère d'échappement est « : » puisqu'il est de toute manière incorrect "
40734 "dans les noms de fichiers _vfat_. La séquence d'échappement utilisée pour "
40735 "remplacer le caractère Unicode u est : « : », (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), "
40736 "(u>>12)."
40737
40738 #. type: Labeled list
40739 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1474
40740 #, no-wrap
40741 msgid "*posix*"
40742 msgstr "*posix*"
40743
40744 #. type: delimited block _
40745 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1476
40746 msgid ""
40747 "Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is obsolete."
40748 msgstr ""
40749 "Autoriser l'existence de deux fichiers dont les noms ne diffèrent que par "
40750 "une distinction majuscule/minuscule. Cette option est obsolète."
40751
40752 #. type: Labeled list
40753 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1477
40754 #, no-wrap
40755 msgid "*nonumtail*"
40756 msgstr "*nonumtail*"
40757
40758 #. type: delimited block _
40759 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1479
40760 msgid ""
40761 "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying "
40762 "_name~num.ext_."
40763 msgstr ""
40764 "Essayer d'abord de créer un nom court sans numéro de séquence avant "
40765 "d'essayer _nom~num.ext_."
40766
40767 #. type: delimited block _
40768 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1482
40769 msgid ""
40770 "UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the "
40771 "console. It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or disabled "
40772 "with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false. If _uni_xlate_ gets set, UTF8 gets "
40773 "disabled."
40774 msgstr ""
40775 "UTF-8 est l'encodage 8-bits sûr de l'Unicode du système de fichiers utilisé "
40776 "par la console. Il peut être activé pour le système de fichiers avec cette "
40777 "option ou désactivé avec utf8=0, utf8=no ou utf8=false. Si _uni_xlate_ est "
40778 "activé, UTF-8 est désactivé."
40779
40780 #. type: Labeled list
40781 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1483
40782 #, no-wrap
40783 msgid "**shortname=**__mode__"
40784 msgstr "**shortname=**__mode__"
40785
40786 #. type: delimited block _
40787 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1485
40788 msgid ""
40789 "Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into "
40790 "8.3 characters. If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the "
40791 "preferred one for display. There are four __mode__s:"
40792 msgstr ""
40793 "Définir le comportement pour la création et l'affichage des noms de fichiers "
40794 "qui tiennent dans 8.3 (1 à 8 caractères, un point et 0 à 3 caractères). Le "
40795 "nom long du fichier sera toujours le préféré pour l’affichage s'il existe. "
40796 "Il y a quatre __mode__s."
40797
40798 #. type: Labeled list
40799 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1486
40800 #, no-wrap
40801 msgid "*lower*"
40802 msgstr "*lower*"
40803
40804 #. type: delimited block _
40805 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1488
40806 msgid ""
40807 "Force the short name to lower case upon display; store a long name when the "
40808 "short name is not all upper case."
40809 msgstr ""
40810 "Afficher le nom court en minuscules ; enregistrer un nom long quand le nom "
40811 "court n'est pas entièrement en majuscules."
40812
40813 #. type: Labeled list
40814 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1489
40815 #, no-wrap
40816 msgid "*win95*"
40817 msgstr "*win95*"
40818
40819 #. type: delimited block _
40820 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1491
40821 msgid ""
40822 "Force the short name to upper case upon display; store a long name when the "
40823 "short name is not all upper case."
40824 msgstr ""
40825 "Afficher le nom court en majuscules ; enregistrer un nom long quand le nom "
40826 "court n'est pas entièrement en majuscules."
40827
40828 #. type: Labeled list
40829 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1492
40830 #, no-wrap
40831 msgid "*winnt*"
40832 msgstr "*winnt*"
40833
40834 #. type: delimited block _
40835 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1494
40836 msgid ""
40837 "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
40838 "all lower case or all upper case."
40839 msgstr ""
40840 "Afficher le nom court tel quel ; enregistrer un nom long quand le nom court "
40841 "n'est pas entièrement en majuscules ou entièrement en minuscules."
40842
40843 #. type: Labeled list
40844 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1495
40845 #, no-wrap
40846 msgid "*mixed*"
40847 msgstr "*mixed*"
40848
40849 #. type: delimited block _
40850 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1497
40851 msgid ""
40852 "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
40853 "all upper case. This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
40854 msgstr ""
40855 "Afficher le nom court tel qu'il est ; enregistrer un nom long quand le nom "
40856 "court n'est pas entièrement en majuscules. C'est le mode par défaut depuis "
40857 "Linux 2.6.32."
40858
40859 #. type: Title ===
40860 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1498
40861 #, no-wrap
40862 msgid "Mount options for usbfs"
40863 msgstr "Options de montage pour usbfs"
40864
40865 #. type: Labeled list
40866 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1500
40867 #, no-wrap
40868 msgid "**devuid=**__uid__ and **devgid=**__gid__ and **devmode=**__mode__"
40869 msgstr "**devuid=**__uid__ et **devgid=**__gid__ et **devmode=**__mode__"
40870
40871 #. type: delimited block _
40872 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1502
40873 msgid ""
40874 "Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs filesystem "
40875 "(default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644). The mode is given in octal."
40876 msgstr ""
40877 "Définir le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode des fichiers de périphérique "
40878 "dans le système de fichiers usbfs (valeurs par défaut : uid=gid=0, "
40879 "mode=0644). Le mode est fourni en octal."
40880
40881 #. type: Labeled list
40882 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1503
40883 #, no-wrap
40884 msgid "**busuid=**__uid__ and **busgid=**__gid__ and **busmode=**__mode__"
40885 msgstr "**busuid=**__uid__ et **busgid=**__gid__ et **busmode=**__mode__"
40886
40887 #. type: delimited block _
40888 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1505
40889 msgid ""
40890 "Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs "
40891 "filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555). The mode is given in octal."
40892 msgstr ""
40893 "Définir le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode des répertoires des bus dans "
40894 "le système de fichiers usbfs (valeurs par défaut : uid=gid=0, mode=0555). Le "
40895 "mode est fourni en octal."
40896
40897 #. type: Labeled list
40898 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1506
40899 #, no-wrap
40900 msgid "**listuid=**__uid__ and **listgid=**__gid__ and **listmode=**__mode__"
40901 msgstr "**listuid=**__uid__ et **listgid=**__gid__ et **listmode=**__mode__"
40902
40903 #. type: delimited block _
40904 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1508
40905 msgid ""
40906 "Set the owner and group and mode of the file _devices_ (default: uid=gid=0, "
40907 "mode=0444). The mode is given in octal."
40908 msgstr ""
40909 "Configurer le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode du fichier _devices_ "
40910 "(valeurs par défaut : uid=gid=0, mode=0444). Le mode est fourni en octal."
40911
40912 #. type: Title ==
40913 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1509
40914 #, no-wrap
40915 msgid "DM-VERITY SUPPORT"
40916 msgstr "GESTION DE DM-VERITY"
40917
40918 #. type: delimited block _
40919 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1512
40920 #, fuzzy
40921 #| msgid ""
40922 #| "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity "
40923 #| "checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The *mount* command "
40924 #| "can open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before on "
40925 #| "the device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount "
40926 #| "(optionally via *dlopen*(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the "
40927 #| "root hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be "
40928 #| "automatically reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
40929 msgid ""
40930 "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity "
40931 "checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The *mount* command can "
40932 "open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before the "
40933 "device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount "
40934 "(optionally via *dlopen*(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the root "
40935 "hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be automatically "
40936 "reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
40937 msgstr ""
40938 "La cible de la carte de périphérique _verity_ (device-mapper verity) fournit "
40939 "une vérification transparente d’intégrité en lecture seule de périphériques "
40940 "par blocs en utilisant l’API de chiffrement du noyau. La commande de montage "
40941 "peut ouvrir le périphérique dm-verity et réaliser la vérification "
40942 "d’intégrité avant que le système de fichiers du périphérique ne soit monté. "
40943 "_libcryptsetup_ avec _libmount_ est requis (de manière facultative à l’aide "
40944 "de *dlopen*(3)). Si _libcryptsetup_ gère l’extraction du hachage de la "
40945 "racine d’un périphérique déjà monté, les périphériques existants seront "
40946 "automatiquement réutilisés en cas de correspondance. Les options de montage "
40947 "pour dm-verity sont les suivantes."
40948
40949 #. type: Labeled list
40950 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1513
40951 #, no-wrap
40952 msgid "**verity.hashdevice=**__path__"
40953 msgstr "**verity.hashdevice=**__chemin__"
40954
40955 #. type: delimited block _
40956 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1515
40957 msgid ""
40958 "Path to the hash tree device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-"
40959 "verity."
40960 msgstr ""
40961 "_chemin_ du périphérique de l’arbre de hachage associé avec le volume source "
40962 "à indiquer à dm-verity."
40963
40964 #. type: Labeled list
40965 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1516
40966 #, no-wrap
40967 msgid "**verity.roothash=**__hex__"
40968 msgstr "**verity.roothash=**__hex__"
40969
40970 #. type: delimited block _
40971 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1518
40972 msgid ""
40973 "Hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice_. Mutually exclusive with "
40974 "_verity.roothashfile._"
40975 msgstr ""
40976 "Hachage encodé en hexadécimal de la racine de _verity.hashdevice_, "
40977 "mutuellement exclusif avec _verity.roothashfile_."
40978
40979 #. type: Labeled list
40980 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1519
40981 #, no-wrap
40982 msgid "**verity.roothashfile=**__path__"
40983 msgstr "**verity.roothashfile=**__chemin__"
40984
40985 #. type: delimited block _
40986 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1521
40987 msgid ""
40988 "Path to file containing the hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity."
40989 "hashdevice._ Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothash._"
40990 msgstr ""
40991 "_chemin_ vers le fichier contenant le hachage encodé en hexadécimal de la "
40992 "racine _verity.hashdevice_, mutuellement exclusif avec _verity.roothash_."
40993
40994 #. type: Labeled list
40995 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1522
40996 #, no-wrap
40997 msgid "**verity.hashoffset=**__offset__"
40998 msgstr "**verity.hashoffset=**__décalage__"
40999
41000 #. type: delimited block _
41001 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1524
41002 msgid ""
41003 "If the hash tree device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: "
41004 "0) is used by dm-verity to get to the tree."
41005 msgstr ""
41006 "Si le périphérique de l’arbre de hachages est incorporé dans le volume "
41007 "source, _décalage (par défaut 0) est utilisé par dm-verity pour parvenir à "
41008 "l’arbre."
41009
41010 #. type: Labeled list
41011 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1525
41012 #, no-wrap
41013 msgid "**verity.fecdevice=**__path__"
41014 msgstr "**verity.fecdevice=**__chemin__"
41015
41016 #. type: delimited block _
41017 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1527
41018 msgid ""
41019 "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the source "
41020 "volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with "
41021 "*CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC*."
41022 msgstr ""
41023 "_chemin_ vers le périphérique FEC (Forward Error Correction) associé avec le "
41024 "volume source à indiquer à dm-verity. Facultatif et nécessite que le noyau "
41025 "soit construit avec *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC*."
41026
41027 #. type: Labeled list
41028 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1528
41029 #, no-wrap
41030 msgid "**verity.fecoffset=**__offset__"
41031 msgstr "**verity.fecoffset=**__décalage__"
41032
41033 #. type: delimited block _
41034 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1530
41035 msgid ""
41036 "If the FEC device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is "
41037 "used by dm-verity to get to the FEC area. Optional."
41038 msgstr ""
41039 "Si le périphérique FEC est incorporé dans le volume source, _décalage_ (par "
41040 "défaut 0) est utilisé par dm-verity pour parvenir à l’emplacement FEC. "
41041 "Facultatif."
41042
41043 #. type: Labeled list
41044 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1531
41045 #, no-wrap
41046 msgid "**verity.fecroots=**__value__"
41047 msgstr "**verity.fecroots=**__valeur__"
41048
41049 #. type: delimited block _
41050 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1533
41051 msgid "Parity bytes for FEC (default: 2). Optional."
41052 msgstr "Octets de parité pour FEC (par défaut 2). Facultatif."
41053
41054 #. type: Labeled list
41055 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1534
41056 #, no-wrap
41057 msgid "**verity.roothashsig=**__path__"
41058 msgstr "**verity.roothashsig=**__chemin__"
41059
41060 #. type: delimited block _
41061 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1536
41062 msgid ""
41063 "Path to *pkcs7*(1ssl) signature of root hash hex string. Requires "
41064 "crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with "
41065 "*CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG*. For device reuse, signatures have to "
41066 "be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
41067 msgstr ""
41068 "Chemin pour la signature *pkcs7*(1ssl) de la chaîne hexadécimale du hachage "
41069 "de la racine. Cela nécessite crypt_activate_by_signed_key> de *cryptsetup* "
41070 "et le noyau construit avec *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG*. Pour une "
41071 "réutilisation du périphérique, les signatures doivent être, soit utilisées "
41072 "par tous les montages d’un périphérique, soit par aucun. Facultatif."
41073
41074 #. type: Labeled list
41075 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1537
41076 #, no-wrap
41077 msgid "**verity.oncorruption=**__ignore__|__restart__|__panic__"
41078 msgstr "**verity.oncorruption=**__ignore__|__restart__|__panic__"
41079
41080 #. type: delimited block _
41081 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1539
41082 msgid ""
41083 "Instruct the kernel to ignore, reboot or panic when corruption is detected. "
41084 "By default the I/O operation simply fails. Requires Linux 4.1 or newer, and "
41085 "libcrypsetup 2.3.4 or newer. Optional."
41086 msgstr ""
41087
41088 #. type: delimited block _
41089 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1541
41090 msgid "Supported since util-linux v2.35."
41091 msgstr "Pris en charge depuis util-linux version 2.35."
41092
41093 #. type: delimited block _
41094 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1543
41095 msgid "For example commands:"
41096 msgstr "Par exemple les commandes :"
41097
41098 #. type: delimited block .
41099 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1551
41100 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
41101 #| msgid ""
41102 #| "mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
41103 #| "dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
41104 #| "veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
41105 #| "openssl smime -sign -in <hash> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\\n"
41106 #| "-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n"
41107 #| "mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=<hash>,\\\n"
41108 #| "verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
41109 msgid ""
41110 "mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.raw\n"
41111 "veritysetup format /tmp/etc.raw /tmp/etc.verity --root-hash-file=/tmp/etc.roothash\n"
41112 "openssl smime -sign -in /tmp/etc.roothash -nocerts -inkey private.key \\\n"
41113 "-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n"
41114 "mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.verity,verity.roothashfile=/tmp/etc.roothash,\\\n"
41115 "verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.raw /mnt\n"
41116 msgstr ""
41117 "mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
41118 "dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
41119 "veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
41120 "openssl smime -sign -in <hash> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\\n"
41121 "-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n"
41122 "mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=<hash>,\\\n"
41123 "verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
41124
41125 #. type: Plain text
41126 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1554
41127 msgid ""
41128 "create squashfs image from _/etc_ directory, verity hash device and mount "
41129 "verified filesystem image to _/mnt_. The kernel will verify that the root "
41130 "hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
41131 msgstr ""
41132 "créent une image squashfs du répertoire _/etc_, valident (verity) le "
41133 "périphérique _hash_ et montent l’image vérifiée du système de fichiers sur _/"
41134 "mnt_. Le noyau vérifiera que le hachage de la racine est signé par une clé "
41135 "du trousseau de clés du noyau si roothashsig est utilisé."
41136
41137 #. type: Title ==
41138 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1555
41139 #, no-wrap
41140 msgid "LOOP-DEVICE SUPPORT"
41141 msgstr "GESTION DE PÉRIPHÉRIQUE BOUCLE"
41142
41143 #. type: Plain text
41144 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1558
41145 msgid ""
41146 "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, the "
41147 "command"
41148 msgstr ""
41149 "Il est possible de faire un montage au travers du périphérique boucle "
41150 "(« loop »). Par exemple, la commande :"
41151
41152 #. type: delimited block _
41153 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1561
41154 #, no-wrap
41155 msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3*\n"
41156 msgstr "*mount /tmp/disque.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3*\n"
41157
41158 #. type: Plain text
41159 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1564
41160 msgid ""
41161 "will set up the loop device _/dev/loop3_ to correspond to the file _/tmp/"
41162 "disk.img_, and then mount this device on _/mnt_."
41163 msgstr ""
41164 "va faire correspondre le périphérique boucle _/dev/loop_ au fichier _/tmp/"
41165 "disque.img_, puis monter ce périphérique sur _/mnt_."
41166
41167 #. type: Plain text
41168 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1566
41169 msgid ""
41170 "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option '**-o loop**' is "
41171 "given), then *mount* will try to find some unused loop device and use that, "
41172 "for example"
41173 msgstr ""
41174 "Si aucun périphérique boucle n'est explicitement mentionné (mais qu'une "
41175 "simple option « **-o loop** » est donnée), alors *mount* essayera de trouver "
41176 "des périphériques boucle non utilisés et les utilisera, par exemple :"
41177
41178 #. type: delimited block _
41179 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1569
41180 #, no-wrap
41181 msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop*\n"
41182 msgstr "*mount /tmp/disque.img /mnt -o loop*\n"
41183
41184 #. type: Plain text
41185 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1572
41186 msgid ""
41187 "The *mount* command *automatically* creates a loop device from a regular "
41188 "file if a filesystem type is not specified or the filesystem is known for "
41189 "libblkid, for example:"
41190 msgstr ""
41191 "La commande de montage crée *automatiquement* un périphérique boucle à "
41192 "partir d'un fichier normal si aucun type de système de fichiers n'est "
41193 "indiqué, ou s'il s'agit d'un système de fichiers libblkid, par exemple :"
41194
41195 #. type: delimited block _
41196 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1575
41197 #, no-wrap
41198 msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
41199 msgstr "*mount /tmp/disque.img /mnt*\n"
41200
41201 #. type: delimited block _
41202 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1577
41203 #, no-wrap
41204 msgid "*mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
41205 msgstr "*mount -t ext4 /tmp/disque.img /mnt*\n"
41206
41207 #. type: Plain text
41208 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1580
41209 msgid ""
41210 "This type of mount knows about three options, namely *loop*, *offset* and "
41211 "*sizelimit*, that are really options to *losetup*(8). (These options can be "
41212 "used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
41213 msgstr ""
41214 "Ce type de montage dispose de trois options, nommées *loop*, *offset* et "
41215 "*sizelimit*, qui sont en réalité des options pour *losetup*(8) (ces options "
41216 "peuvent être utilisées en plus de celles spécifiques au type de système de "
41217 "fichiers)."
41218
41219 #. type: Plain text
41220 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1582
41221 msgid ""
41222 "Since Linux 2.6.25 auto-destruction of loop devices is supported, meaning "
41223 "that any loop device allocated by *mount* will be freed by *umount* "
41224 "independently of _/etc/mtab_."
41225 msgstr ""
41226 "Depuis Linux 2.6.25, l'autodestruction des périphériques boucle est gérée. "
41227 "Cela signifie que tous les périphériques boucle alloués par *mount* seront "
41228 "libérés par *umount* indépendamment de _/etc/mtab_."
41229
41230 #. type: Plain text
41231 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1584
41232 msgid ""
41233 "You can also free a loop device by hand, using *losetup -d* or *umount -d*."
41234 msgstr ""
41235 "Vous pouvez aussi libérer un périphérique boucle manuellement avec *losetup -"
41236 "d* ou *umount -d*."
41237
41238 #. type: Plain text
41239 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1586
41240 msgid ""
41241 "Since util-linux v2.29, *mount* re-uses the loop device rather than "
41242 "initializing a new device if the same backing file is already used for some "
41243 "loop device with the same offset and sizelimit. This is necessary to avoid a "
41244 "filesystem corruption."
41245 msgstr ""
41246 "Depuis util-linux version 2.29 la commande *mount* réutilise le périphérique "
41247 "boucle plutôt que d’initialiser un nouveau périphérique si le fichier de "
41248 "support est déjà utilisé pour des périphériques boucles avec le même "
41249 "décalage et la même taille maximale. C’est nécessaire pour éviter une "
41250 "corruption du système de fichiers."
41251
41252 #. type: Plain text
41253 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1590
41254 #, no-wrap
41255 msgid "*mount* has the following exit status values (the bits can be ORed):\n"
41256 msgstr "*mount* peut renvoyer les codes de retour suivants (les bits peuvent subir une opération OU bit à bit) :\n"
41257
41258 #. type: Plain text
41259 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1596
41260 msgid "incorrect invocation or permissions"
41261 msgstr "invocation ou permissions incorrectes"
41262
41263 #. type: Plain text
41264 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1599
41265 msgid "system error (out of memory, cannot fork, no more loop devices)"
41266 msgstr ""
41267 "erreur système (plus de mémoire, échec de fork(), plus de périphérique "
41268 "boucle disponible)"
41269
41270 #. type: Plain text
41271 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1602
41272 msgid "internal *mount* bug"
41273 msgstr "bogue interne à *mount*"
41274
41275 #. type: Plain text
41276 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1605
41277 msgid "user interrupt"
41278 msgstr "interruption par l'utilisateur"
41279
41280 #. type: Plain text
41281 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1608
41282 msgid "problems writing or locking _/etc/mtab_"
41283 msgstr "problème d'écriture ou de verrouillage de _/etc/mtab_"
41284
41285 #. type: Plain text
41286 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1611
41287 msgid "mount failure"
41288 msgstr "échec de montage"
41289
41290 #. type: Plain text
41291 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1614
41292 msgid "some mount succeeded"
41293 msgstr "réussite de certains montages"
41294
41295 #. type: Plain text
41296 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1616
41297 msgid ""
41298 "The command *mount -a* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 "
41299 "(some failed, some succeeded)."
41300 msgstr ""
41301 "La commande *mount -a* renvoie 0 (tous ont réussi), 32 (tous ont échoué) ou "
41302 "64 (certains ont réussi, d’autres ont échoué)."
41303
41304 #. type: Title ==
41305 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1617 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:130
41306 #, no-wrap
41307 msgid "EXTERNAL HELPERS"
41308 msgstr "AUXILIAIRES EXTERNES"
41309
41310 #. type: Plain text
41311 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1620
41312 msgid "The syntax of external mount helpers is:"
41313 msgstr "La syntaxe des programmes de montage externes est :"
41314
41315 #. type: Plain text
41316 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1622
41317 #, no-wrap
41318 msgid "**/sbin/mount.**__suffix__ _spec dir_ [*-sfnv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-o* _options_] [*-t* __type__**.**_subtype_]\n"
41319 msgstr "**/sbin/mount.**__suffixe__ _spec rép_ [*-sfnv*] [*-N* _nom_espace_] [*-o* _options_] [*-t* __type__**.**__soustype__]\n"
41320
41321 #. type: Plain text
41322 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1624
41323 msgid ""
41324 "where the _suffix_ is the filesystem type and the *-sfnvoN* options have the "
41325 "same meaning as the normal mount options. The *-t* option is used for "
41326 "filesystems with subtypes support (for example */sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse."
41327 "sshfs*)."
41328 msgstr ""
41329 "où le _suffixe_ est le type de système de fichiers et les options *-sfnvoN* "
41330 "ont la même signification que les options de montage normales. L'option *-t* "
41331 "est utilisée pour les systèmes de fichiers avec prise en charge des sous-"
41332 "types (par exemple */sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*)."
41333
41334 #. type: Plain text
41335 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1626
41336 msgid ""
41337 "The command *mount* does not pass the mount options *unbindable*, "
41338 "*runbindable*, *private*, *rprivate*, *slave*, *rslave*, *shared*, "
41339 "*rshared*, *auto*, *noauto*, *comment*, *x-**, *loop*, *offset* and "
41340 "*sizelimit* to the mount.<suffix> helpers. All other options are used in a "
41341 "comma-separated list as an argument to the *-o* option."
41342 msgstr ""
41343 "La commande *mount* ne passe pas les options de montage *unbindable*, "
41344 "*runbindable*, *private*, *rprivate*, *slave*, *rslave*, *shared*, "
41345 "*rshared*, *auto*, *noauto*, *comment*, *x-**, *loop*, *offset* ni "
41346 "*sizelimit* aux auxiliaires mount.<suffixe>. Toutes les autres options sont "
41347 "utilisées dans une liste séparée par des virgules comme argument de "
41348 "l’option *-o*."
41349
41350 #. type: Labeled list
41351 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1629
41352 #, no-wrap
41353 msgid "*LIBMOUNT_FORCE_MOUNT2*={always|never|auto}"
41354 msgstr ""
41355
41356 #. type: Plain text
41357 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1631
41358 msgid ""
41359 "force to use classic mount(2) system call (requires support for new file "
41360 "descriptors based mount API). The default is *auto*; in this case, libmount "
41361 "tries to be smart and use classic mount(2) only for well-known issues. If "
41362 "the new mount API is unavailable, libmount can still use traditional "
41363 "mount(2), although LIBMOUNT_FORCE_MOUNT2 is set to *never*."
41364 msgstr ""
41365
41366 #. type: Plain text
41367 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1634
41368 msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for suid)"
41369 msgstr ""
41370 "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _fstab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."
41371
41372 #. type: Plain text
41373 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1640
41374 msgid "enables libblkid debug output"
41375 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libblkid."
41376
41377 #. type: Plain text
41378 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1643
41379 msgid "enables loop device setup debug output"
41380 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de configuration de périphérique boucle."
41381
41382 #. type: Plain text
41383 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1647
41384 msgid ""
41385 "See also \"*The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts*\" section "
41386 "above."
41387 msgstr ""
41388 "Consultez aussi la section *Les fichiers /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab et /proc/"
41389 "mounts* ci-dessus."
41390
41391 #. type: Plain text
41392 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1650
41393 msgid "filesystem table"
41394 msgstr "table des systèmes de fichiers"
41395
41396 #. type: Labeled list
41397 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1651
41398 #, no-wrap
41399 msgid "_/run/mount_"
41400 msgstr "_/run/mount_"
41401
41402 #. type: Plain text
41403 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1653
41404 msgid "libmount private runtime directory"
41405 msgstr "répertoire d’exécution privé de libmount"
41406
41407 #. type: Labeled list
41408 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1654 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:160
41409 #, no-wrap
41410 msgid "_/etc/mtab_"
41411 msgstr "_/etc/mtab_"
41412
41413 #. type: Plain text
41414 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1656
41415 msgid "table of mounted filesystems or symlink to _/proc/mounts_"
41416 msgstr ""
41417 "table des systèmes de fichiers montés ou lien symbolique vers _/proc/mounts_"
41418
41419 #. type: Labeled list
41420 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1657
41421 #, no-wrap
41422 msgid "_/etc/mtab~_"
41423 msgstr "_/etc/mtab~_"
41424
41425 #. type: Plain text
41426 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1659
41427 msgid "lock file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)"
41428 msgstr ""
41429 "fichier de verrou (inutilisé sur les systèmes avec lien symbolique vers "
41430 "_mtab_)"
41431
41432 #. type: Labeled list
41433 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1660
41434 #, no-wrap
41435 msgid "_/etc/mtab.tmp_"
41436 msgstr "_/etc/mtab.tmp_"
41437
41438 #. type: Plain text
41439 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1662
41440 msgid "temporary file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)"
41441 msgstr ""
41442 "fichier temporaire (inutilisé sur les systèmes avec lien symbolique vers "
41443 "_mtab_)"
41444
41445 #. type: Labeled list
41446 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1663
41447 #, no-wrap
41448 msgid "_/etc/filesystems_"
41449 msgstr "_/etc/filesystems_"
41450
41451 #. type: Plain text
41452 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1665
41453 msgid "a list of filesystem types to try"
41454 msgstr "liste de systèmes de fichiers à essayer"
41455
41456 #. type: Plain text
41457 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1669
41458 msgid "A *mount* command existed in Version 5 AT&T UNIX."
41459 msgstr "Une commande *mount* existait dans UNIX AT&T Version 5."
41460
41461 #. type: Plain text
41462 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1673
41463 msgid "It is possible for a corrupted filesystem to cause a crash."
41464 msgstr "Un système de fichiers corrompu peut déclencher un plantage."
41465
41466 #. type: Plain text
41467 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1675
41468 msgid ""
41469 "Some Linux filesystems don't support *-o sync* and *-o dirsync* (the ext2, "
41470 "ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems _do_ support synchronous updates (a la "
41471 "BSD) when mounted with the *sync* option)."
41472 msgstr ""
41473 "Sous Linux, certains systèmes de fichiers ne gèrent pas *-o sync* et *-"
41474 "o dirsync* (les systèmes de fichiers ext2, ext3, ext4, fat et vfat _gèrent_ "
41475 "les mises à jour synchrones, à la manière BSD, lorsqu'ils sont montés avec "
41476 "l'option *sync*)."
41477
41478 #. type: Plain text
41479 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1677
41480 msgid ""
41481 "The *-o remount* may not be able to change mount parameters (all _ext2fs_-"
41482 "specific parameters, except *sb*, are changeable with a remount, for "
41483 "example, but you can't change *gid* or *umask* for the _fatfs_)."
41484 msgstr ""
41485 "L'option *-o remount* peut s'avérer incapable de modifier les paramètres de "
41486 "montage (tous ceux de _ext2fs_, sauf *sb*, sont modifiables lors d'un "
41487 "remontage, mais vous ne pouvez pas modifier le *gid* ou l'**umask** pour un "
41488 "système de fichiers _fatfs_)."
41489
41490 #. type: Plain text
41491 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1679
41492 msgid ""
41493 "It is possible that the files _/etc/mtab_ and _/proc/mounts_ don't match on "
41494 "systems with a regular _mtab_ file. The first file is based only on the "
41495 "*mount* command options, but the content of the second file also depends on "
41496 "the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS server -- in certain "
41497 "cases the *mount* command may report unreliable information about an NFS "
41498 "mount point and the _/proc/mount_ file usually contains more reliable "
41499 "information.) This is another reason to replace the _mtab_ file with a "
41500 "symlink to the _/proc/mounts_ file."
41501 msgstr ""
41502 "Les fichiers _/etc/mtab_ et _/proc/mounts_ pourraient ne pas correspondre "
41503 "sur les systèmes avec un ficher _mtab_ normal. Le premier est seulement basé "
41504 "sur les options de la commande *mount*, mais le second tient compte de la "
41505 "configuration du noyau et d'autres paramètres (par exemple, pour un serveur "
41506 "NFS distant : dans certains cas, la commande *mount* peut renvoyer des "
41507 "informations incorrectes à propos des points de montage NFS et en général _/"
41508 "proc/mounts_ contient des informations plus sûres). C’est une autre raison "
41509 "de remplacer le fichier _mtab_ par un lien symbolique vers le fichier _/proc/"
41510 "mounts_."
41511
41512 #. type: Plain text
41513 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1681
41514 msgid ""
41515 "Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e. the "
41516 "*fcntl* and *ioctl* families of functions) may lead to inconsistent results "
41517 "due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the *noac* "
41518 "mount option is used."
41519 msgstr ""
41520 "Vérifier les fichiers d'un système de fichiers NFS avec des descripteurs de "
41521 "fichiers (c'est-à-dire, les fonctions de la famille *fcntl* et *ioctl*) "
41522 "peuvent renvoyer de mauvais résultats à cause de la faible vérification des "
41523 "événements dans le noyau si l'option *noac* de montage est utilisée."
41524
41525 #. type: Plain text
41526 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1683
41527 msgid ""
41528 "The *loop* option with the *offset* or *sizelimit* options used may fail "
41529 "when using older kernels if the *mount* command can't confirm that the size "
41530 "of the block device has been configured as requested. This situation can be "
41531 "worked around by using the *losetup*(8) command manually before calling "
41532 "*mount* with the configured loop device."
41533 msgstr ""
41534 "L’option *loop* utilisée avec les options *offset* ou *sizelimit* pourrait "
41535 "échouer sur les noyaux plus anciens si la commande *mount* ne peut pas "
41536 "confirmer que la taille du périphérique bloc a été configurée comme demandé. "
41537 "Cette situation peut être contournée en utilisant la commande *losetup*(8) "
41538 "vous-même avant d’appeler *mount* avec le périphérique boucle configuré."
41539
41540 #. type: Plain text
41541 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1709
41542 #, no-wrap
41543 msgid ""
41544 "*mount*(2),\n"
41545 "*umount*(2),\n"
41546 "*filesystems*(5),\n"
41547 "*fstab*(5),\n"
41548 "*nfs*(5),\n"
41549 "*xfs*(5),\n"
41550 "*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
41551 "*xattr*(7),\n"
41552 "*e2label*(8),\n"
41553 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
41554 "*losetup*(8),\n"
41555 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
41556 "*mke2fs*(8),\n"
41557 "*mountd*(8),\n"
41558 "*nfsd*(8),\n"
41559 "*swapon*(8),\n"
41560 "*tune2fs*(8),\n"
41561 "*umount*(8),\n"
41562 "*xfs_admin*(8)\n"
41563 msgstr ""
41564 "*mount*(2),\n"
41565 "*umount*(2),\n"
41566 "*filesystems*(5),\n"
41567 "*fstab*(5),\n"
41568 "*nfs*(5),\n"
41569 "*xfs*(5),\n"
41570 "*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
41571 "*xattr*(7),\n"
41572 "*e2label*(8),\n"
41573 "*findmnt*(8),\n"
41574 "*losetup*(8),\n"
41575 "*lsblk*(8),\n"
41576 "*mke2fs*(8),\n"
41577 "*mountd*(8),\n"
41578 "*nfsd*(8),\n"
41579 "*swapon*(8),\n"
41580 "*tune2fs*(8),\n"
41581 "*umount*(8),\n"
41582 "*xfs_admin*(8)\n"
41583
41584 #. type: Title =
41585 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:2
41586 #, no-wrap
41587 msgid "mountpoint(1)"
41588 msgstr "mountpoint(1)"
41589
41590 #. type: Plain text
41591 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:12
41592 msgid "mountpoint - see if a directory or file is a mountpoint"
41593 msgstr ""
41594 "mountpoint - Vérifier si un répertoire ou un fichier est un point de montage"
41595
41596 #. type: Plain text
41597 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:16
41598 #, no-wrap
41599 msgid "*mountpoint* [*-d*|*-q*] _directory_|_file_\n"
41600 msgstr "*mountpoint* [*-d*|*-q*] _répertoire_|_fichier_\n"
41601
41602 #. type: Plain text
41603 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:18
41604 #, no-wrap
41605 msgid "*mountpoint* *-x* _device_\n"
41606 msgstr "*mountpoint* *-x* _périphérique_\n"
41607
41608 #. type: Plain text
41609 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:22
41610 #, no-wrap
41611 msgid "*mountpoint* checks whether the given _directory_ or _file_ is mentioned in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file.\n"
41612 msgstr "*mountpoint* vérifie si le _répertoire_ ou _fichier_ donné fait partie du fichier _/proc/self/mountinfo_.\n"
41613
41614 #. type: Labeled list
41615 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:25
41616 #, no-wrap
41617 msgid "*-d*, *--fs-devno*"
41618 msgstr "*-d*, *--fs-devno*"
41619
41620 #. type: Plain text
41621 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:27
41622 msgid ""
41623 "Show the major/minor numbers of the device that is mounted on the given "
41624 "directory."
41625 msgstr ""
41626 "Afficher les numéros majeur et mineur du périphérique monté sur le "
41627 "répertoire donné."
41628
41629 #. type: Plain text
41630 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:30
41631 msgid "Be quiet - don't print anything."
41632 msgstr "Mode silencieux – ne rien afficher."
41633
41634 #. type: Labeled list
41635 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:31
41636 #, no-wrap
41637 msgid "*--nofollow*"
41638 msgstr "*--nofollow*"
41639
41640 #. type: Plain text
41641 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:33
41642 msgid ""
41643 "Do not follow symbolic link if it the last element of the _directory_ path."
41644 msgstr ""
41645 "Ne pas suivre le lien symbolique si c'est le dernier élément du chemin du "
41646 "_répertoire_."
41647
41648 #. type: Labeled list
41649 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:34
41650 #, no-wrap
41651 msgid "*-x*, *--devno*"
41652 msgstr "*-x*, *--devno*"
41653
41654 #. type: Plain text
41655 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:36
41656 msgid ""
41657 "Show the major/minor numbers of the given blockdevice on standard output."
41658 msgstr ""
41659 "Afficher les numéros majeur et mineur du périphérique bloc donné sur la "
41660 "sortie standard."
41661
41662 #. type: Plain text
41663 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:42
41664 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
41665 #| msgid "B<kill> has the following return codes:"
41666 msgid "*mountpoint* has the following exit status values:\n"
41667 msgstr "B<kill> comporte les codes de retour suivants :"
41668
41669 #. type: Plain text
41670 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:45
41671 msgid ""
41672 "success; the directory is a mountpoint, or device is block device on *--"
41673 "devno*"
41674 msgstr ""
41675
41676 #. type: Plain text
41677 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:48
41678 msgid "failure; incorrect invocation, permissions or system error"
41679 msgstr ""
41680
41681 #. type: Plain text
41682 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:51
41683 msgid ""
41684 "failure; the directory is not a mountpoint, or device is not a block device "
41685 "on *--devno*"
41686 msgstr ""
41687
41688 #. type: Plain text
41689 #: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:60
41690 msgid ""
41691 "The util-linux *mountpoint* implementation was written from scratch for "
41692 "libmount. The original version for sysvinit suite was written by Miquel van "
41693 "Smoorenburg."
41694 msgstr ""
41695 "L’implémentation *mountpoint* d’util-linux a été écrite à partir de zéro "
41696 "pour libmount. La version originale pour l’ensemble sysvinit a été écrite "
41697 "par Miquel van Smoorenburg."
41698
41699 #. type: Title =
41700 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:2
41701 #, no-wrap
41702 msgid "nsenter(1)"
41703 msgstr "nsenter(1)"
41704
41705 #. type: Plain text
41706 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:12
41707 msgid "nsenter - run program in different namespaces"
41708 msgstr "nsenter - Exécuter un programme dans différents espaces de noms"
41709
41710 # Typo dans la VO
41711 #. type: Plain text
41712 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:16
41713 #, no-wrap
41714 msgid "*nsenter* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n"
41715 msgstr "*nsenter* [options] [_programme_ [_paramètres_]]\n"
41716
41717 #. type: Plain text
41718 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:20
41719 msgid ""
41720 "The *nsenter* command executes _program_ in the namespace(s) that are "
41721 "specified in the command-line options (described below). If _program_ is not "
41722 "given, then \"$\\{SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
41723 msgstr ""
41724 "La commande *nsenter* exécute le _programme_ dans le ou les espaces de noms "
41725 "indiqués dans les options de la ligne de commande (décrites ci-dessous). Si "
41726 "_programme_ n'est pas renseigné, « $\\{SHELL} » est utilisé (par défaut : _/"
41727 "bin/sh_)."
41728
41729 #. type: Plain text
41730 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:22
41731 msgid "Enterable namespaces are:"
41732 msgstr "Les espaces de noms où l'entrée est possible sont :"
41733
41734 #. type: Labeled list
41735 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:27
41736 #, no-wrap
41737 msgid "*mount namespace*"
41738 msgstr "*espace de noms de montage*"
41739
41740 #. type: Plain text
41741 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:25
41742 msgid ""
41743 "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, "
41744 "except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --"
41745 "make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ for the *shared* flag). For further "
41746 "details, see *mount_namespaces*(7) and the discussion of the *CLONE_NEWNS* "
41747 "flag in *clone*(2)."
41748 msgstr ""
41749 "Les montage et démontage de systèmes de fichiers n'affecteront pas le reste "
41750 "du système, sauf pour les systèmes de fichiers explicitement marqués comme "
41751 "partagés (avec *mount --make-shared*, consultez _/proc/self/mountinfo_ pour "
41752 "l’attribut *shared*). Pour plus de détails, voir *mount_namespaces*(7) et "
41753 "l’explication du drapeau *CLONE_NEWNS* dans *clone*(2)."
41754
41755 #. type: Labeled list
41756 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:26 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:32
41757 #, no-wrap
41758 msgid "*UTS namespace*"
41759 msgstr "*espace de noms UTS*"
41760
41761 #. type: Plain text
41762 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:34
41763 msgid ""
41764 "Setting hostname or domainname will not affect the rest of the system. For "
41765 "further details, see *uts_namespaces*(7)."
41766 msgstr ""
41767 "La configuration du nom d'hôte ou du nom de domaine n'affectera pas le reste "
41768 "du système. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter *namespaces*(7)."
41769
41770 #. type: Labeled list
41771 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:35
41772 #, no-wrap
41773 msgid "*IPC namespace*"
41774 msgstr "*espace de noms IPC*"
41775
41776 #. type: Plain text
41777 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:37
41778 msgid ""
41779 "The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues as "
41780 "well as System V message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory segments. "
41781 "For further details, see *ipc_namespaces*(7)."
41782 msgstr ""
41783 "Le processus aura un nom d'espace indépendant pour les files de messages "
41784 "POSIX ainsi que pour les files de messages de System V, les ensembles de "
41785 "sémaphores et les segments de mémoire partagée. Pour de plus amples détails, "
41786 "consulter *ipc_namespaces*(7)."
41787
41788 #. type: Labeled list
41789 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:32 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:38
41790 #, no-wrap
41791 msgid "*network namespace*"
41792 msgstr "*espace de noms réseau*"
41793
41794 #. type: Plain text
41795 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:40
41796 msgid ""
41797 "The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing tables, "
41798 "firewall rules, the _/proc/net_ and _/sys/class/net_ directory trees, "
41799 "sockets, etc. For further details, see *network_namespaces*(7)."
41800 msgstr ""
41801 "Le processus aura des piles IPv4 et IPv6, des tables de routage IP, des "
41802 "règles de pare-feu, les arborescences de répertoires _/proc/net_ et _/sys/"
41803 "class/net_, des sockets, etc., indépendantes. Pour de plus amples détails, "
41804 "consulter *namespaces*(7)."
41805
41806 #. type: Labeled list
41807 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:35 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:41
41808 #, no-wrap
41809 msgid "*PID namespace*"
41810 msgstr "*espace de noms PID*"
41811
41812 #. type: Plain text
41813 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:37
41814 msgid ""
41815 "Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the "
41816 "*nsenter* process. *nsenter* will fork by default if changing the PID "
41817 "namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID "
41818 "namespace and are visible to each other. If *--no-fork* is used, the new "
41819 "program will be exec'ed without forking. For further details, see "
41820 "*pid_namespaces*(7)."
41821 msgstr ""
41822 "Les enfants auront un ensemble de PID pour traiter les projections "
41823 "séparément du processus *nsenter*. *nsenter* forkera par défaut en cas de "
41824 "modification de l’espace de noms PID, de telle sorte que le nouveau "
41825 "programme et ses enfants partagent le même espace de noms PID et soient "
41826 "mutuellement visibles. Si *--no-fork* est utilisé, le nouveau programme sera "
41827 "exécuté sans forker. Pour plus de détails, voir *pid_namespaces*(7)."
41828
41829 #. type: Labeled list
41830 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:47
41831 #, no-wrap
41832 msgid "*user namespace*"
41833 msgstr "*espace de noms utilisateur*"
41834
41835 #. type: Plain text
41836 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:49
41837 msgid ""
41838 "The process will have a distinct set of UIDs, GIDs and capabilities. For "
41839 "further details, see *user_namespaces*(7)."
41840 msgstr ""
41841 "Le processus aura un ensemble propre d’UID, de GID et de capacités. Pour de "
41842 "plus amples détails, consulter *user_namespaces*(7)."
41843
41844 #. type: Labeled list
41845 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:44
41846 #, no-wrap
41847 msgid "*cgroup namespace*"
41848 msgstr "*espace de noms de groupe de contrôle*"
41849
41850 #. type: Plain text
41851 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:46
41852 msgid ""
41853 "The process will have a virtualized view of _/proc/self/cgroup_, and new "
41854 "cgroup mounts will be rooted at the namespace cgroup root. For further "
41855 "details, see *cgroup_namespaces*(7)."
41856 msgstr ""
41857 "Le processus aura une vue virtualisée de _/proc/self/cgroup_, et les "
41858 "nouveaux montages de groupe de contrôle auront pour racine celle du groupe "
41859 "de contrôle d’espace de noms. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter "
41860 "*cgroup_namespaces*(7)."
41861
41862 #. type: Labeled list
41863 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:50
41864 #, no-wrap
41865 msgid "*time namespace*"
41866 msgstr "*espace de noms temps*"
41867
41868 #. type: Plain text
41869 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:52
41870 msgid ""
41871 "The process can have a distinct view of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* and/or "
41872 "*CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which can be changed using _/proc/self/timens_offsets_. For "
41873 "further details, see *time_namespaces*(7)."
41874 msgstr ""
41875 "Le processus peut avoir une vue distincte de *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* ou "
41876 "*CLOCK_BOOTTIME* qui peut être modifiée avec _/proc/self/timens_offsets_. "
41877 "Pour de plus amples détails, consulter, see *time_namespaces*(7)."
41878
41879 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
41880 #. type: Plain text
41881 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:51
41882 msgid ""
41883 "Various of the options below that relate to namespaces take an optional "
41884 "_file_ argument. This should be one of the _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ files "
41885 "described in *namespaces*(7), or the pathname of a bind mount that was "
41886 "created on one of those files."
41887 msgstr ""
41888 "Plusieurs parmi les options ci-dessous, liées aux espaces de noms, ont un "
41889 "paramètre _fichier_ facultatif. Il doit s'agir d'un des fichiers de _/proc/"
41890 "[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ décrits dans *namespaces*(7), ou le chemin du point de "
41891 "montage lié créé sur un de ces fichiers."
41892
41893 #. type: Plain text
41894 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:55
41895 msgid ""
41896 "Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default _/proc/[pid]/ns/"
41897 "{asterisk}_ namespace paths. The default paths to the target process "
41898 "namespaces may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., *--all --"
41899 "mount*=[_path_])."
41900 msgstr ""
41901 "Entrer tous les espaces de noms du processus cible sous forme des chemins "
41902 "d’espace de noms par défaut _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_. Les chemins par "
41903 "défaut des noms d'espaces des processus cibles peuvent être remplacés grâce "
41904 "à des options spécifiques aux espaces de noms (comme *--all --"
41905 "mount*=[_chemin_])."
41906
41907 #. type: Plain text
41908 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:57
41909 msgid ""
41910 "The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller's current user "
41911 "namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped capabilities from regaining "
41912 "those capabilities via a call to setns(). See *setns*(2) for more details."
41913 msgstr ""
41914 "L'espace de noms utilisateur sera ignoré s'il est identique à l’espace de "
41915 "noms utilisateur actuel de l’appelant. Cela empêche un appelant qui a perdu "
41916 "ses capacités de les retrouver à l’aide d’un appel à setns(). Voir "
41917 "*setns*(2) pour plus de détails."
41918
41919 #. type: Labeled list
41920 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:58
41921 #, no-wrap
41922 msgid "*-t*, *--target* _PID_"
41923 msgstr "*-t*, *--target* _PID_"
41924
41925 #. type: Plain text
41926 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:60
41927 msgid ""
41928 "Specify a target process to get contexts from. The paths to the contexts "
41929 "specified by _pid_ are:"
41930 msgstr ""
41931 "Indiquer un processus cible duquel obtenir les contextes. Les chemins vers "
41932 "les contextes indiqués par _PID_ sont respectivement :"
41933
41934 #. type: Labeled list
41935 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:61
41936 #, no-wrap
41937 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/mnt_"
41938 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/mnt_"
41939
41940 #. type: Plain text
41941 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:63
41942 msgid "the mount namespace"
41943 msgstr "l’espace de noms montage ;"
41944
41945 #. type: Labeled list
41946 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:63
41947 #, no-wrap
41948 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/uts_"
41949 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/uts_"
41950
41951 #. type: Plain text
41952 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:65
41953 msgid "the UTS namespace"
41954 msgstr "l’espace de noms UTS ;"
41955
41956 #. type: Labeled list
41957 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:65
41958 #, no-wrap
41959 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/ipc_"
41960 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/ipc_"
41961
41962 #. type: Plain text
41963 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:67
41964 msgid "the IPC namespace"
41965 msgstr "l’espace de noms IPC ;"
41966
41967 #. type: Labeled list
41968 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:67
41969 #, no-wrap
41970 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/net_"
41971 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/net_"
41972
41973 #. type: Plain text
41974 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:69
41975 msgid "the network namespace"
41976 msgstr "l’espace de noms réseau ;"
41977
41978 #. type: Labeled list
41979 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:69
41980 #, no-wrap
41981 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/pid_"
41982 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/pid_"
41983
41984 #. type: Plain text
41985 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:71
41986 msgid "the PID namespace"
41987 msgstr "l’espace de noms PID ;"
41988
41989 #. type: Labeled list
41990 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:71
41991 #, no-wrap
41992 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/user_"
41993 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/user_"
41994
41995 #. type: Plain text
41996 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:73
41997 msgid "the user namespace"
41998 msgstr "l’espace de noms utilisateur ;"
41999
42000 #. type: Labeled list
42001 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:73
42002 #, no-wrap
42003 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/cgroup_"
42004 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/cgroup_"
42005
42006 #. type: Plain text
42007 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:75
42008 msgid "the cgroup namespace"
42009 msgstr "l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle ;"
42010
42011 #. type: Labeled list
42012 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:75
42013 #, no-wrap
42014 msgid "_/proc/pid/ns/time_"
42015 msgstr "_/proc/pid/ns/time_"
42016
42017 #. type: Plain text
42018 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:77
42019 msgid "the time namespace"
42020 msgstr "l’espace de noms temps"
42021
42022 #. type: Labeled list
42023 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:77
42024 #, no-wrap
42025 msgid "_/proc/pid/root_"
42026 msgstr "_/proc/pid/root_"
42027
42028 #. type: Plain text
42029 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:79
42030 msgid "the root directory"
42031 msgstr "le répertoire racine ;"
42032
42033 #. type: Labeled list
42034 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:79
42035 #, no-wrap
42036 msgid "_/proc/pid/cwd_"
42037 msgstr "_/proc/pid/cwd_"
42038
42039 #. type: Plain text
42040 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:81
42041 msgid "the working directory respectively"
42042 msgstr "le répertoire de travail."
42043
42044 #. type: Labeled list
42045 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:82
42046 #, no-wrap
42047 msgid "*-m*, *--mount*[=_file_]"
42048 msgstr "*-m*, *--mount*[=_fichier_]"
42049
42050 #. type: Plain text
42051 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:84
42052 msgid ""
42053 "Enter the mount namespace. If no file is specified, enter the mount "
42054 "namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the mount "
42055 "namespace specified by _file_."
42056 msgstr ""
42057 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms montage. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
42058 "dans l’espace de noms montage du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
42059 "entrer dans l’espace de noms montage indiqué par _fichier_."
42060
42061 #. type: Labeled list
42062 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:85
42063 #, no-wrap
42064 msgid "*-u*, *--uts*[=_file_]"
42065 msgstr "*-u*, *--uts*[=_fichier_]"
42066
42067 #. type: Plain text
42068 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:87
42069 msgid ""
42070 "Enter the UTS namespace. If no file is specified, enter the UTS namespace of "
42071 "the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the UTS namespace "
42072 "specified by _file_."
42073 msgstr ""
42074 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms UTS. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
42075 "dans l’espace de noms UTS du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
42076 "entrer dans l’espace de noms UTS indiqué par _fichier_."
42077
42078 #. type: Labeled list
42079 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:88
42080 #, no-wrap
42081 msgid "*-i*, *--ipc*[=_file_]"
42082 msgstr "*-i*, *--ipc*[=_fichier_]"
42083
42084 #. type: Plain text
42085 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:90
42086 msgid ""
42087 "Enter the IPC namespace. If no file is specified, enter the IPC namespace of "
42088 "the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the IPC namespace "
42089 "specified by _file_."
42090 msgstr ""
42091 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms IPC. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
42092 "dans l’espace de noms IPC du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
42093 "entrer dans l’espace de noms IPC indiqué par _fichier_."
42094
42095 #. type: Labeled list
42096 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:91
42097 #, no-wrap
42098 msgid "*-n*, *--net*[=_file_]"
42099 msgstr "*-n*, *--net*[=_fichier_]"
42100
42101 #. type: Plain text
42102 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:93
42103 msgid ""
42104 "Enter the network namespace. If no file is specified, enter the network "
42105 "namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the network "
42106 "namespace specified by _file_."
42107 msgstr ""
42108 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
42109 "dans l’espace de noms réseau du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
42110 "entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau indiqué par _fichier_."
42111
42112 #. type: Labeled list
42113 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:94
42114 #, no-wrap
42115 msgid "*-p*, *--pid*[=_file_]"
42116 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*[=_fichier_]"
42117
42118 #. type: Plain text
42119 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:96
42120 msgid ""
42121 "Enter the PID namespace. If no file is specified, enter the PID namespace of "
42122 "the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the PID namespace "
42123 "specified by _file_."
42124 msgstr ""
42125 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms PID. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
42126 "dans l’espace de noms PID du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
42127 "entrer dans l’espace de noms PID indiqué par _fichier_."
42128
42129 #. type: Labeled list
42130 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:97
42131 #, no-wrap
42132 msgid "*-U*, *--user*[=_file_]"
42133 msgstr "*-U*, *--user*[=_fichier_]"
42134
42135 #. type: Plain text
42136 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:99
42137 msgid ""
42138 "Enter the user namespace. If no file is specified, enter the user namespace "
42139 "of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the user namespace "
42140 "specified by _file_. See also the *--setuid* and *--setgid* options."
42141 msgstr ""
42142 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
42143 "entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur du processus cible. Si _fichier_ "
42144 "est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur indiqué par _fichier_. "
42145 "Consultez aussi les options *--setuid* et *--setgid*."
42146
42147 #. type: Labeled list
42148 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:100
42149 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42150 #| msgid "*-u*, *--userspace*"
42151 msgid "*--user-parent*"
42152 msgstr "*-u*, *--userspace*"
42153
42154 #. type: Plain text
42155 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:103
42156 msgid ""
42157 "Enter the parent user namespace. Parent user namespace will be acquired from "
42158 "any other enabled namespace.  If combined with *--user* option the parent "
42159 "user namespace will be fetched from the user namespace and replace it."
42160 msgstr ""
42161
42162 #. type: Labeled list
42163 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:104
42164 #, no-wrap
42165 msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[=_file_]"
42166 msgstr "*-C*, *--cgroup*[=_fichier_]"
42167
42168 #. type: Plain text
42169 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:106
42170 msgid ""
42171 "Enter the cgroup namespace. If no file is specified, enter the cgroup "
42172 "namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the cgroup "
42173 "namespace specified by _file_."
42174 msgstr ""
42175 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle. Si aucun fichier n’est "
42176 "indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle du processus cible. "
42177 "Si _fichier_ est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle "
42178 "indiqué par _fichier_."
42179
42180 #. type: Labeled list
42181 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:107
42182 #, no-wrap
42183 msgid "*-T*, *--time*[=_file_]"
42184 msgstr "*-T*, *--time*[=_fichier_]"
42185
42186 #. type: Plain text
42187 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:109
42188 msgid ""
42189 "Enter the time namespace. If no file is specified, enter the time namespace "
42190 "of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the time namespace "
42191 "specified by _file_."
42192 msgstr ""
42193 "Entrer dans l’espace de noms temps. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
42194 "dans l’espace de noms temps du processus cible. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, "
42195 "entrer dans l’espace de noms temps indiqué par _fichier_."
42196
42197 #. type: Labeled list
42198 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:135
42199 #, no-wrap
42200 msgid "*-G*, *--setgid* _gid_"
42201 msgstr "*-G*, *--setgid* _GID_"
42202
42203 #. type: Plain text
42204 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:114
42205 #, fuzzy
42206 #| msgid ""
42207 #| "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
42208 #| "supplementary groups. *nsenter* always sets GID for user namespaces, the "
42209 #| "default is 0."
42210 msgid ""
42211 "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
42212 "supplementary groups.  *nsenter* always sets GID for user namespaces, the "
42213 "default is 0.  If the argument \"follow\" is specified the GID of the target "
42214 "process is used."
42215 msgstr ""
42216 "Définir l’identifiant de groupe qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms entré "
42217 "et supprimer les groupes additionnels. *nsenter*(1) définit toujours le GID "
42218 "pour les espaces de noms utilisateur, 0 par défaut."
42219
42220 #. type: Labeled list
42221 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:115 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:132
42222 #, no-wrap
42223 msgid "*-S*, *--setuid* _uid_"
42224 msgstr "*-S*, *--setuid* _UID_"
42225
42226 #. type: Plain text
42227 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:119
42228 #, fuzzy
42229 #| msgid ""
42230 #| "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace. *nsenter* "
42231 #| "always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0."
42232 msgid ""
42233 "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace.  *nsenter* "
42234 "always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0.  If the argument "
42235 "\"follow\" is specified the UID of the target process is used."
42236 msgstr ""
42237 "Définir l’identifiant d’utilisateur qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms "
42238 "entré. *nsenter*(1) définit toujours l’UID pour les espaces de noms "
42239 "utilisateur, 0 par défaut."
42240
42241 #. type: Labeled list
42242 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:120 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:84
42243 #, no-wrap
42244 msgid "*--keep-caps*"
42245 msgstr "*--keep-caps*"
42246
42247 #. type: Plain text
42248 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:86
42249 msgid ""
42250 "When the *--user* option is given, ensure that capabilities granted in the "
42251 "user namespace are preserved in the child process."
42252 msgstr ""
42253 "Quand l’option *--user* est fournie, garantir que les capacités octroyées "
42254 "dans l’espace de noms utilisateur soient conservées dans le processus enfant."
42255
42256 #. type: Labeled list
42257 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:123
42258 #, no-wrap
42259 msgid "*--preserve-credentials*"
42260 msgstr "*--preserve-credentials*"
42261
42262 #. type: Plain text
42263 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:125
42264 msgid ""
42265 "Don't modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to drops "
42266 "supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
42267 msgstr ""
42268 "Ne pas modifier les UID et GID en entrant dans un espace de noms "
42269 "utilisateur. Le comportement par défaut est de supprimer les groupes "
42270 "additionnels et de définir les GID et UID à 0."
42271
42272 #. type: Labeled list
42273 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:126
42274 #, no-wrap
42275 msgid "*-r*, *--root*[=_directory_]"
42276 msgstr "*-r*, *--root*[=_répertoire_]"
42277
42278 #. type: Plain text
42279 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:128
42280 #, fuzzy
42281 #| msgid ""
42282 #| "Set the root directory. If no directory is specified, set the root "
42283 #| "directory to the root directory of the target process. If directory is "
42284 #| "specified, set the root directory to the specified directory."
42285 msgid ""
42286 "Set the root directory. If no directory is specified, set the root directory "
42287 "to the root directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set "
42288 "the root directory to the specified directory. The specified _directory_ is "
42289 "open before it switches to the requested namespaces."
42290 msgstr ""
42291 "Définir le répertoire racine. Si aucun répertoire n’est indiqué, définir le "
42292 "répertoire racine au répertoire racine du processus cible. Si _répertoire_ "
42293 "est indiqué, définir le répertoire racine au _répertoire_ indiqué."
42294
42295 #. type: Labeled list
42296 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:129
42297 #, no-wrap
42298 msgid "*-w*, *--wd*[=_directory_]"
42299 msgstr "*-w*, *--wd*[=_répertoire_]"
42300
42301 #. type: Plain text
42302 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:131
42303 #, fuzzy
42304 #| msgid ""
42305 #| "Set the working directory. If no directory is specified, set the working "
42306 #| "directory to the working directory of the target process. If directory is "
42307 #| "specified, set the working directory to the specified directory."
42308 msgid ""
42309 "Set the working directory. If no directory is specified, set the working "
42310 "directory to the working directory of the target process. If directory is "
42311 "specified, set the working directory to the specified directory. The "
42312 "specified _directory_ is open before it switches to the requested "
42313 "namespaces, it means the specified directory works as \"tunnel\" to the "
42314 "current namespace. See also *--wdns*."
42315 msgstr ""
42316 "Définir le répertoire de travail. Si aucun répertoire n’est indiqué, définir "
42317 "le répertoire de travail au répertoire racine du processus cible. Si "
42318 "_répertoire_ est indiqué, définir le répertoire de travail au _répertoire_ "
42319 "indiqué."
42320
42321 #. type: Labeled list
42322 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:132
42323 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42324 #| msgid "*-w*, *--wd*[=_directory_]"
42325 msgid "*-W*, *--wdns*[=_directory_]"
42326 msgstr "*-w*, *--wd*[=_répertoire_]"
42327
42328 #. type: Plain text
42329 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:134
42330 msgid ""
42331 "Set the working directory. The _directory_ is open after switch to the "
42332 "requested namespaces and after *chroot*(2) call. The options *--wd* and *--"
42333 "wdns* are mutually exclusive."
42334 msgstr ""
42335
42336 #. type: Labeled list
42337 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:135
42338 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42339 #| msgid "*-e*, *--enable*"
42340 msgid "*-e*, *--env*"
42341 msgstr "*-e*, *--enable*"
42342
42343 #. type: Plain text
42344 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:137
42345 msgid ""
42346 "Pass environment variables from the target process to the new process being "
42347 "created. If this option is not provided, the environment variables will "
42348 "remain the same as in the current namespace.."
42349 msgstr ""
42350
42351 #. type: Plain text
42352 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:140
42353 msgid ""
42354 "Do not fork before exec'ing the specified program. By default, when entering "
42355 "a PID namespace, *nsenter* calls *fork* before calling *exec* so that any "
42356 "children will also be in the newly entered PID namespace."
42357 msgstr ""
42358 "Ne pas forker avant d’exécuter le programme indiqué. Par défaut, en entrant "
42359 "dans un espace de noms PID, *nsenter* appelle *fork* avant d’appeler *exec* "
42360 "de telle sorte que tous les enfants soient aussi dans l’espace de noms PID "
42361 "nouvellement entré."
42362
42363 #. type: Labeled list
42364 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:141
42365 #, no-wrap
42366 msgid "*-Z*, *--follow-context*"
42367 msgstr "*-Z*, *--follow-context*"
42368
42369 #. type: Plain text
42370 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:143
42371 msgid ""
42372 "Set the SELinux security context used for executing a new process according "
42373 "to already running process specified by *--target* PID. (The util-linux has "
42374 "to be compiled with SELinux support otherwise the option is unavailable.)"
42375 msgstr ""
42376 "Définir le contexte de sécurité SELinux utilisé pour exécuter un nouveau "
42377 "processus en fonction de processus déjà en cours spécifiés avec *--"
42378 "target* PID (util-linux doit être compilé avec la prise en charge de "
42379 "SELinux, sans quoi l'option n'est pas disponible)."
42380
42381 #. type: Labeled list
42382 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:144
42383 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42384 #| msgid "*-G*, *--supp-groups*"
42385 msgid "*-c*, *--join-cgroup*"
42386 msgstr "*-G*, *--supp-groups*"
42387
42388 #. type: Plain text
42389 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:146
42390 msgid "Add the initiated process to the cgroup of the target process."
42391 msgstr ""
42392
42393 #. type: Plain text
42394 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:152
42395 msgid ""
42396 "The *--user-parent* option requires Linux 4.9 or higher, older kernels will "
42397 "raise inappropriate ioctl for device error."
42398 msgstr ""
42399
42400 #. type: Plain text
42401 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:157
42402 msgid ""
42403 "mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
42404 "Zak]"
42405 msgstr ""
42406 "mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
42407 "Zak]"
42408
42409 #. type: Plain text
42410 #: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:163
42411 #, no-wrap
42412 msgid ""
42413 "*clone*(2),\n"
42414 "*setns*(2),\n"
42415 "*namespaces*(7)\n"
42416 msgstr ""
42417 "*clone*(2),\n"
42418 "*setns*(2),\n"
42419 "*namespaces*(7)\n"
42420
42421 #. type: Title =
42422 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:2
42423 #, no-wrap
42424 msgid "pivot_root(8)"
42425 msgstr "pivot_root(8)"
42426
42427 #. type: Plain text
42428 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:12
42429 msgid "pivot_root - change the root filesystem"
42430 msgstr "pivot_root - Changer le système de fichiers racine"
42431
42432 #. type: Plain text
42433 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:16
42434 #, no-wrap
42435 msgid "*pivot_root* _new_root_ _put_old_\n"
42436 msgstr "*pivot_root* _nouvelle_racine_ _emplacement_ancien_\n"
42437
42438 #. type: Plain text
42439 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:20
42440 #, no-wrap
42441 msgid "*pivot_root* moves the root file system of the current process to the directory _put_old_ and makes _new_root_ the new root file system. Since *pivot_root*(8) simply calls *pivot_root*(2), we refer to the man page of the latter for further details.\n"
42442 msgstr "*pivot_root* déplace la racine du système de fichiers du processus actuel vers le répertoire _emplacement_ancien_ et désigne _nouvelle_racine_ comme la nouvelle racine du système de fichiers. Puisque *pivot_root*(8) fait simplement appel à *pivot_root*(2), veuillez vous référer à la page du manuel de ce dernier pour plus de précisions.\n"
42443
42444 #. type: Plain text
42445 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:22
42446 msgid ""
42447 "Note that, depending on the implementation of *pivot_root*, root and current "
42448 "working directory of the caller may or may not change. The following is a "
42449 "sequence for invoking *pivot_root* that works in either case, assuming that "
42450 "*pivot_root* and *chroot* are in the current *PATH*:"
42451 msgstr ""
42452 "Notez que, selon l'implémentation de la commande *pivot_root*, la racine et "
42453 "le répertoire de travail actuel du processus appelant peut changer tout "
42454 "comme il peut ne pas changer. Ce qui suit est un exemple d'appel à "
42455 "*pivot_root* qui fonctionne dans un cas comme dans l'autre, en supposant que "
42456 "*pivot_root* et *chroot* sont dans le chemin de recherche actuel (*PATH*) :"
42457
42458 #. type: delimited block .
42459 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:27
42460 #, no-wrap
42461 msgid ""
42462 "cd new_root\n"
42463 "pivot_root . put_old\n"
42464 "exec chroot . command\n"
42465 msgstr ""
42466
42467 #. type: Plain text
42468 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:30
42469 msgid ""
42470 "Note that *chroot* must be available under the old root and under the new "
42471 "root, because *pivot_root* may or may not have implicitly changed the root "
42472 "directory of the shell."
42473 msgstr ""
42474 "Notez que *chroot* doit être disponible dans l'ancienne racine et aussi dans "
42475 "la nouvelle car *pivot_root* pourrait ou non avoir changé implicitement le "
42476 "répertoire racine de l'interpréteur de commandes."
42477
42478 #. type: Plain text
42479 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:32
42480 msgid ""
42481 "Note that *exec chroot* changes the running executable, which is necessary "
42482 "if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also note that "
42483 "standard input, output, and error may still point to a device on the old "
42484 "root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed when invoking "
42485 "*chroot* (see below; note the absence of leading slashes to make it work "
42486 "whether *pivot_root* has changed the shell's root or not)."
42487 msgstr ""
42488 "Notez que *exec chroot* change le processus actuel, ce qui s'avère être "
42489 "nécessaire si l'ancien répertoire racine est démonté par la suite. Par "
42490 "ailleurs sachez que l'entrée, la sortie et l'erreur standard peuvent encore "
42491 "pointer sur un périphérique de l'ancienne racine du système de fichiers, le "
42492 "conservant occupé. Elles peuvent être aisément modifiées en utilisant "
42493 "*chroot* (voir ci-dessous ; remarquez l'absence de barre oblique au début "
42494 "pour qu'il fonctionne si *pivot_root* a changé la racine de l'interpréteur "
42495 "de commandes ou pas."
42496
42497 #. type: Plain text
42498 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:40
42499 msgid "Change the root file system to _/dev/hda1_ from an interactive shell:"
42500 msgstr ""
42501 "Changer la racine du système de fichiers vers _/dev/hda1_ depuis un "
42502 "interpréteur de commandes interactif :"
42503
42504 #. type: delimited block .
42505 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:47
42506 #, no-wrap
42507 msgid ""
42508 "mount /dev/hda1 /new-root\n"
42509 "cd /new-root\n"
42510 "pivot_root . old-root\n"
42511 "exec chroot . sh <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
42512 "umount /old-root\n"
42513 msgstr ""
42514 "mount /dev/hda1 /nouvelle_racine\n"
42515 "cd /nouvelle_racine\n"
42516 "pivot_root . ancienne_racine\n"
42517 "exec chroot . sh <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
42518 "umount /ancienne_racine\n"
42519
42520 #. type: Plain text
42521 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:50
42522 msgid ""
42523 "Mount the new root file system over NFS from 10.0.0.1:/my_root and run "
42524 "*init*:"
42525 msgstr ""
42526 "Monter le nouveau système de fichiers racine au-dessus de NFS depuis "
42527 "0.0.0.1:/ma_racine et exécuter *init* :"
42528
42529 #. type: delimited block .
42530 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:61
42531 #, no-wrap
42532 msgid ""
42533 "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # for portmap\n"
42534 "# configure Ethernet or such\n"
42535 "portmap   # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
42536 "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
42537 "killall portmap   # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
42538 "cd /mnt\n"
42539 "pivot_root . old_root\n"
42540 "exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /old_root; exec /sbin/init' \\\n"
42541 "  <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
42542 msgstr ""
42543 "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # pour portmap\n"
42544 "# configurer Ethernet ou autre\n"
42545 "portmap   # pour lockd (lancé implicitement par mount)\n"
42546 "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/ma_racine /mnt\n"
42547 "killall portmap   # portmap conserve l'ancienne racine occupée\n"
42548 "cd /mnt\n"
42549 "pivot_root . ancienne_racine\n"
42550 "exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /ancienne_racine; exec /sbin/init' \\e\n"
42551 "  <dev/console >dev/console 2>&1\n"
42552
42553 #. type: Plain text
42554 #: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:70
42555 #, no-wrap
42556 msgid ""
42557 "*chroot*(1),\n"
42558 "*pivot_root*(2),\n"
42559 "*mount*(8),\n"
42560 "*switch_root*(8),\n"
42561 "*umount*(8)\n"
42562 msgstr ""
42563 "*chroot*(1),\n"
42564 "*pivot_root*(2),\n"
42565 "*mount*(8),\n"
42566 "*switch_root*(8),\n"
42567 "*umount*(8)\n"
42568
42569 #. prlimit.1 --
42570 #. Copyright 2011 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
42571 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
42572 #. type: Title =
42573 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:7
42574 #, no-wrap
42575 msgid "prlimit(1)"
42576 msgstr "prlimit(1)"
42577
42578 #. type: Plain text
42579 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:18
42580 msgid "prlimit - get and set process resource limits"
42581 msgstr "prlimit - Obtenir et définir les limites de ressource"
42582
42583 #. type: Plain text
42584 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:22
42585 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42586 #| msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n"
42587 msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n"
42588 msgstr "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limites_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n"
42589
42590 #. type: Plain text
42591 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:24
42592 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42593 #| msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] _command_ [_argument_...]\n"
42594 msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] _command_ [_argument_...]\n"
42595 msgstr "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limites_]] _commande_ [_argument_...]\n"
42596
42597 #. type: Plain text
42598 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:28
42599 msgid ""
42600 "Given a process ID and one or more resources, *prlimit* tries to retrieve "
42601 "and/or modify the limits."
42602 msgstr ""
42603 "À partir d’un identifiant de processus et d’au moins une _ressource_, "
42604 "*prlimit* essaie de récupérer ou de modifier les _limites_."
42605
42606 #. type: Plain text
42607 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:30
42608 msgid ""
42609 "When _command_ is given, *prlimit* will run this command with the given "
42610 "arguments."
42611 msgstr ""
42612 "Si la _commande_ est fournie, *prlimit* exécutera cette commande avec les "
42613 "arguments fournis."
42614
42615 #. type: Plain text
42616 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:32
42617 msgid ""
42618 "The _limits_ parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, separated by "
42619 "a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values. If no _limits_ are "
42620 "given, *prlimit* will display the current values. If one of the values is "
42621 "not given, then the existing one will be used. To specify the unlimited or "
42622 "infinity limit (*RLIM_INFINITY*), the -1 or 'unlimited' string can be passed."
42623 msgstr ""
42624 "Le paramètre _limites_ est composé d’une valeur molle et d’une dure, "
42625 "séparées par un deux-points (:), de façon à modifier les valeurs existantes. "
42626 "En absence de _limites_, *prlimit* affichera les valeurs actuelles. Si une "
42627 "des valeurs n’est pas donnée, alors l’existante sera utilisée. Pour indiquer "
42628 "les limites « illimité » ou « infini » (*RLIM_INFINITY*), les chaînes -1 ou "
42629 "_unlimited_ peuvent être passées."
42630
42631 #. type: Plain text
42632 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:34
42633 #, fuzzy
42634 #| msgid ""
42635 #| "Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to "
42636 #| "the high limit (also called the ceiling). To see all available resource "
42637 #| "limits, refer to the RESOURCE OPTIONS section."
42638 msgid ""
42639 "Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to "
42640 "the high limit (also called the ceiling). To see all available resource "
42641 "limits, refer to the *RESOURCE OPTIONS* section."
42642 msgstr ""
42643 "À cause de la nature des limites, la limite molle doit être inférieure ou "
42644 "égale à la limite haute (aussi appelée plafond). Toutes les limites de "
42645 "ressource disponibles sont présentées dans la section OPTIONS DE RESSOURCE."
42646
42647 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
42648 #. type: Plain text
42649 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:37
42650 #, fuzzy
42651 #| msgid "_soft_{colon}_hard_ Specify both limits."
42652 msgid "_soft_{colon}__hard__ Specify both limits."
42653 msgstr "_molle_{colon}_dure_ Indiquer les deux limites."
42654
42655 #. type: Plain text
42656 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:38
42657 msgid "_soft_{colon} Specify only the soft limit."
42658 msgstr "_molle_{colon} N’indiquer que la limite molle."
42659
42660 #. type: Plain text
42661 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:39
42662 msgid "{colon}__hard__ Specify only the hard limit."
42663 msgstr "{colon}__dure__ N’indiquer que la limite dure."
42664
42665 #. type: Plain text
42666 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:40
42667 msgid "_value_ Specify both limits to the same value."
42668 msgstr "_valeur_ Indiquer les deux limites à la même valeur."
42669
42670 #. type: Title ==
42671 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:41
42672 #, no-wrap
42673 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
42674 msgstr "OPTIONS GÉNÉRALES"
42675
42676 #. type: Plain text
42677 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:48
42678 msgid ""
42679 "Define the output columns to use. If no output arrangement is specified, "
42680 "then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported "
42681 "columns."
42682 msgstr ""
42683 "Définir les colonnes à afficher. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est "
42684 "indiquée, un ensemble par défaut est utilisé. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir "
42685 "une liste de toutes les colonnes gérées."
42686
42687 #. type: Plain text
42688 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:51
42689 msgid ""
42690 "Specify the process id; if none is given, the running process will be used."
42691 msgstr ""
42692 "Indiquer l’identifiant de processus ; si aucun n’est donné, le processus en "
42693 "cours d'exécution sera utilisé."
42694
42695 #. type: Title ==
42696 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:60
42697 #, no-wrap
42698 msgid "RESOURCE OPTIONS"
42699 msgstr "OPTIONS DE RESSOURCE"
42700
42701 #. type: Labeled list
42702 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:62
42703 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42704 #| msgid "*-c, --core*[=_limits_]"
42705 msgid "*-c*, *--core*[=_limits_]"
42706 msgstr "*-c, --core*[=_limites_]"
42707
42708 #. type: Plain text
42709 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:64
42710 msgid "Maximum size of a core file."
42711 msgstr "Taille maximale d’un fichier « core »."
42712
42713 #. type: Labeled list
42714 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:65
42715 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42716 #| msgid "*-d, --data*[=_limits_]"
42717 msgid "*-d*, *--data*[=_limits_]"
42718 msgstr "*-d, --data*[=_limites_]"
42719
42720 #. type: Plain text
42721 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:67
42722 msgid "Maximum data size."
42723 msgstr "Taille maximale des données."
42724
42725 #. type: Labeled list
42726 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:68
42727 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42728 #| msgid "*-e, --nice*[=_limits_]"
42729 msgid "*-e*, *--nice*[=_limits_]"
42730 msgstr "*-e, --nice*[=_limites_]"
42731
42732 #. type: Plain text
42733 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:70
42734 msgid "Maximum nice priority allowed to raise."
42735 msgstr "Priorité « nice » maximale permise."
42736
42737 #. type: Labeled list
42738 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:71
42739 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42740 #| msgid "*-f, --fsize*[=_limits_]"
42741 msgid "*-f*, *--fsize*[=_limits_]"
42742 msgstr "*-f, --fsize*[=_limites_]"
42743
42744 #. type: Plain text
42745 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:73
42746 msgid "Maximum file size."
42747 msgstr "Taille maximale de fichier."
42748
42749 #. type: Labeled list
42750 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:74
42751 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42752 #| msgid "*-i, --sigpending*[=_limits_]"
42753 msgid "*-i*, *--sigpending*[=_limits_]"
42754 msgstr "*-i, --sigpending*[=_limites_]"
42755
42756 #. type: Plain text
42757 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:76
42758 msgid "Maximum number of pending signals."
42759 msgstr "Nombre maximal de signaux en attente."
42760
42761 #. type: Labeled list
42762 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:77
42763 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42764 #| msgid "*-l, --memlock*[=_limits_]"
42765 msgid "*-l*, *--memlock*[=_limits_]"
42766 msgstr "*-l, --memlock*[=_limites_]"
42767
42768 #. type: Plain text
42769 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:79
42770 msgid "Maximum locked-in-memory address space."
42771 msgstr "Espace d’adressage maximal verrouillé en mémoire."
42772
42773 #. type: Labeled list
42774 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:80
42775 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42776 #| msgid "*-m, --rss*[=_limits_]"
42777 msgid "*-m*, *--rss*[=_limits_]"
42778 msgstr "*-m, --rss*[=_limites_]"
42779
42780 #. type: Plain text
42781 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:82
42782 msgid "Maximum Resident Set Size (RSS)."
42783 msgstr "Taille de mémoire résidente (RSS) maximale."
42784
42785 #. type: Labeled list
42786 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:83
42787 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42788 #| msgid "*-n, --nofile*[=_limits_]"
42789 msgid "*-n*, *--nofile*[=_limits_]"
42790 msgstr "*-n, --nofile*[=_limites_]"
42791
42792 #. type: Plain text
42793 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:85
42794 msgid "Maximum number of open files."
42795 msgstr "Nombre maximal de fichiers ouverts."
42796
42797 #. type: Labeled list
42798 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:86
42799 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42800 #| msgid "*-q, --msgqueue*[=_limits_]"
42801 msgid "*-q*, *--msgqueue*[=_limits_]"
42802 msgstr "*-q, --msgqueue*[=_limites_]"
42803
42804 #. type: Plain text
42805 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:88
42806 msgid "Maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues."
42807 msgstr "Nombre maximal d’octets dans les files de messages POSIX."
42808
42809 #. type: Labeled list
42810 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:89
42811 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42812 #| msgid "*-r, --rtprio*[=_limits_]"
42813 msgid "*-r*, *--rtprio*[=_limits_]"
42814 msgstr "*-r, --rtprio*[=_limites_]"
42815
42816 #. type: Plain text
42817 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:91
42818 msgid "Maximum real-time priority."
42819 msgstr "Priorité temps réel maximale."
42820
42821 #. type: Labeled list
42822 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:92
42823 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42824 #| msgid "*-s, --stack*[=_limits_]"
42825 msgid "*-s*, *--stack*[=_limits_]"
42826 msgstr "*-s, --stack*[=_limites_]"
42827
42828 #. type: Plain text
42829 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:94
42830 msgid "Maximum size of the stack."
42831 msgstr "Taille maximale de la pile."
42832
42833 #. type: Labeled list
42834 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:95
42835 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42836 #| msgid "*-t, --cpu*[=_limits_]"
42837 msgid "*-t*, *--cpu*[=_limits_]"
42838 msgstr "*-t, --cpu*[=_limites_]"
42839
42840 #. type: Plain text
42841 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:97
42842 msgid "CPU time, in seconds."
42843 msgstr "Temps processeur, en seconde."
42844
42845 #. type: Labeled list
42846 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:98
42847 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42848 #| msgid "*-u, --nproc*[=_limits_]"
42849 msgid "*-u*, *--nproc*[=_limits_]"
42850 msgstr "*-u, --nproc*[=_limites_]"
42851
42852 #. type: Plain text
42853 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:100
42854 msgid "Maximum number of processes."
42855 msgstr "Nombre maximal de processus."
42856
42857 #. type: Labeled list
42858 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:101
42859 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42860 #| msgid "*-v, --as*[=_limits_]"
42861 msgid "*-v*, *--as*[=_limits_]"
42862 msgstr "*-v, --as*[=_limites_]"
42863
42864 #. type: Plain text
42865 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:103
42866 msgid "Address space limit."
42867 msgstr "Limite d’espace d’adressage."
42868
42869 #. type: Labeled list
42870 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:104
42871 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42872 #| msgid "*-x, --locks*[=_limits_]"
42873 msgid "*-x*, *--locks*[=_limits_]"
42874 msgstr "*-x, --locks*[=_limites_]"
42875
42876 #. type: Plain text
42877 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:106
42878 msgid "Maximum number of file locks held."
42879 msgstr "Nombre maximal de verrous de fichier maintenus."
42880
42881 #. type: Labeled list
42882 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:107
42883 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
42884 #| msgid "*-y, --rttime*[=_limits_]"
42885 msgid "*-y*, *--rttime*[=_limits_]"
42886 msgstr "*-y, --rttime*[=_limites_]"
42887
42888 #. type: Plain text
42889 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:109
42890 msgid "Timeout for real-time tasks."
42891 msgstr "Délai d’expiration pour les tâches temps réel."
42892
42893 #. type: Plain text
42894 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:113
42895 #, fuzzy
42896 #| msgid ""
42897 #| "The *prlimit* system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
42898 #| "will break this program."
42899 msgid ""
42900 "The *prlimit*(2) system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
42901 "will break this program."
42902 msgstr ""
42903 "L’appel système *prlimit* est pris en charge depuis Linux 2.6.36, les noyaux "
42904 "plus anciens casseront ce programme."
42905
42906 #. type: Labeled list
42907 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:116
42908 #, no-wrap
42909 msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134*"
42910 msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134*"
42911
42912 #. type: Plain text
42913 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:118
42914 msgid "Display limit values for all current resources."
42915 msgstr "Afficher les valeurs limites de toutes les ressources actuelles."
42916
42917 #. type: Labeled list
42918 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:119
42919 #, no-wrap
42920 msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134 --rss --nofile=1024:4095*"
42921 msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134 --rss --nofile=1024:4095*"
42922
42923 #. type: Plain text
42924 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:121
42925 msgid ""
42926 "Display the limits of the RSS, and set the soft and hard limits for the "
42927 "number of open files to 1024 and 4095, respectively."
42928 msgstr ""
42929 "Afficher les limites de la RSS et définir les limites molle et dure pour le "
42930 "nombre de fichiers ouverts respectivement à 1024 et 4095."
42931
42932 #. type: Labeled list
42933 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:122
42934 #, no-wrap
42935 msgid "*prlimit --pid 13134 --nproc=512:*"
42936 msgstr "*prlimit --pid 13134 --nproc=512:*"
42937
42938 #. type: Plain text
42939 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:124
42940 msgid "Modify only the soft limit for the number of processes."
42941 msgstr "Ne modifier que la limite molle pour le nombre de processus."
42942
42943 #. type: Labeled list
42944 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:125
42945 #, no-wrap
42946 msgid "*prlimit --pid $$ --nproc=unlimited*"
42947 msgstr "*prlimit --pid $$ --nproc=unlimited*"
42948
42949 #. type: Plain text
42950 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:127
42951 msgid ""
42952 "Set for the current process both the soft and ceiling values for the number "
42953 "of processes to unlimited."
42954 msgstr ""
42955 "Définir, pour le processus actuel, à la fois les valeurs molle et plafond du "
42956 "nombre de processus à illimité."
42957
42958 #. type: Labeled list
42959 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:128
42960 #, no-wrap
42961 msgid "*prlimit --cpu=10 sort -u hugefile*"
42962 msgstr "*prlimit --cpu=10 sort -u hugefile*"
42963
42964 #. type: Plain text
42965 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:130
42966 #, fuzzy
42967 #| msgid ""
42968 #| "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run 'sort'."
42969 msgid ""
42970 "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run *sort*(1)."
42971 msgstr ""
42972 "Définir à la fois les valeurs limites de temps processeur molle et dure à "
42973 "dix secondes et exécuter *sort*."
42974
42975 #. type: Plain text
42976 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:134
42977 msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso] - In memory of Dennis M. Ritchie."
42978 msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso] – en mémoire à Dennis M. Ritchie."
42979
42980 #. type: Plain text
42981 #: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:139
42982 #, no-wrap
42983 msgid ""
42984 "*ulimit*(1p),\n"
42985 "*prlimit*(2)\n"
42986 msgstr ""
42987 "*ulimit*(1p),\n"
42988 "*prlimit*(2)\n"
42989
42990 #. type: Title =
42991 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:2
42992 #, no-wrap
42993 msgid "readprofile(8)"
42994 msgstr "readprofile(8)"
42995
42996 #. type: Plain text
42997 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:12
42998 msgid "readprofile - read kernel profiling information"
42999 msgstr "readprofile - Lire les informations de profilage du noyau"
43000
43001 #. type: Plain text
43002 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:16
43003 #, no-wrap
43004 msgid "*readprofile* [options]\n"
43005 msgstr "*readprofile* [options]\n"
43006
43007 #. type: Title ==
43008 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:17
43009 #, no-wrap
43010 msgid "VERSION"
43011 msgstr "VERSIONS"
43012
43013 #. type: Plain text
43014 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:20
43015 msgid "This manpage documents version 2.0 of the program."
43016 msgstr "Cette page de manuel documente la version\\ 2.0 du programme."
43017
43018 #. type: Plain text
43019 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:24
43020 msgid ""
43021 "The *readprofile* command uses the _/proc/profile_ information to print "
43022 "ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: the "
43023 "first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C function "
43024 "in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is the "
43025 "normalized `load' of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between the number "
43026 "of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled with blanks "
43027 "to ease readability."
43028 msgstr ""
43029 "La commande *readprofile* utilise les informations disponibles dans _/proc/"
43030 "profile_ pour afficher des données au format ASCII sur la sortie standard. "
43031 "La sortie est organisée en trois colonnes\\ : la première affiche le nombre "
43032 "de tics d'horloge, la deuxième contient le nom de la fonction C du noyau au "
43033 "sein de laquelle ces tics ont eu lieu et la troisième représente la «\\ "
43034 "charge\\ » normalisée de la procédure, calculée comme le quotient entre le "
43035 "nombre de tics et la durée de la procédure. La sortie est complétée par des "
43036 "blancs pour améliorer la lisibilité."
43037
43038 #. type: Plain text
43039 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:29
43040 msgid ""
43041 "Print all symbols in the mapfile. By default the procedures with reported "
43042 "ticks are not printed."
43043 msgstr ""
43044 "Afficher tous les symboles de la carte. Par défaut, les procédures avec des "
43045 "tics signalés ne sont pas affichées."
43046
43047 #. type: Labeled list
43048 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:30
43049 #, no-wrap
43050 msgid "*-b*, *--histbin*"
43051 msgstr "*-b*, *--histbin*"
43052
43053 #. type: Plain text
43054 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:32
43055 msgid "Print individual histogram-bin counts."
43056 msgstr "Afficher les compteurs de chaque intervalle (classe) de l'histogramme."
43057
43058 #. type: Plain text
43059 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:35
43060 msgid ""
43061 "Info. This makes *readprofile* only print the profiling step used by the "
43062 "kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and is "
43063 "chosen during kernel configuration (through *make config*), or in the "
43064 "kernel's command line. If the *-t* (terse) switch is used together with *-i* "
43065 "only the decimal number is printed."
43066 msgstr ""
43067 "Afficher des informations. Seule l'étape de profilage utilisée par le noyau "
43068 "est affichée. L'étape de profilage consiste en la résolution du tampon de "
43069 "profilage et est choisie lors de la configuration du noyau (avec «\\ make "
43070 "config\\ ») ou avec la ligne de commande du noyau. Si l'option *-t* (abrégé) "
43071 "est utilisée avec l'option *-i*, seul le nombre décimal est affiché."
43072
43073 #. type: Labeled list
43074 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:36
43075 #, no-wrap
43076 msgid "*-m*, *--mapfile* _mapfile_"
43077 msgstr "*-m*, *--mapfile* _carte_"
43078
43079 #. type: Plain text
43080 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:38
43081 msgid ""
43082 "Specify a mapfile, which by default is _/usr/src/linux/System.map_. You "
43083 "should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn't the last "
43084 "one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the name of the "
43085 "map file ends with _.gz_ it is decompressed on the fly."
43086 msgstr ""
43087 "Indiquer une _carte_, qui par défaut sera _/usr/src/linux/System.map_. La "
43088 "carte doit être précisée sur la ligne de commande si le noyau actuel n'est "
43089 "pas le dernier à avoir été compilé, ou si le fichier _System.map_ se trouve "
43090 "ailleurs. Si le nom de la carte se termine par _.gz_, celle-ci est "
43091 "décompressée à la volée."
43092
43093 #. type: Labeled list
43094 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:39
43095 #, no-wrap
43096 msgid "*-M*, *--multiplier* _multiplier_"
43097 msgstr "*-M*, *--multiplier* _multiplicateur_"
43098
43099 #. type: Plain text
43100 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:41
43101 msgid ""
43102 "On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the "
43103 "kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU. This option allows you to "
43104 "set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. Linux "
43105 "2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems. This option also resets "
43106 "the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
43107 msgstr ""
43108 "Sur certaines architectures, il est possible de modifier la fréquence à "
43109 "laquelle le noyau délivre les interruptions de profilage pour chaque "
43110 "processeur. Cette option permet de définir la fréquence en tant que "
43111 "_multiplicateur_ de la fréquence de l'horloge du système. L'unité est le "
43112 "hertz. Linux 2.6.16 a supprimé sa prise en charge pour la plupart des "
43113 "systèmes. Cette option réinitialise également le tampon de profilage et "
43114 "nécessite les privilèges du superutilisateur."
43115
43116 #. type: Labeled list
43117 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:42
43118 #, no-wrap
43119 msgid "*-p*, *--profile* _pro-file_"
43120 msgstr "*-p*, *--profile* _fichier_profil_"
43121
43122 #. type: Plain text
43123 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:44
43124 msgid ""
43125 "Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is _/proc/profile_. "
43126 "Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze' the kernel "
43127 "profiling at some time and read it later. The _/proc/profile_ file can be "
43128 "copied using *cat*(1) or *cp*(1). There is no more support for compressed "
43129 "profile buffers, like in *readprofile-1.1*, because the program needs to "
43130 "know the size of the buffer in advance."
43131 msgstr ""
43132 "Indiquer un tampon de profilage différent (par défaut _/proc/profile_). "
43133 "Utiliser un _fichier_profil_ différent est utile pour «\\ geler\\ » le "
43134 "profilage du noyau à un moment, afin de le lire plus tard. Le fichier _/proc/"
43135 "profile_ peut être copié en utilisant *cat*(1) ou *cp*(1). Les tampons de "
43136 "profil compressé ne sont plus gérés, comme cela était le cas avec "
43137 "*readprofile-1.1*, car le programme doit connaître à l'avance la taille du "
43138 "tampon."
43139
43140 #. type: Labeled list
43141 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:53
43142 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:61
43143 #, no-wrap
43144 msgid "*-r*, *--reset*"
43145 msgstr "*-r*, *--reset*"
43146
43147 #. type: Plain text
43148 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:47
43149 msgid ""
43150 "Reset the profiling buffer. This can only be invoked by root, because _/proc/"
43151 "profile_ is readable by everybody but writable only by the superuser. "
43152 "However, you can make *readprofile* set-user-ID 0, in order to reset the "
43153 "buffer without gaining privileges."
43154 msgstr ""
43155 "Réinitialiser le tampon de profilage. Cette option n'est utilisable que par "
43156 "le superutilisateur car _/proc/profile_ est lisible par tout le monde mais "
43157 "n'est ouvert en écriture qu'au superutilisateur. Cependant, vous pouvez "
43158 "mettre le bit set-user-ID de *readprofile* à 0 pour réinitialiser le tampon "
43159 "sans augmentation de privilège."
43160
43161 #. type: Labeled list
43162 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:48
43163 #, no-wrap
43164 msgid "*-s, --counters*"
43165 msgstr "*-s, --counters*"
43166
43167 #. type: Plain text
43168 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:50
43169 msgid "Print individual counters within functions."
43170 msgstr "Afficher les compteurs individuels dans les fonctions."
43171
43172 #. type: Plain text
43173 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:53
43174 msgid ""
43175 "Verbose. The output is organized in four columns and filled with blanks. The "
43176 "first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the second is the name "
43177 "of the function, the third is the number of clock ticks and the last is the "
43178 "normalized load."
43179 msgstr ""
43180 "Utiliser une sortie en mode verbeux. Celle-ci est alors organisée en quatre "
43181 "colonnes et complétée avec des blancs. La première colonne est l'adresse RAM "
43182 "d'une fonction du noyau, la seconde contient le nom de cette fonction, la "
43183 "troisième affiche le nombre de tics d'horloge et la dernière la charge "
43184 "normalisée."
43185
43186 #. type: Labeled list
43187 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:58
43188 #, no-wrap
43189 msgid "_/proc/profile_"
43190 msgstr "_/proc/profile_"
43191
43192 #. type: Plain text
43193 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:60
43194 msgid "A binary snapshot of the profiling buffer."
43195 msgstr ""
43196
43197 #. type: Labeled list
43198 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:61
43199 #, no-wrap
43200 msgid "_/usr/src/linux/System.map_"
43201 msgstr "_/usr/src/linux/System.map_"
43202
43203 #. type: Plain text
43204 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:63
43205 msgid "The symbol table for the kernel."
43206 msgstr ""
43207
43208 #. type: Labeled list
43209 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:64
43210 #, no-wrap
43211 msgid "_/usr/src/linux/*_"
43212 msgstr "_/usr/src/linux/*_"
43213
43214 #. type: Plain text
43215 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:66
43216 msgid "The program being profiled :-)"
43217 msgstr ""
43218
43219 #. type: Plain text
43220 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:70
43221 #, no-wrap
43222 msgid "*readprofile* only works with a 1.3.x or newer kernel, because _/proc/profile_ changed in the step from 1.2 to 1.3.\n"
43223 msgstr "*readprofile* ne fonctionne qu'avec les noyaux\\ 1.3.x et supérieurs car _/proc/profile_ a changé entre les versions\\ 1.2 et 1.3.\n"
43224
43225 #. type: Plain text
43226 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:72
43227 msgid ""
43228 "This program only works with ELF kernels. The change for a.out kernels is "
43229 "trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
43230 msgstr ""
43231 "Ce programme ne fonctionne qu'avec les noyaux ELF. Le changement pour les "
43232 "noyaux a.out est trivial et laissé comme exercice à l'utilisateur de ces "
43233 "noyaux."
43234
43235 #. type: Plain text
43236 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:74
43237 msgid ""
43238 "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling "
43239 "module is available, and it wouldn't be easy to build. To enable profiling, "
43240 "you can specify *profile*=_2_ (or another number) on the kernel commandline. "
43241 "The number you specify is the two-exponent used as profiling step."
43242 msgstr ""
43243 "Pour activer le profilage, le noyau doit être redémarré car aucun module de "
43244 "profilage n'est disponible et la construction d'un tel module n'est pas "
43245 "triviale. Pour activer le profilage, vous pouvez ajouter *profile*=_2_ (ou "
43246 "un autre nombre) à la ligne de commande du noyau. Le nombre que vous "
43247 "indiquez sera utilisé comme exposant de 2 pour définir l'étape de profilage."
43248
43249 #. type: Plain text
43250 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:76
43251 msgid ""
43252 "Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited. This means that many "
43253 "profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled. Watch out for "
43254 "misleading information."
43255 msgstr ""
43256 "Le profilage est désactivé lorsque les interruptions sont interdites. Cela "
43257 "signifie que beaucoup de tics de profilage ont lieu lorsque les "
43258 "interruptions sont réactivées. Prenez garde aux informations erronées."
43259
43260 #. type: Plain text
43261 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:80
43262 msgid "Browse the profiling buffer ordering by clock ticks:"
43263 msgstr "Parcourir le tampon de profilage selon le nombre de tics d'horloge :"
43264
43265 #. type: delimited block .
43266 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:83
43267 #, no-wrap
43268 msgid "   readprofile | sort -nr | less\n"
43269 msgstr "   readprofile | sort -nr | less\n"
43270
43271 #. type: Plain text
43272 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:86
43273 msgid "Print the 20 most loaded procedures:"
43274 msgstr "Afficher les 20\\ procédures ayant les plus grandes charges\\ :"
43275
43276 #. type: delimited block .
43277 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:89
43278 #, no-wrap
43279 msgid "   readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n"
43280 msgstr "   readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n"
43281
43282 #. type: Plain text
43283 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:92
43284 msgid "Print only filesystem profile:"
43285 msgstr "N'afficher que le profil du système de fichiers\\ :"
43286
43287 #. type: delimited block .
43288 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:95
43289 #, no-wrap
43290 msgid "   readprofile | grep _ext2\n"
43291 msgstr "   readprofile | grep _ext2\n"
43292
43293 #. type: Plain text
43294 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:98
43295 msgid "Look at all the kernel information, with ram addresses:"
43296 msgstr "Afficher toutes les informations du noyau avec les adresses RAM\\ :"
43297
43298 #. type: delimited block .
43299 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:101
43300 #, no-wrap
43301 msgid "   readprofile -av | less\n"
43302 msgstr "   readprofile -av | less\n"
43303
43304 #. type: Plain text
43305 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:104
43306 msgid "Browse a 'frozen' profile buffer for a non current kernel:"
43307 msgstr ""
43308 "Parcourir un tampon de profil «\\ gelé\\ » pour un noyau différent de "
43309 "l'actuel\\ :"
43310
43311 #. type: delimited block .
43312 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:107
43313 #, no-wrap
43314 msgid "   readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n"
43315 msgstr "   readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n"
43316
43317 #. type: Plain text
43318 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:110
43319 msgid "Request profiling at 2kHz per CPU, and reset the profiling buffer:"
43320 msgstr ""
43321 "Demander un profilage à 2\\ kHz par processeur et réinitialiser le tampon de "
43322 "profilage\\ :"
43323
43324 #. type: delimited block .
43325 #: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:113
43326 #, no-wrap
43327 msgid "   sudo readprofile -M 20\n"
43328 msgstr "   sudo readprofile -M 20\n"
43329
43330 #
43331 #
43332 #
43333 #. Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
43334 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
43335 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
43336 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
43337 #. are met:
43338 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
43339 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
43340 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
43341 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
43342 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
43343 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
43344 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
43345 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
43346 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
43347 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
43348 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
43349 #.    without specific prior written permission.
43350 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
43351 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
43352 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
43353 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
43354 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
43355 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
43356 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
43357 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
43358 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
43359 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
43360 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
43361 #.     @(#)renice.8     8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
43362 #. type: Title =
43363 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:36
43364 #, no-wrap
43365 msgid "renice(1)"
43366 msgstr "renice(1)"
43367
43368 #. type: Plain text
43369 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:46
43370 msgid "renice - alter priority of running processes"
43371 msgstr "renice - Modifier la priorité des processus en cours d'exécution"
43372
43373 #. type: Plain text
43374 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:50
43375 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
43376 #| msgid "*renice* [*-n*] _priority_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identifier_...\n"
43377 msgid "*renice* [*--priority|--relative*] _priority_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identifier_...\n"
43378 msgstr "*renice* [*-n*] _priorité_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identifiant_...\n"
43379
43380 #. type: Plain text
43381 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:54
43382 #, no-wrap
43383 msgid "*renice* alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. The first argument is the _priority_ value to be used. The other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process group IDs, user IDs, or user names. *renice*'ing a process group causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling priority altered. *renice*'ing a user causes all processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered.\n"
43384 msgstr "*renice* modifie la priorité d'ordonnancement d'un ou de plusieurs processus en cours d'exécution. Le premier argument est la valeur de _priorité_ à utiliser. Les autres arguments sont interprétés comme des identifiants de processus (PID, par défaut), des identifiants de groupe de processus (PGID), des identifiants d’utilisateur (UID) ou des noms d’utilisateur. Utiliser *renice* sur un groupe de processus implique que tous les processus de ce groupe auront leur priorité d'ordonnancement modifiée. Lorsqu'un utilisateur est indiqué, tous les processus appartenant à celui-ci auront leur priorité d'ordonnancement modifiée.\n"
43385
43386 #. type: Plain text
43387 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:56
43388 msgid ""
43389 "If no *-n*, *--priority* or *--relative* option is used, then the priority "
43390 "is set as *absolute*."
43391 msgstr ""
43392
43393 #. type: Labeled list
43394 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:59
43395 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
43396 #| msgid "*-n*, *--priority* _priority_"
43397 msgid "*-n* _priority_"
43398 msgstr "*-n*, *--priority* _priorité_"
43399
43400 #. type: Plain text
43401 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:61
43402 #, fuzzy
43403 #| msgid ""
43404 #| "Specify the scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process "
43405 #| "group, or user. Use of the option *-n* or *--priority* is optional, but "
43406 #| "when used it must be the first argument."
43407 msgid ""
43408 "Specify the *absolute* or *relative* (depending on environment variable "
43409 "POSIXLY_CORRECT) scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process "
43410 "group, or user. Use of the option *-n* is optional, but when used, it must "
43411 "be the first argument. See *NOTES* for more information."
43412 msgstr ""
43413 "indiquer la _priorité_ d’ordonnancement à utiliser pour le processus, le "
43414 "groupe de processus ou l’utilisateur. Utiliser l’option *-n* ou *--priority* "
43415 "est facultatif, mais si elle est utilisée, elle doit être le premier "
43416 "argument."
43417
43418 #. type: Labeled list
43419 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:62
43420 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
43421 #| msgid "*-p*, *--priority* _priority_"
43422 msgid "*--priority* _priority_"
43423 msgstr "*-p*, *--priority* _priorité_"
43424
43425 #. type: Plain text
43426 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:64
43427 msgid ""
43428 "Specify an *absolute* scheduling _priority_. _Priority_ is set to the given "
43429 "value. This is the default, when no option is specified."
43430 msgstr ""
43431
43432 #. type: Labeled list
43433 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:65
43434 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
43435 #| msgid "*-p*, *--priority* _priority_"
43436 msgid "*--relative* _priority_"
43437 msgstr "*-p*, *--priority* _priorité_"
43438
43439 #. type: Plain text
43440 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:67
43441 msgid ""
43442 "Specify a *relative* scheduling _priority_. Same as the standard POSIX *-n* "
43443 "option. _Priority_ gets _incremented/decremented_ by the given value."
43444 msgstr ""
43445
43446 #. type: Labeled list
43447 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:68
43448 #, no-wrap
43449 msgid "*-g*, *--pgrp*"
43450 msgstr "*-g*, *--pgrp*"
43451
43452 #. type: Plain text
43453 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:70
43454 msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process group IDs."
43455 msgstr ""
43456 "interpréter les arguments suivants comme des identifiants de groupe de "
43457 "processus (PGID)."
43458
43459 #. type: Plain text
43460 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:73
43461 msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process IDs (the default)."
43462 msgstr ""
43463 "interpréter les arguments suivants comme des identifiants de processus (PID, "
43464 "par défaut)."
43465
43466 #. type: Labeled list
43467 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:74
43468 #, no-wrap
43469 msgid "*-u*, *--user*"
43470 msgstr "*-u*, *--user*"
43471
43472 #. type: Plain text
43473 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:76
43474 msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as usernames or UIDs."
43475 msgstr ""
43476 "interpréter les arguments suivants comme des noms ou des identifiants "
43477 "d’utilisateur (UID)."
43478
43479 #. type: Labeled list
43480 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:81
43481 #, no-wrap
43482 msgid "_/etc/passwd_"
43483 msgstr "_/etc/passwd_"
43484
43485 #. type: Plain text
43486 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:83
43487 msgid "to map user names to user IDs"
43488 msgstr "Correspondance entre les noms d'utilisateur et les identifiants."
43489
43490 #. type: Plain text
43491 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:87
43492 msgid ""
43493 "Users other than the superuser may only alter the priority of processes they "
43494 "own. Furthermore, an unprivileged user can only _increase_ the \"nice "
43495 "value\" (i.e., choose a lower priority) and such changes are irreversible "
43496 "unless (since Linux 2.6.12) the user has a suitable \"nice\" resource limit "
43497 "(see *ulimit*(1p) and *getrlimit*(2))."
43498 msgstr ""
43499 "Les utilisateurs ordinaires (à part le superutilisateur) ne peuvent que "
43500 "modifier la priorité des processus dont ils sont propriétaires. De plus, un "
43501 "utilisateur non privilégié ne peut qu'__incrémenter__ leur « valeur "
43502 "nice » (choisir ainsi une priorité plus basse) et de tels changements sont "
43503 "irréversibles, à moins (à partir de Linux 2.6.12) que l'utilisateur ait une "
43504 "limite de ressource « nice » acceptable (voir *ulimit*(1) et *getrlimit*(2))."
43505
43506 # NOTE: bogue po4a => \\&.>
43507 #. type: Plain text
43508 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:89
43509 msgid ""
43510 "The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority to "
43511 "any value in the range -20 to 19. Useful priorities are: 19 (the affected "
43512 "processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 (the "
43513 "\"base\" scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go very "
43514 "fast)."
43515 msgstr ""
43516 "Le superutilisateur peut modifier la priorité de n'importe quel processus et "
43517 "peut configurer la priorité avec n'importe quelle valeur dans l'intervalle "
43518 "de -20 à 19. Les priorités utiles sont : 19 (les processus affectés ne "
43519 "s'exécutent que si aucun autre processus ne souhaite s'exécuter sur le "
43520 "système), 0 (la priorité d'ordonnancement de « base »), n'importe quelle "
43521 "valeur négative (pour rendre les processus plus rapides)."
43522
43523 #. type: Plain text
43524 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:91
43525 msgid ""
43526 "For historical reasons in this implementation, the *-n* option did not "
43527 "follow the POSIX specification. Therefore, instead of setting a *relative* "
43528 "priority, it sets an *absolute* priority by default. As this may not be "
43529 "desirable, this behavior can be controlled by setting the environment "
43530 "variable POSIXLY_CORRECT to be fully POSIX compliant. See the *-n* option "
43531 "for details. See *--relative* and *--priority* for options that do not "
43532 "change behavior depending on environment variables."
43533 msgstr ""
43534
43535 #. type: Plain text
43536 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:95
43537 msgid "The *renice* command appeared in 4.0BSD."
43538 msgstr "La commande *renice* est apparue pour la première fois dans 4.0BSD."
43539
43540 #. type: Plain text
43541 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:99
43542 msgid ""
43543 "The following command would change the priority of the processes with PIDs "
43544 "987 and 32, plus all processes owned by the users daemon and root:"
43545 msgstr ""
43546 "La commande suivante modifierait la priorité des processus avec les PID 987 "
43547 "et 32, et tous les processus appartenant aux utilisateurs « daemon » et "
43548 "« root » :"
43549
43550 #. type: Plain text
43551 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:101
43552 #, no-wrap
43553 msgid "*renice +1 987 -u daemon root -p 32*\n"
43554 msgstr "*renice +1 987 -u daemon root -p 32*\n"
43555
43556 #. type: Plain text
43557 #: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:110
43558 #, no-wrap
43559 msgid ""
43560 "*nice*(1),\n"
43561 "*chrt*(1),\n"
43562 "*getpriority*(2),\n"
43563 "*setpriority*(2),\n"
43564 "*credentials*(7),\n"
43565 "*sched*(7)\n"
43566 msgstr ""
43567 "*nice*(1),\n"
43568 "*chrt*(1),\n"
43569 "*getpriority*(2),\n"
43570 "*setpriority*(2),\n"
43571 "*credentials*(7),\n"
43572 "*sched*(7)\n"
43573
43574 #. type: Title =
43575 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:2
43576 #, no-wrap
43577 msgid "rfkill(8)"
43578 msgstr "rfkill(8)"
43579
43580 #. type: Plain text
43581 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:12
43582 msgid "rfkill - tool for enabling and disabling wireless devices"
43583 msgstr ""
43584
43585 #. type: Plain text
43586 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:16
43587 #, no-wrap
43588 msgid "*rfkill* [options] [_command_] [_ID_|_type_ ...]\n"
43589 msgstr "*rfkill* [options] [_commande_] [_ID_|_type_ ...]\n"
43590
43591 #. type: Plain text
43592 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:20
43593 #, no-wrap
43594 msgid "*rfkill* lists, enabling and disabling wireless devices.\n"
43595 msgstr ""
43596
43597 #. type: Plain text
43598 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:22
43599 msgid ""
43600 "The command \"list\" output format is deprecated and maintained for backward "
43601 "compatibility only. The new output format is the default when no command is "
43602 "specified or when the option *--output* is used."
43603 msgstr ""
43604
43605 #. type: Plain text
43606 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:24
43607 #, fuzzy
43608 #| msgid ""
43609 #| "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
43610 #| "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
43611 #| "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
43612 #| "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
43613 #| "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
43614 msgid ""
43615 "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
43616 "avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
43617 "expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list "
43618 "in environments where a stable output is required."
43619 msgstr ""
43620 "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options comme "
43621 "B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, autant que "
43622 "possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par défaut dans les "
43623 "scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes attendues en "
43624 "utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans les environnements "
43625 "nécessitant une sortie stable."
43626
43627 #. type: Plain text
43628 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:35
43629 #, fuzzy
43630 msgid ""
43631 "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of "
43632 "available columns."
43633 msgstr ""
43634 "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste "
43635 "de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
43636
43637 #. type: Labeled list
43638 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:46
43639 #, no-wrap
43640 msgid "*help*"
43641 msgstr "*help*"
43642
43643 #. type: Labeled list
43644 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:49
43645 #, no-wrap
43646 msgid "*event*"
43647 msgstr "*event*"
43648
43649 #. type: Plain text
43650 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:51
43651 msgid "Listen for rfkill events and display them on stdout."
43652 msgstr ""
43653
43654 #. type: Labeled list
43655 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:52
43656 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
43657 #| msgid "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
43658 msgid "*list* [__id__|__type__ ...]"
43659 msgstr "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
43660
43661 #. type: Plain text
43662 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:54
43663 msgid ""
43664 "List the current state of all available devices. The command output format "
43665 "is deprecated, see the *DESCRIPTION* section. It is a good idea to check "
43666 "with *list* command _id_ or _type_ scope is appropriate before setting "
43667 "*block* or *unblock*. Special _all_ type string will match everything. Use "
43668 "of multiple _ID_ or _type_ arguments is supported. Possible types are all, "
43669 "{wlan | wifi}, bluetooth, {uwb | ultrawideband}, wimax, wwan, gps, fm, nfc."
43670 msgstr ""
43671
43672 #. type: Labeled list
43673 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:55
43674 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
43675 #| msgid "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
43676 msgid "**block** __id__|__type__ [...]"
43677 msgstr "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
43678
43679 #. type: Plain text
43680 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:57
43681 #, fuzzy
43682 #| msgid "Disable error reporting by getopt(3)."
43683 msgid "Disable the corresponding device."
43684 msgstr "Désactiver le signalement des erreurs par B<getopt>(3)."
43685
43686 #. type: Labeled list
43687 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:58
43688 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
43689 #| msgid "**unblock id**|*type* [...]"
43690 msgid "**unblock** __id__|__type__ [...]"
43691 msgstr "**unblock id**|*type* [...]"
43692
43693 #. type: Plain text
43694 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:60
43695 msgid ""
43696 "Enable the corresponding device. If the device is hard-blocked, for example "
43697 "via a hardware switch, it will remain unavailable though it is now soft-"
43698 "unblocked."
43699 msgstr ""
43700
43701 #. type: Labeled list
43702 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:61
43703 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
43704 #| msgid "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
43705 msgid "**toggle** __id__|__type__ [...]"
43706 msgstr "*list* [__id__|_type_ ...]"
43707
43708 #. type: Plain text
43709 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:63
43710 msgid "Enable or disable the corresponding device."
43711 msgstr ""
43712
43713 #. type: delimited block .
43714 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:70
43715 #, no-wrap
43716 msgid ""
43717 "  rfkill --output ID,TYPE\n"
43718 "  rfkill block all\n"
43719 "  rfkill unblock wlan\n"
43720 "  rfkill block bluetooth uwb wimax wwan gps fm nfc\n"
43721 msgstr ""
43722
43723 #. type: Plain text
43724 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:75
43725 #, no-wrap
43726 msgid "*rfkill* was originally written by mailto:johannes@sipsolutions.net[Johannes Berg] and mailto:marcel@holtmann.org[Marcel Holtmann]. The code has been later modified by mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] for the util-linux project.\n"
43727 msgstr ""
43728
43729 #. type: Plain text
43730 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:77
43731 msgid ""
43732 "This manual page was written by mailto:linux@youmustbejoking.demon.co."
43733 "uk[Darren Salt] for the Debian project (and may be used by others)."
43734 msgstr ""
43735
43736 #. type: Plain text
43737 #: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:83
43738 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
43739 #| msgid ""
43740 #| "*powertop*(8),\n"
43741 #| "*systemd-rfkill*(8),\n"
43742 #| "https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst[Linux kernel documentation]\n"
43743 msgid ""
43744 "*powertop*(8),\n"
43745 "*systemd-rfkill*(8),\n"
43746 "https://docs.kernel.org/driver-api/rfkill.html[Linux kernel documentation]\n"
43747 msgstr ""
43748 "*powertop*(8),\n"
43749 "*systemd-rfkill*(8),\n"
43750 "https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/driver-api/rfkill.rst[Documentation du noyau Linux]\n"
43751
43752 #. type: Title =
43753 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:2
43754 #, no-wrap
43755 msgid "rtcwake(8)"
43756 msgstr "rtcwake(8)"
43757
43758 #. type: Plain text
43759 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:12
43760 msgid "rtcwake - enter a system sleep state until specified wakeup time"
43761 msgstr ""
43762 "rtcwake - Mettre le système en veille jusqu'à une date de réveil indiquée"
43763
43764 #. type: Plain text
43765 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:16
43766 #, no-wrap
43767 msgid "*rtcwake* [options] [*-d* _device_] [*-m* _standby_mode_] {*-s* _seconds_|*-t* _time_t_}\n"
43768 msgstr "*rtcwake* [options] [*-d* _périphérique_] [*-m* _mode_] {*-s* _secondes_|*-t* _heure_h_}\n"
43769
43770 #. type: Plain text
43771 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:20
43772 msgid ""
43773 "This program is used to enter a system sleep state and to automatically wake "
43774 "from it at a specified time."
43775 msgstr ""
43776 "Ce programme permet de mettre le système en veille et de le réveiller "
43777 "automatiquement à une date indiquée."
43778
43779 #. type: Plain text
43780 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:22
43781 msgid ""
43782 "This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, and "
43783 "leave it no later than a specified time. It uses any RTC framework driver "
43784 "that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
43785 msgstr ""
43786 "Il utilise des interfaces Linux multiplateformes pour mettre le système en "
43787 "veille et ne pas l'y laisser au-delà d'une date indiquée. N'importe quel "
43788 "environnement de pilote d'horloge matérielle (RTC) prenant en charge les "
43789 "attributs de réveil normalisés peut être utilisé."
43790
43791 #. type: Plain text
43792 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:24
43793 msgid ""
43794 "This is normally used like the old *apmsleep* utility, to wake from a "
43795 "suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM). Most platforms "
43796 "can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
43797 msgstr ""
43798 "Il est normalement utilisé comme l'ancien utilitaire *apmsleep*, pour "
43799 "réveiller à partir d'un état de veille comme les états S1 (pause/standby) ou "
43800 "S3 (veille/suspend to RAM) d’ACPI. La plupart des plateformes peuvent les "
43801 "implémenter en l’absence d’équivalent des BIOS, APM ou ACPI."
43802
43803 #. type: Plain text
43804 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:26
43805 msgid ""
43806 "On some systems, this can also be used like *nvram-wakeup*, waking from "
43807 "states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk). Not all systems have persistent media "
43808 "that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
43809 msgstr ""
43810 "Sur certains systèmes, il peut aussi être utilisé comme *nvram-wakeup*, en "
43811 "réveillant à partir d'états comme S4 (hibernation/suspend to disk) d’ACPI. "
43812 "Tous les systèmes ne possèdent pas de support physique ininterruptible "
43813 "permettant ces modes de veille."
43814
43815 #. type: Plain text
43816 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:28
43817 msgid ""
43818 "Note that alarm functionality depends on hardware; not every RTC is able to "
43819 "setup an alarm up to 24 hours in the future."
43820 msgstr ""
43821 "Remarquez que la fonction d’alarme dépend du matériel. Toutes les horloges "
43822 "temps réel (RTC) peuvent ne pas déclencher une alarme au-delà d’une durée de "
43823 "24 heures."
43824
43825 #. type: Plain text
43826 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:30
43827 #, fuzzy
43828 #| msgid ""
43829 #| "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example "
43830 #| "wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction "
43831 #| "of a second after the return key is pressed. *rtcwake* tries to avoid "
43832 #| "this problem and it waits to terminal to settle down before entering a "
43833 #| "system sleep."
43834 msgid ""
43835 "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example "
43836 "wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction of "
43837 "a second after the return key is pressed. *rtcwake* tries to avoid this "
43838 "problem and it waits to the terminal to settle down before entering a system "
43839 "sleep."
43840 msgstr ""
43841 "La configuration de veille peut être interrompue par du matériel encore "
43842 "actif. Par exemple, des périphériques d’entrée USB et sans-fil continuent "
43843 "d’envoyer des évènements quelques fractions de seconde après que la touche "
43844 "entrée soit pressée. *rtcwake* essaie d’éviter ce problème et il attend que "
43845 "le terminal soit désœuvré avant d’entamer la mise en veille du système."
43846
43847 #. type: Labeled list
43848 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:33
43849 #, no-wrap
43850 msgid "*-A*, *--adjfile* _file_"
43851 msgstr "*-A*, *--adjfile* _fichier_"
43852
43853 #. type: Plain text
43854 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:35
43855 msgid "Specify an alternative path to the adjust file."
43856 msgstr "Indiquer un autre chemin vers le fichier d’ajustement."
43857
43858 #. type: Plain text
43859 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:38
43860 msgid ""
43861 "Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local time) "
43862 "from the _adjtime_ file, where *hwclock*(8) stores that information. This is "
43863 "the default."
43864 msgstr ""
43865 "Lire le mode d'horloge (si l'horloge matérielle est configurée en heure "
43866 "universelle (UTC) ou en heure locale) depuis le fichier _adjtime_, où "
43867 "*hwclock*(8) conserve ces renseignements. C'est le mode par défaut."
43868
43869 #. type: Labeled list
43870 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:39
43871 #, no-wrap
43872 msgid "*--date* _timestamp_"
43873 msgstr "*--date* _instant_"
43874
43875 #. type: Plain text
43876 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:41
43877 msgid ""
43878 "Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp. Format of the timestamp "
43879 "can be any of the following:"
43880 msgstr ""
43881 "Régler l’heure de réveil à la valeur d’instant. Le format peut être "
43882 "n’importe lequel des formats suivants :"
43883
43884 #. type: Table
43885 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:52
43886 #, no-wrap
43887 msgid ""
43888 "|YYYYMMDDhhmmss |\n"
43889 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss |\n"
43890 "|YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm |(seconds will be set to 00)\n"
43891 "|YYYY-MM-DD |(time will be set to 00:00:00)\n"
43892 "|hh:mm:ss |(date will be set to today)\n"
43893 "|hh:mm |(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)\n"
43894 "|tomorrow |(time is set to 00:00:00)\n"
43895 "|+5min |\n"
43896 msgstr ""
43897
43898 #. type: Labeled list
43899 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:54
43900 #, no-wrap
43901 msgid "*-d*, *--device* _device_"
43902 msgstr "*-d*, *--device* _périphérique_"
43903
43904 #. type: Plain text
43905 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:56
43906 msgid ""
43907 "Use the specified _device_ instead of *rtc0* as realtime clock. This option "
43908 "is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC. You may specify "
43909 "*rtc1*, *rtc2*, ... here."
43910 msgstr ""
43911 "Utiliser le _périphérique_ indiqué au lieu de *rtc0* comme horloge temps "
43912 "réel. Cette option n'a de sens que si le système dispose de plus d'une "
43913 "horloge matérielle. *rtc1*, *rtc2*, etc., peuvent être indiquées ici."
43914
43915 #. type: Labeled list
43916 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:57
43917 #, no-wrap
43918 msgid "*-l*, *--local*"
43919 msgstr "*-l*, *--local*"
43920
43921 #. type: Plain text
43922 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:59
43923 msgid ""
43924 "Assume that the hardware clock is set to local time, regardless of the "
43925 "contents of the _adjtime_ file."
43926 msgstr ""
43927 "Considérer que l'horloge matérielle est définie en heure locale quelque soit "
43928 "le contenu du fichier _adjtime_."
43929
43930 #. type: Labeled list
43931 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:60
43932 #, no-wrap
43933 msgid "*--list-modes*"
43934 msgstr "*--list-modes*"
43935
43936 #. type: Plain text
43937 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:62
43938 msgid "List available *--mode* option arguments."
43939 msgstr "Liste des arguments disponibles de l’option *--mode*."
43940
43941 #. type: Labeled list
43942 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:63
43943 #, no-wrap
43944 msgid "*-m*, *--mode* _mode_"
43945 msgstr "*-m*, *--mode* _mode_"
43946
43947 #. type: Plain text
43948 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:65
43949 msgid "Go into the given standby state. Valid values for _mode_ are:"
43950 msgstr "Entrer dans le _mode_ de veille indiqué. Les valeurs possibles sont :"
43951
43952 #. type: Labeled list
43953 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:66
43954 #, no-wrap
43955 msgid "*standby*"
43956 msgstr "*standby*"
43957
43958 #. type: Plain text
43959 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:68
43960 msgid ""
43961 "ACPI state S1. This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, while "
43962 "providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system. This is "
43963 "the default mode."
43964 msgstr ""
43965 "État S1 de l'ACPI. Cet état propose l'économie minimale d'énergie, bien que "
43966 "réelle, tout en fournissant une transition rapide au retour à l'état de "
43967 "travail. C'est le mode par défaut."
43968
43969 #. type: Labeled list
43970 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:69
43971 #, no-wrap
43972 msgid "*freeze*"
43973 msgstr "*freeze*"
43974
43975 #. type: Plain text
43976 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:71
43977 msgid ""
43978 "The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the "
43979 "processors idled. This state is a general state that does not need any "
43980 "platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, "
43981 "because the system is still in a running state. (Available since Linux 3.9.)"
43982 msgstr ""
43983 "Les processus sont gelés, tous les périphériques sont en veille et tous les "
43984 "processeurs en attente. Cet état est un état général qui n’a pas besoin de "
43985 "prise en charge spécifique à la plateforme, mais il n’économise pas autant "
43986 "de puissance qu’une mise en veille car le système est toujours dans un état "
43987 "de fonctionnement (disponible depuis Linux 3.9)."
43988
43989 #. type: Labeled list
43990 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:72
43991 #, no-wrap
43992 msgid "*mem*"
43993 msgstr "*mem*"
43994
43995 #. type: Plain text
43996 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:74
43997 msgid ""
43998 "ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM). This state offers significant power savings "
43999 "as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except for "
44000 "memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
44001 msgstr ""
44002 "État S3 de l'ACPI (veille/suspend to RAM). Cet état propose une économie "
44003 "d'énergie significative puisque tout le système est placé en état "
44004 "d'alimentation minimale, à l'exception de la mémoire qui est placée en mode "
44005 "d'autorafraîchissement pour conserver son contenu."
44006
44007 #. type: Labeled list
44008 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:75
44009 #, no-wrap
44010 msgid "*disk*"
44011 msgstr "*disk*"
44012
44013 #. type: Plain text
44014 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:77
44015 msgid ""
44016 "ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk). This state offers the greatest power "
44017 "savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform support "
44018 "for power management. This state operates similarly to Suspend-to-RAM, but "
44019 "includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
44020 msgstr ""
44021 "État S4 de l'ACPI (hibernation/suspend to disk). Cet état propose la plus "
44022 "grande économie d'énergie et peut même être utilisé en l’absence de prise en "
44023 "charge de bas niveau par la plateforme de la gestion d'alimentation. Cet "
44024 "état fonctionne comme la veille, avec une dernière étape pour écrire le "
44025 "contenu de la mémoire sur disque."
44026
44027 #. type: Plain text
44028 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:80
44029 msgid ""
44030 "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling '/sbin/shutdown'. Not "
44031 "officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
44032 msgstr ""
44033 "État S5 de l'ACPI (extinction). C'est réalisé en appelant « /sbin/"
44034 "shutdown ». N'est pas officiellement pris en charge par l'ACPI, mais "
44035 "fonctionne habituellement."
44036
44037 #. type: Labeled list
44038 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:81
44039 #, no-wrap
44040 msgid "*no*"
44041 msgstr "*no*"
44042
44043 #. type: Plain text
44044 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:83
44045 msgid "Don't suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time."
44046 msgstr ""
44047 "Ne pas mettre en veille, seulement configurer l’heure de réveil de l’horloge "
44048 "matérielle."
44049
44050 #. type: Plain text
44051 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:86
44052 msgid ""
44053 "Don't suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. This "
44054 "mode is useful for debugging."
44055 msgstr ""
44056 "Ne pas mettre en veille, mais lire le périphérique d'horloge matérielle "
44057 "jusqu'à l'apparition de l'heure d'alarme. Ce mode est pratique pour le "
44058 "débogage."
44059
44060 #. type: Plain text
44061 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:89
44062 msgid "Disable a previously set alarm."
44063 msgstr "Désactiver une alarme précédemment définie."
44064
44065 #. type: Labeled list
44066 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:90
44067 #, no-wrap
44068 msgid "*show*"
44069 msgstr "*show*"
44070
44071 #. type: Plain text
44072 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:92
44073 #, fuzzy
44074 msgid ""
44075 "Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on <time>\". The time is in "
44076 "ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 2010\"."
44077 msgstr ""
44078 "Afficher des renseignements sur l'alarme au format « alarme : arrêt|"
44079 "déclenchement <heure> ». L'heure est au format de sortie B<ctime>(), par "
44080 "exemple « alarme : déclenchement dimanche 23 octobre 2011, 16:59:10 »."
44081
44082 #. type: Plain text
44083 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:95
44084 msgid ""
44085 "This option does everything apart from actually setting up the alarm, "
44086 "suspending the system, or waiting for the alarm."
44087 msgstr ""
44088 "Tout faire, sauf configurer vraiment l'alarme, mettre le système en veille "
44089 "ou attendre l'alarme."
44090
44091 #. type: Labeled list
44092 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:96
44093 #, no-wrap
44094 msgid "*-s*, *--seconds* _seconds_"
44095 msgstr "*-s*, *--seconds* _secondes_"
44096
44097 #. type: Plain text
44098 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:98
44099 msgid "Set the wakeup time to _seconds_ in the future from now."
44100 msgstr ""
44101 "Définir l'heure de réveil à _secondes_ dans le futur à partir de maintenant."
44102
44103 #. type: Labeled list
44104 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:99
44105 #, no-wrap
44106 msgid "*-t*, *--time* _time_t_"
44107 msgstr "*-t*, *--time* _heure_h_"
44108
44109 #. type: Plain text
44110 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:101
44111 msgid ""
44112 "Set the wakeup time to the absolute time _time_t_. _time_t_ is the time in "
44113 "seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC. Use the *date*(1) tool to convert "
44114 "between human-readable time and _time_t_."
44115 msgstr ""
44116 "Définir l'heure de réveil à l'heure absolue _heure_h_. _heure_h_ est l'heure "
44117 "en seconde à partir de 00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC. Utiliser l'outil *date*(1) "
44118 "pour convertir l'heure entre le format lisible et _heure_h_."
44119
44120 #. type: Labeled list
44121 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:102
44122 #, no-wrap
44123 msgid "*-u*, *--utc*"
44124 msgstr "*-u*, *--utc*"
44125
44126 #. type: Plain text
44127 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:104
44128 msgid ""
44129 "Assume that the hardware clock is set to UTC (Universal Time Coordinated), "
44130 "regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file."
44131 msgstr ""
44132 "Considérer que l'horloge matérielle est définie en temps universel coordonné "
44133 "(UTC) quelque soit le contenu du fichier _adjtime_."
44134
44135 #. type: Plain text
44136 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:113
44137 msgid ""
44138 "Some PC systems can't currently exit sleep states such as *mem* using only "
44139 "the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from userspace code "
44140 "to make the framebuffer work again."
44141 msgstr ""
44142 "Certains systèmes de PC ne peuvent actuellement pas sortir d'états de veille "
44143 "comme *mem* en n'utilisant que le code du noyau auquel accède ce pilote. Ils "
44144 "ont besoin de l'aide de code en espace utilisateur pour que la mémoire vidéo "
44145 "fonctionne encore."
44146
44147 # NOTE: s/GIT/Git/
44148 #. type: Plain text
44149 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:121
44150 msgid ""
44151 "The program was posted several times on LKML and other lists before "
44152 "appearing in kernel commit message for Linux 2.6 in the GIT commit "
44153 "87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d."
44154 msgstr ""
44155 "Le programme a été posté plusieurs fois sur LKML et d'autres listes avant "
44156 "d'apparaître dans le message de commit du noyau pour Linux 2.6 dans le "
44157 "commit 87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d de Git."
44158
44159 #. type: Plain text
44160 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:125
44161 msgid ""
44162 "The program was written by mailto:dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net[David "
44163 "Brownell] and improved by mailto:bwalle@suse.de[Bernhard Walle]."
44164 msgstr ""
44165 "Le programme a été écrit par mailto:dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net[David "
44166 "Brownell] et amélioré par mailto:bwalle@suse.de[Bernhard Walle]."
44167
44168 #. type: Plain text
44169 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:129
44170 msgid ""
44171 "This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of "
44172 "the link:http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html[GNU General Public License]. "
44173 "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
44174 msgstr ""
44175 "C'est un logiciel libre. Vous pouvez en redistribuer des copies sous les "
44176 "conditions de la link:http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html[licence GNU GPL}. "
44177 "Il n'y a *aucune garantie*, dans les mesures permises par la loi."
44178
44179 #. type: Plain text
44180 #: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:135
44181 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
44182 #| msgid ""
44183 #| "*hwclock*(8),\n"
44184 #| "*date*(1)\n"
44185 msgid ""
44186 "*adjtime_config*(5),\n"
44187 "*hwclock*(8),\n"
44188 "*date*(1)\n"
44189 msgstr ""
44190 "*hwclock*(8),\n"
44191 "*date*(1)\n"
44192
44193 #. type: Title =
44194 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:2
44195 #, no-wrap
44196 msgid "setarch(8)"
44197 msgstr "setarch(8)"
44198
44199 #. type: Plain text
44200 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:12
44201 msgid ""
44202 "setarch - change reported architecture in new program environment and/or set "
44203 "personality flags"
44204 msgstr ""
44205 "setarch - Modifier l’architecture signalée dans un nouvel environnement de "
44206 "programme et définir les attributs de personnalité"
44207
44208 #. type: Plain text
44209 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:16
44210 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
44211 #| msgid "*setarch* [_arch_] [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
44212 msgid "*setarch* [_arch_] [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
44213 msgstr "*setarch* [_arch_] [options] [_programme_ [_argument_...]]\n"
44214
44215 #. type: Plain text
44216 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:18
44217 #, no-wrap
44218 msgid "*setarch* *--list*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
44219 msgstr "*setarch* *--list*|*-h*|*-V*\n"
44220
44221 # Typo dans la VO
44222 #. type: Plain text
44223 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:20
44224 #, no-wrap
44225 msgid "*arch* [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
44226 msgstr "*arch* [options] [_programme_ [_argument_...]]\n"
44227
44228 #. type: Plain text
44229 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:24
44230 #, no-wrap
44231 msgid "*setarch* modifies execution domains and process personality flags.\n"
44232 msgstr "*setarch* modifie les domaines d’exécution et les attributs de personnalité de processus.\n"
44233
44234 #. type: Plain text
44235 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:26
44236 msgid ""
44237 "The execution domains currently only affects the output of *uname -m*. For "
44238 "example, on an AMD64 system, running *setarch i386* _program_ will cause "
44239 "_program_ to see i686 instead of _x86_64_ as the machine type. It can also "
44240 "be used to set various personality options. The default _program_ is */bin/"
44241 "sh*."
44242 msgstr ""
44243 "Les domaines d’exécution n'affectent actuellement que la sortie de *uname\\ -"
44244 "m*. Par exemple, sur un système AMD 64, l'exécution de *setarch i386* "
44245 "_programme_ aura pour conséquence que _programme_ verra i686 au lieu de "
44246 "x86_64 comme type de machine. *setarch* peut être aussi utilisé pour régler "
44247 "diverses options de personnalité. Le _programme_ par défaut est */bin/sh*."
44248
44249 #. type: Plain text
44250 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:28
44251 msgid ""
44252 "Since version 2.33 the _arch_ command line argument is optional and "
44253 "*setarch* may be used to change personality flags (ADDR_LIMIT_*, "
44254 "SHORT_INODE, etc) without modification of the execution domain."
44255 msgstr ""
44256 "Depuis la version 2.33, l’argument _arch_ de ligne de commande est "
44257 "facultatif et *setarch* peut être utilisé pour modifier les attributs de "
44258 "personnalité (ADDR_LIMIT_*, SHORT_INODE, etc) sans modification du domaine "
44259 "d’exécution."
44260
44261 #. type: Labeled list
44262 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:31
44263 #, no-wrap
44264 msgid "*--list*"
44265 msgstr "*--list*"
44266
44267 #. type: Plain text
44268 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:33
44269 msgid ""
44270 "List the architectures that *setarch* knows about. Whether *setarch* can "
44271 "actually set each of these architectures depends on the running kernel."
44272 msgstr ""
44273 "Afficher les architectures connues par *setarch*. La faculté de *setarch* à "
44274 "définir une de ces architectures dépend en réalité du noyau utilisé."
44275
44276 #. type: Labeled list
44277 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:34
44278 #, no-wrap
44279 msgid "*--show[=personality]*"
44280 msgstr ""
44281
44282 #. type: Plain text
44283 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:38
44284 msgid ""
44285 "Show the currently active personality and flags.  If the *personality* "
44286 "argument is provided, it is shown instead of the current one.  *personality* "
44287 "is a hexadecimal number with values was described in *sys/personality.h*."
44288 msgstr ""
44289
44290 #. type: Labeled list
44291 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:39
44292 #, no-wrap
44293 msgid "*--uname-2.6*"
44294 msgstr "*--uname-2.6*"
44295
44296 #. type: Plain text
44297 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:41
44298 msgid ""
44299 "Causes the _program_ to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. "
44300 "Turns on *UNAME26*."
44301 msgstr ""
44302 "Forcer le _programme_ à voir un numéro de version du noyau qui commence "
44303 "par 2.6. Activation de *UNAME26*."
44304
44305 #. type: Labeled list
44306 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:45
44307 #, no-wrap
44308 msgid "*-3*, *--3gb*"
44309 msgstr "*-3*, *--3gb*"
44310
44311 #. type: Plain text
44312 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:47
44313 msgid ""
44314 "Specifies _program_ should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. Supported "
44315 "on x86. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_3GB*."
44316 msgstr ""
44317 "Indiquer que _programme_ ne doit utiliser qu'un maximum de 3 Go d'espace "
44318 "d'adressage. Prise en charge sur x86. Activation de *ADDR_LIMIT_3GB*."
44319
44320 #. type: Labeled list
44321 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:48
44322 #, no-wrap
44323 msgid "*--4gb*"
44324 msgstr "*--4gb*"
44325
44326 #. type: Plain text
44327 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:50
44328 msgid ""
44329 "This option has no effect. It is retained for backward compatibility only, "
44330 "and may be removed in future releases."
44331 msgstr ""
44332 "Cette option ne produit aucun effet. Elle est conservée pour des raisons de "
44333 "rétrocompatibilité et pourrait être supprimée dans une prochaine publication."
44334
44335 #. type: Labeled list
44336 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:51
44337 #, no-wrap
44338 msgid "*-B*, *--32bit*"
44339 msgstr "*-B*, *--32bit*"
44340
44341 #. type: Plain text
44342 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:53
44343 msgid ""
44344 "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM and "
44345 "Alpha. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT*."
44346 msgstr ""
44347 "Limitation de l’espace d’adressage à 32 bits pour l’émulation du matériel. "
44348 "Prise en charge sur ARM et Alpha. Activation de *ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT*."
44349
44350 #. type: Labeled list
44351 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:54
44352 #, no-wrap
44353 msgid "*-F*, *--fdpic-funcptrs*"
44354 msgstr "*-F*, *--fdpic-funcptrs*"
44355
44356 #. type: Plain text
44357 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:56
44358 msgid ""
44359 "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to address "
44360 "descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do not support "
44361 "*FDPIC* ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to ARM, Blackfin, "
44362 "Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
44363 msgstr ""
44364 "Traiter les pointeurs de fonction en espace utilisateur vers des "
44365 "gestionnaires de signal comme des pointeurs vers des descripteurs d’adresse. "
44366 "Cette option n’a aucun effet sur les architectures ne gérant pas les "
44367 "binaires *FDPIC* ELF. Dans les noyaux de version 4.14, la prise en charge "
44368 "est limitée aux architectures de processeur ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu FR-V et "
44369 "SuperH."
44370
44371 #. type: Labeled list
44372 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:57
44373 #, no-wrap
44374 msgid "*-I*, *--short-inode*"
44375 msgstr "*-I*, *--short-inode*"
44376
44377 #. type: Plain text
44378 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:59
44379 msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on *SHORT_INODE*."
44380 msgstr "Attribut obsolète d’émulation de bogue. Activation de *SHORT_INODE*."
44381
44382 #. type: Labeled list
44383 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:60
44384 #, no-wrap
44385 msgid "*-L*, *--addr-compat-layout*"
44386 msgstr "*-L*, *--addr-compat-layout*"
44387
44388 #. type: Plain text
44389 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:62
44390 msgid ""
44391 "Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the _program_ binary "
44392 "does not have *PT_GNU_STACK* ELF header. Turns on *ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT*."
44393 msgstr ""
44394 "Fourniture de la disposition d'espace d’adressage virtuel historique. "
44395 "Utiliser quand le binaire de _programme_ n’a pas d’en-tête *PT_GNU_STACK* "
44396 "ELF. Activation de *ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT*."
44397
44398 #. type: Labeled list
44399 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:63
44400 #, no-wrap
44401 msgid "*-R*, *--addr-no-randomize*"
44402 msgstr "*-R*, *--addr-no-randomize*"
44403
44404 #. type: Plain text
44405 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:65
44406 msgid ""
44407 "Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on "
44408 "*ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE*."
44409 msgstr ""
44410 "Désactiver l'ajout d'aléa pour l'espace d'adressage virtuel. Activation de "
44411 "*ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE*."
44412
44413 #. type: Labeled list
44414 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:66
44415 #, no-wrap
44416 msgid "*-S*, *--whole-seconds*"
44417 msgstr "*-S*, *--whole-seconds*"
44418
44419 #. type: Plain text
44420 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:68
44421 msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on *WHOLE_SECONDS*."
44422 msgstr "Attribut obsolète d’émulation de bogue. Activation de *WHOLE_SECONDS*."
44423
44424 #. type: Labeled list
44425 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:69
44426 #, no-wrap
44427 msgid "*-T*, *--sticky-timeouts*"
44428 msgstr "*-T*, *--sticky-timeouts*"
44429
44430 #. type: Plain text
44431 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:71
44432 msgid ""
44433 "This makes *select*(2), *pselect*(2), and *ppoll*(2) system calls preserve "
44434 "the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount of time not "
44435 "slept when interrupted by a signal handler. Use when _program_ depends on "
44436 "this behavior. For more details see the timeout description in *select*(2) "
44437 "manual page. Turns on *STICKY_TIMEOUTS*."
44438 msgstr ""
44439 "Cette option fait que les appels système *select*(2), *pselect*(2) et "
44440 "*ppoll*(2) préservent la valeur de temporisation au lieu de la modifier pour "
44441 "refléter la durée sans attente lors d’une interruption par un gestionnaire "
44442 "de signal. À utiliser quand _programme_ dépend de ce comportement. Pour plus "
44443 "de détails, consulter la description de la temporisation dans la page de "
44444 "manuel de *select*(2). Activation de *STICKY_TIMEOUTS*."
44445
44446 #. type: Labeled list
44447 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:72
44448 #, no-wrap
44449 msgid "*-X*, *--read-implies-exec*"
44450 msgstr "*-X*, *--read-implies-exec*"
44451
44452 #. type: Plain text
44453 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:74
44454 #, fuzzy
44455 #| msgid ""
44456 #| "If this is set then *mmap*(3p) *PROT_READ* will also add the *PROT_EXEC* "
44457 #| "bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will "
44458 #| "automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on "
44459 #| "*READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."
44460 msgid ""
44461 "If this is set then *mmap*(2) *PROT_READ* will also add the *PROT_EXEC* bit "
44462 "- as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will "
44463 "automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on "
44464 "*READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."
44465 msgstr ""
44466 "Si cette option est utilisée, alors PROT_READ de *mmap*(3p) ajoutera aussi "
44467 "le bit *PROT_EXEC* comme attendu par les binaires x86 historiques. Attention "
44468 "au fait que le chargeur ELF réglera automatiquement ce bit lorsqu’il "
44469 "rencontrera un binaire historique. Activation de *READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."
44470
44471 #. type: Labeled list
44472 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:75
44473 #, no-wrap
44474 msgid "*-Z*, *--mmap-page-zero*"
44475 msgstr "*-Z*, *--mmap-page-zero*"
44476
44477 #. type: Plain text
44478 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:77
44479 #, fuzzy
44480 #| msgid ""
44481 #| "SVr4 bug emulation that will set *mmap*(3p) page zero as read-only. Use "
44482 #| "when _program_ depends on this behavior, and the source code is not "
44483 #| "available to be fixed. Turns on *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."
44484 msgid ""
44485 "SVr4 bug emulation that will set *mmap*(2) page zero as read-only. Use when "
44486 "_program_ depends on this behavior, and the source code is not available to "
44487 "be fixed. Turns on *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."
44488 msgstr ""
44489 "Émulation de bogue SVr4 réglant la page zéro de *mmap*(3p) en lecture seule. "
44490 "À utiliser quand _programme_ dépend de ce comportement et que le code source "
44491 "n’est pas accessible pour être corrigé. Activation de *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."
44492
44493 #. type: delimited block .
44494 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:87
44495 #, no-wrap
44496 msgid ""
44497 "setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog\n"
44498 "setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
44499 "setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm\n"
44500 "setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
44501 msgstr ""
44502 "setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog\n"
44503 "setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
44504 "setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm\n"
44505 "setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
44506
44507 #. type: Plain text
44508 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:94
44509 msgid ""
44510 "mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich "
44511 "Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
44512 msgstr ""
44513 "mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich "
44514 "Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
44515
44516 #. type: Plain text
44517 #: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:99
44518 #, no-wrap
44519 msgid ""
44520 "*personality*(2),\n"
44521 "*select*(2)\n"
44522 msgstr ""
44523 "*personality*(2),\n"
44524 "*select*(2)\n"
44525
44526 #. type: Title =
44527 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:2
44528 #, no-wrap
44529 msgid "setpriv(1)"
44530 msgstr "setpriv(1)"
44531
44532 #. type: Plain text
44533 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:12
44534 #, fuzzy
44535 #| msgid "nsenter - run program in different namespaces"
44536 msgid "setpriv - run a program with different Linux privilege settings"
44537 msgstr "nsenter - Exécuter un programme dans différents espaces de noms"
44538
44539 # Typo dans la VO
44540 #. type: Plain text
44541 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:16
44542 #, no-wrap
44543 msgid "*setpriv* [options] _program_ [_arguments_]\n"
44544 msgstr "*setpriv* [options] _programme_ [_arguments_]\n"
44545
44546 #. type: Plain text
44547 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:20
44548 msgid ""
44549 "Sets or queries various Linux privilege settings that are inherited across "
44550 "*execve*(2)."
44551 msgstr ""
44552
44553 #. type: Plain text
44554 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:22
44555 msgid ""
44556 "In comparison to *su*(1) and *runuser*(1), *setpriv* neither uses PAM, nor "
44557 "does it prompt for a password. It is a simple, non-set-user-ID wrapper "
44558 "around *execve*(2), and can be used to drop privileges in the same way as "
44559 "*setuidgid*(8) from *daemontools*, *chpst*(8) from *runit*, or similar tools "
44560 "shipped by other service managers."
44561 msgstr ""
44562
44563 #. type: Labeled list
44564 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:25
44565 #, no-wrap
44566 msgid "*--clear-groups*"
44567 msgstr "*--clear-groups*"
44568
44569 #. type: Plain text
44570 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:27
44571 msgid "Clear supplementary groups."
44572 msgstr ""
44573
44574 #. type: Labeled list
44575 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:28
44576 #, no-wrap
44577 msgid "*-d*, *--dump*"
44578 msgstr "*-d*, *--dump*"
44579
44580 #. type: Plain text
44581 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:30
44582 msgid ""
44583 "Dump the current privilege state. This option can be specified more than "
44584 "once to show extra, mostly useless, information. Incompatible with all other "
44585 "options."
44586 msgstr ""
44587
44588 #. type: Labeled list
44589 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:31
44590 #, no-wrap
44591 msgid "*--groups* _group_..."
44592 msgstr "*--groups* _groupe_..."
44593
44594 #. type: Plain text
44595 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:33
44596 #, fuzzy
44597 #| msgid ""
44598 #| "Use the specified mount options.  The I<opts> argument is a comma-"
44599 #| "separated list.  For example:"
44600 msgid ""
44601 "Set supplementary groups. The argument is a comma-separated list of GIDs or "
44602 "names."
44603 msgstr ""
44604 "Utiliser les options de montage indiquées. L’argument I<options> est une "
44605 "liste séparée par des virgules. Par exemple :"
44606
44607 #. type: Labeled list
44608 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:34
44609 #, no-wrap
44610 msgid "*--inh-caps* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
44611 msgstr ""
44612
44613 #. type: Labeled list
44614 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:35
44615 #, no-wrap
44616 msgid "*--ambient-caps* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
44617 msgstr ""
44618
44619 #. type: Labeled list
44620 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:36
44621 #, no-wrap
44622 msgid "*--bounding-set* (*+*|*-*)_cap_..."
44623 msgstr ""
44624
44625 #. type: Plain text
44626 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:38
44627 msgid ""
44628 "Set the inheritable capabilities, ambient capabilities or the capability "
44629 "bounding set. See *capabilities*(7). The argument is a comma-separated list "
44630 "of **+**__cap__ and **-**__cap__ entries, which add or remove an entry "
44631 "respectively. _cap_ can either be a human-readable name as seen in "
44632 "*capabilities*(7) without the _cap__ prefix or of the format *cap_N*, where "
44633 "_N_ is the internal capability index used by Linux. *+all* and *-all* can be "
44634 "used to add or remove all caps."
44635 msgstr ""
44636
44637 #. type: Plain text
44638 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:40
44639 msgid ""
44640 "The set of capabilities starts out as the current inheritable set for *--inh-"
44641 "caps*, the current ambient set for *--ambient-caps* and the current bounding "
44642 "set for *--bounding-set*."
44643 msgstr ""
44644
44645 #. type: Plain text
44646 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:42
44647 msgid ""
44648 "Note the following restrictions (detailed in *capabilities*(7)) regarding "
44649 "modifications to these capability sets:"
44650 msgstr ""
44651
44652 #. type: Plain text
44653 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:44
44654 msgid ""
44655 "A capability can be added to the inheritable set only if it is currently "
44656 "present in the bounding set."
44657 msgstr ""
44658
44659 #. type: Plain text
44660 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:45
44661 msgid ""
44662 "A capability can be added to the ambient set only if it is currently present "
44663 "in both the permitted and inheritable sets."
44664 msgstr ""
44665
44666 #. type: Plain text
44667 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:46
44668 msgid ""
44669 "Notwithstanding the syntax offered by *setpriv*, the kernel does not permit "
44670 "capabilities to be added to the bounding set."
44671 msgstr ""
44672
44673 #. type: Plain text
44674 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:48
44675 msgid ""
44676 "If you drop a capability from the bounding set without also dropping it from "
44677 "the inheritable set, you are likely to become confused. Do not do that."
44678 msgstr ""
44679
44680 #. type: Labeled list
44681 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:49
44682 #, no-wrap
44683 msgid "*--keep-groups*"
44684 msgstr "*--keep-groups*"
44685
44686 #. type: Plain text
44687 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:51
44688 msgid ""
44689 "Preserve supplementary groups. Only useful in conjunction with *--rgid*, *--"
44690 "egid*, or *--regid*."
44691 msgstr ""
44692
44693 #. type: Labeled list
44694 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:52
44695 #, no-wrap
44696 msgid "*--init-groups*"
44697 msgstr "*--init-groups*"
44698
44699 #. type: Plain text
44700 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:54
44701 msgid ""
44702 "Initialize supplementary groups using initgroups3. Only useful in "
44703 "conjunction with *--ruid* or *--reuid*."
44704 msgstr ""
44705
44706 #. type: Labeled list
44707 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:55
44708 #, no-wrap
44709 msgid "*--list-caps*"
44710 msgstr "*--list-caps*"
44711
44712 #. type: Plain text
44713 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:57
44714 msgid "List all known capabilities. This option must be specified alone."
44715 msgstr ""
44716
44717 #. type: Labeled list
44718 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:58
44719 #, no-wrap
44720 msgid "*--no-new-privs*"
44721 msgstr "*--no-new-privs*"
44722
44723 #. type: Plain text
44724 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:60
44725 msgid ""
44726 "Set the _no_new_privs_ bit. With this bit set, *execve*(2) will not grant "
44727 "new privileges. For example, the set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits as well "
44728 "as file capabilities will be disabled. (Executing binaries with these bits "
44729 "set will still work, but they will not gain privileges. Certain LSMs, "
44730 "especially AppArmor, may result in failures to execute certain programs.) "
44731 "This bit is inherited by child processes and cannot be unset. See *prctl*(2) "
44732 "and _Documentation/prctl/no_new_privs.txt_ in the Linux kernel source."
44733 msgstr ""
44734
44735 #. type: Plain text
44736 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:62
44737 msgid "The _no_new_privs_ bit is supported since Linux 3.5."
44738 msgstr ""
44739
44740 #. type: Labeled list
44741 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:63
44742 #, no-wrap
44743 msgid "*--rgid* _gid_, *--egid* _gid_, *--regid* _gid_"
44744 msgstr "*--rgid* _gid_, *--egid* _gid_, *--regid* _gid_"
44745
44746 #. type: Plain text
44747 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:65
44748 msgid ""
44749 "Set the real, effective, or both GIDs. The _gid_ argument can be given as a "
44750 "textual group name."
44751 msgstr ""
44752
44753 #. type: Plain text
44754 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:67
44755 msgid ""
44756 "For safety, you must specify one of *--clear-groups*, *--groups*, *--keep-"
44757 "groups*, or *--init-groups* if you set any primary _gid_."
44758 msgstr ""
44759
44760 #. type: Labeled list
44761 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:68
44762 #, no-wrap
44763 msgid "*--ruid* _uid_, *--euid* _uid_, *--reuid* _uid_"
44764 msgstr "*--ruid* _uid_, *--euid* _uid_, *--reuid* _uid_"
44765
44766 #. type: Plain text
44767 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:70
44768 msgid ""
44769 "Set the real, effective, or both UIDs. The _uid_ argument can be given as a "
44770 "textual login name."
44771 msgstr ""
44772
44773 #. type: Plain text
44774 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:72
44775 msgid ""
44776 "Setting a _uid_ or _gid_ does not change capabilities, although the exec "
44777 "call at the end might change capabilities. This means that, if you are root, "
44778 "you probably want to do something like:"
44779 msgstr ""
44780
44781 #. type: Plain text
44782 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:74
44783 #, no-wrap
44784 msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --inh-caps=-all*\n"
44785 msgstr "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --inh-caps=-all*\n"
44786
44787 #. type: Labeled list
44788 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:75
44789 #, no-wrap
44790 msgid "*--securebits* (**+**|*-*)__securebit__..."
44791 msgstr ""
44792
44793 #. type: Plain text
44794 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:77
44795 msgid ""
44796 "Set or clear securebits. The argument is a comma-separated list. The valid "
44797 "securebits are _noroot_, _noroot_locked_, _no_setuid_fixup_, "
44798 "_no_setuid_fixup_locked_, and _keep_caps_locked_. _keep_caps_ is cleared by "
44799 "*execve*(2) and is therefore not allowed."
44800 msgstr ""
44801
44802 #. type: Labeled list
44803 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:78
44804 #, no-wrap
44805 msgid "**--pdeathsig keep**|**clear**|*<signal>*"
44806 msgstr ""
44807
44808 #. type: Plain text
44809 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:80
44810 msgid ""
44811 "Keep, clear or set the parent death signal. Some LSMs, most notably SELinux "
44812 "and AppArmor, clear the signal when the process' credentials change. Using "
44813 "*--pdeathsig keep* will restore the parent death signal after changing "
44814 "credentials to remedy that situation."
44815 msgstr ""
44816
44817 #. type: Labeled list
44818 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:81
44819 #, no-wrap
44820 msgid "*--selinux-label* _label_"
44821 msgstr "*--selinux-label* _étiquette_"
44822
44823 #. type: Plain text
44824 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:83
44825 msgid ""
44826 "Request a particular SELinux transition (using a transition on exec, not "
44827 "dyntrans). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if SELinux is not in "
44828 "use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at "
44829 "SELinux's whim. (In particular, this is unlikely to work in conjunction with "
44830 "_no_new_privs_.) This is similar to *runcon*(1)."
44831 msgstr ""
44832
44833 #. type: Labeled list
44834 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:84
44835 #, no-wrap
44836 msgid "*--apparmor-profile* _profile_"
44837 msgstr ""
44838
44839 #. type: Plain text
44840 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:86
44841 msgid ""
44842 "Request a particular AppArmor profile (using a transition on exec). This "
44843 "will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if AppArmor is not in use, and the "
44844 "transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at AppArmor's whim."
44845 msgstr ""
44846
44847 #. type: Labeled list
44848 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:87
44849 #, no-wrap
44850 msgid "*--reset-env*"
44851 msgstr "*--reset-env*"
44852
44853 #. type: Plain text
44854 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:89
44855 msgid ""
44856 "Clears all the environment variables except *TERM*; initializes the "
44857 "environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* according to the "
44858 "user's passwd entry; sets *PATH* to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for a "
44859 "regular user and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
44860 "usr/bin_ for root."
44861 msgstr ""
44862
44863 #. type: Plain text
44864 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:91
44865 #, fuzzy
44866 #| msgid ""
44867 #| "The environment variable B<PATH> may be different on systems where I</"
44868 #| "bin> and I</sbin> are merged into I</usr>; this variable is also affected "
44869 #| "by the B<--login> command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., "
44870 #| "B<pam_env>(8))."
44871 msgid ""
44872 "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and "
44873 "_/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_. The environment variable *SHELL* defaults to "
44874 "*/bin/sh* if none is given in the user's passwd entry."
44875 msgstr ""
44876 "La variable d'environnement PATH peut être différente sur des systèmes où I</"
44877 "bin> et I</sbin> sont fusionnés dans I</usr>, cette variable est aussi "
44878 "concernée par l'option B<--login> de la ligne de commande et le paramétrage "
44879 "du système PAM (comme B<pam_env>(8))."
44880
44881 #. type: Plain text
44882 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:97
44883 msgid ""
44884 "If applying any specified option fails, _program_ will not be run and "
44885 "*setpriv* will return with exit status 127."
44886 msgstr ""
44887
44888 #. type: Plain text
44889 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:99
44890 msgid ""
44891 "Be careful with this tool -- it may have unexpected security consequences. "
44892 "For example, setting _no_new_privs_ and then execing a program that is "
44893 "SELinux-confined (as this tool would do) may prevent the SELinux "
44894 "restrictions from taking effect."
44895 msgstr ""
44896
44897 #. type: Plain text
44898 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:103
44899 msgid ""
44900 "If you're looking for behavior similar to *su*(1)/*runuser*(1), or *sudo*(8) "
44901 "(without the *-g* option), try something like:"
44902 msgstr ""
44903
44904 #. type: Plain text
44905 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:105
44906 #, no-wrap
44907 msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --init-groups*\n"
44908 msgstr "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --init-groups*\n"
44909
44910 #. type: Plain text
44911 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:107
44912 msgid "If you want to mimic daemontools' *setuid*(8), try:"
44913 msgstr ""
44914
44915 #. type: Plain text
44916 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:109
44917 #, no-wrap
44918 msgid "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --clear-groups*\n"
44919 msgstr "*setpriv --reuid=1000 --regid=1000 --clear-groups*\n"
44920
44921 #. type: Plain text
44922 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:113
44923 msgid "mailto:luto@amacapital.net[Andy Lutomirski]"
44924 msgstr "mailto:luto@amacapital.net[Andy Lutomirski]"
44925
44926 #. type: Plain text
44927 #: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:120
44928 #, no-wrap
44929 msgid ""
44930 "*runuser*(1),\n"
44931 "*su*(1),\n"
44932 "*prctl*(2),\n"
44933 "*capabilities*(7)\n"
44934 msgstr ""
44935 "*runuser*(1),\n"
44936 "*su*(1),\n"
44937 "*prctl*(2),\n"
44938 "*capabilities*(7)\n"
44939
44940 #.  Rick Sladkey <jrs@world.std.com>
44941 #.  In the public domain.
44942 #. type: Title =
44943 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:4
44944 #, no-wrap
44945 msgid "setsid(1)"
44946 msgstr "setsid(1)"
44947
44948 #. type: Plain text
44949 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:14
44950 msgid "setsid - run a program in a new session"
44951 msgstr "setsid - Lancer un programme dans une nouvelle session"
44952
44953 # Typo dans la VO
44954 #. type: Plain text
44955 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:18
44956 #, no-wrap
44957 msgid "*setsid* [options] _program_ [_arguments_]\n"
44958 msgstr "*setsid* [options] _programme_ [_arguments_]\n"
44959
44960 #. type: Plain text
44961 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:22
44962 #, no-wrap
44963 msgid "*setsid* runs a program in a new session. The command calls *fork*(2) if already a process group leader. Otherwise, it executes a program in the current process. This default behavior is possible to override by the *--fork* option.\n"
44964 msgstr "*setsid* lance un programme dans une nouvelle session. La commande appelle *fork*(2) s'il y a déjà un meneur de groupe de processus. Sinon, il exécute un programme dans le processus actuel. Ce comportement par défaut peut être outrepassé avec l'option *--fork*.\n"
44965
44966 #. type: Labeled list
44967 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:25
44968 #, no-wrap
44969 msgid "*-c*, *--ctty*"
44970 msgstr "*-c*, *--ctty*"
44971
44972 #. type: Plain text
44973 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:27
44974 msgid "Set the controlling terminal to the current one."
44975 msgstr "Définir le terminal de contrôle à celui actuel."
44976
44977 #. type: Labeled list
44978 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:81
44979 #, no-wrap
44980 msgid "*-f*, *--fork*"
44981 msgstr "*-f*, *--fork*"
44982
44983 #. type: Plain text
44984 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:30
44985 msgid "Always create a new process."
44986 msgstr "Toujours créer un nouveau processus."
44987
44988 #. type: Labeled list
44989 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:31
44990 #, no-wrap
44991 msgid "*-w*, *--wait*"
44992 msgstr "*-w*, *--wait*"
44993
44994 #. type: Plain text
44995 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:33
44996 msgid ""
44997 "Wait for the execution of the program to end, and return the exit status of "
44998 "this program as the exit status of *setsid*."
44999 msgstr ""
45000 "Attendre la fin de l’exécution du programme, puis renvoyer le code de retour "
45001 "de ce programme comme code de retour de *setsid*."
45002
45003 #. type: Plain text
45004 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:43
45005 msgid "mailto:jrs@world.std.com[Rick Sladkey]"
45006 msgstr "mailto:jrs@world.std.com[Rick Sladkey]"
45007
45008 #. type: Plain text
45009 #: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:47
45010 #, no-wrap
45011 msgid "*setsid*(2)\n"
45012 msgstr "*setsid*(2)\n"
45013
45014 #. type: Title =
45015 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:2
45016 #, no-wrap
45017 msgid "swapon(8)"
45018 msgstr "swapon(8)"
45019
45020 #. type: Plain text
45021 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:12
45022 msgid ""
45023 "swapon, swapoff - enable/disable devices and files for paging and swapping"
45024 msgstr ""
45025 "swapon, swapoff - Activer et désactiver les périphériques et fichiers pour "
45026 "la pagination et l’échange sur disque"
45027
45028 #. type: Plain text
45029 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:16
45030 #, no-wrap
45031 msgid "*swapon* [options] [_specialfile_...]\n"
45032 msgstr "*swapon* [options] [_fichier_spécial_...]\n"
45033
45034 #. type: Plain text
45035 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:18
45036 #, no-wrap
45037 msgid "*swapoff* [*-va*] [_specialfile_...]\n"
45038 msgstr "*swapoff* [*-va*] [_fichier_spécial_...]\n"
45039
45040 #. type: Plain text
45041 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:22
45042 #, no-wrap
45043 msgid "*swapon* is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to take place.\n"
45044 msgstr "*swapon* est utilisé pour indiquer les périphériques sur lesquels la pagination et l'échange auront lieu.\n"
45045
45046 #. type: Plain text
45047 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:24
45048 msgid ""
45049 "The device or file used is given by the _specialfile_ parameter. It may be "
45050 "of the form *-L* _label_ or *-U* _uuid_ to indicate a device by label or "
45051 "uuid."
45052 msgstr ""
45053 "Le périphérique ou le fichier utilisé est indiqué par le paramètre "
45054 "_fichier_spécial_. Il peut être de la forme *-L* _étiquette_ ou *-U* _UUID_ "
45055 "pour indiquer le périphérique à l'aide d'une _étiquette_ ou d'un _UUID_."
45056
45057 #. type: Plain text
45058 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:26
45059 msgid ""
45060 "Calls to *swapon* normally occur in the system boot scripts making all swap "
45061 "devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved "
45062 "across several devices and files."
45063 msgstr ""
45064 "Les appels à *swapon* se produisent normalement dans les fichiers "
45065 "d'initialisation du système, rendant tous les périphériques d'échange "
45066 "disponibles, de telle sorte que l'activité de pagination est répartie sur "
45067 "plusieurs périphériques et fichiers."
45068
45069 #. type: Plain text
45070 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:28
45071 #, no-wrap
45072 msgid "*swapoff* disables swapping on the specified devices and files. When the *-a* flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices and files (as found in _/proc/swaps_ or _/etc/fstab_).\n"
45073 msgstr "*swapoff* désactive la pagination sur les périphériques ou fichiers indiqués. Quand l’attribut *-a* est donné, la pagination est désactivée sur tous les périphériques ou fichiers d'échange connus (comme trouvés dans _/proc/swaps_ ou _/etc/fstab_).\n"
45074
45075 #. type: Plain text
45076 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:33
45077 msgid ""
45078 "All devices marked as \"swap\" in _/etc/fstab_ are made available, except "
45079 "for those with the \"noauto\" option. Devices that are already being used as "
45080 "swap are silently skipped."
45081 msgstr ""
45082 "Tous les périphériques marqués « swap » dans _/etc/fstab_ sont rendus "
45083 "disponibles pour la pagination sauf s'ils possèdent l'option « noauto ». Les "
45084 "périphériques qui sont déjà utilisés en tant que tels sont silencieusement "
45085 "ignorés."
45086
45087 #. type: Plain text
45088 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:36
45089 #, fuzzy
45090 #| msgid ""
45091 #| "Specifies an alternative _fstab_ file. If _path_ is a directory, then the "
45092 #| "files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start "
45093 #| "with \".\" or without an _.fstab_ extension are ignored. The option can "
45094 #| "be specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs "
45095 #| "or chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond "
45096 #| "standard system configuration."
45097 msgid ""
45098 "Specifies an alternative fstab file for compatibility with *mount*(8). If "
45099 "_path_ is a directory, then the files in the directory are sorted by "
45100 "*strverscmp*(3); files that start with \".\" or without an .fstab extension "
45101 "are ignored. The option can be specified more than once. This option is "
45102 "mostly designed for initramfs or chroot scripts where additional "
45103 "configuration is specified beyond standard system configuration."
45104 msgstr ""
45105 "Indiquer un fichier _fstab_ alternatif. Si _chemin_ est un répertoire, alors "
45106 "les fichiers de ce répertoire sont triés par *strverscmp*(3) ; les fichiers "
45107 "qui commencent par « . » ou sans extension _.fstab_ sont ignorés. L’option "
45108 "peut être indiquée plus d’une fois. Cette option est surtout conçue pour les "
45109 "scripts d’initramfs ou de chroot où une configuration supplémentaire est "
45110 "indiquée au-delà de la configuration standard du système."
45111
45112 #. type: Labeled list
45113 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:37
45114 #, no-wrap
45115 msgid "*-d*, *--discard*[**=**__policy__]"
45116 msgstr "*-d*, *--discard*[**=**__stratégie__]"
45117
45118 #. type: Plain text
45119 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:39
45120 msgid ""
45121 "Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or "
45122 "trim operation. This may improve performance on some Solid State Devices, "
45123 "but often it does not. The option allows one to select between two available "
45124 "swap discard policies:"
45125 msgstr ""
45126
45127 #. type: Labeled list
45128 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:40
45129 #, no-wrap
45130 msgid "*--discard=once*"
45131 msgstr "*--discard=once*"
45132
45133 #. type: Plain text
45134 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:42
45135 msgid ""
45136 "to perform a single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at "
45137 "swapon; or"
45138 msgstr ""
45139
45140 #. type: Labeled list
45141 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:43
45142 #, no-wrap
45143 msgid "*--discard=pages*"
45144 msgstr "*--discard=pages*"
45145
45146 #. type: Plain text
45147 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:45
45148 msgid ""
45149 "to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are available for "
45150 "reuse."
45151 msgstr ""
45152
45153 #. type: Plain text
45154 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:48
45155 msgid ""
45156 "If no policy is selected, the default behavior is to enable both discard "
45157 "types. The _/etc/fstab_ mount options *discard*, *discard=once*, or "
45158 "*discard=pages* may also be used to enable discard flags."
45159 msgstr ""
45160
45161 #. type: Labeled list
45162 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:49
45163 #, no-wrap
45164 msgid "*-e*, *--ifexists*"
45165 msgstr "*-e*, *--ifexists*"
45166
45167 #. type: Plain text
45168 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:51
45169 msgid ""
45170 "Silently skip devices that do not exist. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option "
45171 "*nofail* may also be used to skip non-existing device."
45172 msgstr ""
45173 "Passer silencieusement les périphériques qui n'existent pas. L'option de "
45174 "montage *nofail* de _/etc/fstab_ pourrait aussi permettre de passer "
45175 "silencieusement les périphériques qui n'existent pas."
45176
45177 #. type: Labeled list
45178 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:52
45179 #, no-wrap
45180 msgid "*-f*, *--fixpgsz*"
45181 msgstr "*-f*, *--fixpgsz*"
45182
45183 #. type: Plain text
45184 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:54
45185 msgid ""
45186 "Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match "
45187 "that of the current running kernel. *mkswap*(8) initializes the whole device "
45188 "and does not check for bad blocks."
45189 msgstr ""
45190 "Réinitialiser (exec mkswap) l'espace d'échange si sa taille de page ne "
45191 "correspond pas à celle du noyau en cours d'exécution. *mkswap*(2) initialise "
45192 "le périphérique entièrement et ne vérifie pas si des blocs sont corrompus."
45193
45194 #. type: Labeled list
45195 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:55
45196 #, no-wrap
45197 msgid "*-L* _label_"
45198 msgstr "*-L* _étiquette_"
45199
45200 #. type: Plain text
45201 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:57
45202 msgid ""
45203 "Use the partition that has the specified _label_. (For this, access to _/"
45204 "proc/partitions_ is needed.)"
45205 msgstr ""
45206 "Utiliser la partition avec l'__étiquette__ donnée (l'accès à _/proc/"
45207 "partitions_ est nécessaire)."
45208
45209 #. type: Plain text
45210 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:60
45211 #, fuzzy
45212 #| msgid ""
45213 #| "Specify swap options by an fstab-compatible comma-separated string. For "
45214 #| "example:"
45215 msgid ""
45216 "Specify swap options by an __fstab__-compatible comma-separated string. For "
45217 "example:"
45218 msgstr ""
45219 "Indiquer les options d’espace d’échange dans une chaîne, séparées par des "
45220 "virgules, compatible avec fstab. Par exemple :"
45221
45222 #. type: Plain text
45223 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:62
45224 #, no-wrap
45225 msgid "*swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2*\n"
45226 msgstr "*swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2*\n"
45227
45228 #. type: Plain text
45229 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:64
45230 msgid ""
45231 "The _opts_ string is evaluated last and overrides all other command line "
45232 "options."
45233 msgstr ""
45234 "La chaîne _options_ est évaluée en dernier et écrase toutes les autres "
45235 "options de la ligne de commande."
45236
45237 #. type: Plain text
45238 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:67
45239 #, fuzzy
45240 #| msgid ""
45241 #| "Specify the priority of the swap device. _priority_ is a value between -1 "
45242 #| "and 32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See *swapon*(2) for a "
45243 #| "full description of swap priorities. Add **pri=**__value__ to the option "
45244 #| "field of _/etc/fstab_ for use with *swapon -a*. When no priority is "
45245 #| "defined, it defaults to -1."
45246 msgid ""
45247 "Specify the priority of the swap device. _priority_ is a value between 0 and "
45248 "32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See *swapon*(2) for a full "
45249 "description of swap priorities. Add **pri=**__value__ to the option field of "
45250 "_/etc/fstab_ for use with *swapon -a*. When no priority is defined, Linux "
45251 "kernel defaults to negative numbers."
45252 msgstr ""
45253 "Indiquer la priorité d'un périphérique d'échange. _priorité_ est un entier "
45254 "compris entre -1 et 32767. Les nombres les plus élevés indiquent une "
45255 "priorité plus grande. Consultez *swapon*(2) pour une description complète "
45256 "des priorités d'espace d'échange. Ajoutez **pri=**__valeur__ dans le champ "
45257 "option de _/etc/fstab_ pour l'utiliser avec *swapon -a*. La valeur par "
45258 "défaut est -1 quand aucune _priorité_ n’est définie."
45259
45260 #. type: Labeled list
45261 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:68
45262 #, no-wrap
45263 msgid "*-s*, *--summary*"
45264 msgstr "*-s*, *--summary*"
45265
45266 #. type: Plain text
45267 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:70
45268 msgid ""
45269 "Display swap usage summary by device. Equivalent to *cat /proc/swaps*. This "
45270 "output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show* that provides better "
45271 "control on output data."
45272 msgstr ""
45273 "Afficher le résumé par périphérique de l'utilisation de la pagination. C’est "
45274 "équivalent à *cat /proc/swaps*. Ce format de sortie est *obsolète*, remplacé "
45275 "par *--show* qui fournit un meilleur contrôle des données en sortie."
45276
45277 #. type: Labeled list
45278 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:71
45279 #, no-wrap
45280 msgid "*--show*[**=**__column__...]"
45281 msgstr "*--show*[**=**__colonne__...]"
45282
45283 #. type: Plain text
45284 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:73
45285 msgid ""
45286 "Display a definable table of swap areas. See the *--help* output for a list "
45287 "of available columns."
45288 msgstr ""
45289 "Afficher un tableau de zones d’échange. Consultez la sortie de *--help* pour "
45290 "une liste de colonnes disponibles."
45291
45292 #. type: Plain text
45293 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:79
45294 msgid "Do not print headings when displaying *--show* output."
45295 msgstr "Ne pas afficher d’en-tête avec la sortie de *--show*."
45296
45297 #. type: Plain text
45298 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:82
45299 msgid "Display *--show* output without aligning table columns."
45300 msgstr ""
45301 "Afficher la sortie de *--show* sans alignement des colonnes du tableau."
45302
45303 #. type: Labeled list
45304 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:83
45305 #, no-wrap
45306 msgid "*--bytes*"
45307 msgstr "*--bytes*"
45308
45309 #. type: Plain text
45310 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:85
45311 msgid ""
45312 "Display swap size in bytes in *--show* output instead of in user-friendly "
45313 "units."
45314 msgstr ""
45315 "Afficher la taille de l’espace d’échange en octet dans la sortie de *--show* "
45316 "au lieu d’unités plus lisibles."
45317
45318 #. type: Labeled list
45319 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:86
45320 #, no-wrap
45321 msgid "*-U* _uuid_"
45322 msgstr "*-U* _UUID_"
45323
45324 #. type: Plain text
45325 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:88
45326 msgid "Use the partition that has the specified _uuid_."
45327 msgstr "Utiliser la partition avec l'__UUID__ indiqué."
45328
45329 #. type: Plain text
45330 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:97
45331 #, no-wrap
45332 msgid "*swapoff* has the following exit status values since v2.36:\n"
45333 msgstr "Les codes de retour de *swapoff* depuis la version 2.36 sont les suivants :\n"
45334
45335 #. type: Plain text
45336 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:103
45337 msgid "system has insufficient memory to stop swapping (OOM)"
45338 msgstr ""
45339 "La mémoire du système est insuffisante pour arrêter l’utilisation de "
45340 "l’espace d’échange (débordement de mémoire)."
45341
45342 #. type: Plain text
45343 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:106
45344 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
45345 #| msgid "swapoff syscall failed for another reason"
45346 msgid "*swapoff*(2) syscall failed for another reason\n"
45347 msgstr "L’appel système *swapoff* a échoué pour une autre raison"
45348
45349 #. type: Plain text
45350 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:109
45351 #, fuzzy
45352 #| msgid "non-swapoff syscall system error (out of memory, ...)"
45353 msgid "non-*swapoff*(2) syscall system error (out of memory, ...)"
45354 msgstr ""
45355 "Erreur ne concernant pas l’appel système *swapoff* (épuisement de mémoire…)"
45356
45357 #. type: Plain text
45358 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:112
45359 msgid "usage or syntax error"
45360 msgstr "Erreur d’utilisation ou de syntaxe"
45361
45362 #. type: Plain text
45363 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:115
45364 msgid "all swapoff failed on *--all*"
45365 msgstr "Échec complet de *swapoff* pour *--all*"
45366
45367 #. type: Plain text
45368 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:118
45369 msgid "some swapoff succeeded on *--all*"
45370 msgstr "Réussite partielle de *swapoff* pour *--all*"
45371
45372 #. type: Plain text
45373 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:120
45374 msgid ""
45375 "The command *swapoff --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or "
45376 "64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
45377 msgstr ""
45378 "La commande *swapoff\\ --all* a renvoyé 0 (succès total), 32 (échec complet) "
45379 "ou 64 (échec partiel, réussite partielle)."
45380
45381 #. type: Plain text
45382 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:122
45383 msgid ""
45384 "The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means success "
45385 "in all versions."
45386 msgstr ""
45387 "Les versions anciennes avant la version 2.36 n’avaient aucun code de retour "
45388 "documenté. 0 signifie succès dans toutes les versions."
45389
45390 #. type: Labeled list
45391 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:133
45392 #, no-wrap
45393 msgid "_/dev/sd??_"
45394 msgstr "_/dev/sd??_"
45395
45396 #. type: Plain text
45397 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:135
45398 msgid "standard paging devices"
45399 msgstr "les périphériques standards de pagination sur disque"
45400
45401 #. type: Plain text
45402 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:138
45403 msgid "ascii filesystem description table"
45404 msgstr "table de description en ASCII des systèmes de fichiers"
45405
45406 #. type: Title ===
45407 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:141
45408 #, no-wrap
45409 msgid "Files with holes"
45410 msgstr "Fichiers creux"
45411
45412 #. type: Plain text
45413 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:144
45414 msgid ""
45415 "The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to "
45416 "the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem. This is a "
45417 "problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like "
45418 "Btrfs."
45419 msgstr ""
45420 "L’implémentation de fichier d’échange dans le noyau s’attend à pouvoir "
45421 "écrire directement dans le fichier, sans aide du système de fichiers. C’est "
45422 "un problème pour les fichiers avec des creux ou en copie sur écriture "
45423 "(« copy-on-write ») comme *Btrfs*."
45424
45425 #. type: Plain text
45426 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:146
45427 msgid ""
45428 "Commands like *cp*(1) or *truncate*(1) create files with holes. These files "
45429 "will be rejected by *swapon*."
45430 msgstr ""
45431 "Les commandes telles B*cp*(1) ou *truncate*(1) créent des fichiers creux. "
45432 "Ces fichiers sont rejetés par *swapon*."
45433
45434 #. type: Plain text
45435 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:148
45436 msgid ""
45437 "Preallocated files created by *fallocate*(1) may be interpreted as files "
45438 "with holes too depending of the filesystem. Preallocated swap files are "
45439 "supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
45440 msgstr ""
45441 "Les fichiers préalloués créés par *fallocate*(1) peuvent être aussi "
45442 "interprétés comme des fichiers creux selon le système de fichiers. Les "
45443 "fichiers d’échange préalloués sont pris en charge par *XFS* depuis "
45444 "Linux 4.18."
45445
45446 #. type: Plain text
45447 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:150
45448 msgid ""
45449 "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use *dd*(1) and _/dev/"
45450 "zero_."
45451 msgstr ""
45452 "La façon la plus portable de créer un fichier d’échange est d’utiliser "
45453 "*dd*(1) et _/dev/zero_."
45454
45455 #. type: Title ===
45456 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:151
45457 #, no-wrap
45458 msgid "Btrfs"
45459 msgstr "Btrfs"
45460
45461 #. type: Plain text
45462 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:154
45463 #, fuzzy
45464 #| msgid ""
45465 #| "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with nocow "
45466 #| "attribute. See the *btrfs*(5) manual page for more details."
45467 msgid ""
45468 "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with *nocow* "
45469 "attribute. See the *btrfs*(5) manual page for more details."
45470 msgstr ""
45471 "Les fichiers d’échange sont pris en charge par *Btrfs* depuis Linux 5.0 pour "
45472 "les fichiers sans attribut copie sur écriture. Consultez la page de manuel "
45473 "de *btrfs*(5) pour davantage de détails."
45474
45475 #. type: Title ===
45476 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:155
45477 #, no-wrap
45478 msgid "NFS"
45479 msgstr "NFS"
45480
45481 #. type: Plain text
45482 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:158
45483 msgid "Swap over *NFS* may not work."
45484 msgstr ""
45485 "La pagination par *NFS* (Network File System) risque de ne pas fonctionner."
45486
45487 #. type: Title ===
45488 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:159
45489 #, no-wrap
45490 msgid "Suspend"
45491 msgstr "Suspend"
45492
45493 #. type: Plain text
45494 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:162
45495 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
45496 #| msgid "*swapon* automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with old software suspend data (e.g., S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, ...). The problem is that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an attempt at unsuspending is made.\n"
45497 msgid "*swapon* automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with old software suspend data (e.g., *S1SUSPEND*, *S2SUSPEND*, ...). The problem is that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an attempt at unsuspending is made.\n"
45498 msgstr "*swapon* détecte et réécrit automatiquement la signature d’un espace d’échange avec les données des anciens logiciels de mise en veille (par exemple S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, etc.) Si cela n'est pas fait, des données seront corrompues lors du prochain réveil.\n"
45499
45500 #. type: Plain text
45501 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:166
45502 msgid "The *swapon* command appeared in 4.0BSD."
45503 msgstr "La commande *swapon* est apparue pour la première fois dans 4.0BSD."
45504
45505 #. type: Plain text
45506 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:177
45507 #, no-wrap
45508 msgid ""
45509 "*swapoff*(2),\n"
45510 "*swapon*(2),\n"
45511 "*fstab*(5),\n"
45512 "*init*(8),\n"
45513 "*fallocate*(1),\n"
45514 "*mkswap*(8),\n"
45515 "*mount*(8),\n"
45516 "*rc*(8)\n"
45517 msgstr ""
45518 "*swapoff*(2),\n"
45519 "*swapon*(2),\n"
45520 "*fstab*(5),\n"
45521 "*init*(8),\n"
45522 "*fallocate*(1),\n"
45523 "*mkswap*(8),\n"
45524 "*mount*(8),\n"
45525 "*rc*(8)\n"
45526
45527 #. type: Title =
45528 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:2
45529 #, no-wrap
45530 msgid "switch_root(8)"
45531 msgstr "switch_root(8)"
45532
45533 #. type: Plain text
45534 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:12
45535 msgid ""
45536 "switch_root - switch to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree"
45537 msgstr ""
45538 "switch_root - Passer à un autre système de fichiers racine de l'arbre de "
45539 "montage"
45540
45541 #. type: Plain text
45542 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:16
45543 #, no-wrap
45544 msgid "*switch_root* [*-hV*]\n"
45545 msgstr "*switch_root* [*-hV*]\n"
45546
45547 #. type: Plain text
45548 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:18
45549 #, no-wrap
45550 msgid "*switch_root* _newroot init_ [_arg_...]\n"
45551 msgstr "*switch_root* _nouvelle_racine_ _init_ [_argument_ ...]\n"
45552
45553 #. type: Plain text
45554 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:22
45555 #, no-wrap
45556 msgid "*switch_root* moves already mounted _/proc_, _/dev_, _/sys_ and _/run_ to _newroot_ and makes _newroot_ the new root filesystem and starts _init_ process.\n"
45557 msgstr "*switch_root* déplace _/proc_, _/dev_, _/sys_ et _/run_ déjà montés vers _nouvelle_racine_ et fait de _nouvelle_racine_ la nouvelle racine du système de fichiers et lance le processus _init_.\n"
45558
45559 #. type: Plain text
45560 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:24
45561 #, no-wrap
45562 msgid "*WARNING: switch_root removes recursively all files and directories on the current root filesystem.*\n"
45563 msgstr "*Attention : switch_root supprime récursivement tous les fichiers et répertoires de la racine actuelle du système de fichiers.*\n"
45564
45565 #. type: Plain text
45566 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:32
45567 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
45568 #| msgid "*switch_root* returns 0 on success and 1 on failure.\n"
45569 msgid "*switch_root* returns 1 on failure, it never returns on success.\n"
45570 msgstr "*switch_root* renvoie 0 en cas de réussite et 1 en cas d'échec.\n"
45571
45572 #. type: Plain text
45573 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:36
45574 #, no-wrap
45575 msgid "*switch_root* will fail to function if _newroot_ is not the root of a mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet this requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn any directory into a mount point:\n"
45576 msgstr "*switch_root* échouera si _nouvelle_racine_ n'est pas la racine d'un montage. Si vous voulez passer la racine vers un répertoire qui ne convient pas à cette exigence, vous pouvez d'abord utiliser une astuce de remontage pour transformer n'importe quel répertoire en point de montage :\n"
45577
45578 #. type: delimited block .
45579 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:39
45580 #, no-wrap
45581 msgid "mount --bind $DIR $DIR\n"
45582 msgstr "mount --bind $DIR $DIR\n"
45583
45584 #. type: Plain text
45585 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:46
45586 msgid ""
45587 "mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], "
45588 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
45589 msgstr ""
45590 "mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], "
45591 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
45592
45593 #. type: Plain text
45594 #: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:53
45595 #, no-wrap
45596 msgid ""
45597 "*chroot*(2),\n"
45598 "*init*(8),\n"
45599 "*mkinitrd*(8),\n"
45600 "*mount*(8)\n"
45601 msgstr ""
45602 "*chroot*(2),\n"
45603 "*init*(8),\n"
45604 "*mkinitrd*(8),\n"
45605 "*mount*(8)\n"
45606
45607 #. type: Title =
45608 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:2
45609 #, no-wrap
45610 msgid "tunelp(8)"
45611 msgstr "tunelp(8)"
45612
45613 #. type: Plain text
45614 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:12
45615 msgid "tunelp - set various parameters for the lp device"
45616 msgstr ""
45617
45618 #. type: Plain text
45619 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:16
45620 #, no-wrap
45621 msgid "*tunelp* [options] _device_\n"
45622 msgstr "*tunelp* [options] _périphérique_\n"
45623
45624 #. type: Plain text
45625 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:20
45626 #, no-wrap
45627 msgid "*tunelp* sets several parameters for the /dev/lp__?__ devices, for better performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won't work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device characteristics accordingly.\n"
45628 msgstr ""
45629
45630 #. type: Labeled list
45631 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:23
45632 #, no-wrap
45633 msgid "*-i*, *--irq* _argument_"
45634 msgstr "*-i*, *--irq* _argument_"
45635
45636 #. type: Plain text
45637 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:25
45638 msgid ""
45639 "specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set "
45640 "to something non-zero, *-t* and *-c* have no effect. If your port does not "
45641 "use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command *tunelp -i "
45642 "0* restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should "
45643 "work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven "
45644 "printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be "
45645 "desirable."
45646 msgstr ""
45647
45648 #. type: Plain text
45649 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:27
45650 #, no-wrap
45651 msgid "*NOTE*: This option will have no effect with kernel 2.1.131 or later since the irq is handled by the parport driver. You can change the parport irq for example via _/proc/parport/*/irq_. Read _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/admin-guide/parport.rst_ for more details on parport.\n"
45652 msgstr ""
45653
45654 #. type: Labeled list
45655 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:28
45656 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
45657 #| msgid "B<-w>,B< --timeout >I<milliseconds>"
45658 msgid "*-t*, *--time* _milliseconds_"
45659 msgstr "B<-w>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"
45660
45661 #. type: Plain text
45662 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:30
45663 msgid ""
45664 "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer "
45665 "doesn't take a character for the number of tries dictated by the *-c* "
45666 "parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, "
45667 "and don't care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don't care "
45668 "how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow printer with a "
45669 "buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give you very low "
45670 "system load. This value generally should be lower for printing graphics than "
45671 "text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance."
45672 msgstr ""
45673
45674 #. type: Labeled list
45675 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:31
45676 #, no-wrap
45677 msgid "*-c*, *--chars* _characters_"
45678 msgstr ""
45679
45680 #. type: Plain text
45681 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:33
45682 msgid ""
45683 "is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before "
45684 "sleeping for *-t* _TIME_. It is the number of times around a loop that tries "
45685 "to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most "
45686 "printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are some "
45687 "printers that become jerky otherwise, but you _must_ set this to '1' to "
45688 "handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using interrupts. If you have a "
45689 "very fast printer, a value of 10 might make more sense even if in polling "
45690 "mode. If you have a _really_ old printer, you can increase this further."
45691 msgstr ""
45692
45693 #. type: Plain text
45694 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:35
45695 msgid ""
45696 "Setting *-t* _TIME_ to 0 is equivalent to setting *-c* _CHARS_ to infinity."
45697 msgstr ""
45698
45699 #. type: Labeled list
45700 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:36
45701 #, no-wrap
45702 msgid "*-w*, *--wait* _milliseconds_"
45703 msgstr "*-w*, *--wait* _délai_"
45704
45705 #. type: Plain text
45706 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:38
45707 msgid ""
45708 "is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While "
45709 "most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some "
45710 "printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may make it "
45711 "possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use "
45712 "longer cables. It's also possible to decrease this value to 0 if your "
45713 "printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
45714 msgstr ""
45715
45716 #. type: Labeled list
45717 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:39
45718 #, no-wrap
45719 msgid "*-a*, *--abort* _<on|off>_"
45720 msgstr "*-a*, *--abort* _<on|off>_"
45721
45722 #. type: Plain text
45723 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:41
45724 msgid ""
45725 "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you "
45726 "are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error "
45727 "and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you "
45728 "aren't, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the printer "
45729 "isn't ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice is yours."
45730 msgstr ""
45731
45732 #. type: Labeled list
45733 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:42
45734 #, no-wrap
45735 msgid "*-o*, *--check-status* _<on|off>_"
45736 msgstr "*-o*, *--check-status* _<on|off>_"
45737
45738 #. type: Plain text
45739 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:44
45740 msgid ""
45741 "This option is much like *-a*. It makes any *open*(2) of this device check "
45742 "to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or "
45743 "other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of *lpd*."
45744 msgstr ""
45745
45746 #. type: Labeled list
45747 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:45
45748 #, no-wrap
45749 msgid "*-C*, *--careful* _<on|off>_"
45750 msgstr "*-C*, *--careful* _<on|off>_"
45751
45752 #. type: Plain text
45753 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:47
45754 msgid ""
45755 "This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is on, "
45756 "the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not reporting "
45757 "any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is particularly "
45758 "useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when turned off."
45759 msgstr ""
45760
45761 #. type: Plain text
45762 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:49
45763 #, no-wrap
45764 msgid "*NOTE*: This option is obsolete because it's the default in 2.1.131 kernel or later.\n"
45765 msgstr ""
45766
45767 #. type: Labeled list
45768 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:50
45769 #, no-wrap
45770 msgid "*-s*, *--status*"
45771 msgstr "*-s*, *--status*"
45772
45773 #. type: Plain text
45774 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:52
45775 msgid ""
45776 "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number "
45777 "from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, *-"
45778 "q* off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied."
45779 msgstr ""
45780
45781 #. type: Plain text
45782 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:55
45783 msgid ""
45784 "This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of 1.1.80 or "
45785 "later."
45786 msgstr ""
45787
45788 #. type: Labeled list
45789 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:56
45790 #, no-wrap
45791 msgid "*-q*, *--print-irq* _<on|off>_"
45792 msgstr "*-q*, *--print-irq* _<on|off>_"
45793
45794 #. type: Plain text
45795 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:58
45796 #, fuzzy
45797 #| msgid "Insert the name of the current tty line."
45798 msgid "This option sets printing the display of the current IRQ setting."
45799 msgstr "Insérer le nom de la ligne tty actuelle."
45800
45801 #. type: Plain text
45802 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:63
45803 msgid "_/dev/lp?_, _/proc/parport/*/*_"
45804 msgstr "_/dev/lp?_, _/proc/parport/*/*_"
45805
45806 #. type: Plain text
45807 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:67
45808 #, no-wrap
45809 msgid "*-o*, *-C*, and *-s* all require a Linux kernel version of 1.1.76 or later.\n"
45810 msgstr ""
45811
45812 #. type: Plain text
45813 #: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:69
45814 #, no-wrap
45815 msgid "*-C* requires a Linux version prior to 2.1.131.\n"
45816 msgstr ""
45817
45818 #. Copyright (c) 1996 Andries Brouwer
45819 #. This page is somewhat derived from a page that was
45820 #. (c) 1980, 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California
45821 #. and had been heavily modified by Rik Faith and myself.
45822 #. This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or
45823 #. modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
45824 #. published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
45825 #. the License, or (at your option) any later version.
45826 #. The GNU General Public License's references to "object code"
45827 #. and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any
45828 #. document formatting or typesetting system, including
45829 #. intermediate and printed output.
45830 #. This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
45831 #. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
45832 #. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
45833 #. GNU General Public License for more details.
45834 #. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
45835 #. with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
45836 #. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
45837 #. type: Title =
45838 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:27
45839 #, no-wrap
45840 msgid "umount(8)"
45841 msgstr "umount(8)"
45842
45843 #. type: Plain text
45844 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:37
45845 msgid "umount - unmount filesystems"
45846 msgstr "umount - Démonter des systèmes de fichiers"
45847
45848 #. type: Plain text
45849 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:41
45850 #, no-wrap
45851 msgid "*umount* *-a* [*-dflnrv*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-O* _option_...]\n"
45852 msgstr "*umount* *-a* [*-dflnrv*] [*-t* _type_] [*-O* _option_...]\n"
45853
45854 #. type: Plain text
45855 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:43
45856 #, no-wrap
45857 msgid "*umount* [*-dflnrv*] {_directory_|_device_}\n"
45858 msgstr "*umount* [*-dflnrv*] {_répertoire_|_périphérique_}\n"
45859
45860 #. type: Plain text
45861 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:45
45862 #, no-wrap
45863 msgid "*umount* *-h*|*-V*\n"
45864 msgstr "*umount* *-h*|*-V*\n"
45865
45866 #. type: Plain text
45867 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:49
45868 msgid ""
45869 "The *umount* command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file "
45870 "hierarchy. A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it has "
45871 "been mounted. Giving the special device on which the filesystem lives may "
45872 "also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case this device "
45873 "was mounted on more than one directory."
45874 msgstr ""
45875 "La commande *umount* détache les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés de la "
45876 "hiérarchie des fichiers. Un système de fichiers est indiqué en donnant le "
45877 "nom du répertoire dans lequel il a été monté. Fournir le périphérique "
45878 "spécial sur lequel réside le système de fichiers peut également fonctionner, "
45879 "mais est obsolète, principalement parce que cela échouera si ce périphérique "
45880 "a été monté dans plus d'un répertoire."
45881
45882 #. type: Plain text
45883 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:51
45884 msgid ""
45885 "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is 'busy' - for example, "
45886 "when there are open files on it, or when some process has its working "
45887 "directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The offending process "
45888 "could even be *umount* itself - it opens libc, and libc in its turn may open "
45889 "for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids this problem, but it may "
45890 "introduce other issues. See *--lazy* description below."
45891 msgstr ""
45892 "Remarquez qu'un système de fichiers ne peut pas être démonté quand il est "
45893 "« occupé », par exemple quand des fichiers sont ouverts dessus, quand "
45894 "certains processus y ont leur répertoire de travail ou quand un fichier "
45895 "d'échange y est utilisé. Le processus responsable pourrait même être "
45896 "*umount* lui-même : il ouvre la libc, qui peut, par exemple, ouvrir à son "
45897 "tour des fichiers locaux. Un démontage paresseux évite ce problème mais il "
45898 "peut introduire d’autres problèmes. Consultez la description de *--lazy* ci-"
45899 "dessous."
45900
45901 #. type: Plain text
45902 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:56
45903 msgid ""
45904 "All of the filesystems described in _/proc/self/mountinfo_ (or in deprecated "
45905 "_/etc/mtab_) are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, "
45906 "rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may be "
45907 "replaced by *--types* umount option."
45908 msgstr ""
45909 "Tous les systèmes de fichiers détaillés dans _/proc/self/mountinfo_ (ou dans "
45910 "le _/etc/mtab_ obsolète) sont démontés, exceptés les systèmes de fichiers "
45911 "proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, rpc_pipefs et nfsd. Cette liste de systèmes de "
45912 "fichiers peut être remplacée par l’option de démontage *--types*."
45913
45914 #. type: Labeled list
45915 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:57
45916 #, no-wrap
45917 msgid "*-A*, *--all-targets*"
45918 msgstr "*-A*, *--all-targets*"
45919
45920 #. type: Plain text
45921 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:59
45922 msgid ""
45923 "Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified "
45924 "filesystem. The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or the "
45925 "device name (or UUID, etc.). When this option is used together with *--"
45926 "recursive*, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are recursively "
45927 "unmounted. This option is only supported on systems where _/etc/mtab_ is a "
45928 "symlink to _/proc/mounts_."
45929 msgstr ""
45930 "Démonter tous les points de montage dans l’espace de noms montage actuel "
45931 "pour le système de fichiers indiqué. Le système de fichiers peut être "
45932 "indiqué par les points de montage ou le nom (ou l’UUID, etc.) du "
45933 "périphérique. Quand cette option est utilisée avec *--recursive*, alors tous "
45934 "les montages imbriqués dans le système de fichiers sont démontés de façon "
45935 "récursive. Cette option n’est prise en charge que sur les systèmes où _/etc/"
45936 "mtab_ est un lien symbolique vers _/proc/mounts_."
45937
45938 #. type: Plain text
45939 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:62
45940 msgid ""
45941 "Do not canonicalize paths. The paths canonicalization is based on *stat*(2) "
45942 "and *readlink*(2) system calls. These system calls may hang in some cases "
45943 "(for example on NFS if server is not available). The option has to be used "
45944 "with canonical path to the mount point."
45945 msgstr ""
45946 "Ne pas rendre les chemins canoniques. La mise en forme canonique des chemins "
45947 "est basée sur des appels système *stat*(2) et *readlink*(2). Ces appels "
45948 "peuvent planter dans certains cas (par exemple sur NFS si le serveur n’est "
45949 "pas disponible). L’option doit être utilisée avec un chemin canonique vers "
45950 "le point de montage."
45951
45952 #. type: Plain text
45953 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:64
45954 #, fuzzy
45955 #| msgid "This option is silently ignored."
45956 msgid "This option is silently ignored by *umount* for non-root users."
45957 msgstr "Cette option est silencieusement ignorée."
45958
45959 #. type: Plain text
45960 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:66
45961 msgid ""
45962 "For more details about this option see the *mount*(8) man page. Note that "
45963 "*umount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helpers."
45964 msgstr ""
45965 "Consultez la page de manuel *mount*(8) pour plus de précisions sur cette "
45966 "option. Remarquez que *umount* ne passe pas cette option aux auxiliaires **/"
45967 "sbin/umount.**__type__."
45968
45969 #. type: Labeled list
45970 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:67
45971 #, no-wrap
45972 msgid "*-d*, *--detach-loop*"
45973 msgstr "*-d*, *--detach-loop*"
45974
45975 #. type: Plain text
45976 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:69
45977 msgid ""
45978 "When the unmounted device was a loop device, also free this loop device. "
45979 "This option is unnecessary for devices initialized by *mount*(8), in this "
45980 "case \"autoclear\" functionality is enabled by default."
45981 msgstr ""
45982 "Quand le périphérique démonté est un périphérique boucle, libérer ce "
45983 "périphérique boucle. Cette option n’est pas nécessaire pour les "
45984 "périphériques initialisés par *mount*(8), dans ce cas la fonctionnalité "
45985 "« autoclear » est activée par défaut."
45986
45987 #. type: Labeled list
45988 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:70
45989 #, no-wrap
45990 msgid "*--fake*"
45991 msgstr "*--fake*"
45992
45993 #. type: Plain text
45994 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:72
45995 msgid ""
45996 "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount "
45997 "helper execution; this 'fakes' unmounting the filesystem. It can be used to "
45998 "remove entries from the deprecated _/etc/mtab_ that were unmounted earlier "
45999 "with the *-n* option."
46000 msgstr ""
46001 "Toutes les actions seront exécutées sauf le véritable appel système ou "
46002 "l’exécution d’auxiliaire de démontage. Cela imite le démontage du système de "
46003 "fichiers. Cela permet de retirer des entrées du fichier _/etc/mtab_ obsolète "
46004 "qui avaient été démontées auparavant avec l'option *-n*."
46005
46006 #. type: Plain text
46007 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:75
46008 msgid "Force an unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system)."
46009 msgstr "Forcer un démontage (dans le cas d'un système NFS inaccessible)."
46010
46011 # FIXME stat system calls → *stat*(2) system calls
46012 #. type: Plain text
46013 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:77
46014 #, fuzzy
46015 #| msgid ""
46016 #| "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not "
46017 #| "hang. It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to "
46018 #| "avoid unwanted readlink and stat system calls on unreachable NFS in "
46019 #| "*umount*."
46020 msgid ""
46021 "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not hang. "
46022 "It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to avoid "
46023 "unwanted *readlink*(2) and *stat*(2) system calls on unreachable NFS in "
46024 "*umount*."
46025 msgstr ""
46026 "Remarquez que cette option ne garantit pas que la commande de démontage ne "
46027 "plante pas. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser des chemins absolus sans "
46028 "liens symboliques pour éviter des appels système *stat*(2) sur un système "
46029 "NFS injoignable dans le démontage."
46030
46031 #. type: Labeled list
46032 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:78
46033 #, no-wrap
46034 msgid "*-i*, *--internal-only*"
46035 msgstr "*-i*, *--internal-only*"
46036
46037 #. type: Plain text
46038 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:80
46039 msgid ""
46040 "Do not call the **/sbin/umount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists. By "
46041 "default such a helper program is called if it exists."
46042 msgstr ""
46043 "Ne pas appeler l’auxiliaire **/sbin/umount.**__système_de_fichiers__ même "
46044 "s’il existe. Par défaut, ce genre de programme auxiliaire est appelé s’il "
46045 "existe."
46046
46047 #. type: Labeled list
46048 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:81
46049 #, no-wrap
46050 msgid "*-l*, *--lazy*"
46051 msgstr "*-l*, *--lazy*"
46052
46053 #. type: Plain text
46054 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:83
46055 msgid ""
46056 "Lazy unmount. Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and clean "
46057 "up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy anymore."
46058 msgstr ""
46059 "Démontage paresseux. Détacher maintenant le système de fichiers de la "
46060 "hiérarchie de fichiers et effacer toutes les références vers ce système de "
46061 "fichiers dès qu'il n'est plus occupé."
46062
46063 #. type: Plain text
46064 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:85
46065 #, fuzzy
46066 #| msgid ""
46067 #| "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use "
46068 #| "this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. "
46069 #| "The recommended use-case for *umount -l* is to prevent hangs on shutdown "
46070 #| "due to an unreachable network share where a normal umount will hang due "
46071 #| "to a downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not "
46072 #| "be possible."
46073 msgid ""
46074 "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use this "
46075 "option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. The "
46076 "recommended use-case for *umount -l* is to prevent hangs on shutdown due to "
46077 "an unreachable network share where a normal *umount* will hang due to a "
46078 "downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not be "
46079 "possible."
46080 msgstr ""
46081 "Un redémarrage du système devrait se dérouler très prochainement pour "
46082 "pouvoir utiliser cette option pour un système de fichiers réseau ou pour des "
46083 "systèmes de fichiers locaux avec des sous-montages. L’utilisation "
46084 "recommandée de *umount -l* est d’empêcher des plantages lors d’un arrêt "
46085 "causé par un partage réseau non joignable où un démontage normal planterait "
46086 "à cause d’un serveur arrêté ou d’une partition réseau. Le remontage des "
46087 "partages ne serait pas possible."
46088
46089 #. type: Plain text
46090 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:88
46091 #, fuzzy
46092 #| msgid ""
46093 #| "Perform umount in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either "
46094 #| "PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing "
46095 #| "that namespace."
46096 msgid ""
46097 "Perform *umount* in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either "
46098 "PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that "
46099 "namespace."
46100 msgstr ""
46101 "Réaliser le démontage dans l’espace de noms montage indiqué par _nom_.  "
46102 "_nom_ est soit un PID d’un processus en cours d’exécution dans cet espace de "
46103 "noms ou un fichier spécial représentant cet espace de noms."
46104
46105 #. type: Plain text
46106 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:90
46107 #, no-wrap
46108 msgid "*umount* switches to the namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab_ (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *umount*(2) system call, otherwise it runs in the original namespace. It means that the target mount namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute *umount*(2) command.\n"
46109 msgstr "*umount*(8) bascule vers cet espace de noms lorsqu’il lit _/etc/fstab_, écrit _/etc/mtab_ (ou écrit sur _/run/mount_) et appelle *umount*(2), sinon, il s’exécute dans l’espace de noms originel. Cela signifie que l’espace de noms montage cible n’a pas à contenir n’importe quelle bibliothèque ou autre nécessité pour exécuter la commande *umount*(2).\n"
46110
46111 #. type: Plain text
46112 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:95
46113 msgid "Unmount without writing in _/etc/mtab_."
46114 msgstr "Démonter sans écrire dans _/etc/mtab_."
46115
46116 #. type: Labeled list
46117 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:96
46118 #, no-wrap
46119 msgid "*-O*, *--test-opts* _option_..."
46120 msgstr "*-O*, *--test-opts* _option_..."
46121
46122 #. type: Plain text
46123 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:98
46124 msgid ""
46125 "Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in _/etc/"
46126 "fstab_. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. "
46127 "Each option can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be "
46128 "taken for this option."
46129 msgstr ""
46130 "Ne démonter que les systèmes de fichiers dont les __option__s indiquées sont "
46131 "définies dans _/etc/fstab_. Plusieurs __option__s peuvent être indiquées "
46132 "dans une liste, séparées par des virgules. Chaque _option_ peut être "
46133 "préfixée par *no* pour indiquer qu’aucune action ne doit être réalisée pour "
46134 "cette _option_."
46135
46136 #. type: Plain text
46137 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:101
46138 msgid "Suppress \"not mounted\" error messages."
46139 msgstr "Supprimer certains messages d’erreur « not mounted »."
46140
46141 #. type: Labeled list
46142 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:102
46143 #, no-wrap
46144 msgid "*-R*, *--recursive*"
46145 msgstr "*-R*, *--recursive*"
46146
46147 #. type: Plain text
46148 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:104
46149 #, fuzzy
46150 #| msgid ""
46151 #| "Recursively unmount each specified directory.  Recursion for each "
46152 #| "directory will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any "
46153 #| "reason.  The relationship between mountpoints is determined by I</proc/"
46154 #| "self/mountinfo> entries.  The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint "
46155 #| "path; a recursive unmount by device name (or UUID)  is unsupported."
46156 msgid ""
46157 "Recursively unmount each specified directory. Recursion for each directory "
46158 "will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any reason. The "
46159 "relationship between mountpoints is determined by _/proc/self/mountinfo_ "
46160 "entries. The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint path; a recursive "
46161 "unmount by device name (or UUID) is unsupported. Since version 2.37 it "
46162 "umounts also all over-mounted filesystems (more filesystems on the same "
46163 "mountpoint)."
46164 msgstr ""
46165 "Démonter récursivement tous les répertoires indiqués. La récursion d’un "
46166 "répertoire s’arrêtera si une opération de démontage a échoué dans la chaîne "
46167 "quelle qu’en soit la raison. La relation entre les points de montage est "
46168 "déterminée par les entrées de _/proc/self/mountinfo_. Le système de fichiers "
46169 "doit être indiqué par un chemin de point de montage ; le démontage récursif "
46170 "par nom (ou UUID) de périphérique n’est pas pris en charge."
46171
46172 #. type: Plain text
46173 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:107
46174 msgid "When an unmount fails, try to remount the filesystem read-only."
46175 msgstr ""
46176 "Si le démontage échoue, essayer de remonter le système de fichiers en "
46177 "lecture seule."
46178
46179 #. type: Labeled list
46180 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:108
46181 #, no-wrap
46182 msgid "*-t*, *--types* _type_..."
46183 msgstr "*-t*, *--types* _type_..."
46184
46185 #. type: Plain text
46186 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:110
46187 msgid ""
46188 "Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the "
46189 "specified _type_. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated "
46190 "list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to indicate "
46191 "that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned types. Note that "
46192 "*umount* reads information about mounted filesystems from kernel (_/proc/"
46193 "mounts_) and filesystem names may be different than filesystem names used in "
46194 "the _/etc/fstab_ (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
46195 msgstr ""
46196 "Indiquer que les actions devraient uniquement être entreprises sur les "
46197 "systèmes de fichiers du _type_ indiqué. Plusieurs types peuvent être "
46198 "indiqués dans une liste, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de "
46199 "systèmes de fichiers peut être préfixée par *no* pour indiquer qu’aucune "
46200 "action ne doit être réalisée pour aucun des __type__s indiqués. Remarquez "
46201 "que *umount* lit les informations sur les systèmes de fichiers montés à "
46202 "partir du noyau (_/proc/mounts_) et les noms de système de fichiers peuvent "
46203 "être différents de ceux utilisés dans _/etc/fstab_ (par exemple, « nfs4 » "
46204 "vs. « nfs »)."
46205
46206 #. type: Title ==
46207 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:116
46208 #, no-wrap
46209 msgid "NON-SUPERUSER UMOUNTS"
46210 msgstr "DÉMONTAGES NON-SUPERUTILISATEURS"
46211
46212 #. type: Plain text
46213 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:119
46214 msgid ""
46215 "Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ "
46216 "contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can umount the corresponding "
46217 "filesystem. For more details see *mount*(8) man page."
46218 msgstr ""
46219 "Normalement, seul le superutilisateur peut démonter des systèmes de "
46220 "fichiers. Cependant, quand _fstab_ contient l’option _user_ sur une ligne, "
46221 "n’importe qui peut démonter le système de fichiers correspondant. Pour plus "
46222 "de détails, consultez la page de manuel de *mount*(8)."
46223
46224 #. type: Plain text
46225 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:121
46226 #, fuzzy
46227 #| msgid ""
46228 #| "Since version 2.34 the *umount* command can be used to perform umount "
46229 #| "operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user's "
46230 #| "ID. In this case fstab *user=* mount option is not required."
46231 msgid ""
46232 "Since version 2.34 the *umount* command can be used to perform umount "
46233 "operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user's "
46234 "ID. In this case _fstab_ *user=* mount option is not required."
46235 msgstr ""
46236 "Depuis sa version 2.34, la commande *umount* peut être aussi utilisée pour "
46237 "réaliser des opérations de démontage pour les systèmes de fichiers fuse si "
46238 "la table de montage du noyau contient des ID d’utilisateurs. Dans ce cas, "
46239 "l’option de _fstab_ « *user=* mount » n’est pas nécessaire."
46240
46241 #. type: Plain text
46242 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:123
46243 #, fuzzy
46244 #| msgid ""
46245 #| "Since version 2.35 *umount* command does not exit when user permissions "
46246 #| "are inadequate by internal libmount security rules. It drops suid "
46247 #| "permissions and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to "
46248 #| "support use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse "
46249 #| "filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
46250 msgid ""
46251 "Since version 2.35 *umount* command does not exit when user permissions are "
46252 "inadequate by internal *libmount* security rules. It drops suid permissions "
46253 "and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to support use-cases "
46254 "where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user "
46255 "namespaces, etc)."
46256 msgstr ""
46257 "Depuis sa version 2.35, la commande *umount* ne se termine pas quand les "
46258 "permissions d’utilisateur sont inadaptées aux règles de sécurité internes de "
46259 "libmount. Elle abandonne les permissions Setuid et continue comme "
46260 "utilisateur normal non-superutilisateur. Cela peut être utilisé pour prendre "
46261 "en charge les utilisations où les permissions de superutilisateur ne sont "
46262 "pas nécessaires (par exemple, systèmes de fichiers fuse, espace de noms "
46263 "utilisateur, etc)."
46264
46265 #. type: Title ==
46266 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:124
46267 #, no-wrap
46268 msgid "LOOP DEVICE"
46269 msgstr "PÉRIPHÉRIQUE BOUCLE"
46270
46271 #. type: Plain text
46272 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:127
46273 msgid ""
46274 "The *umount* command will automatically detach loop device previously "
46275 "initialized by *mount*(8) command independently of _/etc/mtab_."
46276 msgstr ""
46277 "La commande *umount* détachera automatiquement les périphériques boucle "
46278 "précédemment initialisés avec la commande *mount*(8), indépendamment de _/"
46279 "etc/mtab_."
46280
46281 #. type: Plain text
46282 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:129
46283 #, fuzzy
46284 #| msgid ""
46285 #| "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
46286 #| "*losetup*(8) output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use "
46287 #| "the option *--detach-loop* or call *losetup -d <device>*. The autoclear "
46288 #| "feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
46289 msgid ""
46290 "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
46291 "*losetup*(8) output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use the "
46292 "option *--detach-loop* or call *losetup -d* _device_. The autoclear feature "
46293 "is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
46294 msgstr ""
46295 "Dans ce cas le périphérique est initialisé avec l’indicateur "
46296 "« autoclear » (consultez *losetup*(8) pour plus de détails), sinon il est "
46297 "nécessaire d’utiliser l’option *--detach-loop* ou d’appeler *losetup -d "
46298 "<périphérique>*. La fonctionnalité autoclear est prise en charge depuis "
46299 "Linux 2.6.25."
46300
46301 #. type: Plain text
46302 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:133
46303 msgid "The syntax of external unmount helpers is:"
46304 msgstr "La syntaxe des programmes externes de démontage est :"
46305
46306 #. type: delimited block _
46307 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:136
46308 #, no-wrap
46309 msgid "**umount.**__suffix__ {__directory__|_device_} [*-flnrv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-t* _type_._subtype_]\n"
46310 msgstr "**umount.**__suffixe__ {__répertoire__|_périphérique_} [*-flnrv*] [*-N* __espace_de_noms__] [*-t* _type_._soustype_]\n"
46311
46312 # NOTE: s#/sbin/mount#/sbin/umount
46313 #. type: Plain text
46314 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:139
46315 msgid ""
46316 "where _suffix_ is the filesystem type (or the value from a *uhelper=* or "
46317 "*helper=* marker in the mtab file). The *-t* option can be used for "
46318 "filesystems that have subtype support. For example:"
46319 msgstr ""
46320 "où _suffixe_ est le type de système de fichiers (ou la valeur d’un marqueur "
46321 "*uhelper=* ou *helper=* de _mtab_). L'option *-t* peut être utilisée pour "
46322 "les systèmes de fichiers qui ont une prise en charge des sous-types. Par "
46323 "exemple :"
46324
46325 #. type: delimited block _
46326 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:142
46327 #, no-wrap
46328 msgid "*umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*\n"
46329 msgstr "*umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*\n"
46330
46331 #. type: Plain text
46332 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:145
46333 msgid ""
46334 "A **uhelper=**__something__ marker (unprivileged helper) can appear in the _/"
46335 "etc/mtab_ file when ordinary users need to be able to unmount a mountpoint "
46336 "that is not defined in _/etc/fstab_ (for example for a device that was "
46337 "mounted by *udisks*(1))."
46338 msgstr ""
46339 "Un marqueur **uhelper=**__quelque_chose__ (« unprivileged helper », "
46340 "auxiliaire ordinaire) peut apparaître dans le fichier _/etc/mtab_ quand des "
46341 "utilisateurs ordinaires doivent pouvoir démonter un point de montage non "
46342 "défini dans _/etc/fstab_ (par exemple pour un périphérique monté par "
46343 "*udisks*(1))."
46344
46345 #. type: Plain text
46346 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:147
46347 #, fuzzy
46348 #| msgid ""
46349 #| "A **helper=**__type__ marker in the mtab file will redirect all unmount "
46350 #| "requests to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helper independently of UID."
46351 msgid ""
46352 "A **helper=**__type__ marker in the _mtab_ file will redirect all unmount "
46353 "requests to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helper independently of UID."
46354 msgstr ""
46355 "Un marqueur **helper=**__type__ dans le fichier _mtab_ redirigera toutes les "
46356 "requêtes de démontage à l’auxiliaire **/sbin/umount.**__type__ "
46357 "indépendamment de l'UID."
46358
46359 #. type: Plain text
46360 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:149
46361 #, fuzzy
46362 #| msgid ""
46363 #| "Note that _/etc/mtab_ is currently deprecated and *helper=* and other "
46364 #| "userspace mount options are maintained by libmount."
46365 msgid ""
46366 "Note that _/etc/mtab_ is currently deprecated and *helper=* and other "
46367 "userspace mount options are maintained by *libmount*."
46368 msgstr ""
46369 "Remarquez que le fichier _/etc/mtab_ est désormais obsolète et que les "
46370 "options *helper=* et d’autres options d’espace utilisateur de montage sont "
46371 "entretenues par libmount."
46372
46373 #. type: Plain text
46374 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:154
46375 #, fuzzy
46376 #| msgid ""
46377 #| "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for suid)"
46378 msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for *suid*)"
46379 msgstr ""
46380 "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _fstab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."
46381
46382 #. type: Plain text
46383 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:157
46384 msgid "enables *libmount* debug output"
46385 msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de *libmount*."
46386
46387 #. type: Plain text
46388 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:162
46389 msgid ""
46390 "table of mounted filesystems (deprecated and usually replaced by symlink to "
46391 "_/proc/mounts_)"
46392 msgstr ""
46393 "Table des systèmes de fichiers montés (obsolète et généralement remplacé par "
46394 "un lien symbolique vers _/proc/mounts_)."
46395
46396 #. type: Plain text
46397 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:165
46398 msgid "table of known filesystems"
46399 msgstr "Table des systèmes de fichiers connus."
46400
46401 #. type: Labeled list
46402 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:166
46403 #, no-wrap
46404 msgid "_/proc/self/mountinfo_"
46405 msgstr "_/proc/self/mountinfo_"
46406
46407 #. type: Plain text
46408 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:168
46409 msgid "table of mounted filesystems generated by kernel."
46410 msgstr "Table des systèmes de fichiers montés générée par le noyau."
46411
46412 #. type: Plain text
46413 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:172
46414 msgid "A *umount* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
46415 msgstr "Une commande *umount* est apparue dans la Version 6 du UNIX AT&T."
46416
46417 #. type: Plain text
46418 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:179
46419 #, no-wrap
46420 msgid ""
46421 "*umount*(2),\n"
46422 "*losetup*(8),\n"
46423 "*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
46424 "*mount*(8)\n"
46425 msgstr ""
46426 "*umount*(2),\n"
46427 "*losetup*(8),\n"
46428 "*mount_namespaces*(7),\n"
46429 "*mount*(8)\n"
46430
46431 #. type: Title =
46432 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:2
46433 #, no-wrap
46434 msgid "unshare(1)"
46435 msgstr "unshare(1)"
46436
46437 #. type: Plain text
46438 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:12
46439 msgid "unshare - run program in new namespaces"
46440 msgstr "unshare - Exécuter un programme dans de nouveaux espaces de noms"
46441
46442 #. type: Plain text
46443 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:16
46444 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
46445 #| msgid "*unshare* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n"
46446 msgid "*unshare* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n"
46447 msgstr "*unshare* [options] [_programme_ [_arguments_]]\n"
46448
46449 #. type: Plain text
46450 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:20
46451 msgid ""
46452 "The *unshare* command creates new namespaces (as specified by the command-"
46453 "line options described below) and then executes the specified _program_. If "
46454 "_program_ is not given, then \"${SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
46455 msgstr ""
46456 "La commande *unshare* crée de nouveaux espaces de noms (comme précisé par "
46457 "les options de ligne de commande décrites ci-après) puis exécute le "
46458 "_programme_ indiqué. Si _programme_ n’est pas fourni, alors *${SHELL}* est "
46459 "exécuté (par défaut : _/bin/sh_)."
46460
46461 #. type: Plain text
46462 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:22
46463 #, fuzzy
46464 #| msgid ""
46465 #| "By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member "
46466 #| "processes. A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no "
46467 #| "member processes by bind mounting /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_ files to a "
46468 #| "filesystem path. A namespace that has been made persistent in this way "
46469 #| "can subsequently be entered with *nsenter*(1) even after the _program_ "
46470 #| "terminates (except PID namespaces where a permanently running init "
46471 #| "process is required). Once a persistent namespace is no longer needed, it "
46472 #| "can be unpersisted by using *umount*(8) to remove the bind mount. See the "
46473 #| "EXAMPLES section for more details."
46474 msgid ""
46475 "By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member "
46476 "processes. A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no member "
46477 "processes by bind mounting /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_ files to a filesystem path. "
46478 "A namespace that has been made persistent in this way can subsequently be "
46479 "entered with *nsenter*(1) even after the _program_ terminates (except PID "
46480 "namespaces where a permanently running init process is required). Once a "
46481 "persistent namespace is no longer needed, it can be unpersisted by using "
46482 "*umount*(8) to remove the bind mount. See the *EXAMPLES* section for more "
46483 "details."
46484 msgstr ""
46485 "Par défaut, un nouvel espace de noms subsiste aussi longtemps qu’il possède "
46486 "des processus membres. Un nouvel espace de noms peut être rendu persistant, "
46487 "même s’il ne possède pas de membres, par montage lié (bind) des fichiers _/"
46488 "proc/pid/ns/type_ vers un chemin de système de fichiers. Un espace de noms "
46489 "qui a été rendu persistant de cette façon peut ensuite être entré avec "
46490 "*nsenter*(1) même après que le _programme_ soit terminé (excepté les espaces "
46491 "de noms PID où l’exécution permanente de processus init est nécessaire). Une "
46492 "fois qu’un \\%espace de noms n’est plus nécessaire, il peut être rendu "
46493 "temporaire avec *umount*(8) pour supprimer le montage lié. Consulter la "
46494 "section *EXEMPLES* pour plus de détails."
46495
46496 #. type: Plain text
46497 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:24
46498 #, no-wrap
46499 msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.36 uses _/proc/[pid]/ns/pid_for_children_ and _/proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children_ files for persistent PID and TIME namespaces. This change requires Linux kernel 4.17 or newer.\n"
46500 msgstr "*unshare* depuis la version 2.36 d’util-linux utilise les fichiers _/proc/[pid]/ns/pid_for_children_ et _/proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children_ pour des espace de noms persistants PID et temps. Cette modification nécessite un noyau Linux version 4.17 ou plus récent.\n"
46501
46502 #. type: Plain text
46503 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:26
46504 msgid "The following types of namespaces can be created with *unshare*:"
46505 msgstr ""
46506 "Les types d’espace de noms suivants peuvent être créés avec *unshare* :"
46507
46508 # NOTE: s/flags/flag/
46509 #. type: Plain text
46510 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:29
46511 msgid ""
46512 "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, "
46513 "except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --"
46514 "make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ or *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* for the "
46515 "*shared* flags). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7)."
46516 msgstr ""
46517 "Le montage et démontage de systèmes de fichiers n'affectera pas le reste du "
46518 "système, sauf pour les systèmes de fichiers explicitement marqués comme "
46519 "partagés (avec *mount --make-shared*, consultez _/proc/self/mountinfo_ ou "
46520 "*findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* pour les drapeaux *shared*). Pour de plus amples "
46521 "détails, consulter *mount_namespaces*(7)."
46522
46523 #. type: Plain text
46524 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:31
46525 #, no-wrap
46526 msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation to *private* in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new namespace is really unshared. It's possible to disable this feature with option *--propagation unchanged*. Note that *private* is the kernel default.\n"
46527 msgstr "*unshare*, depuis util-linux version 2.27, règle automatiquement la propagation à *private* dans un nouvel espace de noms montage pour assurer que celui-ci soit vraiment isolé. Il est possible de désactiver cette caractéristique avec l’option *--propagation unchanged*. Remarquez que *private* est le comportement par défaut du noyau.\n"
46528
46529 #. type: Plain text
46530 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:43
46531 msgid ""
46532 "Children will have a distinct set of PID-to-process mappings from their "
46533 "parent. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)."
46534 msgstr ""
46535 "Les enfants auront un ensemble distinct de mises en correspondance de PID à "
46536 "traiter de celui de leur parent. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter "
46537 "*pid_namespaces*(7)."
46538
46539 #. type: Labeled list
46540 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:55
46541 #, no-wrap
46542 msgid "*-i*, *--ipc*[**=**__file__]"
46543 msgstr "*-i*, *--ipc*[**=**__fichier__]"
46544
46545 #. type: Plain text
46546 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:57
46547 #, fuzzy
46548 #| msgid ""
46549 #| "Unshare the IPC namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
46550 #| "namespace is created by a bind mount."
46551 msgid ""
46552 "Create a new IPC namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
46553 "made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
46554 msgstr ""
46555 "Isoler l’espace de noms IPC. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
46556 "noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
46557
46558 #. type: Labeled list
46559 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:58
46560 #, no-wrap
46561 msgid "*-m*, *--mount*[**=**__file__]"
46562 msgstr "*-m*, *--mount*[**=**__fichier__]"
46563
46564 #. type: Plain text
46565 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:60
46566 #, fuzzy
46567 #| msgid ""
46568 #| "Unshare the mount namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
46569 #| "namespace is created by a bind mount. Note that _file_ must be located on "
46570 #| "a mount whose propagation type is not *shared* (or an error results). Use "
46571 #| "the command *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* when not sure about the current "
46572 #| "setting. See also the examples below."
46573 msgid ""
46574 "Create a new mount namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
46575 "made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. Note that _file_ must be "
46576 "located on a mount whose propagation type is not *shared* (or an error "
46577 "results). Use the command *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* when not sure about the "
46578 "current setting. See also the examples below."
46579 msgstr ""
46580 "Isoler l’espace de noms montage. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace "
46581 "de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. Remarquez que _fichier_ doit "
46582 "être situé sur le système de fichiers avec le drapeau de propagation n’est "
46583 "pas *shared* (ou une erreur survient). Utilisez la commande *findmnt -"
46584 "o+PROPAGATION* si vous n’êtes pas sûr du réglage en cours. Consulter les "
46585 "exemples ci-dessous."
46586
46587 #. type: Labeled list
46588 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:61
46589 #, no-wrap
46590 msgid "*-n*, *--net*[**=**__file__]"
46591 msgstr "*-n*, *--net*[**=**__fichier__]"
46592
46593 #. type: Plain text
46594 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:63
46595 #, fuzzy
46596 #| msgid ""
46597 #| "Unshare the network namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
46598 #| "namespace is created by a bind mount."
46599 msgid ""
46600 "Create a new network namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace "
46601 "is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
46602 msgstr ""
46603 "Isoler l’espace de noms réseau. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
46604 "noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
46605
46606 #. type: Labeled list
46607 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:64
46608 #, no-wrap
46609 msgid "*-p*, *--pid*[**=**__file__]"
46610 msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*[**=**__fichier__]"
46611
46612 #. type: Plain text
46613 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:66
46614 #, fuzzy
46615 #| msgid ""
46616 #| "Unshare the PID namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
46617 #| "namespace is created by a bind mount. (Creation of a persistent PID "
46618 #| "namespace will fail if the *--fork* option is not also specified.)"
46619 msgid ""
46620 "Create a new PID namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
46621 "made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. (Creation of a "
46622 "persistent PID namespace will fail if the *--fork* option is not also "
46623 "specified.)"
46624 msgstr ""
46625 "Isoler l'espace de noms PID. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
46626 "noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. (La création d’un espace de "
46627 "noms PID persistant échouera si l’option *--fork* n’est pas aussi précisée.)"
46628
46629 #. type: Plain text
46630 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:68
46631 msgid "See also the *--fork* and *--mount-proc* options."
46632 msgstr "Consulter aussi les options *--fork* et *--mount-proc*."
46633
46634 #. type: Labeled list
46635 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:69
46636 #, no-wrap
46637 msgid "*-u*, *--uts*[**=**__file__]"
46638 msgstr "*-u*, *--uts*[**=**__fichier__]"
46639
46640 #. type: Plain text
46641 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:71
46642 #, fuzzy
46643 #| msgid ""
46644 #| "Unshare the UTS namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
46645 #| "namespace is created by a bind mount."
46646 msgid ""
46647 "Create a new UTS namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
46648 "made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
46649 msgstr ""
46650 "Isoler l’espace de noms UTS. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
46651 "noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
46652
46653 #. type: Labeled list
46654 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:72
46655 #, no-wrap
46656 msgid "*-U*, *--user*[**=**__file__]"
46657 msgstr "*-U*, *--user*[**=**__fichier__]"
46658
46659 #. type: Plain text
46660 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:74
46661 #, fuzzy
46662 #| msgid ""
46663 #| "Unshare the user namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
46664 #| "namespace is created by a bind mount."
46665 msgid ""
46666 "Create a new user namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
46667 "made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
46668 msgstr ""
46669 "Isoler l’espace de noms utilisateur. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un "
46670 "espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
46671
46672 #. type: Labeled list
46673 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:75
46674 #, no-wrap
46675 msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__file__]"
46676 msgstr "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__fichier__]"
46677
46678 #. type: Plain text
46679 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:77
46680 #, fuzzy
46681 #| msgid ""
46682 #| "Unshare the cgroup namespace. If _file_ is specified, then persistent "
46683 #| "namespace is created by bind mount."
46684 msgid ""
46685 "Create a new cgroup namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
46686 "made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
46687 msgstr ""
46688 "Isoler l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors "
46689 "un espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
46690
46691 #. type: Labeled list
46692 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:78
46693 #, no-wrap
46694 msgid "*-T*, *--time*[**=**__file__]"
46695 msgstr "*-T*, *--time*[**=**__fichier__]"
46696
46697 #. type: Plain text
46698 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:80
46699 #, fuzzy
46700 #| msgid ""
46701 #| "Unshare the time namespace. If _file_ is specified, then a persistent "
46702 #| "namespace is created by a bind mount. The *--monotonic* and *--boottime* "
46703 #| "options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the time "
46704 #| "namespace."
46705 msgid ""
46706 "Create a new time namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
46707 "made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. The *--monotonic* and *--"
46708 "boottime* options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the "
46709 "time namespace."
46710 msgstr ""
46711 "Isoler l'espace de noms temps. Si _fichier_ est indiqué, alors un espace de "
46712 "noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. Les options *--monotonic* et *--"
46713 "boottime* peuvent être utilisées pour les décalages correspondants dans "
46714 "l’espace de noms temps."
46715
46716 #. type: Plain text
46717 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:83
46718 msgid ""
46719 "Fork the specified _program_ as a child process of *unshare* rather than "
46720 "running it directly. This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. Note "
46721 "that when *unshare* is waiting for the child process, then it ignores "
46722 "*SIGINT* and *SIGTERM* and does not forward any signals to the child. It is "
46723 "necessary to send signals to the child process."
46724 msgstr ""
46725 "Fourcher le _programme_ indiqué comme processus enfant de *unshare* plutôt "
46726 "que de l’exécuter directement. Cela est utile lors de la création d’un "
46727 "nouvel espace de noms PID. Il est à remarquer que quand *unshare* est en "
46728 "attente d’un processus enfant, alors il ignore *SIGINT* et *SIGTERM* et ne "
46729 "transmet aucun signal à l’enfant. Cela est nécessaire pour envoyer des "
46730 "signaux au processus enfant."
46731
46732 #. type: Labeled list
46733 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:87
46734 #, no-wrap
46735 msgid "*--kill-child*[**=**__signame__]"
46736 msgstr "*--kill-child*[**=**__nom_de_signal__]"
46737
46738 #. type: Plain text
46739 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:89
46740 msgid ""
46741 "When *unshare* terminates, have _signame_ be sent to the forked child "
46742 "process. Combined with *--pid* this allows for an easy and reliable killing "
46743 "of the entire process tree below *unshare*. If not given, _signame_ defaults "
46744 "to *SIGKILL*. This option implies *--fork*."
46745 msgstr ""
46746 "À la fin de *unshare*, envoyer un _nom_signal_ au processus enfant forké. "
46747 "Combiné avec *--pid*, cela permet une extinction aisée et fiable de l’arbre "
46748 "entier de processus sous *unshare*. S’il n’est pas donné, _nom_signal_ est "
46749 "par défaut *SIGKILL*. Cela suppose *--fork*."
46750
46751 #. type: Labeled list
46752 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:90
46753 #, no-wrap
46754 msgid "*--mount-proc*[**=**__mountpoint__]"
46755 msgstr "*--mount-proc*[**=**__point_de_montage__]"
46756
46757 #. type: Plain text
46758 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:92
46759 msgid ""
46760 "Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at _mountpoint_ "
46761 "(default is _/proc_). This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. It "
46762 "also implies creating a new mount namespace since the _/proc_ mount would "
46763 "otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. The new proc filesystem "
46764 "is explicitly mounted as private (with *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."
46765 msgstr ""
46766 "Juste avant d’exécuter le programme, monter le système de fichiers proc sur "
46767 "_point_de_montage_ (_/proc_ par défaut). C’est utile lors de la création "
46768 "d’un nouvel espace de noms PID. Cela implique aussi la création d’un nouvel "
46769 "espace de noms montage, sinon le montage de _/proc_ perturberait les "
46770 "programmes existants sur le système. Le nouveau système de fichiers proc est "
46771 "explicitement monté comme privé (par *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."
46772
46773 #. type: Labeled list
46774 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:93
46775 #, no-wrap
46776 msgid "**--map-user=**__uid|name__"
46777 msgstr "**--map-user=**__uid|nom__"
46778
46779 #. type: Plain text
46780 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:95
46781 msgid ""
46782 "Run the program only after the current effective user ID has been mapped to "
46783 "_uid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes "
46784 "precedence. This option implies *--user*."
46785 msgstr ""
46786 "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des utilisateurs "
46787 "actuels soient mappés à _uid_. Si cette option est indiquée plusieurs fois, "
46788 "la dernière occurrence prévaudra. Cette option implique *--user*."
46789
46790 #. type: Labeled list
46791 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:96
46792 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
46793 #| msgid "**--map-user=**__uid|name__"
46794 msgid "**--map-users=**__inneruid:outeruid:count__|**auto**"
46795 msgstr "**--map-user=**__uid|nom__"
46796
46797 #. type: Plain text
46798 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:98
46799 msgid ""
46800 "Run the program only after the block of user IDs of size _count_ beginning "
46801 "at _outeruid_ has been mapped to the block of user IDs beginning at "
46802 "_inneruid_. This mapping is created with **newuidmap**(1). If the range of "
46803 "user IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-user*, then a "
46804 "\"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest "
46805 "user ID of the mapping not being mapped. The special value *auto* will map "
46806 "the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subuid_ "
46807 "to a block starting at user ID 0. If this option is specified multiple "
46808 "times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
46809 msgstr ""
46810
46811 #. type: Plain text
46812 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:100
46813 msgid ""
46814 "Before util-linux version 2.39, this option expected a comma-separated "
46815 "argument of the form _outeruid,inneruid,count_ but that format is now "
46816 "deprecated for consistency with the ordering used in _/proc/[pid]/uid_map_ "
46817 "and the _X-mount.idmap_ mount option."
46818 msgstr ""
46819
46820 #. type: Labeled list
46821 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:101
46822 #, no-wrap
46823 msgid "**--map-group=**__gid|name__"
46824 msgstr "**--map-group=**__gid|nom__"
46825
46826 #. type: Plain text
46827 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:103
46828 msgid ""
46829 "Run the program only after the current effective group ID has been mapped to "
46830 "_gid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes "
46831 "precedence. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*."
46832 msgstr ""
46833 "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des groupes "
46834 "actuels soient mappés à _gid_. Si cette option est indiquée plusieurs fois, "
46835 "la dernière occurrence prévaudra. Cette option suppose *--setgroups=deny* et "
46836 "*--user*."
46837
46838 #. type: Labeled list
46839 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:104
46840 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
46841 #| msgid "**--map-group=**__gid|name__"
46842 msgid "**--map-groups=**__innergid:outergid:count__|**auto**"
46843 msgstr "**--map-group=**__gid|nom__"
46844
46845 #. type: Plain text
46846 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:106
46847 msgid ""
46848 "Run the program only after the block of group IDs of size _count_ beginning "
46849 "at _outergid_ has been mapped to the block of group IDs beginning at "
46850 "_innergid_. This mapping is created with **newgidmap**(1). If the range of "
46851 "group IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-group*, then a "
46852 "\"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest "
46853 "group ID of the mapping not being mapped. The special value *auto* will map "
46854 "the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subgid_ "
46855 "to a block starting at group ID 0. If this option is specified multiple "
46856 "times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
46857 msgstr ""
46858
46859 #. type: Plain text
46860 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:108
46861 msgid ""
46862 "Before util-linux version 2.39, this option expected a comma-separated "
46863 "argument of the form _outergid,innergid,count_ but that format is now "
46864 "deprecated for consistency with the ordering used in _/proc/[pid]/gid_map_ "
46865 "and the _X-mount.idmap_ mount option."
46866 msgstr ""
46867
46868 #. type: Labeled list
46869 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:109
46870 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
46871 #| msgid "*-a*, *--auto*"
46872 msgid "**--map-auto**"
46873 msgstr "*-a*, *--auto*"
46874
46875 #. type: Plain text
46876 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:111
46877 msgid ""
46878 "Map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/"
46879 "subuid_ to a block starting at user ID 0. In the same manner, also map the "
46880 "first block of group IDs owned by the effective group from _/etc/subgid_ to "
46881 "a block starting at group ID 0. This option is intended to handle the common "
46882 "case where the first block of subordinate user and group IDs can map the "
46883 "whole user and group ID space. This option is equivalent to specifying *--"
46884 "map-users=auto* and *--map-groups=auto*."
46885 msgstr ""
46886
46887 #. type: Labeled list
46888 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:112
46889 #, no-wrap
46890 msgid "*-r*, *--map-root-user*"
46891 msgstr "*-r*, *--map-root-user*"
46892
46893 #. type: Plain text
46894 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:114
46895 msgid ""
46896 "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
46897 "been mapped to the superuser UID and GID in the newly created user "
46898 "namespace. This makes it possible to conveniently gain capabilities needed "
46899 "to manage various aspects of the newly created namespaces (such as "
46900 "configuring interfaces in the network namespace or mounting filesystems in "
46901 "the mount namespace) even when run unprivileged. As a mere convenience "
46902 "feature, it does not support more sophisticated use cases, such as mapping "
46903 "multiple ranges of UIDs and GIDs. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and "
46904 "*--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=0 --map-group=0*."
46905 msgstr ""
46906 "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les identifiants d’utilisateur et "
46907 "de groupe effectifs ont été mis en correspondance avec les UID et GID du "
46908 "superutilisateur dans l’espace de noms utilisateur nouvellement créé. Cela "
46909 "permet d’obtenir facilement les capacités nécessaires pour gérer divers "
46910 "aspects des espaces de noms nouvellement créés (comme la configuration "
46911 "d’interfaces dans l’espace de noms réseau ou le montage des systèmes de "
46912 "fichiers dans l’espace de noms montage) même lors d’une exécution ordinaire. "
46913 "En tant que fonctionnalité surtout pratique, elle ne permet pas des cas "
46914 "d’utilisation plus sophistiqués comme la mise en correspondance de plusieurs "
46915 "intervalles d’UID et GID. Cette option implique *--setgroups=deny* et *--"
46916 "user*. Cette option est équivalente à *--map-user=0 --map-group=0*."
46917
46918 #. type: Labeled list
46919 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:115
46920 #, no-wrap
46921 msgid "*-c*, *--map-current-user*"
46922 msgstr "*-c*, *--map-current-user*"
46923
46924 #. type: Plain text
46925 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:117
46926 msgid ""
46927 "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
46928 "been mapped to the same UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. "
46929 "This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is "
46930 "equivalent to *--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)*."
46931 msgstr ""
46932 "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des utilisateurs "
46933 "et des groupes actuels sont mappés aux mêmes UID et GID dans l’espace de "
46934 "noms nouvellement créé. Cette option suppose *--setgroups=deny* et *--user*. "
46935 "Cette option est équivalente à *--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)*."
46936
46937 #. type: Labeled list
46938 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:118
46939 #, no-wrap
46940 msgid "**--propagation private**|**shared**|**slave**|*unchanged*"
46941 msgstr "**--propagation private**|**shared**|**slave**|*unchanged*"
46942
46943 #. type: Plain text
46944 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:120
46945 msgid ""
46946 "Recursively set the mount propagation flag in the new mount namespace. The "
46947 "default is to set the propagation to _private_. It is possible to disable "
46948 "this feature with the argument *unchanged*. The option is silently ignored "
46949 "when the mount namespace (*--mount*) is not requested."
46950 msgstr ""
46951 "De manière récursive, régler le drapeau de propagation de montage dans le "
46952 "nouvel espace de noms montage. Le comportement par défaut est de régler la "
46953 "propagation à _private_. Il est possible de désactiver cette caractéristique "
46954 "avec l’argument *unchanged*. Cette option est ignorée silencieusement quand "
46955 "l’espace de noms montage (*--mount*) n’est pas nécessaire."
46956
46957 #. type: Labeled list
46958 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:121
46959 #, no-wrap
46960 msgid "**--setgroups allow**|*deny*"
46961 msgstr "**--setgroups allow**|*deny*"
46962
46963 #. type: Plain text
46964 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:123
46965 msgid "Allow or deny the *setgroups*(2) system call in a user namespace."
46966 msgstr ""
46967 "Permettre ou interdire l’appel système *setgroups*(2) dans les espaces de "
46968 "noms utilisateur."
46969
46970 #. type: Plain text
46971 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:125
46972 msgid ""
46973 "To be able to call *setgroups*(2), the calling process must at least have "
46974 "*CAP_SETGID*. But since Linux 3.19 a further restriction applies: the kernel "
46975 "gives permission to call *setgroups*(2) only after the GID map (**/proc/"
46976 "**__pid__*/gid_map*) has been set. The GID map is writable by root when "
46977 "*setgroups*(2) is enabled (i.e., *allow*, the default), and the GID map "
46978 "becomes writable by unprivileged processes when *setgroups*(2) is "
46979 "permanently disabled (with *deny*)."
46980 msgstr ""
46981 "Pour pouvoir appeler *setgroups*(2), le processus appelant doit au moins "
46982 "avoir CAP_SETGID. Mais depuis Linux 3.19, une restriction supplémentaire est "
46983 "appliquée : le noyau accorde la permission à l’appel *setgroups*(2) "
46984 "seulement après que le mappage de GID (**/proc/**__pid__*/gid_map*) a été "
46985 "réglé. La carte de correspondances de GID peut être écrite par le "
46986 "superutilisateur quand *setgroups*(2) est activé (c'est-à-dire, *allow*, le "
46987 "comportement par défaut), et la carte de GID peut être écrite par des "
46988 "processus normaux quand *setgroups*(2) est désactivé de façon permanente "
46989 "(avec *deny*)."
46990
46991 #. type: Labeled list
46992 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:126
46993 #, no-wrap
46994 msgid "*-R*, **--root=**__dir__"
46995 msgstr "*-R*, **--root=**__répertoire__"
46996
46997 #. type: Plain text
46998 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:128
46999 msgid "run the command with root directory set to _dir_."
47000 msgstr "Exécuter la commande avec le répertoire racine défini à _répertoire_."
47001
47002 #. type: Labeled list
47003 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:129
47004 #, no-wrap
47005 msgid "*-w*, **--wd=**__dir__"
47006 msgstr "*-w*, **--wd=**__répertoire__"
47007
47008 #. type: Plain text
47009 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:131
47010 msgid "change working directory to _dir_."
47011 msgstr "Changer le répertoire de travail à _répertoire_."
47012
47013 #. type: Plain text
47014 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:134
47015 msgid "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace."
47016 msgstr ""
47017 "Définir l’identifiant d’utilisateur qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms "
47018 "saisi."
47019
47020 #. type: Plain text
47021 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:137
47022 msgid ""
47023 "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
47024 "supplementary groups."
47025 msgstr ""
47026 "Définir l’identifiant de groupe qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms saisi "
47027 "et abandonner les autres groupes."
47028
47029 #. type: Labeled list
47030 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:138
47031 #, no-wrap
47032 msgid "*--monotonic* _offset_"
47033 msgstr "*--monotonic* _décalage_"
47034
47035 #. type: Plain text
47036 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:140
47037 msgid ""
47038 "Set the offset of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* which will be used in the entered time "
47039 "namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
47040 msgstr ""
47041 "Régler le décalage de *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de "
47042 "noms temps saisi. Cette option nécessite de ne plus partager un espace de "
47043 "noms temps avec *--time*."
47044
47045 #. type: Labeled list
47046 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:141
47047 #, no-wrap
47048 msgid "*--boottime* _offset_"
47049 msgstr "*--boottime* _décalage_"
47050
47051 #. type: Plain text
47052 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:143
47053 msgid ""
47054 "Set the offset of *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which will be used in the entered time "
47055 "namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
47056 msgstr ""
47057 "Régler le décalage de *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de "
47058 "noms temps saisi. Cette option nécessite de ne plus partager un espace de "
47059 "noms temps avec *--time*."
47060
47061 #. type: Plain text
47062 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:149
47063 #, fuzzy
47064 #| msgid ""
47065 #| "The proc and sysfs filesystems mounting as root in a user namespace have "
47066 #| "to be restricted so that a less privileged user can not get more access "
47067 #| "to sensitive files that a more privileged user made unavailable. In short "
47068 #| "the rule for proc and sysfs is as close to a bind mount as possible."
47069 msgid ""
47070 "The proc and sysfs filesystems mounting as root in a user namespace have to "
47071 "be restricted so that a less privileged user cannot get more access to "
47072 "sensitive files that a more privileged user made unavailable. In short the "
47073 "rule for proc and sysfs is as close to a bind mount as possible."
47074 msgstr ""
47075 "Les systèmes de fichiers proc et sysfs montés comme racine dans un espace de "
47076 "noms utilisateur doivent être restreints de façon qu’un utilisateur moins "
47077 "privilégié ne puisse avoir davantage d’accès aux fichiers sensibles qu’un "
47078 "utilisateur plus privilégié aurait rendus indisponibles. En bref, la règle "
47079 "pour proc et sysfs est aussi près que possible d’un montage lié."
47080
47081 #. type: Plain text
47082 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:153
47083 #, fuzzy
47084 #| msgid ""
47085 #| "The following command creates a PID namespace, using *--fork* to ensure "
47086 #| "that the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the "
47087 #| "first process in the namespace) has PID 1. The *--mount-proc* option "
47088 #| "ensures that a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and "
47089 #| "that a new *proc*(5) filesystem is mounted that contains information "
47090 #| "corresponding to the new PID namespace. When the *readlink* command "
47091 #| "terminates, the new namespaces are automatically torn down."
47092 msgid ""
47093 "The following command creates a PID namespace, using *--fork* to ensure that "
47094 "the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the first "
47095 "process in the namespace) has PID 1. The *--mount-proc* option ensures that "
47096 "a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and that a new "
47097 "*proc*(5) filesystem is mounted that contains information corresponding to "
47098 "the new PID namespace. When the *readlink*(1) command terminates, the new "
47099 "namespaces are automatically torn down."
47100 msgstr ""
47101 "La commande suivante crée un espace de noms PID, en utilisant *--fork* pour "
47102 "garantir que l’exécution de la commande est réalisée dans un processus "
47103 "enfant qui (étant le premier processus dans l’espace de noms) a le PID 1. "
47104 "L’option *--mount-proc* assure que le nouvel espace de noms montage est "
47105 "aussi créé simultanément et qu’un nouveau système de fichiers *proc*(5) est "
47106 "monté contenant une information correspondant au nouvel espace de noms PID. "
47107 "Quand la commande *readlink* se termine, les nouveaux espaces de noms sont "
47108 "automatiquement détruits."
47109
47110 #. type: delimited block .
47111 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:157
47112 #, no-wrap
47113 msgid ""
47114 "# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self\n"
47115 "1\n"
47116 msgstr ""
47117 "# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self\n"
47118 "1\n"
47119
47120 #. type: Plain text
47121 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:160
47122 msgid ""
47123 "As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user's "
47124 "credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
47125 msgstr ""
47126 "En tant qu’utilisateur ordinaire, créer un nouvel espace de noms où les "
47127 "accréditations sont mappées à l’ID racine à l’intérieur de l’espace de noms :"
47128
47129 #. type: delimited block .
47130 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:170
47131 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
47132 #| msgid ""
47133 #| "$ id -u; id -g\n"
47134 #| "1000\n"
47135 #| "1000\n"
47136 #| "$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\\n"
47137 #| "        sh -c ''whoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map''\n"
47138 #| "root\n"
47139 #| "         0       1000          1\n"
47140 #| "         0       1000          1\n"
47141 msgid ""
47142 "$ id -u; id -g\n"
47143 "1000\n"
47144 "1000\n"
47145 "$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\\n"
47146 "        sh -c 'whoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map'\n"
47147 "root\n"
47148 "         0       1000          1\n"
47149 "         0       1000          1\n"
47150 msgstr ""
47151 "$ id -u; id -g\n"
47152 "1000\n"
47153 "1000\n"
47154 "$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\\n"
47155 "        sh -c ''whoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map''\n"
47156 "root\n"
47157 "         0       1000          1\n"
47158 "         0       1000          1\n"
47159
47160 #. type: Plain text
47161 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:173
47162 msgid ""
47163 "As an unprivileged user, create a user namespace where the first 65536 IDs "
47164 "are all mapped, and the user's credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside "
47165 "the namespace. The map is determined by the subordinate IDs assigned in "
47166 "*subuid*(5) and *subgid*(5). Demonstrate this mapping by creating a file "
47167 "with user ID 1 and group ID 1. For brevity, only the user ID mappings are "
47168 "shown:"
47169 msgstr ""
47170
47171 #. type: delimited block .
47172 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:191
47173 #, no-wrap
47174 msgid ""
47175 "$ id -u\n"
47176 "1000\n"
47177 "$ cat /etc/subuid\n"
47178 "1000:100000:65536\n"
47179 "$ unshare --user --map-auto --map-root-user\n"
47180 "# id -u\n"
47181 "0\n"
47182 "# cat /proc/self/uid_map\n"
47183 "         0       1000          1\n"
47184 "         1     100000      65535\n"
47185 "# touch file; chown 1:1 file\n"
47186 "# ls -ln --time-style=+ file\n"
47187 "-rw-r--r-- 1 1 1 0  file\n"
47188 "# exit\n"
47189 "$ ls -ln --time-style=+ file\n"
47190 "-rw-r--r-- 1 100000 100000 0  file\n"
47191 msgstr ""
47192
47193 #. type: Plain text
47194 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:194
47195 msgid ""
47196 "The first of the following commands creates a new persistent UTS namespace "
47197 "and modifies the hostname as seen in that namespace. The namespace is then "
47198 "entered with *nsenter*(1) in order to display the modified hostname; this "
47199 "step demonstrates that the UTS namespace continues to exist even though the "
47200 "namespace had no member processes after the *unshare* command terminated. "
47201 "The namespace is then destroyed by removing the bind mount."
47202 msgstr ""
47203 "La première des commandes suivantes crée un nouvel espace de noms UTS "
47204 "persistant et modifie le nom d’hôte tel que vu dans cet espace de noms. "
47205 "L’espace de noms est alors saisi avec *nsenter*(1) dans le but d’afficher le "
47206 "nom d’hôte modifié. Cette étape montre que l’espace de noms UTS continue "
47207 "d’exister même si l’espace de noms n’a pas de processus membre après que la "
47208 "commande *unshare* ait terminé. L’espace de noms est alors détruit en "
47209 "retirant le montage lié."
47210
47211 #. type: delimited block .
47212 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:201
47213 #, no-wrap
47214 msgid ""
47215 "# touch /root/uts-ns\n"
47216 "# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname FOO\n"
47217 "# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname\n"
47218 "FOO\n"
47219 "# umount /root/uts-ns\n"
47220 msgstr ""
47221 "# touch /root/uts-ns\n"
47222 "# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname TOTO\n"
47223 "# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname\n"
47224 "TOTO\n"
47225 "# umount /root/uts-ns\n"
47226
47227 #. type: Plain text
47228 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:204
47229 msgid ""
47230 "The following commands establish a persistent mount namespace referenced by "
47231 "the bind mount _/root/namespaces/mnt_. In order to ensure that the creation "
47232 "of that bind mount succeeds, the parent directory (_/root/namespaces_) is "
47233 "made a bind mount whose propagation type is not *shared*."
47234 msgstr ""
47235 "Les commandes suivantes établissent un espace de noms montage permanent "
47236 "référencé par le montage lié _/root/namespaces/mnt_. Dans le but d’assurer "
47237 "que la création de ce montage lié soit une réussite, le répertoire parent (_/"
47238 "root/namespaces_) est transformé en montage lié dont le type de propagation "
47239 "n’est pas *shared*."
47240
47241 #. type: delimited block .
47242 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:210
47243 #, no-wrap
47244 msgid ""
47245 "# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces\n"
47246 "# mount --make-private /root/namespaces\n"
47247 "# touch /root/namespaces/mnt\n"
47248 "# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt\n"
47249 msgstr ""
47250 "# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces\n"
47251 "# mount --make-private /root/namespaces\n"
47252 "# touch /root/namespaces/mnt\n"
47253 "# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt\n"
47254
47255 #. type: Plain text
47256 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:213
47257 msgid ""
47258 "The following commands demonstrate the use of the *--kill-child* option when "
47259 "creating a PID namespace, in order to ensure that when *unshare* is killed, "
47260 "all of the processes within the PID namespace are killed."
47261 msgstr ""
47262 "Les commandes suivantes montrent l’utilisation de l’option *--kill-child* "
47263 "lors de la création d’espace de noms PID, dans le but d’assurer que lorsque "
47264 "*unshare* est tué, tous les autres processus dans l’espace de noms PID "
47265 "soient tués."
47266
47267 #. type: delimited block .
47268 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:216
47269 #, no-wrap
47270 msgid "# set +m                # Don't print job status messages\n"
47271 msgstr ""
47272
47273 #. type: delimited block .
47274 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:224
47275 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
47276 #| msgid ""
47277 #| "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\e>\n"
47278 #| "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
47279 #| "[1] 53479\n"
47280 #| "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
47281 #| "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
47282 #| "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
47283 #| "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
47284 msgid ""
47285 "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\\n"
47286 "       bash --norc -c '(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999' &\n"
47287 "[1] 53456\n"
47288 "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
47289 "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
47290 "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
47291 "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
47292 msgstr ""
47293 "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\e>\n"
47294 "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
47295 "[1] 53479\n"
47296 "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
47297 "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
47298 "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
47299 "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
47300
47301 #. type: delimited block .
47302 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:229
47303 #, no-wrap
47304 msgid ""
47305 "# ps h -o 'comm' $!     # Show that background job is unshare(1)\n"
47306 "unshare\n"
47307 "# kill $!               # Kill unshare(1)\n"
47308 "# pidof sleep\n"
47309 msgstr ""
47310 "# ps h -o 'comm' $!     # Montrer que le dorsal de travail est unshare(1)\n"
47311 "unshare\n"
47312 "# kill $!               # Tuer unshare(1)\n"
47313 "# pidof sleep\n"
47314
47315 #. type: Plain text
47316 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:232
47317 msgid ""
47318 "The *pidof*(1) command prints no output, because the *sleep* processes have "
47319 "been killed. More precisely, when the *sleep* process that has PID 1 in the "
47320 "namespace (i.e., the namespace's init process) was killed, this caused all "
47321 "other processes in the namespace to be killed. By contrast, a similar series "
47322 "of commands where the *--kill-child* option is not used shows that when "
47323 "*unshare* terminates, the processes in the PID namespace are not killed:"
47324 msgstr ""
47325 "La commande *pidof*(1) n’affiche rien car le processus *sleep* a été tué. "
47326 "Plus précisément, quand le processus *sleep* ayant le PID 1 dans l’espace de "
47327 "noms (c'est-à-dire, le processus init de l’espace de noms) a été tué, cela a "
47328 "entrainé que tous les autres processus soient tués. En revanche, une série "
47329 "de commandes similaires où l’option *--kill-child* n’est pas utilisée montre "
47330 "que quand *unshare* se termine, les processus dans l’espace de noms PID ne "
47331 "sont pas tués :"
47332
47333 #. type: delimited block .
47334 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:241
47335 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
47336 #| msgid ""
47337 #| "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\e>\n"
47338 #| "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
47339 #| "[1] 53479\n"
47340 #| "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
47341 #| "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
47342 #| "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
47343 #| "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
47344 msgid ""
47345 "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\\n"
47346 "       bash --norc -c '(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999' &\n"
47347 "[1] 53479\n"
47348 "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
47349 "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
47350 "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
47351 "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
47352 msgstr ""
47353 "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\e>\n"
47354 "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
47355 "[1] 53479\n"
47356 "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
47357 "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
47358 "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
47359 "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
47360
47361 #. type: delimited block .
47362 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:245
47363 #, no-wrap
47364 msgid ""
47365 "# kill $!\n"
47366 "# pidof sleep\n"
47367 "53482 53480\n"
47368 msgstr ""
47369 "# kill $!\n"
47370 "# pidof sleep\n"
47371 "53482 53480\n"
47372
47373 #. type: Plain text
47374 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:248
47375 msgid ""
47376 "The following example demonstrates the creation of a time namespace where "
47377 "the boottime clock is set to a point several years in the past:"
47378 msgstr ""
47379 "L’exemple suivant montre la création d’un espace de noms temps où l’horloge "
47380 "« boottime » est réglée à un point plusieurs années en arrière :"
47381
47382 #. type: delimited block .
47383 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:254
47384 #, no-wrap
47385 msgid ""
47386 "# uptime -p             # Show uptime in initial time namespace\n"
47387 "up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
47388 "# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p\n"
47389 "up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"
47390 msgstr ""
47391 "# uptime -p             # Afficher le temps de fonctionnement\n"
47392 "                        # dans l’espace de noms temps initial\n"
47393 "up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
47394 "# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p\n"
47395 "up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"
47396
47397 #. type: Plain text
47398 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:260
47399 msgid ""
47400 "mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat."
47401 "com[Karel Zak]"
47402 msgstr ""
47403 "mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat."
47404 "com[Karel Zak]"
47405
47406 #. type: Plain text
47407 #: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:269
47408 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
47409 #| msgid ""
47410 #| "*clone*(2),\n"
47411 #| "*unshare*(2),\n"
47412 #| "*namespaces*(7),\n"
47413 #| "*mount*(8)\n"
47414 msgid ""
47415 "*newuidmap*(1),\n"
47416 "*newgidmap*(1),\n"
47417 "*clone*(2),\n"
47418 "*unshare*(2),\n"
47419 "*namespaces*(7),\n"
47420 "*mount*(8)\n"
47421 msgstr ""
47422 "*clone*(2),\n"
47423 "*unshare*(2),\n"
47424 "*namespaces*(7),\n"
47425 "*mount*(8)\n"
47426
47427 #. type: Title =
47428 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:2
47429 #, no-wrap
47430 msgid "wdctl(8)"
47431 msgstr "wdctl(8)"
47432
47433 #. type: Plain text
47434 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:12
47435 msgid "wdctl - show hardware watchdog status"
47436 msgstr "wdctl - Montrer l’état du watchdog matériel"
47437
47438 #. type: Plain text
47439 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:16
47440 #, no-wrap
47441 msgid "*wdctl* [options] [_device_...]\n"
47442 msgstr "*wdctl* [options] [_périphérique_...]\n"
47443
47444 #. type: Plain text
47445 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:20
47446 msgid ""
47447 "Show hardware watchdog status. The default device is _/dev/watchdog_. If "
47448 "more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one blank "
47449 "line."
47450 msgstr ""
47451 "Montrer l’état du watchdog matériel. Le périphérique par défaut est _/dev/"
47452 "watchdog_. Si plus d’un _périphérique_ est indiqué, alors la sortie est "
47453 "séparée par une ligne vide."
47454
47455 #. type: Plain text
47456 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:22
47457 msgid ""
47458 "If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the "
47459 "device, then *wdctl* reads data from sysfs. In this case information about "
47460 "supported features (flags) might be missing."
47461 msgstr ""
47462 "Si le périphérique est déjà utilisé ou si l’utilisateur n’a pas la "
47463 "permission de lire dans ce périphérique, alors *wdctl* lit les données de "
47464 "sysfs. Dans ce cas, les informations sur les fonctionnalités (attributs) "
47465 "prises en charge peuvent être absentes."
47466
47467 #. type: Plain text
47468 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:24
47469 msgid ""
47470 "Note that the number of supported watchdog features is hardware specific."
47471 msgstr ""
47472 "Remarquez que le nombre de fonctionnalités watchdog prises en charge est "
47473 "spécifique au matériel."
47474
47475 #. type: Labeled list
47476 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:27
47477 #, no-wrap
47478 msgid "*-f*, *--flags* _list_"
47479 msgstr "*-f*, *--flags* _liste_"
47480
47481 #. type: Plain text
47482 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:29
47483 msgid "Print only the specified flags."
47484 msgstr "N’afficher que les attributs indiqués."
47485
47486 #. type: Labeled list
47487 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:30
47488 #, no-wrap
47489 msgid "*-F*, *--noflags*"
47490 msgstr "*-F*, *--noflags*"
47491
47492 #. type: Plain text
47493 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:32
47494 msgid "Do not print information about flags."
47495 msgstr "Ne pas afficher de renseignements sur les attributs."
47496
47497 #. type: Labeled list
47498 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:33
47499 #, no-wrap
47500 msgid "*-I*, *--noident*"
47501 msgstr "*-I*, *--noident*"
47502
47503 #. type: Plain text
47504 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:35
47505 msgid "Do not print watchdog identity information."
47506 msgstr "Ne pas afficher les renseignements d’identité du watchdog."
47507
47508 #. type: Plain text
47509 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:38
47510 msgid "Do not print a header line for flags table."
47511 msgstr "Ne pas afficher de ligne d'en-tête pour le tableau d’attributs."
47512
47513 #. type: Plain text
47514 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:41
47515 msgid ""
47516 "Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags. If no output "
47517 "arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get "
47518 "list of all supported columns."
47519 msgstr ""
47520 "Définir les colonnes à utiliser dans le tableau d’attributs du watchdog. Si "
47521 "aucune disposition de sortie n'est indiquée, un ensemble par défaut est "
47522 "utilisé. Utilisez *--help* pour obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes "
47523 "gérées."
47524
47525 #. type: Labeled list
47526 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:42
47527 #, no-wrap
47528 msgid "*-O*, *--oneline*"
47529 msgstr "*-O*, *--oneline*"
47530
47531 #. type: Plain text
47532 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:44
47533 msgid ""
47534 "Print all wanted information on one line in key=\"value\" output format."
47535 msgstr ""
47536 "Afficher tous les renseignements voulus sur une ligne au format de sortie "
47537 "clef=\"valeur\"."
47538
47539 #. type: Labeled list
47540 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:45
47541 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
47542 #| msgid "*-s*, *-settimeout* _seconds_"
47543 msgid "*-p*, *--setpretimeout* _seconds_"
47544 msgstr "*-s*, *-settimeout* _secondes_"
47545
47546 #. type: Plain text
47547 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:50
47548 msgid ""
47549 "Set the watchdog pre-timeout in seconds. A watchdog pre-timeout is a "
47550 "notification generated by the watchdog before the watchdog reset might occur "
47551 "in the event the watchdog has not been serviced. This notification is "
47552 "handled by the kernel and can be configured to take an action using sysfs or "
47553 "by **--setpregovernor**."
47554 msgstr ""
47555
47556 #. type: Labeled list
47557 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:51
47558 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
47559 #| msgid "*-n*, *--server* _server_"
47560 msgid "*-g*, *--setpregovernor* _governor_"
47561 msgstr "*-n*, *--server* _serveur_"
47562
47563 #. type: Plain text
47564 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:53
47565 msgid ""
47566 "Set pre-timeout governor name. For available governors see default **wdctl** "
47567 "output."
47568 msgstr ""
47569
47570 #. type: Labeled list
47571 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:57
47572 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
47573 #| msgid "*-s*, *-settimeout* _seconds_"
47574 msgid "*-s*, *--settimeout* _seconds_"
47575 msgstr "*-s*, *-settimeout* _secondes_"
47576
47577 #. type: Plain text
47578 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:59
47579 msgid "Set the watchdog timeout in seconds."
47580 msgstr "Définir l'expiration du watchdog en seconde."
47581
47582 #. type: Labeled list
47583 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:60
47584 #, no-wrap
47585 msgid "*-T*, *--notimeouts*"
47586 msgstr "*-T*, *--notimeouts*"
47587
47588 #. type: Plain text
47589 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:62
47590 msgid "Do not print watchdog timeouts."
47591 msgstr "Ne pas afficher les expirations du watchdog."
47592
47593 #. type: Labeled list
47594 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:63
47595 #, no-wrap
47596 msgid "*-x*, *--flags-only*"
47597 msgstr "*-x*, *--flags-only*"
47598
47599 #. type: Plain text
47600 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:65
47601 msgid "Same as *-I -T*."
47602 msgstr "Identique à *-I -T*."
47603
47604 #. type: Plain text
47605 #: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:72
47606 msgid ""
47607 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart "
47608 "Poettering]"
47609 msgstr ""
47610 "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart "
47611 "Poettering]"
47612
47613 #. type: Title =
47614 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:2
47615 #, no-wrap
47616 msgid "zramctl(8)"
47617 msgstr "zramctl(8)"
47618
47619 #. type: Plain text
47620 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:12
47621 #, fuzzy
47622 #| msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices"
47623 msgid "zramctl - set up and control zram devices"
47624 msgstr "losetup - Mettre en place et contrôler des périphériques boucle"
47625
47626 #. type: Labeled list
47627 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:15
47628 #, no-wrap
47629 msgid "Get info: "
47630 msgstr "Obtenir des informations : "
47631
47632 #. type: Plain text
47633 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:18
47634 #, no-wrap
47635 msgid "*zramctl* [options]\n"
47636 msgstr "*zramctl* [options]\n"
47637
47638 #. type: Labeled list
47639 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:19
47640 #, no-wrap
47641 msgid "Reset zram: "
47642 msgstr ""
47643
47644 #. type: Plain text
47645 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:22
47646 #, no-wrap
47647 msgid "*zramctl* *-r* _zramdev_...\n"
47648 msgstr ""
47649
47650 #. type: Labeled list
47651 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:23
47652 #, no-wrap
47653 msgid "Print name of first unused zram device: "
47654 msgstr ""
47655
47656 #. type: Plain text
47657 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:26
47658 #, no-wrap
47659 msgid "*zramctl* *-f*\n"
47660 msgstr "*zramctl* *-f*\n"
47661
47662 #. type: Labeled list
47663 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:27
47664 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
47665 #| msgid "Set up a loop device:"
47666 msgid "Set up a zram device: "
47667 msgstr "Mettre en place un périphérique boucle :"
47668
47669 #. type: Plain text
47670 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:30
47671 #, no-wrap
47672 msgid "*zramctl* [*-f* | _zramdev_] [*-s* _size_] [*-t* _number_] [*-a* _algorithm_]\n"
47673 msgstr ""
47674
47675 #. type: Plain text
47676 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:34
47677 #, no-wrap
47678 msgid "*zramctl* is used to quickly set up zram device parameters, to reset zram devices, and to query the status of used zram devices.\n"
47679 msgstr ""
47680
47681 #. type: Plain text
47682 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:36
47683 msgid "If no option is given, all non-zero size zram devices are shown."
47684 msgstr ""
47685
47686 #. type: Plain text
47687 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:38
47688 msgid ""
47689 "Note that _zramdev_ node specified on command line has to already exist. The "
47690 "command *zramctl* creates a new _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes only when *--find* "
47691 "option specified. It's possible (and common) that after system boot _/dev/"
47692 "zram<N>_ nodes are not created yet."
47693 msgstr ""
47694
47695 #. type: Labeled list
47696 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:41
47697 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
47698 #| msgid "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|**842**|**zstd**"
47699 msgid "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|**842**|**zstd**"
47700 msgstr "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|**842**|**zstd**"
47701
47702 #. type: Plain text
47703 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:43
47704 msgid ""
47705 "Set the compression algorithm to be used for compressing data in the zram "
47706 "device."
47707 msgstr ""
47708
47709 #. type: Plain text
47710 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:45
47711 msgid ""
47712 "The *list of supported algorithms could be inaccurate* as it depends on the "
47713 "current kernel configuration. A basic overview can be obtained by using the "
47714 "command \"cat /sys/block/zram0/comp_algorithm\"; however, please note that "
47715 "this list might also be incomplete. This is due to the fact that ZRAM "
47716 "utilizes the Crypto API, and if certain algorithms were built as modules, it "
47717 "becomes impossible to enumerate all of them."
47718 msgstr ""
47719
47720 #. type: Labeled list
47721 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:46
47722 #, no-wrap
47723 msgid "*-f*, *--find*"
47724 msgstr "*-f*, *--find*"
47725
47726 #. type: Plain text
47727 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:48
47728 #, fuzzy
47729 #| msgid ""
47730 #| "Find the first unused loop device.  If a I<file> argument is present, use "
47731 #| "the found device as loop device.  Otherwise, just print its name."
47732 msgid ""
47733 "Find the first unused zram device. If a *--size* argument is present, then "
47734 "initialize the device."
47735 msgstr ""
47736 "Déterminer le premier périphérique boucle non utilisé. Si un argument "
47737 "I<fichier> est fourni, utiliser le périphérique trouvé comme un périphérique "
47738 "boucle, sinon, afficher son nom."
47739
47740 #. type: Plain text
47741 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:54
47742 #, fuzzy
47743 #| msgid ""
47744 #| "Define the output columns to use.  If no output arrangement is specified, "
47745 #| "then a default set is used.  Use B<--help> to get a list of all supported "
47746 #| "columns."
47747 msgid ""
47748 "Define the status output columns to be used. If no output arrangement is "
47749 "specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
47750 "supported columns."
47751 msgstr ""
47752 "Définir les colonnes à afficher. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est "
47753 "indiquée, un ensemble par défaut est utilisé. Utilisez B<--help> pour "
47754 "obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes gérées."
47755
47756 #. type: Plain text
47757 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:60
47758 #, fuzzy
47759 #| msgid "Use JSON format for B<--list> output."
47760 msgid "Use the raw format for status output."
47761 msgstr "Utiliser le format JSON pour l'affichage B<--list>."
47762
47763 #. type: Plain text
47764 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:63
47765 msgid ""
47766 "Reset the options of the specified zram device(s). Zram device settings can "
47767 "be changed only after a reset."
47768 msgstr ""
47769
47770 #. type: Labeled list
47771 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:64
47772 #, no-wrap
47773 msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_"
47774 msgstr "*-s*, *--size* _taille_"
47775
47776 #. type: Plain text
47777 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:66
47778 msgid ""
47779 "Create a zram device of the specified _size_. Zram devices are aligned to "
47780 "memory pages; when the requested _size_ is not a multiple of the page size, "
47781 "it will be rounded up to the next multiple. When not otherwise specified, "
47782 "the unit of the _size_ parameter is bytes."
47783 msgstr ""
47784
47785 #. type: Plain text
47786 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:68
47787 #, fuzzy
47788 #| msgid ""
47789 #| "Below, the I<size> argument may be followed by the multiplicative "
47790 #| "suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
47791 #| "ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
47792 #| "\"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, "
47793 #| "TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
47794 msgid ""
47795 "The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
47796 "(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
47797 "(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the "
47798 "suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and "
47799 "YB."
47800 msgstr ""
47801 "L’argument _taille_ ci-dessous peut être suivi des suffixes multiplicatifs "
47802 "KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiO, TiO, PiO, EiO, ZiO et YiO (la "
47803 "partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB ») ou "
47804 "des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GO, TO, PO, EO, ZO et YO."
47805
47806 #. type: Labeled list
47807 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:69
47808 #, no-wrap
47809 msgid "*-t*, *--streams* _number_"
47810 msgstr "*-t*, *--streams* _nombre_"
47811
47812 #. type: Plain text
47813 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:71
47814 msgid ""
47815 "Set the maximum number of compression streams that can be used for the "
47816 "device. The default is use all CPUs and one stream for kernels older than "
47817 "4.6."
47818 msgstr ""
47819
47820 #. type: Plain text
47821 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:77
47822 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
47823 #| msgid "B<switch_root> returns 0 on success and 1 on failure."
47824 msgid "*zramctl* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure.\n"
47825 msgstr "B<switch_root> renvoie B<0> en cas de réussite et B<1> en cas d'échec."
47826
47827 #. type: Labeled list
47828 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:80
47829 #, no-wrap
47830 msgid "_/dev/zram[0..N]_"
47831 msgstr "_/dev/zram[0..N]_"
47832
47833 #. type: Plain text
47834 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:82
47835 #, fuzzy
47836 #| msgid "loop block devices"
47837 msgid "zram block devices"
47838 msgstr "Périphériques bloc boucle."
47839
47840 #. type: Plain text
47841 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:86
47842 #, fuzzy
47843 #| msgid ""
47844 #| "The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
47845 msgid ""
47846 "The following commands set up a zram device with a size of one gigabyte and "
47847 "use it as swap device."
47848 msgstr ""
47849 "Les commandes suivantes sont des exemples d'utilisation du périphérique "
47850 "boucle :"
47851
47852 #. type: delimited block .
47853 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:95
47854 #, no-wrap
47855 msgid ""
47856 " # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n"
47857 " /dev/zram0\n"
47858 " # mkswap /dev/zram0\n"
47859 " # swapon /dev/zram0\n"
47860 " ...\n"
47861 " # swapoff /dev/zram0\n"
47862 " # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n"
47863 msgstr ""
47864 " # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n"
47865 " /dev/zram0\n"
47866 " # mkswap /dev/zram0\n"
47867 " # swapon /dev/zram0\n"
47868 " ...\n"
47869 " # swapoff /dev/zram0\n"
47870 " # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n"
47871
47872 #. type: Plain text
47873 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:101
47874 msgid ""
47875 "mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
47876 "Zak]"
47877 msgstr ""
47878 "mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
47879 "Zak]"
47880
47881 #. type: Plain text
47882 #: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:105
47883 #, fuzzy
47884 #| msgid ""
47885 #| "link:http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/"
47886 #| "Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst[Linux kernel documentation]"
47887 msgid ""
47888 "link:https://docs.kernel.org/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.html[Linux kernel "
47889 "documentation]"
47890 msgstr ""
47891 "link:http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/"
47892 "Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst[Documentation du noyau Linux]"
47893
47894 #. type: Title =
47895 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:2
47896 #, no-wrap
47897 msgid "agetty(8)"
47898 msgstr "agetty(8)"
47899
47900 #. type: Plain text
47901 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:12
47902 msgid "agetty - alternative Linux getty"
47903 msgstr "agetty - getty alternatif pour Linux"
47904
47905 #. type: Plain text
47906 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:16
47907 #, no-wrap
47908 msgid "*agetty* [options] _port_ [_baud_rate_...] [_term_]\n"
47909 msgstr "*agetty* [options] _port_ [_taux_baud_...] [_term_]\n"
47910
47911 #. type: Plain text
47912 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:20
47913 #, no-wrap
47914 msgid "*agetty* opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/login command. It is normally invoked by *init*(8).\n"
47915 msgstr "*agetty* ouvre un port de terminal, demande un nom d'utilisateur, puis appelle la commande _/bin/login_. Il est normalement appelé par *init*(8).\n"
47916
47917 #. type: Plain text
47918 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:22
47919 #, no-wrap
47920 msgid "*agetty* has several _non-standard_ features that are useful for hardwired and for dial-in lines:\n"
47921 msgstr "*agetty* a plusieurs fonctionnalités _non normalisées_ qui sont utiles pour les lignes série et modem:\n"
47922
47923 #. type: Plain text
47924 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:24
47925 msgid ""
47926 "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and "
47927 "uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-"
47928 "bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters "
47929 "with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: Control-U "
47930 "(kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of "
47931 "line). See also the *--erase-chars* and *--kill-chars* options."
47932 msgstr ""
47933 "Adapter la configuration du terminal aux bits de parité et aux caractères "
47934 "supprimer, tuer, fin de ligne et majuscules lors de la lecture de "
47935 "l'identifiant de connexion. Le programme peut gérer les caractères 7 bits "
47936 "avec une parité paire, impaire, aucune ou parité 0 et les caractères 8 bits "
47937 "sans parité. Les caractères spéciaux suivants sont reconnus : « Ctrl-"
47938 "U » (tuer) ; suppression et espace arrière (supprimer) ; retour chariot et "
47939 "changement de ligne (fin de ligne). Consultez également les options *--erase-"
47940 "chars* et *--kill-chars*."
47941
47942 #. type: Plain text
47943 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:25
47944 msgid ""
47945 "Optionally deduces the baud rate from the CONNECT messages produced by "
47946 "Hayes(tm)-compatible modems."
47947 msgstr ""
47948 "Option pour trouver la vitesse en baud des messages CONNECT produits par les "
47949 "modems Hayes™ ou compatibles."
47950
47951 #. type: Plain text
47952 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:26
47953 msgid ""
47954 "Optionally does not hang up when it is given an already opened line (useful "
47955 "for call-back applications)."
47956 msgstr ""
47957 "Option pour ne pas raccrocher quand il y a déjà une ligne ouverte (utile "
47958 "pour les applications avec rappel)."
47959
47960 #. type: Plain text
47961 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:27
47962 msgid "Optionally does not display the contents of the _/etc/issue_ file."
47963 msgstr "Option pour ne pas afficher le contenu du fichier _/etc/issue_."
47964
47965 #. type: Plain text
47966 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:28
47967 msgid ""
47968 "Optionally displays an alternative issue files or directories instead of _/"
47969 "etc/issue_ or _/etc/issue.d_."
47970 msgstr ""
47971 "Option pour afficher un autre fichier ou répertoire _issue_ à la place de _/"
47972 "etc/issue_ ou _/etc/issue.d_."
47973
47974 #. type: Plain text
47975 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:29
47976 msgid "Optionally does not ask for a login name."
47977 msgstr "Option pour ne pas demander de nom d'utilisateur."
47978
47979 #. type: Plain text
47980 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:30
47981 msgid ""
47982 "Optionally invokes a non-standard login program instead of _/bin/login_."
47983 msgstr ""
47984 "Option pour appeler un programme de connexion non standard au lieu de _/bin/"
47985 "login_."
47986
47987 #. type: Plain text
47988 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:31
47989 msgid "Optionally turns on hardware flow control."
47990 msgstr "Option pour activer le contrôle matériel de flux."
47991
47992 #. type: Plain text
47993 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:32
47994 msgid "Optionally forces the line to be local with no need for carrier detect."
47995 msgstr ""
47996 "Option pour forcer la ligne à être locale sans nécessité de détection de "
47997 "porteuse."
47998
47999 #. type: Plain text
48000 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:34
48001 msgid ""
48002 "This program does not use the _/etc/gettydefs_ (System V) or _/etc/gettytab_ "
48003 "(SunOS 4) files."
48004 msgstr ""
48005 "Ce programme n'utilise pas les fichiers _/etc/gettydefs_ (Système V) ou _/"
48006 "etc/gettytab_ (SunOS 4)."
48007
48008 #. type: Labeled list
48009 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:37
48010 #, no-wrap
48011 msgid "_port_"
48012 msgstr "_port_"
48013
48014 #. type: Plain text
48015 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:39
48016 msgid ""
48017 "A path name relative to the _/dev_ directory. If a \"-\" is specified, "
48018 "*agetty* assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty port "
48019 "and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
48020 msgstr ""
48021 "Un nom de chemin relatif au répertoire _/dev_. Si un « *-* » est utilisé, "
48022 "*agetty* suppose que son entrée standard est déjà connectée à un port de "
48023 "terminal et que la connexion à un utilisateur distant est déjà établie."
48024
48025 #. type: Plain text
48026 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:41
48027 msgid "Under System V, a \"-\" _port_ argument should be preceded by a \"--\"."
48028 msgstr ""
48029 "Sous Système V, un paramètre *port* avec la valeur « *-* » doit être précédé "
48030 "de « *--* »."
48031
48032 #. type: Labeled list
48033 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:42
48034 #, no-wrap
48035 msgid "_baud_rate_,..."
48036 msgstr "_taux_baud_,..."
48037
48038 #. type: Plain text
48039 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:44
48040 msgid ""
48041 "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time *agetty* "
48042 "receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated as "
48043 "if it were circular."
48044 msgstr ""
48045 "Une liste de vitesses en baud séparées par des virgules. Chaque fois que "
48046 "*agetty* reçoit un caractère BREAK, il avance dans la liste qui sera "
48047 "considérée comme une liste circulaire."
48048
48049 #. type: Plain text
48050 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:46
48051 msgid ""
48052 "Baud rates should be specified in descending order, so that the null "
48053 "character (Ctrl-@) can also be used for baud-rate switching."
48054 msgstr ""
48055 "Les vitesses devraient être indiquées en ordre décroissant, de telle sorte "
48056 "que l’octet NULL final (Ctrl-@) puisse être utilisé pour changer de vitesse."
48057
48058 #. type: Plain text
48059 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:48
48060 msgid "This argument is optional and unnecessary for *virtual terminals*."
48061 msgstr "Cet argument est facultatif et inutile pour les *terminaux virtuels*."
48062
48063 #. type: Plain text
48064 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:50
48065 msgid ""
48066 "The default for *serial terminals* is keep the current baud rate (see *--"
48067 "keep-baud*) and if unsuccessful then default to '9600'."
48068 msgstr ""
48069 "La valeur par défaut pour les *terminaux série* est de conserver la vitesse "
48070 "actuelle (consultez *--keep-baud*) et en cas d’insuccès, la valeur par "
48071 "défaut « 9600 »."
48072
48073 #. type: Labeled list
48074 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:51
48075 #, no-wrap
48076 msgid "_term_"
48077 msgstr "_term_"
48078
48079 #. type: Plain text
48080 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:53
48081 msgid ""
48082 "The value to be used for the *TERM* environment variable. This overrides "
48083 "whatever *init*(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
48084 msgstr ""
48085 "La valeur à utiliser pour la variable d'environnement *TERM*. Cela surcharge "
48086 "toute valeur positionnée par *init*(1) et est héritée par la connexion et "
48087 "l'interpréteur de commandes."
48088
48089 #. type: Plain text
48090 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:55
48091 msgid ""
48092 "The default is 'vt100', or 'linux' for Linux on a virtual terminal, or "
48093 "'hurd' for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
48094 msgstr ""
48095 "La valeur par défaut est « vt100 » ou « linux » pour Linux sur un terminal "
48096 "virtuel ou « hurd » pour le GNU Hurd sur un terminal virtuel."
48097
48098 #. type: Labeled list
48099 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:58
48100 #, no-wrap
48101 msgid "*-8*, *--8bits*"
48102 msgstr "*-8*, *--8bits*"
48103
48104 #. type: Plain text
48105 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:60
48106 msgid "Assume that the tty is 8-bit clean, hence disable parity detection."
48107 msgstr ""
48108 "Supposer que le terminal gère les caractères 8 bits, désactiver de ce fait "
48109 "la détection de parité."
48110
48111 #. type: Labeled list
48112 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:61
48113 #, no-wrap
48114 msgid "*-a*, *--autologin* _username_"
48115 msgstr "*-a*, *--autologin* _nom_utilisateur_"
48116
48117 #. type: Plain text
48118 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:63
48119 msgid ""
48120 "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or "
48121 "password. Using this option causes an *-f* _username_ option and argument to "
48122 "be added to the */bin/login* command line. See *--login-options*, which can "
48123 "be used to modify this option's behavior."
48124 msgstr ""
48125 "Connecter automatiquement l’utilisateur indiqué sans demander un identifiant "
48126 "ou un mot de passe. Utiliser cette option fait que l’option et l’argument *-"
48127 "f* _nom_utilisateur_ sont ajoutés à la ligne de commande de _/bin/login_. "
48128 "Consultez *--login-options* qui peut être utilisée pour modifier le "
48129 "comportement de cette option."
48130
48131 #. type: Plain text
48132 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:65
48133 msgid ""
48134 "Note that *--autologin* may affect the way in which *getty* initializes the "
48135 "serial line, because on auto-login *agetty* does not read from the line and "
48136 "it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
48137 msgstr ""
48138 "Remarquez que *--autologin* peut affecter la façon dont *agetty* initialise "
48139 "une ligne série, car lors d’une connexion automatique *agetty* ne lit pas à "
48140 "partir de la ligne et n’a aucune opportunité d’optimisation des réglages de "
48141 "la ligne."
48142
48143 #. type: Labeled list
48144 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:66
48145 #, no-wrap
48146 msgid "*-c*, *--noreset*"
48147 msgstr "*-c*, *--noreset*"
48148
48149 #. type: Plain text
48150 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:68
48151 msgid ""
48152 "Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes). See *termios*(3) for more "
48153 "details."
48154 msgstr ""
48155 "Ne pas réinitialiser les cflags du terminal (modes de contrôle). Consultez "
48156 "*termios*(3) pour plus de précisions."
48157
48158 #. type: Labeled list
48159 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:69
48160 #, no-wrap
48161 msgid "*-E*, *--remote*"
48162 msgstr "*-E*, *--remote*"
48163
48164 #. type: Plain text
48165 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:71
48166 msgid ""
48167 "Typically the *login*(1) command is given a remote hostname when called by "
48168 "something such as *telnetd*(8). This option allows *agetty* to pass what it "
48169 "is using for a hostname to *login*(1) for use in *utmp*(5). See *--host*, "
48170 "*login*(1), and *utmp*(5)."
48171 msgstr ""
48172 "Classiquement, la commande *login*(1) est fournie avec un non d’hôte distant "
48173 "lorsqu’elle est appelée par quelque chose comme *telnetd*(8). Cette option "
48174 "permet à *agetty* de passer ce qu’il utilise comme nom d’hôte à *login*(1) "
48175 "pour une utilisation dans *utmp*(5). Consultez *--host*, *login*(1) et "
48176 "*utmp*(5)."
48177
48178 #. type: Plain text
48179 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:73
48180 msgid ""
48181 "If the *--host* _fakehost_ option is given, then an *-h* _fakehost_ option "
48182 "and argument are added to the _/bin/login_ command line."
48183 msgstr ""
48184 "Si une option *--host* _hôte_factice_ est donnée, alors une option *-h* "
48185 "_hôte_factice_ est ajoutée à la ligne de commande _/bin/login_."
48186
48187 #. type: Plain text
48188 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:75
48189 msgid ""
48190 "If the *--nohostname* option is given, then an *-H* option is added to the */"
48191 "bin/login* command line."
48192 msgstr ""
48193 "Si l’option *--nohostname* est fournie, alors une option *-H* est ajoutée à "
48194 "la ligne de commande _/bin/login_."
48195
48196 #. type: Plain text
48197 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:77
48198 msgid "See *--login-options*."
48199 msgstr "Consultez *--login-options*."
48200
48201 #. type: Labeled list
48202 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:78
48203 #, no-wrap
48204 msgid "*-f*, *--issue-file* _path_"
48205 msgstr "*-f*, *--issue-file* _chemin_"
48206
48207 #. type: Plain text
48208 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:80
48209 #, fuzzy
48210 #| msgid ""
48211 #| "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
48212 #| "instead of _/etc/issue_ (or other). All specified files and directories "
48213 #| "are displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the "
48214 #| "specified path is a directory then display all files with .issue file "
48215 #| "extension in version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom "
48216 #| "messages to be displayed on different terminals. The *--noissue* option "
48217 #| "will override this option."
48218 msgid ""
48219 "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
48220 "instead of _/etc/issue_ (or other). All specified files and directories are "
48221 "displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the specified "
48222 "path is a directory then display all files with __.issue__ file extension in "
48223 "version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom messages to be "
48224 "displayed on different terminals. The *--noissue* option will override this "
48225 "option."
48226 msgstr ""
48227 "Indiquer une liste délimitée par « : » de fichiers et répertoires à afficher "
48228 "au lieu de _/etc/issue_ (ou autre). Tous les fichiers et répertoires sont "
48229 "affichés, les fichiers manquants ou vides sont ignorés silencieusement. Si "
48230 "le chemin indiqué est un répertoire, alors tous ses fichiers avec "
48231 "l’extension .issue sont affichés triés selon les versions. Cela permet "
48232 "d’afficher des messages personnalisés sur des terminaux différents. L’option "
48233 "*--noissue* écrasera cette option."
48234
48235 #. type: Labeled list
48236 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:81
48237 #, no-wrap
48238 msgid "*--show-issue*"
48239 msgstr "*--show-issue*"
48240
48241 #. type: Plain text
48242 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:83
48243 #, fuzzy
48244 #| msgid ""
48245 #| "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and "
48246 #| "exit. Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed "
48247 #| "for any other purpose. Note that output may use some default or "
48248 #| "incomplete information as proper output depends on terminal and agetty "
48249 #| "command line."
48250 msgid ""
48251 "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and exit. "
48252 "Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed for any "
48253 "other purpose. Note that output may use some default or incomplete "
48254 "information as proper output depends on terminal and *agetty* command line."
48255 msgstr ""
48256 "Afficher le fichier _issue_ en cours (ou autre) sur le terminal utilisé et "
48257 "quitter. Cette option est à utiliser pour examiner le réglage en cours, elle "
48258 "n’est pas prévue pour tout autre but. Remarquez que la sortie peut utiliser "
48259 "une information par défaut ou incomplète, car la sortie correcte dépend du "
48260 "terminal et de la ligne de commande de *agetty*."
48261
48262 #. type: Labeled list
48263 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:84
48264 #, no-wrap
48265 msgid "*-h, --flow-control*"
48266 msgstr "*-h, --flow-control*"
48267
48268 #. type: Plain text
48269 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:86
48270 msgid ""
48271 "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application to "
48272 "disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
48273 msgstr ""
48274 "Activer le contrôle matériel de flux (RTS/CTS). L'application est libre de "
48275 "désactiver le contrôle logiciel de flux (XON/XOFF) quand elle le juge "
48276 "opportun."
48277
48278 #. type: Labeled list
48279 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:87
48280 #, no-wrap
48281 msgid "*-H*, *--host* _fakehost_"
48282 msgstr "*-H*, *--host* _hôte_factice_"
48283
48284 #. type: Plain text
48285 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:89
48286 msgid ""
48287 "Write the specified _fakehost_ into the utmp file. Normally, no login host "
48288 "is given, since *agetty* is used for local hardwired connections and "
48289 "consoles. However, this option can be useful for identifying terminal "
48290 "concentrators and the like."
48291 msgstr ""
48292 "Écrire l'hôte de connexion _hôte_factice_ indiqué dans le fichier _utmp_. "
48293 "Normalement, aucun hôte de connexion n'est fourni, puisque *agetty* est "
48294 "utilisé pour les connexions filaires locales et les terminaux du système. "
48295 "Cependant, cette option peut être utile pour identifier les concentrateurs "
48296 "de terminaux et matériels similaires."
48297
48298 #. type: Labeled list
48299 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:90
48300 #, no-wrap
48301 msgid "*-i*, *--noissue*"
48302 msgstr "*-i*, *--noissue*"
48303
48304 #. type: Plain text
48305 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:92
48306 msgid ""
48307 "Do not display the contents of _/etc/issue_ (or other) before writing the "
48308 "login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become confused when "
48309 "receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up scripts may fail if "
48310 "the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
48311 msgstr ""
48312 "Ne pas afficher le contenu de _/etc/issue_ (ou autre) avant d'écrire "
48313 "l'invite de connexion. Les terminaux ou le matériel de communication peuvent "
48314 "ne pas fonctionner normalement lorsqu'ils reçoivent beaucoup de texte à une "
48315 "mauvaise vitesse ; les scripts de connexion peuvent échouer si l'invite de "
48316 "connexion est précédée par beaucoup trop de texte."
48317
48318 #. type: Labeled list
48319 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:93
48320 #, no-wrap
48321 msgid "*-I*, *--init-string* _initstring_"
48322 msgstr "*-I*, *--init-string* _chaîne_initiale_"
48323
48324 #. type: Plain text
48325 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:95
48326 msgid ""
48327 "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending anything "
48328 "else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable characters may "
48329 "be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a backslash (\\). For "
48330 "example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, octal 012), write \\12."
48331 msgstr ""
48332 "Définir une _chaîne_initiale_ à envoyer au terminal ou au modem avant "
48333 "d'envoyer des données utiles. Cela peut être utilisé pour initialiser un "
48334 "modem. Les caractères non imprimables peuvent être envoyés en utilisant leur "
48335 "code octal précédé d'une barre oblique inversée (\\). Par exemple, pour "
48336 "envoyer le caractère de changement de ligne (ASCII 10, dont le code octal "
48337 "est 012), il faut envoyer « \\12 »."
48338
48339 #. type: Labeled list
48340 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:96
48341 #, no-wrap
48342 msgid "*-J*, *--noclear*"
48343 msgstr "*-J*, *--noclear*"
48344
48345 #. type: Plain text
48346 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:98
48347 msgid ""
48348 "Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name. By default the "
48349 "screen is cleared."
48350 msgstr ""
48351 "Ne pas effacer l'écran avant de demander l'identifiant de connexion. Par "
48352 "défaut, l'écran est effacé."
48353
48354 #. type: Labeled list
48355 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:99
48356 #, no-wrap
48357 msgid "*-l*, *--login-program* _login_program_"
48358 msgstr "*-l*, *--login-program* _programme_connexion_"
48359
48360 #. type: Plain text
48361 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:101
48362 msgid ""
48363 "Invoke the specified _login_program_ instead of /bin/login. This allows the "
48364 "use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for example, ask "
48365 "for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See *--login-"
48366 "options*."
48367 msgstr ""
48368 "Appeler le programme de connexion _programme_connexion_ à la place de _/bin/"
48369 "login_. Cela permet d'utiliser un programme de connexion non standard. Un "
48370 "tel programme, par exemple, peut demander un mot de passe lors de "
48371 "l'établissement de la connexion ou utiliser un fichier de mot de passe "
48372 "différent. Consultez *--login-options*."
48373
48374 #. type: Labeled list
48375 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:102
48376 #, no-wrap
48377 msgid "*-L*, *--local-line*[=__mode__]"
48378 msgstr "*-L*, *--local-line*[=__mode__]"
48379
48380 #. type: Plain text
48381 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:104
48382 #, fuzzy
48383 #| msgid ""
48384 #| "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional _mode_ argument is 'auto', "
48385 #| "'always' or 'never'. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, then the default "
48386 #| "is 'always'. If the *--local-line* option is not given at all, then the "
48387 #| "default is 'auto'."
48388 msgid ""
48389 "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional _mode_ argument is *auto*, "
48390 "*always* or *never*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, then the default is "
48391 "*always*. If the *--local-line* option is not given at all, then the default "
48392 "is *auto*."
48393 msgstr ""
48394 "Contrôler l’attribut de ligne CLOCAL. L’argument facultatif _mode_ est "
48395 "_auto_, _always_ ou _never_. En l'absence d’argument _mode_, la valeur par "
48396 "défaut est _always_. Si l’option *--local-line* n’est pas donnée du tout, la "
48397 "valeur par défaut est _auto_."
48398
48399 #. type: Labeled list
48400 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:105
48401 #, no-wrap
48402 msgid "_always_"
48403 msgstr "_always_"
48404
48405 #. type: Plain text
48406 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
48407 msgid ""
48408 "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can "
48409 "be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line "
48410 "does not set the carrier-detect signal."
48411 msgstr ""
48412 "Le _mode_ _always_ force la ligne à être une ligne locale sans détection de "
48413 "porteuse. C'est utile pour un terminal connecté localement dont la ligne "
48414 "série n’utilise pas le signal « détection de porteuse »."
48415
48416 #. type: Labeled list
48417 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
48418 #, no-wrap
48419 msgid "_never_"
48420 msgstr "_never_"
48421
48422 #. type: Plain text
48423 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109
48424 msgid ""
48425 "Explicitly clears the CLOCAL flag from the line setting and the carrier-"
48426 "detect signal is expected on the line."
48427 msgstr ""
48428 "Le _mode_ _never_ efface explicitement l’attribut CLOCAL de la configuration "
48429 "de la ligne et le signal « détection de porteuse » est attendu sur la ligne."
48430
48431 #. type: Labeled list
48432 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109
48433 #, no-wrap
48434 msgid "_auto_"
48435 msgstr "_auto_"
48436
48437 #. type: Plain text
48438 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:111
48439 msgid ""
48440 "The *agetty* default. Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows the "
48441 "setting enabled by the kernel."
48442 msgstr ""
48443 "La valeur par défaut pour *agetty*. Cela ne modifie pas la configuration "
48444 "CLOCAL et suit la configuration activée par le noyau."
48445
48446 #. type: Labeled list
48447 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:112
48448 #, no-wrap
48449 msgid "*-m*, *--extract-baud*"
48450 msgstr "*-m*, *--extract-baud*"
48451
48452 #. type: Plain text
48453 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:114
48454 msgid ""
48455 "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by "
48456 "Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: "
48457 "\"<junk><speed><junk>\". *agetty* assumes that the modem emits its status "
48458 "message at the same speed as specified with (the first) _baud_rate_ value on "
48459 "the command line."
48460 msgstr ""
48461 "Essayer d'extraire la vitesse depuis le message d'état CONNECT produit par "
48462 "les modems compatibles Hayes™. Ces messages d'état sont de la forme "
48463 "suivante : « <bruit><vitesse><bruit> ». *agetty* suppose que le modem envoie "
48464 "les messages d'état à la même vitesse que celle indiquée (la première) par "
48465 "_taux_baud_ sur la ligne de commande."
48466
48467 #. type: Plain text
48468 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:116
48469 msgid ""
48470 "Since the *--extract-baud* feature may fail on heavily-loaded systems, you "
48471 "still should enable BREAK processing by enumerating all expected baud rates "
48472 "on the command line."
48473 msgstr ""
48474 "Puisque la fonctionnalité *--extract-baud* peut échouer sur des systèmes "
48475 "lourdement chargés, vous devriez activer le traitement de BREAK en énumérant "
48476 "toutes les vitesses attendues sur la ligne de commande."
48477
48478 #. type: Labeled list
48479 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:117
48480 #, no-wrap
48481 msgid "*--list-speeds*"
48482 msgstr "*--list-speeds*"
48483
48484 #. type: Plain text
48485 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:119
48486 msgid "Display supported baud rates. These are determined at compilation time."
48487 msgstr ""
48488 "Afficher les vitesses prises en charge. Elles sont déterminées au moment de "
48489 "la compilation."
48490
48491 #. type: Labeled list
48492 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:120
48493 #, no-wrap
48494 msgid "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
48495 msgstr "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
48496
48497 #. type: Plain text
48498 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:122
48499 msgid ""
48500 "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with "
48501 "the *--login-program* option to invoke a non-standard login process such as "
48502 "a BBS system. Note that with the *--skip-login* option, *agetty* gets no "
48503 "input from the user who logs in and therefore will not be able to figure out "
48504 "parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It "
48505 "defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line "
48506 "character. Beware that the program that *agetty* starts (usually /bin/login) "
48507 "is run as root."
48508 msgstr ""
48509 "Ne pas demander d'identifiant de connexion à l'utilisateur. Cela peut être "
48510 "utilisé avec l'option *--login-program* lors d'une procédure de connexion "
48511 "non standard comme les systèmes BBS. Remarquez qu'avec l'option *--skip-"
48512 "login*, *agetty* ne reçoit pas de saisie de l'utilisateur qui se connecte et "
48513 "donc n'est pas capable de détecter la parité, la taille des caractères ni le "
48514 "processus de nouvelle ligne de la connexion. La configuration par défaut "
48515 "est : parité 0, caractères 7 bits et le caractère fin de ligne est le retour "
48516 "chariot RC en ASCII (13). Assurez vous que le programme lancé par *agetty* "
48517 "(en général, _/bin/login_) est exécuté avec les droits du superutilisateur."
48518
48519 #. type: Labeled list
48520 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:123
48521 #, no-wrap
48522 msgid "*-N*, *--nonewline*"
48523 msgstr "*-N*, *--nonewline*"
48524
48525 #. type: Plain text
48526 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:125
48527 msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out _/etc/issue_."
48528 msgstr "Ne pas ajouter de changement ligne avant d'écrire _/etc/issue_."
48529
48530 #. type: Labeled list
48531 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:126
48532 #, no-wrap
48533 msgid "*-o*, *--login-options* _login_options_"
48534 msgstr "*-o*, *--login-options* _options_connexion_"
48535
48536 #. type: Plain text
48537 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:128
48538 msgid ""
48539 "Options and arguments that are passed to *login*(1). Where \\u is replaced "
48540 "by the login name. For example:"
48541 msgstr ""
48542 "Options et arguments passés à *login*(1), où \\u est remplacé par le nom de "
48543 "connexion. Par exemple :"
48544
48545 #. type: Plain text
48546 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:130
48547 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
48548 #| msgid "*--login-options '-h darkstar \\-- \\u'*\n"
48549 msgid "*--login-options '-h darkstar \\-- \\u'*\n"
48550 msgstr "*--login-options '-h darkstar \\-- \\u'*\n"
48551
48552 #. type: Plain text
48553 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:132
48554 msgid "See *--autologin*, *--login-program* and *--remote*."
48555 msgstr "Consultez *--autologin*, *--login-program* et *--remote*."
48556
48557 #. type: Plain text
48558 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:134
48559 #, fuzzy
48560 #| msgid "Please read the SECURITY NOTICE below before using this option."
48561 msgid "Please read the *SECURITY NOTICE* below before using this option."
48562 msgstr ""
48563 "Veuillez consulter l'AVIS DE SÉCURITÉ ci-dessous si vous avez l'intention "
48564 "d'utiliser cette option."
48565
48566 #. type: Labeled list
48567 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:135
48568 #, no-wrap
48569 msgid "*-p*, *--login-pause*"
48570 msgstr "*-p*, *--login-pause*"
48571
48572 #. type: Plain text
48573 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:137
48574 msgid ""
48575 "Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt. Can be combined with "
48576 "*--autologin* to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
48577 msgstr ""
48578 "Attendre une action sur une touche avant de basculer vers l'invite de "
48579 "connexion. Cela peut être combiné avec *--autologin* pour économiser de la "
48580 "mémoire avec les interpréteurs de commandes lents à relancer."
48581
48582 #. type: Labeled list
48583 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:138
48584 #, no-wrap
48585 msgid "*-r*, *--chroot* _directory_"
48586 msgstr "*-r*, *--chroot* _répertoire_"
48587
48588 #. type: Plain text
48589 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:140
48590 msgid "Change root to the specified directory."
48591 msgstr "Modifier la racine vers le répertoire indiqué."
48592
48593 #. type: Labeled list
48594 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:141
48595 #, no-wrap
48596 msgid "*-R*, *--hangup*"
48597 msgstr "*-R*, *--hangup*"
48598
48599 #. type: Plain text
48600 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:143
48601 msgid "Call *vhangup*(2) to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal."
48602 msgstr ""
48603 "Appeler *vhangup*(2) pour faire un raccrochage virtuel du terminal indiqué."
48604
48605 #. type: Labeled list
48606 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:144
48607 #, no-wrap
48608 msgid "*-s*, *--keep-baud*"
48609 msgstr "*-s*, *--keep-baud*"
48610
48611 #. type: Plain text
48612 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:146
48613 msgid ""
48614 "Try to keep the existing baud rate. The baud rates from the command line are "
48615 "used when *agetty* receives a BREAK character. If another baud rates "
48616 "specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the wanted "
48617 "baud rates list. This can be used to return to the original baud rate after "
48618 "unexpected BREAKs."
48619 msgstr ""
48620 "Essayer de conserver la vitesse existante. Les vitesses reçues sur la ligne "
48621 "de commande sont utilisées quand *agetty* reçoit un caractère BREAK. Si "
48622 "d’autres vitesses sont indiquées, alors la vitesse originale est aussi "
48623 "enregistrée à la fin de la liste des vitesses désirées. Cela peut être "
48624 "utilisé pour retourner à la vitesse originale après des BREAK inattendus."
48625
48626 #. type: Labeled list
48627 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:147 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:65
48628 #, no-wrap
48629 msgid "*-t*, *--timeout* _timeout_"
48630 msgstr "*-t*, *--timeout* _délai_"
48631
48632 #. type: Plain text
48633 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:149
48634 msgid ""
48635 "Terminate if no user name could be read within _timeout_ seconds. Use of "
48636 "this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
48637 msgstr ""
48638 "Quitter si aucun nom d'utilisateur n'a pu être lu pendant le _délai_ exprimé "
48639 "en seconde. Cette option ne devrait pas être utilisée pour les lignes "
48640 "filaires de terminaux."
48641
48642 #. type: Labeled list
48643 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:150
48644 #, no-wrap
48645 msgid "*-U*, *--detect-case*"
48646 msgstr "*-U*, *--detect-case*"
48647
48648 #. type: Plain text
48649 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:152
48650 msgid ""
48651 "Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal. This setting will "
48652 "detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an uppercase-only "
48653 "terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case conversions. Note that this "
48654 "has no support for any Unicode characters."
48655 msgstr ""
48656 "Activer la détection des terminaux à caractères majuscules seuls. Cela ne "
48657 "détectera qu'un identifiant de connexion ne possédant que des caractères "
48658 "majuscules et activera des opérations de conversions de casse majuscules "
48659 "vers minuscules. Cette option ne gère aucun caractère Unicode."
48660
48661 #. type: Labeled list
48662 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:153
48663 #, no-wrap
48664 msgid "*-w*, *--wait-cr*"
48665 msgstr "*-w*, *--wait-cr*"
48666
48667 #. type: Plain text
48668 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:155
48669 msgid ""
48670 "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
48671 "character before sending the _/etc/issue_ file (or others) and the login "
48672 "prompt. This is useful with the *--init-string* option."
48673 msgstr ""
48674 "Attendre que l'utilisateur ou le modem envoient un caractère retour à la "
48675 "ligne ou nouvelle ligne avant d'envoyer le fichier _/etc/issue_ (ou autres) "
48676 "et l'invite de connexion. Cela est très utile lors de connexions avec "
48677 "l'option *--init-string*."
48678
48679 #. type: Labeled list
48680 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:156
48681 #, no-wrap
48682 msgid "*--nohints*"
48683 msgstr "*--nohints*"
48684
48685 #. type: Plain text
48686 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:158
48687 msgid "Do not print hints about Num, Caps and Scroll Locks."
48688 msgstr ""
48689 "Ne pas afficher de conseils sur le verrouillage numérique ou majuscules ni "
48690 "sur l’arrêt de défilement."
48691
48692 #. type: Labeled list
48693 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:159
48694 #, no-wrap
48695 msgid "*--nohostname*"
48696 msgstr "*--nohostname*"
48697
48698 #. type: Plain text
48699 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:161
48700 msgid ""
48701 "By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no "
48702 "hostname at all will be shown. This setting is also possible to able by "
48703 "LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT option in the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see "
48704 "below for more details)."
48705 msgstr ""
48706
48707 #. type: Labeled list
48708 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:162
48709 #, no-wrap
48710 msgid "*--long-hostname*"
48711 msgstr "*--long-hostname*"
48712
48713 #. type: Plain text
48714 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:164
48715 msgid ""
48716 "By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot. With this "
48717 "option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by *gethostname*(3P) or (if not "
48718 "found) by *getaddrinfo*(3) is shown."
48719 msgstr ""
48720 "Par défaut, le nom d'hôte n'est affiché que jusqu'au premier point. En "
48721 "activant cette option, le nom d'hôte pleinement qualifié par "
48722 "*gethostname*(3P), ou (si non trouvé) par *getaddrinfo*(3), est montré."
48723
48724 #. type: Labeled list
48725 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:165
48726 #, no-wrap
48727 msgid "*--erase-chars* _string_"
48728 msgstr "*--erase-chars* _chaîne_"
48729
48730 #. type: Plain text
48731 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:167
48732 msgid ""
48733 "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
48734 "backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the login "
48735 "name. The default additional 'erase' has been '#', but since util-linux 2.23 "
48736 "no additional erase characters are enabled by default."
48737 msgstr ""
48738 "Cette option indique des caractères supplémentaires à interpréter comme une "
48739 "espace arrière (« ignorer le caractère précédent ») lorsque l’utilisateur "
48740 "saisit l’identifiant de connexion. Le caractère supplémentaire "
48741 "d’« effacement » par défaut était « # », mais depuis util-linux 2.23, aucun "
48742 "caractère supplémentaire d’effacement n’est activé par défaut."
48743
48744 #. type: Labeled list
48745 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:168
48746 #, no-wrap
48747 msgid "*--kill-chars* _string_"
48748 msgstr "*--kill-chars* _chaîne_"
48749
48750 #. type: Plain text
48751 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:170
48752 msgid ""
48753 "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
48754 "kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login "
48755 "name. The default additional 'kill' has been '@', but since util-linux 2.23 "
48756 "no additional kill characters are enabled by default."
48757 msgstr ""
48758 "Cette option indique des caractères supplémentaires à interpréter pour tuer "
48759 "(« ignorer tous les caractères précédents ») lorsque l’utilisateur saisit "
48760 "l’identifiant de connexion. Le caractère supplémentaire « pour tuer » par "
48761 "défaut était « @ », mais depuis util-linux 2.23, aucun caractère "
48762 "supplémentaire pour tuer n’est activé par défaut."
48763
48764 #. type: Labeled list
48765 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:171
48766 #, no-wrap
48767 msgid "*--chdir* _directory_"
48768 msgstr "*--chdir* _répertoire_"
48769
48770 #. type: Plain text
48771 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:173
48772 msgid "Change directory before the login."
48773 msgstr "Changer de répertoire avant la connexion."
48774
48775 #. type: Labeled list
48776 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:174
48777 #, no-wrap
48778 msgid "*--delay* _number_"
48779 msgstr "*--delay* _nombre_"
48780
48781 #. type: Plain text
48782 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:176
48783 msgid "Sleep seconds before open tty."
48784 msgstr "Temps de sommeil, en seconde, avant d’ouvrir le tty."
48785
48786 #. type: Labeled list
48787 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:177
48788 #, no-wrap
48789 msgid "*--nice* _number_"
48790 msgstr "*--nice* _nombre_"
48791
48792 #. type: Plain text
48793 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:179
48794 msgid "Run login with this priority."
48795 msgstr "Exécuter la connexion avec cette priorité."
48796
48797 #. type: Labeled list
48798 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:180
48799 #, no-wrap
48800 msgid "*--reload*"
48801 msgstr "*--reload*"
48802
48803 #. type: Plain text
48804 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:182
48805 #, fuzzy
48806 #| msgid ""
48807 #| "Ask all running agetty instances to reload and update their displayed "
48808 #| "prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the "
48809 #| "command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without "
48810 #| "Linux *inotify*(7)."
48811 msgid ""
48812 "Ask all running *agetty* instances to reload and update their displayed "
48813 "prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the "
48814 "command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without "
48815 "Linux *inotify*(7)."
48816 msgstr ""
48817 "Demander à toutes les instances *agetty* en cours de recharger et mettre à "
48818 "jour leurs invites de commande affichées, si l’utilisateur n’a pas encore "
48819 "commencé à se connecter. Après cela, la commande quittera. Cette "
48820 "fonctionnalité pourrait ne pas être prise en charge sur les systèmes sans "
48821 "*inotify*(7) de Linux."
48822
48823 # FIXME *su:* → *su*:
48824 #. type: Plain text
48825 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:189
48826 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
48827 #| msgid "*login* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *login*:\n"
48828 msgid ""
48829 "*agetty* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)).\n"
48830 "Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils).\n"
48831 "The following configuration items are relevant for *agetty*:\n"
48832 msgstr "*login* lit le fichier de configuration _/etc/login.defs_ (consultez *login.defs*(5)). Notez que le fichier de configuration pourrait être distribué par un autre paquet (habituellement shadow-utils). Les éléments de configuration suivants sont pertinents pour *login* :\n"
48833
48834 #. type: Plain text
48835 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:193
48836 #, fuzzy
48837 #| msgid ""
48838 #| "Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the "
48839 #| "login: prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. "
48840 #| "The default value is _no_."
48841 msgid ""
48842 "Tell *agetty* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: "
48843 "prompt. This is an alternative to the *--nohostname* command line option. "
48844 "The default value is _no_."
48845 msgstr ""
48846 "Demande à *login* de ne pas afficher le nom d'hôte dans l'invite « login: ». "
48847 "Elle est une alternative à l'option *-H* en ligne de commande. La valeur par "
48848 "défaut est _non_."
48849
48850 #. type: Plain text
48851 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:197
48852 msgid ""
48853 "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the _/etc/"
48854 "inittab_ file. You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the other "
48855 "fields. See *inittab*(5) for more details."
48856 msgstr ""
48857 "Cette section présente des exemples pour le champ processus d'une entrée "
48858 "dans le fichier _/etc/inittab_. Vous devrez faire précéder les autres champs "
48859 "par les valeurs appropriées. Consultez *inittab*(5) pour plus de précisions."
48860
48861 #. type: Plain text
48862 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:199
48863 msgid "For a hardwired line or a console tty:"
48864 msgstr "Pour une ligne câblée ou une console tty :"
48865
48866 #. type: delimited block _
48867 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:202
48868 #, no-wrap
48869 msgid "*/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1*\n"
48870 msgstr "*/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1*\n"
48871
48872 #. type: Plain text
48873 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:205
48874 msgid ""
48875 "For a directly connected terminal without proper carrier-detect wiring (try "
48876 "this if your terminal just sleeps instead of giving you a password: prompt):"
48877 msgstr ""
48878 "Pour un terminal connecté directement sans câblage avec signal « détection "
48879 "de porteuse ». Utilisez ceci si le terminal se met en veille au lieu de "
48880 "demander un mot de passe :"
48881
48882 #. type: delimited block _
48883 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:208
48884 #, no-wrap
48885 msgid "*/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100*\n"
48886 msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100*\n"
48887
48888 #. type: Plain text
48889 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:211
48890 msgid "For an old-style dial-in line with a 9600/2400/1200 baud modem:"
48891 msgstr ""
48892 "Pour une ligne avec un vieux modem acceptant les vitesses de 9600, 2400 et "
48893 "1200 bauds :"
48894
48895 #. type: delimited block _
48896 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:214
48897 #, no-wrap
48898 msgid "*/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200*\n"
48899 msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200*\n"
48900
48901 #. type: Plain text
48902 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:217
48903 msgid ""
48904 "For a Hayes modem with a fixed 115200 bps interface to the machine (the "
48905 "example init string turns off modem echo and result codes, makes modem/"
48906 "computer DCD track modem/modem DCD, makes a DTR drop cause a disconnection, "
48907 "and turns on auto-answer after 1 ring):"
48908 msgstr ""
48909 "Pour un modem Hayes avec une vitesse fixe de 115\\ 200 bauds (la chaîne "
48910 "d'initialisation de l'exemple désactive l'écho du modem et les codes de "
48911 "retour, fait que le signal DCD du modem/ordinateur suive le signal DCD du "
48912 "modem distant, fait que la disparition du signal DTR provoque une "
48913 "déconnexion et active l'autoréponse après une sonnerie) :"
48914
48915 #. type: delimited block _
48916 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:220
48917 #, no-wrap
48918 msgid "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n"
48919 msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n"
48920
48921 #. type: Title ==
48922 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:222
48923 #, no-wrap
48924 msgid "SECURITY NOTICE"
48925 msgstr "AVIS DE SÉCURITÉ"
48926
48927 #. type: Plain text
48928 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:225
48929 #, fuzzy
48930 #| msgid ""
48931 #| "If you use the *--login-program* and *--login-options* options, be aware "
48932 #| "that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, "
48933 #| "which then get passed to the used login program. Agetty does check for a "
48934 #| "leading \"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so "
48935 #| "embedded spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on "
48936 #| "how the login binary parses the command line that might not be "
48937 #| "sufficient. Check that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
48938 msgid ""
48939 "If you use the *--login-program* and *--login-options* options, be aware "
48940 "that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, which "
48941 "then get passed to the used login program. *agetty* does check for a leading "
48942 "\"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so embedded "
48943 "spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on how the "
48944 "login binary parses the command line that might not be sufficient. Check "
48945 "that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
48946 msgstr ""
48947 "Si vous utilisez les options *--login-program* et *--login-options*, soyez "
48948 "conscient qu'un utilisateur malveillant pourrait essayer d'entrer des "
48949 "identifiants avec des options intégrées, qui seraient alors passées au "
48950 "programme *login* utilisé. *agetty* vérifie la présence d'un *-* initial et "
48951 "s'assure que l'identifiant est passé comme un paramètre (de telle sorte que "
48952 "les espaces incorporées ne créent pas encore un autre paramètre), mais "
48953 "suivant la façon dont le binaire *login* analyse la ligne de commande, cela "
48954 "risque d'être insuffisant. Vérifiez que le programme *login* utilisé ne peut "
48955 "pas être abusé de cette façon."
48956
48957 #. type: Plain text
48958 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:227
48959 msgid ""
48960 "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line "
48961 "should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by "
48962 "passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\u."
48963 msgstr ""
48964 "Certains programmes utilisent *--* pour indiquer que la suite de la ligne de "
48965 "commande ne devrait pas être interprétée en tant qu'options. Utilisez cette "
48966 "fonctionnalité si elle est disponible en passant « -- » avant que le nom "
48967 "d’utilisateur ne soit passé par *\\u*."
48968
48969 #. type: Title ==
48970 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:228
48971 #, no-wrap
48972 msgid "ISSUE FILES"
48973 msgstr "FICHIERS ISSUE"
48974
48975 #. type: Plain text
48976 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:231
48977 msgid ""
48978 "The default issue file is _/etc/issue_. If the file exists, then *agetty* "
48979 "also checks for _/etc/issue.d_ directory. The directory is optional "
48980 "extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is printed "
48981 "after _/etc/issue_ content. If the _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then the "
48982 "directory is ignored. All files *with .issue extension* from the directory "
48983 "are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be used to maintain 3rd-"
48984 "party messages independently on the primary system _/etc/issue_ file."
48985 msgstr ""
48986 "Le fichier _issue_ par défaut est _/etc/issue_. Si le fichier existe, alors "
48987 "*agetty* recherche aussi pour un répertoire _/etc/issue.d_. Le répertoire "
48988 "est une extension facultative au fichier _issue_ par défaut et le contenu du "
48989 "répertoire est écrit après le contenu de _/etc/issue_. Si _/etc/issue_ "
48990 "n’existe pas, alors le répertoire est ignoré. Tous les fichiers *avec une "
48991 "extension .issue* du répertoire sont écrits triés selon les versions. Le "
48992 "répertoire peut être utilisé pour gérer indépendamment les messages de "
48993 "parties tierces dans le fichier principal _/etc/issue_ du système."
48994
48995 #. type: Plain text
48996 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:233
48997 msgid ""
48998 "Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are "
48999 "supported. If the default _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then *agetty* checks "
49000 "for _/run/issue_ and _/run/issue.d_, thereafter for _/usr/lib/issue_ and _/"
49001 "usr/lib/issue.d_. The directory _/etc_ is expected for host specific "
49002 "configuration, _/run_ is expected for generated stuff and _/usr/lib_ for "
49003 "static distribution maintained configuration."
49004 msgstr ""
49005 "Depuis la version 2.35 des emplacements supplémentaires pour des fichiers et "
49006 "répertoires _issue_ sont gérés. Si le fichier par défaut _/etc/issue_ "
49007 "n’existe pas, alors *agetty* recherche _/run/issue_ et _/run/issue.d_, "
49008 "ensuite _/usr/lib/issue_ et _/usr/lib/issue.d_. Le répertoire _/etc_ est "
49009 "attendu pour une configuration spécifique à l’hôte, le répertoire _/run_ est "
49010 "attendu pour ce qui est généré et le fichier _/usr/lib_ pour la "
49011 "configuration statique de la distribution."
49012
49013 #. type: Plain text
49014 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:235
49015 msgid ""
49016 "The default path maybe overridden by *--issue-file* option. In this case "
49017 "specified path has to be file or directory and all the default issue file "
49018 "and directory locations are ignored."
49019 msgstr ""
49020 "Le chemin par défaut peut être écrasé avec l’option *--issue-file*. Dans ce "
49021 "cas, le chemin précisé doit être un fichier ou un répertoire et tous les "
49022 "emplacements par défaut de fichier ou répertoire sont ignorés."
49023
49024 #. type: Plain text
49025 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:237
49026 msgid ""
49027 "The issue file feature can be completely disabled by *--noissue* option."
49028 msgstr ""
49029 "La fonctionnalité du fichier _issue_ peut être désactivée complètement avec "
49030 "l’option *--noissue*."
49031
49032 #. type: Plain text
49033 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:239
49034 msgid ""
49035 "It is possible to review the current issue file by *agetty --show-issue* on "
49036 "the current terminal."
49037 msgstr ""
49038 "Il est possible d’examiner le fichier _issue_ en cours avec *agetty --show-"
49039 "issue* sur le terminal en cours."
49040
49041 #. type: Plain text
49042 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:241
49043 msgid ""
49044 "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, "
49045 "date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\) "
49046 "immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
49047 msgstr ""
49048 "Les fichiers _issue_ peuvent contenir certains codes d’échappement afin "
49049 "d'afficher le nom du système, la date, l’heure, etc. Tous les codes "
49050 "d’échappement sont formés d'une barre oblique inversée (\\) immédiatement "
49051 "suivie par l'une des caractères suivants."
49052
49053 #. type: Labeled list
49054 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:242
49055 #, no-wrap
49056 msgid "4 or 4{_interface_}"
49057 msgstr "4 ou 4{_interface_}"
49058
49059 #. type: Plain text
49060 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:244
49061 #, fuzzy
49062 #| msgid ""
49063 #| "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
49064 #| "\\4\\{eth0}). If the _interface_ argument is not specified, then select "
49065 #| "the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If not "
49066 #| "any configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the "
49067 #| "machine's hostname."
49068 msgid ""
49069 "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
49070 "\\4\\{eth0}). If the _interface_ argument is not specified, then select the "
49071 "first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If no "
49072 "configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the machine's "
49073 "hostname."
49074 msgstr ""
49075 "Insérer l’adresse IPv4 de l’interface réseau indiquée (par exemple "
49076 "\\4\\{eth0}). Si l’argument _interface_ n’est pas indiqué, alors "
49077 "sélectionner la première interface complètement configurée (activée, non "
49078 "boucle locale, en fonctionnement). Si aucune interface configurée n’est "
49079 "trouvée, se replier sur l’adresse IP du nom d’hôte de la machine."
49080
49081 #. type: Labeled list
49082 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:245
49083 #, no-wrap
49084 msgid "6 or 6{_interface_}"
49085 msgstr "6 ou 6{_interface_}"
49086
49087 #. type: Plain text
49088 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:247
49089 msgid "The same as \\4 but for IPv6."
49090 msgstr "Comme \\4, mais pour l’IPv6."
49091
49092 #. type: Labeled list
49093 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:248
49094 #, no-wrap
49095 msgid "b"
49096 msgstr "b"
49097
49098 #. type: Plain text
49099 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:250
49100 msgid "Insert the baudrate of the current line."
49101 msgstr "Insérer la vitesse en baud de la ligne actuelle."
49102
49103 #. type: Labeled list
49104 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:251
49105 #, no-wrap
49106 msgid "d"
49107 msgstr "d"
49108
49109 #. type: Plain text
49110 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:253
49111 msgid "Insert the current date."
49112 msgstr "Insérer la date actuelle."
49113
49114 #. type: Labeled list
49115 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:254
49116 #, no-wrap
49117 msgid "e or e{_name_}"
49118 msgstr "e ou e{_nom_}"
49119
49120 #. type: Plain text
49121 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:256
49122 msgid ""
49123 "Translate the human-readable _name_ to an escape sequence and insert it (for "
49124 "example: \\e{red}Alert text.\\e{reset}). If the _name_ argument is not "
49125 "specified, then insert \\033. The currently supported names are: black, "
49126 "blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
49127 "lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
49128 "magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown names are "
49129 "silently ignored."
49130 msgstr ""
49131 "Transformer le _nom_ lisible avec une séquence d’échappement et l’insérer "
49132 "(par exemple, \\e{red}Alert text.\\e{reset}). Si l’argument _nom_ n’est pas "
49133 "indiqué, alors insérer \\033. Les noms actuellement gérés sont black, blink, "
49134 "blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, "
49135 "lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, "
49136 "reset, reverse, yellow et white. Tous les noms inconnus sont ignorés "
49137 "silencieusement."
49138
49139 #. type: Labeled list
49140 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:257
49141 #, no-wrap
49142 msgid "s"
49143 msgstr "s"
49144
49145 #. type: Plain text
49146 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:259
49147 msgid ""
49148 "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as 'uname -"
49149 "s'. See also the \\S escape code."
49150 msgstr ""
49151 "Insérer le nom du système (le nom du système d'exploitation). Identique à "
49152 "*uname -s*. Consultez également le code d’échappement \\S."
49153
49154 #. type: Labeled list
49155 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:260
49156 #, no-wrap
49157 msgid "S or S{VARIABLE}"
49158 msgstr "S ou S{VARIABLE}"
49159
49160 #. type: Plain text
49161 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:262
49162 msgid ""
49163 "Insert the VARIABLE data from _/etc/os-release_. If this file does not exist "
49164 "then fall back to _/usr/lib/os-release_. If the VARIABLE argument is not "
49165 "specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name (see \\s). "
49166 "This escape code can be used to keep _/etc/issue_ distribution and release "
49167 "independent. Note that \\S{ANSI_COLOR} is converted to the real terminal "
49168 "escape sequence."
49169 msgstr ""
49170 "Insérer la donnée VARIABLE de _/etc/os-release_. Si le fichier n’existe pas, "
49171 "_/usr/lib/os-release_ est alors utilisé. Si l’argument VARIABLE n’est pas "
49172 "indiqué, alors utiliser PRETTY_NAME du fichier ou le nom du système "
49173 "(consultez \\s). Ce code d’échappement permet de garder les _/etc/issue_ de "
49174 "la distribution et de la publication indépendants. Remarquez que "
49175 "\\S{ANSI_COLOR} est convertie en séquence réelle d’échappement du terminal."
49176
49177 #. type: Labeled list
49178 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:263
49179 #, no-wrap
49180 msgid "l"
49181 msgstr "l"
49182
49183 #. type: Plain text
49184 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:265
49185 msgid "Insert the name of the current tty line."
49186 msgstr "Insérer le nom de la ligne tty actuelle."
49187
49188 #. type: Labeled list
49189 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:266
49190 #, no-wrap
49191 msgid "m"
49192 msgstr "m"
49193
49194 #. type: Plain text
49195 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:268
49196 msgid "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine. Same as *uname -m*."
49197 msgstr ""
49198 "Insérer l'identifiant de l'architecture de la machine. Identique à *uname -"
49199 "m*."
49200
49201 #. type: Labeled list
49202 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:269
49203 #, no-wrap
49204 msgid "n"
49205 msgstr "n"
49206
49207 #. type: Plain text
49208 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:271
49209 msgid ""
49210 "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as "
49211 "*uname -n*."
49212 msgstr ""
49213 "Insérer le nom de nœud de la machine, aussi appelé nom d'hôte. Identique à "
49214 "*uname -n*."
49215
49216 #. type: Labeled list
49217 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:272
49218 #, no-wrap
49219 msgid "o"
49220 msgstr "o"
49221
49222 #. type: Plain text
49223 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:274
49224 msgid "Insert the NIS domainname of the machine. Same as *hostname -d*."
49225 msgstr ""
49226 "Insérer le nom de domaine NIS de la machine. Identique à *hostname -d*."
49227
49228 #. type: Labeled list
49229 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:275
49230 #, no-wrap
49231 msgid "O"
49232 msgstr "O"
49233
49234 #. type: Plain text
49235 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:277
49236 msgid "Insert the DNS domainname of the machine."
49237 msgstr "Insérer le nom de domaine DNS de la machine."
49238
49239 #. type: Labeled list
49240 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:278
49241 #, no-wrap
49242 msgid "r"
49243 msgstr "r"
49244
49245 #. type: Plain text
49246 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:280
49247 msgid "Insert the release number of the OS. Same as *uname -r*."
49248 msgstr ""
49249 "Insérer le numéro de version du système d'exploitation. Identique à *uname -"
49250 "r*."
49251
49252 #. type: Labeled list
49253 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:281
49254 #, no-wrap
49255 msgid "t"
49256 msgstr "t"
49257
49258 #. type: Plain text
49259 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:283
49260 msgid "Insert the current time."
49261 msgstr "Insérer l'heure actuelle."
49262
49263 #. type: Labeled list
49264 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:284
49265 #, no-wrap
49266 msgid "u"
49267 msgstr "u"
49268
49269 #. type: Plain text
49270 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:286
49271 msgid "Insert the number of current users logged in."
49272 msgstr "Insérer le nombre d'utilisateurs actuellement connectés."
49273
49274 #. type: Labeled list
49275 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:287
49276 #, no-wrap
49277 msgid "U"
49278 msgstr "U"
49279
49280 #. type: Plain text
49281 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:289
49282 msgid ""
49283 "Insert the string \"1 user\" or \"<n> users\" where <n> is the number of "
49284 "current users logged in."
49285 msgstr ""
49286 "Insérer la chaîne « 1 utilisateur » ou « <n> utilisateurs » où <n> est le "
49287 "nombre d'utilisateurs actuellement connectés."
49288
49289 #. type: Labeled list
49290 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:290
49291 #, no-wrap
49292 msgid "v"
49293 msgstr "v"
49294
49295 #. type: Plain text
49296 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:292
49297 msgid "Insert the version of the OS, that is, the build-date and such."
49298 msgstr ""
49299 "Insérer la version du système d'exploitation, par exemple sa date de "
49300 "construction, etc."
49301
49302 #. type: Plain text
49303 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:294
49304 msgid "An example. On my system, the following _/etc/issue_ file:"
49305 msgstr "Par exemple, si le fichier _/etc/issue_ contient :"
49306
49307 #. type: delimited block .
49308 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:297
49309 #, no-wrap
49310 msgid "This is \\n.\\o (\\s \\m \\r) \\t\n"
49311 msgstr "Voici \\n.\\o (\\s \\m \\r) \\t\n"
49312
49313 #. type: Plain text
49314 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:300
49315 msgid "displays as:"
49316 msgstr "il pourrait afficher :"
49317
49318 #. type: delimited block .
49319 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:303
49320 #, no-wrap
49321 msgid "This is thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n"
49322 msgstr "Voici thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n"
49323
49324 #. type: Labeled list
49325 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:307
49326 #, no-wrap
49327 msgid "_/var/run/utmp_"
49328 msgstr "_/var/run/utmp_"
49329
49330 #. type: Plain text
49331 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:309
49332 msgid "the system status file."
49333 msgstr "fichier d’état du système"
49334
49335 #. type: Labeled list
49336 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:310
49337 #, no-wrap
49338 msgid "_/etc/issue_"
49339 msgstr "_/etc/issue_"
49340
49341 #. type: Plain text
49342 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:312
49343 msgid "printed before the login prompt."
49344 msgstr "affichage avant l’invite de connexion"
49345
49346 #. type: Labeled list
49347 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:313
49348 #, no-wrap
49349 msgid "_/etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release_"
49350 msgstr "_/etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release_"
49351
49352 #. type: Plain text
49353 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:315
49354 msgid "operating system identification data."
49355 msgstr "données d’identification du système d'exploitation"
49356
49357 #. type: Labeled list
49358 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:316
49359 #, no-wrap
49360 msgid "_/dev/console_"
49361 msgstr "_/dev/console_"
49362
49363 #. type: Plain text
49364 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:318
49365 msgid "problem reports (if *syslog*(3) is not used)."
49366 msgstr "rapports de problème (si *syslog*(3) n’est pas utilisée)"
49367
49368 #. type: Labeled list
49369 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:319
49370 #, no-wrap
49371 msgid "_/etc/inittab_"
49372 msgstr "_/etc/inittab_"
49373
49374 #. type: Plain text
49375 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:321
49376 #, no-wrap
49377 msgid "*init*(8) configuration file for SysV-style init daemon.\n"
49378 msgstr "fichier de configuration d’*init*(8) pour le démon init de type SysV.\n"
49379
49380 #. type: Plain text
49381 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:325
49382 #, no-wrap
49383 msgid "*agetty* supports configuration via systemd credentials (see https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS/). *agetty* reads the following systemd credentials:\n"
49384 msgstr ""
49385
49386 #. type: Labeled list
49387 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:326
49388 #, no-wrap
49389 msgid "*agetty.autologin* (string)"
49390 msgstr ""
49391
49392 #. type: Plain text
49393 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:329
49394 msgid ""
49395 "If set, configures *agetty* to automatically log in the specified user "
49396 "without asking for a username or password, similarly to the *--autologin* "
49397 "option."
49398 msgstr ""
49399
49400 #. type: Plain text
49401 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:333
49402 msgid ""
49403 "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that "
49404 "*agetty* be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in call (within "
49405 "30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, always use the *--"
49406 "extract-baud* option in combination with a multiple baud rate command-line "
49407 "argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
49408 msgstr ""
49409 "La détection de la vitesse de connexion (l'option *--extract-baud*) "
49410 "nécessite que *agetty* soit exécuté dès le début de l'appel réseau (dans les "
49411 "30 ms pour un modem communiquant à 2400 bauds). Pour être robuste, utilisez "
49412 "toujours l'option *--extract-baud* avec comme argument de ligne de commande "
49413 "différentes vitesses, ainsi le traitement de BREAK est activé."
49414
49415 #. type: Plain text
49416 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:335
49417 msgid ""
49418 "The text in the _/etc/issue_ file (or other) and the login prompt are always "
49419 "output with 7-bit characters and space parity."
49420 msgstr ""
49421 "Le texte du fichier _/etc/issue_ (ou d'un autre fichier) et l'invite de "
49422 "connexion sont toujours affichés avec des caractères 7 bits et la parité 0."
49423
49424 #. type: Plain text
49425 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:337
49426 msgid ""
49427 "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that "
49428 "the modem emits its status message _after_ raising the DCD line."
49429 msgstr ""
49430 "La fonctionnalité de détection de la vitesse (l'option *--extract-baud*) "
49431 "nécessite que le modem envoie son message d'état _après_ avoir mis à un état "
49432 "haut la ligne DCD."
49433
49434 #. type: Plain text
49435 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:341
49436 msgid ""
49437 "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written to "
49438 "the console device or reported via the *syslog*(3) facility. Error messages "
49439 "are produced if the _port_ argument does not specify a terminal device; if "
49440 "there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V only); and so on."
49441 msgstr ""
49442 "Suivant la façon dont le programme a été configuré, tous les diagnostics "
49443 "sont dirigés vers le périphérique de console ou signalés par le service "
49444 "*syslog*(3). Des messages d'erreur sont produits si le paramètre _port_ ne "
49445 "précise pas un périphérique de terminal, s'il n'y a pas d'entrée utmp pour "
49446 "le processus actuel (Système V uniquement), etc."
49447
49448 #. type: Plain text
49449 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:346
49450 msgid "mailto:werner@suse.de[Werner Fink], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
49451 msgstr "mailto:werner@suse.de[Werner Fink], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
49452
49453 #. type: Plain text
49454 #: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:348
49455 msgid ""
49456 "The original *agetty* for serial terminals was written by mailto:wietse@wzv."
49457 "win.tue.nl[W.Z. Venema] and ported to Linux by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter "
49458 "Orbaek]."
49459 msgstr ""
49460 "L’*agetty* d’origine pour les terminaux série a été écrit par mailto:"
49461 "wietse@wzv.win.tue.nl[W.Z. Venema] et porté pour Linux par mailto:poe@daimi."
49462 "aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]."
49463
49464 #
49465 #
49466 #
49467 #. Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993
49468 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
49469 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
49470 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
49471 #. are met:
49472 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
49473 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
49474 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
49475 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
49476 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
49477 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
49478 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
49479 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
49480 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
49481 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
49482 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
49483 #.    without specific prior written permission.
49484 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
49485 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
49486 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
49487 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
49488 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
49489 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
49490 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
49491 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
49492 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
49493 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
49494 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
49495 #.      @(#)mesg.1      8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
49496 #. type: Title =
49497 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:36
49498 #, no-wrap
49499 msgid "mesg(1)"
49500 msgstr "mesg(1)"
49501
49502 #. type: Plain text
49503 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:46
49504 msgid "mesg - display (or do not display) messages from other users"
49505 msgstr ""
49506 "mesg - Afficher (ou ne pas afficher) des messages des autres utilisateurs"
49507
49508 #. type: Plain text
49509 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:50
49510 #, no-wrap
49511 msgid "*mesg* [_option_] [*n*|*y*]\n"
49512 msgstr "*mesg* [_option_] [*n*|*y*]\n"
49513
49514 #. type: Plain text
49515 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:54
49516 msgid ""
49517 "The *mesg* utility is invoked by a user to control write access others have "
49518 "to the terminal device associated with standard error output. If write "
49519 "access is allowed, then programs such as *talk*(1) and *write*(1) may "
49520 "display messages on the terminal."
49521 msgstr ""
49522 "L’utilitaire *mesg* est appelé par un utilisateur pour contrôler l’accès en "
49523 "écriture donné aux autres sur le périphérique de terminal associé à la "
49524 "sortie d’erreur standard. Si l’accès en écriture est accordé, alors les "
49525 "programmes comme *talk*(1) ou *write*(1) peuvent afficher des messages sur "
49526 "le terminal."
49527
49528 #. type: Plain text
49529 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:56
49530 msgid ""
49531 "Traditionally, write access is allowed by default. However, as users become "
49532 "more conscious of various security risks, there is a trend to remove write "
49533 "access by default, at least for the primary login shell. To make sure your "
49534 "ttys are set the way you want them to be set, *mesg* should be executed in "
49535 "your login scripts."
49536 msgstr ""
49537 "En général, l’accès en écriture est accordé par défaut. Cependant, comme les "
49538 "utilisateurs prennent conscience des divers risques de sécurité, la tendance "
49539 "est à la suppression de cet accès par défaut, au moins pour l’interpréteur "
49540 "de commandes de connexion principal. Pour s’assurer que les terminaux sont "
49541 "définis conformément aux attentes, *mesg* devrait être exécuté dans les "
49542 "scripts de connexion."
49543
49544 #. type: Plain text
49545 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:58
49546 #, fuzzy
49547 #| msgid ""
49548 #| "The *mesg* utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on "
49549 #| "terminal. In this case execute *mesg* is pointless. The command line "
49550 #| "option *--verbose* forces mesg to print a warning in this situation. This "
49551 #| "behaviour has been introduced in version 2.33."
49552 msgid ""
49553 "The *mesg* utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on a "
49554 "terminal. In this case executing *mesg* is pointless. The command line "
49555 "option *--verbose* forces *mesg* to print a warning in this situation. This "
49556 "behaviour has been introduced in version 2.33."
49557 msgstr ""
49558 "L'outil *mesg* quitte silencieusement avec le code de retour 2 s'il n'est "
49559 "pas exécuté dans un terminal. Dans ce cas, l'exécution de *mesg* est "
49560 "inutile. L'option *--verbose* de la ligne de commande force *mesg* à "
49561 "afficher un avertissement dans cette situation. Ce comportement a été "
49562 "introduit dans la version 2.33."
49563
49564 #. type: Plain text
49565 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:63
49566 msgid "Disallow messages."
49567 msgstr "Interdire les messages."
49568
49569 #. type: Labeled list
49570 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:64
49571 #, no-wrap
49572 msgid "*y*"
49573 msgstr "*y*"
49574
49575 #. type: Plain text
49576 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:66
49577 msgid "Allow messages to be displayed."
49578 msgstr "Permettre l’affichage des messages."
49579
49580 #. type: Plain text
49581 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:68
49582 msgid ""
49583 "If no arguments are given, *mesg* shows the current message status on "
49584 "standard error output."
49585 msgstr ""
49586 "Si aucun argument n’est donné, *mesg* affiche l’autorisation actuelle de "
49587 "message sur la sortie d’erreur standard."
49588
49589 #. type: Plain text
49590 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:79
49591 msgid "The *mesg* utility exits with one of the following values:"
49592 msgstr "L’utilitaire *mesg* quitte avec une des valeurs suivantes :"
49593
49594 #. type: Plain text
49595 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:82
49596 msgid "Messages are allowed."
49597 msgstr "Les messages sont permis."
49598
49599 #. type: Plain text
49600 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:84
49601 msgid "Messages are not allowed."
49602 msgstr "Les messages ne sont pas permis."
49603
49604 #. type: Labeled list
49605 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:84
49606 #, no-wrap
49607 msgid "*>1*"
49608 msgstr "*>1*"
49609
49610 #. type: Plain text
49611 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:86
49612 msgid "An error has occurred."
49613 msgstr "Une erreur s’est produite."
49614
49615 #. type: Plain text
49616 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:90
49617 msgid "_/dev/[pt]ty*_, _/dev/pts/[0-9]*_"
49618 msgstr ""
49619
49620 #. type: Plain text
49621 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:95
49622 #, no-wrap
49623 msgid ""
49624 "*mesg* (I) appears in the UNIX Programmer's Manual.\n"
49625 "It used to invert the current state with no argument before Version 7 AT&T UNIX.\n"
49626 msgstr ""
49627
49628 #. type: Plain text
49629 #: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:103
49630 #, no-wrap
49631 msgid ""
49632 "*login*(1),\n"
49633 "*talk*(1),\n"
49634 "*write*(1),\n"
49635 "*wall*(1),\n"
49636 "*xterm*(1)\n"
49637 msgstr ""
49638 "*login*(1),\n"
49639 "*talk*(1),\n"
49640 "*write*(1),\n"
49641 "*wall*(1),\n"
49642 "*xterm*(1)\n"
49643
49644 #
49645 #
49646 #
49647 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 Regents of the University of California.
49648 #. All rights reserved.
49649 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
49650 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
49651 #. are met:
49652 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
49653 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
49654 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
49655 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
49656 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
49657 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
49658 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
49659 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
49660 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
49661 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
49662 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
49663 #.    without specific prior written permission.
49664 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
49665 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
49666 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
49667 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
49668 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
49669 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
49670 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
49671 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
49672 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
49673 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
49674 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
49675 #.      @(#)script.1    6.5 (Berkeley) 7/27/91
49676 #. type: Title =
49677 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:36
49678 #, no-wrap
49679 msgid "script(1)"
49680 msgstr "script(1)"
49681
49682 #. type: Plain text
49683 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:47
49684 msgid "script - make typescript of terminal session"
49685 msgstr "script - Faire une transcription d'une session d'un terminal."
49686
49687 #. type: Plain text
49688 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:51
49689 #, no-wrap
49690 msgid "*script* [options] [_file_]\n"
49691 msgstr "*script* [options] [_fichier_]\n"
49692
49693 #. type: Plain text
49694 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:55
49695 #, no-wrap
49696 msgid "*script* makes a typescript of everything on your terminal session. The terminal data are stored in raw form to the log file and information about timing to another (optional) structured log file. The timing log file is necessary to replay the session later by *scriptreplay*(1) and to store additional information about the session.\n"
49697 msgstr "*script* effectue un tapuscrit de tout ce qu'il se passe dans la session de votre terminal. Les données du terminal sont stockées sous une forme brute dans le fichier journal et les informations de temps le sont dans un fichier journal structuré (optionnel). Le fichier journal de temps est nécessaire pour répéter la session, plus tard, avec *scriptreplay*(1) et pour stocker des informations supplémentaires sur la session.\n"
49698
49699 #. type: Plain text
49700 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:57
49701 #, fuzzy
49702 #| msgid ""
49703 #| "Since version 2.35, *script* supports multiple streams and allows the "
49704 #| "logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file. This "
49705 #| "version also supports new timing file which records additional "
49706 #| "information. The command *scriptreplay --summary* then provides all the "
49707 #| "information."
49708 msgid ""
49709 "Since version 2.35, *script* supports multiple streams and allows the "
49710 "logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file. This "
49711 "version also supports a new timing file which records additional "
49712 "information. The command *scriptreplay --summary* then provides all the "
49713 "information."
49714 msgstr ""
49715 "Depuis la version 2.35, *script* prend en charge plusieurs flux et permet "
49716 "d'enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie dans des fichiers séparés ou dans un "
49717 "seul fichier. Cette version gère aussi le nouveau fichier de temps qui "
49718 "enregistre des informations supplémentaires. La commande *scriptreplay --"
49719 "summary* fournit ensuite toutes les informations."
49720
49721 #. type: Plain text
49722 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:59
49723 msgid ""
49724 "If the argument _file_ or option *--log-out* _file_ is given, *script* saves "
49725 "the dialogue in this _file_. If no filename is given, the dialogue is saved "
49726 "in the file _typescript_."
49727 msgstr ""
49728 "Si le paramètre _fichier_ ou l'option *--log-out* _fichier_ est fourni, "
49729 "*script* sauvegarde l’affichage dans ce _fichier_. Si aucun nom de fichier "
49730 "n'est fourni, l’affichage est sauvegardé dans le fichier _typescript_."
49731
49732 #. type: Plain text
49733 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:61
49734 msgid ""
49735 "Note that logging input using *--log-in* or *--log-io* may record security-"
49736 "sensitive information as the log file contains all terminal session input (e."
49737 "g., passwords) independently of the terminal echo flag setting."
49738 msgstr ""
49739 "Remarquez que l'enregistrement des saisies avec *--log-in* ou *--log-io* "
49740 "peut être une opération sensible au plan de la sécurité, puisque le fichier "
49741 "journal contient toute la saisie de la session en terminal (cela veut dire y "
49742 "compris les mots de passe) indépendamment du positionnement du drapeau ECHO "
49743 "du terminal."
49744
49745 #. type: Plain text
49746 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:65
49747 msgid ""
49748 "Below, the _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
49749 "KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
49750 "(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or "
49751 "the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB "
49752 "and YB."
49753 msgstr ""
49754 "L’argument _taille_ ci-dessous peut être suivi des suffixes multiplicatifs "
49755 "KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiO, TiO, PiO, EiO, ZiO et YiO (la "
49756 "partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à « KiB ») ou "
49757 "des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GO, TO, PO, EO, ZO et YO."
49758
49759 #. type: Plain text
49760 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:68
49761 msgid ""
49762 "Append the output to _file_ or to _typescript_, retaining the prior contents."
49763 msgstr ""
49764 "Ajouter la transcription à la fin du _fichier_ ou de _typescript_, en "
49765 "conservant le contenu précédent du fichier."
49766
49767 #. type: Plain text
49768 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:71
49769 msgid ""
49770 "Run the _command_ rather than an interactive shell. This makes it easy for a "
49771 "script to capture the output of a program that behaves differently when its "
49772 "stdout is not a tty."
49773 msgstr ""
49774 "Exécuter la _commande_ au lieu d’un interpréteur de commandes interactif. "
49775 "Cela facilite la capture de sortie d'un programme qui se comporte "
49776 "différemment si sa sortie est un terminal ou non."
49777
49778 #. type: Labeled list
49779 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:72
49780 #, no-wrap
49781 msgid "*-E*, *--echo* _when_"
49782 msgstr "*-E*, *--echo* _quand_"
49783
49784 #. type: Plain text
49785 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:74
49786 msgid ""
49787 "This option controls the *ECHO* flag for the slave end of the session's "
49788 "pseudoterminal. The supported modes are _always_, _never_, or _auto_."
49789 msgstr ""
49790
49791 #. type: Plain text
49792 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:76
49793 msgid ""
49794 "The default is _auto_ -- in this case, *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal "
49795 "slave; if the current standard input is a terminal, *ECHO* is disabled for "
49796 "it to prevent double echo; if the current standard input is not a terminal "
49797 "(for example pipe: *echo date | script*) then keeping *ECHO* enabled for the "
49798 "pseudoterminal slave enables the standard input data to be viewed on screen "
49799 "while being recorded to session log simultaneously."
49800 msgstr ""
49801
49802 #. type: Plain text
49803 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:78
49804 msgid ""
49805 "Note that 'never' mode affects content of the session output log, because "
49806 "users input is not repeated on output."
49807 msgstr ""
49808
49809 #. type: Labeled list
49810 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:79
49811 #, no-wrap
49812 msgid "*-e*, *--return*"
49813 msgstr "*-e*, *--return*"
49814
49815 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
49816 #. type: Plain text
49817 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:81
49818 msgid ""
49819 "Return the exit status of the child process. Uses the same format as bash "
49820 "termination on signal termination (i.e., exit status is 128 {plus} the "
49821 "signal number). The exit status of the child process is always stored in the "
49822 "type script file too."
49823 msgstr ""
49824 "Renvoyer le code de retour du processus enfant. Le format utilisé est le "
49825 "même que celui de sortie de bash quand il reçoit un signal de fin (c'est-à-"
49826 "dire quand le code de retour est 128 {plus} le numéro du signal). Le code de "
49827 "retour du processus enfant est également toujours stocké dans le fichier "
49828 "_typescript_."
49829
49830 #. type: Labeled list
49831 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:83
49832 #, no-wrap
49833 msgid "*-f*, *--flush*"
49834 msgstr "*-f*, *--flush*"
49835
49836 #. type: Plain text
49837 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:85
49838 #, fuzzy
49839 #| msgid ""
49840 #| "Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one "
49841 #| "person does *mkfifo foo; script -f foo*, and another can supervise in "
49842 #| "real-time what is being done using *cat foo*. Note that flush has an "
49843 #| "impact on performance; it's possible to use *SIGUSR1* to flush logs on "
49844 #| "demand."
49845 msgid ""
49846 "Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one person "
49847 "does *mkfifo* _foo_; *script -f* _foo_, and another can supervise in real-"
49848 "time what is being done using *cat* _foo_. Note that flush has an impact on "
49849 "performance; it's possible to use *SIGUSR1* to flush logs on demand."
49850 msgstr ""
49851 "Forcer l'écriture de la sortie après chaque demande d'écriture. C'est "
49852 "pratique pour une coopération à distance : une personne exécute *mkfifo "
49853 "toto; script -f toto* et une autre peut superviser en temps réel ce qui se "
49854 "passe avec *cat toto*. Remarquez que ce forçage peut impacter les "
49855 "performances, il est possible d'utiliser SIGUSR1 pour écrire les journaux à "
49856 "la demande."
49857
49858 #. type: Labeled list
49859 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:86
49860 #, no-wrap
49861 msgid "*--force*"
49862 msgstr "*--force*"
49863
49864 #. type: Plain text
49865 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:88
49866 msgid ""
49867 "Allow the default output file _typescript_ to be a hard or symbolic link. "
49868 "The command will follow a symbolic link."
49869 msgstr ""
49870 "Permettre à la destination par défaut, c'est-à-dire le fichier _typescript_, "
49871 "d'être un lien direct ou symbolique. La commande suivra le lien symbolique."
49872
49873 #. type: Labeled list
49874 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:89 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:33
49875 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:38
49876 #, no-wrap
49877 msgid "*-B*, *--log-io* _file_"
49878 msgstr "*-B*, *--log-io* _fichier_"
49879
49880 #. type: Plain text
49881 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:91
49882 msgid ""
49883 "Log input and output to the same _file_. Note, this option makes sense only "
49884 "if *--log-timing* is also specified, otherwise it's impossible to separate "
49885 "output and input streams from the log _file_."
49886 msgstr ""
49887 "Enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie dans le même _fichier_. Remarquez que "
49888 "cette option n'a de sens que si *--log-timing* est également spécifié, sinon "
49889 "il n'est pas possible de séparer les flux d'entrée et de sortie à partir du "
49890 "_fichier_."
49891
49892 #. type: Labeled list
49893 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:92 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:30
49894 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:32
49895 #, no-wrap
49896 msgid "*-I*, *--log-in* _file_"
49897 msgstr "*-I*, *--log-in* _fichier_"
49898
49899 #. type: Plain text
49900 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:94
49901 msgid ""
49902 "Log input to the _file_. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* "
49903 "specified."
49904 msgstr ""
49905 "Enregistrer l'entrée dans le _fichier_. La journalisation de la sortie est "
49906 "désactivée si l'option *--log-in* est spécifiée seule."
49907
49908 #. type: Plain text
49909 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:96
49910 msgid ""
49911 "Use this logging functionality carefully as it logs all input, including "
49912 "input when terminal has disabled echo flag (for example, password inputs)."
49913 msgstr ""
49914 "Soyez prudent avec cette fonctionnalité de journalisation, car elle "
49915 "enregistre toutes les entrées, y compris lorsque le terminal a le drapeau "
49916 "ECHO désactivé (par exemple lors de la saisie d'un mot de passe)."
49917
49918 #. type: Labeled list
49919 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:97 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:35
49920 #, no-wrap
49921 msgid "*-O*, *--log-out* _file_"
49922 msgstr "*-O*, *--log-out* _fichier_"
49923
49924 #. type: Plain text
49925 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:99
49926 msgid ""
49927 "Log output to the _file_. The default is to log output to the file with name "
49928 "_typescript_ if the option *--log-out* or *--log-in* is not given. The log "
49929 "output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified."
49930 msgstr ""
49931 "Enregistrer la sortie dans le _fichier_. Par défaut, l'enregistrement de la "
49932 "sortie se fait dans un fichier _typescript_ si l'option *--log-out* ou *--"
49933 "log-in* n'est pas donnée. L'enregistrement de la sortie est désactivé si *--"
49934 "log-in* est spécifiée seule."
49935
49936 #. type: Labeled list
49937 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:100 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:39
49938 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:44
49939 #, no-wrap
49940 msgid "*-T*, *--log-timing* _file_"
49941 msgstr "*-T*, *--log-timing* _fichier_"
49942
49943 #. type: Plain text
49944 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:102
49945 msgid ""
49946 "Log timing information to the _file_. Two timing file formats are supported "
49947 "now. The classic format is used when only one stream (input or output) "
49948 "logging is enabled. The multi-stream format is used on *--log-io* or when *--"
49949 "log-in* and *--log-out* are used together. See also *--logging-format*."
49950 msgstr ""
49951 "Enregistrer les informations de temps dans le _fichier_. Deux formats de "
49952 "fichiers de temps sont désormais pris en charge. Le format classique est "
49953 "utilisé quand seul l'enregistrement d'un flux (entrée ou sortie) est activé. "
49954 "Le format multi-flux est utilisé avec *--log-io* ou quand *--log-in* et *--"
49955 "log-out* sont spécifiées en même temps. Voir aussi *--logging-format*."
49956
49957 #. type: Labeled list
49958 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:103
49959 #, no-wrap
49960 msgid "*-m*, *--logging-format* _format_"
49961 msgstr "*-m*, *--logging-format* _format_"
49962
49963 #. type: Plain text
49964 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:105
49965 #, fuzzy
49966 #| msgid ""
49967 #| "Force use of _advanced_ or _classic_ format. The default is the classic "
49968 #| "format to log only output and the advanced format when input as well as "
49969 #| "output logging is requested."
49970 msgid ""
49971 "Force use of _advanced_ or _classic_ timing log format. The default is the "
49972 "classic format to log only output and the advanced format when input as well "
49973 "as output logging is requested."
49974 msgstr ""
49975 "Forcer l'utilisation du format _advanced_ ou _classic_. Par défaut, le "
49976 "format classique est utilisé pour n'enregistrer que la sortie et celui "
49977 "avancé l'est quand on veut enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie."
49978
49979 #. type: Labeled list
49980 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:106
49981 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
49982 #| msgid "*Classic format*:"
49983 msgid "*Classic format*"
49984 msgstr "*Le format classique*"
49985
49986 #. type: Plain text
49987 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:108
49988 #, fuzzy
49989 #| msgid ""
49990 #| "The log contains two fields, separated by a space. The first field "
49991 #| "indicates how much time elapsed since the previous output. The second "
49992 #| "field indicates how many characters were output this time."
49993 msgid ""
49994 "The timing log contains two fields, separated by a space. The first field "
49995 "indicates how much time elapsed since the previous output. The second field "
49996 "indicates how many characters were output this time."
49997 msgstr ""
49998 "Le journal contient deux champs séparés par des espaces. Le premier champ "
49999 "indique le temps passé depuis la dernière sortie. Le second champ indique le "
50000 "nombre de caractères ayant été sortis cette fois-ci."
50001
50002 #. type: Labeled list
50003 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:109
50004 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
50005 #| msgid "*Advanced (multi-stream) format*:"
50006 msgid "*Advanced (multi-stream) format*"
50007 msgstr "*Le format avancé (multi-flux)*"
50008
50009 #. type: Plain text
50010 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:111
50011 #, fuzzy
50012 #| msgid ""
50013 #| "The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, 'H'eader, "
50014 #| "'S'ignal). The socond field is how much time elapsed since the previous "
50015 #| "entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
50016 msgid ""
50017 "The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, 'H'eader, "
50018 "'S'ignal). The second field is how much time elapsed since the previous "
50019 "entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
50020 msgstr ""
50021 "Le premier champ est l'identifiant du type d'entrée ('I'nput, 'O'utput, "
50022 "'H'eader, 'S'ignal). Le deuxième champ est la durée écoulée depuis la saisie "
50023 "précédente, et le reste de l’entrée contient des données spécifiques au type."
50024
50025 #. type: Labeled list
50026 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:112
50027 #, no-wrap
50028 msgid "*-o*, *--output-limit* _size_"
50029 msgstr "*-o*, *--output-limit* _taille_"
50030
50031 #. type: Plain text
50032 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:114
50033 msgid ""
50034 "Limit the size of the typescript and timing files to _size_ and stop the "
50035 "child process after this size is exceeded. The calculated file size does not "
50036 "include the start and done messages that the *script* command prepends and "
50037 "appends to the child process output. Due to buffering, the resulting output "
50038 "file might be larger than the specified value."
50039 msgstr ""
50040 "Limiter la taille des fichiers _typescript_ et de temps à _taille_ et "
50041 "arrêter le processus enfant lorsque cette taille est dépassée. La taille du "
50042 "fichier calculée ne tient pas compte des messages de début et de fin ajoutés "
50043 "par la commande _script_ à la sortie du processus enfant. Du fait d'une mise "
50044 "en tampon (« buffering »), la taille finale du fichier pourrait être plus "
50045 "grande que la valeur indiquée."
50046
50047 #. type: Plain text
50048 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:117
50049 msgid "Be quiet (do not write start and done messages to standard output)."
50050 msgstr ""
50051 "Être silencieux (ne pas écrire les messages de départ ni de fin sur la "
50052 "sortie standard)."
50053
50054 #. type: Labeled list
50055 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:118
50056 #, no-wrap
50057 msgid "*-t*[_file_], *--timing*[=_file_]"
50058 msgstr "*-t*[_fichier_], *--timing*[=_fichier_]"
50059
50060 #. type: Plain text
50061 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:120
50062 msgid ""
50063 "Output timing data to standard error, or to _file_ when given. This option "
50064 "is deprecated in favour of *--log-timing* where the _file_ argument is not "
50065 "optional."
50066 msgstr ""
50067 "Afficher les données de temps sur la sortie d'erreur standard ou dans "
50068 "_fichier_ s'il est indiqué. Cette option est obsolète et remplacée par *--"
50069 "log-timing*, où le paramètre _fichier_ n'est pas facultatif."
50070
50071 #. type: Plain text
50072 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:126
50073 msgid ""
50074 "Upon receiving *SIGUSR1*, *script* immediately flushes the output files."
50075 msgstr ""
50076 "Dès la réception de *SIGUSR1*, *script* écrit immédiatement les fichiers de "
50077 "sortie."
50078
50079 #. type: Plain text
50080 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:130
50081 msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by *script*:"
50082 msgstr "Les variables d'environnement suivantes sont utilisées par *script* :"
50083
50084 #. type: Labeled list
50085 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:131 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:171
50086 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:130
50087 #, no-wrap
50088 msgid "*SHELL*"
50089 msgstr "*SHELL*"
50090
50091 #. type: Plain text
50092 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:133
50093 msgid ""
50094 "If the variable *SHELL* exists, the shell forked by *script* will be that "
50095 "shell. If *SHELL* is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed. (Most shells set "
50096 "this variable automatically)."
50097 msgstr ""
50098 "Si la variable d'environnement *SHELL* existe, l'interpréteur de commandes "
50099 "engendré par *script* (avec fork) sera cet interpréteur de commandes. Si "
50100 "*SHELL* n'est pas définie, l’interpréteur de commandes sera supposé de type "
50101 "Bourne (la plupart des interpréteurs de commandes définissent cette variable "
50102 "automatiquement)."
50103
50104 #. type: Plain text
50105 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:137
50106 msgid ""
50107 "The script ends when the forked shell exits (a _control-D_ for the Bourne "
50108 "shell (*sh*(1p)), and _exit_, _logout_ or _control-d_ (if _ignoreeof_ is not "
50109 "set) for the C-shell, *csh*(1))."
50110 msgstr ""
50111 "Le script s'arrête quand le sous-interpréteur de commandes exécuté se "
50112 "termine (un _Ctrl-D_ pour l'interpréteur de commandes de type Bourne comme "
50113 "*sh*(1p) et _exit_, _logout_ ou _Ctrl-d_ (si _ignoreeof_ n'est pas définie) "
50114 "pour les interpréteurs de commandes de type C comme *csh*(1))."
50115
50116 #. type: Plain text
50117 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:139
50118 msgid ""
50119 "Certain interactive commands, such as *vi*(1), create garbage in the "
50120 "typescript file. *script* works best with commands that do not manipulate "
50121 "the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy terminal."
50122 msgstr ""
50123 "Certaines commandes interactives, comme *vi*(1), créent des parasites dans "
50124 "le fichier de transcription. *script* fonctionne mieux avec les commandes "
50125 "qui ne manipulent pas l'écran, les résultats cherchent à émuler un terminal "
50126 "brut."
50127
50128 #. type: Plain text
50129 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:141
50130 msgid ""
50131 "It is not recommended to run *script* in non-interactive shells. The inner "
50132 "shell of *script* is always interactive, and this could lead to unexpected "
50133 "results. If you use *script* in the shell initialization file, you have to "
50134 "avoid entering an infinite loop. You can use for example the *.profile* "
50135 "file, which is read by login shells only:"
50136 msgstr ""
50137 "Exécuter *script* dans des interpréteurs de commandes non interactifs n’est "
50138 "pas recommandé. L’interpréteur de commandes interne de *script* est toujours "
50139 "interactif, et cela pourrait avoir pour conséquence des résultats imprévus. "
50140 "Si vous utilisez *script* dans le fichier d’initialisation de l’interpréteur "
50141 "de commandes, évitez d’entrer dans une boucle infinie. Utilisez par exemple "
50142 "le fichier *.profile* qui n’est lu que par les interpréteurs de commandes de "
50143 "connexion :"
50144
50145 #. type: delimited block .
50146 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:147
50147 #, no-wrap
50148 msgid ""
50149 "if test -t 0 ; then\n"
50150 "    script\n"
50151 "    exit\n"
50152 "fi\n"
50153 msgstr ""
50154 "if test -t 0 ; then\n"
50155 "    script\n"
50156 "    exit\n"
50157 "fi\n"
50158
50159 #. type: Plain text
50160 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:150
50161 msgid ""
50162 "You should also avoid use of *script* in command pipes, as *script* can read "
50163 "more input than you would expect."
50164 msgstr ""
50165 "Vous devriez aussi éviter l’utilisation de *script* dans les tubes de "
50166 "commande, car *script* peut lire plus d’entrées que vous pourriez en "
50167 "attendre."
50168
50169 #. type: Plain text
50170 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:154
50171 msgid "The *script* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
50172 msgstr "La commande *script* est apparue pour la première fois dans 3.0BSD."
50173
50174 #. type: Plain text
50175 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:158
50176 #, no-wrap
50177 msgid "*script* places _everything_ in the log file, including linefeeds and backspaces. This is not what the naive user expects.\n"
50178 msgstr "*script* place _tout_ dans le fichier journal, dont les changements de ligne et les espaces arrière. Ce n'est pas ce à quoi un utilisateur pourrait naïvement s'attendre.\n"
50179
50180 #. type: Plain text
50181 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:160
50182 #, no-wrap
50183 msgid "*script* is primarily designed for interactive terminal sessions. When stdin is not a terminal (for example: *echo foo | script*), then the session can hang, because the interactive shell within the script session misses EOF and *script* has no clue when to close the session. See the *NOTES* section for more information.\n"
50184 msgstr "*script* est d'abord conçu pour des sessions de terminal interactives. Quand l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal, (par exemple *echo toto | script*), la session peut se bloquer car l'interpréteur interactif dans la session de script n'a pas de EOF et *script* ne sait pas quand fermer la session. Voir la session *REMARQUES* pour plus d'informations.\n"
50185
50186 #. type: Plain text
50187 #: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:166
50188 #, no-wrap
50189 msgid ""
50190 "*csh*(1) (for the _history_ mechanism),\n"
50191 "*scriptreplay*(1),\n"
50192 "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
50193 msgstr ""
50194 "*csh*(1) (pour le mécanisme d’__historique__),\n"
50195 "*scriptreplay*(1),\n"
50196 "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
50197
50198 #. type: Title =
50199 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:2
50200 #, no-wrap
50201 msgid "scriptlive(1)"
50202 msgstr "scriptlive(1)"
50203
50204 #. type: Plain text
50205 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:13
50206 #, fuzzy
50207 #| msgid "scriptreplay - play back typescripts, using timing information"
50208 msgid "scriptlive - re-run session typescripts, using timing information"
50209 msgstr ""
50210 "scriptreplay - Rejouer un enregistrement fait par script, en utilisant les "
50211 "informations temporelles"
50212
50213 #. type: Plain text
50214 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:17
50215 #, no-wrap
50216 msgid "*scriptlive* [options] [*-t*] _timingfile_ [*-I*|*-B*] _typescript_\n"
50217 msgstr "*scriptlive* [options] [*-t*] _fichier_timing_ [*-I*|*-B*] _fichier_script_\n"
50218
50219 #. type: Plain text
50220 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:21
50221 #, fuzzy
50222 #| msgid ""
50223 #| "This program replays a typescript, using timing information to ensure "
50224 #| "that output happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the "
50225 #| "script was recorded."
50226 msgid ""
50227 "This program re-runs a typescript, using stdin typescript and timing "
50228 "information to ensure that input happens in the same rhythm as it originally "
50229 "appeared when the script was recorded."
50230 msgstr ""
50231 "Ce programme rejoue un enregistrement fait par B<script>(1), en utilisant "
50232 "les informations temporelles pour s'assurer qu'il s'exécute au même rythme "
50233 "que lors de l'enregistrement."
50234
50235 #. type: Plain text
50236 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:23
50237 msgid ""
50238 "The *session is executed* in a newly created pseudoterminal with the user's "
50239 "$SHELL (or defaults to _/bin/bash_)."
50240 msgstr ""
50241
50242 #. type: Plain text
50243 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:25
50244 #, no-wrap
50245 msgid "*Be careful!* Do not forget that the typescript may contains arbitrary commands. It is recommended to use *\"scriptreplay --stream in --log-in typescript\"* (or with *--log-io* instead of *--log-in*) to verify the typescript before it is executed by *scriptlive*.\n"
50246 msgstr ""
50247
50248 #. type: Plain text
50249 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:27
50250 msgid ""
50251 "The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--"
50252 "log-timing*. The typescript has to contain stdin information and it is what "
50253 "script1 outputs to file specified by *--log-in* or *--log-io*."
50254 msgstr ""
50255
50256 #. type: Plain text
50257 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:32 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:34
50258 msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal input."
50259 msgstr "Fichier contenant l'entrée de terminal de *script*."
50260
50261 #. type: Plain text
50262 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:35 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:40
50263 msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output and input."
50264 msgstr "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de *script* et l’entrée."
50265
50266 #. type: Labeled list
50267 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:36 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:41
50268 #, no-wrap
50269 msgid "*-t*, *--timing* _file_"
50270 msgstr "*-t*, *--timing* _fichier_"
50271
50272 #. type: Plain text
50273 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:43
50274 msgid ""
50275 "File containing *script*'s timing output. This option overrides old-style "
50276 "arguments."
50277 msgstr ""
50278 "Fichier contenant la sortie temporelle de *script*. Cette option outrepasse "
50279 "les paramètres à l'ancienne."
50280
50281 #. type: Plain text
50282 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:41
50283 #, fuzzy
50284 #| msgid ""
50285 #| "This is an alias for B<-t>, maintained for compatibility with "
50286 #| "B<script>(1)  command-line options."
50287 msgid ""
50288 "Aliased to *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) command-line "
50289 "options."
50290 msgstr ""
50291 "Alias pour B<-t>, maintenu pour des raisons de compatibilité avec les "
50292 "options de la ligne de commande de B<script>(1)."
50293
50294 #. type: Plain text
50295 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:55
50296 msgid ""
50297 "Speed up the replay displaying this _number_ of times. The argument is a "
50298 "floating-point number. It's called divisor because it divides the timings by "
50299 "this factor. This option overrides old-style arguments."
50300 msgstr ""
50301 "Multiplier la vitesse d'affichage de la répétition (replay) par _nombre_. "
50302 "L'argument est un nombre à virgule flottante. Il est appelé diviseur car il "
50303 "divise les temps par ce facteur. Cette option outrepasse les paramètres à "
50304 "l'ancienne."
50305
50306 #. type: Labeled list
50307 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:45 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:56
50308 #, no-wrap
50309 msgid "*-m*, *--maxdelay* _number_"
50310 msgstr "*-m*, *--maxdelay* _nombre_"
50311
50312 #. type: Plain text
50313 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:47 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:58
50314 msgid ""
50315 "Set the maximum delay between updates to _number_ of seconds. The argument "
50316 "is a floating-point number. This can be used to avoid long pauses in the "
50317 "typescript replay."
50318 msgstr ""
50319 "Définir le délai maximal entre les mises à jour de transcription à "
50320 "_nombre_ secondes. L'argument est un nombre à virgule flottante. Cela peut "
50321 "être utilisé pour éviter les longues pauses quand la transcription est "
50322 "rejouée."
50323
50324 #. type: delimited block .
50325 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:60
50326 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
50327 #| msgid ""
50328 #| "% script --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
50329 #| "Script started, file is script.out\n"
50330 #| "% ls\n"
50331 #| "E<lt>etc, etcE<gt>\n"
50332 #| "% exit\n"
50333 #| "Script done, file is script.out\n"
50334 #| "% scriptreplay --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
50335 msgid ""
50336 "% script --log-timing file.tm --log-in script.in\n"
50337 "Script started, file is script.out\n"
50338 "% date\n"
50339 "<etc, etc>\n"
50340 "% exit\n"
50341 "Script done, file is script.out\n"
50342 "% scriptlive --log-timing file.tm --log-in script.in\n"
50343 msgstr ""
50344 "% script --log-timing fichier.tm --log-out script.out\n"
50345 "Le script a débuté, le fichier est script.out\n"
50346 "% ls\n"
50347 "E<lt>etc, etcE<gt>\n"
50348 "% exit\n"
50349 "Script terminé, le fichier est script.out\n"
50350 "% scriptreplay --log-timing fichier.tm --log-out script.out\n"
50351
50352 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
50353 #. type: Plain text
50354 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:70
50355 msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2019 Karel Zak"
50356 msgstr "Copyright {copyright} 2019 Karel Zak"
50357
50358 #. type: Plain text
50359 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:72 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:92
50360 msgid ""
50361 "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO "
50362 "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
50363 msgstr ""
50364 "C'est un logiciel libre ; consultez les sources pour les conditions de "
50365 "copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE garantie ; même pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou "
50366 "d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIÈRE."
50367
50368 #. type: Plain text
50369 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:74 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:94
50370 msgid "Released under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later."
50371 msgstr "Diffusé sous licence GNU GPL version 2 ou postérieure."
50372
50373 #. type: Plain text
50374 #: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:79
50375 #, no-wrap
50376 msgid ""
50377 "*script*(1),\n"
50378 "*scriptreplay*(1)\n"
50379 msgstr ""
50380 "*script*(1),\n"
50381 "*scriptreplay*(1)\n"
50382
50383 #. type: Title =
50384 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:2
50385 #, no-wrap
50386 msgid "scriptreplay(1)"
50387 msgstr "scriptreplay(1)"
50388
50389 #. type: Plain text
50390 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:13
50391 msgid "scriptreplay - play back typescripts, using timing information"
50392 msgstr ""
50393 "scriptreplay - Rejouer un enregistrement fait par script, en utilisant les "
50394 "informations temporelles"
50395
50396 #. type: Plain text
50397 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:17
50398 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
50399 #| msgid "B<scriptreplay> [options] [B<-t>] I<timingfile> [I<typescript> [I<divisor>]]"
50400 msgid "*scriptreplay* [options] [*-t*] _timingfile_ [_typescript_ [_divisor_]]\n"
50401 msgstr "B<scriptreplay> [I<options>] [B<-t>] I<fichier_timing> [I<fichier_script> [I<diviseur>]]"
50402
50403 #. type: Plain text
50404 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:21
50405 msgid ""
50406 "This program replays a typescript, using timing information to ensure that "
50407 "output happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script "
50408 "was recorded."
50409 msgstr ""
50410 "Ce programme rejoue un enregistrement fait par *script*(1), en utilisant les "
50411 "informations temporelles pour s'assurer qu'il s'exécute au même rythme que "
50412 "lors de l'enregistrement."
50413
50414 #. type: Plain text
50415 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:23
50416 msgid ""
50417 "The replay simply displays the information again; the programs that were run "
50418 "when the typescript was being recorded are *not run again*. Since the same "
50419 "information is simply being displayed, *scriptreplay* is only guaranteed to "
50420 "work properly if run on the same type of terminal the typescript was "
50421 "recorded on. Otherwise, any escape characters in the typescript may be "
50422 "interpreted differently by the terminal to which *scriptreplay* is sending "
50423 "its output."
50424 msgstr ""
50425 "La répétition affiche simplement à nouveau les informations ; les programmes "
50426 "lancés lors de l'enregistrement de _fichier_script_ *ne sont pas "
50427 "réexécutés*. Comme les mêmes informations sont réaffichées, *scriptreplay* "
50428 "ne garantit un bon fonctionnement que s'il est lancé sur le même type de "
50429 "terminal que celui où a été enregistré le _fichier_script_. Sinon, tout "
50430 "caractère d'échappement de l'enregistrement pourrait être interprété "
50431 "différemment par le terminal sur lequel *scriptreplay* envoie sa sortie."
50432
50433 #. type: Plain text
50434 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:25
50435 msgid ""
50436 "The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--"
50437 "log-timing*."
50438 msgstr ""
50439 "Les informations temporelles correspondent à ce que *script*(1) envoie au "
50440 "fichier spécifié avec *--log-timing*."
50441
50442 #. type: Plain text
50443 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:27
50444 msgid ""
50445 "By default, the typescript to display is assumed to be named _typescript_, "
50446 "but other filenames may be specified, as the second parameter or with option "
50447 "*--log-out*."
50448 msgstr ""
50449 "Par défaut, le fichier à rejouer est supposé s'appeler _fichier_script_, "
50450 "mais d'autres fichiers peuvent être précisés à l'aide du deuxième paramètre "
50451 "ou avec l'option *--log-out*."
50452
50453 #. type: Plain text
50454 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:29
50455 #, fuzzy
50456 #| msgid ""
50457 #| "If the third parameter or *--divisor* is specified, it is used as a speed-"
50458 #| "up multiplier. For example, a speed-up of 2 makes *scriptreplay* go twice "
50459 #| "as fast, and a speed-up of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than the "
50460 #| "original session."
50461 msgid ""
50462 "If the third parameter or *--divisor* is specified, it is used as a speed-up "
50463 "multiplier. For example, a speed-up of 2 makes *scriptreplay* go twice as "
50464 "fast, and a speed-down of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than the original "
50465 "session."
50466 msgstr ""
50467 "Si le troisième paramètre ou *--divisor* est indiqué, il est utilisé comme "
50468 "multiplicateur de vitesse. Par exemple, la valeur « 2 » multiplie par 2 la "
50469 "vitesse de *scriptreplay*, « 0.1 » la divise par 10."
50470
50471 #. type: Plain text
50472 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:37
50473 msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output."
50474 msgstr "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de *script*."
50475
50476 #. type: Plain text
50477 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:46
50478 msgid ""
50479 "This is an alias for *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) "
50480 "command-line options."
50481 msgstr ""
50482 "Alias pour *-t*, maintenu pour des raisons de compatibilité avec les options "
50483 "de la ligne de commande de *script*(1)."
50484
50485 #. type: Labeled list
50486 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:47
50487 #, no-wrap
50488 msgid "*-s*, *--typescript* _file_"
50489 msgstr "*-s*, *--typescript* _fichier_"
50490
50491 #. type: Plain text
50492 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:49
50493 msgid ""
50494 "File containing *script*'s terminal output. Deprecated alias to *--log-out*. "
50495 "This option overrides old-style arguments."
50496 msgstr ""
50497 "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de *script*. Alias obsolète pour *--"
50498 "log-out*. Cette option outrepasse les paramètres à l'ancienne."
50499
50500 #. type: Labeled list
50501 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:50
50502 #, no-wrap
50503 msgid "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"
50504 msgstr "*-c*, *--cr-mode* _mode_"
50505
50506 #. type: Plain text
50507 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:52
50508 msgid ""
50509 "Specifies how to use the CR (0x0D, carriage return) character from log "
50510 "files. The default mode is _auto_, in this case CR is replaced with line "
50511 "break for stdin log, because otherwise *scriptreplay* would overwrite the "
50512 "same line. The other modes are _never_ and _always_."
50513 msgstr ""
50514 "Spécifier la manière d'utiliser le caractère CR (0x0D, retour chariot) dans "
50515 "les fichiers journaux. Le mode par défaut est _auto_, auquel cas CR est "
50516 "remplacé par un retour à la ligne dans le journal de l'entrée standard, "
50517 "sinon *scriptreplay* écrasera la même ligne. Les autres modes sont _never_ "
50518 "et _always_."
50519
50520 #. type: Labeled list
50521 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:59
50522 #, no-wrap
50523 msgid "*--summary*"
50524 msgstr "*--summary*"
50525
50526 #. type: Plain text
50527 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:61
50528 #, fuzzy
50529 #| msgid ""
50530 #| "Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file "
50531 #| "and exit. The session has to be recorded using _advanced_ format (see "
50532 #| "*script*(1)) option *--logging-format* for more details)."
50533 msgid ""
50534 "Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file and "
50535 "exit. The session has to be recorded using _advanced_ format (see "
50536 "*script*(1) option *--logging-format* for more details)."
50537 msgstr ""
50538 "Afficher les détails de la session enregistrée dans le fichier de temps "
50539 "indiqué et quitter. La session doit être enregistrée au format _advanced_ "
50540 "(avancé) (voir *script*(1)), option *--logging-format*, pour plus de "
50541 "détails)."
50542
50543 #. type: Labeled list
50544 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:62
50545 #, no-wrap
50546 msgid "*-x*, *--stream* _type_"
50547 msgstr "*-x*, *--stream* _type_"
50548
50549 #. type: Plain text
50550 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:64
50551 msgid ""
50552 "Forces *scriptreplay* to print only the specified stream. The supported "
50553 "stream types are _in_, _out_, _signal_, or _info_. This option is "
50554 "recommended for multi-stream logs (e.g., *--log-io*) in order to print only "
50555 "specified data."
50556 msgstr ""
50557 "Forcer *scriptreplay* à n'afficher que les flux indiqués. Les types de flux "
50558 "pris en charge sont _in_, _out_, _signal_ ou _info_. Cette option est "
50559 "recommandée pour des journaux de plusieurs flux (comme *--log-io*) pour "
50560 "n'afficher que les données indiquées."
50561
50562 #. type: delimited block .
50563 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:77
50564 #, no-wrap
50565 msgid ""
50566 "% script --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
50567 "Script started, file is script.out\n"
50568 "% ls\n"
50569 "<etc, etc>\n"
50570 "% exit\n"
50571 "Script done, file is script.out\n"
50572 "% scriptreplay --log-timing file.tm --log-out script.out\n"
50573 msgstr ""
50574 "% script --log-timing fichier.tm --log-out script.out\n"
50575 "Le script a débuté, le fichier est script.out\n"
50576 "% ls\n"
50577 "<etc, etc>\n"
50578 "% exit\n"
50579 "Script terminé, le fichier est script.out\n"
50580 "% scriptreplay --log-timing fichier.tm --log-out script.out\n"
50581
50582 #. type: Plain text
50583 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:82
50584 msgid ""
50585 "The original *scriptreplay* program was written by mailto:joey@kitenet."
50586 "net[Joey Hess]. The program was re-written in C by mailto:jay@gnu.org[James "
50587 "Youngman] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
50588 msgstr ""
50589 "Le programme *scriptreplay* a été écrit à l'origine par mailto:joey@kitenet."
50590 "net[Joey Hess]. Il a été réécrit en C par mailto:jay@gnu.org[James Youngman] "
50591 "et mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
50592
50593 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
50594 #. type: Plain text
50595 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:87
50596 msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2008 James Youngman"
50597 msgstr "Copyright {copyright} 2008 James Youngman"
50598
50599 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
50600 #. type: Plain text
50601 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:90
50602 msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
50603 msgstr "Copyright {copyright} 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
50604
50605 #. type: Plain text
50606 #: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:99
50607 #, no-wrap
50608 msgid ""
50609 "*script*(1),\n"
50610 "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
50611 msgstr ""
50612 "*script*(1),\n"
50613 "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
50614
50615 #. Copyright 1990 Gordon Irlam (gordoni@cs.ua.oz.au)
50616 #. Copyright 1992 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
50617 #. Copyright 2000 Colin Watson (cjw44@cam.ac.uk)
50618 #. Do not restrict distribution.
50619 #. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
50620 #. type: Title =
50621 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:9
50622 #, no-wrap
50623 msgid "setterm(1)"
50624 msgstr "setterm(1)"
50625
50626 #. type: Plain text
50627 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:19
50628 msgid "setterm - set terminal attributes"
50629 msgstr "setterm - Définir les attributs du terminal"
50630
50631 #. type: Plain text
50632 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:23
50633 #, no-wrap
50634 msgid "*setterm* [options]\n"
50635 msgstr "*setterm* [options]\n"
50636
50637 #. type: Plain text
50638 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:27
50639 #, no-wrap
50640 msgid "*setterm* writes to standard output a character string that will invoke the specified terminal capabilities. Where possible _terminfo_ is consulted to find the string to use. Some options however (marked \"virtual consoles only\" below) do not correspond to a *terminfo*(5) capability. In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\" the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix virtual console driver is output. Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored.\n"
50641 msgstr "*setterm* affiche sur la sortie standard une chaîne de caractères qui invoquera les caractéristiques indiquées du terminal. Quand c'est possible, _terminfo_ est consulté pour découvrir la chaîne à utiliser. Certaines options cependant (référencées par la suite par «\\ consoles virtuelles uniquement\\ ») ne correspondent pas à une caractéristique d'un *terminfo*(5). Dans ce cas de figure, si le type de terminal est «\\ con\\ » ou «\\ linux\\ » la chaîne affichée est celle qui invoque la caractéristique mentionnée sur la console virtuelle d'un PC MINIX. Les options non implémentées par le terminal sont ignorées.\n"
50642
50643 #. type: Plain text
50644 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:31
50645 msgid "For boolean options (*on* or *off*), the default is *on*."
50646 msgstr ""
50647 "Pour les options booléennes (*on* ou *off*), la valeur par défaut est *on*."
50648
50649 #. type: Plain text
50650 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:33
50651 msgid ""
50652 "Below, an _8-color_ can be *black*, *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, "
50653 "*magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
50654 msgstr ""
50655 "Ci-dessous, une valeur __8_couleurs__ peut être *black*, *red*, *green*, "
50656 "*yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan* ou *white*."
50657
50658 #. type: Plain text
50659 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:35
50660 msgid ""
50661 "A _16-color_ can be an _8-color_, or *grey*, or *bright* followed by *red*, "
50662 "*green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
50663 msgstr ""
50664 "Une valeur _16-couleurs_ peut être une des valeurs _8-couleurs_, ou *grey* "
50665 "ou *bright* suivis de *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, "
50666 "or *white*."
50667
50668 #. type: Plain text
50669 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:37
50670 msgid ""
50671 "The various color options may be set independently, at least on virtual "
50672 "consoles, though the results of setting multiple modes (for example, *--"
50673 "underline* and *--half-bright*) are hardware-dependent."
50674 msgstr ""
50675 "Les différentes options de couleur peuvent être définies séparément, au "
50676 "moins sur les consoles virtuelles, bien que l'effet de la définition de "
50677 "plusieurs modes (par exemple, *--underline* et *--half-bright*) dépend du "
50678 "matériel."
50679
50680 #. type: Plain text
50681 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:39
50682 #, fuzzy
50683 #| msgid ""
50684 #| "The optional arguments require '=' (equals sign) and not space between "
50685 #| "the option and the argument. For example --option=argument."
50686 msgid ""
50687 "The optional arguments are recommended with '=' (equals sign) and not space "
50688 "between the option and the argument. For example --option=argument. "
50689 "*setterm* can interpret the next non-option argument as an optional argument "
50690 "too."
50691 msgstr ""
50692 "Les paramètres optionnels ont besoin d'un « = » (signe égal) et pas d'espace "
50693 "entre l'option et le paramètre. Par exemple, --option=paramètre."
50694
50695 #. type: Labeled list
50696 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:40
50697 #, no-wrap
50698 msgid "*--appcursorkeys* on|off"
50699 msgstr "*--appcursorkeys* on|off"
50700
50701 #. type: Plain text
50702 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:42
50703 msgid ""
50704 "Sets Cursor Key Application Mode on or off. When on, ESC O A, ESC O B, etc. "
50705 "will be sent for the cursor keys instead of ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc. See the "
50706 "_vi and Cursor-Keys_ section of the _Text-Terminal-HOWTO_ for how this can "
50707 "cause problems for *vi* users. Virtual consoles only."
50708 msgstr ""
50709 "Activer ou désactiver le «\\ Cursor Key Application Mode\\ ». En mode actif "
50710 "(« *on* »), ESC O A, ESC O B, etc., seront envoyés à la place de ESC [ A, "
50711 "ESC [ B, etc. Les utilisateurs de *vi* se référeront à la section «\\ vi and "
50712 "Cursor-Keys\\ » du _Text-Terminal-HOWTO_ (en anglais) pour connaître la "
50713 "raison des problèmes que cela peut poser. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
50714
50715 #. type: Labeled list
50716 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:43
50717 #, no-wrap
50718 msgid "*--append* _console_number_"
50719 msgstr "*--append* _numéro_console_"
50720
50721 #. type: Plain text
50722 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:45
50723 msgid ""
50724 "Like *--dump*, but appends to the snapshot file instead of overwriting it. "
50725 "Only works if no *--dump* options are given."
50726 msgstr ""
50727 "Identique à *--dump*, mais ajoute au fichier d’instantané au lieu de "
50728 "l'écraser. Ne fonctionne que si aucune option *--dump* n’est donnée."
50729
50730 #. type: Labeled list
50731 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:46
50732 #, no-wrap
50733 msgid "*--background* __8-color__|default"
50734 msgstr "*--background* __couleurs__|default"
50735
50736 #. type: Plain text
50737 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:48
50738 msgid "Sets the background text color."
50739 msgstr "Définir la couleur d'arrière-plan du texte."
50740
50741 #. type: Labeled list
50742 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:49
50743 #, no-wrap
50744 msgid "*--blank*[=0-60|force|poke]"
50745 msgstr "*--blank*[=0-60|force|poke]"
50746
50747 #. type: Plain text
50748 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:51
50749 msgid ""
50750 "Sets the interval of inactivity, in minutes, after which the screen will be "
50751 "automatically blanked (using APM if available). Without an argument, it gets "
50752 "the blank status (returns which vt was blanked, or zero for an unblanked "
50753 "vt). Virtual consoles only."
50754 msgstr ""
50755 "Définir l'intervalle d'inactivité, en minute, après lequel la console sera "
50756 "éteinte (en utilisant APM s'il est disponible). Sans option, renvoyer l'état "
50757 "de la console (renvoyer la console qui a été éteinte ou zéro pour une "
50758 "console non éteinte). Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
50759
50760 #. type: Plain text
50761 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:53
50762 msgid "The *force* argument keeps the screen blank even if a key is pressed."
50763 msgstr ""
50764 "Le paramètre *force* laisse l'écran vide même si une touche est pressée."
50765
50766 #. type: Plain text
50767 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:55
50768 msgid "The *poke* argument unblanks the screen."
50769 msgstr "Le paramètre *poke* réveille l'écran."
50770
50771 #. type: Labeled list
50772 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:56
50773 #, no-wrap
50774 msgid "*--bfreq*[=_number_]"
50775 msgstr "*--bfreq*[=_numéro_]"
50776
50777 #. type: Plain text
50778 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:58
50779 msgid ""
50780 "Sets the bell frequency in Hertz. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. "
50781 "Virtual consoles only."
50782 msgstr ""
50783 "Définir la fréquence du bip en hertz. Sans paramètre, *0* est utilisé par "
50784 "défaut. Pour les consoles virtuelles uniquement."
50785
50786 #. type: Labeled list
50787 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:59
50788 #, no-wrap
50789 msgid "*--blength*[=0-2000]"
50790 msgstr "*--blength*[=0-2000]"
50791
50792 #. type: Plain text
50793 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:61
50794 msgid ""
50795 "Sets the bell duration in milliseconds. Without an argument, it defaults to "
50796 "*0*. Virtual consoles only."
50797 msgstr ""
50798 "Définir la durée du bip en milliseconde. Sans paramètre, *0* est utilisé par "
50799 "défaut. Pour les consoles virtuelles uniquement."
50800
50801 #. type: Labeled list
50802 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:62
50803 #, no-wrap
50804 msgid "*--blink* on|off"
50805 msgstr "*--blink* on|off"
50806
50807 #. type: Plain text
50808 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:64
50809 msgid ""
50810 "Turns blink mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--blink off* turns "
50811 "off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
50812 msgstr ""
50813 "Activer ou désactiver le mode clignotant. À part sur une console virtuelle, "
50814 "*--blink off* désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-teinte, clignotant, "
50815 "inverse)."
50816
50817 #. type: Labeled list
50818 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:65
50819 #, no-wrap
50820 msgid "*--bold* on|off"
50821 msgstr "*--bold* on|off"
50822
50823 #. type: Plain text
50824 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:67
50825 msgid ""
50826 "urns bold (extra bright) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--"
50827 "bold off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
50828 msgstr ""
50829 "Activer ou désactiver le mode gras (surbrillance). À part sur une console "
50830 "virtuelle, *--bold off* désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-luminosité, "
50831 "clignotant, inverse)."
50832
50833 #. type: Labeled list
50834 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:68
50835 #, no-wrap
50836 msgid "*--clear*[=all|rest]"
50837 msgstr "*--clear*[=all|rest]"
50838
50839 #. type: Plain text
50840 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:70
50841 msgid ""
50842 "Without an argument or with the argument *all*, the entire screen is cleared "
50843 "and the cursor is set to the home position, just like *clear*(1) does. With "
50844 "the argument *rest*, the screen is cleared from the current cursor position "
50845 "to the end."
50846 msgstr ""
50847 "Sans argument, ou avec l’argument *all*, tout l’écran est nettoyé et le "
50848 "curseur est défini à la position d’origine, comme *clear*(1) le fait. Avec "
50849 "l’argument *rest*, l’écran est nettoyé à partir de la position actuelle du "
50850 "curseur jusqu’à la fin."
50851
50852 #. type: Labeled list
50853 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:71
50854 #, no-wrap
50855 msgid "*--clrtabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
50856 msgstr "*--clrtabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
50857
50858 #. type: Plain text
50859 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:73
50860 msgid ""
50861 "Clears tab stops from the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
50862 "*1-160*. Without arguments, it clears all tab stops. Virtual consoles only."
50863 msgstr ""
50864 "Effacer les taquets de tabulation horizontale à partir des positions données "
50865 "du curseur, échelonnées de *1* à *160*. Sans paramètre, effacer tous les "
50866 "taquets de tabulation. Sur les consoles virtuelles uniquement."
50867
50868 #. type: Labeled list
50869 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:74
50870 #, no-wrap
50871 msgid "*--cursor* on|off"
50872 msgstr "*--cursor* on|off"
50873
50874 #. type: Plain text
50875 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:76
50876 msgid "Turns the terminal's cursor on or off."
50877 msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le curseur."
50878
50879 #. type: Labeled list
50880 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:77
50881 #, no-wrap
50882 msgid "*--default*"
50883 msgstr "*--default*"
50884
50885 #. type: Plain text
50886 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:79
50887 msgid "Sets the terminal's rendering options to the default values."
50888 msgstr ""
50889 "Positionner les options de rendu du terminal à leurs valeurs par défaut."
50890
50891 #. type: Labeled list
50892 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:80
50893 #, no-wrap
50894 msgid "*--dump*[=_console_number_]"
50895 msgstr "*--dump*[=_numéro_console_]"
50896
50897 #. type: Plain text
50898 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:82
50899 msgid ""
50900 "Writes a snapshot of the virtual console with the given number to the file "
50901 "specified with the *--file* option, overwriting its contents; the default is "
50902 "_screen.dump_. Without an argument, it dumps the current virtual console. "
50903 "This overrides *--append*."
50904 msgstr ""
50905 "Écrire un instantané de la console virtuelle avec le numéro donné dans le "
50906 "fichier indiqué par l'option *--file*, en écrasant son contenu ; par défaut, "
50907 "il s'agit de _screen.dump_. Sans option, vider la console virtuelle active. "
50908 "Cela remplace *--append*."
50909
50910 #. type: Labeled list
50911 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:83
50912 #, no-wrap
50913 msgid "*--file* _filename_"
50914 msgstr "*--file* _fichier_"
50915
50916 #. type: Plain text
50917 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:85
50918 msgid ""
50919 "Sets the snapshot file name for any *--dump* or *--append* options on the "
50920 "same command line. If this option is not present, the default is _screen."
50921 "dump_ in the current directory. A path name that exceeds the system maximum "
50922 "will be truncated, see *PATH_MAX* from _linux/limits.h_ for the value."
50923 msgstr ""
50924 "Définir le nom de _fichier_ de l'instantané pour les options *--dump* ou *--"
50925 "append* sur une même ligne de commande. Si cette option n'est pas présente, "
50926 "_screen.dump_ est écrit dans le répertoire actuel. Un nom de chemin qui "
50927 "dépasse le maximum du système sera tronqué, consultez *PATH_MAX* dans _linux/"
50928 "limits.h_ pour connaître sa valeur."
50929
50930 #. type: Labeled list
50931 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:86
50932 #, no-wrap
50933 msgid "*--foreground* __8-color__|default"
50934 msgstr "*--foreground* __couleurs__|default"
50935
50936 #. type: Plain text
50937 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:88
50938 msgid "Sets the foreground text color."
50939 msgstr "Définir la couleur du texte."
50940
50941 #. type: Labeled list
50942 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:89
50943 #, no-wrap
50944 msgid "*--half-bright* on|off"
50945 msgstr "*--half-bright* on|off"
50946
50947 #. type: Plain text
50948 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:91
50949 msgid ""
50950 "Turns dim (half-brightness) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--"
50951 "half-bright off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, "
50952 "reverse)."
50953 msgstr ""
50954 "Activer ou désactiver le mode sombre (demi-teinte). À part sur une console "
50955 "virtuelle, *--half-bright off* désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-"
50956 "teinte, clignotant, inverse)."
50957
50958 #. type: Labeled list
50959 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:92
50960 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
50961 #| msgid "*--hbcolor* [bright] _16-color_"
50962 msgid "*--hbcolor* _16-color_"
50963 msgstr "*--hbcolor* [bright] _16-couleurs_"
50964
50965 #. type: Plain text
50966 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:94
50967 msgid "Sets the color for half-bright characters."
50968 msgstr ""
50969 "Définir la couleur des caractères en demi-teintes («\\ half-bright\\ »)."
50970
50971 #. type: Labeled list
50972 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:95
50973 #, no-wrap
50974 msgid "*--initialize*"
50975 msgstr "*--initialize*"
50976
50977 #. type: Plain text
50978 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:97
50979 msgid ""
50980 "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
50981 "terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
50982 msgstr ""
50983 "Afficher la chaîne d'initialisation du terminal qui définit normalement aux "
50984 "valeurs par défaut les options de rendu du terminal et d'autres attributs."
50985
50986 #. type: Labeled list
50987 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:98
50988 #, no-wrap
50989 msgid "*--inversescreen* on|off"
50990 msgstr "*--inversescreen* on|off"
50991
50992 #. type: Plain text
50993 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:100
50994 msgid "Swaps foreground and background colors for the whole screen."
50995 msgstr ""
50996 "Échanger les couleurs de premier plan et d’arrière-plan sur tout l’écran."
50997
50998 #. type: Labeled list
50999 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:101
51000 #, no-wrap
51001 msgid "*--linewrap* on|off"
51002 msgstr "*--linewrap* on|off"
51003
51004 #. type: Plain text
51005 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:103
51006 msgid "Makes the terminal continue on a new line when a line is full."
51007 msgstr ""
51008 "Laisser le terminal continuer sur une nouvelle ligne quand une ligne est "
51009 "pleine."
51010
51011 #. type: Labeled list
51012 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:104
51013 #, no-wrap
51014 msgid "*--msg* on|off"
51015 msgstr "*--msg* on|off"
51016
51017 #. type: Plain text
51018 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:106
51019 msgid ""
51020 "Enables or disables the sending of kernel *printk*() messages to the "
51021 "console. Virtual consoles only."
51022 msgstr ""
51023 "Activer ou désactiver l'affichage de messages *printk*() du noyau sur la "
51024 "console. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
51025
51026 #. type: Labeled list
51027 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:107
51028 #, no-wrap
51029 msgid "*--msglevel* 0-8"
51030 msgstr "*--msglevel* 0-8"
51031
51032 #. type: Plain text
51033 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:109
51034 msgid ""
51035 "Sets the console logging level for kernel *printk()* messages. All messages "
51036 "strictly more important than this will be printed, so a logging level of *0* "
51037 "has the same effect as *--msg on* and a logging level of *8* will print all "
51038 "kernel messages. *klogd*(8) may be a more convenient interface to the "
51039 "logging of kernel messages."
51040 msgstr ""
51041 "Définir le niveau de journalisation de la console pour les messages "
51042 "*printk()* du noyau. Tous les messages de niveau strictement plus élevés "
51043 "seront affichés, de telle sorte qu'un niveau *0* aura le même effet que *--"
51044 "msg on* et qu'un niveau *8* affichera tous les messages du noyau. *klogd*(8) "
51045 "peut être une interface plus appropriée pour la journalisation des messages "
51046 "du noyau."
51047
51048 #. type: Plain text
51049 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:111
51050 msgid "Virtual consoles only."
51051 msgstr "Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
51052
51053 #. type: Labeled list
51054 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:112
51055 #, no-wrap
51056 msgid "*--powerdown*[=0-60]"
51057 msgstr "*--powerdown*[=0-60]"
51058
51059 #. type: Plain text
51060 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:114
51061 msgid ""
51062 "Sets the VESA powerdown interval in minutes. Without an argument, it "
51063 "defaults to *0* (disable powerdown). If the console is blanked or the "
51064 "monitor is in suspend mode, then the monitor will go into vsync suspend mode "
51065 "or powerdown mode respectively after this period of time has elapsed."
51066 msgstr ""
51067 "Définir le délai avant arrêt du moniteur VESA, en minute. Sans option, la "
51068 "valeur par défaut est *0* (désactiver l'arrêt). Si la console est éteinte ou "
51069 "si le moniteur est en mode suspendu, le moniteur se placera alors "
51070 "respectivement en mode *vsync* ou en mode *powerdown* après l'écoulement de "
51071 "la période."
51072
51073 #. type: Labeled list
51074 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:115
51075 #, no-wrap
51076 msgid "*--powersave* _mode_"
51077 msgstr "*--powersave* _mode_"
51078
51079 #. type: Plain text
51080 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:117
51081 msgid "Valid values for _mode_ are:"
51082 msgstr "Les valeurs autorisées de _mode_ sont :"
51083
51084 #. type: Labeled list
51085 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:118
51086 #, no-wrap
51087 msgid "*vsync|on*"
51088 msgstr "*vsync|on*"
51089
51090 #. type: Plain text
51091 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120
51092 msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA vsync suspend mode."
51093 msgstr "Placer le moniteur en mode _vsync_ de suspension VESA."
51094
51095 #. type: Labeled list
51096 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120
51097 #, no-wrap
51098 msgid "*hsync*"
51099 msgstr "*hsync*"
51100
51101 #. type: Plain text
51102 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:122
51103 msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA hsync suspend mode."
51104 msgstr "Placer le moniteur en mode hsync de suspension VESA."
51105
51106 #. type: Labeled list
51107 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:122
51108 #, no-wrap
51109 msgid "*powerdown*"
51110 msgstr "*powerdown*"
51111
51112 #. type: Plain text
51113 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:124
51114 msgid "Puts the monitor into VESA powerdown mode."
51115 msgstr "Placer le moniteur en mode d’arrêt VESA."
51116
51117 #. type: Plain text
51118 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:126
51119 msgid "Turns monitor VESA powersaving features."
51120 msgstr "(Dés)activer les propriétés d'économie d'énergie du moniteur VESA."
51121
51122 #. type: Labeled list
51123 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:127
51124 #, no-wrap
51125 msgid "*--regtabs*[=1-160]"
51126 msgstr "*--regtabs*[=1-160]"
51127
51128 #. type: Plain text
51129 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:129
51130 msgid ""
51131 "Clears all tab stops, then sets a regular tab stop pattern, with one tab "
51132 "every specified number of positions. Without an argument, it defaults to "
51133 "*8*. Virtual consoles only."
51134 msgstr ""
51135 "Effacer tous les taquets de tabulation, puis définir un motif régulier de "
51136 "taquets de tabulation, avec une tabulation toutes les _x_ positions. Sans "
51137 "argument, la valeur par défaut est *8*. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
51138
51139 #. type: Labeled list
51140 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:130
51141 #, no-wrap
51142 msgid "*--repeat* on|off"
51143 msgstr "*--repeat* on|off"
51144
51145 #. type: Plain text
51146 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:132
51147 msgid "Turns keyboard repeat on or off. Virtual consoles only."
51148 msgstr ""
51149 "Activer ou désactiver la répétition de touches du clavier. Consoles "
51150 "virtuelles uniquement."
51151
51152 #. type: Labeled list
51153 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:133
51154 #, no-wrap
51155 msgid "*--reset*"
51156 msgstr "*--reset*"
51157
51158 #. type: Plain text
51159 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:135
51160 msgid ""
51161 "Displays the terminal reset string, which typically resets the terminal to "
51162 "its power-on state."
51163 msgstr ""
51164 "Afficher la chaîne de restauration du terminal, qui rétablit habituellement "
51165 "le terminal dans son état de démarrage."
51166
51167 #. type: Labeled list
51168 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:136
51169 #, no-wrap
51170 msgid "*--resize*"
51171 msgstr "*--resize*"
51172
51173 #. type: Plain text
51174 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:138
51175 #, fuzzy
51176 #| msgid ""
51177 #| "Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column. This is useful "
51178 #| "when actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync. Most "
51179 #| "notable use case is with serial consoles, that do not use *ioctl*(3p) but "
51180 #| "just byte streams and breaks."
51181 msgid ""
51182 "Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column. This is useful when "
51183 "actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync. Most notable use "
51184 "case is with serial consoles, that do not use *ioctl*(2) but just byte "
51185 "streams and breaks."
51186 msgstr ""
51187 "Réinitialiser la taille du terminal avec la valeur maximale de lignes et de "
51188 "colonnes. Cela est utile quand la géométrie réelle et le pilote du noyau ne "
51189 "sont pas en accord. Vous l'utiliserez surtout avec des consoles séries, qui "
51190 "n'utilisent pas *ioctl*(3p) mais des flux d'octets et des ruptures."
51191
51192 #. type: Labeled list
51193 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:139
51194 #, no-wrap
51195 msgid "*--reverse* on|off"
51196 msgstr "*--reverse* on|off"
51197
51198 #. type: Plain text
51199 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:141
51200 msgid ""
51201 "Turns reverse video mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--reverse "
51202 "off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
51203 msgstr ""
51204 "Activer ou désactiver le mode vidéo inverse. À part sur une console "
51205 "virtuelle, *--reverse off* désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-teinte, "
51206 "clignotant, inverse)."
51207
51208 #. type: Labeled list
51209 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:142
51210 #, no-wrap
51211 msgid "*--store*"
51212 msgstr "*--store*"
51213
51214 #. type: Plain text
51215 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:144
51216 msgid ""
51217 "Stores the terminal's current rendering options (foreground and background "
51218 "colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual consoles only."
51219 msgstr ""
51220 "Conserver les options de rendu du terminal actif (couleurs de premier plan "
51221 "et d'arrière-plan) comme celles à utiliser lors d'une restauration des "
51222 "valeurs par défaut. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
51223
51224 #. type: Labeled list
51225 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:145
51226 #, no-wrap
51227 msgid "*--tabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
51228 msgstr "*--tabs*[=_tab1 tab2 tab3_ ...]"
51229
51230 #. type: Plain text
51231 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:147
51232 msgid ""
51233 "Sets tab stops at the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
51234 "*1-160*. Without arguments, it shows the current tab stop settings."
51235 msgstr ""
51236 "Placer des taquets de tabulation horizontale à des positions données du "
51237 "curseur, échelonnées de *1* à *160*. Sans paramètre, afficher les taquets de "
51238 "tabulation actuels."
51239
51240 #. type: Labeled list
51241 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:148
51242 #, no-wrap
51243 msgid "*--term* _terminal_name_"
51244 msgstr "*--term* _nom_terminal_"
51245
51246 #. type: Plain text
51247 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:150
51248 msgid "Overrides the *TERM* environment variable."
51249 msgstr "Remplacer la variable d'environnement *TERM*."
51250
51251 #. type: Labeled list
51252 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:151
51253 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
51254 #| msgid "*--ulcolor* [bright] _16-color_"
51255 msgid "*--ulcolor* _16-color_"
51256 msgstr "*--ulcolor* [bright] _16-couleurs_"
51257
51258 #. type: Plain text
51259 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:153
51260 msgid "Sets the color for underlined characters. Virtual consoles only."
51261 msgstr ""
51262 "Définir la couleur des caractères soulignés. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
51263
51264 #. type: Labeled list
51265 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:154
51266 #, no-wrap
51267 msgid "*--underline* on|off"
51268 msgstr "*--underline* on|off"
51269
51270 #. type: Plain text
51271 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:156
51272 msgid "Turns underline mode on or off."
51273 msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le mode souligné."
51274
51275 #. type: Plain text
51276 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:162
51277 msgid ""
51278 "Since version 2.25 *setterm* has support for long options with two hyphens, "
51279 "for example *--help*, beside the historical long options with a single "
51280 "hyphen, for example *-help*. In scripts it is better to use the backward-"
51281 "compatible single hyphen rather than the double hyphen. Currently there are "
51282 "no plans nor good reasons to discontinue single-hyphen compatibility."
51283 msgstr ""
51284 "Depuis la version 2.25, *setterm* prend en charge les options longues avec "
51285 "deux tirets, par exemple *--help*, en plus des options longues historiques "
51286 "avec un seul tiret, par exemple *-help*. Dans les scripts, mieux vaut "
51287 "utiliser un seul tiret au lieu de deux pour être rétrocompatible. "
51288 "Actuellement, arrêter la compatibilité avec un seul tiret n’est pas prévu."
51289
51290 #. type: Plain text
51291 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:166
51292 msgid "Differences between the Minix and Linux versions are not documented."
51293 msgstr ""
51294 "Les différences entre les versions MINIX et Linux ne sont pas documentées."
51295
51296 #. type: Plain text
51297 #: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:173
51298 #, no-wrap
51299 msgid ""
51300 "*stty*(1),\n"
51301 "*tput*(1),\n"
51302 "*tty*(4),\n"
51303 "*terminfo*(5)\n"
51304 msgstr ""
51305 "*stty*(1),\n"
51306 "*tput*(1),\n"
51307 "*tty*(4),\n"
51308 "*terminfo*(5)\n"
51309
51310 #
51311 #
51312 #
51313 #
51314 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
51315 #. All rights reserved.
51316 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
51317 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
51318 #. are met:
51319 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
51320 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
51321 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
51322 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
51323 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
51324 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
51325 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
51326 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
51327 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
51328 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
51329 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
51330 #.    without specific prior written permission.
51331 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
51332 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
51333 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
51334 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
51335 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
51336 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
51337 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
51338 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
51339 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
51340 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
51341 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
51342 #.     @(#)wall.1       6.5 (Berkeley) 4/23/91
51343 #. type: Title =
51344 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:37
51345 #, no-wrap
51346 msgid "wall(1)"
51347 msgstr "wall(1)"
51348
51349 #. type: Plain text
51350 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:47
51351 msgid "wall - write a message to all users"
51352 msgstr "wall - Envoyer un message à tous les utilisateurs"
51353
51354 #. type: Plain text
51355 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:51
51356 #, no-wrap
51357 msgid "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _timeout_] [*-g* _group_] [_message_ | _file_]\n"
51358 msgstr "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _délai_] [*-g* _groupe_] [_message_ | _fichier_]\n"
51359
51360 #. type: Plain text
51361 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:55
51362 #, no-wrap
51363 msgid "*wall* displays a _message_, or the contents of a _file_, or otherwise its standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users. The command will wrap lines that are longer than 79 characters. Short lines are whitespace padded to have 79 characters. The command will always put a carriage return and new line at the end of each line.\n"
51364 msgstr "*wall* affiche un _message_, le contenu d’un _fichier_ ou sinon son entrée standard, sur les terminaux de tous les utilisateurs actuellement connectés. La commande dédoublera les lignes excédant 79 caractères. Les lignes courtes sont complétées par des espaces pour faire 79 caractères. La commande ajoutera toujours un retour chariot et un changement de ligne à la fin de chaque ligne.\n"
51365
51366 #. type: Plain text
51367 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:57
51368 msgid ""
51369 "Only the superuser can write on the terminals of users who have chosen to "
51370 "deny messages or are using a program which automatically denies messages."
51371 msgstr ""
51372 "Seul le superutilisateur peut écrire sur les terminaux des utilisateurs qui "
51373 "ont choisi de refuser les messages ou qui utilisent un programme qui "
51374 "interdit automatiquement les messages."
51375
51376 #. type: Plain text
51377 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:59
51378 msgid ""
51379 "Reading from a _file_ is refused when the invoker is not superuser and the "
51380 "program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID."
51381 msgstr ""
51382 "La lecture depuis un _fichier_ est interdite quand l'appelant n'est pas "
51383 "superutilisateur et que le programme est set-user-ID ou set-group-ID."
51384
51385 #. type: Labeled list
51386 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:62
51387 #, no-wrap
51388 msgid "*-n*, *--nobanner*"
51389 msgstr "*-n*, *--nobanner*"
51390
51391 #. type: Plain text
51392 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:64
51393 msgid "Suppress the banner."
51394 msgstr "Supprimer la bannière."
51395
51396 #. type: Plain text
51397 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:67
51398 msgid ""
51399 "Abandon the write attempt to the terminals after _timeout_ seconds. This "
51400 "_timeout_ must be a positive integer. The default value is 300 seconds, "
51401 "which is a legacy from the time when people ran terminals over modem lines."
51402 msgstr ""
51403 "Abandonner la tentative d’écriture sur les terminaux après _délai_ secondes. "
51404 "Ce _délai_ doit être un entier positif. La valeur par défaut est de "
51405 "300 secondes, qui est un héritage de l'époque où les gens se connectaient "
51406 "aux terminaux à l'aide de modems."
51407
51408 #. type: Labeled list
51409 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:68
51410 #, no-wrap
51411 msgid "*-g*, *--group* _group_"
51412 msgstr "*-g*, *--group* _groupe_"
51413
51414 #. type: Plain text
51415 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:70
51416 msgid ""
51417 "Limit printing message to members of group defined as a _group_ argument. "
51418 "The argument can be group name or GID."
51419 msgstr ""
51420 "Limiter l'affichage du message aux membres du groupe défini comme paramètre "
51421 "_groupe_. Le paramètre peut être un nom de groupe ou un GID."
51422
51423 #. type: Plain text
51424 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:76
51425 msgid ""
51426 "Some sessions, such as *wdm*(1x), that have in the beginning of *utmp*(5) "
51427 "ut_type data a ':' character will not get the message from *wall*. This is "
51428 "done to avoid write errors."
51429 msgstr ""
51430 "Certaines sessions, comme *wdm*(1x), qui ont un caractère « : » au début des "
51431 "données ut_type d’*utmp*(5) n’obtiendront pas le message de *wall*. Cela est "
51432 "fait pour éviter les erreurs d’écriture."
51433
51434 #. type: Plain text
51435 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:80
51436 msgid "A *wall* command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX."
51437 msgstr "Une commande *wall* est apparue dans la version 7 d’UNIX AT&T."
51438
51439 #. type: Plain text
51440 #: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:87
51441 #, no-wrap
51442 msgid ""
51443 "*mesg*(1),\n"
51444 "*talk*(1),\n"
51445 "*write*(1),\n"
51446 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
51447 msgstr ""
51448 "*mesg*(1),\n"
51449 "*talk*(1),\n"
51450 "*write*(1),\n"
51451 "*shutdown*(8)\n"
51452
51453 #
51454 #
51455 #
51456 #
51457 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
51458 #.      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
51459 #. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
51460 #. Jef Poskanzer and Craig Leres of the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory.
51461 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
51462 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
51463 #. are met:
51464 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
51465 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
51466 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
51467 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
51468 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
51469 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
51470 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
51471 #.      This product includes software developed by the University of
51472 #.      California, Berkeley and its contributors.
51473 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
51474 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
51475 #.    without specific prior written permission.
51476 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
51477 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
51478 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
51479 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
51480 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
51481 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
51482 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
51483 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
51484 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
51485 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
51486 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
51487 #.     @(#)write.1      8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
51488 #. type: Title =
51489 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:39
51490 #, no-wrap
51491 msgid "write(1)"
51492 msgstr "write(1)"
51493
51494 #. type: Plain text
51495 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:49
51496 msgid "write - send a message to another user"
51497 msgstr "write - envoyer un message à un autre utilisateur"
51498
51499 #. type: Plain text
51500 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:51
51501 #, no-wrap
51502 msgid "*write* _user_ [_ttyname_]\n"
51503 msgstr "*write* _utilisateur_ [_terminal_]\n"
51504
51505 #. type: Plain text
51506 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:55
51507 #, no-wrap
51508 msgid "*write* allows you to communicate with other users, by copying lines from your terminal to theirs.\n"
51509 msgstr ""
51510
51511 #. type: Plain text
51512 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:57
51513 msgid ""
51514 "When you run the *write* command, the user you are writing to gets a message "
51515 "of the form:"
51516 msgstr ""
51517
51518 #. type: delimited block .
51519 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:60
51520 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
51521 msgid "Message from yourname@yourhost on yourtty at hh:mm ...\n"
51522 msgstr "Message de %s@%s sur %s à %02d:%02d…"
51523
51524 #. type: Plain text
51525 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:63
51526 msgid ""
51527 "Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's terminal. "
51528 "If the other user wants to reply, they must run *write* as well."
51529 msgstr ""
51530
51531 #. type: Plain text
51532 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:65
51533 msgid ""
51534 "When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character. The other "
51535 "user will see the message *EOF* indicating that the conversation is over."
51536 msgstr ""
51537
51538 #. type: Plain text
51539 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:67
51540 msgid ""
51541 "You can prevent people (other than the superuser) from writing to you with "
51542 "the *mesg*(1) command. Some commands, for example *nroff*(1) and *pr*(1), "
51543 "may automatically disallow writing, so that the output they produce isn't "
51544 "overwritten."
51545 msgstr ""
51546
51547 #. type: Plain text
51548 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:69
51549 msgid ""
51550 "If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, you "
51551 "can specify which terminal to write to by giving the terminal name as the "
51552 "second operand to the *write* command. Alternatively, you can let *write* "
51553 "select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the shortest idle "
51554 "time. This is so that if the user is logged in at work and also dialed up "
51555 "from home, the message will go to the right place."
51556 msgstr ""
51557
51558 #. type: Plain text
51559 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:71
51560 msgid ""
51561 "The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string _-o_, "
51562 "either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the "
51563 "other person's turn to talk. The string _oo_ means that the person believes "
51564 "the conversation to be over."
51565 msgstr ""
51566
51567 #. type: Plain text
51568 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:79
51569 #, fuzzy
51570 #| msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
51571 msgid "A *write* command appeared in Version 5 AT&T UNIX (Jun 1974)."
51572 msgstr "Une commande *write* est apparue dans la version 6 du UNIX d’AT&T."
51573
51574 #. type: Plain text
51575 #: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:85
51576 #, no-wrap
51577 msgid ""
51578 "*mesg*(1),\n"
51579 "*talk*(1),\n"
51580 "*who*(1)\n"
51581 msgstr ""
51582 "*mesg*(1),\n"
51583 "*talk*(1),\n"
51584 "*who*(1)\n"
51585
51586 #
51587 #
51588 #
51589 #
51590 #. Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
51591 #. All rights reserved.
51592 #. This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
51593 #. Michael Rendell.
51594 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
51595 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
51596 #. are met:
51597 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
51598 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
51599 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
51600 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
51601 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
51602 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
51603 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
51604 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
51605 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
51606 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
51607 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
51608 #.    without specific prior written permission.
51609 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
51610 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
51611 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
51612 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
51613 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
51614 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
51615 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
51616 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
51617 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
51618 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
51619 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
51620 #.     @(#)col.1        6.8 (Berkeley) 6/17/91
51621 #. type: Title =
51622 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:39
51623 #, no-wrap
51624 msgid "col(1)"
51625 msgstr "col(1)"
51626
51627 #. type: Plain text
51628 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:49
51629 msgid "col - filter reverse line feeds from input"
51630 msgstr ""
51631
51632 #. type: Plain text
51633 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:53
51634 #, no-wrap
51635 msgid "*col* _options_\n"
51636 msgstr "*col* _options_\n"
51637
51638 #. type: Plain text
51639 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:57
51640 #, no-wrap
51641 msgid "*col* filters out reverse (and half-reverse) line feeds so the output is in the correct order, with only forward and half-forward line feeds. It also replaces any whitespace characters with tabs where possible. This can be useful in processing the output of *nroff*(1) and *tbl*(1).\n"
51642 msgstr ""
51643
51644 #. type: Plain text
51645 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:59
51646 #, no-wrap
51647 msgid "*col* reads from standard input and writes to standard output.\n"
51648 msgstr ""
51649
51650 #. type: Labeled list
51651 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:62
51652 #, no-wrap
51653 msgid "*-b*, *--no-backspaces*"
51654 msgstr "*-b*, *--no-backspaces*"
51655
51656 #. type: Plain text
51657 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:64
51658 msgid ""
51659 "Do not output any backspaces, printing only the last character written to "
51660 "each column position."
51661 msgstr ""
51662
51663 #. type: Labeled list
51664 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:65
51665 #, no-wrap
51666 msgid "*-f*, *--fine*"
51667 msgstr "*-f*, *--fine*"
51668
51669 #. type: Plain text
51670 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:67
51671 msgid ""
51672 "Permit half-forward line feeds. Normally characters destined for a half-line "
51673 "boundary are printed on the following line."
51674 msgstr ""
51675
51676 #. type: Labeled list
51677 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:68
51678 #, no-wrap
51679 msgid "*-h*, *--tabs*"
51680 msgstr "*-h*, *--tabs*"
51681
51682 #. type: Plain text
51683 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:70
51684 msgid "Output tabs instead of multiple spaces."
51685 msgstr ""
51686
51687 #. type: Labeled list
51688 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:71
51689 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
51690 #| msgid "B<-n>, B<--lines >I<number>"
51691 msgid "*-l*, *--lines* _number_"
51692 msgstr "B<-n>, B<--lines> I<nombre>"
51693
51694 #. type: Plain text
51695 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:73
51696 msgid ""
51697 "Buffer at least _number_ lines in memory. By default, 128 lines are buffered."
51698 msgstr ""
51699
51700 #. type: Labeled list
51701 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:74
51702 #, no-wrap
51703 msgid "*-p*, *--pass*"
51704 msgstr "*-p*, *--pass*"
51705
51706 #. type: Plain text
51707 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:76
51708 msgid ""
51709 "Force unknown control sequences to be passed through unchanged. Normally "
51710 "*col* will filter out any control sequences other than those recognized and "
51711 "interpreted by itself, which are listed below."
51712 msgstr ""
51713
51714 #. type: Labeled list
51715 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:77
51716 #, no-wrap
51717 msgid "*-x*, *--spaces*"
51718 msgstr "*-x*, *--spaces*"
51719
51720 #. type: Plain text
51721 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:79
51722 msgid "Output multiple spaces instead of tabs."
51723 msgstr ""
51724
51725 #. type: Labeled list
51726 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:80
51727 #, no-wrap
51728 msgid "*-H*, *--help*"
51729 msgstr "*-H*, *--help*"
51730
51731 #. type: Plain text
51732 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:89
51733 msgid ""
51734 "The *col* utility conforms to the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2. The "
51735 "*-l* option is an extension to the standard."
51736 msgstr ""
51737
51738 #. type: Plain text
51739 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:93
51740 msgid ""
51741 "The control sequences for carriage motion that *col* understands and their "
51742 "decimal values are listed in the following table:"
51743 msgstr ""
51744
51745 #. type: Labeled list
51746 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:94
51747 #, no-wrap
51748 msgid "*ESC-7*"
51749 msgstr "*ESC-7*"
51750
51751 #. type: Plain text
51752 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:96
51753 msgid "reverse line feed (escape then 7)"
51754 msgstr ""
51755
51756 #. type: Labeled list
51757 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:96
51758 #, no-wrap
51759 msgid "*ESC-8*"
51760 msgstr "*ESC-8*"
51761
51762 #. type: Plain text
51763 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:98
51764 msgid "half reverse line feed (escape then 8)"
51765 msgstr ""
51766
51767 #. type: Labeled list
51768 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:98
51769 #, no-wrap
51770 msgid "*ESC-9*"
51771 msgstr "*ESC-9*"
51772
51773 #. type: Plain text
51774 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:100
51775 msgid "half forward line feed (escape then 9)"
51776 msgstr ""
51777
51778 #. type: Labeled list
51779 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:100
51780 #, no-wrap
51781 msgid "*backspace*"
51782 msgstr ""
51783
51784 #. type: Plain text
51785 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:102
51786 msgid "moves back one column (8); ignored in the first column"
51787 msgstr ""
51788
51789 #. type: Labeled list
51790 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:102
51791 #, no-wrap
51792 msgid "*newline*"
51793 msgstr ""
51794
51795 #. type: Plain text
51796 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:104
51797 msgid "forward line feed (10); also does carriage return"
51798 msgstr ""
51799
51800 #. type: Labeled list
51801 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:104
51802 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
51803 #| msgid "Carriage Return (ASCII 13)"
51804 msgid "*carriage return*"
51805 msgstr "retour chariot (ASCII 13)"
51806
51807 #. type: Plain text
51808 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:106
51809 msgid "(13)"
51810 msgstr "(13)"
51811
51812 #. type: Labeled list
51813 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:106
51814 #, no-wrap
51815 msgid "*shift in*"
51816 msgstr ""
51817
51818 #. type: Plain text
51819 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:108
51820 msgid "shift to normal character set (15)"
51821 msgstr ""
51822
51823 #. type: Labeled list
51824 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:108
51825 #, no-wrap
51826 msgid "*shift out*"
51827 msgstr ""
51828
51829 #. type: Plain text
51830 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110
51831 msgid "shift to alternate character set (14)"
51832 msgstr ""
51833
51834 #. type: Labeled list
51835 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110
51836 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
51837 #| msgid "Space"
51838 msgid "*space*"
51839 msgstr "espace"
51840
51841 #. type: Plain text
51842 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:112
51843 msgid "moves forward one column (32)"
51844 msgstr ""
51845
51846 #. type: Labeled list
51847 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:112
51848 #, no-wrap
51849 msgid "*tab*"
51850 msgstr ""
51851
51852 #. type: Plain text
51853 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:114
51854 msgid "moves forward to next tab stop (9)"
51855 msgstr ""
51856
51857 #. type: Labeled list
51858 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:114
51859 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
51860 #| msgid "B<vertical>"
51861 msgid "*vertical tab*"
51862 msgstr "B<vertical>"
51863
51864 #. type: Plain text
51865 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:116
51866 msgid "reverse line feed (11)"
51867 msgstr ""
51868
51869 #. type: Plain text
51870 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:118
51871 msgid "All unrecognized control characters and escape sequences are discarded."
51872 msgstr ""
51873
51874 #. type: Plain text
51875 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:120
51876 #, no-wrap
51877 msgid "*col* keeps track of the character set as characters are read and makes sure the character set is correct when they are output.\n"
51878 msgstr ""
51879
51880 #. type: Plain text
51881 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:122
51882 msgid ""
51883 "If the input attempts to back up to the last flushed line, *col* will "
51884 "display a warning message."
51885 msgstr ""
51886
51887 #. type: Plain text
51888 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:126
51889 msgid "A *col* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
51890 msgstr "Une commande *col* est apparue dans la Version 6 du UNIX AT&T."
51891
51892 #. type: Plain text
51893 #: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:132
51894 #, no-wrap
51895 msgid ""
51896 "*expand*(1),\n"
51897 "*nroff*(1),\n"
51898 "*tbl*(1)\n"
51899 msgstr ""
51900 "*expand*(1),\n"
51901 "*nroff*(1),\n"
51902 "*tbl*(1)\n"
51903
51904 #
51905 #
51906 #
51907 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
51908 #. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
51909 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
51910 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
51911 #. are met:
51912 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
51913 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
51914 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
51915 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
51916 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
51917 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
51918 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
51919 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
51920 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
51921 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
51922 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
51923 #.    without specific prior written permission.
51924 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
51925 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
51926 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
51927 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
51928 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
51929 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
51930 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
51931 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
51932 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
51933 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
51934 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
51935 #.     @(#)colcrt.1     8.1 (Berkeley) 6/30/93
51936 #. type: Title =
51937 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:36
51938 #, no-wrap
51939 msgid "colcrt(1)"
51940 msgstr "colcrt(1)"
51941
51942 #. type: Plain text
51943 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:47
51944 msgid "colcrt - filter nroff output for CRT previewing"
51945 msgstr ""
51946
51947 #. type: Plain text
51948 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:51
51949 #, no-wrap
51950 msgid "*colcrt* [options] [_file_ ...]\n"
51951 msgstr "*colcrt* [options] [_fichier_ ...]\n"
51952
51953 #. type: Plain text
51954 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:55
51955 #, no-wrap
51956 msgid "*colcrt* provides virtual half-line and reverse line feed sequences for terminals without such capability, and on which overstriking is destructive. Half-line characters and underlining (changed to dashing `-') are placed on new lines in between the normal output lines.\n"
51957 msgstr ""
51958
51959 #. type: Labeled list
51960 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:58
51961 #, no-wrap
51962 msgid "*-*, *--no-underlining*"
51963 msgstr "*-*, *--no-underlining*"
51964
51965 #. type: Plain text
51966 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:60
51967 #, fuzzy
51968 #| msgid ""
51969 #| "Suppress underlining.  This option is silently ignored as backwards "
51970 #| "compatibility."
51971 msgid ""
51972 "Suppress all underlining. This option is especially useful for previewing "
51973 "_allboxed_ tables from *tbl*(1)."
51974 msgstr ""
51975 "Supprimer les soulignements. Cette option est ignorée silencieusement et "
51976 "sert uniquement pour la rétro-compatibilité."
51977
51978 #. type: Labeled list
51979 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:61
51980 #, no-wrap
51981 msgid "*-2*, *--half-lines*"
51982 msgstr "*-2*, *--half-lines*"
51983
51984 #. type: Plain text
51985 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:63
51986 msgid ""
51987 "Causes all half-lines to be printed, effectively double spacing the output. "
51988 "Normally, a minimal space output format is used which will suppress empty "
51989 "lines. The program never suppresses two consecutive empty lines, however. "
51990 "The *-2* option is useful for sending output to the line printer when the "
51991 "output contains superscripts and subscripts which would otherwise be "
51992 "partially invisible."
51993 msgstr ""
51994
51995 #. type: Plain text
51996 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:69
51997 msgid "The *colcrt* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
51998 msgstr "La commande *colcrt* est apparue pour la première fois dans 3.0BSD."
51999
52000 #. type: Plain text
52001 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:73
52002 msgid ""
52003 "Should fold underlines onto blanks even with the *-* option so that a true "
52004 "underline character would show."
52005 msgstr ""
52006
52007 #. type: Plain text
52008 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:75
52009 msgid "Can't back up more than 102 lines."
52010 msgstr ""
52011
52012 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
52013 #. type: Plain text
52014 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:78
52015 msgid ""
52016 "General overstriking is lost; as a special case '|' overstruck with '-' or "
52017 "underline becomes '{plus}'."
52018 msgstr ""
52019
52020 #. type: Plain text
52021 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:80
52022 msgid "Lines are trimmed to 132 characters."
52023 msgstr ""
52024
52025 #. type: Plain text
52026 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:82
52027 msgid ""
52028 "Some provision should be made for processing superscripts and subscripts in "
52029 "documents which are already double-spaced."
52030 msgstr ""
52031
52032 #. type: Plain text
52033 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:86
52034 msgid "A typical use of *colcrt* would be:"
52035 msgstr ""
52036
52037 #. type: delimited block _
52038 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:89
52039 #, no-wrap
52040 msgid "*tbl exum2.n | nroff -ms | colcrt - | more*\n"
52041 msgstr "*tbl exum2.n | nroff -ms | colcrt - | more*\n"
52042
52043 #. type: Plain text
52044 #: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:99
52045 #, no-wrap
52046 msgid ""
52047 "*col*(1),\n"
52048 "*more*(1),\n"
52049 "*nroff*(1),\n"
52050 "*troff*(1),\n"
52051 "*ul*(1)\n"
52052 msgstr ""
52053 "*col*(1),\n"
52054 "*more*(1),\n"
52055 "*nroff*(1),\n"
52056 "*troff*(1),\n"
52057 "*ul*(1)\n"
52058
52059 #
52060 #
52061 #
52062 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
52063 #. All rights reserved.
52064 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
52065 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
52066 #. are met:
52067 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
52068 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
52069 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
52070 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
52071 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
52072 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
52073 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
52074 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
52075 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
52076 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
52077 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
52078 #.    without specific prior written permission.
52079 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
52080 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
52081 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
52082 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
52083 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
52084 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
52085 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
52086 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
52087 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
52088 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
52089 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
52090 #.     @(#)colrm.1      6.6 (Berkeley) 3/14/91
52091 #. type: Title =
52092 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:36
52093 #, no-wrap
52094 msgid "colrm(1)"
52095 msgstr "colrm(1)"
52096
52097 #. type: Plain text
52098 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:46
52099 msgid "colrm - remove columns from a file"
52100 msgstr ""
52101
52102 #. type: Plain text
52103 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:50
52104 #, no-wrap
52105 msgid "*colrm* _[first [last]]_\n"
52106 msgstr ""
52107
52108 #. type: Plain text
52109 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:54
52110 #, no-wrap
52111 msgid "*colrm* removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from standard input. Output is sent to standard output.\n"
52112 msgstr ""
52113
52114 #. type: Plain text
52115 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:56
52116 msgid ""
52117 "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed "
52118 "starting with the specified _first_ column. If called with two parameters "
52119 "the columns from the _first_ column to the _last_ column will be removed."
52120 msgstr ""
52121
52122 #. type: Plain text
52123 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:58
52124 msgid "Column numbering starts with column 1."
52125 msgstr ""
52126
52127 #. type: Plain text
52128 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:66
52129 msgid "The *colrm* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
52130 msgstr "La commande *colrm* est apparue pour la première fois dans 3.0BSD."
52131
52132 #. type: Plain text
52133 #: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:73
52134 #, no-wrap
52135 msgid ""
52136 "*awk*(1p),\n"
52137 "*column*(1),\n"
52138 "*expand*(1),\n"
52139 "*paste*(1)\n"
52140 msgstr ""
52141 "*awk*(1p),\n"
52142 "*column*(1),\n"
52143 "*expand*(1),\n"
52144 "*paste*(1)\n"
52145
52146 #
52147 #
52148 #
52149 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
52150 #. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
52151 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
52152 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
52153 #. are met:
52154 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
52155 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
52156 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
52157 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
52158 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
52159 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
52160 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
52161 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
52162 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
52163 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
52164 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
52165 #.    without specific prior written permission.
52166 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
52167 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
52168 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
52169 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
52170 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
52171 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
52172 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
52173 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
52174 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
52175 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
52176 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
52177 #.     @(#)column.1     8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
52178 #. type: Title =
52179 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:36
52180 #, no-wrap
52181 msgid "column(1)"
52182 msgstr "column(1)"
52183
52184 #. type: Plain text
52185 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:46
52186 msgid "column - columnate lists"
52187 msgstr ""
52188
52189 #. type: Plain text
52190 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:50
52191 #, no-wrap
52192 msgid "*column* [options] [_file_ ...]\n"
52193 msgstr "*column* [options] [_fichier_ ...]\n"
52194
52195 #. type: Plain text
52196 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:54
52197 msgid ""
52198 "The *column* utility formats its input into multiple columns. The util "
52199 "support three modes:"
52200 msgstr ""
52201
52202 #. type: Labeled list
52203 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:55
52204 #, no-wrap
52205 msgid "*columns are filled before rows*"
52206 msgstr ""
52207
52208 #. type: Plain text
52209 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:57
52210 #, fuzzy
52211 #| msgid "The listing mode is maintained for backward compatibility only."
52212 msgid "This is the default mode (required by backward compatibility)."
52213 msgstr "Le mode liste n’est maintenu que pour la compatibilité ascendante."
52214
52215 #. type: Labeled list
52216 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:58
52217 #, no-wrap
52218 msgid "*rows are filled before columns*"
52219 msgstr ""
52220
52221 #. type: Plain text
52222 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:60
52223 msgid "This mode is enabled by option *-x, --fillrows*"
52224 msgstr ""
52225
52226 #. type: Labeled list
52227 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:61
52228 #, no-wrap
52229 msgid "*table*"
52230 msgstr ""
52231
52232 #. type: Plain text
52233 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:63
52234 msgid ""
52235 "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. This "
52236 "mode is enabled by option *-t, --table* and columns formatting is possible "
52237 "to modify by *--table-** options. Use this mode if not sure. The output is "
52238 "aligned to the terminal width in interactive mode and the 80 columns in non-"
52239 "interactive mode (see *--output-width* for more details)."
52240 msgstr ""
52241
52242 #. type: Plain text
52243 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:65
52244 msgid ""
52245 "Input is taken from _file_, or otherwise from standard input. Empty lines "
52246 "are ignored and all invalid multibyte sequences are encoded by x<hex> "
52247 "convention."
52248 msgstr ""
52249
52250 #. type: Plain text
52251 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:74
52252 msgid ""
52253 "The argument _columns_ for *--table-** options is a comma separated list of "
52254 "the column names as defined by *--table-columns*, or names defined by *--"
52255 "table-column* or it's column number in order as specified by input. It's "
52256 "possible to mix names and numbers. The special placeholder '0' (e.g. -R0) "
52257 "may be used to specify all columns and '-1' (e.g. -R -1) to specify the last "
52258 "visible column.  It's possible to use ranges like '1-5' when addressing "
52259 "columns by numbers."
52260 msgstr ""
52261
52262 #. type: Labeled list
52263 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:75
52264 #, no-wrap
52265 msgid "*-J, --json*"
52266 msgstr "*-J, --json*"
52267
52268 #. type: Plain text
52269 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:77
52270 msgid ""
52271 "Use JSON output format to print the table, the option *--table-columns* is "
52272 "required and the option *--table-name* is recommended."
52273 msgstr ""
52274
52275 #. type: Labeled list
52276 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:78
52277 #, no-wrap
52278 msgid "*-c, --output-width* _width_"
52279 msgstr "*-c, --output-width* _largeur_"
52280
52281 #. type: Plain text
52282 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:80
52283 msgid ""
52284 "Output is formatted to a width specified as number of characters. The "
52285 "original name of this option is *--columns*; this name is deprecated since "
52286 "v2.30. Note that input longer than _width_ is not truncated by default. The "
52287 "default is a terminal width and the 80 columns in non-interactive mode. The "
52288 "column headers are never truncated."
52289 msgstr ""
52290
52291 #. type: Plain text
52292 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:82
52293 msgid ""
52294 "The placeholder \"unlimited\" (or 0) is possible to use to not restrict "
52295 "output width. This is recommended for example when output to the files "
52296 "rather than on terminal."
52297 msgstr ""
52298
52299 #. type: Labeled list
52300 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:83
52301 #, no-wrap
52302 msgid "*-d, --table-noheadings*"
52303 msgstr "*-d, --table-noheadings*"
52304
52305 #. type: Plain text
52306 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:85
52307 msgid ""
52308 "Do not print header. This option allows the use of logical column names on "
52309 "the command line, but keeps the header hidden when printing the table."
52310 msgstr ""
52311
52312 #. type: Labeled list
52313 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:86
52314 #, no-wrap
52315 msgid "*-o, --output-separator* _string_"
52316 msgstr "*-o, --output-separator* _chaîne_"
52317
52318 #. type: Plain text
52319 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:88
52320 msgid "Specify the columns delimiter for table output (default is two spaces)."
52321 msgstr ""
52322
52323 #. type: Labeled list
52324 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:89
52325 #, no-wrap
52326 msgid "*-s, --separator* _separators_"
52327 msgstr ""
52328
52329 #. type: Plain text
52330 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:91
52331 msgid "Specify the possible input item delimiters (default is whitespace)."
52332 msgstr ""
52333
52334 #. type: Labeled list
52335 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:92
52336 #, no-wrap
52337 msgid "*-t, --table*"
52338 msgstr "*-t, --table*"
52339
52340 #. type: Plain text
52341 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:94
52342 msgid ""
52343 "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. "
52344 "Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters "
52345 "supplied using the *--output-separator* option. Table output is useful for "
52346 "pretty-printing."
52347 msgstr ""
52348
52349 #. type: Labeled list
52350 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:95
52351 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
52352 #| msgid "*-W, --table-wrap* _columns_"
52353 msgid "*-C, --table-column* _properties_"
52354 msgstr "*-W, --table-wrap* _colonne_"
52355
52356 #. type: Plain text
52357 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:101
52358 msgid ""
52359 "Define one column by comma separated list of column attributes.  This option "
52360 "can be used more than once, every use defines just one column.  The "
52361 "properties replace some of *--table-* options. For example *--table-column "
52362 "name=FOO,right* define one column where text is aligned to right. The option "
52363 "is mutually exclusive to *--table-columns*."
52364 msgstr ""
52365
52366 #. type: Plain text
52367 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:103
52368 #, fuzzy
52369 #| msgid "The currently supported fields are:"
52370 msgid "The currently supported attributes are:"
52371 msgstr "Les champs actuellement pris en charge sont :"
52372
52373 #. type: Labeled list
52374 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:104
52375 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
52376 #| msgid "**name=**__string__"
52377 msgid "*name=string*"
52378 msgstr "**name=**__chaîne__"
52379
52380 #. type: Plain text
52381 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:106
52382 #, fuzzy
52383 #| msgid "Specify your real name."
52384 msgid "Specifies column name."
52385 msgstr "Spécifiez votre nom réel."
52386
52387 #. type: Labeled list
52388 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:106
52389 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
52390 #| msgid "*--notruncate*"
52391 msgid "*trunc*"
52392 msgstr "*--notruncate*"
52393
52394 #. type: Plain text
52395 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:108
52396 msgid ""
52397 "The column text can be truncated when necessary. The same as *--table-"
52398 "truncate*."
52399 msgstr ""
52400
52401 #. type: Labeled list
52402 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:108
52403 #, no-wrap
52404 msgid "*right*"
52405 msgstr ""
52406
52407 #. type: Plain text
52408 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:110
52409 #, fuzzy
52410 #| msgid "Print only the specified flags."
52411 msgid "Right align text in the specified columns. The same as *--table-right*."
52412 msgstr "N’afficher que les attributs indiqués."
52413
52414 #. type: Labeled list
52415 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:110
52416 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
52417 #| msgid "B<-w>, B<--wide>"
52418 msgid "*width=number*"
52419 msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wide>"
52420
52421 #. type: Plain text
52422 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:113
52423 msgid ""
52424 "Specifies column width. The width is used as a hint only. The width is "
52425 "strictly followed only when *strictwidth* attribute is used too."
52426 msgstr ""
52427
52428 #. type: Labeled list
52429 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:113
52430 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
52431 #| msgid "*nostrict*"
52432 msgid "*strictwidth*"
52433 msgstr "*nostrict*"
52434
52435 #. type: Plain text
52436 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:115
52437 msgid "Strictly follow column *width=* setting."
52438 msgstr ""
52439
52440 #. type: Labeled list
52441 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:115
52442 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
52443 #| msgid "*noexec*"
52444 msgid "*noextreme*"
52445 msgstr "*noexec*"
52446
52447 #. type: Plain text
52448 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:117
52449 msgid ""
52450 "Specify columns where is possible to ignore unusually long cells. See *--"
52451 "table-noextreme* for more details."
52452 msgstr ""
52453
52454 #. type: Labeled list
52455 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:117
52456 #, no-wrap
52457 msgid "*wrap*"
52458 msgstr ""
52459
52460 #. type: Plain text
52461 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:119
52462 msgid ""
52463 "Specify columns where is possible to use multi-line cell for long text when "
52464 "necessary. See *--table-wrap*."
52465 msgstr ""
52466
52467 #. type: Labeled list
52468 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:119
52469 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
52470 #| msgid "*unhide*"
52471 msgid "*hide*"
52472 msgstr "*unhide*"
52473
52474 #. type: Plain text
52475 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:121
52476 msgid "Don't print specified columns. See *--table-hide*."
52477 msgstr ""
52478
52479 #. type: Labeled list
52480 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:121
52481 #, no-wrap
52482 msgid "*json=type*"
52483 msgstr ""
52484
52485 #. type: Plain text
52486 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:123
52487 msgid ""
52488 "Define column type for JSON output, Supported are string, number and boolean."
52489 msgstr ""
52490
52491 #. type: Labeled list
52492 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:124
52493 #, no-wrap
52494 msgid "*-N, --table-columns* _names_"
52495 msgstr ""
52496
52497 #. type: Plain text
52498 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:127
52499 msgid ""
52500 "Specify the columns names by comma separated list of names. The names are "
52501 "used for the table header or to address column in option argument. See also "
52502 "*--table-column*."
52503 msgstr ""
52504
52505 #. type: Labeled list
52506 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:128
52507 #, no-wrap
52508 msgid "*-l, --table-columns-limit* _number_"
52509 msgstr ""
52510
52511 #. type: Plain text
52512 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:130
52513 msgid ""
52514 "Specify maximal number of the input columns. The last column will contain "
52515 "all remaining line data if the limit is smaller than the number of the "
52516 "columns in the input data."
52517 msgstr ""
52518
52519 #. type: Labeled list
52520 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:131
52521 #, no-wrap
52522 msgid "*-R, --table-right* _columns_"
52523 msgstr "*-R, --table-right* _colonne_"
52524
52525 #. type: Plain text
52526 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:133
52527 #, fuzzy
52528 #| msgid "Print only the specified flags."
52529 msgid "Right align text in the specified columns."
52530 msgstr "N’afficher que les attributs indiqués."
52531
52532 #. type: Labeled list
52533 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:134
52534 #, no-wrap
52535 msgid "*-T, --table-truncate* _columns_"
52536 msgstr "*-T, --table-truncate* _colonne_"
52537
52538 #. type: Plain text
52539 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:136
52540 msgid ""
52541 "Specify columns where text can be truncated when necessary, otherwise very "
52542 "long table entries may be printed on multiple lines."
52543 msgstr ""
52544
52545 #. type: Labeled list
52546 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:137
52547 #, no-wrap
52548 msgid "*-E, --table-noextreme* _columns_"
52549 msgstr "*-E, --table-noextreme* _colonne_"
52550
52551 #. type: Plain text
52552 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:139
52553 msgid ""
52554 "Specify columns where is possible to ignore unusually long (longer than "
52555 "average) cells when calculate column width. The option has impact to the "
52556 "width calculation and table formatting, but the printed text is not affected."
52557 msgstr ""
52558
52559 #. type: Plain text
52560 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:141
52561 msgid "The option is used for the last visible column by default."
52562 msgstr ""
52563
52564 #. type: Labeled list
52565 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:142
52566 #, no-wrap
52567 msgid "*-e, --table-header-repeat*"
52568 msgstr "*-e, --table-header-repeat*"
52569
52570 #. type: Plain text
52571 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:144
52572 #, fuzzy
52573 #| msgid "Do not print a header line for flags table."
52574 msgid "Print header line for each page."
52575 msgstr "Ne pas afficher de ligne d'en-tête pour le tableau d’attributs."
52576
52577 #. type: Labeled list
52578 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:145
52579 #, no-wrap
52580 msgid "*-W, --table-wrap* _columns_"
52581 msgstr "*-W, --table-wrap* _colonne_"
52582
52583 #. type: Plain text
52584 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:147
52585 msgid ""
52586 "Specify columns where is possible to use multi-line cell for long text when "
52587 "necessary."
52588 msgstr ""
52589
52590 #. type: Labeled list
52591 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:148
52592 #, no-wrap
52593 msgid "*-H, --table-hide* _columns_"
52594 msgstr "*-H, --table-hide* _colonne_"
52595
52596 #. type: Plain text
52597 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:150
52598 msgid ""
52599 "Don't print specified columns. The special placeholder '-' may be used to "
52600 "hide all unnamed columns (see *--table-columns*)."
52601 msgstr ""
52602
52603 #. type: Labeled list
52604 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:151
52605 #, no-wrap
52606 msgid "*-O, --table-order* _columns_"
52607 msgstr "*-O, --table-order* _colonne_"
52608
52609 #. type: Plain text
52610 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:153
52611 msgid "Specify columns order on output."
52612 msgstr ""
52613
52614 #. type: Labeled list
52615 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:154
52616 #, no-wrap
52617 msgid "*-n, --table-name* _name_"
52618 msgstr "*-n, --table-name* _nom_"
52619
52620 #. type: Plain text
52621 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:156
52622 msgid "Specify the table name used for JSON output. The default is \"table\"."
52623 msgstr ""
52624
52625 #. type: Labeled list
52626 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:157
52627 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
52628 #| msgid "*-t, --table*"
52629 msgid "*-m, --table-maxout*"
52630 msgstr "*-t, --table*"
52631
52632 #. type: Plain text
52633 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:159
52634 msgid "Fill all available space on output."
52635 msgstr ""
52636
52637 #. type: Labeled list
52638 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:160
52639 #, no-wrap
52640 msgid "*-L, --keep-empty-lines*"
52641 msgstr "*-L, --keep-empty-lines*"
52642
52643 #. type: Plain text
52644 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:162
52645 msgid ""
52646 "Preserve whitespace-only lines in the input. The default is ignore empty "
52647 "lines at all. This option's original name was *--table-empty-lines* but is "
52648 "now deprecated because it gives the false impression that the option only "
52649 "applies to table mode."
52650 msgstr ""
52651
52652 #. type: Labeled list
52653 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:163
52654 #, no-wrap
52655 msgid "*-r, --tree* _column_"
52656 msgstr "*-r, --tree* _colonne_"
52657
52658 #. type: Plain text
52659 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:165
52660 msgid ""
52661 "Specify column to use tree-like output. Note that the circular dependencies "
52662 "and other anomalies in child and parent relation are silently ignored."
52663 msgstr ""
52664
52665 #. type: Labeled list
52666 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:166
52667 #, no-wrap
52668 msgid "*-i, --tree-id* _column_"
52669 msgstr "*-i, --tree-id* _colonne_"
52670
52671 #. type: Plain text
52672 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:168
52673 msgid "Specify column with line ID to create child-parent relation."
52674 msgstr ""
52675
52676 #. type: Labeled list
52677 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:169
52678 #, no-wrap
52679 msgid "*-p, --tree-parent* _column_"
52680 msgstr "*-p, --tree-parent* _colonne_"
52681
52682 #. type: Plain text
52683 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:171
52684 msgid "Specify column with parent ID to create child-parent relation."
52685 msgstr ""
52686
52687 #. type: Labeled list
52688 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:172
52689 #, no-wrap
52690 msgid "*-x, --fillrows*"
52691 msgstr "*-x, --fillrows*"
52692
52693 #. type: Plain text
52694 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:174
52695 msgid "Fill rows before filling columns."
52696 msgstr ""
52697
52698 #. type: Plain text
52699 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:180
52700 msgid ""
52701 "The environment variable *COLUMNS* is used to determine the size of the "
52702 "screen if no other information is available."
52703 msgstr ""
52704
52705 # FIXME column → *column*
52706 #. type: Plain text
52707 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:184
52708 #, fuzzy
52709 #| msgid "The column command appeared in 4.3BSD-Reno."
52710 msgid "The *column* command appeared in 4.3BSD-Reno."
52711 msgstr ""
52712 "La commande *column* est apparue pour la première fois dans 4.0BSD-Reno."
52713
52714 #. type: Plain text
52715 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:188
52716 msgid "Version 2.23 changed the *-s* option to be non-greedy, for example:"
52717 msgstr ""
52718
52719 #. type: delimited block .
52720 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:191
52721 #, no-wrap
52722 msgid "printf \"a:b:c\\n1::3\\n\" | column -t -s ':'\n"
52723 msgstr "printf \"a:b:c\\n1::3\\n\" | column -t -s ':'\n"
52724
52725 #. type: Plain text
52726 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:194
52727 msgid "Old output:"
52728 msgstr ""
52729
52730 #. type: delimited block .
52731 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:198
52732 #, no-wrap
52733 msgid ""
52734 "a  b  c\n"
52735 "1  3\n"
52736 msgstr ""
52737 "a  b  c\n"
52738 "1  3\n"
52739
52740 #. type: Plain text
52741 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:201
52742 #, fuzzy
52743 #| msgid "Supported since util-linux v2.35."
52744 msgid "New output (since util-linux 2.23):"
52745 msgstr "Pris en charge depuis util-linux version 2.35."
52746
52747 #. type: delimited block .
52748 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:205
52749 #, no-wrap
52750 msgid ""
52751 "a  b  c\n"
52752 "1     3\n"
52753 msgstr ""
52754 "a  b  c\n"
52755 "1     3\n"
52756
52757 #. type: Plain text
52758 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:208
52759 msgid ""
52760 "Historical versions of this tool indicated that \"rows are filled before "
52761 "columns\" by default, and that the *-x* option reverses this. This wording "
52762 "did not reflect the actual behavior, and it has since been corrected (see "
52763 "above). Other implementations of *column* may continue to use the older "
52764 "documentation, but the behavior should be identical in any case."
52765 msgstr ""
52766
52767 #. type: Plain text
52768 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:212
52769 msgid "Print fstab with header line and align number to the right:"
52770 msgstr ""
52771
52772 #. type: delimited block .
52773 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:215
52774 #, no-wrap
52775 msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ\n"
52776 msgstr ""
52777
52778 #. type: Plain text
52779 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:218
52780 msgid "Print fstab and hide unnamed columns:"
52781 msgstr ""
52782
52783 #. type: delimited block .
52784 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:221
52785 #, no-wrap
52786 msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide -\n"
52787 msgstr ""
52788
52789 #. type: Plain text
52790 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:224
52791 msgid "Print a tree:"
52792 msgstr ""
52793
52794 #. type: delimited block .
52795 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:232
52796 #, no-wrap
52797 msgid ""
52798 "echo -e '1 0 A\\n2 1 AA\\n3 1 AB\\n4 2 AAA\\n5 2 AAB' | column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3\n"
52799 "1  0  A\n"
52800 "2  1  |-AA\n"
52801 "4  2  | |-AAA\n"
52802 "5  2  | `-AAB\n"
52803 "3  1  `-AB\n"
52804 msgstr ""
52805
52806 #. type: Plain text
52807 #: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:240
52808 #, no-wrap
52809 msgid ""
52810 "*colrm*(1),\n"
52811 "*ls*(1),\n"
52812 "*paste*(1),\n"
52813 "*sort*(1)\n"
52814 msgstr ""
52815 "*colrm*(1),\n"
52816 "*ls*(1),\n"
52817 "*paste*(1),\n"
52818 "*sort*(1)\n"
52819
52820 #
52821 #
52822 #
52823 #. Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993
52824 #. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
52825 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
52826 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
52827 #. are met:
52828 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
52829 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
52830 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
52831 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
52832 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
52833 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
52834 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
52835 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
52836 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
52837 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
52838 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
52839 #.    without specific prior written permission.
52840 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
52841 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
52842 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
52843 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
52844 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
52845 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
52846 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
52847 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
52848 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
52849 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
52850 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
52851 #.      @(#)hexdump.1   8.2 (Berkeley) 4/18/94
52852 #. type: Title =
52853 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:36
52854 #, no-wrap
52855 msgid "hexdump(1)"
52856 msgstr "hexdump(1)"
52857
52858 #. type: Plain text
52859 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:48
52860 msgid ""
52861 "hexdump - display file contents in hexadecimal, decimal, octal, or ascii"
52862 msgstr ""
52863
52864 #. type: Plain text
52865 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:50
52866 #, no-wrap
52867 msgid "*hexdump* _options file_ ...\n"
52868 msgstr "*hexdump* _options fichier_ ...\n"
52869
52870 #. type: Plain text
52871 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:52
52872 #, no-wrap
52873 msgid "*hd* _options file_ ...\n"
52874 msgstr "*hd* _options fichier_ ...\n"
52875
52876 #. type: Plain text
52877 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:56
52878 msgid ""
52879 "The *hexdump* utility is a filter which displays the specified files, or "
52880 "standard input if no files are specified, in a user-specified format."
52881 msgstr ""
52882
52883 #. type: Plain text
52884 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:60
52885 #, fuzzy
52886 #| msgid ""
52887 #| "The I<length> and I<offset> arguments may be followed by the "
52888 #| "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
52889 #| "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the "
52890 #| "same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and "
52891 #| "so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, and YB."
52892 msgid ""
52893 "Below, the _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the "
52894 "multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
52895 "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
52896 "meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
52897 "for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
52898 msgstr ""
52899 "Les arguments _taille_ et _position_ peuvent être suivis des suffixes "
52900 "multiplicatifs KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, etc., pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
52901 "et YiB (la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
52902 "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, etc., pour GB, TB, PB, EB, "
52903 "ZB et YB."
52904
52905 #. type: Labeled list
52906 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:61
52907 #, no-wrap
52908 msgid "*-b*, *--one-byte-octal*"
52909 msgstr "*-b*, *--one-byte-octal*"
52910
52911 #. type: Plain text
52912 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:63
52913 msgid ""
52914 "_One-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed "
52915 "by sixteen space-separated, three-column, zero-filled bytes of input data, "
52916 "in octal, per line."
52917 msgstr ""
52918
52919 #. type: Labeled list
52920 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:64
52921 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
52922 #| msgid "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*"
52923 msgid "*-X*, *--one-byte-hex*"
52924 msgstr "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*"
52925
52926 #. type: Plain text
52927 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:66
52928 msgid ""
52929 "_One-byte hexadecimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
52930 "followed by sixteen space-separated, two-column, zero-filled bytes of input "
52931 "data, in hexadecimal, per line."
52932 msgstr ""
52933
52934 #. type: Labeled list
52935 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:67
52936 #, no-wrap
52937 msgid "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*"
52938 msgstr "*-c*, *--one-byte-char*"
52939
52940 #. type: Plain text
52941 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:69
52942 msgid ""
52943 "_One-byte character display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
52944 "followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, space-filled characters "
52945 "of input data per line."
52946 msgstr ""
52947
52948 #. type: Labeled list
52949 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:70
52950 #, no-wrap
52951 msgid "*-C*, *--canonical*"
52952 msgstr "*-C*, *--canonical*"
52953
52954 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} and {underscore} untranslated.
52955 #. type: Plain text
52956 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:72
52957 msgid ""
52958 "_Canonical hex{plus}ASCII display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
52959 "followed by sixteen space-separated, two-column, hexadecimal bytes, followed "
52960 "by the same sixteen bytes in *%{underscore}p* format enclosed in *|* "
52961 "characters. Invoking the program as *hd* implies this option."
52962 msgstr ""
52963
52964 #. type: Labeled list
52965 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:74
52966 #, no-wrap
52967 msgid "*-d*, *--two-bytes-decimal*"
52968 msgstr "*-d*, *--two-bytes-decimal*"
52969
52970 #. type: Plain text
52971 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:76
52972 msgid ""
52973 "_Two-byte decimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
52974 "followed by eight space-separated, five-column, zero-filled, two-byte units "
52975 "of input data, in unsigned decimal, per line."
52976 msgstr ""
52977
52978 #. type: Labeled list
52979 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:77
52980 #, no-wrap
52981 msgid "*-e*, *--format* _format_string_"
52982 msgstr ""
52983
52984 #. type: Plain text
52985 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:79
52986 msgid "Specify a format string to be used for displaying data."
52987 msgstr ""
52988
52989 #. type: Labeled list
52990 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:80
52991 #, no-wrap
52992 msgid "*-f*, *--format-file* _file_"
52993 msgstr "*-f*, *--format-file* _fichier_"
52994
52995 #. type: Plain text
52996 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:82
52997 msgid ""
52998 "Specify a file that contains one or more newline-separated format strings. "
52999 "Empty lines and lines whose first non-blank character is a hash mark (#) are "
53000 "ignored."
53001 msgstr ""
53002
53003 #. type: Plain text
53004 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:85
53005 #, fuzzy
53006 #| msgid ""
53007 #| "Colorize the output.  The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
53008 #| "B<never> or B<always>.  If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults "
53009 #| "to B<auto>.  The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default "
53010 #| "see the B<--help> output.  See also the B<COLORS> section below."
53011 msgid ""
53012 "Accept color units for the output. The optional argument _when_ can be "
53013 "*auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults "
53014 "to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see "
53015 "the *--help* output. See also the *Colors* subsection and the *COLORS* "
53016 "section below."
53017 msgstr ""
53018 "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
53019 "B<never> ou B<always>. En l'absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
53020 "valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées ; pour les valeurs "
53021 "par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--help>. Consultez "
53022 "également la section B<COULEURS>."
53023
53024 #. type: Labeled list
53025 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:86
53026 #, no-wrap
53027 msgid "*-n*, *--length* _length_"
53028 msgstr "*-n*, *--length* _taille_"
53029
53030 #. type: Plain text
53031 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:88
53032 msgid "Interpret only _length_ bytes of input."
53033 msgstr ""
53034
53035 #. type: Labeled list
53036 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:89
53037 #, no-wrap
53038 msgid "*-o*, *--two-bytes-octal*"
53039 msgstr "*-o*, *--two-bytes-octal*"
53040
53041 #. type: Plain text
53042 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:91
53043 msgid ""
53044 "_Two-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed "
53045 "by eight space-separated, six-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of "
53046 "input data, in octal, per line."
53047 msgstr ""
53048
53049 #. type: Labeled list
53050 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:92
53051 #, no-wrap
53052 msgid "*-s*, *--skip* _offset_"
53053 msgstr "*-s*, *--skip* _position_"
53054
53055 #. type: Plain text
53056 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:94
53057 msgid "Skip _offset_ bytes from the beginning of the input."
53058 msgstr ""
53059
53060 #. type: Labeled list
53061 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:95
53062 #, no-wrap
53063 msgid "*-v*, *--no-squeezing*"
53064 msgstr "*-v*, *--no-squeezing*"
53065
53066 #. type: Plain text
53067 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:97
53068 msgid ""
53069 "The *-v* option causes *hexdump* to display all input data. Without the *-v* "
53070 "option, any number of groups of output lines which would be identical to the "
53071 "immediately preceding group of output lines (except for the input offsets), "
53072 "are replaced with a line comprised of a single asterisk."
53073 msgstr ""
53074
53075 #. type: Labeled list
53076 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:98
53077 #, no-wrap
53078 msgid "*-x*, *--two-bytes-hex*"
53079 msgstr "*-x*, *--two-bytes-hex*"
53080
53081 #. type: Plain text
53082 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:100
53083 msgid ""
53084 "_Two-byte hexadecimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
53085 "followed by eight space-separated, four-column, zero-filled, two-byte "
53086 "quantities of input data, in hexadecimal, per line."
53087 msgstr ""
53088
53089 #. type: Plain text
53090 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:104
53091 msgid ""
53092 "For each input file, *hexdump* sequentially copies the input to standard "
53093 "output, transforming the data according to the format strings specified by "
53094 "the *-e* and *-f* options, in the order that they were specified."
53095 msgstr ""
53096
53097 #. type: Title ==
53098 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:105
53099 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
53100 #| msgid "FDFORMAT"
53101 msgid "FORMATS"
53102 msgstr "FDFORMAT"
53103
53104 #. type: Plain text
53105 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:108
53106 msgid ""
53107 "A format string contains any number of format units, separated by "
53108 "whitespace. A format unit contains up to three items: an iteration count, a "
53109 "byte count, and a format."
53110 msgstr ""
53111
53112 #. type: Plain text
53113 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:110
53114 msgid ""
53115 "The iteration count is an optional positive integer, which defaults to one. "
53116 "Each format is applied iteration count times."
53117 msgstr ""
53118
53119 #. type: Plain text
53120 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:112
53121 msgid ""
53122 "The byte count is an optional positive integer. If specified it defines the "
53123 "number of bytes to be interpreted by each iteration of the format."
53124 msgstr ""
53125
53126 #. type: Plain text
53127 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:114
53128 msgid ""
53129 "If an iteration count and/or a byte count is specified, a single slash must "
53130 "be placed after the iteration count and/or before the byte count to "
53131 "disambiguate them. Any whitespace before or after the slash is ignored."
53132 msgstr ""
53133
53134 #. type: Plain text
53135 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:116
53136 msgid ""
53137 "The format is required and must be surrounded by double quote (\" \") marks. "
53138 "It is interpreted as a fprintf-style format string (see *fprintf*(3)), with "
53139 "the following exceptions:"
53140 msgstr ""
53141
53142 #. type: Labeled list
53143 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:117
53144 #, no-wrap
53145 msgid "1."
53146 msgstr "1."
53147
53148 #. type: Plain text
53149 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:119
53150 msgid "An asterisk (*) may not be used as a field width or precision."
53151 msgstr ""
53152
53153 #. type: Labeled list
53154 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:120
53155 #, no-wrap
53156 msgid "2."
53157 msgstr "2."
53158
53159 #. type: Plain text
53160 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:122
53161 msgid ""
53162 "A byte count or field precision _is_ required for each *s* conversion "
53163 "character (unlike the *fprintf*(3) default which prints the entire string if "
53164 "the precision is unspecified)."
53165 msgstr ""
53166
53167 #. type: Labeled list
53168 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:123
53169 #, no-wrap
53170 msgid "3."
53171 msgstr "3."
53172
53173 #. type: Plain text
53174 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:125
53175 msgid ""
53176 "The conversion characters *h*, *l*, *n*, *p*, and *q* are not supported."
53177 msgstr ""
53178
53179 #. type: Labeled list
53180 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:126
53181 #, no-wrap
53182 msgid "4."
53183 msgstr "4."
53184
53185 #. type: Plain text
53186 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:128
53187 msgid ""
53188 "The single character escape sequences described in the C standard are "
53189 "supported:"
53190 msgstr ""
53191
53192 #. type: Table
53193 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:139
53194 #, no-wrap
53195 msgid ""
53196 "|NULL |\\0\n"
53197 "|<alert character> |\\a\n"
53198 "|<backspace> |\\b\n"
53199 "|<form-feed> |\\f\n"
53200 "|<newline> |\\n\n"
53201 "|<carriage return> |\\r\n"
53202 "|<tab> |\\t\n"
53203 "|<vertical tab> |\\v\n"
53204 msgstr ""
53205
53206 #. type: Title ===
53207 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:142
53208 #, no-wrap
53209 msgid "Conversion strings"
53210 msgstr ""
53211
53212 #. type: delimited block _
53213 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:145
53214 msgid ""
53215 "The *hexdump* utility also supports the following additional conversion "
53216 "strings."
53217 msgstr ""
53218
53219 #. type: Labeled list
53220 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:146
53221 #, no-wrap
53222 msgid "*_a[dox]*"
53223 msgstr ""
53224
53225 #. type: delimited block _
53226 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:148
53227 msgid ""
53228 "Display the input offset, cumulative across input files, of the next byte to "
53229 "be displayed. The appended characters *d*, *o*, and *x* specify the display "
53230 "base as decimal, octal or hexadecimal respectively."
53231 msgstr ""
53232
53233 #. type: Labeled list
53234 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:149
53235 #, no-wrap
53236 msgid "*_A[dox]*"
53237 msgstr ""
53238
53239 #. type: delimited block _
53240 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:151
53241 msgid ""
53242 "Almost identical to the *_a* conversion string except that it is only "
53243 "performed once, when all of the input data has been processed."
53244 msgstr ""
53245
53246 #. type: Labeled list
53247 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:152
53248 #, no-wrap
53249 msgid "*_c*"
53250 msgstr "*_c*"
53251
53252 #. type: delimited block _
53253 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:154
53254 msgid ""
53255 "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are "
53256 "displayed in three-character, zero-padded octal, except for those "
53257 "representable by standard escape notation (see above), which are displayed "
53258 "as two-character strings."
53259 msgstr ""
53260
53261 #. type: Labeled list
53262 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:155
53263 #, no-wrap
53264 msgid "*_p*"
53265 msgstr "*_p*"
53266
53267 #. type: delimited block _
53268 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:157
53269 msgid ""
53270 "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are "
53271 "displayed as a single '*.*'."
53272 msgstr ""
53273
53274 #. type: Labeled list
53275 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:158
53276 #, no-wrap
53277 msgid "*_u*"
53278 msgstr "*_u*"
53279
53280 #. type: delimited block _
53281 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:160
53282 msgid ""
53283 "Output US ASCII characters, with the exception that control characters are "
53284 "displayed using the following, lower-case, names. Characters greater than "
53285 "0xff, hexadecimal, are displayed as hexadecimal strings."
53286 msgstr ""
53287
53288 #. type: Table
53289 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:169
53290 #, no-wrap
53291 msgid ""
53292 "|000 nul |001 soh |002 stx |003 etx |004 eot |005 enq\n"
53293 "|006 ack |007 bel |008 bs |009 ht |00A lf |00B vt\n"
53294 "|00C ff |00D cr |00E so |00F si |010 dle |011 dc1\n"
53295 "|012 dc2 |013 dc3 |014 dc4 |015 nak |016 syn |017 etb\n"
53296 "|018 can |019 em |01A sub |01B esc |01C fs |01D gs\n"
53297 "|01E rs |01F us |0FF del | | |\n"
53298 msgstr ""
53299
53300 #. type: Title ===
53301 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:172
53302 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
53303 #| msgid "Color names"
53304 msgid "Colors"
53305 msgstr "Noms de couleur"
53306
53307 #. type: delimited block _
53308 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:175
53309 msgid ""
53310 "When put at the end of a format specifier, *hexdump* highlights the "
53311 "respective string with the color specified. Conditions, if present, are "
53312 "evaluated prior to highlighting."
53313 msgstr ""
53314
53315 #. type: delimited block _
53316 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:177
53317 #, no-wrap
53318 msgid "*_L[color_unit_1,color_unit_2,...,color_unit_n]*\n"
53319 msgstr ""
53320
53321 #. type: delimited block _
53322 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:179
53323 msgid "The full syntax of a color unit is as follows:"
53324 msgstr ""
53325
53326 #. type: delimited block _
53327 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:181
53328 #, no-wrap
53329 msgid "*[!]COLOR[:VALUE][@OFFSET_START[-END]]*\n"
53330 msgstr ""
53331
53332 #. type: Labeled list
53333 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:182
53334 #, no-wrap
53335 msgid "*!*"
53336 msgstr "*!*"
53337
53338 #. type: delimited block _
53339 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:184
53340 msgid ""
53341 "Negate the condition. Please note that it only makes sense to negate a unit "
53342 "if both a value/string and an offset are specified. In that case the "
53343 "respective output string will be highlighted if and only if the value/string "
53344 "does not match the one at the offset."
53345 msgstr ""
53346
53347 #. type: Labeled list
53348 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:185
53349 #, no-wrap
53350 msgid "*COLOR*"
53351 msgstr "*COLOR*"
53352
53353 #. type: delimited block _
53354 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:187
53355 msgid "One of the 8 basic shell colors."
53356 msgstr ""
53357
53358 #. type: Labeled list
53359 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:188
53360 #, no-wrap
53361 msgid "*VALUE*"
53362 msgstr ""
53363
53364 #. type: delimited block _
53365 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:190
53366 msgid ""
53367 "A value to be matched specified in hexadecimal, or octal base, or as a "
53368 "string. Please note that the usual C escape sequences are not interpreted by "
53369 "*hexdump* inside the color_units."
53370 msgstr ""
53371
53372 #. type: Labeled list
53373 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:191
53374 #, no-wrap
53375 msgid "*OFFSET*"
53376 msgstr ""
53377
53378 #. type: delimited block _
53379 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:193
53380 msgid ""
53381 "An offset or an offset range at which to check for a match. Please note that "
53382 "lone OFFSET_START uses the same value as END offset."
53383 msgstr ""
53384
53385 #. type: Title ===
53386 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:194
53387 #, no-wrap
53388 msgid "Counters"
53389 msgstr ""
53390
53391 #. type: delimited block _
53392 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:197
53393 msgid ""
53394 "The default and supported byte counts for the conversion characters are as "
53395 "follows:"
53396 msgstr ""
53397
53398 #. type: Labeled list
53399 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:198
53400 #, no-wrap
53401 msgid "*%_c*, *%_p*, *%_u*, *%c*"
53402 msgstr "*%_c*, *%_p*, *%_u*, *%c*"
53403
53404 #. type: delimited block _
53405 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:200
53406 msgid "One byte counts only."
53407 msgstr ""
53408
53409 #. type: Labeled list
53410 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:201
53411 #, no-wrap
53412 msgid "*%d*, *%i*, *%o*, *%u*, *%X*, *%x*"
53413 msgstr "*%d*, *%i*, *%o*, *%u*, *%X*, *%x*"
53414
53415 #. type: delimited block _
53416 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:203
53417 msgid "Four byte default, one, two and four byte counts supported."
53418 msgstr ""
53419
53420 #. type: Labeled list
53421 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:204
53422 #, no-wrap
53423 msgid "*%E*, *%e*, *%f*, *%G*, *%g*"
53424 msgstr "*%E*, *%e*, *%f*, *%G*, *%g*"
53425
53426 #. type: delimited block _
53427 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:206
53428 msgid "Eight byte default, four byte counts supported."
53429 msgstr ""
53430
53431 #. type: delimited block _
53432 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:208
53433 msgid ""
53434 "The amount of data interpreted by each format string is the sum of the data "
53435 "required by each format unit, which is the iteration count times the byte "
53436 "count, or the iteration count times the number of bytes required by the "
53437 "format if the byte count is not specified."
53438 msgstr ""
53439
53440 #. type: delimited block _
53441 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:210
53442 msgid ""
53443 "The input is manipulated in _blocks_, where a block is defined as the "
53444 "largest amount of data specified by any format string. Format strings "
53445 "interpreting less than an input block's worth of data, whose last format "
53446 "unit both interprets some number of bytes and does not have a specified "
53447 "iteration count, have the iteration count incremented until the entire input "
53448 "block has been processed or there is not enough data remaining in the block "
53449 "to satisfy the format string."
53450 msgstr ""
53451
53452 #. type: delimited block _
53453 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:212
53454 msgid ""
53455 "If, either as a result of user specification or *hexdump* modifying the "
53456 "iteration count as described above, an iteration count is greater than one, "
53457 "no trailing whitespace characters are output during the last iteration."
53458 msgstr ""
53459
53460 #. type: delimited block _
53461 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:214
53462 msgid ""
53463 "It is an error to specify a byte count as well as multiple conversion "
53464 "characters or strings unless all but one of the conversion characters or "
53465 "strings is *_a* or *_A*."
53466 msgstr ""
53467
53468 #. type: delimited block _
53469 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:216
53470 msgid ""
53471 "If, as a result of the specification of the *-n* option or end-of-file being "
53472 "reached, input data only partially satisfies a format string, the input "
53473 "block is zero-padded sufficiently to display all available data (i.e., any "
53474 "format units overlapping the end of data will display some number of the "
53475 "zero bytes)."
53476 msgstr ""
53477
53478 #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
53479 #. type: delimited block _
53480 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:219
53481 msgid ""
53482 "Further output by such format strings is replaced by an equivalent number of "
53483 "spaces. An equivalent number of spaces is defined as the number of spaces "
53484 "output by an *s* conversion character with the same field width and "
53485 "precision as the original conversion character or conversion string but with "
53486 "any '*{plus}*', ' ', '*#*' conversion flag characters removed, and "
53487 "referencing a NULL string."
53488 msgstr ""
53489
53490 #. type: delimited block _
53491 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:221
53492 msgid ""
53493 "If no format strings are specified, the default display is very similar to "
53494 "the *-x* output format (the *-x* option causes more space to be used between "
53495 "format units than in the default output)."
53496 msgstr ""
53497
53498 #. type: delimited block _
53499 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:225
53500 #, no-wrap
53501 msgid "*hexdump* exits 0 on success and > 0 if an error occurred.\n"
53502 msgstr "Le code de retour est 0 quand *hexdump* réussit et strictement supérieur à 0 en cas d'erreur.\n"
53503
53504 #. type: delimited block _
53505 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:229
53506 #, fuzzy
53507 #| msgid ""
53508 #| "The B<logger> command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
53509 #| "compatible."
53510 msgid ""
53511 "The *hexdump* utility is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
53512 "compatible."
53513 msgstr ""
53514 "La commande B<logger> est prévue pour être compatible avec IEEE Std 1003.2 "
53515 "(« POSIX.2 »)."
53516
53517 #. type: delimited block _
53518 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:233
53519 #, fuzzy
53520 #| msgid "Display the CPU information in human-readable format."
53521 msgid "Display the input in perusal format:"
53522 msgstr "Afficher les renseignements sur le processeur au format lisible."
53523
53524 #. type: delimited block .
53525 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:238
53526 #, no-wrap
53527 msgid ""
53528 "   \"%06.6_ao \"  12/1 \"%3_u \"\n"
53529 "   \"\\t\" \"%_p \"\n"
53530 "   \"\\n\"\n"
53531 msgstr ""
53532 "   \"%06.6_ao \"  12/1 \"%3_u \"\n"
53533 "   \"\\t\" \"%_p \"\n"
53534 "   \"\\n\"\n"
53535
53536 #. type: Plain text
53537 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:241
53538 msgid "Implement the *-x* option:"
53539 msgstr ""
53540
53541 #. type: delimited block .
53542 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:245
53543 #, no-wrap
53544 msgid ""
53545 "   \"%07.7_Ax\\n\"\n"
53546 "   \"%07.7_ax  \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\n\"\n"
53547 msgstr ""
53548 "   \"%07.7_Ax\\n\"\n"
53549 "   \"%07.7_ax  \" 8/2 \"%04x \" \"\\n\"\n"
53550
53551 #. type: Plain text
53552 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:248
53553 msgid ""
53554 "MBR Boot Signature example: Highlight the addresses cyan and the bytes at "
53555 "offsets 510 and 511 green if their value is 0xAA55, red otherwise."
53556 msgstr ""
53557
53558 #. type: delimited block .
53559 #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:252
53560 #, no-wrap
53561 msgid ""
53562 "   \"%07.7_Ax_L[cyan]\\n\"\n"
53563 "   \"%07.7_ax_L[cyan]  \" 8/2 \"   %04x_L[green:0xAA55@510-511,!red:0xAA55@510-511] \" \"\\n\"\n"
53564 msgstr ""
53565 "   \"%07.7_Ax_L[cyan]\\n\"\n"
53566 "   \"%07.7_ax_L[cyan]  \" 8/2 \"   %04x_L[green:0xAA55@510-511,!red:0xAA55@510-511] \" \"\\n\"\n"
53567
53568 #.  This page is in the public domain
53569 #. type: Title =
53570 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:3
53571 #, no-wrap
53572 msgid "line(1)"
53573 msgstr "line(1)"
53574
53575 #. type: Plain text
53576 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:13
53577 msgid "line - read one line"
53578 msgstr "line - lire une ligne"
53579
53580 #. type: Plain text
53581 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:17
53582 #, no-wrap
53583 msgid "*line*\n"
53584 msgstr "*line*\n"
53585
53586 #. type: Plain text
53587 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:21
53588 msgid ""
53589 "The utility *line* copies one line (up to a newline) from standard input to "
53590 "standard output. It always prints at least a newline and returns an exit "
53591 "status of 1 on EOF or read error."
53592 msgstr ""
53593
53594 #. type: Plain text
53595 #: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:25
53596 #, no-wrap
53597 msgid "*read*(1p)\n"
53598 msgstr "*read*(1p)\n"
53599
53600 #
53601 #
53602 #
53603 #
53604 #. Copyright (c) 1988, 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
53605 #. Copyright (c) 1988 Mark Nudleman
53606 #. All rights reserved.
53607 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
53608 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
53609 #. are met:
53610 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
53611 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
53612 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
53613 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
53614 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
53615 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
53616 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
53617 #.    This product includes software developed by the University of
53618 #.    California, Berkeley and its contributors.
53619 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
53620 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
53621 #.    without specific prior written permission.
53622 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
53623 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
53624 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
53625 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
53626 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
53627 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
53628 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
53629 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
53630 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
53631 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
53632 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
53633 #. @(#)more.1   5.15 (Berkeley) 7/29/91
53634 #. Copyright (c) 1992 Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
53635 #. type: Title =
53636 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:39
53637 #, no-wrap
53638 msgid "more(1)"
53639 msgstr "more(1)"
53640
53641 #. type: Plain text
53642 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:49
53643 msgid "more - display the contents of a file in a terminal"
53644 msgstr ""
53645
53646 #. type: Plain text
53647 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:53
53648 #, no-wrap
53649 msgid "*more* [options] _file_ ...\n"
53650 msgstr "*more* [options] _fichier_ ...\n"
53651
53652 #. type: Plain text
53653 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:57
53654 #, no-wrap
53655 msgid "*more* is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time. This version is especially primitive. Users should realize that *less*(1) provides *more*(1) emulation plus extensive enhancements.\n"
53656 msgstr "*more* est un filtre permettant de se déplacer dans un texte, écran par écran. Cette version est particulièrement primitive. Les utilisateurs doivent se convaincre que *less*(1) constitue une excellente émulation de *more*(1) avec en plus de nombreuses améliorations.\n"
53657
53658 #. type: Plain text
53659 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:61
53660 msgid ""
53661 "Options are also taken from the environment variable *MORE* (make sure to "
53662 "precede them with a dash (*-*)) but command-line options will override those."
53663 msgstr ""
53664 "La variable d'environnement *MORE* peut contenir des options supplémentaires "
53665 "(assurez-vous de les faire précéder d'un tiret (*-*)), mais les options sur "
53666 "la ligne de commande ont priorité."
53667
53668 #. type: Labeled list
53669 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:62
53670 #, no-wrap
53671 msgid "*-d*, *--silent*"
53672 msgstr "*-d*, *--silent*"
53673
53674 #. type: Plain text
53675 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:64
53676 msgid ""
53677 "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\", and display "
53678 "\"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an "
53679 "illegal key is pressed."
53680 msgstr ""
53681 "Accueillir avec « [Appuyer sur la barre d'espacement pour continuer, « q » "
53682 "pour quitter.] » puis afficher « [Appuyer sur « h » pour obtenir les "
53683 "instructions.] » au lieu d'émettre un bip quand une touche interdite est "
53684 "utilisée."
53685
53686 #. type: Labeled list
53687 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:65
53688 #, no-wrap
53689 msgid "*-l*, *--logical*"
53690 msgstr "*-l*, *--logical*"
53691
53692 #. type: Plain text
53693 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:67
53694 msgid "Do not pause after any line containing a *^L* (form feed)."
53695 msgstr ""
53696 "Ne pas faire de pause après une ligne contenant un *^L* (saut de page)."
53697
53698 #. type: Labeled list
53699 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:68
53700 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
53701 #| msgid "*-l*, *--list-one*"
53702 msgid "*-e*, *--exit-on-eof*"
53703 msgstr "*-l*, *--list-one*"
53704
53705 #. type: Plain text
53706 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:70
53707 msgid ""
53708 "Exit on End-Of-File, enabled by default if POSIXLY_CORRECT environment "
53709 "variable is not set or if not executed on terminal."
53710 msgstr ""
53711
53712 #. type: Labeled list
53713 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:71
53714 #, no-wrap
53715 msgid "*-f*, *--no-pause*"
53716 msgstr "*-f*, *--no-pause*"
53717
53718 #. type: Plain text
53719 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:73
53720 msgid ""
53721 "Count logical lines, rather than screen lines (i.e., long lines are not "
53722 "folded)."
53723 msgstr ""
53724 "Compter les lignes logiques plutôt que celles de l'écran, c'est-à-dire que "
53725 "les lignes longues ne sont pas repliées."
53726
53727 #. type: Labeled list
53728 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:74
53729 #, no-wrap
53730 msgid "*-p*, *--print-over*"
53731 msgstr "*-p*, *--print-over*"
53732
53733 #. type: Plain text
53734 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:76
53735 msgid ""
53736 "Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text. "
53737 "Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the executable is "
53738 "named *page*."
53739 msgstr ""
53740 "Ne pas dérouler : effacer plutôt l’écran avant d'afficher le texte. "
53741 "Remarquez que cette option est activée automatiquement si l’exécutable "
53742 "s'appelle *page*."
53743
53744 #. type: Labeled list
53745 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:77
53746 #, no-wrap
53747 msgid "*-c*, *--clean-print*"
53748 msgstr "*-c*, *--clean-print*"
53749
53750 #. type: Plain text
53751 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:79
53752 msgid ""
53753 "Do not scroll. Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the "
53754 "remainder of each line as it is displayed."
53755 msgstr ""
53756 "Ne pas dérouler : afficher les lignes en partant du haut et en effaçant les "
53757 "fins de ligne au fur et à mesure."
53758
53759 #. type: Labeled list
53760 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:80
53761 #, no-wrap
53762 msgid "*-s*, *--squeeze*"
53763 msgstr "*-s*, *--squeeze*"
53764
53765 #. type: Plain text
53766 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:82
53767 msgid "Squeeze multiple blank lines into one."
53768 msgstr "Regrouper les lignes blanches consécutives en une seule."
53769
53770 #. type: Labeled list
53771 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:83
53772 #, no-wrap
53773 msgid "*-u*, *--plain*"
53774 msgstr "*-u*, *--plain*"
53775
53776 #. type: Plain text
53777 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:85
53778 msgid ""
53779 "Suppress underlining. This option is silently ignored as backwards "
53780 "compatibility."
53781 msgstr ""
53782 "Supprimer les soulignements. Cette option est ignorée silencieusement et "
53783 "sert uniquement pour la rétro-compatibilité."
53784
53785 #. type: Labeled list
53786 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:86
53787 #, no-wrap
53788 msgid "*-n*, *--lines* _number_"
53789 msgstr "*-n*, *--lines* _nombre_"
53790
53791 #. type: Plain text
53792 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:88
53793 msgid ""
53794 "Specify the _number_ of lines per screenful. The _number_ argument is a "
53795 "positive decimal integer. The *--lines* option shall override any values "
53796 "obtained from any other source, such as number of lines reported by terminal."
53797 msgstr ""
53798 "Indiquer le _nombre_ de lignes par écran. Le paramètre _nombre_ est un "
53799 "entier décimal positif. L'option *--lines* écrasera toute autre valeur issue "
53800 "d'une autre source, telle que le nombre de lignes indiqué par le terminal."
53801
53802 #. type: Labeled list
53803 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:89 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:36
53804 #, no-wrap
53805 msgid "**-**__number__"
53806 msgstr "**-**__numéro__"
53807
53808 #. type: Plain text
53809 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:91
53810 msgid "A numeric option means the same as *--lines* option argument."
53811 msgstr ""
53812 "Une option numérique signifie la même chose que le paramètre de l'option *--"
53813 "lines*."
53814
53815 #. type: Labeled list
53816 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:92 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:30
53817 #, no-wrap
53818 msgid "**+**__number__"
53819 msgstr "**+**__numéro__"
53820
53821 #. type: Plain text
53822 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:94
53823 msgid "Start displaying each file at line _number_."
53824 msgstr "Commencer à afficher tous les fichiers à la ligne _numéro_."
53825
53826 #. type: Labeled list
53827 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:95
53828 #, no-wrap
53829 msgid "**+**/__string__"
53830 msgstr "**+**/__chaîne__"
53831
53832 #. type: Plain text
53833 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:97
53834 msgid "The _string_ to be searched in each file before starting to display it."
53835 msgstr ""
53836 "La _chaîne_ à chercher dans tous les fichiers avant de commencer à les "
53837 "afficher."
53838
53839 #. type: Plain text
53840 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:103
53841 msgid ""
53842 "Interactive commands for *more* are based on *vi*(1). Some commands may be "
53843 "preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below. In the "
53844 "following descriptions, *^X* means *control-X*."
53845 msgstr ""
53846 "*more* reconnaît des commandes interactives basées sur celles de *vi*(1). "
53847 "Certaines commandes peuvent être précédées d'un nombre décimal noté k dans "
53848 "les descriptions suivantes. *^X* signifie *Ctrl-X*."
53849
53850 #. type: Labeled list
53851 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:104
53852 #, no-wrap
53853 msgid "*h* or *?*"
53854 msgstr "*h* ou *?*"
53855
53856 #. type: Plain text
53857 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:106
53858 msgid ""
53859 "Help; display a summary of these commands. If you forget all other commands, "
53860 "remember this one."
53861 msgstr ""
53862 "Aide : afficher un résumé des commandes. Si vous les avez toutes oubliées, "
53863 "tâchez de vous souvenir de celle-là."
53864
53865 #. type: Labeled list
53866 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:107
53867 #, no-wrap
53868 msgid "*SPACE*"
53869 msgstr "*espace*"
53870
53871 #. type: Plain text
53872 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:109
53873 msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size."
53874 msgstr ""
53875 "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k est la taille de l'écran."
53876
53877 #. type: Labeled list
53878 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:110
53879 #, no-wrap
53880 msgid "*z*"
53881 msgstr "*z*"
53882
53883 #. type: Plain text
53884 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:112
53885 msgid ""
53886 "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size. Argument "
53887 "becomes new default."
53888 msgstr ""
53889 "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k est la taille de l'écran, "
53890 "mais le paramètre fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."
53891
53892 #. type: Labeled list
53893 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:113
53894 #, no-wrap
53895 msgid "*RETURN*"
53896 msgstr "*Entrée*"
53897
53898 #. type: Plain text
53899 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:115
53900 msgid ""
53901 "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to 1. Argument becomes new default."
53902 msgstr ""
53903 "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k vaut 1, mais le paramètre "
53904 "fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."
53905
53906 #. type: Labeled list
53907 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:116
53908 #, no-wrap
53909 msgid "*d* or *^D*"
53910 msgstr "*d* ou *^D*"
53911
53912 #. type: Plain text
53913 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:118
53914 msgid ""
53915 "Scroll k lines. Default is current scroll size, initially 11. Argument "
53916 "becomes new default."
53917 msgstr ""
53918 "Dérouler k lignes. La valeur par défaut vaut initialement 11, mais le "
53919 "paramètre fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."
53920
53921 #. type: Labeled list
53922 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:119
53923 #, no-wrap
53924 msgid "*q* or *Q* or *INTERRUPT*"
53925 msgstr "*q* ou *Q* ou *INTERRUPT*"
53926
53927 #. type: Plain text
53928 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:121
53929 msgid "Exit."
53930 msgstr "Quitter."
53931
53932 #. type: Plain text
53933 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:124
53934 msgid "Skip forward k lines of text. Defaults to 1."
53935 msgstr "Sauter k lignes. Par défaut, sauter une ligne."
53936
53937 #. type: Labeled list
53938 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:125
53939 #, no-wrap
53940 msgid "*f*"
53941 msgstr "*f*"
53942
53943 #. type: Plain text
53944 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:127
53945 msgid "Skip forward k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1."
53946 msgstr "Sauter k écrans. Par défaut, sauter un écran."
53947
53948 #. type: Labeled list
53949 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:128
53950 #, no-wrap
53951 msgid "*b* or *^B*"
53952 msgstr "*b* ou *^B*"
53953
53954 #. type: Plain text
53955 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:130
53956 msgid ""
53957 "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1. Only works with files, "
53958 "not pipes."
53959 msgstr ""
53960 "Reculer de k écrans. Par défaut, reculer d'un écran. Ne fonctionne qu'avec "
53961 "les fichiers, pas avec les tubes (« pipes »)."
53962
53963 #. type: Labeled list
53964 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:131
53965 #, no-wrap
53966 msgid "*'*"
53967 msgstr "*'*"
53968
53969 #. type: Plain text
53970 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:133
53971 msgid "Go to the place where the last search started."
53972 msgstr "Retourner au point de départ de la dernière recherche."
53973
53974 #. type: Labeled list
53975 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:134
53976 #, no-wrap
53977 msgid "*=*"
53978 msgstr "*=*"
53979
53980 #. type: Plain text
53981 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:136
53982 msgid "Display current line number."
53983 msgstr "Afficher le numéro de ligne actuel."
53984
53985 #. type: Labeled list
53986 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:137
53987 #, no-wrap
53988 msgid "*/pattern*"
53989 msgstr "*/motif*"
53990
53991 #. type: Plain text
53992 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:139
53993 msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression. Defaults to 1."
53994 msgstr ""
53995 "Rechercher la k-ième occurrence d'une expression rationnelle. Par défaut, k "
53996 "vaut 1."
53997
53998 #. type: Plain text
53999 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:142
54000 msgid "Search for kth occurrence of last regular expression. Defaults to 1."
54001 msgstr ""
54002 "Rechercher la k-ième occurrence de la dernière expression rationnelle. Par "
54003 "défaut, k vaut 1."
54004
54005 #. type: Labeled list
54006 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:143
54007 #, no-wrap
54008 msgid "*!command* or *:!command*"
54009 msgstr "*!commande* ou *:!commande*"
54010
54011 #. type: Plain text
54012 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:145
54013 msgid "Execute _command_ in a subshell."
54014 msgstr "Exécuter la _commande_ dans un sous-interpréteur de commandes."
54015
54016 #. type: Labeled list
54017 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:146
54018 #, no-wrap
54019 msgid "*v*"
54020 msgstr "*v*"
54021
54022 #. type: Plain text
54023 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:148
54024 msgid ""
54025 "Start up an editor at current line. The editor is taken from the environment "
54026 "variable *VISUAL* if defined, or *EDITOR* if *VISUAL* is not defined, or "
54027 "defaults to *vi*(1) if neither *VISUAL* nor *EDITOR* is defined."
54028 msgstr ""
54029 "Démarrer un éditeur sur la ligne actuelle. L’éditeur est indiqué par la "
54030 "variable d'environnement *VISUAL* si elle est définie, *EDITOR* si *VISUAL* "
54031 "n’est pas définie ou *vi*(1) par défaut si ni *VISUAL*, ni *EDITOR* ne sont "
54032 "définies."
54033
54034 #. type: Labeled list
54035 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:149
54036 #, no-wrap
54037 msgid "*^L*"
54038 msgstr "*^L*"
54039
54040 #. type: Plain text
54041 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:151
54042 msgid "Redraw screen."
54043 msgstr "Rafraîchir l'écran."
54044
54045 #. type: Labeled list
54046 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:152
54047 #, no-wrap
54048 msgid "*:n*"
54049 msgstr "*:n*"
54050
54051 #. type: Plain text
54052 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:154
54053 msgid "Go to kth next file. Defaults to 1."
54054 msgstr "Passer au k-ième fichier suivant. Par défaut, k vaut 1."
54055
54056 #. type: Labeled list
54057 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:155
54058 #, no-wrap
54059 msgid "*:p*"
54060 msgstr "*:p*"
54061
54062 #. type: Plain text
54063 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:157
54064 msgid "Go to kth previous file. Defaults to 1."
54065 msgstr "Passer au k-ième fichier précédent. Par défaut, k vaut 1."
54066
54067 #. type: Labeled list
54068 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:158
54069 #, no-wrap
54070 msgid "*:f*"
54071 msgstr "*:f*"
54072
54073 #. type: Plain text
54074 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:160
54075 msgid "Display current file name and line number."
54076 msgstr "Afficher le nom et le numéro de ligne du fichier actuel."
54077
54078 #. type: Labeled list
54079 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:161
54080 #, no-wrap
54081 msgid "*.*"
54082 msgstr "*.*"
54083
54084 #. type: Plain text
54085 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:163
54086 msgid "Repeat previous command."
54087 msgstr "Répéter la commande précédente."
54088
54089 #. type: Plain text
54090 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:167
54091 msgid ""
54092 "The *more* command respects the following environment variables, if they "
54093 "exist:"
54094 msgstr ""
54095 "La commande *more* respecte les variables d'environnement suivantes quand "
54096 "elles existent."
54097
54098 #. type: Labeled list
54099 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:168
54100 #, no-wrap
54101 msgid "*MORE*"
54102 msgstr "*MORE*"
54103
54104 #. type: Plain text
54105 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:170
54106 msgid "This variable may be set with favored options to *more*."
54107 msgstr ""
54108 "Les options préférées pour *more* peuvent être indiquées dans cette variable."
54109
54110 #. type: Plain text
54111 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:173
54112 msgid "Current shell in use (normally set by the shell at login time)."
54113 msgstr ""
54114 "Interpréteur actuel (normalement positionné par l'interpréteur à la "
54115 "connexion)."
54116
54117 #. type: Labeled list
54118 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:174 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:133
54119 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:69
54120 #, no-wrap
54121 msgid "*TERM*"
54122 msgstr "*TERM*"
54123
54124 #. type: Plain text
54125 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:176
54126 msgid ""
54127 "The terminal type used by *more* to get the terminal characteristics "
54128 "necessary to manipulate the screen."
54129 msgstr ""
54130 "Le type de terminal utilisé par *more* pour déterminer les caractéristiques "
54131 "du terminal nécessaires au contrôle de l'écran."
54132
54133 #. type: Labeled list
54134 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:177
54135 #, no-wrap
54136 msgid "*VISUAL*"
54137 msgstr "*VISUAL*"
54138
54139 #. type: Plain text
54140 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:179
54141 msgid "The editor the user prefers. Invoked when command key _v_ is pressed."
54142 msgstr ""
54143 "L’éditeur préféré de l’utilisateur. Appelé par la touche de commande _v_."
54144
54145 #. type: Plain text
54146 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:182
54147 msgid "The editor of choice when *VISUAL* is not specified."
54148 msgstr "Le choix de l’éditeur quand *VISUAL* n'est pas indiqué."
54149
54150 #. type: Plain text
54151 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:185
54152 msgid "Disable exit-on-eof (see option *-e* for more details)."
54153 msgstr ""
54154
54155 #. type: Plain text
54156 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:189
54157 msgid ""
54158 "The *more* command appeared in 3.0BSD. This man page documents *more* "
54159 "version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux "
54160 "community. Documentation was produced using several other versions of the "
54161 "man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
54162 msgstr ""
54163 "La commande *more* est apparue dans 3.0BSD. Cette page documente la "
54164 "version 5.19 (Berkeley 29/6/88), qui est celle actuellement utilisée par la "
54165 "communauté Linux. Cette documentation a été constituée en utilisant les "
54166 "pages de manuel de plusieurs autres versions et après un examen exhaustif du "
54167 "code source."
54168
54169 #. type: Plain text
54170 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:193
54171 msgid "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley."
54172 msgstr "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley."
54173
54174 #. type: Plain text
54175 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:195
54176 msgid "Modified by Geoff Peck, UCB to add underlining, single spacing."
54177 msgstr ""
54178 "Modifié par Geoff Peck, UCB, pour ajouter le soulignement et l'espacement "
54179 "simple."
54180
54181 #. type: Plain text
54182 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:197
54183 msgid "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable."
54184 msgstr ""
54185 "Modifié par John Foderaro, UCB, pour ajouter *-c* et la gestion de la "
54186 "variable d'environnement *MORE*."
54187
54188 #. type: Plain text
54189 #: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:202
54190 #, no-wrap
54191 msgid ""
54192 "*less*(1),\n"
54193 "*vi*(1)\n"
54194 msgstr ""
54195 "*less*(1),\n"
54196 "*vi*(1)\n"
54197
54198 #.  Copyright 2001 Gunnar Ritter
54199 #. type: Title =
54200 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:3
54201 #, no-wrap
54202 msgid "pg(1)"
54203 msgstr "pg(1)"
54204
54205 #. type: Plain text
54206 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:13
54207 msgid "pg - browse pagewise through text files"
54208 msgstr ""
54209
54210 #. type: Plain text
54211 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:17
54212 #, no-wrap
54213 msgid "*pg* *-*_amount_ *-p* _prompt_ *-cefnrs* +line +/pattern/ file_ ...\n"
54214 msgstr ""
54215
54216 #. type: Plain text
54217 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:21
54218 #, no-wrap
54219 msgid "*pg* displays a text file on a CRT one screenful at once. After each page, a prompt is displayed. The user may then either press the newline key to view the next page or one of the keys described below.\n"
54220 msgstr ""
54221
54222 #. type: Plain text
54223 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:23
54224 msgid ""
54225 "If no filename is given on the command line, *pg* reads from standard input. "
54226 "If standard output is not a terminal, *pg* acts like *cat*(1) but precedes "
54227 "each file with its name if there is more than one."
54228 msgstr ""
54229
54230 #. type: Plain text
54231 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:25
54232 msgid ""
54233 "If input comes from a pipe, *pg* stores the data in a buffer file while "
54234 "reading, to make navigation possible."
54235 msgstr ""
54236
54237 #. type: Plain text
54238 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:29
54239 #, no-wrap
54240 msgid "*pg* accepts the following options:\n"
54241 msgstr ""
54242
54243 #. type: Plain text
54244 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:32
54245 #, fuzzy
54246 #| msgid "Start displaying each file at line I<number>."
54247 msgid "Start at the given line number."
54248 msgstr "Commencer à afficher tous les fichiers à la ligne I<numéro>."
54249
54250 #. type: Labeled list
54251 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:33
54252 #, no-wrap
54253 msgid "**+/**__pattern__*/*"
54254 msgstr "**+/**__motif__*/*"
54255
54256 #. type: Plain text
54257 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:35
54258 msgid ""
54259 "Start at the line containing the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ given."
54260 msgstr ""
54261
54262 #. type: Plain text
54263 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:38
54264 msgid ""
54265 "The number of lines per page. By default, this is the number of CRT lines "
54266 "minus one."
54267 msgstr ""
54268
54269 #. type: Plain text
54270 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:41
54271 msgid ""
54272 "Clear the screen before a page is displayed, if the terminfo entry for the "
54273 "terminal provides this capability."
54274 msgstr ""
54275
54276 #. type: Labeled list
54277 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:42
54278 #, no-wrap
54279 msgid "*-e*"
54280 msgstr "*-e*"
54281
54282 #. type: Plain text
54283 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:44
54284 msgid "Do not pause and display _(EOF)_ at the end of a file."
54285 msgstr ""
54286
54287 #. type: Plain text
54288 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:47
54289 #, fuzzy
54290 #| msgid "Do not print a header line."
54291 msgid "Do not split long lines."
54292 msgstr "Ne pas imprimer de ligne d'en-tête."
54293
54294 #. type: Labeled list
54295 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:48
54296 #, no-wrap
54297 msgid "*-n*"
54298 msgstr "*-n*"
54299
54300 #. type: Plain text
54301 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:50
54302 msgid ""
54303 "Without this option, commands must be terminated by a newline character."
54304 msgstr ""
54305
54306 #. type: Plain text
54307 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:52
54308 msgid "With this option, *pg* advances once a command letter is entered."
54309 msgstr ""
54310
54311 #. type: Labeled list
54312 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:53
54313 #, no-wrap
54314 msgid "*-p* _string_"
54315 msgstr "*-p* _chaîne_"
54316
54317 #. type: Plain text
54318 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:55
54319 msgid ""
54320 "Instead of the normal prompt _:_, _string_ is displayed. If _string_ "
54321 "contains *%d*, its first occurrence is replaced by the number of the current "
54322 "page."
54323 msgstr ""
54324
54325 #. type: Labeled list
54326 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:56
54327 #, no-wrap
54328 msgid "*-r*"
54329 msgstr "*-r*"
54330
54331 #. type: Plain text
54332 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:58
54333 #, fuzzy
54334 #| msgid "Disallow messages."
54335 msgid "Disallow the shell escape."
54336 msgstr "Interdire les messages."
54337
54338 #. type: Plain text
54339 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:61
54340 msgid ""
54341 "Print messages in _standout_ mode, if the terminfo entry for the terminal "
54342 "provides this capability."
54343 msgstr ""
54344
54345 #. type: Plain text
54346 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:67
54347 msgid ""
54348 "The following commands may be entered at the prompt. Commands preceded by "
54349 "_i_ in this document accept a number as argument, positive or negative. If "
54350 "this argument starts with *+* or *-*, it is interpreted relative to the "
54351 "current position in the input file, otherwise relative to the beginning."
54352 msgstr ""
54353
54354 #. type: Labeled list
54355 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:68
54356 #, no-wrap
54357 msgid "__i__**<Enter>**"
54358 msgstr ""
54359
54360 #. type: Plain text
54361 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:70
54362 #, fuzzy
54363 #| msgid "Display help text and exit."
54364 msgid "Display the next or the indicated page."
54365 msgstr "Afficher l’aide-mémoire puis quitter."
54366
54367 #. type: Labeled list
54368 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:71
54369 #, no-wrap
54370 msgid "__i__**d** or *^D*"
54371 msgstr "__i__**d** ou *^D*"
54372
54373 #. type: Plain text
54374 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:73
54375 msgid ""
54376 "Display the next halfpage. If _i_ is given, it is always interpreted "
54377 "relative to the current position."
54378 msgstr ""
54379
54380 #. type: Labeled list
54381 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:74
54382 #, no-wrap
54383 msgid "__i__**l**"
54384 msgstr "__i__**l**"
54385
54386 #. type: Plain text
54387 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:76
54388 #, fuzzy
54389 #| msgid "Display help text and exit."
54390 msgid "Display the next or the indicated line."
54391 msgstr "Afficher l’aide-mémoire puis quitter."
54392
54393 #. type: Labeled list
54394 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:77
54395 #, no-wrap
54396 msgid "__i__**f**"
54397 msgstr "__i__**f**"
54398
54399 #. type: Plain text
54400 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:79
54401 msgid ""
54402 "Skip a page forward. _i_ must be a positive number and is always interpreted "
54403 "relative to the current position."
54404 msgstr ""
54405
54406 #. type: Labeled list
54407 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:80
54408 #, no-wrap
54409 msgid "__i__**w** or __i__**z**"
54410 msgstr "__i__**w** ou __i__**z**"
54411
54412 #. type: Plain text
54413 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:82
54414 msgid "As *<Enter>* except that _i_ becomes the new page size."
54415 msgstr ""
54416
54417 #. type: Labeled list
54418 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:83
54419 #, no-wrap
54420 msgid "*.* or *^L*"
54421 msgstr "*.* ou *^L*"
54422
54423 #. type: Plain text
54424 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:85
54425 msgid "Redraw the screen."
54426 msgstr "Rafraîchir l'écran."
54427
54428 #. type: Labeled list
54429 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:86
54430 #, no-wrap
54431 msgid "*$*"
54432 msgstr "*$*"
54433
54434 #. type: Plain text
54435 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:88
54436 #, fuzzy
54437 #| msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
54438 msgid "Advance to the last line of the input file."
54439 msgstr "Définir le dernier bloc du système de fichiers."
54440
54441 #. type: Labeled list
54442 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:89
54443 #, no-wrap
54444 msgid "__i__**/**__pattern__**/**"
54445 msgstr "__i__**/**__motif__**/**"
54446
54447 #. type: Plain text
54448 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:91
54449 msgid ""
54450 "Search forward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular "
54451 "Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts after the current page and "
54452 "stops at the end of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a "
54453 "positive number."
54454 msgstr ""
54455
54456 #. type: Labeled list
54457 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:92
54458 #, no-wrap
54459 msgid "__i__**?**__pattern__**?** or __i__**^**__pattern__**^**"
54460 msgstr "__i__**?**__motif__**?** ou __i__**^**__motif__**^**"
54461
54462 #. type: Plain text
54463 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:94
54464 msgid ""
54465 "Search backward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic "
54466 "Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts before the current "
54467 "page and stops at the beginning of the file. No wrap-around is performed. "
54468 "_i_ must be a positive number."
54469 msgstr ""
54470
54471 #. type: Plain text
54472 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:96
54473 msgid ""
54474 "The search commands accept an added letter. If *t* is given, the line "
54475 "containing the pattern is displayed at the top of the screen, which is the "
54476 "default. *m* selects the middle and *b* the bottom of the screen. The "
54477 "selected position is used in following searches, too."
54478 msgstr ""
54479
54480 #. type: Labeled list
54481 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:97
54482 #, no-wrap
54483 msgid "__i__**n**"
54484 msgstr "__i__**n**"
54485
54486 #. type: Plain text
54487 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:99
54488 msgid "Advance to the next file or _i_ files forward."
54489 msgstr ""
54490
54491 #. type: Labeled list
54492 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:100
54493 #, no-wrap
54494 msgid "__i__**p**"
54495 msgstr "__i__**p**"
54496
54497 #. type: Plain text
54498 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:102
54499 msgid "Reread the previous file or _i_ files backward."
54500 msgstr ""
54501
54502 #. type: Labeled list
54503 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:103
54504 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
54505 #| msgid "List all filenames."
54506 msgid "*s* _filename_"
54507 msgstr "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers."
54508
54509 #. type: Plain text
54510 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:105
54511 msgid "Save the current file to the given _filename_."
54512 msgstr ""
54513
54514 #. type: Plain text
54515 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:108
54516 msgid "Display a command summary."
54517 msgstr ""
54518
54519 #. type: Labeled list
54520 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:109
54521 #, no-wrap
54522 msgid "**!**__command__"
54523 msgstr "**!**__commande__"
54524
54525 #. type: Plain text
54526 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:111
54527 #, fuzzy
54528 #| msgid "Execute I<command> in a subshell."
54529 msgid "Execute _command_ using the shell."
54530 msgstr "Exécuter la I<commande> dans un sous-interpréteur de commandes."
54531
54532 #. type: Labeled list
54533 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:112
54534 #, no-wrap
54535 msgid "*q* or *Q*"
54536 msgstr "*q* ou *Q*"
54537
54538 #. type: Plain text
54539 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:114
54540 msgid "Quit."
54541 msgstr ""
54542
54543 #. type: Plain text
54544 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:116
54545 msgid ""
54546 "If the user presses the interrupt or quit key while *pg* reads from the "
54547 "input file or writes on the terminal, *pg* will immediately display the "
54548 "prompt. In all other situations these keys will terminate *pg*."
54549 msgstr ""
54550
54551 #. type: Plain text
54552 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:120
54553 #, fuzzy
54554 #| msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by B<script>:"
54555 msgid "The following environment variables affect the behavior of *pg*:"
54556 msgstr "Les variables d'environnement suivantes sont utilisées par B<script> :"
54557
54558 #. type: Labeled list
54559 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:121
54560 #, no-wrap
54561 msgid "*COLUMNS*"
54562 msgstr "*COLUMNS*"
54563
54564 #. type: Plain text
54565 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:123
54566 msgid "Overrides the system-supplied number of columns if set."
54567 msgstr ""
54568
54569 #. type: Labeled list
54570 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:124
54571 #, no-wrap
54572 msgid "*LANG*, *LC_ALL*, *LC_COLLATE*, *LC_CTYPE*, *LC_MESSAGES*"
54573 msgstr "*LANG*, *LC_ALL*, *LC_COLLATE*, *LC_CTYPE*, *LC_MESSAGES*"
54574
54575 #. type: Plain text
54576 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:126
54577 msgid "See *locale*(7)."
54578 msgstr "Consultez *locale*(7)."
54579
54580 #. type: Labeled list
54581 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:127
54582 #, no-wrap
54583 msgid "*LINES*"
54584 msgstr "*LINES*"
54585
54586 #. type: Plain text
54587 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:129
54588 msgid "Overrides the system-supplied number of lines if set."
54589 msgstr ""
54590
54591 #. type: Plain text
54592 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:132
54593 msgid "Used by the *!* command."
54594 msgstr ""
54595
54596 #. type: Plain text
54597 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:135
54598 #, fuzzy
54599 #| msgid "setterm - set terminal attributes"
54600 msgid "Determines the terminal type."
54601 msgstr "setterm - Définir les attributs du terminal"
54602
54603 #. type: Plain text
54604 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:139
54605 #, no-wrap
54606 msgid "*pg* expects the terminal tabulators to be set every eight positions.\n"
54607 msgstr ""
54608
54609 #. type: Plain text
54610 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:141
54611 msgid "Files that include NUL characters cannot be displayed by *pg*."
54612 msgstr ""
54613
54614 #. type: Plain text
54615 #: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:151
54616 #, no-wrap
54617 msgid ""
54618 "*cat*(1),\n"
54619 "*more*(1),\n"
54620 "*sh*(1p),\n"
54621 "*terminfo*(5),\n"
54622 "*locale*(7),\n"
54623 "*regex*(7),\n"
54624 "*term*(7)\n"
54625 msgstr ""
54626 "*cat*(1),\n"
54627 "*more*(1),\n"
54628 "*sh*(1p),\n"
54629 "*terminfo*(5),\n"
54630 "*locale*(7),\n"
54631 "*regex*(7),\n"
54632 "*term*(7)\n"
54633
54634 #
54635 #
54636 #
54637 #. Copyright (c) 1985, 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
54638 #. All rights reserved.
54639 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
54640 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
54641 #. are met:
54642 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
54643 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
54644 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
54645 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
54646 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
54647 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
54648 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
54649 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
54650 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
54651 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
54652 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
54653 #.    without specific prior written permission.
54654 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
54655 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
54656 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
54657 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
54658 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
54659 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
54660 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
54661 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
54662 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
54663 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
54664 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
54665 #.      @(#)rev.1       6.3 (Berkeley) 3/21/92
54666 #. type: Title =
54667 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:36
54668 #, no-wrap
54669 msgid "rev(1)"
54670 msgstr "rev(1)"
54671
54672 #. type: Plain text
54673 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:46
54674 msgid "rev - reverse lines characterwise"
54675 msgstr "rev - Inverser les lignes au niveau des caractères"
54676
54677 #. type: Plain text
54678 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:50
54679 #, no-wrap
54680 msgid "*rev* [option] [_file_...]\n"
54681 msgstr "*rev* [option] [_fichier_...]\n"
54682
54683 #. type: Plain text
54684 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:54
54685 msgid ""
54686 "The *rev* utility copies the specified files to standard output, reversing "
54687 "the order of characters in every line. If no files are specified, standard "
54688 "input is read."
54689 msgstr ""
54690 "L'utilitaire *rev* copie les fichiers indiqués sur la sortie standard, en "
54691 "inversant l'ordre des caractères de chaque ligne. Si aucun fichier n'est "
54692 "indiqué, l'entrée standard est lue."
54693
54694 #. type: Plain text
54695 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:56
54696 #, fuzzy
54697 #| msgid ""
54698 #| "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated "
54699 #| "buffer for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without "
54700 #| "line breaks than allocate the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
54701 msgid ""
54702 "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated buffer "
54703 "for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without line "
54704 "breaks then allocating the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
54705 msgstr ""
54706 "Cet outil est orienté ligne de commande et il utilise un tampon alloué en "
54707 "mémoire vive pour une ligne entière de caractères. Si le fichier d'entrée "
54708 "est gros et sans retour à la ligne, l'allocation de la mémoire pour le "
54709 "fichier pourrait ne pas réussir."
54710
54711 #. type: Labeled list
54712 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:61
54713 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
54714 #| msgid "*-z*, *--zero*"
54715 msgid "*-0*, *--zero*"
54716 msgstr "*-z*, *--zero*"
54717
54718 #. type: Plain text
54719 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:63
54720 msgid "_Zero termination_. Use the byte '\\0' as line separator."
54721 msgstr ""
54722
54723 #. type: Plain text
54724 #: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:67
54725 #, no-wrap
54726 msgid "*tac*(1)\n"
54727 msgstr "*tac*(1)\n"
54728
54729 #
54730 #
54731 #
54732 #. Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
54733 #. The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
54734 #. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
54735 #. modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
54736 #. are met:
54737 #. 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
54738 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
54739 #. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
54740 #.    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
54741 #.    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
54742 #. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
54743 #.    must display the following acknowledgement:
54744 #. This product includes software developed by the University of
54745 #. California, Berkeley and its contributors.
54746 #. 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
54747 #.    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
54748 #.    without specific prior written permission.
54749 #. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
54750 #. ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
54751 #. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
54752 #. ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
54753 #. FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
54754 #. DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
54755 #. OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
54756 #. HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
54757 #. LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
54758 #. OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
54759 #. SUCH DAMAGE.
54760 #.     @(#)ul.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93
54761 #. type: Title =
54762 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:36
54763 #, no-wrap
54764 msgid "ul(1)"
54765 msgstr "ul(1)"
54766
54767 #. type: Plain text
54768 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:46
54769 msgid "ul - do underlining"
54770 msgstr "ul - souligner"
54771
54772 #. type: Plain text
54773 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:50
54774 #, no-wrap
54775 msgid "*ul* [options] [_file_...]\n"
54776 msgstr "*ul* [options] [_fichier_...]\n"
54777
54778 #. type: Plain text
54779 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:54
54780 #, no-wrap
54781 msgid "*ul* reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment variable *TERM*. The _terminfo_ database is read to determine the appropriate sequences for underlining. If the terminal is incapable of underlining but is capable of a standout mode, then that is used instead. If the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining automatically, *ul* degenerates to *cat*(1). If the terminal cannot underline, underlining is ignored.\n"
54782 msgstr ""
54783
54784 #. type: Labeled list
54785 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:57
54786 #, no-wrap
54787 msgid "*-i*, *--indicated*"
54788 msgstr "*-i*, *--indicated*"
54789
54790 #. type: Plain text
54791 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:59
54792 msgid ""
54793 "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes "
54794 "`-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is "
54795 "present in an *nroff* output stream on a crt-terminal."
54796 msgstr ""
54797
54798 #. type: Labeled list
54799 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:60
54800 #, no-wrap
54801 msgid "*-t*, *-T*, *--terminal* _terminal_"
54802 msgstr "*-t*, *-T*, *--terminal* _terminal_"
54803
54804 #. type: Plain text
54805 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:62
54806 #, fuzzy
54807 msgid ""
54808 "Override the environment variable *TERM* with the specified _terminal_ type."
54809 msgstr "remplacer la variable d'environnement TERM"
54810
54811 #. type: Plain text
54812 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:68
54813 #, fuzzy
54814 #| msgid "The following environment variable is utilized by B<script>:"
54815 msgid "The following environment variable is used:"
54816 msgstr "Les variables d'environnement suivantes sont utilisées par B<script> :"
54817
54818 #. type: Plain text
54819 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:71
54820 msgid ""
54821 "The *TERM* variable is used to relate a tty device with its device "
54822 "capability description (see *terminfo*(5)). *TERM* is set at login time, "
54823 "either by the default terminal type specified in _/etc/ttys_ or as set "
54824 "during the login process by the user in their _login_ file (see *setenv*(3))."
54825 msgstr ""
54826
54827 #. type: Plain text
54828 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:75
54829 msgid "The *ul* command appeared in 3.0BSD."
54830 msgstr "La commande *ul* est apparue pour la première fois dans 3.0BSD."
54831
54832 #. type: Plain text
54833 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:79
54834 #, no-wrap
54835 msgid "*nroff* usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed with the text to indicate underlining. No attempt is made to optimize the backward motion.\n"
54836 msgstr ""
54837
54838 #. type: Plain text
54839 #: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:88
54840 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
54841 #| msgid ""
54842 #| "*colcrt*(1),\n"
54843 #| "*login*(1),\n"
54844 #| "*man*(1),\n"
54845 #| "*nroff*(1),\n"
54846 #| "*setenv*(3),\n"
54847 #| "*terminfo*(5)\n"
54848 msgid ""
54849 "*colcrt*(1),\n"
54850 "*login*(1),\n"
54851 "*man*(1),\n"
54852 "*nroff*(1),\n"
54853 "*setenv*(3),\n"
54854 "*terminfo*(5)\n"
54855 msgstr ""
54856 "*colcrt*(1),\n"
54857 "*login*(1),\n"
54858 "*man*(1),\n"
54859 "*nroff*(1),\n"
54860 "*setenv*(3),\n"
54861 "*terminfo*(5)\n"
54862
54863 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
54864 #~| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
54865 #~ msgid "*y-*, *--shell*"
54866 #~ msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"
54867
54868 #~ msgid ""
54869 #~ "Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these "
54870 #~ "locks are not associated with any process (PID is -1). OFD locks are "
54871 #~ "associated with the open file description on which they are acquired. "
54872 #~ "This lock type is available since Linux 3.15, see *fcntl*(2) for more "
54873 #~ "details."
54874 #~ msgstr ""
54875 #~ "Remarquez que *lslocks* liste aussi les verrous OFD (Open File "
54876 #~ "Description), ceux-ci ne sont associés à aucun processus (PID de -1). Les "
54877 #~ "verrous OFD sont associés aux descripteurs de fichier ouvert pour "
54878 #~ "lesquels ils sont obtenus. Ce type de fichier est disponible depuis "
54879 #~ "Linux 3.15, consultez *fcntl*(2) pour des détails complémentaires."
54880
54881 #~ msgid "The process ID of the process which holds the lock or -1 for OFDLCK."
54882 #~ msgstr ""
54883 #~ "L’identifiant de processus du processus qui détient le verrou ou -1 pour "
54884 #~ "OFDLCK."
54885
54886 #~ msgid ""
54887 #~ "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's "
54888 #~ "not obvious, this \"fakes\" mounting the filesystem. This option is "
54889 #~ "useful in conjunction with the *-v* flag to determine what the *mount* "
54890 #~ "command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices "
54891 #~ "that were mounted earlier with the *-n* option. The *-f* option checks "
54892 #~ "for an existing record in _/etc/mtab_ and fails when the record already "
54893 #~ "exists (with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
54894 #~ msgstr ""
54895 #~ "Fonctionnement normal sauf pour l'appel système effectif qui n'est pas "
54896 #~ "exécuté. Cela simule le montage du système de fichiers. Cette option, en "
54897 #~ "conjonction avec l’attribut *-v*, permet de déterminer ce que la commande "
54898 #~ "*mount* essaye de faire. Cela peut aussi servir à ajouter des entrées "
54899 #~ "pour les périphériques montés précédemment avec l'option *-n*. L'option *-"
54900 #~ "f* vérifie l'existence d'une entrée dans _/etc/mtab_ et échoue si "
54901 #~ "l'entrée existe déjà (avec un montage standard non simulé, cette "
54902 #~ "vérification est faite par le noyau)."
54903
54904 #, no-wrap
54905 #~ msgid "*-o, --output* _list_"
54906 #~ msgstr "*-o, --output* _liste_"
54907
54908 #, no-wrap
54909 #~ msgid "*-p, --pid*"
54910 #~ msgstr "*-p, --pid*"
54911
54912 #~ msgid "_/dev/[pt]ty[pq]?_"
54913 #~ msgstr "_/dev/[pt]ty[pq]?_"
54914
54915 #~ msgid "A *mesg* command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
54916 #~ msgstr "Une commande *mesg* est apparue dans la version 6 du UNIX d’AT&T."
54917
54918 #~ msgid ""
54919 #~ "*echo '+100M,' | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1* *echo '2048,' | "
54920 #~ "sfdisk /dev/sdc --append* *sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder*\n"
54921 #~ msgstr ""
54922 #~ "*echo '+100M,' | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1* *echo '2048,' | "
54923 #~ "sfdisk /dev/sdc --append* *sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder*\n"
54924
54925 #~ msgid "Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions."
54926 #~ msgstr "Indiquer le premier secteur utilisable pour les partitions GPT."
54927
54928 #~ msgid "Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions."
54929 #~ msgstr "Indiquer le dernier secteur utilisable pour les partitions GPT."
54930
54931 #~ msgid ""
54932 #~ "Specify sector size. This header is informative only and it is not used "
54933 #~ "when *sfdisk* creates a new partition table, in this case the real device "
54934 #~ "specific value is always used and sector size from the dump is ignored."
54935 #~ msgstr ""
54936 #~ "Indiquer la taille de secteur. Cet en-tête est seulement informatif et "
54937 #~ "n’est pas utilisé quand *sfdisk* crée une nouvelle table de partitions. "
54938 #~ "Dans ce cas, la valeur réelle spécifique au périphérique est toujours "
54939 #~ "utilisée et la taille de secteur du vidage est ignorée."
54940
54941 #~ msgid ""
54942 #~ "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by "
54943 #~ "default."
54944 #~ msgstr ""
54945 #~ "La commande affiche tous les systèmes de fichiers montés au format "
54946 #~ "arborescent par défaut."
54947
54948 #~ msgid ""
54949 #~ "*logger System rebooted* *logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/"
54950 #~ "idmc* *logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted*\n"
54951 #~ msgstr ""
54952 #~ "*logger System rebooted* *logger -p local0.notice -t HOSTIDM -f /dev/"
54953 #~ "idmc* *logger -n loghost.example.com System rebooted*\n"
54954
54955 #~ msgid ""
54956 #~ "The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like "
54957 #~ "format by default. Use *lsblk --help* to get a list of all available "
54958 #~ "columns."
54959 #~ msgstr ""
54960 #~ "La commande affiche tous les périphériques bloc (sauf les disques RAM) au "
54961 #~ "format arborescent par défaut. Utilisez *lsblk --help* pour obtenir une "
54962 #~ "liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
54963
54964 #, fuzzy
54965 #~| msgid "Size of the locked file."
54966 #~ msgid "Name of the file."
54967 #~ msgstr "La taille du fichier verrouillé."
54968
54969 #~ msgid "use default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async."
54970 #~ msgstr ""
54971 #~ "utilisation des options par défaut : rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser et "
54972 #~ "async ;"
54973
54974 #~ msgid ""
54975 #~ "Use JSON output format for the default summary or extended output (see *--"
54976 #~ "extended*)."
54977 #~ msgstr ""
54978 #~ "Utiliser le format d'affichage JSON pour le résumé par défaut ou "
54979 #~ "l'affichage étendu (voir *--extended*)."
54980
54981 #~ msgid "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file (ignored for suid)"
54982 #~ msgstr ""
54983 #~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _mtab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."
54984
54985 #, fuzzy
54986 #~| msgid ""
54987 #~| "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file (ignored for suid)"
54988 #~ msgid ""
54989 #~ "overrides the default location of the _mtab_ file (ignored for *suid*)"
54990 #~ msgstr ""
54991 #~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _mtab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."
54992
54993 #~ msgid "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\\n"
54994 #~ msgstr "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\\n"
54995
54996 #~ msgid ""
54997 #~ "       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
54998 #~ "[1] 53456\n"
54999 #~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
55000 #~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
55001 #~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
55002 #~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
55003 #~ msgstr ""
55004 #~ "       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
55005 #~ "[1] 53456\n"
55006 #~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
55007 #~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
55008 #~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
55009 #~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
55010
55011 #~ msgid "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\\n"
55012 #~ msgstr "# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc -- \\\n"
55013
55014 #~ msgid ""
55015 #~ "       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
55016 #~ "[1] 53479\n"
55017 #~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
55018 #~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
55019 #~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
55020 #~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
55021 #~ msgstr ""
55022 #~ "       bash --norc -c ''(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999'' &\n"
55023 #~ "[1] 53479\n"
55024 #~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
55025 #~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
55026 #~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
55027 #~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
55028
55029 #~ msgid ""
55030 #~ "By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no "
55031 #~ "hostname at all will be shown."
55032 #~ msgstr ""
55033 #~ "Par défaut, le nom d'hôte sera affiché. En activant cette option, aucun "
55034 #~ "nom d'hôte ne sera montré."
55035
55036 #~ msgid "more - file perusal filter for crt viewing"
55037 #~ msgstr "more - Filtre lecteur de fichier"
55038
55039 #~ msgid ""
55040 #~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by creating the empty file _/etc/"
55041 #~ "terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable_."
55042 #~ msgstr ""
55043 #~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée en créant le fichier _/etc/"
55044 #~ "terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable_ vide."
55045
55046 #~ msgid ""
55047 #~ "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization "
55048 #~ "configuration."
55049 #~ msgstr ""
55050 #~ "Consultez _terminal-colors.d_(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
55051 #~ "configuration de coloration."
55052
55053 #~ msgid "Display a help text and exit."
55054 #~ msgstr "Afficher un texte d'aide puis quitter."
55055
55056 #~ msgid ""
55057 #~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors."
55058 #~ "d/fdisk.disable_."
55059 #~ msgstr ""
55060 #~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier _/etc/"
55061 #~ "terminal-colors.d/fdisk.disable_ vide."
55062
55063 #~ msgid ""
55064 #~ "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization "
55065 #~ "configuration. The logical color names supported by *fdisk* are:"
55066 #~ msgstr ""
55067 #~ "Consultez *terminal-colors.d*(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
55068 #~ "configuration de coloration. Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge "
55069 #~ "par _fdisk_ sont les suivantes."
55070
55071 #~ msgid "Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID."
55072 #~ msgstr ""
55073 #~ "Indiquer l'_UUID_ à utiliser. Le comportement par défaut est de créer un "
55074 #~ "UUID."
55075
55076 #~ msgid ""
55077 #~ "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able "
55078 #~ "to look it up with *cat /proc/cpuinfo* (or you may not - the contents of "
55079 #~ "this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
55080 #~ msgstr ""
55081 #~ "Si vous ne connaissez pas la taille des pages que la machine utilise, "
55082 #~ "vous pouvez la voir avec *cat /proc/cpuinfo* (le contenu de ce fichier "
55083 #~ "dépendant de l'architecture et de la version du noyau, il est possible "
55084 #~ "que vous n'ayez pas accès à cette information)."
55085
55086 #~ msgid "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in human-readable format."
55087 #~ msgstr ""
55088 #~ "Afficher la taille (colonne SIZE) en octet plutôt qu'en format lisible."
55089
55090 #~ msgid ""
55091 #~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors."
55092 #~ "d/sfdisk.disable_."
55093 #~ msgstr ""
55094 #~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier _/etc/"
55095 #~ "terminal-colors.d/sfdisk.disable_ vide."
55096
55097 #~ msgid ""
55098 #~ "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization "
55099 #~ "configuration. The logical color names supported by *sfdisk* are:"
55100 #~ msgstr ""
55101 #~ "Consultez *terminal-colors.d*(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
55102 #~ "configuration de coloration. Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge "
55103 #~ "par *sfdisk* sont les suivantes."
55104
55105 #~ msgid "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
55106 #~ msgstr "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
55107
55108 #~ msgid "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
55109 #~ msgstr "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
55110
55111 #~ msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
55112 #~ msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
55113
55114 #, fuzzy
55115 #~| msgid ""
55116 #~| "*blkid*(8),\n"
55117 #~| "*findfs*(8)\n"
55118 #~ msgid ""
55119 #~ "*blkid*(8), \n"
55120 #~ "*findfs*(8)\n"
55121 #~ msgstr ""
55122 #~ "*blkid*(8),\n"
55123 #~ "*findfs*(8)\n"
55124
55125 #~ msgid "*--help*"
55126 #~ msgstr "*--help*"
55127
55128 #, fuzzy
55129 #~| msgid "Display version information and exit."
55130 #~ msgid "Display help information and exit."
55131 #~ msgstr "Afficher le nom et la version du logiciel et quitter."
55132
55133 #~ msgid "Display a usage message and exit."
55134 #~ msgstr "Afficher l'aide sur l'utilisation, puis quitter."
55135
55136 #~ msgid "Display version number and exit."
55137 #~ msgstr "Afficher le numéro de version, puis quitter."
55138
55139 #, fuzzy
55140 #~| msgid ""
55141 #~| "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file I</etc/terminal-"
55142 #~| "colors.d/fdisk.disable>."
55143 #~ msgid "Implicit coloring can be disabled as follows:"
55144 #~ msgstr ""
55145 #~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier I</etc/"
55146 #~ "terminal-colors.d/fdisk.disable> vide."
55147
55148 #~ msgid ""
55149 #~ "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
55150 #~ msgstr ""
55151 #~ "Afficher la taille (colonne SIZE) en octet plutôt qu'en format lisible."
55152
55153 #~ msgid ""
55154 #~ "Print the SIZE, USED and AVAIL columns in bytes rather than in a human-"
55155 #~ "readable format."
55156 #~ msgstr ""
55157 #~ "Afficher les colonnes SIZE, USED et AVAIL en octet plutôt qu'en format "
55158 #~ "lisible."
55159
55160 #~ msgid ""
55161 #~ "Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) to the "
55162 #~ "corresponding device names."
55163 #~ msgstr ""
55164 #~ "Convertir toutes les étiquettes (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) en "
55165 #~ "noms du périphérique correspondant."
55166
55167 #, fuzzy
55168 #~| msgid ""
55169 #~| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
55170 #~| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are "
55171 #~| "hex-escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
55172 #~ msgid ""
55173 #~ "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
55174 #~ "value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) "
55175 #~ "will be modified to contain only characters allowed for a shell variable "
55176 #~ "identifiers, for example, FS_OPTIONS and USE_PCT instead of FS-OPTIONS "
55177 #~ "and USE%."
55178 #~ msgstr ""
55179 #~ "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. "
55180 #~ "Les lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous "
55181 #~ "les caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon "
55182 #~ "hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."
55183
55184 #~ msgid "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
55185 #~ msgstr "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
55186
55187 #~ msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
55188 #~ msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
55189
55190 #, fuzzy
55191 #~| msgid ""
55192 #~| "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
55193 #~ msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG."
55194 #~ msgstr ""
55195 #~ "Utiliser des caractères de remplissage visibles. Activation nécessaire de "
55196 #~ "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
55197
55198 #~ msgid ""
55199 #~ "*getopt* _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
55200 #~ "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
55201 #~ "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _optstring_ [options] [*--*] "
55202 #~ "_parameters_\n"
55203 #~ msgstr ""
55204 #~ "*getopt* _optstring_ _paramètres_\n"
55205 #~ "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _chaîne_options_ _paramètres_\n"
55206 #~ "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _chaîne_options_ [options] [*--*] "
55207 #~ "_paramètres_\n"
55208
55209 #~ msgid "Display help text and exit. No other output is generated."
55210 #~ msgstr ""
55211 #~ "Afficher un texte d’aide puis quitter. Rien d'autre ne sera affiché."
55212
55213 #~ msgid "Display version information and exit. No other output is generated."
55214 #~ msgstr ""
55215 #~ "Afficher le numéro de version puis quitter. Aucune autre sortie n'est "
55216 #~ "créée."
55217
55218 #~ msgid "Also list empty devices and RAM disk devices."
55219 #~ msgstr "Afficher aussi les périphériques et les disques RAM vides."
55220
55221 #, fuzzy
55222 #~| msgid ""
55223 #~| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
55224 #~| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are "
55225 #~| "hex-escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
55226 #~ msgid ""
55227 #~ "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are "
55228 #~ "still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters "
55229 #~ "are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) will be modified to "
55230 #~ "contain only characters allowed for a shell variable identifiers, for "
55231 #~ "example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-IO and FSUSE%."
55232 #~ msgstr ""
55233 #~ "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. "
55234 #~ "Les lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous "
55235 #~ "les caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon "
55236 #~ "hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."
55237
55238 #~ msgid "Output version information and exit."
55239 #~ msgstr "Afficher le numéro de version et quitter."
55240
55241 #~ msgid "Display help screen and exit."
55242 #~ msgstr "Afficher un écran d'aide puis quitter."
55243
55244 #~ msgid ""
55245 #~ "*libuuid*(3),\n"
55246 #~ "link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
55247 #~ msgstr ""
55248 #~ "*libuuid*(3),\n"
55249 #~ "link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
55250
55251 #, fuzzy
55252 #~| msgid "Display a help text and exit."
55253 #~ msgid "Print a short help text, then exit."
55254 #~ msgstr "Afficher un texte d'aide puis quitter."
55255
55256 #, fuzzy
55257 #~| msgid "Print version and exit."
55258 #~ msgid "Print the version number, then exit."
55259 #~ msgstr "Afficher le numéro de version et quitter."
55260
55261 #~ msgid ""
55262 #~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors."
55263 #~ "d/dmesg.disable_. See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about "
55264 #~ "colorization configuration."
55265 #~ msgstr ""
55266 #~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier _/etc/"
55267 #~ "terminal-colors.d/dmesg.disable_ vide. Consultez _terminal-colors.d_(5) "
55268 #~ "pour plus de précisions sur la configuration de coloration."
55269
55270 #~ msgid ""
55271 #~ "[ $\\{FLOCKER} != $0 ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0 flock -en $0 $0 $@ || :"
55272 #~ msgstr ""
55273 #~ "[ $\\{FLOCKER} != $0 ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0 flock -en $0 $0 $@ || :"
55274
55275 #, fuzzy
55276 #~| msgid ""
55277 #~| "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported.  This "
55278 #~| "option is meant to be used in systemd service file or in cron scripts to "
55279 #~| "hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
55280 #~| "reporting I<Bad file descriptor> when device is mounted read-only, or "
55281 #~| "lack of file system support for ioctl FITRIM call."
55282 #~ msgid ""
55283 #~ "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This "
55284 #~ "option is meant to be used in systemd service file or in cron scripts to "
55285 #~ "hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
55286 #~ "reporting _Bad file descriptor_ when device is mounted read-only, or lack "
55287 #~ "of file system support for ioctl FITRIM call."
55288 #~ msgstr ""
55289 #~ "Supprimer les messages d’erreur si l’opération de rognage (ioctl) n’est "
55290 #~ "pas gérée. Cette option est destinée à une utilisation dans un fichier de "
55291 #~ "service systemd ou dans des scripts cron pour cacher les avertissements "
55292 #~ "qui sont le résultat de problèmes connus, tels que le pilote NTFS "
55293 #~ "signalant I<Mauvais descripteur de fichier> lorsque le périphérique est "
55294 #~ "monté en lecture seule ou l’absence de prise en charge du système de "
55295 #~ "fichiers de l’appel de l’ioctl FITRIM."
55296
55297 #~ msgid "Print sizes in bytes."
55298 #~ msgstr "Afficher les tailles en octet."
55299
55300 #~ msgid ""
55301 #~ "Note that topology elements (core, socket, etc.) use a sequential unique "
55302 #~ "ID starting from zero, but CPU logical numbers follow the kernel where "
55303 #~ "there is no guarantee of sequential numbering."
55304 #~ msgstr ""
55305 #~ "Remarquez que la topologie des éléments (cœur, socket, etc.) utilise des "
55306 #~ "identifiants uniques successifs commençant à zéro, mais les numéros "
55307 #~ "logiques de processeur suivent le noyau qui ne garantit pas de "
55308 #~ "numérotation séquentielle."
55309
55310 #~ msgid "The logical CPU number of a CPU as used by the Linux kernel."
55311 #~ msgstr ""
55312 #~ "Le numéro de processeur logique d’un processeur tel qu’utilisé par le "
55313 #~ "noyau Linux."
55314
55315 #, fuzzy
55316 #~| msgid "*MORE*"
55317 #~ msgid "*CORE*"
55318 #~ msgstr "*MORE*"
55319
55320 #, fuzzy
55321 #~| msgid "The logical core number.  A core can contain several CPUs."
55322 #~ msgid "The logical core number. A core can contain several CPUs."
55323 #~ msgstr ""
55324 #~ "Le numéro de cœur logique. Un cœur peut contenir plusieurs processeurs."
55325
55326 #, fuzzy
55327 #~| msgid "B<SOCKET>"
55328 #~ msgid "*SOCKET*"
55329 #~ msgstr "B<SOCKET>"
55330
55331 #, fuzzy
55332 #~| msgid "The logical socket number.  A socket can contain several cores."
55333 #~ msgid "The logical socket number. A socket can contain several cores."
55334 #~ msgstr ""
55335 #~ "Le numéro de socket logique. Une socket peut contenir plusieurs cœurs."
55336
55337 #, fuzzy
55338 #~| msgid "The logical socket number.  A socket can contain several cores."
55339 #~ msgid "The logical cluster number. A cluster can contain several cores."
55340 #~ msgstr ""
55341 #~ "Le numéro de socket logique. Une socket peut contenir plusieurs cœurs."
55342
55343 #, fuzzy
55344 #~| msgid "B<BOOK>"
55345 #~ msgid "*BOOK*"
55346 #~ msgstr "B<BOOK>"
55347
55348 #, fuzzy
55349 #~| msgid "The logical book number.  A book can contain several sockets."
55350 #~ msgid "The logical book number. A book can contain several sockets."
55351 #~ msgstr ""
55352 #~ "Le numéro de module logique (book). Un module peut contenir plusieurs "
55353 #~ "sockets."
55354
55355 #, fuzzy
55356 #~| msgid "B<DRAWER>"
55357 #~ msgid "*DRAWER*"
55358 #~ msgstr "B<DRAWER>"
55359
55360 #, fuzzy
55361 #~| msgid "The logical drawer number.  A drawer can contain several books."
55362 #~ msgid "The logical drawer number. A drawer can contain several books."
55363 #~ msgstr ""
55364 #~ "Le numéro de baie logique (drawer). Une baie peut contenir plusieurs "
55365 #~ "processeurs."
55366
55367 #, fuzzy
55368 #~| msgid "The logical NUMA node number.  A node can contain several drawers."
55369 #~ msgid "The logical NUMA node number. A node can contain several drawers."
55370 #~ msgstr ""
55371 #~ "Le numéro de nœud NUMA logique. Un nœud peut contenir plusieurs baies."
55372
55373 #, fuzzy
55374 #~| msgid "B<CACHE>"
55375 #~ msgid "*CACHE*"
55376 #~ msgstr "B<CACHE>"
55377
55378 #~ msgid "Information about how caches are shared between CPUs."
55379 #~ msgstr ""
55380 #~ "Renseignements sur la façon de partager les caches entre processeurs."
55381
55382 #, fuzzy
55383 #~| msgid "B<ADDRESS>"
55384 #~ msgid "*ADDRESS*"
55385 #~ msgstr "B<ADDRESS>"
55386
55387 #~ msgid "The physical address of a CPU."
55388 #~ msgstr "L’adresse physique d'un processeur."
55389
55390 #, fuzzy
55391 #~| msgid "*LINES*"
55392 #~ msgid "*ONLINE*"
55393 #~ msgstr "*LINES*"
55394
55395 #~ msgid ""
55396 #~ "Indicator that shows whether the Linux instance currently makes use of "
55397 #~ "the CPU."
55398 #~ msgstr ""
55399 #~ "Indicateur montrant si l’instance Linux utilise en ce moment le "
55400 #~ "processeur."
55401
55402 #, fuzzy
55403 #~| msgid "B<CONFIGURED>"
55404 #~ msgid "*CONFIGURED*"
55405 #~ msgstr "B<CONFIGURED>"
55406
55407 #, fuzzy
55408 #~| msgid ""
55409 #~| "Indicator that shows if the hypervisor has allocated the CPU to the "
55410 #~| "virtual hardware on which the Linux instance runs.  CPUs that are "
55411 #~| "configured can be set online by the Linux instance.  This column "
55412 #~| "contains data only if your hardware system and hypervisor support "
55413 #~| "dynamic CPU resource allocation."
55414 #~ msgid ""
55415 #~ "Indicator that shows if the hypervisor has allocated the CPU to the "
55416 #~ "virtual hardware on which the Linux instance runs. CPUs that are "
55417 #~ "configured can be set online by the Linux instance. This column contains "
55418 #~ "data only if your hardware system and hypervisor support dynamic CPU "
55419 #~ "resource allocation."
55420 #~ msgstr ""
55421 #~ "Indicateur montrant si l’hyperviseur a alloué le processeur au matériel "
55422 #~ "virtuel sur lequel l’instance Linux est exécutée. Les processeurs "
55423 #~ "configurés peuvent être définis en ligne par l’instance Linux. Cette "
55424 #~ "colonne ne contient des données que si le système matériel et "
55425 #~ "l’hyperviseur permettent l’allocation dynamique de ressource processeur."
55426
55427 #, fuzzy
55428 #~| msgid "B<POLARIZATION>"
55429 #~ msgid "*POLARIZATION*"
55430 #~ msgstr "B<POLARIZATION>"
55431
55432 #, fuzzy
55433 #~| msgid ""
55434 #~| "This column contains data for Linux instances that run on virtual "
55435 #~| "hardware with a hypervisor that can switch the CPU dispatching mode "
55436 #~| "(polarization).  The polarization can be:"
55437 #~ msgid ""
55438 #~ "This column contains data for Linux instances that run on virtual "
55439 #~ "hardware with a hypervisor that can switch the CPU dispatching mode "
55440 #~ "(polarization). The polarization can be:"
55441 #~ msgstr ""
55442 #~ "Cette colonne contient des données pour les instances Linux exécutées sur "
55443 #~ "du matériel virtuel avec un hyperviseur pouvant modifier le mode "
55444 #~ "distribué de processeur (polarisation). La polarisation peut être une des "
55445 #~ "suivantes :"
55446
55447 #, fuzzy
55448 #~| msgid ""
55449 #~| "For vertical polarization, the column also shows the degree of "
55450 #~| "concentration, high, medium, or low.  This column contains data only if "
55451 #~| "your hardware system and hypervisor support CPU polarization."
55452 #~ msgid ""
55453 #~ "For vertical polarization, the column also shows the degree of "
55454 #~ "concentration, high, medium, or low. This column contains data only if "
55455 #~ "your hardware system and hypervisor support CPU polarization."
55456 #~ msgstr ""
55457 #~ "Pour le mode B<vertical> de polarisation, la colonne montre aussi le "
55458 #~ "degré de concentration : B<high>, B<medium> ou B<low>. Cette colonne ne "
55459 #~ "contient des données que si le système matériel et l’hyperviseur "
55460 #~ "permettent la polarisation de processeurs."
55461
55462 #, fuzzy
55463 #~| msgid "B<MAXMHZ>"
55464 #~ msgid "*MAXMHZ*"
55465 #~ msgstr "B<MAXMHZ>"
55466
55467 # NOTE: s/megaherz/megahertz/ and s/cpu/CPU/
55468 #, fuzzy
55469 #~| msgid ""
55470 #~| "Maximum megahertz value for the CPU. Useful when B<lscpu> is used as "
55471 #~| "hardware inventory information gathering tool.  Notice that the "
55472 #~| "megahertz value is dynamic, and driven by CPU governor depending on "
55473 #~| "current resource need."
55474 #~ msgid ""
55475 #~ "Maximum megahertz value for the CPU. Useful when *lscpu* is used as "
55476 #~ "hardware inventory information gathering tool. Notice that the megahertz "
55477 #~ "value is dynamic, and driven by CPU governor depending on current "
55478 #~ "resource need."
55479 #~ msgstr ""
55480 #~ "La valeur maximale en mégahertz pour le processeur. Utile quand B<lscpu> "
55481 #~ "est utilisé comme outil de collecte de renseignements pour l’inventaire "
55482 #~ "matériel. Remarquez que la valeur en mégahertz est dynamique et pilotée "
55483 #~ "par l’état du processeur (« CPU governor ») en fonction du besoin actuel "
55484 #~ "de ressources."
55485
55486 #, fuzzy
55487 #~| msgid "B<MINMHZ>"
55488 #~ msgid "*MINMHZ*"
55489 #~ msgstr "B<MINMHZ>"
55490
55491 #~ msgid "Minimum megahertz value for the CPU."
55492 #~ msgstr "Valeur minimale en mégahertz pour le processeur."
55493
55494 #, fuzzy
55495 #~| msgid ""
55496 #~| "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs.  The output lines are "
55497 #~| "still ordered by dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are "
55498 #~| "hex-escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
55499 #~ msgid ""
55500 #~ "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
55501 #~ "value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). The key (variable name) "
55502 #~ "will be modified to contain only characters allowed for a shell variable "
55503 #~ "identifiers, for example, USE_PCT instead of USE%."
55504 #~ msgstr ""
55505 #~ "Produire la sortie sous la forme de couples I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. "
55506 #~ "Les lignes de sortie sont toujours ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous "
55507 #~ "les caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon "
55508 #~ "hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."
55509
55510 #~ msgid ""
55511 #~ "*mount --bind* _olddir newdir_ *mount -o remount,bind,ro* _olddir "
55512 #~ "newdir_\n"
55513 #~ msgstr ""
55514 #~ "*mount --bind* _ancien_répertoire_ _nouveau_répertoire_ *mount -o remount,"
55515 #~ "bind,ro* _ancien_répertoire_ _nouveau_répertoire_\n"
55516
55517 #, fuzzy
55518 #~| msgid ""
55519 #~| "Mount the filesystem read/write.  Read-write is the kernel default and "
55520 #~| "the B<mount> default is to try read-only if the previous mount syscall "
55521 #~| "with read-write flags on write-protected devices of filesystems failed."
55522 #~ msgid ""
55523 #~ "Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the "
55524 #~ "*mount* default is to try read-only if the previous mount syscall with "
55525 #~ "read-write flags on write-protected devices of filesystems failed."
55526 #~ msgstr ""
55527 #~ "Monter le système de fichiers en écriture et lecture. C'est le réglage "
55528 #~ "par défaut du noyau, et le comportement par défaut de B<mount> est "
55529 #~ "d’essayer la lecture seule si le précédent appel système de montage avec "
55530 #~ "des drapeaux pour la lecture et l’écriture sur des périphériques protégés "
55531 #~ "contre l’écriture échouait."
55532
55533 #, fuzzy
55534 #~| msgid ""
55535 #~| "Two other options are B<fscontext=> and B<defcontext=>, both of which "
55536 #~| "are mutually exclusive of the B<context=> option.  This means you can "
55537 #~| "use fscontext and defcontext with each other, but neither can be used "
55538 #~| "with context."
55539 #~ msgid ""
55540 #~ "Two other options are *fscontext=* and *defcontext=*, both of which are "
55541 #~ "mutually exclusive of the *context=* option. This means you can use "
55542 #~ "fscontext and defcontext with each other, but neither can be used with "
55543 #~ "context."
55544 #~ msgstr ""
55545 #~ "Deux autres options sont B<fscontext=> et B<defcontext=>, elles sont "
55546 #~ "toutes les deux mutuellement exclusives avec l'option B<context=>. Cela "
55547 #~ "signifie que vous pouvez utiliser B<fscontext=> et B<defcontext=> "
55548 #~ "ensemble, mais aucune ne peut être utilisée avec l'option B<context=>."
55549
55550 #~ msgid ""
55551 #~ "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when "
55552 #~ "executing programs from this filesystem."
55553 #~ msgstr ""
55554 #~ "Ne pas tenir compte des bits Set-UID et Set-GID ou des capacités de "
55555 #~ "fichier lors de l'exécution de programmes de ce système de fichiers."
55556
55557 #, fuzzy
55558 #~| msgid ""
55559 #~| "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exit yet.  "
55560 #~| "The optional argument I<mode> specifies the filesystem access mode used "
55561 #~| "for B<mkdir>(2)  in octal notation.  The default mode is 0755.  This "
55562 #~| "functionality is supported only for root users or when mount executed "
55563 #~| "without suid permissions.  The option is also supported as x-mount."
55564 #~| "mkdir, this notation is deprecated since v2.30."
55565 #~ msgid ""
55566 #~ "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exit yet. "
55567 #~ "The optional argument _mode_ specifies the filesystem access mode used "
55568 #~ "for *mkdir*(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This "
55569 #~ "functionality is supported only for root users or when mount executed "
55570 #~ "without suid permissions. The option is also supported as x-mount.mkdir, "
55571 #~ "this notation is deprecated since v2.30."
55572 #~ msgstr ""
55573 #~ "Permettre de créer un répertoire cible (point de montage) s’il n’existe "
55574 #~ "pas encore. L’argument facultatif I<mode> indique le mode d’accès au "
55575 #~ "système de fichiers utilisé pour B<mkdir>(2) en notation octale. Le mode "
55576 #~ "par défaut est 0755. Cette fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge que pour "
55577 #~ "le superutilisateur ou quand B<mount> est exécuté sans les droits setuid. "
55578 #~ "Cette option est aussi prise en charge sous forme B<x-mount.mkdir>, cette "
55579 #~ "notation est obsolète depuis la version 2.30."
55580
55581 #~ msgid "DM-VERITY SUPPORT (experimental)"
55582 #~ msgstr "GESTION DE DM-VERITY (expérimental)"
55583
55584 #~ msgid "*-h, --help*"
55585 #~ msgstr "*-h, --help*"
55586
55587 #~ msgid "*-V, --version*"
55588 #~ msgstr "*-V, --version*"
55589
55590 #~ msgid "**block id**|*type* [...]"
55591 #~ msgstr "**block id**|*type* [...]"
55592
55593 #~ msgid "**toggle id**|*type* [...]"
55594 #~ msgstr "**toggle id**|*type* [...]"
55595
55596 # FIXME fstab → _fstab_
55597 # FIXME suid → *suid*
55598 #~ msgid "overrides the default location of the fstab file (ignored for suid)"
55599 #~ msgstr ""
55600 #~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _fstab_ (ignoré pour "
55601 #~ "*suid*)."
55602
55603 # FIXME mtab → _mtab_
55604 # FIXME suid → *suid*
55605 #~ msgid "overrides the default location of the mtab file (ignored for suid)"
55606 #~ msgstr ""
55607 #~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier _mtab_ (ignoré pour *suid*)."
55608
55609 #~ msgid "Displays version information and exits."
55610 #~ msgstr "Afficher les informations sur la version et quitter."
55611
55612 #~ msgid "Displays a help text and exits."
55613 #~ msgstr "Afficher un texte d'aide puis quitter."
55614
55615 #~ msgid ""
55616 #~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file _/etc/terminal-colors."
55617 #~ "d/hexdump.disable_."
55618 #~ msgstr ""
55619 #~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier _/etc/"
55620 #~ "terminal-colors.d/hexdump.disable_ vide."
55621
55622 #~ msgid "ADDPART"
55623 #~ msgstr "ADDPART"
55624
55625 #~ msgid "2021-06-02"
55626 #~ msgstr "2 juin 2021"
55627
55628 #~ msgid "util-linux 2.37.2"
55629 #~ msgstr "util-linux 2.37.2"
55630
55631 #, fuzzy
55632 #~ msgid "This command doesn\\(cqt manipulate partitions on a block device."
55633 #~ msgstr ""
55634 #~ "Cette commande ne manipule pas les partitions présentes sur un "
55635 #~ "périphérique bloc."
55636
55637 #, fuzzy
55638 #~| msgid ""
55639 #~| "The addpart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
55640 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
55641 #~ msgid ""
55642 #~ "The B<addpart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
55643 #~ "downloaded from"
55644 #~ msgstr ""
55645 #~ "La commande B<addpart> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
55646 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
55647 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
55648
55649 #~ msgid "January 2015"
55650 #~ msgstr "Janvier 2015"
55651
55652 #~ msgid "util-linux"
55653 #~ msgstr "util-linux"
55654
55655 #~ msgid ""
55656 #~ "B<addpart> tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified "
55657 #~ "partition.  The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" "
55658 #~ "ioctl."
55659 #~ msgstr ""
55660 #~ "B<addpart> informe le noyau de l’existence de la partition indiquée. La "
55661 #~ "commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « add partition »."
55662
55663 #~ msgid ""
55664 #~ "The addpart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
55665 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
55666 #~ msgstr ""
55667 #~ "La commande B<addpart> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
55668 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
55669 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
55670
55671 #~ msgid "AGETTY"
55672 #~ msgstr "AGETTY"
55673
55674 #, fuzzy
55675 #~| msgid ""
55676 #~| "The default for B<serial terminals> is keep the current baud rate (see "
55677 #~| "B<--keep-baud>) and if unsuccessful then default to '9600'."
55678 #~ msgid ""
55679 #~ "The default for B<serial terminals> is keep the current baud rate (see "
55680 #~ "B<--keep-baud>) and if unsuccessful then default to \\(aq9600\\(aq."
55681 #~ msgstr ""
55682 #~ "La valeur par défaut pour les B<terminaux série> est de conserver la "
55683 #~ "vitesse actuelle (consultez B<--keep-baud>) et en cas d’insuccès, la "
55684 #~ "valeur par défaut « 9600 »."
55685
55686 #, fuzzy
55687 #~| msgid ""
55688 #~| "The value to be used for the TERM environment variable.  This overrides "
55689 #~| "whatever init(8) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
55690 #~ msgid ""
55691 #~ "The value to be used for the B<TERM> environment variable. This overrides "
55692 #~ "whatever B<init>(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
55693 #~ msgstr ""
55694 #~ "La valeur à utiliser pour la variable d'environnement B<TERM>. Cela "
55695 #~ "surcharge toute valeur positionnée par B<init>(8) et est héritée par la "
55696 #~ "connexion et l'interpréteur de commande."
55697
55698 #, fuzzy
55699 #~| msgid ""
55700 #~| "The default is 'vt100', or 'linux' for Linux on a virtual terminal, or "
55701 #~| "'hurd' for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
55702 #~ msgid ""
55703 #~ "The default is \\(aqvt100\\(aq, or \\(aqlinux\\(aq for Linux on a virtual "
55704 #~ "terminal, or \\(aqhurd\\(aq for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
55705 #~ msgstr ""
55706 #~ "La valeur par défaut est « vt100 » ou « linux » pour Linux sur un "
55707 #~ "terminal virtuel ou « hurd » pour le GNU Hurd sur un terminal virtuel."
55708
55709 #, fuzzy
55710 #~| msgid "B<-t>, B<--list>"
55711 #~ msgid "B<-8>, B<--8bits>"
55712 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--list>"
55713
55714 #, fuzzy
55715 #~| msgid "-a, --autologin I<username>"
55716 #~ msgid "B<-a>, B<--autologin> I<username>"
55717 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--autologin> I<nom_utilisateur>"
55718
55719 #, fuzzy
55720 #~| msgid ""
55721 #~| "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or "
55722 #~| "password.  Using this option causes an B<-f >I<username> option and "
55723 #~| "argument to be added to the B</bin/login> command line.  See B<--login-"
55724 #~| "options>, which can be used to modify this option's behavior."
55725 #~ msgid ""
55726 #~ "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or "
55727 #~ "password. Using this option causes an B<-f> I<username> option and "
55728 #~ "argument to be added to the B</bin/login> command line. See B<--login-"
55729 #~ "options>, which can be used to modify this option\\(cqs behavior."
55730 #~ msgstr ""
55731 #~ "Connecter automatiquement l’utilisateur indiqué sans demander un "
55732 #~ "identifiant ou un mot de passe. Utiliser cette option fait que l’option "
55733 #~ "et l’argument B<-f>\\ I<username> sont ajoutés à la ligne de commande de "
55734 #~ "B</bin/login>. Consultez B<--login-options> qui peut être utilisée pour "
55735 #~ "modifier le comportement de cette option."
55736
55737 #, fuzzy
55738 #~| msgid "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
55739 #~ msgid "B<-c>, B<--noreset>"
55740 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
55741
55742 #, fuzzy
55743 #~| msgid "-E, --remote"
55744 #~ msgid "B<-E>, B<--remote>"
55745 #~ msgstr "B<-E>, B<--remote>"
55746
55747 #, fuzzy
55748 #~| msgid "-f, --issue-file I<path>"
55749 #~ msgid "B<-f>, B<--issue-file> I<path>"
55750 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--issue-file> I<chemin>"
55751
55752 #, fuzzy
55753 #~| msgid "--show-issue"
55754 #~ msgid "B<--show-issue>"
55755 #~ msgstr "B<--show-issue>"
55756
55757 #, fuzzy
55758 #~| msgid "-h, --flow-control"
55759 #~ msgid "B<-h, --flow-control>"
55760 #~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--flow-control>"
55761
55762 #, fuzzy
55763 #~| msgid "-H, --host I<fakehost>"
55764 #~ msgid "B<-H>, B<--host> I<fakehost>"
55765 #~ msgstr "B<-H>, B<--host> I<hôte_factice>"
55766
55767 #, fuzzy
55768 #~| msgid "B<-i>, B<--inode>"
55769 #~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--noissue>"
55770 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--inode>"
55771
55772 #, fuzzy
55773 #~| msgid "-I, --init-string I<initstring>"
55774 #~ msgid "B<-I>, B<--init-string> I<initstring>"
55775 #~ msgstr "B<-I>, B<--init-string> I<chaîne_initiale>"
55776
55777 #, fuzzy
55778 #~| msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-clobber>"
55779 #~ msgid "B<-J>, B<--noclear>"
55780 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-clobber>"
55781
55782 #, fuzzy
55783 #~| msgid "-l, --login-program I<login_program>"
55784 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--login-program> I<login_program>"
55785 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--login-program> I<programme_connexion>"
55786
55787 #, fuzzy
55788 #~| msgid "-L, --local-line[=I<mode>]"
55789 #~ msgid "B<-L>, B<--local-line>[=I<mode>]"
55790 #~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--local-line>[B<=>I<mode>]"
55791
55792 #, fuzzy
55793 #~| msgid ""
55794 #~| "Control the CLOCAL line flag.  The optional I<mode> argument is 'auto', "
55795 #~| "'always' or 'never'.  If the I<mode> argument is omitted, then the "
55796 #~| "default is 'always'.  If the --local-line option is not given at all, "
55797 #~| "then the default is 'auto'."
55798 #~ msgid ""
55799 #~ "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional I<mode> argument is "
55800 #~ "\\(aqauto\\(aq, \\(aqalways\\(aq or \\(aqnever\\(aq. If the I<mode> "
55801 #~ "argument is omitted, then the default is \\(aqalways\\(aq. If the B<--"
55802 #~ "local-line> option is not given at all, then the default is "
55803 #~ "\\(aqauto\\(aq."
55804 #~ msgstr ""
55805 #~ "Contrôler l’attribut de ligne CLOCAL. L’argument facultatif I<mode> est "
55806 #~ "I<auto>, I<always> ou I<never>. En l'absence d’argument I<mode>, la "
55807 #~ "valeur par défaut est I<always>. Si l’option B<--local-line> n’est pas "
55808 #~ "donnée du tout, la valeur par défaut est I<auto>."
55809
55810 #, fuzzy
55811 #~| msgid "-m, --extract-baud"
55812 #~ msgid "B<-m>, B<--extract-baud>"
55813 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--extract-baud>"
55814
55815 #, fuzzy
55816 #~| msgid "--list-speeds"
55817 #~ msgid "B<--list-speeds>"
55818 #~ msgstr "B<--list-speeds>"
55819
55820 #, fuzzy
55821 #~| msgid "-n, --skip-login"
55822 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--skip-login>"
55823 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--skip-login>"
55824
55825 #, fuzzy
55826 #~| msgid "B<-n>, B<--newline>"
55827 #~ msgid "B<-N>, B<--nonewline>"
55828 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--newline>"
55829
55830 #, fuzzy
55831 #~| msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out /etc/issue."
55832 #~ msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out I</etc/issue>."
55833 #~ msgstr "Ne pas ajouter de changement ligne avant d'écrire I</etc/issue>."
55834
55835 #, fuzzy
55836 #~| msgid "-o, --login-options \"I<login_options>\""
55837 #~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--login-options> I<login_options>"
55838 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--login-options> \"I<options_connexion>\""
55839
55840 #, fuzzy
55841 #~| msgid ""
55842 #~| "Options and arguments that are passed to B<login>(1). Where \\eu is "
55843 #~| "replaced by the login name. For example:"
55844 #~ msgid ""
55845 #~ "Options and arguments that are passed to B<login>(1). Where \\(rsu is "
55846 #~ "replaced by the login name. For example:"
55847 #~ msgstr ""
55848 #~ "Options et arguments passés à B<login>(1), où \\eu est remplacé par le "
55849 #~ "nom de connexion. Par exemple :"
55850
55851 #, fuzzy
55852 #~| msgid "B<--login-options '-h darkstar -- \\eu'>"
55853 #~ msgid "B<--login-options \\(aq-h darkstar \\(em \\(rsu\\(aq>"
55854 #~ msgstr "B<--login-options '-h darkstar -- \\eu'>"
55855
55856 #, fuzzy
55857 #~| msgid "-p, --login-pause"
55858 #~ msgid "B<-p>, B<--login-pause>"
55859 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--login-pause>"
55860
55861 #, fuzzy
55862 #~| msgid "-r, --chroot I<directory>"
55863 #~ msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<directory>"
55864 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<répertoire>"
55865
55866 #, fuzzy
55867 #~| msgid "B<-c>, B<--changes>"
55868 #~ msgid "B<-R>, B<--hangup>"
55869 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--changes>"
55870
55871 #, fuzzy
55872 #~| msgid "Call vhangup() to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal."
55873 #~ msgid "Call B<vhangup>(2) to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal."
55874 #~ msgstr ""
55875 #~ "Appeler B<vhangup>() pour faire un raccrochage virtuel du terminal "
55876 #~ "indiqué."
55877
55878 #, fuzzy
55879 #~| msgid "-s, --keep-baud"
55880 #~ msgid "B<-s>, B<--keep-baud>"
55881 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--keep-baud>"
55882
55883 #, fuzzy
55884 #~ msgid "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<timeout>"
55885 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"
55886
55887 #, fuzzy
55888 #~| msgid "-U, --detect-case"
55889 #~ msgid "B<-U>, B<--detect-case>"
55890 #~ msgstr "B<-U>, B<--detect-case>"
55891
55892 #, fuzzy
55893 #~| msgid "B<-w>, B<--warn>"
55894 #~ msgid "B<-w>, B<--wait-cr>"
55895 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--warn>"
55896
55897 #, fuzzy
55898 #~| msgid "--nohints"
55899 #~ msgid "B<--nohints>"
55900 #~ msgstr "B<--nohints>"
55901
55902 #, fuzzy
55903 #~| msgid "B<--no-hostname>"
55904 #~ msgid "B<--nohostname>"
55905 #~ msgstr "B<--no-hostname>"
55906
55907 #, fuzzy
55908 #~| msgid "--long-hostname"
55909 #~ msgid "B<--long-hostname>"
55910 #~ msgstr "B<--long-hostname>"
55911
55912 #, fuzzy
55913 #~| msgid "--erase-chars I<string>"
55914 #~ msgid "B<--erase-chars> I<string>"
55915 #~ msgstr "B<--erase-chars> I<chaîne>"
55916
55917 #, fuzzy
55918 #~| msgid ""
55919 #~| "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted "
55920 #~| "as a backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types "
55921 #~| "the login name.  The default additional \\'erase\\' has been \\'#\\', "
55922 #~| "but since util-linux 2.23 no additional erase characters are enabled by "
55923 #~| "default."
55924 #~ msgid ""
55925 #~ "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as "
55926 #~ "a backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the "
55927 #~ "login name. The default additional \\(aqerase\\(aq has been \\(aq#\\(aq, "
55928 #~ "but since util-linux 2.23 no additional erase characters are enabled by "
55929 #~ "default."
55930 #~ msgstr ""
55931 #~ "Cette option indique des caractères supplémentaires à interpréter comme "
55932 #~ "une espace arrière (« ignorer le caractère précédent ») lorsque "
55933 #~ "l’utilisateur saisit l’identifiant de connexion. Le caractère "
55934 #~ "supplémentaire d’« effacement » par défaut était « # », mais depuis util-"
55935 #~ "linux 2.23, aucun caractère supplémentaire d’effacement n’est activé par "
55936 #~ "défaut."
55937
55938 #, fuzzy
55939 #~| msgid "--kill-chars I<string>"
55940 #~ msgid "B<--kill-chars> I<string>"
55941 #~ msgstr "B<--kill-chars> I<chaîne>"
55942
55943 #, fuzzy
55944 #~| msgid ""
55945 #~| "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted "
55946 #~| "as a kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the "
55947 #~| "login name.  The default additional \\'kill\\' has been \\'@\\', but "
55948 #~| "since util-linux 2.23 no additional kill characters are enabled by "
55949 #~| "default."
55950 #~ msgid ""
55951 #~ "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as "
55952 #~ "a kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login "
55953 #~ "name. The default additional \\(aqkill\\(aq has been \\(aq@\\(aq, but "
55954 #~ "since util-linux 2.23 no additional kill characters are enabled by "
55955 #~ "default."
55956 #~ msgstr ""
55957 #~ "Cette option indique des caractères supplémentaires à interpréter pour "
55958 #~ "tuer (« ignorer tous les caractères précédents ») lorsque l’utilisateur "
55959 #~ "saisit l’identifiant de connexion. Le caractère supplémentaire « pour "
55960 #~ "tuer » par défaut était « @ », mais depuis util-linux 2.23, aucun "
55961 #~ "caractère supplémentaire pour tuer n’est activé par défaut."
55962
55963 #, fuzzy
55964 #~| msgid "--chdir I<directory>"
55965 #~ msgid "B<--chdir> I<directory>"
55966 #~ msgstr "B<--chdir> I<répertoire>"
55967
55968 #, fuzzy
55969 #~| msgid "--delay I<number>"
55970 #~ msgid "B<--delay> I<number>"
55971 #~ msgstr "B<--delay> I<nombre>"
55972
55973 #, fuzzy
55974 #~| msgid "--nice I<number>"
55975 #~ msgid "B<--nice> I<number>"
55976 #~ msgstr "B<--nice> I<nombre>"
55977
55978 #, fuzzy
55979 #~| msgid "B<--no-reload>"
55980 #~ msgid "B<--reload>"
55981 #~ msgstr "B<--no-reload>"
55982
55983 #~ msgid "B<--version>"
55984 #~ msgstr "B<--version>"
55985
55986 #~ msgid "B<--help>"
55987 #~ msgstr "B<--help>"
55988
55989 #, fuzzy
55990 #~| msgid ""
55991 #~| "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the I</"
55992 #~| "etc/inittab> file.  You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the "
55993 #~| "other fields.  See I<inittab(5)> for more details."
55994 #~ msgid ""
55995 #~ "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the I</"
55996 #~ "etc/inittab> file. You\\(cqll have to prepend appropriate values for the "
55997 #~ "other fields. See B<inittab>(5) for more details."
55998 #~ msgstr ""
55999 #~ "Cette section présente des exemples pour le champ processus d'une entrée "
56000 #~ "dans le fichier I</etc/inittab>. Vous devrez faire précéder les autres "
56001 #~ "champs par les valeurs appropriées. Consultez B<inittab>(5) pour plus de "
56002 #~ "précisions."
56003
56004 #, fuzzy
56005 #~| msgid ""
56006 #~| "B</sbin/agetty\\ --wait-cr\\ --init-string\\ 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015'\\ "
56007 #~| "115200\\ ttyS1>"
56008 #~ msgid ""
56009 #~ "B</sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string \\(aqATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\(rs015\\(aq "
56010 #~ "115200 ttyS1>"
56011 #~ msgstr ""
56012 #~ "/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1 15' 115200 ttyS1"
56013
56014 #, fuzzy
56015 #~| msgid ""
56016 #~| "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line "
56017 #~| "should not be interpreted as options.  Use this feature if available by "
56018 #~| "passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\eu."
56019 #~ msgid ""
56020 #~ "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line "
56021 #~ "should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by "
56022 #~ "passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\(rsu."
56023 #~ msgstr ""
56024 #~ "Certains programmes utilisent B<--> pour indiquer que la suite de la "
56025 #~ "ligne de commande ne devrait pas être interprétée en tant qu'options. "
56026 #~ "Utilisez cette fonctionnalité si elle est disponible en passant « -- » "
56027 #~ "avant que le nom d’utilisateur ne soit passé par B<\\eu>."
56028
56029 #, fuzzy
56030 #~| msgid ""
56031 #~| "Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are "
56032 #~| "supported. If the default I</etc/issue> does not exist than agetty "
56033 #~| "checks for I</run/issue> and I</run/issue.d>, thereafter for I</usr/lib/"
56034 #~| "issue> and I</usr/lib/issue.d>.  The directory /etc is expected for host "
56035 #~| "specific configuration, /run is expected for generated stuff and /usr/"
56036 #~| "lib for static distribution maintained configuration."
56037 #~ msgid ""
56038 #~ "Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are "
56039 #~ "supported. If the default I</etc/issue> does not exist, then B<agetty> "
56040 #~ "checks for I</run/issue> and I</run/issue.d>, thereafter for I</usr/lib/"
56041 #~ "issue> and I</usr/lib/issue.d>. The directory I</etc> is expected for "
56042 #~ "host specific configuration, I</run> is expected for generated stuff and "
56043 #~ "I</usr/lib> for static distribution maintained configuration."
56044 #~ msgstr ""
56045 #~ "Depuis la version 2.35 des emplacements supplémentaires pour des fichiers "
56046 #~ "et répertoires I<issue> sont gérés. Si le fichier par défaut I</etc/"
56047 #~ "issue> n’existe pas, alors B<agetty> recherche I</run/issue> et I</run/"
56048 #~ "issue.d>, ensuite I</usr/lib/issue> et I</usr/lib/issue.d>. Le répertoire "
56049 #~ "I</etc> est attendu pour une configuration spécifique à l’hôte, le "
56050 #~ "répertoire I</run> est attendu pour ce qui est généré et le fichier I</"
56051 #~ "usr/lib> pour la configuration statique de la distribution."
56052
56053 #, fuzzy
56054 #~| msgid ""
56055 #~| "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system "
56056 #~| "name, date, time et cetera.  All escape codes consist of a backslash "
56057 #~| "(\\e) immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
56058 #~ msgid ""
56059 #~ "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system "
56060 #~ "name, date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash "
56061 #~ "(\\(rs) immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
56062 #~ msgstr ""
56063 #~ "Les fichiers I<issue> peuvent contenir certains codes d’échappement afin "
56064 #~ "d'afficher le nom du système, la date, l’heure, etc. Tous les codes "
56065 #~ "d’échappement sont formés d'une barre oblique inversée (B<\\e>) "
56066 #~ "immédiatement suivie par l'une des caractères suivants."
56067
56068 #, fuzzy
56069 #~| msgid ""
56070 #~| "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
56071 #~| "\\e4{eth0}).  If the I<interface> argument is not specified, then select "
56072 #~| "the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface.  If "
56073 #~| "not any configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of "
56074 #~| "the machine's hostname."
56075 #~ msgid ""
56076 #~ "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
56077 #~ "\\(rs4{eth0}). If the I<interface> argument is not specified, then select "
56078 #~ "the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If not "
56079 #~ "any configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the "
56080 #~ "machine\\(cqs hostname."
56081 #~ msgstr ""
56082 #~ "Insérer l’adresse IPv4 de l’interface réseau indiquée (par exemple "
56083 #~ "B<\\e4{eth0}>). Si l’argument I<interface> n’est pas indiqué, alors "
56084 #~ "sélectionner la première interface complètement configurée (activée, non "
56085 #~ "boucle locale, en fonctionnement). Si aucune interface configurée n’est "
56086 #~ "trouvée, se replier sur l’adresse IP du nom d’hôte de la machine."
56087
56088 #, fuzzy
56089 #~| msgid "The same as \\e4 but for IPv6."
56090 #~ msgid "The same as \\(rs4 but for IPv6."
56091 #~ msgstr "Comme B<\\e4>, mais pour l’IPv6."
56092
56093 #, fuzzy
56094 #~| msgid ""
56095 #~| "Translate the human-readable I<name> to an escape sequence and insert it "
56096 #~| "(for example: \\ee{red}Alert text.\\ee{reset}).  If the I<name> argument "
56097 #~| "is not specified, then insert \\e033.  The currently supported names "
56098 #~| "are: black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, "
56099 #~| "halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, "
56100 #~| "lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white.  All unknown "
56101 #~| "names are silently ignored."
56102 #~ msgid ""
56103 #~ "Translate the human-readable I<name> to an escape sequence and insert it "
56104 #~ "(for example: \\(rse{red}Alert text.\\(rse{reset}). If the I<name> "
56105 #~ "argument is not specified, then insert \\(rs033. The currently supported "
56106 #~ "names are: black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, "
56107 #~ "halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, "
56108 #~ "lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown "
56109 #~ "names are silently ignored."
56110 #~ msgstr ""
56111 #~ "Transformer le I<nom> lisible avec une séquence d’échappement et "
56112 #~ "l’insérer (par exemple, \\ee{red}Alert text.\\ee{reset}). Si l’argument "
56113 #~ "I<nom> n’est pas indiqué, alors insérer \\e033. Les noms actuellement "
56114 #~ "gérés sont I<black>, I<blink>, I<blue>, I<bold>, I<brown>, I<cyan>, "
56115 #~ "I<darkgray>, I<gray>, I<green>, I<halfbright>, I<lightblue>, "
56116 #~ "I<lightcyan>, I<lightgray>, I<lightgreen>, I<lightmagenta>, I<lightred>, "
56117 #~ "I<magenta>, I<red>, I<reset>, I<reverse>, I<yellow> et I<white>. Tous les "
56118 #~ "noms inconnus sont ignorés silencieusement."
56119
56120 #, fuzzy
56121 #~| msgid ""
56122 #~| "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system).  Same as "
56123 #~| "'uname -s'.  See also the \\eS escape code."
56124 #~ msgid ""
56125 #~ "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as "
56126 #~ "\\(aquname -s\\(aq. See also the \\(rsS escape code."
56127 #~ msgstr ""
56128 #~ "Insérer le nom du système (le nom du système d'exploitation). Identique à "
56129 #~ "B<uname\\ -s>. Consultez également le code d’échappement B<\\eS>."
56130
56131 #, fuzzy
56132 #~| msgid "This is \\en.\\eo (\\es \\em \\er) \\et\n"
56133 #~ msgid "This is \\(rsn.\\(rso (\\(rss \\(rsm \\(rsr) \\(rst\n"
56134 #~ msgstr "Voici \\en.\\eo (\\es \\em \\er) \\et\n"
56135
56136 #, fuzzy
56137 #~| msgid "problem reports (if syslog(3) is not used)."
56138 #~ msgid "problem reports (if B<syslog>(3) is not used)."
56139 #~ msgstr "rapports de problème (si B<syslog>(3) n’est pas utilisée)"
56140
56141 #, fuzzy
56142 #~| msgid ""
56143 #~| "The agetty command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
56144 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
56145 #~ msgid ""
56146 #~ "The B<agetty> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
56147 #~ "downloaded from"
56148 #~ msgstr ""
56149 #~ "La commande B<agetty> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
56150 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
56151 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
56152
56153 #~ msgid "February 2016"
56154 #~ msgstr "Février 2016"
56155
56156 #~ msgid ""
56157 #~ "B<agetty> opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/"
56158 #~ "login command.  It is normally invoked by B<init>(8)."
56159 #~ msgstr ""
56160 #~ "B<agetty> ouvre un port de terminal, demande un nom d'utilisateur, puis "
56161 #~ "appelle la commande B</bin/login>. Il est normalement appelé par "
56162 #~ "B<init>(8)."
56163
56164 #~ msgid "\\(bu"
56165 #~ msgstr "  \\(bu"
56166
56167 #~ msgid ""
56168 #~ "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line "
56169 #~ "and uppercase characters when it reads a login name.  The program can "
56170 #~ "handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit "
56171 #~ "characters with no parity.  The following special characters are "
56172 #~ "recognized: Control-U (kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return "
56173 #~ "and line feed (end of line).  See also the B<--erase-chars> and B<--kill-"
56174 #~ "chars> options."
56175 #~ msgstr ""
56176 #~ "Adapter la configuration du terminal aux bits de parité et aux caractères "
56177 #~ "supprimer, tuer, fin de ligne et majuscules lors de la lecture de "
56178 #~ "l'identifiant de connexion. Le programme peut gérer les caractères 7 bits "
56179 #~ "avec une parité paire, impaire, aucune ou parité 0 et les caractères "
56180 #~ "8 bits sans parité. Les caractères spéciaux suivants sont reconnus : "
56181 #~ "« Ctrl-U » (tuer) ; suppression et espace arrière (supprimer) ; retour "
56182 #~ "chariot et changement de ligne (fin de ligne). Consultez également les "
56183 #~ "options B<--erase-chars> et B<--kill-chars>."
56184
56185 #~ msgid ""
56186 #~ "A path name relative to the I</dev> directory.  If a \"-\" is specified, "
56187 #~ "B<agetty> assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty "
56188 #~ "port and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
56189 #~ msgstr ""
56190 #~ "Un nom de chemin relatif au répertoire I</dev>. Si un « B<-> » est "
56191 #~ "utilisé, B<agetty> suppose que son entrée standard est déjà connectée à "
56192 #~ "un port de terminal et que la connexion à un utilisateur distant est déjà "
56193 #~ "établie."
56194
56195 #~ msgid ""
56196 #~ "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates.  Each time B<agetty> "
56197 #~ "receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated "
56198 #~ "as if it were circular."
56199 #~ msgstr ""
56200 #~ "Une liste de vitesses en baud séparées par des virgules. Chaque fois que "
56201 #~ "B<agetty> reçoit un caractère BREAK, il avance dans la liste qui sera "
56202 #~ "considérée comme une liste circulaire."
56203
56204 #~ msgid ""
56205 #~ "Note that B<--autologin> may affect the way how agetty initializes the "
56206 #~ "serial line, because on auto-login agetty does not read from the line and "
56207 #~ "it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
56208 #~ msgstr ""
56209 #~ "Remarquez que B<--autologin> peut affecter la façon dont B<agetty> "
56210 #~ "initialise une ligne série, car lors d’une connexion automatique "
56211 #~ "B<agetty> ne lit pas à partir de la ligne et n’a aucune opportunité "
56212 #~ "d’optimisation des réglages de la ligne."
56213
56214 #~ msgid ""
56215 #~ "Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes).  See B<termios>(3) for more "
56216 #~ "details."
56217 #~ msgstr ""
56218 #~ "Ne pas réinitialiser les cflags du terminal (modes de contrôle). "
56219 #~ "Consultez B<termios>(3) pour plus de précisions."
56220
56221 #~ msgid ""
56222 #~ "Typically the B<login>(1) command is given a remote hostname when called "
56223 #~ "by something such as B<telnetd>(8).  This option allows B<agetty> to pass "
56224 #~ "what it is using for a hostname to B<login>(1) for use in B<utmp>(5).  "
56225 #~ "See B<--host>, B<login>(1), and B<utmp>(5)."
56226 #~ msgstr ""
56227 #~ "Classiquement, la commande B<login>(1) est fournie avec un non d’hôte "
56228 #~ "distant lorsqu’elle est appelée par quelque chose comme B<telnetd>(8). "
56229 #~ "Cette option permet à B<agetty> de passer ce qu’il utilise comme nom "
56230 #~ "d’hôte à B<login>(1) pour une utilisation dans B<utmp>(5). Consultez B<--"
56231 #~ "host>, B<login>(1) et B<utmp>(5)."
56232
56233 #~ msgid ""
56234 #~ "If the B<--host> I<fakehost> option is given, then an B<-h> I<fakehost> "
56235 #~ "option and argument are added to the B</bin/login> command line."
56236 #~ msgstr ""
56237 #~ "Si une option B<--host> I<hôte_factice> est donnée, alors une option B<-"
56238 #~ "h> I<hôte_factice> est ajoutée à la ligne de commande B</bin/login>."
56239
56240 #~ msgid ""
56241 #~ "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
56242 #~ "instead of I</etc/issue> (or other).  All specified files and directories "
56243 #~ "are displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored.  If the "
56244 #~ "specified path is a directory then display all files with .issue file "
56245 #~ "extension in version-sort order from the directory.  This allows custom "
56246 #~ "messages to be displayed on different terminals.  The B<--noissue> option "
56247 #~ "will override this option."
56248 #~ msgstr ""
56249 #~ "Indiquer une liste délimitée par « : » de fichiers et répertoires à "
56250 #~ "afficher au lieu de I</etc/issue> (ou autre). Tous les fichiers et "
56251 #~ "répertoires sont affichés, les fichiers manquants ou vides sont ignorés "
56252 #~ "silencieusement. Si le chemin indiqué est un répertoire, alors tous ses "
56253 #~ "fichiers avec l’extension I<.issue> sont affichés triés selon les "
56254 #~ "versions. Cela permet d’afficher des messages personnalisés sur des "
56255 #~ "terminaux différents. L’option B<--noissue> écrasera cette option."
56256
56257 #~ msgid ""
56258 #~ "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and "
56259 #~ "exit.  Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed "
56260 #~ "for any other purpose.  Note that output may use some default or "
56261 #~ "incomplete information as proper output depends on terminal and agetty "
56262 #~ "command line."
56263 #~ msgstr ""
56264 #~ "Afficher le fichier I<issue> en cours (ou autre) sur le terminal utilisé "
56265 #~ "et quitter. Cette option est à utiliser pour examiner le réglage en "
56266 #~ "cours, elle n’est pas prévue pour tout autre but. Remarquez que la sortie "
56267 #~ "peut utiliser une information par défaut ou incomplète, car la sortie "
56268 #~ "correcte dépend du terminal et de la ligne de commande de B<agetty>."
56269
56270 #~ msgid ""
56271 #~ "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control.  It is left up to the application "
56272 #~ "to disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
56273 #~ msgstr ""
56274 #~ "Activer le contrôle matériel de flux (RTS/CTS). L'application est libre "
56275 #~ "de désactiver le contrôle logiciel de flux (XON/XOFF) quand elle le juge "
56276 #~ "opportun."
56277
56278 #~ msgid ""
56279 #~ "Write the specified I<fakehost> into the utmp file.  Normally, no login "
56280 #~ "host is given, since B<agetty> is used for local hardwired connections "
56281 #~ "and consoles.  However, this option can be useful for identifying "
56282 #~ "terminal concentrators and the like."
56283 #~ msgstr ""
56284 #~ "Écrire l'hôte de connexion I<hôte_factice> indiqué dans le fichier "
56285 #~ "I<utmp>. Normalement, aucun hôte de connexion n'est fourni, puisque "
56286 #~ "B<agetty> est utilisé pour les connexions filaires locales et les "
56287 #~ "terminaux du système. Cependant, cette option peut être utile pour "
56288 #~ "identifier les concentrateurs de terminaux et matériels similaires."
56289
56290 #~ msgid ""
56291 #~ "Do not display the contents of I</etc/issue> (or other) before writing "
56292 #~ "the login prompt.  Terminals or communications hardware may become "
56293 #~ "confused when receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up "
56294 #~ "scripts may fail if the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
56295 #~ msgstr ""
56296 #~ "Ne pas afficher le contenu de I</etc/issue> (ou autre) avant d'écrire "
56297 #~ "l'invite de connexion. Les terminaux ou le matériel de communication "
56298 #~ "peuvent ne pas fonctionner normalement lorsqu'ils reçoivent beaucoup de "
56299 #~ "texte à une mauvaise vitesse ; les scripts de connexion peuvent échouer "
56300 #~ "si l'invite de connexion est précédée par beaucoup trop de texte."
56301
56302 #~ msgid ""
56303 #~ "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending "
56304 #~ "anything else.  This may be used to initialize a modem.  Non-printable "
56305 #~ "characters may be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a "
56306 #~ "backslash (\\e).  For example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, "
56307 #~ "octal 012), write \\e012."
56308 #~ msgstr ""
56309 #~ "Définir une I<chaîne_initiale> à envoyer au terminal ou au modem avant "
56310 #~ "d'envoyer des données utiles. Cela peut être utilisé pour initialiser un "
56311 #~ "modem. Les caractères non imprimables peuvent être envoyés en utilisant "
56312 #~ "leur code octal précédé d'une barre oblique inversée (\\e). Par exemple, "
56313 #~ "pour envoyer le caractère de changement de ligne (ASCII 10, dont le code "
56314 #~ "octal est 012), il faut envoyer « \\e012 »."
56315
56316 #~ msgid ""
56317 #~ "Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name.  By default "
56318 #~ "the screen is cleared."
56319 #~ msgstr ""
56320 #~ "Ne pas effacer l'écran avant de demander l'identifiant de connexion. Par "
56321 #~ "défaut, l'écran est effacé."
56322
56323 #~ msgid ""
56324 #~ "Invoke the specified I<login_program> instead of /bin/login.  This allows "
56325 #~ "the use of a non-standard login program.  Such a program could, for "
56326 #~ "example, ask for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See "
56327 #~ "B<--login-options>."
56328 #~ msgstr ""
56329 #~ "Appeler le programme de connexion I<programme_connexion> à la place de B</"
56330 #~ "bin/login>. Cela permet d'utiliser un programme de connexion non "
56331 #~ "standard. Un tel programme, par exemple, peut demander un mot de passe "
56332 #~ "lors de l'établissement de la connexion ou utiliser un fichier de mot de "
56333 #~ "passe différent. Consultez B<--login-options>."
56334
56335 #~ msgid ""
56336 #~ "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect.  This "
56337 #~ "can be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial "
56338 #~ "line does not set the carrier-detect signal."
56339 #~ msgstr ""
56340 #~ "Le I<mode> I<always> force la ligne à être une ligne locale sans "
56341 #~ "détection de porteuse. C'est utile pour un terminal connecté localement "
56342 #~ "dont la ligne série n’utilise pas le signal « détection de porteuse »."
56343
56344 #~ msgid ""
56345 #~ "The B<agetty> default.  Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows "
56346 #~ "the setting enabled by the kernel."
56347 #~ msgstr ""
56348 #~ "La valeur par défaut pour B<agetty>. Cela ne modifie pas la configuration "
56349 #~ "CLOCAL et suit la configuration activée par le noyau."
56350
56351 #~ msgid ""
56352 #~ "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by "
56353 #~ "Hayes(tm)-compatible modems.  These status messages are of the form: "
56354 #~ "\"E<lt>junkE<gt>E<lt>speedE<gt>E<lt>junkE<gt>\".  B<agetty> assumes that "
56355 #~ "the modem emits its status message at the same speed as specified with "
56356 #~ "(the first) I<baud_rate> value on the command line."
56357 #~ msgstr ""
56358 #~ "Essayer d'extraire la vitesse depuis le message d'état CONNECT produit "
56359 #~ "par les modems compatibles Hayes™. Ces messages d'état sont de la forme "
56360 #~ "suivante : « E<lt>bruitE<gt>E<lt>vitesseE<gt>E<lt>bruitE<gt> ». B<agetty> "
56361 #~ "suppose que le modem envoie les messages d'état à la même vitesse que "
56362 #~ "celle indiquée (la première) par I<taux_baud> sur la ligne de commande."
56363
56364 #~ msgid ""
56365 #~ "Display supported baud rates.  These are determined at compilation time."
56366 #~ msgstr ""
56367 #~ "Afficher les vitesses prises en charge. Elles sont déterminées au moment "
56368 #~ "de la compilation."
56369
56370 #~ msgid ""
56371 #~ "Do not prompt the user for a login name.  This can be used in connection "
56372 #~ "with the B<--login-program> option to invoke a non-standard login process "
56373 #~ "such as a BBS system.  Note that with the B<--skip-login> option, "
56374 #~ "B<agetty> gets no input from the user who logs in and therefore will not "
56375 #~ "be able to figure out parity, character size, and newline processing of "
56376 #~ "the connection.  It defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII "
56377 #~ "CR (13) end-of-line character.  Beware that the program that B<agetty> "
56378 #~ "starts (usually /bin/login) is run as root."
56379 #~ msgstr ""
56380 #~ "Ne pas demander d'identifiant de connexion à l'utilisateur. Cela peut "
56381 #~ "être utilisé avec l'option B<--login-program> lors d'une procédure de "
56382 #~ "connexion non standard comme les systèmes BBS. Remarquez qu'avec l'option "
56383 #~ "B<--skip-login>, B<agetty> ne reçoit pas de saisie de l'utilisateur qui "
56384 #~ "se connecte et donc n'est pas capable de détecter la parité, la taille "
56385 #~ "des caractères ni le processus de nouvelle ligne de la connexion. La "
56386 #~ "configuration par défaut est : parité 0, caractères 7 bits et le "
56387 #~ "caractère fin de ligne est le retour chariot RC en ASCII (13). Assurez "
56388 #~ "vous que le programme lancé par B<agetty> (en général, B</bin/login>) est "
56389 #~ "exécuté avec les droits du superutilisateur."
56390
56391 #~ msgid ""
56392 #~ "Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt.  Can be combined "
56393 #~ "with B<--autologin> to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
56394 #~ msgstr ""
56395 #~ "Attendre une action sur une touche avant de basculer vers l'invite de "
56396 #~ "connexion. Cela peut être combiné avec B<--autologin> pour économiser de "
56397 #~ "la mémoire avec les interpréteurs de commandes lents à relancer."
56398
56399 #~ msgid ""
56400 #~ "Try to keep the existing baud rate.  The baud rates from the command line "
56401 #~ "are used when agetty receives a BREAK character.  If another baud rates "
56402 #~ "specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the "
56403 #~ "wanted baud rates list.  This can be used to return to the original baud "
56404 #~ "rate after unexpected BREAKs."
56405 #~ msgstr ""
56406 #~ "Essayer de conserver la vitesse existante. Les vitesses reçues sur la "
56407 #~ "ligne de commande sont utilisées quand B<agetty> reçoit un caractère "
56408 #~ "BREAK. Si d’autres vitesses sont indiquées, alors la vitesse originale "
56409 #~ "est aussi enregistrée à la fin de la liste des vitesses désirées. Cela "
56410 #~ "peut être utilisé pour retourner à la vitesse originale après des BREAK "
56411 #~ "inattendus."
56412
56413 #~ msgid ""
56414 #~ "Terminate if no user name could be read within I<timeout> seconds.  Use "
56415 #~ "of this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
56416 #~ msgstr ""
56417 #~ "Quitter si aucun nom d'utilisateur n'a pu être lu pendant le I<délai> "
56418 #~ "exprimé en seconde. Cette option ne devrait pas être utilisée pour les "
56419 #~ "lignes filaires de terminaux."
56420
56421 #~ msgid ""
56422 #~ "Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal.  This setting "
56423 #~ "will detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an "
56424 #~ "uppercase-only terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case "
56425 #~ "conversions.  Note that this has no support for any Unicode characters."
56426 #~ msgstr ""
56427 #~ "Activer la détection des terminaux à caractères majuscules seuls. Cela ne "
56428 #~ "détectera qu'un identifiant de connexion ne possédant que des caractères "
56429 #~ "majuscules et activera des opérations de conversions de casse majuscules "
56430 #~ "vers minuscules. Cette option ne gère aucun caractère Unicode."
56431
56432 #~ msgid ""
56433 #~ "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
56434 #~ "character before sending the I</etc/issue> file (or others)  and the "
56435 #~ "login prompt.  This is useful with the B<--init-string> option."
56436 #~ msgstr ""
56437 #~ "Attendre que l'utilisateur ou le modem envoient un caractère retour à la "
56438 #~ "ligne ou nouvelle ligne avant d'envoyer le fichier I</etc/issue> (ou "
56439 #~ "autres) et l'invite de connexion. Cela est très utile lors de connexions "
56440 #~ "avec l'option B<--init-string>."
56441
56442 #~ msgid ""
56443 #~ "By default the hostname will be printed.  With this option enabled, no "
56444 #~ "hostname at all will be shown."
56445 #~ msgstr ""
56446 #~ "Par défaut, le nom d'hôte sera affiché. En activant cette option, aucun "
56447 #~ "nom d'hôte ne sera montré."
56448
56449 #~ msgid ""
56450 #~ "By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot.  With this "
56451 #~ "option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by B<gethostname>(3P)  or "
56452 #~ "(if not found) by B<getaddrinfo>(3) is shown."
56453 #~ msgstr ""
56454 #~ "Par défaut, le nom d'hôte n'est affiché que jusqu'au premier point. En "
56455 #~ "activant cette option, le nom d'hôte pleinement qualifié par "
56456 #~ "B<gethostname>(3P), ou (si non trouvé) par B<getaddrinfo>(3), est montré."
56457
56458 #~ msgid ""
56459 #~ "Ask all running agetty instances to reload and update their displayed "
56460 #~ "prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in.  After doing so "
56461 #~ "the command will exit.  This feature might be unsupported on systems "
56462 #~ "without Linux B<inotify>(7)."
56463 #~ msgstr ""
56464 #~ "Demander à toutes les instances B<agetty> en cours de recharger et mettre "
56465 #~ "à jour leurs invites de commande affichées, si l’utilisateur n’a pas "
56466 #~ "encore commencé à se connecter. Après cela, la commande quittera. Cette "
56467 #~ "fonctionnalité pourrait ne pas être prise en charge sur les systèmes sans "
56468 #~ "B<inotify>(7) de Linux."
56469
56470 #~ msgid "B</sbin/agetty\\ 9600\\ ttyS1>"
56471 #~ msgstr "/sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1"
56472
56473 #~ msgid "B</sbin/agetty\\ --local-line\\ 9600\\ ttyS1\\ vt100>"
56474 #~ msgstr "/sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100"
56475
56476 #~ msgid ""
56477 #~ "B</sbin/agetty\\ --extract-baud\\ --timeout\\ 60\\ ttyS1\\ 9600,2400,1200>"
56478 #~ msgstr "/sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200"
56479
56480 #~ msgid ""
56481 #~ "If you use the B<--login-program> and B<--login-options> options, be "
56482 #~ "aware that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded "
56483 #~ "options, which then get passed to the used login program.  Agetty does "
56484 #~ "check for a leading \"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one "
56485 #~ "parameter (so embedded spaces will not create yet another parameter), but "
56486 #~ "depending on how the login binary parses the command line that might not "
56487 #~ "be sufficient.  Check that the used login program cannot be abused this "
56488 #~ "way."
56489 #~ msgstr ""
56490 #~ "Si vous utilisez les options B<--login-program> et B<--login-options>, "
56491 #~ "soyez conscient qu'un utilisateur malveillant pourrait essayer d'entrer "
56492 #~ "des identifiants avec des options intégrées, qui seraient alors passées "
56493 #~ "au programme B<login> utilisé. B<agetty> vérifie la présence d'un B<-> "
56494 #~ "initial et s'assure que l'identifiant est passé comme un paramètre (de "
56495 #~ "telle sorte que les espaces incorporées ne créent pas encore un autre "
56496 #~ "paramètre), mais suivant la façon dont le binaire B<login> analyse la "
56497 #~ "ligne de commande, cela risque d'être insuffisant. Vérifiez que le "
56498 #~ "programme B<login> utilisé ne peut pas être abusé de cette façon."
56499
56500 #~ msgid ""
56501 #~ "The default issue file is I</etc/issue>. If the file exists then agetty "
56502 #~ "also checks for I</etc/issue.d> directory. The directory is optional "
56503 #~ "extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is "
56504 #~ "printed after I</etc/issue> content. If the I</etc/issue> does not exist "
56505 #~ "than the directory is ignored. All files B<with .issue extension> from "
56506 #~ "the directory are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be "
56507 #~ "used to maintain 3rd-party messages independently on the primary system "
56508 #~ "I</etc/issue> file."
56509 #~ msgstr ""
56510 #~ "Le fichier I<issue> par défaut est I</etc/issue>. Si le fichier existe, "
56511 #~ "alors B<agetty> recherche aussi pour un répertoire I</etc/issue.d>. Le "
56512 #~ "répertoire est une extension facultative au fichier I<issue> par défaut "
56513 #~ "et le contenu du répertoire est écrit après le contenu de I</etc/issue>. "
56514 #~ "Si I</etc/issue> n’existe pas, alors le répertoire est ignoré. Tous les "
56515 #~ "fichiers B<avec une extension .issue> du répertoire sont écrits triés "
56516 #~ "selon les versions. Le répertoire peut être utilisé pour gérer "
56517 #~ "indépendamment les messages de parties tierces dans le fichier principal "
56518 #~ "I</etc/issue> du système."
56519
56520 #~ msgid ""
56521 #~ "The issue file feature is possible to completely disable by B<--noissue> "
56522 #~ "option."
56523 #~ msgstr ""
56524 #~ "La fonctionnalité du fichier I<issue> peut être désactivée complètement "
56525 #~ "avec l’option B<--noissue>."
56526
56527 #~ msgid ""
56528 #~ "Insert the VARIABLE data from I</etc/os-release>.  If this file does not "
56529 #~ "exist then fall back to I</usr/lib/os-release>.  If the VARIABLE argument "
56530 #~ "is not specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name "
56531 #~ "(see \\es).  This escape code can be used to keep I</etc/issue> "
56532 #~ "distribution and release independent.  Note that \\eS{ANSI_COLOR} is "
56533 #~ "converted to the real terminal escape sequence."
56534 #~ msgstr ""
56535 #~ "Insérer la donnée I<VARIABLE> de I</etc/os-release>. Si le fichier "
56536 #~ "n’existe pas, I</usr/lib/os-release> est alors utilisé. Si l’argument "
56537 #~ "I<VARIABLE> n’est pas indiqué, alors utiliser B<PRETTY_NAME> du fichier "
56538 #~ "ou le nom du système (consultez B<\\es>). Ce code d’échappement permet de "
56539 #~ "garder les I</etc/issue> de la distribution et de la publication "
56540 #~ "indépendants. Remarquez que B<\\eS{ANSI_COLOR}> est convertie en séquence "
56541 #~ "réelle d’échappement du terminal."
56542
56543 #~ msgid ""
56544 #~ "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine.  Same as 'uname -m'."
56545 #~ msgstr ""
56546 #~ "Insérer l'identifiant de l'architecture de la machine. Identique à "
56547 #~ "B<uname -m>."
56548
56549 #~ msgid ""
56550 #~ "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname.  Same as "
56551 #~ "'uname -n'."
56552 #~ msgstr ""
56553 #~ "Insérer le nom de nœud de la machine, aussi appelé nom d'hôte. Identique "
56554 #~ "à B<uname -n>."
56555
56556 #~ msgid "Insert the NIS domainname of the machine.  Same as 'hostname -d'."
56557 #~ msgstr ""
56558 #~ "Insérer le nom de domaine NIS de la machine. Identique à B<hostname -d>."
56559
56560 #~ msgid "Insert the release number of the OS.  Same as 'uname -r'."
56561 #~ msgstr ""
56562 #~ "Insérer le numéro de version du système d'exploitation. Identique à "
56563 #~ "B<uname -r>."
56564
56565 #~ msgid "An example.  On my system, the following I</etc/issue> file:"
56566 #~ msgstr "Par exemple, si le fichier I</etc/issue> contient :"
56567
56568 #~ msgid "I<init>(8) configuration file for SysV-style init daemon."
56569 #~ msgstr ""
56570 #~ "fichier de configuration d’B<init>(8) pour le démon init de type SysV"
56571
56572 #~ msgid ""
56573 #~ "The baud-rate detection feature (the B<--extract-baud> option) requires "
56574 #~ "that B<agetty> be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in "
56575 #~ "call (within 30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud).  For robustness, "
56576 #~ "always use the B<--extract-baud> option in combination with a multiple "
56577 #~ "baud rate command-line argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
56578 #~ msgstr ""
56579 #~ "La détection de la vitesse de connexion (l'option B<--extract-baud>) "
56580 #~ "nécessite que B<agetty> soit exécuté dès le début de l'appel réseau (dans "
56581 #~ "les 30 ms pour un modem communiquant à 2400 bauds). Pour être robuste, "
56582 #~ "utilisez toujours l'option B<--extract-baud> avec comme argument de ligne "
56583 #~ "de commande différentes vitesses, ainsi le traitement de BREAK est activé."
56584
56585 #~ msgid ""
56586 #~ "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written "
56587 #~ "to the console device or reported via the B<syslog>(3) facility.  Error "
56588 #~ "messages are produced if the I<port> argument does not specify a terminal "
56589 #~ "device; if there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V "
56590 #~ "only); and so on."
56591 #~ msgstr ""
56592 #~ "Suivant la façon dont le programme a été configuré, tous les diagnostics "
56593 #~ "sont dirigés vers le périphérique de console ou signalés par le service "
56594 #~ "B<syslog>(3). Des messages d'erreur sont produits si le paramètre I<port> "
56595 #~ "ne précise pas un périphérique de terminal, s'il n'y a pas d'entrée utmp "
56596 #~ "pour le processus actuel (Système V uniquement), etc."
56597
56598 #~ msgid "E<.UR werner@suse.de> Werner Fink E<.UE>"
56599 #~ msgstr "E<.UR werner@suse.de> Werner Fink E<.UE>"
56600
56601 #~ msgid ""
56602 #~ "The agetty command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
56603 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
56604 #~ msgstr ""
56605 #~ "La commande B<agetty> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
56606 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
56607 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
56608
56609 #~ msgid "2021-05-14"
56610 #~ msgstr "14 mai 2021"
56611
56612 #~ msgid "util-linux {release-version}"
56613 #~ msgstr "util-linux {release-version}"
56614
56615 #~ msgid "BLKDISCARD"
56616 #~ msgstr "BLKDISCARD"
56617
56618 #, fuzzy
56619 #~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<offset>"
56620 #~ msgstr ""
56621 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  blkdiscard.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
56622 #~ "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<position>\n"
56623 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  fallocate.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
56624 #~ "B<-o>, B<--offset >I<position>\n"
56625 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  losetup.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
56626 #~ "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<position>"
56627
56628 #, fuzzy
56629 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--length> I<length>"
56630 #~ msgstr ""
56631 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  blkdiscard.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
56632 #~ "B<-l>, B<--length> I<taille>\n"
56633 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  fallocate.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
56634 #~ "B<-l>, B<--length >I<taille>"
56635
56636 #~ msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
56637 #~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
56638
56639 #~ msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
56640 #~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>"
56641
56642 #~ msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>"
56643 #~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"
56644
56645 #~ msgid "July 2014"
56646 #~ msgstr "Juillet 2014"
56647
56648 #~ msgid ""
56649 #~ "B<blkdiscard> is used to discard device sectors.  This is useful for "
56650 #~ "solid-state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage.  Unlike "
56651 #~ "B<fstrim>(8), this command is used directly on the block device."
56652 #~ msgstr ""
56653 #~ "B<blkdiscard> est utilisé pour abandonner des secteurs sur un "
56654 #~ "périphérique. C'est pratique pour les pilotes SSD (« solid-state drive ») "
56655 #~ "et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned storage »). "
56656 #~ "Contrairement à B<fstrim>(8), cette commande est utilisée directement sur "
56657 #~ "le périphérique bloc."
56658
56659 #~ msgid ""
56660 #~ "By default, B<blkdiscard> will discard all blocks on the device.  Options "
56661 #~ "may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained "
56662 #~ "below."
56663 #~ msgstr ""
56664 #~ "Par défaut, B<blkdiscard> abandonnera tous les blocs sur le périphérique. "
56665 #~ "Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en fonction "
56666 #~ "d'intervalle ou de taille, conformément aux explications suivantes."
56667
56668 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --force>"
56669 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>"
56670
56671 #~ msgid ""
56672 #~ "Disable all checking.  Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive "
56673 #~ "mode (O_EXCL)  by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or "
56674 #~ "another kernel subsystem.  The force option disables the exclusive access "
56675 #~ "mode."
56676 #~ msgstr ""
56677 #~ "Désactiver toutes les vérifications. Depuis la version 2.36, le "
56678 #~ "périphérique bloc est ouvert en mode exclusif (B<O_EXCL>) par défaut pour "
56679 #~ "éviter des conflits avec le système de fichiers monté ou un autre sous-"
56680 #~ "système du noyau. L’option B<force> désactive le mode d’accès exclusif."
56681
56682 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --offset >I<offset>"
56683 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<position>"
56684
56685 #~ msgid ""
56686 #~ "Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding.  The provided "
56687 #~ "value must be aligned to the device sector size.  The default value is "
56688 #~ "zero."
56689 #~ msgstr ""
56690 #~ "La I<position> en octet dans le I<périphérique> à partir de laquelle "
56691 #~ "abandonner. La valeur fournie doit être alignée sur la taille des "
56692 #~ "secteurs du périphérique. La valeur par défaut est zéro."
56693
56694 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --length >I<length>"
56695 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--length> I<taille>"
56696
56697 #~ msgid ""
56698 #~ "The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point).  The "
56699 #~ "provided value must be aligned to the device sector size.  If the "
56700 #~ "specified value extends past the end of the device, B<blkdiscard> will "
56701 #~ "stop at the device size boundary.  The default value extends to the end "
56702 #~ "of the device."
56703 #~ msgstr ""
56704 #~ "Le nombre d'octets à abandonner (à partir du point de départ). La valeur "
56705 #~ "fournie doit être alignée sur la taille des secteurs du périphérique. Si "
56706 #~ "la valeur indiquée va au-delà de la fin du périphérique, B<blkdiscard> "
56707 #~ "s'arrêtera à la limite de taille du périphérique. La valeur par défaut "
56708 #~ "prolonge la recherche jusqu'à la fin du périphérique."
56709
56710 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --step >I<length>"
56711 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--step> I<taille>"
56712
56713 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --secure>"
56714 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--secure>"
56715
56716 #~ msgid ""
56717 #~ "Perform a secure discard.  A secure discard is the same as a regular "
56718 #~ "discard except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly "
56719 #~ "created by garbage collection must also be erased.  This requires support "
56720 #~ "from the device."
56721 #~ msgstr ""
56722 #~ "Réaliser un abandon sûr. Un abandon sûr est comme un abandon ordinaire, à "
56723 #~ "part que toutes les copies des blocs abandonnés qui ont été "
56724 #~ "éventuellement créées par le ramasse-miettes seront aussi écrasées. Cela "
56725 #~ "nécessite une prise en charge par le périphérique."
56726
56727 #~ msgid "B<-z>,B< --zeroout>"
56728 #~ msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zeroout>"
56729
56730 #~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --verbose>"
56731 #~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
56732
56733 #~ msgid ""
56734 #~ "Display the aligned values of I<offset> and I<length>.  If the B<--step> "
56735 #~ "option is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
56736 #~ msgstr ""
56737 #~ "Afficher les valeurs alignées de I<position> et I<taille>. Si l’option "
56738 #~ "B<--step> est indiquée, la progression d’abandon est affichée toutes les "
56739 #~ "secondes."
56740
56741 #~ msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>"
56742 #~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>"
56743
56744 #~ msgid "B<-h>,B< --help>"
56745 #~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"
56746
56747 #~ msgid ""
56748 #~ "The blkdiscard command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
56749 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
56750 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
56751 #~ msgstr ""
56752 #~ "La commande B<blkdiscard> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
56753 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
56754 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
56755
56756 #~ msgid "BLKID"
56757 #~ msgstr "BLKID"
56758
56759 #~ msgid "2021-07-20"
56760 #~ msgstr "20 juillet 2021"
56761
56762 #, fuzzy
56763 #~| msgid ""
56764 #~| "For security reasons B<blkid> silently ignores all devices where the "
56765 #~| "probing result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are "
56766 #~| "detected).  The low-level probing mode (B<-p>)  provides more "
56767 #~| "information and extra exit status in this case.  It's recommended to use "
56768 #~| "B<wipefs>(8)  to get a detailed overview and to erase obsolete stuff "
56769 #~| "(magic strings) from the device."
56770 #~ msgid ""
56771 #~ "For security reasons B<blkid> silently ignores all devices where the "
56772 #~ "probing result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are "
56773 #~ "detected). The low-level probing mode (B<-p>) provides more information "
56774 #~ "and extra exit status in this case. It\\(cqs recommended to use "
56775 #~ "B<wipefs>(8) to get a detailed overview and to erase obsolete stuff "
56776 #~ "(magic strings) from the device."
56777 #~ msgstr ""
56778 #~ "Pour des raisons de sécurité, B<blkid> ignore silencieusement tous les "
56779 #~ "périphériques quand le résultat des détections est ambivalent (plusieurs "
56780 #~ "périphériques en conflit sont détectés). Le mode bas niveau (B<-p>) "
56781 #~ "fournit plus d’informations et un code de retour supplémentaire. Il est "
56782 #~ "recommandé d’utiliser B<wipefs>(8) pour une vue d’ensemble détaillée et "
56783 #~ "pour supprimer toutes les choses obsolètes (chaînes magiques) sur le "
56784 #~ "périphérique."
56785
56786 #, fuzzy
56787 #~| msgid ""
56788 #~| "Read from I<cachefile> instead of reading from the default cache file "
56789 #~| "(see the CONFIGURATION FILE section for more details).  If you want to "
56790 #~| "start with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned "
56791 #~| "but not necessarily available at this time), specify I</dev/null>."
56792 #~ msgid ""
56793 #~ "Read from I<cachefile> instead of reading from the default cache file "
56794 #~ "(see the CONFIGURATION FILE section for more details). If you want to "
56795 #~ "start with a clean cache (i.e., don\\(cqt report devices previously "
56796 #~ "scanned but not necessarily available at this time), specify I</dev/null>."
56797 #~ msgstr ""
56798 #~ "Lire dans le I<fichier_cache> plutôt que dans le fichier de cache par "
56799 #~ "défaut (consultez la section B<FICHIER DE CONFIGURATION> pour plus de "
56800 #~ "précisions). Si vous souhaitez utiliser un cache vide (c'est-à-dire ne "
56801 #~ "pas afficher les périphériques examinés auparavant, mais qui ne seraient "
56802 #~ "plus disponibles), utilisez I</dev/null>."
56803
56804 #, fuzzy
56805 #~| msgid ""
56806 #~| "Don't encode non-printing characters.  The non-printing characters are "
56807 #~| "encoded by ^ and M- notation by default.  Note that the B<--output udev> "
56808 #~| "output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
56809 #~ msgid ""
56810 #~ "Don\\(cqt encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are "
56811 #~ "encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the B<--output udev> "
56812 #~ "output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
56813 #~ msgstr ""
56814 #~ "Ne pas encoder les caractères non imprimables. Les caractères non "
56815 #~ "imprimables sont encodés par les notations B<^> et B<M-> par défaut. "
56816 #~ "Remarquez que le format de sortie B<--output\\ udev> utilise un encodage "
56817 #~ "différent qui ne peut pas être désactivé."
56818
56819 #, fuzzy
56820 #~| msgid ""
56821 #~| "Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-"
56822 #~| "level probing mode."
56823 #~ msgid ""
56824 #~ "Don\\(cqt print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in "
56825 #~ "low-level probing mode."
56826 #~ msgstr ""
56827 #~ "Ne pas afficher d’information (indicateurs B<PART_ENTRY_>I<*>) de la "
56828 #~ "table de partitions dans le mode de détection bas niveau."
56829
56830 #, fuzzy
56831 #~| msgid ""
56832 #~| "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology).  The 'export' "
56833 #~| "output format is automatically enabled.  This option can be used "
56834 #~| "together with the B<--probe> option."
56835 #~ msgid ""
56836 #~ "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The "
56837 #~ "\\(aqexport\\(aq output format is automatically enabled. This option can "
56838 #~ "be used together with the B<--probe> option."
56839 #~ msgstr ""
56840 #~ "Afficher les renseignements de limites (topologie) d'E/S. Le format de "
56841 #~ "sortie B<export> est automatiquement activé. Cette option peut être "
56842 #~ "utilisée avec l'option B<-probe>."
56843
56844 #, fuzzy
56845 #~| msgid "  blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1\n"
56846 #~ msgid "B<blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1>"
56847 #~ msgstr "  blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1\n"
56848
56849 #, fuzzy
56850 #~| msgid "  blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1\n"
56851 #~ msgid "B<blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1>"
56852 #~ msgstr "  blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1\n"
56853
56854 #~ msgid "B<device>"
56855 #~ msgstr "B<device>"
56856
56857 #, fuzzy
56858 #~| msgid ""
56859 #~| "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the "
56860 #~| "keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes.  The value may be "
56861 #~| "modified to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-"
56862 #~| "escaping and valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is "
56863 #~| "replaced with '_'. The keys with _ENC postfix use hex-escaping for "
56864 #~| "unsafe chars."
56865 #~ msgid ""
56866 #~ "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the "
56867 #~ "keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be "
56868 #~ "modified to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-"
56869 #~ "escaping and valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is "
56870 #~ "replaced with \\(aq_\\(aq. The keys with I<_ENC> postfix use hex-escaping "
56871 #~ "for unsafe chars."
56872 #~ msgstr ""
56873 #~ "Afficher les paires I<clé>B<=>I<valeur> pour une importation aisée dans "
56874 #~ "l’environnement udev. Les clés sont préfixées avec B<ID_FS_> ou "
56875 #~ "B<ID_PART_>. La valeur peut être modifiée pour être sûre dans "
56876 #~ "l’environnement udev. Sont permises l’ASCII pur, la protection par valeur "
56877 #~ "hexadécimale et l’UTF-8 valable. Toutes les autres valeurs (y compris les "
56878 #~ "espaces blancs) sont remplacées par « _ ». Les clés avec le suffixe "
56879 #~ "B<_ENC> utilisent la protection hexadécimale pour les caractères non sûrs."
56880
56881 #~ msgid "B<-O>, B<--offset> I<offset>"
56882 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--offset> I<position>"
56883
56884 #, fuzzy
56885 #~| msgid "  blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1\n"
56886 #~ msgid "B<blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1>"
56887 #~ msgstr "  blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1\n"
56888
56889 #, fuzzy
56890 #~| msgid "  blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1\n"
56891 #~ msgid "B<blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1>"
56892 #~ msgstr "  blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1\n"
56893
56894 #, fuzzy
56895 #~| msgid ""
56896 #~| "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option "
56897 #~| "B<--match-token>) was found and it's possible to gather any information "
56898 #~| "about the device, an exit status 0 is returned.  Note the option B<--"
56899 #~| "match-tag> filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
56900 #~ msgid ""
56901 #~ "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option "
56902 #~ "B<--match-token>) was found and it\\(cqs possible to gather any "
56903 #~ "information about the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the "
56904 #~ "option B<--match-tag> filters output tags, but it does not affect exit "
56905 #~ "status."
56906 #~ msgstr ""
56907 #~ "Si le périphérique indiqué ou celui adressé par l’indicateur précisé "
56908 #~ "(option B<--match-token>) a été trouvé et qu’il est possible de réunir "
56909 #~ "quelques informations à son propos, un code de retour B<0> est renvoyé. "
56910 #~ "Remarquez que l’option B<--match-tag> filtre les indicateurs de sortie, "
56911 #~ "mais qu’elle n’affecte pas le code de retour."
56912
56913 #, fuzzy
56914 #~| msgid ""
56915 #~| "Overrides the standard location of the cache file.  This setting can be "
56916 #~| "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_FILE.  Default is I</run/"
56917 #~| "blkid/blkid.tab>, or I</etc/blkid.tab> on systems without a /run "
56918 #~| "directory."
56919 #~ msgid ""
56920 #~ "Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be "
56921 #~ "overridden by the environment variable B<BLKID_FILE>. Default is I</run/"
56922 #~ "blkid/blkid.tab>, or I</etc/blkid.tab> on systems without a I</run> "
56923 #~ "directory."
56924 #~ msgstr ""
56925 #~ "Remplacer l'emplacement standard du fichier de cache. Cette option peut "
56926 #~ "être remplacée par la variable d'environnement B<BLKID_FILE>. I</run/"
56927 #~ "blkid/blkid.tab> par défaut ou I</etc/blkid.tab> sur les systèmes sans "
56928 #~ "répertoire I</run>."
56929
56930 #, fuzzy
56931 #~| msgid "Setting LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all enables debug output."
56932 #~ msgid "Setting I<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all> enables debug output."
56933 #~ msgstr ""
56934 #~ "La configuration B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all> active la sortie de débogage."
56935
56936 #, fuzzy
56937 #~| msgid ""
56938 #~| "B<blkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by "
56939 #~| "Theodore Ts'o and Karel Zak."
56940 #~ msgid ""
56941 #~ "B<blkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by "
56942 #~ "Theodore Ts\\(cqo and Karel Zak."
56943 #~ msgstr ""
56944 #~ "B<blkid> a été écrit par Andreas Dilger pour libblkid et amélioré par "
56945 #~ "Theodore Ts'o et Karel Zak."
56946
56947 #, fuzzy
56948 #~| msgid ""
56949 #~| "The blkid command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
56950 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
56951 #~ msgid ""
56952 #~ "The B<blkid> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
56953 #~ "downloaded from"
56954 #~ msgstr ""
56955 #~ "La commande B<blkid> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
56956 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
56957 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
56958
56959 #~ msgid "March 2013"
56960 #~ msgstr "mars 2013"
56961
56962 #~ msgid "B<--label>I< label> | B<--uuid>I< uuid>"
56963 #~ msgstr "B<--label> I<étiquette> | B<--uuid> I<UUID>"
56964
56965 #~ msgid ""
56966 #~ "[B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect --list-one --cache-file> I<file>] "
56967 #~ "[B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-token> "
56968 #~ "I<NAME=value>] [I<device> ...]"
56969 #~ msgstr ""
56970 #~ "[B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect --list-one --cache-file> "
56971 #~ "I<fichier>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<indicateur>] [B<--"
56972 #~ "match-token> I<NOM>B<=>I<valeur>] [I<périphérique> ...]"
56973
56974 #~ msgid ""
56975 #~ "B<--probe> [B<--offset> I<offset>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--size> "
56976 #~ "I<size>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-types> I<list>] [B<--usages> "
56977 #~ "I<list>] [B<--no-part-details>] I<device> ..."
56978 #~ msgstr ""
56979 #~ "B<--probe> [B<--offset> I<position>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--size> "
56980 #~ "I<taille>] [B<--match-tag> I<indicateur>] [B<--match-types> I<liste>] "
56981 #~ "[B<--usages> I<liste>] [B<--no-part-details>] I<périphérique> ..."
56982
56983 #~ msgid ""
56984 #~ "B<--info> [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] I<device> ..."
56985 #~ msgstr ""
56986 #~ "B<--info> [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<indicateur>] "
56987 #~ "I<périphérique> ..."
56988
56989 #~ msgid ""
56990 #~ "The B<blkid> program is the command-line interface to working with the "
56991 #~ "B<libblkid>(3)  library.  It can determine the type of content (e.g., "
56992 #~ "filesystem or swap)  that a block device holds, and also the attributes "
56993 #~ "(tokens, NAME=value pairs)  from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or "
56994 #~ "UUID fields)."
56995 #~ msgstr ""
56996 #~ "Le programme B<blkid> est une interface en ligne de commande pour la "
56997 #~ "bibliothèque B<libblkid>(3). Il peut déterminer le type de contenu (par "
56998 #~ "exemple, un système de fichiers ou une partition d'échange) associé à un "
56999 #~ "périphérique bloc et aussi les attributs (sous la forme de jetons "
57000 #~ "I<NOM>B<=>I<valeur>) des métadonnées (par exemple, l'étiquette B<LABEL> "
57001 #~ "ou l'B<UUID>)."
57002
57003 #~ msgid ""
57004 #~ "B<It is recommended to use> B<lsblk>(8)  B<command to get information "
57005 #~ "about block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or> "
57006 #~ "B<findmnt>(8)  B<to search in already mounted filesystems.>"
57007 #~ msgstr ""
57008 #~ "B<Il est recommandé d’utiliser la commande lsblk(8) pour obtenir des "
57009 #~ "informations à propos des périphériques bloc, ou lsblk --fs pour obtenir "
57010 #~ "une vue d’ensemble des systèmes de fichiers, ou findmnt(8) pour effectuer "
57011 #~ "une recherche dans les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés.>"
57012
57013 #~ msgid ""
57014 #~ "B<lsblk>(8)  provides more information, better control on output "
57015 #~ "formatting, easy to use in scripts and it does not require root "
57016 #~ "permissions to get actual information.  B<blkid> reads information "
57017 #~ "directly from devices and for non-root users it returns cached unverified "
57018 #~ "information.  B<blkid> is mostly designed for system services and to test "
57019 #~ "libblkid functionality."
57020 #~ msgstr ""
57021 #~ "B<lsblk>(8) fournit plus d’informations, un meilleur contrôle sur le "
57022 #~ "formatage de la sortie, une utilisation plus aisée dans les scripts et ne "
57023 #~ "nécessite pas les permissions de superutilisateur pour obtenir les "
57024 #~ "informations concrètes. B<blkid> lit les informations directement des "
57025 #~ "périphériques et pour les utilisateurs normaux, il renvoie les "
57026 #~ "informations mises en cache et non vérifiées. B<blkid> est principalement "
57027 #~ "conçu pour les services de système et pour tester les fonctionnalités de "
57028 #~ "libblkid."
57029
57030 #~ msgid ""
57031 #~ "When I<device> is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed.  "
57032 #~ "It is possible to specify multiple I<device> arguments on the command "
57033 #~ "line.  If none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which "
57034 #~ "appear in I</proc/partitions> are shown, if they are recognized."
57035 #~ msgstr ""
57036 #~ "Quand un I<périphérique> est indiqué, seuls les jetons pour ce "
57037 #~ "I<périphérique> sont affichés. Plusieurs arguments I<périphérique> "
57038 #~ "peuvent être indiqués sur la ligne de commande. Si aucun n'est donné, "
57039 #~ "tous les partitions et périphériques non partitionnés apparaissant dans "
57040 #~ "I</proc/partitions> seront affichés, s'ils sont reconnus."
57041
57042 #~ msgid ""
57043 #~ "Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with "
57044 #~ "the B<--match-token> option.  If there are multiple devices that match "
57045 #~ "the specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority "
57046 #~ "is returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see "
57047 #~ "below note about udev).  Device types in order of decreasing priority "
57048 #~ "are: Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices.  If "
57049 #~ "this option is not specified, B<blkid> will print all of the devices that "
57050 #~ "match the search parameter."
57051 #~ msgstr ""
57052 #~ "Ne rechercher qu’un périphérique correspondant au paramètre demandé "
57053 #~ "indiqué avec l'option B<-match-token>. Si plusieurs périphériques "
57054 #~ "correspondent, le périphérique de priorité la plus haute sera affiché ou "
57055 #~ "le premier périphérique avec la priorité voulue (mais consultez ci-"
57056 #~ "dessous la remarque sur udev). Voici les types de périphériques par "
57057 #~ "priorité décroissante : Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, puis les "
57058 #~ "périphériques bloc classiques. Si cette option n'est pas utilisée, "
57059 #~ "B<blkid> affichera tous les périphériques qui correspondent à la "
57060 #~ "recherche."
57061
57062 #~ msgid ""
57063 #~ "This option forces B<blkid> to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID "
57064 #~ "tokens in B<--match-token>. The goal is to provide output consistent with "
57065 #~ "other utils (like mount, etc.)  on systems where the same tag is used for "
57066 #~ "multiple devices."
57067 #~ msgstr ""
57068 #~ "Cette option oblige B<blkid> à utiliser les jetons LABEL ou UUID dans B<--"
57069 #~ "match-token>. Le but est de fournir une sortie cohérente avec celle "
57070 #~ "d’autres outils (tel mount, etc.) sur les systèmes où le même indicateur "
57071 #~ "est utilisé pour plusieurs périphériques."
57072
57073 #~ msgid ""
57074 #~ "Look up the device that uses this filesystem I<label>; this is equal to "
57075 #~ "B<--list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=>I<label>.  This lookup "
57076 #~ "method is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks "
57077 #~ "(dependent on a setting in /etc/blkid.conf).  Avoid using the symlinks "
57078 #~ "directly; it is not reliable to use the symlinks without verification.  "
57079 #~ "The B<--label> option works on systems with and without udev."
57080 #~ msgstr ""
57081 #~ "Rechercher le périphérique qui utilise cette I<étiquette> de système de "
57082 #~ "fichiers ; c’est équivalent à : B<-l\\ -o device\\ -t\\ "
57083 #~ "LABEL=>I<étiquette>. Cette méthode de recherche est capable d'utiliser de "
57084 #~ "manière fiable les liens symboliques udev du type I</dev/disk/by-label> "
57085 #~ "(suivant une configuration définie dans I</etc/blkid.conf>). Évitez "
57086 #~ "d'utiliser directement les liens symboliques, car leur utilisation n’est "
57087 #~ "pas sûre sans vérification. L'option B<-label> fonctionne sur des "
57088 #~ "systèmes avec ou sans udev."
57089
57090 #~ msgid ""
57091 #~ "Unfortunately, the original B<blkid>(8)  from e2fsprogs uses the B<-L> "
57092 #~ "option as a synonym for B<-o list>.  For better portability, use B<-l -o "
57093 #~ "device -t LABEL=>I<label> and B<-o list> in your scripts rather than the "
57094 #~ "B<-L> option."
57095 #~ msgstr ""
57096 #~ "Malheureusement, le B<blkid>(8) d'origine d'e2fsprogs utilise l'option B<-"
57097 #~ "L> comme synonyme de B<-o list>. Pour assurer la portabilité, "
57098 #~ "l'utilisation de B<-l\\ -o\\ device\\ -t\\ LABEL=>I<étiquette> et B<-o\\ "
57099 #~ "list> est à préférer dans les scripts à l'option B<-L>."
57100
57101 #~ msgid ""
57102 #~ "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) I<list> "
57103 #~ "of superblock types (names).  The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" "
57104 #~ "to specify the types which should be ignored.  For example:"
57105 #~ msgstr ""
57106 #~ "Restreindre les fonctions de détection à la I<liste> séparée par des "
57107 #~ "virgules de types (noms) de superblocs. Les types peuvent être préfixés "
57108 #~ "dans la liste par B<no> pour signifier qu'ils doivent être ignorés. Par "
57109 #~ "exemple :"
57110
57111 #~ msgid ""
57112 #~ "probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems.  This option "
57113 #~ "is only useful together with B<--probe>."
57114 #~ msgstr ""
57115 #~ "détecte tous les formats gérés sauf les systèmes de fichiers MINIX. Cette "
57116 #~ "option n'est utile qu'avec l'option B<--probe>."
57117
57118 #~ msgid ""
57119 #~ "Use the specified output format.  Note that the order of variables and "
57120 #~ "devices is not fixed.  See also option B<-s>.  The I<format> parameter "
57121 #~ "may be:"
57122 #~ msgstr ""
57123 #~ "Utiliser le format de sortie indiqué. Remarquez que l’ordre des variables "
57124 #~ "et des périphériques n’est pas fixé. Consultez également l’option B<-s>. "
57125 #~ "Le paramètre I<format> peut prendre une des valeurs suivantes :"
57126
57127 #~ msgid ""
57128 #~ "This output format is B<DEPRECATED> in favour of the B<lsblk>(8)  command."
57129 #~ msgstr ""
57130 #~ "Ce format d’affichage est B<obsolète>, remplacé par la commande "
57131 #~ "B<lsblk>(8)."
57132
57133 #~ msgid ""
57134 #~ "Probe at the given I<offset> (only useful with B<--probe>).  This option "
57135 #~ "can be used together with the B<--info> option."
57136 #~ msgstr ""
57137 #~ "Détecter à la I<position> donnée (seulement utile avec B<--probe>). Cette "
57138 #~ "option peut être utilisée avec l'option B<--info>."
57139
57140 #~ msgid ""
57141 #~ "For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match I<tag>.  It is "
57142 #~ "possible to specify multiple B<--match-tag> options.  If no tag is "
57143 #~ "specified, then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices.  In "
57144 #~ "order to just refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use B<--match-"
57145 #~ "tag none> with no other options."
57146 #~ msgstr ""
57147 #~ "Pour chaque périphérique indiqué, n'afficher que les indicateurs qui "
57148 #~ "correspondent à I<indicateur>. L'option B<--match-tag> peut être indiquée "
57149 #~ "plusieurs fois. Si aucun indicateur n'est indiqué, tous les jetons sont "
57150 #~ "affichés pour tous les périphériques indiqués. Pour ne faire que "
57151 #~ "rafraîchir le cache sans afficher de jeton, utilisez B<--match-tag\\ "
57152 #~ "none> sans aucune autre option."
57153
57154 #~ msgid ""
57155 #~ "Search for block devices with tokens named I<NAME> that have the value "
57156 #~ "I<value>, and display any devices which are found.  Common values for "
57157 #~ "I<NAME> include B<TYPE>, B<LABEL>, and B<UUID>.  If there are no devices "
57158 #~ "specified on the command line, all block devices will be searched; "
57159 #~ "otherwise only the specified devices are searched."
57160 #~ msgstr ""
57161 #~ "Rechercher les périphériques bloc qui possèdent des jetons nommés I<NOM> "
57162 #~ "et qui ont pour valeur I<valeur>, puis afficher les périphériques "
57163 #~ "trouvés. Les valeurs usuelles de I<NOM> sont B<TYPE>, B<LABEL> et "
57164 #~ "B<UUID>. S'il n'y a pas de périphérique précisé sur la ligne de commande, "
57165 #~ "tous les périphériques bloc seront analysés ; sinon, seuls les "
57166 #~ "périphériques indiqués par l'utilisateur seront étudiés."
57167
57168 #~ msgid ""
57169 #~ "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) I<list> "
57170 #~ "of \"usage\" types.  Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto "
57171 #~ "and other.  The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the "
57172 #~ "usage types which should be ignored.  For example:"
57173 #~ msgstr ""
57174 #~ "Restreindre les fonctions de détection à la I<liste> séparée par des "
57175 #~ "virgules de types d'« utilisation ». Les types d'utilisation gérés sont : "
57176 #~ "B<filesystem> (système de fichiers), B<raid> (RAID), B<crypto> (chiffré) "
57177 #~ "et B<other> (autre). Les types d'utilisation peuvent être préfixés dans "
57178 #~ "la liste par B<no> pour signifier qu'ils doivent être ignorés. Par "
57179 #~ "exemple :"
57180
57181 #~ msgid ""
57182 #~ "probes for all supported formats except RAIDs.  This option is only "
57183 #~ "useful together with B<--probe>."
57184 #~ msgstr ""
57185 #~ "détecte tous les formats gérés sauf les RAID. Cette option n'est utile "
57186 #~ "qu'avec l'option B<--probe>."
57187
57188 #~ msgid ""
57189 #~ "Look up the device that uses this filesystem I<uuid>.  For more details "
57190 #~ "see the B<--label> option."
57191 #~ msgstr ""
57192 #~ "Chercher le périphérique qui utilise cet I<UUID> de système de fichiers. "
57193 #~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez l'option B<--label>."
57194
57195 #~ msgid ""
57196 #~ "The standard location of the I</etc/blkid.conf> config file can be "
57197 #~ "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_CONF.  The following options "
57198 #~ "control the libblkid library:"
57199 #~ msgstr ""
57200 #~ "L'emplacement standard du fichier de configuration I</etc/blkid.conf> "
57201 #~ "peut être remplacé par la variable d'environnement B<BLKID_CONF>. Les "
57202 #~ "options suivantes contrôlent la bibliothèque libblkid."
57203
57204 #~ msgid ""
57205 #~ "Sends uevent when I</dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/> "
57206 #~ "symlink does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the "
57207 #~ "device.  Default is \"yes\"."
57208 #~ msgstr ""
57209 #~ "Envoyer « uevent » lorsque le lien symbolique I</dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,"
57210 #~ "partuuid,partlabel}/> ne correspond pas au LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID ou "
57211 #~ "PARTLABEL du périphérique. I<yes> par défaut."
57212
57213 #~ msgid ""
57214 #~ "Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s).  Currently, the libblkid "
57215 #~ "library supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods.  More than one method "
57216 #~ "may be specified in a comma-separated list.  Default is \"udev,scan\".  "
57217 #~ "The \"udev\" method uses udev I</dev/disk/by-*> symlinks and the \"scan\" "
57218 #~ "method scans all block devices from the I</proc/partitions> file."
57219 #~ msgstr ""
57220 #~ "Définir la ou les I<méthodes> d'évaluation des LABEL et UUID. "
57221 #~ "Actuellement, libblkid gère les méthodes « B<udev> » et « B<scan> ». Plus "
57222 #~ "d'une méthode peut être indiquée dans une liste séparée par des virgules. "
57223 #~ "La valeur par défaut est « B<udev,scan> ». La méthode « B<udev> » utilise "
57224 #~ "les liens symboliques I</dev/disk/by-*> d’B<udev> et la méthode "
57225 #~ "« B<scan> » analyse tous les périphériques bloc du fichier I</proc/"
57226 #~ "partitions>."
57227
57228 #~ msgid ""
57229 #~ "The blkid command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
57230 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
57231 #~ msgstr ""
57232 #~ "La commande B<blkid> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
57233 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
57234 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
57235
57236 #, fuzzy
57237 #~| msgid ""
57238 #~| "[B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect --list-one --cache-file> I<file>] "
57239 #~| "[B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-token> "
57240 #~| "I<NAME=value>] [I<device> ...]"
57241 #~ msgid ""
57242 #~ "B<blkid> [B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect> B<--list-one> B<--cache-"
57243 #~ "file> I<file>] [B<--output> I<format>][B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-"
57244 #~ "token> I<NAME=value>] [I<device>...]"
57245 #~ msgstr ""
57246 #~ "[B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect --list-one --cache-file> "
57247 #~ "I<fichier>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<indicateur>] [B<--"
57248 #~ "match-token> I<NOM>B<=>I<valeur>] [I<périphérique> ...]"
57249
57250 #~ msgid "BLOCKDEV"
57251 #~ msgstr "BLOCKDEV"
57252
57253 #~ msgid "B<-q>"
57254 #~ msgstr "B<-q>"
57255
57256 #~ msgid "B<-v>"
57257 #~ msgstr "B<-v>"
57258
57259 #, fuzzy
57260 #~| msgid ""
57261 #~| "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple "
57262 #~| "devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in /proc/partitions "
57263 #~| "are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
57264 #~ msgid ""
57265 #~ "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple "
57266 #~ "devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in I</proc/"
57267 #~ "partitions> are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte "
57268 #~ "sectors."
57269 #~ msgstr ""
57270 #~ "Afficher un compte-rendu pour le I<périphérique> indiqué. Plusieurs "
57271 #~ "I<périphérique>s peuvent être fournis. Si aucun n'est donné, tous les "
57272 #~ "périphériques existant dans I</proc/partitions> seront affichés. "
57273 #~ "Remarquez que le I<StartSec> de la partition est en secteurs de "
57274 #~ "512 octets."
57275
57276 #, fuzzy
57277 #~| msgid ""
57278 #~| "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the --"
57279 #~| "getsz option."
57280 #~ msgid ""
57281 #~ "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the B<--"
57282 #~ "getsz> option."
57283 #~ msgstr ""
57284 #~ "Afficher la capacité (32 bits) du périphérique en secteur. Obsolète, "
57285 #~ "préférer l'option B<--getsz>."
57286
57287 #, fuzzy
57288 #~| msgid ""
57289 #~| "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file "
57290 #~| "descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only "
57291 #~| "persists for as long as blockdev has the device open, and is lost once "
57292 #~| "blockdev exits."
57293 #~ msgid ""
57294 #~ "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file "
57295 #~ "descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only "
57296 #~ "persists for as long as B<blockdev> has the device open, and is lost once "
57297 #~ "B<blockdev> exits."
57298 #~ msgstr ""
57299 #~ "Définir la taille de bloc. Remarquez que la taille de bloc est spécifique "
57300 #~ "au descripteur de fichier actuel ouvrant le périphérique bloc, donc la "
57301 #~ "modification de taille ne persistera que tant que B<blockdev> aura le "
57302 #~ "périphérique ouvert et sera perdue lorsque B<blockdev> quittera."
57303
57304 #, fuzzy
57305 #~| msgid ""
57306 #~| "blockdev was written by Andries E.\\& Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak."
57307 #~ msgid ""
57308 #~ "B<blockdev> was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak."
57309 #~ msgstr ""
57310 #~ "B<blockdev> a été écrit par Andries E. Brouwer et réécrit par Karel Zak."
57311
57312 #, fuzzy
57313 #~| msgid ""
57314 #~| "The blockdev command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
57315 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
57316 #~ msgid ""
57317 #~ "The B<blockdev> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
57318 #~ "downloaded from"
57319 #~ msgstr ""
57320 #~ "La commande B<blockdev> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
57321 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
57322 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
57323
57324 #~ msgid "August 2010"
57325 #~ msgstr "août 2010"
57326
57327 #~ msgid ""
57328 #~ "B<blockdev> [B<-q>] [B<-v>] I<command> [I<command>\\&...\\&] I<device> "
57329 #~ "[I<device>\\&...\\&]"
57330 #~ msgstr ""
57331 #~ "B<blockdev> [B<-q>] [B<-v>] I<commande> [I<commande> ...] I<périphérique> "
57332 #~ "[I<périphérique> ...]"
57333
57334 #~ msgid "B<blockdev> B<--report> [I<device>\\&...\\&]"
57335 #~ msgstr "B<blockdev> B<--report> [I<périphérique> ...]"
57336
57337 #~ msgid ""
57338 #~ "Print blocksize in bytes.  This size does not describe device topology.  "
57339 #~ "It's size used internally by kernel and it maybe modified (for example) "
57340 #~ "by filesystem driver on mount."
57341 #~ msgstr ""
57342 #~ "Afficher la taille de blocs en octet. Cette taille ne décrit pas la "
57343 #~ "topologie du périphérique. C’est la taille utilisée en interne par le "
57344 #~ "noyau et elle peut être modifiée (par exemple) par le pilote du système "
57345 #~ "de fichiers lors du montage."
57346
57347 #~ msgid "Get max sectors per request"
57348 #~ msgstr "Afficher le nombre maximal de secteurs par requête."
57349
57350 #~ msgid "Print logical sector size in bytes \\(en usually 512."
57351 #~ msgstr "Afficher la taille des secteurs logiques en octet — en général 512."
57352
57353 #~ msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same like --setra on 2.6 kernels)."
57354 #~ msgstr ""
57355 #~ "Définir la lecture par anticipation (« readahead ») pour le système de "
57356 #~ "fichiers (comme B<--setra> sur les noyaux 2.6)."
57357
57358 #~ msgid ""
57359 #~ "Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be "
57360 #~ "affected by the change. For example filesystem already mounted in read-"
57361 #~ "write mode will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
57362 #~ msgstr ""
57363 #~ "Positionner en lecture seule. L’accès en cours au périphérique peut ne "
57364 #~ "pas être affecté par ce changement. Par exemple, un système de fichiers "
57365 #~ "déjà monté en mode écriture/lecture ne sera pas touché. La modification "
57366 #~ "s’applique après le remontage."
57367
57368 #~ msgid ""
57369 #~ "The blockdev command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
57370 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
57371 #~ msgstr ""
57372 #~ "La commande B<blockdev> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
57373 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
57374 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
57375
57376 #~ msgid "CFDISK"
57377 #~ msgstr "CFDISK"
57378
57379 #~ msgid "2021-08-10"
57380 #~ msgstr "10 août 2021"
57381
57382 #, fuzzy
57383 #~| msgid ""
57384 #~| "Since version 2.25 B<cfdisk> also does not provide a 'print' command any "
57385 #~| "more.  This functionality is provided by the utilities B<partx>(8)  and "
57386 #~| "B<lsblk>(8)  in a very comfortable and rich way."
57387 #~ msgid ""
57388 #~ "Since version 2.25 B<cfdisk> also does not provide a \\(aqprint\\(aq "
57389 #~ "command any more. This functionality is provided by the utilities "
57390 #~ "B<partx>(8) and B<lsblk>(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
57391 #~ msgstr ""
57392 #~ "Depuis la version 2.25, B<cfdisk> ne fournit plus non plus de commande "
57393 #~ "d’affichage « print ». Cette fonctionnalité est fournie par les "
57394 #~ "utilitaires B<partx>(8) et B<lsblk>(8) de manière très confortable et "
57395 #~ "évoluée."
57396
57397 #, fuzzy
57398 #~| msgid "B<-L>,B< --color>[B<=>I<when>]"
57399 #~ msgid "B<-L>, B<--color>[B<=>I<when>]"
57400 #~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--color>[B<=>I<quand>]"
57401
57402 #, fuzzy
57403 #~ msgid ""
57404 #~ "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional "
57405 #~ "argument I<mode> can be B<yes>, B<no> (or 1 and 0) or B<nonblock>. If the "
57406 #~ "I<mode> argument is omitted, it defaults to B<\"yes\">. This option "
57407 #~ "overwrites environment variable B<$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>. The default is not "
57408 #~ "to use any lock at all, but it\\(cqs recommended to avoid collisions with "
57409 #~ "udevd or other tools."
57410 #~ msgstr ""
57411 #~ "Utiliser un verrou BSD exclusif pour le périphérique ou le fichier visé. "
57412 #~ "L’argument facultatif I<mode> peut être B<yes>, B<no> (ou B<1> et B<0>) "
57413 #~ "ou B<nonblock>. Si cet argument est absent, sa valeur par défaut est "
57414 #~ "B<yes>. Cette option écrase la variable d’environnement "
57415 #~ "B<$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>. Le comportement par défaut est de n’utiliser aucun "
57416 #~ "verrou, mais cela est recommandé pour éviter des collisions avec udevd ou "
57417 #~ "d’autres outils."
57418
57419 #~ msgid "B<b>"
57420 #~ msgstr "B<b>"
57421
57422 #~ msgid "B<d>"
57423 #~ msgstr "B<d>"
57424
57425 #~ msgid "B<h>"
57426 #~ msgstr "B<h>"
57427
57428 #~ msgid "B<n>"
57429 #~ msgstr "B<n>"
57430
57431 #~ msgid "B<q>"
57432 #~ msgstr "B<q>"
57433
57434 #~ msgid "B<r>"
57435 #~ msgstr "B<r>"
57436
57437 #, fuzzy
57438 #~| msgid ""
57439 #~| "Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that "
57440 #~| "partition."
57441 #~ msgid ""
57442 #~ "B<Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that "
57443 #~ "partition.>"
57444 #~ msgstr ""
57445 #~ "Il est à remarquer que réduire la taille d’une partition peut détruire "
57446 #~ "des données sur cette partition."
57447
57448 #~ msgid "B<s>"
57449 #~ msgstr "B<s>"
57450
57451 #~ msgid "B<t>"
57452 #~ msgstr "B<t>"
57453
57454 #~ msgid "B<u>"
57455 #~ msgstr "B<u>"
57456
57457 #~ msgid "B<W>"
57458 #~ msgstr "B<W>"
57459
57460 #, fuzzy
57461 #~| msgid ""
57462 #~| "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W).  "
57463 #~| "Since this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or "
57464 #~| "deny the write by entering `yes' or `no'.  If you enter `yes', B<cfdisk> "
57465 #~| "will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-"
57466 #~| "read the partition table from the disk."
57467 #~ msgid ""
57468 #~ "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since "
57469 #~ "this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the "
57470 #~ "write by entering `yes\\(aq or `no\\(aq. If you enter `yes\\(aq, "
57471 #~ "B<cfdisk> will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel "
57472 #~ "to re-read the partition table from the disk."
57473 #~ msgstr ""
57474 #~ "Écrire la table de partitions sur le disque (notez que le B<W> doit être "
57475 #~ "entré en majuscule). Étant donné que cette commande peut détruire des "
57476 #~ "données du disque, vous devez confirmer ou annuler l'ordre d'écriture en "
57477 #~ "entrant « yes » ou « no ». Si vous entrez « yes », B<cfdisk> écrira la "
57478 #~ "table de partitions sur le disque et enverra l'ordre au noyau de relire "
57479 #~ "la table de partitions à partir du disque."
57480
57481 #~ msgid "B<x>"
57482 #~ msgstr "B<x>"
57483
57484 #, fuzzy
57485 #~| msgid "CFDISK_DEBUG=all"
57486 #~ msgid "B<CFDISK_DEBUG>=all"
57487 #~ msgstr "CFDISK_DEBUG=all"
57488
57489 #, fuzzy
57490 #~ msgid "B<LIBFDISK_DEBUG>=all"
57491 #~ msgstr "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
57492
57493 #, fuzzy
57494 #~ msgid "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG>=all"
57495 #~ msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
57496
57497 #, fuzzy
57498 #~ msgid "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG>=all"
57499 #~ msgstr "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=>I<all>"
57500
57501 #, fuzzy
57502 #~ msgid "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING>=on"
57503 #~ msgstr "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=>I<on>"
57504
57505 #, fuzzy
57506 #~| msgid ""
57507 #~| "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG."
57508 #~ msgid ""
57509 #~ "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG>."
57510 #~ msgstr ""
57511 #~ "Utiliser des caractères de remplissage visibles. Activation nécessaire de "
57512 #~ "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG."
57513
57514 #, fuzzy
57515 #~ msgid "B<LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>=E<lt>modeE<gt>"
57516 #~ msgstr "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=E<lt>modeE<gt>"
57517
57518 #, fuzzy
57519 #~| msgid ""
57520 #~| "The current cfdisk implementation is based on the original cfdisk from "
57521 #~| "Kevin E. Martin (martin@cs.unc.edu)."
57522 #~ msgid ""
57523 #~ "The current B<cfdisk> implementation is based on the original B<cfdisk> "
57524 #~ "from"
57525 #~ msgstr ""
57526 #~ "L’implémentation actuelle de B<cfdisk> est basée sur le cfdisk d’origine "
57527 #~ "de Kevin E. Martin E<lt>I<martin@cs.unc.edu>E<gt>."
57528
57529 #, fuzzy
57530 #~| msgid ""
57531 #~| "The cfdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
57532 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
57533 #~ msgid ""
57534 #~ "The B<cfdisk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
57535 #~ "downloaded from"
57536 #~ msgstr ""
57537 #~ "La commande B<cfdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
57538 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
57539 #~ ">E<gt>."
57540
57541 #~ msgid "March 2014"
57542 #~ msgstr "Mars 2014"
57543
57544 #~ msgid ""
57545 #~ "B<cfdisk> is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device.  "
57546 #~ "The default device is I</dev/sda>."
57547 #~ msgstr ""
57548 #~ "B<cfdisk> est un programme utilisant curses destiné au partitionnement de "
57549 #~ "n’importe quel périphérique bloc. Le périphérique par défaut est I</dev/"
57550 #~ "sda>."
57551
57552 #~ msgid ""
57553 #~ "Note that B<cfdisk> provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-"
57554 #~ "friendly interface.  If you need advanced features, use B<fdisk>(8)  "
57555 #~ "instead."
57556 #~ msgstr ""
57557 #~ "Remarquez que B<cfdisk> fournit une fonctionnalité de partitionnement de "
57558 #~ "base avec une interface utilisateur agréable. Si vous avez besoin de "
57559 #~ "fonctionnalités avancées, vous devriez plutôt utiliser B<fdisk>(8)."
57560
57561 #~ msgid ""
57562 #~ "Since version 2.25 B<cfdisk> supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
57563 #~ "labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
57564 #~ "Sector) addressing.  CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
57565 #~ "addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
57566 #~ msgstr ""
57567 #~ "Depuis la version 2.25, B<cfdisk> prend en charge les étiquettes de "
57568 #~ "disque MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN et SGI, mais ne fournit plus de fonctionnalité "
57569 #~ "pour l’adressage CTS (cylindre tête secteur). CTS n’a jamais été "
57570 #~ "important pour Linux et ce concept d’adressage n’a aucun sens pour les "
57571 #~ "nouveaux périphériques."
57572
57573 #~ msgid "B<-L>,B< --color>[B<=>I<when>]"
57574 #~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--color>[B<=>I<quand>]"
57575
57576 #~ msgid ""
57577 #~ "Colorize the output.  The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
57578 #~ "B<never> or B<always>.  If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults "
57579 #~ "to B<auto>.  The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default "
57580 #~ "see B<--help> output. See also the COLORS section."
57581 #~ msgstr ""
57582 #~ "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
57583 #~ "B<never> ou B<always>. En absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
57584 #~ "valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les "
57585 #~ "valeurs par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--help>. "
57586 #~ "Consultez également la section B<COULEURS>."
57587
57588 #~ msgid "B<-z>,B< --zero>"
57589 #~ msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zero>"
57590
57591 #~ msgid ""
57592 #~ "Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table.  This option does not "
57593 #~ "zero the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the "
57594 #~ "program without reading the existing partition table.  This option allows "
57595 #~ "you to create a new partition table from scratch or from an sfdisk-"
57596 #~ "compatible script."
57597 #~ msgstr ""
57598 #~ "Démarrer avec une table de partitions vierge en mémoire. Cette option ne "
57599 #~ "réinitialise pas la table de partitions sur le disque ; le programme "
57600 #~ "démarre simplement sans lire la table de partitions existante. Cette "
57601 #~ "option permet de créer une nouvelle table de partitions vide ou à partir "
57602 #~ "d’un script compatible avec B<sfdisk>."
57603
57604 #~ msgid ""
57605 #~ "The commands for B<cfdisk> can be entered by pressing the corresponding "
57606 #~ "key (pressing I<Enter> after the command is not necessary).  Here is a "
57607 #~ "list of the available commands:"
57608 #~ msgstr ""
57609 #~ "Les commandes de B<cfdisk> peuvent être entrées en pressant la touche "
57610 #~ "correspondante (presser la touche « Entrée » n’est pas nécessaire après "
57611 #~ "chaque commande). Voici la liste des commandes disponibles."
57612
57613 #~ msgid ""
57614 #~ "Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition.  This allows you to "
57615 #~ "select which primary partition is bootable on the drive.  This command "
57616 #~ "may not be available for all partition label types."
57617 #~ msgstr ""
57618 #~ "Activer ou désactiver l’attribut d'amorçage de la partition actuelle. "
57619 #~ "Cela vous permet de sélectionner la partition primaire amorçable du "
57620 #~ "disque. Cette commande pourrait ne pas être disponible pour tous les "
57621 #~ "types d’étiquette de partition."
57622
57623 #~ msgid ""
57624 #~ "Delete the current partition.  This will convert the current partition "
57625 #~ "into free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding "
57626 #~ "the current partition.  A partition already marked as free space or "
57627 #~ "marked as unusable cannot be deleted."
57628 #~ msgstr ""
57629 #~ "Supprimer la partition actuelle. Cela transformera la partition en espace "
57630 #~ "libre et l'ajoutera à l'espace libre adjacent à la partition actuelle. "
57631 #~ "Une partition marquée comme espace libre ou marquée inutilisable ne peut "
57632 #~ "pas être supprimée."
57633
57634 #~ msgid ""
57635 #~ "Create a new partition from free space.  B<cfdisk> then prompts you for "
57636 #~ "the size of the partition you want to create.  The default size is equal "
57637 #~ "to the entire available free space at the current position."
57638 #~ msgstr ""
57639 #~ "Créer une nouvelle partition à partir de l’espace libre. B<cfdisk> "
57640 #~ "demande alors la taille de la partition à créer. La taille par défaut est "
57641 #~ "égale à la totalité de l’espace libre disponible sur la partition "
57642 #~ "actuelle."
57643
57644 #~ msgid ""
57645 #~ "Quit the program.  This will exit the program without writing any data to "
57646 #~ "the disk."
57647 #~ msgstr ""
57648 #~ "Quitter le programme. Cela permet de quitter le programme sans écrire "
57649 #~ "aucune donnée sur le disque."
57650
57651 #~ msgid ""
57652 #~ "Reduce or enlarge the current partition.  B<cfdisk> then prompts you for "
57653 #~ "the new size of the partition.  The default size is the current size.  A "
57654 #~ "partition marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
57655 #~ msgstr ""
57656 #~ "Réduire ou agrandir la partition actuelle. B<cfdisk> vous demandera la "
57657 #~ "nouvelle taille de partition. La taille par défaut est celle actuelle. "
57658 #~ "Une partition marquée comme espace libre ou comme inutilisable ne peut "
57659 #~ "pas être redimensionnée."
57660
57661 #~ msgid ""
57662 #~ "Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order.  When deleting and "
57663 #~ "adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will "
57664 #~ "no longer match their order on the disk.  This command restores that "
57665 #~ "match."
57666 #~ msgstr ""
57667 #~ "Ordonner les partitions dans l’ordre croissant de secteur de début. Lors "
57668 #~ "de la suppression et de l’ajout de partitions, la numérotation des "
57669 #~ "partitions ne correspondra probablement plus à leur ordre sur le disque. "
57670 #~ "Cette commande restaure la correspondance."
57671
57672 #~ msgid ""
57673 #~ "Change the partition type.  By default, new partitions are created as "
57674 #~ "I<Linux> partitions."
57675 #~ msgstr ""
57676 #~ "Modifier le type de partition. Par défaut, les nouvelles partitions sont "
57677 #~ "créées comme des partitions B<Linux>."
57678
57679 #~ msgid ""
57680 #~ "The script files are compatible between B<cfdisk>, B<fdisk>, B<sfdisk> "
57681 #~ "and other libfdisk applications.  For more details see B<sfdisk>(8)."
57682 #~ msgstr ""
57683 #~ "Les fichiers script sont compatibles entre B<cfdisk>, B<fdisk>, B<sfdisk> "
57684 #~ "et les autres applications libfdisk. Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
57685 #~ "B<sfdisk>(8)."
57686
57687 #~ msgid ""
57688 #~ "The re-reading of the partition table does not always work.  In such a "
57689 #~ "case you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using "
57690 #~ "B<partprobe>(8)  or B<partx>(8), or by rebooting the system."
57691 #~ msgstr ""
57692 #~ "La relecture de la table ne fonctionne pas toujours. Dans ce cas, vous "
57693 #~ "devrez informer le noyau vous-même des nouvelles partitions en utilisant "
57694 #~ "B<partprobe>(8) ou B<kpartx>(8) ou en redémarrant le système."
57695
57696 #~ msgid "I<Up Arrow>,I< Down Arrow>"
57697 #~ msgstr "I<Flèche vers le Haut>, I<Flèche vers le Bas>"
57698
57699 #~ msgid ""
57700 #~ "Move the cursor to the previous or next partition.  If there are more "
57701 #~ "partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next "
57702 #~ "(previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first)  "
57703 #~ "partition displayed on the screen."
57704 #~ msgstr ""
57705 #~ "Déplacer le curseur vers la partition précédente ou suivante. S'il y a "
57706 #~ "davantage de partitions qu'il ne peut s'en afficher simultanément, vous "
57707 #~ "pourrez afficher le groupe de partitions suivant (précédent) en faisant "
57708 #~ "défiler l'écran vers le bas (flèche vers le haut) vers la dernière (c'est-"
57709 #~ "à-dire la première) partition affichée à l'écran."
57710
57711 #~ msgid "I<Left Arrow>,I< Right Arrow>"
57712 #~ msgstr "I<Flèche vers la gauche>, I<Flèche vers la droite>"
57713
57714 #~ msgid ""
57715 #~ "Select the preceding or the next menu item.  Hitting I<Enter> will "
57716 #~ "execute the currently selected item."
57717 #~ msgstr ""
57718 #~ "Sélectionner l’élément de menu précédent ou suivant. Presser la touche "
57719 #~ "« Entrée » exécutera l’élément sélectionné."
57720
57721 #~ msgid ""
57722 #~ "All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters "
57723 #~ "(except for B<W>rite).  When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the "
57724 #~ "I<Esc> key to return to the main menu."
57725 #~ msgstr ""
57726 #~ "Toutes les commandes peuvent être entrées en minuscules ou en majuscules "
57727 #~ "(à l’exception de B<W>rite pour écrire). Dans un sous-menu ou une invite, "
57728 #~ "la touche « Échap. » permet de revenir au menu principal."
57729
57730 #~ msgid ""
57731 #~ "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5)  for more details about colorization "
57732 #~ "configuration."
57733 #~ msgstr ""
57734 #~ "Consultez B<terminal-colors.d>(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
57735 #~ "configuration de coloration."
57736
57737 #~ msgid ""
57738 #~ "use exclusive BSD lock.  The mode is \"1\" or \"0\".  See B<--lock> for "
57739 #~ "more details."
57740 #~ msgstr ""
57741 #~ "Utiliser un verrou exclusif BSD. Le mode est « 1 » ou « 0 ». Consulter "
57742 #~ "B<--lock> pour davantage de détails."
57743
57744 #~ msgid "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>"
57745 #~ msgstr "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>"
57746
57747 #~ msgid ""
57748 #~ "The cfdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
57749 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
57750 #~ msgstr ""
57751 #~ "La commande B<cfdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
57752 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
57753 #~ ">E<gt>."
57754
57755 #~ msgid "CHCPU"
57756 #~ msgstr "CHCPU"
57757
57758 #, fuzzy
57759 #~| msgid "B<chcpu -p> I<mode>"
57760 #~ msgid "B<chcpu> B<-p> I<mode>"
57761 #~ msgstr "B<chcpu -p> I<mode>"
57762
57763 #~ msgid "B<chcpu> B<-r>|B<-h>|B<-V>"
57764 #~ msgstr "B<chcpu> B<-r>|B<-h>|B<-V>"
57765
57766 #~ msgid "B<0>"
57767 #~ msgstr "B<0>"
57768
57769 #~ msgid "B<1>"
57770 #~ msgstr "B<1>"
57771
57772 #~ msgid "B<64>"
57773 #~ msgstr "B<64>"
57774
57775 #~ msgid ""
57776 #~ "B<chcpu> can modify the state of CPUs.  It can enable or disable CPUs, "
57777 #~ "scan for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching I<mode> of the underlying "
57778 #~ "hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return "
57779 #~ "CPUs to the hypervisor (deconfigure)."
57780 #~ msgstr ""
57781 #~ "B<chcpu> peut modifier l’état des processeurs. Il peut activer ou "
57782 #~ "désactiver des processeurs, rechercher de nouveaux processeurs, modifier "
57783 #~ "le I<mode> distribué de l’hyperviseur sous-jacent et demander "
57784 #~ "(configurer) ou rendre (déconfigurer) des processeurs à l’hyperviseur."
57785
57786 #~ msgid ""
57787 #~ "Some options have a I<cpu-list> argument.  Use this argument to specify a "
57788 #~ "comma-separated list of CPUs.  The list can contain individual CPU "
57789 #~ "addresses or ranges of addresses.  For example, B<0,5,7,9-11> makes the "
57790 #~ "command applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
57791 #~ msgstr ""
57792 #~ "Certaines options ont un argument I<liste>. Utilisez cet argument pour "
57793 #~ "indiquer une liste de processeurs séparés par des virgules. La liste peut "
57794 #~ "contenir des adresses de processeurs individuels ou des intervalles "
57795 #~ "d’adresses. Par exemple, B<0,5,7,9-11> rend la commande applicable aux "
57796 #~ "processeurs avec les adresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10 et 11."
57797
57798 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --configure >I<cpu-list>"
57799 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--configure> I<liste>"
57800
57801 #~ msgid ""
57802 #~ "Configure the specified CPUs.  Configuring a CPU means that the "
57803 #~ "hypervisor takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual "
57804 #~ "hardware on which your kernel runs."
57805 #~ msgstr ""
57806 #~ "Configurer les processeurs indiqués. La configuration d’un processeur "
57807 #~ "signifie que l’hyperviseur prend un processeur disponible et l’assigne au "
57808 #~ "matériel virtuel sur lequel le noyau est exécuté."
57809
57810 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --disable >I<cpu-list>"
57811 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--disable> I<liste>"
57812
57813 #~ msgid ""
57814 #~ "Disable the specified CPUs.  Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets "
57815 #~ "it offline."
57816 #~ msgstr ""
57817 #~ "Désactiver les processeurs indiqués. La désactivation d’un processeur "
57818 #~ "signifie que le noyau le définit hors ligne."
57819
57820 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --enable >I<cpu-list>"
57821 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--enable> I<liste>"
57822
57823 #~ msgid ""
57824 #~ "Enable the specified CPUs.  Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
57825 #~ "online.  A CPU must be configured, see B<-c>, before it can be enabled."
57826 #~ msgstr ""
57827 #~ "Activer les processeurs indiqués. L’activation d’un processeur signifie "
57828 #~ "que le noyau le définit en ligne. Avant de pouvoir être activé, un "
57829 #~ "processeur doit être configuré (consultez B<-c>)."
57830
57831 #~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --deconfigure >I<cpu-list>"
57832 #~ msgstr "B<-g>, B<--deconfigure> I<liste>"
57833
57834 #~ msgid ""
57835 #~ "Deconfigure the specified CPUs.  Deconfiguring a CPU means that the "
57836 #~ "hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux "
57837 #~ "instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool.  A CPU must be offline, see "
57838 #~ "B<-d>, before it can be deconfigured."
57839 #~ msgstr ""
57840 #~ "Déconfigurer les processeurs indiqués. La déconfiguration d’un processeur "
57841 #~ "signifie que l’hyperviseur supprime le processeur du matériel virtuel sur "
57842 #~ "lequel l’instance Linux est exécutée et rend le processeur. Avant de "
57843 #~ "pouvoir être déconfiguré, un processeur doit être hors ligne (consultez "
57844 #~ "B<-d>)."
57845
57846 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --dispatch >I<mode>"
57847 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--dispatch> I<mode>"
57848
57849 #~ msgid ""
57850 #~ "Set the CPU dispatching I<mode> (polarization).  This option has an "
57851 #~ "effect only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU "
57852 #~ "polarization.  Available I<modes> are:"
57853 #~ msgstr ""
57854 #~ "Définir le I<mode> distribué du processeur (polarisation). Cette option "
57855 #~ "n’a d’effet que si l’architecture matérielle et l’hyperviseur permettent "
57856 #~ "la polarisation processeur. Les I<mode>s disponibles sont les suivants."
57857
57858 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --rescan>"
57859 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--rescan>"
57860
57861 #~ msgid ""
57862 #~ "Trigger a rescan of CPUs.  After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes "
57863 #~ "the new CPUs.  Use this option on systems that do not automatically "
57864 #~ "detect newly attached CPUs."
57865 #~ msgstr ""
57866 #~ "Déclencher une recherche des processeurs. Après une recherche, le noyau "
57867 #~ "Linux reconnaît les nouveaux processeurs. Utilisez cette option sur les "
57868 #~ "systèmes qui ne détectent pas automatiquement les processeurs "
57869 #~ "nouvellement attachés."
57870
57871 #~ msgid ""
57872 #~ "The chcpu command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
57873 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
57874 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
57875 #~ msgstr ""
57876 #~ "La commande B<chcpu> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
57877 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
57878 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
57879
57880 #~ msgid "CHRT"
57881 #~ msgstr "CHRT"
57882
57883 #, fuzzy
57884 #~| msgid ""
57885 #~| "Specifies runtime parameter for SCHED_DEADLINE policy (Linux-specific)."
57886 #~ msgid ""
57887 #~ "Specifies runtime parameter for B<SCHED_DEADLINE> policy (Linux-specific)."
57888 #~ msgstr ""
57889 #~ "Spécifier le paramètre d'exécution pour la stratégie B<SCHED_DEADLINE> "
57890 #~ "(spécifique au système Linux)."
57891
57892 #, fuzzy
57893 #~| msgid ""
57894 #~| "Specifies period parameter for SCHED_DEADLINE policy (Linux-specific)."
57895 #~ msgid ""
57896 #~ "Specifies period parameter for B<SCHED_DEADLINE> policy (Linux-specific)."
57897 #~ msgstr ""
57898 #~ "Spécifier le paramètre de la période pour la stratégie B<SCHED_DEADLINE> "
57899 #~ "(spécifique au système Linux)."
57900
57901 #, fuzzy
57902 #~| msgid ""
57903 #~| "Specifies deadline parameter for SCHED_DEADLINE policy (Linux-specific)."
57904 #~ msgid ""
57905 #~ "Specifies deadline parameter for B<SCHED_DEADLINE> policy (Linux-"
57906 #~ "specific)."
57907 #~ msgstr ""
57908 #~ "Spécifier le paramètre de la date limite pour la stratégie "
57909 #~ "B<SCHED_DEADLINE> (spécifique au système Linux)."
57910
57911 #~ msgid "B<-p>, B<--pid>"
57912 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid>"
57913
57914 #, fuzzy
57915 #~| msgid "Linux' default scheduling policy is B<SCHED_OTHER>."
57916 #~ msgid "Linux\\(aq default scheduling policy is B<SCHED_OTHER>."
57917 #~ msgstr ""
57918 #~ "La stratégie d’ordonnancement par défaut sous Linux est B<SCHED_OTHER>."
57919
57920 #, fuzzy
57921 #~| msgid ""
57922 #~| "The chrt command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
57923 #~| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
57924 #~ msgid ""
57925 #~ "The B<chrt> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
57926 #~ "downloaded from"
57927 #~ msgstr ""
57928 #~ "La commande B<chrt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
57929 #~ "sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/ E<gt>."
57930
57931 #~ msgid "January 2016"
57932 #~ msgstr "Janvier 2016"
57933
57934 #~ msgid "B<chrt> [options] I<priority\\ command\\ >[I<argument>...]"
57935 #~ msgstr "B<chrt> [I<options>] I<priorité\\ commande> [I<paramètres>] ..."
57936
57937 #~ msgid "B<chrt> [options] B<-p> [I<priority>]\\ I<pid>"
57938 #~ msgstr "B<chrt> [I<options>] B<-p> [I<priorité>]\\ I<PID>"
57939
57940 #~ msgid ""
57941 #~ "B<chrt> sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an "
57942 #~ "existing I<pid>, or runs I<command> with the given attributes."
57943 #~ msgstr ""
57944 #~ "B<chrt> définit ou récupère les attributs d'ordonnancement en temps réel "
57945 #~ "d'un I<PID> existant ou exécute la I<commande> avec les attributs fournis."
57946
57947 # NOTE: s/ the/,/
57948 #~ msgid ""
57949 #~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_OTHER>.  This is the default Linux "
57950 #~ "scheduling policy."
57951 #~ msgstr ""
57952 #~ "Définir la stratégie d’ordonnancement à B<SCHED_OTHER>. Il s'agit de la "
57953 #~ "stratégie d'ordonnancement par défaut de Linux."
57954
57955 #~ msgid "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_FIFO>."
57956 #~ msgstr "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à B<SCHED_FIFO>."
57957
57958 # NOTE: s/ the/,/
57959 #~ msgid ""
57960 #~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_RR>.  When no policy is defined, the "
57961 #~ "B<SCHED_RR> is used as the default."
57962 #~ msgstr ""
57963 #~ "Définir la stratégie d’ordonnancement à B<SCHED_RR>. Quand la stratégie "
57964 #~ "n’est pas définie, B<SCHED_RR> est utilisée par défaut."
57965
57966 #~ msgid ""
57967 #~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_BATCH> (Linux-specific, supported since "
57968 #~ "2.6.16).  The priority argument has to be set to zero."
57969 #~ msgstr ""
57970 #~ "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à B<SCHED_BATCH> (spécifique au "
57971 #~ "système Linux, gérée depuis la version 2.6.16). L’argument I<priorité> "
57972 #~ "doit être défini à zéro."
57973
57974 #~ msgid ""
57975 #~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_IDLE> (Linux-specific, supported since "
57976 #~ "2.6.23).  The priority argument has to be set to zero."
57977 #~ msgstr ""
57978 #~ "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à B<SCHED_IDLE> (spécifique au "
57979 #~ "système Linux, gérée depuis la version 2.6.23). L’argument I<priorité> "
57980 #~ "doit être défini à zéro."
57981
57982 #~ msgid "B<-d>,\\ B<--deadline>"
57983 #~ msgstr "B<-d>,\\ B<--deadline>"
57984
57985 #~ msgid ""
57986 #~ "Set scheduling policy to B<SCHED_DEADLINE> (Linux-specific, supported "
57987 #~ "since 3.14).  The priority argument has to be set to zero.  See also B<--"
57988 #~ "sched-runtime>, B<--sched-deadline> and B<--sched-period>.  The relation "
57989 #~ "between the options required by the kernel is runtime E<lt>= deadline "
57990 #~ "E<lt>= period.  B<chrt> copies I<period> to I<deadline> if B<--sched-"
57991 #~ "deadline> is not specified and I<deadline> to I<runtime> if B<--sched-"
57992 #~ "runtime> is not specified.  It means that at least B<--sched-period> has "
57993 #~ "to be specified.  See B<sched>(7)  for more details."
57994 #~ msgstr ""
57995 #~ "Définir la stratégie d'ordonnancement à B<SCHED_DEADLINE> (spécifique au "
57996 #~ "système Linux, prise en charge depuis la version 3.14). L'argument de "
57997 #~ "priorité doit être réglé à zéro. Voir aussi B<--sched-runtime>, B<--sched-"
57998 #~ "deadline> et B<--sched-period>. La relation entre les options exigée par "
57999 #~ "le noyau est : runtime E<lt>= deadline E<lt>= period. B<chrt> copie "
58000 #~ "I<période> dans I<délai> si B<--sched-deadline> n'est pas spécifié et "
58001 #~ "I<délai> dans I<période_exécution> si B<--sched-runtime> n'est pas "
58002 #~ "spécifié. Cela veut dire qu'au moins B<--sched-period> doit être "
58003 #~ "spécifié. Voir B<sched>(7) pour plus de détails."
58004
58005 #~ msgid ""
58006 #~ "Add B<SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK> flag to the B<SCHED_FIFO> or B<SCHED_RR> "
58007 #~ "scheduling policy (Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.31)."
58008 #~ msgstr ""
58009 #~ "Ajouter l’attribut B<SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK> aux stratégies d'ordonnancement "
58010 #~ "B<SCHED_FIFO> ou B<SCHED_RR> (spécifique au système Linux, géré depuis la "
58011 #~ "version 2.6.31)."
58012
58013 #~ msgid "B<-a>,\\ B<--all-tasks>"
58014 #~ msgstr "B<-a>,\\ B<--all-tasks>"
58015
58016 #~ msgid "B<-m>,\\ B<--max>"
58017 #~ msgstr "B<-m>,\\ B<--max>"
58018
58019 #~ msgid "B<-p>,\\ B<--pid>"
58020 #~ msgstr "B<-p>,\\ B<--pid>"
58021
58022 #~ msgid "B<-v>,\\ B<--verbose>"
58023 #~ msgstr "B<-v>,\\ B<--verbose>"
58024
58025 #~ msgid "B<-V>,\\ B<--version>"
58026 #~ msgstr "B<-V>,\\ B<--version>"
58027
58028 #~ msgid "B<-h>,\\ B<--help>"
58029 #~ msgstr "B<-h>,\\ B<--help>"
58030
58031 #~ msgid "B<chrt> I<priority> I<command\\ >[I<arguments>]"
58032 #~ msgstr "B<chrt> I<priorité> I<commande> [I<paramètres>]"
58033
58034 #~ msgid "B<chrt -p> I<pid>"
58035 #~ msgstr "B<chrt -p> I<PID>"
58036
58037 #~ msgid "B<chrt -r -p> I<priority pid>"
58038 #~ msgstr "B<chrt -r -p> I<priorité PID>"
58039
58040 #~ msgid ""
58041 #~ "A user must possess B<CAP_SYS_NICE> to change the scheduling attributes "
58042 #~ "of a process.  Any user can retrieve the scheduling information."
58043 #~ msgstr ""
58044 #~ "Un utilisateur doit posséder la capacité B<CAP_SYS_NICE> afin de modifier "
58045 #~ "les attributs d'ordonnancement d'un processus. N'importe quel utilisateur "
58046 #~ "peut récupérer les informations d'ordonnancement."
58047
58048 #~ msgid ""
58049 #~ "Only B<SCHED_FIFO>, B<SCHED_OTHER> and B<SCHED_RR> are part of POSIX "
58050 #~ "1003.1b Process Scheduling.  The other scheduling attributes may be "
58051 #~ "ignored on some systems."
58052 #~ msgstr ""
58053 #~ "Seules B<SCHED_FIFO>, B<SCHED_OTHER> et B<SCHED_RR> font partie de la "
58054 #~ "norme POSIX 1003.1b d’ordonnancement de processus. Les autres attributs "
58055 #~ "d'ordonnancement pourraient être ignorés sur d'autres systèmes."
58056
58057 #~ msgid "E<.UR rml@tech9.net> Robert Love E<.UE>"
58058 #~ msgstr "E<.UR rml@tech9.net> Robert Love E<.UE>"
58059
58060 #~ msgid ""
58061 #~ "The chrt command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
58062 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
58063 #~ msgstr ""
58064 #~ "La commande B<chrt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
58065 #~ "sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/ E<gt>."
58066
58067 #~ msgid "CTRLALTDEL"
58068 #~ msgstr "CTRLALTDEL"
58069
58070 #, fuzzy
58071 #~| msgid "B<ctrlaltdel hard>|B<soft>"
58072 #~ msgid "B<ctrlaltdel> B<hard>|B<soft>"
58073 #~ msgstr "B<ctrlaltdel hard>|B<soft>"
58074
58075 #, fuzzy
58076 #~| msgid ""
58077 #~| "Based on examination of the I<linux/kernel/reboot.c> code, it is clear "
58078 #~| "that there are two supported functions that the Ctrl-Alt-Del sequence "
58079 #~| "can perform."
58080 #~ msgid ""
58081 #~ "Based on examination of the I<linux/kernel/reboot.c> code, it is clear "
58082 #~ "that there are two supported functions that the E<lt>Ctrl-Alt-DelE<gt> "
58083 #~ "sequence can perform."
58084 #~ msgstr ""
58085 #~ "Basé sur l'examen du code source de I<linux/kernel/sys.c>, il est évident "
58086 #~ "que seulement deux comportements sont définis par la combinaison Ctrl-Alt-"
58087 #~ "Del."
58088
58089 #~ msgid "October 2015"
58090 #~ msgstr "octobre 2015"
58091
58092 #~ msgid ""
58093 #~ "Immediately reboot the computer without calling B<sync>(2)  and without "
58094 #~ "any other preparation.  This is the default."
58095 #~ msgstr ""
58096 #~ "Redémarrer immédiatement l’ordinateur sans appeler B<sync>(2) et sans "
58097 #~ "aucune autre préparation. C’est le comportement par défaut."
58098
58099 #~ msgid ""
58100 #~ "Make the kernel send the SIGINT (interrupt) signal to the B<init> process "
58101 #~ "(this is always the process with PID 1).  If this option is used, the "
58102 #~ "B<init>(8)  program must support this feature.  Since there are now "
58103 #~ "several B<init>(8)  programs in the Linux community, please consult the "
58104 #~ "documentation for the version that you are currently using."
58105 #~ msgstr ""
58106 #~ "Faire que le noyau envoie un signal SIGINT (interruption) au processus "
58107 #~ "B<init> (dont le PID est toujours égal à 1). Si cette option est "
58108 #~ "utilisée, le programme B<init>(8) doit gérer cette fonctionnalité. "
58109 #~ "Puisqu'il y a actuellement plusieurs programmes B<init>(8) dans la "
58110 #~ "communauté Linux, veuillez consulter la documentation de la version que "
58111 #~ "vous utilisez actuellement."
58112
58113 #~ msgid ""
58114 #~ "The ctrlaltdel command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
58115 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
58116 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
58117 #~ msgstr ""
58118 #~ "La commande B<ctrlaltdel> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
58119 #~ "disponible dans E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
58120 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
58121
58122 #~ msgid "DELPART"
58123 #~ msgstr "DELPART"
58124
58125 #, fuzzy
58126 #~| msgid ""
58127 #~| "The delpart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
58128 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
58129 #~ msgid ""
58130 #~ "The B<delpart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
58131 #~ "downloaded from"
58132 #~ msgstr ""
58133 #~ "La commande B<delpart> une partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
58134 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
58135 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
58136
58137 #~ msgid ""
58138 #~ "B<delpart> asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified "
58139 #~ "I<partition> (a number) on the specified I<device>.  The command is a "
58140 #~ "simple wrapper around the \"del partition\" ioctl."
58141 #~ msgstr ""
58142 #~ "B<delpart> demande au noyau d’oublier la I<partition> (un numéro) "
58143 #~ "indiquée sur le I<périphérique> indiqué. La commande est une simple "
58144 #~ "enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « del partition »."
58145
58146 #~ msgid ""
58147 #~ "The delpart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
58148 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
58149 #~ msgstr ""
58150 #~ "La commande B<delpart> une partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
58151 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
58152 #~ "linux>E<gt>."
58153
58154 #~ msgid "DMESG"
58155 #~ msgstr "DMESG"
58156
58157 #, fuzzy
58158 #~| msgid "B<dmesg --clear>"
58159 #~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--clear>"
58160 #~ msgstr "B<dmesg --clear>"
58161
58162 #, fuzzy
58163 #~| msgid "B<dmesg --read-clear >[options]"
58164 #~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--read-clear> [options]"
58165 #~ msgstr "B<dmesg --read-clear> [I<options>]"
58166
58167 #, fuzzy
58168 #~| msgid "B<dmesg --console-level >I<level>"
58169 #~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--console-level> I<level>"
58170 #~ msgstr "B<dmesg --console-level> I<niveau>"
58171
58172 #, fuzzy
58173 #~| msgid "B<dmesg --console-on>"
58174 #~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--console-on>"
58175 #~ msgstr "B<dmesg --console-on>"
58176
58177 #, fuzzy
58178 #~| msgid "B<dmesg --console-off>"
58179 #~ msgid "B<dmesg> B<--console-off>"
58180 #~ msgstr "B<dmesg --console-off>"
58181
58182 #~ msgid "B<-C>, B<--clear>"
58183 #~ msgstr "B<-C>, B<--clear>"
58184
58185 #, fuzzy
58186 #~| msgid ""
58187 #~| "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-"
58188 #~| "byte sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format "
58189 #~| "\\exE<lt>hexE<gt> for security reason by default.  This option disables "
58190 #~| "this feature at all. It's usable for example for debugging purpose "
58191 #~| "together with B<--raw>.  Be careful and don't use it by default."
58192 #~ msgid ""
58193 #~ "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-"
58194 #~ "byte sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format "
58195 #~ "\\(rsxE<lt>hexE<gt> for security reason by default. This option disables "
58196 #~ "this feature at all. It\\(cqs usable for example for debugging purpose "
58197 #~ "together with B<--raw>. Be careful and don\\(cqt use it by default."
58198 #~ msgstr ""
58199 #~ "Par défaut, les caractères non imprimables et probablement dangereux "
58200 #~ "(comme des séquences multi-octales cassées, des caractères de contrôle du "
58201 #~ "terminal, etc.) sont échappés au format \\exE<lt>hexE<gt> pour des "
58202 #~ "raisons de sécurité. Cette option désactive complètement cette "
58203 #~ "fonctionnalité. On peut l'utiliser, par exemple, à des fins de débogage "
58204 #~ "avec B<--raw>. Soyez prudent et ne l'utilisez pas par défaut."
58205
58206 # NOTE: ffix
58207 #, fuzzy
58208 #~| msgid ""
58209 #~| "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how B<dmesg>(1)  "
58210 #~| "reads kernel messages.  The /dev/kmsg device uses a different format "
58211 #~| "than B<syslog>(2).  For backward compatibility, B<dmesg>(1)  returns "
58212 #~| "data always in the B<syslog>(2)  format.  It is possible to read the "
58213 #~| "real raw data from /dev/kmsg by, for example, the command 'dd if=/dev/"
58214 #~| "kmsg iflag=nonblock'."
58215 #~ msgid ""
58216 #~ "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how B<dmesg> reads "
58217 #~ "kernel messages. The I</dev/kmsg> device uses a different format than "
58218 #~ "B<syslog>(2). For backward compatibility, B<dmesg> returns data always in "
58219 #~ "the B<syslog>(2) format. It is possible to read the real raw data from I</"
58220 #~ "dev/kmsg> by, for example, the command \\(aqdd if=/dev/kmsg "
58221 #~ "iflag=nonblock\\(aq."
58222 #~ msgstr ""
58223 #~ "Remarquez que le véritable format brut dépend de la méthode utilisée par "
58224 #~ "B<dmesg>(1) pour lire les messages du noyau. Le périphérique I</dev/kmsg> "
58225 #~ "utilise un format différent de B<syslog>(2). Pour assurer la "
58226 #~ "rétrocompatibilité, B<dmesg>(1) renvoie toujours les données au format de "
58227 #~ "B<syslog>(2). Lire le véritable format brut de I</dev/kmsg> est possible "
58228 #~ "avec, par exemple, la commande « dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock »."
58229
58230 #, fuzzy
58231 #~| msgid "Do not print kernel's timestamps."
58232 #~ msgid "Do not print kernel\\(cqs timestamps."
58233 #~ msgstr "Ne pas afficher l’horodatage du noyau."
58234
58235 #, fuzzy
58236 #~| msgid ""
58237 #~| "Wait for new messages.  This feature is supported only on systems with a "
58238 #~| "readable /dev/kmsg (since kernel 3.5.0)."
58239 #~ msgid ""
58240 #~ "Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a "
58241 #~ "readable I</dev/kmsg> (since kernel 3.5.0)."
58242 #~ msgstr ""
58243 #~ "Attendre de nouveaux messages. Cette fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge "
58244 #~ "que sur les systèmes avec un I</dev/kmsg> lisible (depuis le noyau 3.5.0)."
58245
58246 #~ msgid "B<err>"
58247 #~ msgstr "B<err>"
58248
58249 #~ msgid "July 2012"
58250 #~ msgstr "juillet 2012"
58251
58252 #~ msgid ""
58253 #~ "Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages.  If used "
58254 #~ "together with B<--notime> then only the time delta without the timestamp "
58255 #~ "is printed."
58256 #~ msgstr ""
58257 #~ "Afficher l'horodatage et la différence de temps passé entre les messages. "
58258 #~ "Si B<--notime> est utilisé en même temps, seule la différence de temps "
58259 #~ "passé, sans l'horodatage, est affichée."
58260
58261 #~ msgid ""
58262 #~ "Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format.  Be aware "
58263 #~ "that conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see B<-T> for more "
58264 #~ "details)."
58265 #~ msgstr ""
58266 #~ "Afficher l'heure locale et le delta dans un format lisible par un humain. "
58267 #~ "Gardez à l'esprit que la conversion en heure locale pourrait ne pas être "
58268 #~ "exacte (voir B<-T> pour plus de détails)."
58269
58270 #~ msgid "B<-F>, B<--file >I<file>"
58271 #~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--file> I<fichier>"
58272
58273 #~ msgid ""
58274 #~ "Read the syslog messages from the given I<file>.  Note that B<-F> does "
58275 #~ "not support messages in kmsg format. The old syslog format is supported "
58276 #~ "only."
58277 #~ msgstr ""
58278 #~ "Lire les messages de syslog à partir du I<fichier> donné. Remarquez que "
58279 #~ "B<-F> ne gère pas les messages au format kmsg. Seul l'ancien format de "
58280 #~ "syslog est pris en charge."
58281
58282 #~ msgid "B<-f>, B<--facility >I<list>"
58283 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--facility> I<liste>"
58284
58285 #~ msgid ""
58286 #~ "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated)  I<list> of facilities.  "
58287 #~ "For example:"
58288 #~ msgstr ""
58289 #~ "Restreindre l'affichage à la I<liste> de services (séparés par des "
58290 #~ "virgules) indiquée. Par exemple"
58291
58292 #~ msgid ""
58293 #~ "will print messages from system daemons only.  For all supported "
58294 #~ "facilities see the B<--help> output."
58295 #~ msgstr ""
58296 #~ "n'affichera que les messages des démons du système. Consultez B<dmesg --"
58297 #~ "help> pour obtenir la liste des services pris en charge."
58298
58299 #~ msgid ""
58300 #~ "Enable human-readable output.  See also B<--color>, B<--reltime> and B<--"
58301 #~ "nopager>."
58302 #~ msgstr ""
58303 #~ "Activer la sortie lisible. Consultez aussi B<--color>, B<--reltime> et "
58304 #~ "B<--nopager>."
58305
58306 #~ msgid ""
58307 #~ "Colorize the output.  The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
58308 #~ "B<never> or B<always>.  If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults "
58309 #~ "to B<auto>.  The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default "
58310 #~ "see the B<--help> output.  See also the B<COLORS> section below."
58311 #~ msgstr ""
58312 #~ "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
58313 #~ "B<never> ou B<always>. En l'absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
58314 #~ "valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées ; pour les "
58315 #~ "valeurs par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--help>. "
58316 #~ "Consultez également la section B<COULEURS>."
58317
58318 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--level >I<list>"
58319 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--level> I<liste>"
58320
58321 #~ msgid ""
58322 #~ "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated)  I<list> of levels.  For "
58323 #~ "example:"
58324 #~ msgstr ""
58325 #~ "Restreindre l'affichage à la I<liste> de niveaux (séparés par des "
58326 #~ "virgules) indiquée. Par exemple"
58327
58328 #~ msgid ""
58329 #~ "will print error and warning messages only.  For all supported levels see "
58330 #~ "the B<--help> output."
58331 #~ msgstr ""
58332 #~ "n'affichera que les messages d'erreur et d'avertissement. Consultez "
58333 #~ "B<dmesg --help> pour obtenir la liste des niveaux pris en charge."
58334
58335 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--console-level >I<level>"
58336 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--console-level> I<niveau>"
58337
58338 #~ msgid ""
58339 #~ "Set the I<level> at which printing of messages is done to the console.  "
58340 #~ "The I<level> is a level number or abbreviation of the level name.  For "
58341 #~ "all supported levels see the B<--help> output."
58342 #~ msgstr ""
58343 #~ "Définir le I<niveau> d'affichage des messages en console. Le I<niveau> "
58344 #~ "est un numéro ou une abréviation du nom de niveau. Consultez B<dmesg --"
58345 #~ "help> pour obtenir la liste des niveaux pris en charge."
58346
58347 #~ msgid ""
58348 #~ "For example, B<-n 1> or B<-n emerg> prevents all messages, except "
58349 #~ "emergency (panic) messages, from appearing on the console.  All levels of "
58350 #~ "messages are still written to I</proc/kmsg>, so B<syslogd>(8)  can still "
58351 #~ "be used to control exactly where kernel messages appear.  When the B<-n> "
58352 #~ "option is used, B<dmesg> will I<not> print or clear the kernel ring "
58353 #~ "buffer."
58354 #~ msgstr ""
58355 #~ "Par exemple, B<-n 1> ou B<-n emerg> suppriment l'affichage sur la console "
58356 #~ "de tous les messages, sauf les messages d'urgence (panic). Tous les "
58357 #~ "niveaux d'affichage des messages sont enregistrés dans I</proc/kmsg>, "
58358 #~ "ainsi B<syslogd>(8) peut toujours être utilisé pour contrôler exactement "
58359 #~ "où les messages du noyau apparaissent. Quand l'option B<-n> est utilisée, "
58360 #~ "B<dmesg> I<n'affichera pas et n'effacera pas> le tampon circulaire du "
58361 #~ "noyau."
58362
58363 #~ msgid ""
58364 #~ "Do not pipe output into a pager.  A pager is enabled by default for B<--"
58365 #~ "human> output."
58366 #~ msgstr ""
58367 #~ "Ne pas renvoyer la sortie dans un visualiseur. Un visualiseur est activé "
58368 #~ "par défaut pour la sortie B<--human>."
58369
58370 #~ msgid ""
58371 #~ "Force B<dmesg> to use the B<syslog>(2)  kernel interface to read kernel "
58372 #~ "messages.  The default is to use /dev/kmsg rather than B<syslog>(2)  "
58373 #~ "since kernel 3.5.0."
58374 #~ msgstr ""
58375 #~ "Forcer B<dmesg> à utiliser l’interface B<syslog>(2) du noyau pour lire "
58376 #~ "les messages du noyau. I</dev/kmsg> est utilisé par défaut au lieu de "
58377 #~ "B<syslog>(2) depuis le noyau 3.5.0."
58378
58379 #~ msgid "B<-s>, B<--buffer-size >I<size>"
58380 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--buffer-size> I<taille>"
58381
58382 #~ msgid ""
58383 #~ "Use a buffer of I<size> to query the kernel ring buffer.  This is 16392 "
58384 #~ "by default.  (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, "
58385 #~ "8192 since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.)  If you have set the kernel "
58386 #~ "buffer to be larger than the default, then this option can be used to "
58387 #~ "view the entire buffer."
58388 #~ msgstr ""
58389 #~ "Utiliser un tampon de la I<taille> indiquée pour les requêtes au tampon "
58390 #~ "circulaire du noyau au lieu de la taille par défaut (16392 octets) (la "
58391 #~ "taille par défaut du tampon pour le journal système du noyau était 4096 "
58392 #~ "au départ, puis 8192 à partir du noyau 1.3.54, et 16384 depuis la "
58393 #~ "version 2.1.113). Si vous avez augmenté la taille du tampon du noyau par "
58394 #~ "rapport à sa valeur par défaut, cette option peut être utilisée pour "
58395 #~ "afficher le tampon en entier."
58396
58397 #~ msgid ""
58398 #~ "B<Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate!> The B<time> source "
58399 #~ "used for the logs is B<not updated after> system B<SUSPEND>/B<RESUME>.  "
58400 #~ "Timestamps are adjusted according to current delta between boottime and "
58401 #~ "monotonic clocks, this works only for messages printed after last resume."
58402 #~ msgstr ""
58403 #~ "B<Attention, l’horodatage pourrait être inexact !> L’origine des B<temps> "
58404 #~ "utilisée pour les journaux B<n’est pas mise à jour> après un retour de "
58405 #~ "veille du système (B<SUSPEND>/B<RESUME>). L'horodatage est ajusté en "
58406 #~ "fonction du décalage actuels entre l'heure de démarrage et les horloges "
58407 #~ "monotoniques, cela ne fonctionne que pour les messages affichés après le "
58408 #~ "dernier réveil."
58409
58410 #~ msgid ""
58411 #~ "Print timestamps using the given I<format>, which can be B<ctime>, "
58412 #~ "B<reltime>, B<delta> or B<iso>.  The first three formats are aliases of "
58413 #~ "the time-format-specific options.  The B<iso> format is a B<dmesg> "
58414 #~ "implementation of the ISO-8601 timestamp format.  The purpose of this "
58415 #~ "format is to make the comparing of timestamps between two systems, and "
58416 #~ "any other parsing, easy.  The definition of the B<iso> timestamp is: YYYY-"
58417 #~ "MM-DDE<lt>TE<gt>HH:MM:SS,E<lt>microsecondsE<gt>E<lt>-+E<gt>E<lt>timezone "
58418 #~ "offset from UTCE<gt>."
58419 #~ msgstr ""
58420 #~ "Afficher les horodatages en utilisant le I<format> indiqué, qui peut être "
58421 #~ "B<ctime>, B<reltime>, B<delta> ou B<iso>. Les trois premiers formats sont "
58422 #~ "des alias des options spécifiques au format de date. Le format B<iso> est "
58423 #~ "une implémentation B<dmesg> du format d’horodatage ISO-8601. Le but de ce "
58424 #~ "format est de faciliter la comparaison d’horodatages entre deux systèmes "
58425 #~ "ainsi que tout autre analyse. La définition de l’horodatage B<iso> est : "
58426 #~ "AAAA-MM-JJE<lt>TE<gt>HH:MM:SS,E<lt>microsecondesE<gt>E<lt>-"
58427 #~ "+E<gt>E<lt>décalage du fuseau horaire par rapport à UTCE<gt>."
58428
58429 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --userspace>"
58430 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--userspace>"
58431
58432 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --follow>"
58433 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--follow>"
58434
58435 #~ msgid "B<-W>,B< --follow-new>"
58436 #~ msgstr "B<-W>,B< --follow-new>"
58437
58438 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --decode>"
58439 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--decode>"
58440
58441 #~ msgid ""
58442 #~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file I</etc/terminal-colors."
58443 #~ "d/dmesg.disable>.  See B<terminal-colors.d>(5)  for more details about "
58444 #~ "colorization configuration."
58445 #~ msgstr ""
58446 #~ "La coloration implicite peut être désactivée par un fichier I</etc/"
58447 #~ "terminal-colors.d/dmesg.disable> vide. Consultez B<terminal-colors.d>(5) "
58448 #~ "pour plus de précisions sur la configuration de coloration."
58449
58450 #~ msgid ""
58451 #~ "B<dmesg> can fail reporting permission denied error.  This is usually "
58452 #~ "caused by B<dmesg_restrict> kernel setting, please see B<syslog>(2)  for "
58453 #~ "more details."
58454 #~ msgstr ""
58455 #~ "B<dmesg> peut échouer en signalant une erreur de permission non accordée. "
58456 #~ "Cela est dû, en général à l'option B<dmesg_restrict> du noyau, veuillez "
58457 #~ "vous reporter à B<syslog>(2) pour plus de détails."
58458
58459 #~ msgid "E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"
58460 #~ msgstr "E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"
58461
58462 #~ msgid ""
58463 #~ "The dmesg command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
58464 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
58465 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
58466 #~ msgstr ""
58467 #~ "La commande B<dmesg> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
58468 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR ftp://\\:ftp.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/"
58469 #~ "util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
58470
58471 #~ msgid "FALLOCATE"
58472 #~ msgstr "FALLOCATE"
58473
58474 #, fuzzy
58475 #~| msgid "B<fallocate -d> [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] I<filename>"
58476 #~ msgid "B<fallocate> B<-d> [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] I<filename>"
58477 #~ msgstr "B<fallocate -d> [B<-o> I<position>] [B<-l> I<taille>] I<fichier>"
58478
58479 #~ msgid "April 2014"
58480 #~ msgstr "Avril 2014"
58481
58482 #~ msgid "B<fallocate -x> [B<-o> I<offset>] B<-l> I<length> I<filename>"
58483 #~ msgstr "B<fallocate -x> [B<-o> I<position>] B<-l> I<taille> I<fichier>"
58484
58485 #~ msgid ""
58486 #~ "B<fallocate> is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, "
58487 #~ "either to deallocate or preallocate it.  For filesystems which support "
58488 #~ "the fallocate system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating "
58489 #~ "blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data "
58490 #~ "blocks.  This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with "
58491 #~ "zeroes."
58492 #~ msgstr ""
58493 #~ "B<fallocate> sert à manipuler l’espace disque alloué à un fichier, soit "
58494 #~ "pour le réserver, soit pour le rendre. Pour les systèmes de fichiers qui "
58495 #~ "permettent l'appel système B<fallocate>(2), la réservation est réalisée "
58496 #~ "rapidement en allouant des blocs et en les marquant comme non "
58497 #~ "initialisés, sans nécessiter d'échange (entrée ou sortie) avec les blocs "
58498 #~ "de données. C'est bien plus rapide que de créer un fichier en le "
58499 #~ "remplissant de zéros."
58500
58501 #~ msgid ""
58502 #~ "Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole.  The byte range "
58503 #~ "to be collapsed starts at I<offset> and continues for I<length> bytes.  "
58504 #~ "At the completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at "
58505 #~ "the location I<offset>+I<length> will be appended at the location "
58506 #~ "I<offset>, and the file will be I<length> bytes smaller.  The option B<--"
58507 #~ "keep-size> may not be specified for the collapse-range operation."
58508 #~ msgstr ""
58509 #~ "Supprimer un intervalle d’octets d’un fichier, sans laisser de trou. "
58510 #~ "L’intervalle d’octets à supprimer commence à I<position> et continue "
58511 #~ "pendant I<taille> octets. À la fin de l’opération, le contenu du fichier "
58512 #~ "commençant à I<position>+I<taille> sera ajouté à la I<position> et le "
58513 #~ "fichier sera plus petit de I<taille> octets. L’option B<--keep-size> ne "
58514 #~ "peut pas être utilisée pour une opération de suppression d’intervalle."
58515
58516 #~ msgid ""
58517 #~ "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, "
58518 #~ "in order to ensure efficient implementation.  Typically, offset and len "
58519 #~ "must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies "
58520 #~ "according to the filesystem type and configuration.  If a filesystem has "
58521 #~ "such a requirement, the operation will fail with the error EINVAL if this "
58522 #~ "requirement is violated."
58523 #~ msgstr ""
58524 #~ "Un système de fichiers peut poser des limites à la granularité de "
58525 #~ "l'opération, afin de garantir une implémentation efficace. Typiquement, "
58526 #~ "I<position> et I<taille> doivent être un multiple de la taille du bloc "
58527 #~ "logique, laquelle varie selon le type et la configuration du système de "
58528 #~ "fichiers. Si un système de fichiers a ce genre d'obligation, l'opération "
58529 #~ "échouera avec l'erreur B<EINVAL> si cette obligation est violée."
58530
58531 #~ msgid ""
58532 #~ "Detect and dig holes.  This makes the file sparse in-place, without using "
58533 #~ "extra disk space.  The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O "
58534 #~ "block size (usually 4096 bytes).  Also, when using this option, B<--keep-"
58535 #~ "size> is implied.  If no range is specified by B<--offset> and B<--"
58536 #~ "length>, then the entire file is analyzed for holes."
58537 #~ msgstr ""
58538 #~ "Détecter et creuser des trous. Cela rassemble les fichiers creux, sans "
58539 #~ "utiliser d’espace disque supplémentaire. La taille minimale du trou "
58540 #~ "dépend de la taille de bloc d’entrée et sortie du système de fichiers "
58541 #~ "(4096 octets en général). De plus, en utilisant cette option, B<--keep-"
58542 #~ "size> est implicite. Si aucun intervalle n’est indiqué par B<--offset> et "
58543 #~ "B<--length>, le fichier entier est analysé pour les trous."
58544
58545 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--length >I<length>"
58546 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--length >I<taille>"
58547
58548 #~ msgid ""
58549 #~ "Do not modify the apparent length of the file.  This may effectively "
58550 #~ "allocate blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate."
58551 #~ msgstr ""
58552 #~ "Ne pas modifier la I<taille> apparente du I<fichier>. Des blocs "
58553 #~ "pourraient être alloués après la fin du I<fichier>, ils peuvent être "
58554 #~ "enlevés avec B<truncate>."
58555
58556 #~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset >I<offset>"
58557 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--offset >I<position>"
58558
58559 #~ msgid ""
58560 #~ "Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at "
58561 #~ "I<offset> and continuing for I<length> bytes.  Within the specified "
58562 #~ "range, partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks "
58563 #~ "are removed from the file.  After a successful call, subsequent reads "
58564 #~ "from this range will return zeroes.  This option may not be specified at "
58565 #~ "the same time as the B<--zero-range> option.  Also, when using this "
58566 #~ "option, B<--keep-size> is implied."
58567 #~ msgstr ""
58568 #~ "Désallouer l'espace (c'est-à-dire créer un trou) dans l'intervalle "
58569 #~ "d'octets commençant à I<position> et continuant pendant I<taille> octets. "
58570 #~ "Dans l'espace indiqué, les blocs partiels de systèmes de fichiers sont "
58571 #~ "mis à zéro et les blocs complets du système de fichiers sont retirés du "
58572 #~ "fichier. Après un appel réussi, les lectures suivantes dans cet "
58573 #~ "intervalle renverront des zéros. Cette option peut ne pas être indiquée "
58574 #~ "en même temps que l’option B<--zero-range>. De plus, lors de "
58575 #~ "l’utilisation de cette option, B<--keep-size> est implicite."
58576
58577 #~ msgid ""
58578 #~ "Enable POSIX operation mode.  In that mode allocation operation always "
58579 #~ "completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not "
58580 #~ "supported by the underlying filesystem."
58581 #~ msgstr ""
58582 #~ "Activer le mode d'opération POSIX. Dans ce mode, l'opération d'allocation "
58583 #~ "se termine toujours mais peut prendre plus de temps si l'allocation "
58584 #~ "rapide n'est pas prise en charge par le système de fichiers sous-jacent."
58585
58586 #~ msgid ""
58587 #~ "Zeroes space in the byte range starting at I<offset> and continuing for "
58588 #~ "I<length> bytes.  Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for "
58589 #~ "the regions that span the holes in the file.  After a successful call, "
58590 #~ "subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes."
58591 #~ msgstr ""
58592 #~ "Initialiser l'intervalle d'octets commençant à I<position> et continuant "
58593 #~ "pendant I<taille> octets. Dans l'espace indiqué, les blocs sont "
58594 #~ "préalloués pour les zones qui couvrent les trous du fichier. Après un "
58595 #~ "appel réussi, les lectures suivantes dans cet intervalle renverront des "
58596 #~ "zéros."
58597
58598 #~ msgid ""
58599 #~ "Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range "
58600 #~ "into unwritten extents.  This approach means that the specified range "
58601 #~ "will not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial "
58602 #~ "blocks at the either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required "
58603 #~ "only to update metadata."
58604 #~ msgstr ""
58605 #~ "L’initialisation est réalisée dans le système de fichiers de préférence "
58606 #~ "en convertissant l’intervalle en « extents » non écrits. Cette approche "
58607 #~ "signifie que l’intervalle indiqué ne sera pas physiquement initialisé sur "
58608 #~ "le périphérique (à part les blocs partiels aux extrémités de "
58609 #~ "l’intervalle) et qu’une entrée ou sortie n’est (sinon) nécessaire que "
58610 #~ "pour mettre à jour les métadonnées."
58611
58612 #~ msgid "E<.MT sandeen@redhat.com> Eric Sandeen E<.ME>"
58613 #~ msgstr "E<.MT sandeen@redhat.com> Eric Sandeen E<.ME>"
58614
58615 #~ msgid ""
58616 #~ "The fallocate command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
58617 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
58618 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
58619 #~ msgstr ""
58620 #~ "La commande B<fallocate> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
58621 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
58622 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
58623
58624 #~ msgid "June 2020"
58625 #~ msgstr "Juin 2020"
58626
58627 #~ msgid "B<fdformat> [options]I< device>"
58628 #~ msgstr "B<fdformat> [I<options>] I<périphérique>"
58629
58630 #~ msgid ""
58631 #~ "B<fdformat> does a low-level format on a floppy disk.  I<device> is "
58632 #~ "usually one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the "
58633 #~ "minor is shown for informational purposes only):"
58634 #~ msgstr ""
58635 #~ "B<fdformat> effectue un formatage bas niveau sur une disquette. La valeur "
58636 #~ "de I<périphérique> peut être (pour les périphériques de type disquette, "
58637 #~ "le numéro majeur vaut 2 et le numéro mineur n'est montré qu'à titre "
58638 #~ "indicatif)\\ :"
58639
58640 #~ msgid ""
58641 #~ "/dev/fd1d360  (minor = 5)\n"
58642 #~ "/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n"
58643 #~ "/dev/fd1D360  (minor = 13)\n"
58644 #~ "/dev/fd1H360  (minor = 13)\n"
58645 #~ "/dev/fd1D720  (minor = 17)\n"
58646 #~ "/dev/fd1H720  (minor = 17)\n"
58647 #~ "/dev/fd1h360  (minor = 21)\n"
58648 #~ "/dev/fd1h720  (minor = 25)\n"
58649 #~ "/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n"
58650 #~ msgstr ""
58651 #~ "/dev/fd1d360  (mineur = 5)\n"
58652 #~ "/dev/fd1h1200 (mineur = 9)\n"
58653 #~ "/dev/fd1D360  (mineur = 13)\n"
58654 #~ "/dev/fd1H360  (mineur = 13)\n"
58655 #~ "/dev/fd1D720  (mineur = 17)\n"
58656 #~ "/dev/fd1H720  (mineur = 17)\n"
58657 #~ "/dev/fd1h360  (mineur = 21)\n"
58658 #~ "/dev/fd1h720  (mineur = 25)\n"
58659 #~ "/dev/fd1H1440 (mineur = 29)\n"
58660
58661 #~ msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<N>"
58662 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--to> I<N>"
58663
58664 #~ msgid ""
58665 #~ "This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use B<ufiformat>(8)  "
58666 #~ "instead."
58667 #~ msgstr ""
58668 #~ "Cet utilitaire ne prend pas en charge les périphériques USB de disquette. "
58669 #~ "B<ufiformat>(8) est à utiliser à la place."
58670
58671 #~ msgid "Werner Almesberger (almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch)"
58672 #~ msgstr "Werner Almesberger E<lt>I<almesber@nessie.cs.id.ethz.ch>E<gt>"
58673
58674 #~ msgid ""
58675 #~ "The fdformat command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
58676 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
58677 #~ msgstr ""
58678 #~ "La commande B<fdformat> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
58679 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
58680 #~ ">E<gt>."
58681
58682 #, fuzzy
58683 #~| msgid ""
58684 #~| "The generic floppy devices, /dev/fd0 and /dev/fd1, will fail to work "
58685 #~| "with B<fdformat> when a non-standard format is being used, or if the "
58686 #~| "format has not been autodetected earlier.  In this case, use "
58687 #~| "B<setfdprm>(8)  to load the disk parameters."
58688 #~ msgid ""
58689 #~ "The generic floppy devices, I</dev/fd0> and I</dev/fd1>, will fail to "
58690 #~ "work with B<fdformat> when a non-standard format is being used, or if the "
58691 #~ "format has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use "
58692 #~ "B<setfdprm>(8) to load the disk parameters."
58693 #~ msgstr ""
58694 #~ "Les périphériques de disquettes génériques, /dev/fd0 et /dev/fd1, ne "
58695 #~ "fonctionneront pas avec B<fdformat> quand un format non standard est "
58696 #~ "utilisé, ou si le format n'a pas été détecté automatiquement au "
58697 #~ "préalable. Dans ce cas, utilisez B<setfdprm>(8) pour charger les "
58698 #~ "paramètres du disque."
58699
58700 #, fuzzy
58701 #~| msgid ""
58702 #~| "The fdformat command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
58703 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
58704 #~ msgid ""
58705 #~ "The B<fdformat> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
58706 #~ "downloaded from"
58707 #~ msgstr ""
58708 #~ "La commande B<fdformat> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
58709 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
58710 #~ ">E<gt>."
58711
58712 #~ msgid "FDISK"
58713 #~ msgstr "FDISK"
58714
58715 #~ msgid "2021-08-16"
58716 #~ msgstr "16 août 2021"
58717
58718 #, fuzzy
58719 #~| msgid "B<fdisk -l> [I<device>...]"
58720 #~ msgid "B<fdisk> B<-l> [I<device>...]"
58721 #~ msgstr "B<fdisk -l> [I<périphérique> ...]"
58722
58723 #, fuzzy
58724 #~| msgid ""
58725 #~| "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
58726 #~| "I<partitions>.  This division is recorded in the I<partition table>, "
58727 #~| "usually found in sector 0 of the disk.  (In the BSD world one talks "
58728 #~| "about `disk slices' and a `disklabel'.)"
58729 #~ msgid ""
58730 #~ "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
58731 #~ "I<partitions>. This division is recorded in the I<partition table>, "
58732 #~ "usually found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about "
58733 #~ "`disk slices\\(aq and a `disklabel\\(aq.)"
58734 #~ msgstr ""
58735 #~ "Les périphériques blocs peuvent être divisés en un ou plusieurs disques "
58736 #~ "logiques appelés I<partitions>. Cette division est enregistrée dans la "
58737 #~ "I<table de partitions> qui se trouve habituellement sur le secteur 0 du "
58738 #~ "disque (dans l'univers BSD, les termes « tranche » et « étiquette de "
58739 #~ "disque » sont utilisés)."
58740
58741 #, fuzzy
58742 #~| msgid ""
58743 #~| "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by "
58744 #~| "default.  B<fdisk> is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector "
58745 #~| "size and use an alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT.  It "
58746 #~| "is always a good idea to follow B<fdisk>'s defaults as the default "
58747 #~| "values (e.g., first and last partition sectors) and partition sizes "
58748 #~| "specified by the +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{M,G,...} notation are always aligned "
58749 #~| "according to the device properties."
58750 #~ msgid ""
58751 #~ "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by "
58752 #~ "default. B<fdisk> is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector "
58753 #~ "size and use an alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is "
58754 #~ "always a good idea to follow B<fdisk>\\(aqs defaults as the default "
58755 #~ "values (e.g., first and last partition sectors) and partition sizes "
58756 #~ "specified by the +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{M,G,...} notation are always aligned "
58757 #~ "according to the device properties."
58758 #~ msgstr ""
58759 #~ "Tout le partitionnement est piloté par les limites d’E/S du périphérique "
58760 #~ "(la topologie) par défaut. B<fdisk> permet d’optimiser la disposition de "
58761 #~ "disque pour une taille de secteur de 4 Ko et utilise un décalage "
58762 #~ "d’alignement sur les périphériques modernes pour les MBR et GPT. C’est "
58763 #~ "toujours une bonne idée d’accepter les valeurs par défaut de B<fdisk> car "
58764 #~ "ces valeurs (par exemple, les premier et dernier secteurs de partition) "
58765 #~ "et les tailles de partition indiquées par la notation +/-"
58766 #~ "E<lt>I<taille>E<gt>{M,G,...} sont toujours alignées sur les propriétés du "
58767 #~ "périphérique."
58768
58769 #, fuzzy
58770 #~| msgid ""
58771 #~| "Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new "
58772 #~| "disk label.  This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
58773 #~ msgid ""
58774 #~ "Don\\(cqt erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a "
58775 #~ "new disk label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
58776 #~ msgstr ""
58777 #~ "Ne pas écraser le début du premier secteur de disque lors de la création "
58778 #~ "d'une nouvelle étiquette de disque. Cette fonctionnalité est gérée pour "
58779 #~ "les GPT et MBR."
58780
58781 #, fuzzy
58782 #~| msgid ""
58783 #~| "Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'.  The default is non-"
58784 #~| "DOS mode.  For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option "
58785 #~| "without the I<mode> argument -- then the default is used.  Note that the "
58786 #~| "optional I<mode> argument cannot be separated from the B<-c> option by a "
58787 #~| "space, the correct form is for example '-c=dos'."
58788 #~ msgid ""
58789 #~ "Specify the compatibility mode, \\(aqdos\\(aq or \\(aqnondos\\(aq. The "
58790 #~ "default is non-DOS mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to "
58791 #~ "use the option without the I<mode> argument \\(em then the default is "
58792 #~ "used. Note that the optional I<mode> argument cannot be separated from "
58793 #~ "the B<-c> option by a space, the correct form is for example B<-c>=I<dos>."
58794 #~ msgstr ""
58795 #~ "Indiquer le I<mode> de compatibilité, B<dos> ou B<nondos>. Le mode non "
58796 #~ "DOS est sélectionné par défaut. Par rétrocompatibilité, cette option peut "
58797 #~ "être utilisée sans le paramètre I<mode> — le mode par défaut est alors "
58798 #~ "utilisé. Remarquez que le paramètre facultatif I<mode> ne peut pas être "
58799 #~ "séparé de l'option B<-c> par une espace, la forme correcte est par "
58800 #~ "exemple « B<-c=dos> »."
58801
58802 #, fuzzy
58803 #~| msgid ""
58804 #~| "Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device.  "
58805 #~| "The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command "
58806 #~| "like 'o', 'g', etc.)."
58807 #~ msgid ""
58808 #~ "Don\\(cqt automatically create a default partition table on empty device. "
58809 #~ "The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like "
58810 #~ "\\(aqo\\(aq, \\(aqg\\(aq, etc.)."
58811 #~ msgstr ""
58812 #~ "Ne pas créer automatiquement par défaut une table de partitions sur les "
58813 #~ "périphériques vides. La table de partitions doit être explicitement créée "
58814 #~ "par l'utilisateur (avec une commande telle que « o », « g », etc.)."
58815
58816 #~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<list>"
58817 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<liste>"
58818
58819 #, fuzzy
58820 #~| msgid ""
58821 #~| "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in "
58822 #~| "'cylinders'.  The default is to show sizes in sectors.  For backward "
58823 #~| "compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the I<unit> "
58824 #~| "argument -- then the default is used.  Note that the optional I<unit> "
58825 #~| "argument cannot be separated from the B<-u> option by a space, the "
58826 #~| "correct form is for example '-u=cylinders'."
58827 #~ msgid ""
58828 #~ "When listing partition tables, show sizes in \\(aqsectors\\(aq or in "
58829 #~ "\\(aqcylinders\\(aq. The default is to show sizes in sectors. For "
58830 #~ "backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the "
58831 #~ "I<unit> argument \\(em then the default is used. Note that the optional "
58832 #~ "I<unit> argument cannot be separated from the B<-u> option by a space, "
58833 #~ "the correct form is for example \\(aq*-u=*I<cylinders>\\(aq."
58834 #~ msgstr ""
58835 #~ "Lors de l'affichage des tables de partitions, montrer les tailles en "
58836 #~ "secteurs (I<sectors>) ou en cylindres (I<cylinders>). L'affichage par "
58837 #~ "défaut est en secteur. Par rétrocompatibilité, cette option peut être "
58838 #~ "utilisée sans l’argument I<unité> — le mode par défaut est alors utilisé. "
58839 #~ "Remarquez que l’argument I<unité> facultatif ne peut pas être séparé de "
58840 #~ "l'option B<-u> par une espace, la forme correcte est par exemple « B<-"
58841 #~ "u=cylinders> »."
58842
58843 #, fuzzy
58844 #~| msgid ""
58845 #~| "The I<device> is usually /dev/sda, /dev/sdb or so.  A device name refers "
58846 #~| "to the entire disk.  Old systems without libata (a library used inside "
58847 #~| "the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a "
58848 #~| "difference between IDE and SCSI disks.  In such cases the device name "
58849 #~| "will be /dev/hd* (IDE) or /dev/sd* (SCSI)."
58850 #~ msgid ""
58851 #~ "The I<device> is usually I</dev/sda>, I</dev/sdb> or so. A device name "
58852 #~ "refers to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used "
58853 #~ "inside the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make "
58854 #~ "a difference between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name "
58855 #~ "will be I</dev/hd*> (IDE) or I</dev/sd*> (SCSI)."
58856 #~ msgstr ""
58857 #~ "Le I<périphérique> est habituellement du genre I</dev/sda>, I</dev/sdb>, "
58858 #~ "etc. Un nom de périphérique fait référence au disque entier. Les vieux "
58859 #~ "systèmes sans libata (une bibliothèque utilisée dans le noyau Linux pour "
58860 #~ "gérer les contrôleurs et les périphériques ATA) font une différence entre "
58861 #~ "les disques IDE et SCSI. Dans un tel cas, le nom de périphérique sera I</"
58862 #~ "dev/hd*> (IDE) ou I</dev/sd*> (SCSI)."
58863
58864 #, fuzzy
58865 #~| msgid ""
58866 #~| "The I<partition> is a device name followed by a partition number.  For "
58867 #~| "example, /dev/sda1 is the first partition on the first hard disk in the "
58868 #~| "system.  See also Linux kernel documentation (the Documentation/admin-"
58869 #~| "guide/devices.txt file)."
58870 #~ msgid ""
58871 #~ "The I<partition> is a device name followed by a partition number. For "
58872 #~ "example, I</dev/sda1> is the first partition on the first hard disk in "
58873 #~ "the system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the I<Documentation/"
58874 #~ "admin-guide/devices.txt> file)."
58875 #~ msgstr ""
58876 #~ "La I<partition> est un nom de périphérique suivi d'un numéro de "
58877 #~ "partition. Par exemple, I</dev/sda1> est la première partition du premier "
58878 #~ "disque dur du système. Consultez également I<Documentation/admin-guide/"
58879 #~ "devices.txt> dans la documentation du noyau Linux"
58880
58881 #, fuzzy
58882 #~| msgid ""
58883 #~| "If the size is prefixed by '+' then it is interpreted as relative to the "
58884 #~| "partition first sector.  If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is "
58885 #~| "interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the "
58886 #~| "partition)."
58887 #~ msgid ""
58888 #~ "If the size is prefixed by \\(aq+\\(aq then it is interpreted as relative "
58889 #~ "to the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by \\(aq-\\(aq "
58890 #~ "then it is interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available "
58891 #~ "sector for the partition)."
58892 #~ msgstr ""
58893 #~ "Si le préfixe de taille est « + », alors elle est interprétée "
58894 #~ "relativement au premier secteur de partition. Si le préfixe est « - », "
58895 #~ "alors elle est interprétée relativement à la limite haute (dernier "
58896 #~ "secteur disponible pour la partition)."
58897
58898 #, fuzzy
58899 #~| msgid ""
58900 #~| "B<fdisk> allows reading (by 'I' command) sfdisk compatible script "
58901 #~| "files.  The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it "
58902 #~| "is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the "
58903 #~| "device."
58904 #~ msgid ""
58905 #~ "B<fdisk> allows reading (by \\(aqI\\(aq command) B<sfdisk>(8) compatible "
58906 #~ "script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and "
58907 #~ "then it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to "
58908 #~ "the device."
58909 #~ msgstr ""
58910 #~ "B<fdisk> permet de lire (avec la commande « I ») les fichiers script "
58911 #~ "compatibles avec sfdisk. Le script est appliqué à la table de partitions "
58912 #~ "en mémoire, et la table de partitions peut ensuite être modifiée avant "
58913 #~ "d’être écrite sur le périphérique."
58914
58915 #, fuzzy
58916 #~| msgid ""
58917 #~| "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout "
58918 #~| "to the script file by command 'O'."
58919 #~ msgid ""
58920 #~ "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout "
58921 #~ "to the script file by command \\(aqO\\(aq."
58922 #~ msgstr ""
58923 #~ "À l’inverse, l’agencement de la table de partitions actuellement en "
58924 #~ "mémoire peut être écrite dans un fichier script à l’aide de la commande "
58925 #~ "« O »."
58926
58927 #, fuzzy
58928 #~| msgid ""
58929 #~| "The script files are compatible between cfdisk, sfdisk, fdisk and other "
58930 #~| "libfdisk applications. For more details see B<sfdisk>(8)."
58931 #~ msgid ""
58932 #~ "The script files are compatible between B<cfdisk>(8), B<sfdisk>(8), "
58933 #~ "B<fdisk> and other libfdisk applications. For more details see "
58934 #~ "B<sfdisk>(8)."
58935 #~ msgstr ""
58936 #~ "Les fichiers script sont compatibles entre B<cfdisk>, B<fdisk>, B<sfdisk> "
58937 #~ "et les autres applications libfdisk. Pour plus de précisions, consultez "
58938 #~ "B<sfdisk>(8)."
58939
58940 #, fuzzy
58941 #~| msgid ""
58942 #~| "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of "
58943 #~| "partitions.  In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 "
58944 #~| "partitions (called `primary').  One of these may be an extended "
58945 #~| "partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors "
58946 #~| "found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding "
58947 #~| "logical partitions.  The four primary partitions, present or not, get "
58948 #~| "numbers 1-4.  Logical partitions are numbered starting from 5."
58949 #~ msgid ""
58950 #~ "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of "
58951 #~ "partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions "
58952 #~ "(called `primary\\(aq). One of these may be an extended partition; this "
58953 #~ "is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked "
58954 #~ "list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The "
58955 #~ "four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical "
58956 #~ "partitions are numbered starting from 5."
58957 #~ msgstr ""
58958 #~ "Une table de partitions de type DOS peut décrire un nombre illimité de "
58959 #~ "partitions. Dans le secteur 0, il y a de la place pour décrire "
58960 #~ "4 partitions (appelées «\\ primaires\\ »). L'une d'entre elles peut être "
58961 #~ "une partition étendue\\ ; c'est une sorte de boîte contenant des "
58962 #~ "partitions logiques, dont les descripteurs se trouvent dans une liste "
58963 #~ "chaînée de secteurs, chacun décrivant les partitions logiques "
58964 #~ "correspondantes. Les quatre partitions primaires, présentes ou pas, "
58965 #~ "portent les numéros 1 à 4. Les partitions logiques sont numérotées à "
58966 #~ "partir de 5."
58967
58968 #, fuzzy
58969 #~| msgid ""
58970 #~| "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
58971 #~| "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given "
58972 #~| "in 32 bits), and as a B<Cylinders/Heads/Sectors> triple (given in 10+8+6 "
58973 #~| "bits).  The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 "
58974 #~| "TB.  The latter has two problems.  First, these C/H/S fields can be "
58975 #~| "filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track "
58976 #~| "are known.  And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, "
58977 #~| "the 24 bits that are available do not suffice.  DOS uses C/H/S only, "
58978 #~| "Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S.  The B<C/H/S addressing is "
58979 #~| "deprecated> and may be unsupported in some later fdisk version."
58980 #~ msgid ""
58981 #~ "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
58982 #~ "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given "
58983 #~ "in 32 bits), and as a B<Cylinders/Heads/Sectors> triple (given in 10+8+6 "
58984 #~ "bits). The former is OK \\(em with 512-byte sectors this will work up to "
58985 #~ "2 TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be "
58986 #~ "filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track "
58987 #~ "are known. And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the "
58988 #~ "24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows "
58989 #~ "uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S. The B<C/H/S addressing is deprecated> "
58990 #~ "and may be unsupported in some later B<fdisk> version."
58991 #~ msgstr ""
58992 #~ "Dans une table de partitions de type DOS, la position de départ et la "
58993 #~ "taille de chaque partition sont conservées de deux façons\\ : comme un "
58994 #~ "nombre absolu de secteurs (sur 32 bits), ou comme un triplet B<Cylindres/"
58995 #~ "Têtes/Secteurs> (sur 10+8+6 bits). La première manière fonctionne bien "
58996 #~ "— avec des secteurs de 512 octets, cela fonctionnera jusqu'à 2 To. La "
58997 #~ "seconde possibilité souffre de deux problèmes. Tout d'abord, ces champs C/"
58998 #~ "T/S ne peuvent être remplis que si le nombre de têtes et le nombre de "
58999 #~ "secteurs par piste sont connus. Ensuite, même si ces nombres étaient "
59000 #~ "connus, les 24 bits qui sont disponibles ne suffiraient pas. DOS utilise "
59001 #~ "uniquement C/T/S, Windows utilise les deux, Linux n'utilise jamais C/T/S. "
59002 #~ "L’B<adressage C/T/S est obsolète> et pourrait ne plus être pris en charge "
59003 #~ "dans une future version de B<fdisk>."
59004
59005 #, fuzzy
59006 #~| msgid ""
59007 #~| "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should "
59008 #~| "be a `whole disk' partition.  Do not start a partition that actually "
59009 #~| "uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that "
59010 #~| "will destroy the disklabel.  Note that a B<BSD label> is usually nested "
59011 #~| "within a DOS partition."
59012 #~ msgid ""
59013 #~ "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should "
59014 #~ "be a `whole disk\\(aq partition. Do not start a partition that actually "
59015 #~ "uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that "
59016 #~ "will destroy the disklabel. Note that a B<BSD label> is usually nested "
59017 #~ "within a DOS partition."
59018 #~ msgstr ""
59019 #~ "Une étiquette de disque de type BSD ou Sun peut décrire 8 partitions, "
59020 #~ "dont la troisième devrait être une partition de «\\ disque entier\\ ». Ne "
59021 #~ "commencez pas une partition utilisant réellement son premier secteur "
59022 #~ "(comme une partition d'échange) sur le cylindre\\ 0, car cela détruirait "
59023 #~ "l'étiquette du disque. Remarquez qu’une B<étiquette BSD> est normalement "
59024 #~ "imbriquée dans une partition DOS."
59025
59026 #, fuzzy
59027 #~| msgid ""
59028 #~| "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which "
59029 #~| "should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be "
59030 #~| "labeled `volume header'.  The volume header will also cover the "
59031 #~| "partition table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default "
59032 #~| "over five cylinders.  The remaining space in the volume header may be "
59033 #~| "used by header directory entries.  No partitions may overlap with the "
59034 #~| "volume header.  Also do not change its type or make some filesystem on "
59035 #~| "it, since you will lose the partition table.  Use this type of label "
59036 #~| "only when working with Linux on IRIX/SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks "
59037 #~| "under Linux."
59038 #~ msgid ""
59039 #~ "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which "
59040 #~ "should be an entire `volume\\(aq partition, while the ninth should be "
59041 #~ "labeled `volume header\\(aq. The volume header will also cover the "
59042 #~ "partition table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default "
59043 #~ "over five cylinders. The remaining space in the volume header may be used "
59044 #~ "by header directory entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume "
59045 #~ "header. Also do not change its type or make some filesystem on it, since "
59046 #~ "you will lose the partition table. Use this type of label only when "
59047 #~ "working with Linux on IRIX/SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
59048 #~ msgstr ""
59049 #~ "Une étiquette de disque IRIX/SGI peut décrire 16 partitions, dont la "
59050 #~ "onzième devrait être une partition entière de «\\ volume\\ », alors que "
59051 #~ "la neuvième devrait être étiquetée «\\ en-tête de volume\\ ». L'en-tête "
59052 #~ "de volume couvre également la table de partitions, c'est-à-dire qu'il "
59053 #~ "débute au bloc zéro et s'étend par défaut sur 5 cylindres. L'espace "
59054 #~ "restant dans l'en-tête de volume peut être utilisé par les répertoires "
59055 #~ "d'en-tête. Aucune partition ne peut empiéter sur l'en-tête de volume. Ne "
59056 #~ "modifiez pas son type et ne créez de système de fichiers dessus, car vous "
59057 #~ "perdriez alors la table de partitions. N'utilisez ce type d'étiquette que "
59058 #~ "lorsque vous travaillez sur des machines IRIX/SGI ou avec des disques "
59059 #~ "IRIX/SGI sous Linux."
59060
59061 #, fuzzy
59062 #~| msgid "DOS mode and DOS 6.x WARNING"
59063 #~ msgid "DOS MODE AND DOS 6.X WARNING"
59064 #~ msgstr "Avertissement sur le mode DOS et DOS 6.x"
59065
59066 #, fuzzy
59067 #~| msgid ""
59068 #~| "B<Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things "
59069 #~| "like> B<geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you "
59070 #~| "really want> B<DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS "
59071 #~| "mode and cylinder> B<units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk "
59072 #~| "command-line options.>"
59073 #~ msgid ""
59074 #~ "B<Note that all this is deprecated. You don\\(cqt have to care about "
59075 #~ "things like> B<geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you "
59076 #~ "really want> B<DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS "
59077 #~ "mode and cylinder> B<units by using the \\(aq-c=dos -u=cylinders\\(aq "
59078 #~ "fdisk command-line options.>"
59079 #~ msgstr ""
59080 #~ "B<Remarquez que tout cela est obsolète. Vous n’avez pas à vous soucier de "
59081 #~ "choses comme la géométrie et les cylindres sur les systèmes "
59082 #~ "d’exploitation modernes. Si vous voulez vraiment un partitionnement "
59083 #~ "compatible DOS, alors vous devez activer le mode DOS et le cylindre comme "
59084 #~ "unité en utilisant les options de ligne de commande « -c=dos -"
59085 #~ "u=cylinders ».>"
59086
59087 #, fuzzy
59088 #~| msgid ""
59089 #~| "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first "
59090 #~| "sector of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as "
59091 #~| "more reliable than the information in the partition table.  DOS FORMAT "
59092 #~| "expects DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a "
59093 #~| "partition whenever a size change occurs.  DOS FORMAT will look at this "
59094 #~| "extra information even if the /U flag is given -- we consider this a bug "
59095 #~| "in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
59096 #~ msgid ""
59097 #~ "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector "
59098 #~ "of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more "
59099 #~ "reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects "
59100 #~ "DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition "
59101 #~ "whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra "
59102 #~ "information even if the /U flag is given \\(em we consider this a bug in "
59103 #~ "DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
59104 #~ msgstr ""
59105 #~ "La commande FORMAT de DOS 6.x recherche certaines informations dans le "
59106 #~ "premier secteur de la section de données de la partition. Elle considère "
59107 #~ "ces informations comme étant plus fiables que celles de la table de "
59108 #~ "partitions. La commande FORMAT de DOS s'attend à ce que FDISK de DOS "
59109 #~ "efface les 512 premiers octets de la section de données d'une partition "
59110 #~ "chaque fois qu'il y a une modification de sa taille. La commande FORMAT "
59111 #~ "de DOS recherchera cette information supplémentaire même si l’attribut /U "
59112 #~ "est indiqué — nous considérons que c'est un bogue des commandes FORMAT et "
59113 #~ "FDISK de DOS."
59114
59115 #, fuzzy
59116 #~| msgid ""
59117 #~| "The bottom line is that if you use B<fdisk> or B<cfdisk> to change the "
59118 #~| "size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd>(1) to "
59119 #~| "B<zero the first 512 bytes> of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to "
59120 #~| "format the partition.  For example, if you were using B<fdisk> to make a "
59121 #~| "DOS partition table entry for /dev/sda1, then (after exiting B<fdisk> "
59122 #~| "and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) "
59123 #~| "you would use the command \"dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 "
59124 #~| "count=1\" to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
59125 #~ msgid ""
59126 #~ "The bottom line is that if you use B<fdisk> or B<cfdisk> to change the "
59127 #~ "size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd>(1) to "
59128 #~ "B<zero the first 512 bytes> of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to "
59129 #~ "format the partition. For example, if you were using B<fdisk> to make a "
59130 #~ "DOS partition table entry for I</dev/sda1>, then (after exiting B<fdisk> "
59131 #~ "and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you "
59132 #~ "would use the command B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1> to "
59133 #~ "zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
59134 #~ msgstr ""
59135 #~ "Par conséquent, si vous utilisez B<fdisk> ou B<cfdisk> pour modifier la "
59136 #~ "taille d'une partition DOS, vous devez aussi utiliser B<dd>(1) pour "
59137 #~ "B<mettre à zéro les 512 premiers octets> de cette partition avant "
59138 #~ "d'utiliser la commande FORMAT de DOS pour formater cette partition. Par "
59139 #~ "exemple, si vous avez utilisé B<cfdisk> pour créer une entrée de table de "
59140 #~ "partitions DOS pour I</dev/sda1>, vous devriez alors (après avoir quitté "
59141 #~ "B<fdisk> et redémarré Linux afin que les informations de table de "
59142 #~ "partitions soient correctes) utiliser la commande «\\ dd if=/dev/zero of=/"
59143 #~ "dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1\\ » pour mettre à zéro les 512 premiers octets de "
59144 #~ "la partition."
59145
59146 #, fuzzy
59147 #~| msgid ""
59148 #~| "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is "
59149 #~| "the only system on the disk.  However, if the disk has to be shared with "
59150 #~| "other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an fdisk from "
59151 #~| "another operating system make at least one partition.  When Linux boots "
59152 #~| "it looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) "
59153 #~| "geometry is required for good cooperation with other systems."
59154 #~ msgid ""
59155 #~ "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is "
59156 #~ "the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with "
59157 #~ "other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an B<fdisk> from "
59158 #~ "another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it "
59159 #~ "looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is "
59160 #~ "required for good cooperation with other systems."
59161 #~ msgstr ""
59162 #~ "D'habitude, tout se passe bien par défaut, et il n'y a aucun problème si "
59163 #~ "Linux est le seul système sur le disque. Néanmoins, si le disque doit "
59164 #~ "être partagé avec d'autres systèmes d'exploitation, c'est en général une "
59165 #~ "bonne idée de créer au moins une autre partition avec un fdisk d'un autre "
59166 #~ "système d'exploitation. Quand Linux démarre, il examine la table de "
59167 #~ "partitions, et essaie de déduire quelle est la géométrie factice "
59168 #~ "nécessaire pour une bonne coopération avec les autres systèmes."
59169
59170 #, fuzzy
59171 #~| msgid ""
59172 #~| "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
59173 #~| "program.  For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
59174 #~| "program and Linux partitions with the Linux fdisk or Linux cfdisk "
59175 #~| "programs."
59176 #~ msgid ""
59177 #~ "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
59178 #~ "program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
59179 #~ "program and Linux partitions with the Linux B<fdisk> or Linux "
59180 #~ "B<cfdisk>(8) programs."
59181 #~ msgstr ""
59182 #~ "De façon à obtenir de meilleurs résultats, vous devriez toujours utiliser "
59183 #~ "un programme de table de partitions spécifique au système d'exploitation. "
59184 #~ "Par exemple, vous devriez créer des partitions DOS avec le programme DOS "
59185 #~ "FDISK et des partitions Linux avec les programmes Linux fdisk ou cfdisk."
59186
59187 #, fuzzy
59188 #~| msgid "FDISK_DEBUG=all"
59189 #~ msgid "B<FDISK_DEBUG>=all"
59190 #~ msgstr "B<FDISK_DEBUG=>I<all>"
59191
59192 #, fuzzy
59193 #~| msgid ""
59194 #~| "The fdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
59195 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
59196 #~ msgid ""
59197 #~ "The B<fdisk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
59198 #~ "downloaded from"
59199 #~ msgstr ""
59200 #~ "La commande B<fdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux et est disponible "
59201 #~ "sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."
59202
59203 #~ msgid ""
59204 #~ "B<fdisk> is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of "
59205 #~ "partition tables.  It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition "
59206 #~ "tables."
59207 #~ msgstr ""
59208 #~ "B<fdisk> est un programme piloté par des fenêtres de dialogue permettant "
59209 #~ "la création et la manipulation des tables de partitions. Les tables de "
59210 #~ "partitions GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI et BSD sont prises en charge."
59211
59212 #~ msgid ""
59213 #~ "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by "
59214 #~ "default.  Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with "
59215 #~ "\"fdisk -S E<lt>nE<gt> -H E<lt>nE<gt>\" advices for SSD or 4K-sector "
59216 #~ "devices."
59217 #~ msgstr ""
59218 #~ "L'adressage CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) est obsolescent et n'est pas "
59219 #~ "utilisé par défaut. Veuillez ne pas suivre les vieux articles et les "
59220 #~ "recommandations avec «\\ fdisk\\ -S\\ E<lt>nE<gt>\\ -H\\ E<lt>nE<gt>\\ » "
59221 #~ "pour les SSD et les périphériques blocs de secteurs 4 Ko."
59222
59223 #~ msgid ""
59224 #~ "Note that B<partx>(8)  provides a rich interface for scripts to print "
59225 #~ "disk layouts, B<fdisk> is mostly designed for humans.  Backward "
59226 #~ "compatibility in the output of B<fdisk> is not guaranteed.  The input "
59227 #~ "(the commands) should always be backward compatible."
59228 #~ msgstr ""
59229 #~ "Remarquez que B<partx>(8) fournit une interface évoluée pour afficher les "
59230 #~ "dispositions de disque dans les scripts, B<fdisk> est surtout conçu pour "
59231 #~ "les humains. La rétrocompatibilité de la sortie de B<fdisk> n’est pas "
59232 #~ "garantie. L’entrée (les commandes) devraient toujours être "
59233 #~ "rétrocompatibles."
59234
59235 #~ msgid ""
59236 #~ "Specify the sector size of the disk.  Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, "
59237 #~ "and 4096.  (Recent kernels know the sector size.  Use this option only on "
59238 #~ "old kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.)  Since util-linux-2.17, "
59239 #~ "B<fdisk> differentiates between logical and physical sector size.  This "
59240 #~ "option changes both sector sizes to I<sectorsize>B<.>"
59241 #~ msgstr ""
59242 #~ "Indiquer la I<taille> des secteurs du disque. Les valeurs possibles sont "
59243 #~ "512, 1024, 2048 et 4096 (les noyaux récents connaissent la taille de "
59244 #~ "secteur. N'utilisez cette option que sur des noyaux anciens ou pour "
59245 #~ "passer outre l'avis du noyau). Depuis util-linux 2.17, B<fdisk> fait la "
59246 #~ "différence entre les tailles de secteurs logique et physique. Cette "
59247 #~ "option modifie les tailles des deux secteurs en I<taille>."
59248
59249 #, fuzzy
59250 #~ msgid ""
59251 #~ "Colorize the output.  The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
59252 #~ "B<never> or B<always>.  If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults "
59253 #~ "to B<auto>.  The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default "
59254 #~ "see the B<--help> output.  See also the B<COLORS> section."
59255 #~ msgstr ""
59256 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  fdisk.8.po (manpages-fr)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
59257 #~ "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
59258 #~ "B<never> ou B<always>. En absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
59259 #~ "valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les "
59260 #~ "valeurs par défaut internes, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--"
59261 #~ "help>. Consultez également la section B<COULEURS>.\n"
59262 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  sfdisk.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
59263 #~ "Colorer la sortie. L’argument facultatif I<quand> peut être B<auto>, "
59264 #~ "B<never> ou B<always>. En absence d’argument I<quand>, B<auto> est la "
59265 #~ "valeur par défaut. Les couleurs peuvent être désactivées. Pour les "
59266 #~ "valeurs par défaut, consultez la sortie de la commande avec B<--help>. "
59267 #~ "Consultez également la section B<COULEURS>."
59268
59269 #~ msgid ""
59270 #~ "List the partition tables for the specified devices and then exit.  If no "
59271 #~ "devices are given, those mentioned in I</proc/partitions> (if that file "
59272 #~ "exists) are used."
59273 #~ msgstr ""
59274 #~ "Afficher les tables de partitions des périphériques indiqués puis "
59275 #~ "quitter. Si aucun périphérique n'est fourni, ceux mentionnés dans I</proc/"
59276 #~ "partitions> (si ce fichier existe) sont utilisés."
59277
59278 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --output >I<list>"
59279 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<liste>"
59280
59281 #~ msgid ""
59282 #~ "Specify which output columns to print.  Use B<--help> to get a list of "
59283 #~ "all supported columns."
59284 #~ msgstr ""
59285 #~ "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une "
59286 #~ "liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
59287
59288 #~ msgid ""
59289 #~ "Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device.  This "
59290 #~ "option is DEPRECATED in favour of B<blockdev>(8)."
59291 #~ msgstr ""
59292 #~ "Afficher la taille, en secteur de 512 octets, de chaque périphérique bloc "
59293 #~ "donné. Cette option est B<obsolète>, remplacée par B<blockdev>(1)."
59294
59295 #~ msgid ""
59296 #~ "Specify the number of cylinders of the disk.  I have no idea why anybody "
59297 #~ "would want to do so."
59298 #~ msgstr ""
59299 #~ "Indiquer le I<nombre> de cylindres du disque. L’utilité de cette option "
59300 #~ "est inconnue."
59301
59302 #~ msgid ""
59303 #~ "Specify the number of heads of the disk.  (Not the physical number, of "
59304 #~ "course, but the number used for partition tables.)  Reasonable values are "
59305 #~ "255 and 16."
59306 #~ msgstr ""
59307 #~ "Indiquer le I<nombre> de têtes du disque (pas le nombre physique, bien "
59308 #~ "sûr, mais celui utilisé pour la table de partitions). 255 et 16 sont des "
59309 #~ "valeurs raisonnables."
59310
59311 #~ msgid ""
59312 #~ "Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk.  (Not the physical "
59313 #~ "number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A "
59314 #~ "reasonable value is 63."
59315 #~ msgstr ""
59316 #~ "Indiquer le I<nombre> de secteurs par piste du disque (pas le nombre "
59317 #~ "physique, bien sûr, mais celui utilisé pour la table de partitions). 63 "
59318 #~ "est une valeur raisonnable."
59319
59320 #~ msgid ""
59321 #~ "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
59322 #~ "order to avoid possible collisions.  The argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
59323 #~ "B<never> or B<always>.  When this option is not given, the default is "
59324 #~ "B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive "
59325 #~ "mode.  In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages "
59326 #~ "before a new partition table is created.  See also B<wipefs>(8)  command."
59327 #~ msgstr ""
59328 #~ "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, de RAID et de table de "
59329 #~ "partitions du périphérique dans le but d'éviter de possibles collisions. "
59330 #~ "L'argument I<quand> peut être B<auto>, B<never> ou B<always>. Quand cette "
59331 #~ "option n'est pas fournie, B<auto> est la valeur par défaut, auquel cas "
59332 #~ "les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode interactif. Dans tous "
59333 #~ "les cas, les signatures détectées sont rapportées par des messages "
59334 #~ "d'avertissement avant la création d'une nouvelle table de partitions. "
59335 #~ "Consultez aussi la commande B<wipefs>(8)."
59336
59337 #~ msgid ""
59338 #~ "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
59339 #~ "partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions.  The argument I<when> "
59340 #~ "can be B<auto>, B<never> or B<always>.  When this option is not given, "
59341 #~ "the default is B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in "
59342 #~ "interactive mode and after confirmation by user.  In all cases detected "
59343 #~ "signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition is "
59344 #~ "created.  See also B<wipefs>(8)  command."
59345 #~ msgstr ""
59346 #~ "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, de RAID et de table de "
59347 #~ "partitions de partitions nouvellement créées dans le but d'éviter de "
59348 #~ "possibles collisions. L'argument I<quand> peut être B<auto>, B<never> ou "
59349 #~ "B<always>. Quand cette option n'est pas fournie, B<auto> est la valeur "
59350 #~ "par défaut, auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le "
59351 #~ "mode interactif et après confirmation de l'utilisateur. Dans tous les "
59352 #~ "cas, les signatures détectées sont rapportées par des messages "
59353 #~ "d'avertissement avant la création d'une nouvelle table de partitions. "
59354 #~ "Consultez aussi la commande B<wipefs>(8)."
59355
59356 #~ msgid ""
59357 #~ "The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits.  "
59358 #~ "The +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended."
59359 #~ msgstr ""
59360 #~ "Les tailles relatives sont toujours alignées d’après les limites de "
59361 #~ "périphérique E/S. La notation +/-E<lt>I<taille>E<gt>{K,B,M,G,...} est "
59362 #~ "recommandée."
59363
59364 #~ msgid ""
59365 #~ "GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table.  GPT uses "
59366 #~ "64-bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions "
59367 #~ "and an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions "
59368 #~ "is usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
59369 #~ msgstr ""
59370 #~ "GPT est la norme moderne pour la disposition de la table de partitions. "
59371 #~ "GPT utilise des adresses de blocs logiques sur 64 bits, des sommes de "
59372 #~ "contrôle, des UUID et des noms pour les partitions, et n’est pas limitée "
59373 #~ "en nombre de partitions (bien que le nombre de partitions soit souvent "
59374 #~ "restreint à 128 dans de nombreux outils de partitionnement)."
59375
59376 #~ msgid ""
59377 #~ "Note that the first sector is still reserved for a B<protective MBR> in "
59378 #~ "the GPT specification.  It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-"
59379 #~ "recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
59380 #~ msgstr ""
59381 #~ "Remarquez que le premier secteur est toujours réservé pour un secteur "
59382 #~ "d'amorçage principal de protection (B<protective MBR>) dans la "
59383 #~ "spécification GPT. Cela empêche les outils de partitionnement ne prenant "
59384 #~ "en charge que le MBR de ne pas reconnaître et d’écraser les disques GPT."
59385
59386 #~ msgid ""
59387 #~ "A sync() and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from "
59388 #~ "disk)  are performed before exiting when the partition table has been "
59389 #~ "updated."
59390 #~ msgstr ""
59391 #~ "Une B<sync>() et une B<ioctl(BLKRRPART)> (relecture de la table de "
59392 #~ "partitions du disque) sont réalisées avant de quitter quand la table de "
59393 #~ "partitions a été mise à jour."
59394
59395 #~ msgid ""
59396 #~ "B<fdisk> usually obtains the disk geometry automatically.  This is not "
59397 #~ "necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not "
59398 #~ "really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something "
59399 #~ "that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), "
59400 #~ "but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
59401 #~ msgstr ""
59402 #~ "Généralement, B<fdisk> devrait déterminer automatiquement la géométrie du "
59403 #~ "disque. Ce n'est pas nécessairement la géométrie physique du disque (en "
59404 #~ "effet, les disques modernes ne possèdent pas à proprement parler quoi que "
59405 #~ "ce soit pouvant être assimilé à une géométrie physique, et encore moins "
59406 #~ "quelque chose pouvant être décrit par la forme simpliste Cylindres/Têtes/"
59407 #~ "Secteurs), mais c'est la géométrie de disque qu'utilise MS-DOS pour la "
59408 #~ "table de partitions."
59409
59410 #~ msgid ""
59411 #~ "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency "
59412 #~ "check is performed on the partition table entries.  This check verifies "
59413 #~ "that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and "
59414 #~ "that each partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for "
59415 #~ "the first partition)."
59416 #~ msgstr ""
59417 #~ "Chaque fois qu'une table de partitions est écrite en mode DOS, un test de "
59418 #~ "cohérence est effectué sur les entrées de la table de partitions. Ce test "
59419 #~ "vérifie que les débuts et fins physiques et logiques sont identiques, et "
59420 #~ "que chaque partition commence et se termine sur une limite de cylindre "
59421 #~ "(sauf pour la première partition)."
59422
59423 #~ msgid ""
59424 #~ "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on "
59425 #~ "a cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder.  Partitions "
59426 #~ "beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is "
59427 #~ "unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
59428 #~ msgstr ""
59429 #~ "Certaines versions de MS-DOS créent une première partition qui ne "
59430 #~ "commence pas sur une limite de cylindre, mais sur le secteur 2 du premier "
59431 #~ "cylindre. Les partitions commençant au cylindre 1 ne peuvent pas débuter "
59432 #~ "sur une limite de cylindre, mais il est peu probable que cela pose "
59433 #~ "problème à moins d'avoir également OS/2 sur la machine."
59434
59435 #~ msgid ""
59436 #~ "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5)  for more details about colorization "
59437 #~ "configuration. The logical color names supported by B<fdisk> are:"
59438 #~ msgstr ""
59439 #~ "Consultez B<terminal-colors.d>(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
59440 #~ "configuration de coloration. Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge "
59441 #~ "par B<fdisk> sont les suivantes."
59442
59443 #~ msgid ""
59444 #~ "The fdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
59445 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
59446 #~ msgstr ""
59447 #~ "La commande B<fdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux et est disponible "
59448 #~ "sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."
59449
59450 #~ msgid "FINDFS"
59451 #~ msgstr "FINDFS"
59452
59453 #, fuzzy
59454 #~| msgid "B<LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
59455 #~ msgid "B<LABEL>=I<E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
59456 #~ msgstr "B<LABEL=>I<étiquette>"
59457
59458 #, fuzzy
59459 #~| msgid "B<UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
59460 #~ msgid "B<UUID>=I<E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
59461 #~ msgstr "B<UUID=>I<UUID>"
59462
59463 #, fuzzy
59464 #~| msgid "B<PARTUUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
59465 #~ msgid "B<PARTUUID>=I<E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
59466 #~ msgstr "B<PARTUUID=>I<UUID>"
59467
59468 #, fuzzy
59469 #~| msgid "B<PARTLABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
59470 #~ msgid "B<PARTLABEL>=I<E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
59471 #~ msgstr "B<PARTLABEL=>I<étiquette>"
59472
59473 #~ msgid "B<2>"
59474 #~ msgstr "B<2>"
59475
59476 #~ msgid "B<findfs> B<NAME=>I<value>"
59477 #~ msgstr "B<findfs> I<NOM>B<=>I<valeur>"
59478
59479 #~ msgid "B<LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
59480 #~ msgstr "B<LABEL=>I<étiquette>"
59481
59482 #~ msgid "B<UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
59483 #~ msgstr "B<UUID=>I<UUID>"
59484
59485 #~ msgid "B<PARTUUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
59486 #~ msgstr "B<PARTUUID=>I<UUID>"
59487
59488 #~ msgid "B<PARTLABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
59489 #~ msgstr "B<PARTLABEL=>I<étiquette>"
59490
59491 #~ msgid ""
59492 #~ "The findfs command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
59493 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
59494 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
59495 #~ msgstr ""
59496 #~ "La commande B<findfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
59497 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
59498 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
59499
59500 #~ msgid "FINDMNT"
59501 #~ msgstr "FINDMNT"
59502
59503 #, fuzzy
59504 #~| msgid ""
59505 #~| "Use alternative namespace /proc/E<lt>tidE<gt>/mountinfo rather than the "
59506 #~| "default /proc/self/mountinfo.  If the option is specified more than "
59507 #~| "once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the B<--list> option).  See "
59508 #~| "also the B<unshare>(1)  command."
59509 #~ msgid ""
59510 #~ "Use alternative namespace I</proc/E<lt>tidE<gt>/mountinfo> rather than "
59511 #~ "the default I</proc/self/mountinfo>. If the option is specified more than "
59512 #~ "once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the B<--list> option). See "
59513 #~ "also the B<unshare>(1) command."
59514 #~ msgstr ""
59515 #~ "Utiliser l’espace de noms alternatif I</proc/E<lt>idtE<gt>/mountinfo> au "
59516 #~ "lieu de I</proc/self/mountinfo> par défaut. Si l’option est indiquée plus "
59517 #~ "d’une fois, alors la sortie au format arborescent est désactivée "
59518 #~ "(consultez l’option B<--list>). Consultez également la commande "
59519 #~ "B<unshare>(1)."
59520
59521 #, fuzzy
59522 #~| msgid ""
59523 #~| "Use raw output format.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
59524 #~| "escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
59525 #~ msgid ""
59526 #~ "Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
59527 #~ "(\\(rsxE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
59528 #~ msgstr ""
59529 #~ "Utiliser le format de sortie brut. Tous les caractères potentiellement "
59530 #~ "non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>)."
59531
59532 #, fuzzy
59533 #~| msgid "B<-s>,B< --fstab>"
59534 #~ msgid "B<-s>, B<--fstab>"
59535 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--fstab>"
59536
59537 #, fuzzy
59538 #~| msgid ""
59539 #~| "Define the mount target.  If I<path> is not a mountpoint file or "
59540 #~| "directory, then B<findmnt> checks the I<path> elements in reverse order "
59541 #~| "to get the mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in "
59542 #~| "kernel files and unsupported for B<--fstab>).  It's recommended to use "
59543 #~| "the option B<--mountpoint> when checks of I<path> elements are unwanted "
59544 #~| "and I<path> is a strictly specified mountpoint."
59545 #~ msgid ""
59546 #~ "Define the mount target. If I<path> is not a mountpoint file or "
59547 #~ "directory, then B<findmnt> checks the I<path> elements in reverse order "
59548 #~ "to get the mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in "
59549 #~ "kernel files and unsupported for B<--fstab>). It\\(cqs recommended to use "
59550 #~ "the option B<--mountpoint> when checks of I<path> elements are unwanted "
59551 #~ "and I<path> is a strictly specified mountpoint."
59552 #~ msgstr ""
59553 #~ "Définir la cible de montage. Si le I<chemin> n’est pas un fichier de "
59554 #~ "point de montage ou un répertoire, B<findmnt> vérifie les éléments de "
59555 #~ "I<chemin> dans l’ordre inverse pour obtenir le point de montage (cette "
59556 #~ "fonctionnalité n’est prise en charge que pour la recherche dans les "
59557 #~ "fichiers du noyau mais n’est pas prise en charge pour B<--fstab>). Il est "
59558 #~ "recommandé d’utiliser l’option B<--mountpoint> quand les vérifications "
59559 #~ "des éléments de I<chemin> ne sont pas désirées et que I<chemin> est un "
59560 #~ "point de montage indiqué strictement."
59561
59562 #, fuzzy
59563 #~| msgid ""
59564 #~| "Check mount table content. The default is to verify I</etc/fstab> "
59565 #~| "parsability and usability. It's possible to use this option also with "
59566 #~| "B<--tab-file>.  It's possible to specify source (device) or target "
59567 #~| "(mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option B<--verbose> forces "
59568 #~| "findmnt to print more details."
59569 #~ msgid ""
59570 #~ "Check mount table content. The default is to verify I</etc/fstab> "
59571 #~ "parsability and usability. It\\(cqs possible to use this option also with "
59572 #~ "B<--tab-file>. It\\(cqs possible to specify source (device) or target "
59573 #~ "(mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option B<--verbose> forces "
59574 #~ "findmnt to print more details."
59575 #~ msgstr ""
59576 #~ "Vérifier le contenu de la table de montage. Le comportement par défaut "
59577 #~ "est de vérifier la possibilité d’analyse et d’exploitation de I</etc/"
59578 #~ "fstab>. Il est possible d’utiliser aussi cette option avec B<--tab-file>. "
59579 #~ "Il est possible d’indiquer la source (périphérique) ou la cible (point de "
59580 #~ "montage) pour filtrer la table de montage. L’option B<--verbose> oblige "
59581 #~ "B<findmnt> à imprimer davantage de détails."
59582
59583 #, fuzzy
59584 #~| msgid ""
59585 #~| "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is /"
59586 #~| "mnt/foo.  It also prints bind mounts where /mnt/foo is a source."
59587 #~ msgid ""
59588 #~ "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is I</"
59589 #~ "mnt/foo>. It also prints bind mounts where I</mnt/foo> is a source."
59590 #~ msgstr ""
59591 #~ "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de I</etc/fstab> où le répertoire "
59592 #~ "du point de montage est I</mnt/toto>. Cela affiche aussi les remontages "
59593 #~ "dont I</mnt/toto> est source."
59594
59595 #, fuzzy
59596 #~| msgid ""
59597 #~| "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is /"
59598 #~| "mnt/foo."
59599 #~ msgid ""
59600 #~ "Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is I</"
59601 #~ "mnt/foo>."
59602 #~ msgstr ""
59603 #~ "Afficher tous les systèmes de fichiers de I</etc/fstab> où le répertoire "
59604 #~ "du point de montage est I</mnt/toto>."
59605
59606 #, fuzzy
59607 #~| msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on /mnt/foo."
59608 #~ msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on I</mnt/foo>."
59609 #~ msgstr ""
59610 #~ "Surveiller les montage, démontage, remontage et déplacement de I</mnt/"
59611 #~ "toto>."
59612
59613 #, fuzzy
59614 #~| msgid "Waits for /mnt/foo unmount."
59615 #~ msgid "Waits for I</mnt/foo> unmount."
59616 #~ msgstr "Attendre le démontage de I</mnt/toto>."
59617
59618 #, fuzzy
59619 #~| msgid ""
59620 #~| "The findmnt command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
59621 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
59622 #~ msgid ""
59623 #~ "The B<findmnt> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
59624 #~ "downloaded from"
59625 #~ msgstr ""
59626 #~ "La commande B<findmnt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
59627 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://ww.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
59628 #~ ">E<gt>."
59629
59630 #~ msgid "May 2018"
59631 #~ msgstr "Mai 2018"
59632
59633 #~ msgid ""
59634 #~ "B<findmnt> [options] [B<--source>] I<device> [B<--target>|B<--"
59635 #~ "mountpoint>] I<mountpoint>"
59636 #~ msgstr ""
59637 #~ "B<findmnt> [I<options>] [B<--source>] I<périphérique> [B<--target>]|[B<--"
59638 #~ "mountpoint>] I<point_de_montage>"
59639
59640 #~ msgid ""
59641 #~ "B<findmnt> will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem.  "
59642 #~ "The B<\\%findmnt> command is able to search in I</etc/fstab>, I</etc/"
59643 #~ "mtab> or I</proc/self/mountinfo>.  If I<device> or I<mountpoint> is not "
59644 #~ "given, all filesystems are shown."
59645 #~ msgstr ""
59646 #~ "B<findmnt> affichera la liste de tous les systèmes de fichiers montés ou "
59647 #~ "recherchera un système de fichiers. La commande B<\\%findmnt> peut "
59648 #~ "chercher dans I</etc/fstab>, I</etc/mtab> ou I</proc/self/mountinfo>. Si "
59649 #~ "I<périphérique> ou I<point_de_montage> ne sont pas donnés, tous les "
59650 #~ "systèmes de fichiers sont montrés."
59651
59652 #~ msgid ""
59653 #~ "The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, "
59654 #~ "filesystem label or UUID, or partition label or UUID.  Note that B<\\"
59655 #~ "%findmnt> follows B<mount>(8)  behavior where a device name may be "
59656 #~ "interpreted as a mountpoint (and vice versa) if the B<--target>, B<--"
59657 #~ "mountpoint> or B<--source> options are not specified."
59658 #~ msgstr ""
59659 #~ "Le périphérique peut être indiqué par son nom de périphérique, les "
59660 #~ "numéros maj:min, l’étiquette (LABEL) ou l’UUID de système de fichiers ou "
59661 #~ "l’étiquette (PARTLABEL) ou PARTUUID de partition. Remarquez B<\\%findmnt> "
59662 #~ "suit le comportement de B<mount>(8) selon lequel un nom de périphérique "
59663 #~ "peut être interprété comme un point de montage (et vice versa) si les "
59664 #~ "options B<--target>, B<--mountpoint> ou B<--source> ne sont pas indiquées."
59665
59666 #~ msgid "B<-A>,B< --all>"
59667 #~ msgstr "B<-A>, B<--all>"
59668
59669 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --ascii>"
59670 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--ascii>"
59671
59672 #~ msgid "B<-b>,B< --bytes>"
59673 #~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<--bytes>"
59674
59675 #~ msgid "B<-C>,B< --nocanonicalize>"
59676 #~ msgstr "B<-C>, B<--nocanonicalize>"
59677
59678 #~ msgid ""
59679 #~ "Do not canonicalize paths at all.  This option affects the comparing of "
59680 #~ "paths and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
59681 #~ msgstr ""
59682 #~ "Ne pas canoniser du tout les chemins. Cette option affecte la comparaison "
59683 #~ "de chemin et l’évaluation d’étiquettes (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
59684
59685 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --canonicalize>"
59686 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--canonicalize>"
59687
59688 #~ msgid "B<-D>,B< --df>"
59689 #~ msgstr "B<-D>, B<--df>"
59690
59691 #~ msgid ""
59692 #~ "Imitate the output of B<df>(1).  This option is equivalent to B<-o\\ "
59693 #~ "SOURCE,FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET> but excludes all pseudo "
59694 #~ "filesystems.  Use B<--all> to print all filesystems."
59695 #~ msgstr ""
59696 #~ "Imiter la sortie de B<df>(1). Cette option est équivalente à B<-o\\ "
59697 #~ "SOURCE,FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET>, mais exclut tous les pseudo-"
59698 #~ "systèmes de fichiers. Utilisez B<--all> pour afficher tous les systèmes "
59699 #~ "de fichiers."
59700
59701 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --direction >I<word>"
59702 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--direction> I<mot>"
59703
59704 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --evaluate>"
59705 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--evaluate>"
59706
59707 #~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --tab-file >I<path>"
59708 #~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--tab-file> I<chemin>"
59709
59710 #~ msgid ""
59711 #~ "Search in an alternative file.  If used with B<--fstab>, B<--mtab> or B<--"
59712 #~ "kernel>, then it overrides the default paths.  If specified more than "
59713 #~ "once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the B<--list> option)."
59714 #~ msgstr ""
59715 #~ "Chercher dans un autre fichier. Si elle est utilisée avec B<--fstab>, B<--"
59716 #~ "mtab> ou B<--kernel>, alors elle remplace les chemins par défaut. Si elle "
59717 #~ "est indiquée plus d’une fois, alors la sortie au format arborescent est "
59718 #~ "désactivée (consultez l’option B<--list>)."
59719
59720 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --first-only>"
59721 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--first-only>"
59722
59723 #~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --invert>"
59724 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--invert>"
59725
59726 #~ msgid "B<-k>,B< --kernel>"
59727 #~ msgstr "B<-k>, B<--kernel>"
59728
59729 #~ msgid ""
59730 #~ "Search in I</proc/self/mountinfo>.  The output is in the tree-like "
59731 #~ "format.  This is the default.  The output contains only mount options "
59732 #~ "maintained by kernel (see also B<--mtab)>."
59733 #~ msgstr ""
59734 #~ "Rechercher dans I</proc/self/mountinfo>. L'affichage est au format "
59735 #~ "arborescent. C'est le fonctionnement par défaut. La sortie contient les "
59736 #~ "options de montage respectées par le noyau (consultez aussi B<--mtab>)."
59737
59738 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --list>"
59739 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>"
59740
59741 #~ msgid ""
59742 #~ "Use the list output format.  This output format is automatically enabled "
59743 #~ "if the output is restricted by the B<-t>, B<-O>, B<-S> or B<-T> option "
59744 #~ "and the option B<--submounts> is not used or if more that one source file "
59745 #~ "(the option B<-F>) is specified."
59746 #~ msgstr ""
59747 #~ "Utiliser l'affichage au format liste. Ce format de sortie est activé "
59748 #~ "automatiquement si la sortie est restreinte par les options B<-t>, B<-O>, "
59749 #~ "B<-S> ou B<-T> et que l'option B<--submounts> n'est pas utilisée ou si "
59750 #~ "plus d’un fichier source (l’option B<-F>) est indiqué."
59751
59752 #~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --mountpoint >I<path>"
59753 #~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--mountpoint> I<chemin>"
59754
59755 #~ msgid ""
59756 #~ "Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory.  See also B<--target>."
59757 #~ msgstr ""
59758 #~ "Définir explicitement le fichier ou le répertoire de point de montage. "
59759 #~ "Consultez aussi B<--target>."
59760
59761 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --mtab>"
59762 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--mtab>"
59763
59764 #~ msgid ""
59765 #~ "Search in I</etc/mtab>.  The output is in the list format by default (see "
59766 #~ "B<--tree>).  The output may include user space mount options."
59767 #~ msgstr ""
59768 #~ "Rechercher dans I</etc/mtab>. L'affichage est au format liste par défaut "
59769 #~ "(consultez B<--tree>). La sortie peut inclure les options de montage en "
59770 #~ "espace utilisateur."
59771
59772 #~ msgid "B<-N>,B< --task >I<tid>"
59773 #~ msgstr "B<-N>, B<--task> I<idt>"
59774
59775 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --noheadings>"
59776 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noheadings>"
59777
59778 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --options >I<list>"
59779 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--options> I<liste>"
59780
59781 #~ msgid ""
59782 #~ "Limit the set of printed filesystems.  More than one option may be "
59783 #~ "specified in a comma-separated list.  The B<-t> and B<-O> options are "
59784 #~ "cumulative in effect.  It is different from B<-t> in that each option is "
59785 #~ "matched exactly; a leading I<no> at the beginning does not have global "
59786 #~ "meaning.  The \"no\" can used for individual items in the list.  The "
59787 #~ "\"no\" prefix interpretation can be disabled by \"+\" prefix."
59788 #~ msgstr ""
59789 #~ "Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs options "
59790 #~ "peuvent être indiquées, séparées par des virgules. Les options B<-t> et "
59791 #~ "B<-O> sont de fait cumulatives. Cela est différent de l'option B<-t> car "
59792 #~ "chaque option est appliquée strictement. Un B<no> au début d’une option "
59793 #~ "n’a pas de signification globale. Le B<no> peut être utilisé pour des "
59794 #~ "éléments individuels de la liste. L’interprétation du préfixe B<no> peut "
59795 #~ "être désactivée par le préfixe B<+>."
59796
59797 #~ msgid ""
59798 #~ "Define output columns.  See the B<--help> output to get a list of the "
59799 #~ "currently supported columns.  The B<TARGET> column contains tree "
59800 #~ "formatting if the B<--list> or B<--raw> options are not specified."
59801 #~ msgstr ""
59802 #~ "Définir les colonnes de sortie. Consultez la sortie de B<--help> pour "
59803 #~ "obtenir une liste des colonnes actuellement prises en charge. La colonne "
59804 #~ "B<TARGET> contient le formatage d'arborescence si les options B<--list> "
59805 #~ "ou B<--raw> ne sont pas indiquées."
59806
59807 #~ msgid ""
59808 #~ "Output almost all available columns.  The columns that require B<--poll> "
59809 #~ "are not included."
59810 #~ msgstr ""
59811 #~ "Afficher quasiment toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes "
59812 #~ "nécessitant B<--poll> ne sont pas incluses."
59813
59814 #~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --pairs>"
59815 #~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--pairs>"
59816
59817 #~ msgid ""
59818 #~ "Use key=\"value\" output format.  All potentially unsafe characters are "
59819 #~ "hex-escaped (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
59820 #~ msgstr ""
59821 #~ "Utiliser le format de sortie I<clef>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">. Tous les "
59822 #~ "caractères potentiellement non sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale "
59823 #~ "(B<\\ex>I<code>)."
59824
59825 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --poll>[I<=list>]"
59826 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--poll>[B<=>I<liste>]"
59827
59828 #~ msgid ""
59829 #~ "Monitor changes in the /proc/self/mountinfo file.  Supported actions are: "
59830 #~ "mount, umount, remount and move.  More than one action may be specified "
59831 #~ "in a comma-separated list.  All actions are monitored by default."
59832 #~ msgstr ""
59833 #~ "Surveiller les modifications du fichier I</proc/self/mountinfo>. Les "
59834 #~ "actions permises sont : B<mount> (montage), B<umount> (démontage), "
59835 #~ "B<remount> (remontage) et B<move> (déplacement). Plusieurs actions "
59836 #~ "peuvent être indiquées dans une I<liste>, séparées par des virgules. "
59837 #~ "Toutes les actions sont surveillées par défaut."
59838
59839 # NOTE: Bold period
59840 #~ msgid ""
59841 #~ "The standard columns always use the new version of the information from "
59842 #~ "the mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the "
59843 #~ "original information cached by B<findmnt>(8).  The poll mode allows using "
59844 #~ "extra columns:"
59845 #~ msgstr ""
59846 #~ "Les colonnes standards utilisent toujours la nouvelle version des "
59847 #~ "renseignements du fichier I<mountinfo>, sauf pour l'action B<umount> qui "
59848 #~ "est basée sur les renseignements d'origine mis en cache par "
59849 #~ "B<findmnt>(8). Le mode B<--poll> permet d'utiliser des colonnes "
59850 #~ "supplémentaires :"
59851
59852 #~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --submounts>"
59853 #~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--submounts>"
59854
59855 #~ msgid ""
59856 #~ "Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems.  The "
59857 #~ "restrictions defined by options B<-t>, B<-O>, B<-S>, B<-T> and B<\\%--"
59858 #~ "direction> are not applied to submounts.  All submounts are always "
59859 #~ "printed in tree-like order.  The option enables the tree-like output "
59860 #~ "format by default.  This option has no effect for B<--mtab> or B<--fstab>."
59861 #~ msgstr ""
59862 #~ "Afficher récursivement tous les sous-montages des systèmes de fichiers "
59863 #~ "sélectionnés. Les restrictions définies par les options B<-t>, B<-O>, B<-"
59864 #~ "S>, B<-T> et B<\\%--direction> ne sont pas appliquées aux sous-montages. "
59865 #~ "Tous les sous-montages sont toujours affichés dans l'ordre de "
59866 #~ "l'arborescence. L'option active la sortie au format arborescent par "
59867 #~ "défaut. Cette option est sans effet avec B<--mtab> ou B<--fstab>."
59868
59869 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --raw>"
59870 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--raw>"
59871
59872 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --source >I<spec>"
59873 #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--source> I<spécification>"
59874
59875 #~ msgid ""
59876 #~ "Explicitly define the mount source.  Supported specifications are "
59877 #~ "I<device>, I<maj>B<:>I<min>, B<LABEL=>I<label>, B<UUID=>I<uuid>, "
59878 #~ "B<PARTLABEL=>I<label> and B<PARTUUID=>I<uuid>."
59879 #~ msgstr ""
59880 #~ "Définir explicitement la source de montage. Les spécifications prises en "
59881 #~ "charge sont I<périphérique>, I<maj>B<:>I<min>, B<LABEL=>I<étiquette>, "
59882 #~ "B<UUID=>I<uuid>, B<PARTLABEL=>I<étiquette> et B<PARTUUID=>I<uuid>."
59883
59884 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --fstab>"
59885 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--fstab>"
59886
59887 #~ msgid ""
59888 #~ "Search in I</etc/fstab>.  The output is in the list format (see B<--"
59889 #~ "list>)."
59890 #~ msgstr ""
59891 #~ "Rechercher dans I</etc/fstab>. L'affichage est au format liste (consultez "
59892 #~ "l'option B<--list>)."
59893
59894 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --target >I<path>"
59895 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--target> I<chemin>"
59896
59897 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --types >I<list>"
59898 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<liste>"
59899
59900 #~ msgid ""
59901 #~ "Limit the set of printed filesystems.  More than one type may be "
59902 #~ "specified in a comma-separated list.  The list of filesystem types can be "
59903 #~ "prefixed with B<no> to specify the filesystem types on which no action "
59904 #~ "should be taken.  For more details see B<mount>(8)."
59905 #~ msgstr ""
59906 #~ "Limiter l'ensemble de systèmes de fichiers affichés. Plusieurs types "
59907 #~ "peuvent être indiqués, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de "
59908 #~ "systèmes de fichiers peut être préfixée par B<no> pour indiquer les "
59909 #~ "systèmes de fichiers pour lesquels aucune action ne doit être menée. Pour "
59910 #~ "plus de précisions, consultez B<mount>(8)."
59911
59912 #~ msgid ""
59913 #~ "Enable tree-like output if possible.  The options is silently ignored for "
59914 #~ "tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., fstab)."
59915 #~ msgstr ""
59916 #~ "Autoriser une sortie de type arborescence si possible. L’option est "
59917 #~ "ignorée silencieusement pour les tables où la relation enfant-parent est "
59918 #~ "absente (par exemple, fstab)."
59919
59920 #~ msgid "B<-U>,B< --uniq>"
59921 #~ msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uniq>"
59922
59923 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --notruncate>"
59924 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--notruncate>"
59925
59926 #~ msgid ""
59927 #~ "Do not truncate text in columns.  The default is to not truncate the "
59928 #~ "B<TARGET>, B<SOURCE>, B<UUID>, B<LABEL>, B<PARTUUID>, B<PARTLABEL> "
59929 #~ "columns.  This option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
59930 #~ msgstr ""
59931 #~ "Ne pas tronquer le texte des colonnes. Les colonnes B<TARGET>, B<SOURCE>, "
59932 #~ "B<UUID>, B<LABEL>, B<PARTUUID> et B<PARTLABEL> ne sont pas tronquées par "
59933 #~ "défaut. Cette option désactive aussi la troncature dans toutes les autres "
59934 #~ "colonnes."
59935
59936 #~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --nofsroot>"
59937 #~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--nofsroot>"
59938
59939 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --timeout >I<milliseconds>"
59940 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"
59941
59942 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --verify>"
59943 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--verify>"
59944
59945 #~ msgid "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
59946 #~ msgstr "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
59947
59948 #~ msgid ""
59949 #~ "The findmnt command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
59950 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
59951 #~ msgstr ""
59952 #~ "La commande B<findmnt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
59953 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://ww.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
59954 #~ ">E<gt>."
59955
59956 #~ msgid "FLOCK"
59957 #~ msgstr "FLOCK"
59958
59959 #~ msgid "B<flock> [options] I<file>|I<directory> I<command> [I<arguments>]"
59960 #~ msgstr "B<flock> [options] I<fichier>|I<répertoire commande> [I<arguments>]"
59961
59962 #~ msgid ""
59963 #~ "The command uses E<lt>sysexits.hE<gt> exit status values for everything, "
59964 #~ "except when using either of the options B<-n> or B<-w> which report a "
59965 #~ "failure to acquire the lock with an exit status given by the B<-E> "
59966 #~ "option, or 1 by default. The exit status given by B<-E> has to be in the "
59967 #~ "range of 0 to 255."
59968 #~ msgstr ""
59969 #~ "La commande utilise les valeurs de code de retour de B<sysexits.h> pour "
59970 #~ "tout, sauf avec les options B<-n> ou B<-w>, qui signalent un échec "
59971 #~ "d’obtention du verrou avec un code de retour donné par l’option B<-E>, ou "
59972 #~ "avec B<1> par défaut. Le code de retour donné par B<-E> doit être compris "
59973 #~ "entre B<0> et B<255>."
59974
59975 #~ msgid "shellE<gt> flock -x local-lock-file echo \\(aqa b c\\(aq"
59976 #~ msgstr "shellE<gt> flock -x fichier_verrou_local echo \\(aqa b c\\(aq"
59977
59978 #~ msgid ""
59979 #~ "Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with "
59980 #~ "\\(aqa b c\\(aq."
59981 #~ msgstr ""
59982 #~ "Récupérer le verrou exclusif « fichier_verrou_local » avant d’exécuter "
59983 #~ "echo avec \\(aqa b c\\(aq."
59984
59985 #~ msgid ""
59986 #~ "The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the "
59987 #~ "file doesn\\(cqt matter to B<flock>; using I<E<gt>> or I<E<gt>E<gt>> "
59988 #~ "allows the lockfile to be created if it does not already exist, however, "
59989 #~ "write permission is required. Using I<E<lt>> requires that the file "
59990 #~ "already exists but only read permission is required."
59991 #~ msgstr ""
59992 #~ "Cette forme est pratique dans les scripts d’interpréteur de commandes. Le "
59993 #~ "mode utilisé pour ouvrir le fichier n'est pas important pour B<flock> ; "
59994 #~ "utiliser B<E<gt>> ou B<E<gt>E<gt>> permet de créer le fichier de "
59995 #~ "verrouillage s'il n'existe pas déjà, cependant, le droit d'écriture est "
59996 #~ "nécessaire. En utilisant B<E<lt>>, le fichier doit déjà exister, mais "
59997 #~ "seul le droit de lecture est nécessaire."
59998
59999 #~ msgid ""
60000 #~ "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of "
60001 #~ "the shell script you want to lock and it\\(cqll automatically lock itself "
60002 #~ "on the first run. If the env var B<$FLOCKER> is not set to the shell "
60003 #~ "script that is being run, then execute B<flock> and grab an exclusive non-"
60004 #~ "blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-"
60005 #~ "execing itself with the right arguments. It also sets the FLOCKER env var "
60006 #~ "to the right value so it doesn\\(cqt run again."
60007 #~ msgstr ""
60008 #~ "Voici un code passe-partout utile pour les scripts d’interpréteur. Placez-"
60009 #~ "le au début du script d’interpréteur que vous voulez verrouiller et il se "
60010 #~ "verrouillera lui-même automatiquement lors de la première exécution. Si "
60011 #~ "la variable d’environnement B<$FLOCKER> n’est pas définie pour le script "
60012 #~ "d’interpréteur en cours d’exécution, alors B<flock> est exécuté et un "
60013 #~ "verrou non bloquant exclusif est récupéré (en utilisant le script lui-"
60014 #~ "même comme fichier de verrouillage) avant que le script ne s’exécute de "
60015 #~ "nouveau avec les bons arguments. La variable d’environnement B<FLOCKER> "
60016 #~ "est aussi définie à la bonne valeur pour que le script ne s’exécute pas "
60017 #~ "de nouveau."
60018
60019 #~ msgid ""
60020 #~ "The B<flock> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
60021 #~ "downloaded from"
60022 #~ msgstr ""
60023 #~ "La commande B<flock> fait partie du paquet util-linux, téléchargeable sur"
60024
60025 #~ msgid "B<flock> [options] I<file>|I<directory> B<-c>I< command>"
60026 #~ msgstr "B<flock> [I<options>] I<fichier>|I<répertoire> B<-c> I<commande>"
60027
60028 #~ msgid "B<flock> [options]I< number>"
60029 #~ msgstr "B<flock> [I<options>] I<numéro>"
60030
60031 #~ msgid ""
60032 #~ "This utility manages B<flock>(2)  locks from within shell scripts or from "
60033 #~ "the command line."
60034 #~ msgstr ""
60035 #~ "Cet utilitaire gère les verrous B<flock>(2) à partir de scripts "
60036 #~ "d'interpréteur ou de la ligne de commande."
60037
60038 #~ msgid ""
60039 #~ "The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the "
60040 #~ "execution of a I<command>, in a manner similar to B<su>(1)  or "
60041 #~ "B<newgrp>(1).  They lock a specified I<file> or I<directory>, which is "
60042 #~ "created (assuming appropriate permissions) if it does not already exist.  "
60043 #~ "By default, if the lock cannot be immediately acquired, B<flock> waits "
60044 #~ "until the lock is available."
60045 #~ msgstr ""
60046 #~ "Les première et deuxième formes précédentes enveloppent l'exécution d'une "
60047 #~ "I<commande> par un verrou, de façon similaire à B<su>(1) ou B<newgrp>(1). "
60048 #~ "Elles verrouillent soit le I<fichier>, soit le I<répertoire> indiqué, qui "
60049 #~ "est créé (en supposant que vous ayez les droits adéquats) s'il n'existe "
60050 #~ "pas déjà. Par défaut, si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu immédiatement, "
60051 #~ "B<flock> attend jusqu’à ce que le verrou soit disponible."
60052
60053 #~ msgid ""
60054 #~ "The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor I<number>.  See "
60055 #~ "the examples below for how that can be used."
60056 #~ msgstr ""
60057 #~ "La troisième forme utilise un fichier ouvert par son I<numéro> de "
60058 #~ "descripteur de fichier. Consultez les exemples suivants montrant comment "
60059 #~ "l’utiliser."
60060
60061 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --command >I<command>"
60062 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--command> I<commande>"
60063
60064 #~ msgid "B<-E>,B< --conflict-exit-code >I<number>"
60065 #~ msgstr "B<-E>, B<--conflict-exit-code> I<numéro>"
60066
60067 #~ msgid ""
60068 #~ "The exit status used when the B<-n> option is in use, and the conflicting "
60069 #~ "lock exists, or the B<-w> option is in use, and the timeout is reached.  "
60070 #~ "The default value is B<1>.  The I<number> has to be in the range of 0 to "
60071 #~ "255."
60072 #~ msgstr ""
60073 #~ "Le code de retour utilisé quand l’option B<-n> est utilisée et que le "
60074 #~ "verrou en conflit existe, ou que l’option B<-w> est utilisée et que le "
60075 #~ "délai est atteint. La valeur par défaut est B<1>. Le I<nombre> doit être "
60076 #~ "compris entre B<0> et B<255>."
60077
60078 #~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --no-fork>"
60079 #~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--no-fork>"
60080
60081 #~ msgid ""
60082 #~ "Do not fork before executing I<command>.  Upon execution the flock "
60083 #~ "process is replaced by I<command> which continues to hold the lock. This "
60084 #~ "option is incompatible with B<--close> as there would otherwise be "
60085 #~ "nothing left to hold the lock."
60086 #~ msgstr ""
60087 #~ "Ne pas forker avant d'exécuter I<commande>. Pendant l'exécution, le "
60088 #~ "processus B<flock> est remplacé par I<commande> qui garde le verrou. "
60089 #~ "Cette option est incompatible avec B<--close>, sans quoi plus rien ne "
60090 #~ "conserverait le verrou."
60091
60092 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< -x>,B< --exclusive>"
60093 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<-x>, B<--exclusive>"
60094
60095 #~ msgid ""
60096 #~ "Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock.  This is the "
60097 #~ "default."
60098 #~ msgstr ""
60099 #~ "Obtenir un verrou exclusif, parfois appelé verrou en écriture. C'est "
60100 #~ "l'option par défaut."
60101
60102 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --nb>,B< --nonblock>"
60103 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nb>, B<--nonblock>"
60104
60105 #~ msgid ""
60106 #~ "Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired.  See "
60107 #~ "the B<-E> option for the exit status used."
60108 #~ msgstr ""
60109 #~ "Échouer plutôt qu’attendre si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu "
60110 #~ "immédiatement. Consultez l’option B<-E> pour le code de retour utilisé."
60111
60112 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --close>"
60113 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--close>"
60114
60115 #~ msgid ""
60116 #~ "Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing "
60117 #~ "I<command>.  This is useful if I<command> spawns a child process which "
60118 #~ "should not be holding the lock."
60119 #~ msgstr ""
60120 #~ "Fermer le descripteur de fichier sur lequel le verrou est maintenu avant "
60121 #~ "l'exécution de I<commande>. C'est utile si I<commande> lance un processus "
60122 #~ "enfant qui ne devrait pas détenir le verrou."
60123
60124 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --shared>"
60125 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--shared>"
60126
60127 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --unlock>"
60128 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--unlock>"
60129
60130 #~ msgid ""
60131 #~ "Drop a lock.  This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically "
60132 #~ "dropped when the file is closed.  However, it may be required in special "
60133 #~ "cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a "
60134 #~ "background process which should not be holding the lock."
60135 #~ msgstr ""
60136 #~ "Supprimer un verrou. Ce n'est généralement pas nécessaire, puisqu'un "
60137 #~ "verrou est automatiquement supprimé lorsque le fichier est fermé. "
60138 #~ "Cependant, il peut être nécessaire dans des cas particuliers, par exemple "
60139 #~ "si le groupe de commandes inclus a engendré un processus en arrière-plan "
60140 #~ "qui ne devrait pas détenir le verrou."
60141
60142 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --wait>,B< --timeout >I<seconds>"
60143 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wait>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"
60144
60145 #~ msgid ""
60146 #~ "Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within I<seconds>.  Decimal "
60147 #~ "fractional values are allowed.  See the B<-E> option for the exit status "
60148 #~ "used. The zero number of I<seconds> is interpreted as B<--nonblock>."
60149 #~ msgstr ""
60150 #~ "Échouer si le verrou ne peut pas être obtenu en I<délai> secondes. Les "
60151 #~ "valeurs en fractions décimales sont permises. Consultez l’option B<-E> "
60152 #~ "pour le code de retour utilisé. Un I<délai> nul est interprété comme B<--"
60153 #~ "nonblock>."
60154
60155 #~ msgid "shell1E<gt> flock /tmp -c cat"
60156 #~ msgstr "shell1E<gt> flock /tmp -c cat"
60157
60158 #~ msgid "shell2E<gt> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
60159 #~ msgstr "shell2E<gt> flock -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
60160
60161 #~ msgid "shell1E<gt> flock -s /tmp -c cat"
60162 #~ msgstr "shell1E<gt> flock -s /tmp -c cat"
60163
60164 #~ msgid "shell2E<gt> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
60165 #~ msgstr "shell2E<gt> flock -s -w .007 /tmp -c echo; /bin/echo $?"
60166
60167 #~ msgid ""
60168 #~ "Set shared lock to directory /tmp and the second command will not fail.  "
60169 #~ "Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would "
60170 #~ "fail."
60171 #~ msgstr ""
60172 #~ "Définir un verrou partagé sur le répertoire I</tmp> et la seconde "
60173 #~ "commande n’échouera pas. Remarquez que la tentative d’obtenir un verrou "
60174 #~ "exclusif avec la seconde commande aurait échoué."
60175
60176 #~ msgid "("
60177 #~ msgstr "("
60178
60179 #~ msgid "  flock -n 9 || exit 1"
60180 #~ msgstr "  flock -n 9 || exit 1"
60181
60182 #~ msgid "  # ... commands executed under lock ..."
60183 #~ msgstr "  # ... commandes exécutées sous un verrou ..."
60184
60185 #~ msgid ") 9E<gt>/var/lock/mylockfile"
60186 #~ msgstr ") 9E<gt>/var/lock/mon_fichier_verrou"
60187
60188 #~ msgid "shellE<gt> exec 4E<lt>E<gt>/var/lock/mylockfile"
60189 #~ msgstr "shellE<gt> exec 4E<lt>E<gt>/var/lock/mon_fichier_verrou"
60190
60191 #~ msgid "shellE<gt> flock -n 4"
60192 #~ msgstr "shellE<gt> flock -n 4"
60193
60194 #~ msgid ""
60195 #~ "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a "
60196 #~ "subprocess.  The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as "
60197 #~ "file descriptor 4, then flock is used to lock the descriptor."
60198 #~ msgstr ""
60199 #~ "Cette forme est pratique pour verrouiller un fichier sans engendrer un "
60200 #~ "sous-processus. L'interpréteur ouvre le fichier verrou en lecture et en "
60201 #~ "écriture en tant que descripteur de fichier B<4>, puis B<flock> est "
60202 #~ "utilisé pour verrouiller le descripteur."
60203
60204 #~ msgid "Copyright \\(co 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin."
60205 #~ msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin."
60206
60207 #~ msgid ""
60208 #~ "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is "
60209 #~ "NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR "
60210 #~ "PURPOSE."
60211 #~ msgstr ""
60212 #~ "C'est un logiciel libre ; consultez les sources pour les conditions de "
60213 #~ "copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE garantie ; même pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou "
60214 #~ "d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIÈRE."
60215
60216 #~ msgid ""
60217 #~ "The flock command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
60218 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
60219 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
60220 #~ msgstr ""
60221 #~ "La commande B<flock> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
60222 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
60223 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
60224
60225 #~ msgid "FSCK"
60226 #~ msgstr "FSCK"
60227
60228 #~ msgid "B<4>"
60229 #~ msgstr "B<4>"
60230
60231 #~ msgid "B<8>"
60232 #~ msgstr "B<8>"
60233
60234 #~ msgid "B<16>"
60235 #~ msgstr "B<16>"
60236
60237 #~ msgid "B<32>"
60238 #~ msgstr "B<32>"
60239
60240 #~ msgid "B<128>"
60241 #~ msgstr "B<128>"
60242
60243 #, fuzzy
60244 #~| msgid ""
60245 #~| "In actuality, B<fsck> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
60246 #~| "checkers (B<fsck>.I<fstype>) available under Linux.  The filesystem-"
60247 #~| "specific checker is searched for in the PATH environment variable. If "
60248 #~| "the PATH is undefined then fallback to \"/sbin\"."
60249 #~ msgid ""
60250 #~ "In actuality, B<fsck> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
60251 #~ "checkers (B<fsck>.I<fstype>) available under Linux. The filesystem-"
60252 #~ "specific checker is searched for in the B<PATH> environment variable. If "
60253 #~ "the B<PATH> is undefined then fallback to I</sbin>."
60254 #~ msgstr ""
60255 #~ "En fait, B<fsck> n'est simplement qu'une interface pour les différents "
60256 #~ "vérificateurs de systèmes de fichiers (B<fsck>.I<type_sf>) disponibles "
60257 #~ "sous Linux. Le vérificateur spécifique à un système est recherché "
60258 #~ "successivement dans la variable d'environnement B<PATH>. Si celle-ci "
60259 #~ "n’est pas définie, I</sbin> est utilisé."
60260
60261 #~ msgid "B<-l>"
60262 #~ msgstr "B<-l>"
60263
60264 #, fuzzy
60265 #~| msgid "B<-r>\\ [I<fd>]"
60266 #~ msgid "B<-r> [I<fd>]"
60267 #~ msgstr "B<-r> [I<descripteur>]"
60268
60269 #, fuzzy
60270 #~| msgid ""
60271 #~| "/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186"
60272 #~ msgid ""
60273 #~ "B</dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys "
60274 #~ "0.86186>"
60275 #~ msgstr ""
60276 #~ "/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186"
60277
60278 #, fuzzy
60279 #~| msgid "/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186"
60280 #~ msgid "B</dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186>"
60281 #~ msgstr "/dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186"
60282
60283 #~ msgid "B<-s>"
60284 #~ msgstr "B<-s>"
60285
60286 #, fuzzy
60287 #~| msgid ""
60288 #~| "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked.  When the B<-A> flag "
60289 #~| "is specified, only filesystems that match I<fslist> are checked.  The "
60290 #~| "I<fslist> parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options "
60291 #~| "specifiers.  All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be "
60292 #~| "prefixed by a negation operator 'B<no>' or 'B<!>', which requests that "
60293 #~| "only those filesystems not listed in I<fslist> will be checked.  If none "
60294 #~| "of the filesystems in I<fslist> is prefixed by a negation operator, then "
60295 #~| "only those listed filesystems will be checked."
60296 #~ msgid ""
60297 #~ "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the B<-A> flag is "
60298 #~ "specified, only filesystems that match I<fslist> are checked. The "
60299 #~ "I<fslist> parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options "
60300 #~ "specifiers. All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be "
60301 #~ "prefixed by a negation operator \\(aqB<no>\\(aq or \\(aqB<!>\\(aq, which "
60302 #~ "requests that only those filesystems not listed in I<fslist> will be "
60303 #~ "checked. If none of the filesystems in I<fslist> is prefixed by a "
60304 #~ "negation operator, then only those listed filesystems will be checked."
60305 #~ msgstr ""
60306 #~ "Indiquer le ou les types de systèmes de fichiers qui seront vérifiés. "
60307 #~ "Quand l’attribut B<-A> est indiqué, seuls les systèmes de fichiers qui "
60308 #~ "ont une correspondance dans I<liste_sf> sont vérifiés. Le paramètre "
60309 #~ "I<liste_sf> est une liste de systèmes de fichiers et d'options séparés "
60310 #~ "par des virgules. Tous les systèmes de fichiers de cette liste peuvent "
60311 #~ "être préfixés par l'opérateur de négation « B<no> » ou « B<!> », qui "
60312 #~ "indique que seuls les systèmes de fichiers qui ne sont pas mentionnés "
60313 #~ "dans I<liste_sf> seront vérifiés. Si aucun système de fichiers dans "
60314 #~ "I<liste_sf> n'est préfixé par l'opérateur de négation, seuls les systèmes "
60315 #~ "de fichiers mentionnés seront vérifiés."
60316
60317 #~ msgid "B<-A>"
60318 #~ msgstr "B<-A>"
60319
60320 #, fuzzy
60321 #~| msgid "B<-C>\\ [I<fd>]"
60322 #~ msgid "B<-C> [I<fd>]"
60323 #~ msgstr "B<-C> [I<descripteur>]"
60324
60325 #~ msgid "B<-M>"
60326 #~ msgstr "B<-M>"
60327
60328 #~ msgid "B<-N>"
60329 #~ msgstr "B<-N>"
60330
60331 #, fuzzy
60332 #~| msgid "Don't execute, just show what would be done."
60333 #~ msgid "Don\\(cqt execute, just show what would be done."
60334 #~ msgstr "Ne pas exécuter, montrer uniquement ce qui devrait être accompli."
60335
60336 #~ msgid "B<-P>"
60337 #~ msgstr "B<-P>"
60338
60339 #, fuzzy
60340 #~| msgid ""
60341 #~| "When the B<-A> flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with "
60342 #~| "the other filesystems.  This is not the safest thing in the world to do, "
60343 #~| "since if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the B<e2fsck>(8)  "
60344 #~| "executable might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those "
60345 #~| "sysadmins who don't want to repartition the root filesystem to be small "
60346 #~| "and compact (which is really the right solution)."
60347 #~ msgid ""
60348 #~ "When the B<-A> flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with "
60349 #~ "the other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, "
60350 #~ "since if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the B<e2fsck>(8) "
60351 #~ "executable might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those "
60352 #~ "sysadmins who don\\(cqt want to repartition the root filesystem to be "
60353 #~ "small and compact (which is really the right solution)."
60354 #~ msgstr ""
60355 #~ "Quand l’attribut B<-A> est utilisé, vérifier le système de fichiers "
60356 #~ "racine en parallèle des autres systèmes de fichiers. Ce n'est pas la "
60357 #~ "chose la plus sûre au monde, puisque si le système de fichiers est "
60358 #~ "potentiellement défectueux, B<e2fsck>(8) pourrait être corrompu ! Cette "
60359 #~ "option est principalement fournie aux administrateurs système qui n'ont "
60360 #~ "pas une partition racine petite et compacte (ce qui est vraiment la bonne "
60361 #~ "solution)."
60362
60363 #~ msgid "B<-R>"
60364 #~ msgstr "B<-R>"
60365
60366 #~ msgid "B<-T>"
60367 #~ msgstr "B<-T>"
60368
60369 #, fuzzy
60370 #~| msgid "Don't show the title on startup."
60371 #~ msgid "Don\\(cqt show the title on startup."
60372 #~ msgstr "Ne pas afficher le titre au démarrage."
60373
60374 #~ msgid "B<-V>"
60375 #~ msgstr "B<-V>"
60376
60377 #, fuzzy
60378 #~| msgid ""
60379 #~| "These options B<must> not take arguments, as there is no way for B<fsck> "
60380 #~| "to be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which "
60381 #~| "don't."
60382 #~ msgid ""
60383 #~ "These options B<must> not take arguments, as there is no way for B<fsck> "
60384 #~ "to be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which "
60385 #~ "don\\(cqt."
60386 #~ msgstr ""
60387 #~ "Ces options B<ne doivent pas> prendre de paramètre puisqu'il n'y a aucun "
60388 #~ "moyen pour B<fsck> de différencier correctement les options qui prennent "
60389 #~ "des paramètres de celles qui n'en prennent pas."
60390
60391 #, fuzzy
60392 #~| msgid ""
60393 #~| "Please note that B<fsck> is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
60394 #~| "options to filesystem-specific checkers.  If you're doing something "
60395 #~| "complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker "
60396 #~| "directly.  If you pass B<fsck> some horribly complicated options and "
60397 #~| "arguments, and it doesn't do what you expect, B<don't bother reporting "
60398 #~| "it as a bug.> You're almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't "
60399 #~| "be doing with B<fsck>.  Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's "
60400 #~| "are not standardized."
60401 #~ msgid ""
60402 #~ "Please note that B<fsck> is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
60403 #~ "options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you\\(cqre doing something "
60404 #~ "complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker "
60405 #~ "directly. If you pass B<fsck> some horribly complicated options and "
60406 #~ "arguments, and it doesn\\(cqt do what you expect, B<don\\(cqt bother "
60407 #~ "reporting it as a bug.> You\\(cqre almost certainly doing something that "
60408 #~ "you shouldn\\(cqt be doing with B<fsck>. Options to different filesystem-"
60409 #~ "specific fsck\\(cqs are not standardized."
60410 #~ msgstr ""
60411 #~ "Veuillez remarquer que B<fsck> n'est pas conçu pour transmettre "
60412 #~ "arbitrairement des options complexes aux vérificateurs de systèmes de "
60413 #~ "fichiers. Si vous êtes en train de faire quelque chose de complexe, "
60414 #~ "exécutez directement le vérificateur spécifique du système de fichiers. "
60415 #~ "Si vous passez à B<fsck> des options et paramètres horriblement "
60416 #~ "compliqués et que ça ne fonctionne pas, B<il ne faut pas le signaler "
60417 #~ "comme un bogue>. Vous êtes certainement en train de faire quelque chose "
60418 #~ "que vous ne devriez pas accomplir avec B<fsck>. Les options des "
60419 #~ "différents vérificateurs spécifiques à un système de fichiers ne sont pas "
60420 #~ "normalisées."
60421
60422 #, fuzzy
60423 #~| msgid ""
60424 #~| "The B<fsck> program's behavior is affected by the following environment "
60425 #~| "variables:"
60426 #~ msgid ""
60427 #~ "The B<fsck> program\\(cqs behavior is affected by the following "
60428 #~ "environment variables:"
60429 #~ msgstr ""
60430 #~ "Le comportement de B<fsck> peut être modifié par les variables "
60431 #~ "d'environnement suivantes :"
60432
60433 #, fuzzy
60434 #~| msgid ""
60435 #~| "If this environment variable is set, B<fsck> will attempt to check all "
60436 #~| "of the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the "
60437 #~| "filesystems appear to be on the same device.  (This is useful for RAID "
60438 #~| "systems or high-end storage systems such as those sold by companies such "
60439 #~| "as IBM or EMC.)  Note that the fs_passno value is still used."
60440 #~ msgid ""
60441 #~ "If this environment variable is set, B<fsck> will attempt to check all of "
60442 #~ "the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the "
60443 #~ "filesystems appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID "
60444 #~ "systems or high-end storage systems such as those sold by companies such "
60445 #~ "as IBM or EMC.) Note that the I<fs_passno> value is still used."
60446 #~ msgstr ""
60447 #~ "Si cette variable d'environnement est positionnée, B<fsck> cherchera à "
60448 #~ "vérifier tous les systèmes de fichiers en parallèle, sans se soucier du "
60449 #~ "fait qu'ils soient sur le même périphérique. (C'est utile pour les "
60450 #~ "systèmes RAID ou les systèmes de stockage de haut niveau tels que ceux "
60451 #~ "vendus par IBM ou  EMC). Remarquez que la valeur I<fs_passno> est "
60452 #~ "toujours utilisée."
60453
60454 #~ msgid "B<PATH>"
60455 #~ msgstr "B<PATH>"
60456
60457 #~ msgid "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all>"
60458 #~ msgstr "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all>"
60459
60460 #~ msgid "B<LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all>"
60461 #~ msgstr "B<LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all>"
60462
60463 #~ msgid "February 2009"
60464 #~ msgstr "février 2009"
60465
60466 #~ msgid ""
60467 #~ "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<fd>]] [B<-C> [I<fd>]] [B<-t> I<fstype>] "
60468 #~ "[I<filesystem>\\&...\\&] [B<-->] [I<fs-specific-options>]"
60469 #~ msgstr ""
60470 #~ "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<descripteur>]] [B<-C> [I<descripteur>]] "
60471 #~ "[B<-t> I<type_sf>] [I<système_de_fichiers>\\&...\\&] [B<-->] "
60472 #~ "[I<options_spécifiques_sf>]"
60473
60474 #~ msgid ""
60475 #~ "B<fsck> is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux "
60476 #~ "filesystems.  I<filesys> can be a device name (e.g., I</dev/hdc1>, I</dev/"
60477 #~ "sdb2>), a mount point (e.g., I</>, I</usr>, I</home>), or an filesystem "
60478 #~ "label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd "
60479 #~ "or LABEL=root).  Normally, the B<fsck> program will try to handle "
60480 #~ "filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the "
60481 #~ "total amount of time needed to check all of them."
60482 #~ msgstr ""
60483 #~ "B<fsck> est utilisé pour vérifier et éventuellement réparer un ou "
60484 #~ "plusieurs systèmes de fichiers Linux. I<système_de_fichiers> peut être un "
60485 #~ "nom de périphérique (par exemple, I</usr>, I</home>), une étiquette "
60486 #~ "(LABEL) de système de fichiers ou un identifiant UUID (par exemple "
60487 #~ "UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd ou LABEL=root). Ordinairement, "
60488 #~ "le programme B<fsck> essayera de gérer en parallèle les systèmes de "
60489 #~ "fichiers situés sur des disques physiques différents afin de minimiser la "
60490 #~ "durée totale de vérification."
60491
60492 #~ msgid ""
60493 #~ "If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the B<-A> option "
60494 #~ "is not specified, B<fsck> will default to checking filesystems in I</etc/"
60495 #~ "fstab> serially.  This is equivalent to the B<-As> options."
60496 #~ msgstr ""
60497 #~ "Si aucun système de fichiers n'est précisé sur la ligne de commande et "
60498 #~ "que l'option B<-A> n'est pas indiquée, par défaut B<fsck> vérifiera "
60499 #~ "séquentiellement les systèmes de fichiers présents dans I</etc/fstab>. "
60500 #~ "C'est équivalent à préciser les options B<-As>."
60501
60502 #~ msgid ""
60503 #~ "Create an exclusive B<flock>(2)  lock file (/run/fsck/E<lt>disknameE<gt>."
60504 #~ "lock) for whole-disk device.  This option can be used with one device "
60505 #~ "only (this means that B<-A> and B<-l> are mutually exclusive).  This "
60506 #~ "option is recommended when more B<fsck>(8)  instances are executed in the "
60507 #~ "same time.  The option is ignored when used for multiple devices or for "
60508 #~ "non-rotating disks.  B<fsck> does not lock underlying devices when "
60509 #~ "executed to check stacked devices (e.g.\\& MD or DM) \\(en this feature "
60510 #~ "is not implemented yet."
60511 #~ msgstr ""
60512 #~ "Créer un ficher verrou B<flock>(2) exclusif (B</run/fsck/>I<nom_disque>B<."
60513 #~ "lock>) pour tout le périphérique. Cette option peut être utilisée avec un "
60514 #~ "seul périphérique (cela signifie que B<-A> et B<-l> sont mutuellement "
60515 #~ "exclusives). Cette option est recommandée quand plusieurs instances de "
60516 #~ "B<fsck>(8) sont exécutées en même temps. L'option est ignorée quand elle "
60517 #~ "est utilisée avec plusieurs périphériques ou avec des disques non "
60518 #~ "tournants. B<fsck> ne verrouille pas les périphériques sous-jacents quand "
60519 #~ "elle est exécutée pour vérifier des périphériques empilés (MD ou DM par "
60520 #~ "exemple) — cette fonctionnalité n'est pas encore implémentée."
60521
60522 #~ msgid "B<-r>\\ [I<fd>]"
60523 #~ msgstr "B<-r> [I<descripteur>]"
60524
60525 #~ msgid ""
60526 #~ "Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes.  These "
60527 #~ "statistics include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in "
60528 #~ "kilobytes), the elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time "
60529 #~ "used by the fsck run.  For example:"
60530 #~ msgstr ""
60531 #~ "Rendre compte de statistiques pour toutes les vérifications terminées. "
60532 #~ "Ces statistiques comprennent le code de retour, la taille de mémoire "
60533 #~ "résidente maximale utilisée (en kilooctet), le temps total écoulé ainsi "
60534 #~ "que les temps utilisateur et processeur utilisés par la vérification. Par "
60535 #~ "exemple :"
60536
60537 #~ msgid ""
60538 #~ "GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor I<fd>, in which case the "
60539 #~ "progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a "
60540 #~ "machine parsable format.  For example:"
60541 #~ msgstr ""
60542 #~ "Les frontaux graphiques peuvent indiquer un I<descripteur> de fichier, "
60543 #~ "auquel cas l’information de barre de progression est envoyée à ce "
60544 #~ "descripteur de fichier dans un format analysable par une machine. Par "
60545 #~ "exemple :"
60546
60547 #~ msgid ""
60548 #~ "Serialize B<fsck> operations.  This is a good idea if you are checking "
60549 #~ "multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode.  (Note: "
60550 #~ "B<e2fsck>(8)  runs in an interactive mode by default.  To make "
60551 #~ "B<e2fsck>(8)  run in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the "
60552 #~ "B<-p> or B<-a> option, if you wish for errors to be corrected "
60553 #~ "automatically, or the B<-n> option if you do not.)"
60554 #~ msgstr ""
60555 #~ "Sérialiser les opérations de B<fsck>. Cette option est conseillée si vous "
60556 #~ "êtes en train de vérifier plusieurs systèmes de fichiers en mode "
60557 #~ "interactif. Remarque : B<e2fsck>(8) fonctionne par défaut en mode "
60558 #~ "interactif. Pour que B<e2fsck>(8) fonctionne en mode non interactif, vous "
60559 #~ "devez indiquer l'option B<-p> ou B<-a> si vous désirez que les erreurs "
60560 #~ "soient corrigées automatiquement, ou l'option B<-n> si vous ne le "
60561 #~ "souhaitez pas."
60562
60563 #~ msgid "B<-t>I< fslist>"
60564 #~ msgstr "B<-t> I<liste_sf>"
60565
60566 #~ msgid ""
60567 #~ "Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated I<fslist>.  "
60568 #~ "They must have the format B<opts=>I<fs-option>.  If an options specifier "
60569 #~ "is present, then only filesystems which contain I<fs-option> in their "
60570 #~ "mount options field of I</etc/fstab> will be checked.  If the options "
60571 #~ "specifier is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems "
60572 #~ "that do not have I<fs-option> in their mount options field of I</etc/"
60573 #~ "fstab> will be checked."
60574 #~ msgstr ""
60575 #~ "Des options, séparées par des virgules, peuvent être incluses dans "
60576 #~ "I<liste_sf>. Elles doivent avoir le format B<opts=>I<option_sf>. Si une "
60577 #~ "option est présente, alors seuls les systèmes de fichiers ayant une "
60578 #~ "I<option_sf> dans le champ d’options de montage de I</etc/fstab> seront "
60579 #~ "vérifiés. Si l'option est préfixée par l'opérateur de négation, alors "
60580 #~ "seuls les systèmes de fichiers n’ayant pas I<option_sf> dans leur champ "
60581 #~ "d’options de montage de I</etc/fstab> seront vérifiés."
60582
60583 #~ msgid ""
60584 #~ "Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for I<filesys> in "
60585 #~ "the I</etc/fstab> file and using the corresponding entry.  If the type "
60586 #~ "cannot be deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an "
60587 #~ "argument to the B<-t> option, B<fsck> will use the specified filesystem "
60588 #~ "type.  If this type is not available, then the default filesystem type "
60589 #~ "(currently ext2) is used."
60590 #~ msgstr ""
60591 #~ "Normalement, le type de système de fichiers est déduit en recherchant "
60592 #~ "I<système_de_fichiers> dans le fichier I</etc/fstab> et en utilisant "
60593 #~ "l'entrée correspondante. Si le type ne peut être déduit et qu'il n'y a "
60594 #~ "qu'un seul système de fichiers en argument de l'option B<-t>, B<fsck> "
60595 #~ "utilisera le système de fichiers indiqué. Si ce type n'est pas "
60596 #~ "disponible, alors le système de fichiers par défaut (actuellement ext2) "
60597 #~ "est utilisé."
60598
60599 #~ msgid ""
60600 #~ "Walk through the I</etc/fstab> file and try to check all filesystems in "
60601 #~ "one run.  This option is typically used from the I</etc/rc> system "
60602 #~ "initialization file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single "
60603 #~ "filesystem."
60604 #~ msgstr ""
60605 #~ "Parcourir le fichier I</etc/fstab> et essayer de vérifier tous les "
60606 #~ "systèmes de fichiers en une seule fois. Cette option est généralement "
60607 #~ "utilisée dans le fichier d'initialisation système I</etc/rc>, plutôt que "
60608 #~ "d'avoir des commandes multiples pour vérifier un par un chaque système de "
60609 #~ "fichiers."
60610
60611 #~ msgid ""
60612 #~ "The root filesystem will be checked first unless the B<-P> option is "
60613 #~ "specified (see below).  After that, filesystems will be checked in the "
60614 #~ "order specified by the I<fs_passno> (the sixth) field in the I</etc/"
60615 #~ "fstab> file.  Filesystems with a I<fs_passno> value of 0 are skipped and "
60616 #~ "are not checked at all.  Filesystems with a I<fs_passno> value of greater "
60617 #~ "than zero will be checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest "
60618 #~ "I<fs_passno> number being checked first.  If there are multiple "
60619 #~ "filesystems with the same pass number, B<fsck> will attempt to check them "
60620 #~ "in parallel, although it will avoid running multiple filesystem checks on "
60621 #~ "the same physical disk."
60622 #~ msgstr ""
60623 #~ "Le système de fichiers racine sera vérifié en premier à moins que "
60624 #~ "l'option B<-P> ne soit indiquée (voir ci-dessous). Après quoi, les "
60625 #~ "systèmes de fichiers seront vérifiés dans l'ordre indiqué par le "
60626 #~ "(sixième) champ I<fs_passno> du fichier I</etc/fstab>. Les systèmes de "
60627 #~ "fichiers avec une valeur I<fs_passno> de B<0> sont ignorés. Ceux avec une "
60628 #~ "valeur supérieure à B<0> seront vérifiés dans l'ordre croissant des "
60629 #~ "I<fs_passno>. S'il y a égalité entre plusieurs systèmes de fichiers, "
60630 #~ "B<fsck> tentera de les vérifier en parallèle, tout en évitant toutefois "
60631 #~ "les vérifications simultanées sur le même disque physique."
60632
60633 #~ msgid ""
60634 #~ "B<fsck> does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, \\&...\\&) in "
60635 #~ "parallel with any other device.  See below for FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL "
60636 #~ "setting.  The /sys filesystem is used to determine dependencies between "
60637 #~ "devices."
60638 #~ msgstr ""
60639 #~ "B<fsck> ne vérifie pas les périphériques empilés (RAID, dm-crypt, etc.) "
60640 #~ "en parallèle avec un autre périphérique. Consultez le réglage "
60641 #~ "B<FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL> ci-dessous. Le système de fichiers I</sys> est "
60642 #~ "utilisé pour déterminer les dépendances entre les périphériques."
60643
60644 #~ msgid ""
60645 #~ "Hence, a very common configuration in I</etc/fstab> files is to set the "
60646 #~ "root filesystem to have a I<fs_passno> value of 1 and to set all other "
60647 #~ "filesystems to have a I<fs_passno> value of 2.  This will allow B<fsck> "
60648 #~ "to automatically run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is "
60649 #~ "advantageous to do so.  System administrators might choose not to use "
60650 #~ "this configuration if they need to avoid multiple filesystem checks "
60651 #~ "running in parallel for some reason \\(en for example, if the machine in "
60652 #~ "question is short on memory so that excessive paging is a concern."
60653 #~ msgstr ""
60654 #~ "De ce fait, une configuration très commune pour le fichier I</etc/fstab> "
60655 #~ "est d'avoir un système racine avec une valeur I<fs_passno> de B<1> et "
60656 #~ "pour tous les autres systèmes de fichiers d’avoir cette valeur à B<2>. "
60657 #~ "Cela autorise B<fsck> à lancer automatiquement en parallèle les "
60658 #~ "vérifications si c’est avantageux. Les administrateurs système peuvent "
60659 #~ "choisir de ne pas utiliser cette configuration ; par exemple, si la "
60660 #~ "machine dispose de peu de mémoire et qu'une pagination excessive est à "
60661 #~ "éviter."
60662
60663 #~ msgid ""
60664 #~ "B<fsck> normally does not check whether the device actually exists before "
60665 #~ "calling a filesystem specific checker.  Therefore non-existing devices "
60666 #~ "may cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the "
60667 #~ "filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error.  The I</etc/fstab> "
60668 #~ "mount option B<nofail> may be used to have B<fsck> skip non-existing "
60669 #~ "devices.  B<fsck> also skips non-existing devices that have the special "
60670 #~ "filesystem type B<auto>."
60671 #~ msgstr ""
60672 #~ "B<fsck> ne vérifie normalement pas l'existence du périphérique avant "
60673 #~ "d'appeler un vérificateur de système de fichiers spécifique. Par "
60674 #~ "conséquent les périphériques inexistants risquent d'entraîner le système "
60675 #~ "en mode de réparation de système de fichiers au démarrage si le "
60676 #~ "vérificateur de système de fichiers spécifique renvoie une erreur fatale. "
60677 #~ "L'option de montage B<nofail> de B</etc/fstab> peut être utilisée pour "
60678 #~ "que B<fsck> ignore les périphériques inexistants. B<fsck> ignore aussi "
60679 #~ "les périphériques inexistants ayant le type spécial de système de "
60680 #~ "fichiers B<auto>."
60681
60682 #~ msgid "B<-C>\\ [I<fd>]"
60683 #~ msgstr "B<-C> [I<descripteur>]"
60684
60685 #~ msgid ""
60686 #~ "Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently "
60687 #~ "only for ext[234]) which support them.  B<fsck> will manage the "
60688 #~ "filesystem checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar "
60689 #~ "at a time.  GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor I<fd>, in which "
60690 #~ "case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
60691 #~ msgstr ""
60692 #~ "Afficher une barre de progression pour les vérificateurs qui le "
60693 #~ "permettent (actuellement uniquement disponible pour ext[234]). B<fsck> "
60694 #~ "gérera les vérificateurs de telle sorte qu'un seul d'entre eux affichera "
60695 #~ "une barre de progression à un instant donné. Les interfaces graphiques "
60696 #~ "peuvent fournir un I<descripteur> de fichier, dans lequel les "
60697 #~ "informations d'avancement seront envoyées."
60698
60699 #~ msgid ""
60700 #~ "When checking all filesystems with the B<-A> flag, skip the root "
60701 #~ "filesystem.  (This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been "
60702 #~ "mounted read-write.)"
60703 #~ msgstr ""
60704 #~ "Lors de la vérification de tous les systèmes de fichiers (avec l’attribut "
60705 #~ "B<-A>), ignorer le système de fichiers racine (c'est pratique si le "
60706 #~ "système de fichiers racine a déjà été monté en lecture/écriture)."
60707
60708 #~ msgid ""
60709 #~ "This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem "
60710 #~ "checkers that can be running at one time.  This allows configurations "
60711 #~ "which have a large number of disks to avoid B<fsck> starting too many "
60712 #~ "filesystem checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory "
60713 #~ "resources available on the system.  If this value is zero, then an "
60714 #~ "unlimited number of processes can be spawned.  This is currently the "
60715 #~ "default, but future versions of B<fsck> may attempt to automatically "
60716 #~ "determine how many filesystem checks can be run based on gathering "
60717 #~ "accounting data from the operating system."
60718 #~ msgstr ""
60719 #~ "Cette variable d'environnement limitera le nombre maximal de "
60720 #~ "vérifications lancées en parallèle. Cela permet aux systèmes avec un "
60721 #~ "nombre important de disques d'éviter à B<fsck> de démarrer un trop grand "
60722 #~ "nombre de vérifications de systèmes de fichiers en même temps, ce qui "
60723 #~ "pourrait surcharger les ressources processeur et mémoire du système. Si "
60724 #~ "elle vaut B<0>, alors le nombre de vérifications n'est pas limité. C'est "
60725 #~ "la valeur par défaut, mais des versions futures de B<fsck> pourraient "
60726 #~ "déterminer ce nombre en fonction de données obtenues du système "
60727 #~ "d'exploitation."
60728
60729 #~ msgid ""
60730 #~ "This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the "
60731 #~ "standard location of the I</etc/fstab> file.  It is also useful for "
60732 #~ "developers who are testing B<fsck>."
60733 #~ msgstr ""
60734 #~ "Cette variable d'environnement permet à l'administrateur système de "
60735 #~ "contourner l'emplacement standard du fichier I</etc/fstab>. C'est aussi "
60736 #~ "utile pour les développeurs de B<fsck>."
60737
60738 #~ msgid ""
60739 #~ "Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>\n"
60740 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
60741 #~ msgstr ""
60742 #~ "Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>\n"
60743 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
60744
60745 #~ msgid ""
60746 #~ "B<fstab>(5), B<mkfs>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8)  or B<fsck.ext3>(8)  or "
60747 #~ "B<e2fsck>(8), B<fsck.cramfs>(8), B<fsck.jfs>(8), B<fsck.nfs>(8), B<fsck."
60748 #~ "minix>(8), B<fsck.msdos>(8), B<fsck.vfat>(8), B<fsck.xfs>(8), "
60749 #~ "B<reiserfsck>(8)"
60750 #~ msgstr ""
60751 #~ "B<fstab>(5), B<mkfs>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8)  or B<fsck.ext3>(8)  or "
60752 #~ "B<e2fsck>(8), B<fsck.cramfs>(8), B<fsck.jfs>(8), B<fsck.nfs>(8), B<fsck."
60753 #~ "minix>(8), B<fsck.msdos>(8), B<fsck.vfat>(8), B<fsck.xfs>(8), "
60754 #~ "B<reiserfsck>(8)"
60755
60756 #~ msgid ""
60757 #~ "The fsck command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
60758 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
60759 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
60760 #~ msgstr ""
60761 #~ "La commande B<fsck> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
60762 #~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
60763 #~ "linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
60764
60765 #, fuzzy
60766 #~| msgid ""
60767 #~| "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<fd>]] [B<-C> [I<fd>]] [B<-t> "
60768 #~| "I<fstype>] [I<filesystem>\\&...\\&] [B<-->] [I<fs-specific-options>]"
60769 #~ msgid ""
60770 #~ "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<fd>]] [B<-C> [I<fd>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] "
60771 #~ "[I<filesystem>...] [B<-->] [I<fs-specific-options>]"
60772 #~ msgstr ""
60773 #~ "B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<descripteur>]] [B<-C> [I<descripteur>]] "
60774 #~ "[B<-t> I<type_sf>] [I<système_de_fichiers>\\&...\\&] [B<-->] "
60775 #~ "[I<options_spécifiques_sf>]"
60776
60777 #~ msgid "FSCK.CRAMFS"
60778 #~ msgstr "FSCK.CRAMFS"
60779
60780 #, fuzzy
60781 #~| msgid ""
60782 #~| "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set "
60783 #~| "at creation time. Only used for --extract."
60784 #~ msgid ""
60785 #~ "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set "
60786 #~ "at creation time. Only used for B<--extract>."
60787 #~ msgstr ""
60788 #~ "Utiliser cette taille de bloc ou par défaut la taille de page. Celle-ci "
60789 #~ "doit être égale à ce qui avait été défini au moment de la création. "
60790 #~ "Utilisé seulement pour B<--extract>."
60791
60792 #~ msgid "B<-a>"
60793 #~ msgstr "B<-a>"
60794
60795 #~ msgid "B<-y>"
60796 #~ msgstr "B<-y>"
60797
60798 #~ msgid "April 2013"
60799 #~ msgstr "Avril 2013"
60800
60801 #~ msgid "I<fsck.cramfs> is used to check the cramfs file system."
60802 #~ msgstr ""
60803 #~ "B<fsck.cramfs> est utilisé pour vérifier le système de fichiers cramfs."
60804
60805 #~ msgid ""
60806 #~ "The fsck.cramfs command is part of the util-linux package and is "
60807 #~ "available from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
60808 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
60809 #~ msgstr ""
60810 #~ "La commande B<fsck.cramfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
60811 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
60812 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
60813
60814 #~ msgid "FSCK.MINIX"
60815 #~ msgstr "FSCK.MINIX"
60816
60817 #, fuzzy
60818 #~| msgid "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
60819 #~ msgid "/dev/hda[1-63]"
60820 #~ msgstr "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
60821
60822 #~ msgid "IDE disk 1"
60823 #~ msgstr "disque 1 IDE"
60824
60825 #, fuzzy
60826 #~| msgid "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"
60827 #~ msgid "/dev/hdb[1-63]"
60828 #~ msgstr "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"
60829
60830 #~ msgid "IDE disk 2"
60831 #~ msgstr "disque 2 IDE"
60832
60833 #, fuzzy
60834 #~| msgid "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"
60835 #~ msgid "/dev/sda[1-15]"
60836 #~ msgstr "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"
60837
60838 #~ msgid "SCSI disk 1"
60839 #~ msgstr "disque 1 SCSI"
60840
60841 #, fuzzy
60842 #~| msgid "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
60843 #~ msgid "/dev/sdb[1-15]"
60844 #~ msgstr "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
60845
60846 #~ msgid "SCSI disk 2"
60847 #~ msgstr "disque 2 SCSI"
60848
60849 #~ msgid "B<3>"
60850 #~ msgstr "B<3>"
60851
60852 #~ msgid "B<7>"
60853 #~ msgstr "B<7>"
60854
60855 #, fuzzy
60856 #~| msgid "Exit status:"
60857 #~ msgid "Exit status values by"
60858 #~ msgstr "État de fin d'exécution :"
60859
60860 #, fuzzy
60861 #~| msgid ""
60862 #~| "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by E<.MT quinlan@\\:"
60863 #~| "yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
60864 #~ msgid "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by"
60865 #~ msgstr ""
60866 #~ "Vérification afin d'éviter d'exécuter fsck sur un système de fichiers "
60867 #~ "monté ajoutée par E<.MT quinlan@\\:yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<."
60868 #~ "ME .>"
60869
60870 #, fuzzy
60871 #~| msgid "B<update>"
60872 #~ msgid "updated by"
60873 #~ msgstr "B<update>"
60874
60875 #, fuzzy
60876 #~| msgid "Portability notes"
60877 #~ msgid "Portability patch by"
60878 #~ msgstr "Notes sur la portabilité"
60879
60880 #~ msgid "June 2015"
60881 #~ msgstr "Juin 2015"
60882
60883 #~ msgid ""
60884 #~ "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent.  B<fsck.minix> should "
60885 #~ "not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing "
60886 #~ "to it.  Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for "
60887 #~ "files."
60888 #~ msgstr ""
60889 #~ "Le programme part du principe que le système de fichiers est inactif. "
60890 #~ "B<fsck.minix> ne doit pas être utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté à "
60891 #~ "moins que vous ne soyez certain que personne n'est en train d'y écrire. "
60892 #~ "Souvenez-vous que le noyau peut y écrire lorsqu’il effectue des "
60893 #~ "recherches de fichiers."
60894
60895 #~ msgid "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
60896 #~ msgstr "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
60897
60898 #~ msgid "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"
60899 #~ msgstr "/dev/hdb[1\\(en63]"
60900
60901 #~ msgid "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"
60902 #~ msgstr "/dev/sda[1\\(en15]"
60903
60904 #~ msgid "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
60905 #~ msgstr "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
60906
60907 #~ msgid ""
60908 #~ "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then B<fsck.minix> will "
60909 #~ "print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2)  three times before "
60910 #~ "exiting.  There is I<no> need to reboot after check."
60911 #~ msgstr ""
60912 #~ "Si le système de fichiers a été modifié (par exemple réparé), alors "
60913 #~ "B<fsck.minix> affichera « FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED » (le système de "
60914 #~ "fichiers a été modifié) et exécutera B<sync>(2) trois fois avant de "
60915 #~ "quitter. Il n’est I<pas> nécessaire de redémarrer le système après la "
60916 #~ "vérification."
60917
60918 #~ msgid ""
60919 #~ "B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem.  Using "
60920 #~ "B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the "
60921 #~ "possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage "
60922 #~ "a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck.minix> "
60923 #~ "on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing "
60924 #~ "is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for "
60925 #~ "deletion."
60926 #~ msgstr ""
60927 #~ "B<fsck.minix> ne doit B<pas> être utilisé sur un système de fichiers "
60928 #~ "monté. L'utilisation de B<fsck.minix> sur un système de fichiers monté "
60929 #~ "est très dangereuse car il est possible que des fichiers effacés soient "
60930 #~ "encore en cours d'utilisation, ce qui peut endommager sérieusement un "
60931 #~ "système de fichiers en parfait état. Si vous devez absolument exécuter "
60932 #~ "B<fsck.minix> sur un système de fichiers monté (par exemple sur le "
60933 #~ "système de fichiers racine), assurez-vous que rien ne va écrire sur le "
60934 #~ "disque, et qu'il n'y a pas de fichier « zombie » en attente d'effacement."
60935
60936 #~ msgid ""
60937 #~ "Perform automatic repairs.  This option implies B<--repair> and serves to "
60938 #~ "answer all of the questions asked with the default.  Note that this can "
60939 #~ "be extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
60940 #~ msgstr ""
60941 #~ "Effectuer automatiquement les réparations. Cette option implique B<--"
60942 #~ "repair> et donne la réponse par défaut à toutes les questions. Notez que "
60943 #~ "c'est très dangereux dans le cas d'un système de fichiers gravement "
60944 #~ "endommagé."
60945
60946 #~ msgid ""
60947 #~ "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid.  "
60948 #~ "Marking is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
60949 #~ msgstr ""
60950 #~ "Forcer la vérification d'un système de fichiers même s'il est marqué "
60951 #~ "intègre. Cette indication est écrite par le noyau lors du démontage du "
60952 #~ "système de fichiers."
60953
60954 #~ msgid ""
60955 #~ "There are numerous diagnostic messages.  The ones mentioned here are the "
60956 #~ "most commonly seen in normal usage."
60957 #~ msgstr ""
60958 #~ "Il y a de nombreux messages de diagnostic. Ceux qui sont mentionnés ici "
60959 #~ "sont les plus couramment rencontrés lors d'une utilisation normale."
60960
60961 #~ msgid ""
60962 #~ "If the device does not exist, B<fsck.minix> will print \"unable to read "
60963 #~ "super block\".  If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, "
60964 #~ "B<fsck.minix> will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
60965 #~ msgstr ""
60966 #~ "Si le périphérique n'existe pas, B<fsck.minix> affichera « impossible de "
60967 #~ "lire le superbloc ». Si le périphérique existe mais que le système de "
60968 #~ "fichiers n'est pas de type MINIX, B<fsck.minix> affichera « nombre "
60969 #~ "magique corrompu dans le superbloc »."
60970
60971 #~ msgid "E<.MT torvalds@\\:cs.\\:helsinki.\\:fi> Linus Torvalds E<.ME>"
60972 #~ msgstr "E<.MT torvalds@\\:cs.\\:helsinki.\\:fi> Linus Torvalds E<.ME>"
60973
60974 #~ msgid ""
60975 #~ "Exit status values by E<.MT faith@\\:cs.\\:unc.\\:edu> Rik Faith E<.ME>"
60976 #~ msgstr ""
60977 #~ "Valeurs des codes de retour par E<.MT faith@\\:cs.\\:unc.\\:edu> Rik "
60978 #~ "Faith E<.ME>"
60979
60980 #~ msgid ""
60981 #~ "Added support for filesystem valid flag: E<.MT greg%\\:wind.\\:uucp@\\:"
60982 #~ "plains.\\:nodak.\\:edu> Dr.\\& Wettstein E<.ME .>"
60983 #~ msgstr ""
60984 #~ "Ajout de la gestion de l’attribut de validité du système de fichiers : E<."
60985 #~ "MT greg%\\:wind.\\:uucp@\\:plains.\\:nodak.\\:edu> Dr.\\& Wettstein E<."
60986 #~ "ME .>"
60987
60988 #~ msgid ""
60989 #~ "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by E<.MT quinlan@\\:"
60990 #~ "yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
60991 #~ msgstr ""
60992 #~ "Vérification afin d'éviter d'exécuter fsck sur un système de fichiers "
60993 #~ "monté ajoutée par E<.MT quinlan@\\:yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<."
60994 #~ "ME .>"
60995
60996 #~ msgid ""
60997 #~ "Minix v2 fs support by E<.MT schwab@\\:issan.\\:informatik.\\:uni-"
60998 #~ "dortmund.\\:de> Andreas Schwab E<.ME ,> updated by E<.MT janl@\\:math.\\:"
60999 #~ "uio.\\:no> Nicolai Langfeldt E<.ME .>"
61000 #~ msgstr ""
61001 #~ "Gestion du système de fichiers MINIX v2 par E<.MT schwab@\\:issan.\\:"
61002 #~ "informatik.\\:uni-dortmund.\\:de> Andreas Schwab E<.ME ,> mise à jour par "
61003 #~ "E<.MT janl@\\:math.\\:uio.\\:no> Nicolai Langfeldt E<.ME .>"
61004
61005 #~ msgid ""
61006 #~ "Portability patch by E<.MT rmk@\\:ecs.\\:soton.\\:ac.\\:uk> Russell King "
61007 #~ "E<.ME .>"
61008 #~ msgstr ""
61009 #~ "Correctif de portabilité par E<.MT rmk@\\:ecs.\\:soton.\\:ac.\\:uk> "
61010 #~ "Russell King E<.ME .>"
61011
61012 #~ msgid ""
61013 #~ "The fsck.minix command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
61014 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
61015 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
61016 #~ msgstr ""
61017 #~ "La commande B<fsck.minix> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
61018 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
61019 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
61020
61021 #~ msgid "FSFREEZE"
61022 #~ msgstr "FSFREEZE"
61023
61024 #, fuzzy
61025 #~| msgid ""
61026 #~| "The fsfreeze command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
61027 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
61028 #~ msgid ""
61029 #~ "The B<fsfreeze> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
61030 #~ "downloaded from"
61031 #~ msgstr ""
61032 #~ "La commande B<fsfreeze> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
61033 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
61034 #~ ">E<gt>."
61035
61036 #~ msgid ""
61037 #~ "B<fsfreeze> halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable "
61038 #~ "image on disk.  B<fsfreeze> is intended to be used with hardware RAID "
61039 #~ "devices that support the creation of snapshots."
61040 #~ msgstr ""
61041 #~ "B<fsfreeze> arrête les nouveaux accès au système de fichiers et crée une "
61042 #~ "image stable sur le disque. B<fsfreeze> est conçu pour être utilisé avec "
61043 #~ "des périphériques RAID matériels qui permettent la création d'instantanés."
61044
61045 #~ msgid ""
61046 #~ "B<fsfreeze> is unnecessary for B<device-mapper> devices.  The device-"
61047 #~ "mapper (and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a "
61048 #~ "snapshot creation is requested.  For more details see the B<dmsetup>(8)  "
61049 #~ "man page."
61050 #~ msgstr ""
61051 #~ "B<fsfreeze> n'est pas nécessaire aux périphériques B<device-mapper>. Le "
61052 #~ "device-mapper (et LVM) gèle automatiquement un système de fichiers du "
61053 #~ "périphérique quand la création d'un instantané est demandée. Pour plus de "
61054 #~ "précisions, consultez la page de manuel B<dmsetup>(8)."
61055
61056 #~ msgid ""
61057 #~ "The I<mountpoint> argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
61058 #~ "filesystem is mounted.  The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see "
61059 #~ "B<mount>(8))."
61060 #~ msgstr ""
61061 #~ "Le paramètre I<point_de_montage> est le chemin du répertoire où le "
61062 #~ "système de fichiers est monté. Le système de fichiers doit être monté "
61063 #~ "pour être gelé (consultez B<mount>(8))."
61064
61065 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --freeze>"
61066 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--freeze>"
61067
61068 #~ msgid ""
61069 #~ "This option requests the specified a filesystem to be frozen from new "
61070 #~ "modifications.  When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the "
61071 #~ "filesystem are allowed to complete, new write system calls are halted, "
61072 #~ "other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, "
61073 #~ "metadata, and log information are written to disk.  Any process "
61074 #~ "attempting to write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the "
61075 #~ "filesystem to be unfrozen."
61076 #~ msgstr ""
61077 #~ "Cette option nécessite que le système de fichiers indiqué soit gelé de "
61078 #~ "nouvelles modifications. Quand elle est sélectionnée, toutes les "
61079 #~ "transactions en cours dans le système de fichiers ont le droit de se "
61080 #~ "terminer, les nouveaux appels d'écriture sont arrêtés, les autres appels "
61081 #~ "qui modifient le système de fichiers sont arrêtés et toutes les données "
61082 #~ "sales, métadonnées et informations de journalisation sont écrites sur le "
61083 #~ "disque. Tous les processus essayant d'écrire sur le système de fichiers "
61084 #~ "gelé seront bloqués en attendant que le système de fichiers soit dégelé."
61085
61086 #~ msgid ""
61087 #~ "Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain "
61088 #~ "information on files that are still in the process of unlinking.  These "
61089 #~ "files will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean "
61090 #~ "mount of the snapshot is complete."
61091 #~ msgstr ""
61092 #~ "Remarquez que même après le gel, le système de fichiers sur le disque "
61093 #~ "peut contenir des renseignements sur des fichiers qui sont encore en "
61094 #~ "cours de destruction (unlink). Ces fichiers ne seront pas détruits avant "
61095 #~ "que le système de fichiers ne soit dégelé ou qu'un montage propre de "
61096 #~ "l'instantané ne soit terminé."
61097
61098 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --unfreeze>"
61099 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--unfreeze>"
61100
61101 #~ msgid ""
61102 #~ "This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to "
61103 #~ "continue.  Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze "
61104 #~ "are unblocked and allowed to complete."
61105 #~ msgstr ""
61106 #~ "Cette option sert à dégeler le système de fichiers et permettre aux "
61107 #~ "opérations de se poursuivre. Toutes les modifications de système de "
61108 #~ "fichiers qui étaient bloquées par le gel sont débloquées et ont le droit "
61109 #~ "de se terminer."
61110
61111 #~ msgid ""
61112 #~ "This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for "
61113 #~ "freezing.  List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18)  B<btrfs>, "
61114 #~ "B<ext2/3/4>, B<f2fs>, B<jfs>, B<nilfs2>, B<reiserfs>, and B<xfs>.  "
61115 #~ "Previous list may be incomplete, as more filesystems get support.  If in "
61116 #~ "doubt easiest way to know if a filesystem has support is create a small "
61117 #~ "loopback mount and test freezing it."
61118 #~ msgstr ""
61119 #~ "Cette commande ne fonctionnera que si une prise en charge du gel est "
61120 #~ "prévue pour le système de fichiers. La liste de ces systèmes de fichiers "
61121 #~ "comprend (2016-12-18)  B<btrfs>, B<ext2/3/4>, B<f2fs>, B<jfs>, B<nilfs2>, "
61122 #~ "B<reiserfs> et B<xfs>. Cette liste peut être incomplète car de plus en "
61123 #~ "plus de systèmes de fichiers assurent une prise en charge. En cas de "
61124 #~ "doute, la façon la plus facile de le savoir est de créer un petit montage "
61125 #~ "en loopback et tenter de le geler."
61126
61127 #~ msgid ""
61128 #~ "The fsfreeze command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
61129 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
61130 #~ msgstr ""
61131 #~ "La commande B<fsfreeze> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
61132 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
61133 #~ ">E<gt>."
61134
61135 #~ msgid "FSTAB"
61136 #~ msgstr "FSTAB"
61137
61138 #, fuzzy
61139 #~| msgid ""
61140 #~| "Each filesystem is described on a separate line.  Fields on each line "
61141 #~| "are separated by tabs or spaces.  Lines starting with '#' are comments.  "
61142 #~| "Blank lines are ignored."
61143 #~ msgid ""
61144 #~ "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are "
61145 #~ "separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with \\(aq#\\(aq are "
61146 #~ "comments. Blank lines are ignored."
61147 #~ msgstr ""
61148 #~ "Chaque système de fichiers est décrit sur une ligne indépendante. Les "
61149 #~ "champs contenus sur chaque ligne sont séparés par des espaces ou des "
61150 #~ "tabulations. Les lignes commençant par « # » sont des commentaires, les "
61151 #~ "lignes vides sont ignorées."
61152
61153 #, fuzzy
61154 #~| msgid ""
61155 #~| "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device "
61156 #~| "node (as created by B<mknod>(8))  for the device to be mounted, like `/"
61157 #~| "dev/cdrom' or `/dev/sdb7'.  For NFS mounts, this field is E<lt>hostE<gt>:"
61158 #~| "E<lt>dirE<gt>, e.g., `knuth.aeb.nl:/'.  For filesystems with no storage, "
61159 #~| "any string can be used, and will show up in B<df>(1)  output, for "
61160 #~| "example.  Typical usage is `proc' for procfs; `mem', `none', or `tmpfs' "
61161 #~| "for tmpfs.  Other special filesystems, like udev and sysfs, are "
61162 #~| "typically not listed in B<fstab>."
61163 #~ msgid ""
61164 #~ "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node "
61165 #~ "(as created by B<mknod>(2)) for the device to be mounted, like I</dev/"
61166 #~ "cdrom> or I</dev/sdb7>. For NFS mounts, this field is I<E<lt>hostE<gt>:"
61167 #~ "E<lt>dirE<gt>>, e.g., I<knuth.aeb.nl:/>. For filesystems with no storage, "
61168 #~ "any string can be used, and will show up in B<df>(1) output, for example. "
61169 #~ "Typical usage is I<proc> for B<procfs>; I<mem>, I<none>, or I<tmpfs> for "
61170 #~ "B<tmpfs>. Other special filesystems, like B<udev> and B<sysfs>, are "
61171 #~ "typically not listed in B<fstab>."
61172 #~ msgstr ""
61173 #~ "Pour les montages habituels, ce champ contient (un lien vers) un nœud "
61174 #~ "spécial de périphérique (comme créé par B<mknod>(8)), correspondant au "
61175 #~ "périphérique à monter, comme I</dev/cdrom> ou I</dev/sdb7>. Pour les "
61176 #~ "montages NFS, ce champ est I<hôte>B<:>I<rép>, par exemple « knuth.aeb."
61177 #~ "nl:/ ». Pour les systèmes de fichiers sans stockage, n’importe quelle "
61178 #~ "chaîne peut être utilisée, et sera par exemple montrée dans la sortie de "
61179 #~ "B<df>(1). Une utilisation typique est « proc » pour procfs, « mem », "
61180 #~ "« none » ou « tmpfs » pour tmpfs. D’autres systèmes de fichiers "
61181 #~ "particuliers comme udev et sysfs, ne sont typiquement pas indiqués dans "
61182 #~ "I<fstab>."
61183
61184 #, fuzzy
61185 #~| msgid ""
61186 #~| "LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt> or UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt> may be given instead of a "
61187 #~| "device name.  This is the recommended method, as device names are often "
61188 #~| "a coincidence of hardware detection order, and can change when other "
61189 #~| "disks are added or removed.  For example, `LABEL=Boot' or "
61190 #~| "`UUID=3e6be9de\\%-8139\\%-11d1\\%-9106\\%-a43f08d823a6'.  (Use a "
61191 #~| "filesystem-specific tool like B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8), or "
61192 #~| "B<fatlabel>(8)  to set LABELs on filesystems)."
61193 #~ msgid ""
61194 #~ "LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt> or UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt> may be given instead of a "
61195 #~ "device name. This is the recommended method, as device names are often a "
61196 #~ "coincidence of hardware detection order, and can change when other disks "
61197 #~ "are added or removed. For example, \\(aqLABEL=Boot\\(aq or "
61198 #~ "\\(aqUUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6\\(aq. (Use a filesystem-"
61199 #~ "specific tool like B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8), or B<fatlabel>(8) to "
61200 #~ "set LABELs on filesystems)."
61201 #~ msgstr ""
61202 #~ "B<LABEL=>I<étiquette> ou B<UUID=>I<UUID> peuvent être indiqués à la place "
61203 #~ "d’un nom du périphérique. C’est la méthode conseillée, car les noms de "
61204 #~ "périphérique sont souvent liés à l’ordre de détection du matériel, et "
61205 #~ "peuvent changer quand d’autres disques sont ajoutés ou supprimés. Par "
61206 #~ "exemple, « LABEL=Boot » ou « UUID=3e6be9de\\%-8139\\%-11d1\\%-9106\\%-"
61207 #~ "a43f08d823a6 » (utilisez un outil spécifique au système de fichiers comme "
61208 #~ "B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8) ou B<fatlabel>(8) pour définir les "
61209 #~ "étiquettes des systèmes de fichiers)."
61210
61211 #, fuzzy
61212 #~| msgid ""
61213 #~| "It's also possible to use PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=. These partitions "
61214 #~| "identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
61215 #~ msgid ""
61216 #~ "It\\(cqs also possible to use B<PARTUUID=> and B<PARTLABEL=>. These "
61217 #~ "partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table "
61218 #~ "(GPT)."
61219 #~ msgstr ""
61220 #~ "PARTUUID= et PARTLABEL= peuvent aussi être utilisés. Ces identifiants de "
61221 #~ "partitions sont par exemple pris en charge pour une table de partitions "
61222 #~ "GUID (GPT)."
61223
61224 #, fuzzy
61225 #~ msgid ""
61226 #~ "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For "
61227 #~ "swap partitions, this field should be specified as `none\\(aq. If the "
61228 #~ "name of the mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as "
61229 #~ "`\\(rs040\\(aq and \\(aq\\(rs011\\(aq respectively."
61230 #~ msgstr ""
61231 #~ "Ce champ indique le point de montage du système de fichiers. Pour les "
61232 #~ "partitions d'échange, ce champ doit prendre la valeur «\\ none\\ ». Si le "
61233 #~ "nom du point de montage contient des espaces, il faut les protéger comme "
61234 #~ "«\\ \\e040\\ »."
61235
61236 #, fuzzy
61237 #~| msgid ""
61238 #~| "B<mount>(8)  and B<umount>(8)  support filesystem I<subtypes>.  The "
61239 #~| "subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix.  For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's "
61240 #~| "recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the "
61241 #~| "first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
61242 #~ msgid ""
61243 #~ "B<mount>(8) and B<umount>(8) support filesystem I<subtypes>. The subtype "
61244 #~ "is defined by \\(aq.subtype\\(aq suffix. For example \\(aqfuse."
61245 #~ "sshfs\\(aq. It\\(cqs recommended to use subtype notation rather than add "
61246 #~ "any prefix to the first fstab field (for example \\(aqsshfs#example."
61247 #~ "com\\(aq is deprecated)."
61248 #~ msgstr ""
61249 #~ "B<mount>(8) et B<umount>(8) gèrent les I<sous-types> de systèmes de "
61250 #~ "fichiers. Le sous-type est défini par le suffixe « B<.>I<sous-type> ». "
61251 #~ "Par exemple, « fuse.sshfs ». Vous devriez plutôt utiliser la notation de "
61252 #~ "sous-type qu'ajouter un préfixe au premier champ (par exemple "
61253 #~ "« sshfs#example.com » est obsolète)."
61254
61255 #, fuzzy
61256 #~| msgid "do not mount when \"mount -a\" is given (e.g., at boot time)"
61257 #~ msgid "do not mount when B<mount -a> is given (e.g., at boot time)"
61258 #~ msgstr ""
61259 #~ "ne pas monter lorsqu'un appel «\\ mount -a\\ » a lieu, par exemple au "
61260 #~ "démarrage ;"
61261
61262 #, fuzzy
61263 #~| msgid ""
61264 #~| "This field is used by B<dump>(8)  to determine which filesystems need to "
61265 #~| "be dumped.  Defaults to zero (don't dump) if not present."
61266 #~ msgid ""
61267 #~ "This field is used by B<dump>(8) to determine which filesystems need to "
61268 #~ "be dumped. Defaults to zero (don\\(cqt dump) if not present."
61269 #~ msgstr ""
61270 #~ "Ce champ est utilisé par B<dump>(8) pour déterminer les systèmes de "
61271 #~ "fichiers à décharger. Zéro par défaut (pas de déchargement) si absent."
61272
61273 #~ msgid "February 2015"
61274 #~ msgstr "février 2015"
61275
61276 #~ msgid "File Formats"
61277 #~ msgstr "Formats de fichier"
61278
61279 #~ msgid ""
61280 #~ "The file B<fstab> contains descriptive information about the filesystems "
61281 #~ "the system can mount.  B<fstab> is only read by programs, and not "
61282 #~ "written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create "
61283 #~ "and maintain this file.  The order of records in B<fstab> is important "
61284 #~ "because B<fsck>(8), B<mount>(8), and B<umount>(8)  sequentially iterate "
61285 #~ "through B<fstab> doing their thing."
61286 #~ msgstr ""
61287 #~ "Le fichier I<fstab> contient des informations décrivant les systèmes de "
61288 #~ "fichiers que le système peut monter. I<fstab> n’est lu que par les "
61289 #~ "programmes, jamais écrit. Cette responsabilité est laissée à "
61290 #~ "l'administrateur, qui doit créer et maintenir lui-même ce fichier. "
61291 #~ "L'ordre des enregistrements au sein de I<fstab> est important car "
61292 #~ "B<fsck>(8), B<mount>(8), et B<umount>(8) utilisent les enregistrements de "
61293 #~ "I<fstab> les uns à la suite des autres."
61294
61295 #~ msgid "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2"
61296 #~ msgstr "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2"
61297
61298 #~ msgid "B<The first field> (I<fs_spec>)."
61299 #~ msgstr "B<Le premier champ> (I<fs_spec>)"
61300
61301 #~ msgid ""
61302 #~ "See B<mount>(8), B<blkid>(8)  or B<lsblk>(8)  for more details about "
61303 #~ "device identifiers."
61304 #~ msgstr ""
61305 #~ "Consultez B<mount>(8), B<blkid>(8) ou B<lsblk>(8) pour plus de précisions "
61306 #~ "sur les identifiants de périphérique."
61307
61308 #~ msgid ""
61309 #~ "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
61310 #~ "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
61311 #~ msgstr ""
61312 #~ "Remarquez que  B<mount>(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. La chaîne "
61313 #~ "représentant l'UUID devrait être composée de caractères en minuscules."
61314
61315 #~ msgid "B<The second field> (I<fs_file>)."
61316 #~ msgstr "B<Le deuxième champ> (I<fs_file>)"
61317
61318 #~ msgid "B<The third field> (I<fs_vfstype>)."
61319 #~ msgstr "B<Le troisième champ> (I<fs_vfstype>)"
61320
61321 #~ msgid ""
61322 #~ "This field describes the type of the filesystem.  Linux supports many "
61323 #~ "filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
61324 #~ "sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more.  For more "
61325 #~ "details, see B<mount>(8)."
61326 #~ msgstr ""
61327 #~ "Ce champ décrit le type de système de fichiers. Linux reconnaît beaucoup "
61328 #~ "de systèmes de fichiers : ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, "
61329 #~ "tmpfs, sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, et bien d’autres. "
61330 #~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez B<mount>(8)."
61331
61332 #~ msgid ""
61333 #~ "An entry I<swap> denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf."
61334 #~ "\\& B<swapon>(8).  An entry I<none> is useful for bind or move mounts."
61335 #~ msgstr ""
61336 #~ "Une entrée B<swap> indique une partition ou un fichier à utiliser pour "
61337 #~ "les échanges, consultez B<swapon>(8). Une entrée B<none> est utile pour "
61338 #~ "les points de montage liés ou remontés."
61339
61340 #~ msgid "B<The fourth field> (I<fs_mntops>)."
61341 #~ msgstr "B<Le quatrième champ> (I<fs_mntops>)"
61342
61343 #~ msgid ""
61344 #~ "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options.  It contains at "
61345 #~ "least the type of mount (B<ro> or B<rw>), plus any additional options "
61346 #~ "appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning "
61347 #~ "options).  For details, see B<mount>(8)  or B<swapon>(8)."
61348 #~ msgstr ""
61349 #~ "Il s'agit d'une liste d'options séparées par des virgules. Elle contient "
61350 #~ "au moins le type de montage (B<ro> ou B<rw>), suivi éventuellement "
61351 #~ "d'options appropriées au type de système de fichiers (y compris des "
61352 #~ "options d’optimisation pour les performances). Pour plus de précisions, "
61353 #~ "consultez B<mount>(8) ou B<swapon>(8)."
61354
61355 #~ msgid "B<The fifth field> (I<fs_freq>)."
61356 #~ msgstr "B<Le cinquième champ> (I<fs_freq>)"
61357
61358 #~ msgid "B<The sixth field> (I<fs_passno>)."
61359 #~ msgstr "B<Le sixième champ> (I<fs_passno>)"
61360
61361 #~ msgid ""
61362 #~ "This field is used by B<fsck>(8)  to determine the order in which "
61363 #~ "filesystem checks are done at boot time.  The root filesystem should be "
61364 #~ "specified with a I<fs_passno> of 1.  Other filesystems should have a "
61365 #~ "I<fs_passno> of 2.  Filesystems within a drive will be checked "
61366 #~ "sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the "
61367 #~ "same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware.  Defaults to "
61368 #~ "zero (don't fsck) if not present."
61369 #~ msgstr ""
61370 #~ "Ce champ est utilisé par B<fsck>(8) pour déterminer l’ordre de "
61371 #~ "vérification des systèmes de fichiers au démarrage. Le système de "
61372 #~ "fichiers racine doit avoir un champ I<fs_passno> de valeur B<1>. Les "
61373 #~ "autres systèmes de fichiers devraient avoir un champ I<fs_passno> de "
61374 #~ "valeur B<2>. Les systèmes de fichiers partageant le même disque seront "
61375 #~ "vérifiés à la suite, mais ceux utilisant différents disques seront "
61376 #~ "vérifiés simultanément pour profiter du parallélisme offert par le "
61377 #~ "matériel. Zéro par défaut (pas de vérification) si absent."
61378
61379 #~ msgid ""
61380 #~ "The proper way to read records from B<fstab> is to use the routines "
61381 #~ "B<getmntent>(3)  or B<libmount>."
61382 #~ msgstr ""
61383 #~ "La meilleure manière de lire les enregistrements de I<fstab> est "
61384 #~ "d'utiliser les routines B<getmntent>(3) ou B<libmount>."
61385
61386 #, fuzzy
61387 #~ msgid ""
61388 #~ "This man page is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
61389 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
61390 #~ msgstr ""
61391 #~ "Cette page de manuel fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
61392 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
61393 #~ ">E<gt>."
61394
61395 #, fuzzy
61396 #~| msgid ""
61397 #~| "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
61398 #~| "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
61399 #~ msgid ""
61400 #~ "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
61401 #~ "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters.  But when "
61402 #~ "specifying the volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case "
61403 #~ "characters are used (e.g UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
61404 #~ msgstr ""
61405 #~ "Remarquez que  B<mount>(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. La chaîne "
61406 #~ "représentant l'UUID devrait être composée de caractères en minuscules."
61407
61408 #~ msgid "FSTRIM"
61409 #~ msgstr "FSTRIM"
61410
61411 #, fuzzy
61412 #~| msgid "This option does everything apart from actually call FITRIM ioctl."
61413 #~ msgid ""
61414 #~ "This option does everything apart from actually call B<FITRIM> ioctl."
61415 #~ msgstr ""
61416 #~ "Cette option permet de tout faire, sauf d’appeler réellement l’ioctl "
61417 #~ "FITRIM."
61418
61419 #, fuzzy
61420 #~| msgid ""
61421 #~| "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
61422 #~| "internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.)  Free "
61423 #~| "ranges smaller than this will be ignored and fstrim will adjust the "
61424 #~| "minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that "
61425 #~| "(fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace.  By increasing this value, the "
61426 #~| "fstrim operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly "
61427 #~| "fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded.  The "
61428 #~| "default value is zero, discarding every free block."
61429 #~ msgid ""
61430 #~ "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
61431 #~ "internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free "
61432 #~ "ranges smaller than this will be ignored and fstrim will adjust the "
61433 #~ "minimum if it\\(cqs smaller than the device\\(cqs minimum, and report "
61434 #~ "that (fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, "
61435 #~ "the fstrim operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with "
61436 #~ "badly fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. "
61437 #~ "The default value is zero, discarding every free block."
61438 #~ msgstr ""
61439 #~ "L'intervalle libre contigu minimal à abandonner, en octet (cette valeur "
61440 #~ "est arrondie en interne à un multiple de la taille de bloc du système de "
61441 #~ "fichiers). Les intervalles libres plus petits que cela seront ignorés et "
61442 #~ "B<fstrim> ajustera la valeur minimale si elle est plus petite que le "
61443 #~ "minimum du périphérique et le rapportera (fstrim_range.minlen) dans "
61444 #~ "l’espace utilisateur. En augmentant cette valeur, l'opération B<fstrim> "
61445 #~ "se terminera plus rapidement pour les systèmes de fichiers avec des "
61446 #~ "espaces libres mal fragmentés, même si tous les blocs libres ne sont pas "
61447 #~ "abandonnés. La valeur par défaut est zéro, pour abandonner tous les blocs "
61448 #~ "libres."
61449
61450 #, fuzzy
61451 #~| msgid ""
61452 #~| "Verbose execution.  With this option B<fstrim> will output the number of "
61453 #~| "bytes passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for "
61454 #~| "potential discard.  This number is a maximum discard amount from the "
61455 #~| "storage device's perspective, because I<FITRIM> ioctl called repeated "
61456 #~| "will keep sending the same sectors for discard repeatedly."
61457 #~ msgid ""
61458 #~ "Verbose execution. With this option B<fstrim> will output the number of "
61459 #~ "bytes passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for "
61460 #~ "potential discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the "
61461 #~ "storage device\\(cqs perspective, because I<FITRIM> ioctl called repeated "
61462 #~ "will keep sending the same sectors for discard repeatedly."
61463 #~ msgstr ""
61464 #~ "Exécution détaillée. Avec cette option, B<fstrim> affichera le nombre "
61465 #~ "d'octets transmis du système de fichiers par la pile de bloc vers le "
61466 #~ "périphérique pour abandon éventuel. Ce nombre est un montant maximal "
61467 #~ "d'abandon d'un point de vue du périphérique de stockage, parce que "
61468 #~ "l'ioctl I<FITRIM> appelé plusieurs fois continuera à répéter l'envoi des "
61469 #~ "mêmes secteurs pour abandon."
61470
61471 #, fuzzy
61472 #~| msgid ""
61473 #~| "The fstrim command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
61474 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
61475 #~ msgid ""
61476 #~ "The B<fstrim> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
61477 #~ "downloaded from"
61478 #~ msgstr ""
61479 #~ "La commande B<fstrim> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
61480 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
61481 #~ ">E<gt>."
61482
61483 #~ msgid "May 2019"
61484 #~ msgstr "mai 2019"
61485
61486 #~ msgid ""
61487 #~ "B<fstrim> [B<-Aa>] [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] [B<-m> I<minimum-"
61488 #~ "size>] [B<-v>] I<mountpoint>"
61489 #~ msgstr ""
61490 #~ "B<fstrim> [B<-Aa>] [B<-o> I<position>] [B<-l> I<taille>] [B<-m> "
61491 #~ "I<taille_mini>] [B<-v>] I<point_montage>"
61492
61493 #~ msgid ""
61494 #~ "B<fstrim> is used on a mounted filesystem to discard (or \"trim\") blocks "
61495 #~ "which are not in use by the filesystem.  This is useful for solid-state "
61496 #~ "drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage."
61497 #~ msgstr ""
61498 #~ "B<fstrim> est utilisé sur un système de fichiers monté pour abandonner "
61499 #~ "(ou « rogner ») les blocs qui ne sont pas utilisés par le système de "
61500 #~ "fichiers. C'est pratique pour les SSD (« solid-state drive ») et "
61501 #~ "l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned storage »)."
61502
61503 #~ msgid ""
61504 #~ "By default, B<fstrim> will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem.  "
61505 #~ "Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as "
61506 #~ "explained below."
61507 #~ msgstr ""
61508 #~ "Par défaut, B<fstrim> abandonnera tous les blocs non utilisés du système "
61509 #~ "de fichiers. Les options permettent de modifier ce comportement en "
61510 #~ "fonction d'intervalle ou de taille, conformément aux explications "
61511 #~ "suivantes."
61512
61513 #~ msgid ""
61514 #~ "Running B<fstrim> frequently, or even using B<mount -o discard>, might "
61515 #~ "negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices.  For most "
61516 #~ "desktop and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a "
61517 #~ "week.  Note that not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim "
61518 #~ "command incurs a performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to "
61519 #~ "use the disk at the time."
61520 #~ msgstr ""
61521 #~ "Exécuter B<fstrim> fréquemment, ou même utiliser B<mount -o discard>, "
61522 #~ "pourrait affecter négativement la durée de vie des périphériques SSD de "
61523 #~ "mauvaise qualité. Pour la plupart des systèmes de bureau ou de serveur, "
61524 #~ "la fréquence d’abandon suffisante est une fois par semaine. Remarquez que "
61525 #~ "tous les périphériques ne permettent pas de mettre en attente les "
61526 #~ "abandons, donc chaque commande d’abandon pénalise les performances de "
61527 #~ "tout ce qui pourrait être en train d’essayer d’utiliser le disque en même "
61528 #~ "temps."
61529
61530 #~ msgid ""
61531 #~ "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in I</etc/fstab> on devices that "
61532 #~ "support the discard operation.  The root filesystem is determined from "
61533 #~ "kernel command line if missing in the file.  The other supplied options, "
61534 #~ "like B<--offset>, B<--length> and B<--minimum>, are applied to all these "
61535 #~ "devices.  Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard "
61536 #~ "operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are silently "
61537 #~ "ignored."
61538 #~ msgstr ""
61539 #~ "Rogner tous les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés dans I</etc/fstab> montés "
61540 #~ "sur les périphériques qui permettent l’opération d’abandon. Le système de "
61541 #~ "fichiers racine est déterminé à partir de la ligne de commande du noyau "
61542 #~ "s’il n’est pas indiqué dans le fichier. Les autres options fournies, "
61543 #~ "comme B<--offset>, B<--length> et B<--minimum> sont appliquées à tous ces "
61544 #~ "périphériques. Les erreurs des systèmes de fichiers qui ne permettent pas "
61545 #~ "l’opération d’abandon sont ignorées silencieusement."
61546
61547 #~ msgid ""
61548 #~ "Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard "
61549 #~ "operation.  The other supplied options, like B<--offset>, B<--length> and "
61550 #~ "B<--minimum>, are applied to all these devices.  Errors from filesystems "
61551 #~ "that do not support the discard operation, read-only devices and read-"
61552 #~ "only filesystems are silently ignored."
61553 #~ msgstr ""
61554 #~ "Rogner tous les systèmes de fichiers montés sur les périphériques qui "
61555 #~ "permettent l’opération d’abandon. Les autres options fournies, comme B<--"
61556 #~ "offset>, B<--length> et B<--minimum> sont appliquées à tous ces "
61557 #~ "périphériques. Les erreurs des systèmes de fichiers qui ne permettent pas "
61558 #~ "l’opération d’abandon, les périphériques en lecture seule et les systèmes "
61559 #~ "de fichiers en lecture seule sont ignorées silencieusement."
61560
61561 #~ msgid ""
61562 #~ "Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free "
61563 #~ "blocks to discard.  The default value is zero, starting at the beginning "
61564 #~ "of the filesystem."
61565 #~ msgstr ""
61566 #~ "La I<position> en octet dans le système de fichiers à partir de laquelle "
61567 #~ "commencer à chercher les blocs libres à abandonner. La valeur par défaut "
61568 #~ "est zéro, désignant le début du système de fichiers."
61569
61570 #~ msgid ""
61571 #~ "The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks "
61572 #~ "to discard.  If the specified value extends past the end of the "
61573 #~ "filesystem, B<fstrim> will stop at the filesystem size boundary.  The "
61574 #~ "default value extends to the end of the filesystem."
61575 #~ msgstr ""
61576 #~ "Le nombre d'octets (après le point de départ) où chercher des blocs "
61577 #~ "libres à abandonner. Si la valeur indiquée va au-delà de la fin du "
61578 #~ "système de fichiers, B<fstrim> s'arrêtera à la frontière de taille du "
61579 #~ "système de fichiers. La valeur par défaut prolonge la recherche jusqu'à "
61580 #~ "la fin du système de fichiers."
61581
61582 #~ msgid ""
61583 #~ "Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo "
61584 #~ "format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored.  The evaluation "
61585 #~ "of the I<list> stops after first non-empty file. For example: B<--listed-"
61586 #~ "in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo>."
61587 #~ msgstr ""
61588 #~ "Indiquer une liste de fichiers séparés par des deux-points dans le format "
61589 #~ "mountinfo du noyau ou de fstab. Tous les fichiers manquants ou vides sont "
61590 #~ "ignorés silencieusement. L’évaluation de la I<liste> s’arrête après le "
61591 #~ "premier fichier non vide. Par exemple, B<--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/"
61592 #~ "self/mountinfo>."
61593
61594 #~ msgid ""
61595 #~ "B<fstrim> will report the same potential discard bytes each time, but "
61596 #~ "only sectors which had been written to between the discards would "
61597 #~ "actually be discarded by the storage device.  Further, the kernel block "
61598 #~ "layer reserves the right to adjust the discard ranges to fit raid stripe "
61599 #~ "geometry, non-trim capable devices in a LVM setup, etc.  These reductions "
61600 #~ "would not be reflected in fstrim_range.len (the B<--length> option)."
61601 #~ msgstr ""
61602 #~ "B<fstrim> signalera à chaque fois les mêmes octets à abandonner, mais "
61603 #~ "seuls les secteurs sur lesquels une écriture a eu lieu entre les abandons "
61604 #~ "seront vraiment abandonnés par le périphérique de stockage. De plus, la "
61605 #~ "couche bloc du noyau se réserve le droit d'ajuster les intervalles "
61606 #~ "d'abandon pour s'ajuster à la géométrie des bandes RAID, aux "
61607 #~ "périphériques ne pouvant pas être rognés dans une configuration LVM, etc. "
61608 #~ "Ces réductions ne seront pas reflétées par fstrim_range.len (l'option B<--"
61609 #~ "length>)."
61610
61611 #~ msgid ""
61612 #~ "Lukas Czerner E<lt>lczerner@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
61613 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
61614 #~ msgstr ""
61615 #~ "Lukas Czerner E<lt>I<lczerner@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
61616 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
61617
61618 #~ msgid ""
61619 #~ "The fstrim command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
61620 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
61621 #~ msgstr ""
61622 #~ "La commande B<fstrim> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
61623 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
61624 #~ ">E<gt>."
61625
61626 #~ msgid "GETOPT"
61627 #~ msgstr "GETOPT"
61628
61629 #, fuzzy
61630 #~| msgid ""
61631 #~| "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: "
61632 #~| "options which modify the way B<getopt> will do the parsing (the "
61633 #~| "I<options> and the I<optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS>), and the parameters "
61634 #~| "which are to be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>).  The second "
61635 #~| "part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option "
61636 #~| "argument, or after the first occurrence of 'B<-->'.  If no 'B<-o>' or "
61637 #~| "'B<--options>' option is found in the first part, the first parameter of "
61638 #~| "the second part is used as the short options string."
61639 #~ msgid ""
61640 #~ "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: "
61641 #~ "options which modify the way B<getopt> will do the parsing (the "
61642 #~ "I<options> and the I<optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS>), and the parameters "
61643 #~ "which are to be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>). The second "
61644 #~ "part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option "
61645 #~ "argument, or after the first occurrence of \\(aqB<-->\\(aq. If no \\(aqB<-"
61646 #~ "o>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--options>\\(aq option is found in the first part, the "
61647 #~ "first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string."
61648 #~ msgstr ""
61649 #~ "Les paramètres fournis à B<getopt> sont de deux types : le premier est "
61650 #~ "constitué des options qui modifient la façon dont B<getopt> fera "
61651 #~ "l'analyse (les I<options> et I<chaîne_options> dans le B<SYNOPSIS>) et "
61652 #~ "les paramètres à analyser (I<paramètres> dans le B<SYNOPSIS>). Le second "
61653 #~ "type commence dès le premier paramètre qui n'est pas une option ou après "
61654 #~ "la première occurrence de « B<--> ». Si aucune option « B<-o> » ou « B<--"
61655 #~ "options> » n'est présente dans la première partie, le premier paramètre "
61656 #~ "de la seconde partie sera utilisé comme chaîne d’options courtes."
61657
61658 #, fuzzy
61659 #~| msgid ""
61660 #~| "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if the first "
61661 #~| "I<parameter> is not an option (does not start with a 'B<->', the first "
61662 #~| "format in the B<SYNOPSIS>), B<getopt> will generate output that is "
61663 #~| "compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1).  It will still "
61664 #~| "do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
61665 #~| "B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
61666 #~ msgid ""
61667 #~ "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if the first "
61668 #~ "I<parameter> is not an option (does not start with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, the "
61669 #~ "first format in the B<SYNOPSIS>), B<getopt> will generate output that is "
61670 #~ "compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1). It will still do "
61671 #~ "parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
61672 #~ "B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
61673 #~ msgstr ""
61674 #~ "Si la variable d'environnement B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> est positionnée, ou "
61675 #~ "si le premier I<paramètre> n'est pas une option (c'est-à-dire ne commence "
61676 #~ "pas par un « B<-> », le premier format du B<SYNOPSIS>), B<getopt> "
61677 #~ "produira une sortie compatible avec d'autres versions de B<getopt>(1). Il "
61678 #~ "réorganisera encore les paramètres et reconnaîtra les paramètres "
61679 #~ "optionnels (consultez la section B<COMPATIBILITÉ> pour plus "
61680 #~ "d'informations)."
61681
61682 #, fuzzy
61683 #~| msgid "Allow long options to start with a single 'B<->'."
61684 #~ msgid "Allow long options to start with a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq."
61685 #~ msgstr ""
61686 #~ "Permettre aux options longues de ne commencer que par un seul « B<-> »."
61687
61688 #, fuzzy
61689 #~| msgid ""
61690 #~| "The short (one-character) options to be recognized.  If this option is "
61691 #~| "not found, the first parameter of B<getopt> that does not start with a "
61692 #~| "'B<->' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options "
61693 #~| "string.  Each short option character in I<shortopts> may be followed by "
61694 #~| "one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to "
61695 #~| "indicate it has an optional argument.  The first character of shortopts "
61696 #~| "may be 'B<+>' or 'B<->' to influence the way options are parsed and "
61697 #~| "output is generated (see section B<SCANNING MODES> for details)."
61698 #~ msgid ""
61699 #~ "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
61700 #~ "found, the first parameter of B<getopt> that does not start with a "
61701 #~ "\\(aqB<->\\(aq (and is not an option argument) is used as the short "
61702 #~ "options string. Each short option character in I<shortopts> may be "
61703 #~ "followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two "
61704 #~ "colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of "
61705 #~ "shortopts may be \\(aqB<+>\\(aq or \\(aqB<->\\(aq to influence the way "
61706 #~ "options are parsed and output is generated (see section B<SCANNING MODES> "
61707 #~ "for details)."
61708 #~ msgstr ""
61709 #~ "Les options courtes (un seul caractère) à reconnaître. Si cette option "
61710 #~ "n'est pas trouvée, le premier paramètre de B<getopt> qui ne commence pas "
61711 #~ "par un « B<-> » (et qui n'est pas un paramètre d'une option) est utilisé "
61712 #~ "comme chaîne de description des options courtes. Chaque caractère "
61713 #~ "d'option courte de I<options_courtes> peut être suivi d'un signe deux-"
61714 #~ "points pour indiquer que l'option attend un paramètre ou de deux signes "
61715 #~ "deux-points pour indiquer qu'elle a un paramètre optionnel. Le premier "
61716 #~ "caractère de I<options_courtes> peut être un « B<+> » ou un « B<-> » pour "
61717 #~ "modifier la façon dont les options sont analysées et dont la sortie est "
61718 #~ "produite (consultez la section B<MODES D'ANALYSE> pour plus de "
61719 #~ "précisions)."
61720
61721 #, fuzzy
61722 #~| msgid "Disable error reporting by getopt(3)."
61723 #~ msgid "Disable error reporting by B<getopt>(3)."
61724 #~ msgstr "Désactiver le signalement des erreurs par B<getopt>(3)."
61725
61726 #, fuzzy
61727 #~| msgid ""
61728 #~| "Set quoting conventions to those of I<shell>.  If the B<-s> option is "
61729 #~| "not given, the E<.SM BASH> conventions are used.  Valid arguments are "
61730 #~| "currently 'B<sh>' 'B<bash>', 'B<csh>', and 'B<tcsh>'."
61731 #~ msgid ""
61732 #~ "Set quoting conventions to those of I<shell>. If the B<-s> option is not "
61733 #~ "given, the BASH conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
61734 #~ "\\(aqB<sh>\\(aq \\(aqB<bash>\\(aq, \\(aqB<csh>\\(aq, and "
61735 #~ "\\(aqB<tcsh>\\(aq."
61736 #~ msgstr ""
61737 #~ "Définir les règles de protection (avec des guillemets) à celles des "
61738 #~ "interpréteurs de commandes I<shell>. En absence d’indication de l’option "
61739 #~ "B<-s>, les conventions de E<.SM BASH> sont utilisées. Les valeurs "
61740 #~ "acceptées sont « B<sh> », « B<bash> », « B<csh> » et « B<tcsh> »."
61741
61742 #, fuzzy
61743 #~| msgid ""
61744 #~| "Test if your B<getopt>(1)  is this enhanced version or an old version.  "
61745 #~| "This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4.  Other "
61746 #~| "implementations of B<getopt>(1), and this version if the environment "
61747 #~| "variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, will return 'B<-->' and error "
61748 #~| "status 0."
61749 #~ msgid ""
61750 #~ "Test if your B<getopt>(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. "
61751 #~ "This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other "
61752 #~ "implementations of B<getopt>(1), and this version if the environment "
61753 #~ "variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, will return \\(aqB<-->\\(aq and "
61754 #~ "error status 0."
61755 #~ msgstr ""
61756 #~ "Vérifier si la version de B<getopt>(1) correspond à cette version "
61757 #~ "améliorée ou à une version plus ancienne. Aucune sortie n'est créée et la "
61758 #~ "valeur de retour est B<4>. Les autres implémentations de B<getopt>(1) (ou "
61759 #~ "celle-ci si la variable d'environnement B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> est "
61760 #~ "positionnée) renverront « B<--> », avec une valeur de retour de B<0>."
61761
61762 #, fuzzy
61763 #~| msgid ""
61764 #~| "A simple short option is a 'B<->' followed by a short option character.  "
61765 #~| "If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after "
61766 #~| "the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by "
61767 #~| "whitespace on the command line).  If the option has an optional "
61768 #~| "argument, it must be written directly after the option character if "
61769 #~| "present."
61770 #~ msgid ""
61771 #~ "A simple short option is a \\(aqB<->\\(aq followed by a short option "
61772 #~ "character. If the option has a required argument, it may be written "
61773 #~ "directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., "
61774 #~ "separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an "
61775 #~ "optional argument, it must be written directly after the option character "
61776 #~ "if present."
61777 #~ msgstr ""
61778 #~ "Une option courte est un « B<-> » suivi par le caractère de l'option. Si "
61779 #~ "l'option a un paramètre obligatoire, il peut être indiqué juste après le "
61780 #~ "caractère de l'option ou comme paramètre suivant (c'est-à-dire en les "
61781 #~ "séparant par une espace). Si l'option a un paramètre optionnel, il doit "
61782 #~ "être écrit juste après le caractère de l'option (quand le paramètre est "
61783 #~ "présent)."
61784
61785 #, fuzzy
61786 #~| msgid ""
61787 #~| "It is possible to specify several short options after one 'B<->', as "
61788 #~| "long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional "
61789 #~| "arguments."
61790 #~ msgid ""
61791 #~ "It is possible to specify several short options after one \\(aqB<->\\(aq, "
61792 #~ "as long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or "
61793 #~ "optional arguments."
61794 #~ msgstr ""
61795 #~ "Il est possible d'indiquer plusieurs options courtes après un « B<-> », "
61796 #~ "tant que toutes les options (sauf peut-être la dernière) n'ont pas de "
61797 #~ "paramètre obligatoire ou optionnel."
61798
61799 #, fuzzy
61800 #~| msgid ""
61801 #~| "A long option normally begins with 'B<-->' followed by the long option "
61802 #~| "name.  If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly "
61803 #~| "after the long option name, separated by 'B<=>', or as the next argument "
61804 #~| "(i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line).  If the option has "
61805 #~| "an optional argument, it must be written directly after the long option "
61806 #~| "name, separated by 'B<=>', if present (if you add the 'B<=>' but nothing "
61807 #~| "behind it, it is interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a "
61808 #~| "slight bug, see the B<BUGS>).  Long options may be abbreviated, as long "
61809 #~| "as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
61810 #~ msgid ""
61811 #~ "A long option normally begins with \\(aqB<-->\\(aq followed by the long "
61812 #~ "option name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written "
61813 #~ "directly after the long option name, separated by \\(aqB<=>\\(aq, or as "
61814 #~ "the next argument (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If "
61815 #~ "the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after "
61816 #~ "the long option name, separated by \\(aqB<=>\\(aq, if present (if you add "
61817 #~ "the \\(aqB<=>\\(aq but nothing behind it, it is interpreted as if no "
61818 #~ "argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the B<BUGS>). Long "
61819 #~ "options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
61820 #~ msgstr ""
61821 #~ "Une option longue commence normalement par « B<--> », suivi par le nom de "
61822 #~ "l'option longue. Si l'option nécessite un paramètre, celui-ci peut être "
61823 #~ "indiqué juste après le nom de l'option, en insérant le caractère « B<=> » "
61824 #~ "entre, ou il peut être indiqué dans le paramètre suivant (c'est-à-dire en "
61825 #~ "le séparant par une espace). Si l'option a un paramètre optionnel, il "
61826 #~ "doit être indiqué juste après le nom de l'option, en insérant le "
61827 #~ "caractère « B<=> » entre, si le paramètre est présent (quand vous ajoutez "
61828 #~ "le caractère « B<=> » sans rien derrière, c'est comme si le paramètre "
61829 #~ "n'était pas présent ; c'est un bogue mineur, consultez la section "
61830 #~ "B<BOGUES>). Les options longues peuvent être abrégées, tant que "
61831 #~ "l'abréviation n'est pas ambiguë."
61832
61833 #, fuzzy
61834 #~| msgid ""
61835 #~| "Each parameter not starting with a 'B<->', and not a required argument "
61836 #~| "of a previous option, is a non-option parameter.  Each parameter after a "
61837 #~| "'B<-->' parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter.  If "
61838 #~| "the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, or if the short "
61839 #~| "option string started with a 'B<+>', all remaining parameters are "
61840 #~| "interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first non-option "
61841 #~| "parameter is found."
61842 #~ msgid ""
61843 #~ "Each parameter not starting with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, and not a required "
61844 #~ "argument of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter "
61845 #~ "after a \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter is always interpreted as a non-option "
61846 #~ "parameter. If the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, or if "
61847 #~ "the short option string started with a \\(aqB<+>\\(aq, all remaining "
61848 #~ "parameters are interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first "
61849 #~ "non-option parameter is found."
61850 #~ msgstr ""
61851 #~ "Chaque paramètre ne commençant pas par un « B<-> » et n'étant pas un "
61852 #~ "paramètre obligatoire est un « paramètre n'étant pas une option ». Chaque "
61853 #~ "paramètre situé après un « B<--> » est toujours interprété comme un "
61854 #~ "« paramètre n'étant pas une option ». Si la variable d'environnement "
61855 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> est positionnée, ou si la chaîne des options courtes "
61856 #~ "commence par un « B<+> », tous les paramètres suivant le premier "
61857 #~ "paramètre n'étant pas une option sont interprétés comme des paramètres "
61858 #~ "n'étant pas des options."
61859
61860 #, fuzzy
61861 #~| msgid ""
61862 #~| "For a short option, a single 'B<->' and the option character are "
61863 #~| "generated as one parameter.  If the option has an argument, the next "
61864 #~| "parameter will be the argument.  If the option takes an optional "
61865 #~| "argument, but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but "
61866 #~| "be empty in quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in "
61867 #~| "unquoted (compatible) mode.  Note that many other B<getopt>(1)  "
61868 #~| "implementations do not support optional arguments."
61869 #~ msgid ""
61870 #~ "For a short option, a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq and the option character are "
61871 #~ "generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next "
61872 #~ "parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional argument, "
61873 #~ "but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but be empty in "
61874 #~ "quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in unquoted "
61875 #~ "(compatible) mode. Note that many other B<getopt>(1) implementations do "
61876 #~ "not support optional arguments."
61877 #~ msgstr ""
61878 #~ "Pour une option courte, un seul « B<-> » et le caractère de l'option sont "
61879 #~ "générés comme un paramètre. Si l'option est suivie de son paramètre, le "
61880 #~ "paramètre suivant de la sortie sera le paramètre de l'option. Si l'option "
61881 #~ "accepte un paramètre optionnel, mais qu'aucun n'a été trouvé, un "
61882 #~ "paramètre vide sera généré dans le mode protégé, mais aucun dans le mode "
61883 #~ "non protégé (ou mode compatible). Notez que beaucoup d'autres "
61884 #~ "implémentations de B<getopt>(1) ne gèrent pas les paramètres optionnels."
61885
61886 #, fuzzy
61887 #~| msgid ""
61888 #~| "If several short options were specified after a single 'B<->', each will "
61889 #~| "be present in the output as a separate parameter."
61890 #~ msgid ""
61891 #~ "If several short options were specified after a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq, "
61892 #~ "each will be present in the output as a separate parameter."
61893 #~ msgstr ""
61894 #~ "Si plusieurs options courtes ont été précisées après un unique « B<-> », "
61895 #~ "chacune sera présente dans la sortie dans un paramètre distinct."
61896
61897 #, fuzzy
61898 #~| msgid ""
61899 #~| "For a long option, 'B<-->' and the full option name are generated as one "
61900 #~| "parameter.  This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated "
61901 #~| "or specified with a single 'B<->' in the input.  Arguments are handled "
61902 #~| "as with short options."
61903 #~ msgid ""
61904 #~ "For a long option, \\(aqB<-->\\(aq and the full option name are generated "
61905 #~ "as one parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was "
61906 #~ "abbreviated or specified with a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq in the input. "
61907 #~ "Arguments are handled as with short options."
61908 #~ msgstr ""
61909 #~ "Pour une option longue, « B<--> » et le nom complet de l'option sont "
61910 #~ "générés en un seul paramètre. C'est le cas que l'option soit abrégée ou "
61911 #~ "qu'elle soit indiquée avec un seul « B<-> » dans l'entrée. Les paramètres "
61912 #~ "sont traités comme pour les options courtes."
61913
61914 #, fuzzy
61915 #~| msgid ""
61916 #~| "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options "
61917 #~| "and their arguments have been generated.  Then 'B<-->' is generated as a "
61918 #~| "single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order "
61919 #~| "they were found, each as a separate parameter.  Only if the first "
61920 #~| "character of the short options string was a 'B<->', non-option parameter "
61921 #~| "output is generated at the place they are found in the input (this is "
61922 #~| "not supported if the first format of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used; in that "
61923 #~| "case all preceding occurrences of 'B<->' and 'B<+>' are ignored)."
61924 #~ msgid ""
61925 #~ "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options "
61926 #~ "and their arguments have been generated. Then \\(aqB<-->\\(aq is "
61927 #~ "generated as a single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters "
61928 #~ "in the order they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the "
61929 #~ "first character of the short options string was a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, non-"
61930 #~ "option parameter output is generated at the place they are found in the "
61931 #~ "input (this is not supported if the first format of the B<SYNOPSIS> is "
61932 #~ "used; in that case all preceding occurrences of \\(aqB<->\\(aq and "
61933 #~ "\\(aqB<+>\\(aq are ignored)."
61934 #~ msgstr ""
61935 #~ "Normalement, aucun paramètre n'étant pas une option n'est généré sur la "
61936 #~ "sortie tant que toutes les options et leurs paramètres n'ont pas été "
61937 #~ "traités. Ensuite, « B<--> » est généré séparément comme un paramètre, et "
61938 #~ "est suivi des paramètres n'étant pas des options, dans l'ordre où ils ont "
61939 #~ "été trouvés, chacun comme un paramètre distinct. Si le premier caractère "
61940 #~ "de la chaîne des options courtes est un « B<-> », et seulement dans ce "
61941 #~ "cas, les paramètres n'étant pas des options sont générés quand ils sont "
61942 #~ "trouvés dans l'entrée (ce n'est pas géré si la première forme du "
61943 #~ "B<SYNOPSIS> est utilisée ; dans ce cas, les « B<-> » et « B<+> » de tête "
61944 #~ "sont ignorés)."
61945
61946 #, fuzzy
61947 #~| msgid ""
61948 #~| "In compatible mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or "
61949 #~| "non-option parameters are not handled correctly.  As the output is fed "
61950 #~| "to the shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to "
61951 #~| "break the output into separate parameters.  To circumvent this problem, "
61952 #~| "this implementation offers quoting.  The idea is that output is "
61953 #~| "generated with quotes around each parameter.  When this output is once "
61954 #~| "again fed to the shell (usually by a shell B<eval> command), it is split "
61955 #~| "correctly into separate parameters."
61956 #~ msgid ""
61957 #~ "In compatibility mode, whitespace or \\(aqspecial\\(aq characters in "
61958 #~ "arguments or non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the "
61959 #~ "output is fed to the shell script, the script does not know how it is "
61960 #~ "supposed to break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this "
61961 #~ "problem, this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is "
61962 #~ "generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once "
61963 #~ "again fed to the shell (usually by a shell B<eval> command), it is split "
61964 #~ "correctly into separate parameters."
61965 #~ msgstr ""
61966 #~ "Dans le mode compatible, les espaces et caractères spéciaux dans les "
61967 #~ "paramètres des options ou les paramètres n'étant pas des options ne sont "
61968 #~ "pas gérés correctement. Comme la sortie est envoyée à un script shell, le "
61969 #~ "script ne sait pas comment il doit séparer les paramètres. Pour éviter ce "
61970 #~ "problème, cette implémentation propose un mode protégé. L'idée est de "
61971 #~ "générer la sortie avec des protections (à l'aide de guillemets) autour "
61972 #~ "des paramètres. Quand cette sortie est envoyée de nouveau à un "
61973 #~ "interpréteur de commandes (généralement en utilisant la commande B<eval> "
61974 #~ "de l'interpréteur), le découpage en paramètres est correct."
61975
61976 #, fuzzy
61977 #~| msgid ""
61978 #~| "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> "
61979 #~| "is set, if the first form of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used, or if the option "
61980 #~| "'B<-u>' is found."
61981 #~ msgid ""
61982 #~ "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> "
61983 #~ "is set, if the first form of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used, or if the option "
61984 #~ "\\(aqB<-u>\\(aq is found."
61985 #~ msgstr ""
61986 #~ "La protection n'est pas activée si la variable d'environnement "
61987 #~ "B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> est positionnée, si la première forme du B<SYNOPSIS> "
61988 #~ "est utilisée ou si l'option « B<-u> » est trouvée."
61989
61990 #, fuzzy
61991 #~| msgid ""
61992 #~| "Different shells use different quoting conventions.  You can use the 'B<-"
61993 #~| "s>' option to select the shell you are using.  The following shells are "
61994 #~| "currently supported: 'B<sh>', 'B<bash>', 'B<csh>' and 'B<tcsh>'.  "
61995 #~| "Actually, only two 'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting "
61996 #~| "conventions and csh-like quoting conventions.  Chances are that if you "
61997 #~| "use another shell script language, one of these flavors can still be "
61998 #~| "used."
61999 #~ msgid ""
62000 #~ "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the "
62001 #~ "\\(aqB<-s>\\(aq option to select the shell you are using. The following "
62002 #~ "shells are currently supported: \\(aqB<sh>\\(aq, \\(aqB<bash>\\(aq, "
62003 #~ "\\(aqB<csh>\\(aq and \\(aqB<tcsh>\\(aq. Actually, only two "
62004 #~ "\\(aqflavors\\(aq are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-"
62005 #~ "like quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell "
62006 #~ "script language, one of these flavors can still be used."
62007 #~ msgstr ""
62008 #~ "Les conventions de protection diffèrent suivant les interpréteurs de "
62009 #~ "commandes. Vous pouvez préciser l'interpréteur de commandes que vous "
62010 #~ "utilisez avec l'option « B<-s> ». Les interpréteurs de commandes suivants "
62011 #~ "sont gérés : « B<sh> », « B<bash> », « B<csh> » et « B<tcsh> ». En fait, "
62012 #~ "seuls deux types sont différenciés : ceux utilisant les conventions de "
62013 #~ "B<sh> et ceux utilisant les conventions de B<csh>. Il y a de grandes "
62014 #~ "chances que si vous utilisez un autre langage de script, il utilise une "
62015 #~ "de ces conventions."
62016
62017 #, fuzzy
62018 #~| msgid ""
62019 #~| "The first character of the short options string may be a 'B<->' or a "
62020 #~| "'B<+>' to indicate a special scanning mode.  If the first calling form "
62021 #~| "in the B<SYNOPSIS> is used they are ignored; the environment variable "
62022 #~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is still examined, though."
62023 #~ msgid ""
62024 #~ "The first character of the short options string may be a \\(aqB<->\\(aq "
62025 #~ "or a \\(aqB<+>\\(aq to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first "
62026 #~ "calling form in the B<SYNOPSIS> is used they are ignored; the environment "
62027 #~ "variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is still examined, though."
62028 #~ msgstr ""
62029 #~ "Le premier caractère de la chaîne de description des options courtes peut "
62030 #~ "être un « B<-> » ou un « B<+> » pour utiliser un mode spécial d'analyse. "
62031 #~ "Si la première forme du B<SYNOPSIS> est appelée, ils sont ignorés ; mais "
62032 #~ "la variable d'environnement B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> est toujours examinée."
62033
62034 #, fuzzy
62035 #~| msgid ""
62036 #~| "If the first character is 'B<+>', or if the environment variable "
62037 #~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
62038 #~| "parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a 'B<->')  is "
62039 #~| "found that is not an option argument.  The remaining parameters are all "
62040 #~| "interpreted as non-option parameters."
62041 #~ msgid ""
62042 #~ "If the first character is \\(aqB<+>\\(aq, or if the environment variable "
62043 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
62044 #~ "parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq) "
62045 #~ "is found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all "
62046 #~ "interpreted as non-option parameters."
62047 #~ msgstr ""
62048 #~ "Si le premier caractère est un « B<+> », ou si la variable "
62049 #~ "d'environnement B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> est positionnée, l'analyse s'arrête "
62050 #~ "dès qu'un paramètre n'étant pas une option est rencontré (c'est-à-dire un "
62051 #~ "paramètre qui ne commence pas par « B<-> »). Aucun des paramètres "
62052 #~ "suivants ne sera considéré comme une option."
62053
62054 #, fuzzy
62055 #~| msgid ""
62056 #~| "If the first character is a 'B<->', non-option parameters are outputted "
62057 #~| "at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all "
62058 #~| "collected at the end of output after a 'B<-->' parameter has been "
62059 #~| "generated.  Note that this 'B<-->' parameter is still generated, but it "
62060 #~| "will always be the last parameter in this mode."
62061 #~ msgid ""
62062 #~ "If the first character is a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, non-option parameters are "
62063 #~ "outputted at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they "
62064 #~ "are all collected at the end of output after a \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter "
62065 #~ "has been generated. Note that this \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter is still "
62066 #~ "generated, but it will always be the last parameter in this mode."
62067 #~ msgstr ""
62068 #~ "Si le premier caractère est un « B<-> », les paramètres qui ne sont pas "
62069 #~ "des options sont placés dans la sortie à la position où ils ont été "
62070 #~ "trouvés ; normalement, ils sont tous placés à la fin de la sortie, juste "
62071 #~ "après le paramètre « B<--> » qui a été généré. Notez que dans ce mode, le "
62072 #~ "paramètre « B<--> » est encore généré, mais il sera toujours le dernier "
62073 #~ "paramètre."
62074
62075 #, fuzzy
62076 #~| msgid ""
62077 #~| "The environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> forces B<getopt> into "
62078 #~| "compatibility mode.  Setting both this environment variable and "
62079 #~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs.  "
62080 #~| "Usually, though, neither is needed."
62081 #~ msgid ""
62082 #~ "The environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> forces B<getopt> into "
62083 #~ "compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and "
62084 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> offers 100% compatibility for \\(aqdifficult\\(aq "
62085 #~ "programs. Usually, though, neither is needed."
62086 #~ msgstr ""
62087 #~ "La variable d'environnement B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> force B<getopt> dans un "
62088 #~ "mode de compatibilité. Avec à la fois cette variable d'environnement et "
62089 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT>, il sera 100 % compatible pour les programmes "
62090 #~ "« difficiles ». D'habitude, cependant, ni l'une ni l'autre n'est "
62091 #~ "nécessaire."
62092
62093 #, fuzzy
62094 #~| msgid ""
62095 #~| "In compatibility mode, leading 'B<->' and 'B<+>' characters in the short "
62096 #~| "options string are ignored."
62097 #~ msgid ""
62098 #~ "In compatibility mode, leading \\(aqB<->\\(aq and \\(aqB<+>\\(aq "
62099 #~ "characters in the short options string are ignored."
62100 #~ msgstr ""
62101 #~ "Dans ce mode, les « B<-> » ou « B<+> » de tête des options courtes sont "
62102 #~ "ignorés."
62103
62104 #~ msgid "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT>"
62105 #~ msgstr "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT>"
62106
62107 #, fuzzy
62108 #~| msgid ""
62109 #~| "This environment variable is examined by the B<getopt>(3)  routines.  If "
62110 #~| "it is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an "
62111 #~| "option or an option argument.  All remaining parameters are also "
62112 #~| "interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with "
62113 #~| "a 'B<->'."
62114 #~ msgid ""
62115 #~ "This environment variable is examined by the B<getopt>(3) routines. If it "
62116 #~ "is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an "
62117 #~ "option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also "
62118 #~ "interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with "
62119 #~ "a \\(aqB<->\\(aq."
62120 #~ msgstr ""
62121 #~ "Cette variable d'environnement est utilisée par B<getopt>(3). Lorsqu'elle "
62122 #~ "est positionnée, l'analyse s'arrête au premier paramètre n'étant ni une "
62123 #~ "option ni le paramètre d'une option. Tous les paramètres restants sont "
62124 #~ "également interprétés comme des paramètres n'étant pas des options, "
62125 #~ "qu'ils commencent par un « B<-> » ou non."
62126
62127 #, fuzzy
62128 #~| msgid "GETOPT_COMPATIBLE"
62129 #~ msgid "B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE>"
62130 #~ msgstr "B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE>"
62131
62132 #~ msgid "December 2014"
62133 #~ msgstr "Décembre 2014"
62134
62135 #~ msgid ""
62136 #~ "B<getopt> is used to break up (I<parse>)  options in command lines for "
62137 #~ "easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options.  It "
62138 #~ "uses the E<.SM GNU> B<getopt>(3)  routines to do this."
62139 #~ msgstr ""
62140 #~ "B<getopt> permet d'analyser les options d'une ligne de commande d'une "
62141 #~ "façon simple pour des scripts shell et de vérifier les options "
62142 #~ "autorisées. Les routines de E<.SM GNU> B<getopt>(3) sont utilisées pour "
62143 #~ "cela."
62144
62145 #~ msgid ""
62146 #~ "Traditional implementations of B<getopt>(1)  are unable to cope with "
62147 #~ "whitespace and other (shell-specific)  special characters in arguments "
62148 #~ "and non-option parameters.  To solve this problem, this implementation "
62149 #~ "can generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the "
62150 #~ "shell (usually by using the B<eval> command).  This has the effect of "
62151 #~ "preserving those characters, but you must call B<getopt> in a way that is "
62152 #~ "no longer compatible with other versions (the second or third format in "
62153 #~ "the B<SYNOPSIS>).  To determine whether this enhanced version of "
62154 #~ "B<getopt>(1)  is installed, a special test option (B<-T>)  can be used."
62155 #~ msgstr ""
62156 #~ "Les implémentations traditionnelles de B<getopt>(1) ne gèrent pas les "
62157 #~ "espaces ou autres caractères spéciaux (spécifiques à chaque interpréteur "
62158 #~ "de commandes) dans les paramètres (options ou non). Pour résoudre ce "
62159 #~ "problème, cette implémentation peut produire une sortie, entre "
62160 #~ "guillemets, qui doit être interprétée de nouveau par l'interpréteur de "
62161 #~ "commandes (en général avec la commande B<eval>). Cela permet de préserver "
62162 #~ "ces caractères, mais vous devez appeler B<getopt> d'une façon non "
62163 #~ "compatible avec les autres versions (la deuxième ou troisième forme dans "
62164 #~ "le B<SYNOPSIS>). Pour déterminer si cette version améliorée de "
62165 #~ "B<getopt>(1) est installée, vous pouvez utiliser l'option spéciale de "
62166 #~ "test (B<-T>)."
62167
62168 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --alternative>"
62169 #~ msgstr "B<-a>,B< --alternative>"
62170
62171 #~ msgid "Display help text and exit.  No other output is generated."
62172 #~ msgstr ""
62173 #~ "Afficher un texte d’aide puis quitter. Rien d'autre ne sera affiché."
62174
62175 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --longoptions >I<longopts>"
62176 #~ msgstr "B<-l>,B< --longoptions >I<options_longues>"
62177
62178 #~ msgid ""
62179 #~ "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized.  More than one "
62180 #~ "option name may be specified at once, by separating the names with "
62181 #~ "commas.  This option may be given more than once, the I<longopts> are "
62182 #~ "cumulative.  Each long option name in I<longopts> may be followed by one "
62183 #~ "colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to "
62184 #~ "indicate it has an optional argument."
62185 #~ msgstr ""
62186 #~ "Les options longues (plusieurs caractères) à reconnaître. Plusieurs noms "
62187 #~ "d'option peuvent être fournis en une seule fois, en séparant les noms par "
62188 #~ "des virgules. Cette option peut être fournie plusieurs fois, les "
62189 #~ "I<options_longues> se cumulent. Chaque nom d'option dans "
62190 #~ "I<options_longues> peut être suivi d'un deux-points pour indiquer que "
62191 #~ "l'option attend un paramètre, et par deux signes deux-points pour "
62192 #~ "indiquer qu'elle a un paramètre optionnel."
62193
62194 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --name >I<progname>"
62195 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --name >I<nom-de-programme>"
62196
62197 #~ msgid ""
62198 #~ "The name that will be used by the B<getopt>(3)  routines when it reports "
62199 #~ "errors.  Note that errors of B<getopt>(1)  are still reported as coming "
62200 #~ "from getopt."
62201 #~ msgstr ""
62202 #~ "Le nom qui sera utilisé par B<getopt>(3) pour signaler les erreurs. Notez "
62203 #~ "que les erreurs de B<getopt>(1) sont signalées comme provenant de "
62204 #~ "B<getopt>."
62205
62206 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --options >I<shortopts>"
62207 #~ msgstr "B<-o>,B< --options >I<options_courtes>"
62208
62209 #~ msgid "B<-q>,B< --quiet>"
62210 #~ msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
62211
62212 #~ msgid "B<-Q>,B< --quiet-output>"
62213 #~ msgstr "B<-Q>,B< --quiet-output>"
62214
62215 #~ msgid ""
62216 #~ "Do not generate normal output.  Errors are still reported by "
62217 #~ "B<getopt>(3), unless you also use B<-q>."
62218 #~ msgstr ""
62219 #~ "Ne pas produire la sortie normale. Les erreurs sont toujours remontées "
62220 #~ "par B<getopt>(3), sauf si l'option B<-q> est utilisée."
62221
62222 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --shell >I<shell>"
62223 #~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --shell >I<shell>"
62224
62225 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --test>"
62226 #~ msgstr "B<-T>,B< --test>"
62227
62228 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --unquoted>"
62229 #~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --unquoted>"
62230
62231 #~ msgid ""
62232 #~ "Do not quote the output.  Note that whitespace and special (shell-"
62233 #~ "dependent) characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with "
62234 #~ "other B<getopt>(1)  implementations)."
62235 #~ msgstr ""
62236 #~ "Ne pas placer la sortie entre guillemets. Remarquez que les espaces et "
62237 #~ "caractères spéciaux (pour l'interpréteur de commandes utilisé) peuvent "
62238 #~ "poser des problèmes dans ce mode (comme pour les autres implémentations "
62239 #~ "de B<getopt>(1))."
62240
62241 #~ msgid "Display version information and exit.  No other output is generated."
62242 #~ msgstr ""
62243 #~ "Afficher le numéro de version puis quitter. Aucune autre sortie n'est "
62244 #~ "créée."
62245
62246 #~ msgid ""
62247 #~ "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of "
62248 #~ "B<getopt> (the I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>).  The next section "
62249 #~ "(B<OUTPUT>)  describes the output that is generated.  These parameters "
62250 #~ "were typically the parameters a shell function was called with.  Care "
62251 #~ "must be taken that each parameter the shell function was called with "
62252 #~ "corresponds to exactly one parameter in the parameter list of B<getopt> "
62253 #~ "(see the B<EXAMPLES>).  All parsing is done by the GNU B<getopt>(3)  "
62254 #~ "routines."
62255 #~ msgstr ""
62256 #~ "Cette section indique le format de la seconde partie des paramètres de "
62257 #~ "B<getopt> (I<paramètres> dans le B<SYNOPSIS>). La section suivante "
62258 #~ "(B<SORTIE>) décrit la sortie renvoyée. Ces paramètres sont généralement "
62259 #~ "ceux fournis à une fonction shell. Il faut faire attention à ce que "
62260 #~ "chaque paramètre fourni à la fonction corresponde bien à un paramètre de "
62261 #~ "la liste des paramètres de B<getopt> (consultez B<EXEMPLES>). Toutes les "
62262 #~ "analyses sont faites en utilisant les routines de GNU B<getopt>(3)."
62263
62264 #~ msgid ""
62265 #~ "The parameters are parsed from left to right.  Each parameter is "
62266 #~ "classified as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or "
62267 #~ "a non-option parameter."
62268 #~ msgstr ""
62269 #~ "Les paramètres sont analysés de la gauche vers la droite. Chaque "
62270 #~ "paramètre est classé en option courte, option longue, argument d'une "
62271 #~ "option ou paramètre n'étant pas une option."
62272
62273 #~ msgid ""
62274 #~ "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section.  "
62275 #~ "Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the "
62276 #~ "input, except for non-option parameters.  Output can be done in "
62277 #~ "I<compatible> (I<unquoted>)  mode, or in such way that whitespace and "
62278 #~ "other special characters within arguments and non-option parameters are "
62279 #~ "preserved (see B<QUOTING>).  When the output is processed in the shell "
62280 #~ "script, it will seem to be composed of distinct elements that can be "
62281 #~ "processed one by one (by using the shift command in most shell "
62282 #~ "languages).  This is imperfect in unquoted mode, as elements can be split "
62283 #~ "at unexpected places if they contain whitespace or special characters."
62284 #~ msgstr ""
62285 #~ "La sortie est générée pour chaque élément décrit dans la section "
62286 #~ "précédente. Elle reprend l'ordre des éléments indiqués en entrée, à "
62287 #~ "l'exception des paramètres n'étant pas des options. La sortie peut être "
62288 #~ "faite dans un mode I<compatible> (I<non protégé> : sans guillemets) ou de "
62289 #~ "telle sorte que les espaces ou autres caractères spéciaux des paramètres "
62290 #~ "soient préservés (consultez B<PROTECTIONS>). Quand la sortie est utilisée "
62291 #~ "dans un script shell, elle paraîtra composée d'éléments distincts qui "
62292 #~ "peuvent être traités un par un (en utilisant la commande B<shift> de la "
62293 #~ "plupart des langages de script). Ce n'est pas parfait dans le mode I<non "
62294 #~ "protégé> parce que les éléments peuvent être coupés à des endroits non "
62295 #~ "prévus s'ils contiennent des espaces ou des caractères spéciaux."
62296
62297 #~ msgid ""
62298 #~ "This version of B<getopt>(1)  is written to be as compatible as possible "
62299 #~ "to other versions.  Usually you can just replace them with this version "
62300 #~ "without any modifications, and with some advantages."
62301 #~ msgstr ""
62302 #~ "Cette version de B<getopt>(1) a été écrite pour être aussi compatible que "
62303 #~ "possible avec les autres versions. En général, vous pouvez vous contenter "
62304 #~ "de les remplacer par cette version sans aucune modification, avec même "
62305 #~ "certains avantages."
62306
62307 #~ msgid ""
62308 #~ "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a 'B<->', "
62309 #~ "B<getopt> goes into compatibility mode.  It will interpret its first "
62310 #~ "parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be "
62311 #~ "parsed.  It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option "
62312 #~ "parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable "
62313 #~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set."
62314 #~ msgstr ""
62315 #~ "Si le premier caractère du premier paramètre de B<getopt> n'est pas un "
62316 #~ "« B<-> », B<getopt> passe en mode compatible. Il interprète son premier "
62317 #~ "paramètre comme une chaîne de description des options courtes, et tous "
62318 #~ "les autres paramètres seront analysés. Il réorganisera encore les "
62319 #~ "paramètres (c'est-à-dire que les paramètres n'étant pas des options sont "
62320 #~ "placés à la fin), à moins que la variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> ne soit "
62321 #~ "positionnée."
62322
62323 #~ msgid ""
62324 #~ "B<getopt> returns error code B<0> for successful parsing, B<1> if "
62325 #~ "B<getopt>(3)  returns errors, B<2> if it does not understand its own "
62326 #~ "parameters, B<3> if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and B<4> "
62327 #~ "if it is called with B<-T>."
62328 #~ msgstr ""
62329 #~ "Le code de retour de B<getopt> est B<0> en cas de réussite lors de "
62330 #~ "l'analyse des options, B<1> si B<getopt>(3) signale des erreurs, B<2> "
62331 #~ "s'il ne comprend pas ses propres paramètres, B<3> dans le cas d'une "
62332 #~ "erreur interne (comme un manque de mémoire) et B<4> lorsque l'option B<-"
62333 #~ "T> est utilisée."
62334
62335 #~ msgid ""
62336 #~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1)  "
62337 #~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-linux/getopt/> "
62338 #~ "directory."
62339 #~ msgstr ""
62340 #~ "Des scripts d'exemple pour (ba)sh et (t)csh sont distribués avec "
62341 #~ "B<getopt>(1) et installés optionnellement dans le répertoire I</usr/share/"
62342 #~ "doc/util-linux/getopt/>."
62343
62344 #~ msgid ""
62345 #~ "B<getopt>(3)  can parse long options with optional arguments that are "
62346 #~ "given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options).  "
62347 #~ "This B<getopt>(1)  treats optional arguments that are empty as if they "
62348 #~ "were not present."
62349 #~ msgstr ""
62350 #~ "B<getopt>(3) peut analyser des options longues avec des paramètres "
62351 #~ "optionnels vides (ce n'est pas possible pour les options courtes). Cette "
62352 #~ "version de B<getopt>(1) traite les arguments optionnels vides comme s'ils "
62353 #~ "n'étaient pas présents."
62354
62355 #~ msgid ""
62356 #~ "The getopt command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
62357 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
62358 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
62359 #~ msgstr ""
62360 #~ "La commande B<getopt> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
62361 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
62362 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
62363
62364 #, fuzzy
62365 #~| msgid ""
62366 #~| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the "
62367 #~| "B<getopt>(1)  distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-"
62368 #~| "linux/getopt/> directory."
62369 #~ msgid ""
62370 #~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1) "
62371 #~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-linux/examples/> "
62372 #~ "directory."
62373 #~ msgstr ""
62374 #~ "Des scripts d'exemple pour (ba)sh et (t)csh sont distribués avec "
62375 #~ "B<getopt>(1) et installés optionnellement dans le répertoire I</usr/share/"
62376 #~ "doc/util-linux/getopt/>."
62377
62378 #, fuzzy
62379 #~| msgid ""
62380 #~| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the "
62381 #~| "B<getopt>(1)  distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-"
62382 #~| "linux/getopt/> directory."
62383 #~ msgid ""
62384 #~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1)  "
62385 #~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/packages/util-linux/"
62386 #~ "getopt/> directory."
62387 #~ msgstr ""
62388 #~ "Des scripts d'exemple pour (ba)sh et (t)csh sont distribués avec "
62389 #~ "B<getopt>(1) et installés optionnellement dans le répertoire I</usr/share/"
62390 #~ "doc/util-linux/getopt/>."
62391
62392 #~ msgid "HWCLOCK"
62393 #~ msgstr "HWCLOCK"
62394
62395 #, fuzzy
62396 #~| msgid ""
62397 #~| "B<hwclock> is an administration tool for the time clocks.  It can: "
62398 #~| "display the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified "
62399 #~| "time; set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock "
62400 #~| "from the Hardware Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct "
62401 #~| "the System Clock timescale; set the kernel's timezone, NTP timescale, "
62402 #~| "and epoch (Alpha only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based "
62403 #~| "on its drift rate."
62404 #~ msgid ""
62405 #~ "B<hwclock> is an administration tool for the time clocks. It can: display "
62406 #~ "the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified time; set "
62407 #~ "the Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock from the "
62408 #~ "Hardware Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct the System "
62409 #~ "Clock timescale; set the kernel\\(cqs timezone, NTP timescale, and epoch "
62410 #~ "(Alpha only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based on its drift "
62411 #~ "rate."
62412 #~ msgstr ""
62413 #~ "B<hwclock> est un outil d’administration pour des horloges. Il permet "
62414 #~ "d’afficher l’heure de l’horloge matérielle, de modifier l’heure de "
62415 #~ "l’horloge matérielle, de régler l’horloge matérielle à l’heure système, "
62416 #~ "de régler l’horloge système à partir de l’horloge matérielle, de "
62417 #~ "compenser la dérive de l’horloge matérielle, de corriger le fuseau "
62418 #~ "horaire de l’horloge système, de définir le fuseau horaire du noyau, le "
62419 #~ "calendrier NTP et l’Époque (seulement sur Alpha), de prédire les "
62420 #~ "prochaines valeurs de l’horloge matérielle à partir de son taux de dérive."
62421
62422 #, fuzzy
62423 #~| msgid ""
62424 #~| "They are used to read and set the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value.  "
62425 #~| "Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the "
62426 #~| "Hardware Clock refers.  For example, if the machine's BIOS sets the year "
62427 #~| "counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since "
62428 #~| "1952, then the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
62429 #~ msgid ""
62430 #~ "They are used to read and set the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch "
62431 #~ "value. Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in "
62432 #~ "the Hardware Clock refers. For example, if the machine\\(cqs BIOS sets "
62433 #~ "the year counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full "
62434 #~ "years since 1952, then the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch value must "
62435 #~ "be 1952."
62436 #~ msgstr ""
62437 #~ "Lire et définir la valeur d’Époque de l’horloge matérielle. C’est l’année "
62438 #~ "grégorienne qui correspond à la valeur zéro du champ année de l’horloge "
62439 #~ "matérielle. Par exemple, si le BIOS de la machine définit le décompte "
62440 #~ "d’années entières de l’horloge matérielle au nombre d'années entières "
62441 #~ "depuis 1952, la valeur d’Époque de l’horloge matérielle pour le noyau "
62442 #~ "doit être 1952."
62443
62444 #, fuzzy
62445 #~| msgid ""
62446 #~| "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by "
62447 #~| "anything other than the current operating system's B<\\%hwclock> "
62448 #~| "command, such as \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
62449 #~ msgid ""
62450 #~ "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by "
62451 #~ "anything other than the current operating system\\(cqs B<hwclock> "
62452 #~ "command, such as \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq or from dual-booting another OS."
62453 #~ msgstr ""
62454 #~ "N’utilisez pas cette fonction si l’horloge matérielle est modifiée par "
62455 #~ "autre chose que la commande B<\\%hwclock> du système d’exploitation "
62456 #~ "actuel, comme le « mode 11 minutes » ou par un autre système "
62457 #~ "d’exploitation en multiboot."
62458
62459 #, fuzzy
62460 #~| msgid ""
62461 #~| "The B<--get> function also applies drift correction to the time read, "
62462 #~| "based upon the information in I</etc/adjtime>.  Do not use this function "
62463 #~| "if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the "
62464 #~| "current operating system's B<\\%hwclock> command, such as \\%'11\\ "
62465 #~| "minute\\ mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
62466 #~ msgid ""
62467 #~ "The B<--get> function also applies drift correction to the time read, "
62468 #~ "based upon the information in I</etc/adjtime>. Do not use this function "
62469 #~ "if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the "
62470 #~ "current operating system\\(cqs B<hwclock> command, such as \\(aq11 minute "
62471 #~ "mode\\(aq or from dual-booting another OS."
62472 #~ msgstr ""
62473 #~ "La fonction B<--get> applique aussi la correction de dérive à l’heure "
62474 #~ "lue, à partir des renseignements de I</etc/adjtime>. N’utilisez pas cette "
62475 #~ "fonction si l’horloge matérielle est modifiée par autre chose que la "
62476 #~ "commande B<\\%hwclock> du système d’exploitation actuel, comme le « mode "
62477 #~ "11 minutes » ou par un autre système d’exploitation en multiboot."
62478
62479 #, fuzzy
62480 #~| msgid ""
62481 #~| "When used in a startup script, making the B<\\%--hctosys> function the "
62482 #~| "first caller of B<\\%settimeofday>(2)  from boot, it will set the NTP \\"
62483 #~| "%'11\\ minute\\ mode' timescale via the I<\\%persistent_clock_is_local> "
62484 #~| "kernel variable.  If the Hardware Clock's timescale configuration is "
62485 #~| "changed then a reboot is required to inform the kernel.  See the "
62486 #~| "discussion below, under B<Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by "
62487 #~| "the Kernel>."
62488 #~ msgid ""
62489 #~ "When used in a startup script, making the B<--hctosys> function the first "
62490 #~ "caller of B<settimeofday>(2) from boot, it will set the NTP \\(aq11 "
62491 #~ "minute mode\\(aq timescale via the I<persistent_clock_is_local> kernel "
62492 #~ "variable. If the Hardware Clock\\(cqs timescale configuration is changed "
62493 #~ "then a reboot is required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, "
62494 #~ "under B<Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel>."
62495 #~ msgstr ""
62496 #~ "Lors d’une utilisation dans un script de démarrage, si la fonction B<\\%--"
62497 #~ "hctosys> est la première à appeler B<\\%settimeofday>(2) depuis le "
62498 #~ "démarrage, cela définira le « mode 11 minutes » de NTP par "
62499 #~ "l’intermédiaire de la variable I<\\%persistent_clock_is_local> du noyau. "
62500 #~ "Si la configuration du fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle est "
62501 #~ "modifiée, alors un redémarrage est nécessaire pour informer le noyau. "
62502 #~ "Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous B<Synchronisation automatique de "
62503 #~ "l’horloge matérielle par le noyau>."
62504
62505 #, fuzzy
62506 #~| msgid ""
62507 #~| "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system "
62508 #~| "time will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps.  "
62509 #~| "Also, if something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP's \\%'11\\ "
62510 #~| "minute\\ mode', then B<\\%--hctosys> will set the time incorrectly by "
62511 #~| "including drift compensation."
62512 #~ msgid ""
62513 #~ "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system "
62514 #~ "time will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, "
62515 #~ "if something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP\\(cqs \\(aq11 "
62516 #~ "minute mode\\(aq, then B<--hctosys> will set the time incorrectly by "
62517 #~ "including drift compensation."
62518 #~ msgstr ""
62519 #~ "Cette fonction ne devrait jamais être utilisée sur un système en "
62520 #~ "fonctionnement. Les sauts d’horloge système provoqueront des problèmes "
62521 #~ "comme par exemple des horodatages corrompus sur le système de fichiers. "
62522 #~ "Ainsi, si quelque chose a modifié l’horloge matérielle, comme le « mode "
62523 #~ "11 minutes » de NTP, B<\\%--hctosys> définira l’heure de façon incorrecte "
62524 #~ "en incluant la compensation de dérive."
62525
62526 #, fuzzy
62527 #~| msgid ""
62528 #~| "A condition under which inhibiting B<hwclock>'s drift correction may be "
62529 #~| "desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems.  If while this "
62530 #~| "instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock's "
62531 #~| "value, then when this instance is started again the drift correction "
62532 #~| "applied will be incorrect."
62533 #~ msgid ""
62534 #~ "A condition under which inhibiting B<hwclock>\\(aqs drift correction may "
62535 #~ "be desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this "
62536 #~ "instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock\\(cqs "
62537 #~ "value, then when this instance is started again the drift correction "
62538 #~ "applied will be incorrect."
62539 #~ msgstr ""
62540 #~ "Une condition sous laquelle l’inhibition de correction de dérive de "
62541 #~ "B<hwclock> peut être utile est lorsque plusieurs systèmes sont utilisés "
62542 #~ "en multiboot. Pendant que cette instance de Linux est arrêtée, si un "
62543 #~ "autre système d’exploitation modifie la valeur de l’horloge matérielle, "
62544 #~ "la correction de dérive appliquée sera incorrecte quand cette instance "
62545 #~ "redémarrera."
62546
62547 #, fuzzy
62548 #~| msgid ""
62549 #~| "For B<hwclock>'s drift correction to work properly it is imperative that "
62550 #~| "nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not "
62551 #~| "running."
62552 #~ msgid ""
62553 #~ "For B<hwclock>\\(aqs drift correction to work properly it is imperative "
62554 #~ "that nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not "
62555 #~ "running."
62556 #~ msgstr ""
62557 #~ "Pour que la correction de dérive de B<hwclock> fonctionne correctement, "
62558 #~ "rien ne doit modifier l’horloge matérielle pendant que son instance de "
62559 #~ "Linux n’est pas en fonctionnement."
62560
62561 #, fuzzy
62562 #~| msgid "Sets the kernel's NTP \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' timescale."
62563 #~ msgid "Sets the kernel\\(cqs NTP \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq timescale."
62564 #~ msgstr "activation du « mode 11 minutes » de NTP du noyau ;"
62565
62566 #, fuzzy
62567 #~| msgid "Sets the kernel's timezone."
62568 #~ msgid "Sets the kernel\\(cqs timezone."
62569 #~ msgstr "définition du fuseau horaire du noyau."
62570
62571 #, fuzzy
62572 #~| msgid "B<hwclock\\ --set\\ --date='16:45'>"
62573 #~ msgid "B<hwclock --set --date=\\(aq16:45\\(aq>"
62574 #~ msgstr "B<hwclock\\ --set\\ --date='16:45'>"
62575
62576 #, fuzzy
62577 #~| msgid "B<hwclock\\ --predict\\ --date='2525-08-14\\ 07:11:05'>"
62578 #~ msgid "B<hwclock --predict --date=\\(aq2525-08-14 07:11:05\\(aq>"
62579 #~ msgstr "B<hwclock\\ --predict\\ --date='2525-08-14\\ 07:11:05'>"
62580
62581 #, fuzzy
62582 #~| msgid ""
62583 #~| "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock "
62584 #~| "in UTC.  See the B<\\%--localtime> option.  Therefore, the argument "
62585 #~| "should not include any timezone information.  It also should not be a "
62586 #~| "relative time like \"+5 minutes\", because B<\\%hwclock>'s precision "
62587 #~| "depends upon correlation between the argument's value and when the enter "
62588 #~| "key is pressed.  Fractional seconds are silently dropped.  This option "
62589 #~| "is capable of understanding many time and date formats, but the previous "
62590 #~| "parameters should be observed."
62591 #~ msgid ""
62592 #~ "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock "
62593 #~ "in UTC. See the B<--localtime> option. Therefore, the argument should not "
62594 #~ "include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time "
62595 #~ "like \"+5 minutes\", because B<hwclock>\\(aqs precision depends upon "
62596 #~ "correlation between the argument\\(cqs value and when the enter key is "
62597 #~ "pressed. Fractional seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable "
62598 #~ "of understanding many time and date formats, but the previous parameters "
62599 #~ "should be observed."
62600 #~ msgstr ""
62601 #~ "L’argument doit être en heure locale, même si l’horloge matérielle est en "
62602 #~ "UTC. Consultez l’option B<\\%--localtime>. Par conséquent, l’argument ne "
62603 #~ "doit pas comporter d’information de fuseau horaire. Il ne doit pas aussi "
62604 #~ "être en temps relatif, comme par exemple « +5 minutes » car la précision "
62605 #~ "de B<\\%hwclock> dépend de la corrélation entre la valeur de l’argument "
62606 #~ "et le moment où la touche Entrée est pressée. Les secondes fractionnaires "
62607 #~ "sont écartées silencieusement. Cette option peut gérer beaucoup de "
62608 #~ "formats de date et heure, mais les paramètres précédents doivent être "
62609 #~ "respectés."
62610
62611 #, fuzzy
62612 #~| msgid ""
62613 #~| "Update the Hardware Clock's drift factor in I</etc/adjtime>.  It can "
62614 #~| "only be used with B<--set> or B<\\%--systohc>,"
62615 #~ msgid ""
62616 #~ "Update the Hardware Clock\\(cqs drift factor in I</etc/adjtime>. It can "
62617 #~ "only be used with B<--set> or B<--systohc>."
62618 #~ msgstr ""
62619 #~ "Mettre à jour le coefficient de dérive de l’horloge matérielle dans I</"
62620 #~ "etc/adjtime>. Ce ne peut être utilisé qu’avec B<--set> ou B<\\%--systohc>."
62621
62622 #, fuzzy
62623 #~| msgid ""
62624 #~| "When using NTP with an \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' kernel the drift factor "
62625 #~| "would be clobbered to near zero."
62626 #~ msgid ""
62627 #~ "When using NTP with an \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq kernel the drift factor "
62628 #~ "would be clobbered to near zero."
62629 #~ msgstr ""
62630 #~ "lors de l’utilisation de NTP avec un noyau en « mode 11 minutes », le "
62631 #~ "facteur de dérive était écrasé par une valeur quasiment nulle ;"
62632
62633 #, fuzzy
62634 #~| msgid ""
62635 #~| "It would not allow the use of 'cold' drift correction.  With most "
62636 #~| "configurations using 'cold' drift will yield favorable results.  Cold, "
62637 #~| "means when the machine is turned off which can have a significant impact "
62638 #~| "on the drift factor."
62639 #~ msgid ""
62640 #~ "It would not allow the use of \\(aqcold\\(aq drift correction. With most "
62641 #~ "configurations using \\(aqcold\\(aq drift will yield favorable results. "
62642 #~ "Cold, means when the machine is turned off which can have a significant "
62643 #~ "impact on the drift factor."
62644 #~ msgstr ""
62645 #~ "cela ne permettait pas d’utiliser la correction de dérive « à froid ». "
62646 #~ "Avec la plupart des configurations, l’utilisation de la dérive « à "
62647 #~ "froid » donnera des résultats favorables. À froid signifie quand la "
62648 #~ "machine est éteinte, ce qui peut avoir un impact significatif sur le "
62649 #~ "facteur de dérive ;"
62650
62651 #, fuzzy
62652 #~| msgid ""
62653 #~| "Having B<\\%hwclock> calculate the drift factor is a good starting "
62654 #~| "point, but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by "
62655 #~| "directly editing the I</etc/adjtime> file.  For most configurations once "
62656 #~| "a machine's optimal drift factor is crafted it should not need to be "
62657 #~| "changed.  Therefore, the old behavior to automatically (re)calculate "
62658 #~| "drift was changed and now requires this option to be used.  See the "
62659 #~| "discussion below, under B<The Adjust Function>."
62660 #~ msgid ""
62661 #~ "Having B<hwclock> calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, "
62662 #~ "but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly "
62663 #~ "editing the I</etc/adjtime> file. For most configurations once a "
62664 #~ "machine\\(cqs optimal drift factor is crafted it should not need to be "
62665 #~ "changed. Therefore, the old behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift "
62666 #~ "was changed and now requires this option to be used. See the discussion "
62667 #~ "below, under B<The Adjust Function>."
62668 #~ msgstr ""
62669 #~ "Laisser B<\\%hwclock> calculer le facteur de dérive est un bon point de "
62670 #~ "départ, mais pour des résultats optimaux, il faudra probablement "
62671 #~ "l’ajuster directement en éditant le fichier I</etc/adjtime>. Pour la "
62672 #~ "plupart des configurations, une fois qu’un facteur de dérive optimal est "
62673 #~ "mis en place, ce n’est plus la peine de le modifier. Ainsi, le "
62674 #~ "comportement précédent de (re)calculer la dérive a été modifié, et cette "
62675 #~ "option est nécessaire pour la rétablir. Consultez la discussion ci-"
62676 #~ "dessous dans B<La fonction d’ajustement>."
62677
62678 #, fuzzy
62679 #~| msgid ""
62680 #~| "The System Time is the time that matters.  The Hardware Clock's basic "
62681 #~| "purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System "
62682 #~| "Clock can be initialized from it at boot.  Note that in DOS, for which "
62683 #~| "ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
62684 #~ msgid ""
62685 #~ "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock\\(cqs basic "
62686 #~ "purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System "
62687 #~ "Clock can be initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA "
62688 #~ "was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
62689 #~ msgstr ""
62690 #~ "L’horloge système donne l’heure importante. Le but essentiel de l’horloge "
62691 #~ "matérielle est de garder l’heure lorsque Linux ne fonctionne pas afin de "
62692 #~ "pourvoir initialiser l’heure système au démarrage. Remarquez qu'avec DOS, "
62693 #~ "pour qui ISA a été conçu, l’horloge matérielle est la seule horloge temps "
62694 #~ "réel."
62695
62696 #, fuzzy
62697 #~| msgid ""
62698 #~| "The Linux kernel's timezone is set by B<hwclock>.  But don't be misled "
62699 #~| "-- almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in.  "
62700 #~| "Instead, programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they "
62701 #~| "want to display a local time for you) almost always use a more "
62702 #~| "traditional method of determining the timezone: They use the TZ "
62703 #~| "environment variable or the I<\\%/etc/localtime> file, as explained in "
62704 #~| "the man page for B<\\%tzset>(3).  However, some programs and fringe "
62705 #~| "parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use the kernel's timezone "
62706 #~| "value.  An example is the vfat filesystem.  If the kernel timezone value "
62707 #~| "is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the wrong timestamps "
62708 #~| "on files.  Another example is the kernel's NTP \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode'.  "
62709 #~| "If the kernel's timezone value and/or the I<\\"
62710 #~| "%persistent_clock_is_local> variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock "
62711 #~| "will be set incorrectly by \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode'.  See the discussion "
62712 #~| "below, under B<Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel>."
62713 #~ msgid ""
62714 #~ "The Linux kernel\\(cqs timezone is set by B<hwclock>. But don\\(cqt be "
62715 #~ "misled \\(em almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is "
62716 #~ "in. Instead, programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they "
62717 #~ "want to display a local time for you) almost always use a more "
62718 #~ "traditional method of determining the timezone: They use the B<TZ> "
62719 #~ "environment variable or the I</etc/localtime> file, as explained in the "
62720 #~ "man page for B<tzset>(3). However, some programs and fringe parts of the "
62721 #~ "Linux kernel such as filesystems use the kernel\\(cqs timezone value. An "
62722 #~ "example is the vfat filesystem. If the kernel timezone value is wrong, "
62723 #~ "the vfat filesystem will report and set the wrong timestamps on files. "
62724 #~ "Another example is the kernel\\(cqs NTP \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq. If the "
62725 #~ "kernel\\(cqs timezone value and/or the I<persistent_clock_is_local> "
62726 #~ "variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock will be set incorrectly by "
62727 #~ "\\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq. See the discussion below, under B<Automatic "
62728 #~ "Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel>."
62729 #~ msgstr ""
62730 #~ "Le fuseau horaire du noyau Linux est défini par B<hwclock>. Cependant, ne "
62731 #~ "vous trompez pas — pratiquement personne ne se préoccupe du fuseau "
62732 #~ "horaire maintenu par le noyau. Les programmes devant utiliser le fuseau "
62733 #~ "horaire (par exemple pour afficher l’heure locale) utilisent presque "
62734 #~ "toujours une méthode plus traditionnelle afin de le déterminer. Ils "
62735 #~ "utilisent la variable d'environnement B<TZ> ou le fichier I<\\%/etc/"
62736 #~ "localtime>, comme expliqué dans la page de manuel de B<\\%tzset>(3). "
62737 #~ "Cependant, certains programmes et certaines parties du noyau Linux comme "
62738 #~ "les systèmes de fichiers utilisent la valeur de fuseau horaire du noyau. "
62739 #~ "Un exemple est le système de fichiers vfat. Si la valeur dans le noyau "
62740 #~ "est fausse, le système de fichiers vfat lira et modifiera d'une manière "
62741 #~ "erronée la date des fichiers. Un autre exemple est le « mode 11 minutes » "
62742 #~ "de NTP du noyau. Si la valeur de fuseau horaire du noyau ou que la "
62743 #~ "variable I<\\%persistent_clock_is_local> sont fausses, l’horloge "
62744 #~ "matérielle ne sera pas réglée correctement par le « mode 11 minutes ». "
62745 #~ "Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous B<Synchronisation automatique de "
62746 #~ "l’horloge matérielle par le noyau>."
62747
62748 #, fuzzy
62749 #~| msgid ""
62750 #~| "B<\\%hwclock> sets the kernel's timezone to the value indicated by TZ or "
62751 #~| "I<\\%/etc/localtime> with the B<\\%--hctosys> or B<\\%--systz> functions."
62752 #~ msgid ""
62753 #~ "B<hwclock> sets the kernel\\(cqs timezone to the value indicated by B<TZ> "
62754 #~ "or I</etc/localtime> with the B<--hctosys> or B<--systz> functions."
62755 #~ msgstr ""
62756 #~ "B<\\%hwclock> ajuste le fuseau horaire du noyau à la valeur indiquée par "
62757 #~ "B<TZ> ou I<\\%/etc/localtime> avec les fonctions B<\\%--hctosys> ou B<\\"
62758 #~ "%--systz>."
62759
62760 #, fuzzy
62761 #~| msgid ""
62762 #~| "The kernel's timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field "
62763 #~| "tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for "
62764 #~| "DST) lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of "
62765 #~| "Daylight Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality "
62766 #~| "at the present time.  This second field is not used under Linux and is "
62767 #~| "always zero.  See also B<\\%settimeofday>(2)."
62768 #~ msgid ""
62769 #~ "The kernel\\(cqs timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a "
62770 #~ "field tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted "
62771 #~ "for DST) lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type "
62772 #~ "of Daylight Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the "
62773 #~ "locality at the present time. This second field is not used under Linux "
62774 #~ "and is always zero. See also B<settimeofday>(2)."
62775 #~ msgstr ""
62776 #~ "Le fuseau horaire du noyau est composé de deux parties : 1) un champ "
62777 #~ "tz_minuteswest indiquant le nombre de minutes (non ajusté pour l’heure "
62778 #~ "d'été) de retard par rapport au temps universel (UTC) ; 2) un champ "
62779 #~ "tz_dsttime indiquant le type de convention d’heure d’été utilisé "
62780 #~ "localement à l’heure actuelle. Ce second champ n'est jamais utilisé sous "
62781 #~ "Linux et est toujours nul. Consultez également B<\\%settimeofday>(2)."
62782
62783 #, fuzzy
62784 #~| msgid ""
62785 #~| "If the kernel is compiled with the \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' option it "
62786 #~| "will be active when the kernel's clock discipline is in a synchronized "
62787 #~| "state.  When in this state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask "
62788 #~| "0x0040)  of the kernel's I<\\%time_status> variable is unset. This value "
62789 #~| "is output as the 'status' line of the B<\\%adjtimex\\ --print> or B<\\"
62790 #~| "%ntptime> commands."
62791 #~ msgid ""
62792 #~ "If the kernel is compiled with the \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq option it "
62793 #~ "will be active when the kernel\\(cqs clock discipline is in a "
62794 #~ "synchronized state. When in this state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the "
62795 #~ "mask 0x0040) of the kernel\\(cqs I<time_status> variable is unset. This "
62796 #~ "value is output as the \\(aqstatus\\(aq line of the B<adjtimex --print> "
62797 #~ "or B<ntptime> commands."
62798 #~ msgstr ""
62799 #~ "Si le noyau est compilé avec l’option « mode 11 minutes », il sera actif "
62800 #~ "quand la discipline de l’horloge du noyau est dans l’état synchronisé. "
62801 #~ "Dans cet état, le bit 6 (le bit réglé dans le masque 0x0040) de la "
62802 #~ "variable I<\\%time_status> du noyau n’est pas défini. Cette valeur est "
62803 #~ "produite comme ligne « status » des commandes B<\\%adjtimex\\ --print> ou "
62804 #~ "B<\\%ntptime>."
62805
62806 #, fuzzy
62807 #~| msgid ""
62808 #~| "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel's "
62809 #~| "clock discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on \\"
62810 #~| "%'11\\ minute\\ mode'.  It can be turned off by running anything that "
62811 #~| "sets the System Clock the old fashioned way, including B<\\%hwclock\\ --"
62812 #~| "hctosys>.  However, if the NTP daemon is still running, it will turn \\"
62813 #~| "%'11\\ minute\\ mode' back on again the next time it synchronizes the "
62814 #~| "System Clock."
62815 #~ msgid ""
62816 #~ "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the "
62817 #~ "kernel\\(cqs clock discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore "
62818 #~ "turn on \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq. It can be turned off by running "
62819 #~ "anything that sets the System Clock the old fashioned way, including "
62820 #~ "B<hwclock --hctosys>. However, if the NTP daemon is still running, it "
62821 #~ "will turn \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq back on again the next time it "
62822 #~ "synchronizes the System Clock."
62823 #~ msgstr ""
62824 #~ "Il agit de manière externe, comme le démon NTP pour mettre la discipline "
62825 #~ "de l'horloge du noyau dans l’état synchronisé et, par conséquent, active "
62826 #~ "le « mode 11 minutes ». Il peut être désactivé en exécutant n'importe "
62827 #~ "quelle commande, y compris B<\\%hwclock --hctosys> qui ajuste l’horloge "
62828 #~ "système de manière classique. Cependant, si le démon NTP est toujours "
62829 #~ "actif, il réactivera le « mode 11 minutes » la prochaine fois qu’il "
62830 #~ "synchronisera l’horloge système."
62831
62832 #, fuzzy
62833 #~| msgid ""
62834 #~| "If your system runs with \\%'11\\ minute\\ mode' on, it may need to use "
62835 #~| "either B<\\%--hctosys> or B<\\%--systz> in a startup script, especially "
62836 #~| "if the Hardware Clock is configured to use the local timescale. Unless "
62837 #~| "the kernel is informed of what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it "
62838 #~| "may clobber it with the wrong one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
62839 #~ msgid ""
62840 #~ "If your system runs with \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq on, it may need to use "
62841 #~ "either B<--hctosys> or B<--systz> in a startup script, especially if the "
62842 #~ "Hardware Clock is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the "
62843 #~ "kernel is informed of what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may "
62844 #~ "clobber it with the wrong one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
62845 #~ msgstr ""
62846 #~ "Si le « mode 11 minutes » est activé sur le système, l’utilisation de B<\\"
62847 #~ "%--hctosys> ou B<\\%--systz> risque d’être nécessaire dans un script de "
62848 #~ "démarrage, en particulier si l’horloge matérielle est configurée pour "
62849 #~ "utiliser le fuseau horaire local. À moins que le noyau ne soit informé du "
62850 #~ "fuseau horaire utilisé par l’horloge matérielle, il risque de l’écraser "
62851 #~ "avec une heure incorrecte. Le noyau utilise UTC par défaut."
62852
62853 #, fuzzy
62854 #~| msgid ""
62855 #~| "B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust> should not be used with NTP \\%'11\\ minute\\ "
62856 #~| "mode'."
62857 #~ msgid ""
62858 #~ "B<hwclock --adjust> should not be used with NTP \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq."
62859 #~ msgstr ""
62860 #~ "B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust> ne devrait pas être utilisée avec le « mode "
62861 #~ "11 minutes » de NTP."
62862
62863 #, fuzzy
62864 #~| msgid ""
62865 #~| "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an "
62866 #~| "ISA machine as an indicator of what century it is.  B<\\%hwclock> does "
62867 #~| "not use or set that byte because there are some machines that don't "
62868 #~| "define the byte that way, and it really isn't necessary anyway, since "
62869 #~| "the year-of-century does a good job of implying which century it is."
62870 #~ msgid ""
62871 #~ "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA "
62872 #~ "machine as an indicator of what century it is. B<hwclock> does not use or "
62873 #~ "set that byte because there are some machines that don\\(cqt define the "
62874 #~ "byte that way, and it really isn\\(cqt necessary anyway, since the year-"
62875 #~ "of-century does a good job of implying which century it is."
62876 #~ msgstr ""
62877 #~ "Une sorte de norme définit l’octet 50 de la mémoire du CMOS sur une "
62878 #~ "machine ISA comme un indicateur du siècle. B<\\%hwclock> ne l'utilise ni "
62879 #~ "le modifie car certaines machines ne définissent pas l'octet de cette "
62880 #~ "manière, et ce n'est vraiment pas nécessaire puisque l'année du siècle "
62881 #~ "constitue un bon moyen de connaître le siècle."
62882
62883 #, fuzzy
62884 #~| msgid ""
62885 #~| "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time.  See "
62886 #~| "below, under B<POSIX vs 'RIGHT'>."
62887 #~ msgid ""
62888 #~ "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, "
62889 #~ "under B<POSIX vs \\(aqRIGHT\\(aq>."
62890 #~ msgstr ""
62891 #~ "Le fuseau horaire du système est configuré pour l'heure locale correcte. "
62892 #~ "Consultez B<POSIX ou « RIGHT »> ci dessous."
62893
62894 #, fuzzy
62895 #~| msgid ""
62896 #~| "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of "
62897 #~| "the big picture.  There are two completely separate hardware devices "
62898 #~| "running at their own speed and drifting away from the 'correct' time at "
62899 #~| "their own rates.  The methods and software for drift correction are "
62900 #~| "different for each of them.  However, most systems are configured to "
62901 #~| "exchange values between these two clocks at startup and shutdown.  Now "
62902 #~| "the individual device's time keeping errors are transferred back and "
62903 #~| "forth between each other.  Attempt to configure drift correction for "
62904 #~| "only one of them, and the other's drift will be overlaid upon it."
62905 #~ msgid ""
62906 #~ "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of "
62907 #~ "the big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices "
62908 #~ "running at their own speed and drifting away from the \\(aqcorrect\\(aq "
62909 #~ "time at their own rates. The methods and software for drift correction "
62910 #~ "are different for each of them. However, most systems are configured to "
62911 #~ "exchange values between these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the "
62912 #~ "individual device\\(cqs time keeping errors are transferred back and "
62913 #~ "forth between each other. Attempt to configure drift correction for only "
62914 #~ "one of them, and the other\\(cqs drift will be overlaid upon it."
62915 #~ msgstr ""
62916 #~ "La première étape pour réaliser cela est d’avoir une vision d’ensemble "
62917 #~ "claire. Deux périphériques matériels indépendants fonctionnent à leur "
62918 #~ "propre rythme et divergent de l’heure « correcte » à leur propre taux. "
62919 #~ "Les méthodes et programmes pour la correction de dérive sont différents "
62920 #~ "pour chaque périphérique. Cependant, la plupart des systèmes sont "
62921 #~ "configurés pour échanger des valeurs entre ces deux horloges au démarrage "
62922 #~ "et à l’arrêt. Désormais les heures de chaque périphérique, avec leurs "
62923 #~ "propres erreurs, sont donc transférées de l’une à l’autre dans les deux "
62924 #~ "sens. Si vous tentez de configurer une correction de dérive pour une "
62925 #~ "seule d’entre elles, la dérive de l’autre l’écrasera."
62926
62927 #, fuzzy
62928 #~| msgid ""
62929 #~| "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the "
62930 #~| "System Clock by simply not shutting down the machine.  This, plus the "
62931 #~| "fact that all of B<\\%hwclock>'s precision (including calculating drift "
62932 #~| "factors) depends upon the System Clock's rate being correct, means that "
62933 #~| "configuration of the System Clock should be done first."
62934 #~ msgid ""
62935 #~ "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the "
62936 #~ "System Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact "
62937 #~ "that all of B<hwclock>\\(aqs precision (including calculating drift "
62938 #~ "factors) depends upon the System Clock\\(cqs rate being correct, means "
62939 #~ "that configuration of the System Clock should be done first."
62940 #~ msgstr ""
62941 #~ "Ce problème peut être évité en configurant la correction de dérive pour "
62942 #~ "l’horloge système et en évitant simplement d’arrêter la machine. Cela, "
62943 #~ "avec le fait que toute la précision de B<\\%hwclock> (y compris le calcul "
62944 #~ "des facteurs de dérive) dépend de l’exactitude de la fréquence de "
62945 #~ "l’horloge système, signifie que la configuration de l’horloge système "
62946 #~ "devrait être la première étape."
62947
62948 #, fuzzy
62949 #~| msgid ""
62950 #~| "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System "
62951 #~| "Clock drift with B<\\%adjtimex>'s compare operation.  Trying to correct "
62952 #~| "one drifting clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is "
62953 #~| "akin to a dog trying to catch its own tail.  Success may happen "
62954 #~| "eventually, but great effort and frustration will likely precede it.  "
62955 #~| "This automation may yield an improvement over no configuration, but "
62956 #~| "expecting optimum results would be in error.  A better choice for manual "
62957 #~| "configuration would be B<\\%adjtimex>'sB< --log >options."
62958 #~ msgid ""
62959 #~ "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System "
62960 #~ "Clock drift with B<adjtimex>\\(aqs compare operation. Trying to correct "
62961 #~ "one drifting clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin "
62962 #~ "to a dog trying to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but "
62963 #~ "great effort and frustration will likely precede it. This automation may "
62964 #~ "yield an improvement over no configuration, but expecting optimum results "
62965 #~ "would be in error. A better choice for manual configuration would be "
62966 #~ "B<adjtimex>\\(aqs B<--log> options."
62967 #~ msgstr ""
62968 #~ "Certaines distributions Linux essayent de calculer automatiquement la "
62969 #~ "dérive de l’horloge système avec l’opération de comparaison d’B<\\"
62970 #~ "%adjtimex>. Essayer de corriger une horloge qui dérive en utilisant comme "
62971 #~ "référence une autre horloge qui dérive est un peu comme un chien qui "
62972 #~ "essaye de s’attraper la queue. Cela peut fonctionner au bout d’un moment "
62973 #~ "mais pas sans beaucoup d’efforts et de frustration. Cette automatisme "
62974 #~ "peut être considéré comme une amélioration face à l’absence de "
62975 #~ "configuration, mais espérer un résultat optimal serait une erreur. Les "
62976 #~ "options B<--log> d’B<\\%adjtimex> s’avèrent être une meilleure "
62977 #~ "possibilité pour une configuration manuelle."
62978
62979 #, fuzzy
62980 #~| msgid ""
62981 #~| "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and "
62982 #~| "time, it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when "
62983 #~| "B<hwclock> is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the "
62984 #~| "'correct' local time and makes no adjustments to the time read from it."
62985 #~ msgid ""
62986 #~ "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and "
62987 #~ "time, it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when "
62988 #~ "B<hwclock> is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the "
62989 #~ "\\(aqcorrect\\(aq local time and makes no adjustments to the time read "
62990 #~ "from it."
62991 #~ msgstr ""
62992 #~ "L’horloge matérielle sur un système compatible ISA ne garde que l’heure "
62993 #~ "et la date, elle n’a pas de connaissance du fuseau horaire ni d’heure "
62994 #~ "d’été. Ainsi, quand B<hwclock> est informée d’utiliser l’heure locale, "
62995 #~ "elle considère l’horloge matérielle en heure locale « correcte » et ne "
62996 #~ "fait pas d’ajustement de l’heure qui y est lue."
62997
62998 #, fuzzy
62999 #~| msgid ""
63000 #~| "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate "
63001 #~| "in the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock's purpose is to initialize the "
63002 #~| "System Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
63003 #~ msgid ""
63004 #~ "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate "
63005 #~ "in the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock\\(cqs purpose is to initialize "
63006 #~ "the System Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
63007 #~ msgstr ""
63008 #~ "Les systèmes POSIX, comme Linux, sont conçus pour avoir l’horloge système "
63009 #~ "en heure UTC. Le but de l’horloge matérielle est d’initialiser l’horloge "
63010 #~ "système, donc la garder aussi en UTC est sensé."
63011
63012 #, fuzzy
63013 #~| msgid "POSIX vs 'RIGHT'"
63014 #~ msgid "POSIX vs \\(aqRIGHT\\(aq"
63015 #~ msgstr "POSIX ou « RIGHT »"
63016
63017 #, fuzzy
63018 #~| msgid ""
63019 #~| "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without "
63020 #~| "addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by B<tzset>(3).  One "
63021 #~| "area that seems to have no documentation is the 'right' directory of the "
63022 #~| "Time Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
63023 #~ msgid ""
63024 #~ "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without "
63025 #~ "addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by B<tzset>(3). One "
63026 #~ "area that seems to have no documentation is the \\(aqright\\(aq directory "
63027 #~ "of the Time Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
63028 #~ msgstr ""
63029 #~ "Une discussion sur la configuration de date et d’heure serait incomplète "
63030 #~ "sans parler de fuseaux horaires, c’est assez bien couvert par "
63031 #~ "B<tzset>(3). Une zone qui semble non documentée est le répertoire "
63032 #~ "I<right> de la base de données de fuseaux horaires, parfois appelé « tz » "
63033 #~ "ou « zoneinfo »."
63034
63035 #, fuzzy
63036 #~| msgid ""
63037 #~| "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and "
63038 #~| "'right'. 'Right' (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and "
63039 #~| "posix does not. To use the 'right' database the System Clock must be set "
63040 #~| "to \\%(UTC\\ +\\ leap seconds), which is equivalent to \\%(TAI\\ -\\ "
63041 #~| "10). This allows calculating the exact number of seconds between two "
63042 #~| "dates that cross a leap second epoch. The System Clock is then converted "
63043 #~| "to the correct civil time, including UTC, by using the 'right' timezone "
63044 #~| "files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: this configuration is "
63045 #~| "considered experimental and is known to have issues."
63046 #~ msgid ""
63047 #~ "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and "
63048 #~ "\\(aqright\\(aq. \\(aqRight\\(aq (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap "
63049 #~ "seconds and posix does not. To use the \\(aqright\\(aq database the "
63050 #~ "System Clock must be set to (UTC + leap seconds), which is equivalent to "
63051 #~ "(TAI - 10). This allows calculating the exact number of seconds between "
63052 #~ "two dates that cross a leap second epoch. The System Clock is then "
63053 #~ "converted to the correct civil time, including UTC, by using the "
63054 #~ "\\(aqright\\(aq timezone files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: "
63055 #~ "this configuration is considered experimental and is known to have issues."
63056 #~ msgstr ""
63057 #~ "Deux bases de données distinctes existent dans le système I<zoneinfo> : "
63058 #~ "I<posix> et I<right>. Le répertoire I<right> (maintenant appelé "
63059 #~ "I<zoneinfo-leaps>, secondes intercalaires de I<zoneinfo>) contient les "
63060 #~ "secondes intercalaires alors que I<posix> ne les contient pas. Pour "
63061 #~ "utiliser la base de données I<right>, l’horloge système doit être "
63062 #~ "configurée en \\%(UTC + secondes intercalaires), ce qui est équivalent à "
63063 #~ "\\%(TAI − 10). Cela permet de calculer le nombre exact de secondes entre "
63064 #~ "deux dates ayant une seconde intercalaire entre elles. L’horloge système "
63065 #~ "est alors convertie en heure civile correcte, y compris UTC, en utilisant "
63066 #~ "les fichiers de fuseau horaire I<right> qui soustraient les secondes "
63067 #~ "intercalaires. Remarque : cette configuration est considérée "
63068 #~ "expérimentale et est connue pour poser des problèmes."
63069
63070 #, fuzzy
63071 #~| msgid ""
63072 #~| "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files "
63073 #~| "located in its directory must be copied to the root of I<\\%/usr/share/"
63074 #~| "zoneinfo>.  Files are never used directly from the posix or 'right' "
63075 #~| "subdirectories, e.g., \\%TZ='I<right/Europe/Dublin>'.  This habit was "
63076 #~| "becoming so common that the upstream zoneinfo project restructured the "
63077 #~| "system's file tree by moving the posix and 'right' subdirectories out of "
63078 #~| "the zoneinfo directory and into sibling directories:"
63079 #~ msgid ""
63080 #~ "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files "
63081 #~ "located in its directory must be copied to the root of I</usr/share/"
63082 #~ "zoneinfo>. Files are never used directly from the posix or "
63083 #~ "\\(aqright\\(aq subdirectories, e.g., TZ=\\(aqI<right/Europe/"
63084 #~ "Dublin>\\(aq. This habit was becoming so common that the upstream "
63085 #~ "zoneinfo project restructured the system\\(cqs file tree by moving the "
63086 #~ "posix and \\(aqright\\(aq subdirectories out of the zoneinfo directory "
63087 #~ "and into sibling directories:"
63088 #~ msgstr ""
63089 #~ "Pour configurer un système à utiliser une base de données en particulier, "
63090 #~ "tous les fichiers de son répertoire doivent être copiés à la racine de "
63091 #~ "I<\\%/usr/share/zoneinfo>. Les fichiers ne sont jamais utilisés "
63092 #~ "directement des sous-répertoires I<posix> ou I<right>, par exemple \\"
63093 #~ "%TZ='I<right/America/Martinique>'. Cette habitude était devenue si "
63094 #~ "répandue que le projet zoneinfo amont a restructuré le système "
63095 #~ "d’arborescence de fichiers en déplaçant les sous-répertoires I<posix> et "
63096 #~ "I<right> hors du répertoire I<zoneinfo> et dans des répertoires "
63097 #~ "adjacents :"
63098
63099 #, fuzzy
63100 #~| msgid ""
63101 #~| "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old "
63102 #~| "tree structure in their packages. So the problem of system "
63103 #~| "administrators reaching into the 'right' subdirectory persists. This "
63104 #~| "causes the system timezone to be configured to include leap seconds "
63105 #~| "while the zoneinfo database is still configured to exclude them. Then "
63106 #~| "when an application such as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone "
63107 #~| "file; or an email MTA, or B<hwclock> needs the UTC timezone file; they "
63108 #~| "fetch it from the root of I<\\%/usr/share/zoneinfo> , because that is "
63109 #~| "what they are supposed to do. Those files exclude leap seconds, but the "
63110 #~| "System Clock now includes them, causing an incorrect time conversion."
63111 #~ msgid ""
63112 #~ "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old "
63113 #~ "tree structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators "
63114 #~ "reaching into the \\(aqright\\(aq subdirectory persists. This causes the "
63115 #~ "system timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the "
63116 #~ "zoneinfo database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an "
63117 #~ "application such as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or "
63118 #~ "an email MTA, or B<hwclock> needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it "
63119 #~ "from the root of I</usr/share/zoneinfo> , because that is what they are "
63120 #~ "supposed to do. Those files exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock "
63121 #~ "now includes them, causing an incorrect time conversion."
63122 #~ msgstr ""
63123 #~ "Malheureusement, certaines distributions Linux replacent l’arborescence "
63124 #~ "comme précédemment dans leurs paquets. Ainsi, le problème des "
63125 #~ "administrateurs système utilisant directement le répertoire I<right> "
63126 #~ "persiste. À cause de cela, le fuseau horaire du système est configuré "
63127 #~ "pour inclure les secondes intercalaires alors que la base de données de "
63128 #~ "zoneinfo est encore configurée pour les exclure. Pourtant, quand une "
63129 #~ "application comme une horloge mondiale, un agent de transport de courrier "
63130 #~ "(MTA) ou B<hwclock> a besoin du fichier de fuseau horaire I<South_Pole>, "
63131 #~ "elle le prend à la racine du I<\\%/usr/share/zoneinfo>, puisque c’est ce "
63132 #~ "qu’elle est censée faire. Ces fichiers excluent les secondes "
63133 #~ "intercalaires, mais l’horloge système les inclut maintenant, avec pour "
63134 #~ "conséquence une conversion d’heure incorrecte."
63135
63136 #, fuzzy
63137 #~| msgid "B<EXIT_SUCCESS> ('0' on POSIX systems)"
63138 #~ msgid "B<EXIT_SUCCESS> (\\(aq0\\(aq on POSIX systems)"
63139 #~ msgstr "B<EXIT_SUCCESS> (B<0> sur les systèmes POSIX)"
63140
63141 #, fuzzy
63142 #~| msgid "B<EXIT_FAILURE> ('1' on POSIX systems)"
63143 #~ msgid "B<EXIT_FAILURE> (\\(aq1\\(aq on POSIX systems)"
63144 #~ msgstr "B<EXIT_FAILURE> (B<1> sur les systèmes POSIX)"
63145
63146 #~ msgid "B<TZ>"
63147 #~ msgstr "B<TZ>"
63148
63149 #, fuzzy
63150 #~| msgid "Write by user"
63151 #~ msgid "Written by"
63152 #~ msgstr "Droit d'écriture pour l'utilisateur"
63153
63154 #, fuzzy
63155 #~| msgid ""
63156 #~| "Written by Bryan Henderson, September 1996 (bryanh@giraffe-data.com), "
63157 #~| "based on work done on the B<\\%clock>(8)  program by Charles Hedrick, "
63158 #~| "Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig.  See the source code for complete history "
63159 #~| "and credits."
63160 #~ msgid ""
63161 #~ "September 1996, based on work done on the B<clock>(8) program by Charles "
63162 #~ "Hedrick, Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete "
63163 #~ "history and credits."
63164 #~ msgstr ""
63165 #~ "Écrit par Bryan Henderson, septembre 1996 E<lt>I<bryanh@giraffe-data."
63166 #~ "com>E<gt>, basé sur le travail effectué sur le programme I<\\%clock> par "
63167 #~ "Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft et Harald Koenig. Veuillez vous référer au "
63168 #~ "code source pour une histoire complète et les crédits."
63169
63170 #, fuzzy
63171 #~| msgid ""
63172 #~| "The hwclock command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
63173 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
63174 #~ msgid ""
63175 #~ "The B<hwclock> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
63176 #~ "downloaded from"
63177 #~ msgstr ""
63178 #~ "La commande B<hwclock> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
63179 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
63180 #~ ">E<gt>."
63181
63182 #~ msgid "July 2017"
63183 #~ msgstr "Juillet 2017"
63184
63185 #~ msgid ""
63186 #~ "Since v2.26 important changes were made to the B<--hctosys> function and "
63187 #~ "the B<--directisa> option, and a new option B<--update-drift> was added.  "
63188 #~ "See their respective descriptions below."
63189 #~ msgstr ""
63190 #~ "Depuis la version 2.26, des modifications importantes ont été faites à la "
63191 #~ "fonction B<--hctosys> et à l’option B<--directisa>, et une nouvelle "
63192 #~ "option B<--update-drift> a été ajoutée. Consultez leurs descriptions "
63193 #~ "respectives ci-dessous."
63194
63195 #~ msgid ""
63196 #~ "The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at "
63197 #~ "a time.  If none is given, the default is B<--show>."
63198 #~ msgstr ""
63199 #~ "Les fonctions suivantes s’excluent mutuellement, une seule peut être "
63200 #~ "indiquée à la fois. Si aucune n’est indiquée, B<--show> est utilisée par "
63201 #~ "défaut."
63202
63203 #~ msgid ""
63204 #~ "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic "
63205 #~ "drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted.  See the "
63206 #~ "discussion below, under B<The Adjust Function>."
63207 #~ msgstr ""
63208 #~ "Ajouter ou retirer du temps à l’horloge matérielle pour tenir compte de "
63209 #~ "la dérive systématique depuis la dernière fois où l’horloge a été "
63210 #~ "ajustée. Consultez la discussion ci-dessous, sous B<La fonction "
63211 #~ "d'ajustement>."
63212
63213 #~ msgid "B<--getepoch>"
63214 #~ msgstr "B<--getepoch>"
63215
63216 #~ msgid "B<--setepoch>"
63217 #~ msgstr "B<--setepoch>"
63218
63219 #~ msgid ""
63220 #~ "The B<\\%--setepoch> function requires using the B<\\%--epoch> option to "
63221 #~ "specify the year.  For example:"
63222 #~ msgstr ""
63223 #~ "La fonction B<--setepoch> nécessite l’utilisation de l’option B<\\%--"
63224 #~ "epoch> pour préciser l’année. Par exemple :"
63225
63226 #~ msgid "B<hwclock\\ --setepoch\\ --epoch=1952>"
63227 #~ msgstr "B<hwclock\\ --setepoch\\ --epoch=>I<1952>"
63228
63229 #~ msgid ""
63230 #~ "This epoch value is used whenever B<\\%hwclock> reads or sets the "
63231 #~ "Hardware Clock on an Alpha machine.  For ISA machines the kernel uses the "
63232 #~ "fixed Hardware Clock epoch of 1900."
63233 #~ msgstr ""
63234 #~ "La valeur de l'Époque est utilisée à chaque fois que B<\\%hwclock> lit ou "
63235 #~ "ajuste l’horloge matérielle sur une machine Alpha. Pour les machines ISA, "
63236 #~ "le noyau utilise une valeur fixe de 1900 pour l’Époque."
63237
63238 #~ msgid ""
63239 #~ "Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the "
63240 #~ "time given by the B<--date> option and the information in I</etc/"
63241 #~ "adjtime>.  This is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting "
63242 #~ "a Hardware Clock wakeup (aka alarm). See B<\\%rtcwake>(8)."
63243 #~ msgstr ""
63244 #~ "Prédire ce que l’horloge matérielle lira dans le futur à partir de "
63245 #~ "l’heure donnée par l’option B<--date> et des renseignements de I</etc/"
63246 #~ "adjtime>. C’est utile, par exemple, pour prendre en compte la dérive lors "
63247 #~ "de la définition d’un réveil (alarme) par l’horloge matérielle. Consultez "
63248 #~ "B<\\%rtcwake>(8)."
63249
63250 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B<\\ --show>"
63251 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--show>"
63252
63253 #~ msgid "B<--get>"
63254 #~ msgstr "B<--get>"
63255
63256 #~ msgid ""
63257 #~ "Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the "
63258 #~ "B<ISO 8601> format.  The time shown is always in local time, even if you "
63259 #~ "keep your Hardware Clock in UTC.  See the B<\\%--localtime> option."
63260 #~ msgstr ""
63261 #~ "Lire l’horloge matérielle matérielle et afficher l’heure sur la sortie "
63262 #~ "standard au format B<ISO\\ 9601>. L’heure affichée est toujours en heure "
63263 #~ "locale, même si l’horloge matérielle est en temps universel. Consultez "
63264 #~ "l'option B<\\%--localtime>."
63265
63266 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B<\\ --hctosys>"
63267 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--hctosys>"
63268
63269 #~ msgid ""
63270 #~ "Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock.  The time read from the "
63271 #~ "Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before "
63272 #~ "using it to set the System Clock.  See the discussion below, under B<The "
63273 #~ "Adjust Function>."
63274 #~ msgstr ""
63275 #~ "Mettre l’heure système à l’heure de l’horloge matérielle. L’heure lue de "
63276 #~ "l’horloge matérielle est compensée pour prendre en compte la dérive "
63277 #~ "systématique avant de l’utiliser pour définir l’heure système. Consultez "
63278 #~ "la discussion ci-dessous, sous B<La fonction d'ajustement>."
63279
63280 #~ msgid ""
63281 #~ "The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time "
63282 #~ "applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone "
63283 #~ "configured for the system.  If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time "
63284 #~ "then the time read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before "
63285 #~ "using it to set the System Clock.  The B<\\%--hctosys> function does this "
63286 #~ "based upon the information in the I</etc/adjtime> file or the command "
63287 #~ "line arguments B<\\%--localtime> and B<--utc>.  Note: no daylight saving "
63288 #~ "adjustment is made.  See the discussion below, under B<LOCAL vs UTC>."
63289 #~ msgstr ""
63290 #~ "L’horloge système doit être gardée en UTC pour que les applications de "
63291 #~ "date et d'heure fonctionnent correctement avec le fuseau horaire "
63292 #~ "configuré sur le système. Si l’horloge matérielle est conservée en heure "
63293 #~ "locale, alors l’heure qui y est lue doit être convertie en UTC avant de "
63294 #~ "l’utiliser pour définir l’horloge système. La fonction B<\\%--hctosys> le "
63295 #~ "fait à partir des renseignements du fichier I</etc/adjtime> ou des "
63296 #~ "arguments B<\\%--localtime> et B<--utc> en ligne de commande. Remarque : "
63297 #~ "aucun ajustement d’heure d’été n’est réalisé. Consultez la discussion ci-"
63298 #~ "dessous sous B<LOCALE ou UTC>."
63299
63300 #~ msgid ""
63301 #~ "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the B<\\%--hctosys> function sets "
63302 #~ "it to the timezone configured for the system.  The system timezone is "
63303 #~ "configured by the TZ environment variable or the I<\\%/etc/localtime> "
63304 #~ "file, as B<\\%tzset>(3)  would interpret them.  The obsolete tz_dsttime "
63305 #~ "field of the kernel's timezone value is set to zero.  (For details on "
63306 #~ "what this field used to mean, see B<\\%settimeofday>(2).)"
63307 #~ msgstr ""
63308 #~ "Le noyau garde aussi une valeur de fuseau horaire, la fonction B<\\%--"
63309 #~ "hctosys> la définit au fuseau configuré pour le système. Le fuseau "
63310 #~ "horaire système est configuré par la variable d'environnement B<TZ> ou "
63311 #~ "par le fichier I<\\%/etc/localtime>, tels que B<\\%tzset>(3) les "
63312 #~ "interpréterait. Le champ obsolète tz_dsttime du noyau est mis à zéro "
63313 #~ "(pour plus de précisions sur ce que ce champ signifiait, consultez B<\\"
63314 #~ "%settimeofday>(2))."
63315
63316 #~ msgid ""
63317 #~ "Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in I</etc/"
63318 #~ "adjtime> to zero.  This setting will be persistent as long as the B<\\%--"
63319 #~ "update-drift> option is not used with B<\\%--systohc> at shutdown (or "
63320 #~ "anywhere else).  Another way to inhibit this is by using the B<\\%--"
63321 #~ "noadjfile> option when calling the B<\\%--hctosys> function.  A third "
63322 #~ "method is to delete the I</etc/adjtime> file.  B<Hwclock> will then "
63323 #~ "default to using the UTC timescale for the Hardware Clock.  If the "
63324 #~ "Hardware Clock is ticking local time it will need to be defined in the "
63325 #~ "file.  This can be done by calling B<hwclock\\ --localtime\\ --adjust>; "
63326 #~ "when the file is not present this command will not actually adjust the "
63327 #~ "Clock, but it will create the file with local time configured, and a "
63328 #~ "drift factor of zero."
63329 #~ msgstr ""
63330 #~ "La compensation de dérive peut être inhibée en définissant le facteur de "
63331 #~ "dérive à zéro dans I</etc/adjtime>. Ce réglage sera persistant tant que "
63332 #~ "l’option B<\\%--update-drift> n’est pas utilisée avec B<\\%--systohc> à "
63333 #~ "l’arrêt (ou n’importe quand). Une autre façon d’inhiber cela est "
63334 #~ "d’utiliser l’option B<\\%--noadjfile> en appelant la fonction B<\\%--"
63335 #~ "hctosys>. Une troisième méthode est d’effacer le fichier I</etc/adjtime>. "
63336 #~ "B<hwclock> utilisera alors UTC par défaut pour l’horloge matérielle. Si "
63337 #~ "l’horloge matérielle est à l’heure locale, elle devra être définie dans "
63338 #~ "le fichier. Cela peut être fait en appelant B<hwclock\\ --localtime\\ --"
63339 #~ "adjust> ; quand le fichier n’est pas présent, cette commande n’ajustera "
63340 #~ "pas vraiment l’horloge, mais créera le fichier avec l’heure locale "
63341 #~ "configurée et un facteur de dérive à zéro."
63342
63343 #~ msgid ""
63344 #~ "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the B<--date> option, and "
63345 #~ "update the timestamps in I</etc/adjtime>.  With the B<\\%--update-drift> "
63346 #~ "option also (re)calculate the drift factor.  Try it without the option if "
63347 #~ "B<\\%--set> fails.  See B<\\%--update-drift> below."
63348 #~ msgstr ""
63349 #~ "Mettre l’horloge matérielle à l’heure donnée par l'option B<--date> et "
63350 #~ "mettre à jour les horodatages dans I</etc/adjtime>. Avec l’option B<--"
63351 #~ "update-drift>, recalculer le facteur de dérive. À essayer sans cette "
63352 #~ "option si B<\\%--set> échoue. Consulter B<\\%--update-drift> ci-après."
63353
63354 #~ msgid ""
63355 #~ "This is an alternate to the B<\\%--hctosys> function that does not read "
63356 #~ "the Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not "
63357 #~ "any drift correction.  It is intended to be used in a startup script on "
63358 #~ "systems with kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock "
63359 #~ "has been set from the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
63360 #~ msgstr ""
63361 #~ "C'est une alternative à la fonction B<\\%--hctosys> qui ne lit pas "
63362 #~ "l’horloge matérielle et n’ajuste pas l’horloge système ; par conséquent, "
63363 #~ "aucune correction de dérive n’est effectuée. Elle est conçue pour être "
63364 #~ "utilisée dans un script de démarrage sur les systèmes avec des noyaux de "
63365 #~ "version supérieure à 2.6 où l’horloge système a été ajustée depuis "
63366 #~ "l’horloge matérielle par le noyau lors du démarrage."
63367
63368 #~ msgid ""
63369 #~ "It does the following things that are detailed above in the B<\\%--"
63370 #~ "hctosys> function:"
63371 #~ msgstr ""
63372 #~ "Elle procède aux actions suivantes qui sont détaillées ci-dessus dans la "
63373 #~ "fonction B<\\%--hctosys> :"
63374
63375 #~ msgid ""
63376 #~ "Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed.  Only instead of "
63377 #~ "accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, B<hwclock> simply informs "
63378 #~ "the kernel and it handles the change."
63379 #~ msgstr ""
63380 #~ "correction du fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle en UTC si "
63381 #~ "nécessaire. Seulement, au lieu d’accomplir cela en réglant l’horloge "
63382 #~ "système, B<hwclock> informe simplement le noyau qui se charge de la "
63383 #~ "modification ;"
63384
63385 #~ msgid ""
63386 #~ "The first two are only available on the first call of B<\\"
63387 #~ "%settimeofday>(2)  after boot.  Consequently this option only makes sense "
63388 #~ "when used in a startup script.  If the Hardware Clocks timescale "
63389 #~ "configuration is changed then a reboot would be required to inform the "
63390 #~ "kernel."
63391 #~ msgstr ""
63392 #~ "Les deux premières actions ne sont disponibles que lors du premier appel "
63393 #~ "de B<\\%settimeofday>(2) après le démarrage. Par conséquent, cette option "
63394 #~ "n’a de sens que dans un script de démarrage. Si la configuration du "
63395 #~ "fuseau horaire de l’horloge matérielle est modifiée, un redémarrage "
63396 #~ "serait nécessaire pour informer le noyau."
63397
63398 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B<\\ --systohc>"
63399 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--systohc>"
63400
63401 #~ msgid ""
63402 #~ "Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps "
63403 #~ "in I</etc/adjtime>.  With the B<\\%--update-drift> option also "
63404 #~ "(re)calculate the drift factor.  Try it without the option if B<\\%--"
63405 #~ "systohc> fails.  See B<\\%--update-drift> below."
63406 #~ msgstr ""
63407 #~ "Mettre l’horloge matérielle à l’heure système et mettre à jour les "
63408 #~ "horodatages dans I</etc/adjtime>. Avec l’option B<--update-drift>, "
63409 #~ "(re)calculer le facteur de dérive. À essayer sans l’option si B<\\%--"
63410 #~ "systohc> échoue. Consulter B<\\%--update-drift> ci-après."
63411
63412 #~ msgid "B<-V>,B<\\ --version>"
63413 #~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>"
63414
63415 #~ msgid "B<-h>,B<\\ --help>"
63416 #~ msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"
63417
63418 #~ msgid "B<\\%--date=>I<date_string>"
63419 #~ msgstr "B<\\%--date=>I<chaîne_date>"
63420
63421 #~ msgid ""
63422 #~ "This option must be used with the B<--set> or B<\\%--predict> functions, "
63423 #~ "otherwise it is ignored."
63424 #~ msgstr ""
63425 #~ "Cette option doit être utilisée avec les fonctions B<--set> ou B<\\%--"
63426 #~ "predict>, autrement elle est ignorée."
63427
63428 #~ msgid "B<\\%--delay=>I<seconds>"
63429 #~ msgstr "B<\\%--delay=>I<secondes>"
63430
63431 #~ msgid ""
63432 #~ "The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) "
63433 #~ "hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time "
63434 #~ "plus one half second.  The integer time is required because there is no "
63435 #~ "interface to set or get a fractional second.  The additional half second "
63436 #~ "delay is because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second "
63437 #~ "precisely 500 ms after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior "
63438 #~ "is hardware specific and in same cases another delay is required."
63439 #~ msgstr ""
63440 #~ "La valeur par défaut de 500 ms est basée sur l’horloge matérielle "
63441 #~ "compatible avec MC146818A (x86) communément utilisée. Cette horloge "
63442 #~ "matérielle peut être réglée à n’importe valeur entière de temps plus une "
63443 #~ "demi-seconde. Le nombre entier est requis parce qu’il n’existe pas "
63444 #~ "d’interface pour régler ou mesurer une fraction de seconde. Le délai "
63445 #~ "supplémentaire d’une demi-seconde existe car l’horloge matérielle met à "
63446 #~ "jour la seconde suivante précisément 500 ms après le réglage de la "
63447 #~ "nouvelle heure. Malheureusement, ce comportement est spécifique au "
63448 #~ "matériel et dans certains cas un autre délai est nécessaire."
63449
63450 #~ msgid ""
63451 #~ "Use\\ B<--verbose>.  The\\ B<\\%--debug\\ >option has been deprecated and "
63452 #~ "may be repurposed or removed in a future release."
63453 #~ msgstr ""
63454 #~ "Utilisation avec B<--verbose>. L’option B<\\%--debug\\> est obsolète et "
63455 #~ "pourrait être redéfinie ou supprimée dans une publication future."
63456
63457 #~ msgid ""
63458 #~ "This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and "
63459 #~ "x86_64 family.  For other machines, it has no effect.  This option tells "
63460 #~ "B<\\%hwclock> to use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware "
63461 #~ "Clock.  Without this option, B<\\%hwclock> will use the rtc device file, "
63462 #~ "which it assumes to be driven by the Linux RTC device driver.  As of "
63463 #~ "v2.26 it will no longer automatically use directisa when the rtc driver "
63464 #~ "is unavailable; this was causing an unsafe condition that could allow two "
63465 #~ "processes to access the Hardware Clock at the same time.  Direct hardware "
63466 #~ "access from userspace should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, "
63467 #~ "and as a last resort when all other methods fail.  See the B<--rtc> "
63468 #~ "option."
63469 #~ msgstr ""
63470 #~ "Cette option est utile pour les machines compatibles ISA des familles x86 "
63471 #~ "et x86_64. Pour les autres machines, elle n'a pas d'impact. Cette option "
63472 #~ "indique à B<\\%hwclock> d'utiliser des instructions d’entrée et sortie "
63473 #~ "explicites pour accéder à l’horloge matérielle. Sans cette option, B<\\"
63474 #~ "%hwclock> essaiera d'utiliser le fichier de périphérique rtc, supposé "
63475 #~ "être piloté par le pilote de périphérique RTC. Depuis la version 2.26, "
63476 #~ "B<--directisa> n’est plus automatiquement utilisé quand le pilote rtc "
63477 #~ "n’est pas disponible. Cela provoquait une condition non sécurisée qui "
63478 #~ "pouvait permettre à deux processus d’accéder à l’horloge matérielle en "
63479 #~ "même temps. L’accès direct au matériel depuis l’espace utilisateur ne "
63480 #~ "devrait être utilisé que pour des essais, du dépannage ou en dernier "
63481 #~ "recours après l'échec de toutes les autres méthodes. Consultez l’option "
63482 #~ "B<--rtc>."
63483
63484 #~ msgid ""
63485 #~ "This option is required when using the B<\\%--setepoch>\\ function.  The "
63486 #~ "minimum I<year> value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent "
63487 #~ "(B<ULONG_MAX\\ -\\ 1>)."
63488 #~ msgstr ""
63489 #~ "Cette option est nécessaire lors de l’utilisation de la fonction B<\\%--"
63490 #~ "setepoch>. La valeur minimale de I<année> est 1900. Celle maximale dépend "
63491 #~ "du système (B<ULONG_MAX\\ -\\ 1>)."
63492
63493 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B<\\ --rtc=>I<filename>"
63494 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--rtc=>I<fichier>"
63495
63496 #~ msgid ""
63497 #~ "Override B<\\%hwclock>'s default rtc device file name.  Otherwise it will "
63498 #~ "use the first one found in this order:"
63499 #~ msgstr ""
63500 #~ "Remplacer le nom de fichier du périphérique rtc par défaut de B<\\"
63501 #~ "%hwclock>. Sinon, le premier trouvé sera utilisé, dans cet ordre :"
63502
63503 #~ msgid "I</dev/rtc0>"
63504 #~ msgstr "I</dev/rtc0>"
63505
63506 #~ msgid "I</dev/rtc>"
63507 #~ msgstr "I</dev/rtc>"
63508
63509 #~ msgid "I</dev/misc/rtc>"
63510 #~ msgstr "I</dev/misc/rtc>"
63511
63512 #~ msgid "For B<IA-64:>"
63513 #~ msgstr "Pour B<IA-64> :"
63514
63515 #~ msgid "I</dev/efirtc>"
63516 #~ msgstr "I</dev/efirtc>"
63517
63518 #~ msgid "I</dev/misc/efirtc>"
63519 #~ msgstr "I</dev/misc/efirtc>"
63520
63521 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B<\\ --localtime>"
63522 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--localtime>"
63523
63524 #~ msgid ""
63525 #~ "The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local "
63526 #~ "timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is "
63527 #~ "being used.  The B<\\%--localtime> or B<--utc> options give this "
63528 #~ "information to the B<\\%hwclock> command.  If you specify the wrong one "
63529 #~ "(or specify neither and take a wrong default), both setting and reading "
63530 #~ "the Hardware Clock will be incorrect."
63531 #~ msgstr ""
63532 #~ "L’horloge matérielle peut être configurée pour utiliser soit UTC, soit le "
63533 #~ "fuseau horaire local, mais rien n’indique dans l’horloge elle-même "
63534 #~ "l’alternative utilisée. Les options B<\\%--localtime> et B<--utc> "
63535 #~ "indiquent cela à la commande B<\\%hwclock>. Si vous indiquez la mauvaise "
63536 #~ "information (ou n’en indiquez aucune et que la valeur par défaut est "
63537 #~ "incorrecte), à la fois le réglage et la lecture de l’horloge matérielle "
63538 #~ "seront incorrectes."
63539
63540 #~ msgid ""
63541 #~ "If you specify neither B<--utc> nor B<\\%--localtime> then the one last "
63542 #~ "given with a set function (B<--set>, B<\\%--systohc>, or B<\\%--adjust>), "
63543 #~ "as recorded in I</etc/adjtime>, will be used.  If the adjtime file "
63544 #~ "doesn't exist, the default is UTC."
63545 #~ msgstr ""
63546 #~ "Si vous n'indiquez ni B<--utc> ni B<\\%--localtime>, la valeur utilisée "
63547 #~ "la dernière fois avec une fonction de définition (B<--set>, B<\\%--"
63548 #~ "systohc> ou B<\\%--adjust>), comme sauvegardée dans I</etc/adjtime>, sera "
63549 #~ "utilisée. Si le fichier d'ajustement n'existe pas, UTC est choisie."
63550
63551 #~ msgid ""
63552 #~ "Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware "
63553 #~ "Clock is kept in local time.  See the discussion below, under B<LOCAL vs "
63554 #~ "UTC>."
63555 #~ msgstr ""
63556 #~ "Remarque : les modifications d’heure d’été peuvent être incohérentes "
63557 #~ "quand l’horloge matérielle est gardée en heure locale. Consultez la "
63558 #~ "discussion ci-dessous sous B<LOCALE ou UTC>."
63559
63560 #~ msgid ""
63561 #~ "Disable the facilities provided by I</etc/adjtime>.  B<\\%hwclock> will "
63562 #~ "not read nor write to that file with this option.  Either B<--utc> or B<\\"
63563 #~ "%--localtime> must be specified when using this option."
63564 #~ msgstr ""
63565 #~ "Ne pas tenir compte de I</etc/adjtime>. B<\\%hwclock> ne lira ni n'écrira "
63566 #~ "dans ce fichier. L'option B<--utc> ou B<\\%--localtime> doit "
63567 #~ "obligatoirement être indiquée avec cette option."
63568
63569 #~ msgid ""
63570 #~ "Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or I</"
63571 #~ "etc/adjtime> (B<\\%--verbose> is implicit with this option)."
63572 #~ msgstr ""
63573 #~ "Ne pas vraiment faire de modification sur le système, c’est-à-dire ni sur "
63574 #~ "les horloges ni sur I</etc/adjtime> (B<\\%--verbose> est implicite avec "
63575 #~ "cette option)."
63576
63577 #~ msgid ""
63578 #~ "A minimum four hour period between settings is required.  This is to "
63579 #~ "avoid invalid calculations.  The longer the period, the more precise the "
63580 #~ "resulting drift factor will be."
63581 #~ msgstr ""
63582 #~ "Une période minimale de quatre heures entre les réglages est nécessaire. "
63583 #~ "Cela permet d’éviter des calculs incorrects. Plus la période est longue, "
63584 #~ "plus le facteur de dérive résultant est précis."
63585
63586 #~ msgid ""
63587 #~ "This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call "
63588 #~ "B<\\%hwclock\\ --systohc> at shutdown; with the old behaviour this would "
63589 #~ "automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several "
63590 #~ "problems:"
63591 #~ msgstr ""
63592 #~ "Cette option a été ajoutée à la version 2.26, parce que les systèmes "
63593 #~ "appellent souvent B<\\%hwclock\\ --systohc> lors de l’arrêt ; avec "
63594 #~ "l’ancien comportement, cela forçait le (re)calcul du facteur de dérive, "
63595 #~ "avec pour conséquence les problèmes suivants :"
63596
63597 #~ msgid ""
63598 #~ "(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal "
63599 #~ "results.  For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be "
63600 #~ "abnormally hot the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
63601 #~ msgstr ""
63602 #~ "le (re)calcul du facteur de dérive à chaque arrêt entraîne des résultats "
63603 #~ "suboptimaux. Par exemple, si des conditions éphémères rendent la machine "
63604 #~ "anormalement chaude, le calcul du facteur de dérive serait hors limites ;"
63605
63606 #~ msgid ""
63607 #~ "Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using "
63608 #~ "B<\\%--update-drift> the RTC is not read)."
63609 #~ msgstr ""
63610 #~ "augmentation significative du temps d’arrêt du système (depuis la "
63611 #~ "version v2.31 lorsque B<\\%--update-drift> n’est pas utilisé, l’horloge "
63612 #~ "temps réel n’est pas lue)."
63613
63614 #~ msgid ""
63615 #~ "This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it.  If it "
63616 #~ "cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail.  "
63617 #~ "This can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a "
63618 #~ "power failure.  In that case, the clock must first be set without this "
63619 #~ "option.  Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor "
63620 #~ "would be invalid anyway."
63621 #~ msgstr ""
63622 #~ "Cette option nécessite de lire l’horloge matérielle avant de la régler. "
63623 #~ "Si elle ne peut être lue, cela conduit à l’échec des fonctions de "
63624 #~ "réglage. Cela peut se produire, par exemple, si l’horloge matérielle est "
63625 #~ "corrompue à cause d’un problème d’alimentation électrique. Dans ce cas, "
63626 #~ "l’horloge doit d’abord être réglée sans cette option. Bien qu’il ne soit "
63627 #~ "pas en fonctionnement, le facteur de correction de dérive ne serait pas "
63628 #~ "valable de toute façon."
63629
63630 #~ msgid "Display more details about what B<\\%hwclock> is doing internally."
63631 #~ msgstr ""
63632 #~ "Afficher plus de détails sur ce que réalise B<\\%hwclock> en interne."
63633
63634 #~ msgid ""
63635 #~ "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA "
63636 #~ "standard.  A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole "
63637 #~ "second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so "
63638 #~ "the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
63639 #~ msgstr ""
63640 #~ "Sur un système compatible ISA, l’horloge est définie dans la norme ISA. "
63641 #~ "Un programme de contrôle ne peut lire ou ajuster l’heure qu’à la seconde, "
63642 #~ "mais il peut également détecter les pentes des tics de seconde de "
63643 #~ "l’horloge, de ce fait, l’horloge a virtuellement une précision infinie."
63644
63645 #~ msgid ""
63646 #~ "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, "
63647 #~ "the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock.  Hardware Clock, in its "
63648 #~ "capitalized form, was coined for use by B<\\%hwclock>.  The Linux kernel "
63649 #~ "also refers to it as the persistent clock."
63650 #~ msgstr ""
63651 #~ "Cette horloge est communément appelée l’horloge matérielle (« hardware "
63652 #~ "clock »), l’horloge temps réel, le RTC, l’horloge BIOS ou l’horloge CMOS. "
63653 #~ "La désignation horloge matérielle a été inventée pour être utilisée avec "
63654 #~ "B<\\%hwclock>. Le noyau Linux y fait référence sous le nom d’horloge "
63655 #~ "persistante."
63656
63657 #~ msgid ""
63658 #~ "Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them "
63659 #~ "having its own power domain.  A very low power external I2C or SPI clock "
63660 #~ "chip might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to "
63661 #~ "initialize a more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for "
63662 #~ "most other purposes."
63663 #~ msgstr ""
63664 #~ "Certains systèmes non ISA ont plusieurs horloges temps réel, mais une "
63665 #~ "seule avec sa propre source d'énergie. Un composant externe, sur I2C ou "
63666 #~ "SPI, consommant très peu, peut être utilisé avec une batterie de secours "
63667 #~ "comme horloge matérielle afin d’initialiser une horloge temps réel "
63668 #~ "intégrée plus fonctionnelle, utilisée pour la plupart des autres "
63669 #~ "objectifs."
63670
63671 #~ msgid ""
63672 #~ "B<The System Clock:> This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven "
63673 #~ "by a timer interrupt.  (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of "
63674 #~ "the ISA standard.)  It has meaning only while Linux is running on the "
63675 #~ "machine.  The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January "
63676 #~ "1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC).  "
63677 #~ "The System Time is not an integer, though.  It has virtually infinite "
63678 #~ "precision."
63679 #~ msgstr ""
63680 #~ "B<L’horloge système> : cette horloge fait partie du noyau Linux et est "
63681 #~ "contrôlée par une minuterie (sur une machine ISA, les interruptions de "
63682 #~ "minuterie font partie de la norme ISA). Cela n'a de sens que si Linux "
63683 #~ "fonctionne sur la machine. L’heure système est le nombre de secondes "
63684 #~ "écoulées depuis le 1er janvier 1970 00:00:00 UTC (ou plus succinctement, "
63685 #~ "le nombre de secondes depuis 1969 UTC). L’heure système n’est pas un "
63686 #~ "entier. Elle a virtuellement une précision infinie."
63687
63688 #~ msgid ""
63689 #~ "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
63690 #~ "would happen if you used the B<\\%date>(1)  program to set it while the "
63691 #~ "system is running.  You can, however, do whatever you want to the "
63692 #~ "Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux "
63693 #~ "starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock.  "
63694 #~ "Note: currently this is not possible on most systems because B<\\"
63695 #~ "%hwclock\\ --systohc> is called at shutdown."
63696 #~ msgstr ""
63697 #~ "L’heure système ne doit surtout pas subir de discontinuité comme lorsque "
63698 #~ "le programme B<\\%date>(1) est utilisé pour la modifier pendant le "
63699 #~ "fonctionnement du système. Vous pouvez, cependant, faire tout ce que vous "
63700 #~ "voulez sur l’horloge matérielle pendant le fonctionnement, la prochaine "
63701 #~ "fois que Linux démarrera, il prendra en compte la nouvelle heure de "
63702 #~ "l’horloge matérielle. Remarque : ce n’est actuellement pas possible sur "
63703 #~ "la plupart des systèmes car B<\\%hwclock --systohc> est appelée lors de "
63704 #~ "l’arrêt."
63705
63706 #~ msgid ""
63707 #~ "B<\\%hwclock> uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock "
63708 #~ "values.  The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, "
63709 #~ "which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver.  Also, Linux "
63710 #~ "systems using the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting "
63711 #~ "multiple Hardware Clocks.  This may bring about the need to override the "
63712 #~ "default rtc device by specifying one with the B<--rtc> option."
63713 #~ msgstr ""
63714 #~ "B<\\%hwclock> utilise divers moyens pour interroger et régler les valeurs "
63715 #~ "de l’horloge matérielle. La façon la plus normale est de réaliser des "
63716 #~ "entrées et sorties avec le fichier spécial de périphérique rtc qui est "
63717 #~ "supposé être piloté par le pilote de périphérique RTC. De plus, les "
63718 #~ "systèmes Linux utilisant l’environnement de pilote RTC avec udev sont "
63719 #~ "capables de prendre en charge plusieurs horloges matérielles. Cela "
63720 #~ "pourrait nécessiter d’écraser le périphérique rtc par défaut en indiquant "
63721 #~ "un autre à l’aide de l’option B<--rtc>."
63722
63723 #~ msgid ""
63724 #~ "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have "
63725 #~ "an rtc driver.  On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware "
63726 #~ "Clock depends on the system hardware."
63727 #~ msgstr ""
63728 #~ "Cependant, cette méthode n’est pas toujours disponible sur les anciens "
63729 #~ "systèmes ne disposant pas de pilote rtc. Sur ces systèmes, la méthode "
63730 #~ "d'accès à l’horloge matérielle dépend de la machine."
63731
63732 #~ msgid ""
63733 #~ "On an ISA compatible system, B<\\%hwclock> can directly access the \"CMOS "
63734 #~ "memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 "
63735 #~ "and 0x71.  It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can "
63736 #~ "only do it if running with superuser effective userid.  This method may "
63737 #~ "be used by specifying the B<\\%--directisa> option."
63738 #~ msgstr ""
63739 #~ "Sur un système compatible ISA, B<\\%hwclock> peut accéder directement aux "
63740 #~ "registres de la mémoire du CMOS qui constituent l’horloge, en effectuant "
63741 #~ "des opérations d'E/S sur les ports 0x70 et 0x71. B<hwclock> effectue cela "
63742 #~ "avec de véritables instructions d'E/S et doit donc être exécuté avec des "
63743 #~ "droits de superutilisateur. Cette méthode peut être utilisée en indiquant "
63744 #~ "l’option B<\\%--directisa>."
63745
63746 #~ msgid ""
63747 #~ "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
63748 #~ "that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
63749 #~ "disable interrupts.  B<\\%hwclock> provides it for testing, "
63750 #~ "troubleshooting, and because it may be the only method available on ISA "
63751 #~ "systems which do not have a working rtc device driver."
63752 #~ msgstr ""
63753 #~ "C'est vraiment une mauvaise méthode pour accéder à l’horloge, notamment "
63754 #~ "parce que les programmes de l'espace utilisateur ne sont généralement pas "
63755 #~ "supposés effectuer directement des opérations d'E/S et désactiver les "
63756 #~ "interruptions. B<\\%hwclock> fournit cette méthode pour permettre de "
63757 #~ "faire des essais ou du dépannage et parce que cela pourrait être la seule "
63758 #~ "méthode disponible sur les systèmes compatibles ISA ne disposant pas d’un "
63759 #~ "pilote fonctionnel de périphérique rtc."
63760
63761 #~ msgid ""
63762 #~ "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate.  However, much of its "
63763 #~ "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount "
63764 #~ "of time every day.  This is called systematic drift.  B<\\%hwclock>'s B<\\"
63765 #~ "%--adjust> function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the "
63766 #~ "Hardware Clock."
63767 #~ msgstr ""
63768 #~ "L’horloge matérielle n'est généralement pas très précise. Cependant, la "
63769 #~ "plupart de ces imprécisions sont prévisibles. Elle gagne ou perd la même "
63770 #~ "durée chaque jour. C’est la dérive systématique. La fonction B<\\%--"
63771 #~ "adjust> de B<\\%hwclock> permet d’appliquer des corrections de dérive "
63772 #~ "systématique à l’horloge matérielle."
63773
63774 #~ msgid ""
63775 #~ "It works like this: B<\\%hwclock> keeps a file, I</etc/adjtime>, that "
63776 #~ "keeps some historical information.  This is called the adjtime file."
63777 #~ msgstr ""
63778 #~ "Cela fonctionne de la façon suivante : B<\\%hwclock> utilise un fichier, "
63779 #~ "I</etc/adjtime>, qui conserve des informations historiques. C’est le "
63780 #~ "fichier d'ajustement (I<adjtime>)."
63781
63782 #~ msgid ""
63783 #~ "Suppose you start with no adjtime file.  You issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --"
63784 #~ "set> command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time.  B<\\"
63785 #~ "%hwclock> creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as "
63786 #~ "the last time the clock was calibrated.  Five days later, the clock has "
63787 #~ "gained 10 seconds, so you issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --set\\ --update-drift> "
63788 #~ "command to set it back 10 seconds.  B<\\%hwclock> updates the adjtime "
63789 #~ "file to show the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated, "
63790 #~ "and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic drift rate.  24 hours go "
63791 #~ "by, and then you issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust> command.  B<\\%hwclock> "
63792 #~ "consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day "
63793 #~ "when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day.  So "
63794 #~ "it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock.  It then records the "
63795 #~ "current time as the last time the clock was adjusted.  Another 24 hours "
63796 #~ "go by and you issue another B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust>.  B<\\%hwclock> does "
63797 #~ "the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the "
63798 #~ "current time as the last time the clock was adjusted."
63799 #~ msgstr ""
63800 #~ "Supposons un démarrage sans fichier d'ajustement. La commande B<\\"
63801 #~ "%hwclock --set> règle l’horloge matérielle à l’heure actuelle. B<\\"
63802 #~ "%hwclock> crée le fichier d’ajustement et y sauvegarde l’heure actuelle "
63803 #~ "en tant que dernier moment d’étalonnage. Cinq jours plus tard, l’horloge "
63804 #~ "a gagné 10 secondes, la commande B<hwclock --set --update-drift> corrige "
63805 #~ "alors l’heure. B<\\%hwclock> met à jour le fichier d'ajustement avec "
63806 #~ "l’heure actuelle en tant que dernier moment d’étalonnage, et enregistre "
63807 #~ "une dérive systématique de 2 secondes par jour. Au bout de 24 heures, "
63808 #~ "avec la commande B<\\%hwclock --adjust>, B<hwclock> consulte le fichier "
63809 #~ "d'ajustement et remarque que l’horloge gagne deux secondes par jour "
63810 #~ "lorsque rien n'est fait et que rien n'a été fait pendant un jour. Par "
63811 #~ "conséquent, 2 secondes sont enlevées de l’horloge matérielle. L’heure "
63812 #~ "actuelle est alors enregistrée en tant que dernier moment d’étalonnage. "
63813 #~ "24 heures après, la commande B<\\%hwclock --adjust> effectuera exactement "
63814 #~ "la même opération."
63815
63816 #~ msgid ""
63817 #~ "When you use the B<\\%--update-drift> option with B<--set> or B<\\%--"
63818 #~ "systohc>, the systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the "
63819 #~ "fully drift corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, "
63820 #~ "from that it derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated "
63821 #~ "timestamp from the adjtime file.  This updated drift factor is then saved "
63822 #~ "in I</etc/adjtime>."
63823 #~ msgstr ""
63824 #~ "Quand l’option B<\\%--update-drift> est utilisée avec B<--set> ou B<\\%--"
63825 #~ "systohc>, le taux de dérive systématique est (re)calculé en comparant "
63826 #~ "l’heure matérielle actuelle avec correction de dérive à la nouvelle heure "
63827 #~ "de réglage. En est déduit le taux de dérive sur 24 heures à partir du "
63828 #~ "dernier horodatage de calibration du fichier d’ajustement. Ce facteur de "
63829 #~ "dérive mis à jour est sauvé dans I</etc/adjtime>."
63830
63831 #~ msgid ""
63832 #~ "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so B<\\"
63833 #~ "%--adjust> refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 "
63834 #~ "second.  Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated "
63835 #~ "drift will be more than 1 second and B<\\%--adjust> will make the "
63836 #~ "adjustment including any fractional amount."
63837 #~ msgstr ""
63838 #~ "Une petite erreur est introduite quand l’horloge matérielle est définie, "
63839 #~ "de telle sorte que B<\\%--adjust> évite de faire un ajustement de moins "
63840 #~ "d'une seconde. Plus tard, lors d’une redemande d’ajustement, la dérive "
63841 #~ "accumulée sera supérieure à une seconde et B<\\%--adjust> fera "
63842 #~ "l'ajustement même de toute partie infime."
63843
63844 #~ msgid ""
63845 #~ "B<\\%hwclock\\ --hctosys> also uses the adjtime file data to compensate "
63846 #~ "the value read from the Hardware Clock before using it to set the System "
63847 #~ "Clock.  It does not share the 1 second limitation of B<\\%--adjust>, and "
63848 #~ "will correct sub-second drift values immediately.  It does not change the "
63849 #~ "Hardware Clock time nor the adjtime file.  This may eliminate the need to "
63850 #~ "use B<\\%--adjust>, unless something else on the system needs the "
63851 #~ "Hardware Clock to be compensated."
63852 #~ msgstr ""
63853 #~ "B<\\%hwclock --hctosys> utilise aussi les données du fichier d’ajustement "
63854 #~ "pour compenser la valeur lue de l’horloge matérielle avant de l’utiliser "
63855 #~ "pour régler l’horloge système. La limitation d’une seconde de B<\\%--"
63856 #~ "adjust> ne s’applique pas et les valeurs de décalage inférieures à la "
63857 #~ "seconde seront corrigées immédiatement. L’horloge matérielle et le "
63858 #~ "fichier d’ajustement ne sont pas modifiés. Cela devrait éliminer la "
63859 #~ "nécessité d’utiliser B<\\%--adjust> sauf si autre chose sur le système a "
63860 #~ "besoin de voir l’horloge matérielle compensée."
63861
63862 #~ msgid ""
63863 #~ "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate "
63864 #~ "in seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of "
63865 #~ "seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal "
63866 #~ "integer; 3) zero (for compatibility with B<\\%clock>(8))  as a floating "
63867 #~ "point decimal."
63868 #~ msgstr ""
63869 #~ "Ligne 1 : trois nombres, séparés par des espaces : 1) le taux de dérive "
63870 #~ "systématique en seconde par jour, nombre décimal flottant ; 2) le nombre "
63871 #~ "de secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et la date du dernier étalonnage, "
63872 #~ "entier décimal ; 3) zéro (pour une compatibilité avec B<\\%clock>(8)) en "
63873 #~ "tant que nombre décimal flottant."
63874
63875 #~ msgid ""
63876 #~ "Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of "
63877 #~ "most recent calibration.  Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it "
63878 #~ "is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the "
63879 #~ "Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a "
63880 #~ "valid time).  This is a decimal integer."
63881 #~ msgstr ""
63882 #~ "Ligne 2 : un nombre : le nombre de secondes écoulées entre 1969 UTC et le "
63883 #~ "dernier étalonnage. Zéro s'il n'y a pas eu d'étalonnage ou si un des "
63884 #~ "derniers étalonnages est discutable (par exemple, si l’horloge "
63885 #~ "matérielle, depuis cet étalonnage, est erronée). C'est un entier décimal."
63886
63887 #~ msgid ""
63888 #~ "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\".  Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to "
63889 #~ "Coordinated Universal Time or local time.  You can always override this "
63890 #~ "value with options on the B<\\%hwclock> command line."
63891 #~ msgstr ""
63892 #~ "Ligne 3 : « UTC » ou « LOCAL ». Indique si l’horloge matérielle est à "
63893 #~ "l’heure universelle ou à l’heure locale. Vous pouvez toujours surcharger "
63894 #~ "cette valeur par des options sur la ligne de commande de B<\\%hwclock>."
63895
63896 #~ msgid ""
63897 #~ "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the B<\\"
63898 #~ "%clock>(8) program with B<\\%hwclock>."
63899 #~ msgstr ""
63900 #~ "Vous pouvez utiliser un fichier d'ajustement précédemment utilisé avec le "
63901 #~ "programme B<\\%clock>(8) avec B<\\%hwclock>."
63902
63903 #~ msgid ""
63904 #~ "You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept "
63905 #~ "synchronized in some systems.  The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it "
63906 #~ "copies the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode "
63907 #~ "is a compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability.  "
63908 #~ "This is a good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated "
63909 #~ "like NTP to keep your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep "
63910 #~ "your System Time synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the "
63911 #~ "network or to a radio clock hooked up to your system.  See RFC 1305.)"
63912 #~ msgstr ""
63913 #~ "Vous devez être au courant d'un autre moyen utilisé pour garder l’horloge "
63914 #~ "matérielle synchronisée sur certains systèmes. Le noyau Linux possède un "
63915 #~ "mode qui copie l’heure système vers l’horloge matérielle toutes les "
63916 #~ "11 minutes. Ce mode est une option au moment de la compilation, aussi "
63917 #~ "tous les noyaux n’ont pas cette possibilité. Il est pratique de "
63918 #~ "l’utiliser quand un moyen sophistiqué comme NTP garde l’heure système à "
63919 #~ "jour (NTP est un moyen de synchroniser l’heure système avec soit un "
63920 #~ "serveur de temps situé quelque part sur le réseau, soit une horloge radio "
63921 #~ "en duplex avec le système, consultez la RFC 1305)."
63922
63923 #~ msgid ""
63924 #~ "The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel "
63925 #~ "what timescale the Hardware Clock is using.  This happens via the I<\\"
63926 #~ "%persistent_clock_is_local> kernel variable.  If B<\\%--hctosys> or B<\\"
63927 #~ "%--systz> is the first, it will set this variable according to the "
63928 #~ "adjtime file or the appropriate command-line argument.  Note that when "
63929 #~ "using this capability and the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is "
63930 #~ "changed, then a reboot is required to notify the kernel."
63931 #~ msgstr ""
63932 #~ "La première commande en espace utilisateur pour définir l’horloge système "
63933 #~ "informe le noyau du fuseau horaire utilisé par l’horloge matérielle. Cela "
63934 #~ "ce fait par l’intermédiaire de la variable I<\\"
63935 #~ "%persistent_clock_is_local> du noyau. Si B<\\%--hctosys> ou B<\\%--systz> "
63936 #~ "sont utilisées en premier, cette variable sera définie d’après le fichier "
63937 #~ "d’ajustement ou l’argument approprié en ligne de commande. Remarquez que "
63938 #~ "lorsque cette capacité est utilisée et que le fuseau horaire de l’horloge "
63939 #~ "matérielle est modifié, un redémarrage est nécessaire pour informer le "
63940 #~ "noyau."
63941
63942 #~ msgid ""
63943 #~ "If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the B<\\"
63944 #~ "%hwclock> maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
63945 #~ msgstr ""
63946 #~ "Si vous pensez à un usage possible de l'octet du siècle CMOS (« CMOS "
63947 #~ "century byte »), contactez le responsable de B<\\%hwclock>, une option "
63948 #~ "peut être adéquate."
63949
63950 #~ msgid ""
63951 #~ "Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct "
63952 #~ "ISA\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock.  ACPI provides a standard "
63953 #~ "way to access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
63954 #~ msgstr ""
63955 #~ "Notez que cette section est pertinente uniquement si vous utilisez un "
63956 #~ "accès ISA direct à l’horloge matérielle. L'ACPI fournit un moyen standard "
63957 #~ "d'accéder au siècle quand le matériel le gère."
63958
63959 #~ msgid "Early during startup the following are called, in this order:"
63960 #~ msgstr ""
63961 #~ "Rapidement lors du démarrage, les commandes suivantes sont appelées dans "
63962 #~ "cet ordre :"
63963
63964 #~ msgid "B<\\%adjtimex\\ --tick>I<\\ value\\ >B<--frequency>I<\\ value>"
63965 #~ msgstr "B<\\%adjtimex\\ --tick>I<\\ valeur\\ >B<--frequency>I<\\ valeur>"
63966
63967 #~ msgid "B<\\%hwclock\\ --hctosys>"
63968 #~ msgstr "B<\\%hwclock\\ --hctosys>"
63969
63970 #~ msgid "During shutdown the following is called:"
63971 #~ msgstr "Pendant l’arrêt, la commande suivante est appelée :"
63972
63973 #~ msgid "B<\\%hwclock\\ --systohc>"
63974 #~ msgstr "B<\\%hwclock --systohc>"
63975
63976 #~ msgid "B<*> Systems without B<adjtimex> may use B<ntptime>."
63977 #~ msgstr "B<*> Les systèmes sans B<adjtimex> peuvent utiliser B<ntptime>."
63978
63979 #~ msgid ""
63980 #~ "The System Clock drift is corrected with the B<\\%adjtimex>(8) command's "
63981 #~ "B<--tick> and B<\\%--frequency> options.  These two work together: tick "
63982 #~ "is the coarse adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment.  (For "
63983 #~ "systems that do not have an B<\\%adjtimex> package, B<\\%ntptime\\ -f\\ "
63984 #~ ">I<ppm> may be used instead.)"
63985 #~ msgstr ""
63986 #~ "La dérive de l’horloge système est corrigée avec les options B<--tick> et "
63987 #~ "B<\\%--frequency> d’B<\\%adjtimex>(8). Les deux fonctionnent ensemble, le "
63988 #~ "tic est l’ajustement grossier alors que la fréquence est l’ajustement fin "
63989 #~ "(sur les systèmes sans paquet B<\\%adjtimex>, B<\\%ntptime\\ -f>\\ I<ppm> "
63990 #~ "peut être utilisé à la place)."
63991
63992 #~ msgid ""
63993 #~ "It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with B<\\"
63994 #~ "%sntp>, or B<\\%date\\ -Ins> and a precision timepiece, and then "
63995 #~ "calculate the correction manually."
63996 #~ msgstr ""
63997 #~ "Simplement suivre la dérive de l’horloge système avec B<\\%sntp>, ou B<\\"
63998 #~ "%date\\ -Ins> par rapport à une horloge de précision, puis calculer soi-"
63999 #~ "même la correction, serait plus efficace."
64000
64001 #~ msgid ""
64002 #~ "After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine "
64003 #~ "the adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time.  See B<\\"
64004 #~ "%adjtimex>(2)  for more information and the example demonstrating manual "
64005 #~ "drift calculations."
64006 #~ msgstr ""
64007 #~ "Après la définition des valeurs de tic et de fréquence, il faut continuer "
64008 #~ "de tester et d'affiner les ajustements jusqu’à ce que l’horloge système "
64009 #~ "garde l’heure correctement. Consultez B<\\%adjtimex>(2) pour plus de "
64010 #~ "renseignements et l’exemple montrant un calcul manuel de dérive."
64011
64012 #~ msgid ""
64013 #~ "As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases.  This should be "
64014 #~ "true even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot.  "
64015 #~ "In that case the drift factor value makes little difference.  But on the "
64016 #~ "rare occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then "
64017 #~ "cold drift should yield better results."
64018 #~ msgstr ""
64019 #~ "En règle générale, la dérive à froid fonctionne bien dans la plupart des "
64020 #~ "cas d’utilisation. Cela devrait même être vrai pour les machines "
64021 #~ "fonctionnant vingt-quatre heures sur vingt-quatre et dont les temps "
64022 #~ "d’arrêt usuels servent uniquement pour les redémarrages. Dans ce cas, la "
64023 #~ "valeur du facteur de dérive est peu différente, mais si la machine est "
64024 #~ "arrêtée plus longtemps que d’habitude, la dérive à froid devrait donner "
64025 #~ "de meilleurs résultats."
64026
64027 #~ msgid "TheI< System Clock >time must be correct at shutdown!"
64028 #~ msgstr "L’heure de l’horloge système doit être exacte à l’arrêt !."
64029
64030 #~ msgid ""
64031 #~ "Immediately use B<hwclock> to set the correct time, adding the B<\\%--"
64032 #~ "update-drift> option."
64033 #~ msgstr ""
64034 #~ "Utiliser B<hwclock> immédiatement pour régler l’heure correcte avec "
64035 #~ "l’option B<\\%--update-drift>."
64036
64037 #~ msgid ""
64038 #~ "Note: if step 6 uses B<\\%--systohc>, then the System Clock must be set "
64039 #~ "correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
64040 #~ msgstr ""
64041 #~ "Remarque : si l’étape six utilise B<\\%--systohc>, alors l’horloge "
64042 #~ "système doit être réglée correctement (étape 6a) juste avant."
64043
64044 #~ msgid ""
64045 #~ "Having B<hwclock> calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, "
64046 #~ "but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly "
64047 #~ "editing the I</etc/adjtime> file.  Continue to test and refine the drift "
64048 #~ "factor until the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup.  To "
64049 #~ "check this, first make sure that the System Time is correct before "
64050 #~ "shutdown and then use B<\\%sntp>, or B<\\%date\\ -Ins> and a precision "
64051 #~ "timepiece, immediately after startup."
64052 #~ msgstr ""
64053 #~ "Laisser B<hwclock> calculer le facteur de dérive est un bon point de "
64054 #~ "départ, mais pour obtenir des résultats optimaux, modifier directement le "
64055 #~ "fichier I</etc/adjtime> sera probablement nécessaire. Continuer de tester "
64056 #~ "et affiner les ajustements jusqu’à ce que l’horloge matérielle soit "
64057 #~ "corrigée correctement au démarrage. Pour vérifier cela, assurez-vous que "
64058 #~ "l’heure système soit correcte avant l’arrêt puis utilisez B<\\%sntp>, ou "
64059 #~ "B<\\%date\\ -Ins> et une horloge de précision, immédiatement après le "
64060 #~ "démarrage."
64061
64062 #~ msgid ""
64063 #~ "Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the "
64064 #~ "Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for "
64065 #~ "system administrators as B<\\%hwclock> uses local time for its output and "
64066 #~ "as the argument to the B<\\%--date> option."
64067 #~ msgstr ""
64068 #~ "Linux ne gère les changements d’heure d’été de façon transparente que "
64069 #~ "quand l’horloge matérielle est gardée en UTC. Ce fonctionnement facilite "
64070 #~ "le travail des administrateurs système car B<\\%hwclock> utilise l’heure "
64071 #~ "locale en sortie et comme argument de l’option B<\\%--date>."
64072
64073 #~ msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo>"
64074 #~ msgstr "I</usr/share/zoneinfo>"
64075
64076 #~ msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-posix>"
64077 #~ msgstr "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-posix>"
64078
64079 #~ msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps>"
64080 #~ msgstr "I</usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps>"
64081
64082 #~ msgid ""
64083 #~ "Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not "
64084 #~ "work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different "
64085 #~ "timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix "
64086 #~ "or 'right', as described above, or by assigning a database path to the"
64087 #~ msgstr ""
64088 #~ "Tenter de mélanger et de faire correspondre les fichiers de ces bases de "
64089 #~ "données distinctes ne fonctionnera pas puisqu’elles nécessitent chacune "
64090 #~ "que l’horloge système utilise un fuseau horaire différent. La base de "
64091 #~ "données zoneinfo doit être configurée pour utiliser soit I<posix>, soit "
64092 #~ "I<right>, conformément à la description précédente ou en assignant un "
64093 #~ "chemin de base de données à la variable"
64094
64095 #~ msgid "environment variable."
64096 #~ msgstr "d'environnement."
64097
64098 #~ msgid "Device files B<hwclock> may try for Hardware Clock access:"
64099 #~ msgstr ""
64100 #~ "Fichiers de périphérique pouvant être essayés par B<hwclock> pour un "
64101 #~ "accès à l’horloge matérielle :"
64102
64103 #~ msgid ""
64104 #~ "The hwclock command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
64105 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
64106 #~ msgstr ""
64107 #~ "La commande B<hwclock> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
64108 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
64109 #~ ">E<gt>."
64110
64111 #~ msgid "IONICE"
64112 #~ msgstr "IONICE"
64113
64114 #, fuzzy
64115 #~| msgid ""
64116 #~| "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; I<0> for "
64117 #~| "none, I<1> for realtime, I<2> for best-effort, I<3> for idle."
64118 #~ msgid ""
64119 #~ "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; \\f(CR0\\fR "
64120 #~ "for none, \\f(CR1\\fR for realtime, \\f(CR2\\fR for best-effort, "
64121 #~ "\\f(CR3\\fR for idle."
64122 #~ msgstr ""
64123 #~ "Indiquer le nom ou le numéro de la classe d'ordonnancement à utiliser : "
64124 #~ "I<0> pour aucune, I<1> pour B<temps réel>, I<2> pour B<au mieux>, I<3> "
64125 #~ "pour B<au ralenti>."
64126
64127 #, fuzzy
64128 #~| msgid ""
64129 #~| "Specify the scheduling class data.  This only has an effect if the class "
64130 #~| "accepts an argument.  For realtime and best-effort, I<0-7> are valid "
64131 #~| "data (priority levels), and I<0> represents the highest priority level."
64132 #~ msgid ""
64133 #~ "Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class "
64134 #~ "accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, I<0-7> are valid data "
64135 #~ "(priority levels), and \\f(CR0\\fR represents the highest priority level."
64136 #~ msgstr ""
64137 #~ "Indiquer les données de la classe d'ordonnancement. Cela n'a d'effet que "
64138 #~ "si la classe accepte un paramètre. Pour les classes B<temps réel> et B<au "
64139 #~ "mieux>, les données valables sont dans l'intervalle I<0>-I<7> (niveaux de "
64140 #~ "priorité) et I<0> représente le niveau de priorité le plus élevé."
64141
64142 #, fuzzy
64143 #~| msgid "Runs 'bash' as a best-effort program with highest priority."
64144 #~ msgid "Runs \\(aqbash\\(aq as a best-effort program with highest priority."
64145 #~ msgstr ""
64146 #~ "Exécute « bash » comme un programme B<au mieux> avec la priorité la plus "
64147 #~ "élevée."
64148
64149 #, fuzzy
64150 #~| msgid ""
64151 #~| "The ionice command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
64152 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
64153 #~ msgid ""
64154 #~ "The B<ionice> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
64155 #~ "downloaded from"
64156 #~ msgstr ""
64157 #~ "La commande B<ionice> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
64158 #~ "disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
64159
64160 #~ msgid "July 2011"
64161 #~ msgstr "Juillet 2011"
64162
64163 #~ msgid "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<class>] [B<-n> I<level>] [B<-t>] B<-p> I<PID>..."
64164 #~ msgstr ""
64165 #~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<classe>] [B<-n> I<niveau>] [B<-t>] B<-p> I<PID> ..."
64166
64167 #~ msgid "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<class>] [B<-n> I<level>] [B<-t>] B<-P> I<PGID>..."
64168 #~ msgstr ""
64169 #~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<classe>] [B<-n> I<niveau>] [B<-t>] B<-P> I<PGID> ..."
64170
64171 #~ msgid "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<class>] [B<-n> I<level>] [B<-t>] B<-u> I<UID>..."
64172 #~ msgstr ""
64173 #~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<classe>] [B<-n> I<niveau>] [B<-t>] B<-u> I<UID> ..."
64174
64175 #~ msgid ""
64176 #~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<class>] [B<-n> I<level>] [B<-t>] I<command "
64177 #~ ">[I<argument>...]"
64178 #~ msgstr ""
64179 #~ "B<ionice> [B<-c> I<classe>] [B<-n> I<niveau>] [B<-t>] I<commande> "
64180 #~ "[I<argument>] ..."
64181
64182 #~ msgid ""
64183 #~ "This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a "
64184 #~ "program.  If no arguments or just B<-p> is given, B<ionice> will query "
64185 #~ "the current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process."
64186 #~ msgstr ""
64187 #~ "Ce programme définit ou lit la priorité et la classe d'ordonnancement des "
64188 #~ "entrées et sorties d'un programme. S'il n'y a pas de paramètre ou si seul "
64189 #~ "B<-p> est donné, B<ionice> demandera la classe et la priorité actuelle "
64190 #~ "d'ordonnancement d'entrées et sorties pour ce processus."
64191
64192 #~ msgid ""
64193 #~ "When I<command> is given, B<ionice> will run this command with the given "
64194 #~ "arguments.  If no I<class> is specified, then I<command> will be executed "
64195 #~ "with the \"best-effort\" scheduling class.  The default priority level is "
64196 #~ "4."
64197 #~ msgstr ""
64198 #~ "Si la I<commande> est fournie, B<ionice> exécutera cette commande avec "
64199 #~ "les arguments fournis. Si aucune I<classe> n'est indiquée, la I<commande> "
64200 #~ "sera exécutée avec la classe d'ordonnancement B<au mieux>. Le niveau de "
64201 #~ "priorité par défaut est I<4>."
64202
64203 #~ msgid ""
64204 #~ "A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no "
64205 #~ "other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period.  The "
64206 #~ "impact of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero.  "
64207 #~ "This scheduling class does not take a priority argument.  Presently, this "
64208 #~ "scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)."
64209 #~ msgstr ""
64210 #~ "Un programme s'exécutant avec une priorité d'entrées et sorties B<au "
64211 #~ "ralenti> n'obtiendra du temps pour accéder au disque que si aucun autre "
64212 #~ "programme ne demande des entrées et sorties sur les disques pendant une "
64213 #~ "période donnée. L'impact d'un processus avec une classe d'ordonnancement "
64214 #~ "d'entrées et sorties B<au ralenti> sur l'activité normale du système "
64215 #~ "devrait être nul. Cette classe d'ordonnancement de processus ne prend pas "
64216 #~ "de priorité en paramètre. Cette classe d'ordonnancement est permise pour "
64217 #~ "un simple utilisateur (depuis Linux 2.6.25)."
64218
64219 #~ msgid ""
64220 #~ "This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked "
64221 #~ "for a specific I/O priority.  This class takes a priority argument from "
64222 #~ "I<0-7>, with a lower number being higher priority.  Programs running at "
64223 #~ "the same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion."
64224 #~ msgstr ""
64225 #~ "C'est la classe d'ordonnancement par défaut pour chaque processus qui n'a "
64226 #~ "pas demandé une priorité spécifique d'entrées et sorties. Les programmes "
64227 #~ "héritent des paramètres de politesse (« nice ») du processeur pour les "
64228 #~ "priorités d'entrées et sorties. Cette classe prend une priorité en "
64229 #~ "paramètre dans la gamme I<0>-I<7>, où un nombre plus bas sera d'une "
64230 #~ "priorité plus haute. Les programmes en cours d’exécution ayant la même "
64231 #~ "priorité B<au mieux> sont servis les uns après les autres."
64232
64233 #~ msgid ""
64234 #~ "Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O "
64235 #~ "priority formally uses \"B<none>\" as scheduling class, but the I/O "
64236 #~ "scheduler will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort "
64237 #~ "class.  The priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically "
64238 #~ "derived from the CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice + "
64239 #~ "20) / 5."
64240 #~ msgstr ""
64241 #~ "Notez qu'avant le noyau 2.6.26, un processus qui n'a pas demandé de "
64242 #~ "priorité d'entrées et sorties utilise la classe d'ordonnancement "
64243 #~ "« B<none> » (aucune), mais l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et sorties traitera "
64244 #~ "un tel processus comme s'il était de la classe B<au mieux>. La priorité "
64245 #~ "dans la classe B<au mieux> sera dynamiquement dérivée du niveau de "
64246 #~ "politesse processeur du processus d'entrées et sorties : « io_priority » "
64247 #~ "= (politesse_cpu + 20) / 5."
64248
64249 #~ msgid ""
64250 #~ "For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has "
64251 #~ "not asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class.  The I/O "
64252 #~ "priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as "
64253 #~ "before kernel 2.6.26)."
64254 #~ msgstr ""
64255 #~ "Pour les noyaux postérieurs à 2.6.26 avec l'ordonnanceur d'entrées et "
64256 #~ "sorties CFQ, un processus qui n'a pas demandé de priorité d'entrées et "
64257 #~ "sorties hérite de la classe d'ordonnancement de son processeur. La "
64258 #~ "priorité d'entrées et sorties est dérivée du niveau de politesse "
64259 #~ "processeur du processus d'entrées et sorties (comme avant le "
64260 #~ "noyau 2.6.26)."
64261
64262 #~ msgid ""
64263 #~ "The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of "
64264 #~ "what else is going on in the system.  Thus the RT class needs to be used "
64265 #~ "with some care, as it can starve other processes.  As with the best-"
64266 #~ "effort class, 8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice "
64267 #~ "a given process will receive on each scheduling window.  This scheduling "
64268 #~ "class is not permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user."
64269 #~ msgstr ""
64270 #~ "La classe d'ordonnancement B<temps réel> donne d'abord l'accès au disque, "
64271 #~ "sans se soucier des autres exécutions sur le système. De ce fait, la "
64272 #~ "classe B<temps réel> doit être utilisée avec attention, car elle peut "
64273 #~ "« affamer » d'autres processus. Comme la classe B<au mieux>, 8 niveaux de "
64274 #~ "priorité sont définis dénotant la période de temps qu'un processus donné "
64275 #~ "recevra dans chaque fenêtre d'ordonnancement. Cette classe "
64276 #~ "d'ordonnancement n'est pas permise pour un simple utilisateur (c'est-à-"
64277 #~ "dire, non superutilisateur)."
64278
64279 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --class >I<class>"
64280 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--class> I<classe>"
64281
64282 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --classdata >I<level>"
64283 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--classdata> I<niveau>"
64284
64285 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid >I<PID>..."
64286 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<PID> ..."
64287
64288 #~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --pgid >I<PGID>..."
64289 #~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--pgid> I<PGID> ..."
64290
64291 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --ignore>"
64292 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--ignore>"
64293
64294 #~ msgid ""
64295 #~ "Ignore failure to set the requested priority.  If I<command> was "
64296 #~ "specified, run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired "
64297 #~ "scheduling priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or "
64298 #~ "an old kernel version."
64299 #~ msgstr ""
64300 #~ "Ignorer les échecs de définition de la priorité demandée. Si I<commande> "
64301 #~ "était fournie, le programme est exécuté même s'il n'était pas possible de "
64302 #~ "définir la priorité d'ordonnancement demandée, ce qui peut arriver à "
64303 #~ "cause de droits insuffisants ou d'une vieille version du noyau."
64304
64305 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --uid >I<UID>..."
64306 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--uid> I<UID> ..."
64307
64308 #~ msgid ""
64309 #~ "Jens Axboe E<lt>jens@axboe.dkE<gt>\n"
64310 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
64311 #~ msgstr ""
64312 #~ "Jens Axboe E<lt>I<jens@axboe.dk>E<gt>\n"
64313 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
64314
64315 #~ msgid ""
64316 #~ "The ionice command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
64317 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
64318 #~ msgstr ""
64319 #~ "La commande B<ionice> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
64320 #~ "disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
64321
64322 #~ msgid "IPCMK"
64323 #~ msgstr "IPCMK"
64324
64325 #~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --shmem >I<size>"
64326 #~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--shmem> I<taille>"
64327
64328 #~ msgid ""
64329 #~ "Create a shared memory segment of I<size> bytes.  The I<size> argument "
64330 #~ "may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB "
64331 #~ "(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., "
64332 #~ "\"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB "
64333 #~ "(=1000*1000), and so on for GB, etc."
64334 #~ msgstr ""
64335 #~ "Créer un segment de mémoire partagé de I<taille> octets. Les arguments "
64336 #~ "I<taille> peuvent être suivis des suffixes multiplicatifs KiB (=1024), "
64337 #~ "MiB (=1024*1024), et ainsi de suite pour GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB "
64338 #~ "(la partie « iB » est facultative, par exemple « K » est identique à "
64339 #~ "« KiB ») ou des suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), et ainsi de suite "
64340 #~ "pour GB, etc.\""
64341
64342 #~ msgid "B<-Q>,B< --queue>"
64343 #~ msgstr "B<-Q>, B<--queue>"
64344
64345 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --semaphore >I<number>"
64346 #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--semaphore> I<nombre>"
64347
64348 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --mode >I<mode>"
64349 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--mode> I<mode>"
64350
64351 #~ msgid "Access permissions for the resource.  Default is 0644."
64352 #~ msgstr "Droits d’accès à la ressource (0644 par défaut)."
64353
64354 #~ msgid "IPCRM"
64355 #~ msgstr "IPCRM"
64356
64357 #, fuzzy
64358 #~| msgid ""
64359 #~| "The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more "
64360 #~| "objects of all three types in a single command line, with objects "
64361 #~| "specified either by key or by identifier (see below).  Both keys and "
64362 #~| "identifiers may be specified in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an "
64363 #~| "initial '0x' or '0X'), or octal (specified with an initial '0')."
64364 #~ msgid ""
64365 #~ "The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more objects "
64366 #~ "of all three types in a single command line, with objects specified "
64367 #~ "either by key or by identifier (see below). Both keys and identifiers may "
64368 #~ "be specified in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an initial "
64369 #~ "\\(aq0x\\(aq or \\(aq0X\\(aq), or octal (specified with an initial "
64370 #~ "\\(aq0\\(aq)."
64371 #~ msgstr ""
64372 #~ "La syntaxe compatible SUS permet l'utilisation d'aucun ou de plusieurs "
64373 #~ "objets des trois types en une seule ligne de commande, objets désignés "
64374 #~ "par leur clef ou leur identificateur (voir ci-dessous). Les clefs et les "
64375 #~ "identificateurs peuvent être indiqués en décimal, hexadécimal (commençant "
64376 #~ "par «\\ 0x\\ » ou «\\ 0X\\ »), ou octal (commençant par un «\\ 0\\ »)."
64377
64378 #~ msgid "B<ipcrm> {B<shm>|B<msg>|B<sem>} I<id>..."
64379 #~ msgstr "B<ipcrm> [ B<shm> | B<msg> | B<sem> ] I<id> ..."
64380
64381 #~ msgid ""
64382 #~ "B<ipcrm> removes System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects and "
64383 #~ "associated data structures from the system.  In order to delete such "
64384 #~ "objects, you must be superuser, or the creator or owner of the object."
64385 #~ msgstr ""
64386 #~ "B<ipcrm> supprime des objets de communication entre processus (IPC) "
64387 #~ "System V et les structures de données associées définies sur le système. "
64388 #~ "Afin de les détruire, vous devez être le superutilisateur, le créateur ou "
64389 #~ "le propriétaire des objets."
64390
64391 #~ msgid ""
64392 #~ "System V IPC objects are of three types: shared memory, message queues, "
64393 #~ "and semaphores.  Deletion of a message queue or semaphore object is "
64394 #~ "immediate (regardless of whether any process still holds an IPC "
64395 #~ "identifier for the object).  A shared memory object is only removed after "
64396 #~ "all currently attached processes have detached (B<shmdt>(2))  the object "
64397 #~ "from their virtual address space."
64398 #~ msgstr ""
64399 #~ "Les objets IPC System V sont de trois types\\ : mémoire partagée, file de "
64400 #~ "messages et sémaphores. La suppression d'une file de messages ou d'un "
64401 #~ "ensemble de sémaphores est immédiate (même s'il y a des processus qui "
64402 #~ "disposent d'un identificateur sur l'objet). Un segment de mémoire "
64403 #~ "partagée n'est supprimé qu'à la condition que tous les processus aient "
64404 #~ "détaché (B<shmdt>(2)) l'objet de leur espace d'adressage virtuel."
64405
64406 #~ msgid ""
64407 #~ "Two syntax styles are supported.  The old Linux historical syntax "
64408 #~ "specifies a three-letter keyword indicating which class of object is to "
64409 #~ "be deleted, followed by one or more IPC identifiers for objects of this "
64410 #~ "type."
64411 #~ msgstr ""
64412 #~ "Deux syntaxes sont prises en charge. La syntaxe historique sous Linux "
64413 #~ "utilise un mot clef de trois lettres indiquant la classe de l'objet à "
64414 #~ "supprimer, suivi d'un ou de plusieurs identificateurs d'objets IPC de ce "
64415 #~ "type."
64416
64417 #~ msgid ""
64418 #~ "The details of the removes are described in B<shmctl>(2), B<msgctl>(2), "
64419 #~ "and B<semctl>(2).  The identifiers and keys can be found by using "
64420 #~ "B<ipcs>(1)."
64421 #~ msgstr ""
64422 #~ "Des précisions sur les suppressions sont décrites dans B<shmctl>(2), "
64423 #~ "B<msgctl>(2) et B<semctl>(2). Les identificateurs et les clefs peuvent "
64424 #~ "être trouvés avec B<ipcs>(1)."
64425
64426 #~ msgid ""
64427 #~ "Remove all resources.  When an option argument is provided, the removal "
64428 #~ "is performed only for the specified resource types.  I<Warning!> Do not "
64429 #~ "use B<-a> if you are unsure how the software using the resources might "
64430 #~ "react to missing objects.  Some programs create these resources at "
64431 #~ "startup and may not have any code to deal with an unexpected "
64432 #~ "disappearance."
64433 #~ msgstr ""
64434 #~ "Supprimer toutes les ressources. Quand un argument d’option est fourni, "
64435 #~ "la suppression ne concerne que les types de ressource indiqués. "
64436 #~ "B<Attention>, n’utilisez pas B<-a> en cas de doute sur la façon dont le "
64437 #~ "logiciel utilisant les ressources réagirait aux objets manquants. "
64438 #~ "Certains programmes créent ces ressources au démarrage et pourraient ne "
64439 #~ "pas avoir de code pour gérer une disparition inattendue."
64440
64441 #~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --shmem-key >I<shmkey>"
64442 #~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--shmem-key> I<clef_shm>"
64443
64444 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --shmem-id >I<shmid>"
64445 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--shmem-id> I<id_shm>"
64446
64447 #~ msgid "B<-Q>,B< --queue-key >I<msgkey>"
64448 #~ msgstr "B<-Q>, B<--queue-key> I<clef_msg>"
64449
64450 #~ msgid "B<-q>,B< --queue-id >I<msgid>"
64451 #~ msgstr "B<-q>, B<--queue-id> I<id_msg>"
64452
64453 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --semaphore-key >I<semkey>"
64454 #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--semaphore-key> I<clef_sem>"
64455
64456 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --semaphore-id >I<semid>"
64457 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--semaphore-id> I<id_sem>"
64458
64459 #~ msgid ""
64460 #~ "In its first Linux implementation, B<ipcrm> used the deprecated syntax "
64461 #~ "shown in the second line of the B<SYNOPSIS>.  Functionality present in "
64462 #~ "other *nix implementations of B<ipcrm> has since been added, namely the "
64463 #~ "ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect "
64464 #~ "the same command-line syntax.  For backward compatibility the previous "
64465 #~ "syntax is still supported."
64466 #~ msgstr ""
64467 #~ "Dans sa première implémentation sous Linux, B<ipcrm> utilisait la "
64468 #~ "syntaxe, déconseillée présentée dans la deuxième ligne du B<SYNOPSIS>. "
64469 #~ "Les fonctionnalités présentes dans d'autres implémentations *nix "
64470 #~ "d’B<ipcrm> ont été ajoutées depuis, notamment la possibilité de supprimer "
64471 #~ "une ressource par sa clef (et pas uniquement par son identificateur) tout "
64472 #~ "en respectant la même syntaxe en ligne de commande. Pour assurer la "
64473 #~ "rétrocompatibilité, la syntaxe précédente est toujours acceptée."
64474
64475 #~ msgid ""
64476 #~ "The ipcrm command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
64477 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
64478 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
64479 #~ msgstr ""
64480 #~ "La commande B<ipcrm> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
64481 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
64482 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
64483
64484 #~ msgid "IPCS"
64485 #~ msgstr "IPCS"
64486
64487 #~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--id> I<id>"
64488 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--id> I<id>"
64489
64490 #~ msgid "B<-a>, B<--all>"
64491 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--all>"
64492
64493 #, fuzzy
64494 #~| msgid ""
64495 #~| "The Linux ipcs utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX ipcs "
64496 #~| "utility.  The Linux version does not support the POSIX B<-a>, B<-b> and "
64497 #~| "B<-o> options, but does support the B<-l> and B<-u> options not defined "
64498 #~| "by POSIX.  A portable application shall not use the B<-a>, B<-b>, B<-o>, "
64499 #~| "B<-l>, and B<-u> options."
64500 #~ msgid ""
64501 #~ "The Linux B<ipcs> utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX B<ipcs> "
64502 #~ "utility. The Linux version does not support the POSIX B<-a>, B<-b> and B<-"
64503 #~ "o> options, but does support the B<-l> and B<-u> options not defined by "
64504 #~ "POSIX. A portable application shall not use the B<-a>, B<-b>, B<-o>, B<-"
64505 #~ "l>, and B<-u> options."
64506 #~ msgstr ""
64507 #~ "L'utilitaire B<ipcs> Linux n'est pas totalement compatible avec "
64508 #~ "l'utilitaire B<ipcs> POSIX. La version Linux ne gère pas les options B<-"
64509 #~ "a>, B<-b> et B<-o> de POSIX, mais gère les options B<-l> et B<-u> non "
64510 #~ "définies dans POSIX. Une application portable ne doit pas utiliser les "
64511 #~ "options B<-a>, B<-b>, B<-o>, B<-l> ni B<-u>."
64512
64513 #~ msgid ""
64514 #~ "B<ipcs> shows information on System V inter-process communication "
64515 #~ "facilities.  By default it shows information about all three resources: "
64516 #~ "shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays."
64517 #~ msgstr ""
64518 #~ "B<ipcs> montre des renseignements sur les ressources de communication "
64519 #~ "interprocessus (IPC) System V. Par défaut, elle montre des renseignements "
64520 #~ "sur l'ensemble des trois ressources : segments de mémoire partagée, files "
64521 #~ "de messages et tableaux de sémaphores."
64522
64523 #~ msgid ""
64524 #~ "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by I<id>.  "
64525 #~ "This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: "
64526 #~ "B<-m>, B<-q> or B<-s>."
64527 #~ msgstr ""
64528 #~ "Montrer tous les détails sur le seul élément de ressource identifié par "
64529 #~ "I<id>. Cette option doit être combinée avec une des trois options de "
64530 #~ "ressource : B<-m>, B<-q> ou B<-s>."
64531
64532 #~ msgid ""
64533 #~ "Write time information.  The time of the last control operation that "
64534 #~ "changed the access permissions for all facilities, the time of the last "
64535 #~ "B<msgsnd>(2)  and B<msgrcv>(2)  operations on message queues, the time of "
64536 #~ "the last B<shmat>(2)  and B<shmdt>(2)  operations on shared memory, and "
64537 #~ "the time of the last B<semop>(2)  operation on semaphores."
64538 #~ msgstr ""
64539 #~ "Écrire les renseignements d’heure. L’heure de la dernière opération de "
64540 #~ "contrôle qui a modifié les droits d’accès à toutes les ressources, "
64541 #~ "l’heure des dernières opérations B<msgsnd>(2) et B<msgrcv>(2) sur les "
64542 #~ "files de messages, l’heure des dernières opérations B<shmat>(2) et "
64543 #~ "B<shmdt>(2) sur la mémoire partagée et l’heure de la dernière opération "
64544 #~ "B<semop>(2) sur les sémaphores."
64545
64546 #~ msgid ""
64547 #~ "The current implementation of B<ipcs> obtains information about available "
64548 #~ "IPC resources by parsing the files in I</proc/sysvipc>.  Before util-"
64549 #~ "linux version v2.23, an alternate mechanism was used: the B<IPC_STAT> "
64550 #~ "command of B<msgctl>(2), B<semctl>(2), and B<shmctl>(2).  This mechanism "
64551 #~ "is also used in later util-linux versions in the case where I</proc> is "
64552 #~ "unavailable.  A limitation of the B<IPC_STAT> mechanism is that it can "
64553 #~ "only be used to retrieve information about IPC resources for which the "
64554 #~ "user has read permission."
64555 #~ msgstr ""
64556 #~ "L'implémentation actuelle de B<ipcs> récupère des renseignements sur les "
64557 #~ "ressources IPC disponibles en analysant les fichiers de I</proc/sysvipc>. "
64558 #~ "Avant util-linux version v2.23, un autre mécanisme était utilisé : la "
64559 #~ "commande B<IPC_STAT> de B<msgctl>(2), de B<semctl>(2) et de B<shmctl>(2). "
64560 #~ "Ce mécanisme est aussi utilisé dans les dernières versions d'util-linux "
64561 #~ "si I</proc> n'est pas disponible. Une limite du mécanisme B<IPC_STAT> est "
64562 #~ "qu'il ne peut être utilisé que pour récupérer des renseignements sur les "
64563 #~ "ressources IPC pour lesquelles l'utilisateur a le droit de lecture."
64564
64565 #~ msgid ""
64566 #~ "The ipcs command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
64567 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
64568 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
64569 #~ msgstr ""
64570 #~ "La commande B<ipcs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
64571 #~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
64572 #~ "linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
64573
64574 #~ msgid "ISOSIZE"
64575 #~ msgstr "ISOSIZE"
64576
64577 #~ msgid "June 2011"
64578 #~ msgstr "Juin 2011"
64579
64580 #~ msgid "B<isosize> [options]I< iso9660_image_file>"
64581 #~ msgstr "B<isosize> [I<options>] I<fichier_iso9660>"
64582
64583 #~ msgid ""
64584 #~ "This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is "
64585 #~ "contained in the specified file.  This file may be a normal file or a "
64586 #~ "block device (e.g.\\& /dev/hdd or /dev/sr0).  In the absence of any "
64587 #~ "options (and errors), it will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem "
64588 #~ "in bytes.  This can now be a large number (E<gt>E<gt> 4\\ GB)."
64589 #~ msgstr ""
64590 #~ "Cette commande affiche la taille d'un système de fichiers iso9660 contenu "
64591 #~ "dans le fichier indiqué. Ce fichier peut être un fichier normal ou un "
64592 #~ "périphérique bloc (par exemple : I</dev/hdd> ou I</dev/sr0>). Sans option "
64593 #~ "(ni erreur), elle affiche la taille en octet. Elle prend maintenant en "
64594 #~ "charge les fichiers larges (E<gt>E<gt> 4 Go)."
64595
64596 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --sectors>"
64597 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--sectors>"
64598
64599 #~ msgid ""
64600 #~ "Show the block count and block size in human-readable form.  The output "
64601 #~ "uses the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
64602 #~ msgstr ""
64603 #~ "Afficher sous une forme lisible le nombre de blocs et la taille du bloc. "
64604 #~ "La sortie utilise «\\ secteurs\\ » pour désigner les «\\ blocs\\ »."
64605
64606 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --divisor >I<number>"
64607 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--divisor> I<diviseur>"
64608
64609 #~ msgid ""
64610 #~ "Only has an effect when B<-x> is not given.  The value shown (if no "
64611 #~ "errors)  is the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by I<number>.  So if "
64612 #~ "I<number> is the block size then the shown value will be the block count."
64613 #~ msgstr ""
64614 #~ "Cette option n'a d'effet que si B<-x> n'est pas indiquée. La valeur "
64615 #~ "montrée (s'il n'y a pas d'erreurs) est la taille du fichier iso9660 en "
64616 #~ "octet divisée par I<diviseur>. Donc si I<diviseur> est la taille du bloc, "
64617 #~ "la valeur montrée sera le nombre de blocs."
64618
64619 #~ msgid ""
64620 #~ "The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can "
64621 #~ "be marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem.  One "
64622 #~ "reason for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors "
64623 #~ "at the end of an iso9660 image."
64624 #~ msgstr ""
64625 #~ "La taille du fichier (ou du périphérique bloc) d'un système de fichiers "
64626 #~ "iso9660 peut être légèrement plus grande que la taille réelle du système "
64627 #~ "de fichiers iso9660. Une des raisons est que les graveurs de CD ont le "
64628 #~ "droit d'ajouter des secteurs au-delà de la fin de l'image iso9660."
64629
64630 #~ msgid ""
64631 #~ "The isosize command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
64632 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
64633 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
64634 #~ msgstr ""
64635 #~ "La commande B<isosize> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
64636 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
64637 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
64638
64639 #~ msgid "KILL"
64640 #~ msgstr "KILL"
64641
64642 #, fuzzy
64643 #~| msgid "B<kill -l> [I<number>] | B<-L>"
64644 #~ msgid "B<kill> B<-l> [I<number>] | B<-L>"
64645 #~ msgstr "B<kill -l> [I<numéro>] | B<-L>"
64646
64647 #~ msgid "I<pid>"
64648 #~ msgstr "B<pid>"
64649
64650 #~ msgid "I<n>"
64651 #~ msgstr "I<n>"
64652
64653 #~ msgid "B<-1>"
64654 #~ msgstr "B<-1>"
64655
64656 #~ msgid "B<->I<n>"
64657 #~ msgstr "B<->I<n>"
64658
64659 #, fuzzy
64660 #~| msgid ""
64661 #~| "where I<n> is larger than 1.  All processes in process group I<n> are "
64662 #~| "signaled.  When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant "
64663 #~| "to denote a process group, either a signal must be specified first, or "
64664 #~| "the argument must be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be "
64665 #~| "taken as the signal to send."
64666 #~ msgid ""
64667 #~ "where I<n> is larger than 1. All processes in process group I<n> are "
64668 #~ "signaled. When an argument of the form \\(aq-n\\(aq is given, and it is "
64669 #~ "meant to denote a process group, either a signal must be specified first, "
64670 #~ "or the argument must be preceded by a \\(aq--\\(aq option, otherwise it "
64671 #~ "will be taken as the signal to send."
64672 #~ msgstr ""
64673 #~ "où I<n> est supérieur à B<1>. Un signal sera envoyé à tous les processus "
64674 #~ "du groupe de processus I<n>. Quand un argument sous la forme « -n » est "
64675 #~ "donné et vise à désigner un groupe de processus, vous devez soit désigner "
64676 #~ "d'abord le signal, soit faire précéder l'argument d'une option « -- », "
64677 #~ "sans quoi il sera considéré comme le signal à envoyer."
64678
64679 #, fuzzy
64680 #~| msgid ""
64681 #~| "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL --signal QUIT "
64682 #~| "12345"
64683 #~ msgid ""
64684 #~ "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL \\(rs\n"
64685 #~ "        --signal QUIT 12345\n"
64686 #~ msgstr ""
64687 #~ "kill --verbose --timeout 1000 TERM --timeout 1000 KILL --signal QUIT 12345"
64688
64689 #~ msgid "2018-05-31"
64690 #~ msgstr "31 mai 2018"
64691
64692 #~ msgid "procps-ng"
64693 #~ msgstr "procps-ng"
64694
64695 #~ msgid "kill - send a signal to a process"
64696 #~ msgstr "kill - Envoyer un signal à un processus"
64697
64698 #~ msgid "B<kill> [options] E<lt>pidE<gt> [...]"
64699 #~ msgstr "B<kill> [I<options>] I<PID> [...]"
64700
64701 #~ msgid ""
64702 #~ "The default signal for kill is TERM.  Use B<-l> or B<-L> to list "
64703 #~ "available signals.  Particularly useful signals include HUP, INT, KILL, "
64704 #~ "STOP, CONT, and 0.  Alternate signals may be specified in three ways: "
64705 #~ "B<-9>, B<-SIGKILL> or B<-KILL>.  Negative PID values may be used to "
64706 #~ "choose whole process groups; see the PGID column in ps command output.  A "
64707 #~ "PID of B<-1> is special; it indicates all processes except the kill "
64708 #~ "process itself and init."
64709 #~ msgstr ""
64710 #~ "Le I<signal> par défaut de B<kill> est B<TERM>. Les options B<-l> et B<-"
64711 #~ "L> affichent les signaux disponibles. Les signaux particulièrement utiles "
64712 #~ "sont B<HUP>, B<INT>, B<KILL>, B<STOP>, B<CONT> et B<0>. Les signaux "
64713 #~ "peuvent être indiqués de 3 façons différentes : B<-9>, B<-SIGKILL> et B<-"
64714 #~ "KILL>. Une valeur de I<PID> négative peut être utilisée pour sélectionner "
64715 #~ "des groupes de processus tout entiers ; regardez la colonne PGID de la "
64716 #~ "sortie de la commande B<ps>. Un I<PID> de valeur B<-1> est particulier : "
64717 #~ "il indique tous les processus sauf le processus B<kill> lui-même et "
64718 #~ "B<init>."
64719
64720 #~ msgid "B<E<lt>pidE<gt> [...]>"
64721 #~ msgstr "I<PID> [...]"
64722
64723 #~ msgid "Send signal to every E<lt>pidE<gt> listed."
64724 #~ msgstr "Envoyer un signal à tous les I<PID> indiqués."
64725
64726 #~ msgid "B<-E<lt>signalE<gt>>"
64727 #~ msgstr "B<->I<signal>"
64728
64729 #~ msgid "B<-s E<lt>signalE<gt>>"
64730 #~ msgstr "B<-s> I<signal>"
64731
64732 #~ msgid "B<--signal E<lt>signalE<gt>>"
64733 #~ msgstr "B<--signal> I<signal>"
64734
64735 #~ msgid ""
64736 #~ "Specify the B<signal> to be sent.  The signal can be specified by using "
64737 #~ "name or number.  The behavior of signals is explained in B<signal>(7)  "
64738 #~ "manual page."
64739 #~ msgstr ""
64740 #~ "Indiquer le I<signal> à envoyer. Le signal peut être indiqué en utilisant "
64741 #~ "un nom ou un nombre. Le comportement du signal est expliqué dans la page "
64742 #~ "de manuel B<signal>(7)."
64743
64744 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<signal>]"
64745 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<signal>]"
64746
64747 #~ msgid ""
64748 #~ "List signal names.  This option has optional argument, which will convert "
64749 #~ "signal number to signal name, or other way round."
64750 #~ msgstr ""
64751 #~ "Afficher les noms de signaux. Cette option a un paramètre facultatif qui "
64752 #~ "sera converti en nom de signal, s'il s'agit d'un numéro de signal, et "
64753 #~ "vice versa."
64754
64755 #~ msgid "B<-L>,B<\\ --table>"
64756 #~ msgstr "B<-L>,B<\\ --table>"
64757
64758 #~ msgid "List signal names in a nice table."
64759 #~ msgstr "Afficher les noms de signaux en un tableau bien présenté."
64760
64761 #~ msgid ""
64762 #~ "Your shell (command line interpreter) may have a built-in kill command.  "
64763 #~ "You may need to run the command described here as /bin/kill to solve the "
64764 #~ "conflict."
64765 #~ msgstr ""
64766 #~ "Votre interpréteur de commandes possède probablement une commande kill "
64767 #~ "interne. Vous devriez saisir /bin/kill pour exécuter la commande décrite "
64768 #~ "ici au lieu de la commande interne."
64769
64770 #~ msgid "B<kill -9 -1>"
64771 #~ msgstr "B<kill -9 -1>"
64772
64773 #~ msgid "Kill all processes you can kill."
64774 #~ msgstr "Tuer tous les processus possibles."
64775
64776 #~ msgid "B<kill -l 11>"
64777 #~ msgstr "B<kill -l 11>"
64778
64779 #~ msgid "Translate number 11 into a signal name."
64780 #~ msgstr "Traduire le nombre 11 en nom de signal."
64781
64782 #~ msgid "B<kill -L>"
64783 #~ msgstr "B<kill -L>"
64784
64785 #~ msgid "List the available signal choices in a nice table."
64786 #~ msgstr ""
64787 #~ "Afficher les choix de signaux disponibles en un tableau bien présenté."
64788
64789 #~ msgid "B<kill 123 543 2341 3453>"
64790 #~ msgstr "B<kill 123 543 2341 3453>"
64791
64792 #~ msgid "Send the default signal, SIGTERM, to all those processes."
64793 #~ msgstr "Envoyer le signal B<SIGTERM> par défaut à tous ces processus."
64794
64795 #~ msgid ""
64796 #~ "B<kill>(2), B<killall>(1), B<nice>(1), B<pkill>(1), B<renice>(1), "
64797 #~ "B<signal>(7), B<skill>(1)"
64798 #~ msgstr ""
64799 #~ "B<kill>(2), B<killall>(1), B<nice>(1), B<pkill>(1), B<renice>(1), "
64800 #~ "B<signal>(7), B<skill>(1)"
64801
64802 #~ msgid "STANDARDS"
64803 #~ msgstr "STANDARDS"
64804
64805 #~ msgid ""
64806 #~ "This command meets appropriate standards.  The B<-L> flag is Linux-"
64807 #~ "specific."
64808 #~ msgstr ""
64809 #~ "Cette commande est conforme aux normes. L'option B<-L> est spécifique à "
64810 #~ "Linux."
64811
64812 #~ msgid ""
64813 #~ "E<.MT albert@users.sf.net> Albert Cahalan E<.ME> wrote kill in 1999 to "
64814 #~ "replace a bsdutils one that was not standards compliant.  The util-linux "
64815 #~ "one might also work correctly."
64816 #~ msgstr ""
64817 #~ "E<.MT albert@users.sf.net> Albert Cahalan E<.ME> a écrit kill en 1999 "
64818 #~ "pour remplacer la version « bsdutils » qui ne suivait pas les normes. La "
64819 #~ "version d’util-linux devrait aussi fonctionner correctement."
64820
64821 #~ msgid "Please send bug reports to E<.MT procps@freelists.org> E<.ME>"
64822 #~ msgstr "Signalez les bogues à E<lt>procps@freelists.orgE<gt>"
64823
64824 #~ msgid "November 2019"
64825 #~ msgstr "Novembre 2019"
64826
64827 #~ msgid ""
64828 #~ "B<kill> [B<->I<signal>|B<-s> I<signal>|B<-p>] [B<-q> I<value>] [B<-a>] "
64829 #~ "[B<--timeout >I<milliseconds signal>] [B<-->] I<pid>|I<name>..."
64830 #~ msgstr ""
64831 #~ "B<kill> [B<->I<signal>|B<-s> I<signal>|B<-p>] [B<-q> I<valeur>] [B<-a>] "
64832 #~ "[B<--timeout >I<millisecondes avant signal>] [B<-->] I<pid>|I<nom>..."
64833
64834 #~ msgid ""
64835 #~ "If no signal is specified, the TERM signal is sent.  The default action "
64836 #~ "for this signal is to terminate the process.  This signal should be used "
64837 #~ "in preference to the KILL signal (number 9), since a process may install "
64838 #~ "a handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before "
64839 #~ "terminating in an orderly fashion.  If a process does not terminate after "
64840 #~ "a TERM signal has been sent, then the KILL signal may be used; be aware "
64841 #~ "that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target "
64842 #~ "process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
64843 #~ msgstr ""
64844 #~ "Si aucun signal n'est spécifié, celui TERM est envoyé. L'action par "
64845 #~ "défaut de ce signal est de terminer le processus. Il devrait être préféré "
64846 #~ "au signal KILL (numéro 9), car un processus peut mettre en place un "
64847 #~ "gestionnaire du signal TERM afin d'effectuer des étapes de nettoyage "
64848 #~ "avant de terminer de manière ordonnée. Si un processus ne se termine pas "
64849 #~ "avant un signal TERM, le signal KILL peut être utilisé ; mais gardez en "
64850 #~ "tête que ce signal ne peut pas être saisi, donc il ne donne pas au "
64851 #~ "processus cible la chance d'effectuer un nettoyage avant de se terminer."
64852
64853 #, fuzzy
64854 #~| msgid ""
64855 #~| "Most modern shells have a builtin kill command, with a usage rather "
64856 #~| "similar to that of the command described here.  The B<--all>, B<--pid>, "
64857 #~| "and B<--queue> options, and the possibility to specify processes by "
64858 #~| "command name, are local extensions."
64859 #~ msgid ""
64860 #~ "Most modern shells have a builtin B<kill> command, with a usage rather "
64861 #~ "similar to that of the command described here.  The B<--all>, B<--pid>, "
64862 #~ "and B<--queue> options, and the possibility to specify processes by "
64863 #~ "command name, are local extensions."
64864 #~ msgstr ""
64865 #~ "La plupart des interpréteurs modernes ont une commade kill intégrée, avec "
64866 #~ "une utilisation relativement proche de la commande décrite ici. Les "
64867 #~ "options B<--all>, B<--pid>, et B<--queue> et la possibilité de spécifier "
64868 #~ "des processus par le nom de leur commande sont des extensions spécifiques."
64869
64870 #~ msgid "where I<n> is larger than 0.  The process with PID I<n> is signaled."
64871 #~ msgstr ""
64872 #~ "où I<n> est supérieur à B<0>. Un signal sera envoyé au processus numéro "
64873 #~ "I<n>."
64874
64875 #~ msgid "The signal to send.  It may be given as a name or a number."
64876 #~ msgstr "Le signal à envoyer. Il peut s'agir d'un nom ou d'un numéro."
64877
64878 #, fuzzy
64879 #~| msgid ""
64880 #~| "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a "
64881 #~| "name.  The signals can be found in I</usr/\\:include/\\:linux/\\:signal."
64882 #~| "h>"
64883 #~ msgid ""
64884 #~ "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a "
64885 #~ "name.  The signals can be found in I</usr/\\:include/\\:linux/\\:signal."
64886 #~ "h>."
64887 #~ msgstr ""
64888 #~ "Afficher une liste des noms de signal ou convertir le numéro du signal "
64889 #~ "donné en nom. Vous pouvez trouver les signaux dans I</usr/\\:include/\\:"
64890 #~ "linux/\\:signal.h>"
64891
64892 #, fuzzy
64893 #~| msgid ""
64894 #~| "Use B<sigqueue>(3)  rather than B<kill>(2).  The I<value> argument is an "
64895 #~| "integer that is sent along with the signal.  If the receiving process "
64896 #~| "has installed a handler for this signal using the B<SA_SIGINFO> flag to "
64897 #~| "B<sigaction>(2), then it can obtain this data via the I<si_sigval> field "
64898 #~| "of the I<siginfo_t> structure."
64899 #~ msgid ""
64900 #~ "Send the signal using B<sigqueue>(3)  rather than B<kill>(2).  The "
64901 #~ "I<value> argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal.  If "
64902 #~ "the receiving process has installed a handler for this signal using the "
64903 #~ "B<SA_SIGINFO> flag to B<sigaction>(2), then it can obtain this data via "
64904 #~ "the I<si_sigval> field of the I<siginfo_t> structure."
64905 #~ msgstr ""
64906 #~ "Utiliser B<sigqueue>(3) au lieu de B<kill>(2). L'argument I<valeur> est "
64907 #~ "un entier envoyé avec le signal. Si le processus récepteur a mis en place "
64908 #~ "un gestionnaire pour ce signal qui utilise le drapeau B<SA_SIGINFO> pour "
64909 #~ "B<sigaction>(2), il peut obtenir ces données via le champ I<si_sigval> de "
64910 #~ "la structure I<siginfo_t>."
64911
64912 #~ msgid ""
64913 #~ "Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see B<gettid>(2))  "
64914 #~ "of one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of "
64915 #~ "B<kill>, the signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the "
64916 #~ "entire thread group).  In other words, it is not possible to send a "
64917 #~ "signal to an explicitly selected thread in a multithreaded process.  The "
64918 #~ "signal will be delivered to an arbitrarily selected thread in the target "
64919 #~ "process that is not blocking the signal.  For more details, see "
64920 #~ "B<signal>(7)  and the description of B<CLONE_THREAD> in B<clone>(2)."
64921 #~ msgstr ""
64922 #~ "Bien qu'il soit possible de spécifier comme argument de B<kill> le TID "
64923 #~ "(identifiant de fil, voir B<gettid>(2)) d'un des fils dans un processus à "
64924 #~ "plusieurs fils, le signal s'adresse néanmoins au processus (c'est-à-dire "
64925 #~ "à tout le groupe de fils). En d'autres termes, il n'est pas possible "
64926 #~ "d'envoyer un signal à un fil en particulier d'un processus multifils. Le "
64927 #~ "signal sera envoyé à un fil sélectionné arbitrairement dans le processus "
64928 #~ "cible et qui ne bloque pas le signal. Pour plus de détails, voir "
64929 #~ "B<signal>(7) et la description de B<CLONE_THREAD> dans B<clone>(2)."
64930
64931 #~ msgid ""
64932 #~ "The kill command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
64933 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
64934 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
64935 #~ msgstr ""
64936 #~ "La commande kill fait partie du paquet util-linux et est disponible dans "
64937 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
64938 #~ "l'archive du noyau Linux E<.UE .>"
64939
64940 #, fuzzy
64941 #~| msgid ""
64942 #~| "When catching a SIGINT signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
64943 #~| "control-C) or a SIGQUIT signal, B<last> will show how far it has "
64944 #~| "searched through the file; in the case of the SIGINT signal B<last> will "
64945 #~| "then terminate."
64946 #~ msgid ""
64947 #~ "When catching a B<SIGINT> signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
64948 #~ "control-C) or a SIGQUIT signal, B<last> will show how far it has searched "
64949 #~ "through the file; in the case of the B<SIGINT> signal B<last> will then "
64950 #~ "terminate."
64951 #~ msgstr ""
64952 #~ "À la réception d’un signal B<SIGINT> (engendré par la touche "
64953 #~ "d'interruption, généralement Contrôle-C) ou un signal B<SIGQUIT>, B<last> "
64954 #~ "indiquera le point où il est arrivé dans le fichier, et dans le cas de "
64955 #~ "B<SIGINT>, B<last> se terminera."
64956
64957 #, fuzzy
64958 #~| msgid ""
64959 #~| "Like B<--dns ,> but displays the host's IP number instead of the name."
64960 #~ msgid ""
64961 #~ "Like B<--dns ,> but displays the host\\(cqs IP number instead of the name."
64962 #~ msgstr ""
64963 #~ "Comme B<--dns>, mais afficher l’adresse IP de l’hôte au lieu du nom."
64964
64965 #~ msgid "YYYYMMDDhhmmss"
64966 #~ msgstr "AAAAMMJJhhmmss"
64967
64968 #~ msgid "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss"
64969 #~ msgstr "AAAA-MM-JJ hh:mm:ss"
64970
64971 #~ msgid "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm"
64972 #~ msgstr "AAAA-MM-JJ hh:mm"
64973
64974 #~ msgid "(seconds will be set to 00)"
64975 #~ msgstr "(les secondes sont définies à 00)"
64976
64977 #~ msgid "YYYY-MM-DD"
64978 #~ msgstr "AAAA-MM-JJ"
64979
64980 #~ msgid "(time will be set to 00:00:00)"
64981 #~ msgstr "(l’heure est définie à 00:00:00)"
64982
64983 #~ msgid "hh:mm:ss"
64984 #~ msgstr "hh:mm:ss"
64985
64986 #~ msgid "(date will be set to today)"
64987 #~ msgstr "(la date est définie à aujourd’hui)"
64988
64989 #~ msgid "hh:mm"
64990 #~ msgstr "hh:mm"
64991
64992 #, fuzzy
64993 #~ msgid "(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)"
64994 #~ msgstr ""
64995 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  last.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
64996 #~ "(la date est définie à aujourd’hui,\n"
64997 #~ "\t les secondes à 00)\n"
64998 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  rtcwake.8.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
64999 #~ "(la date est définie à aujourd’hui,\n"
65000 #~ "\t   les secondes à 00)"
65001
65002 #~ msgid "now"
65003 #~ msgstr "now [maintenant]"
65004
65005 #~ msgid "yesterday"
65006 #~ msgstr "yesterday [hier]"
65007
65008 #~ msgid "(time is set to 00:00:00)"
65009 #~ msgstr "(l’heure est définie à 00:00:00)"
65010
65011 #~ msgid "tomorrow"
65012 #~ msgstr "tomorrow [demain]"
65013
65014 #~ msgid "+5min"
65015 #~ msgstr "+5min"
65016
65017 #~ msgid "-5days"
65018 #~ msgstr "-5days [il y a cinq jours]"
65019
65020 #~ msgid "LAST, LASTB"
65021 #~ msgstr "LAST, LASTB"
65022
65023 #~ msgid "October 2013"
65024 #~ msgstr "Octobre 2013"
65025
65026 #~ msgid ""
65027 #~ "B<last> searches back through the I</var/log/wtmp> file (or the file "
65028 #~ "designated by the B<-f> option) and displays a list of all users logged "
65029 #~ "in (and out) since that file was created.  One or more I<usernames> and/"
65030 #~ "or I<ttys> can be given, in which case B<last> will show only the entries "
65031 #~ "matching those arguments.  Names of I<ttys> can be abbreviated, thus "
65032 #~ "B<last 0> is the same as B<last tty0>."
65033 #~ msgstr ""
65034 #~ "B<last> parcourt le fichier I</var/log/wtmp> (ou le fichier indiqué par "
65035 #~ "l'option B<-f>) pour présenter une liste de toutes les connexions et "
65036 #~ "déconnexions des utilisateurs, depuis la création du fichier. Un ou "
65037 #~ "plusieurs I<identifiant>s et terminaux (I<tty>) peuvent être indiqués, "
65038 #~ "afin que B<last> ne montre que les connexions et déconnexions "
65039 #~ "correspondant à ces arguments. Le nom des terminaux peut être abrégé, "
65040 #~ "ainsi I<last 0> est équivalent à I<last tty0>."
65041
65042 #~ msgid ""
65043 #~ "The pseudo user B<reboot> logs in each time the system is rebooted.  Thus "
65044 #~ "B<last reboot> will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was "
65045 #~ "created."
65046 #~ msgstr ""
65047 #~ "Le pseudo-utilisateur B<reboot> est enregistré à chaque redémarrage du "
65048 #~ "système, ainsi I<last reboot> affichera une liste de tous les "
65049 #~ "redémarrages depuis la création du fichier de journalisation."
65050
65051 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --hostlast>"
65052 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--hostlast>"
65053
65054 #~ msgid ""
65055 #~ "Display the hostname in the last column.  Useful in combination with the "
65056 #~ "B<--dns> option."
65057 #~ msgstr ""
65058 #~ "Afficher le nom d'hôte en dernière colonne. Principalement utile en "
65059 #~ "combinaison avec l'option B<--dns>."
65060
65061 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --dns>"
65062 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--dns>"
65063
65064 #~ msgid ""
65065 #~ "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote "
65066 #~ "host, but its IP number as well.  This option translates the IP number "
65067 #~ "back into a hostname."
65068 #~ msgstr ""
65069 #~ "Pour les connexions non locales, Linux enregistre le nom d'hôte de l’hôte "
65070 #~ "distant, ainsi que son adresse IP. Avec cette option, l'adresse IP est à "
65071 #~ "nouveau reconvertie en nom d'hôte."
65072
65073 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --file >I<file>"
65074 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --file >I<fichier>"
65075
65076 #~ msgid ""
65077 #~ "Tell B<last> to use a specific I<file> instead of I</var/log/wtmp>.  The "
65078 #~ "B<--file> option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified "
65079 #~ "files will be processed."
65080 #~ msgstr ""
65081 #~ "Indiquer à B<last> d’utiliser le I<fichier> indiqué au lieu de I</var/log/"
65082 #~ "wtmp>. L’option B<--file> peut être indiquée plusieurs fois, et tous les "
65083 #~ "fichiers concernés seront traités."
65084
65085 #~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --fulltimes>"
65086 #~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--fulltimes>"
65087
65088 #~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --ip>"
65089 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--ip>"
65090
65091 #~ msgid "B<->I<number>"
65092 #~ msgstr "B<->I<nombre>"
65093
65094 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --limit >I<number>"
65095 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--limit> I<nombre>"
65096
65097 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --present >I<time>"
65098 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--present> I<date>"
65099
65100 #~ msgid ""
65101 #~ "Display the users who were present at the specified time.  This is like "
65102 #~ "using the options B<--since> and B<--until> together with the same "
65103 #~ "I<time>."
65104 #~ msgstr ""
65105 #~ "Afficher les utilisateurs présents à la I<date> indiquée. C’est "
65106 #~ "équivalent à l’utilisation des options B<--since> et B<--until> ensemble "
65107 #~ "avec la même I<date>."
65108
65109 #~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --nohostname>"
65110 #~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--nohostname>"
65111
65112 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --since >I<time>"
65113 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--since> I<date>"
65114
65115 #~ msgid ""
65116 #~ "Display the state of logins since the specified I<time>.  This is useful, "
65117 #~ "e.g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time.  The "
65118 #~ "option is often combined with B<--until>."
65119 #~ msgstr ""
65120 #~ "Afficher l'état des connexions depuis la I<date> donnée. C'est utile, par "
65121 #~ "exemple, pour déterminer facilement qui était connecté à cet instant. "
65122 #~ "L’option est souvent combinée avec B<--until>."
65123
65124 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --until >I<time>"
65125 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--until> I<date>"
65126
65127 #~ msgid "B<--time-format>I< format>"
65128 #~ msgstr "B<--time-format> I<format>"
65129
65130 #~ msgid ""
65131 #~ "Define the output timestamp I<format> to be one of I<notime>, I<short>, "
65132 #~ "I<full>, or I<iso>.  The I<notime> variant will not print any timestamps "
65133 #~ "at all, I<short> is the default, and I<full> is the same as the B<--"
65134 #~ "fulltimes> option.  The I<iso> variant will display the timestamp in "
65135 #~ "ISO-8601 format.  The ISO format contains timezone information, making it "
65136 #~ "preferable when printouts are investigated outside of the system."
65137 #~ msgstr ""
65138 #~ "Définir le I<format> d’affichage de l’horodatage à celui de B<notime>, "
65139 #~ "B<short>, B<full> ou B<iso>. La variante B<notime> n’affichera pas "
65140 #~ "d’horodatage du tout, B<short> est la valeur par défaut et B<full> est "
65141 #~ "identique à l’option B<--fulltimes>. La variante B<iso> affichera "
65142 #~ "l’horodatage au format ISO 8601. Le format ISO contient l’indication de "
65143 #~ "fuseau horaire, ce qui est préférable lorsque la sortie est étudiée hors "
65144 #~ "du système."
65145
65146 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --fullnames>"
65147 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--fullnames>"
65148
65149 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --system>"
65150 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--system>"
65151
65152 #~ msgid "/var/log/wtmp"
65153 #~ msgstr "I</var/log/wtmp>"
65154
65155 #~ msgid "/var/log/btmp"
65156 #~ msgstr "I</var/log/btmp>"
65157
65158 #~ msgid ""
65159 #~ "The files I<wtmp> and I<btmp> might not be found.  The system only logs "
65160 #~ "information in these files if they are present.  This is a local "
65161 #~ "configuration issue.  If you want the files to be used, they can be "
65162 #~ "created with a simple B<touch>(1)  command (for example, I<touch /var/log/"
65163 #~ "wtmp>)."
65164 #~ msgstr ""
65165 #~ "Les fichiers I<wtmp> et I<btmp> sont parfois absents. Le système ne "
65166 #~ "journalise les informations que si les fichiers sont déjà présents, mais "
65167 #~ "ne les crée pas de lui-même. Il s'agit d'un choix local de configuration. "
65168 #~ "Si vous désirez utiliser ces journalisations, vous pouvez créer les "
65169 #~ "fichiers avec une simple commande B<touch>(1) (par exemple, I<touch /var/"
65170 #~ "log/wtmp>)."
65171
65172 #~ msgid ""
65173 #~ "The last command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
65174 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
65175 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
65176 #~ msgstr ""
65177 #~ "La commande B<last> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
65178 #~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
65179 #~ "linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
65180
65181 #~ msgid "LDATTACH"
65182 #~ msgstr "LDATTACH"
65183
65184 #~ msgid "B<TTY>(B<0>)"
65185 #~ msgstr "B<TTY>(B<0>)"
65186
65187 #~ msgid "B<SLIP>(B<1>)"
65188 #~ msgstr "B<SLIP>(B<1>)"
65189
65190 #~ msgid "B<PPP>(B<3>)"
65191 #~ msgstr "B<PPP>(B<3>)"
65192
65193 #, fuzzy
65194 #~| msgid ""
65195 #~| "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see http://irda."
65196 #~| "sourceforge.net/"
65197 #~ msgid "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see"
65198 #~ msgstr ""
65199 #~ "Pilote de transmission de données par infrarouge pour Linux (IrDa), "
65200 #~ "consultez E<lt>I<http://irda.sourceforge.net/>E<gt>."
65201
65202 #~ msgid "B<HCI>(B<15>)"
65203 #~ msgstr "B<HCI>(B<15>)"
65204
65205 #~ msgid "B<PPS>(B<18>)"
65206 #~ msgstr "B<PPS>(B<18>)"
65207
65208 #, fuzzy
65209 #~| msgid "B<-i>,B< --iflag >[B<->]I<value>..."
65210 #~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--iflag> I<value>..."
65211 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--iflag> [B<->]I<indici>[B<,>[B<->]I<indici> ...]"
65212
65213 #, fuzzy
65214 #~| msgid ""
65215 #~| "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
65216 #~| "invocation of ldattach. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline "
65217 #~| "GSM0710, the command \\'AT+CMUX=0\\r\\' is commonly suitable to switch "
65218 #~| "the modem into the CMUX mode."
65219 #~ msgid ""
65220 #~ "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
65221 #~ "invocation of ldattach. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, "
65222 #~ "the command \\(aqAT+CMUX=0\\(rsr\\(aq is commonly suitable to switch the "
65223 #~ "modem into the CMUX mode."
65224 #~ msgstr ""
65225 #~ "Définir une commande d’introduction qui est envoyée par la ligne série "
65226 #~ "avant l’appel de B<ldattach>. Par exemple, en conjonction avec la "
65227 #~ "procédure GSM0710, la commande « AT+CMUX=0\\\\r » est généralement "
65228 #~ "appropriée pour basculer le modem en mode CMUX."
65229
65230 #, fuzzy
65231 #~| msgid ""
65232 #~| "The ldattach command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
65233 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
65234 #~ msgid ""
65235 #~ "The B<ldattach> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
65236 #~ "downloaded from"
65237 #~ msgstr ""
65238 #~ "La commande B<ldattach> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
65239 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
65240 #~ ">E<gt>."
65241
65242 #~ msgid ""
65243 #~ "The B<ldattach> daemon opens the specified I<device> file (which should "
65244 #~ "refer to a serial device)  and attaches the line discipline I<ldisc> to "
65245 #~ "it for processing of the sent and/or received data.  It then goes into "
65246 #~ "the background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays "
65247 #~ "loaded."
65248 #~ msgstr ""
65249 #~ "Le démon B<ldattach> ouvre le fichier de I<périphérique> indiqué (qui "
65250 #~ "doit faire référence à un périphérique série) et lui attribue une "
65251 #~ "procédure de contrôle I<ldisc> pour gérer l'envoi et la réception de "
65252 #~ "données. Ensuite, il passe en arrière-plan tout en gardant le "
65253 #~ "périphérique ouvert afin que la procédure de contrôle reste chargée."
65254
65255 #~ msgid ""
65256 #~ "In order to detach the line discipline, B<kill>(1)  the B<ldattach> "
65257 #~ "process."
65258 #~ msgstr ""
65259 #~ "Afin de détacher la procédure de contrôle, tuer (avec B<kill>(1)) le "
65260 #~ "processus B<ldattach>."
65261
65262 #~ msgid ""
65263 #~ "The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode)  "
65264 #~ "as well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
65265 #~ msgstr ""
65266 #~ "La procédure par défaut fournit un mode d'opération transparent (mode "
65267 #~ "brut) ainsi que les capacités d'édition de ligne habituelles d'une "
65268 #~ "console (mode « cooked »)."
65269
65270 #~ msgid "B<STRIP>(B<4>)"
65271 #~ msgstr "B<STRIP>(B<4>)"
65272
65273 #~ msgid "B<AX25>(B<5>)"
65274 #~ msgstr "B<AX25>(B<5>)"
65275
65276 #~ msgid "B<X25>(B<6>)"
65277 #~ msgstr "B<X25>(B<6>)"
65278
65279 #~ msgid "B<6PACK>(B<7>)"
65280 #~ msgstr "B<6PACK>(B<7>)"
65281
65282 #~ msgid "B<R3964>(B<9>)"
65283 #~ msgstr "B<R3964>(B<9>)"
65284
65285 #~ msgid "B<-1>,B< --onestopbit>"
65286 #~ msgstr "B<-1>, B<--onestopbit>"
65287
65288 #~ msgid "B<-2>,B< --twostopbits>"
65289 #~ msgstr "B<-2>, B<--twostopbits>"
65290
65291 #~ msgid "B<-7>,B< --sevenbits>"
65292 #~ msgstr "B<-7>, B<--sevenbits>"
65293
65294 #~ msgid "B<-8>,B< --eightbits>"
65295 #~ msgstr "B<-8>, B<--eightbits>"
65296
65297 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --debug>"
65298 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--debug>"
65299
65300 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --evenparity>"
65301 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--evenparity>"
65302
65303 #~ msgid ""
65304 #~ "Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line.  The given "
65305 #~ "I<value> may be a number or a symbolic name.  If I<value> is prefixed by "
65306 #~ "a minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead.  Several comma-"
65307 #~ "separated values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
65308 #~ msgstr ""
65309 #~ "Définir les bits indiqués dans le mot c_iflag de la ligne série. "
65310 #~ "L’I<indici> donné peut être un nombre ou un nom symbolique. Si I<indici> "
65311 #~ "est précédé d'un signe moins, les bits indiqués sont effacés à la place. "
65312 #~ "Plusieurs I<indici>s séparés par des virgules peuvent être donnés afin de "
65313 #~ "définir et d'effacer plusieurs bits."
65314
65315 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --noparity>"
65316 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noparity>"
65317
65318 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --oddparity>"
65319 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--oddparity>"
65320
65321 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --speed >I<value>"
65322 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--speed> I<valeur>"
65323
65324 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --intro-command >I<string>"
65325 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--intro-command> I<chaîne>"
65326
65327 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pause >I<value>"
65328 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pause> I<valeur>"
65329
65330 #~ msgid "Tilman Schmidt (tilman@imap.cc)\n"
65331 #~ msgstr "Tilman Schmidt E<lt>I<tilman@imap.cc>E<gt>\n"
65332
65333 #~ msgid ""
65334 #~ "The ldattach command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
65335 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
65336 #~ msgstr ""
65337 #~ "La commande B<ldattach> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
65338 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
65339 #~ ">E<gt>."
65340
65341 #~ msgid "LIBBLKID"
65342 #~ msgstr "LIBBLKID"
65343
65344 #, fuzzy
65345 #~ msgid "Programmer\\(aqs Manual"
65346 #~ msgstr ""
65347 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  libblkid.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
65348 #~ "Manuel du programmeur\n"
65349 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
65350 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
65351 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_clear.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
65352 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
65353 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_compare.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
65354 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
65355 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_copy.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
65356 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
65357 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_generate.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
65358 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
65359 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_is_null.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
65360 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
65361 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_parse.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
65362 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
65363 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_time.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
65364 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux\n"
65365 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  uuid_unparse.3.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
65366 #~ "Manuel du programmeur Linux"
65367
65368 #, fuzzy
65369 #~| msgid ""
65370 #~| "The B<libblkid> library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to "
65371 #~| "their content (e.g.  filesystem type) as well as extracting additional "
65372 #~| "information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/"
65373 #~| "serial numbers.  A common use is to allow use of LABEL= and UUID= tags "
65374 #~| "instead of hard-coding specific block device names into configuration "
65375 #~| "files."
65376 #~ msgid ""
65377 #~ "The B<libblkid> library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to "
65378 #~ "their content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional "
65379 #~ "information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/"
65380 #~ "serial numbers. A common use is to allow use of B<LABEL=> and B<UUID=> "
65381 #~ "tags instead of hard-coding specific block device names into "
65382 #~ "configuration files."
65383 #~ msgstr ""
65384 #~ "La bibliothèque B<libblkid> est utilisée pour identifier les "
65385 #~ "périphériques bloc à leur contenu (par exemple un type de système de "
65386 #~ "fichiers), pour extraire des informations additionnelles comme les noms "
65387 #~ "de volumes, les étiquettes, les identifiants uniques, les numéros de "
65388 #~ "série d'un système de fichiers. Une utilisation courante est de permettre "
65389 #~ "d'identifier un périphérique bloc par son étiquette (B<LABEL=>) ou son "
65390 #~ "identifiant unique (B<UUID=>) en lieu et place d'un lien direct dans des "
65391 #~ "fichiers de configuration."
65392
65393 #, fuzzy
65394 #~| msgid ""
65395 #~| "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices "
65396 #~| "in a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned "
65397 #~| "to the user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, "
65398 #~| "otherwise not).  The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally "
65399 #~| "anyone other than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate "
65400 #~| "devices by label/id.  The standard location of the cache file can be "
65401 #~| "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_FILE."
65402 #~ msgid ""
65403 #~ "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices "
65404 #~ "in a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned "
65405 #~ "to the user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, "
65406 #~ "otherwise not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally "
65407 #~ "anyone other than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate "
65408 #~ "devices by label/id. The standard location of the cache file can be "
65409 #~ "overridden by the environment variable B<BLKID_FILE>."
65410 #~ msgstr ""
65411 #~ "La partie haut niveau de la bibliothèque garde les renseignements sur les "
65412 #~ "périphériques bloc dans un fichier cache dont la validité est vérifiée "
65413 #~ "avant d'être renvoyé à l'utilisateur (si l'utilisateur a les permissions "
65414 #~ "de lecture sur le périphérique bloc brut, sinon, non). Le fichier cache "
65415 #~ "permet aux utilisateurs ordinaires (tous les utilisateurs n'appartenant "
65416 #~ "pas au groupe « disk » et autres que le superutilisateur) de chercher des "
65417 #~ "périphériques par étiquette ou identifiant. L'emplacement standard du "
65418 #~ "fichier cache peut être surchargé par la variable d'environnement "
65419 #~ "B<BLKID_FILE>."
65420
65421 #, fuzzy
65422 #~| msgid ""
65423 #~| "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to evaluate "
65424 #~| "LABEL/UUID.  It reads information directly from a block device or read "
65425 #~| "information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks.  The udev is preferred "
65426 #~| "method by default."
65427 #~ msgid ""
65428 #~ "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to evaluate "
65429 #~ "B<LABEL/UUID>. It reads information directly from a block device or read "
65430 #~ "information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred "
65431 #~ "method by default."
65432 #~ msgstr ""
65433 #~ "La partie haut niveau de la bibliothèque prend en charge deux méthodes "
65434 #~ "pour évaluer l'étiquette ou l'UUID. Elle lit les renseignements "
65435 #~ "directement sur le périphérique bloc ou dans les liens symboliques I</dev/"
65436 #~ "disk/by-*> d'udev. La méthode udev est celle préférée par défaut."
65437
65438 #, fuzzy
65439 #~| msgid ""
65440 #~| "The standard location of the I</etc/blkid.conf> config file can be "
65441 #~| "overridden by the environment variable BLKID_CONF.  For more details "
65442 #~| "about the config file see B<blkid>(8)  man page."
65443 #~ msgid ""
65444 #~ "The standard location of the I</etc/blkid.conf> config file can be "
65445 #~ "overridden by the environment variable B<BLKID_CONF>. For more details "
65446 #~ "about the config file see B<blkid>(8) man page."
65447 #~ msgstr ""
65448 #~ "L'emplacement standard du fichier de configuration I</etc/blkid.conf> "
65449 #~ "peut être remplacé par la variable d'environnement B<BLKID_FILE>. Plus de "
65450 #~ "précisions sur le fichier de configuration sont disponibles dans la page "
65451 #~ "de manuel B<blkid>(8)."
65452
65453 # NOTE: utilties -> utilities,
65454 #, fuzzy
65455 #~ msgid ""
65456 #~ "B<libblkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem "
65457 #~ "utilities, with input from Ted Ts\\(cqo. The library was subsequently "
65458 #~ "heavily modified by Ted Ts\\(cqo."
65459 #~ msgstr ""
65460 #~ "B<libblkid> a été écrite par Andreas Dilger pour les utilitaires du "
65461 #~ "système de fichiers ext2 avec des apports de Ted Ts'o. Elle a subi par la "
65462 #~ "suite des modifications importantes de la part de Ted Ts'o."
65463
65464 #, fuzzy
65465 #~ msgid ""
65466 #~ "The B<libblkid> library is part of the util-linux package since version "
65467 #~ "2.15. It can be downloaded from"
65468 #~ msgstr ""
65469 #~ "B<libblkid> fait partie du paquet util-linux depuis la version 2.15, elle "
65470 #~ "est disponible sur E<lt>I<ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux-"
65471 #~ "ng/>E<gt>."
65472
65473 #~ msgid "May 2009"
65474 #~ msgstr "Mai 2009"
65475
65476 #~ msgid "LOGGER"
65477 #~ msgstr "LOGGER"
65478
65479 #, fuzzy
65480 #~| msgid ""
65481 #~| "Use datagrams (UDP) only.  By default the connection is tried to the "
65482 #~| "syslog port defined in /etc/services, which is often 514 ."
65483 #~ msgid ""
65484 #~ "Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the "
65485 #~ "syslog port defined in I</etc/services>, which is often 514."
65486 #~ msgstr ""
65487 #~ "N’utiliser que les datagrammes (UDP). Par défaut la connexion est tentée "
65488 #~ "sur le port de B<syslog> défini dans I</etc/services>, qui est "
65489 #~ "généralement B<514>."
65490
65491 #~ msgid "B<-i>"
65492 #~ msgstr "B<-i>"
65493
65494 #, fuzzy
65495 #~| msgid "Log the PID of the logger process with each line."
65496 #~ msgid "Log the PID of the B<logger> process with each line."
65497 #~ msgstr "Enregistrer le PID du processus B<logger> sur chaque ligne."
65498
65499 #~ msgid "B<--id>[B<=>I<id>]"
65500 #~ msgstr "B<--id>[B<=>I<id>]"
65501
65502 #, fuzzy
65503 #~| msgid ""
65504 #~| "Log the PID of the logger process with each line.  When the optional "
65505 #~| "argument I<id> is specified, then it is used instead of the logger "
65506 #~| "command's PID.  The use of B<--id=$$> (PPID) is recommended in scripts "
65507 #~| "that send several messages."
65508 #~ msgid ""
65509 #~ "Log the PID of the B<logger> process with each line. When the optional "
65510 #~ "argument I<id> is specified, then it is used instead of the B<logger> "
65511 #~ "command\\(cqs PID. The use of B<--id=$$> (PPID) is recommended in scripts "
65512 #~ "that send several messages."
65513 #~ msgstr ""
65514 #~ "Enregistrer le PID du processus B<logger> sur chaque ligne. Quand "
65515 #~ "l’argument facultatif I<id> est indiqué, il est utilisé à la place du PID "
65516 #~ "de la commande B<logger>. L’utilisation de B<--id=$$> (PPID) est "
65517 #~ "recommandée dans les scripts qui envoient plusieurs messages."
65518
65519 #, fuzzy
65520 #~| msgid ""
65521 #~| "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example B<systemd> when "
65522 #~| "listening on /dev/log) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite "
65523 #~| "the PID specified in the message.  B<logger>(1)  is able to set those "
65524 #~| "socket credentials to the given I<id>, but only if you have root "
65525 #~| "permissions and a process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the "
65526 #~| "socket credentials are not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
65527 #~ msgid ""
65528 #~ "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example B<systemd> when "
65529 #~ "listening on I</dev/log>) may follow local socket credentials to "
65530 #~ "overwrite the PID specified in the message. B<logger>(1) is able to set "
65531 #~ "those socket credentials to the given I<id>, but only if you have root "
65532 #~ "permissions and a process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the "
65533 #~ "socket credentials are not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
65534 #~ msgstr ""
65535 #~ "Remarquez que l'infrastructure de journalisation du système (par exemple "
65536 #~ "B<systemd> écoutant sur I</dev/log>) peut suivre les droits de la socket "
65537 #~ "locale pour écraser le PID spécifié dans le message. B<logger>(1) peut "
65538 #~ "définir ces droits de socket à l’I<id> donné, mais seulement si vous avez "
65539 #~ "les droits de superutilisateur et que le processus avec le PID indiqué "
65540 #~ "existe, sinon les droits de la socket ne sont pas modifiés et le problème "
65541 #~ "est ignoré en silence."
65542
65543 #, fuzzy
65544 #~| msgid ""
65545 #~| "    B<logger --journald E<lt>E<lt>end\n"
65546 #~| "    MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
65547 #~| "    MESSAGE=The dogs bark, but the caravan goes on.\n"
65548 #~| "    DOGS=bark\n"
65549 #~| "    CARAVAN=goes on\n"
65550 #~| "    end>\n"
65551 #~ msgid ""
65552 #~ "logger --journald E<lt>E<lt>end\n"
65553 #~ "MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
65554 #~ "MESSAGE=The dogs bark, but the caravan goes on.\n"
65555 #~ "DOGS=bark\n"
65556 #~ "CARAVAN=goes on\n"
65557 #~ "end\n"
65558 #~ msgstr ""
65559 #~ "    B<logger --journald E<lt>E<lt>end\n"
65560 #~ "    MESSAGE_ID=67feb6ffbaf24c5cbec13c008dd72309\n"
65561 #~ "    MESSAGE=Les chiens aboient mais la caravane passe.\n"
65562 #~ "    CHIENS=aboient\n"
65563 #~ "    CARAVANE=passe\n"
65564 #~ "    end>\n"
65565
65566 #, fuzzy
65567 #~| msgid "    B<logger --journald=entry.txt>\n"
65568 #~ msgid "logger --journald=entry.txt\n"
65569 #~ msgstr "    B<logger --journald=texte_entrée>\n"
65570
65571 #, fuzzy
65572 #~| msgid ""
65573 #~| "To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times.  This is "
65574 #~| "handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in "
65575 #~| "the journal if they appear multiple times."
65576 #~ msgid ""
65577 #~ "+ To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is "
65578 #~ "handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the "
65579 #~ "journal if they appear multiple times."
65580 #~ msgstr ""
65581 #~ "Pour inclure les retours à la ligne dans MESSAGE, indiquez MESSAGE "
65582 #~ "plusieurs fois. Cela est pris en charge comme un cas particulier, les "
65583 #~ "autres champs seront stockés sous forme de tableau dans le journal s'ils "
65584 #~ "apparaissent plusieurs fois."
65585
65586 #, fuzzy
65587 #~| msgid ""
65588 #~| "Sets the RFC5424 MSGID field.  Note that the space character is not "
65589 #~| "permitted inside of I<msgid>.  This option is only used if B<--rfc5424> "
65590 #~| "is specified as well; otherwise, it is silently ignored."
65591 #~ msgid ""
65592 #~ "MSGID field. Note that the space character is not permitted inside of "
65593 #~ "I<msgid>. This option is only used if B<--rfc5424> is specified as well; "
65594 #~ "otherwise, it is silently ignored."
65595 #~ msgstr ""
65596 #~ "Définir le champ MSGID de la RFC 5424. Remarquez que le caractère espace "
65597 #~ "n’est pas permis à l’intérieur de I<msgid>. Cette option n’est utilisée "
65598 #~ "que si B<--rfc5424> est indiquée aussi. Sinon, elle est ignorée "
65599 #~ "silencieusement."
65600
65601 #, fuzzy
65602 #~| msgid ""
65603 #~| "Use the RFC 6587 octet counting framing method for sending messages.  "
65604 #~| "When this option is not used, the default is no framing on UDP, and "
65605 #~| "RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
65606 #~ msgid ""
65607 #~ "octet counting framing method for sending messages. When this option is "
65608 #~ "not used, the default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent "
65609 #~ "framing (also known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
65610 #~ msgstr ""
65611 #~ "Utiliser la méthode de comptage d'octets par tramage de la RFC 6587 pour "
65612 #~ "l'envoi de messages. Quand cette option n'est pas utilisée, le "
65613 #~ "comportement par défaut est l’absence de tramage (framing) sur UDP, et "
65614 #~ "sur TCP s'applique le tramage non transparent de la RFC 6587 (connu aussi "
65615 #~ "sous le nom de remplissage d'octets (stuffing))."
65616
65617 #, fuzzy
65618 #~| msgid "This option doesn't affect a command-line message."
65619 #~ msgid "This option doesn\\(cqt affect a command-line message."
65620 #~ msgstr "Cette option n’affecte pas un message de ligne de commande."
65621
65622 #, fuzzy
65623 #~| msgid ""
65624 #~| "Use the RFC 3164 BSD syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote "
65625 #~| "server."
65626 #~ msgid "BSD syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server."
65627 #~ msgstr ""
65628 #~ "Utiliser le protocole syslog BSD RFC 3164 pour soumettre des messages à "
65629 #~ "un serveur distant."
65630
65631 #, fuzzy
65632 #~| msgid ""
65633 #~| "Use the RFC 5424 syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server.  "
65634 #~| "The optional I<without> argument can be a comma-separated list of the "
65635 #~| "following values: B<notq>, B<notime>, B<nohost>."
65636 #~ msgid ""
65637 #~ "syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server. The optional "
65638 #~ "I<without> argument can be a comma-separated list of the following "
65639 #~ "values: B<notq>, B<notime>, B<nohost>."
65640 #~ msgstr ""
65641 #~ "Utiliser le protocole syslog de la RFC 5424 pour envoyer des messages à "
65642 #~ "un serveur distant. L'argument facultatif I<sans> peut être une liste, "
65643 #~ "séparée par des virgules, des arguments suivants : B<notq>, B<notime>, "
65644 #~ "B<nohost>."
65645
65646 #, fuzzy
65647 #~| msgid ""
65648 #~| "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
65649 #~| "protocol.  As such, the B<--size> option affects logger in all cases "
65650 #~| "(not only when B<--rfc5424> was used)."
65651 #~ msgid ""
65652 #~ "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
65653 #~ "protocol. As such, the B<--size> option affects B<logger> in all cases "
65654 #~ "(not only when B<--rfc5424> was used)."
65655 #~ msgstr ""
65656 #~ "La plupart des destinataires acceptent des messages plus grands que 1 kio "
65657 #~ "sur tous les types de protocole de journal système. Ainsi, l’option B<--"
65658 #~ "size> affecte B<logger> dans tous les cas (pas seulement quand B<--"
65659 #~ "rfc5424> est utilisée)."
65660
65661 #, fuzzy
65662 #~| msgid ""
65663 #~| "Use stream (TCP) only.  By default the connection is tried to the "
65664 #~| "I<syslog-conn> port defined in /etc/services, which is often I<601>."
65665 #~ msgid ""
65666 #~ "Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the I<syslog-"
65667 #~ "conn> port defined in I</etc/services>, which is often I<601>."
65668 #~ msgstr ""
65669 #~ "N’utiliser que les flux (TCP). Par défaut la connexion est tentée sur le "
65670 #~ "port de B<syslog-conn> défini dans I</etc/services>, qui est généralement "
65671 #~ "B<601>."
65672
65673 #~ msgid "B<-->"
65674 #~ msgstr "B<-->"
65675
65676 #~ msgid "B<auth>"
65677 #~ msgstr "B<auth>"
65678
65679 #~ msgid "B<cron>"
65680 #~ msgstr "B<cron>"
65681
65682 #~ msgid "B<daemon>"
65683 #~ msgstr "B<daemon>"
65684
65685 #~ msgid "B<ftp>"
65686 #~ msgstr "B<ftp>"
65687
65688 #~ msgid "B<lpr>"
65689 #~ msgstr "B<lpr>"
65690
65691 #~ msgid "B<mail>"
65692 #~ msgstr "B<mail>"
65693
65694 #~ msgid "B<news>"
65695 #~ msgstr "B<news>"
65696
65697 #~ msgid "B<syslog>"
65698 #~ msgstr "B<syslog>"
65699
65700 #~ msgid "B<uucp>"
65701 #~ msgstr "B<uucp>"
65702
65703 #~ msgid "B<local0>"
65704 #~ msgstr "B<local0>"
65705
65706 #, fuzzy
65707 #~| msgid "o"
65708 #~ msgid "to"
65709 #~ msgstr "o"
65710
65711 #~ msgid "B<local7>"
65712 #~ msgstr "B<local7>"
65713
65714 #, fuzzy
65715 #~| msgid "deprecated synonym for B<auth>"
65716 #~ msgid "B<security> deprecated synonym for B<auth>"
65717 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<auth>"
65718
65719 #~ msgid "B<emerg>"
65720 #~ msgstr "B<emerg>"
65721
65722 #~ msgid "B<warning>"
65723 #~ msgstr "B<warning>"
65724
65725 #~ msgid "B<notice>"
65726 #~ msgstr "B<notice>"
65727
65728 #~ msgid "B<info>"
65729 #~ msgstr "B<info>"
65730
65731 #, fuzzy
65732 #~| msgid "deprecated synonym for B<emerg>"
65733 #~ msgid "B<panic> deprecated synonym for B<emerg>"
65734 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<emerg>"
65735
65736 #, fuzzy
65737 #~| msgid "deprecated synonym for B<err>"
65738 #~ msgid "B<error> deprecated synonym for B<err>"
65739 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<err>"
65740
65741 #, fuzzy
65742 #~| msgid "deprecated synonym for B<warning>"
65743 #~ msgid "B<warn> deprecated synonym for B<warning>"
65744 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète de B<warning>"
65745
65746 #, fuzzy
65747 #~| msgid ""
65748 #~| "The B<logger> command was originally written by University of California "
65749 #~| "in 1983-1993 and later rewritten by E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> Karel Zak E<."
65750 #~| "ME ,> E<.MT rgerhards@adiscon.com> Rainer Gerhards E<.ME> and E<.MT "
65751 #~| "kerolasa@iki.fi> Sami Kerola E<.ME .>"
65752 #~ msgid ""
65753 #~ "The B<logger> command was originally written by University of California "
65754 #~ "in 1983-1993 and later rewritten by"
65755 #~ msgstr ""
65756 #~ "La commande B<logger> a été écrite à l'origine par l'université de "
65757 #~ "Californie entre 1983-1993, puis réécrite par E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> "
65758 #~ "Karel Zak E<.ME ,> E<.MT rgerhards@adiscon.com> Rainer Gerhards E<.ME> et "
65759 #~ "E<.MT kerolasa@iki.fi> Sami Kerola E<.ME .>"
65760
65761 #~ msgid "and"
65762 #~ msgstr "et"
65763
65764 #~ msgid "November 2015"
65765 #~ msgstr "Novembre 2015"
65766
65767 #~ msgid "B<logger> [options] [I<message>]"
65768 #~ msgstr "B<logger> [I<options>] [I<message>]"
65769
65770 #~ msgid ""
65771 #~ "When the optional I<message> argument is present, it is written to the "
65772 #~ "log.  If it is not present, and the B<-f> option is not given either, "
65773 #~ "then standard input is logged."
65774 #~ msgstr ""
65775 #~ "Quand l’argument facultatif I<message> est présent, il est écrit dans le "
65776 #~ "journal. Sinon, et si l’option B<-f> n'est pas donnée non plus, l'entrée "
65777 #~ "standard sera enregistrée."
65778
65779 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --udp>"
65780 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--udp>"
65781
65782 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --skip-empty>"
65783 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--skip-empty>"
65784
65785 #~ msgid ""
65786 #~ "Ignore empty lines when processing files.  An empty line is defined to be "
65787 #~ "a line without any characters.  Thus a line consisting only of whitespace "
65788 #~ "is NOT considered empty.  Note that when the B<--prio-prefix> option is "
65789 #~ "specified, the priority is not part of the line.  Thus an empty line in "
65790 #~ "this mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority "
65791 #~ "prefix (e.g., B<E<lt>13E<gt>>)."
65792 #~ msgstr ""
65793 #~ "Ignorer les lignes vides lors du traitement des fichiers. Une ligne vide "
65794 #~ "est définie comme une ligne sans caractère. Ainsi, une ligne ne contenant "
65795 #~ "que des espaces n’est B<pas> considérée vide. Remarquez que si l’option "
65796 #~ "B<--prio-prefix> est indiquée, la priorité ne fait pas partie de la "
65797 #~ "ligne. Ainsi, une ligne vide dans ce mode est une ligne qui n’a pas de "
65798 #~ "caractère après la priorité (par exemple, B<E<lt>13E<gt>>)."
65799
65800 #~ msgid ""
65801 #~ "Log the contents of the specified I<file>.  This option cannot be "
65802 #~ "combined with a command-line message."
65803 #~ msgstr ""
65804 #~ "Enregistrer le contenu du I<fichier> indiqué. Cette option ne peut pas "
65805 #~ "être associée à un message de ligne de commande."
65806
65807 #~ msgid ""
65808 #~ "Write a systemd journal entry.  The entry is read from the given I<file>, "
65809 #~ "when specified, otherwise from standard input.  Each line must begin with "
65810 #~ "a field that is accepted by journald; see B<systemd.journal-fields>(7)  "
65811 #~ "for details.  The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as "
65812 #~ "it makes finding entries easy.  Examples:"
65813 #~ msgstr ""
65814 #~ "Écrire une entrée de journal systemd. L’entrée est lue du I<fichier> "
65815 #~ "donné s’il est indiqué, ou sinon de l’entrée standard. Chaque ligne doit "
65816 #~ "commencer par un champ accepté par journald, consultez B<systemd.journal-"
65817 #~ "fields>(7) pour plus de précisons. L’utilisation du champ MESSAGE_ID est "
65818 #~ "généralement une bonne idée car cela facilite la recherche d’entrées. "
65819 #~ "Exemples :"
65820
65821 #~ msgid ""
65822 #~ "Notice that B<--journald> will ignore values of other options, such as "
65823 #~ "priority.  If priority is needed it must be within input, and use "
65824 #~ "PRIORITY field.  The simple execution of B<journalctl> will display "
65825 #~ "MESSAGE field.  Use B<journalctl --output json-pretty> to see rest of the "
65826 #~ "fields."
65827 #~ msgstr ""
65828 #~ "Remarquez que B<--journald> ignorera les valeurs des autres options, "
65829 #~ "comme la priorité. Si la priorité est nécessaire, elle doit être dans "
65830 #~ "l’entrée et utiliser le champ PRIORITY. La simple exécution de "
65831 #~ "B<journalctl> affichera le champ MESSAGE. Utilisez B<journalctl --"
65832 #~ "output json-pretty> pour voir le reste des champs."
65833
65834 #~ msgid "B<--msgid>I< msgid>"
65835 #~ msgstr "B<--msgid>I< msgid>"
65836
65837 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --server >I<server>"
65838 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--server> I<serveur>"
65839
65840 # NOTE: s/thist/this/
65841 #~ msgid ""
65842 #~ "Write to the specified remote syslog I<server> instead of to the system "
65843 #~ "log socket.  Unless B<--udp> or B<--tcp> is specified, B<logger> will "
65844 #~ "first try to use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted."
65845 #~ msgstr ""
65846 #~ "Écrire sur le I<serveur> syslog distant indiqué au lieu de la socket du "
65847 #~ "journal système. À moins que B<--udp> ou B<--tcp> ne soient indiquées, "
65848 #~ "B<logger> essaiera d’abord d’utiliser UDP, mais si cela échoue, une "
65849 #~ "connexion TCP sera tentée."
65850
65851 #~ msgid ""
65852 #~ "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the "
65853 #~ "system log, and removing the connection or the journal.  This option can "
65854 #~ "be used together with B<--stderr> for testing purposes."
65855 #~ msgstr ""
65856 #~ "Forcer chaque chose à être faite, à part l’écriture du message dans le "
65857 #~ "journal système et la fermeture de la connexion ou du journal. Cette "
65858 #~ "option est utilisable avec B<--stderr> pour faire des tests."
65859
65860 #~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --port >I<port>"
65861 #~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--port> I<port>"
65862
65863 #~ msgid ""
65864 #~ "Use the specified I<port>.  When this option is not specified, the port "
65865 #~ "defaults to syslog for udp and to syslog-conn for tcp connections."
65866 #~ msgstr ""
65867 #~ "Utiliser le I<port> indiqué. Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, le "
65868 #~ "port par défaut de syslog est utilisé pour les connexions UDP et celui de "
65869 #~ "syslog-conn pour les connexions TCP."
65870
65871 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --priority >I<priority>"
65872 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--priority> I<priorité>"
65873
65874 #~ msgid ""
65875 #~ "Enter the message into the log with the specified I<priority>.  The "
65876 #~ "priority may be specified numerically or as a I<facility>.I<level> pair.  "
65877 #~ "For example, B<-p local3.info> logs the message as informational in the "
65878 #~ "local3 facility.  The default is B<user.notice>."
65879 #~ msgstr ""
65880 #~ "Enregistrer le message dans le journal avec la I<priorité> indiquée. La "
65881 #~ "priorité peut être donnée numériquement ou bien avec un couple "
65882 #~ "I<service>B<.>I<niveau>. Par exemple, B<-p local3.info> enregistre le "
65883 #~ "message comme informationnel dans le service B<local3>. La valeur par "
65884 #~ "défaut est B<user.notice>."
65885
65886 #~ msgid ""
65887 #~ "Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input.  This "
65888 #~ "prefix is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the "
65889 #~ "facility and the level.  The number is constructed by multiplying the "
65890 #~ "facility by 8 and then adding the level.  For example, B<local0.info>, "
65891 #~ "meaning facility=16 and level=6, becomes B<E<lt>134E<gt>>."
65892 #~ msgstr ""
65893 #~ "Chercher un préfixe syslog sur toutes les lignes lues sur l’entrée "
65894 #~ "standard. Ce préfixe est un nombre décimal entre chevrons qui encode à la "
65895 #~ "fois le service et le niveau. Le nombre est construit en multipliant le "
65896 #~ "service par 8 et en ajoutant le niveau. Par exemple, B<local0.info>, "
65897 #~ "signifiant de service 16 et de niveau 6, devient B<E<lt>134E<gt>>."
65898
65899 #~ msgid ""
65900 #~ "If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is "
65901 #~ "specified by the B<-p> option.  Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the "
65902 #~ "line is logged using the I<priority> given with B<-p>."
65903 #~ msgstr ""
65904 #~ "Si le préfixe ne contient pas de service, le service par défaut est celui "
65905 #~ "indiqué par l’option B<-p>. De même, si aucun préfixe n’est fourni, la "
65906 #~ "ligne est journalisée en utilisant la I<priorité> donnée avec B<-p>."
65907
65908 #~ msgid ""
65909 #~ "The B<notq> value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the "
65910 #~ "submitted message.  The time-quality information shows whether the local "
65911 #~ "clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the "
65912 #~ "timestamp might be off.  The time quality is also automatically "
65913 #~ "suppressed when B<--sd-id timeQuality> is specified."
65914 #~ msgstr ""
65915 #~ "La valeur B<notq> supprime la donnée structurée time-quality du message "
65916 #~ "envoyé. Les informations time-quality indiquent si l'horloge locale était "
65917 #~ "synchronisée et le nombre maximum de microsecondes où l'horodatage "
65918 #~ "pourrait ne pas être actif. La précision du temps est supprimée "
65919 #~ "automatiquement quand B<--sd-id timeQuality> est spécifié."
65920
65921 #~ msgid ""
65922 #~ "The B<notime> value (which implies B<notq>)  suppresses the complete "
65923 #~ "sender timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and "
65924 #~ "timezone."
65925 #~ msgstr ""
65926 #~ "La valeur B<notime> (qui implique B<notq>) supprime tout l'horodatage de "
65927 #~ "l'expéditeur au format ISO-8601, notamment les microsecondes et les "
65928 #~ "fuseaux horaires."
65929
65930 #~ msgid ""
65931 #~ "The B<nohost> value suppresses B<gethostname>(2)  information from the "
65932 #~ "message header."
65933 #~ msgstr ""
65934 #~ "La valeur B<nohost> supprime les informations B<gethostname>(2) de "
65935 #~ "l'entête du message."
65936
65937 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --stderr>"
65938 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--stderr>"
65939
65940 #~ msgid "B<--sd-id >I<name>[B<@>I<digits>]"
65941 #~ msgstr "B<--sd-id >I<nom>[B<@>I<chiffres>]"
65942
65943 #~ msgid ""
65944 #~ "Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header.  "
65945 #~ "The option has to be used before B<--sd-param> to introduce a new "
65946 #~ "element.  The number of structured data elements is unlimited.  The ID "
65947 #~ "(I<name> plus possibly B<@>I<digits>) is case-sensitive and uniquely "
65948 #~ "identifies the type and purpose of the element.  The same ID must not "
65949 #~ "exist more than once in a message.  The B<@>I<digits> part is required "
65950 #~ "for user-defined non-standardized IDs."
65951 #~ msgstr ""
65952 #~ "Spécifier l'identifiant d'un élément de données structurées pour l'entête "
65953 #~ "d'un message conforme à la RFC 5424. L'option doit être utilisée avant "
65954 #~ "B<--sd-param> pour ajouter de nouveaux éléments. Le nombre d'éléments de "
65955 #~ "données structurées n'est pas limité. L'identifiant (I<nom> plus "
65956 #~ "éventuellement B<@>I<chiffres>) est sensible à la casse et n'identifie "
65957 #~ "que le type et l'objectif d'un élément. Le même identifiant ne doit pas "
65958 #~ "apparaître plusieurs fois dans un message. La partie B<@>I<chiffres> est "
65959 #~ "nécessaire pour les identifiants non standardisés et définis par "
65960 #~ "l'utilisateur."
65961
65962 #~ msgid ""
65963 #~ "B<logger> currently generates the B<timeQuality> standardized element "
65964 #~ "only.  RFC 5424 also describes the elements B<origin> (with parameters "
65965 #~ "ip, enterpriseId, software and swVersion) and B<meta> (with parameters "
65966 #~ "sequenceId, sysUpTime and language).  These element IDs may be specified "
65967 #~ "without the B<@>I<digits> suffix."
65968 #~ msgstr ""
65969 #~ "B<logger> ne génère actuellement que l'élément standardisé "
65970 #~ "B<timeQuality>. La RFC 5424 décrit aussi les éléments B<origin> (avec les "
65971 #~ "paramètres ip, enterpriseId, software et swVersion) et B<meta> (avec les "
65972 #~ "paramètres sequenceId, sysUpTime et language). Ces identifiants "
65973 #~ "d'éléments peuvent être spécifiés sans le suffixe B<@>I<chiffres>."
65974
65975 #~ msgid "B<--sd-param >I<name>B<=\">I<value>B<\">"
65976 #~ msgstr "B<--sd-param >I<nom>B<=\">I<valeur>B<\">"
65977
65978 #~ msgid ""
65979 #~ "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair.  "
65980 #~ "The option has to be used after B<--sd-id> and may be specified more than "
65981 #~ "once for the same element.  Note that the quotation marks around I<value> "
65982 #~ "are required and must be escaped on the command line."
65983 #~ msgstr ""
65984 #~ "Spécifier le paramètre d'un élément de données structurées, une paire nom "
65985 #~ "et valeur. L'option doit être utilisée après B<--sd-id> et peut être "
65986 #~ "spécifiée plus d'une fois pour le même élément. Remarquez que les "
65987 #~ "guillemets autour de I<valeur> sont nécessaires et doivent être protégés "
65988 #~ "sur la ligne de commande."
65989
65990 #~ msgid ""
65991 #~ "    B<logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\e\n"
65992 #~ "                     --sd-param tiger=\\e\"hungry\\e\"   \\e\n"
65993 #~ "                     --sd-param zebra=\\e\"running\\e\"  \\e\n"
65994 #~ "                     --sd-id manager@123           \\e\n"
65995 #~ "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\\e\"yes\\e\"  \\e\n"
65996 #~ "                     \"this is message\">\n"
65997 #~ msgstr ""
65998 #~ "    B<logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\e\n"
65999 #~ "                     --sd-param tiger=\\e\"hungry\\e\"   \\e\n"
66000 #~ "                     --sd-param zebra=\\e\"running\\e\"  \\e\n"
66001 #~ "                     --sd-id manager@123           \\e\n"
66002 #~ "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\\e\"yes\\e\"  \\e\n"
66003 #~ "                     \"this is message\">\n"
66004
66005 #~ msgid ""
66006 #~ "  B<E<lt>13E<gt>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - "
66007 #~ "[timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"]"
66008 #~ "[zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 "
66009 #~ "onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message>\n"
66010 #~ msgstr ""
66011 #~ "  B<E<lt>13E<gt>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - "
66012 #~ "[timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"]"
66013 #~ "[zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 "
66014 #~ "onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message>\n"
66015
66016 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --size >I<size>"
66017 #~ msgstr "B<-S>,B< --size >I<taille>"
66018
66019 #~ msgid ""
66020 #~ "Sets the maximum permitted message size to I<size>.  The default is 1KiB "
66021 #~ "characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC "
66022 #~ "3164.  With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible.  A good assumption "
66023 #~ "is that RFC 5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages."
66024 #~ msgstr ""
66025 #~ "Définir la I<taille> maximale permise par message. La valeur par défaut "
66026 #~ "est de 1 kio en caractères, qui est la limite traditionnelle telle "
66027 #~ "qu’indiquée dans la RFC 3164. Avec la RFC 5424, cette limite est devenue "
66028 #~ "flexible. En général, les destinataires RFC 5424 peuvent au moins traiter "
66029 #~ "des messages de 4 kio."
66030
66031 #~ msgid ""
66032 #~ "Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including "
66033 #~ "the syslog header.  Header sizes vary depending on the selected options "
66034 #~ "and the hostname length.  As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not "
66035 #~ "longer than 50 to 80 characters.  When selecting a maximum message size, "
66036 #~ "it is important to ensure that the receiver supports the max size as "
66037 #~ "well, otherwise messages may become truncated.  Again, as a rule of thumb "
66038 #~ "two to four KiB message size should generally be OK, whereas anything "
66039 #~ "larger should be verified to work."
66040 #~ msgstr ""
66041 #~ "Remarque : la taille maximale de message limite la taille totale du "
66042 #~ "message, y compris l’en-tête de journal système. Les tailles d’en-tête "
66043 #~ "varient en fonction des options sélectionnées et de la taille du nom "
66044 #~ "d’hôte. En règle générale, les en-têtes ne dépassent pas 50 ou "
66045 #~ "80 caractères. Lors de la sélection de la taille maximale du message, "
66046 #~ "s’assurer que le destinataire puisse recevoir des messages de cette "
66047 #~ "taille est important, sinon les messages pourraient être tronqués. De "
66048 #~ "nouveau, en règle générale, des messages de deux à quatre kilooctets "
66049 #~ "devraient normalement passer, alors que tout ce qui dépasse devrait être "
66050 #~ "vérifié."
66051
66052 #~ msgid ""
66053 #~ "Print errors about Unix socket connections.  The I<mode> can be a value "
66054 #~ "of B<off>, B<on>, or B<auto>.  When the mode is auto logger will detect "
66055 #~ "if the init process is systemd, and if so assumption is made /dev/log can "
66056 #~ "be used early at boot.  Other init systems lack of /dev/log will not "
66057 #~ "cause errors that is identical with messaging using B<openlog>(3)  system "
66058 #~ "call.  The B<logger>(1)  before version 2.26 used openlog, and hence was "
66059 #~ "unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets."
66060 #~ msgstr ""
66061 #~ "Afficher les erreurs sur les connexions de socket UNIX. Le I<mode> peut "
66062 #~ "prendre la valeur B<off>, B<on> ou B<auto>. En mode B<auto>, B<logger> "
66063 #~ "détectera si le processus d’initialisation est systemd, et si cette "
66064 #~ "hypothèse est exacte, I</dev/log> peut être utilisé tôt au démarrage. "
66065 #~ "L’absence de I</dev/log> des autres systèmes d’initialisation ne "
66066 #~ "provoquera pas d’erreur, ce qui est identique à l’envoi de messages en "
66067 #~ "utilisant l’appel système B<openlog>(3). B<logger>(1) avant la "
66068 #~ "version 2.26 utilisait openlog et était donc incapable de détecter la "
66069 #~ "perte de messages envoyés aux sockets UNIX."
66070
66071 #~ msgid ""
66072 #~ "The default mode is B<auto>.  When errors are not enabled lost messages "
66073 #~ "are not communicated and will result to successful exit status of "
66074 #~ "B<logger>(1)  invocation."
66075 #~ msgstr ""
66076 #~ "Le mode par défaut est B<auto>. Quand les erreurs ne sont pas activées, "
66077 #~ "les messages perdus ne sont pas communiqués, ce qui donne un état de "
66078 #~ "sortie indiquant la réussite de l’appel de B<logger>(1)."
66079
66080 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --tcp>"
66081 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--tcp>"
66082
66083 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --tag >I<tag>"
66084 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--tag> I<étiquette>"
66085
66086 #~ msgid ""
66087 #~ "Mark every line to be logged with the specified I<tag>.  The default tag "
66088 #~ "is the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based "
66089 #~ "on effective user ID)."
66090 #~ msgstr ""
66091 #~ "Placer une I<étiquette> sur chaque ligne du journal. L’étiquette par "
66092 #~ "défaut est le nom de l'utilisateur connecté au terminal (ou le nom d'un "
66093 #~ "utilisateur à partir de son identifiant réel)."
66094
66095 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --socket >I<socket>"
66096 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--socket> I<socket>"
66097
66098 #~ msgid ""
66099 #~ "End the argument list.  This allows the I<message> to start with a hyphen "
66100 #~ "(-)."
66101 #~ msgstr ""
66102 #~ "Terminer la liste des arguments. Cela permet au I<message> de commencer "
66103 #~ "avec un tiret (« - »)."
66104
66105 #~ msgid "B<authpriv>"
66106 #~ msgstr "B<authpriv>"
66107
66108 #~ msgid "for security information of a sensitive nature"
66109 #~ msgstr "pour les informations de sécurité de nature sensible"
66110
66111 #~ msgid "B<kern>"
66112 #~ msgstr "B<kern>"
66113
66114 #~ msgid ""
66115 #~ "cannot be generated from userspace process, automatically converted to "
66116 #~ "B<user>"
66117 #~ msgstr ""
66118 #~ "ne peut pas être créé depuis un processus d’espace utilisateur, convertit "
66119 #~ "automatiquement en B<utilisateur>"
66120
66121 #~ msgid "B<  to>"
66122 #~ msgstr "B<  à>"
66123
66124 #~ msgid "B<security>"
66125 #~ msgstr "B<security>"
66126
66127 #~ msgid "deprecated synonym for B<auth>"
66128 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<auth>"
66129
66130 #~ msgid "deprecated synonym for B<emerg>"
66131 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<emerg>"
66132
66133 #~ msgid "B<error>"
66134 #~ msgstr "B<error>"
66135
66136 #~ msgid "deprecated synonym for B<err>"
66137 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète d’B<err>"
66138
66139 #~ msgid "deprecated synonym for B<warning>"
66140 #~ msgstr "synonyme obsolète de B<warning>"
66141
66142 #~ msgid ""
66143 #~ "The logger command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
66144 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
66145 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
66146 #~ msgstr ""
66147 #~ "La commande B<logger> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66148 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
66149 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
66150
66151 #, fuzzy
66152 #~| msgid ""
66153 #~| "    B<logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\e\n"
66154 #~| "                     --sd-param tiger=\\e\"hungry\\e\"   \\e\n"
66155 #~| "                     --sd-param zebra=\\e\"running\\e\"  \\e\n"
66156 #~| "                     --sd-id manager@123           \\e\n"
66157 #~| "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\\e\"yes\\e\"  \\e\n"
66158 #~| "                     \"this is message\">\n"
66159 #~ msgid ""
66160 #~ "    logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\(rs\n"
66161 #~ "                     --sd-param tiger=\"hungry\"   \\(rs\n"
66162 #~ "                     --sd-param zebra=\"running\"  \\(rs\n"
66163 #~ "                     --sd-id manager@123\n"
66164 #~ "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\"yes\"\n"
66165 #~ "                     \"this is message\"\n"
66166 #~ msgstr ""
66167 #~ "    B<logger --rfc5424 --sd-id zoo@123               \\e\n"
66168 #~ "                     --sd-param tiger=\\e\"hungry\\e\"   \\e\n"
66169 #~ "                     --sd-param zebra=\\e\"running\\e\"  \\e\n"
66170 #~ "                     --sd-id manager@123           \\e\n"
66171 #~ "                     --sd-param onMeeting=\\e\"yes\\e\"  \\e\n"
66172 #~ "                     \"this is message\">\n"
66173
66174 #~ msgid "LOSETUP"
66175 #~ msgstr "LOSETUP"
66176
66177 #, fuzzy
66178 #~| msgid "B<losetup -l> [B<-a>]"
66179 #~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-l> [B<-a>]"
66180 #~ msgstr "B<losetup -l> [B<-a>]"
66181
66182 #, fuzzy
66183 #~| msgid "B<losetup -j> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]"
66184 #~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-j> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]"
66185 #~ msgstr "B<losetup -j> I<fichier> [B<-o> I<position>]"
66186
66187 #, fuzzy
66188 #~| msgid "B<losetup -d> I<loopdev>..."
66189 #~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-d> I<loopdev> ..."
66190 #~ msgstr "B<losetup -d> I<périphérique_boucle> ..."
66191
66192 #, fuzzy
66193 #~| msgid "B<losetup -D>"
66194 #~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-D>"
66195 #~ msgstr "B<losetup -D>"
66196
66197 #, fuzzy
66198 #~| msgid "B<losetup -c> I<loopdev>"
66199 #~ msgid "B<losetup> B<-c> I<loopdev>"
66200 #~ msgstr "B<losetup -c> I<périphérique_boucle>"
66201
66202 #, fuzzy
66203 #~| msgid ""
66204 #~| "It's possible to create more independent loop devices for the same "
66205 #~| "backing file.  B<This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, "
66206 #~| "corruption and overwrites.> Use B<--nooverlap> with B<--find> during "
66207 #~| "setup to avoid this problem."
66208 #~ msgid ""
66209 #~ "It\\(cqs possible to create more independent loop devices for the same "
66210 #~ "backing file. B<This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, "
66211 #~ "corruption and overwrites.> Use B<--nooverlap> with B<--find> during "
66212 #~ "setup to avoid this problem."
66213 #~ msgstr ""
66214 #~ "Il est possible de créer davantage de périphériques boucle indépendants à "
66215 #~ "partir du même fichier de sauvegarde. B<Cela peut être dangereux, causer "
66216 #~ "des pertes de données, une corruption ou des réécritures>. B<--nooverlap> "
66217 #~ "est à utiliser avec B<--find> lors de la configuration pour éviter ce "
66218 #~ "problème."
66219
66220 #, fuzzy
66221 #~| msgid ""
66222 #~| "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). "
66223 #~| "Note that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\".  The "
66224 #~| "detach operation does not return EBUSY error anymore if device is "
66225 #~| "actively used by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and "
66226 #~| "destroyed later."
66227 #~ msgid ""
66228 #~ "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). "
66229 #~ "Note that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The "
66230 #~ "detach operation does not return B<EBUSY> error anymore if device is "
66231 #~ "actively used by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed "
66232 #~ "later."
66233 #~ msgstr ""
66234 #~ "Détacher le fichier ou le périphérique associé avec le(s) périphérique(s) "
66235 #~ "indiqué(s). Remarquez que depuis sa version 3.7 le noyau Linux utilise "
66236 #~ "« la destruction paresseuse de périphérique ». L’opération de détachement "
66237 #~ "ne renvoie plus une erreur EBUSY si le périphérique est utilisé "
66238 #~ "activement par le système, mais il est marqué par le drapeau "
66239 #~ "« autoclear » et détruit plus tard."
66240
66241 #, fuzzy
66242 #~| msgid "Don't print headings for B<--list> output format."
66243 #~ msgid "Don\\(cqt print headings for B<--list> output format."
66244 #~ msgstr "Ne pas afficher les en-têtes pour le format de sortie B<--list>."
66245
66246 #, fuzzy
66247 #~| msgid ""
66248 #~| "# dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
66249 #~| "# losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
66250 #~| "/dev/loop0\n"
66251 #~| "# mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
66252 #~| "# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
66253 #~| " ...\n"
66254 #~| "# umount /dev/loop0\n"
66255 #~| "# losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
66256 #~ msgid ""
66257 #~ "# dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
66258 #~ "# losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
66259 #~ "/dev/loop0\n"
66260 #~ "# mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
66261 #~ "# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
66262 #~ "\\&...\n"
66263 #~ "# umount /dev/loop0\n"
66264 #~ "# losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
66265 #~ msgstr ""
66266 #~ "# dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
66267 #~ "# losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
66268 #~ "/dev/loop0\n"
66269 #~ "# mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
66270 #~ "# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
66271 #~ " ...\n"
66272 #~ "# umount /dev/loop0\n"
66273 #~ "# losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
66274
66275 #, fuzzy
66276 #~| msgid ""
66277 #~| "The losetup command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
66278 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66279 #~ msgid ""
66280 #~ "The B<losetup> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
66281 #~ "downloaded from"
66282 #~ msgstr ""
66283 #~ "La commande B<losetup> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66284 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<htps://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
66285 #~ ">E<gt>."
66286
66287 #~ msgid ""
66288 #~ "B<losetup> [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<--sizelimit> I<size>] [B<--sector-size> "
66289 #~ "I<size>]"
66290 #~ msgstr ""
66291 #~ "B<losetup> [B<-o> I<position>] [B<--sizelimit> I<taille>] [B<--sector-"
66292 #~ "size> I<taille>."
66293
66294 #~ msgid "[B<-Pr>] [B<--show>]B< -f>|I<loopdev> I<file>"
66295 #~ msgstr "[B<-Pr>] [B<--show>] B<-f>|I<périphérique_boucle> I<fichier>"
66296
66297 #~ msgid ""
66298 #~ "B<losetup> is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block "
66299 #~ "devices, to detach loop devices, and to query the status of a loop "
66300 #~ "device.  If only the I<loopdev> argument is given, the status of the "
66301 #~ "corresponding loop device is shown.  If no option is given, all loop "
66302 #~ "devices are shown."
66303 #~ msgstr ""
66304 #~ "B<losetup> est utilisé pour associer les périphériques boucle avec des "
66305 #~ "fichiers normaux ou des périphériques bloc, pour détacher et pour "
66306 #~ "connaître l'état d'un périphérique boucle. Si seul l'argument "
66307 #~ "I<périphérique_boucle> est fourni, l'état actuel du périphérique "
66308 #~ "correspondant est affiché. Sans option, tous les périphériques boucle "
66309 #~ "sont affichés."
66310
66311 #~ msgid ""
66312 #~ "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with B<--"
66313 #~ "find>, and B<losetup> does not protect this operation by any lock.  The "
66314 #~ "number of attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16.  It is "
66315 #~ "recommended to use for example B<flock>(1)  to avoid a collision in "
66316 #~ "heavily parallel use cases."
66317 #~ msgstr ""
66318 #~ "La configuration du périphérique boucle n’est pas une opération atomique "
66319 #~ "lorsqu’elle est utilisée avec B<--find> et B<losetup> ne protège pas "
66320 #~ "cette opération par un verrou. Le nombre d’essais est restreint en "
66321 #~ "interne à un maximum de 16. Il est recommandé d’utiliser par exemple "
66322 #~ "B<flock>(1) pour éviter une collision dans les cas d’utilisations "
66323 #~ "massivement parallèles."
66324
66325 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --all>"
66326 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--all>"
66327
66328 #~ msgid ""
66329 #~ "Show the status of all loop devices.  Note that not all information is "
66330 #~ "accessible for non-root users.  See also B<--list>.  The old output "
66331 #~ "format (as printed without B<--list)> is deprecated."
66332 #~ msgstr ""
66333 #~ "Montrer l’état de tous les périphériques boucle. Remarquez que tous les "
66334 #~ "renseignements ne sont pas accessibles aux utilisateurs ordinaires. "
66335 #~ "Consultez également B<--list>. L’ancien format de sortie (tel qu’affiché "
66336 #~ "sans B<--list)>) est obsolète."
66337
66338 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --detach >I<loopdev>..."
66339 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--detach> I<périphérique_boucle> ..."
66340
66341 #~ msgid "B<-D>,B< --detach-all>"
66342 #~ msgstr "B<-D>, B<--detach-all>"
66343
66344 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --find >[I<file>]"
66345 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--find> [I<fichier>]"
66346
66347 #~ msgid ""
66348 #~ "Find the first unused loop device.  If a I<file> argument is present, use "
66349 #~ "the found device as loop device.  Otherwise, just print its name."
66350 #~ msgstr ""
66351 #~ "Déterminer le premier périphérique boucle non utilisé. Si un argument "
66352 #~ "I<fichier> est fourni, utiliser le périphérique trouvé comme un "
66353 #~ "périphérique boucle, sinon, afficher son nom."
66354
66355 #~ msgid "B<-L>,B< --nooverlap>"
66356 #~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--nooverlap>"
66357
66358 #~ msgid "B<-j>,B< --associated >I<file>B< >[B<-o >I<offset>]"
66359 #~ msgstr "B<-j>, B<--associated> I<fichier> [B<-o> I<position>]"
66360
66361 #~ msgid ""
66362 #~ "The data start is moved I<offset> bytes into the specified file or "
66363 #~ "device.  The I<offset> may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; "
66364 #~ "see above."
66365 #~ msgstr ""
66366 #~ "Le début des données est déplacé de I<position> octets dans le fichier ou "
66367 #~ "le périphérique indiqué. I<position> peut être suivie d’un préfixe "
66368 #~ "multiplicatif, voir ci-dessus."
66369
66370 #~ msgid "B<--sizelimit >I<size>"
66371 #~ msgstr "B<--sizelimit> I<taille>"
66372
66373 #~ msgid ""
66374 #~ "The data end is set to no more than I<size> bytes after the data start.  "
66375 #~ "The I<size> may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
66376 #~ msgstr ""
66377 #~ "La fin des données est définie au maximum à I<taille> octets après le "
66378 #~ "début des données. I<taille> peut être suivie d’un préfixe multiplicatif, "
66379 #~ "voir ci-dessus."
66380
66381 #~ msgid "B<-b>,B< --sector-size >I<size>"
66382 #~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<--sector-size> I<taille>"
66383
66384 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --set-capacity >I<loopdev>"
66385 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--set-capacity> I<périphérique_boucle>"
66386
66387 #~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --partscan>"
66388 #~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--partscan>"
66389
66390 #~ msgid ""
66391 #~ "Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop "
66392 #~ "device.  Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes.  "
66393 #~ "The default is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the "
66394 #~ "option B<--sector-size> together with B<--partscan>."
66395 #~ msgstr ""
66396 #~ "Forcer le noyau à analyser la table de partitionnement d’un périphérique "
66397 #~ "boucle nouvellement créé. Remarquez que l’analyse de cette table dépend "
66398 #~ "de la taille de secteur. Par défaut, c’est 512 octets, sinon vous devez "
66399 #~ "utiliser l’option B<--sector-size> avec l’option B<--partscan>."
66400
66401 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --read-only>"
66402 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--read-only>"
66403
66404 #~ msgid ""
66405 #~ "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file.  The optional argument "
66406 #~ "can be either B<on> or B<off>.  If the argument is omitted, it defaults "
66407 #~ "to B<off>."
66408 #~ msgstr ""
66409 #~ "Activer ou désactiver les E/S directes pour le fichier de sauvegarde. "
66410 #~ "L’argument facultatif peut être B<on> ou B<off>. En absence d’argument, "
66411 #~ "B<off> est la valeur par défaut."
66412
66413 #~ msgid ""
66414 #~ "If a loop device or the B<-a> option is specified, print the default "
66415 #~ "columns for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the "
66416 #~ "default is to print info about all devices.  See also B<--output>, B<--"
66417 #~ "noheadings>, B<--raw>, and B<--json>."
66418 #~ msgstr ""
66419 #~ "Si un périphérique boucle ou que l’option B<-a> est indiqué, afficher les "
66420 #~ "colonnes par défaut soit pour le périphérique boucle indiqué, soit pour "
66421 #~ "tous les périphériques boucle. Les informations sur tous les "
66422 #~ "périphériques sont affichées par défaut. Consultez également B<--output>, "
66423 #~ "B<--noheadings>, B<--raw> et B<--json>."
66424
66425 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --output >I<column>[,I<column>]..."
66426 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--output> I<colonne>[,I<colonne>]..."
66427
66428 #~ msgid ""
66429 #~ "Specify the columns that are to be printed for the B<--list> output.  Use "
66430 #~ "B<--help> to get a list of all supported columns."
66431 #~ msgstr ""
66432 #~ "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher pour la sortie B<--list>. Utilisez B<--"
66433 #~ "help> pour obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
66434
66435 #~ msgid ""
66436 #~ "B<Cryptoloop is no longer supported in favor of dm-crypt.> B<For more "
66437 #~ "details see cryptsetup(8).>"
66438 #~ msgstr ""
66439 #~ "B<cryptoloop n’est plus pris en charge et est remplacé par dm-crypt>. "
66440 #~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez B<cryptsetup>(8)."
66441
66442 #~ msgid ""
66443 #~ "B<losetup> returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure.  When B<losetup> "
66444 #~ "displays the status of a loop device, it returns 1 if the device is not "
66445 #~ "configured and 2 if an error occurred which prevented determining the "
66446 #~ "status of the device."
66447 #~ msgstr ""
66448 #~ "B<losetup> renvoie B<0> en cas de réussite et une valeur non nulle en cas "
66449 #~ "d'échec. Lorsque B<losetup> affiche l'état d'un périphérique boucle, il "
66450 #~ "renvoie B<1> si le périphérique n'est pas configuré et B<2> si une erreur "
66451 #~ "est survenue empêchant de déterminer l'état du périphérique."
66452
66453 #~ msgid ""
66454 #~ "The losetup command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
66455 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66456 #~ msgstr ""
66457 #~ "La commande B<losetup> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66458 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<htps://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
66459 #~ ">E<gt>."
66460
66461 #~ msgid "LSBLK"
66462 #~ msgstr "LSBLK"
66463
66464 #, fuzzy
66465 #~| msgid ""
66466 #~| "Note that B<lsblk> might be executed in time when B<udev> does not have "
66467 #~| "all information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this "
66468 #~| "case it is recommended to use B<udevadm settle> before lsblk to "
66469 #~| "synchronize with udev."
66470 #~ msgid ""
66471 #~ "Note that B<lsblk> might be executed in time when B<udev> does not have "
66472 #~ "all information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this "
66473 #~ "case it is recommended to use B<udevadm settle> before B<lsblk> to "
66474 #~ "synchronize with udev."
66475 #~ msgstr ""
66476 #~ "Remarquez que B<lsblk> pourrait être exécuté au moment où B<udev> n’a pas "
66477 #~ "encore tous les renseignements sur les périphériques récemment ajoutés ou "
66478 #~ "modifiés. Dans ce cas, utiliser B<udevadm settle> avant B<lsblk> est "
66479 #~ "recommandé pour synchroniser avec B<udev>."
66480
66481 #, fuzzy
66482 #~| msgid ""
66483 #~| "Use JSON output format.  It's strongly recommended to use B<--output> "
66484 #~| "and also B<--tree> if necessary."
66485 #~ msgid ""
66486 #~ "Use JSON output format. It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use B<--output> "
66487 #~ "and also B<--tree> if necessary."
66488 #~ msgstr ""
66489 #~ "Utiliser un format de sortie JSON. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser "
66490 #~ "B<--output> et aussi B<--tree> si nécessaire."
66491
66492 #, fuzzy
66493 #~| msgid ""
66494 #~| "Specify which output columns to print.  Use B<--help> to get a list of "
66495 #~| "all supported columns.  The columns may affect tree-like output.  The "
66496 #~| "default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also B<--tree>)."
66497 #~ msgid ""
66498 #~ "Specify which output columns to print. Use B<--help> to get a list of all "
66499 #~ "supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default "
66500 #~ "is to use tree for the column \\(aqNAME\\(aq (see also B<--tree>)."
66501 #~ msgstr ""
66502 #~ "Indiquer les colonnes à afficher. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une "
66503 #~ "liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles. Les colonnes peuvent modifier "
66504 #~ "l’affichage arborescent. Le comportement par défaut est d’utiliser "
66505 #~ "l’arborescence pour la colonne « NAME » (consulter aussi B<--tree>)."
66506
66507 #, fuzzy
66508 #~| msgid ""
66509 #~| "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
66510 #~| "lsblk command is issued.  The specified directory is the system root of "
66511 #~| "the Linux instance to be inspected.  The real device nodes in the target "
66512 #~| "directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
66513 #~ msgid ""
66514 #~ "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
66515 #~ "B<lsblk> command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of "
66516 #~ "the Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target "
66517 #~ "directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
66518 #~ msgstr ""
66519 #~ "Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que "
66520 #~ "celle utilisée pour la commande B<lsblk>. Le I<répertoire> indiqué est la "
66521 #~ "racine du système de l’instance Linux à inspecter. Les nœuds du "
66522 #~ "périphérique réel dans le répertoire cible peuvent être remplacés par des "
66523 #~ "fichiers textuels avec des attributs udev."
66524
66525 #, fuzzy
66526 #~| msgid "enables lsblk debug output."
66527 #~ msgid "enables B<lsblk> debug output."
66528 #~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de lsblk."
66529
66530 #, fuzzy
66531 #~ msgid "enables B<libblkid> debug output."
66532 #~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libblkid."
66533
66534 #, fuzzy
66535 #~ msgid "enables B<libmount> debug output."
66536 #~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libmount."
66537
66538 #, fuzzy
66539 #~| msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output."
66540 #~ msgid "enables B<libsmartcols> debug output."
66541 #~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libsmartcols."
66542
66543 #, fuzzy
66544 #~| msgid ""
66545 #~| "The lsblk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
66546 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66547 #~ msgid ""
66548 #~ "The B<lsblk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
66549 #~ "downloaded from"
66550 #~ msgstr ""
66551 #~ "La commande B<lsblk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66552 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
66553 #~ ">E<gt>."
66554
66555 #~ msgid "February 2013"
66556 #~ msgstr "février 2013"
66557
66558 #~ msgid ""
66559 #~ "B<lsblk> lists information about all available or the specified block "
66560 #~ "devices.  The B<lsblk> command reads the B<sysfs> filesystem and B<udev "
66561 #~ "db> to gather information. If the udev db is not available or lsblk is "
66562 #~ "compiled without udev support than it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and "
66563 #~ "filesystem types from the block device. In this case root permissions are "
66564 #~ "necessary."
66565 #~ msgstr ""
66566 #~ "B<lsblk> affiche des renseignements sur tout ou partie des périphériques "
66567 #~ "bloc disponibles. La commande B<lsblk> lit le système de fichiers "
66568 #~ "I<sysfs> et B<udev\\ db> pour obtenir des renseignements. Si ce dernier "
66569 #~ "n’est pas disponible ou si B<lsblk> est compilée sans la prise en charge "
66570 #~ "d’B<udev>, alors elle essaie de lire les ÉTIQUETTES, les UUID ou les "
66571 #~ "types de système de fichiers à partir du périphérique bloc. Dans ce cas, "
66572 #~ "des permissions de superutilisateur sont nécessaires"
66573
66574 #~ msgid ""
66575 #~ "The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like "
66576 #~ "format by default.  Use B<lsblk --help> to get a list of all available "
66577 #~ "columns."
66578 #~ msgstr ""
66579 #~ "La commande affiche tous les périphériques bloc (sauf les disques RAM) au "
66580 #~ "format arborescent par défaut. Utilisez B<lsblk\\ --help> pour obtenir "
66581 #~ "une liste de toutes les colonnes disponibles."
66582
66583 #~ msgid ""
66584 #~ "The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--"
66585 #~ "fs> and B<--topology>, is subject to change.  So whenever possible, you "
66586 #~ "should avoid using default outputs in your scripts.  Always explicitly "
66587 #~ "define expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--"
66588 #~ "list> in environments where a stable output is required."
66589 #~ msgstr ""
66590 #~ "La sortie par défaut, ainsi que la sortie par défaut avec les options "
66591 #~ "comme B<--fs> et B<--topology>, est susceptible d’être modifiée. Ainsi, "
66592 #~ "autant que possible, vous devriez éviter d’utiliser les sorties par "
66593 #~ "défaut dans les scripts. Définissez toujours explicitement les colonnes "
66594 #~ "attendues en utilisant B<--output> I<liste_colonnes> et B<--list> dans "
66595 #~ "les environnements nécessitant une sortie stable."
66596
66597 #~ msgid "B<-D>,B< --discard>"
66598 #~ msgstr "B<-D>, B<--discard>"
66599
66600 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --nodeps>"
66601 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--nodeps>"
66602
66603 #~ msgid ""
66604 #~ "Do not print holder devices or slaves.  For example, B<lsblk --nodeps /"
66605 #~ "dev/sda> prints information about the sda device only."
66606 #~ msgstr ""
66607 #~ "N'afficher ni les périphériques esclaves, ni les porteurs. Par exemple, "
66608 #~ "B<lsblk --nodeps /dev/sda> n'affiche que les renseignements relatifs au "
66609 #~ "périphérique sda."
66610
66611 #~ msgid "B<-E>,B< --dedup >I<column>"
66612 #~ msgstr "B<-E>, B<--dedup> I<colonne>"
66613
66614 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --exclude >I<list>"
66615 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--exclude> I<liste>"
66616
66617 #~ msgid ""
66618 #~ "Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated I<list> of major "
66619 #~ "device numbers.  Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if "
66620 #~ "B<--all> is not specified.  The filter is applied to the top-level "
66621 #~ "devices only. This may be confusing for B<--list> output format where "
66622 #~ "hierarchy of the devices is not obvious."
66623 #~ msgstr ""
66624 #~ "Exclure les périphériques indiqués par une I<liste> de numéros majeurs "
66625 #~ "séparés par des virgules. Remarquez que par défaut, les disques RAM "
66626 #~ "(majeur=1) sont exclus par défaut si B<--all> n’est pas précisé. Le "
66627 #~ "filtre n’est appliqué qu’aux périphériques de premier niveau. Cela peut "
66628 #~ "prêter à confusion pour le format de sortie B<--list> où la hiérarchie "
66629 #~ "des périphériques n’est pas évidente."
66630
66631 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fs>"
66632 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--fs>"
66633
66634 #~ msgid ""
66635 #~ "Output info about filesystems.  This option is equivalent to B<-o\\ NAME,"
66636 #~ "FSTYPE,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINT>.  The authoritative "
66637 #~ "information about filesystems and raids is provided by the B<blkid>(8)  "
66638 #~ "command."
66639 #~ msgstr ""
66640 #~ "Afficher des renseignements sur les systèmes de fichiers. Cette option "
66641 #~ "est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,FSTYPE,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,"
66642 #~ "MOUNTPOINT>. Les renseignements officiels sur les systèmes de fichiers et "
66643 #~ "les RAID sont fournis par la commande B<blkid>(8)."
66644
66645 #~ msgid "B<-I>,B< --include >I<list>"
66646 #~ msgstr "B<-I>, B<--include> I<liste>"
66647
66648 #~ msgid ""
66649 #~ "Include devices specified by the comma-separated I<list> of major device "
66650 #~ "numbers.  The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may "
66651 #~ "be confusing for B<--list> output format where hierarchy of the devices "
66652 #~ "is not obvious."
66653 #~ msgstr ""
66654 #~ "Inclure les périphériques indiqués par une I<liste> de numéros majeurs "
66655 #~ "séparés par des virgules. Le filtre n’est appliqué qu’aux périphériques "
66656 #~ "de premier niveau. Cela peut prêter à confusion pour le format de sortie "
66657 #~ "B<--list> où la hiérarchie des périphériques n’est pas évidente."
66658
66659 #~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --ascii>"
66660 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--ascii>"
66661
66662 #~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --merge>"
66663 #~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--merge>"
66664
66665 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --perms>"
66666 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--perms>"
66667
66668 #~ msgid ""
66669 #~ "Output info about device owner, group and mode.  This option is "
66670 #~ "equivalent to B<-o\\ NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE>."
66671 #~ msgstr ""
66672 #~ "Afficher des renseignements sur les propriétaire, groupe et mode du "
66673 #~ "périphérique. Cette option est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,"
66674 #~ "MODE>."
66675
66676 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --output-all>"
66677 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--output-all>"
66678
66679 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --paths>"
66680 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--paths>"
66681
66682 #~ msgid ""
66683 #~ "Produce output in raw format.  The output lines are still ordered by "
66684 #~ "dependencies.  All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
66685 #~ "(\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>) in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT "
66686 #~ "columns."
66687 #~ msgstr ""
66688 #~ "Produire la sortie au format brut. Les lignes de sortie sont toujours "
66689 #~ "ordonnées selon les dépendances. Tous les caractères potentiellement non "
66690 #~ "sûrs sont protégés de façon hexadécimale (B<\\ex>I<code>) dans les "
66691 #~ "colonnes NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL et MOUNTPOINT."
66692
66693 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --scsi>"
66694 #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--scsi>"
66695
66696 #~ msgid ""
66697 #~ "Output info about SCSI devices only.  All partitions, slaves and holder "
66698 #~ "devices are ignored."
66699 #~ msgstr ""
66700 #~ "N’afficher que les renseignements sur les périphériques SCSI. Toutes les "
66701 #~ "partitions et les périphériques esclaves et porteurs sont ignorés."
66702
66703 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --inverse>"
66704 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--inverse>"
66705
66706 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --tree>[B<=>I<column>]"
66707 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--tree>[B<=>I<colonne>]"
66708
66709 #~ msgid ""
66710 #~ "Force tree-like output format.  If I<column> is specified, then a tree is "
66711 #~ "printed in the column.  The default is NAME column."
66712 #~ msgstr ""
66713 #~ "Imposer le format de sortie arborescent. Si I<colonne> est précisé, alors "
66714 #~ "une arborescence est affichée dans la colonne. Par défaut, c’est la "
66715 #~ "colonne NAME."
66716
66717 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --topology>"
66718 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--topology>"
66719
66720 #~ msgid ""
66721 #~ "Output info about block-device topology.  This option is equivalent to B<-"
66722 #~ "o\\ NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,"
66723 #~ "WSAME>."
66724 #~ msgstr ""
66725 #~ "Afficher des renseignements sur la topologie du périphérique bloc. Cette "
66726 #~ "option est équivalente à B<-o\\ NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-"
66727 #~ "SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME>."
66728
66729 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --sort >I<column>"
66730 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--sort> I<colonne>"
66731
66732 #~ msgid ""
66733 #~ "Sort output lines by I<column>. This option enables B<--list> output "
66734 #~ "format by default.  It is possible to use the option I<--tree> to force "
66735 #~ "tree-like output and than the tree branches are sorted by the I<column>."
66736 #~ msgstr ""
66737 #~ "Trier les lignes de sortie selon la I<colonne>. Cette option active le "
66738 #~ "format de sortie B<--list> par défaut. Il est possible d’utiliser "
66739 #~ "l’option B<--tree> pour imposer une sortie arborescente et alors les "
66740 #~ "branches de l’arborescence sont triées selon la I<colonne>."
66741
66742 #~ msgid "B<-z>,B< --zoned>"
66743 #~ msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zoned>"
66744
66745 #~ msgid "B< --sysroot >I<directory>"
66746 #~ msgstr "B<--sysroot> I<répertoire>"
66747
66748 #~ msgid ""
66749 #~ "The B<lsblk> command needs to be able to look up each block device by "
66750 #~ "major:minor numbers, which is done by using I</sys/dev/block>.  This "
66751 #~ "sysfs block directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008).  In case "
66752 #~ "of problems with a new enough kernel, check that CONFIG_SYSFS was enabled "
66753 #~ "at the time of the kernel build."
66754 #~ msgstr ""
66755 #~ "La commande B<lsblk> doit pouvoir rechercher tous les périphériques blocs "
66756 #~ "par numéros majeur:mineur, ce qui est fait en utilisant I</sys/dev/"
66757 #~ "block>. Ce répertoire des systèmes de fichiers blocs est apparu dans le "
66758 #~ "noyau 2.6.27 (octobre 2008). En cas de problèmes avec un noyau assez "
66759 #~ "récent, vérifiez que CONFIG_SYSFS était activé au moment de la "
66760 #~ "construction du noyau."
66761
66762 #~ msgid ""
66763 #~ "Milan Broz E<lt>mbroz@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
66764 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
66765 #~ msgstr ""
66766 #~ "Milan Broz E<lt>I<mbroz@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
66767 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
66768
66769 #~ msgid ""
66770 #~ "The lsblk command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
66771 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66772 #~ msgstr ""
66773 #~ "La commande B<lsblk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66774 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
66775 #~ ">E<gt>."
66776
66777 #~ msgid "LSCPU"
66778 #~ msgstr "LSCPU"
66779
66780 #, fuzzy
66781 #~| msgid ""
66782 #~| "B<lscpu> gathers CPU architecture information from sysfs, /proc/cpuinfo "
66783 #~| "and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g.\\& librtas on "
66784 #~| "Powerpc).  The command output can be optimized for parsing or for easy "
66785 #~| "readability by humans.  The information includes, for example, the "
66786 #~| "number of CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory Access "
66787 #~| "(NUMA) nodes.  There is also information about the CPU caches and cache "
66788 #~| "sharing, family, model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping."
66789 #~ msgid ""
66790 #~ "B<lscpu> gathers CPU architecture information from I<sysfs>, I</proc/"
66791 #~ "cpuinfo> and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g. "
66792 #~ "B<librtas> on Powerpc). The command output can be optimized for parsing "
66793 #~ "or for easy readability by humans. The information includes, for example, "
66794 #~ "the number of CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory "
66795 #~ "Access (NUMA) nodes. There is also information about the CPU caches and "
66796 #~ "cache sharing, family, model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping."
66797 #~ msgstr ""
66798 #~ "B<lscpu> collecte des renseignements sur l'architecture du processeur à "
66799 #~ "partir de sysfs, I</proc/cpuinfo> et de n'importe quelle bibliothèque "
66800 #~ "spécifique à une architecture (comme librtas sur Powerpc). La sortie de "
66801 #~ "la commande peut être optimisée pour l’analyse ou pour faciliter la "
66802 #~ "lecture. Par exemple, le nombre de processeurs, de processus légers, de "
66803 #~ "cœurs, de sockets et de nœuds NUMA font partie des renseignements. Des "
66804 #~ "renseignements sont aussi fournis sur les caches et les partages de "
66805 #~ "cache, la famille, le modèle, le BogoMips, le boutisme et la révision."
66806
66807 #, fuzzy
66808 #~| msgid "B<-b>,B< --online>"
66809 #~ msgid "B<-b>, B<--online>"
66810 #~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<--online>"
66811
66812 #, fuzzy
66813 #~| msgid ""
66814 #~| "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
66815 #~| "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace.  "
66816 #~| "Examples: 'B<-C=NAME,ONE-SIZE>' or 'B<--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE>'."
66817 #~ msgid ""
66818 #~ "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
66819 #~ "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. "
66820 #~ "Examples: \\(aqB<-C=NAME,ONE-SIZE>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--caches=NAME,ONE-"
66821 #~ "SIZE>\\(aq."
66822 #~ msgstr ""
66823 #~ "Quand l’argument I<liste> est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) "
66824 #~ "et I<liste> ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « B<-C=NOM,UNE-"
66825 #~ "TAILLE> » ou « B<--caches=NOM,UNE-TAILLE> »."
66826
66827 #, fuzzy
66828 #~| msgid ""
66829 #~| "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
66830 #~| "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace.  "
66831 #~| "Examples: 'B<-e=cpu,node>' or 'B<--extended=cpu,node>'."
66832 #~ msgid ""
66833 #~ "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
66834 #~ "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. "
66835 #~ "Examples: \\(aqB<-e=cpu,node>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--extended=cpu,node>\\(aq."
66836 #~ msgstr ""
66837 #~ "Quand l’argument I<liste> est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) "
66838 #~ "et I<liste> ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « B<-e=cpu,"
66839 #~ "node> » ou « B<--extended=cpu,node> »."
66840
66841 #, fuzzy
66842 #~| msgid ""
66843 #~| "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
66844 #~| "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace.  "
66845 #~| "Examples: 'B<-p=cpu,node>' or 'B<--parse=cpu,node>'."
66846 #~ msgid ""
66847 #~ "When specifying the I<list> argument, the string of option, equal sign "
66848 #~ "(=), and I<list> must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. "
66849 #~ "Examples: \\(aqB<-p=cpu,node>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--parse=cpu,node>\\(aq."
66850 #~ msgstr ""
66851 #~ "Quand l’argument I<liste> est indiqué, la chaîne option, signe égal (=) "
66852 #~ "et I<liste> ne doit pas contenir d’espace. Par exemple : « B<-p=cpu,"
66853 #~ "node> » ou « B<--parse=cpu,node> »."
66854
66855 #, fuzzy
66856 #~| msgid ""
66857 #~| "The lscpu command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
66858 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
66859 #~ msgid ""
66860 #~ "The B<lscpu> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
66861 #~ "downloaded from"
66862 #~ msgstr ""
66863 #~ "La commande B<lscpu> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
66864 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
66865 #~ "linuxE<gt>."
66866
66867 #~ msgid "March 2019"
66868 #~ msgstr "Mars 2019"
66869
66870 #~ msgid ""
66871 #~ "In virtualized environments, the CPU architecture information displayed "
66872 #~ "reflects the configuration of the guest operating system which is "
66873 #~ "typically different from the physical (host) system.  On architectures "
66874 #~ "that support retrieving physical topology information, B<lscpu> also "
66875 #~ "displays the number of physical sockets, chips, cores in the host system."
66876 #~ msgstr ""
66877 #~ "Dans les environnements virtualisés, les informations affichées sur "
66878 #~ "l'architecture du processeur reflètent la configuration du système "
66879 #~ "d'exploitation invité qui diffère en général du système physique "
66880 #~ "(l'hôte). Sur les architectures qui récupèrent les informations de "
66881 #~ "topologie physique, B<lscpu> affiche aussi le nombre de sockets, de puces "
66882 #~ "et de cœurs physiques du système hôte."
66883
66884 #~ msgid ""
66885 #~ "Options that result in an output table have a I<list> argument.  Use this "
66886 #~ "argument to customize the command output.  Specify a comma-separated list "
66887 #~ "of column labels to limit the output table to only the specified columns, "
66888 #~ "arranged in the specified order.  See B<COLUMNS> for a list of valid "
66889 #~ "column labels.  The column labels are not case sensitive."
66890 #~ msgstr ""
66891 #~ "Les options ayant pour résultat un tableau en sortie ont un argument "
66892 #~ "I<liste>. Utilisez cet argument pour personnaliser la sortie de la "
66893 #~ "commande. Indiquez une liste d’étiquettes de colonne séparées par des "
66894 #~ "virgules pour limiter le tableau en sortie à ces colonnes dans l’ordre "
66895 #~ "indiqué. Consultez B<COLONNES> pour une liste des étiquettes de colonne "
66896 #~ "possibles. Les étiquettes de colonne ne sont pas sensibles à la casse."
66897
66898 #~ msgid ""
66899 #~ "Not all columns are supported on all architectures.  If an unsupported "
66900 #~ "column is specified, B<lscpu> prints the column but does not provide any "
66901 #~ "data for it."
66902 #~ msgstr ""
66903 #~ "Toutes les colonnes ne sont pas prises en charge sur toutes les "
66904 #~ "architectures. Si une colonne non prise en charge est indiquée, B<lscpu> "
66905 #~ "affiche la colonne, mais ne fournit pas de données pour cette colonne."
66906
66907 #~ msgid ""
66908 #~ "The default output formatting on terminal maybe optimized for better "
66909 #~ "readability.  The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) is never "
66910 #~ "affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: data\\en\" "
66911 #~ "format."
66912 #~ msgstr ""
66913 #~ "Le format d'affichage par défaut sur un terminal peut être optimisé pour "
66914 #~ "une meilleure lisibilité. La sortie hors d’un terminal (par exemple les "
66915 #~ "redirections) n'est jamais touchée par cette optimisation et reste au "
66916 #~ "format « Field: data\\en »."
66917
66918 #~ msgid ""
66919 #~ "The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs.  The versions "
66920 #~ "before v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due "
66921 #~ "to complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between "
66922 #~ "CPUs. For more details about caches see B<--cache>."
66923 #~ msgstr ""
66924 #~ "Les tailles du cache sont indiquées sous forme d'un résumé de tous les "
66925 #~ "processeurs. Les versions inférieures à la version 2.34 affichaient des "
66926 #~ "tailles par cœur, mais cette sortie était perturbante du fait de la "
66927 #~ "topologie compliquée des processeurs et de la manière dont les caches "
66928 #~ "sont partagés entre eux. Pour plus de détails sur les caches, voir B<--"
66929 #~ "cache>."
66930
66931 #~ msgid "B<CPU>"
66932 #~ msgstr "B<CPU>"
66933
66934 #~ msgid "B<CORE>"
66935 #~ msgstr "B<CORE>"
66936
66937 #~ msgid "B<ONLINE>"
66938 #~ msgstr "B<ONLINE>"
66939
66940 #~ msgid ""
66941 #~ "Include lines for online and offline CPUs in the output (default for B<-"
66942 #~ "e>).  This option may only be specified together with option B<-e> or B<-"
66943 #~ "p>."
66944 #~ msgstr ""
66945 #~ "Inclure les lignes pour les processeurs en ligne et hors ligne dans la "
66946 #~ "sortie (par défaut pour B<-e>). Cette option ne peut être indiquée "
66947 #~ "qu’avec les options B<-e> ou B<-p>."
66948
66949 #~ msgid "B<-B>,B< --bytes>"
66950 #~ msgstr "B<-B>, B<--bytes>"
66951
66952 #~ msgid "B<-b>,B< --online>"
66953 #~ msgstr "B<-b>, B<--online>"
66954
66955 #~ msgid ""
66956 #~ "Limit the output to online CPUs (default for B<-p>).  This option may "
66957 #~ "only be specified together with option B<-e> or B<-p>."
66958 #~ msgstr ""
66959 #~ "Limiter la sortie aux processeurs en ligne (par défaut pour B<-p>). Cette "
66960 #~ "option ne peut être indiquée qu’avec les options B<-e> ou B<-p>."
66961
66962 #~ msgid "B<-C>,B< --caches>[=I<list>]"
66963 #~ msgstr "B<-C>, B<--caches>[=I<liste>]"
66964
66965 #~ msgid ""
66966 #~ "Display details about CPU caches.  For details about available "
66967 #~ "information see B<--help> output."
66968 #~ msgstr ""
66969 #~ "Afficher les détails des caches du processeur. Pour plus de détails sur "
66970 #~ "les informations disponibles, voir l'affichage de B<--help>."
66971
66972 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --offline>"
66973 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--offline>"
66974
66975 #~ msgid ""
66976 #~ "Limit the output to offline CPUs.  This option may only be specified "
66977 #~ "together with option B<-e> or B<-p>."
66978 #~ msgstr ""
66979 #~ "Limiter la sortie aux processeurs hors ligne. Cette option ne peut être "
66980 #~ "indiquée qu’avec les options B<-e> ou B<-p>."
66981
66982 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --extended>[=I<list>]"
66983 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--extended>[B<=>I<liste>]"
66984
66985 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --parse>[=I<list>]"
66986 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--parse>[B<=>I<liste>]"
66987
66988 #~ msgid ""
66989 #~ "If the I<list> argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with "
66990 #~ "earlier versions of B<lscpu>.  In this compatible format, two commas are "
66991 #~ "used to separate CPU cache columns.  If no CPU caches are identified the "
66992 #~ "cache column is omitted."
66993 #~ msgstr ""
66994 #~ "En absence d'argument I<liste>, la sortie de la commande est compatible "
66995 #~ "avec les versions précédentes de B<lscpu>. Dans ce format compatible, "
66996 #~ "deux virgules séparent les colonnes de cache de processeur. Si aucun "
66997 #~ "cache de processeur n'est identifié, la colonne est omise."
66998
66999 #~ msgid ""
67000 #~ "If the I<list> argument is used, cache columns are separated with a colon "
67001 #~ "(:)."
67002 #~ msgstr ""
67003 #~ "Si l'argument I<liste> est utilisé, les colonnes de cache sont séparées "
67004 #~ "par des deux-points (:)."
67005
67006 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --sysroot >I<directory>"
67007 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--sysroot> I<répertoire>"
67008
67009 #~ msgid ""
67010 #~ "Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which "
67011 #~ "the B<lscpu> command is issued.  The specified I<directory> is the system "
67012 #~ "root of the Linux instance to be inspected."
67013 #~ msgstr ""
67014 #~ "Collecter les données de processeur pour une autre instance Linux que "
67015 #~ "celle utilisée pour la commande B<lscpu>. Le I<répertoire> indiqué est la "
67016 #~ "racine du système de l’instance Linux à inspecter."
67017
67018 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --hex>"
67019 #~ msgstr "B<-x>,B< --hex>"
67020
67021 #~ msgid ""
67022 #~ "Use hexadecimal masks for CPU sets (for example \"ff\").  The default is "
67023 #~ "to print the sets in list format (for example 0,1).  Note that before "
67024 #~ "version 2.30 the mask has been printed with 0x prefix."
67025 #~ msgstr ""
67026 #~ "Utiliser des masques hexadécimaux pour les ensembles de processeurs (par "
67027 #~ "exemple « ff »). Par défaut, l'affichage est au format liste (par exemple "
67028 #~ "0,1). Remarquez qu'avant la version 2.30, le masque s'affichait avec le "
67029 #~ "préfixe 0x."
67030
67031 #~ msgid "B<-y>,B< --physical>"
67032 #~ msgstr "B<-y>, B<--physical>"
67033
67034 #~ msgid ""
67035 #~ "Display physical IDs for all columns with topology elements (core, "
67036 #~ "socket, etc.).  Other than logical IDs, which are assigned by B<lscpu>, "
67037 #~ "physical IDs are platform-specific values that are provided by the "
67038 #~ "kernel. Physical IDs are not necessarily unique and they might not be "
67039 #~ "arranged sequentially.  If the kernel could not retrieve a physical ID "
67040 #~ "for an element B<lscpu> prints the dash (-) character."
67041 #~ msgstr ""
67042 #~ "Afficher les identifiants physiques de toutes les colonnes ayant des "
67043 #~ "éléments de topologie (cœur, sockets, etc.). À part les identifiants "
67044 #~ "logiques, affectés par B<lscpu>, les valeurs des identifiants physiques "
67045 #~ "sont spécifiques aux valeurs de chaque plateforme fournies par le noyau. "
67046 #~ "Les identifiants physiques ne sont pas nécessairement uniques et ils "
67047 #~ "pourraient ne pas être organisés séquentiellement. Si le noyau n'a pas pu "
67048 #~ "récupérer l'identifiant physique d'un élément, B<lscpu> affiche le "
67049 #~ "caractère tiret (-)."
67050
67051 #~ msgid ""
67052 #~ "Output all available columns.  This option must be combined with either "
67053 #~ "B<--extended>, B<--parse> or B<--caches>."
67054 #~ msgstr ""
67055 #~ "Afficher les colonnes disponibles. Cette option peut être associée soit à "
67056 #~ "B<--extended>, soit à B<--parse>, soit à B<--caches>."
67057
67058 #~ msgid ""
67059 #~ "The lscpu command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
67060 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
67061 #~ msgstr ""
67062 #~ "La commande B<lscpu> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
67063 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
67064 #~ "linuxE<gt>."
67065
67066 #~ msgid "LSLOCKS"
67067 #~ msgstr "LSLOCKS"
67068
67069 #, fuzzy
67070 #~| msgid ""
67071 #~| "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with B<flock>(2)), POSIX "
67072 #~| "(created with B<fcntl>(2) and B<lockf>(3)) or OFDLCK (created with "
67073 #~| "fcntl(2)."
67074 #~ msgid ""
67075 #~ "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with B<flock>(2)), POSIX (created "
67076 #~ "with B<fcntl>(2) and B<lockf>(3)) or OFDLCK (created with B<fcntl>(2))."
67077 #~ msgstr ""
67078 #~ "Le type de verrou ; il peut être FLOCK (créé avec B<flock>(2)), POSIX "
67079 #~ "(créé avec B<fcntl>(2) et B<lockf>(3)) ou OFDLCK (créé avec B<fcntl>(2))."
67080
67081 #, fuzzy
67082 #~| msgid ""
67083 #~| "The lock's access permissions (read, write).  If the process is blocked "
67084 #~| "and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an "
67085 #~| "'*' (asterisk)."
67086 #~ msgid ""
67087 #~ "The lock\\(cqs access permissions (read, write). If the process is "
67088 #~ "blocked and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an "
67089 #~ "\\(aq*\\(aq (asterisk)."
67090 #~ msgstr ""
67091 #~ "Les droits d’accès (lecture, écriture) du verrou. Si le processus est "
67092 #~ "bloqué en attente du verrou, alors le mode a un « * » (astérisque) en "
67093 #~ "préfixe"
67094
67095 #, fuzzy
67096 #~| msgid ""
67097 #~| "Full path of the lock.  If none is found, or there are no permissions to "
67098 #~| "read the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" "
67099 #~| "is appended to the path.  The path might be truncated; use B<--"
67100 #~| "notruncate> to get the full path."
67101 #~ msgid ""
67102 #~ "Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to "
67103 #~ "read the path, it will fall back to the device\\(cqs mountpoint and \"..."
67104 #~ "\" is appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use B<--"
67105 #~ "notruncate> to get the full path."
67106 #~ msgstr ""
67107 #~ "Chemin complet du verrou. Si aucun n’est trouvé ou si la lecture du "
67108 #~ "chemin n’est pas permise, le point de montage du périphérique sera "
67109 #~ "utilisé en solution de repli et « ... » est ajouté au chemin. Le chemin "
67110 #~ "pourrait être tronqué ; utilisez B<--notruncate> pour obtenir le chemin "
67111 #~ "complet."
67112
67113 #, fuzzy
67114 #~| msgid ""
67115 #~| "The B<lslocks> command is meant to replace the B<lslk>(8) command,\n"
67116 #~| "originally written by Victor A. Abell E<lt>abe@purdue.eduE<gt> and "
67117 #~| "unmaintained\n"
67118 #~| "since 2001.\n"
67119 #~ msgid ""
67120 #~ "The B<lslocks> command is meant to replace the B<lslk>(8) command, "
67121 #~ "originally written by"
67122 #~ msgstr ""
67123 #~ "La commande B<lslocks> a pour but de remplacer la commande B<lslk>(8), "
67124 #~ "écrite\n"
67125 #~ "à l’origine par Victor A. Abell E<lt>I<abe@purdue.edu>E<gt> et non "
67126 #~ "maintenue\n"
67127 #~ "depuis 2001.\n"
67128
67129 #, fuzzy
67130 #~| msgid ""
67131 #~| "The lslocks command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
67132 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
67133 #~ msgid ""
67134 #~ "The B<lslocks> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
67135 #~ "downloaded from"
67136 #~ msgstr ""
67137 #~ "La commande B<lslocks> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
67138 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
67139 #~ ">E<gt>."
67140
67141 #~ msgid ""
67142 #~ "Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these "
67143 #~ "locks are not associated with any process (PID is -1).  OFD locks are "
67144 #~ "associated with the open file description on which they are acquired.  "
67145 #~ "This lock type is available since Linux 3.15, see B<fcntl>(2) for more "
67146 #~ "details."
67147 #~ msgstr ""
67148 #~ "Remarquez que B<lslocks> liste aussi les verrous OFD (Open File "
67149 #~ "Description), ceux-ci ne sont associés à aucun processus (PID de B<-1>). "
67150 #~ "Les verrous OFD sont associés aux descripteurs de fichier ouvert pour "
67151 #~ "lesquels ils sont obtenus. Ce type de fichier est disponible depuis "
67152 #~ "Linux 3.15, consultez B<fcntl>(2) pour des détails complémentaires."
67153
67154 #~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --noinaccessible>"
67155 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--noinaccessible>"
67156
67157 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid >I<pid>"
67158 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<PID>"
67159
67160 #~ msgid ""
67161 #~ "Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only "
67162 #~ "advisory), 1 means yes.  (See B<fcntl>(2).)"
67163 #~ msgstr ""
67164 #~ "Si le verrou est obligatoire : B<0> signifie non (c’est-à-dire que le "
67165 #~ "verrou n’est que coopératif), B<1> signifie oui (consultez B<fcntl>(2))."
67166
67167 #~ msgid "Davidlohr Bueso E<lt>dave@gnu.orgE<gt>\n"
67168 #~ msgstr "Davidlohr Bueso E<lt>I<dave@gnu.org>E<gt>\n"
67169
67170 #~ msgid ""
67171 #~ "The lslocks command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
67172 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
67173 #~ msgstr ""
67174 #~ "La commande B<lslocks> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
67175 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
67176 #~ ">E<gt>."
67177
67178 #~ msgid "MCOOKIE"
67179 #~ msgstr "MCOOKIE"
67180
67181 #, fuzzy
67182 #~| msgid "B<xauth add :0 . `mcookie`>"
67183 #~ msgid "B<xauth add :0 . >\\f(CRmcookie\\fR"
67184 #~ msgstr "B<xauth add :0 . `mcookie`>"
67185
67186 #, fuzzy
67187 #~| msgid ""
67188 #~| "The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of "
67189 #~| "random information coming from one of the sources I<getrandom>()  system "
67190 #~| "call, I</dev/urandom>, I</dev/random>, or the I<libc pseudo-random "
67191 #~| "functions>, in this preference order. See also the option B<--file>."
67192 #~ msgid ""
67193 #~ "\\f(CRThe \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest "
67194 #~ "of random information coming from one of the sources "
67195 #~ "B<getrandom>\\f(CR(2) system call, I</dev/urandom>\\f(CR, I</dev/"
67196 #~ "random>\\f(CR, or the I<libc pseudo-random functions>\\f(CR, in this "
67197 #~ "preference order. See also the option B<--file>\\f(CR.\\fR"
67198 #~ msgstr ""
67199 #~ "Le nombre « aléatoire » créé est en fait le condensé MD5 d’informations "
67200 #~ "aléatoires provenant d’une des sources : l'appel système B<getrandom>(2), "
67201 #~ "I</dev/urandom>, I</dev/random> ou les I<fonctions pseudoaléatoires de "
67202 #~ "libc>, dans cet ordre de préférence. Voir aussi l'option B<--file>."
67203
67204 #, fuzzy
67205 #~| msgid ""
67206 #~| "Use this I<file> as an additional source of randomness (for example /dev/"
67207 #~| "urandom).  When I<file> is '-', characters are read from standard input."
67208 #~ msgid ""
67209 #~ "Use this I<file> as an additional source of randomness (for example I</"
67210 #~ "dev/urandom>). When I<file> is \\(aq-\\(aq, characters are read from "
67211 #~ "standard input."
67212 #~ msgstr ""
67213 #~ "Utiliser ce I<fichier> comme source supplémentaire d’aléa (par exemple I</"
67214 #~ "dev/urandom)>. Si I<fichier> est B<->, les caractères sont lus sur "
67215 #~ "l'entrée standard."
67216
67217 #~ msgid ""
67218 #~ "B<mcookie> generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the "
67219 #~ "X authority system.  Typical usage:"
67220 #~ msgstr ""
67221 #~ "B<mcookie> génère un nombre hexadécimal aléatoire de 128\\ bits qui peut "
67222 #~ "être utilisé avec le système d'authentification de X. Utilisation "
67223 #~ "typique\\ :"
67224
67225 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --max-size >I<number>"
67226 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--max-size> I<nombre>"
67227
67228 #~ msgid ""
67229 #~ "Read from I<file> only this I<number> of bytes.  This option is meant to "
67230 #~ "be used when reading additional randomness from a file or device."
67231 #~ msgstr ""
67232 #~ "Ne lire que I<nombre> octets du I<fichier>. Cette option est censée être "
67233 #~ "utilisée lors de la lecture d’un aléa supplémentaire à partir d’un "
67234 #~ "fichier ou périphérique."
67235
67236 #~ msgid ""
67237 #~ "The mcookie command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
67238 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
67239 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
67240 #~ msgstr ""
67241 #~ "La commande B<mcookie> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
67242 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
67243 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
67244
67245 #~ msgid "MESG"
67246 #~ msgstr "MESG"
67247
67248 #, fuzzy
67249 #~| msgid "B<mesg> [option] [B<n>|B<y>]"
67250 #~ msgid "B<mesg> [I<option>] [B<n>|B<y>]"
67251 #~ msgstr "B<mesg> [I<option>] [B<n>|B<y>]"
67252
67253 #~ msgid "B<y>"
67254 #~ msgstr "B<y>"
67255
67256 #~ msgid "B<E<gt>1>"
67257 #~ msgstr "B<E<gt>1>"
67258
67259 #, fuzzy
67260 #~| msgid ""
67261 #~| "The mesg command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
67262 #~| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
67263 #~ msgid ""
67264 #~ "The B<mesg> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
67265 #~ "downloaded from"
67266 #~ msgstr ""
67267 #~ "La commande B<mesg> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
67268 #~ "sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linuxE<gt>."
67269
67270 #~ msgid ""
67271 #~ "The B<mesg> utility is invoked by a user to control write access others "
67272 #~ "have to the terminal device associated with standard error output.  If "
67273 #~ "write access is allowed, then programs such as B<talk>(1)  and "
67274 #~ "B<write>(1)  may display messages on the terminal."
67275 #~ msgstr ""
67276 #~ "L’utilitaire B<mesg> est appelé par un utilisateur pour contrôler l’accès "
67277 #~ "en écriture donné aux autres sur le périphérique de terminal associé à la "
67278 #~ "sortie d’erreur standard. Si l’accès en écriture est accordé, alors les "
67279 #~ "programmes comme B<talk>(1) ou B<write>(1) peuvent afficher des messages "
67280 #~ "sur le terminal."
67281
67282 #~ msgid ""
67283 #~ "Traditionally, write access is allowed by default.  However, as users "
67284 #~ "become more conscious of various security risks, there is a trend to "
67285 #~ "remove write access by default, at least for the primary login shell.  To "
67286 #~ "make sure your ttys are set the way you want them to be set, B<mesg> "
67287 #~ "should be executed in your login scripts."
67288 #~ msgstr ""
67289 #~ "En général, l’accès en écriture est accordé par défaut. Cependant, comme "
67290 #~ "les utilisateurs prennent conscience des divers risques de sécurité, la "
67291 #~ "tendance est à la suppression de cet accès par défaut, au moins pour "
67292 #~ "l’interpréteur de commandes de connexion principal. Pour s’assurer que "
67293 #~ "les terminaux sont définis conformément aux attentes, B<mesg> devrait "
67294 #~ "être exécuté dans les scripts de connexion."
67295
67296 #~ msgid ""
67297 #~ "The B<mesg> utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on "
67298 #~ "terminal.  In this case execute B<mesg> is pointless.  The command line "
67299 #~ "option B<--verbose> forces mesg to print a warning in this situation.  "
67300 #~ "This behaviour has been introduced in version 2.33."
67301 #~ msgstr ""
67302 #~ "L'outil B<mesg> quitte silencieusement avec le code de retour B<2> s'il "
67303 #~ "n'est pas exécuté dans un terminal. Dans ce cas, l'exécution de B<mesg> "
67304 #~ "est inutile. L'option B<--verbose> de la ligne de commande force B<mesg> "
67305 #~ "à afficher un avertissement dans cette situation. Ce comportement a été "
67306 #~ "introduit dans la version 2.33."
67307
67308 #~ msgid "B<\\ 0>"
67309 #~ msgstr "B<\\ 0>"
67310
67311 #~ msgid "B<\\ 1>"
67312 #~ msgstr "B<\\ 1>"
67313
67314 #~ msgid ""
67315 #~ "The mesg command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
67316 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
67317 #~ msgstr ""
67318 #~ "La commande B<mesg> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
67319 #~ "sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linuxE<gt>."
67320
67321 #~ msgid "MKFS"
67322 #~ msgstr "MKFS"
67323
67324 #, fuzzy
67325 #~| msgid "B<-V>,B< --verbose>"
67326 #~ msgid "B<-V>, B<--verbose>"
67327 #~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verbose>"
67328
67329 #, fuzzy
67330 #~| msgid ""
67331 #~| "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the "
67332 #~| "ext2 filesystem."
67333 #~ msgid ""
67334 #~ "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card\\(cqs version for "
67335 #~ "the ext2 filesystem."
67336 #~ msgstr ""
67337 #~ "Cette page de manuel est une adaptation de la version du système de "
67338 #~ "fichiers ext2 de Rémy Card "
67339
67340 #, fuzzy
67341 #~| msgid ""
67342 #~| "The mkfs command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
67343 #~| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
67344 #~ msgid ""
67345 #~ "The B<mkfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
67346 #~ "downloaded from"
67347 #~ msgstr ""
67348 #~ "La commande B<mkfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
67349 #~ "sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."
67350
67351 #~ msgid ""
67352 #~ "B<mkfs> [options] [B<-t> I<type>] [I<fs-options>]I< device >[I<size>]"
67353 #~ msgstr ""
67354 #~ "B<mkfs> [I<options>] [B<-t> I<type>] [I<options_du_système_de_fichiers>] "
67355 #~ "I<périphérique> [I<taille>]"
67356
67357 # NOTE: "either" shall be removed
67358 #~ msgid ""
67359 #~ "B<mkfs> is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard "
67360 #~ "disk partition.  The I<device> argument is either the device name (e.g., "
67361 #~ "I</dev/hda1>, I</dev/sdb2>), or a regular file that shall contain the "
67362 #~ "filesystem.  The I<size> argument is the number of blocks to be used for "
67363 #~ "the filesystem."
67364 #~ msgstr ""
67365 #~ "B<mkfs> est utilisé pour créer un système de fichiers Linux sur un "
67366 #~ "périphérique, généralement une partition d'un disque dur. Le paramètre "
67367 #~ "I<périphérique> est soit le nom du périphérique (par exemple : I</dev/"
67368 #~ "hda1>, I</dev/sdb2>), soit un fichier normal qui peut contenir le système "
67369 #~ "de fichiers. Le paramètre I<taille> est le nombre de blocs à utiliser "
67370 #~ "pour le système de fichiers."
67371
67372 #~ msgid ""
67373 #~ "In actuality, B<mkfs> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
67374 #~ "builders (B<mkfs.>I<fstype>)  available under Linux.  The filesystem-"
67375 #~ "specific builder is searched for via your PATH environment setting only.  "
67376 #~ "Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further "
67377 #~ "details."
67378 #~ msgstr ""
67379 #~ "En réalité B<mkfs> n'est qu'une interface commune à toute une variété de "
67380 #~ "constructeurs de système de fichiers (B<mkfs>.I<type_sys_de_fichiers>) "
67381 #~ "disponibles sous Linux. Le constructeur spécifique à un système est "
67382 #~ "recherché uniquement en suivant la variable d'environnement B<PATH>. "
67383 #~ "Veuillez consulter les pages de manuel des constructeurs spécifiques à un "
67384 #~ "système de fichiers pour de plus amples précisions."
67385
67386 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --type >I<type>"
67387 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"
67388
67389 #~ msgid ""
67390 #~ "Specify the I<type> of filesystem to be built.  If not specified, the "
67391 #~ "default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
67392 #~ msgstr ""
67393 #~ "Indiquer le I<type> de système de fichiers à créer. S'il n'est pas "
67394 #~ "indiqué, le système de fichiers par défaut (actuellement ext2) est "
67395 #~ "utilisé."
67396
67397 #~ msgid "B<-V>,B< --verbose>"
67398 #~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verbose>"
67399
67400 #~ msgid ""
67401 #~ "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that "
67402 #~ "are executed.  Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution "
67403 #~ "of any filesystem-specific commands.  This is really only useful for "
67404 #~ "testing."
67405 #~ msgstr ""
67406 #~ "Produire une sortie bavarde, notamment toutes les commandes spécifiques "
67407 #~ "au système de fichiers exécutées. Indiquer cette option plusieurs fois "
67408 #~ "inhibe l'exécution de toute commande spécifique au système de fichiers. "
67409 #~ "Cela n'est utile que pour faire des tests."
67410
67411 #~ msgid ""
67412 #~ "Display version information and exit.  (Option B<-V> will display version "
67413 #~ "information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as "
67414 #~ "B<--verbose>.)"
67415 #~ msgstr ""
67416 #~ "Afficher les informations sur la version et quitter (les informations sur "
67417 #~ "la version ne seront affichées que si l'option B<-V> est le seul "
67418 #~ "paramètre, sinon cela fonctionnera comme B<--verbose>)."
67419
67420 #~ msgid ""
67421 #~ "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-"
67422 #~ "specific options.  Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically "
67423 #~ "detect the device size and require the I<size> parameter to be specified."
67424 #~ msgstr ""
67425 #~ "Toutes les options génériques doivent précéder et ne pas être mélangées "
67426 #~ "avec les options spécifiques au système de fichiers. Certains programmes "
67427 #~ "spécifiques à un système de fichiers ne détectent pas automatiquement la "
67428 #~ "taille du périphérique et nécessitent l'utilisation du paramètre "
67429 #~ "I<taille>."
67430
67431 #~ msgid "David Engel (david@ods.com)"
67432 #~ msgstr "David Engel E<lt>I<david@ods.com>E<gt>"
67433
67434 #~ msgid "Fred N.\\& van Kempen (waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org)"
67435 #~ msgstr "Fred N.\\& van Kempen E<lt>I<waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org>E<gt>"
67436
67437 #~ msgid "Ron Sommeling (sommel@sci.kun.nl)"
67438 #~ msgstr "Ron Sommeling E<lt>I<sommel@sci.kun.nl>E<gt>"
67439
67440 #~ msgid ""
67441 #~ "The mkfs command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
67442 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
67443 #~ msgstr ""
67444 #~ "La commande B<mkfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
67445 #~ "sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."
67446
67447 #~ msgid "MKFS.CRAMFS"
67448 #~ msgstr "MKFS.CRAMFS"
67449
67450 #~ msgid "B<-E>"
67451 #~ msgstr "B<-E>"
67452
67453 #~ msgid "B<-i> I<file>"
67454 #~ msgstr "B<-i> I<fichier>"
67455
67456 #~ msgid "B<-n> I<name>"
67457 #~ msgstr "B<-n> I<nom>"
67458
67459 #~ msgid "B<-p>"
67460 #~ msgstr "B<-p>"
67461
67462 #, fuzzy
67463 #~| msgid ""
67464 #~| "This option is ignored.  Originally the -s turned on directory entry "
67465 #~| "sorting."
67466 #~ msgid ""
67467 #~ "This option is ignored. Originally the B<-s> turned on directory entry "
67468 #~ "sorting."
67469 #~ msgstr ""
67470 #~ "Cette option est ignorée. À l’origine, B<-s> activait le tri des entrées "
67471 #~ "de répertoire."
67472
67473 #~ msgid "B<-z>"
67474 #~ msgstr "B<-z>"
67475
67476 #~ msgid ""
67477 #~ "Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to "
67478 #~ "allow random read access.  The metadata is not compressed, but is "
67479 #~ "expressed in a terse representation that is more space-efficient than "
67480 #~ "conventional file systems."
67481 #~ msgstr ""
67482 #~ "Les fichiers sur systèmes de fichiers cramfs sont compressés avec zlib "
67483 #~ "une page à la fois pour permettre l’accès en lecture aléatoire. Les "
67484 #~ "métadonnées ne sont pas compressées mais sont exprimées en représentation "
67485 #~ "abrégée qui prend moins de place que celle des systèmes de fichiers "
67486 #~ "conventionnels."
67487
67488 #~ msgid ""
67489 #~ "The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random "
67490 #~ "write access for compressed files is difficult to implement.  cramfs "
67491 #~ "ships with a utility (mkcramfs) to pack files into new cramfs images."
67492 #~ msgstr ""
67493 #~ "Le système de fichiers est intentionnellement en lecture seule pour "
67494 #~ "simplifier sa conception ; l’accès en lecture aléatoire pour les fichiers "
67495 #~ "compressés est difficile à implémenter. cramfs embarque un utilitaire "
67496 #~ "(mkcramfs) pour empaqueter les fichiers dans de nouvelles images cramfs."
67497
67498 #~ msgid "File sizes are limited to less than 16\\ MB."
67499 #~ msgstr "La taille des fichiers est limitée à moins de 16 Mo."
67500
67501 #~ msgid ""
67502 #~ "Maximum file system size is a little under 272\\ MB.  (The last file on "
67503 #~ "the file system must begin before the 256\\ MB block, but can extend past "
67504 #~ "it.)"
67505 #~ msgstr ""
67506 #~ "La taille maximale du système de fichiers est un peu inférieure à 272 Mo "
67507 #~ "(le dernier fichier sur le système de fichiers doit commencer avant le "
67508 #~ "bloc de 256 Mo, mais peut continuer au-delà)."
67509
67510 #~ msgid "Use defined endianness.  Value defaults to I<host>."
67511 #~ msgstr "Utiliser le boutisme défini. La valeur par défaut est B<host>."
67512
67513 #~ msgid ""
67514 #~ "The mkfs.cramfs command is part of the util-linux package and is "
67515 #~ "available from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
67516 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
67517 #~ msgstr ""
67518 #~ "La commande B<mkfs.cramfs> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
67519 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
67520 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
67521
67522 #~ msgid "MKFS.MINIX"
67523 #~ msgstr "MKFS.MINIX"
67524
67525 #, fuzzy
67526 #~| msgid "B<-2>,B< -v>"
67527 #~ msgid "B<-2>, B<-v>"
67528 #~ msgstr "B<-2>, B<-v>"
67529
67530 #~ msgid "B<-3>"
67531 #~ msgstr "B<-3>"
67532
67533 #, fuzzy
67534 #~| msgid ""
67535 #~| "The mkfs.minix command is part of the util-linux package and is "
67536 #~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
67537 #~ msgid ""
67538 #~ "The B<mkfs.minix> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
67539 #~ "downloaded from"
67540 #~ msgstr ""
67541 #~ "La commande B<mkfs.minix> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
67542 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
67543 #~ ">E<gt>."
67544
67545 #~ msgid ""
67546 #~ "/dev/hda[1\\(en8] (IDE disk 1)\n"
67547 #~ "/dev/hdb[1\\(en8] (IDE disk 2)\n"
67548 #~ "/dev/sda[1\\(en8] (SCSI disk 1)\n"
67549 #~ "/dev/sdb[1\\(en8] (SCSI disk 2)\n"
67550 #~ msgstr ""
67551 #~ "/dev/hda[1\\(en8] (disque IDE 1)\n"
67552 #~ "/dev/hdb[1\\(en8] (disque IDE 2)\n"
67553 #~ "/dev/sda[1\\(en8] (disque SCSI 1)\n"
67554 #~ "/dev/sdb[1\\(en8] (disque SCSI 2)\n"
67555
67556 #~ msgid ""
67557 #~ "The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not "
67558 #~ "enforced.  Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
67559 #~ msgstr ""
67560 #~ "Le périphérique peut être un périphérique bloc ou un de ses fichiers "
67561 #~ "image mais ce n’est pas obligatoire. Ne vous attendez pas à un quelconque "
67562 #~ "miracle pour un périphérique caractère :-)."
67563
67564 #~ msgid ""
67565 #~ "The I<size-in-blocks> parameter is the desired size of the file system, "
67566 #~ "in blocks.  It is present only for backwards compatibility.  If omitted "
67567 #~ "the size will be determined automatically.  Only block counts strictly "
67568 #~ "greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
67569 #~ msgstr ""
67570 #~ "Le paramètre I<taille_en_bloc> est la taille désirée pour le système de "
67571 #~ "fichiers (en nombre de blocs). Il n'est présent que pour être compatible "
67572 #~ "avec les anciennes versions. S'il est omis, la taille sera déterminée "
67573 #~ "automatiquement. Il doit exister au moins 10 blocs et il ne peut y en "
67574 #~ "avoir plus de 65 536."
67575
67576 #~ msgid ""
67577 #~ "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem.  If any "
67578 #~ "are found, the count is printed."
67579 #~ msgstr ""
67580 #~ "Vérifier si les blocs sont corrompus ou non sur le périphérique avant de "
67581 #~ "créer le système de fichiers. Si B<mkfs.minix> en trouve, le total est "
67582 #~ "affiché."
67583
67584 #~ msgid ""
67585 #~ "Specify the maximum length of filenames.  Currently, the only allowable "
67586 #~ "values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2.  Version 3 allows "
67587 #~ "only value 60.  The default is 30."
67588 #~ msgstr ""
67589 #~ "Indiquer la taille maximale d'un nom de fichier. Actuellement, les seules "
67590 #~ "valeurs autorisées sont 14 et 30 pour les versions 1 et 2 de système de "
67591 #~ "fichiers. La version 3 n’accepte que la valeur 60. La valeur par défaut "
67592 #~ "est 30."
67593
67594 #~ msgid ""
67595 #~ "Read the list of bad blocks from I<filename>.  The file has one bad-block "
67596 #~ "number per line.  The count of bad blocks read is printed."
67597 #~ msgstr ""
67598 #~ "Lire la liste des blocs corrompus depuis le I<fichier>. Ce fichier "
67599 #~ "contient un numéro de bloc défectueux par ligne. Le total des secteurs "
67600 #~ "défectueux lus est ensuite affiché."
67601
67602 #~ msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem.  This is the default."
67603 #~ msgstr ""
67604 #~ "Créer un système de fichiers MINIX version 1. C’est le comportement par "
67605 #~ "défaut."
67606
67607 #~ msgid "B<-2>,B< -v>"
67608 #~ msgstr "B<-2>, B<-v>"
67609
67610 #~ msgid ""
67611 #~ "Display version information and exit.  The long option cannot be combined "
67612 #~ "with other options."
67613 #~ msgstr ""
67614 #~ "Afficher les informations sur la version et quitter. L'option longue ne "
67615 #~ "peut pas être combinée avec d’autres options."
67616
67617 #~ msgid ""
67618 #~ "The mkfs.minix command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
67619 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
67620 #~ msgstr ""
67621 #~ "La commande B<mkfs.minix> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
67622 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
67623 #~ ">E<gt>."
67624
67625 #~ msgid "MKSWAP"
67626 #~ msgstr "MKSWAP"
67627
67628 #, fuzzy
67629 #~| msgid ""
67630 #~| "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able "
67631 #~| "to look it up with \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\" (or you may not \\(en the "
67632 #~| "contents of this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
67633 #~ msgid ""
67634 #~ "If you don\\(cqt know the page size that your machine uses, you may be "
67635 #~ "able to look it up with B<cat /proc/cpuinfo> (or you may not - the "
67636 #~ "contents of this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
67637 #~ msgstr ""
67638 #~ "Si vous ne connaissez pas la taille des pages que la machine utilise, "
67639 #~ "vous pouvez la voir avec « cat /proc/cpuinfo » (le contenu de ce fichier "
67640 #~ "dépendant de l'architecture et de la version du noyau, il est possible "
67641 #~ "que vous n'ayez pas accès à cette information)."
67642
67643 #, fuzzy
67644 #~| msgid ""
67645 #~| "The mkswap command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
67646 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
67647 #~ msgid ""
67648 #~ "The B<mkswap> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
67649 #~ "downloaded from"
67650 #~ msgstr ""
67651 #~ "La commande B<mkswap> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
67652 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
67653 #~ ">E<gt>."
67654
67655 #~ msgid "March 2009"
67656 #~ msgstr "mars 2009"
67657
67658 #~ msgid ""
67659 #~ "The I<device> argument will usually be a disk partition (something like "
67660 #~ "I</dev/sdb7>)  but can also be a file.  The Linux kernel does not look at "
67661 #~ "partition IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions "
67662 #~ "of hex type 82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions.  (B<Warning: "
67663 #~ "Solaris also uses this type.  Be careful not to kill your Solaris "
67664 #~ "partitions.>)"
67665 #~ msgstr ""
67666 #~ "Le paramètre I<périphérique> est normalement une partition du disque dur "
67667 #~ "(I</dev/sdb7> par exemple) mais peut aussi être un fichier. Le noyau "
67668 #~ "Linux ne regarde pas les identifiants de partition, mais beaucoup de "
67669 #~ "scripts d'installation supposeront que les partitions de type 82 en "
67670 #~ "hexadécimal (LINUX_SWAP) sont, par défaut, des partitions d'échange. "
67671 #~ "(B<Attention : Solaris utilise aussi le type 82 ; prenez garde de ne pas "
67672 #~ "supprimer les partitions Solaris.>)"
67673
67674 #~ msgid ""
67675 #~ "The I<size> parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards "
67676 #~ "compatibility.  (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-"
67677 #~ "byte blocks.  B<mkswap> will use the entire partition or file if it is "
67678 #~ "omitted.  Specifying it is unwise \\(en a typo may destroy your disk.)"
67679 #~ msgstr ""
67680 #~ "Le paramètre I<taille> est superflu mais il est conservé pour des raisons "
67681 #~ "de compatibilité ascendante. Il indique la taille désirée de la zone "
67682 #~ "d'échange par blocs de 1024 octets. B<mkswap> utilisera la totalité de la "
67683 #~ "partition ou du fichier si la taille est omise. L'indiquer est imprudent "
67684 #~ "— une coquille pourrait détruire le disque."
67685
67686 #~ msgid ""
67687 #~ "After creating the swap area, you need the B<swapon> command to start "
67688 #~ "using it.  Usually swap areas are listed in I</etc/fstab> so that they "
67689 #~ "can be taken into use at boot time by a B<swapon -a> command in some boot "
67690 #~ "script."
67691 #~ msgstr ""
67692 #~ "Après avoir créé la zone d'échange, vous aurez besoin de la commande "
67693 #~ "B<swapon> pour l'utiliser. Habituellement les zones d'échange sont "
67694 #~ "indiquées dans le fichier I</etc/fstab> afin qu'elles puissent être "
67695 #~ "utilisées au démarrage par la commande B<swapon -a> dans les scripts de "
67696 #~ "démarrage."
67697
67698 #~ msgid ""
67699 #~ "The swap header does not touch the first block.  A boot loader or disk "
67700 #~ "label can be there, but it is not a recommended setup.  The recommended "
67701 #~ "setup is to use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
67702 #~ msgstr ""
67703 #~ "L'en-tête de la zone d'échange ne modifie pas le premier bloc. Un "
67704 #~ "chargeur de démarrage ou une étiquette de disque peut y être placé, mais "
67705 #~ "ce n'est pas une configuration recommandée. La configuration recommandée "
67706 #~ "est d'utiliser une partition séparée pour la zone d'échange."
67707
67708 #~ msgid ""
67709 #~ "However, B<mkswap> refuses to erase the first block on a device with a "
67710 #~ "disk label (SUN, BSD, \\&...\\&)."
67711 #~ msgstr ""
67712 #~ "Cependant, B<mkswap> refuse de supprimer le premier bloc d'un "
67713 #~ "périphérique avec une étiquette de disque (SUN, BSD, etc.)."
67714
67715 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --check>"
67716 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--check>"
67717
67718 #~ msgid ""
67719 #~ "Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating "
67720 #~ "the swap area.  If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
67721 #~ msgstr ""
67722 #~ "Vérifier le périphérique (si c'est un périphérique bloc) pour découvrir "
67723 #~ "les blocs corrompus avant de créer une zone d'échange. Si des blocs "
67724 #~ "corrompus sont trouvés, leur nombre est affiché."
67725
67726 #~ msgid ""
67727 #~ "Go ahead even if the command is stupid.  This allows the creation of a "
67728 #~ "swap area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
67729 #~ msgstr ""
67730 #~ "Continuer même si la commande est stupide. Cela permet de créer une zone "
67731 #~ "d'échange plus grande que la taille du fichier ou de la partition dans "
67732 #~ "laquelle elle réside."
67733
67734 #~ msgid "B<-L>,B< --label >I<label>"
67735 #~ msgstr "B<-L>, B<--label> I<étiquette>"
67736
67737 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pagesize >I<size>"
67738 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pagesize> I<taille>"
67739
67740 #~ msgid ""
67741 #~ "Specify the page I<size> (in bytes) to use.  This option is usually "
67742 #~ "unnecessary; B<mkswap> reads the size from the kernel."
67743 #~ msgstr ""
67744 #~ "Indiquer la I<taille> de page (en octet) à utiliser. Cette option est "
67745 #~ "normalement inutile, B<mkswap> lit la taille depuis le noyau."
67746
67747 #~ msgid "B<-U>,B< --uuid >I<UUID>"
67748 #~ msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uuid> I<UUID>"
67749
67750 #~ msgid "Specify the I<UUID> to use.  The default is to generate a UUID."
67751 #~ msgstr ""
67752 #~ "Indiquer l'I<UUID> à utiliser. Le comportement par défaut est de créer un "
67753 #~ "UUID."
67754
67755 #~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --swapversion 1>"
67756 #~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--swapversion 1>"
67757
67758 #~ msgid ""
67759 #~ "Specify the swap-space version.  (This option is currently pointless, as "
67760 #~ "the old B<-v 0> option has become obsolete and now only B<-v 1> is "
67761 #~ "supported.  The kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since "
67762 #~ "2.5.22 (June 2002).  The new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 "
67763 #~ "(August 1998).)"
67764 #~ msgstr ""
67765 #~ "Indiquer la version de l'espace d'échange. Cette option ne sert "
67766 #~ "actuellement à rien car l'ancienne option B<-v 0> est devenue obsolète et "
67767 #~ "que seule B<-v 1> est prise en charge. Le noyau ne prend plus en charge "
67768 #~ "le format v0 d'espace d'échange depuis la version 2.5.22 (juin 2002). La "
67769 #~ "nouvelle version v1 est prise en charge depuis le noyau 2.1.117 "
67770 #~ "(août 1998)."
67771
67772 #~ msgid ""
67773 #~ "The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area "
67774 #~ "header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int).  The remaining space on the "
67775 #~ "swap device is ignored."
67776 #~ msgstr ""
67777 #~ "Le nombre maximal de pages qu’il est possible d’adresser avec l’en-tête "
67778 #~ "de la zone d’échange est 4 294 967 295 (entier de 32 bits non signé). "
67779 #~ "L’espace restant dans le périphérique d’échange est ignoré."
67780
67781 #~ msgid ""
67782 #~ "Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas.  The areas in use can be seen in "
67783 #~ "the file I</proc/swaps>"
67784 #~ msgstr ""
67785 #~ "Actuellement, Linux autorise 32 zones d'échange. Les zones en cours "
67786 #~ "d'utilisation sont visibles dans le fichier I</proc/swaps>."
67787
67788 #~ msgid ""
67789 #~ "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before "
67790 #~ "initializing it with B<mkswap>, e.g.\\& using a command like"
67791 #~ msgstr ""
67792 #~ "Pour installer un fichier d'échange, il est nécessaire de créer ce "
67793 #~ "fichier avant de l'initialiser avec B<mkswap>, par exemple en utilisant "
67794 #~ "une commande comme"
67795
67796 #~ msgid ""
67797 #~ "Please read notes from B<swapon>(8)  about B<the swap file use "
67798 #~ "restrictions> (holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
67799 #~ msgstr ""
67800 #~ "Veuillez lire les notes dans B<swapon>(8) sur les B<restrictions "
67801 #~ "d’utilisation de fichier d’échange> (trous, préallocation et problèmes de "
67802 #~ "copie sur écriture)."
67803
67804 #~ msgid ""
67805 #~ "The mkswap command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
67806 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
67807 #~ msgstr ""
67808 #~ "La commande B<mkswap> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
67809 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
67810 #~ ">E<gt>."
67811
67812 #, fuzzy
67813 #~| msgid ""
67814 #~| "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\", and display "
67815 #~| "\"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an "
67816 #~| "illegal key is pressed."
67817 #~ msgid ""
67818 #~ "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, \\(aqq\\(aq to quit.]\", and "
67819 #~ "display \"[Press \\(aqh\\(aq for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the "
67820 #~ "bell when an illegal key is pressed."
67821 #~ msgstr ""
67822 #~ "Accueillir avec « [Appuyer sur la barre d'espacement pour continuer, "
67823 #~ "« q » pour quitter.] » puis afficher « [Appuyer sur « h » pour obtenir "
67824 #~ "les instructions.] » au lieu d'émettre un bip quand une touche interdite "
67825 #~ "est utilisée."
67826
67827 #~ msgid "B<+>I<number>"
67828 #~ msgstr "B<+>I<numéro>"
67829
67830 #, fuzzy
67831 #~| msgid "B<+/>I<string>"
67832 #~ msgid "B<+>/I<string>"
67833 #~ msgstr "B<+/>I<chaîne>"
67834
67835 #, fuzzy
67836 #~| msgid "B<h>\\ orB<\\ ?>"
67837 #~ msgid "B<h> or B<?>"
67838 #~ msgstr "B<h> ou B<?>"
67839
67840 #~ msgid "B<z>"
67841 #~ msgstr "B<z>"
67842
67843 #, fuzzy
67844 #~| msgid "B<d>\\ orB<\\ \\&^D>"
67845 #~ msgid "B<d> or B<^D>"
67846 #~ msgstr "B<d> ou B<\\&^D>"
67847
67848 #~ msgid "B<f>"
67849 #~ msgstr "B<f>"
67850
67851 #, fuzzy
67852 #~| msgid "B<b>\\ orB<\\ \\&^B>"
67853 #~ msgid "B<b> or B<^B>"
67854 #~ msgstr "B<b> ou B<\\&^B>"
67855
67856 #~ msgid "B<=>"
67857 #~ msgstr "B<=>"
67858
67859 #~ msgid "B<v>"
67860 #~ msgstr "B<v>"
67861
67862 #~ msgid "B<:n>"
67863 #~ msgstr "B<:n>"
67864
67865 #~ msgid "B<:p>"
67866 #~ msgstr "B<:p>"
67867
67868 #~ msgid "B<:f>"
67869 #~ msgstr "B<:f>"
67870
67871 #~ msgid "B<MORE>"
67872 #~ msgstr "B<MORE>"
67873
67874 #~ msgid "March 2020"
67875 #~ msgstr "Mars 2020"
67876
67877 #~ msgid ""
67878 #~ "B<more> is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time.  "
67879 #~ "This version is especially primitive.  Users should realize that "
67880 #~ "B<less>(1)  provides B<more>(1)  emulation plus extensive enhancements."
67881 #~ msgstr ""
67882 #~ "B<more> est un filtre permettant de se déplacer dans un texte, écran par "
67883 #~ "écran. Cette version est particulièrement primitive. Les utilisateurs "
67884 #~ "doivent se convaincre que B<less>(1) constitue une excellente émulation "
67885 #~ "de B<more>(1) avec en plus de nombreuses améliorations."
67886
67887 #~ msgid ""
67888 #~ "Options are also taken from the environment variable B<MORE> (make sure "
67889 #~ "to precede them with a dash (B<->))  but command-line options will "
67890 #~ "override those."
67891 #~ msgstr ""
67892 #~ "La variable d'environnement B<MORE> peut contenir des options "
67893 #~ "supplémentaires (assurez-vous de les faire précéder d'un tiret (B<->)), "
67894 #~ "mais les options sur la ligne de commande ont priorité."
67895
67896 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --silent>"
67897 #~ msgstr "B<-d>,B< --silent>"
67898
67899 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --logical>"
67900 #~ msgstr "B<-l>,B< --logical>"
67901
67902 #~ msgid "Do not pause after any line containing a B<\\&^L> (form feed)."
67903 #~ msgstr ""
67904 #~ "Ne pas faire de pause après une ligne contenant un B<\\&^L> (saut de "
67905 #~ "page)."
67906
67907 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --no-pause>"
67908 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --no-pause>"
67909
67910 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --print-over>"
67911 #~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --print-over>"
67912
67913 #~ msgid ""
67914 #~ "Do not scroll.  Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the "
67915 #~ "text.  Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the "
67916 #~ "executable is named B<page>."
67917 #~ msgstr ""
67918 #~ "Ne pas dérouler : effacer plutôt l’écran avant d'afficher le texte. "
67919 #~ "Remarquez que cette option est activée automatiquement si l’exécutable "
67920 #~ "s'appelle B<page>."
67921
67922 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --clean-print>"
67923 #~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --clean-print>"
67924
67925 #~ msgid ""
67926 #~ "Do not scroll.  Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the "
67927 #~ "remainder of each line as it is displayed."
67928 #~ msgstr ""
67929 #~ "Ne pas dérouler : afficher les lignes en partant du haut et en effaçant "
67930 #~ "les fins de ligne au fur et à mesure."
67931
67932 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --squeeze>"
67933 #~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --squeeze>"
67934
67935 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --plain>"
67936 #~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --plain>"
67937
67938 #~ msgid ""
67939 #~ "Suppress underlining.  This option is silently ignored as backwards "
67940 #~ "compatibility."
67941 #~ msgstr ""
67942 #~ "Supprimer les soulignements. Cette option est ignorée silencieusement et "
67943 #~ "sert uniquement pour la rétro-compatibilité."
67944
67945 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--lines >I<number>"
67946 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--lines> I<nombre>"
67947
67948 #~ msgid ""
67949 #~ "Specify the I<number> of lines per screenful.  The I<number> argument is "
67950 #~ "a positive decimal integer.  The B<--lines> option shall override any "
67951 #~ "values obtained from any other source, such as number of lines reported "
67952 #~ "by terminal."
67953 #~ msgstr ""
67954 #~ "Indiquer le I<nombre> de lignes par écran. Le paramètre I<nombre> est un "
67955 #~ "entier décimal positif. L'option B<--lines> écrasera toute autre valeur "
67956 #~ "issue d'une autre source, telle que le nombre de lignes indiqué par le "
67957 #~ "terminal."
67958
67959 #~ msgid "B<+/>I<string>"
67960 #~ msgstr "B<+/>I<chaîne>"
67961
67962 #~ msgid ""
67963 #~ "Interactive commands for B<more> are based on B<vi>(1).  Some commands "
67964 #~ "may be preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below.  "
67965 #~ "In the following descriptions, B<^X> means B<control-X>."
67966 #~ msgstr ""
67967 #~ "B<more> reconnaît des commandes interactives basées sur celles de "
67968 #~ "B<vi>(1). Certaines commandes peuvent être précédées d'un nombre décimal "
67969 #~ "noté k dans les descriptions suivantes. B<^X> signifie B<Ctrl-X>."
67970
67971 #~ msgid "B<h>\\ orB<\\ ?>"
67972 #~ msgstr "B<h> ou B<?>"
67973
67974 #~ msgid ""
67975 #~ "Help; display a summary of these commands.  If you forget all other "
67976 #~ "commands, remember this one."
67977 #~ msgstr ""
67978 #~ "Aide : afficher un résumé des commandes. Si vous les avez toutes "
67979 #~ "oubliées, tâchez de vous souvenir de celle-là."
67980
67981 #~ msgid "Display next k lines of text.  Defaults to current screen size."
67982 #~ msgstr ""
67983 #~ "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k est la taille de l'écran."
67984
67985 #~ msgid ""
67986 #~ "Display next k lines of text.  Defaults to current screen size.  Argument "
67987 #~ "becomes new default."
67988 #~ msgstr ""
67989 #~ "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k est la taille de l'écran, "
67990 #~ "mais le paramètre fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."
67991
67992 #~ msgid ""
67993 #~ "Display next k lines of text.  Defaults to 1.  Argument becomes new "
67994 #~ "default."
67995 #~ msgstr ""
67996 #~ "Afficher les k lignes suivantes. Par défaut, k vaut 1, mais le paramètre "
67997 #~ "fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."
67998
67999 #~ msgid "B<d>\\ orB<\\ \\&^D>"
68000 #~ msgstr "B<d> ou B<\\&^D>"
68001
68002 #~ msgid ""
68003 #~ "Scroll k lines.  Default is current scroll size, initially 11.  Argument "
68004 #~ "becomes new default."
68005 #~ msgstr ""
68006 #~ "Dérouler k lignes. La valeur par défaut vaut initialement 11, mais le "
68007 #~ "paramètre fourni devient la nouvelle valeur par défaut."
68008
68009 #~ msgid "B<q>\\ orB<\\ Q>\\ orB<\\ INTERRUPT>"
68010 #~ msgstr "B<q> ou B<Q> ou B<INTERRUPT>"
68011
68012 #~ msgid "Skip forward k lines of text.  Defaults to 1."
68013 #~ msgstr "Sauter k lignes. Par défaut, sauter une ligne."
68014
68015 #~ msgid "Skip forward k screenfuls of text.  Defaults to 1."
68016 #~ msgstr "Sauter k écrans. Par défaut, sauter un écran."
68017
68018 #~ msgid "B<b>\\ orB<\\ \\&^B>"
68019 #~ msgstr "B<b> ou B<\\&^B>"
68020
68021 #~ msgid ""
68022 #~ "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text.  Defaults to 1.  Only works with "
68023 #~ "files, not pipes."
68024 #~ msgstr ""
68025 #~ "Reculer de k écrans. Par défaut, reculer d'un écran. Ne fonctionne "
68026 #~ "qu'avec les fichiers, pas avec les tubes (« pipes »)."
68027
68028 #~ msgid "B<'>"
68029 #~ msgstr "B<'>"
68030
68031 #~ msgid "B<\\&/pattern>"
68032 #~ msgstr "B<\\&/>I<motif>"
68033
68034 #~ msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression.  Defaults to 1."
68035 #~ msgstr ""
68036 #~ "Rechercher la k-ième occurrence d'une expression rationnelle. Par défaut, "
68037 #~ "k vaut 1."
68038
68039 #~ msgid ""
68040 #~ "Search for kth occurrence of last regular expression.  Defaults to 1."
68041 #~ msgstr ""
68042 #~ "Rechercher la k-ième occurrence de la dernière expression rationnelle. "
68043 #~ "Par défaut, k vaut 1."
68044
68045 #~ msgid "B<!command>\\ orB<\\ :!command>"
68046 #~ msgstr "B<!>I<commande> ou B<:!>I<commande>"
68047
68048 #~ msgid ""
68049 #~ "Start up an editor at current line.  The editor is taken from the "
68050 #~ "environment variable B<VISUAL> if defined, or B<EDITOR> if B<VISUAL> is "
68051 #~ "not defined, or defaults to B<vi> if neither B<VISUAL> nor B<EDITOR> is "
68052 #~ "defined."
68053 #~ msgstr ""
68054 #~ "Démarrer un éditeur sur la ligne actuelle. L’éditeur est indiqué par la "
68055 #~ "variable d'environnement B<VISUAL> si elle est définie, B<EDITOR> si "
68056 #~ "B<VISUAL> n’est pas définie ou B<vi> par défaut si ni B<VISUAL>, ni "
68057 #~ "B<EDITOR> ne sont définies."
68058
68059 #~ msgid "B<\\&^L>"
68060 #~ msgstr "B<\\&^L>"
68061
68062 #~ msgid "Go to kth next file.  Defaults to 1."
68063 #~ msgstr "Passer au k-ième fichier suivant. Par défaut, k vaut 1."
68064
68065 #~ msgid "Go to kth previous file.  Defaults to 1."
68066 #~ msgstr "Passer au k-ième fichier précédent. Par défaut, k vaut 1."
68067
68068 #~ msgid "B<\\&.>"
68069 #~ msgstr "B<\\&.>"
68070
68071 #~ msgid ""
68072 #~ "The editor the user prefers.  Invoked when command key I<v> is pressed."
68073 #~ msgstr ""
68074 #~ "L’éditeur préféré de l’utilisateur. Appelé par la touche de commande B<v>."
68075
68076 #~ msgid ""
68077 #~ "The B<more> command appeared in 3.0BSD.  This man page documents B<more> "
68078 #~ "version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux "
68079 #~ "community.  Documentation was produced using several other versions of "
68080 #~ "the man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
68081 #~ msgstr ""
68082 #~ "La commande B<more> est apparue dans BSD 3.0. Cette page documente la "
68083 #~ "version 5.19 (Berkeley 29/6/88), qui est celle actuellement utilisée par "
68084 #~ "la communauté Linux. Cette documentation a été constituée en utilisant "
68085 #~ "les pages de manuel de plusieurs autres versions et après un examen "
68086 #~ "exhaustif du code source."
68087
68088 #~ msgid "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley"
68089 #~ msgstr "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley"
68090
68091 #~ msgid "Modified by Geoff Peck, UCB to add underlining, single spacing"
68092 #~ msgstr ""
68093 #~ "Modifié par Geoff Peck, UCB, pour ajouter le soulignement et l'espacement "
68094 #~ "simple."
68095
68096 #~ msgid ""
68097 #~ "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable"
68098 #~ msgstr ""
68099 #~ "Modifié par John Foderaro, UCB, pour ajouter B<-c> et la gestion de la "
68100 #~ "variable d'environnement B<MORE>"
68101
68102 #~ msgid ""
68103 #~ "The more command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
68104 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
68105 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
68106 #~ msgstr ""
68107 #~ "La commande B<more> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
68108 #~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
68109 #~ "linux/> l’archive du noyau Linux E<.UE .>"
68110
68111 #~ msgid "MOUNT"
68112 #~ msgstr "MOUNT"
68113
68114 #, fuzzy
68115 #~| msgid "B<mount -a> [B<-fFnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"
68116 #~ msgid "B<mount> B<-a> [B<-fFnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"
68117 #~ msgstr "B<mount -a> [B<-fFnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-O> I<liste_options>]"
68118
68119 #, fuzzy
68120 #~| msgid ""
68121 #~| "then B<mount> looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a "
68122 #~| "device) in the I</etc/fstab> file.  It's possible to use the B<--target> "
68123 #~| "or B<--source> options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given "
68124 #~| "argument.  For example:"
68125 #~ msgid ""
68126 #~ "then B<mount> looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) "
68127 #~ "in the I</etc/fstab> file. It\\(cqs possible to use the B<--target> or "
68128 #~ "B<--source> options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given "
68129 #~ "argument. For example:"
68130 #~ msgstr ""
68131 #~ "alors B<mount> recherche un point de montage (et s’il n’en trouve pas, un "
68132 #~ "périphérique) dans le fichier I</etc/fstab>. Utiliser les options B<--"
68133 #~ "target> ou B<--source> permet d’éviter une interprétation ambivalente de "
68134 #~ "l’argument donné. Par exemple :"
68135
68136 #, fuzzy
68137 #~| msgid ""
68138 #~| "For more robust and customizable output use B<findmnt>(8), B<especially "
68139 #~| "in your scripts>.  Note that control characters in the mountpoint name "
68140 #~| "are replaced with '?'."
68141 #~ msgid ""
68142 #~ "For more robust and customizable output use B<findmnt>(8), B<especially "
68143 #~ "in your scripts>. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are "
68144 #~ "replaced with \\(aq?\\(aq."
68145 #~ msgstr ""
68146 #~ "Pour une sortie plus explicite et paramétrable utilisez B<findmnt>(8), "
68147 #~ "B<en particulier dans les scripts>. Remarquez que les caractères de "
68148 #~ "contrôle dans le nom de point de montage sont remplacés par des « ? »."
68149
68150 #, fuzzy
68151 #~| msgid ""
68152 #~| "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware "
68153 #~| "reconfiguration, and adding or removing a device can cause changes in "
68154 #~| "names.  This is the reason why it's strongly recommended to use "
68155 #~| "filesystem or partition identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently "
68156 #~| "supported identifiers (tags):"
68157 #~ msgid ""
68158 #~ "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware "
68159 #~ "reconfiguration, and adding or removing a device can cause changes in "
68160 #~ "names. This is the reason why it\\(cqs strongly recommended to use "
68161 #~ "filesystem or partition identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently "
68162 #~ "supported identifiers (tags):"
68163 #~ msgstr ""
68164 #~ "Les noms de périphérique de partitions de disque ne sont pas immuables. "
68165 #~ "Une reconfiguration matérielle, l’ajout ou le retrait d’un périphérique "
68166 #~ "peuvent provoquer des modifications de noms. C’est pour cela qu’il est "
68167 #~ "fortement recommandé d’utiliser des identificateurs de système de "
68168 #~ "fichiers ou de partition tels que des UUID ou LABEL. Actuellement les "
68169 #~ "identificateurs (mots-clés) gérés sont :"
68170
68171 #, fuzzy
68172 #~| msgid ""
68173 #~| "Human readable partition identifier.  This identifier is independent on "
68174 #~| "filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It's "
68175 #~| "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
68176 #~ msgid ""
68177 #~ "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on "
68178 #~ "filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It\\(cqs "
68179 #~ "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
68180 #~ msgstr ""
68181 #~ "Identificateur compréhensible de partition. Cet identificateur est "
68182 #~ "indépendant du système de fichiers et n’est pas modifié par des "
68183 #~ "opérations mkfs ou mkswap. Il est géré par exemple pour les tables de "
68184 #~ "partitionnement GUID (GPT)."
68185
68186 #, fuzzy
68187 #~| msgid ""
68188 #~| "Partition universally unique identifier.  This identifier is independent "
68189 #~| "on filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It's "
68190 #~| "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
68191 #~ msgid ""
68192 #~ "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent "
68193 #~ "on filesystem and does not change by mkfs or mkswap operations It\\(cqs "
68194 #~ "supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
68195 #~ msgstr ""
68196 #~ "Identifiant unique universel de partition. Cet identificateur est "
68197 #~ "indépendant du système de fichiers et n’est pas modifié par des "
68198 #~ "opérations mkfs ou mkswap. Il est géré par exemple pour les tables de "
68199 #~ "partitionnement GUID (GPT)."
68200
68201 #~ msgid "ID=I<id>"
68202 #~ msgstr "ID=I<id>"
68203
68204 #, fuzzy
68205 #~| msgid ""
68206 #~| "Don't forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really "
68207 #~| "unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device.  Use B<lsblk -"
68208 #~| "o +UUID,PARTUUID> to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your "
68209 #~| "system."
68210 #~ msgid ""
68211 #~ "Don\\(cqt forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are "
68212 #~ "really unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use "
68213 #~ "B<lsblk -o +UUID,PARTUUID> to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in "
68214 #~ "your system."
68215 #~ msgstr ""
68216 #~ "N’oubliez pas que les UUID et étiquettes ne sont pas garantis uniques, en "
68217 #~ "particulier si vous déplacez, partagez ou copiez le périphérique. "
68218 #~ "Utilisez B<lsblk -o +UUID,PARTUUID> pour vérifier que les UUID sont "
68219 #~ "vraiment uniques sur le système."
68220
68221 #, fuzzy
68222 #~| msgid ""
68223 #~| "Note that B<mount> is very strict about non-root users and all paths "
68224 #~| "specified on command line are verified before I<fstab> is parsed or a "
68225 #~| "helper program is executed. It's strongly recommended to use a valid "
68226 #~| "mountpoint to specify filesystem, otherwise B<mount> may fail. For "
68227 #~| "example it's a bad idea to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
68228 #~ msgid ""
68229 #~ "Note that B<mount> is very strict about non-root users and all paths "
68230 #~ "specified on command line are verified before I<fstab> is parsed or a "
68231 #~ "helper program is executed. It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use a valid "
68232 #~ "mountpoint to specify filesystem, otherwise B<mount> may fail. For "
68233 #~ "example it\\(cqs a bad idea to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
68234 #~ msgstr ""
68235 #~ "Remarquez que B<mount> est très strict au sujet des utilisateurs "
68236 #~ "ordinaires et tous les chemins indiqués sur la ligne de commande sont "
68237 #~ "vérifiés avant que I<fstab> soit analysé ou qu’un programme d’assistance "
68238 #~ "soit exécuté. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser un point de montage "
68239 #~ "autorisé pour indiquer un système de fichiers, sinon B<mount> échouera. "
68240 #~ "Par exemple, c’est une mauvaise idée d’utiliser une source NFS ou CIFS "
68241 #~ "dans la ligne de commande."
68242
68243 #, fuzzy
68244 #~| msgid ""
68245 #~| "Since util-linux 2.35, B<mount> does not exit when user permissions are "
68246 #~| "inadequate according to libmount's internal security rules.  Instead, it "
68247 #~| "drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This "
68248 #~| "behavior supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e."
68249 #~| "g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
68250 #~ msgid ""
68251 #~ "Since util-linux 2.35, B<mount> does not exit when user permissions are "
68252 #~ "inadequate according to libmount\\(cqs internal security rules. Instead, "
68253 #~ "it drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This "
68254 #~ "behavior supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e."
68255 #~ "g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
68256 #~ msgstr ""
68257 #~ "Depuis la version 2.35, la commande B<mount> ne termine pas lorsque les "
68258 #~ "permissions de l’utilisateur sont insuffisantes selon les règles de "
68259 #~ "sécurité internes de B<libmount>. Il baisse les permissions suid et "
68260 #~ "continue comme un utilisateur habituel simple. Il permet la prise en "
68261 #~ "charge de cas d’utilisation où les droits de superutilisateur ne sont pas "
68262 #~ "nécessaires (par exemple, des systèmes de fichiers FUSE, les espaces de "
68263 #~ "noms d’utilisateur, etc)."
68264
68265 #~ msgid "B</>I<olddir> B</>I<newdir> B<none bind>"
68266 #~ msgstr "B</>I<ancien_répertoire> B</>I<nouveau_répertoire> B<none bind>"
68267
68268 #, fuzzy
68269 #~| msgid ""
68270 #~| "One can also remount a single file (on a single file).  It's also "
68271 #~| "possible to use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular "
68272 #~| "directory, for example:"
68273 #~ msgid ""
68274 #~ "One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It\\(cqs also "
68275 #~ "possible to use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular "
68276 #~ "directory, for example:"
68277 #~ msgstr ""
68278 #~ "Un fichier unique peut également être remonté (sur un fichier unique). Il "
68279 #~ "est aussi possible d’utiliser le montage avec « bind » pour créer un "
68280 #~ "point de montage à partir d'un répertoire normal, par exemple :"
68281
68282 #, fuzzy
68283 #~| msgid ""
68284 #~| "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will "
68285 #~| "remain the same as those on the original mount point.  The userspace "
68286 #~| "mount options (e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by B<mount> and it's "
68287 #~| "necessary to explicitly specify the options on the B<mount> command line."
68288 #~ msgid ""
68289 #~ "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will "
68290 #~ "remain the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount "
68291 #~ "options (e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by B<mount> and it\\(cqs "
68292 #~ "necessary to explicitly specify the options on the B<mount> command line."
68293 #~ msgstr ""
68294 #~ "Remarquez que les options de montage du système de fichiers entretenues "
68295 #~ "par le noyau resteront les mêmes que celles du point de montage "
68296 #~ "d'origine. Les options de montage en espace utilisateur (par exemple, "
68297 #~ "B<_netdev>) ne pourront pas être copiées par B<mount>(8) et il est "
68298 #~ "nécessaire de préciser les options sur la ligne de commande de B<mount>."
68299
68300 #, fuzzy
68301 #~| msgid ""
68302 #~| "It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime "
68303 #~| "and relatime VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation.  The "
68304 #~| "other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently "
68305 #~| "ignored.  It's impossible to change mount options recursively (for "
68306 #~| "example with B<-o rbind,ro>)."
68307 #~ msgid ""
68308 #~ "It\\(cqs also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, "
68309 #~ "nodiratime and relatime VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. "
68310 #~ "The other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently "
68311 #~ "ignored. It\\(cqs impossible to change mount options recursively (for "
68312 #~ "example with B<-o rbind,ro>)."
68313 #~ msgstr ""
68314 #~ "Il est aussi possible de remplacer les drapeaux d’entrées VFS B<nosuid>, "
68315 #~ "B<nodev>, B<noexec>, B<noatime>, B<nodiratime> et B<relatime> par "
68316 #~ "l’opération B<remount,bind>. Les autres (par exemple, les drapeaux "
68317 #~ "spécifiques à des systèmes de fichiers) sont ignorés silencieusement. Il "
68318 #~ "est impossible de modifier les options de montage de manière récursive "
68319 #~ "(par exemple, avec B<-o rbind,ro>)."
68320
68321 #, fuzzy
68322 #~| msgid ""
68323 #~| "Don't canonicalize paths.  The B<mount> command canonicalizes all paths "
68324 #~| "(from the command line or I<fstab>)  by default.  This option can be "
68325 #~| "used together with the B<-f> flag for already canonicalized absolute "
68326 #~| "paths.  The option is designed for mount helpers which call B<mount -"
68327 #~| "i>.  It is strongly recommended to not use this command-line option for "
68328 #~| "normal mount operations."
68329 #~ msgid ""
68330 #~ "Don\\(cqt canonicalize paths. The B<mount> command canonicalizes all "
68331 #~ "paths (from the command line or I<fstab>) by default. This option can be "
68332 #~ "used together with the B<-f> flag for already canonicalized absolute "
68333 #~ "paths. The option is designed for mount helpers which call B<mount -i>. "
68334 #~ "It is strongly recommended to not use this command-line option for normal "
68335 #~ "mount operations."
68336 #~ msgstr ""
68337 #~ "Ne pas rendre les chemins canoniques. La commande B<mount> rend tous les "
68338 #~ "chemins canoniques (depuis la ligne de commande ou I<fstab>) par défaut. "
68339 #~ "Cette option peut être utilisée avec l’attribut B<-f> pour les chemins "
68340 #~ "absolus déjà canoniques. L’option est conçue pour les auxiliaires de "
68341 #~ "montage qui appellent B<mount -i>. L’utilisation de cette option en ligne "
68342 #~ "de commande est fortement déconseillée pour les opérations normales de "
68343 #~ "montage."
68344
68345 #, fuzzy
68346 #~| msgid ""
68347 #~| "Don't call the B</sbin/mount.>I<filesystem> helper even if it exists."
68348 #~ msgid ""
68349 #~ "Don\\(cqt call the B</sbin/mount.>I<filesystem> helper even if it exists."
68350 #~ msgstr ""
68351 #~ "Ne pas appeler l'auxiliaire B</sbin/mount.>I<système_de_fichiers>, même "
68352 #~ "s'il existe."
68353
68354 #, fuzzy
68355 #~| msgid ""
68356 #~| "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option I<_netdev> "
68357 #~| "specified in the options field in the I</etc/fstab> file."
68358 #~ msgid ""
68359 #~ "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option I<netdev> "
68360 #~ "specified in the options field in the I</etc/fstab> file."
68361 #~ msgstr ""
68362 #~ "monte tous les systèmes de fichiers sauf ceux qui ont l'option B<_netdev> "
68363 #~ "indiquée dans le champ option du fichier I</etc/fstab>."
68364
68365 #, fuzzy
68366 #~| msgid ""
68367 #~| "Controls how to combine options from I<fstab>/I<mtab> with options from "
68368 #~| "the command line.  I<mode> can be one of B<ignore>, B<append>, "
68369 #~| "B<prepend> or B<replace>.  For example, B<append> means that options "
68370 #~| "from I<fstab> are appended to options from the command line.  The "
68371 #~| "default value is B<prepend> -- it means command line options are "
68372 #~| "evaluated after I<fstab> options.  Note that the last option wins if "
68373 #~| "there are conflicting ones."
68374 #~ msgid ""
68375 #~ "Controls how to combine options from I<fstab>/I<mtab> with options from "
68376 #~ "the command line. I<mode> can be one of B<ignore>, B<append>, B<prepend> "
68377 #~ "or B<replace>. For example, B<append> means that options from I<fstab> "
68378 #~ "are appended to options from the command line. The default value is "
68379 #~ "B<prepend> \\(em it means command line options are evaluated after "
68380 #~ "I<fstab> options. Note that the last option wins if there are conflicting "
68381 #~ "ones."
68382 #~ msgstr ""
68383 #~ "Contrôler la façon de combiner les options de I<fstab> et I<mtab> avec "
68384 #~ "les options de la ligne de commande. I<mode> peut être soit B<ignore>, "
68385 #~ "B<append>, B<prepend> ou B<replace>. Par exemple, B<append> signifie que "
68386 #~ "les options de I<fstab> sont ajoutées aux options de la ligne de "
68387 #~ "commande. La valeur par défaut est B<prepend>, signifiant que les options "
68388 #~ "de la ligne de commande sont évaluées après les options de I<fstab>. "
68389 #~ "Remarquez que c’est la dernière option qui prévaut en cas de conflit."
68390
68391 #, fuzzy
68392 #~| msgid ""
68393 #~| "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing.  This will ignore "
68394 #~| "mount options not supported by a filesystem type.  Not all filesystems "
68395 #~| "support this option.  Currently it's supported by the B<mount.nfs> mount "
68396 #~| "helper only."
68397 #~ msgid ""
68398 #~ "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
68399 #~ "options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support "
68400 #~ "this option. Currently it\\(cqs supported by the B<mount.nfs> mount "
68401 #~ "helper only."
68402 #~ msgstr ""
68403 #~ "Tolérer les options non valables plutôt qu'échouer. Cela permet d'ignorer "
68404 #~ "les options non prises en charge par un type de système de fichiers. Tous "
68405 #~ "les systèmes de fichiers ne prennent pas en charge cette option. "
68406 #~ "Actuellement, elle n’est prise en charge que par l’auxiliaire de montage "
68407 #~ "B<mount.nfs>."
68408
68409 #, fuzzy
68410 #~| msgid ""
68411 #~| "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument "
68412 #~| "might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device).  "
68413 #~| "This option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the "
68414 #~| "mount source."
68415 #~ msgid ""
68416 #~ "If only one argument for the B<mount> command is given, then the argument "
68417 #~ "might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This "
68418 #~ "option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount "
68419 #~ "source."
68420 #~ msgstr ""
68421 #~ "Si un seul argument est donné pour la commande de montage, alors cet "
68422 #~ "argument pourrait être interprété comme une cible (point de montage) ou "
68423 #~ "une source (périphérique). Cette option permet de définir explicitement "
68424 #~ "que l’argument est la source du montage."
68425
68426 #, fuzzy
68427 #~| msgid ""
68428 #~| "Note that B<mount>(8) does not pass the option B<--fstab> to the B</sbin/"
68429 #~| "mount.>I<type> helpers, meaning that the alternative I<fstab> files will "
68430 #~| "be invisible for the helpers.  This is no problem for normal mounts, but "
68431 #~| "user (non-root) mounts always require I<fstab> to verify the user's "
68432 #~| "rights."
68433 #~ msgid ""
68434 #~ "Note that B<mount> does not pass the option B<--fstab> to the B</sbin/"
68435 #~ "mount.>I<type> helpers, meaning that the alternative I<fstab> files will "
68436 #~ "be invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but "
68437 #~ "user (non-root) mounts always require I<fstab> to verify the user\\(cqs "
68438 #~ "rights."
68439 #~ msgstr ""
68440 #~ "Remarquez que B<mount>(8) ne passe pas l’option B<--fstab> à l’auxiliaire "
68441 #~ "B</sbin/mount.>I<type>, ce qui signifie que les fichiers I<fstab> "
68442 #~ "alternatifs seront invisibles aux auxiliaires. Ce n’est pas un problème "
68443 #~ "pour les montages normaux, mais les montages d’utilisateurs ordinaires "
68444 #~ "nécessitent toujours I<fstab> pour vérifier les droits de l’utilisateur."
68445
68446 #, fuzzy
68447 #~| msgid ""
68448 #~| "The programs B<mount> and B<umount> support filesystem subtypes.  The "
68449 #~| "subtype is defined by a '.subtype' suffix.  For example 'fuse.sshfs'.  "
68450 #~| "It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to "
68451 #~| "the mount source (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
68452 #~ msgid ""
68453 #~ "The programs B<mount> and B<umount>(8) support filesystem subtypes. The "
68454 #~ "subtype is defined by a \\(aq.subtype\\(aq suffix. For example \\(aqfuse."
68455 #~ "sshfs\\(aq. It\\(cqs recommended to use subtype notation rather than add "
68456 #~ "any prefix to the mount source (for example \\(aqsshfs#example.com\\(aq "
68457 #~ "is deprecated)."
68458 #~ msgstr ""
68459 #~ "Les programmes B<mount>(8) et B<umount>(8) gèrent les I<sous-types> de "
68460 #~ "systèmes de fichiers. Le sous-type est défini par un suffixe « B<.>I<sous-"
68461 #~ "type> ». Par exemple, « fuse.sshfs ». Vous devriez plutôt utiliser la "
68462 #~ "notation de sous-type que d'ajouter un préfixe à la source de montage "
68463 #~ "(par exemple « sshfs#example.com » est obsolète)."
68464
68465 #~ msgid "B<auto>"
68466 #~ msgstr "B<auto>"
68467
68468 #, fuzzy
68469 #~| msgid ""
68470 #~| "B<mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\e>\n"
68471 #~| "B<\\ \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'>\n"
68472 #~ msgid ""
68473 #~ "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\(rs \\(aqcontext=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:"
68474 #~ "s0:c127,c456\",noexec\\(aq"
68475 #~ msgstr ""
68476 #~ "B<mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\e>\n"
68477 #~ "B<\\ \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'>\n"
68478
68479 #~ msgid ""
68480 #~ "Use the default options: B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, B<auto>, "
68481 #~ "B<nouser>, and B<async>."
68482 #~ msgstr ""
68483 #~ "Utiliser les options par défaut : B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, "
68484 #~ "B<auto>, B<nouser> et B<async>."
68485
68486 #~ msgid "B<dev>"
68487 #~ msgstr "B<dev>"
68488
68489 #, fuzzy
68490 #~| msgid ""
68491 #~| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user's "
68492 #~| "groups matches the group of the device.  This option implies the options "
68493 #~| "B<nosuid> and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in "
68494 #~| "the option line B<group,dev,suid>)."
68495 #~ msgid ""
68496 #~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user\\(cqs "
68497 #~ "groups matches the group of the device. This option implies the options "
68498 #~ "B<nosuid> and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in "
68499 #~ "the option line B<group,dev,suid>)."
68500 #~ msgstr ""
68501 #~ "Autoriser un utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers si "
68502 #~ "l’un des groupes de cet utilisateur correspond au groupe du périphérique. "
68503 #~ "Cette option implique les options B<nosuid> et B<nodev> (à moins qu'elles "
68504 #~ "ne soient annulées par d'autres options comme dans la ligne d'options "
68505 #~ "B<group,dev,suid>)."
68506
68507 #, fuzzy
68508 #~| msgid ""
68509 #~| "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this "
68510 #~| "option (unless B<\\%noatime> was specified), and the B<\\%strictatime> "
68511 #~| "option is required to obtain traditional semantics.  In addition, since "
68512 #~| "Linux 2.6.30, the file's last access time is always updated if it is "
68513 #~| "more than 1 day old."
68514 #~ msgid ""
68515 #~ "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this "
68516 #~ "option (unless B<noatime> was specified), and the B<strictatime> option "
68517 #~ "is required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux "
68518 #~ "2.6.30, the file\\(cqs last access time is always updated if it is more "
68519 #~ "than 1 day old."
68520 #~ msgstr ""
68521 #~ "Depuis Linux 2.6.30, le comportement par défaut du noyau est celui fourni "
68522 #~ "par cette option (sauf si B<\\%noatime> a été indiquée), et l'option B<\\"
68523 #~ "%strictatime> est nécessaire pour obtenir les sémantiques "
68524 #~ "traditionnelles. De plus, depuis Linux 2.6.30, la date de dernier accès "
68525 #~ "au fichier est toujours mise à jour si elle est vieille de plus d'un jour."
68526
68527 #, fuzzy
68528 #~| msgid "Use the kernel's default behavior for inode access time updates."
68529 #~ msgid "Use the kernel\\(cqs default behavior for inode access time updates."
68530 #~ msgstr ""
68531 #~ "Utiliser le comportement par défaut du noyau pour la mise à jour des "
68532 #~ "horodatages d'accès aux inœuds."
68533
68534 #~ msgid "B<ro>"
68535 #~ msgstr "B<ro>"
68536
68537 #~ msgid "B<rw>"
68538 #~ msgstr "B<rw>"
68539
68540 #, fuzzy
68541 #~| msgid "B<X-*>"
68542 #~ msgid "B<X->*"
68543 #~ msgstr "B<X->I<*>"
68544
68545 #, fuzzy
68546 #~| msgid "B<x-*>"
68547 #~ msgid "B<x->*"
68548 #~ msgstr "B<x->I<*>"
68549
68550 # Pas sûr de l'emplacement de la chaîne, vient probablement de Netpbm
68551 #, fuzzy
68552 #~| msgid "Filesystem(s)"
68553 #~ msgid "B<Filesystem(s)>"
68554 #~ msgstr "Système(s) de fichiers"
68555
68556 #, fuzzy
68557 #~| msgid "Manual page"
68558 #~ msgid "B<Manual page>"
68559 #~ msgstr "Page de manuel"
68560
68561 #~ msgid "btrfs"
68562 #~ msgstr "btrfs"
68563
68564 #~ msgid "B<btrfs>(5)"
68565 #~ msgstr "B<btrfs>(5)"
68566
68567 #~ msgid "cifs"
68568 #~ msgstr "cifs"
68569
68570 #~ msgid "B<mount.cifs>(8)"
68571 #~ msgstr "B<mount.cifs>(8)"
68572
68573 #~ msgid "ext2, ext3, ext4"
68574 #~ msgstr "ext2, ext3, ext4"
68575
68576 #~ msgid "B<ext4>(5)"
68577 #~ msgstr "B<ext4>(5)"
68578
68579 #~ msgid "fuse"
68580 #~ msgstr "fuse"
68581
68582 #~ msgid "B<fuse>(8)"
68583 #~ msgstr "B<fuse>(8)"
68584
68585 #~ msgid "nfs"
68586 #~ msgstr "nfs"
68587
68588 #~ msgid "B<nfs>(5)"
68589 #~ msgstr "B<nfs>(5)"
68590
68591 #~ msgid "tmpfs"
68592 #~ msgstr "tmpfs"
68593
68594 #~ msgid "B<tmpfs>(5)"
68595 #~ msgstr "B<tmpfs>(5)"
68596
68597 #~ msgid "xfs"
68598 #~ msgstr "xfs"
68599
68600 #~ msgid "B<xfs>(5)"
68601 #~ msgstr "B<xfs>(5)"
68602
68603 #, fuzzy
68604 #~| msgid ""
68605 #~| "Set the permission mask for ADFS 'owner' permissions and 'other' "
68606 #~| "permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively).  See "
68607 #~| "also I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst>."
68608 #~ msgid ""
68609 #~ "Set the permission mask for ADFS \\(aqowner\\(aq permissions and "
68610 #~ "\\(aqother\\(aq permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, "
68611 #~ "respectively). See also I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs."
68612 #~ "rst>."
68613 #~ msgstr ""
68614 #~ "Définir le masque de permissions pour le propriétaire ADFS et les "
68615 #~ "permissions des « autres » respectivement (défaut : 0700 et 0077, "
68616 #~ "respectivement). Consultez aussi I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/"
68617 #~ "filesystems/adfs.rst>."
68618
68619 #, fuzzy
68620 #~| msgid ""
68621 #~| "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic "
68622 #~| "link."
68623 #~ msgid ""
68624 #~ "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before \\(aq/\\(aq when following a "
68625 #~ "symbolic link."
68626 #~ msgstr ""
68627 #~ "Préfixe (30 caractères au plus) à utiliser avant « / » lorsqu'un lien "
68628 #~ "symbolique est suivi."
68629
68630 #~ msgid "B<root=>I<value>"
68631 #~ msgstr "B<root=>I<valeur>"
68632
68633 #~ msgid "B<bs=>I<value>"
68634 #~ msgstr "B<bs=>I<valeur>"
68635
68636 #~ msgid "B<uid=>I<n>B<, gid=>I<n>"
68637 #~ msgstr "B<uid=>I<n>, B<gid=>I<n>"
68638
68639 #, fuzzy
68640 #~| msgid ""
68641 #~| "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel.  "
68642 #~| "It is implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29.  "
68643 #~| "Further, this mount option is valid only if "
68644 #~| "CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES is enabled in the kernel configuration."
68645 #~ msgid ""
68646 #~ "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It "
68647 #~ "is implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, "
68648 #~ "this mount option is valid only if B<CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES> is "
68649 #~ "enabled in the kernel configuration."
68650 #~ msgstr ""
68651 #~ "Cette option est principalement utilisée pour gérer les conteneurs dans "
68652 #~ "le noyau Linux. Elle est implémentée dans le noyau Linux depuis la "
68653 #~ "version 2.6.29. De plus, cette option de montage n'est valable que si "
68654 #~ "l'option CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES est activée dans la "
68655 #~ "configuration du noyau."
68656
68657 #, fuzzy
68658 #~| msgid ""
68659 #~| "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with "
68660 #~| "2.6.29.  Further, this option is valid only if "
68661 #~| "CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES is enabled in the kernel configuration."
68662 #~ msgid ""
68663 #~ "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with "
68664 #~ "2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if "
68665 #~ "B<CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES> is enabled in the kernel "
68666 #~ "configuration."
68667 #~ msgstr ""
68668 #~ "Cette option est implémentée dans le noyau Linux depuis la "
68669 #~ "version 2.6.29. De plus, cette option n'est valable que si l'option "
68670 #~ "CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES est activée dans la configuration du "
68671 #~ "noyau."
68672
68673 #~ msgid "B<20>"
68674 #~ msgstr "B<20>"
68675
68676 #, fuzzy
68677 #~| msgid ""
68678 #~| "If current process is in group of file's group ID, you can change "
68679 #~| "timestamp."
68680 #~ msgid ""
68681 #~ "If current process is in group of file\\(cqs group ID, you can change "
68682 #~ "timestamp."
68683 #~ msgstr ""
68684 #~ "Si le processus actuel appartient au GID du fichier, l'horodatage peut "
68685 #~ "être modifié."
68686
68687 #, fuzzy
68688 #~| msgid ""
68689 #~| "Normally B<utime>(2)  checks that the current process is owner of the "
68690 #~| "file, or that it has the B<CAP_FOWNER> capability.  But FAT filesystems "
68691 #~| "don't have UID/GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible.  With "
68692 #~| "this option you can relax it."
68693 #~ msgid ""
68694 #~ "Normally B<utime>(2) checks that the current process is owner of the "
68695 #~ "file, or that it has the B<CAP_FOWNER> capability. But FAT filesystems "
68696 #~ "don\\(cqt have UID/GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. "
68697 #~ "With this option you can relax it."
68698 #~ msgstr ""
68699 #~ "Normalement, B<utime>(2) vérifie que le processus actuel est le "
68700 #~ "propriétaire du fichier ou qu'il a la propriété B<CAP_FOWNER>. Cependant, "
68701 #~ "les systèmes de fichiers FAT n’ont pas d'UID ou de GID sur le disque, "
68702 #~ "donc une vérification normale est trop inflexible. Avec cette option, "
68703 #~ "vous pouvez l'assouplir."
68704
68705 #~ msgid "B<conv=>I<mode>"
68706 #~ msgstr "B<conv=>I<mode>"
68707
68708 #~ msgid "B<fat=>{B<12>|B<16>|B<32>}"
68709 #~ msgstr "B<fat=>{B<12>|B<16>|B<32>}"
68710
68711 #, fuzzy
68712 #~| msgid ""
68713 #~| "To maintain backward compatibility, '-o nfs' is also accepted, "
68714 #~| "defaulting to B<stale_rw>."
68715 #~ msgid ""
68716 #~ "To maintain backward compatibility, B<-o nfs> is also accepted, "
68717 #~ "defaulting to B<stale_rw>."
68718 #~ msgstr ""
68719 #~ "Pour la compatibilité ascendante, B<-o nfs> est aussi acceptée, "
68720 #~ "signifiant par défaut B<stale_rw>."
68721
68722 #, fuzzy
68723 #~| msgid ""
68724 #~| "FAT has the ATTR_RO (read-only) attribute.  On Windows, the ATTR_RO of "
68725 #~| "the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as "
68726 #~| "a flag (e.g.\\& it's set for the customized folder)."
68727 #~ msgid ""
68728 #~ "FAT has the B<ATTR_RO> (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the B<ATTR_RO> "
68729 #~ "of the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications "
68730 #~ "as a flag (e.g. it\\(cqs set for the customized folder)."
68731 #~ msgstr ""
68732 #~ "FAT a l’attribut ATTR_RO (lecture seule). Sous Windows, l’ATTR_RO du "
68733 #~ "répertoire sera simplement ignoré et il n’est utilisé que par les "
68734 #~ "applications comme un attribut (par exemple, il est défini pour le "
68735 #~ "répertoire personnalisé)."
68736
68737 #, fuzzy
68738 #~| msgid ""
68739 #~| "If you want to use ATTR_RO as read-only flag even for the directory, set "
68740 #~| "this option."
68741 #~ msgid ""
68742 #~ "If you want to use B<ATTR_RO> as read-only flag even for the directory, "
68743 #~ "set this option."
68744 #~ msgstr ""
68745 #~ "Pour utiliser ATTR_RO comme un attribut de lecture seule même pour le "
68746 #~ "répertoire, activez cette option."
68747
68748 #, fuzzy
68749 #~| msgid ""
68750 #~| "If set, ATTR_SYS attribute on FAT is handled as IMMUTABLE flag on "
68751 #~| "Linux.  Not set by default."
68752 #~ msgid ""
68753 #~ "If set, B<ATTR_SYS> attribute on FAT is handled as B<IMMUTABLE> flag on "
68754 #~ "Linux. Not set by default."
68755 #~ msgstr ""
68756 #~ "Si activée, l'attribut FAT ATTR_SYS est géré comme un attribut immuable "
68757 #~ "sous Linux. Désactivée par défaut."
68758
68759 #, fuzzy
68760 #~| msgid ""
68761 #~| "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on FSINFO.  It'll be used to "
68762 #~| "determine number of free clusters without scanning disk.  But it's not "
68763 #~| "used by default, because recent Windows don't update it correctly in "
68764 #~| "some case.  If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on FSINFO is correct, "
68765 #~| "by this option you can avoid scanning disk."
68766 #~ msgid ""
68767 #~ "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on B<FSINFO>. It\\(cqll be used to "
68768 #~ "determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it\\(cqs not "
68769 #~ "used by default, because recent Windows don\\(cqt update it correctly in "
68770 #~ "some case. If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on B<FSINFO> is correct, "
68771 #~ "by this option you can avoid scanning disk."
68772 #~ msgstr ""
68773 #~ "Utiliser la valeur de secteurs libres (« free clusters ») disponible dans "
68774 #~ "FSINFO. Elle sera utilisée pour déterminer le nombre de secteurs libres "
68775 #~ "sans analyser le disque. Elle n'est pas utilisée par défaut car les "
68776 #~ "versions récentes de Windows ne la mettent pas à jour correctement dans "
68777 #~ "certains cas. Si vous êtes sûr que la valeur de secteurs libres sur "
68778 #~ "FSINFO est correcte, vous pouvez éviter l'analyse du disque grâce à cette "
68779 #~ "option."
68780
68781 #, fuzzy
68782 #~| msgid ""
68783 #~| "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for "
68784 #~| "creating new files.  Default values: '????'."
68785 #~ msgid ""
68786 #~ "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for "
68787 #~ "creating new files. Default values: \\(aq????\\(aq."
68788 #~ msgstr ""
68789 #~ "Positionner les valeurs « creator » et « type » telles que les montre le "
68790 #~ "« Finder MacOS » lors de la création de nouveaux fichiers. Valeurs par "
68791 #~ "défaut « ???? »."
68792
68793 #~ msgid "B<session=>I<n>"
68794 #~ msgstr "B<session=>I<n>"
68795
68796 #~ msgid "B<part=>I<n>"
68797 #~ msgstr "B<part=>I<n>"
68798
68799 #, fuzzy
68800 #~| msgid "Don't complain about invalid mount options."
68801 #~ msgid "Don\\(cqt complain about invalid mount options."
68802 #~ msgstr "Ne pas se plaindre dans le cas d'options de montage non valables."
68803
68804 #, fuzzy
68805 #~| msgid ""
68806 #~| "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower "
68807 #~| "case ASCII, drops a trailing `;1', and converts `;' to `.'.  With "
68808 #~| "B<map=off> no name translation is done.  See B<norock>.  (Default: "
68809 #~| "B<map=normal>.)  B<map=acorn> is like B<map=normal> but also apply Acorn "
68810 #~| "extensions if present."
68811 #~ msgid ""
68812 #~ "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower "
68813 #~ "case ASCII, drops a trailing \\(aq;1\\(aq, and converts \\(aq;\\(aq to "
68814 #~ "\\(aq.\\(aq. With B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>. "
68815 #~ "(Default: B<map=normal>.) B<map=acorn> is like B<map=normal> but also "
68816 #~ "apply Acorn extensions if present."
68817 #~ msgstr ""
68818 #~ "Pour les volumes sans extension Rock Ridge, la conversion des noms de "
68819 #~ "fichiers change les majuscules en minuscules, supprime l'éventuel « ;1 » "
68820 #~ "final, et transforme « ; » en « . ». Avec B<map=off> il n'y a pas de "
68821 #~ "conversion. Consultez B<norock> (B<map=normal> par défaut). B<map=acorn> "
68822 #~ "est comme B<map=normal>, mais applique aussi les extensions Acorn si "
68823 #~ "elles sont présentes."
68824
68825 #~ msgid "B<session=>I<x>"
68826 #~ msgstr "B<session=>I<x>"
68827
68828 #, fuzzy
68829 #~| msgid ""
68830 #~| "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only "
68831 #~| "makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft's Joliet extensions."
68832 #~ msgid ""
68833 #~ "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only "
68834 #~ "makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft\\(cqs Joliet "
68835 #~ "extensions."
68836 #~ msgstr ""
68837 #~ "Les options suivantes sont les mêmes que pour I<vfat> et les indiquer n'a "
68838 #~ "de sens que dans le cas de disques utilisant les extensions Joliet de "
68839 #~ "Microsoft."
68840
68841 #~ msgid "B<nls=>I<name>"
68842 #~ msgstr "B<nls=>I<nom>"
68843
68844 #~ msgid "B<uni_xlate=>{B<0>|B<1>|B<2>}"
68845 #~ msgstr "B<uni_xlate=>{B<0>|B<1>|B<2>}"
68846
68847 #, fuzzy
68848 #~| msgid ""
68849 #~| "For 0 (or `no' or `false'), do not use escape sequences for unknown "
68850 #~| "Unicode characters.  For 1 (or `yes' or `true') or 2, use vfat-style 4-"
68851 #~| "byte escape sequences starting with \":\".  Here 2 give a little-endian "
68852 #~| "encoding and 1 a byteswapped bigendian encoding."
68853 #~ msgid ""
68854 #~ "For 0 (or \\(aqno\\(aq or \\(aqfalse\\(aq), do not use escape sequences "
68855 #~ "for unknown Unicode characters. For 1 (or \\(aqyes\\(aq or "
68856 #~ "\\(aqtrue\\(aq) or 2, use vfat-style 4-byte escape sequences starting "
68857 #~ "with \":\". Here 2 gives a little-endian encoding and 1 a byteswapped "
68858 #~ "bigendian encoding."
68859 #~ msgstr ""
68860 #~ "Si B<0> (ou B<no>, ou B<false>), ne pas utiliser de séquences "
68861 #~ "d'échappements pour les caractères Unicode inconnus. Si B<1> (ou B<yes>, "
68862 #~ "ou B<true>) ou B<2>, utiliser les séquences d'échappement sur quatre "
68863 #~ "octets de style I<vfat> en commençant par « : ». Avec B<2>, un codage "
68864 #~ "petit boutiste (« little-endian ») est utilisé et avec B<1> un codage "
68865 #~ "grand boutiste (« big-endian »)."
68866
68867 #~ msgid "B<on>"
68868 #~ msgstr "B<on>"
68869
68870 #~ msgid "B<off>"
68871 #~ msgstr "B<off>"
68872
68873 #, fuzzy
68874 #~| msgid "B<case=>{B<lower>|B<asis>}"
68875 #~ msgid "B<index=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
68876 #~ msgstr "B<case=>{B<lower>|B<asis>}"
68877
68878 #, fuzzy
68879 #~| msgid "B<compr=>{B<none>|B<lzo>|B<zlib>}"
68880 #~ msgid "B<xinfo=>{B<on>|B<off>|B<auto>}"
68881 #~ msgstr "B<compr=>{B<none>|B<lzo>|B<zlib>}"
68882
68883 #~ msgid "B<tea>"
68884 #~ msgstr "B<tea>"
68885
68886 #~ msgid "B<r5>"
68887 #~ msgstr "B<r5>"
68888
68889 #, fuzzy
68890 #~| msgid ""
68891 #~| "Disable journaling.  This will provide slight performance improvements "
68892 #~| "in some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs's fast recovery from "
68893 #~| "crashes.  Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all "
68894 #~| "journaling operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area.  "
68895 #~| "Implementation of I<nolog> is a work in progress."
68896 #~ msgid ""
68897 #~ "Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in "
68898 #~ "some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs\\(cqs fast recovery from "
68899 #~ "crashes. Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all "
68900 #~ "journaling operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. "
68901 #~ "Implementation of I<nolog> is a work in progress."
68902 #~ msgstr ""
68903 #~ "Désactiver la journalisation. Améliore légèrement les performances dans "
68904 #~ "certains cas en perdant la possibilité de récupération rapide après un "
68905 #~ "plantage. Même avec cette option, ReiserFS effectue encore toutes les "
68906 #~ "opérations de journalisation sauf l'écriture effective dans la zone "
68907 #~ "journal. L'implémentation de B<nolog> est en cours."
68908
68909 #, fuzzy
68910 #~| msgid ""
68911 #~| "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions.  "
68912 #~| "Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has I<number> blocks.  This "
68913 #~| "option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume "
68914 #~| "management (LVM).  There is a special I<resizer> utility which can be "
68915 #~| "obtained from I<ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs>."
68916 #~ msgid ""
68917 #~ "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. "
68918 #~ "Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has I<number> blocks. This "
68919 #~ "option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume "
68920 #~ "management (LVM). There is a special I<resizer> utility which can be "
68921 #~ "obtained from"
68922 #~ msgstr ""
68923 #~ "Option de remontage permettant l'extension, en cours d'utilisation, d'une "
68924 #~ "partition ReiserFS. Demande à ReiserFS de supposer que le périphérique a "
68925 #~ "le I<nombre> de blocs indiqué. À utiliser avec des périphériques sous "
68926 #~ "gestion par volumes logiques (LVM). Un utilitaire spécial B<resizer> est "
68927 #~ "disponible sur I<ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs>."
68928
68929 #, fuzzy
68930 #~| msgid "Enable Extended User Attributes.  See the B<attr>(1)  manual page."
68931 #~ msgid ""
68932 #~ "I<Enable Extended User Attributes. See the >B<attr>I<(1) manual page.>"
68933 #~ msgstr ""
68934 #~ "Activer les attributs étendus. Consultez la page de manuel B<attr>(1)."
68935
68936 #~ msgid "B<acl>"
68937 #~ msgstr "B<acl>"
68938
68939 #, fuzzy
68940 #~| msgid "Enable POSIX Access Control Lists.  See the B<acl>(5)  manual page."
68941 #~ msgid ""
68942 #~ "I<Enable POSIX Access Control Lists. See the >B<acl>I<(5) manual page.>"
68943 #~ msgstr ""
68944 #~ "Activer les listes de contrôle d'accès (ACL). Consultez la page de manuel "
68945 #~ "B<acl>(5)."
68946
68947 #, fuzzy
68948 #~| msgid "B<barrier=none> / B<barrier=flush>"
68949 #~ msgid "B<barrier=none>I< / >B<barrier=flush>"
68950 #~ msgstr "B<barrier=none> / B<barrier=flush>"
68951
68952 #, fuzzy
68953 #~| msgid ""
68954 #~| "This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling "
68955 #~| "code.  barrier=none disables, barrier=flush enables (default).  This "
68956 #~| "also requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs "
68957 #~| "gets an error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a "
68958 #~| "warning.  Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal "
68959 #~| "commits, making volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some "
68960 #~| "performance penalty.  If your disks are battery-backed in one way or "
68961 #~| "another, disabling barriers may safely improve performance."
68962 #~ msgid ""
68963 #~ "I<This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling "
68964 #~ "code. >B<barrier=none>I< disables, >B<barrier=flush>I< enables (default). "
68965 #~ "This also requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if "
68966 #~ "reiserfs gets an error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again "
68967 #~ "with a warning. Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal "
68968 #~ "commits, making volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some "
68969 #~ "performance penalty. If your disks are battery-backed in one way or "
68970 #~ "another, disabling barriers may safely improve performance.>"
68971 #~ msgstr ""
68972 #~ "Désactiver (B<barrier=none>) ou activer (B<barrier=flush>, par défaut) "
68973 #~ "l'utilisation des barrières d'écriture dans le code de journalisation. "
68974 #~ "Cela nécessite aussi une pile d'entrées et sorties qui peut gérer les "
68975 #~ "barrières, et si ReiserFS rencontre une erreur sur une barrière "
68976 #~ "d'écriture, elle désactivera de nouveau les barrières avec un "
68977 #~ "avertissement. Les barrières d'écriture renforcent l'ordre correct des "
68978 #~ "inscriptions au journal sur le disque, permettant d'utiliser en sécurité "
68979 #~ "les caches d'écriture volatils du disque, au prix de quelques pertes en "
68980 #~ "performance. Si les disques sont alimentés sans interruption d'une façon "
68981 #~ "ou d'une autre, désactiver les barrières permet d'augmenter sans danger "
68982 #~ "les performances."
68983
68984 #, fuzzy
68985 #~| msgid ""
68986 #~| "If mode= is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from "
68987 #~| "the filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in "
68988 #~| "octal."
68989 #~ msgid ""
68990 #~ "If B<mode=> is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from "
68991 #~ "the filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
68992 #~ msgstr ""
68993 #~ "Si B<mode=> est défini, les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds, non "
68994 #~ "relatifs à un répertoire, lus du système de fichiers seront réglées au "
68995 #~ "mode indiqué. La valeur est fournie sous forme octale."
68996
68997 #, fuzzy
68998 #~| msgid ""
68999 #~| "If dmode= is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
69000 #~| "filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
69001 #~ msgid ""
69002 #~ "If B<dmode=> is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
69003 #~ "filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
69004 #~ msgstr ""
69005 #~ "Si B<dmode=> est défini, les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds de "
69006 #~ "répertoire, lus du système de fichiers seront réglées au mode indiqué. La "
69007 #~ "valeur est fournie sous forme octale."
69008
69009 #~ msgid "B<bs=>"
69010 #~ msgstr "B<bs=>"
69011
69012 #, fuzzy
69013 #~| msgid "Don't embed data in the inode."
69014 #~ msgid "Don\\(cqt embed data in the inode."
69015 #~ msgstr "Ne pas intégrer de données dans l’inœud."
69016
69017 #, fuzzy
69018 #~| msgid ""
69019 #~| "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with "
69020 #~| "CONFIG_UDF_NLS option."
69021 #~ msgid ""
69022 #~ "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with "
69023 #~ "B<CONFIG_UDF_NLS> option."
69024 #~ msgstr ""
69025 #~ "Définir le jeu de caractères NLS. Cela nécessite que le noyau soit "
69026 #~ "compilé avec l’option CONFIG_UDF_NLS."
69027
69028 #, fuzzy
69029 #~| msgid ""
69030 #~| "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems.  The "
69031 #~| "problem are differences among implementations.  Features of some "
69032 #~| "implementations are undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of "
69033 #~| "ufs automatically.  That's why the user must specify the type of ufs by "
69034 #~| "mount option.  Possible values are:"
69035 #~ msgid ""
69036 #~ "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The "
69037 #~ "problem are differences among implementations. Features of some "
69038 #~ "implementations are undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of "
69039 #~ "ufs automatically. That\\(cqs why the user must specify the type of ufs "
69040 #~ "by mount option. Possible values are:"
69041 #~ msgstr ""
69042 #~ "UFS est un système de fichiers largement utilisé sur différents systèmes "
69043 #~ "d'exploitation. Malgré tout, des différences existent suivant les "
69044 #~ "implémentations. Certaines fonctionnalités de certaines implémentations "
69045 #~ "sont mal documentées, et il est donc difficile de reconnaître "
69046 #~ "automatiquement le type d'UFS. C'est pourquoi l'utilisateur doit indiquer "
69047 #~ "le type d'UFS au montage. Les valeurs possibles sont :"
69048
69049 #~ msgid "B<old>"
69050 #~ msgstr "B<old>"
69051
69052 #, fuzzy
69053 #~| msgid ""
69054 #~| "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only.  (Don't forget to "
69055 #~| "give the -r option.)"
69056 #~ msgid ""
69057 #~ "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don\\(cqt forget to "
69058 #~ "give the B<-r> option.)"
69059 #~ msgstr ""
69060 #~ "Ancien format d'UFS, utilisé par défaut, en lecture seule (ne pas oublier "
69061 #~ "l'option B<-r>)."
69062
69063 #~ msgid "B<sun>"
69064 #~ msgstr "B<sun>"
69065
69066 #~ msgid "B<hp>"
69067 #~ msgstr "B<hp>"
69068
69069 #, fuzzy
69070 #~| msgid ""
69071 #~| "These mount options don't do anything at present; when an error is "
69072 #~| "encountered only a console message is printed."
69073 #~ msgid ""
69074 #~ "These mount options don\\(cqt do anything at present; when an error is "
69075 #~ "encountered only a console message is printed."
69076 #~ msgstr ""
69077 #~ "Ces options ne font rien pour le moment ; seul un message est affiché sur "
69078 #~ "la console en cas d'erreur."
69079
69080 #, fuzzy
69081 #~| msgid ""
69082 #~| "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences.  "
69083 #~| "This lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any "
69084 #~| "Unicode characters.  Without this option, a '?' is used when no "
69085 #~| "translation is possible.  The escape character is ':' because it is "
69086 #~| "otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem.  The escape sequence that gets "
69087 #~| "used, where u is the Unicode character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), "
69088 #~| "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
69089 #~ msgid ""
69090 #~ "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This "
69091 #~ "lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode "
69092 #~ "characters. Without this option, a \\(aq?\\(aq is used when no "
69093 #~ "translation is possible. The escape character is \\(aq:\\(aq because it "
69094 #~ "is otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that "
69095 #~ "gets used, where u is the Unicode character, is: \\(aq:\\(aq, (u & 0x3f), "
69096 #~ "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
69097 #~ msgstr ""
69098 #~ "Conversion des caractères Unicode non gérés en séquences d'échappement "
69099 #~ "spéciales. Cela permet de sauver et de restaurer des fichiers dont le nom "
69100 #~ "contient n'importe quel caractère Unicode. Sans cette option, un « ? » "
69101 #~ "est utilisé à la place des caractères dont la conversion est impossible. "
69102 #~ "Le caractère d'échappement est « : » puisqu'il est de toute manière "
69103 #~ "incorrect dans les noms de fichiers I<vfat>. La séquence d'échappement "
69104 #~ "utilisée pour remplacer le caractère Unicode u est : « : », (u & 0x3f), "
69105 #~ "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
69106
69107 #, fuzzy
69108 #~| msgid ""
69109 #~| "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the "
69110 #~| "source volume to pass to dm-verity.  Optional. Requires kernel built "
69111 #~| "with CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC."
69112 #~ msgid ""
69113 #~ "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the "
69114 #~ "source volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with "
69115 #~ "B<CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC>."
69116 #~ msgstr ""
69117 #~ "I<chemin> vers le périphérique FEC (Forward Error Correction) associé "
69118 #~ "avec le volume source à indiquer à dm-verity. Facultatif et nécessite que "
69119 #~ "le noyau soit construit avec CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC."
69120
69121 #, fuzzy
69122 #~| msgid ""
69123 #~| "create squashfs image from /etc directory, verity hash device and mount "
69124 #~| "verified filesystem image to /mnt.  The kernel will verify that the root "
69125 #~| "hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
69126 #~ msgid ""
69127 #~ "create squashfs image from I</etc> directory, verity hash device and "
69128 #~ "mount verified filesystem image to I</mnt>. The kernel will verify that "
69129 #~ "the root hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig "
69130 #~ "is used."
69131 #~ msgstr ""
69132 #~ "créent une image squashfs du répertoire I</etc>, valident (verity) le "
69133 #~ "périphérique I<hash> et montent l’image vérifiée du système de fichiers "
69134 #~ "sur I</mnt>. Le noyau vérifiera que le hachage de la racine est signé par "
69135 #~ "une clé du trousseau de clés du noyau si roothashsig est utilisé."
69136
69137 #, fuzzy
69138 #~| msgid ""
69139 #~| "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option `B<-o loop>' "
69140 #~| "is given), then B<mount> will try to find some unused loop device and "
69141 #~| "use that, for example"
69142 #~ msgid ""
69143 #~ "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option \\(aqB<-o "
69144 #~ "loop>\\(aq is given), then B<mount> will try to find some unused loop "
69145 #~ "device and use that, for example"
69146 #~ msgstr ""
69147 #~ "Si aucun périphérique boucle n'est explicitement mentionné (mais qu'une "
69148 #~ "simple option « B<-o loop> » est donnée), alors B<mount> essayera de "
69149 #~ "trouver des périphériques boucle non utilisés et les utilisera, par "
69150 #~ "exemple :"
69151
69152 #, fuzzy
69153 #~| msgid "problems writing or locking /etc/mtab"
69154 #~ msgid "problems writing or locking I</etc/mtab>"
69155 #~ msgstr "problème d'écriture ou de verrouillage de I</etc/mtab>"
69156
69157 #~ msgid ""
69158 #~ "overrides the default location of the I<fstab> file (ignored for suid)"
69159 #~ msgstr ""
69160 #~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier I<fstab> (ignoré pour "
69161 #~ "B<suid>)."
69162
69163 #~ msgid ""
69164 #~ "overrides the default location of the I<mtab> file (ignored for suid)"
69165 #~ msgstr ""
69166 #~ "Remplacer l’emplacement par défaut du fichier I<mtab> (ignoré pour "
69167 #~ "B<suid>)."
69168
69169 #, fuzzy
69170 #~| msgid ""
69171 #~| "Some Linux filesystems don't support B<-o sync >andB< -o dirsync> (the "
69172 #~| "ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems I<do> support synchronous "
69173 #~| "updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> option)."
69174 #~ msgid ""
69175 #~ "Some Linux filesystems don\\(cqt support B<-o sync> and B<-o dirsync> "
69176 #~ "(the ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems I<do> support synchronous "
69177 #~ "updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> option)."
69178 #~ msgstr ""
69179 #~ "Sous Linux, certains systèmes de fichiers ne gèrent pas B<-o sync> et B<-"
69180 #~ "o dirsync> (les systèmes de fichiers I<ext2>, I<ext3>, I<ext4>, I<fat> et "
69181 #~ "I<vfat> I<gèrent> les mises à jour synchrones, à la manière BSD, "
69182 #~ "lorsqu'ils sont montés avec l'option B<sync>)."
69183
69184 #, fuzzy
69185 #~| msgid ""
69186 #~| "The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all "
69187 #~| "I<ext2fs>-specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a "
69188 #~| "remount, for example, but you can't change B<gid> or B<umask> for the "
69189 #~| "I<fatfs>)."
69190 #~ msgid ""
69191 #~ "The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all "
69192 #~ "I<ext2fs>-specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a "
69193 #~ "remount, for example, but you can\\(cqt change B<gid> or B<umask> for the "
69194 #~ "I<fatfs>)."
69195 #~ msgstr ""
69196 #~ "L'option B<-o remount> peut s'avérer incapable de modifier les paramètres "
69197 #~ "de montage (tous ceux de I<ext2fs>, sauf B<sb>, sont modifiables lors "
69198 #~ "d'un remontage, mais vous ne pouvez pas modifier le B<gid> ou l'B<umask> "
69199 #~ "pour un système de fichiers I<fatfs>)."
69200
69201 #, fuzzy
69202 #~| msgid ""
69203 #~| "It is possible that the files I</etc/mtab> and I</proc/mounts> don't "
69204 #~| "match on systems with a regular I<mtab> file.  The first file is based "
69205 #~| "only on the mount command options, but the content of the second file "
69206 #~| "also depends on the kernel and others settings (e.g.\\& on a remote NFS "
69207 #~| "server -- in certain cases the mount command may report unreliable "
69208 #~| "information about an NFS mount point and the I</proc/mount> file usually "
69209 #~| "contains more reliable information.)  This is another reason to replace "
69210 #~| "the I<mtab> file with a symlink to the I</proc/mounts> file."
69211 #~ msgid ""
69212 #~ "It is possible that the files I</etc/mtab> and I</proc/mounts> don\\(cqt "
69213 #~ "match on systems with a regular I<mtab> file. The first file is based "
69214 #~ "only on the B<mount> command options, but the content of the second file "
69215 #~ "also depends on the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS "
69216 #~ "server \\(em in certain cases the B<mount> command may report unreliable "
69217 #~ "information about an NFS mount point and the I</proc/mount> file usually "
69218 #~ "contains more reliable information.) This is another reason to replace "
69219 #~ "the I<mtab> file with a symlink to the I</proc/mounts> file."
69220 #~ msgstr ""
69221 #~ "Les fichiers I</etc/mtab> et I</proc/mounts> pourraient ne pas "
69222 #~ "correspondre sur les systèmes avec un ficher I<mtab> normal. Le premier "
69223 #~ "est seulement basé sur les options de la commande B<mount>, mais le "
69224 #~ "second tient compte de la configuration du noyau et d'autres paramètres "
69225 #~ "(par exemple, pour un serveur NFS distant : dans certains cas, la "
69226 #~ "commande B<mount> peut renvoyer des informations incorrectes à propos des "
69227 #~ "points de montage NFS et en général I</proc/mounts> contient des "
69228 #~ "informations plus sûres). C’est une autre raison de remplacer le fichier "
69229 #~ "I<mtab> par un lien symbolique vers le fichier I</proc/mounts>."
69230
69231 #, fuzzy
69232 #~| msgid ""
69233 #~| "The B<loop> option with the B<offset> or B<sizelimit> options used may "
69234 #~| "fail when using older kernels if the B<mount> command can't confirm that "
69235 #~| "the size of the block device has been configured as requested.  This "
69236 #~| "situation can be worked around by using the B<losetup> command manually "
69237 #~| "before calling B<mount> with the configured loop device."
69238 #~ msgid ""
69239 #~ "The B<loop> option with the B<offset> or B<sizelimit> options used may "
69240 #~ "fail when using older kernels if the B<mount> command can\\(cqt confirm "
69241 #~ "that the size of the block device has been configured as requested. This "
69242 #~ "situation can be worked around by using the B<losetup>(8) command "
69243 #~ "manually before calling B<mount> with the configured loop device."
69244 #~ msgstr ""
69245 #~ "L’option B<loop> utilisée avec les options B<offset> ou B<sizelimit> "
69246 #~ "pourrait échouer sur les noyaux plus anciens si la commande B<mount> ne "
69247 #~ "peut pas confirmer que la taille du périphérique bloc a été configurée "
69248 #~ "comme demandé. Cette situation peut être contournée en utilisant la "
69249 #~ "commande B<losetup> vous-même avant d’appeler B<mount> avec le "
69250 #~ "périphérique boucle configuré."
69251
69252 #, fuzzy
69253 #~| msgid ""
69254 #~| "The mount command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
69255 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
69256 #~ msgid ""
69257 #~ "The B<mount> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
69258 #~ "downloaded from"
69259 #~ msgstr ""
69260 #~ "La commande B<mount> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
69261 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
69262 #~ ">E<gt>."
69263
69264 #~ msgid "August 2015"
69265 #~ msgstr "Août 2015"
69266
69267 #~ msgid ""
69268 #~ "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>B<]> [B<-o> I<options>] I<device "
69269 #~ "mountpoint>"
69270 #~ msgstr ""
69271 #~ "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-o> I<options>] I<périphérique "
69272 #~ "point_montage>"
69273
69274 #~ msgid ""
69275 #~ "B<mount> B<--make->{B<shared>|B<slave>|B<private>|B<unbindable>|"
69276 #~ "B<rshared>|B<rslave>|B<rprivate>|B<runbindable>} I<mountpoint>"
69277 #~ msgstr ""
69278 #~ "B<mount> B<--make->{B<shared>|B<slave>|B<private>|B<unbindable>|"
69279 #~ "B<rshared>|B<rslave>|B<rprivate>|B<runbindable>} I<point_montage>"
69280
69281 #~ msgid ""
69282 #~ "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the "
69283 #~ "file hierarchy, rooted at I</>.  These files can be spread out over "
69284 #~ "several devices.  The B<mount> command serves to attach the filesystem "
69285 #~ "found on some device to the big file tree.  Conversely, the B<umount>(8)  "
69286 #~ "command will detach it again.  The filesystem is used to control how data "
69287 #~ "is stored on the device or provided in a virtual way by network or other "
69288 #~ "services."
69289 #~ msgstr ""
69290 #~ "Tous les fichiers accessibles par un système UNIX sont insérés dans une "
69291 #~ "grande arborescence, la hiérarchie des fichiers, commençant à la "
69292 #~ "racine I</>. Ces fichiers peuvent être répartis sur différents "
69293 #~ "périphériques. La commande B<mount> permet d'attacher un système de "
69294 #~ "fichiers trouvé sur un périphérique quelconque à la grande arborescence "
69295 #~ "de fichiers. À l'inverse, B<umount>(8) le détachera à nouveau. Le système "
69296 #~ "de fichiers est utilisé pour contrôler comment les données sont stockées "
69297 #~ "sur un périphérique ou fournies de façon virtuelle par le réseau ou "
69298 #~ "d’autres services."
69299
69300 #~ msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>"
69301 #~ msgstr "B<mount -t> I<type périphérique répertoire>"
69302
69303 #~ msgid ""
69304 #~ "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on I<device> (which "
69305 #~ "is of type I<type>)  at the directory I<dir>.  The option B<-t >I<type> "
69306 #~ "is optional.  The B<mount> command is usually able to detect a "
69307 #~ "filesystem.  The root permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by "
69308 #~ "default.  See section \"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details.  "
69309 #~ "The previous contents (if any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become "
69310 #~ "invisible, and as long as this filesystem remains mounted, the pathname "
69311 #~ "I<dir> refers to the root of the filesystem on I<device>."
69312 #~ msgstr ""
69313 #~ "Cela indique au noyau d'attacher le système de fichiers se trouvant sur "
69314 #~ "le I<périphérique> mentionné (dont le type est I<type>) dans le "
69315 #~ "répertoire I<répertoire> indiqué. L’option B<-t> I<type> est facultative. "
69316 #~ "La commande B<mount> est généralement capable de détecter un système de "
69317 #~ "fichiers. Par défaut, les droits de superutilisateur sont nécessaires "
69318 #~ "pour monter un système de fichiers. Consultez la section « montages pour "
69319 #~ "les utilisateurs ordinaires » ci-dessous pour plus de détails. Les "
69320 #~ "contenus (s’ils existent), le propriétaire et le mode d'accès précédents "
69321 #~ "de I<répertoire> deviennent invisibles et, tant que le nouveau système de "
69322 #~ "fichiers reste monté, le chemin I<répertoire> se réfère à la racine du "
69323 #~ "système de fichiers de I<périphérique>."
69324
69325 #~ msgid "B<mount >[B<-l>] [B<-t >I<type\\/>]"
69326 #~ msgstr "B<mount> [B<-l>] [B<-t> I<type\\/>]"
69327
69328 #~ msgid "The option B<-l> adds labels to this listing.  See below."
69329 #~ msgstr "L'option B<-l> ajoute des étiquettes à la liste. Voir plus bas."
69330
69331 #~ msgid ""
69332 #~ "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), "
69333 #~ "like I</dev/sda1>, but there are other possibilities.  For example, in "
69334 #~ "the case of an NFS mount, I<device> may look like I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>."
69335 #~ msgstr ""
69336 #~ "La plupart des périphériques sont indiqués sous forme de nom de fichier "
69337 #~ "(d'un périphérique bloc spécial), comme I</dev/sda1>, mais d'autres "
69338 #~ "possibilités existent. Par exemple, pour un montage NFS, I<périphérique> "
69339 #~ "peut ressembler à I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>."
69340
69341 #~ msgid ""
69342 #~ "Note that B<mount>(8)  uses UUIDs as strings.  The UUIDs from the command "
69343 #~ "line or from B<fstab>(5)  are not converted to internal binary "
69344 #~ "representation.  The string representation of the UUID should be based on "
69345 #~ "lower case characters."
69346 #~ msgstr ""
69347 #~ "Remarquez que B<mount>(8) utilise les UUID comme des chaînes. Les UUID de "
69348 #~ "la ligne de commande ou dans B<fstab>(5) ne sont pas convertis en "
69349 #~ "représentation binaire interne. La chaîne représentant l'UUID devrait "
69350 #~ "être composée de caractères en minuscules."
69351
69352 #~ msgid ""
69353 #~ "Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd.  This identifier is "
69354 #~ "usually based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the "
69355 #~ "hardware manufacturer.  See B<ls /dev/disk/by-id> for more details, this "
69356 #~ "directory and running udevd is required.  This identifier is not "
69357 #~ "recommended for generic use as the identifier is not strictly defined and "
69358 #~ "it depends on udev, udev rules and hardware."
69359 #~ msgstr ""
69360 #~ "ID du périphérique bloc matériel tel que créé par IB<udevd>. Cet "
69361 #~ "identificateur est habituellement basé sur WWN (world wide name –"
69362 #~ " identificateur unique de stockage) et affecté par le fabricant du "
69363 #~ "matériel. Consultez B<ls\\ /dev/disk/by-id> pour plus de détails ; ce "
69364 #~ "répertoire et l’exécution d’B<udevd> sont nécessaires. Cet identificateur "
69365 #~ "n’est pas recommandé pour un usage général car il n’est pas défini "
69366 #~ "strictement et dépend d’B<udev>, des règles d’B<udev> et du matériel."
69367
69368 #~ msgid ""
69369 #~ "The command B<lsblk --fs> provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and "
69370 #~ "UUIDs on available block devices.  The command B<blkid -p "
69371 #~ "E<lt>deviceE<gt>> provides details about a filesystem on the specified "
69372 #~ "device."
69373 #~ msgstr ""
69374 #~ "La commande B<lsblk --fs> fournit un récapitulatif des systèmes de "
69375 #~ "fichiers, des LABEL et des UUID des périphériques blocs disponibles. La "
69376 #~ "commande B<blkid -p E<lt>périphériqueE<gt>> fournit des détails sur le "
69377 #~ "système de fichiers du périphérique indiqué."
69378
69379 #~ msgid ""
69380 #~ "The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g.\\& B<UUID=>I<uuid>) rather "
69381 #~ "than I</dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}> udev symlinks in "
69382 #~ "the I</etc/fstab> file.  Tags are more readable, robust and portable.  "
69383 #~ "The B<mount>(8)  command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of "
69384 #~ "symlinks in I</etc/fstab> has no advantage over tags.  For more details "
69385 #~ "see B<libblkid>(3)."
69386 #~ msgstr ""
69387 #~ "La configuration conseillée est d'utiliser des mots-clés (par exemple, "
69388 #~ "B<UUID=>I<uuid>) plutôt que les liens symboliques I</dev/disk/par-"
69389 #~ ">{I<label>,I<uuid>,I<partuuid>,I<partlabel>} d'B<udev> dans le fichier I</"
69390 #~ "etc/fstab>. Les mots-clés sont plus facilement lisibles, explicites et "
69391 #~ "portables. La commande B<mount>(8) utilise les liens symboliques "
69392 #~ "d'B<udev> en interne, donc les utiliser directement dans I</etc/fstab> "
69393 #~ "n'apporte aucun avantage par rapport aux mots-clés. Pour plus de "
69394 #~ "précisions, consultez B<libblkid>(3)."
69395
69396 #~ msgid ""
69397 #~ "The I<proc> filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when "
69398 #~ "mounting it, an arbitrary keyword\\(emfor example, I<proc>\\(emcan be "
69399 #~ "used instead of a device specification.  (The customary choice I<none> is "
69400 #~ "less fortunate: the error message `none already mounted' from B<mount> "
69401 #~ "can be confusing.)"
69402 #~ msgstr ""
69403 #~ "Le système de fichiers I<proc> n'est associé à aucun périphérique "
69404 #~ "spécial, et pour le monter, un mot-clé quelconque, par exemple I<proc>, "
69405 #~ "peut être utilisé à la place de l'indication de périphérique. Le choix "
69406 #~ "courant B<none> (aucun) n'est pas très heureux, car le message d'erreur "
69407 #~ "« none déjà monté » de B<mount> peut être mal interprété."
69408
69409 #~ msgid ""
69410 #~ "The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing "
69411 #~ "what devices are usually mounted where, using which options.  The default "
69412 #~ "location of the B<fstab>(5)  file can be overridden with the B<--fstab>I< "
69413 #~ "path> command-line option (see below for more details)."
69414 #~ msgstr ""
69415 #~ "Le fichier I</etc/fstab> (consultez B<fstab>(5)) contient des lignes "
69416 #~ "décrivant les périphériques habituellement montés, leur point de montage "
69417 #~ "et leurs options. L’emplacement par défaut du fichier B<fstab>(5) peut "
69418 #~ "être remplacé par l’option B<--fstab> I<chemin> en ligne de commande "
69419 #~ "(voir ci-dessous pour plus de précisions)."
69420
69421 #~ msgid ""
69422 #~ "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in "
69423 #~ "I<fstab> (of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper "
69424 #~ "options)  to be mounted as indicated, except for those whose line "
69425 #~ "contains the B<noauto> keyword.  Adding the B<-F> option will make "
69426 #~ "B<mount> fork, so that the filesystems are mounted in parallel."
69427 #~ msgstr ""
69428 #~ "(généralement exécutée dans un script de démarrage) monte tous les "
69429 #~ "systèmes de fichiers indiqués dans I<fstab> (uniquement ceux du I<type> "
69430 #~ "indiqué et possédant ou non les bonnes options), sauf ceux dont la ligne "
69431 #~ "contient le mot-clé B<noauto>. En ajoutant l'option B<-F>, B<fork>(2) "
69432 #~ "sera invoqué par B<mount> pour que tous les systèmes de fichiers soient "
69433 #~ "montés en parallèle."
69434
69435 #~ msgid ""
69436 #~ "The programs B<mount> and B<umount> traditionally maintained a list of "
69437 #~ "currently mounted filesystems in the file I</etc/mtab>.  The support for "
69438 #~ "regular classic I</etc/mtab> is completely disabled at compile time by "
69439 #~ "default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make I</etc/"
69440 #~ "mtab> a symlink to I</proc/mounts> instead. The regular I<mtab> file "
69441 #~ "maintained in userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers "
69442 #~ "and other advanced Linux features.  If the regular I<mtab> support is "
69443 #~ "enabled, then it's possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
69444 #~ msgstr ""
69445 #~ "Les programmes B<mount> et B<umount> entretiennent normalement une liste "
69446 #~ "des systèmes de fichiers actuellement montés dans le fichier I</etc/"
69447 #~ "mtab>. La prise en charge du fichier classique habituel I</etc/mtab> est "
69448 #~ "par défaut complètement désactivée au moment de la compilation, parce que "
69449 #~ "sur les systèmes Linux actuels, il est plutôt préférable de faire de I</"
69450 #~ "etc/mtab/> un lien symbolique vers I</proc/mounts>. Le fichier I<mtab> "
69451 #~ "habituel entretenu en espace utilisateur ne peut pas fonctionner de façon "
69452 #~ "fiable avec les espaces de noms, les conteneurs et autres fonctionnalités "
69453 #~ "avancées de Linux. Si la prise en charge du I<mtab> habituel est activée, "
69454 #~ "alors il est possible d’utiliser le fichier comme le lien symbolique."
69455
69456 #~ msgid "B<mount>I< device>|I<dir >B<-o>I< options>"
69457 #~ msgstr "B<mount> I<périphérique>|I<répertoire> B<-o> I<options>"
69458
69459 #~ msgid ""
69460 #~ "and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the "
69461 #~ "list of options from I</etc/fstab>.  This default behaviour can be "
69462 #~ "changed using the B<--options-mode> command-line option.  The usual "
69463 #~ "behavior is that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
69464 #~ msgstr ""
69465 #~ "et ensuite les options de montage de la ligne de commande seront ajoutées "
69466 #~ "à la liste des options de I</etc/fstab>. Ce comportement par défaut peut "
69467 #~ "être modifié avec l’option de ligne de commande, B<--options-mode>. Le "
69468 #~ "comportement normal est que la dernière option est prioritaire en cas de "
69469 #~ "conflit."
69470
69471 #~ msgid ""
69472 #~ "The B<mount> program does not read the I</etc/fstab> file if both "
69473 #~ "I<device> (or LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and I<dir> are "
69474 #~ "specified.  For example, to mount device B<foo> at B</dir>:"
69475 #~ msgstr ""
69476 #~ "Le programme B<mount> ne lit pas le fichier I</etc/fstab> si le "
69477 #~ "I<périphérique> (ou LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID ou PARTLABEL) et le "
69478 #~ "I<répertoire> sont indiqués tous les deux. Par exemple, pour monter le "
69479 #~ "périphérique I<toto> dans I</répertoire> :"
69480
69481 #~ msgid ""
69482 #~ "This default behaviour can be changed by using the B<--options-source-"
69483 #~ "force> command-line option to always read configuration from I<fstab>.  "
69484 #~ "For non-root users B<mount> always reads the I<fstab> configuration."
69485 #~ msgstr ""
69486 #~ "Ce comportement par défaut est modifiable avec l’option de ligne de "
69487 #~ "commande, B<--options-source-force>, pour toujours lire la configuration "
69488 #~ "à partir de I<fstab>. Pour les utilisateurs ordinaires, B<mount> lit "
69489 #~ "toujours la configuration dans I<fstab>."
69490
69491 #~ msgid ""
69492 #~ "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems.  However, when "
69493 #~ "I<fstab> contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can mount the "
69494 #~ "corresponding filesystem."
69495 #~ msgstr ""
69496 #~ "Normalement, seul le superutilisateur peut monter des systèmes de "
69497 #~ "fichiers. Néanmoins, si une ligne dans I<fstab> contient l'option "
69498 #~ "B<user>, n'importe quel utilisateur peut monter le système de fichiers "
69499 #~ "correspondant."
69500
69501 #~ msgid ""
69502 #~ "For more details, see B<fstab>(5).  Only the user that mounted a "
69503 #~ "filesystem can unmount it again.  If any user should be able to unmount "
69504 #~ "it, then use B<users> instead of B<user> in the I<fstab> line.  The "
69505 #~ "B<owner> option is similar to the B<user> option, with the restriction "
69506 #~ "that the user must be the owner of the special file.  This may be useful "
69507 #~ "e.g.\\& for I</dev/fd> if a login script makes the console user owner of "
69508 #~ "this device.  The B<group> option is similar, with the restriction that "
69509 #~ "the user must be a member of the group of the special file."
69510 #~ msgstr ""
69511 #~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez B<fstab>(5). Seul l'utilisateur qui a "
69512 #~ "monté un système de fichiers peut le démonter. Si tous les utilisateurs "
69513 #~ "doivent pouvoir faire le démontage, alors utilisez B<users> à la place de "
69514 #~ "B<user> dans la ligne de I<fstab>. L'option B<owner> est similaire à "
69515 #~ "B<user> avec la contrainte que l'utilisateur doit être le propriétaire du "
69516 #~ "fichier spécial. Cela peut servir par exemple pour I</dev/fd> si un "
69517 #~ "script de connexion rend l'utilisateur de la console propriétaire de ce "
69518 #~ "fichier spécial. L'option B<group> est similaire avec la contrainte que "
69519 #~ "l'utilisateur doit appartenir au groupe de ce fichier spécial."
69520
69521 #~ msgid "Remount part of the file hierarchy somewhere else.  The call is:"
69522 #~ msgstr ""
69523 #~ "Remontage d’une partie de la hiérarchie de fichiers autre part. L’appel "
69524 #~ "est : "
69525
69526 #~ msgid ""
69527 #~ "The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not "
69528 #~ "possible submounts.  The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be "
69529 #~ "attached a second place by using:"
69530 #~ msgstr ""
69531 #~ "L'appel de montage avec « bind » n'attache qu'un unique système de "
69532 #~ "fichiers (ou une partie), et pas les éventuels sous-montages. La "
69533 #~ "hiérarchie complète, y compris les sous-montages, peut être attachée dans "
69534 #~ "un second endroit avec :"
69535
69536 #~ msgid ""
69537 #~ "Since util-linux 2.27 B<mount>(8)  permits changing the mount options by "
69538 #~ "passing the relevant options along with B<--bind>.  For example:"
69539 #~ msgstr ""
69540 #~ "B<mount>(8) depuis la version 2.27 permet de modifier les options de "
69541 #~ "montage en passant les options adéquates avec B<--bind>. Par exemple :"
69542
69543 #~ msgid ""
69544 #~ "This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in "
69545 #~ "userspace by an additional B<mount>(2) remounting system call.  This "
69546 #~ "solution is not atomic."
69547 #~ msgstr ""
69548 #~ "Cette fonctionnalité n’est pas gérée par le noyau Linux. Elle est mise en "
69549 #~ "œuvre dans l’espace utilisateur par un appel système supplémentaire de "
69550 #~ "remontage B<mount>(2). Cette solution n’est pas atomique."
69551
69552 #~ msgid ""
69553 #~ "Since util-linux 2.31, B<mount> ignores the B<bind> flag from I</etc/"
69554 #~ "fstab> on a B<remount> operation (if \"-o remount\" is specified on "
69555 #~ "command line).  This is necessary to fully control mount options on "
69556 #~ "remount by command line. In previous versions the bind flag has been "
69557 #~ "always applied and it was impossible to re-define mount options without "
69558 #~ "interaction with the bind semantic. This B<mount>(8)  behavior does not "
69559 #~ "affect situations when \"remount,bind\" is specified in the I</etc/fstab> "
69560 #~ "file."
69561 #~ msgstr ""
69562 #~ "B<mount>(8) depuis util-linux 2.31 ignore le drapeau B<bind> dans I</etc/"
69563 #~ "fstab> lors de B<remount> I<opération> (si B<-o remount> est indiqué sur "
69564 #~ "la ligne de commande). Cela est nécessaire pour contrôler complètement "
69565 #~ "les options de B<mount> lors du remontage par la ligne de commande. Dans "
69566 #~ "les précédentes versions, le drapeau B<bind> était toujours appliqué et "
69567 #~ "il était impossible de redéfinir les options de montage sans interaction "
69568 #~ "avec la sémantique de « bind ». Ce comportement de B<mount>(8) n’affecte "
69569 #~ "pas les situations où B<remount,bind> est indiqué dans le fichier I</etc/"
69570 #~ "fstab>."
69571
69572 #~ msgid "Move a B<mounted tree> to another place (atomically).  The call is:"
69573 #~ msgstr ""
69574 #~ "Déplacer de façon atomique une B<arborescence montée> à un autre endroit. "
69575 #~ "L'appel est :"
69576
69577 #~ msgid ""
69578 #~ "This will cause the contents which previously appeared under I<olddir> to "
69579 #~ "now be accessible under I<newdir>.  The physical location of the files is "
69580 #~ "not changed.  Note that I<olddir> has to be a mountpoint."
69581 #~ msgstr ""
69582 #~ "Cela rendra le contenu de ce qui apparaissait jusqu'à présent sous "
69583 #~ "l'I<ancien_répertoire> maintenant accessible sous le "
69584 #~ "I<nouveau_répertoire>. L'emplacement physique des fichiers n'est pas "
69585 #~ "modifié. Remarquez que l'I<ancien_répertoire> doit être un point de "
69586 #~ "montage."
69587
69588 #~ msgid ""
69589 #~ "Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid "
69590 #~ "and unsupported.  Use B<findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION> to see the current "
69591 #~ "propagation flags."
69592 #~ msgstr ""
69593 #~ "Remarquez aussi que le déplacement d’un montage résidant dans un montage "
69594 #~ "partagé n’est ni possible, ni pris en charge. Utiliser B<findmnt -"
69595 #~ "o TARGET,PROPAGATION> pour afficher les attributs de propagation actuels."
69596
69597 #~ msgid ""
69598 #~ "Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as "
69599 #~ "shared, private, slave or unbindable.  A shared mount provides the "
69600 #~ "ability to create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts "
69601 #~ "within any of the mirrors propagate to the other mirror.  A slave mount "
69602 #~ "receives propagation from its master, but not vice versa.  A private "
69603 #~ "mount carries no propagation abilities.  An unbindable mount is a private "
69604 #~ "mount which cannot be cloned through a bind operation.  The detailed "
69605 #~ "semantics are documented in I<Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree."
69606 #~ "txt> file in the kernel source tree; see also B<mount_namespaces>(7)."
69607 #~ msgstr ""
69608 #~ "Depuis Linux 2.6.15, il est possible de marquer un montage et ses sous-"
69609 #~ "montages comme partagés, privés, esclaves ou non remontables (B<bind>). "
69610 #~ "Un montage partagé permet de créer des miroirs de ce montage, ainsi les "
69611 #~ "montages et les démontages dans n'importe quel miroir seront propagés aux "
69612 #~ "autres miroirs. Un montage esclave se propage seulement depuis le montage "
69613 #~ "maître. Un montage privé ne peut pas se propager. Un montage non "
69614 #~ "remontable est un montage privé qui ne peut pas être cloné lors d'une "
69615 #~ "opération de remontage. La sémantique précise de ces options est "
69616 #~ "documentée dans le fichier I<Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt> "
69617 #~ "des sources du noyau.Consultez aussi B<mount_namespaces>(7)."
69618
69619 #~ msgid ""
69620 #~ "B<mount --make-shared >I<mountpoint>\n"
69621 #~ "B<mount --make-slave >I<mountpoint>\n"
69622 #~ "B<mount --make-private >I<mountpoint>\n"
69623 #~ "B<mount --make-unbindable >I<mountpoint>\n"
69624 #~ msgstr ""
69625 #~ "B<mount --make-shared> I<point_de_montage>\n"
69626 #~ "B<mount --make-slave> I<point_de_montage>\n"
69627 #~ "B<mount --make-private> I<point_de_montage>\n"
69628 #~ "B<mount --make-unbindable> I<point_de_montage>\n"
69629
69630 #~ msgid ""
69631 #~ "B<mount --make-rshared >I<mountpoint>\n"
69632 #~ "B<mount --make-rslave >I<mountpoint>\n"
69633 #~ "B<mount --make-rprivate >I<mountpoint>\n"
69634 #~ "B<mount --make-runbindable >I<mountpoint>\n"
69635 #~ msgstr ""
69636 #~ "B<mount --make-rshared> I<point_de_montage>\n"
69637 #~ "B<mount --make-rslave> I<point_de_montage>\n"
69638 #~ "B<mount --make-rprivate> I<point_de_montage>\n"
69639 #~ "B<mount --make-runbindable> I<point_de_montage>\n"
69640
69641 #~ msgid ""
69642 #~ "B<mount>(8)  B<does not read> B<fstab>(5)  when a B<--make->* operation "
69643 #~ "is requested.  All necessary information has to be specified on the "
69644 #~ "command line."
69645 #~ msgstr ""
69646 #~ "B<mount>(8) B<ne lit pas> B<fstab>(5) quand une opération B<--make->I<*> "
69647 #~ "est demandée. Tous les renseignements nécessaires doivent être indiqués "
69648 #~ "sur la ligne de commande."
69649
69650 #~ msgid ""
69651 #~ "Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation "
69652 #~ "flags with a single B<mount>(2)  system call, and the flags cannot be "
69653 #~ "mixed with other mount options and operations."
69654 #~ msgstr ""
69655 #~ "Remarquez que le noyau Linux ne permet pas de modifier plusieurs "
69656 #~ "attributs de propagation avec un seul appel système B<mount>(2) et que "
69657 #~ "les attributs ne peuvent pas être mélangés avec d’autres options et "
69658 #~ "opérations de montage."
69659
69660 #~ msgid ""
69661 #~ "Since util-linux 2.23 the B<mount> command can be used to do more "
69662 #~ "propagation (topology) changes by one mount(8) call and do it also "
69663 #~ "together with other mount operations.  This feature is EXPERIMENTAL.  The "
69664 #~ "propagation flags are applied by additional B<mount>(2) system calls when "
69665 #~ "the preceding mount operations were successful.  Note that this use case "
69666 #~ "is not atomic.  It is possible to specify the propagation flags in "
69667 #~ "B<fstab>(5)  as mount options (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, "
69668 #~ "B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."
69669 #~ msgstr ""
69670 #~ "Depuis util-linux 2.23, la commande B<mount> peut être utilisée pour "
69671 #~ "réaliser plus de modifications de propagation (topologie) avec un seul "
69672 #~ "appel B<mount>(8) et de façon simultanée avec d’autres opérations de "
69673 #~ "montage. Cette fonctionnalité est B<expérimentale>. Les attributs de "
69674 #~ "propagation sont appliqués par des appels système B<mount>(2) "
69675 #~ "supplémentaires lorsque les opérations précédentes de montage ont réussi. "
69676 #~ "Remarquez que ce cas d’utilisation n’est pas atomique. Les attributs de "
69677 #~ "propagation peuvent être indiqués dans B<fstab>(5) comme des options de "
69678 #~ "montage (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, "
69679 #~ "B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."
69680
69681 #~ msgid "B<mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo>\n"
69682 #~ msgstr "B<mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /toto>\n"
69683
69684 #~ msgid ""
69685 #~ "B<mount /dev/sda1 /foo>\n"
69686 #~ "B<mount --make-private /foo>\n"
69687 #~ "B<mount --make-unbindable /foo>\n"
69688 #~ msgstr ""
69689 #~ "B<mount /dev/sda1 /toto>\n"
69690 #~ "B<mount --make-private /toto>\n"
69691 #~ "B<mount --make-unbindable /toto>\n"
69692
69693 #~ msgid ""
69694 #~ "The B<mount> command does not pass all command-line options to the B</"
69695 #~ "sbin/mount.>I<suffix> mount helpers.  The interface between B<mount> and "
69696 #~ "the mount helpers is described below in the section B<EXTERNAL HELPERS>."
69697 #~ msgstr ""
69698 #~ "La commande B<mount> ne passe pas toutes les options de la ligne de "
69699 #~ "commande aux programmes auxiliaires de montage B</sbin/mount.>I<suffixe>. "
69700 #~ "L’interface entre B<mount> et les programmes auxiliaires de montage est "
69701 #~ "décrite plus bas dans la section B<AUXILIAIRES EXTERNES>."
69702
69703 #~ msgid ""
69704 #~ "Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in I<fstab> (except "
69705 #~ "for those whose line contains the B<noauto> keyword).  The filesystems "
69706 #~ "are mounted following their order in I<fstab>.  The B<mount> command "
69707 #~ "compares filesystem source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) "
69708 #~ "to detect already mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already "
69709 #~ "mounted filesystems is cached during B<mount --all>. This means that all "
69710 #~ "duplicated I<fstab> entries will be mounted."
69711 #~ msgstr ""
69712 #~ "Monter tous les systèmes de fichiers (des types donnés) mentionnés dans "
69713 #~ "I<fstab> (à part ceux dont la ligne contient le mot-clé B<noauto>). Les "
69714 #~ "systèmes de fichiers sont montés dans l’ordre de I<fstab>. La commande de "
69715 #~ "montage compare la source et la cible du système de fichiers (et la "
69716 #~ "racine du système de fichiers pour les montages « bind » et Btrfs) pour "
69717 #~ "détecter les systèmes de fichiers déjà montés. La table du noyau avec les "
69718 #~ "systèmes de fichiers déjà montés est mise en cache lors de B<mount --"
69719 #~ "all>. Cela signifie que toutes les entrées en double seront montées."
69720
69721 #~ msgid "B<-B>,B< --bind>"
69722 #~ msgstr "B<-B>, B<--bind>"
69723
69724 #~ msgid ""
69725 #~ "Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in "
69726 #~ "both places).  See above, under B<Bind mounts>."
69727 #~ msgstr ""
69728 #~ "Remonter une sous-arborescence ailleurs (le contenu sera disponible en "
69729 #~ "deux points différents). Voir plus haut « Les opérations de remontage »."
69730
69731 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --no-canonicalize>"
69732 #~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --no-canonicalize>"
69733
69734 #~ msgid ""
69735 #~ "Note that B<mount>(8) does not pass this option to the B</sbin/mount."
69736 #~ ">I<type> helpers."
69737 #~ msgstr ""
69738 #~ "Remarquez que B<mount>(8) ne passe pas cette option aux auxiliaires B</"
69739 #~ "sbin/mount.>I<type>."
69740
69741 #~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --fork>"
69742 #~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--fork>"
69743
69744 #~ msgid ""
69745 #~ "(Used in conjunction with B<-a>.)  Fork off a new incarnation of B<mount> "
69746 #~ "for each device.  This will do the mounts on different devices or "
69747 #~ "different NFS servers in parallel.  This has the advantage that it is "
69748 #~ "faster; also NFS timeouts proceed in parallel.  A disadvantage is that "
69749 #~ "the order of the mount operations is undefined.  Thus, you cannot use "
69750 #~ "this option if you want to mount both I</usr> and I</usr/spool>."
69751 #~ msgstr ""
69752 #~ "(Utilisée conjointement avec B<-a>) lancer un nouveau processus B<mount> "
69753 #~ "pour chaque périphérique. Cela effectuera le montage en parallèle sur "
69754 #~ "divers périphériques ou serveurs NFS. L'avantage est la rapidité ; de "
69755 #~ "plus les délais maximaux de NFS agissent en parallèle. Un désavantage est "
69756 #~ "que l’ordre des opérations de montage est indéfini. Il ne faut donc pas "
69757 #~ "utiliser cette option pour monter à la fois I</usr> et I</usr/spool>."
69758
69759 #~ msgid ""
69760 #~ "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's "
69761 #~ "not obvious, this ``fakes'' mounting the filesystem.  This option is "
69762 #~ "useful in conjunction with the B<-v> flag to determine what the B<mount> "
69763 #~ "command is trying to do.  It can also be used to add entries for devices "
69764 #~ "that were mounted earlier with the B<-n> option.  The B<-f> option checks "
69765 #~ "for an existing record in I</etc/mtab> and fails when the record already "
69766 #~ "exists (with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
69767 #~ msgstr ""
69768 #~ "Fonctionnement normal sauf pour l'appel système effectif qui n'est pas "
69769 #~ "exécuté. Cela simule le montage du système de fichiers. Cette option, en "
69770 #~ "conjonction avec l’attribut B<-v>, permet de déterminer ce que la "
69771 #~ "commande B<mount> essaye de faire. Cela peut aussi servir à ajouter des "
69772 #~ "entrées pour les périphériques montés précédemment avec l'option B<-n>. "
69773 #~ "L'option B<-f> vérifie l'existence d'une entrée dans I</etc/mtab> et "
69774 #~ "échoue si l'entrée existe déjà (avec un montage standard non simulé, "
69775 #~ "cette vérification est faite par le noyau)."
69776
69777 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --show-labels>"
69778 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--show-labels>"
69779
69780 #~ msgid ""
69781 #~ "Add the labels in the mount output.  B<mount> must have permission to "
69782 #~ "read the disk device (e.g.\\& be set-user-ID root) for this to work.  One "
69783 #~ "can set such a label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the B<e2label>(8)  "
69784 #~ "utility, or for XFS using B<xfs_admin>(8), or for reiserfs using "
69785 #~ "B<reiserfstune>(8)."
69786 #~ msgstr ""
69787 #~ "Ajouter les étiquettes à la sortie de B<mount>. B<mount> doit avoir le "
69788 #~ "droit de lire le périphérique du disque (par exemple en étant exécuté en "
69789 #~ "tant que superutilisateur, set-user-ID root). Une étiquette pour les "
69790 #~ "systèmes I<ext2>, I<ext3> ou I<ext4> peut être écrite avec l'utilitaire "
69791 #~ "B<e2label>(8), pour XFS avec l'utilitaire B<xfs_admin>(8) et pour "
69792 #~ "ReiserFS avec l'utilitaire B<reiserfstune>(8)."
69793
69794 #~ msgid "B<-M>,B< --move>"
69795 #~ msgstr "B<-M>, B<--move>"
69796
69797 #~ msgid ""
69798 #~ "Move a subtree to some other place.  See above, the subsection B<The move "
69799 #~ "operation>."
69800 #~ msgstr ""
69801 #~ "Déplacer une sous-arborescence ailleurs. Voir plus haut « Les opérations "
69802 #~ "de déplacement »."
69803
69804 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --no-mtab>"
69805 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --no-mtab>"
69806
69807 #~ msgid ""
69808 #~ "Mount without writing in I</etc/mtab>.  This is necessary for example "
69809 #~ "when I</etc> is on a read-only filesystem."
69810 #~ msgstr ""
69811 #~ "Monter sans écriture dans I</etc/mtab>. C'est nécessaire si I</etc> "
69812 #~ "réside sur un système de fichiers en lecture seule."
69813
69814 #~ msgid "B<-N>,B< --namespace >I<ns>"
69815 #~ msgstr "B<-N>, B<--namespace> I<espace_de_noms>"
69816
69817 #~ msgid ""
69818 #~ "Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by I<ns>.  "
69819 #~ "I<ns> is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file "
69820 #~ "representing that namespace."
69821 #~ msgstr ""
69822 #~ "Réaliser l’opération de montage dans l’espace de noms de montage indiqué "
69823 #~ "par I<espace_de_noms>. Celui-ci est soit un PID de processus en cours "
69824 #~ "d’exécution dans cet espace, soit un fichier spécial représentant cet "
69825 #~ "espace de noms."
69826
69827 #~ msgid ""
69828 #~ "B<mount>(8)  switches to the mount namespace when it reads I</etc/fstab>, "
69829 #~ "writes I</etc/mtab> (or writes to I</run/mount>)  and calls the "
69830 #~ "B<mount>(2)  system call, otherwise it runs in the original mount "
69831 #~ "namespace.  This means that the target namespace does not have to contain "
69832 #~ "any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute the B<mount>(2)  "
69833 #~ "call."
69834 #~ msgstr ""
69835 #~ "B<mount>(8) bascule vers l’espace de noms de montage lorsqu’il lit I</etc/"
69836 #~ "fstab>, écrit sur I</etc/mtab> (ou écrit sur I</run/mount>) et exécute "
69837 #~ "l’appel système B<mount>(2). Sinon il s’exécute dans l’espace de noms de "
69838 #~ "montage original. Cela signifie que l’espace de noms cible n’a pas à "
69839 #~ "contenir toute bibliothèque ou autre exigence nécessaire pour exécuter la "
69840 #~ "commande B<mount>(2)."
69841
69842 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --test-opts >I<opts>"
69843 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--test-opts> I<options>"
69844
69845 #~ msgid ""
69846 #~ "Limit the set of filesystems to which the B<-a> option applies.  In this "
69847 #~ "regard it is like the B<-t> option except that B<-O> is useless without "
69848 #~ "B<-a>.  For example, the command:"
69849 #~ msgstr ""
69850 #~ "Limiter l'ensemble des systèmes de fichiers auxquels l’option B<-a> "
69851 #~ "s'applique. De ce point de vue, c’est comme l’option B<-t> sauf que B<-O> "
69852 #~ "est inutile sans B<-a>. Par exemple, la commande :"
69853
69854 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --options >I<opts>"
69855 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--options> I<options>"
69856
69857 #~ msgid "B<--options-mode >I<mode>"
69858 #~ msgstr "B<--options-mode> I<mode>"
69859
69860 #~ msgid "B<--options-source >I<source>"
69861 #~ msgstr "B<--options-source> I<source>"
69862
69863 #~ msgid ""
69864 #~ "Source of default options.  I<source> is a comma-separated list of "
69865 #~ "B<fstab>, B<mtab> and B<disable>.  B<disable> disables B<fstab> and "
69866 #~ "B<mtab> and disables B<--options-source-force>.  The default value is "
69867 #~ "B<fstab,mtab>."
69868 #~ msgstr ""
69869 #~ "Source des options par défaut. I<source> est une liste séparée par des "
69870 #~ "virgules de I<fstab>, I<mtab> et B<disable>. B<disable> désactive "
69871 #~ "I<fstab> et I<mtab> et désactive B<--options-source-force>. La valeur par "
69872 #~ "défaut est I<fstab,mtab>."
69873
69874 #~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --rbind>"
69875 #~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--rbind>"
69876
69877 #~ msgid ""
69878 #~ "Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its "
69879 #~ "contents are available in both places).  See above, the subsection B<Bind "
69880 #~ "mounts>."
69881 #~ msgstr ""
69882 #~ "Remonter une sous-arborescence et tous les sous-montages possibles "
69883 #~ "ailleurs (le contenu sera disponible en deux points différents). Voir "
69884 #~ "plus haut « Les opérations de remontage »."
69885
69886 #~ msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only.  A synonym is B<-o ro>."
69887 #~ msgstr ""
69888 #~ "Monter le système de fichiers en lecture seule. Un synonyme est B<-o ro>."
69889
69890 #~ msgid ""
69891 #~ "Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, "
69892 #~ "the system may still write to the device.  For example, ext3 and ext4 "
69893 #~ "will replay the journal if the filesystem is dirty.  To prevent this kind "
69894 #~ "of write access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with "
69895 #~ "the B<ro,noload> mount options or set the block device itself to read-"
69896 #~ "only mode, see the B<blockdev>(8)  command."
69897 #~ msgstr ""
69898 #~ "Remarquez que selon le type et l'état du système de fichiers et le "
69899 #~ "comportement du noyau, le système peut continuer à écrire sur le "
69900 #~ "périphérique. Par exemple, I<ext3> et I<ext4> rejoueront leurs journaux "
69901 #~ "si le système de fichiers est « dirty ». Pour prévenir ce type d'accès en "
69902 #~ "écriture, vous devriez monter les systèmes de fichiers I<ext3> ou I<ext4> "
69903 #~ "avec les options de montage B<ro,noload> ou définir le périphérique bloc "
69904 #~ "lui-même en mode lecture seule, consultez B<blockdev>(8)."
69905
69906 #~ msgid "B<--source>I< device>"
69907 #~ msgstr "B<--source> I<périphérique>"
69908
69909 #~ msgid "B<--target>I< directory>"
69910 #~ msgstr "B<--target> I<répertoire>"
69911
69912 #~ msgid ""
69913 #~ "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument "
69914 #~ "might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device).  This "
69915 #~ "option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount "
69916 #~ "target."
69917 #~ msgstr ""
69918 #~ "Si un seul argument est donné pour la commande de montage, alors cet "
69919 #~ "argument pourrait être interprété comme une cible (point de montage) ou "
69920 #~ "une source (périphérique). Cette option permet de définir explicitement "
69921 #~ "que l’argument est la cible du montage."
69922
69923 #~ msgid "B<--target-prefix>I< directory>"
69924 #~ msgstr "B<--target-prefix> I<répertoire>"
69925
69926 #~ msgid ""
69927 #~ "Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets.  This option can be "
69928 #~ "used to follow I<fstab>, but mount operations are done in another place, "
69929 #~ "for example:"
69930 #~ msgstr ""
69931 #~ "Préfixer avec le répertoire indiqué toutes les cibles de montage. Cette "
69932 #~ "option peut être utilisée pour suivre I<fstab>, mais les opérations de "
69933 #~ "montage sont réalisées ailleurs, par exemple :"
69934
69935 #~ msgid ""
69936 #~ "mounts all from system I<fstab> to I</chroot>, all missing mountpoint are "
69937 #~ "created (due to X-mount.mkdir).  See also B<--fstab> to use an "
69938 #~ "alternative I<fstab>."
69939 #~ msgstr ""
69940 #~ "monte tout à partir du I<fstab> du système sur I</chroot>, tous les "
69941 #~ "points de montage manquants sont créés (dû à B<X-mount.mkdir>). Consultez "
69942 #~ "aussi B<--fstab> pour l’emploi d’un I<fstab> alternatif."
69943
69944 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --fstab >I<path>"
69945 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--fstab> I<chemin>"
69946
69947 #~ msgid ""
69948 #~ "Specifies an alternative I<fstab> file.  If I<path> is a directory, then "
69949 #~ "the files in the directory are sorted by B<strverscmp>(3); files that "
69950 #~ "start with \".\"\\& or without an I<\\&.fstab> extension are ignored.  "
69951 #~ "The option can be specified more than once.  This option is mostly "
69952 #~ "designed for initramfs or chroot scripts where additional configuration "
69953 #~ "is specified beyond standard system configuration."
69954 #~ msgstr ""
69955 #~ "Indiquer un fichier I<fstab> alternatif. Si I<chemin> est un répertoire, "
69956 #~ "alors les fichiers de ce répertoire sont triés par B<strverscmp>(3) ; les "
69957 #~ "fichiers qui commencent par « B<.> » ou sans extension I<.fstab> sont "
69958 #~ "ignorés. L’option peut être indiquée plus d’une fois. Cette option est "
69959 #~ "surtout conçue pour les scripts d’initramfs ou de chroot où une "
69960 #~ "configuration supplémentaire est indiquée au-delà de la configuration "
69961 #~ "standard du système."
69962
69963 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --types >I<fstype>"
69964 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<type>"
69965
69966 #~ msgid ""
69967 #~ "The argument following the B<-t> is used to indicate the filesystem "
69968 #~ "type.  The filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the "
69969 #~ "running kernel.  See I</proc/filesystems> and I</lib/modules/$(uname -r)/"
69970 #~ "kernel/fs> for a complete list of the filesystems.  The most common are "
69971 #~ "ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
69972 #~ msgstr ""
69973 #~ "L’argument suivant le B<-t> est utilisé pour indiquer le type de système "
69974 #~ "de fichiers. Les types de systèmes de fichiers actuellement pris en "
69975 #~ "charge dépendent du noyau utilisé. Consultez I</proc/filesystems> et I</"
69976 #~ "lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs> pour une liste complète de systèmes de "
69977 #~ "fichiers. Les plus communs sont I<ext2>, I<ext3>, I<ext4>, I<xfs>, "
69978 #~ "I<btrfs>, I<vfat>, I<sysfs>, I<proc>, I<nfs> et I<cifs>."
69979
69980 #~ msgid ""
69981 #~ "If no B<-t> option is given, or if the B<auto> type is specified, "
69982 #~ "B<mount> will try to guess the desired type.  Mount uses the blkid "
69983 #~ "library for guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up "
69984 #~ "anything that looks familiar, B<mount> will try to read the file I</etc/"
69985 #~ "filesystems>, or, if that does not exist, I</proc/filesystems>.  All of "
69986 #~ "the filesystem types listed there will be tried, except for those that "
69987 #~ "are labeled \"nodev\" (e.g.\\& I<devpts>, I<proc> and I<nfs>).  If I</etc/"
69988 #~ "filesystems> ends in a line with a single *, mount will read I</proc/"
69989 #~ "filesystems> afterwards.  While trying, all filesystem types will be "
69990 #~ "mounted with the mount option B<silent>."
69991 #~ msgstr ""
69992 #~ "Si aucune option B<-t> n'est mentionnée, ou si le type B<auto> est "
69993 #~ "précisé, B<mount> essayera de deviner le type désiré. B<mount> utilise la "
69994 #~ "bibliothèque blkid pour deviner le type de système de fichiers. S'il ne "
69995 #~ "trouve rien qui lui soit familier, B<mount> essaiera de lire le fichier "
69996 #~ "I</etc/filesystems> ou, s'il n'existe pas, I</proc/filesystems>. Tous les "
69997 #~ "types de systèmes de fichiers indiqués seront essayés, sauf ceux marqués "
69998 #~ "« nodev » (par exemple I<devpts>, I<proc> et I<nfs>). Si I</etc/"
69999 #~ "filesystems> se termine par une ligne contenant un seul I<*>, B<mount> "
70000 #~ "lira ensuite I</proc/filesystems>. Durant l'essai, tous les types de "
70001 #~ "système de fichiers seront montés avec l’option de montage B<silent>."
70002
70003 #~ msgid ""
70004 #~ "The B<auto> type may be useful for user-mounted floppies.  Creating a "
70005 #~ "file I</etc/filesystems> can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., "
70006 #~ "to try vfat before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel "
70007 #~ "module autoloader."
70008 #~ msgstr ""
70009 #~ "Le type B<auto> peut être utile pour des disquettes montées par "
70010 #~ "l'utilisateur. Créer un fichier I</etc/filesystems> permet de changer "
70011 #~ "l'ordre d'essai (par exemple I<vfat> avant I<msdos>, ou I<ext3> avant "
70012 #~ "I<ext2>) ou d'utiliser un autochargeur de modules pour le noyau."
70013
70014 #~ msgid ""
70015 #~ "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the B<-"
70016 #~ "t> option as well as in an I</etc/fstab> entry.  The list of filesystem "
70017 #~ "types for the B<-t> option can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the "
70018 #~ "filesystem types on which no action should be taken.  The prefix B<no> "
70019 #~ "has no effect when specified in an I</etc/fstab> entry."
70020 #~ msgstr ""
70021 #~ "Plusieurs types peuvent être indiqués, séparés par des virgules, pour "
70022 #~ "l’option B<-t> comme dans une entrée I</etc/fstab>. La liste des types de "
70023 #~ "systèmes de fichiers pour l’option B<-t> peut également être préfixée par "
70024 #~ "B<no> pour indiquer les types à ignorer. Le préfixe B<no> est sans effet "
70025 #~ "dans une entrée I</etc/fstab>."
70026
70027 #~ msgid ""
70028 #~ "The prefix B<no> can be meaningful with the B<-a> option.  For example, "
70029 #~ "the command"
70030 #~ msgstr ""
70031 #~ "Le préfixe B<no> peut avoir du sens avec l’option B<-a>. Par exemple, la "
70032 #~ "commande"
70033
70034 #~ msgid ""
70035 #~ "For most types all the B<mount> program has to do is issue a simple "
70036 #~ "B<mount>(2)  system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem "
70037 #~ "type is required.  For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, "
70038 #~ "ncpfs) an ad hoc code is necessary.  The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and "
70039 #~ "ncpfs filesystems have a separate mount program.  In order to make it "
70040 #~ "possible to treat all types in a uniform way, B<mount> will execute the "
70041 #~ "program B</sbin/mount.>I<type> (if that exists) when called with type "
70042 #~ "I<type>.  Since different versions of the B<smbmount> program have "
70043 #~ "different calling conventions, B</sbin/mount.smbfs> may have to be a "
70044 #~ "shell script that sets up the desired call."
70045 #~ msgstr ""
70046 #~ "Pour la plupart des types, B<mount> n’effectue qu’un appel système "
70047 #~ "B<mount>(2) et aucune connaissance détaillée du système de fichiers n'est "
70048 #~ "nécessaire. Pour certains types toutefois (comme I<nfs>, I<nfs4>, "
70049 #~ "I<cifs>, I<smbfs> et I<ncpfs>), du code supplémentaire est indispensable. "
70050 #~ "Les systèmes de fichiers I<nfs>, I<nfs4>, I<cifs>, I<smbfs> et I<ncpfs> "
70051 #~ "ont un programme de montage indépendant. Afin de rendre uniforme le "
70052 #~ "traitement de tous les types, B<mount> exécutera le programme B</sbin/"
70053 #~ "mount.>I<type> (s'il existe) lorsqu'il est invoqué avec le type I<type>. "
70054 #~ "Comme différentes versions de B<smbmount> ont des conventions d'appels "
70055 #~ "diverses, B</sbin/mount.smbfs> peut être un script shell qui réalise "
70056 #~ "l'appel voulu."
70057
70058 #~ msgid "B<-U>,B< --uuid >I<uuid>"
70059 #~ msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uuid> I<UUID>"
70060
70061 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --rw>,B< --read-write>"
70062 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--rw>, B<--read-write>"
70063
70064 #~ msgid ""
70065 #~ "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the "
70066 #~ "system kernel.  To check the current setting see the options in I</proc/"
70067 #~ "mounts>.  Note that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default "
70068 #~ "mount options (see for example B<tune2fs -l> output for extN filesystems)."
70069 #~ msgstr ""
70070 #~ "Certaines de ces options peuvent être activées ou désactivées par défaut "
70071 #~ "dans l'environnement du noyau. Pour vérifier la configuration actuelle, "
70072 #~ "consultez les options dans I</proc/mounts>. Remarquez que les systèmes de "
70073 #~ "fichiers ont aussi des options de montage par défaut spécifiques au "
70074 #~ "système de fichiers (consultez par exemple la sortie de B<tune2fs -l> "
70075 #~ "pour les systèmes de fichiers extN)."
70076
70077 #~ msgid ""
70078 #~ "The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted (but "
70079 #~ "not every filesystem actually honors them \\(en e.g.\\&, the B<sync> "
70080 #~ "option today has an effect only for ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs and "
70081 #~ "xfs):"
70082 #~ msgstr ""
70083 #~ "Les options suivantes s'appliquent à tous les systèmes de fichiers montés "
70084 #~ "(mais tous les systèmes de fichiers ne les honorent pas, par exemple "
70085 #~ "B<sync> n'est effective que pour I<ext2>, I<ext3>, I<ext4>, I<fat>, "
70086 #~ "I<vfat>, I<ufs> et I<xfs>) :"
70087
70088 #~ msgid ""
70089 #~ "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously.  (See also the "
70090 #~ "B<sync> option.)"
70091 #~ msgstr ""
70092 #~ "Toutes les entrées et sorties sur le système de fichiers seront "
70093 #~ "asynchrones (consultez aussi l'option B<sync>)."
70094
70095 #~ msgid ""
70096 #~ "Do not use the B<noatime> feature, so the inode access time is controlled "
70097 #~ "by kernel defaults.  See also the descriptions of the B<\\%relatime> and "
70098 #~ "B<strictatime> mount options."
70099 #~ msgstr ""
70100 #~ "Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité B<noatime>, ainsi la date d'accès à "
70101 #~ "l'inœud est contrôlée par les options par défaut du noyau. Consultez "
70102 #~ "aussi les descriptions des options de montage B<strictatime> et B<\\"
70103 #~ "%relatime>."
70104
70105 #~ msgid ""
70106 #~ "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g.\\& for faster "
70107 #~ "access on the news spool to speed up news servers).  This works for all "
70108 #~ "inode types (directories too), so it implies B<\\%nodiratime>."
70109 #~ msgstr ""
70110 #~ "Ne pas mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès aux inœuds sur ce système de "
70111 #~ "fichiers (par exemple, pour un accès plus rapide pour des serveurs de "
70112 #~ "nouvelles). Cela fonctionne pour tous les types d’inœuds (ainsi que pour "
70113 #~ "les répertoires), donc cela implique B<\\%nodiratime>."
70114
70115 #~ msgid ""
70116 #~ "B<context=>I<context>, B<fscontext=>I<context>, B<defcontext=>I<context>, "
70117 #~ "and B<\\%rootcontext=>I<context>"
70118 #~ msgstr ""
70119 #~ "B<context=>I<contexte>, B<fscontext=>I<contexte>, "
70120 #~ "B<defcontext=>I<contexte> et B<\\%rootcontext=>I<contexte>"
70121
70122 #~ msgid ""
70123 #~ "The B<context=> option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not "
70124 #~ "support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with "
70125 #~ "VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an "
70126 #~ "ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation.  You can also "
70127 #~ "use B<context=> on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy.  It "
70128 #~ "also helps in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier "
70129 #~ "2.4.E<lt>xE<gt> kernel versions.  Even where xattrs are supported, you "
70130 #~ "can save time not having to label every file by assigning the entire disk "
70131 #~ "one security context."
70132 #~ msgstr ""
70133 #~ "L’option B<context=> est utile lors du montage de systèmes de fichiers "
70134 #~ "qui ne gèrent pas les attributs étendus, tels que les lecteurs de "
70135 #~ "disquette ou les disques durs formatés en VFAT, ou les systèmes qui ne "
70136 #~ "fonctionnent pas sous SELinux, tels que les disques formatés en ext3 ou "
70137 #~ "ext4 d’une station de travail SELinux. B<context=> peut être utilisé sur "
70138 #~ "les systèmes de fichiers douteux tels les disquettes. Elle assure aussi "
70139 #~ "la compatibilité avec les systèmes de fichiers prenant en charge B<xattr> "
70140 #~ "avec les versions antérieures au noyau 2.4. Même si B<xattr> est pris en "
70141 #~ "charge, vous pouvez sauver les horodatages sans devoir étiqueter tous les "
70142 #~ "fichiers en affectant un contexte de sécurité pour le disque entier."
70143
70144 #~ msgid ""
70145 #~ "A commonly used option for removable media is B<\\%context=\"system_u:"
70146 #~ "object_r:removable_t\">."
70147 #~ msgstr ""
70148 #~ "L'option B<\\%context=\"system_u:object_r:removable_t\"> est couramment "
70149 #~ "utilisée pour les supports amovibles."
70150
70151 #~ msgid ""
70152 #~ "Two other options are B<fscontext=> and B<defcontext=>, both of which are "
70153 #~ "mutually exclusive of the B<context=> option.  This means you can use "
70154 #~ "fscontext and defcontext with each other, but neither can be used with "
70155 #~ "context."
70156 #~ msgstr ""
70157 #~ "Deux autres options sont B<fscontext=> et B<defcontext=>, elles sont "
70158 #~ "toutes les deux mutuellement exclusives avec l'option B<context=>. Cela "
70159 #~ "signifie que vous pouvez utiliser B<fscontext=> et B<defcontext=> "
70160 #~ "ensemble, mais aucune ne peut être utilisée avec l'option B<context=>."
70161
70162 #~ msgid ""
70163 #~ "The B<fscontext=> option works for all filesystems, regardless of their "
70164 #~ "xattr support.  The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem "
70165 #~ "label to a specific security context.  This filesystem label is separate "
70166 #~ "from the individual labels on the files.  It represents the entire "
70167 #~ "filesystem for certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount "
70168 #~ "or file creation.  Individual file labels are still obtained from the "
70169 #~ "xattrs on the files themselves.  The context option actually sets the "
70170 #~ "aggregate context that fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the "
70171 #~ "same label for individual files."
70172 #~ msgstr ""
70173 #~ "L'option B<fscontext=> fonctionne pour tous les systèmes de fichiers, "
70174 #~ "qu'ils prennent en charge B<xattr> ou non. L'option B<fscontext=> change "
70175 #~ "l'étiquette du système de fichiers en un contexte de sécurité spécifique. "
70176 #~ "L'étiquette du système de fichiers est distincte des étiquettes "
70177 #~ "individuelles des fichiers. Elle représente le système de fichiers entier "
70178 #~ "pour certains types de vérification de permission, comme une période de "
70179 #~ "montage ou une création de fichier. Les étiquettes individuelles de "
70180 #~ "fichiers sont toujours obtenues à partir des paramètres B<xattr> des "
70181 #~ "fichiers eux-mêmes. L'option de contexte définit réellement le contexte "
70182 #~ "global que B<fscontext=> fournit, en plus de fournir la même étiquette "
70183 #~ "pour tous les fichiers individuels."
70184
70185 #~ msgid ""
70186 #~ "You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using "
70187 #~ "B<defcontext=> option.  This overrides the value set for unlabeled files "
70188 #~ "in the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
70189 #~ msgstr ""
70190 #~ "Vous pouvez définir le contexte de sécurité par défaut pour les fichiers "
70191 #~ "non étiquetés avec l'option B<defcontext=>. Cela surcharge la valeur par "
70192 #~ "défaut définie pour les fichiers non étiquetés de la stratégie de "
70193 #~ "sécurité et nécessite un système de fichiers qui gère l'étiquetage "
70194 #~ "B<xattr>."
70195
70196 #~ msgid ""
70197 #~ "The B<rootcontext=> option allows you to explicitly label the root inode "
70198 #~ "of a FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to "
70199 #~ "userspace.  This was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux."
70200 #~ msgstr ""
70201 #~ "L'option B<rootcontext=> permet d'étiqueter explicitement l'inœud racine "
70202 #~ "d'un système de fichiers avant que l'inœud ou le système de fichiers en "
70203 #~ "cours de montage ne devienne visible depuis l'espace utilisateur. Cela "
70204 #~ "s'est avéré utile pour des noyaux Linux « stateless »."
70205
70206 #~ msgid ""
70207 #~ "B<Warning: the >I<context>B< value might contain commas>, in which case "
70208 #~ "the value has to be properly quoted, otherwise B<mount>(8)  will "
70209 #~ "interpret the comma as a separator between mount options.  Don't forget "
70210 #~ "that the shell strips off quotes and thus B<double quoting is required>.  "
70211 #~ "For example:"
70212 #~ msgstr ""
70213 #~ "B<Avertissement> : la valeur I<contexte> pourrait contenir des virgules, "
70214 #~ "auquel cas, la valeur doit être protégée correctement sinon B<mount>(8) "
70215 #~ "interprétera la virgule comme un séparateur entre options de montage. "
70216 #~ "N’oubliez pas que l’interpréteur de commandes supprime les guillemets "
70217 #~ "simples et que B<des guillemets doubles sont donc nécessaires>. Par "
70218 #~ "exemple :"
70219
70220 #~ msgid ""
70221 #~ "Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel "
70222 #~ "and filesystem type.  See the beginning of this section for more details."
70223 #~ msgstr ""
70224 #~ "Remarquez que le véritable ensemble de toutes les options de montage par "
70225 #~ "défaut dépend du noyau et du type de système de fichiers. Consultez le "
70226 #~ "début de cette section pour plus de précisions."
70227
70228 #~ msgid ""
70229 #~ "Update directory inode access times on this filesystem.  This is the "
70230 #~ "default.  (This option is ignored when B<noatime> is set.)"
70231 #~ msgstr ""
70232 #~ "Mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès d'inœuds sur ce système de "
70233 #~ "fichiers. Option par défaut (ignorée quand B<noatime> est défini)."
70234
70235 #~ msgid ""
70236 #~ "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem.  (This "
70237 #~ "option is implied when B<noatime> is set.)"
70238 #~ msgstr ""
70239 #~ "Ne pas mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès d'inœuds sur ce système de "
70240 #~ "fichiers. Cette option est implicite quand B<noatime> est défini."
70241
70242 #~ msgid ""
70243 #~ "All directory updates within the filesystem should be done "
70244 #~ "synchronously.  This affects the following system calls: creat, link, "
70245 #~ "unlink, symlink, mkdir, rmdir, mknod and rename."
70246 #~ msgstr ""
70247 #~ "Toutes les mises à jour de répertoires du système de fichiers devraient "
70248 #~ "être réalisées de façon synchrone. Cela concerne les appels système "
70249 #~ "suivants : B<creat>, B<link>, B<unlink>, B<symlink>, B<mkdir>, B<rmdir>, "
70250 #~ "B<mknod> et B<rename>."
70251
70252 #~ msgid "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem.  See B<fcntl>(2)."
70253 #~ msgstr ""
70254 #~ "Permettre les verrouillages obligatoires sur ce système de fichiers. "
70255 #~ "Consultez B<fcntl>(2)."
70256
70257 #~ msgid ""
70258 #~ "Update inode access times relative to modify or change time.  Access time "
70259 #~ "is only updated if the previous access time was earlier than the current "
70260 #~ "modify or change time.  (Similar to B<\\%noatime>, but it doesn't break "
70261 #~ "B<mutt> or other applications that need to know if a file has been read "
70262 #~ "since the last time it was modified.)"
70263 #~ msgstr ""
70264 #~ "Mettre à jour les horodatages d'accès à l’inœud par rapport à "
70265 #~ "l’horodatage de modification. L’horodatage d'accès est mis à jour "
70266 #~ "seulement si le précédent horodatage d'accès est antérieur à l’horodatage "
70267 #~ "de modification (c'est équivalent à l'option B<\\%noatime>, mais permet "
70268 #~ "aux applications, comme B<mutt>, de savoir si un fichier a été lu depuis "
70269 #~ "sa dernière modification)."
70270
70271 #~ msgid ""
70272 #~ "Do not use the B<relatime> feature.  See also the B<strictatime> mount "
70273 #~ "option."
70274 #~ msgstr ""
70275 #~ "Ne pas utiliser la fonctionnalité B<relatime>. Consultez aussi l'option "
70276 #~ "de montage B<strictatime>."
70277
70278 #~ msgid ""
70279 #~ "Allows to explicitly request full atime updates.  This makes it possible "
70280 #~ "for the kernel to default to B<\\%relatime> or B<\\%noatime> but still "
70281 #~ "allow userspace to override it.  For more details about the default "
70282 #~ "system mount options see I</proc/mounts>."
70283 #~ msgstr ""
70284 #~ "Demander explicitement une mise à jour complète des horodatages d'accès. "
70285 #~ "Cela permet au noyau d'utiliser B<\\%relatime> ou B<\\%noatime> par "
70286 #~ "défaut, mais il est toujours possible de changer cela depuis l'espace "
70287 #~ "utilisateur. Pour plus de précisions sur les options de montage par "
70288 #~ "défaut, consultez I</proc/mounts>."
70289
70290 #~ msgid "-"
70291 #~ msgstr "-"
70292
70293 #~ msgid "more than 24 hours have passed since the i-node was written to disk."
70294 #~ msgstr ""
70295 #~ "plus de 24 heures se sont écoulées depuis que l’inœud a été écrit sur le "
70296 #~ "disque."
70297
70298 #~ msgid ""
70299 #~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner "
70300 #~ "of the device.  This option implies the options B<nosuid> and B<nodev> "
70301 #~ "(unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<owner,"
70302 #~ "dev,suid>)."
70303 #~ msgstr ""
70304 #~ "Autoriser un utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers si cet "
70305 #~ "utilisateur est propriétaire du périphérique. Cette option implique les "
70306 #~ "options B<nosuid> et B<nodev> (à moins qu'elles ne soient annulées par "
70307 #~ "d'autres options comme dans la ligne d'options B<owner,dev,suid>)."
70308
70309 #~ msgid ""
70310 #~ "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem.  This is commonly used "
70311 #~ "to change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly "
70312 #~ "filesystem writable.  It does not change device or mount point."
70313 #~ msgstr ""
70314 #~ "Tenter de remonter un système de fichiers déjà monté. C'est utilisé pour "
70315 #~ "changer les attributs de montage d'un système de fichiers, principalement "
70316 #~ "pour autoriser l'écriture sur un système de fichiers en lecture seule. "
70317 #~ "Cela ne change ni le périphérique ni le point de montage."
70318
70319 #~ msgid ""
70320 #~ "The remount functionality follows the standard way the B<mount> command "
70321 #~ "works with options from I<fstab>.  This means that B<mount> does not read "
70322 #~ "I<fstab> (or I<mtab>)  only when both I<device> and I<dir> are specified."
70323 #~ msgstr ""
70324 #~ "La fonctionnalité de remontage suit la façon habituelle dont la commande "
70325 #~ "B<mount> fonctionne avec les options de I<fstab>. Cela signifie que la "
70326 #~ "commande B<mount> ne lit pas I<fstab> (ou I<mtab>), seulement si "
70327 #~ "I<périphérique> et I<répertoire> sont tous deux indiqués."
70328
70329 #~ msgid ""
70330 #~ "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff "
70331 #~ "from I<fstab> (or I<mtab>)  is ignored, except the loop= option which is "
70332 #~ "internally generated and maintained by the mount command."
70333 #~ msgstr ""
70334 #~ "Après cet appel, toutes les anciennes options de montage sont remplacées "
70335 #~ "et les options arbitraires du fichier I<fstab> (ou I<mtab>) sont "
70336 #~ "ignorées, à part l’option B<loop=> qui est générée en interne et "
70337 #~ "maintenue par la commande B<mount>."
70338
70339 #~ msgid ""
70340 #~ "After this call, mount reads I<fstab> and merges these options with the "
70341 #~ "options from the command line (B<-o>).  If no mountpoint is found in "
70342 #~ "I<fstab>, then a remount with unspecified source is allowed."
70343 #~ msgstr ""
70344 #~ "Après cet appel, B<mount> lit I<fstab> et fusionne ces options avec les "
70345 #~ "options de la ligne de commande (B<-o>). Si aucun point de montage n’est "
70346 #~ "trouvé dans I<fstab>, alors le remontage sans source indiquée est permis."
70347
70348 #~ msgid ""
70349 #~ "B<mount> allows the use of B<--all> to remount all already mounted "
70350 #~ "filesystems which match a specified filter (B<-O> and B<-t>).  For "
70351 #~ "example:"
70352 #~ msgstr ""
70353 #~ "B<mount>(8) permet d’utiliser B<--all> pour remonter tous les systèmes de "
70354 #~ "fichiers déjà montés qui correspondent avec un filtre indiqué (B<-O> et "
70355 #~ "B<-t>). Par exemple :"
70356
70357 #~ msgid ""
70358 #~ "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of "
70359 #~ "the filesystems is remounted by \"mount -o remount,ro /dir\" semantic.  "
70360 #~ "This means the B<mount> command reads I<fstab> or I<mtab> and merges "
70361 #~ "these options with the options from the command line."
70362 #~ msgstr ""
70363 #~ "remonte tous les systèmes de fichiers I<vfat> déjà montés en mode "
70364 #~ "écriture seule. Chaque système de fichiers est remonté par la sémantique "
70365 #~ "I<mount -o remount,ro /dir>. Cela signifie que la commande de montage lit "
70366 #~ "I<fstab> ou I<mtab> et fusionne leurs options avec celles de la ligne de "
70367 #~ "commande."
70368
70369 #~ msgid ""
70370 #~ "All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously.  In the case of "
70371 #~ "media with a limited number of write cycles (e.g.\\& some flash drives), "
70372 #~ "B<sync> may cause life-cycle shortening."
70373 #~ msgstr ""
70374 #~ "Toutes les entrées et sorties du système de fichiers doivent être "
70375 #~ "réalisées de façon synchrone. Dans le cas d'un support avec un nombre "
70376 #~ "limité de cycles d'écriture (par exemple des mémoires flash), B<sync> "
70377 #~ "peut réduire la durée de vie de celui-ci."
70378
70379 #~ msgid ""
70380 #~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem.  The name of the mounting "
70381 #~ "user is written to the I<mtab> file (or to the private libmount file in "
70382 #~ "I</run/mount> on systems without a regular I<mtab>)  so that this same "
70383 #~ "user can unmount the filesystem again.  This option implies the options "
70384 #~ "B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent "
70385 #~ "options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
70386 #~ msgstr ""
70387 #~ "Autoriser les utilisateurs ordinaires à monter le système de fichiers. Le "
70388 #~ "nom de l’utilisateur qui a monté le système de fichiers est noté dans le "
70389 #~ "fichier I<mtab> (ou dans le fichier privé I<libmount> de I</run/mount> "
70390 #~ "sur les systèmes sans fichier I<mtab> traditionnel) pour que cet "
70391 #~ "utilisateur puisse le démonter ensuite. Cela entraîne l'utilisation des "
70392 #~ "options B<noexec>, B<nosuid> et B<nodev> (à moins qu'elles ne soient "
70393 #~ "explicitement surchargées, comme dans la ligne d’options B<user,exec,dev,"
70394 #~ "suid>)."
70395
70396 #~ msgid ""
70397 #~ "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem.  This is the default; it "
70398 #~ "does not imply any other options."
70399 #~ msgstr ""
70400 #~ "Ne pas autoriser d'utilisateur ordinaire à monter le système de fichiers. "
70401 #~ "C’est le comportement par défaut ; il n’implique aucune autre option."
70402
70403 #~ msgid ""
70404 #~ "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some "
70405 #~ "other ordinary user mounted it.  This option implies the options "
70406 #~ "B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent "
70407 #~ "options, as in the option line B<users,exec,dev,suid>)."
70408 #~ msgstr ""
70409 #~ "Autoriser tous les utilisateurs à monter et démonter le système de "
70410 #~ "fichiers, même quand un autre utilisateur ordinaire l’a monté. Cette "
70411 #~ "option implique les options B<noexec>, B<nosuid> et B<nodev> (sauf s'il y "
70412 #~ "a une surcharge par une option ultérieure, comme dans la ligne d’options "
70413 #~ "B<users,exec,dev,suid>)."
70414
70415 #~ msgid "B<X-*>"
70416 #~ msgstr "B<X->I<*>"
70417
70418 #~ msgid ""
70419 #~ "All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as "
70420 #~ "userspace application-specific options.  These options are not stored in "
70421 #~ "user space (e.g., I<mtab> file), nor sent to the mount.I<type> helpers "
70422 #~ "nor to the B<mount>(2)  system call.  The suggested format is B<X-"
70423 #~ ">I<appname>.I<option>."
70424 #~ msgstr ""
70425 #~ "Toutes les options précédées de B<X-> sont interprétées comme des "
70426 #~ "commentaires ou des options spécifiques aux applications d’espace "
70427 #~ "utilisateur. Ces options ne sont pas gardées dans l’espace utilisateur "
70428 #~ "(par exemple, le fichier I<mtab>) et ne sont pas transmises aux "
70429 #~ "auxiliaires B<mount.>I<type> ni aux appels système B<mount>(2). Le format "
70430 #~ "suggéré est B<X->I<nom_application>B<.>I<option>."
70431
70432 #~ msgid "B<x-*>"
70433 #~ msgstr "B<x->I<*>"
70434
70435 #~ msgid ""
70436 #~ "The same as B<X-*> options, but stored permanently in user space.  This "
70437 #~ "means the options are also available for B<umount> or other operations.  "
70438 #~ "Note that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's "
70439 #~ "necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the "
70440 #~ "options will be always available (for example after a move mount "
70441 #~ "operation or in unshared namespace)."
70442 #~ msgstr ""
70443 #~ "La même chose qu’avec les options B<X->I<*>, mais avec un enregistrement "
70444 #~ "permanent dans l’espace utilisateur. Cela signifie que les options sont "
70445 #~ "aussi disponibles pour des démontages ou d’autres utilisations. Remarquez "
70446 #~ "que conserver les options de montage en espace utilisateur est délicat, "
70447 #~ "car il est nécessaire d’utiliser des outils basés sur B<libmount> et "
70448 #~ "qu’il n’existe aucune garantie que les options seront toujours "
70449 #~ "disponibles (par exemple, après une opération de déplacement de montage "
70450 #~ "ou dans un espace utilisateur non partagé)."
70451
70452 #~ msgid "B<X-mount.mkdir>[B<=>I<mode>B<]>"
70453 #~ msgstr "B<X-mount.mkdir>[B<=>I<mode>]"
70454
70455 #~ msgid ""
70456 #~ "Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths.  Symlinks can still be "
70457 #~ "created, and B<readlink>(1), B<readlink>(2), B<realpath>(1)  and "
70458 #~ "B<realpath>(3)  all still work properly."
70459 #~ msgstr ""
70460 #~ "Ne pas suivre les liens symboliques lors de la résolution des chemins. "
70461 #~ "Les liens symboliques peuvent toujours être créés et B<readlink>(1), "
70462 #~ "B<readlink>(2), B<realpath>(1) et B<realpath>(3) fonctionnent toujours de "
70463 #~ "manière appropriée."
70464
70465 #~ msgid ""
70466 #~ "This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems.  "
70467 #~ "Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages "
70468 #~ "for details.  Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
70469 #~ msgstr ""
70470 #~ "Cette section liste les options particulières à des systèmes de fichiers. "
70471 #~ "Quand cela est possible, vous devriez consulter la page de manuel "
70472 #~ "spécifique au système de fichiers pour plus de détails. Certaines pages "
70473 #~ "sont listées dans le tableau suivant."
70474
70475 # Pas sûr de l'emplacement de la chaîne, vient probablement de Netpbm
70476 #~ msgid "Filesystem(s)"
70477 #~ msgstr "Système(s) de fichiers"
70478
70479 #~ msgid "Manual page"
70480 #~ msgstr "Page de manuel"
70481
70482 #~ msgid ""
70483 #~ "The following options apply only to certain filesystems.  We sort them by "
70484 #~ "filesystem.  All options follow the B<-o> flag."
70485 #~ msgstr ""
70486 #~ "Les options suivantes ne s'appliquent qu'à certains systèmes de fichiers. "
70487 #~ "Elles sont triées par type de système de fichiers. Elles s'utilisent "
70488 #~ "toutes à la suite de l’attribut B<-o>."
70489
70490 #~ msgid ""
70491 #~ "What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel.  Further "
70492 #~ "information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel "
70493 #~ "source subdirectory I<Documentation/filesystems>."
70494 #~ msgstr ""
70495 #~ "Les options prises en charge dépendent du noyau en cours d'utilisation. "
70496 #~ "Vous trouverez plus d'informations dans le sous-répertoire "
70497 #~ "I<Documentation/filesystems> des sources du noyau."
70498
70499 #~ msgid "B<uid=>\\,I<value> and B<gid=>\\,I<value>"
70500 #~ msgstr "B<uid=>\\,I<valeur> et B<gid=>\\,I<valeur>"
70501
70502 #~ msgid "B<ownmask=>\\,I<value> and B<othmask=>\\,I<value>"
70503 #~ msgstr "B<ownmask=>\\,I<valeur> et B<othmask=>\\,I<valeur>"
70504
70505 #~ msgid "B<setuid=>\\,I<value> and B<setgid=>\\,I<value>"
70506 #~ msgstr "B<setuid=>\\,I<valeur> et B<setgid=>\\,I<valeur>"
70507
70508 #~ msgid ""
70509 #~ "Set the mode of all files to I<value> & 0777 disregarding the original "
70510 #~ "permissions.  Add search permission to directories that have read "
70511 #~ "permission.  The value is given in octal."
70512 #~ msgstr ""
70513 #~ "Définir le mode d'accès à tous les fichiers au mode I<valeur> & 0777 sans "
70514 #~ "s'occuper de leurs permissions d'origine. Cela ajoute également "
70515 #~ "l'autorisation de parcours dans les répertoires qui permettent la "
70516 #~ "lecture. La I<valeur> doit être mentionnée en octal."
70517
70518 #~ msgid ""
70519 #~ "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the "
70520 #~ "mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option.  "
70521 #~ "Strange..."
70522 #~ msgstr ""
70523 #~ "Définir l'UID et le GID de la racine du système de fichiers à l'UID et au "
70524 #~ "GID du point de montage jusqu'au premier B<sync> ou B<umount>, puis "
70525 #~ "ignorer cette option. Bizarre…"
70526
70527 #~ msgid "Give blocksize.  Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096."
70528 #~ msgstr ""
70529 #~ "Fournir la taille de bloc. Les valeurs autorisées sont 512, 1024, 2048 et "
70530 #~ "4096."
70531
70532 #~ msgid ""
70533 #~ "These options are accepted but ignored.  (However, quota utilities may "
70534 #~ "react to such strings in I</etc/fstab>.)"
70535 #~ msgstr ""
70536 #~ "Ces options sont acceptées mais sans effet (les utilitaires de quota "
70537 #~ "peuvent toutefois réagir à de telles chaînes dans I</etc/fstab>)."
70538
70539 #~ msgid ""
70540 #~ "The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on "
70541 #~ "I</sys/kernel/debug>.  As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the "
70542 #~ "following options:"
70543 #~ msgstr ""
70544 #~ "Le système de fichiers debugfs est un pseudosystème de fichiers, "
70545 #~ "traditionnellement monté sous I</sys/kernel/debug>. Avec la version 3.4 "
70546 #~ "du noyau, debugfs a les options de montage suivantes."
70547
70548 #~ msgid ""
70549 #~ "The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on I</"
70550 #~ "dev/pts>.  In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens I</dev/"
70551 #~ "ptmx>; the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the "
70552 #~ "process and the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as I</dev/pts/"
70553 #~ ">E<lt>numberE<gt>."
70554 #~ msgstr ""
70555 #~ "Le système de fichiers devpts est un pseudosystème de fichiers, "
70556 #~ "traditionnellement monté sous I</dev/pts>. Pour acquérir un "
70557 #~ "pseudoterminal, un processus ouvre I</dev/ptmx> ; le numéro du "
70558 #~ "pseudoterminal est rendu disponible au processus, et le pseudoterminal "
70559 #~ "esclave est accessible en tant que I</dev/pts/>E<lt>numéroE<gt>."
70560
70561 #~ msgid ""
70562 #~ "This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the "
70563 #~ "specified values.  When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID "
70564 #~ "and GID of the creating process.  For example, if there is a tty group "
70565 #~ "with GID 5, then B<gid=5> will cause newly created pseudo terminals to "
70566 #~ "belong to the tty group."
70567 #~ msgstr ""
70568 #~ "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe des pseudoterminaux nouvellement "
70569 #~ "créés. Lorsque rien n'est indiqué, ils seront fixés avec l'UID et le GID "
70570 #~ "du processus créateur. Par exemple, si un groupe tty de GID 5 est "
70571 #~ "présent, alors B<gid=5> fera appartenir les pseudoterminaux nouvellement "
70572 #~ "créés au groupe tty."
70573
70574 #~ msgid ""
70575 #~ "Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value.  "
70576 #~ "The default is 0600.  A value of B<mode=620> and B<gid=5> makes \"mesg "
70577 #~ "y\" the default on newly created pseudo terminals."
70578 #~ msgstr ""
70579 #~ "Définir le mode des pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés. La valeur par "
70580 #~ "défaut est 0600. Une valeur B<mode=620> et B<gid=5> correspond à un "
70581 #~ "« mesg y » pour tous les pseudoterminaux nouvellement créés."
70582
70583 #~ msgid ""
70584 #~ "All mounts of devpts without this B<newinstance> option share the same "
70585 #~ "set of pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode).  Each mount of devpts "
70586 #~ "with the B<newinstance> option has a private set of pseudo terminal "
70587 #~ "indices."
70588 #~ msgstr ""
70589 #~ "Tous les montages de devpts sans l'option B<newinstance> partagent le "
70590 #~ "même ensemble d'index de pseudoterminaux (mode legacy). Chaque montage de "
70591 #~ "devpts avec l'option B<newinstance> utilise un ensemble privé d'index de "
70592 #~ "pseudoterminaux."
70593
70594 #~ msgid ""
70595 #~ "To use this option effectively, I</dev/ptmx> must be a symbolic link to "
70596 #~ "I<pts/ptmx>.  See I<Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt> in the Linux "
70597 #~ "kernel source tree for details."
70598 #~ msgstr ""
70599 #~ "Pour utiliser cette option efficacement, I</dev/ptmx> doit être un lien "
70600 #~ "symbolique vers I<pts/ptmx>. Consultez I<Documentation/filesystems/devpts."
70601 #~ "txt> dans les sources du noyau Linux pour plus de précisions."
70602
70603 #~ msgid ""
70604 #~ "For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of "
70605 #~ "the new I<ptmx> node is 0000.  B<ptmxmode=>I<value> specifies a more "
70606 #~ "useful mode for the I<ptmx> node and is highly recommended when the "
70607 #~ "B<newinstance> option is specified."
70608 #~ msgstr ""
70609 #~ "Pour être compatible avec les anciennes versions du noyau, le mode par "
70610 #~ "défaut des nouveaux nœuds I<ptmx> est 0000. B<ptmxmode=>I<valeur> indique "
70611 #~ "un mode plus pratique pour le nœud I<ptmx> et est recommandé lorsque "
70612 #~ "l'option B<newinstance> est indiquée."
70613
70614 #~ msgid "Set blocksize (default 512).  This option is obsolete."
70615 #~ msgstr ""
70616 #~ "Définir la taille des blocs (par défaut 512). Cette option est obsolète."
70617
70618 #~ msgid ""
70619 #~ "Set the owner and group of all files.  (Default: the UID and GID of the "
70620 #~ "current process.)"
70621 #~ msgstr ""
70622 #~ "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers (les valeurs "
70623 #~ "par défaut sont l'UID et le GID du processus actuel)."
70624
70625 #~ msgid ""
70626 #~ "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present).  "
70627 #~ "The default is the umask of the current process.  The value is given in "
70628 #~ "octal."
70629 #~ msgstr ""
70630 #~ "Définir l'umask (c'est-à-dire le masque de bits des permissions qui ne "
70631 #~ "sont B<pas> fournies). Par défaut, il s'agit de l'umask du processus "
70632 #~ "actuel. La valeur est donnée en octal."
70633
70634 #~ msgid ""
70635 #~ "Set the umask applied to directories only.  The default is the umask of "
70636 #~ "the current process.  The value is given in octal."
70637 #~ msgstr ""
70638 #~ "Définir l'umask appliqué aux répertoires seulement. Par défaut, c'est "
70639 #~ "l'umask du processus appelant. La valeur est donnée en octal."
70640
70641 #~ msgid ""
70642 #~ "Set the umask applied to regular files only.  The default is the umask of "
70643 #~ "the current process.  The value is given in octal."
70644 #~ msgstr ""
70645 #~ "Définir l'umask appliqué aux fichiers normaux seulement. Par défaut, "
70646 #~ "c'est l'umask du processus appelant. La valeur est donnée en octal."
70647
70648 #~ msgid ""
70649 #~ "The default is set from `dmask' option. (If the directory is writable, "
70650 #~ "B<utime>(2)  is also allowed.  I.e.\\& \\s+3~\\s0dmask & 022)"
70651 #~ msgstr ""
70652 #~ "La valeur par défaut est définie depuis l'option B<dmask> (s'il est "
70653 #~ "possible d'écrire dans le répertoire, B<utime>(2) est autorisé, c'est-à-"
70654 #~ "dire « \\s+3~\\s0dmask & 022 »)."
70655
70656 #~ msgid ""
70657 #~ "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are "
70658 #~ "truncated (e.g.\\& I<verylongname.foobar> becomes I<verylong.foo>), "
70659 #~ "leading and embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and "
70660 #~ "extension)."
70661 #~ msgstr ""
70662 #~ "Les majuscules et minuscules sont acceptées et équivalentes. La partie "
70663 #~ "excédentaire des noms longs est supprimée (par exemple "
70664 #~ "I<nombeaucouptroplong.toto> devient I<nombeauc.tot>). Les espaces en tête "
70665 #~ "et dans les noms sont acceptés, tant dans le nom que dans l'extension."
70666
70667 #~ msgid ""
70668 #~ "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, E<lt>, spaces, etc.) "
70669 #~ "are rejected.  This is the default."
70670 #~ msgstr ""
70671 #~ "Comme B<relaxed>, mais de nombreux caractères spéciaux (*, ?, E<lt>, "
70672 #~ "espaces, etc.) sont refusés. C'est le comportement par défaut."
70673
70674 #~ msgid ""
70675 #~ "Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT "
70676 #~ "filesystems.  By default, codepage 437 is used."
70677 #~ msgstr ""
70678 #~ "Définir la page de code pour convertir les caractères des noms courts des "
70679 #~ "systèmes de fichiers FAT et VFAT. Par défaut, la page 437 est utilisée."
70680
70681 #~ msgid ""
70682 #~ "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module "
70683 #~ "cvf_I<module> instead of auto-detection.  If the kernel supports kmod, "
70684 #~ "the cvf_format=xxx option also controls on-demand CVF module loading.  "
70685 #~ "This option is obsolete."
70686 #~ msgstr ""
70687 #~ "Obliger le pilote à utiliser le module CVF (Compressed Volume File) "
70688 #~ "B<cvf_>I<module> plutôt que l'autodétection. Si le noyau gère kmod, "
70689 #~ "l'option B<cvf_format=>I<module> commande aussi le chargement du module "
70690 #~ "CVF à la demande. Cette option est obsolète."
70691
70692 #~ msgid "Option passed to the CVF module.  This option is obsolete."
70693 #~ msgstr "Option passée au module CVF. Cette option est obsolète."
70694
70695 #~ msgid ""
70696 #~ "Turn on the I<debug> flag.  A version string and a list of filesystem "
70697 #~ "parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters "
70698 #~ "appear to be inconsistent)."
70699 #~ msgstr ""
70700 #~ "Activer l'attribut B<debug>. Un numéro de version et une liste des "
70701 #~ "paramètres du système de fichiers seront affichés (ces données seront "
70702 #~ "également affichées si les paramètres semblent incohérents)."
70703
70704 #~ msgid ""
70705 #~ "If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device "
70706 #~ "when blocks are freed.  This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-"
70707 #~ "provisioned LUNs."
70708 #~ msgstr ""
70709 #~ "Si elles sont activées, des commandes discard et TRIM seront envoyées au "
70710 #~ "périphérique bloc quand les blocs sont libérés. C'est utile pour les "
70711 #~ "périphériques SSD et l'allocation fine et dynamique (« thinly-provisioned "
70712 #~ "LUN »)."
70713
70714 #~ msgid ""
70715 #~ "If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, "
70716 #~ "determined by backing device size.  These static parameters match "
70717 #~ "defaults assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB "
70718 #~ "floppies and floppy images."
70719 #~ msgstr ""
70720 #~ "Si définie, utiliser une configuration de repli par défaut de paramètre "
70721 #~ "bloc du BIOS, déterminée par la taille du périphérique sous-jacent. Ces "
70722 #~ "paramètres statiques correspondent aux valeurs par défaut supposées par "
70723 #~ "DOS 1.x pour les disquettes et images de disquettes de 160 kio, 180 kio, "
70724 #~ "320 kio et 360 kio."
70725
70726 #~ msgid ""
70727 #~ "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat.  This overrides the automatic FAT type "
70728 #~ "detection routine.  Use with caution!"
70729 #~ msgstr ""
70730 #~ "Préciser s'il s'agit d'une FAT 12, 16 ou 32 bits. Cela a priorité sur la "
70731 #~ "détection automatique du type de FAT. À utiliser avec précaution !"
70732
70733 #~ msgid ""
70734 #~ "Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit "
70735 #~ "Unicode characters.  The default is iso8859-1.  Long filenames are stored "
70736 #~ "on disk in Unicode format."
70737 #~ msgstr ""
70738 #~ "Jeu de caractères pour les conversions entre les caractères 8 bits et les "
70739 #~ "caractères 16 bits Unicode. Par défaut c'est ISO 8859-1. Les noms de "
70740 #~ "fichiers longs sont conservés sur le disque au format Unicode."
70741
70742 #~ msgid ""
70743 #~ "B<stale_rw>: This option maintains an index (cache) of directory inodes "
70744 #~ "which is used by the nfs-related code to improve look-ups.  Full file "
70745 #~ "operations (read/write) over NFS are supported but with cache eviction at "
70746 #~ "NFS server, this could result in spurious B<ESTALE> errors."
70747 #~ msgstr ""
70748 #~ "B<stale_rw> : cette option maintient un index (cache) des inœuds de "
70749 #~ "répertoire qui est utilisé par le code relatif à NFS pour améliorer les "
70750 #~ "recherches. Les opérations complètes de fichier (lecture ou écriture) par "
70751 #~ "NFS sont prises en charge mais avec expulsion du cache vers le serveur "
70752 #~ "NFS, cela pourrait avoir pour conséquence des erreurs B<ESTALE> infondées."
70753
70754 #~ msgid ""
70755 #~ "B<nostale_ro>: This option bases the inode number and file handle on the "
70756 #~ "on-disk location of a file in the FAT directory entry.  This ensures that "
70757 #~ "B<ESTALE> will not be returned after a file is evicted from the inode "
70758 #~ "cache.  However, it means that operations such as rename, create and "
70759 #~ "unlink could cause file handles that previously pointed at one file to "
70760 #~ "point at a different file, potentially causing data corruption.  For this "
70761 #~ "reason, this option also mounts the filesystem readonly."
70762 #~ msgstr ""
70763 #~ "B<nostale_ro> : cette option base le numéro d’inœud et le gestionnaire de "
70764 #~ "fichiers sur l’emplacement d’un fichier sur le disque dans l’entrée de "
70765 #~ "répertoire FAT. Cela assure que B<ESTALE> ne sera pas renvoyé après "
70766 #~ "l'expulsion d’un fichier du cache d’inœuds. Cependant, cela signifie que "
70767 #~ "les opérations comme le renommage, la création et la destruction "
70768 #~ "pourraient forcer les gestionnaires de fichiers qui pointaient auparavant "
70769 #~ "vers un fichier à pointer vers un autre fichier, avec une éventuelle "
70770 #~ "corruption de données. Pour cette raison, cette option monte aussi le "
70771 #~ "système de fichiers en lecture seule."
70772
70773 #~ msgid ""
70774 #~ "This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as "
70775 #~ "used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally).  This is "
70776 #~ "particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras)  that "
70777 #~ "are set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
70778 #~ msgstr ""
70779 #~ "Cette option désactive la conversion des horodatages entre le temps local "
70780 #~ "(comme utilisé par Windows avec FAT) et le temps universel (que Linux "
70781 #~ "utilise en interne). C'est particulièrement utile lors du montage de "
70782 #~ "périphériques (comme des appareils photo numériques) qui utilisent "
70783 #~ "l'heure universelle afin de s'affranchir des différentes heures locales."
70784
70785 #~ msgid ""
70786 #~ "Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to "
70787 #~ "UTC.  I.e., I<minutes> will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert "
70788 #~ "it to UTC used internally by Linux.  This is useful when the time zone "
70789 #~ "set in the kernel via B<settimeofday>(2)  is not the time zone used by "
70790 #~ "the filesystem.  Note that this option still does not provide correct "
70791 #~ "time stamps in all cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different "
70792 #~ "DST setting will be off by one hour."
70793 #~ msgstr ""
70794 #~ "Définir le décalage pour la conversion des horodatages de l’heure locale "
70795 #~ "utilisée par FAT en UTC. C’est-à-dire que des I<minutes> seront "
70796 #~ "soustraites de chaque horodatage pour le convertir en UTC, tel qu’utilisé "
70797 #~ "en interne par Linux. C’est utile quand le fuseau horaire défini dans le "
70798 #~ "noyau par B<settimeofday>(1) n’est pas le fuseau horaire utilisé par le "
70799 #~ "système de fichiers. Remarquez que cette option ne fournit cependant pas "
70800 #~ "d’horodatage correct dans tous les cas en présence d’heure d’été — les "
70801 #~ "horodatages en cas de configuration d’heure d’été différente seront "
70802 #~ "décalés d’une heure."
70803
70804 #~ msgid ""
70805 #~ "Turn on the I<quiet> flag.  Attempts to chown or chmod files do not "
70806 #~ "return errors, although they fail.  Use with caution!"
70807 #~ msgstr ""
70808 #~ "Activer l'attribut B<quiet>. Les tentatives de modification du "
70809 #~ "propriétaire ou du mode d'accès aux fichiers ne renverront pas d'erreurs, "
70810 #~ "bien qu'elles échouent. À utiliser avec précaution !"
70811
70812 #~ msgid ""
70813 #~ "If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if "
70814 #~ "the extension part of the name is \\&.EXE, \\&.COM, or \\&.BAT.  Not set "
70815 #~ "by default."
70816 #~ msgstr ""
70817 #~ "Si activée, les bits de permission d'exécution du fichier seront "
70818 #~ "autorisés seulement si l'extension du nom de fichier est EXE, BAT ou COM. "
70819 #~ "Désactivée par défaut."
70820
70821 #~ msgid ""
70822 #~ "If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal.  "
70823 #~ "Not set by default."
70824 #~ msgstr ""
70825 #~ "Si activée, le système de fichiers essayera de vider vers le disque plus "
70826 #~ "tôt que la normale. Désactivée par défaut."
70827
70828 #~ msgid ""
70829 #~ "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files "
70830 #~ "and directories.  Defaults to the umask of the current process."
70831 #~ msgstr ""
70832 #~ "Établir l'umask utilisé pour tous les répertoires, tous les fichiers "
70833 #~ "normaux ou tous les fichiers et répertoires. La valeur par défaut est "
70834 #~ "l'umask du processus actuel."
70835
70836 #~ msgid ""
70837 #~ "Select the CDROM session to mount.  Defaults to leaving that decision to "
70838 #~ "the CDROM driver.  This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as "
70839 #~ "underlying device."
70840 #~ msgstr ""
70841 #~ "Choisir la session de CD-ROM à monter. La valeur par défaut est de "
70842 #~ "laisser cette décision au lecteur de CD-ROM. Cette option ne fonctionne "
70843 #~ "que pour les CD-ROM."
70844
70845 #~ msgid ""
70846 #~ "Select partition number n from the device.  Only makes sense for CDROMs.  "
70847 #~ "Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
70848 #~ msgstr ""
70849 #~ "Choisir la partition numéro B<n> du périphérique. Cela n'a de sens que "
70850 #~ "pour les CD-ROM. Le comportement par défaut est de ne pas analyser la "
70851 #~ "table de partitions."
70852
70853 #~ msgid ""
70854 #~ "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them.  (Default: "
70855 #~ "B<case=lower>.)"
70856 #~ msgstr ""
70857 #~ "Convertir les noms de fichiers en minuscules (B<lower>) ou les laisser "
70858 #~ "tels quels (B<asis>). Par défaut : B<case=lower>."
70859
70860 #~ msgid ""
70861 #~ "ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-"
70862 #~ "ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs.  See also the "
70863 #~ "I<udf> filesystem.)"
70864 #~ msgstr ""
70865 #~ "ISO 9660 est une norme décrivant la structure du système de fichiers pour "
70866 #~ "les CD-ROM (ce type de système de fichiers apparaît aussi sur certains "
70867 #~ "DVD ; consultez également le système de fichiers I<udf>)."
70868
70869 #~ msgid ""
70870 #~ "Normal I<iso9660> filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like "
70871 #~ "restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in "
70872 #~ "upper case.  Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, "
70873 #~ "number of links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
70874 #~ msgstr ""
70875 #~ "Les noms de fichiers I<iso9660> normaux se présentent au format I<8.3> "
70876 #~ "(limite de longueur des noms comme sous DOS). Tous les caractères sont en "
70877 #~ "majuscules. De plus, rien n'est prévu pour stocker le propriétaire du "
70878 #~ "fichier, le mode d'accès, le nombre de liens, les périphériques bloc ou "
70879 #~ "caractère, etc."
70880
70881 #~ msgid ""
70882 #~ "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-"
70883 #~ "like features.  Basically there are extensions to each directory record "
70884 #~ "that supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in "
70885 #~ "use, the filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem "
70886 #~ "(except that it is read-only, of course)."
70887 #~ msgstr ""
70888 #~ "Rock Ridge est une extension du format ISO 9660 qui permet d'offrir ces "
70889 #~ "fonctionnalités UNIX. En gros, des données sont ajoutées pour chaque "
70890 #~ "entrée de chaque répertoire afin de fournir les informations désirées. "
70891 #~ "Lorsque Rock Ridge est utilisée, le système de fichiers est complètement "
70892 #~ "semblable à un système de fichiers UNIX normal (sauf qu'il est en lecture "
70893 #~ "seule évidemment)."
70894
70895 #~ msgid ""
70896 #~ "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available.  Cf.\\& "
70897 #~ "B<map>."
70898 #~ msgstr ""
70899 #~ "Ne pas utiliser les extensions Rock Ridge, même si elles sont "
70900 #~ "disponibles. Consultez B<map>."
70901
70902 #~ msgid ""
70903 #~ "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available.  Cf."
70904 #~ "\\& B<map>."
70905 #~ msgstr ""
70906 #~ "Désactiver les extensions Microsoft Joliet, même si elles sont "
70907 #~ "disponibles. Consultez B<map>."
70908
70909 #~ msgid ""
70910 #~ "With B<check=relaxed>, a filename is first converted to lower case before "
70911 #~ "doing the lookup.  This is probably only meaningful together with "
70912 #~ "B<norock> and B<map=normal>.  (Default: B<check=strict>.)"
70913 #~ msgstr ""
70914 #~ "Avec B<check=relaxed>, les noms de fichier sont convertis en minuscules "
70915 #~ "avant de lancer la recherche. Cela n'a probablement d'intérêt qu'avec les "
70916 #~ "options B<norock> et B<map=normal>. (Par défaut : B<check=strict>.)"
70917
70918 #~ msgid ""
70919 #~ "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly "
70920 #~ "overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions.  (Default: "
70921 #~ "B<uid=0,gid=0>.)"
70922 #~ msgstr ""
70923 #~ "Définir le propriétaire et le groupe de tous les fichiers en écrasant "
70924 #~ "éventuellement les informations trouvées dans les extensions Rock Ridge "
70925 #~ "(par défaut : B<uid=0,gid=0>)."
70926
70927 #~ msgid ""
70928 #~ "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode.  (Default: "
70929 #~ "read and execute permission for everybody.)  Octal mode values require a "
70930 #~ "leading 0."
70931 #~ msgstr ""
70932 #~ "Pour les volumes non Rock Ridge, donner le mode indiqué à tous les "
70933 #~ "fichiers (par défaut : lecture et exécution autorisées pour tous). Les "
70934 #~ "valeurs de mode octal nécessitent B<0> en tête)."
70935
70936 #~ msgid ""
70937 #~ "Also show hidden and associated files.  (If the ordinary files and the "
70938 #~ "associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the "
70939 #~ "ordinary files inaccessible.)"
70940 #~ msgstr ""
70941 #~ "Montrer également les fichiers cachés et les fichiers d'extensions (si "
70942 #~ "les fichiers ordinaires et les fichiers d'extensions ou cachés ont les "
70943 #~ "mêmes noms, cela peut rendre inaccessibles les fichiers ordinaires)."
70944
70945 #~ msgid ""
70946 #~ "Set the block size to the indicated value.  (Default: B<block=1024>.)"
70947 #~ msgstr "Définir la taille de bloc (B<block=1024> par défaut)."
70948
70949 #~ msgid ""
70950 #~ "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this "
70951 #~ "mount option to ignore the high order bits of the file length.  This "
70952 #~ "implies that a file cannot be larger than 16\\ MB."
70953 #~ msgstr ""
70954 #~ "Si l'octet de poids fort de la taille d'un fichier contient n'importe "
70955 #~ "quoi, utilisez cette option de montage pour ignorer les octets de poids "
70956 #~ "fort de taille de fichier. Cela force la longueur maximale d'un fichier à "
70957 #~ "16 Mo."
70958
70959 #~ msgid "Select number of session on multisession CD."
70960 #~ msgstr "Indiquer le numéro de session sur un CD multisessions."
70961
70962 #~ msgid ""
70963 #~ "Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 "
70964 #~ "bit characters.  The default is iso8859-1."
70965 #~ msgstr ""
70966 #~ "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour la conversion des caractères Unicode "
70967 #~ "16 bits du CD en caractères 8 bits. Le jeu par défaut est ISO 8859-1."
70968
70969 #~ msgid ""
70970 #~ "Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII.  The default "
70971 #~ "is to do no conversion.  Use B<iocharset=utf8> for UTF8 translations.  "
70972 #~ "This requires CONFIG_NLS_UTF8 to be set in the kernel I<.config> file."
70973 #~ msgstr ""
70974 #~ "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour la conversion de l'Unicode en ASCII. Le "
70975 #~ "comportement par défaut est de ne pas faire de conversion. Utiliser "
70976 #~ "B<iocharset=utf8> pour les traductions UTF-8. Cela nécessite que "
70977 #~ "CONFIG_NLS_UTF8 soit positionné dans le fichier I<.config> du noyau."
70978
70979 #~ msgid ""
70980 #~ "Resize the volume to I<value> blocks.  JFS only supports growing a "
70981 #~ "volume, not shrinking it.  This option is only valid during a remount, "
70982 #~ "when the volume is mounted read-write.  The B<resize> keyword with no "
70983 #~ "value will grow the volume to the full size of the partition."
70984 #~ msgstr ""
70985 #~ "Redimensionner le volume à I<valeur> blocs. JFS ne prend en charge que "
70986 #~ "l'agrandissement d'un volume, pas sa réduction. Cette option n'est "
70987 #~ "valable que lors d'un remontage, lorsque le volume est monté en lecture "
70988 #~ "et écriture. Le mot clef B<resize> sans valeur associée fera que le "
70989 #~ "volume sera agrandi à toute la taille de la partition."
70990
70991 #~ msgid ""
70992 #~ "Do not write to the journal.  The primary use of this option is to allow "
70993 #~ "for higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media.  The "
70994 #~ "integrity of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
70995 #~ msgstr ""
70996 #~ "Ne pas écrire dans le journal. La première utilisation de cette option "
70997 #~ "est de permettre une meilleure performance lors de la restauration d'un "
70998 #~ "volume à partir d'un média de sauvegarde. L'intégrité du volume n'est pas "
70999 #~ "garantie si le système s'est arrêté de manière anormale."
71000
71001 #~ msgid ""
71002 #~ "Default.  Commit metadata changes to the journal.  Use this option to "
71003 #~ "remount a volume where the B<nointegrity> option was previously specified "
71004 #~ "in order to restore normal behavior."
71005 #~ msgstr ""
71006 #~ "C'est le comportement par défaut. Soumettre les modifications des méta-"
71007 #~ "données dans le journal. Utilisez cette option pour remonter un volume "
71008 #~ "lorsque l'option B<nointegrity> a été précédemment utilisée afin de "
71009 #~ "retrouver un comportement normal."
71010
71011 #~ msgid ""
71012 #~ "Define the behavior when an error is encountered.  (Either ignore errors "
71013 #~ "and just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the "
71014 #~ "filesystem read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
71015 #~ msgstr ""
71016 #~ "Définir le comportement lorsqu'une erreur survient. (Soit ignorer les "
71017 #~ "erreurs et simplement marquer le système de fichiers comme erroné et "
71018 #~ "continuer, soit remonter le système de fichiers en lecture seule, soit "
71019 #~ "déclencher une panique du noyau et arrêter le système)."
71020
71021 #~ msgid ""
71022 #~ "See mount options for fat.  If the I<msdos> filesystem detects an "
71023 #~ "inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only.  "
71024 #~ "The filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
71025 #~ msgstr ""
71026 #~ "Consultez les options de montage pour I<fat>. Si le système de fichiers "
71027 #~ "I<msdos> détecte des incohérences, une erreur sera indiquée et le système "
71028 #~ "de fichiers passera en lecture seule. L'écriture peut être réactivée en "
71029 #~ "remontant le système de fichiers."
71030
71031 #~ msgid ""
71032 #~ "Just like I<nfs>, the I<ncpfs> implementation expects a binary argument "
71033 #~ "(a I<struct ncp_mount_data>)  to the mount system call.  This argument is "
71034 #~ "constructed by B<ncpmount>(8)  and the current version of B<mount> (2.12) "
71035 #~ "does not know anything about ncpfs."
71036 #~ msgstr ""
71037 #~ "Tout comme I<nfs>, l'implémentation de I<ncpfs> nécessite un paramètre "
71038 #~ "binaire (une structure I<ncp_mount_data>) lors de l'appel système. Cet "
71039 #~ "argument est construit par B<ncpmount>(8) et la version actuelle de "
71040 #~ "B<mount> (2.12) ne connaît rien en ce qui concerne I<ncpfs>."
71041
71042 #~ msgid ""
71043 #~ "Character set to use when returning file names.  Unlike VFAT, NTFS "
71044 #~ "suppresses names that contain nonconvertible characters.  Deprecated."
71045 #~ msgstr ""
71046 #~ "Jeu de caractères à utiliser pour renvoyer les noms de fichiers. "
71047 #~ "Contrairement à VFAT, NTFS supprime les noms qui contiennent des "
71048 #~ "caractères non convertibles. Obsolète."
71049
71050 #~ msgid ""
71051 #~ "If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and "
71052 #~ "lower case.  The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of "
71053 #~ "being suppressed.  This option is obsolete."
71054 #~ msgstr ""
71055 #~ "Si actif (B<posix=1>), le système de fichiers distingue les majuscules "
71056 #~ "des minuscules. Les noms d'alias I<8.3> sont présentés sous forme de "
71057 #~ "liens physiques plutôt que d'être supprimés. Cette option est obsolète."
71058
71059 #~ msgid "B<uid=>\\,I<value>, B<gid=>\\,I<value> and B<umask=>\\,I<value>"
71060 #~ msgstr "B<uid=>\\,I<valeur>, B<gid=>\\,I<valeur> et B<umask=>\\,I<valeur>"
71061
71062 #~ msgid ""
71063 #~ "Set the file permission on the filesystem.  The umask value is given in "
71064 #~ "octal.  By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by "
71065 #~ "somebody else."
71066 #~ msgstr ""
71067 #~ "Définir les permissions des fichiers sur le système de fichiers. La "
71068 #~ "valeur d'umask est fournie en octal. Par défaut, les fichiers "
71069 #~ "appartiennent au superutilisateur et ne sont lisibles par personne "
71070 #~ "d'autre."
71071
71072 #~ msgid ""
71073 #~ "An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an B<upper> filesystem "
71074 #~ "and a B<lower> filesystem.  When a name exists in both filesystems, the "
71075 #~ "object in the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower "
71076 #~ "filesystem is either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with "
71077 #~ "the upper object."
71078 #~ msgstr ""
71079 #~ "Un système de fichiers de superposition combine deux systèmes de fichiers "
71080 #~ "— un système de fichiers B<supérieur> et un système de fichiers "
71081 #~ "B<inférieur>. Lorsqu’un nom est présent sur les deux systèmes de "
71082 #~ "fichiers, l’objet dans le système de fichiers supérieur est visible "
71083 #~ "tandis que l’objet dans le système de fichiers inférieur est soit caché, "
71084 #~ "soit, dans le cas de répertoire, fusionné avec l’objet supérieur."
71085
71086 #~ msgid ""
71087 #~ "The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does "
71088 #~ "not need to be writable.  The lower filesystem can even be another "
71089 #~ "overlayfs.  The upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is "
71090 #~ "it must support the creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must "
71091 #~ "provide a valid d_type in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
71092 #~ msgstr ""
71093 #~ "Le système de fichiers inférieur peut être n’importe quel système de "
71094 #~ "fichiers pris en charge par Linux et n’a nul besoin d’être modifiable. Il "
71095 #~ "peut même être un autre système de fichiers overlay. Le système de "
71096 #~ "fichiers supérieur sera normalement modifiable et si c'est le cas, doit "
71097 #~ "gérer la création d’attributs étendus I<trusted.*> et fournir un "
71098 #~ "I<d_type> autorisé dans les réponses de B<readdir>, aussi NFS n’est pas "
71099 #~ "adapté."
71100
71101 #~ msgid ""
71102 #~ "A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem "
71103 #~ "type.  The options B<lowerdir> and B<upperdir> are combined into a merged "
71104 #~ "directory by using:"
71105 #~ msgstr ""
71106 #~ "Un système de fichiers overlay en lecture seule de deux systèmes de "
71107 #~ "fichiers peut utiliser n’importe quel type de système de fichiers. Les "
71108 #~ "options B<lowerdir> et B<upperdir> sont combinées dans un répertoire de "
71109 #~ "fusion en utilisant :"
71110
71111 #~ msgid ""
71112 #~ "B<mount -t overlay  overlay  \\e>\n"
71113 #~ "B<-olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged>\n"
71114 #~ msgstr ""
71115 #~ "B<mount -t overlay  overlay  \\e>\n"
71116 #~ "B<-olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged>\n"
71117
71118 #~ msgid ""
71119 #~ "Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 "
71120 #~ "filesystem, using the 3.6 format for newly created objects.  This "
71121 #~ "filesystem will no longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
71122 #~ msgstr ""
71123 #~ "Indiquer à la version 3.6 de ReiserFS de monter un système de fichiers de "
71124 #~ "la version 3.5 et d'utiliser le format 3.6 pour les nouveaux objets. Ce "
71125 #~ "système de fichiers ne sera plus compatible avec les outils ReiserFS 3.5."
71126
71127 #~ msgid ""
71128 #~ "A hash invented by Yury Yu.\\& Rupasov.  It is fast and preserves "
71129 #~ "locality, mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash "
71130 #~ "values.  This option should not be used, as it causes a high probability "
71131 #~ "of hash collisions."
71132 #~ msgstr ""
71133 #~ "Une fonction de hachage inventée par Yuri Yu.\\& Rupasov, rapide et "
71134 #~ "préservant la localité, mappant les noms de fichiers proches "
71135 #~ "lexicographiquement vers des valeurs de hachage proches. Ne devrait pas "
71136 #~ "être utilisée à cause de probabilités élevées de collisions de hachage."
71137
71138 #~ msgid ""
71139 #~ "A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge.  It uses hash "
71140 #~ "permuting bits in the name.  It gets high randomness and, therefore, low "
71141 #~ "probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost.  This may be used if "
71142 #~ "EHASHCOLLISION errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
71143 #~ msgstr ""
71144 #~ "Une fonction de Davis-Meyer implémentée par Jeremy Fitzhardinge. Elle "
71145 #~ "utilise des permutations de bits de hachage dans les noms. Elle procure "
71146 #~ "un grand caractère aléatoire et donc de faibles probabilités de collision "
71147 #~ "de hachage, au prix d'un certain coût processeur. Elle peut être utilisée "
71148 #~ "si des erreurs EHASHCOLLISION se produisent avec la fonction de "
71149 #~ "hachage r5."
71150
71151 #~ msgid ""
71152 #~ "A modified version of the rupasov hash.  It is used by default and is the "
71153 #~ "best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-"
71154 #~ "name patterns."
71155 #~ msgstr ""
71156 #~ "Une version modifiée de la fonction hachage de rupasov. Elle est utilisée "
71157 #~ "par défaut et semble être le meilleur choix sauf si le système de "
71158 #~ "fichiers a d'énormes répertoires et des motifs de nom de fichier non "
71159 #~ "habituels."
71160
71161 #~ msgid ""
71162 #~ "Instructs I<mount> to detect which hash function is in use by examining "
71163 #~ "the filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the "
71164 #~ "reiserfs superblock.  This is only useful on the first mount of an old "
71165 #~ "format filesystem."
71166 #~ msgstr ""
71167 #~ "Demander à B<mount> de rechercher la fonction de hachage à utiliser en "
71168 #~ "examinant le système de fichiers à monter, et d'écrire cette information "
71169 #~ "dans le superbloc ReiserFS. Cela ne sert qu'au premier montage d'un "
71170 #~ "système de fichiers d'un ancien format."
71171
71172 #~ msgid ""
71173 #~ "Tunes the block allocator.  This may provide performance improvements in "
71174 #~ "some situations."
71175 #~ msgstr ""
71176 #~ "Ajuster l'allocation de blocs. Peut améliorer les performances dans "
71177 #~ "certaines situations."
71178
71179 #~ msgid ""
71180 #~ "Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu.\\& Rupasov.  "
71181 #~ "This may provide performance improvements in some situations."
71182 #~ msgstr ""
71183 #~ "Désactiver l'algorithme d'allocation « border » de Yury Yu.\\& Rupasov. "
71184 #~ "Cela peut améliorer les performances dans certaines situations."
71185
71186 #~ msgid ""
71187 #~ "By default, reiserfs stores small files and `file tails' directly into "
71188 #~ "its tree.  This confuses some utilities such as B<LILO>(8).  This option "
71189 #~ "is used to disable packing of files into the tree."
71190 #~ msgstr ""
71191 #~ "Par défaut, ReiserFS stocke les petits fichiers et les queues de fichiers "
71192 #~ "(« files tails ») directement dans son arborescence. Cela perturbe "
71193 #~ "certains utilitaires comme B<lilo>(8). Cette option désactive le "
71194 #~ "groupement de fichiers dans l'arborescence."
71195
71196 #~ msgid ""
71197 #~ "Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually "
71198 #~ "mount the filesystem.  Mainly used by I<reiserfsck>."
71199 #~ msgstr ""
71200 #~ "Rejouer les transactions du journal, sans monter le système de fichiers. "
71201 #~ "Principalement utilisé par B<reiserfsck>."
71202
71203 #~ msgid ""
71204 #~ "UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes.  Note that "
71205 #~ "B<atime> is not supported and is always turned off."
71206 #~ msgstr ""
71207 #~ "UBIFS est un système de fichiers pour mémoire flash qui fonctionne au-"
71208 #~ "dessus des volumes UBI. Remarquez qu’B<atime> n'est pas pris en charge et "
71209 #~ "donc toujours désactivé."
71210
71211 #~ msgid "B<ubiX_Y> UBI device number B<X>, volume number B<Y>"
71212 #~ msgstr ""
71213 #~ "B<ubi>I<X>B<_>I<Y> numéro de périphérique UBI I<X>, numéro de volume "
71214 #~ "I<Y> ;"
71215
71216 #~ msgid ""
71217 #~ "Enable bulk-read.  VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the "
71218 #~ "filesystem.  Bulk-Read is an internal optimization.  Some flashes may "
71219 #~ "read faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read "
71220 #~ "requests.  For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads "
71221 #~ "more than one NAND page."
71222 #~ msgstr ""
71223 #~ "Activer la lecture en masse. La lecture en avance (« readahead ») de "
71224 #~ "système de fichiers virtuel est désactivée car elle ralentit le système "
71225 #~ "de fichiers. La lecture en masse est une optimisation interne. Certaines "
71226 #~ "mémoires flash peuvent être plus rapides en lecture si les données sont "
71227 #~ "lues en une fois, plutôt que lors de requêtes successives. Par exemple, "
71228 #~ "OneNAND permet la lecture en charge (« read-while-load ») si plus d'une "
71229 #~ "page NAND est lue."
71230
71231 #~ msgid "Do not bulk-read.  This is the default."
71232 #~ msgstr "Pas de lecture en masse. C'est le comportement par défaut."
71233
71234 #~ msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums.  This is the default."
71235 #~ msgstr ""
71236 #~ "Vérifier les sommes de contrôle CRC-32 des données. C'est le comportement "
71237 #~ "par défaut."
71238
71239 #~ msgid "B<no_chk_data_crc>."
71240 #~ msgstr "B<no_chk_data_crc>"
71241
71242 #~ msgid ""
71243 #~ "Do not check data CRC-32 checksums.  With this option, the filesystem "
71244 #~ "does not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the "
71245 #~ "internal indexing information.  This option only affects reading, not "
71246 #~ "writing.  CRC-32 is always calculated when writing the data."
71247 #~ msgstr ""
71248 #~ "Ne pas vérifier les sommes de contrôle CRC-32 des données. Avec cette "
71249 #~ "option, le système de fichiers ne vérifie pas de somme de contrôle pour "
71250 #~ "les données, mais il la vérifie pour les renseignements d'indexation "
71251 #~ "internes. Cette option ne concerne que la lecture, pas l'écriture. CRC-32 "
71252 #~ "est toujours calculé lors de l'écriture de données."
71253
71254 #~ msgid ""
71255 #~ "Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written.  "
71256 #~ "It is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the B<none> "
71257 #~ "option."
71258 #~ msgstr ""
71259 #~ "Sélectionner le type de compression à utiliser lorsque les nouveaux "
71260 #~ "fichiers sont écrits. La lecture de fichiers compressés est toujours "
71261 #~ "possible lors d'un montage avec l'option B<none>."
71262
71263 #~ msgid ""
71264 #~ "UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the "
71265 #~ "Optical Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, "
71266 #~ "frequently in the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, "
71267 #~ "however, perfectly usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and "
71268 #~ "other block devices.  See also I<iso9660>."
71269 #~ msgstr ""
71270 #~ "UDF est le système de fichiers « Universal Disk Format », défini par "
71271 #~ "l'Optical Storage Technology Association, et est souvent utilisé pour les "
71272 #~ "DVD-ROM, fréquemment sous la forme d’un système de fichiers hybride UDF/"
71273 #~ "ISO-9660. Il est, cependant, parfaitement utilisable tout seul sur des "
71274 #~ "périphériques de disque, des périphériques flash et d’autres "
71275 #~ "périphériques blocs. Consultez aussi I<iso9660>."
71276
71277 #~ msgid ""
71278 #~ "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user.  uid=forget "
71279 #~ "can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) "
71280 #~ "uid=E<lt>userE<gt> and results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In "
71281 #~ "fact the recorded uid is the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF "
71282 #~ "standard.  The value is given as either E<lt>userE<gt> which is a valid "
71283 #~ "user name or the corresponding decimal user id, or the special string "
71284 #~ "\"forget\"."
71285 #~ msgstr ""
71286 #~ "Faire que tous les fichiers du système de fichiers appartiennent à "
71287 #~ "l’utilisateur indiqué. B<uid=>I<forget> peut être indiqué indépendamment "
71288 #~ "(ou habituellement en plus) de B<uid=>E<lt>I<utilisateur>E<gt>, et "
71289 #~ "aboutit à ce qu’UDF n’enregistre pas les UID sur le média. En fait, l’UID "
71290 #~ "enregistré est l’excédent 32 bits I<uid -1> comme défini dans la norme "
71291 #~ "UDF. La valeur est donnée soit par E<lt>I<utilisateur>E<gt> qui est un "
71292 #~ "nom d’utilisateur autorisé, soit l’identifiant décimal d’utilisateur "
71293 #~ "correspondant ou la chaîne spéciale « I<forget> »."
71294
71295 #~ msgid ""
71296 #~ "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group.  gid=forget "
71297 #~ "can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) "
71298 #~ "gid=E<lt>groupE<gt> and results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In "
71299 #~ "fact the recorded gid is the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF "
71300 #~ "standard.  The value is given as either E<lt>groupE<gt> which is a valid "
71301 #~ "group name or the corresponding decimal group id, or the special string "
71302 #~ "\"forget\"."
71303 #~ msgstr ""
71304 #~ "Faire que tous les fichiers du système de fichiers appartiennent au "
71305 #~ "groupe indiqué. B<gid=>I<forget> peut être indiqué indépendamment (ou "
71306 #~ "habituellement en plus) de B<uid=>E<lt>I<groupe>E<gt>, et aboutit à ce "
71307 #~ "qu’UDF n’enregistre pas les GID sur le média. En fait, le GID enregistré "
71308 #~ "est l’excédent 32 bits I<gid -1> comme défini dans la norme UDF. La "
71309 #~ "valeur est donnée soit par E<lt>I<groupe>E<gt> qui est un nom de groupe "
71310 #~ "autorisé, soit l’identifiant décimal de groupe correspondant ou la chaîne "
71311 #~ "spéciale « I<forget> »."
71312
71313 #~ msgid ""
71314 #~ "Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem.  "
71315 #~ "The value is given in octal."
71316 #~ msgstr ""
71317 #~ "Masquer les permissions indiquées de tous les inœuds lus du système de "
71318 #~ "fichiers. La valeur est fournie sous forme octale."
71319
71320 #~ msgid ""
71321 #~ "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only).  The same "
71322 #~ "filesystem type is also used by Mac OS X."
71323 #~ msgstr ""
71324 #~ "Pour les systèmes de fichiers créés par OpenStep (lecture seule "
71325 #~ "actuellement). Le même système de fichiers est aussi utilisé par Mac OS X."
71326
71327 #~ msgid ""
71328 #~ "See mount options for msdos.  The B<dotsOK> option is explicitly killed "
71329 #~ "by I<umsdos>."
71330 #~ msgstr ""
71331 #~ "Consultez les options de montage pour I<msdos>. L'option B<dotsOK> est "
71332 #~ "explicitement supprimée par I<umsdos>."
71333
71334 #~ msgid ""
71335 #~ "First of all, the mount options for I<fat> are recognized.  The B<dotsOK> "
71336 #~ "option is explicitly killed by I<vfat>.  Furthermore, there are"
71337 #~ msgstr ""
71338 #~ "Tout d'abord les options de montage pour I<fat> sont reconnues. L'option "
71339 #~ "B<dotsOK> est explicitement supprimée par I<vfat>. De plus, il existe :"
71340
71341 #~ msgid ""
71342 #~ "Allow two files with names that only differ in case.  This option is "
71343 #~ "obsolete."
71344 #~ msgstr ""
71345 #~ "Autoriser l'existence de deux fichiers dont les noms ne diffèrent que par "
71346 #~ "une distinction majuscule/minuscule. Cette option est obsolète."
71347
71348 #~ msgid ""
71349 #~ "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying "
71350 #~ "I<name\\s+3~\\s0num.ext>."
71351 #~ msgstr ""
71352 #~ "Essayer d'abord de créer un nom court sans numéro de séquence avant "
71353 #~ "d'essayer I<nom\\s+3~\\s0num.ext>."
71354
71355 #~ msgid ""
71356 #~ "UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the "
71357 #~ "console.  It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or "
71358 #~ "disabled with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false.  If `uni_xlate' gets set, "
71359 #~ "UTF8 gets disabled."
71360 #~ msgstr ""
71361 #~ "UTF-8 est l'encodage 8-bits sûr de l'Unicode du système de fichiers "
71362 #~ "utilisé par la console. Il peut être activé pour le système de fichiers "
71363 #~ "avec cette option ou désactivé avec B<utf8=0>, B<utf8=no> ou "
71364 #~ "B<utf8=false>. Si B<uni_xlate> est activé, UTF-8 est désactivé."
71365
71366 #~ msgid ""
71367 #~ "Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into "
71368 #~ "8.3 characters.  If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the "
71369 #~ "preferred one for display.  There are four I<mode>s:"
71370 #~ msgstr ""
71371 #~ "Définir le comportement pour la création et l'affichage des noms de "
71372 #~ "fichiers qui tiennent dans I<8.3> (1 à 8 caractères, un point et 0 à "
71373 #~ "3 caractères). Le nom long du fichier sera toujours le préféré pour "
71374 #~ "l’affichage s'il existe. Il y a quatre I<mode>s."
71375
71376 #~ msgid ""
71377 #~ "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is "
71378 #~ "not all upper case.  This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
71379 #~ msgstr ""
71380 #~ "Afficher le nom court tel qu'il est ; enregistrer un nom long quand le "
71381 #~ "nom court n'est pas entièrement en majuscules. C'est le mode par défaut "
71382 #~ "depuis Linux 2.6.32."
71383
71384 #~ msgid ""
71385 #~ "B<devuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<devgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<devmode=>\\,I<mode>"
71386 #~ msgstr "B<devuid=>\\,I<uid>, B<devgid=>\\,I<gid> et B<devmode=>\\,I<mode>."
71387
71388 #~ msgid ""
71389 #~ "Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs "
71390 #~ "filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644).  The mode is given in octal."
71391 #~ msgstr ""
71392 #~ "Définir le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode des fichiers de "
71393 #~ "périphérique dans le système de fichiers usbfs (valeurs par défaut : "
71394 #~ "B<uid=gid=0>, B<mode=0644>). Le mode est fourni en octal."
71395
71396 #~ msgid ""
71397 #~ "B<busuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<busgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<busmode=>\\,I<mode>"
71398 #~ msgstr "B<busuid=>\\,I<uid>, B<busgid=>\\,I<gid> et B<busmode=>\\,I<mode>"
71399
71400 #~ msgid ""
71401 #~ "Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs "
71402 #~ "filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555).  The mode is given in octal."
71403 #~ msgstr ""
71404 #~ "Définir le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode des répertoires des bus "
71405 #~ "dans le système de fichiers usbfs (valeurs par défaut : B<uid=gid=0>, "
71406 #~ "B<mode=0555>). Le mode est fourni en octal."
71407
71408 #~ msgid ""
71409 #~ "B<listuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<listgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<listmode=>\\,I<mode>"
71410 #~ msgstr ""
71411 #~ "B<listuid=>\\,I<uid>, B<listgid=>\\,I<gid> et B<listmode=>\\,I<mode>."
71412
71413 #~ msgid ""
71414 #~ "Set the owner and group and mode of the file I<devices> (default: "
71415 #~ "uid=gid=0, mode=0444).  The mode is given in octal."
71416 #~ msgstr ""
71417 #~ "Configurer le propriétaire, le groupe et le mode du fichier I<devices> "
71418 #~ "(valeurs par défaut : B<uid=gid=0>, B<mode=0444>). Le mode est fourni en "
71419 #~ "octal."
71420
71421 #~ msgid ""
71422 #~ "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity "
71423 #~ "checking of block devices using kernel crypto API.  The B<mount> command "
71424 #~ "can open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before on "
71425 #~ "the device filesystem is mounted.  Requires libcryptsetup with in "
71426 #~ "libmount (optionally via dlopen).  If libcryptsetup supports extracting "
71427 #~ "the root hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be "
71428 #~ "automatically reused in case of a match.  Mount options for dm-verity:"
71429 #~ msgstr ""
71430 #~ "La cible de la carte de périphérique I<verity> (device-mapper verity) "
71431 #~ "fournit une vérification transparente d’intégrité en lecture seule de "
71432 #~ "périphériques par blocs en utilisant l’API de chiffrement du noyau. La "
71433 #~ "commande de montage peut ouvrir le périphérique dm-verity et réaliser la "
71434 #~ "vérification d’intégrité avant que le système de fichiers du périphérique "
71435 #~ "ne soit monté. B<libcryptsetup> avec B<libmount> est requis (de manière "
71436 #~ "facultative à l’aide de dlopen). Si B<libcryptsetup> gère l’extraction du "
71437 #~ "hachage de la racine d’un périphérique déjà monté, les périphériques "
71438 #~ "existants seront automatiquement réutilisés en cas de correspondance. Les "
71439 #~ "options de montage pour dm-verity sont les suivantes."
71440
71441 #~ msgid "B<verity.hashdevice=>\\,I<path>"
71442 #~ msgstr "B<verity.hashdevice=>\\,I<chemin>"
71443
71444 #~ msgid "B<verity.roothash=>\\,I<hex>"
71445 #~ msgstr "B<verity.roothash=>\\,I<hex>"
71446
71447 #~ msgid ""
71448 #~ "Hex-encoded hash of the root of I<verity.hashdevice> Mutually exclusive "
71449 #~ "with I<verity.roothashfile.>"
71450 #~ msgstr ""
71451 #~ "Hachage encodé en hexadécimal de la racine de I<verity.hashdevice>, "
71452 #~ "mutuellement exclusif avec I<verity.roothashfile>."
71453
71454 #~ msgid "B<verity.roothashfile=>\\,I<path>"
71455 #~ msgstr "B<verity.roothashfile=>\\,I<chemin>"
71456
71457 #~ msgid "B<verity.hashoffset=>\\,I<offset>"
71458 #~ msgstr "B<verity.hashoffset=>\\,I<décalage>"
71459
71460 #~ msgid "B<verity.fecdevice=>\\,I<path>"
71461 #~ msgstr "B<verity.fecdevice=>\\,I<chemin>"
71462
71463 #~ msgid "B<verity.fecoffset=>\\,I<offset>"
71464 #~ msgstr "B<verity.fecoffset=>\\,I<décalage>"
71465
71466 #~ msgid "B<verity.fecroots=>\\,I<value>"
71467 #~ msgstr "B<verity.fecroots=>\\,I<valeur>"
71468
71469 #~ msgid "B<verity.roothashsig=>\\,I<path>"
71470 #~ msgstr "B<verity.roothashsig=>\\,I<chemin>"
71471
71472 #~ msgid ""
71473 #~ "Path to pkcs7 signature of root hash hex string. Requires "
71474 #~ "crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with "
71475 #~ "CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG. For device reuse, signatures have "
71476 #~ "to be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
71477 #~ msgstr ""
71478 #~ "Chemin pour la signature pkcs7 de la chaîne hexadécimale du hachage de la "
71479 #~ "racine. Cela nécessite B<crypt_activate_by_signed_key>() de B<cryptsetup> "
71480 #~ "et le noyau construit avec B<CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG>. Pour "
71481 #~ "une réutilisation du périphérique, les signatures doivent être, soit "
71482 #~ "utilisées par tous les montages d’un périphérique, soit par aucun. "
71483 #~ "Facultatif."
71484
71485 #~ msgid ""
71486 #~ "B<mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs>\n"
71487 #~ "B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10>\n"
71488 #~ "B<veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash>\n"
71489 #~ "B<openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key "
71490 #~ "\\e>\n"
71491 #~ "B<-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7>\n"
71492 #~ "B<mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,"
71493 #~ "\\e>\n"
71494 #~ "B<verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt>\n"
71495 #~ msgstr ""
71496 #~ "B<mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs>\n"
71497 #~ "B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10>\n"
71498 #~ "B<veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash>\n"
71499 #~ "B<openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key "
71500 #~ "\\e>\n"
71501 #~ "B<-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7>\n"
71502 #~ "B<mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,"
71503 #~ "\\e>\n"
71504 #~ "B<verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt>\n"
71505
71506 #~ msgid ""
71507 #~ "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device.  For example, "
71508 #~ "the command"
71509 #~ msgstr ""
71510 #~ "Il est possible de faire un montage au travers du périphérique boucle "
71511 #~ "(« loop »). Par exemple, la commande :"
71512
71513 #~ msgid ""
71514 #~ "This type of mount knows about three options, namely B<loop>, B<offset> "
71515 #~ "and B<sizelimit>, that are really options to B<\\%losetup>(8).  (These "
71516 #~ "options can be used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
71517 #~ msgstr ""
71518 #~ "Ce type de montage dispose de trois options, nommées B<loop>, B<offset> "
71519 #~ "et B<sizelimit>, qui sont en réalité des options pour B<\\%losetup>(8) "
71520 #~ "(ces options peuvent être utilisées en plus de celles spécifiques au type "
71521 #~ "de système de fichiers)."
71522
71523 #~ msgid ""
71524 #~ "You can also free a loop device by hand, using B<losetup -d >orB< umount -"
71525 #~ "d>."
71526 #~ msgstr ""
71527 #~ "Vous pouvez aussi libérer un périphérique boucle manuellement avec "
71528 #~ "B<losetup -d> ou B<umount -d>."
71529
71530 #~ msgid ""
71531 #~ "where the I<suffix> is the filesystem type and the B<-sfnvoN> options "
71532 #~ "have the same meaning as the normal mount options.  The B<-t> option is "
71533 #~ "used for filesystems with subtypes support (for example B</sbin/mount."
71534 #~ "fuse -t fuse.sshfs>)."
71535 #~ msgstr ""
71536 #~ "où le I<suffixe> est le type de système de fichiers et les options B<-"
71537 #~ "sfnvoN> ont la même signification que les options de montage normales. "
71538 #~ "L'option B<-t> est utilisée pour les systèmes de fichiers avec prise en "
71539 #~ "charge des sous-types (par exemple I</sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs>)."
71540
71541 #~ msgid ""
71542 #~ "The command B<mount> does not pass the mount options B<unbindable>, "
71543 #~ "B<runbindable>, B<private>, B<rprivate>, B<slave>, B<rslave>, B<shared>, "
71544 #~ "B<rshared>, B<auto>, B<noauto>, B<comment>, B<x-*>, B<loop>, B<offset> "
71545 #~ "and B<sizelimit> to the mount.E<lt>suffixE<gt> helpers.  All other "
71546 #~ "options are used in a comma-separated list as an argument to the B<-o> "
71547 #~ "option."
71548 #~ msgstr ""
71549 #~ "La commande B<mount> ne passe pas les options de montage B<unbindable>, "
71550 #~ "B<runbindable>, B<private>, B<rprivate>, B<slave>, B<rslave>, B<shared>, "
71551 #~ "B<rshared>, B<auto>, B<noauto>, B<comment>, B<x->I<*>, B<loop>, B<offset> "
71552 #~ "ni B<sizelimit> aux auxiliaires B<mount.>I<suffixe>. Toutes les autres "
71553 #~ "options sont utilisées dans une liste séparée par des virgules comme "
71554 #~ "argument de l’option B<-o>."
71555
71556 #~ msgid "I</etc/mtab\\s+3~\\s0>"
71557 #~ msgstr "I</etc/mtab\\s+3~\\s0>"
71558
71559 #~ msgid ""
71560 #~ "Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e.\\& "
71561 #~ "the B<fcntl> and B<ioctl> families of functions) may lead to inconsistent "
71562 #~ "results due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the "
71563 #~ "B<noac> mount option is used."
71564 #~ msgstr ""
71565 #~ "Vérifier les fichiers d'un système de fichiers NFS avec des descripteurs "
71566 #~ "de fichiers (c'est-à-dire, les fonctions de la famille B<fcntl> et "
71567 #~ "B<ioctl>) peuvent renvoyer de mauvais résultats à cause de la faible "
71568 #~ "vérification des événements dans le noyau si l'option B<noac> de montage "
71569 #~ "est utilisée."
71570
71571 #~ msgid ""
71572 #~ "B<lsblk>(1), B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), "
71573 #~ "B<nfs>(5), B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7)  B<xattr>(7)  B<e2label>(8), "
71574 #~ "B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), B<nfsd>(8), "
71575 #~ "B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"
71576 #~ msgstr ""
71577 #~ "B<lsblk>(1), B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), "
71578 #~ "B<nfs>(5), B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7)  B<xattr>(7)  B<e2label>(8), "
71579 #~ "B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), B<nfsd>(8), "
71580 #~ "B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"
71581
71582 #~ msgid ""
71583 #~ "The mount command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
71584 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
71585 #~ msgstr ""
71586 #~ "La commande B<mount> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
71587 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
71588 #~ ">E<gt>."
71589
71590 #, fuzzy
71591 #~| msgid ""
71592 #~| "Since util-linux 2.23 the B<mount> command can be used to do more "
71593 #~| "propagation (topology) changes by one mount(8) call and do it also "
71594 #~| "together with other mount operations.  This feature is EXPERIMENTAL.  "
71595 #~| "The propagation flags are applied by additional B<mount>(2) system calls "
71596 #~| "when the preceding mount operations were successful.  Note that this use "
71597 #~| "case is not atomic.  It is possible to specify the propagation flags in "
71598 #~| "B<fstab>(5)  as mount options (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, "
71599 #~| "B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."
71600 #~ msgid ""
71601 #~ "Since util-linux 2.23 the B<mount> command can be used to do more "
71602 #~ "propagation (topology) changes by one B<mount>(8) call and do it also "
71603 #~ "together with other mount operations. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. The "
71604 #~ "propagation flags are applied by additional B<mount>(2) system calls when "
71605 #~ "the preceding mount operations were successful. Note that this use case "
71606 #~ "is not atomic. It is possible to specify the propagation flags in "
71607 #~ "B<fstab>(5) as mount options (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, "
71608 #~ "B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."
71609 #~ msgstr ""
71610 #~ "Depuis util-linux 2.23, la commande B<mount> peut être utilisée pour "
71611 #~ "réaliser plus de modifications de propagation (topologie) avec un seul "
71612 #~ "appel B<mount>(8) et de façon simultanée avec d’autres opérations de "
71613 #~ "montage. Cette fonctionnalité est B<expérimentale>. Les attributs de "
71614 #~ "propagation sont appliqués par des appels système B<mount>(2) "
71615 #~ "supplémentaires lorsque les opérations précédentes de montage ont réussi. "
71616 #~ "Remarquez que ce cas d’utilisation n’est pas atomique. Les attributs de "
71617 #~ "propagation peuvent être indiqués dans B<fstab>(5) comme des options de "
71618 #~ "montage (B<private>, B<slave>, B<shared>, B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, "
71619 #~ "B<rslave>, B<rshared>, B<runbindable>)."
71620
71621 #, fuzzy
71622 #~| msgid ""
71623 #~| "B<mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs>\n"
71624 #~| "B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10>\n"
71625 #~| "B<veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash>\n"
71626 #~| "B<openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key "
71627 #~| "\\e>\n"
71628 #~| "B<-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7>\n"
71629 #~| "B<mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity."
71630 #~| "roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,\\e>\n"
71631 #~| "B<verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt>\n"
71632 #~ msgid ""
71633 #~ "mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
71634 #~ "dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
71635 #~ "veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
71636 #~ "openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\(rs\n"
71637 #~ "-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7\n"
71638 #~ "mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,"
71639 #~ "\\(rs\n"
71640 #~ "verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
71641 #~ msgstr ""
71642 #~ "B<mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs>\n"
71643 #~ "B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10>\n"
71644 #~ "B<veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash>\n"
71645 #~ "B<openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key "
71646 #~ "\\e>\n"
71647 #~ "B<-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.p7>\n"
71648 #~ "B<mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,"
71649 #~ "\\e>\n"
71650 #~ "B<verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.p7 /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt>\n"
71651
71652 #~ msgid "Blacklisted file systems"
71653 #~ msgstr "Systèmes de fichiers mis en liste noire"
71654
71655 #~ msgid ""
71656 #~ "In the Linux kernel, file system types are implemented as kernel modules. "
71657 #~ "While many of these file systems are well maintained, some of the older "
71658 #~ "and less frequently used ones are not. This poses a security risk, "
71659 #~ "because maliciously crafted file system images might open security holes "
71660 #~ "when mounted either automatically or by an inadvertent user. The B<mount> "
71661 #~ "command prints \"unsupported file system type 'somefs'\" in this case, "
71662 #~ "because it can't distinguish between a really unsupported file system "
71663 #~ "(kernel module non-existent) and a blacklisted file system."
71664 #~ msgstr ""
71665 #~ "Dans le noyau Linux, les types de système de fichiers sont implémentés "
71666 #~ "sous forme de modules du noyau. Bien que beaucoup de ces systèmes de "
71667 #~ "fichiers soient entretenus, certains des plus anciens et moins fréquents "
71668 #~ "systèmes de fichiers ne le sont pas. Cela pose un risque de sécurité "
71669 #~ "parce que des images de système de fichiers contrefaites pourraient "
71670 #~ "ouvrir des trous de sécurité si elles sont montées soit automatiquement "
71671 #~ "ou par un utilisateur négligent. La commande B<mount> affiche "
71672 #~ "« unsupported file system type 'somefs' » dans ce cas, car elle ne peut "
71673 #~ "pas faire la distinction entre un système de fichiers non pris en charge "
71674 #~ "(module du noyau inexistant) et un système de fichiers mis en liste noire."
71675
71676 #~ msgid ""
71677 #~ "Users who need the blacklisted file systems and therefore want to "
71678 #~ "override the blacklisting can either load the blacklisted module directly:"
71679 #~ msgstr ""
71680 #~ "Les utilisateurs ayant besoin de systèmes de fichiers mis en liste noire, "
71681 #~ "et par conséquent voulant contourner cette mise en liste noire, peuvent "
71682 #~ "soit charger le module mis en liste noire directement :"
71683
71684 #~ msgid "B<modprobe -v>I< somefs>"
71685 #~ msgstr "B<modprobe -v>I< somefs>"
71686
71687 #~ msgid ""
71688 #~ "or override the blacklist configuration by editing files under the I</etc/"
71689 #~ "modprobe.d> directory."
71690 #~ msgstr ""
71691 #~ "ou outrepasser la configuration de liste noire en éditant les fichiers "
71692 #~ "dans le répertoire I</etc/modprobe.d>."
71693
71694 #~ msgid "MOUNTPOINT"
71695 #~ msgstr "MOUNTPOINT"
71696
71697 #, fuzzy
71698 #~| msgid ""
71699 #~| "B<mountpoint> checks whether the given I<directory> or I<file> is "
71700 #~| "mentioned in the /proc/self/mountinfo file."
71701 #~ msgid ""
71702 #~ "B<mountpoint> checks whether the given I<directory> or I<file> is "
71703 #~ "mentioned in the I</proc/self/mountinfo> file."
71704 #~ msgstr ""
71705 #~ "B<mountpoint> vérifie si le I<répertoire> ou I<fichier> donné fait partie "
71706 #~ "du fichier I</proc/self/mountinfo>."
71707
71708 #, fuzzy
71709 #~| msgid "Be quiet - don't print anything."
71710 #~ msgid "Be quiet - don\\(cqt print anything."
71711 #~ msgstr "Mode silencieux – ne rien afficher."
71712
71713 #, fuzzy
71714 #~| msgid ""
71715 #~| "The mountpoint command is part of the util-linux package and is "
71716 #~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
71717 #~ msgid ""
71718 #~ "The B<mountpoint> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
71719 #~ "downloaded from"
71720 #~ msgstr ""
71721 #~ "La commande B<mountpoint> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
71722 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
71723 #~ "linuxE<gt>."
71724
71725 #~ msgid "August 2019"
71726 #~ msgstr "Août 2019"
71727
71728 #~ msgid "B<mountpoint> [B<-d>|B<-q>] I<directory> | I<file>"
71729 #~ msgstr "B<mountpoint> [B<-d>|B<-q>] I<répertoire> | I<fichier>"
71730
71731 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --fs-devno>"
71732 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--fs-devno>"
71733
71734 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --devno>"
71735 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--devno>"
71736
71737 #~ msgid "Zero if the directory or file is a mountpoint, non-zero if not."
71738 #~ msgstr ""
71739 #~ "Zéro si le répertoire ou le fichier est un point de montage, non nul "
71740 #~ "autrement."
71741
71742 #~ msgid ""
71743 #~ "The util-linux B<mountpoint> implementation was written from scratch for "
71744 #~ "libmount.  The original version for sysvinit suite was written by Miquel "
71745 #~ "van Smoorenburg."
71746 #~ msgstr ""
71747 #~ "L’implémentation B<mountpoint> d’util-linux a été écrite à partir de zéro "
71748 #~ "pour libmount. La version originale pour l’ensemble sysvinit a été écrite "
71749 #~ "par Miquel van Smoorenburg."
71750
71751 #~ msgid ""
71752 #~ "The mountpoint command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
71753 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
71754 #~ msgstr ""
71755 #~ "La commande B<mountpoint> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
71756 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
71757 #~ "linuxE<gt>."
71758
71759 #~ msgid "NAMEI"
71760 #~ msgstr "NAMEI"
71761
71762 #, fuzzy
71763 #~| msgid ""
71764 #~| "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of ls(1), for example "
71765 #~| "'rwxr-xr-x'."
71766 #~ msgid ""
71767 #~ "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of B<ls>(1), for "
71768 #~ "example \\(aqrwxr-xr-x\\(aq."
71769 #~ msgstr ""
71770 #~ "Afficher les permissions de chaque fichier de manière similaire à "
71771 #~ "B<ls>(1). Par exemple\\ : «\\ rwxr-xr-x\\ »."
71772
71773 #, fuzzy
71774 #~| msgid "Don't follow symlinks."
71775 #~ msgid "Don\\(cqt follow symlinks."
71776 #~ msgstr "Ne pas suivre les liens symboliques."
71777
71778 #, fuzzy
71779 #~| msgid "Show mountpoint directories with a 'D' rather than a 'd'."
71780 #~ msgid ""
71781 #~ "Show mountpoint directories with a \\(aqD\\(aq rather than a \\(aqd\\(aq."
71782 #~ msgstr ""
71783 #~ "Afficher avec un «\\ D\\ » au lieu d'un «\\ d\\ » les répertoires servant "
71784 #~ "de point de montage."
71785
71786 #, fuzzy
71787 #~| msgid ""
71788 #~| "The original B<namei> program was written by Roger Southwick "
71789 #~| "E<lt>rogers@amadeus.wr.tek.comE<gt>."
71790 #~ msgid "The original B<namei> program was written by"
71791 #~ msgstr ""
71792 #~ "Le programme original B<namei> a été écrit par Roger Southwick "
71793 #~ "E<lt>I<rogers@amadeus.wr.tek.com>E<gt>."
71794
71795 #, fuzzy
71796 #~| msgid "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>."
71797 #~ msgid "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak"
71798 #~ msgstr ""
71799 #~ "Le programme a été réécrit par Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>."
71800
71801 #, fuzzy
71802 #~| msgid ""
71803 #~| "The namei command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
71804 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
71805 #~ msgid ""
71806 #~ "The B<namei> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
71807 #~ "downloaded from"
71808 #~ msgstr ""
71809 #~ "La commande B<namei> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
71810 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
71811 #~ "linuxE<gt>."
71812
71813 #~ msgid ""
71814 #~ "B<namei> interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file "
71815 #~ "(symlinks, files, directories, and so forth).  B<namei> then follows each "
71816 #~ "pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, "
71817 #~ "etc).  If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts "
71818 #~ "following it, indenting the output to show the context."
71819 #~ msgstr ""
71820 #~ "B<namei> interprète ses paramètres comme des chemins vers n'importe quel "
71821 #~ "type de fichier UNIX (liens symboliques, fichiers, répertoires, etc.). "
71822 #~ "B<namei> suit alors chaque chemin jusqu'à ce qu'un point final soit "
71823 #~ "trouvé (un fichier, un répertoire, un nœud de périphérique, etc.). Si un "
71824 #~ "lien symbolique est trouvé, celui-ci est affiché puis suivi, en indentant "
71825 #~ "la sortie pour montrer le contexte."
71826
71827 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --long>"
71828 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--long>"
71829
71830 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --modes>"
71831 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--modes>"
71832
71833 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --nosymlinks>"
71834 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nosymlinks>"
71835
71836 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --owners>"
71837 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--owners>"
71838
71839 #~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --vertical>"
71840 #~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--vertical>"
71841
71842 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --mountpoints>"
71843 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--mountpoints>"
71844
71845 #~ msgid ""
71846 #~ "The namei command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
71847 #~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
71848 #~ msgstr ""
71849 #~ "La commande B<namei> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
71850 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
71851 #~ "linuxE<gt>."
71852
71853 #~ msgid "NSENTER"
71854 #~ msgstr "NSENTER"
71855
71856 #, fuzzy
71857 #~| msgid ""
71858 #~| "Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the "
71859 #~| "B<nsenter> process.  B<nsenter> will fork by default if changing the PID "
71860 #~| "namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID "
71861 #~| "namespace and are visible to each other.  If B<--no-fork> is used, the "
71862 #~| "new program will be exec'ed without forking.  For further details, see "
71863 #~| "B<pid_namespaces>(7)."
71864 #~ msgid ""
71865 #~ "Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the "
71866 #~ "B<nsenter> process. B<nsenter> will fork by default if changing the PID "
71867 #~ "namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID "
71868 #~ "namespace and are visible to each other. If B<--no-fork> is used, the new "
71869 #~ "program will be exec\\(cqed without forking. For further details, see "
71870 #~ "B<pid_namespaces>(7)."
71871 #~ msgstr ""
71872 #~ "Les enfants auront un ensemble de PID pour traiter les projections "
71873 #~ "séparément du processus B<nsenter>. B<nsenter> forkera par défaut en cas "
71874 #~ "de modification de l’espace de noms PID, de telle sorte que le nouveau "
71875 #~ "programme et ses enfants partagent le même espace de noms PID et soient "
71876 #~ "mutuellement visibles. Si B<--no-fork> est utilisé, le nouveau programme "
71877 #~ "sera exécuté sans forker. Pour plus de détails, voir B<pid_namespaces>(7)."
71878
71879 #, fuzzy
71880 #~| msgid ""
71881 #~| "Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default I</proc/[pid]/"
71882 #~| "ns/*> namespace paths. The default paths to the target process "
71883 #~| "namespaces may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., --all "
71884 #~| "--mount=[path])."
71885 #~ msgid ""
71886 #~ "Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default I</proc/[pid]/"
71887 #~ "ns/*> namespace paths. The default paths to the target process namespaces "
71888 #~ "may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., B<--all --"
71889 #~ "mount>=[I<path>])."
71890 #~ msgstr ""
71891 #~ "Entrer tous les espaces de noms du processus cible sous forme des chemins "
71892 #~ "d’espace de noms par défaut I</proc/[pid]/ns/*>. Les chemins par défaut "
71893 #~ "des noms d'espaces des processus cibles peuvent être remplacés grâce à "
71894 #~ "des options spécifiques aux espaces de noms (comme B<--all> B<--"
71895 #~ "mount=>[I<chemin>])."
71896
71897 #, fuzzy
71898 #~| msgid ""
71899 #~| "The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller's current "
71900 #~| "user namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped capabilities from "
71901 #~| "regaining those capabilities via a call to setns().  See B<setns>(2)  "
71902 #~| "for more details."
71903 #~ msgid ""
71904 #~ "The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller\\(cqs "
71905 #~ "current user namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped "
71906 #~ "capabilities from regaining those capabilities via a call to setns(). See "
71907 #~ "B<setns>(2) for more details."
71908 #~ msgstr ""
71909 #~ "L'espace de noms utilisateur sera ignoré s'il est identique à l’espace de "
71910 #~ "noms utilisateur actuel de l’appelant. Cela empêche un appelant qui a "
71911 #~ "perdu ses capacités de les retrouver à l’aide d’un appel à B<setns>(). "
71912 #~ "Voir B<setns>(2) pour plus de détails."
71913
71914 #, fuzzy
71915 #~| msgid ""
71916 #~| "Don't modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to "
71917 #~| "drops supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
71918 #~ msgid ""
71919 #~ "Don\\(cqt modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to "
71920 #~ "drops supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
71921 #~ msgstr ""
71922 #~ "Ne pas modifier les UID et GID en entrant dans un espace de noms "
71923 #~ "utilisateur. Le comportement par défaut est de supprimer les groupes "
71924 #~ "additionnels et de définir les GID et UID à B<0>."
71925
71926 #, fuzzy
71927 #~| msgid ""
71928 #~| "Do not fork before exec'ing the specified program.  By default, when "
71929 #~| "entering a PID namespace, B<nsenter> calls B<fork> before calling "
71930 #~| "B<exec> so that any children will also be in the newly entered PID "
71931 #~| "namespace."
71932 #~ msgid ""
71933 #~ "Do not fork before exec\\(cqing the specified program. By default, when "
71934 #~ "entering a PID namespace, B<nsenter> calls B<fork> before calling B<exec> "
71935 #~ "so that any children will also be in the newly entered PID namespace."
71936 #~ msgstr ""
71937 #~ "Ne pas forker avant d’exécuter le programme indiqué. Par défaut, en "
71938 #~ "entrant dans un espace de noms PID, B<nsenter> appelle B<fork> avant "
71939 #~ "d’appeler B<exec> de telle sorte que tous les enfants soient aussi dans "
71940 #~ "l’espace de noms PID nouvellement entré."
71941
71942 #~ msgid "June 2013"
71943 #~ msgstr "Juin 2013"
71944
71945 #~ msgid ""
71946 #~ "The B<nsenter> command executes I<program> in the namespace(s) that are "
71947 #~ "specified in the command-line options (described below).  If I<program> "
71948 #~ "is not given, then ``${SHELL}'' is run (default: /bin\\:/sh)."
71949 #~ msgstr ""
71950 #~ "La commande B<nsenter> exécute le I<programme> dans le ou les espaces de "
71951 #~ "noms indiqués dans les options de la ligne de commande (décrites ci-"
71952 #~ "dessous). Si I<programme> n'est pas renseigné, « ${SHELL} » est utilisé "
71953 #~ "(par défaut : I</bin\\:/sh>)."
71954
71955 #~ msgid ""
71956 #~ "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the "
71957 #~ "system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared "
71958 #~ "(with B<mount --make-\\:shared>; see I</proc\\:/self\\:/mountinfo> for "
71959 #~ "the B<shared> flag).  For further details, see B<mount_namespaces>(7)  "
71960 #~ "and the discussion of the B<CLONE_NEWNS> flag in B<clone>(2)."
71961 #~ msgstr ""
71962 #~ "Les montage et démontage de systèmes de fichiers n'affecteront pas le "
71963 #~ "reste du système, sauf pour les systèmes de fichiers explicitement "
71964 #~ "marqués comme partagés (avec B<mount --make-\\:shared>, consultez I</"
71965 #~ "proc\\:/self\\:/mountinfo> pour l’attribut I<shared>). Pour plus de "
71966 #~ "détails, voir B<mount_namespaces>(7) et l’explication du drapeau "
71967 #~ "B<CLONE_NEWNS> dans B<clone>(2)."
71968
71969 #, fuzzy
71970 #~ msgid ""
71971 #~ "Setting hostname or domainname will not affect the rest of the system.  "
71972 #~ "For further details, see B<uts_namespaces>(7)."
71973 #~ msgstr ""
71974 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  nsenter.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
71975 #~ "La configuration du nom d'hôte ou du nom de domaine n'affectera pas le "
71976 #~ "reste du système. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter "
71977 #~ "B<uts_namespaces>(7).\n"
71978 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  unshare.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
71979 #~ "La configuration du nom d'hôte ou du nom de domaine n'affectera pas le "
71980 #~ "reste du système. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter B<namespaces>(7)."
71981
71982 #~ msgid ""
71983 #~ "The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues "
71984 #~ "as well as System V message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory "
71985 #~ "segments.  For further details, see B<ipc_namespaces>(7)."
71986 #~ msgstr ""
71987 #~ "Le processus aura un espace de noms indépendant pour les files de "
71988 #~ "messages POSIX et System V, les ensembles de sémaphores et les segments "
71989 #~ "de mémoire partagée. Pour plus de détails, voir B<ipc_namespaces>(7)."
71990
71991 #~ msgid ""
71992 #~ "The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing "
71993 #~ "tables, firewall rules, the I</proc\\:/net> and I</sys\\:/class\\:/net> "
71994 #~ "directory trees, sockets, etc.  For further details, see "
71995 #~ "B<network_namespaces>(7)."
71996 #~ msgstr ""
71997 #~ "Le processus aura les piles IPv4 et IPv6, les tables de routage IP, les "
71998 #~ "règles de pare-feu, les arborescences des répertoires I</proc\\:/net> et "
71999 #~ "I</sys\\:/class\\:/net>, les sockets, etc., indépendants. Pour plus de "
72000 #~ "détails, voir B<network_namespaces>(7)."
72001
72002 #~ msgid ""
72003 #~ "The process will have a distinct set of UIDs, GIDs and capabilities.  For "
72004 #~ "further details, see B<user_namespaces>(7)."
72005 #~ msgstr ""
72006 #~ "Le processus aura un ensemble propre d’UID, de GID et de capacités. Pour "
72007 #~ "de plus amples détails, consulter B<user_namespaces>(7)."
72008
72009 #~ msgid ""
72010 #~ "The process will have a virtualized view of I</proc\\:/self\\:/cgroup>, "
72011 #~ "and new cgroup mounts will be rooted at the namespace cgroup root.  For "
72012 #~ "further details, see B<cgroup_namespaces>(7)."
72013 #~ msgstr ""
72014 #~ "Le processus aura une vue virtualisée de I</proc\\:/self\\:/cgroup>, et "
72015 #~ "les nouveaux montages de groupe de contrôle auront pour racine celle du "
72016 #~ "groupe de contrôle d’espace de noms. Pour de plus amples détails, "
72017 #~ "consulter B<cgroup_namespaces>(7)."
72018
72019 #, fuzzy
72020 #~ msgid ""
72021 #~ "The process can have a distinct view of B<CLOCK_MONOTONIC> and/or "
72022 #~ "B<CLOCK_BOOTTIME> which can be changed using I</proc/self/"
72023 #~ "timens_offsets>.  For further details, see B<time_namespaces>(7)."
72024 #~ msgstr ""
72025 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  nsenter.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
72026 #~ "Le processus peut avoir une vue différente de B<CLOCK_MONOTONIC> et/ou de "
72027 #~ "B<CLOCK_BOOTTIME>, qui peut être modifiée en utilisant I</proc/self/"
72028 #~ "timens_offsets>. Pour plus de détails, voir B<time_namespaces>(7).\n"
72029 #~ "#-#-#-#-#  unshare.1.po (manpages-fr-extra-util-linux)  #-#-#-#-#\n"
72030 #~ "Le processus peut avoir une vue distincte de B<CLOCK_MONOTONIC> ou "
72031 #~ "B<CLOCK_BOOTTIME> qui peut être modifiée avec I</proc/self/"
72032 #~ "timens_offsets>. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter, see "
72033 #~ "B<time_namespaces>(7)."
72034
72035 #~ msgid ""
72036 #~ "Various of the options below that relate to namespaces take an optional "
72037 #~ "I<file> argument.  This should be one of the I</proc/[pid]/ns/*> files "
72038 #~ "described in B<namespaces>(7), or the pathname of a bind mount that was "
72039 #~ "created on one of those files."
72040 #~ msgstr ""
72041 #~ "Plusieurs parmi les options ci-dessous, liées aux espaces de noms, ont un "
72042 #~ "paramètre I<fichier> facultatif. Il doit s'agir d'un des fichiers de I</"
72043 #~ "proc/[pid]/ns/*> décrits dans B<namespaces>(7), ou le chemin du point de "
72044 #~ "montage lié créé sur un de ces fichiers."
72045
72046 #~ msgid "B<-t>, B<--target> I<pid>"
72047 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--target> I<PID>"
72048
72049 #~ msgid ""
72050 #~ "Specify a target process to get contexts from.  The paths to the contexts "
72051 #~ "specified by I<pid> are:"
72052 #~ msgstr ""
72053 #~ "Indiquer un processus cible duquel obtenir les contextes. Les chemins "
72054 #~ "vers les contextes indiqués par I<PID> sont respectivement :"
72055
72056 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/mnt"
72057 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/mnt"
72058
72059 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/uts"
72060 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/uts"
72061
72062 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/ipc"
72063 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/ipc"
72064
72065 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/net"
72066 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/net"
72067
72068 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/pid"
72069 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/pid"
72070
72071 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/user"
72072 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/user"
72073
72074 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/cgroup"
72075 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/cgroup"
72076
72077 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/ns/time"
72078 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/ns/time"
72079
72080 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/root"
72081 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/root"
72082
72083 #~ msgid "/proc/I<pid>/cwd"
72084 #~ msgstr "/proc/I<PID>/cwd"
72085
72086 #~ msgid ""
72087 #~ "Enter the mount namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the mount "
72088 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the "
72089 #~ "mount namespace specified by I<file>."
72090 #~ msgstr ""
72091 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms montage. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
72092 #~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms montage du processus cible. Si I<fichier> "
72093 #~ "est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms montage indiqué par I<fichier>."
72094
72095 #~ msgid ""
72096 #~ "Enter the UTS namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the UTS "
72097 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the UTS "
72098 #~ "namespace specified by I<file>."
72099 #~ msgstr ""
72100 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms UTS. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
72101 #~ "dans l’espace de noms UTS du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, "
72102 #~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms UTS indiqué par I<fichier>."
72103
72104 #~ msgid ""
72105 #~ "Enter the IPC namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the IPC "
72106 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the IPC "
72107 #~ "namespace specified by I<file>."
72108 #~ msgstr ""
72109 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms IPC. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
72110 #~ "dans l’espace de noms IPC du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, "
72111 #~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms IPC indiqué par I<fichier>."
72112
72113 #~ msgid ""
72114 #~ "Enter the network namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the network "
72115 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the "
72116 #~ "network namespace specified by I<file>."
72117 #~ msgstr ""
72118 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
72119 #~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est "
72120 #~ "indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms réseau indiqué par I<fichier>."
72121
72122 #~ msgid ""
72123 #~ "Enter the PID namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the PID "
72124 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the PID "
72125 #~ "namespace specified by I<file>."
72126 #~ msgstr ""
72127 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms PID. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, entrer "
72128 #~ "dans l’espace de noms PID du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, "
72129 #~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms PID indiqué par I<fichier>."
72130
72131 #~ msgid ""
72132 #~ "Enter the user namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the user "
72133 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the user "
72134 #~ "namespace specified by I<file>.  See also the B<--setuid> and B<--setgid> "
72135 #~ "options."
72136 #~ msgstr ""
72137 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
72138 #~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur du processus cible. Si "
72139 #~ "I<fichier> est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms utilisateur indiqué "
72140 #~ "par I<fichier>. Consultez aussi les options B<--setuid> et B<--setgid>."
72141
72142 #~ msgid ""
72143 #~ "Enter the cgroup namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the cgroup "
72144 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the "
72145 #~ "cgroup namespace specified by I<file>."
72146 #~ msgstr ""
72147 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle. Si aucun fichier n’est "
72148 #~ "indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle du processus "
72149 #~ "cible. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms groupe de "
72150 #~ "contrôle indiqué par I<fichier>."
72151
72152 #~ msgid ""
72153 #~ "Enter the time namespace.  If no file is specified, enter the time "
72154 #~ "namespace of the target process.  If I<file> is specified, enter the time "
72155 #~ "namespace specified by I<file>."
72156 #~ msgstr ""
72157 #~ "Entrer dans l’espace de noms temps. Si aucun fichier n’est indiqué, "
72158 #~ "entrer dans l’espace de noms temps du processus cible. Si I<fichier> est "
72159 #~ "indiqué, entrer dans l’espace de noms temps indiqué par I<fichier>."
72160
72161 #~ msgid ""
72162 #~ "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
72163 #~ "supplementary groups.  B<nsenter>(1)  always sets GID for user "
72164 #~ "namespaces, the default is 0."
72165 #~ msgstr ""
72166 #~ "Définir l’identifiant de groupe qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de noms "
72167 #~ "entré et supprimer les groupes additionnels. B<nsenter>(1) définit "
72168 #~ "toujours le GID pour les espaces de noms utilisateur, B<0> par défaut."
72169
72170 #~ msgid ""
72171 #~ "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace.  "
72172 #~ "B<nsenter>(1)  always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0."
72173 #~ msgstr ""
72174 #~ "Définir l’identifiant d’utilisateur qui sera utilisé dans l’espace de "
72175 #~ "noms entré. B<nsenter>(1) définit toujours l’UID pour les espaces de noms "
72176 #~ "utilisateur, B<0> par défaut."
72177
72178 #~ msgid ""
72179 #~ "Set the root directory.  If no directory is specified, set the root "
72180 #~ "directory to the root directory of the target process.  If directory is "
72181 #~ "specified, set the root directory to the specified directory."
72182 #~ msgstr ""
72183 #~ "Définir le répertoire racine. Si aucun répertoire n’est indiqué, définir "
72184 #~ "le répertoire racine au répertoire racine du processus cible. Si "
72185 #~ "I<répertoire> est indiqué, définir le répertoire racine au I<répertoire> "
72186 #~ "indiqué."
72187
72188 #~ msgid ""
72189 #~ "Set the working directory.  If no directory is specified, set the working "
72190 #~ "directory to the working directory of the target process.  If directory "
72191 #~ "is specified, set the working directory to the specified directory."
72192 #~ msgstr ""
72193 #~ "Définir le répertoire de travail. Si aucun répertoire n’est indiqué, "
72194 #~ "définir le répertoire de travail au répertoire racine du processus cible. "
72195 #~ "Si I<répertoire> est indiqué, définir le répertoire de travail au "
72196 #~ "I<répertoire> indiqué."
72197
72198 #~ msgid "E<.UR biederm@xmission.com> Eric Biederman E<.UE>"
72199 #~ msgstr "E<.UR biederm@xmission.com> Eric Biederman E<.UE>"
72200
72201 #~ msgid ""
72202 #~ "The nsenter command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
72203 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
72204 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
72205 #~ msgstr ""
72206 #~ "La commande B<nsenter> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
72207 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
72208 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
72209
72210 #~ msgid "PARTX"
72211 #~ msgstr "PARTX"
72212
72213 #, fuzzy
72214 #~| msgid "B<-n>,B< --nr >I<M>B<:>I<N>"
72215 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--nr> I<M>B<:>I<N>"
72216 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nr> I<M>B<:>I<N>"
72217
72218 #~ msgid "I<M>"
72219 #~ msgstr "I<M>"
72220
72221 #~ msgid "I<M>B<:>"
72222 #~ msgstr "I<M>B<:>"
72223
72224 #~ msgid "B<:>I<N>"
72225 #~ msgstr "B<:>I<N>"
72226
72227 #~ msgid "I<M>B<:>I<N>"
72228 #~ msgstr "I<M>B<:>I<N>"
72229
72230 #, fuzzy
72231 #~| msgid ""
72232 #~| "Lists all subpartitions on /dev/sdb3 (the device is used as whole-disk)."
72233 #~ msgid ""
72234 #~ "Lists all subpartitions on I</dev/sdb3> (the device is used as whole-"
72235 #~ "disk)."
72236 #~ msgstr ""
72237 #~ "Afficher toutes les sous-partitions de I</dev/sdb3> (la partition est "
72238 #~ "utilisée comme un disque entier)."
72239
72240 #, fuzzy
72241 #~| msgid "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on /dev/sdb without header."
72242 #~ msgid ""
72243 #~ "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on I</dev/sdb> without header."
72244 #~ msgstr ""
72245 #~ "Afficher le secteur de début de la cinquième partition de I</dev/sdb> "
72246 #~ "sans en-tête."
72247
72248 #, fuzzy
72249 #~| msgid ""
72250 #~| "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on /"
72251 #~| "dev/sda."
72252 #~ msgid ""
72253 #~ "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on I</"
72254 #~ "dev/sda>."
72255 #~ msgstr ""
72256 #~ "Afficher la taille en secteur et en format lisible de la cinquième "
72257 #~ "partition de I</dev/sda>."
72258
72259 #, fuzzy
72260 #~| msgid "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on /dev/sdd."
72261 #~ msgid ""
72262 #~ "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on I</dev/sdd>."
72263 #~ msgstr ""
72264 #~ "Ajouter toutes les partitions disponibles de la troisième à la cinquième "
72265 #~ "(comprises) sur I</dev/sdd>."
72266
72267 #, fuzzy
72268 #~| msgid "Removes the last partition on /dev/sdd."
72269 #~ msgid "Removes the last partition on I</dev/sdd>."
72270 #~ msgstr "Retirer la dernière partition de I</dev/sdd>."
72271
72272 # s/TYPE/type
72273 #~ msgid ""
72274 #~ "B<partx> [B<-a>|B<-d>|B<-P>|B<-r>|B<-s>|B<-u>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-n> "
72275 #~ "I<M>B<:>I<N>] [B<->] I<disk>"
72276 #~ msgstr ""
72277 #~ "B<partx> [B<-a>|B<-d>|B<-P>|B<-r>|B<-s>|B<-u>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-n> "
72278 #~ "I<M>B<:>I<N>] [B<->] I<disque>"
72279
72280 #~ msgid ""
72281 #~ "Given a device or disk-image, B<partx> tries to parse the partition table "
72282 #~ "and list its contents.  It can also tell the kernel to add or remove "
72283 #~ "partitions from its bookkeeping."
72284 #~ msgstr ""
72285 #~ "À partir d'un périphérique ou d'une image, B<partx> essaie d'analyser la "
72286 #~ "table de partitions et d'afficher son contenu. Elle permet aussi "
72287 #~ "d’indiquer au noyau d’ajouter ou de supprimer des partitions."
72288
72289 #~ msgid ""
72290 #~ "The I<disk> argument is optional when a I<partition> argument is "
72291 #~ "provided.  To force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for "
72292 #~ "example to list nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-"
72293 #~ "minus).  For example:"
72294 #~ msgstr ""
72295 #~ "L'argument I<disque> est optionnel si un argument I<partition> est "
72296 #~ "fourni. Pour forcer l'analyse d'une partition comme s'il s'agissait d'un "
72297 #~ "disque entier (par exemple pour afficher les sous-partitions imbriquées), "
72298 #~ "utilisez l'argument B<-> (tiret). Par exemple :"
72299
72300 #~ msgid ""
72301 #~ "B<partx is not an fdisk program> \\(en adding and removing partitions "
72302 #~ "does not change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and "
72303 #~ "numbering of on-disk partitions."
72304 #~ msgstr ""
72305 #~ "B<Ce n'est pas un programme fdisk> — l'ajout et la suppression de "
72306 #~ "partitions n'intervient pas sur le disque lui-même, cela consiste "
72307 #~ "seulement à informer le noyau de la présence et de la numérotation des "
72308 #~ "partitions présentes."
72309
72310 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --add>"
72311 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--add>"
72312
72313 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --delete>"
72314 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--delete>"
72315
72316 #~ msgid ""
72317 #~ "Delete the specified partitions or all partitions.  It is not error to "
72318 #~ "remove non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use "
72319 #~ "together with large B<--nr> ranges without care about the current "
72320 #~ "partitions set on the device."
72321 #~ msgstr ""
72322 #~ "Supprimer les partitions indiquées ou toutes les partitions. Ce n’est pas "
72323 #~ "une erreur de supprimer des partitions non existantes. Aussi cette option "
72324 #~ "est utilisable avec de grands intervalles B<--nr> sans se soucier des "
72325 #~ "partitions actuellement définies sur le périphérique."
72326
72327 #~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --noheadings>"
72328 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noheadings>"
72329
72330 #~ msgid ""
72331 #~ "List the partitions.  Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors.  "
72332 #~ "This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of B<--show>.  Do not use it "
72333 #~ "in newly written scripts."
72334 #~ msgstr ""
72335 #~ "Afficher les partitions. Remarquez que tous les nombres sont en secteur "
72336 #~ "de 512 octets. Ce format de sortie est B<obsolète>, remplacé par B<--"
72337 #~ "show>. Ne l'utilisez pas dans de nouveaux scripts."
72338
72339 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --nr >I<M>B<:>I<N>"
72340 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nr> I<M>B<:>I<N>"
72341
72342 #~ msgid ""
72343 #~ "Specify the range of partitions.  For backward compatibility also the "
72344 #~ "format I<M>B<->I<N> is supported.  The range may contain negative "
72345 #~ "numbers, for example B<--nr -1:-1> means the last partition, and B<--nr "
72346 #~ "-2:-1> means the last two partitions.  Supported range specifications are:"
72347 #~ msgstr ""
72348 #~ "Indiquer l'intervalle de partitions. Par souci de rétrocompatibilité, le "
72349 #~ "format I<M>B<->I<N> est pris en charge. L'intervalle peut contenir des "
72350 #~ "nombres négatifs, par exemple B<--nr\\ -2:-1> signifie les deux dernières "
72351 #~ "partitions. Les indications d'intervalle sont :"
72352
72353 #~ msgid "Specifies just one partition (e.g.\\& B<--nr 3>)."
72354 #~ msgstr "n’indique qu’une partition (par exemple B<--nr 3>)."
72355
72356 #~ msgid "Specifies the lower limit only (e.g.\\& B<--nr 2:>)."
72357 #~ msgstr "n’indique que la limite inférieure (par exemple B<--nr 2:>)."
72358
72359 #~ msgid "Specifies the upper limit only (e.g.\\& B<--nr :4>)."
72360 #~ msgstr "n’indique que la limite supérieure (par exemple B<--nr :4>)."
72361
72362 #~ msgid "Specifies the lower and upper limits (e.g.\\& B<--nr 2:4>)."
72363 #~ msgstr ""
72364 #~ "indique les limites inférieure et supérieure (par exemple B<--nr 2:4>)."
72365
72366 #~ msgid ""
72367 #~ "Define the output columns to use for B<--show>, B<--pairs> and B<--raw> "
72368 #~ "output.  If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is "
72369 #~ "used.  Use B<--help> to get I<list> of all supported columns.  This "
72370 #~ "option cannot be combined with the B<--add>, B<--delete>, B<--update> or "
72371 #~ "B<--list> options."
72372 #~ msgstr ""
72373 #~ "Définir les colonnes à afficher pour les sorties B<--show>, B<--pairs> et "
72374 #~ "B<--raw>. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est indiquée, un ensemble par "
72375 #~ "défaut est utilisé. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir la I<liste> de toutes "
72376 #~ "les colonnes possibles. Cette option ne peut pas être combinée avec les "
72377 #~ "options B<--add>, B<--delete>, B<--update> ou B<--list>."
72378
72379 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --show>"
72380 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--show>"
72381
72382 #~ msgid ""
72383 #~ "List the partitions.  The output columns can be selected and rearranged "
72384 #~ "with the B<--output> option.  All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte "
72385 #~ "sectors."
72386 #~ msgstr ""
72387 #~ "Afficher les partitions. Les colonnes à afficher peuvent être "
72388 #~ "sélectionnées et réorganisées avec l'option B<--output>. Tous les nombres "
72389 #~ "(à part SIZE) sont en secteurs de 512 octets."
72390
72391 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --update>"
72392 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--update>"
72393
72394 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --sector-size >I<size>"
72395 #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--sector-size> I<taille>"
72396
72397 #~ msgid ""
72398 #~ "The partx command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
72399 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
72400 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
72401 #~ msgstr ""
72402 #~ "La commande B<partx> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
72403 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
72404 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux//>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
72405
72406 #~ msgid "PIVOT_ROOT"
72407 #~ msgstr "PIVOT_ROOT"
72408
72409 #, fuzzy
72410 #~| msgid "B<pivot_root> I<new_root put_old>"
72411 #~ msgid "B<pivot_root> I<new_root> I<put_old>"
72412 #~ msgstr "B<pivot_root> I<nouvelle_racine emplacement_ancien>"
72413
72414 #, fuzzy
72415 #~| msgid ""
72416 #~| "Note that B<exec chroot> changes the running executable, which is "
72417 #~| "necessary if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards.  "
72418 #~| "Also note that standard input, output, and error may still point to a "
72419 #~| "device on the old root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be "
72420 #~| "changed when invoking B<chroot> (see below; note the absence of leading "
72421 #~| "slashes to make it work whether B<pivot_root> has changed the shell's "
72422 #~| "root or not)."
72423 #~ msgid ""
72424 #~ "Note that B<exec chroot> changes the running executable, which is "
72425 #~ "necessary if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also "
72426 #~ "note that standard input, output, and error may still point to a device "
72427 #~ "on the old root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed "
72428 #~ "when invoking B<chroot> (see below; note the absence of leading slashes "
72429 #~ "to make it work whether B<pivot_root> has changed the shell\\(cqs root or "
72430 #~ "not)."
72431 #~ msgstr ""
72432 #~ "Notez que B<exec chroot> change le processus actuel, ce qui s'avère être "
72433 #~ "nécessaire si l'ancien répertoire racine est démonté par la suite. Par "
72434 #~ "ailleurs sachez que l'entrée, la sortie et l'erreur standard peuvent "
72435 #~ "encore pointer sur un périphérique de l'ancienne racine du système de "
72436 #~ "fichiers, le conservant occupé. Elles peuvent être aisément modifiées en "
72437 #~ "utilisant B<chroot> (voir ci-dessous ; remarquez l'absence de barre "
72438 #~ "oblique au début pour qu'il fonctionne si B<pivot_root> a changé la "
72439 #~ "racine de l'interpréteur de commandes ou pas."
72440
72441 #, fuzzy
72442 #~| msgid "Change the root file system to /dev/hda1 from an interactive shell:"
72443 #~ msgid ""
72444 #~ "Change the root file system to I</dev/hda1> from an interactive shell:"
72445 #~ msgstr ""
72446 #~ "Changer la racine du système de fichiers vers /dev/hda1 depuis un "
72447 #~ "interpréteur de commandes interactif :"
72448
72449 #, fuzzy
72450 #~| msgid ""
72451 #~| "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # for portmap\n"
72452 #~| "# configure Ethernet or such\n"
72453 #~| "portmap   # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
72454 #~| "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
72455 #~| "killall portmap   # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
72456 #~| "cd /mnt\n"
72457 #~| "pivot_root . old_root\n"
72458 #~| "exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /old_root; exec /sbin/init' \\e\n"
72459 #~| "  E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
72460 #~ msgid ""
72461 #~ "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # for portmap\n"
72462 #~ "# configure Ethernet or such\n"
72463 #~ "portmap   # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
72464 #~ "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
72465 #~ "killall portmap   # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
72466 #~ "cd /mnt\n"
72467 #~ "pivot_root . old_root\n"
72468 #~ "exec chroot . sh -c \\(aqumount /old_root; exec /sbin/init\\(aq \\(rs\n"
72469 #~ "  E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
72470 #~ msgstr ""
72471 #~ "ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # pour portmap\n"
72472 #~ "# configurer Ethernet ou autre\n"
72473 #~ "portmap   # pour lockd (lancé implicitement par mount)\n"
72474 #~ "mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/ma_racine /mnt\n"
72475 #~ "killall portmap   # portmap conserve l'ancienne racine occupée\n"
72476 #~ "cd /mnt\n"
72477 #~ "pivot_root . ancienne_racine\n"
72478 #~ "exec chroot . sh -c 'umount /ancienne_racine; exec /sbin/init' \\e\n"
72479 #~ "  E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
72480
72481 #, fuzzy
72482 #~| msgid ""
72483 #~| "The pivot_root command is part of the util-linux package and is "
72484 #~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
72485 #~ msgid ""
72486 #~ "The B<pivot_root> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
72487 #~ "downloaded from"
72488 #~ msgstr ""
72489 #~ "La commande B<pivot_root> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
72490 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
72491 #~ ">E<gt>."
72492
72493 #~ msgid "August 2011"
72494 #~ msgstr "août 2011"
72495
72496 #~ msgid ""
72497 #~ "B<pivot_root> moves the root file system of the current process to the "
72498 #~ "directory I<put_old> and makes I<new_root> the new root file system.  "
72499 #~ "Since B<pivot_root>(8) simply calls B<pivot_root>(2), we refer to the man "
72500 #~ "page of the latter for further details."
72501 #~ msgstr ""
72502 #~ "B<pivot_root> déplace la racine du système de fichiers du processus "
72503 #~ "actuel vers le répertoire I<emplacement_ancien> et désigne "
72504 #~ "I<nouvelle_racine> comme la nouvelle racine du système de fichiers. "
72505 #~ "Puisque B<pivot_root>(8) fait simplement appel à B<pivot_root>(2), "
72506 #~ "veuillez vous référer à la page du manuel de ce dernier pour plus de "
72507 #~ "précisions."
72508
72509 #~ msgid ""
72510 #~ "Note that, depending on the implementation of B<pivot_root>, root and cwd "
72511 #~ "of the caller may or may not change. The following is a sequence for "
72512 #~ "invoking B<pivot_root> that works in either case, assuming that "
72513 #~ "B<pivot_root> and B<chroot> are in the current B<PATH>:"
72514 #~ msgstr ""
72515 #~ "Notez que, selon l'implémentation de la commande B<pivot_root>, la racine "
72516 #~ "et le répertoire de travail actuel du processus appelant peut changer "
72517 #~ "tout comme il peut ne pas changer. Ce qui suit est un exemple d'appel à "
72518 #~ "B<pivot_root> qui fonctionne dans un cas comme dans l'autre, en supposant "
72519 #~ "que B<pivot_root> et B<chroot> sont dans le chemin de recherche actuel "
72520 #~ "(B<PATH>) :"
72521
72522 #~ msgid "cd I<new_root>"
72523 #~ msgstr "cd I<nouvelle_racine>"
72524
72525 #~ msgid "pivot_root . I<put_old>"
72526 #~ msgstr "pivot_root . I<emplacement_ancien>"
72527
72528 #~ msgid "exec chroot . I<command>"
72529 #~ msgstr "exec chroot . I<commande>"
72530
72531 #~ msgid ""
72532 #~ "The pivot_root command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
72533 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
72534 #~ msgstr ""
72535 #~ "La commande B<pivot_root> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
72536 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
72537 #~ ">E<gt>."
72538
72539 #~ msgid "PRLIMIT"
72540 #~ msgstr "PRLIMIT"
72541
72542 #, fuzzy
72543 #~| msgid ""
72544 #~| "The I<limits> parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, "
72545 #~| "separated by a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values.  If no "
72546 #~| "I<limits> are given, B<prlimit> will display the current values.  If one "
72547 #~| "of the values is not given, then the existing one will be used.  To "
72548 #~| "specify the unlimited or infinity limit (RLIM_INFINITY), the -1 or "
72549 #~| "'unlimited' string can be passed."
72550 #~ msgid ""
72551 #~ "The I<limits> parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, separated "
72552 #~ "by a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values. If no I<limits> "
72553 #~ "are given, B<prlimit> will display the current values. If one of the "
72554 #~ "values is not given, then the existing one will be used. To specify the "
72555 #~ "unlimited or infinity limit (B<RLIM_INFINITY>), the -1 or "
72556 #~ "\\(aqunlimited\\(aq string can be passed."
72557 #~ msgstr ""
72558 #~ "Le paramètre I<limites> est composé d’une valeur molle et d’une dure, "
72559 #~ "séparées par un deux-points (:), de façon à modifier les valeurs "
72560 #~ "existantes. En absence de I<limites>, B<prlimit> affichera les valeurs "
72561 #~ "actuelles. Si une des valeurs n’est pas donnée, alors l’existante sera "
72562 #~ "utilisée. Pour indiquer les limites « illimité » ou "
72563 #~ "« infini » (RLIM_INFINITY), les chaînes B<-1> ou B<unlimited> peuvent "
72564 #~ "être passées."
72565
72566 #, fuzzy
72567 #~| msgid ""
72568 #~| "The prlimit system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
72569 #~| "will break this program."
72570 #~ msgid ""
72571 #~ "The B<prlimit> system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
72572 #~ "will break this program."
72573 #~ msgstr ""
72574 #~ "L’appel système B<prlimit> est pris en charge depuis Linux 2.6.36, les "
72575 #~ "noyaux plus anciens casseront ce programme."
72576
72577 #, fuzzy
72578 #~| msgid ""
72579 #~| "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run 'sort'."
72580 #~ msgid ""
72581 #~ "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run "
72582 #~ "\\(aqsort\\(aq."
72583 #~ msgstr ""
72584 #~ "Définir à la fois les valeurs limites de temps processeur molle et dure à "
72585 #~ "dix secondes et exécuter B<sort>."
72586
72587 #, fuzzy
72588 #~| msgid ""
72589 #~| "Davidlohr Bueso E<lt>dave@gnu.orgE<gt> - In memory of Dennis M. "
72590 #~| "Ritchie.\n"
72591 #~ msgid "- In memory of Dennis M. Ritchie."
72592 #~ msgstr ""
72593 #~ "Davidlohr Bueso E<lt>I<dave@gnu.org>E<gt> – en mémoire à Dennis M. "
72594 #~ "Ritchie.\n"
72595
72596 #, fuzzy
72597 #~| msgid ""
72598 #~| "The prlimit command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
72599 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
72600 #~ msgid ""
72601 #~ "The B<prlimit> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
72602 #~ "downloaded from"
72603 #~ msgstr ""
72604 #~ "La commande B<prlimit> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
72605 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
72606 #~ "E<gt>."
72607
72608 #~ msgid ""
72609 #~ "B<prlimit> [options] [B<-->I<resource>[B<=>I<limits>] [B<--pid\\ >I<PID>]"
72610 #~ msgstr ""
72611 #~ "B<prlimit> [I<options>] [B<-->I<ressource>[B<=>I<limites>] [B<--pid\\ "
72612 #~ ">I<PID>]"
72613
72614 #~ msgid ""
72615 #~ "B<prlimit> [options] [B<-->I<resource>[B<=>I<limits>] I<command "
72616 #~ ">[I<argument>...]"
72617 #~ msgstr ""
72618 #~ "B<prlimit> [I<options>] [B<-->I<ressource>[B<=>I<limites>] I<commande> "
72619 #~ "[I<argument> ...]"
72620
72621 #~ msgid ""
72622 #~ "Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to "
72623 #~ "the high limit (also called the ceiling).  To see all available resource "
72624 #~ "limits, refer to the RESOURCE OPTIONS section."
72625 #~ msgstr ""
72626 #~ "À cause de la nature des limites, la limite molle doit être inférieure ou "
72627 #~ "égale à la limite haute (aussi appelée plafond). Toutes les limites de "
72628 #~ "ressource disponibles sont présentées dans la section B<OPTIONS DE "
72629 #~ "RESSOURCE>."
72630
72631 #~ msgid "I<soft>:I<hard>    Specify both limits."
72632 #~ msgstr "I<molle>B<:>I<dure>   Indiquer les deux limites."
72633
72634 #~ msgid "I<soft>:        Specify only the soft limit."
72635 #~ msgstr "I<molle>B<:>       N’indiquer que la limite molle."
72636
72637 #~ msgid ":I<hard>        Specify only the hard limit."
72638 #~ msgstr "B<:>I<dure>        N’indiquer que la limite dure."
72639
72640 #~ msgid "I<value>        Specify both limits to the same value."
72641 #~ msgstr "I<valeur>       Indiquer les deux limites à la même valeur."
72642
72643 #~ msgid "B<-o, --output >I<list>"
72644 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<liste>"
72645
72646 #~ msgid ""
72647 #~ "Define the output columns to use.  If no output arrangement is specified, "
72648 #~ "then a default set is used.  Use B<--help> to get a list of all supported "
72649 #~ "columns."
72650 #~ msgstr ""
72651 #~ "Définir les colonnes à afficher. Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est "
72652 #~ "indiquée, un ensemble par défaut est utilisé. Utilisez B<--help> pour "
72653 #~ "obtenir une liste de toutes les colonnes gérées."
72654
72655 #~ msgid ""
72656 #~ "The prlimit command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
72657 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
72658 #~ msgstr ""
72659 #~ "La commande B<prlimit> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
72660 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
72661 #~ "E<gt>."
72662
72663 #, fuzzy
72664 #~| msgid "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt> E<lt>majorE<gt> E<lt>minorE<gt>>"
72665 #~ msgid ""
72666 #~ "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>> I<E<lt>majorE<gt>> I<E<lt>minorE<gt>>"
72667 #~ msgstr "B<raw> B</dev/raw/raw>I<N> I<majeur> I<mineur>"
72668
72669 #, fuzzy
72670 #~| msgid "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt> /dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>>"
72671 #~ msgid "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>> I</dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>>"
72672 #~ msgstr "B<raw> B</dev/raw/raw>I<N> B</dev/>I<périphérique_bloc>"
72673
72674 #, fuzzy
72675 #~| msgid "B<raw -q> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>>"
72676 #~ msgid "B<raw> B<-q> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>>"
72677 #~ msgstr "B<raw> B<-q> B</dev/raw/raw>I<N>"
72678
72679 #, fuzzy
72680 #~| msgid "B<raw -qa>"
72681 #~ msgid "B<raw> B<-qa>"
72682 #~ msgstr "B<raw> B<-qa>"
72683
72684 #, fuzzy
72685 #~| msgid ""
72686 #~| "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and "
72687 #~| "written, just like the block device it is bound to.  However, the raw "
72688 #~| "device does not behave exactly like the block device.  In particular, "
72689 #~| "access to the raw device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache "
72690 #~| "entirely: all I/O is done directly to and from the address space of the "
72691 #~| "process performing the I/O.  If the underlying block device driver can "
72692 #~| "support DMA, then no data copying at all is required to complete the I/O."
72693 #~ msgid ""
72694 #~ "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and "
72695 #~ "written, just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw "
72696 #~ "device does not behave exactly like the block device. In particular, "
72697 #~ "access to the raw device bypasses the kernel\\(cqs block buffer cache "
72698 #~ "entirely: all I/O is done directly to and from the address space of the "
72699 #~ "process performing the I/O. If the underlying block device driver can "
72700 #~ "support DMA, then no data copying at all is required to complete the I/O."
72701 #~ msgstr ""
72702 #~ "Une fois attaché à un périphérique bloc, un périphérique brut peut être "
72703 #~ "ouvert, lu et écrit, tout comme le périphérique bloc auquel il est "
72704 #~ "attaché. En particulier, l'accès au périphérique brut contourne "
72705 #~ "complètement la mémoire cache de bloc du noyau ; toutes les entrées et "
72706 #~ "sorties sont faites directement vers et depuis l'espace d'adressage du "
72707 #~ "processus réalisant les entrées et sorties. Si le pilote du périphérique "
72708 #~ "bloc sous-jacent prend en charge l'accès direct à la mémoire (DMA), alors "
72709 #~ "aucune copie de données n'est nécessaire pour terminer les entrées et "
72710 #~ "sorties."
72711
72712 #, fuzzy
72713 #~| msgid ""
72714 #~| "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a "
72715 #~| "few extra restrictions must be observed.  All I/Os must be correctly "
72716 #~| "aligned in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on "
72717 #~| "disk, they must be an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer "
72718 #~| "in virtual memory must also be aligned to a multiple of the sector "
72719 #~| "size.  The sector size is 512 bytes for most devices."
72720 #~ msgid ""
72721 #~ "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process\\(cqs "
72722 #~ "memory, a few extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be "
72723 #~ "correctly aligned in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector "
72724 #~ "offset on disk, they must be an exact number of sectors long, and the "
72725 #~ "data buffer in virtual memory must also be aligned to a multiple of the "
72726 #~ "sector size. The sector size is 512 bytes for most devices."
72727 #~ msgstr ""
72728 #~ "Puisque les entrées et sorties brutes impliquent un accès matériel direct "
72729 #~ "à la mémoire du processus, quelques restrictions supplémentaires doivent "
72730 #~ "être respectées. Toutes les entrées et sorties doivent être correctement "
72731 #~ "alignées en mémoire et sur le disque ; elles doivent commencer à une "
72732 #~ "position de secteur sur le disque, doivent être longues d'un nombre "
72733 #~ "entier de secteurs, et le tampon de données en mémoire virtuelle doit "
72734 #~ "aussi être aligné sur un multiple de la taille de secteur. La taille d'un "
72735 #~ "secteur est de 512 octets sur la plupart des périphériques."
72736
72737 # spurious space before paranthese
72738 #, fuzzy
72739 #~| msgid ""
72740 #~| "The Linux B<dd>(1)  command should be used without the B<bs=> option, or "
72741 #~| "the blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device "
72742 #~| "(512 bytes usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" "
72743 #~| "messages (EINVAL)."
72744 #~ msgid ""
72745 #~ "The Linux B<dd>(1) command should be used without the B<bs=> option, or "
72746 #~ "the blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device "
72747 #~ "(512 bytes usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" "
72748 #~ "messages (B<EINVAL>)."
72749 #~ msgstr ""
72750 #~ "La commande Linux B<dd>(1) devrait être utilisée sans l'option B<bs=>, ou "
72751 #~ "la taille de bloc doit être un multiple de la taille de secteur du "
72752 #~ "périphérique (512 octets en général), sinon il échouera avec des messages "
72753 #~ "« Argument non valable » (EINVAL)."
72754
72755 #, fuzzy
72756 #~| msgid ""
72757 #~| "The raw command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
72758 #~| "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
72759 #~ msgid ""
72760 #~ "The B<raw> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
72761 #~ "downloaded from"
72762 #~ msgstr ""
72763 #~ "La commande B<raw> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
72764 #~ "sur E<lt>I<https:/www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>E<gt>."
72765
72766 #~ msgid "August 1999"
72767 #~ msgstr "août 1999"
72768
72769 #~ msgid "B<raw -qa>"
72770 #~ msgstr "B<raw> B<-qa>"
72771
72772 #~ msgid ""
72773 #~ "B<raw> is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device.  "
72774 #~ "Any block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver "
72775 #~ "does not even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a "
72776 #~ "kernel module later)."
72777 #~ msgstr ""
72778 #~ "B<raw> permet d'attacher un périphérique caractère brut Linux à un "
72779 #~ "périphérique bloc. N'importe quel périphérique bloc pourrait être "
72780 #~ "utilisé ; au moment de l'attachement, le pilote du périphérique n'a pas "
72781 #~ "besoin d'être accessible (il pourrait être chargé plus tard à la demande "
72782 #~ "comme un module du noyau)."
72783
72784 #~ msgid ""
72785 #~ "B<raw> is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it "
72786 #~ "queries existing bindings.  When setting a raw device, I</dev/raw/"
72787 #~ "rawE<lt>NE<gt>> is the device name of an existing raw device node in the "
72788 #~ "filesystem.  The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified "
72789 #~ "either in terms of its I<major> and I<minor> device numbers, or as a path "
72790 #~ "name I</dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>> to an existing block device file."
72791 #~ msgstr ""
72792 #~ "B<raw> est utilisé en deux modes : soit il définit les attachements de "
72793 #~ "périphériques bruts, soit il fait une requête sur les attachements "
72794 #~ "existants. Lors de la définition d'un périphérique brut, B</dev/raw/"
72795 #~ "raw>I<N> est le nom du périphérique d'un nœud de périphérique brut "
72796 #~ "existant du système de fichiers. Le périphérique bloc auquel il est "
72797 #~ "attaché peut être indiqué soit par ses numéros de périphérique I<majeur> "
72798 #~ "et I<mineur>, soit comme un nom de chemin B</dev/>I<périphérique_bloc> "
72799 #~ "vers un fichier de périphérique bloc existant."
72800
72801 #~ msgid ""
72802 #~ "The bindings already in existence can be queried with the I<-q> option, "
72803 #~ "which is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, "
72804 #~ "or with the I<-a> option to query all bound raw devices."
72805 #~ msgstr ""
72806 #~ "Une requête peut être faite sur les attachements existants avec l'option "
72807 #~ "B<-q>, utilisée soit avec un nom de fichier de périphérique brut, soit "
72808 #~ "avec l'option B<-a> pour faire une requête sur tous les périphériques "
72809 #~ "bruts liés."
72810
72811 #~ msgid ""
72812 #~ "Set query mode.  B<raw> will query an existing binding instead of setting "
72813 #~ "a new one."
72814 #~ msgstr ""
72815 #~ "Définir le mode de requête. B<raw> fera une requête sur un attachement "
72816 #~ "existant plutôt que d'en définir un nouveau."
72817
72818 # Spurious space before comma
72819 #~ msgid "With B<-q> , specify that all bound raw devices should be queried."
72820 #~ msgstr ""
72821 #~ "Avec B<-q>, indiquer que tous les périphériques bruts attachés devraient "
72822 #~ "être concernés par la requête."
72823
72824 #~ msgid ""
72825 #~ "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer B<open>(2)  "
72826 #~ "devices, such as /dev/sda1, with the O_DIRECT flag."
72827 #~ msgstr ""
72828 #~ "Plutôt que d’utiliser des périphériques bruts, les applications devraient "
72829 #~ "préférer des périphériques B<open>(2), tels que B</dev/sda1>, avec "
72830 #~ "l’indicateur B<O_DIRECT>."
72831
72832 #~ msgid ""
72833 #~ "Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block "
72834 #~ "device buffer cache.  If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the "
72835 #~ "buffer cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents "
72836 #~ "of the actual storage device underneath.  This is deliberate, but is "
72837 #~ "regarded either a bug or a feature depending on who you ask!"
72838 #~ msgstr ""
72839 #~ "Les périphériques bruts d'entrées et sorties ne conservent pas de "
72840 #~ "cohérence de cache avec la mémoire cache de périphérique bloc de Linux. "
72841 #~ "Si vous utilisez des entrées et sorties brutes pour écraser les données "
72842 #~ "déjà dans la mémoire cache, la mémoire cache ne correspondra plus au "
72843 #~ "contenu du véritable périphérique de stockage sous-jacent. C'est "
72844 #~ "intentionnel, mais peut être considéré comme un bogue ou une "
72845 #~ "fonctionnalité selon les points de vue."
72846
72847 #~ msgid "Stephen Tweedie (sct@redhat.com)"
72848 #~ msgstr "Stephen Tweedie E<lt>I<sct@redhat.com>E<gt>"
72849
72850 #~ msgid "2021-06-04"
72851 #~ msgstr "4 juin 2021"
72852
72853 #~ msgid "READPROFILE"
72854 #~ msgstr "READPROFILE"
72855
72856 #, fuzzy
72857 #~| msgid ""
72858 #~| "The B<readprofile> command uses the I</proc/profile> information to "
72859 #~| "print ascii data on standard output.  The output is organized in three "
72860 #~| "columns: the first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name "
72861 #~| "of the C function in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the "
72862 #~| "third is the normalized `load' of the procedure, calculated as a ratio "
72863 #~| "between the number of ticks and the length of the procedure.  The output "
72864 #~| "is filled with blanks to ease readability."
72865 #~ msgid ""
72866 #~ "The B<readprofile> command uses the I</proc/profile> information to print "
72867 #~ "ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: "
72868 #~ "the first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C "
72869 #~ "function in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is "
72870 #~ "the normalized `load\\(aq of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between "
72871 #~ "the number of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled "
72872 #~ "with blanks to ease readability."
72873 #~ msgstr ""
72874 #~ "La commande B<readprofile> utilise les informations disponibles dans I</"
72875 #~ "proc/profile> pour afficher des données au format ASCII sur la sortie "
72876 #~ "standard. La sortie est organisée en trois colonnes\\ : la première "
72877 #~ "affiche le nombre de tics d'horloge, la deuxième contient le nom de la "
72878 #~ "fonction C du noyau au sein de laquelle ces tics ont eu lieu et la "
72879 #~ "troisième représente la «\\ charge\\ » normalisée de la procédure, "
72880 #~ "calculée comme le quotient entre le nombre de tics et la durée de la "
72881 #~ "procédure. La sortie est complétée par des blancs pour améliorer la "
72882 #~ "lisibilité."
72883
72884 #, fuzzy
72885 #~| msgid ""
72886 #~| "Info.  This makes B<readprofile> only print the profiling step used by "
72887 #~| "the kernel.  The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling "
72888 #~| "buffer, and is chosen during kernel configuration (through `make "
72889 #~| "config'), or in the kernel's command line.  If the B<-t> (terse) switch "
72890 #~| "is used together with B<-i> only the decimal number is printed."
72891 #~ msgid ""
72892 #~ "Info. This makes B<readprofile> only print the profiling step used by the "
72893 #~ "kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and "
72894 #~ "is chosen during kernel configuration (through B<make config>), or in the "
72895 #~ "kernel\\(cqs command line. If the B<-t> (terse) switch is used together "
72896 #~ "with B<-i> only the decimal number is printed."
72897 #~ msgstr ""
72898 #~ "Afficher des informations. Seule l'étape de profilage utilisée par le "
72899 #~ "noyau est affichée. L'étape de profilage consiste en la résolution du "
72900 #~ "tampon de profilage et est choisie lors de la configuration du noyau "
72901 #~ "(avec «\\ make config\\ ») ou avec la ligne de commande du noyau. Si "
72902 #~ "l'option B<-t> (abrégé) est utilisée avec l'option B<-i>, seul le nombre "
72903 #~ "décimal est affiché."
72904
72905 #, fuzzy
72906 #~| msgid ""
72907 #~| "Specify a mapfile, which by default is I</usr/src/linux/System.map>.  "
72908 #~| "You should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn't "
72909 #~| "the last one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere.  If the "
72910 #~| "name of the map file ends with `.gz' it is decompressed on the fly."
72911 #~ msgid ""
72912 #~ "Specify a mapfile, which by default is I</usr/src/linux/System.map>. You "
72913 #~ "should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn\\(cqt "
72914 #~ "the last one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the "
72915 #~ "name of the map file ends with I<.gz> it is decompressed on the fly."
72916 #~ msgstr ""
72917 #~ "Indiquer une I<carte>, qui par défaut sera I</usr/src/linux/System.map>. "
72918 #~ "La carte doit être précisée sur la ligne de commande si le noyau actuel "
72919 #~ "n'est pas le dernier à avoir été compilé, ou si le fichier I<System.map> "
72920 #~ "se trouve ailleurs. Si le nom de la carte se termine par «\\ .gz\\ », "
72921 #~ "celle-ci est décompressée à la volée."
72922
72923 #~ msgid "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
72924 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
72925
72926 #, fuzzy
72927 #~| msgid ""
72928 #~| "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling "
72929 #~| "module is available, and it wouldn't be easy to build.  To enable "
72930 #~| "profiling, you can specify \"profile=2\" (or another number) on the "
72931 #~| "kernel commandline.  The number you specify is the two-exponent used as "
72932 #~| "profiling step."
72933 #~ msgid ""
72934 #~ "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling "
72935 #~ "module is available, and it wouldn\\(cqt be easy to build. To enable "
72936 #~ "profiling, you can specify B<profile>=I<2> (or another number) on the "
72937 #~ "kernel commandline. The number you specify is the two-exponent used as "
72938 #~ "profiling step."
72939 #~ msgstr ""
72940 #~ "Pour activer le profilage, le noyau doit être redémarré car aucun module "
72941 #~ "de profilage n'est disponible et la construction d'un tel module n'est "
72942 #~ "pas triviale. Pour activer le profilage, vous pouvez ajouter «\\ "
72943 #~ "profile=2\\ » (ou un autre nombre) à la ligne de commande du noyau. Le "
72944 #~ "nombre que vous indiquez sera utilisé comme exposant de 2 pour définir "
72945 #~ "l'étape de profilage."
72946
72947 #, fuzzy
72948 #~| msgid "Browse a `frozen' profile buffer for a non current kernel:"
72949 #~ msgid "Browse a \\(aqfrozen\\(aq profile buffer for a non current kernel:"
72950 #~ msgstr ""
72951 #~ "Parcourir un tampon de profil «\\ gelé\\ » pour un noyau différent de "
72952 #~ "l'actuel\\ :"
72953
72954 #~ msgid "October 2011"
72955 #~ msgstr "Octobre 2011"
72956
72957 #~ msgid ""
72958 #~ "Print all symbols in the mapfile.  By default the procedures with "
72959 #~ "reported ticks are not printed."
72960 #~ msgstr ""
72961 #~ "Afficher tous les symboles de la carte. Par défaut, les procédures avec "
72962 #~ "des tics signalés ne sont pas affichées."
72963
72964 #~ msgid ""
72965 #~ "On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the "
72966 #~ "kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU.  This option allows you "
72967 #~ "to set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. "
72968 #~ "Linux 2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems.  This option "
72969 #~ "also resets the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
72970 #~ msgstr ""
72971 #~ "Sur certaines architectures, il est possible de modifier la fréquence à "
72972 #~ "laquelle le noyau délivre les interruptions de profilage pour chaque "
72973 #~ "processeur. Cette option permet de définir la fréquence en tant que "
72974 #~ "I<multiplicateur> de la fréquence de l'horloge du système. L'unité est le "
72975 #~ "hertz. Linux 2.6.16 a supprimé sa prise en charge pour la plupart des "
72976 #~ "systèmes. Cette option réinitialise également le tampon de profilage et "
72977 #~ "nécessite les privilèges du superutilisateur."
72978
72979 #~ msgid ""
72980 #~ "Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is I</proc/"
72981 #~ "profile>.  Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze' "
72982 #~ "the kernel profiling at some time and read it later.  The I</proc/"
72983 #~ "profile> file can be copied using `cat' or `cp'.  There is no more "
72984 #~ "support for compressed profile buffers, like in B<readprofile-1.1,> "
72985 #~ "because the program needs to know the size of the buffer in advance."
72986 #~ msgstr ""
72987 #~ "Indiquer un tampon de profilage différent (par défaut I</proc/profile>). "
72988 #~ "Utiliser un I<fichier_profil> différent est utile pour «\\ geler\\ » le "
72989 #~ "profilage du noyau à un moment, afin de le lire plus tard. Le fichier I</"
72990 #~ "proc/profile> peut être copié en utilisant B<cat> ou B<cp>. Les tampons "
72991 #~ "de profil compressé ne sont plus gérés, comme cela était le cas avec "
72992 #~ "B<readprofile-1.1>, car le programme doit connaître à l'avance la taille "
72993 #~ "du tampon."
72994
72995 #~ msgid ""
72996 #~ "Reset the profiling buffer.  This can only be invoked by root, because I</"
72997 #~ "proc/profile> is readable by everybody but writable only by the "
72998 #~ "superuser.  However, you can make B<readprofile> set-user-ID 0, in order "
72999 #~ "to reset the buffer without gaining privileges."
73000 #~ msgstr ""
73001 #~ "Réinitialiser le tampon de profilage. Cette option n'est utilisable que "
73002 #~ "par le superutilisateur car I</proc/profile> est lisible par tout le "
73003 #~ "monde mais n'est ouvert en écriture qu'au superutilisateur. Cependant, "
73004 #~ "vous pouvez mettre le bit set-user-ID de B<readprofile> à B<0> pour "
73005 #~ "réinitialiser le tampon sans augmentation de privilège."
73006
73007 #~ msgid ""
73008 #~ "Verbose.  The output is organized in four columns and filled with "
73009 #~ "blanks.  The first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the "
73010 #~ "second is the name of the function, the third is the number of clock "
73011 #~ "ticks and the last is the normalized load."
73012 #~ msgstr ""
73013 #~ "Utiliser une sortie en mode verbeux. Celle-ci est alors organisée en "
73014 #~ "quatre colonnes et complétée avec des blancs. La première colonne est "
73015 #~ "l'adresse RAM d'une fonction du noyau, la seconde contient le nom de "
73016 #~ "cette fonction, la troisième affiche le nombre de tics d'horloge et la "
73017 #~ "dernière la charge normalisée."
73018
73019 #~ msgid ""
73020 #~ "/proc/profile              A binary snapshot of the profiling buffer.\n"
73021 #~ "/usr/src/linux/System.map  The symbol table for the kernel.\n"
73022 #~ "/usr/src/linux/*           The program being profiled :-)\n"
73023 #~ msgstr ""
73024 #~ "I</proc/profile>              Instantané binaire du tampon de profilage.\n"
73025 #~ "I</usr/src/linux/System.map>  Table de symboles pour le noyau.\n"
73026 #~ "I</usr/src/linux/*>           Le programme en cours de profilage :-).\n"
73027
73028 #~ msgid ""
73029 #~ "B<readprofile> only works with a 1.3.x or newer kernel, because I</proc/"
73030 #~ "profile> changed in the step from 1.2 to 1.3"
73031 #~ msgstr ""
73032 #~ "B<readprofile> ne fonctionne qu'avec les noyaux\\ 1.3.x et supérieurs car "
73033 #~ "I</proc/profile> a changé entre les versions\\ 1.2 et 1.3."
73034
73035 #~ msgid ""
73036 #~ "This program only works with ELF kernels.  The change for a.out kernels "
73037 #~ "is trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
73038 #~ msgstr ""
73039 #~ "Ce programme ne fonctionne qu'avec les noyaux ELF. Le changement pour les "
73040 #~ "noyaux a.out est trivial et laissé comme exercice à l'utilisateur de ces "
73041 #~ "noyaux."
73042
73043 #~ msgid ""
73044 #~ "Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited.  This means that "
73045 #~ "many profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled.  Watch out "
73046 #~ "for misleading information."
73047 #~ msgstr ""
73048 #~ "Le profilage est désactivé lorsque les interruptions sont interdites. "
73049 #~ "Cela signifie que beaucoup de tics de profilage ont lieu lorsque les "
73050 #~ "interruptions sont réactivées. Prenez garde aux informations erronées."
73051
73052 #~ msgid ""
73053 #~ "The readprofile command is part of the util-linux package and is "
73054 #~ "available from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
73055 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
73056 #~ msgstr ""
73057 #~ "La commande B<readprofile> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
73058 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
73059 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
73060
73061 #~ msgid "RENAME"
73062 #~ msgstr "RENAME"
73063
73064 #~ msgid "B<mv>(1)"
73065 #~ msgstr "B<mv>(1)"
73066
73067 #~ msgid ""
73068 #~ "The rename command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
73069 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
73070 #~ msgstr ""
73071 #~ "La commande B<rename> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
73072 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
73073 #~ "E<gt>."
73074
73075 #~ msgid "RENICE"
73076 #~ msgstr "RENICE"
73077
73078 #, fuzzy
73079 #~| msgid ""
73080 #~| "B<renice> alters the scheduling priority of one or more running "
73081 #~| "processes.  The first argument is the I<priority> value to be used.  The "
73082 #~| "other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process "
73083 #~| "group IDs, user IDs, or user names.  B<renice>'ing a process group "
73084 #~| "causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling "
73085 #~| "priority altered.  B<renice>'ing a user causes all processes owned by "
73086 #~| "the user to have their scheduling priority altered."
73087 #~ msgid ""
73088 #~ "B<renice> alters the scheduling priority of one or more running "
73089 #~ "processes. The first argument is the I<priority> value to be used. The "
73090 #~ "other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process "
73091 #~ "group IDs, user IDs, or user names. B<renice>\\(aqing a process group "
73092 #~ "causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling "
73093 #~ "priority altered. B<renice>\\(aqing a user causes all processes owned by "
73094 #~ "the user to have their scheduling priority altered."
73095 #~ msgstr ""
73096 #~ "B<renice> modifie la priorité d'ordonnancement d'un ou de plusieurs "
73097 #~ "processus en cours d'exécution. Le premier argument est la valeur de "
73098 #~ "I<priorité> à utiliser. Les autres arguments sont interprétés comme des "
73099 #~ "identifiants de processus (PID, par défaut), des identifiants de groupe "
73100 #~ "de processus (PGID), des identifiants d’utilisateur (UID) ou des noms "
73101 #~ "d’utilisateur. Utiliser B<renice> sur un groupe de processus implique que "
73102 #~ "tous les processus de ce groupe auront leur priorité d'ordonnancement "
73103 #~ "modifiée. Lorsqu'un utilisateur est indiqué, tous les processus "
73104 #~ "appartenant à celui-ci auront leur priorité d'ordonnancement modifiée."
73105
73106 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --priority >I<priority>"
73107 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--priority> I<priorité>"
73108
73109 #~ msgid ""
73110 #~ "Specify the scheduling I<priority> to be used for the process, process "
73111 #~ "group, or user.  Use of the option B<-n> or B<--priority> is optional, "
73112 #~ "but when used it must be the first argument."
73113 #~ msgstr ""
73114 #~ "indiquer la I<priorité> d’ordonnancement à utiliser pour le processus, le "
73115 #~ "groupe de processus ou l’utilisateur. Utiliser l’option B<-n> ou B<--"
73116 #~ "priority> est facultatif, mais si elle est utilisée, elle doit être le "
73117 #~ "premier argument."
73118
73119 #~ msgid ""
73120 #~ "Users other than the superuser may only alter the priority of processes "
73121 #~ "they own.  Furthermore, an unprivileged user can only I<increase> the "
73122 #~ "``nice value'' (i.e., choose a lower priority)  and such changes are "
73123 #~ "irreversible unless (since Linux 2.6.12)  the user has a suitable "
73124 #~ "``nice'' resource limit (see B<ulimit>(1p)  and B<getrlimit>(2))."
73125 #~ msgstr ""
73126 #~ "Les utilisateurs ordinaires (à part le superutilisateur) ne peuvent que "
73127 #~ "modifier la priorité des processus dont ils sont propriétaires. De plus, "
73128 #~ "un utilisateur non privilégié ne peut qu'« incrémenter » leur « valeur "
73129 #~ "nice » (choisir ainsi une priorité plus basse) et de tels changements "
73130 #~ "sont irréversibles, à moins (à partir de Linux 2.6.12) que l'utilisateur "
73131 #~ "ait une limite de ressource « nice » acceptable (voir B<ulimit>(1) et "
73132 #~ "B<getrlimit>(2))."
73133
73134 # NOTE: bogue po4a => \\&.>
73135 #~ msgid ""
73136 #~ "The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority "
73137 #~ "to any value in the range -20 to 19.  Useful priorities are: 19 (the "
73138 #~ "affected processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants "
73139 #~ "to), 0 (the ``base'' scheduling priority), anything negative (to make "
73140 #~ "things go very fast)."
73141 #~ msgstr ""
73142 #~ "Le superutilisateur peut modifier la priorité de n'importe quel processus "
73143 #~ "et peut configurer la priorité avec n'importe quelle valeur dans "
73144 #~ "l'intervalle de -20 à 19. Les priorités utiles sont : 19 (les processus "
73145 #~ "affectés ne s'exécutent que si aucun autre processus ne souhaite "
73146 #~ "s'exécuter sur le système), B<0> (la priorité d'ordonnancement de "
73147 #~ "« base »), n'importe quelle valeur négative (pour rendre les processus "
73148 #~ "plus rapides)."
73149
73150 #~ msgid ""
73151 #~ "The renice command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
73152 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
73153 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
73154 #~ msgstr ""
73155 #~ "La commande B<renice> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
73156 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
73157 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
73158
73159 #~ msgid "RESIZEPART"
73160 #~ msgstr "RESIZEPART"
73161
73162 #, fuzzy
73163 #~| msgid ""
73164 #~| "The resizepart command is part of the util-linux package and is "
73165 #~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
73166 #~ msgid ""
73167 #~ "The B<resizepart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
73168 #~ "downloaded from"
73169 #~ msgstr ""
73170 #~ "La commande B<resizepart> une partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
73171 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
73172 #~ ">E<gt>."
73173
73174 #~ msgid ""
73175 #~ "B<resizepart> tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified "
73176 #~ "partition.  The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize "
73177 #~ "partition\" ioctl."
73178 #~ msgstr ""
73179 #~ "B<resizepart> informe le noyau de la nouvelle taille de la partition "
73180 #~ "indiquée. La commande est une simple enveloppe autour de l’ioctl « resize "
73181 #~ "partition »."
73182
73183 #~ msgid ""
73184 #~ "The resizepart command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
73185 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
73186 #~ msgstr ""
73187 #~ "La commande B<resizepart> une partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
73188 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
73189 #~ ">E<gt>."
73190
73191 #~ msgid "REV"
73192 #~ msgstr "REV"
73193
73194 #~ msgid "B<tac>(1)"
73195 #~ msgstr "B<tac>(1)"
73196
73197 #~ msgid "September 2011"
73198 #~ msgstr "Septembre 2011"
73199
73200 #~ msgid ""
73201 #~ "The B<rev> utility copies the specified files to standard output, "
73202 #~ "reversing the order of characters in every line.  If no files are "
73203 #~ "specified, standard input is read."
73204 #~ msgstr ""
73205 #~ "L'utilitaire B<rev> copie les I<fichier>s indiqués sur la sortie "
73206 #~ "standard, en inversant l'ordre des caractères de chaque ligne. Si aucun "
73207 #~ "fichier n'est indiqué, l'entrée standard est lue."
73208
73209 #~ msgid ""
73210 #~ "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated "
73211 #~ "buffer for a whole wide-char line.  If the input file is huge and without "
73212 #~ "line breaks than allocate the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
73213 #~ msgstr ""
73214 #~ "Cet outil est orienté ligne de commande et il utilise un tampon alloué en "
73215 #~ "mémoire vive pour une ligne entière de caractères. Si le fichier d'entrée "
73216 #~ "est gros et sans retour à la ligne, l'allocation de la mémoire pour le "
73217 #~ "fichier pourrait ne pas réussir."
73218
73219 #~ msgid "RTCWAKE"
73220 #~ msgstr "RTCWAKE"
73221
73222 #, fuzzy
73223 #~| msgid "List available --mode option arguments."
73224 #~ msgid "List available B<--mode> option arguments."
73225 #~ msgstr "Liste des arguments disponibles de l’option B<--mode>."
73226
73227 #~ msgid "B<mem>"
73228 #~ msgstr "B<mem>"
73229
73230 #, fuzzy
73231 #~| msgid ""
73232 #~| "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff).  This is done by calling '/sbin/shutdown'.  "
73233 #~| "Not officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
73234 #~ msgid ""
73235 #~ "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling \\(aq/sbin/"
73236 #~ "shutdown\\(aq. Not officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
73237 #~ msgstr ""
73238 #~ "État S5 de l'ACPI (extinction). C'est réalisé en appelant « /sbin/"
73239 #~ "shutdown ». N'est pas officiellement pris en charge par l'ACPI, mais "
73240 #~ "fonctionne habituellement."
73241
73242 #~ msgid "B<no>"
73243 #~ msgstr "B<no>"
73244
73245 #, fuzzy
73246 #~| msgid "Don't suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time."
73247 #~ msgid "Don\\(cqt suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time."
73248 #~ msgstr ""
73249 #~ "Ne pas mettre en veille, seulement configurer l’heure de réveil de "
73250 #~ "l’horloge matérielle."
73251
73252 #, fuzzy
73253 #~| msgid ""
73254 #~| "Don't suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears.  "
73255 #~| "This mode is useful for debugging."
73256 #~ msgid ""
73257 #~ "Don\\(cqt suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. "
73258 #~ "This mode is useful for debugging."
73259 #~ msgstr ""
73260 #~ "Ne pas mettre en veille, mais lire le périphérique d'horloge matérielle "
73261 #~ "jusqu'à l'apparition de l'heure d'alarme. Ce mode est pratique pour le "
73262 #~ "débogage."
73263
73264 #, fuzzy
73265 #~| msgid "B<-n>,B< --dry-run>"
73266 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--dry-run>"
73267 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--dry-run>"
73268
73269 #, fuzzy
73270 #~| msgid ""
73271 #~| "Some PC systems can't currently exit sleep states such as B<mem> using "
73272 #~| "only the kernel code accessed by this driver.  They need help from "
73273 #~| "userspace code to make the framebuffer work again."
73274 #~ msgid ""
73275 #~ "Some PC systems can\\(cqt currently exit sleep states such as B<mem> "
73276 #~ "using only the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from "
73277 #~ "userspace code to make the framebuffer work again."
73278 #~ msgstr ""
73279 #~ "Certains systèmes de PC ne peuvent actuellement pas sortir d'états de "
73280 #~ "veille comme B<mem> en n'utilisant que le code du noyau auquel accède ce "
73281 #~ "pilote. Ils ont besoin de l'aide de code en espace utilisateur pour que "
73282 #~ "la mémoire vidéo fonctionne encore."
73283
73284 #, fuzzy
73285 #~| msgid ""
73286 #~| "This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.  "
73287 #~| "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
73288 #~ msgid "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
73289 #~ msgstr ""
73290 #~ "Ce programme est un logiciel libre. Vous pouvez le modifier et le "
73291 #~ "redistribuer. Il n'y a AUCUNE GARANTIE dans la mesure autorisée par la "
73292 #~ "loi."
73293
73294 #~ msgid ""
73295 #~ "B<rtcwake> [options] [B<-d> I<device>] [B<-m> I<standby_mode>] {B<-s "
73296 #~ ">I<seconds>|B<-t >I<time_t>}"
73297 #~ msgstr ""
73298 #~ "B<rtcwake> [I<options>] [B<-d> I<périphérique>] [B<-m> I<mode>] {B<-s> "
73299 #~ "I<secondes>|B<-t> I<heure_h>}"
73300
73301 #~ msgid ""
73302 #~ "This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, "
73303 #~ "and leave it no later than a specified time.  It uses any RTC framework "
73304 #~ "driver that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
73305 #~ msgstr ""
73306 #~ "Il utilise des interfaces Linux multiplateformes pour mettre le système "
73307 #~ "en veille et ne pas l'y laisser au-delà d'une date indiquée. N'importe "
73308 #~ "quel environnement de pilote d'horloge matérielle (RTC) prenant en charge "
73309 #~ "les attributs de réveil normalisés peut être utilisé."
73310
73311 #~ msgid ""
73312 #~ "This is normally used like the old B<apmsleep> utility, to wake from a "
73313 #~ "suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM).  Most "
73314 #~ "platforms can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
73315 #~ msgstr ""
73316 #~ "Il est normalement utilisé comme l'ancien utilitaire B<apmsleep>, pour "
73317 #~ "réveiller à partir d'un état de veille comme les états S1 (pause/standby) "
73318 #~ "ou S3 (veille/suspend to RAM) d’ACPI. La plupart des plateformes peuvent "
73319 #~ "les implémenter en l’absence d’équivalent des BIOS, APM ou ACPI."
73320
73321 #~ msgid ""
73322 #~ "On some systems, this can also be used like B<nvram-wakeup>, waking from "
73323 #~ "states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk).  Not all systems have persistent "
73324 #~ "media that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
73325 #~ msgstr ""
73326 #~ "Sur certains systèmes, il peut aussi être utilisé comme B<nvram-wakeup>, "
73327 #~ "en réveillant à partir d'états comme S4 (hibernation/suspend to disk) "
73328 #~ "d’ACPI. Tous les systèmes ne possèdent pas de support physique "
73329 #~ "ininterruptible permettant ces modes de veille."
73330
73331 #~ msgid ""
73332 #~ "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example "
73333 #~ "wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction "
73334 #~ "of a second after the return key is pressed.  B<rtcwake> tries to avoid "
73335 #~ "this problem and it waits to terminal to settle down before entering a "
73336 #~ "system sleep."
73337 #~ msgstr ""
73338 #~ "La configuration de veille peut être interrompue par du matériel encore "
73339 #~ "actif. Par exemple, des périphériques d’entrée USB et sans-fil continuent "
73340 #~ "d’envoyer des évènements quelques fractions de seconde après que la "
73341 #~ "touche entrée soit pressée. B<rtcwake> essaie d’éviter ce problème et il "
73342 #~ "attend que le terminal soit désœuvré avant d’entamer la mise en veille du "
73343 #~ "système."
73344
73345 #~ msgid "B<-A>,B< --adjfile >I<file>"
73346 #~ msgstr "B<-A>, B<--adjfile> I<fichier>"
73347
73348 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --auto>"
73349 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--auto>"
73350
73351 #~ msgid ""
73352 #~ "Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local "
73353 #~ "time)  from the I<adjtime> file, where B<hwclock>(8)  stores that "
73354 #~ "information.  This is the default."
73355 #~ msgstr ""
73356 #~ "Lire le mode d'horloge (si l'horloge matérielle est configurée en heure "
73357 #~ "universelle (UTC) ou en heure locale) depuis le fichier I<adjtime>, où "
73358 #~ "B<hwclock>(8) conserve ces renseignements. C'est le mode par défaut."
73359
73360 #~ msgid ""
73361 #~ "Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp.  Format of the "
73362 #~ "timestamp can be any of the following:"
73363 #~ msgstr ""
73364 #~ "Régler l’heure de réveil à la valeur d’I<instant>. Le format peut être "
73365 #~ "n’importe lequel des formats suivants :"
73366
73367 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --device >I<device>"
73368 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--device> I<périphérique>"
73369
73370 #~ msgid ""
73371 #~ "Use the specified I<device> instead of B<rtc0> as realtime clock.  This "
73372 #~ "option is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC.  You may "
73373 #~ "specify B<rtc1>, B<rtc2>, ... here."
73374 #~ msgstr ""
73375 #~ "Utiliser le I<périphérique> indiqué au lieu de B<rtc0> comme horloge "
73376 #~ "temps réel. Cette option n'a de sens que si le système dispose de plus "
73377 #~ "d'une horloge matérielle. B<rtc1>, B<rtc2>, etc., peuvent être indiquées "
73378 #~ "ici."
73379
73380 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --local>"
73381 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--local>"
73382
73383 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --mode >I<mode>"
73384 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--mode> I<mode>"
73385
73386 #~ msgid "Go into the given standby state.  Valid values for I<mode> are:"
73387 #~ msgstr ""
73388 #~ "Entrer dans le I<mode> de veille indiqué. Les valeurs possibles sont :"
73389
73390 #~ msgid ""
73391 #~ "ACPI state S1.  This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, "
73392 #~ "while providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system.  "
73393 #~ "This is the default mode."
73394 #~ msgstr ""
73395 #~ "État S1 de l'ACPI. Cet état propose l'économie minimale d'énergie, bien "
73396 #~ "que réelle, tout en fournissant une transition rapide au retour à l'état "
73397 #~ "de travail. C'est le mode par défaut."
73398
73399 #~ msgid ""
73400 #~ "The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the "
73401 #~ "processors idled.  This state is a general state that does not need any "
73402 #~ "platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, "
73403 #~ "because the system is still in a running state.  (Available since Linux "
73404 #~ "3.9.)"
73405 #~ msgstr ""
73406 #~ "Les processus sont gelés, tous les périphériques sont en veille et tous "
73407 #~ "les processeurs en attente. Cet état est un état général qui n’a pas "
73408 #~ "besoin de prise en charge spécifique à la plateforme, mais il n’économise "
73409 #~ "pas autant de puissance qu’une mise en veille car le système est toujours "
73410 #~ "dans un état de fonctionnement (disponible depuis Linux 3.9)."
73411
73412 #~ msgid ""
73413 #~ "ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM).  This state offers significant power "
73414 #~ "savings as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except "
73415 #~ "for memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
73416 #~ msgstr ""
73417 #~ "État S3 de l'ACPI (veille/suspend to RAM). Cet état propose une économie "
73418 #~ "d'énergie significative puisque tout le système est placé en état "
73419 #~ "d'alimentation minimale, à l'exception de la mémoire qui est placée en "
73420 #~ "mode d'autorafraîchissement pour conserver son contenu."
73421
73422 #~ msgid ""
73423 #~ "ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk).  This state offers the greatest power "
73424 #~ "savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform "
73425 #~ "support for power management.  This state operates similarly to Suspend-"
73426 #~ "to-RAM, but includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
73427 #~ msgstr ""
73428 #~ "État S4 de l'ACPI (hibernation/suspend to disk). Cet état propose la plus "
73429 #~ "grande économie d'énergie et peut même être utilisé en l’absence de prise "
73430 #~ "en charge de bas niveau par la plateforme de la gestion d'alimentation. "
73431 #~ "Cet état fonctionne comme la veille, avec une dernière étape pour écrire "
73432 #~ "le contenu de la mémoire sur disque."
73433
73434 #~ msgid ""
73435 #~ "Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on E<lt>timeE<gt>\".  The "
73436 #~ "time is in ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 "
73437 #~ "2010\"."
73438 #~ msgstr ""
73439 #~ "Afficher des renseignements sur l'alarme au format « alarme : arrêt|"
73440 #~ "déclenchement E<lt>heureE<gt> ». L'heure est au format de sortie "
73441 #~ "B<ctime>(), par exemple « alarme : déclenchement dimanche 23 octobre "
73442 #~ "2011, 16:59:10 »."
73443
73444 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --dry-run>"
73445 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--dry-run>"
73446
73447 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --seconds >I<seconds>"
73448 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--seconds> I<secondes>"
73449
73450 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --time >I<time_t>"
73451 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--time> I<heure_h>"
73452
73453 #~ msgid ""
73454 #~ "Set the wakeup time to the absolute time I<time_t>.  I<time_t> is the "
73455 #~ "time in seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC.  Use the B<date>(1)  tool to "
73456 #~ "convert between human-readable time and I<time_t>."
73457 #~ msgstr ""
73458 #~ "Définir l'heure de réveil à l'heure absolue I<heure_h>. I<heure_h> est "
73459 #~ "l'heure en seconde à partir de 00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC. Utiliser l'outil "
73460 #~ "B<date>(1) pour convertir l'heure entre le format lisible et I<heure_h>."
73461
73462 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --utc>"
73463 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--utc>"
73464
73465 #~ msgid ""
73466 #~ "The rtcwake command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
73467 #~ "from the E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
73468 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
73469 #~ msgstr ""
73470 #~ "La commande B<rtcwake> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
73471 #~ "disponible dans E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
73472 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
73473
73474 #~ msgid "RUNUSER"
73475 #~ msgstr "RUNUSER"
73476
73477 #, fuzzy
73478 #~| msgid "changes to the target user's home directory"
73479 #~ msgid "changes to the target user\\(cqs home directory"
73480 #~ msgstr "se placer dans le répertoire personnel de l’utilisateur cible ;"
73481
73482 #, fuzzy
73483 #~| msgid ""
73484 #~| "sets argv[0] of the shell to 'B<->' in order to make the shell a login "
73485 #~| "shell"
73486 #~ msgid ""
73487 #~ "sets argv[0] of the shell to \\(aqB<->\\(aq in order to make the shell a "
73488 #~ "login shell"
73489 #~ msgstr ""
73490 #~ "définir argv[0] pour l’interpréteur de commandes à « B<-> » pour faire de "
73491 #~ "l’interpréteur de commandes un interpréteur de connexion."
73492
73493 #, fuzzy
73494 #~| msgid ""
73495 #~| "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal "
73496 #~| "provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the "
73497 #~| "original session.  This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal "
73498 #~| "injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors.  "
73499 #~| "The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., \"runuser "
73500 #~| "--pty -u username -- command &\").  If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, "
73501 #~| "then B<runuser> works as a proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and "
73502 #~| "stdout)."
73503 #~ msgid ""
73504 #~ "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal "
73505 #~ "provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the "
73506 #~ "original session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal "
73507 #~ "injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. "
73508 #~ "The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., B<runuser --"
73509 #~ "pty -u username \\(em command &>). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, "
73510 #~ "then B<runuser> works as a proxy between the sessions (copy stdin and "
73511 #~ "stdout)."
73512 #~ msgstr ""
73513 #~ "Créer un pseudo-terminal pour la session. Le terminal indépendant apporte "
73514 #~ "une meilleure sécurité car l'utilisateur ne partage pas de terminal avec "
73515 #~ "la session d'origine. Cela permet d'éviter une injection d’ioctl "
73516 #~ "I<TIOCSTI> de terminal et d'autres attaques de sécurité contre les "
73517 #~ "descripteurs de fichier du terminal. Il est également possible de mettre "
73518 #~ "la session entière en arrière-plan (par exemple, I<runuser --pty -"
73519 #~ "u nom_utilisateur -- commande &>). Si le pseudo terminal est activé, la "
73520 #~ "commande B<runuser> fonctionne comme un serveur mandataire entre les "
73521 #~ "sessions (avec une copie de l'entrée et de la sortie standards)."
73522
73523 #, fuzzy
73524 #~| msgid ""
73525 #~| "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions.  If the "
73526 #~| "standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., echo "
73527 #~| "\"date\" | runuser --pty -u user), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-"
73528 #~| "terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
73529 #~ msgid ""
73530 #~ "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
73531 #~ "input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., B<echo \"date\" | "
73532 #~ "runuser --pty -u user>), then the ECHO flag for the pseudo-terminal is "
73533 #~ "disabled to avoid messy output."
73534 #~ msgstr ""
73535 #~ "La plupart du temps, cette fonctionnalité est conçue pour des sessions "
73536 #~ "interactives. Si l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal mais un tube "
73537 #~ "(« pipe ») (par exemple, I<echo \"date\" | runuser --pty -"
73538 #~ "u utilisateur>), le drapeau B<ECHO> du pseudo-terminal est désactivé pour "
73539 #~ "éviter une sortie désordonnée."
73540
73541 #, fuzzy
73542 #~| msgid ""
73543 #~| "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in /etc/"
73544 #~| "shells), then the B<--shell> option and the B<SHELL> environment "
73545 #~| "variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
73546 #~ msgid ""
73547 #~ "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in I</etc/"
73548 #~ "shells>), then the B<--shell> option and the B<SHELL> environment "
73549 #~ "variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
73550 #~ msgstr ""
73551 #~ "Si l’utilisateur cible a un interpréteur de commandes restreint (c’est-à-"
73552 #~ "dire ne faisant pas partie de I</etc/shells>), l’option B<--shell> et la "
73553 #~ "variable d’environnement B<SHELL> sont ignorées sauf si l’utilisateur "
73554 #~ "appelant est le superutilisateur."
73555
73556 #, fuzzy
73557 #~| msgid ""
73558 #~| "Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated "
73559 #~| "I<list> when clearing the environment for B<--login>. The whitelist is "
73560 #~| "ignored for the environment variables B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, B<USER>, "
73561 #~| "B<LOGNAME>, and B<PATH>."
73562 #~ msgid ""
73563 #~ "Don\\(cqt reset the environment variables specified in the comma-"
73564 #~ "separated I<list> when clearing the environment for B<--login>. The "
73565 #~ "whitelist is ignored for the environment variables B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, "
73566 #~ "B<USER>, B<LOGNAME>, and B<PATH>."
73567 #~ msgstr ""
73568 #~ "Ne pas réinitialiser les variables d'environnement spécifiées dans une "
73569 #~ "I<liste> séparée par des virgules au moment de vider l'environnement pour "
73570 #~ "B<--login> (une connexion). La liste blanche est ignorée s'agissant des "
73571 #~ "variables d'environnement B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, B<USER>, B<LOGNAME> et "
73572 #~ "B<PATH>."
73573
73574 #, fuzzy
73575 #~| msgid "B<ENV_ROOTPATH> (string)"
73576 #~ msgid "B<ENV_ROOTPATH> (string), B<ENV_SUPATH> (string)"
73577 #~ msgstr "B<ENV_ROOTPATH> (chaîne)"
73578
73579 #, fuzzy
73580 #~| msgid "/etc/pam.d/runuser"
73581 #~ msgid "I</etc/pam.d/runuser>"
73582 #~ msgstr "/etc/pam.d/runuser"
73583
73584 #, fuzzy
73585 #~| msgid "/etc/pam.d/runuser-l"
73586 #~ msgid "I</etc/pam.d/runuser-l>"
73587 #~ msgstr "/etc/pam.d/runuser-l"
73588
73589 #, fuzzy
73590 #~| msgid "PAM configuration file if --login is specified"
73591 #~ msgid "PAM configuration file if B<--login> is specified"
73592 #~ msgstr "fichier de configuration de PAM si B<--login> est indiqué"
73593
73594 #, fuzzy
73595 #~| msgid "/etc/default/runuser"
73596 #~ msgid "I</etc/default/runuser>"
73597 #~ msgstr "/etc/default/runuser"
73598
73599 #, fuzzy
73600 #~| msgid "/etc/login.defs"
73601 #~ msgid "I</etc/login.defs>"
73602 #~ msgstr "/etc/login.defs"
73603
73604 #, fuzzy
73605 #~| msgid ""
73606 #~| "This B< runuser> command was derived from coreutils' B<su>, which was "
73607 #~| "based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora B<runuser> "
73608 #~| "command by Dan Walsh."
73609 #~ msgid ""
73610 #~ "This B<runuser> command was derived from coreutils\\(aq B<su>, which was "
73611 #~ "based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora B<runuser> "
73612 #~ "command by Dan Walsh."
73613 #~ msgstr ""
73614 #~ "Cette commande B<runuser> est dérivée de B<su> de coreutils, qui était "
73615 #~ "basée sur une implémentation de David MacKenzie, et de la commande "
73616 #~ "B<runuser> de Fedora par Dan Walsh."
73617
73618 #~ msgid ""
73619 #~ "B<runuser> can be used to run commands with a substitute user and group "
73620 #~ "ID.  If the option B<-u> is not given, B<runuser> falls back to B<su>-"
73621 #~ "compatible semantics and a shell is executed.  The difference between the "
73622 #~ "commands B<runuser> and B<su> is that B<runuser> does not ask for a "
73623 #~ "password (because it may be executed by the root user only) and it uses a "
73624 #~ "different PAM configuration.  The command B<runuser> does not have to be "
73625 #~ "installed with set-user-ID permissions."
73626 #~ msgstr ""
73627 #~ "B<runuser> permet d’exécuter des commandes en substituant les "
73628 #~ "identifiants d’utilisateur et de groupe. Si l’option B<-u> n’est pas "
73629 #~ "donnée, elle a recours à des sémantiques compatibles avec B<su> et un "
73630 #~ "interpréteur de commandes est exécuté. La différence entre les commandes "
73631 #~ "B<runuser> et B<su> est que B<runuser> ne demande pas de mot de passe "
73632 #~ "(puisqu’elle ne peut être exécutée que par le superutilisateur) et "
73633 #~ "qu’elle utilise une configuration PAM différente. La commande B<runuser> "
73634 #~ "n’a pas besoin d’être installée avec des droits Set-user-UID."
73635
73636 #~ msgid ""
73637 #~ "If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to "
73638 #~ "use the B<setpriv>(1)  command."
73639 #~ msgstr ""
73640 #~ "Si une session PAM n'est pas indispensable, la solution recommandée "
73641 #~ "consiste à utiliser la commande B<setpriv>(1)."
73642
73643 #~ msgid ""
73644 #~ "Note that B<runuser> in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the "
73645 #~ "final environment modification.  Command-line options such as B<--login> "
73646 #~ "and B<--preserve-environment> affect the environment before it is "
73647 #~ "modified by PAM."
73648 #~ msgstr ""
73649 #~ "Remarquez que B<runuser> utilise dans tous les cas PAM (pam_getenvlist()) "
73650 #~ "pour effectuer une modification sur l'environnement final. Les options de "
73651 #~ "la ligne de commande comme B<--login> ou B<--preserve-environment> "
73652 #~ "touchent l'environnement avant qu'il ne soit modifié par PAM."
73653
73654 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --command>=I<command>"
73655 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--command=>I<commande>"
73656
73657 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fast>"
73658 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --fast>"
73659
73660 #~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --group>=I<group>"
73661 #~ msgstr "B<-g>, B<--group=>I<groupe>"
73662
73663 #~ msgid ""
73664 #~ "The primary group to be used.  This option is allowed for the root user "
73665 #~ "only."
73666 #~ msgstr ""
73667 #~ "Le groupe primaire à utiliser. Cette option n’est permise que pour le "
73668 #~ "superutilisateur."
73669
73670 #~ msgid "B<-G>,B< --supp-group>=I<group>"
73671 #~ msgstr "B<-G>, B<--supp-group=>I<groupe>"
73672
73673 #~ msgid ""
73674 #~ "Specify a supplementary group.  This option is available to the root user "
73675 #~ "only.  The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary "
73676 #~ "group if the option B<--group> is not specified."
73677 #~ msgstr ""
73678 #~ "Spécifier un groupe supplémentaire. Cette option n'est disponible que "
73679 #~ "pour le superutilisateur. Le premier groupe supplémentaire spécifié est "
73680 #~ "également utilisé en tant que groupe primaire si l'option B<--group> "
73681 #~ "n'est pas spécifiée."
73682
73683 #~ msgid "B<->,B< -l>,B< --login>"
73684 #~ msgstr "B<->,B< -l>,B< --login>"
73685
73686 #~ msgid "*"
73687 #~ msgstr "*"
73688
73689 #~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --pty>"
73690 #~ msgstr "B<-P>,B< --pty>"
73691
73692 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< -p>,B< --preserve-environment>"
73693 #~ msgstr "B<-m>,B< -p>,B< --preserve-environment>"
73694
73695 #~ msgid ""
73696 #~ "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, "
73697 #~ "B<USER> or B<LOGNAME>.  The option is ignored if the option B<--login> is "
73698 #~ "specified."
73699 #~ msgstr ""
73700 #~ "Préserver la totalité de l’environnement, c’est-à-dire ne pas définir "
73701 #~ "B<HOME>, B<SHELL>, B<USER> ni B<LOGNAME>. Cette option est ignorée si "
73702 #~ "l’option B<--login> est indiquée."
73703
73704 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --shell>=I<shell>"
73705 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--shell=>I<shell>"
73706
73707 #~ msgid ""
73708 #~ "Run the specified I<shell> instead of the default.  The shell to run is "
73709 #~ "selected according to the following rules, in order:"
73710 #~ msgstr ""
73711 #~ "Exécuter l’interpréteur de commandes I<shell> indiqué au lieu de celui "
73712 #~ "par défaut. L’interpréteur de commandes à exécuter est sélectionné "
73713 #~ "d’après les règles suivantes dans cet ordre :"
73714
73715 # NOTE: ffix
73716 #~ msgid "Same as B<-c>, but do not create a new session.  (Discouraged.)"
73717 #~ msgstr "Comme B<-c>, mais sans créer de nouvelle session (à éviter)."
73718
73719 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --whitelist-environment>=I<list>"
73720 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--whitelist-environment>=I<liste>"
73721
73722 #~ msgid ""
73723 #~ "B<runuser> reads the I</etc/default/runuser> and I</etc/login.defs> "
73724 #~ "configuration files.  The following configuration items are relevant for "
73725 #~ "B<runuser>:"
73726 #~ msgstr ""
73727 #~ "B<runuser> lit les fichiers de configuration I</etc/default/runuser> et "
73728 #~ "I</etc/login.defs>. Les éléments de configuration suivants sont "
73729 #~ "significatifs pour B<runuser>."
73730
73731 #~ msgid ""
73732 #~ "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user.  The default "
73733 #~ "value is I</usr/local/bin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/bin>."
73734 #~ msgstr ""
73735 #~ "Définit la variable d'environnement pour un utilisateur ordinaire. La "
73736 #~ "valeur par défaut est B</usr/local/bin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/bin>."
73737
73738 #~ msgid ""
73739 #~ "Defines the B<PATH> environment variable for root.  B<ENV_SUPATH> takes "
73740 #~ "precedence.  The default value is I</usr/local/sbin:\\:/usr/local/bin:\\:/"
73741 #~ "sbin:\\:/bin:\\:/usr/sbin:\\:/usr/bin>."
73742 #~ msgstr ""
73743 #~ "Définit la variable d'environnement PATH pour le superutilisateur. La "
73744 #~ "valeur par défaut est B</usr/local/sbin:\\:/usr/local/bin:\\:/sbin:\\:/"
73745 #~ "bin:\\:/usr/sbin:\\:/usr/bin>."
73746
73747 #~ msgid ""
73748 #~ "B<runuser> normally returns the exit status of the command it executed.  "
73749 #~ "If the command was killed by a signal, B<runuser> returns the number of "
73750 #~ "the signal plus 128."
73751 #~ msgstr ""
73752 #~ "B<runuser> renvoie normalement le code de retour de la commande qu’elle "
73753 #~ "exécute. Si la commande a été tuée par un signal, B<runuser> renvoie le "
73754 #~ "numéro du signal plus 128."
73755
73756 #~ msgid ""
73757 #~ "The runuser command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
73758 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
73759 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
73760 #~ msgstr ""
73761 #~ "La commande runuser fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
73762 #~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
73763 #~ "linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
73764
73765 #~ msgid "SCRIPT"
73766 #~ msgstr "SCRIPT"
73767
73768 #, fuzzy
73769 #~| msgid ""
73770 #~| "Flush output after each write.  This is nice for telecooperation: one "
73771 #~| "person does `mkfifo foo; script -f foo', and another can supervise in "
73772 #~| "real-time what is being done using `cat foo'.  Note that flush has an "
73773 #~| "impact on performance; it's possible to use SIGUSR1 to flush logs on "
73774 #~| "demand."
73775 #~ msgid ""
73776 #~ "Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one "
73777 #~ "person does B<mkfifo foo; script -f foo>, and another can supervise in "
73778 #~ "real-time what is being done using B<cat foo>. Note that flush has an "
73779 #~ "impact on performance; it\\(cqs possible to use B<SIGUSR1> to flush logs "
73780 #~ "on demand."
73781 #~ msgstr ""
73782 #~ "Forcer l'écriture de la sortie après chaque demande d'écriture. C'est "
73783 #~ "pratique pour une coopération à distance : une personne exécute "
73784 #~ "I<mkfifo toto; script \\-f toto> et une autre peut superviser en temps "
73785 #~ "réel ce qui se passe avec I<cat toto>. Remarquez que ce forçage peut "
73786 #~ "impacter les performances, il est possible d'utiliser SIGUSR1 pour écrire "
73787 #~ "les journaux à la demande."
73788
73789 #, fuzzy
73790 #~| msgid ""
73791 #~| "Log input and output to the same I<file>.  Note, this option makes sense "
73792 #~| "only if B<--log-timing> is also specified, otherwise it's impossible to "
73793 #~| "separate output and input streams from the log I<file>."
73794 #~ msgid ""
73795 #~ "Log input and output to the same I<file>. Note, this option makes sense "
73796 #~ "only if B<--log-timing> is also specified, otherwise it\\(cqs impossible "
73797 #~ "to separate output and input streams from the log I<file>."
73798 #~ msgstr ""
73799 #~ "Enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie dans le même I<fichier>. Remarquez que "
73800 #~ "cette option n'a de sens que si B<--log-timing> est également spécifié, "
73801 #~ "sinon il n'est pas possible de séparer les flux d'entrée et de sortie à "
73802 #~ "partir du I<fichier>."
73803
73804 #, fuzzy
73805 #~| msgid ""
73806 #~| "The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, "
73807 #~| "'H'eader, 'S'ignal).  The socond field is how much time elapsed since "
73808 #~| "the previous entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
73809 #~ msgid ""
73810 #~ "The first field is an entry type identifier (\\(aqI\\(cqnput, "
73811 #~ "\\(aqO\\(cqutput, \\(aqH\\(cqeader, \\(aqS\\(cqignal). The socond field "
73812 #~ "is how much time elapsed since the previous entry, and the rest of the "
73813 #~ "entry is type-specific data."
73814 #~ msgstr ""
73815 #~ "Le premier champ est l'identifiant du type d'entrée ('I'nput, 'O'utput, "
73816 #~ "'H'eader, 'S'ignal). Le deuxième champ est la durée écoulée depuis la "
73817 #~ "saisie précédente, et le reste de l’entrée contient des données "
73818 #~ "spécifiques au type."
73819
73820 #~ msgid "October 2019"
73821 #~ msgstr "Octobre 2019"
73822
73823 #~ msgid ""
73824 #~ "B<script> makes a typescript of everything on your terminal session.  The "
73825 #~ "terminal data are stored in raw form to the log file and information "
73826 #~ "about timing to another (optional) structured log file.  The timing log "
73827 #~ "file is necessary to replay the session later by B<scriptreplay>(1)  and "
73828 #~ "to store additional information about the session."
73829 #~ msgstr ""
73830 #~ "B<script> effectue un tapuscrit de tout ce qu'il se passe dans la session "
73831 #~ "de votre terminal. Les données du terminal sont stockées sous une forme "
73832 #~ "brute dans le fichier journal et les informations de temps le sont dans "
73833 #~ "un fichier journal structuré (optionnel). Le fichier journal de temps est "
73834 #~ "nécessaire pour répéter la session, plus tard, avec B<scriptreplay>(1) et "
73835 #~ "pour stocker des informations supplémentaires sur la session."
73836
73837 #~ msgid ""
73838 #~ "Since version 2.35, B<script> supports multiple streams and allows the "
73839 #~ "logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file.  This "
73840 #~ "version also supports new timing file which records additional "
73841 #~ "information.  The command B<scriptreplay --summary> then provides all the "
73842 #~ "information."
73843 #~ msgstr ""
73844 #~ "Depuis la version 2.35, B<script> prend en charge plusieurs flux et "
73845 #~ "permet d'enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie dans des fichiers séparés ou "
73846 #~ "dans un seul fichier. Cette version gère aussi le nouveau fichier de "
73847 #~ "temps qui enregistre des informations supplémentaires. La commande "
73848 #~ "B<scriptreplay --summary> fournit ensuite toutes les informations."
73849
73850 #~ msgid ""
73851 #~ "If the argument I<file> or option B<--log-out> I<file> is given, "
73852 #~ "B<script> saves the dialogue in this I<file>.  If no filename is given, "
73853 #~ "the dialogue is saved in the file I<typescript>."
73854 #~ msgstr ""
73855 #~ "Si le paramètre I<fichier> ou l'option B<--log-out> I<fichier> est "
73856 #~ "fourni, B<script> sauvegarde l’affichage dans ce I<fichier>. Si aucun nom "
73857 #~ "de fichier n'est fourni, l’affichage est sauvegardé dans le fichier "
73858 #~ "I<typescript>."
73859
73860 #~ msgid ""
73861 #~ "Note that logging input using B<--log-in> or B<--log-io> may record "
73862 #~ "security-sensitive information as the log file contains all terminal "
73863 #~ "session input (e.g., passwords)  independently of the terminal echo flag "
73864 #~ "setting."
73865 #~ msgstr ""
73866 #~ "Remarquez que l'enregistrement des saisies avec B<--log-in> ou B<--log-"
73867 #~ "io> peut être une opération sensible au plan de la sécurité, puisque le "
73868 #~ "fichier journal contient toute la saisie de la session en terminal (cela "
73869 #~ "veut dire y compris les mots de passe) indépendamment du positionnement "
73870 #~ "du drapeau ECHO du terminal."
73871
73872 #~ msgid ""
73873 #~ "Run the I<command> rather than an interactive shell.  This makes it easy "
73874 #~ "for a script to capture the output of a program that behaves differently "
73875 #~ "when its stdout is not a tty."
73876 #~ msgstr ""
73877 #~ "Exécuter la I<commande> au lieu d’un interpréteur de commandes "
73878 #~ "interactif. Cela facilite la capture de sortie d'un programme qui se "
73879 #~ "comporte différemment si sa sortie est un terminal ou non."
73880
73881 #~ msgid ""
73882 #~ "This option controls the ECHO flag for the pseudoterminal within the "
73883 #~ "session.  The supported modes are I<always>, I<never>, or I<auto>.  The "
73884 #~ "default is I<auto> -- in this case, ECHO is disabled if the current "
73885 #~ "standard input is a terminal iin order to avoid double-echo, and enabled "
73886 #~ "if standard input is not a terminal (for example pipe: B<echo date | "
73887 #~ "script>)  to avoid missing input in the session log."
73888 #~ msgstr ""
73889 #~ "Cette option contrôle le drapeau ECHO du pseudo-terminal dans la session. "
73890 #~ "Les modes pris en charge sont I<always>, I<never> ou I<auto>. I<auto> "
73891 #~ "l'est par défaut, auquel cas ECHO est désactivé si l'entrée standard "
73892 #~ "actuelle est un terminal, afin d'éviter un double affichage, et il est "
73893 #~ "activé si l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal (par exemple, un tube "
73894 #~ "comme I<echo date | script>) pour éviter une absence d'entrée dans le "
73895 #~ "journal de la session."
73896
73897 #~ msgid ""
73898 #~ "Return the exit status of the child process.  Uses the same format as "
73899 #~ "bash termination on signal termination (i.e., exit status is 128 + the "
73900 #~ "signal number).  The exit status of the child process is always stored in "
73901 #~ "the type script file too."
73902 #~ msgstr ""
73903 #~ "Renvoyer le code de retour du processus enfant. Le format utilisé est le "
73904 #~ "même que celui de sortie de bash quand il reçoit un signal de fin (c'est-"
73905 #~ "à-dire quand le code de retour est 128 + le numéro du signal). Le code de "
73906 #~ "retour du processus enfant est également toujours stocké dans le fichier "
73907 #~ "I<typescript>."
73908
73909 #~ msgid ""
73910 #~ "Allow the default output file I<typescript> to be a hard or symbolic "
73911 #~ "link.  The command will follow a symbolic link."
73912 #~ msgstr ""
73913 #~ "Permettre à la destination par défaut, c'est-à-dire le fichier "
73914 #~ "I<typescript>, d'être un lien direct ou symbolique. La commande suivra le "
73915 #~ "lien symbolique."
73916
73917 #~ msgid ""
73918 #~ "Log input to the I<file>.  The log output is disabled if only B<--log-in> "
73919 #~ "specified."
73920 #~ msgstr ""
73921 #~ "Enregistrer l'entrée dans le I<fichier>. La journalisation de la sortie "
73922 #~ "est désactivée si l'option B<--log-in> est spécifiée seule."
73923
73924 #~ msgid ""
73925 #~ "Log output to the I<file>.  The default is to log output to the file with "
73926 #~ "name I<typescript> if the option B<--log-out> or B<--log-in> is not "
73927 #~ "given.  The log output is disabled if only B<--log-in> specified."
73928 #~ msgstr ""
73929 #~ "Enregistrer la sortie dans le I<fichier>. Par défaut, l'enregistrement de "
73930 #~ "la sortie se fait dans un fichier I<typescript> si l'option B<--log-out> "
73931 #~ "ou B<--log-in> n'est pas donnée. L'enregistrement de la sortie est "
73932 #~ "désactivé si B<--log-in> est spécifiée seule."
73933
73934 #~ msgid ""
73935 #~ "Log timing information to the I<file>.  Two timing file formats are "
73936 #~ "supported now.  The classic format is used when only one stream (input or "
73937 #~ "output) logging is enabled.  The multi-stream format is used on B<--log-"
73938 #~ "io> or when B<--log-in> and B<--log-out> are used together.  See also B<--"
73939 #~ "logging-format>."
73940 #~ msgstr ""
73941 #~ "Enregistrer les informations de temps dans le I<fichier>. Deux formats de "
73942 #~ "fichiers de temps sont désormais pris en charge. Le format classique est "
73943 #~ "utilisé quand seul l'enregistrement d'un flux (entrée ou sortie) est "
73944 #~ "activé. Le format multi-flux est utilisé avec B<--log-io> ou quand B<--"
73945 #~ "log-in> et B<--log-out> sont spécifiées en même temps. Voir aussi B<--"
73946 #~ "logging-format>."
73947
73948 #~ msgid ""
73949 #~ "Force use of I<advanced> or I<classic> format.  The default is the "
73950 #~ "classic format to log only output and the advanced format when input as "
73951 #~ "well as output logging is requested."
73952 #~ msgstr ""
73953 #~ "Forcer l'utilisation du format I<advanced> ou I<classic>. Par défaut, le "
73954 #~ "format classique est utilisé pour n'enregistrer que la sortie et celui "
73955 #~ "avancé l'est quand on veut enregistrer l'entrée et la sortie."
73956
73957 #~ msgid ""
73958 #~ "The log contains two fields, separated by a space.  The first field "
73959 #~ "indicates how much time elapsed since the previous output.  The second "
73960 #~ "field indicates how many characters were output this time."
73961 #~ msgstr ""
73962 #~ "Le journal contient deux champs séparés par des espaces. Le premier champ "
73963 #~ "indique le temps passé depuis la dernière sortie. Le second champ indique "
73964 #~ "le nombre de caractères ayant été sortis cette fois-ci."
73965
73966 #~ msgid ""
73967 #~ "Limit the size of the typescript and timing files to I<size> and stop the "
73968 #~ "child process after this size is exceeded.  The calculated file size does "
73969 #~ "not include the start and done messages that the B<script> command "
73970 #~ "prepends and appends to the child process output.  Due to buffering, the "
73971 #~ "resulting output file might be larger than the specified value."
73972 #~ msgstr ""
73973 #~ "Limiter la taille des fichiers I<typescript> et de temps à I<taille> et "
73974 #~ "arrêter le processus enfant lorsque cette taille est dépassée. La taille "
73975 #~ "du fichier calculée ne tient pas compte des messages de début et de fin "
73976 #~ "ajoutés par la commande B<script> à la sortie du processus enfant. Du "
73977 #~ "fait d'une mise en tampon (« buffering »), la taille finale du fichier "
73978 #~ "pourrait être plus grande que la valeur indiquée."
73979
73980 #~ msgid ""
73981 #~ "Output timing data to standard error, or to I<file> when given.  This "
73982 #~ "option is deprecated in favour of B<--log-timing> where the I<file> "
73983 #~ "argument is not optional."
73984 #~ msgstr ""
73985 #~ "Afficher les données de temps sur la sortie d'erreur standard ou dans "
73986 #~ "I<fichier> s'il est indiqué. Cette option est obsolète et remplacée par "
73987 #~ "B<--log-timing>, où le paramètre I<fichier> n'est pas facultatif."
73988
73989 #~ msgid ""
73990 #~ "If the variable B<SHELL> exists, the shell forked by B<script> will be "
73991 #~ "that shell.  If B<SHELL> is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed.  (Most "
73992 #~ "shells set this variable automatically)."
73993 #~ msgstr ""
73994 #~ "Si la variable d'environnement B<SHELL> existe, l'interpréteur de "
73995 #~ "commandes engendré par B<script> (avec fork) sera cet interpréteur de "
73996 #~ "commandes. Si B<SHELL> n'est pas définie, l’interpréteur de commandes "
73997 #~ "sera supposé de type Bourne (la plupart des interpréteurs de commandes "
73998 #~ "définissent cette variable automatiquement)."
73999
74000 #~ msgid ""
74001 #~ "Certain interactive commands, such as B<vi>(1), create garbage in the "
74002 #~ "typescript file.  B<script> works best with commands that do not "
74003 #~ "manipulate the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy "
74004 #~ "terminal."
74005 #~ msgstr ""
74006 #~ "Certaines commandes interactives, comme B<vi>(1), créent des parasites "
74007 #~ "dans le fichier de transcription. B<script> fonctionne mieux avec les "
74008 #~ "commandes qui ne manipulent pas l'écran, les résultats cherchent à émuler "
74009 #~ "un terminal brut."
74010
74011 #~ msgid ""
74012 #~ "It is not recommended to run B<script> in non-interactive shells.  The "
74013 #~ "inner shell of B<script> is always interactive, and this could lead to "
74014 #~ "unexpected results.  If you use B<script> in the shell initialization "
74015 #~ "file, you have to avoid entering an infinite loop.  You can use for "
74016 #~ "example the B<\\%.profile> file, which is read by login shells only:"
74017 #~ msgstr ""
74018 #~ "Exécuter B<script> dans des interpréteurs de commandes non interactifs "
74019 #~ "n’est pas recommandé. L’interpréteur de commandes interne de B<script> "
74020 #~ "est toujours interactif, et cela pourrait avoir pour conséquence des "
74021 #~ "résultats imprévus. Si vous utilisez B<script> dans le fichier "
74022 #~ "d’initialisation de l’interpréteur de commandes, évitez d’entrer dans une "
74023 #~ "boucle infinie. Utilisez par exemple le fichier B<\\%.profile> qui n’est "
74024 #~ "lu que par les interpréteurs de commandes de connexion :"
74025
74026 #~ msgid ""
74027 #~ "B<script> places I<everything> in the log file, including linefeeds and "
74028 #~ "backspaces.  This is not what the naive user expects."
74029 #~ msgstr ""
74030 #~ "B<script> place I<tout> dans le fichier journal, dont les changements de "
74031 #~ "ligne et les espaces arrière. Ce n'est pas ce à quoi un utilisateur "
74032 #~ "pourrait naïvement s'attendre."
74033
74034 #~ msgid ""
74035 #~ "B<script> is primarily designed for interactive terminal sessions.  When "
74036 #~ "stdin is not a terminal (for example: B<echo foo | script>), then the "
74037 #~ "session can hang, because the interactive shell within the script session "
74038 #~ "misses EOF and B<script> has no clue when to close the session.  See the "
74039 #~ "B<NOTES> section for more information."
74040 #~ msgstr ""
74041 #~ "B<script> est d'abord conçu pour des sessions de terminal interactives. "
74042 #~ "Quand l'entrée standard n'est pas un terminal, (par exemple I<echo toto |"
74043 #~ " script>), la session peut se bloquer car l'interpréteur interactif dans "
74044 #~ "la session de script n'a pas de EOF et B<script> ne sait pas quand fermer "
74045 #~ "la session. Voir la session B<REMARQUES> pour plus d'informations."
74046
74047 #~ msgid ""
74048 #~ "B<csh>(1)  (for the I<history> mechanism), B<scriptreplay>(1), "
74049 #~ "B<scriptlive>(1),"
74050 #~ msgstr ""
74051 #~ "B<csh>(1) (pour le mécanisme d’I<historique>), B<scriptreplay>(1), "
74052 #~ "B<scriptlive>(1),"
74053
74054 #~ msgid ""
74055 #~ "The script command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
74056 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
74057 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
74058 #~ msgstr ""
74059 #~ "La commande B<script> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
74060 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
74061 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
74062
74063 #~ msgid "SCRIPTREPLAY"
74064 #~ msgstr "SCRIPTREPLAY"
74065
74066 #, fuzzy
74067 #~| msgid "File containing B<script>'s terminal input."
74068 #~ msgid "File containing B<script>\\(aqs terminal input."
74069 #~ msgstr "Fichier contenant l'entrée de terminal de B<script>."
74070
74071 #, fuzzy
74072 #~| msgid "File containing B<script>'s terminal output."
74073 #~ msgid "File containing B<script>\\(aqs terminal output."
74074 #~ msgstr "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de B<script>."
74075
74076 #, fuzzy
74077 #~| msgid "File containing B<script>'s terminal output and input."
74078 #~ msgid "File containing B<script>\\(aqs terminal output and input."
74079 #~ msgstr "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de B<script> et l’entrée."
74080
74081 #, fuzzy
74082 #~| msgid ""
74083 #~| "File containing B<script>'s timing output.  This option overrides old-"
74084 #~| "style arguments."
74085 #~ msgid ""
74086 #~ "File containing B<script>\\(aqs timing output. This option overrides old-"
74087 #~ "style arguments."
74088 #~ msgstr ""
74089 #~ "Fichier contenant la sortie temporelle de B<script>. Cette option "
74090 #~ "outrepasse les paramètres à l'ancienne."
74091
74092 #, fuzzy
74093 #~| msgid ""
74094 #~| "File containing B<script>'s terminal output.  Deprecated alias to B<--"
74095 #~| "log-out>.  This option overrides old-style arguments."
74096 #~ msgid ""
74097 #~ "File containing B<script>\\(aqs terminal output. Deprecated alias to B<--"
74098 #~ "log-out>. This option overrides old-style arguments."
74099 #~ msgstr ""
74100 #~ "Fichier contenant la sortie de terminal de B<script>. Alias obsolète pour "
74101 #~ "B<--log-out>. Cette option outrepasse les paramètres à l'ancienne."
74102
74103 #, fuzzy
74104 #~| msgid ""
74105 #~| "Speed up the replay displaying this I<number> of times.  The argument is "
74106 #~| "a floating-point number.  It's called divisor because it divides the "
74107 #~| "timings by this factor.  This option overrides old-style arguments."
74108 #~ msgid ""
74109 #~ "Speed up the replay displaying this I<number> of times. The argument is a "
74110 #~ "floating-point number. It\\(cqs called divisor because it divides the "
74111 #~ "timings by this factor. This option overrides old-style arguments."
74112 #~ msgstr ""
74113 #~ "Multiplier la vitesse d'affichage de la répétition (replay) par "
74114 #~ "I<nombre>. L'argument est un nombre à virgule flottante. Il est appelé "
74115 #~ "diviseur car il divise les temps par ce facteur. Cette option outrepasse "
74116 #~ "les paramètres à l'ancienne."
74117
74118 #, fuzzy
74119 #~| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008 James Youngman"
74120 #~ msgid "Copyright © 2008 James Youngman"
74121 #~ msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2008 James Youngman"
74122
74123 #, fuzzy
74124 #~| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
74125 #~ msgid "Copyright © 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
74126 #~ msgstr "Copyright \\(co 2008-2019 Karel Zak"
74127
74128 #~ msgid ""
74129 #~ "The replay simply displays the information again; the programs that were "
74130 #~ "run when the typescript was being recorded are B<not run again>.  Since "
74131 #~ "the same information is simply being displayed, B<scriptreplay> is only "
74132 #~ "guaranteed to work properly if run on the same type of terminal the "
74133 #~ "typescript was recorded on.  Otherwise, any escape characters in the "
74134 #~ "typescript may be interpreted differently by the terminal to which "
74135 #~ "B<scriptreplay> is sending its output."
74136 #~ msgstr ""
74137 #~ "La répétition affiche simplement à nouveau les informations ; les "
74138 #~ "programmes lancés lors de l'enregistrement de I<fichier_script> B<ne sont "
74139 #~ "pas réexécutés>. Comme les mêmes informations sont réaffichées, "
74140 #~ "B<scriptreplay> ne garantit un bon fonctionnement que s'il est lancé sur "
74141 #~ "le même type de terminal que celui où a été enregistré le "
74142 #~ "I<fichier_script>. Sinon, tout caractère d'échappement de "
74143 #~ "l'enregistrement pourrait être interprété différemment par le terminal "
74144 #~ "sur lequel B<scriptreplay> envoie sa sortie."
74145
74146 #~ msgid ""
74147 #~ "The timing information is what B<script>(1)  outputs to file specified by "
74148 #~ "B<--log-timing>."
74149 #~ msgstr ""
74150 #~ "Les informations temporelles correspondent à ce que B<script>(1) envoie "
74151 #~ "au fichier spécifié avec B<--log-timing>."
74152
74153 #~ msgid ""
74154 #~ "If the third parameter or B<--divisor> is specified, it is used as a "
74155 #~ "speed-up multiplier.  For example, a speed-up of 2 makes B<scriptreplay> "
74156 #~ "go twice as fast, and a speed-up of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than "
74157 #~ "the original session."
74158 #~ msgstr ""
74159 #~ "Si le troisième paramètre ou B<--divisor> est indiqué, il est utilisé "
74160 #~ "comme multiplicateur de vitesse. Par exemple, la valeur « 2 » multiplie "
74161 #~ "par 2 la vitesse de B<scriptreplay>, « 0.1 » la divise par 10."
74162
74163 #~ msgid "B<-I>,B< --log-in >I<file>"
74164 #~ msgstr "B<-I>, B<--log-in> I<fichier>"
74165
74166 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --log-out >I<file>"
74167 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--log-out> I<fichier>"
74168
74169 #~ msgid "B<-B>,B< --log-io >I<file>"
74170 #~ msgstr "B<-B>, B<--log-io> I<fichier>"
74171
74172 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --timing >I<file>"
74173 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timing> I<fichier>"
74174
74175 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --log-timing >I<file>"
74176 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--log-timing> I<fichier>"
74177
74178 #~ msgid ""
74179 #~ "This is an alias for B<-t>, maintained for compatibility with "
74180 #~ "B<script>(1)  command-line options."
74181 #~ msgstr ""
74182 #~ "Alias pour B<-t>, maintenu pour des raisons de compatibilité avec les "
74183 #~ "options de la ligne de commande de B<script>(1)."
74184
74185 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --typescript >I<file>"
74186 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--typescript> I<fichier>"
74187
74188 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --cr-mode >I<mode>"
74189 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--cr-mode> I<mode>"
74190
74191 #~ msgid ""
74192 #~ "Specifies how to use the CR (0x0D, carriage return) character from log "
74193 #~ "files.  The default mode is I<auto>, in this case CR is replaced with "
74194 #~ "line break for stdin log, because otherwise B<scriptreplay> would "
74195 #~ "overwrite the same line.  The other modes are I<never> and I<always>."
74196 #~ msgstr ""
74197 #~ "Spécifier la manière d'utiliser le caractère CR (0x0D, retour chariot) "
74198 #~ "dans les fichiers journaux. Le mode par défaut est I<auto>, auquel cas CR "
74199 #~ "est remplacé par un retour à la ligne dans le journal de l'entrée "
74200 #~ "standard, sinon B<scriptreplay> écrasera la même ligne. Les autres modes "
74201 #~ "sont I<never> et I<always>."
74202
74203 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --maxdelay >I<number>"
74204 #~ msgstr "B<-m>, B<--maxdelay> I<nombre>"
74205
74206 #~ msgid ""
74207 #~ "Set the maximum delay between updates to I<number> of seconds.  The "
74208 #~ "argument is a floating-point number.  This can be used to avoid long "
74209 #~ "pauses in the typescript replay."
74210 #~ msgstr ""
74211 #~ "Définir le délai maximal entre les mises à jour de transcription à "
74212 #~ "I<nombre> secondes. L'argument est un nombre à virgule flottante. Cela "
74213 #~ "peut être utilisé pour éviter les longues pauses quand la transcription "
74214 #~ "est rejouée."
74215
74216 #~ msgid ""
74217 #~ "Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file "
74218 #~ "and exit.  The session has to be recorded using I<advanced> format (see "
74219 #~ "B<script>(1))  option B<--logging-format> for more details)."
74220 #~ msgstr ""
74221 #~ "Afficher les détails de la session enregistrée dans le fichier de temps "
74222 #~ "indiqué et quitter. La session doit être enregistrée au format "
74223 #~ "I<advanced> (avancé) (voir B<script>(1)), option B<--logging-format>, "
74224 #~ "pour plus de détails)."
74225
74226 #~ msgid "B<-x>,B< --stream >I<type>"
74227 #~ msgstr "B<-x>, B<--stream >I<type>"
74228
74229 #~ msgid ""
74230 #~ "Forces B<scriptreplay> to print only the specified stream.  The supported "
74231 #~ "stream types are I<in>, I<out>, I<signal>, or I<info>.  This option is "
74232 #~ "recommended for multi-stream logs (e.g., B<--log-io>)  in order to print "
74233 #~ "only specified data."
74234 #~ msgstr ""
74235 #~ "Forcer B<scriptreplay> à n'afficher que les flux indiqués. Les types de "
74236 #~ "flux pris en charge sont I<in>, I<out>, I<signal> ou I<info>. Cette "
74237 #~ "option est recommandée pour des journaux de plusieurs flux (comme B<--log-"
74238 #~ "io>) pour n'afficher que les données indiquées."
74239
74240 #~ msgid ""
74241 #~ "The scriptreplay command is part of the util-linux package and is "
74242 #~ "available from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
74243 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
74244 #~ msgstr ""
74245 #~ "La commande B<scriptreplay> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
74246 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
74247 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
74248
74249 #~ msgid "SETARCH"
74250 #~ msgstr "SETARCH"
74251
74252 #, fuzzy
74253 #~| msgid ""
74254 #~| "Causes the I<program> to see a kernel version number beginning with "
74255 #~| "2.6.  Turns on UNAME26."
74256 #~ msgid ""
74257 #~ "Causes the I<program> to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. "
74258 #~ "Turns on B<UNAME26>."
74259 #~ msgstr ""
74260 #~ "Forcer le I<programme> à voir un numéro de version du noyau qui commence "
74261 #~ "par 2.6. Activation de UNAME26."
74262
74263 #, fuzzy
74264 #~| msgid ""
74265 #~| "Specifies I<program> should use a maximum of 3GB of address space.  "
74266 #~| "Supported on x86.  Turns on ADDR_LIMIT_3GB."
74267 #~ msgid ""
74268 #~ "Specifies I<program> should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. "
74269 #~ "Supported on x86. Turns on B<ADDR_LIMIT_3GB>."
74270 #~ msgstr ""
74271 #~ "Indiquer que I<programme> ne doit utiliser qu'un maximum de 3 Go d'espace "
74272 #~ "d'adressage. Prise en charge sur x86. Activation de ADDR_LIMIT_3GB."
74273
74274 #, fuzzy
74275 #~| msgid ""
74276 #~| "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware.  Supported on "
74277 #~| "ARM and Alpha.  Turns on ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT."
74278 #~ msgid ""
74279 #~ "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM "
74280 #~ "and Alpha. Turns on B<ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT>."
74281 #~ msgstr ""
74282 #~ "Limitation de l’espace d’adressage à 32 bits pour l’émulation du "
74283 #~ "matériel. Prise en charge sur ARM et Alpha. Activation de "
74284 #~ "ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT."
74285
74286 #, fuzzy
74287 #~| msgid ""
74288 #~| "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to "
74289 #~| "address descriptors.  This option has no effect on architectures that do "
74290 #~| "not support FDPIC ELF binaries.  In kernel v4.14 support is limited to "
74291 #~| "ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
74292 #~ msgid ""
74293 #~ "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to "
74294 #~ "address descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do "
74295 #~ "not support B<FDPIC> ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to "
74296 #~ "ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
74297 #~ msgstr ""
74298 #~ "Traiter les pointeurs de fonction en espace utilisateur vers des "
74299 #~ "gestionnaires de signal comme des pointeurs vers des descripteurs "
74300 #~ "d’adresse. Cette option n’a aucun effet sur les architectures ne gérant "
74301 #~ "pas les binaires FDPIC ELF. Dans les noyaux de version 4.14, la prise en "
74302 #~ "charge est limitée aux architectures de processeur ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu "
74303 #~ "FR-V et SuperH."
74304
74305 #, fuzzy
74306 #~| msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag.  Turns on SHORT_INODE."
74307 #~ msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on B<SHORT_INODE>."
74308 #~ msgstr "Attribut obsolète d’émulation de bogue. Activation de SHORT_INODE."
74309
74310 #, fuzzy
74311 #~| msgid ""
74312 #~| "Provide legacy virtual address space layout.  Use when the I<program> "
74313 #~| "binary does not have PT_GNU_STACK ELF header.  Turns on "
74314 #~| "ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT."
74315 #~ msgid ""
74316 #~ "Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the I<program> "
74317 #~ "binary does not have B<PT_GNU_STACK> ELF header. Turns on "
74318 #~ "B<ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT>."
74319 #~ msgstr ""
74320 #~ "Fourniture de la disposition d'espace d’adressage virtuel historique. "
74321 #~ "Utiliser quand le binaire de I<programme> n’a pas d’en-tête PT_GNU_STACK "
74322 #~ "ELF. Activation de ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT."
74323
74324 #, fuzzy
74325 #~| msgid ""
74326 #~| "Disables randomization of the virtual address space.  Turns on "
74327 #~| "ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE."
74328 #~ msgid ""
74329 #~ "Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on "
74330 #~ "B<ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE>."
74331 #~ msgstr ""
74332 #~ "Désactiver l'ajout d'aléa pour l'espace d'adressage virtuel. Activation "
74333 #~ "de ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE."
74334
74335 #, fuzzy
74336 #~| msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag.  Turns on WHOLE_SECONDS."
74337 #~ msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on B<WHOLE_SECONDS>."
74338 #~ msgstr ""
74339 #~ "Attribut obsolète d’émulation de bogue. Activation de WHOLE_SECONDS."
74340
74341 #, fuzzy
74342 #~| msgid ""
74343 #~| "If this is set then B<mmap>(3p)  PROT_READ will also add the PROT_EXEC "
74344 #~| "bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries.  Notice that the ELF loader "
74345 #~| "will automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary.  "
74346 #~| "Turns on READ_IMPLIES_EXEC."
74347 #~ msgid ""
74348 #~ "If this is set then B<mmap>(3p) B<PROT_READ> will also add the "
74349 #~ "B<PROT_EXEC> bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the "
74350 #~ "ELF loader will automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy "
74351 #~ "binary. Turns on B<READ_IMPLIES_EXEC>."
74352 #~ msgstr ""
74353 #~ "Si cette option est utilisée, alors PROT_READ de B<mmap>(3p) ajoutera "
74354 #~ "aussi le bit PROT_EXEC comme attendu par les binaires x86 historiques. "
74355 #~ "Attention au fait que le chargeur ELF réglera automatiquement ce bit "
74356 #~ "lorsqu’il rencontrera un binaire historique. Activation de "
74357 #~ "READ_IMPLIES_EXEC."
74358
74359 #~ msgid "December 2017"
74360 #~ msgstr "décembre 2017"
74361
74362 #~ msgid ""
74363 #~ "The execution domains currently only affects the output of B<uname -m>.  "
74364 #~ "For example, on an AMD64 system, running B<setarch i386 >I<program> will "
74365 #~ "cause I<program> to see i686 instead of x86_64 as the machine type.  It "
74366 #~ "can also be used to set various personality options.  The default "
74367 #~ "I<program> is B</bin/sh>."
74368 #~ msgstr ""
74369 #~ "Les domaines d’exécution n'affectent actuellement que la sortie de "
74370 #~ "B<uname\\ -m>. Par exemple, sur un système AMD 64, l'exécution de "
74371 #~ "B<setarch i386> I<programme> aura pour conséquence que I<programme> verra "
74372 #~ "i686 au lieu de x86_64 comme type de machine. B<setarch> peut être aussi "
74373 #~ "utilisé pour régler diverses options de personnalité. Le I<programme> par "
74374 #~ "défaut est B</bin/sh>."
74375
74376 #~ msgid ""
74377 #~ "List the architectures that B<setarch> knows about.  Whether B<setarch> "
74378 #~ "can actually set each of these architectures depends on the running "
74379 #~ "kernel."
74380 #~ msgstr ""
74381 #~ "Afficher les architectures connues par B<setarch>. La faculté de "
74382 #~ "B<setarch> à définir une de ces architectures dépend en réalité du noyau "
74383 #~ "utilisé."
74384
74385 #~ msgid ""
74386 #~ "This option has no effect.  It is retained for backward compatibility "
74387 #~ "only, and may be removed in future releases."
74388 #~ msgstr ""
74389 #~ "Cette option ne produit aucun effet. Elle est conservée pour des raisons "
74390 #~ "de rétrocompatibilité et pourrait être supprimée dans une prochaine "
74391 #~ "publication."
74392
74393 #~ msgid ""
74394 #~ "This makes B<select>(2), B<pselect>(2), and B<ppoll>(2)  system calls "
74395 #~ "preserve the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount "
74396 #~ "of time not slept when interrupted by a signal handler.  Use when "
74397 #~ "I<program> depends on this behavior.  For more details see the timeout "
74398 #~ "description in B<select>(2)  manual page.  Turns on STICKY_TIMEOUTS."
74399 #~ msgstr ""
74400 #~ "Cette option fait que les appels système B<select>(2), B<pselect>(2) et "
74401 #~ "B<ppoll>(2) préservent la valeur de temporisation au lieu de la modifier "
74402 #~ "pour refléter la durée sans attente lors d’une interruption par un "
74403 #~ "gestionnaire de signal. À utiliser quand I<programme> dépend de ce "
74404 #~ "comportement. Pour plus de détails, consulter la description de la "
74405 #~ "temporisation dans la page de manuel de B<select>(2). Activation de "
74406 #~ "STICKY_TIMEOUTS."
74407
74408 #~ msgid ""
74409 #~ "SVr4 bug emulation that will set B<mmap>(3p)  page zero as read-only.  "
74410 #~ "Use when I<program> depends on this behavior, and the source code is not "
74411 #~ "available to be fixed.  Turns on MMAP_PAGE_ZERO."
74412 #~ msgstr ""
74413 #~ "Émulation de bogue SVr4 réglant la page zéro de B<mmap>(3p) en lecture "
74414 #~ "seule. À utiliser quand I<programme> dépend de ce comportement et que le "
74415 #~ "code source n’est pas accessible pour être corrigé. Activation de "
74416 #~ "MMAP_PAGE_ZERO."
74417
74418 #~ msgid "setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog"
74419 #~ msgstr "setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog"
74420
74421 #~ msgid "setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm"
74422 #~ msgstr "setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild titi.src.rpm"
74423
74424 #~ msgid "setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm"
74425 #~ msgstr "setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild toto.src.rpm"
74426
74427 #~ msgid "setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm"
74428 #~ msgstr "setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild titi.src.rpm"
74429
74430 #~ msgid "E<.MT sopwith@redhat.com> Elliot Lee E<.ME>"
74431 #~ msgstr "E<.MT sopwith@redhat.com> Elliot Lee E<.ME>"
74432
74433 #~ msgid "E<.MT jnovy@redhat.com> Jindrich Novy E<.ME>"
74434 #~ msgstr "E<.MT jnovy@redhat.com> Jindrich Novy E<.ME>"
74435
74436 #~ msgid ""
74437 #~ "The setarch command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
74438 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
74439 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
74440 #~ msgstr ""
74441 #~ "La commande B<setarch> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
74442 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
74443 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
74444
74445 #~ msgid "SETSID"
74446 #~ msgstr "SETSID"
74447
74448 #, fuzzy
74449 #~| msgid "B<-w>,B< --wait>"
74450 #~ msgid "B<-w>, B<--wait>"
74451 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wait>"
74452
74453 #, fuzzy
74454 #~| msgid ""
74455 #~| "The setsid command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
74456 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
74457 #~ msgid ""
74458 #~ "The B<setsid> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
74459 #~ "downloaded from"
74460 #~ msgstr ""
74461 #~ "La commande B<setsid> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
74462 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
74463 #~ "E<gt>."
74464
74465 #~ msgid ""
74466 #~ "B<setsid> runs a program in a new session. The command calls B<fork>(2)  "
74467 #~ "if already a process group leader.  Otherwise, it executes a program in "
74468 #~ "the current process.  This default behavior is possible to override by "
74469 #~ "the B<--fork> option."
74470 #~ msgstr ""
74471 #~ "B<setsid> lance un programme dans une nouvelle session. La commande "
74472 #~ "appelle B<fork>(2) s'il y a déjà un meneur de groupe de processus. Sinon, "
74473 #~ "il exécute un programme dans le processus actuel. Ce comportement par "
74474 #~ "défaut peut être outrepassé avec l'option B<--fork>."
74475
74476 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --ctty>"
74477 #~ msgstr "B<-c>, B<--ctty>"
74478
74479 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fork>"
74480 #~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --fork>"
74481
74482 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --wait>"
74483 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wait>"
74484
74485 #~ msgid "Rick Sladkey E<lt>jrs@world.std.comE<gt>"
74486 #~ msgstr "Rick Sladkey E<lt>jrs@world.std.comE<gt>"
74487
74488 #~ msgid ""
74489 #~ "The setsid command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
74490 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
74491 #~ msgstr ""
74492 #~ "La commande B<setsid> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
74493 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
74494 #~ "E<gt>."
74495
74496 #~ msgid "SETTERM"
74497 #~ msgstr "SETTERM"
74498
74499 #, fuzzy
74500 #~| msgid ""
74501 #~| "The optional arguments require '=' (equals sign) and not space between "
74502 #~| "the option and the argument. For example --option=argument."
74503 #~ msgid ""
74504 #~ "The optional arguments require \\(aq=\\(aq (equals sign) and not space "
74505 #~ "between the option and the argument. For example --option=argument."
74506 #~ msgstr ""
74507 #~ "Les paramètres optionnels ont besoin d'un « = » (signe égal) et pas "
74508 #~ "d'espace entre l'option et le paramètre. Par exemple, B<--"
74509 #~ "option=paramètre>."
74510
74511 #, fuzzy
74512 #~| msgid "Turns the terminal's cursor on or off."
74513 #~ msgid "Turns the terminal\\(cqs cursor on or off."
74514 #~ msgstr "Activer ou désactiver le curseur."
74515
74516 #, fuzzy
74517 #~| msgid "Sets the terminal's rendering options to the default values."
74518 #~ msgid "Sets the terminal\\(cqs rendering options to the default values."
74519 #~ msgstr ""
74520 #~ "Positionner les options de rendu du terminal à leurs valeurs par défaut."
74521
74522 #, fuzzy
74523 #~| msgid ""
74524 #~| "Sets the snapshot file name for any B<--dump> or B<--append> options on "
74525 #~| "the same command line.  If this option is not present, the default is "
74526 #~| "I<screen.dump> in the current directory.  A path name that exceeds the "
74527 #~| "system maximum will be truncated, see PATH_MAX from linux/limits.h for "
74528 #~| "the value."
74529 #~ msgid ""
74530 #~ "Sets the snapshot file name for any B<--dump> or B<--append> options on "
74531 #~ "the same command line. If this option is not present, the default is "
74532 #~ "I<screen.dump> in the current directory. A path name that exceeds the "
74533 #~ "system maximum will be truncated, see B<PATH_MAX> from I<linux/limits.h> "
74534 #~ "for the value."
74535 #~ msgstr ""
74536 #~ "Définir le nom de I<fichier> de l'instantané pour les options B<--dump> "
74537 #~ "ou B<--append> sur une même ligne de commande. Si cette option n'est pas "
74538 #~ "présente, I<screen.dump> est écrit dans le répertoire actuel. Un nom de "
74539 #~ "chemin qui dépasse le maximum du système sera tronqué, consultez "
74540 #~ "B<PATH_MAX> dans I<linux/limits.h> pour connaître sa valeur."
74541
74542 #, fuzzy
74543 #~| msgid ""
74544 #~| "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
74545 #~| "terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
74546 #~ msgid ""
74547 #~ "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
74548 #~ "terminal\\(cqs rendering options, and other attributes to the default "
74549 #~ "values."
74550 #~ msgstr ""
74551 #~ "Afficher la chaîne d'initialisation du terminal qui définit normalement "
74552 #~ "aux valeurs par défaut les options de rendu du terminal et d'autres "
74553 #~ "attributs."
74554
74555 #, fuzzy
74556 #~| msgid ""
74557 #~| "Stores the terminal's current rendering options (foreground and "
74558 #~| "background colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default.  "
74559 #~| "Virtual consoles only."
74560 #~ msgid ""
74561 #~ "Stores the terminal\\(cqs current rendering options (foreground and "
74562 #~ "background colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual "
74563 #~ "consoles only."
74564 #~ msgstr ""
74565 #~ "Conserver les options de rendu du terminal actif (couleurs de premier "
74566 #~ "plan et d'arrière-plan) comme celles à utiliser lors d'une restauration "
74567 #~ "des valeurs par défaut. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
74568
74569 #, fuzzy
74570 #~| msgid "Overrides the TERM environment variable."
74571 #~ msgid "Overrides the B<TERM> environment variable."
74572 #~ msgstr "Remplacer la variable d'environnement B<TERM>"
74573
74574 #~ msgid "May 2014"
74575 #~ msgstr "Mai 2014"
74576
74577 #~ msgid ""
74578 #~ "B<setterm> writes to standard output a character string that will invoke "
74579 #~ "the specified terminal capabilities.  Where possible I<terminfo> is "
74580 #~ "consulted to find the string to use.  Some options however (marked "
74581 #~ "\"virtual consoles only\" below) do not correspond to a B<terminfo>(5)  "
74582 #~ "capability.  In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\" "
74583 #~ "the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix "
74584 #~ "virtual console driver is output.  Options that are not implemented by "
74585 #~ "the terminal are ignored."
74586 #~ msgstr ""
74587 #~ "B<setterm> affiche sur la sortie standard une chaîne de caractères qui "
74588 #~ "invoquera les caractéristiques indiquées du terminal. Quand c'est "
74589 #~ "possible, I<terminfo> est consulté pour découvrir la chaîne à utiliser. "
74590 #~ "Certaines options cependant (référencées par la suite par «\\ consoles "
74591 #~ "virtuelles uniquement\\ ») ne correspondent pas à une caractéristique "
74592 #~ "d'un B<terminfo>(5). Dans ce cas de figure, si le type de terminal est "
74593 #~ "«\\ con\\ » ou «\\ linux\\ » la chaîne affichée est celle qui invoque la "
74594 #~ "caractéristique mentionnée sur la console virtuelle d'un PC MINIX. Les "
74595 #~ "options non implémentées par le terminal sont ignorées."
74596
74597 #~ msgid ""
74598 #~ "The various color options may be set independently, at least on virtual "
74599 #~ "consoles, though the results of setting multiple modes (for example, B<--"
74600 #~ "underline> and B<--half-bright>)  are hardware-dependent."
74601 #~ msgstr ""
74602 #~ "Les différentes options de couleur peuvent être définies séparément, au "
74603 #~ "moins sur les consoles virtuelles, bien que l'effet de la définition de "
74604 #~ "plusieurs modes (par exemple, B<--underline> et B<--half-bright>) dépend "
74605 #~ "du matériel."
74606
74607 #~ msgid ""
74608 #~ "Sets Cursor Key Application Mode on or off.  When on, ESC O A, ESC O B, "
74609 #~ "etc.  will be sent for the cursor keys instead of ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc.  "
74610 #~ "See the I<vi and Cursor-Keys> section of the I<Text-Terminal-HOWTO> for "
74611 #~ "how this can cause problems for B<vi> users.  Virtual consoles only."
74612 #~ msgstr ""
74613 #~ "Activer ou désactiver le «\\ Cursor Key Application Mode\\ ». En mode "
74614 #~ "actif (« B<on> »), ESC O A, ESC O B, etc., seront envoyés à la place de "
74615 #~ "ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc. Les utilisateurs de B<vi> se référeront à la "
74616 #~ "section «\\ vi and Cursor-Keys\\ » du Text-Terminal-HOWTO (en anglais) "
74617 #~ "pour connaître la raison des problèmes que cela peut poser. Consoles "
74618 #~ "virtuelles uniquement."
74619
74620 #~ msgid ""
74621 #~ "Like B<--dump>, but appends to the snapshot file instead of overwriting "
74622 #~ "it.  Only works if no B<--dump> options are given."
74623 #~ msgstr ""
74624 #~ "Identique à B<--dump>, mais ajoute au fichier d’instantané au lieu de "
74625 #~ "l'écraser. Ne fonctionne que si aucune option B<--dump> n’est donnée."
74626
74627 #~ msgid ""
74628 #~ "Sets the interval of inactivity, in minutes, after which the screen will "
74629 #~ "be automatically blanked (using APM if available).  Without an argument, "
74630 #~ "it gets the blank status (returns which vt was blanked, or zero for an "
74631 #~ "unblanked vt).  Virtual consoles only."
74632 #~ msgstr ""
74633 #~ "Définir l'intervalle d'inactivité, en minute, après lequel la console "
74634 #~ "sera éteinte (en utilisant APM s'il est disponible). Sans option, "
74635 #~ "renvoyer l'état de la console (renvoyer la console qui a été éteinte ou "
74636 #~ "zéro pour une console non éteinte). Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
74637
74638 #~ msgid ""
74639 #~ "Sets the bell frequency in Hertz.  Without an argument, it defaults to "
74640 #~ "B<0>.  Virtual consoles only."
74641 #~ msgstr ""
74642 #~ "Définir la fréquence du bip en hertz. Sans paramètre, B<0> est utilisé "
74643 #~ "par défaut. Pour les consoles virtuelles uniquement."
74644
74645 #~ msgid ""
74646 #~ "Sets the bell duration in milliseconds.  Without an argument, it defaults "
74647 #~ "to B<0>.  Virtual consoles only."
74648 #~ msgstr ""
74649 #~ "Définir la durée du bip en milliseconde. Sans paramètre, B<0> est utilisé "
74650 #~ "par défaut. Pour les consoles virtuelles uniquement."
74651
74652 #~ msgid ""
74653 #~ "Turns blink mode on or off.  Except on a virtual console, B<--blink off> "
74654 #~ "turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
74655 #~ msgstr ""
74656 #~ "Activer ou désactiver le mode clignotant. À part sur une console "
74657 #~ "virtuelle, B<--blink off> désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-"
74658 #~ "teinte, clignotant, inverse)."
74659
74660 #~ msgid ""
74661 #~ "urns bold (extra bright) mode on or off.  Except on a virtual console, "
74662 #~ "B<--bold off> turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, "
74663 #~ "reverse)."
74664 #~ msgstr ""
74665 #~ "Activer ou désactiver le mode gras (surbrillance). À part sur une console "
74666 #~ "virtuelle, B<--bold off> désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-"
74667 #~ "luminosité, clignotant, inverse)."
74668
74669 #~ msgid ""
74670 #~ "Without an argument or with the argument B<all>, the entire screen is "
74671 #~ "cleared and the cursor is set to the home position, just like "
74672 #~ "B<clear>(1)  does.  With the argument B<rest>, the screen is cleared from "
74673 #~ "the current cursor position to the end."
74674 #~ msgstr ""
74675 #~ "Sans argument, ou avec l’argument B<all>, tout l’écran est nettoyé et le "
74676 #~ "curseur est défini à la position d’origine, comme B<clear>(1) le fait. "
74677 #~ "Avec l’argument B<rest>, l’écran est nettoyé à partir de la position "
74678 #~ "actuelle du curseur jusqu’à la fin."
74679
74680 #~ msgid ""
74681 #~ "Clears tab stops from the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
74682 #~ "B<1-160>.  Without arguments, it clears all tab stops.  Virtual consoles "
74683 #~ "only."
74684 #~ msgstr ""
74685 #~ "Effacer les taquets de tabulation horizontale à partir des positions "
74686 #~ "données du curseur, échelonnées de B<1> à B<160>. Sans paramètre, effacer "
74687 #~ "tous les taquets de tabulation. Sur les consoles virtuelles uniquement."
74688
74689 #~ msgid ""
74690 #~ "Writes a snapshot of the virtual console with the given number to the "
74691 #~ "file specified with the B<--file> option, overwriting its contents; the "
74692 #~ "default is I<screen.dump>.  Without an argument, it dumps the current "
74693 #~ "virtual console.  This overrides B<--append>."
74694 #~ msgstr ""
74695 #~ "Écrire un instantané de la console virtuelle avec le numéro donné dans le "
74696 #~ "fichier indiqué par l'option B<--file>, en écrasant son contenu ; par "
74697 #~ "défaut, il s'agit de I<screen.dump>. Sans option, vider la console "
74698 #~ "virtuelle active. Cela remplace B<--append>."
74699
74700 #~ msgid ""
74701 #~ "Turns dim (half-brightness) mode on or off.  Except on a virtual console, "
74702 #~ "B<--half-bright off> turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, "
74703 #~ "blink, reverse)."
74704 #~ msgstr ""
74705 #~ "Activer ou désactiver le mode sombre (demi-teinte). À part sur une "
74706 #~ "console virtuelle, B<--half-bright off> désactive tous les attributs "
74707 #~ "(gras, demi-teinte, clignotant, inverse)."
74708
74709 #~ msgid ""
74710 #~ "Enables or disables the sending of kernel B<printk>()  messages to the "
74711 #~ "console.  Virtual consoles only."
74712 #~ msgstr ""
74713 #~ "Activer ou désactiver l'affichage de messages B<printk>() du noyau sur la "
74714 #~ "console. Consoles virtuelles uniquement."
74715
74716 #~ msgid ""
74717 #~ "Sets the console logging level for kernel B<printk()> messages.  All "
74718 #~ "messages strictly more important than this will be printed, so a logging "
74719 #~ "level of B<0> has the same effect as B<--msg on> and a logging level of "
74720 #~ "B<8> will print all kernel messages.  B<klogd>(8)  may be a more "
74721 #~ "convenient interface to the logging of kernel messages."
74722 #~ msgstr ""
74723 #~ "Définir le niveau de journalisation de la console pour les messages "
74724 #~ "B<printk>() du noyau. Tous les messages de niveau strictement plus élevés "
74725 #~ "seront affichés, de telle sorte qu'un niveau B<0> aura le même effet que "
74726 #~ "B<--msg on> et qu'un niveau B<8> affichera tous les messages du noyau. "
74727 #~ "B<klogd>(8) peut être une interface plus appropriée pour la "
74728 #~ "journalisation des messages du noyau."
74729
74730 #~ msgid ""
74731 #~ "Sets the VESA powerdown interval in minutes.  Without an argument, it "
74732 #~ "defaults to B<0> (disable powerdown).  If the console is blanked or the "
74733 #~ "monitor is in suspend mode, then the monitor will go into vsync suspend "
74734 #~ "mode or powerdown mode respectively after this period of time has elapsed."
74735 #~ msgstr ""
74736 #~ "Définir le délai avant arrêt du moniteur VESA, en minute. Sans option, la "
74737 #~ "valeur par défaut est B<0> (désactiver l'arrêt). Si la console est "
74738 #~ "éteinte ou si le moniteur est en mode suspendu, le moniteur se placera "
74739 #~ "alors respectivement en mode B<vsync> ou en mode B<powerdown> après "
74740 #~ "l'écoulement de la période."
74741
74742 #~ msgid ""
74743 #~ "Clears all tab stops, then sets a regular tab stop pattern, with one tab "
74744 #~ "every specified number of positions.  Without an argument, it defaults to "
74745 #~ "B<8>.  Virtual consoles only."
74746 #~ msgstr ""
74747 #~ "Effacer tous les taquets de tabulation, puis définir un motif régulier de "
74748 #~ "taquets de tabulation, avec une tabulation toutes les I<x> positions. "
74749 #~ "Sans argument, la valeur par défaut est B<8>. Consoles virtuelles "
74750 #~ "uniquement."
74751
74752 #~ msgid "Turns keyboard repeat on or off.  Virtual consoles only."
74753 #~ msgstr ""
74754 #~ "Activer ou désactiver la répétition de touches du clavier. Consoles "
74755 #~ "virtuelles uniquement."
74756
74757 #~ msgid ""
74758 #~ "Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column.  This is useful "
74759 #~ "when actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync.  Most "
74760 #~ "notable use case is with serial consoles, that do not use B<ioctl>(3p)  "
74761 #~ "but just byte streams and breaks."
74762 #~ msgstr ""
74763 #~ "Réinitialiser la taille du terminal avec la valeur maximale de lignes et "
74764 #~ "de colonnes. Cela est utile quand la géométrie réelle et le pilote du "
74765 #~ "noyau ne sont pas en accord. Vous l'utiliserez surtout avec des consoles "
74766 #~ "séries, qui n'utilisent pas B<ioctl>(3p) mais des flux d'octets et des "
74767 #~ "ruptures."
74768
74769 #~ msgid ""
74770 #~ "Turns reverse video mode on or off.  Except on a virtual console, B<--"
74771 #~ "reverse off> turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, "
74772 #~ "reverse)."
74773 #~ msgstr ""
74774 #~ "Activer ou désactiver le mode vidéo inverse. À part sur une console "
74775 #~ "virtuelle, B<--reverse off> désactive tous les attributs (gras, demi-"
74776 #~ "teinte, clignotant, inverse)."
74777
74778 #~ msgid ""
74779 #~ "Sets tab stops at the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
74780 #~ "B<1-160>.  Without arguments, it shows the current tab stop settings."
74781 #~ msgstr ""
74782 #~ "Placer des taquets de tabulation horizontale à des positions données du "
74783 #~ "curseur, échelonnées de B<1> à B<160>. Sans paramètre, afficher les "
74784 #~ "taquets de tabulation actuels."
74785
74786 #~ msgid "Sets the color for underlined characters.  Virtual consoles only."
74787 #~ msgstr ""
74788 #~ "Définir la couleur des caractères soulignés. Consoles virtuelles "
74789 #~ "uniquement."
74790
74791 #~ msgid ""
74792 #~ "Since version 2.25 B<setterm> has support for long options with two "
74793 #~ "hyphens, for example B<--help>, beside the historical long options with a "
74794 #~ "single hyphen, for example B<-help>.  In scripts it is better to use the "
74795 #~ "backward-compatible single hyphen rather than the double hyphen.  "
74796 #~ "Currently there are no plans nor good reasons to discontinue single-"
74797 #~ "hyphen compatibility."
74798 #~ msgstr ""
74799 #~ "Depuis la version 2.25, B<setterm> prend en charge les options longues "
74800 #~ "avec deux tirets, par exemple B<--help>, en plus des options longues "
74801 #~ "historiques avec un seul tiret, par exemple B<-help>. Dans les scripts, "
74802 #~ "mieux vaut utiliser un seul tiret au lieu de deux pour être "
74803 #~ "rétrocompatible. Actuellement, arrêter la compatibilité avec un seul "
74804 #~ "tiret n’est pas prévu."
74805
74806 #~ msgid ""
74807 #~ "The setterm command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
74808 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
74809 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
74810 #~ msgstr ""
74811 #~ "La commande B<setterm> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
74812 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
74813 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
74814
74815 #~ msgid "SFDISK"
74816 #~ msgstr "SFDISK"
74817
74818 #, fuzzy
74819 #~| msgid ""
74820 #~| "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify "
74821 #~| "partition size in MiB, GiB (or so).  In this case sfdisk align all "
74822 #~| "partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small "
74823 #~| "then to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable).  If this "
74824 #~| "default behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then "
74825 #~| "specify offsets and sizes in sectors.  In this case sfdisk entirely "
74826 #~| "follows specified numbers without any optimization."
74827 #~ msgid ""
74828 #~ "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify "
74829 #~ "partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case B<sfdisk> aligns all "
74830 #~ "partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small "
74831 #~ "then to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default "
74832 #~ "behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify "
74833 #~ "offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case B<sfdisk> entirely follows "
74834 #~ "specified numbers without any optimization."
74835 #~ msgstr ""
74836 #~ "La manière préconisée est de ne pas du tout indiquer les positions de "
74837 #~ "départ et d’indiquer les tailles de partition en MiB, GiB, etc. Dans ce "
74838 #~ "cas, B<sfdisk> aligne toutes les partitions aux limites d’E/S du "
74839 #~ "périphérique en mode bloc (ou quand celles-ci sont trop petites, aux "
74840 #~ "limites de mégaoctets pour maintenir portable la disposition du disque). "
74841 #~ "Si ce comportement par défaut n’est pas souhaité (habituellement pour les "
74842 #~ "très petites partitions), alors les positions et les tailles doivent être "
74843 #~ "indiquées en secteurs. Dans ce cas, B<sfdisk> suit intégralement les "
74844 #~ "quantités indiquées sans optimisation."
74845
74846 #, fuzzy
74847 #~| msgid ""
74848 #~| "B<sfdisk> uses BLKRRPART (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure "
74849 #~| "that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also --no-"
74850 #~| "reread).  It's possible that this feature or another sfdisk activity "
74851 #~| "races with B<udevd>.  The recommended way how to avoid possible "
74852 #~| "collisions is to use B<--lock> option.  The exclusive lock will cause "
74853 #~| "udevd to skip the event handling on the device."
74854 #~ msgid ""
74855 #~ "B<sfdisk> uses B<BLKRRPART> (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure "
74856 #~ "that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also B<--no-"
74857 #~ "reread>). It\\(cqs possible that this feature or another B<sfdisk> "
74858 #~ "activity races with B<udevd>. The recommended way how to avoid possible "
74859 #~ "collisions is to use B<--lock> option. The exclusive lock will cause "
74860 #~ "udevd to skip the event handling on the device."
74861 #~ msgstr ""
74862 #~ "B<sfdisk> utilise l’ioctl BLKRRPART (relecture de la table de partitions) "
74863 #~ "pour être sûr que le périphérique n’est pas utilisé par le système ou un "
74864 #~ "autre outil (consultez aussi B<--no-reread>). Il est possible que cette "
74865 #~ "fonctionnalité ou une autre activité de B<sfdisk> entrent en compétition "
74866 #~ "avec B<udevd>. La façon préconisée pour éviter d'éventuelles collisions "
74867 #~ "est d’utiliser l’option B<--lock>. Un verrou exclusif fera que B<udevd> "
74868 #~ "omettra la gestion d’évènement sur le périphérique."
74869
74870 #, fuzzy
74871 #~| msgid ""
74872 #~| "The sfdisk prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition "
74873 #~| "number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created "
74874 #~| "(if -N not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
74875 #~ msgid ""
74876 #~ "The B<sfdisk> prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition "
74877 #~ "number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created "
74878 #~ "(if B<-N> not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
74879 #~ msgstr ""
74880 #~ "L’invite de B<sfdisk> est seulement une astuce pour les utilisateurs et "
74881 #~ "l’affichage d’un numéro de partition ne signifie pas que la même entrée "
74882 #~ "de table de partitions sera créée (si B<-N> n’est pas indiqué), "
74883 #~ "particulièrement pour les tables avec des trous."
74884
74885 #, fuzzy
74886 #~| msgid ""
74887 #~| "Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with B<-N>.  For "
74888 #~| "example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used "
74889 #~| "partitions may be smaller.  In this case B<sfdisk> follows the default "
74890 #~| "values from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for "
74891 #~| "the unused partition given with B<-N>.  See also B<--append>."
74892 #~ msgid ""
74893 #~ "Note that it\\(cqs possible to address an unused partition with B<-N>. "
74894 #~ "For example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used "
74895 #~ "partitions may be smaller. In this case B<sfdisk> follows the default "
74896 #~ "values from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for "
74897 #~ "the unused partition given with B<-N>. See also B<--append>."
74898 #~ msgstr ""
74899 #~ "Remarquez qu’il est possible d'indiquer des partitions non utilisées avec "
74900 #~ "B<-N>. Par exemple, le MBR contient toujours quatre partitions, mais le "
74901 #~ "nombre de partitions utilisées peut être plus petit. Dans ce cas, "
74902 #~ "B<sfdik> suit les valeurs par défaut de la table de partitions et "
74903 #~ "n’utilise pas les valeurs internes par défaut pour la partition non "
74904 #~ "utilisée indiquée par B<-N>. Consultez aussi B<--append>."
74905
74906 #, fuzzy
74907 #~| msgid ""
74908 #~| "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off "
74909 #~| "the bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder "
74910 #~| "'-' may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the "
74911 #~| "bootable flag on all partitions."
74912 #~ msgid ""
74913 #~ "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off "
74914 #~ "the bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder "
74915 #~ "\\(aq-\\(aq may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off "
74916 #~ "the bootable flag on all partitions."
74917 #~ msgstr ""
74918 #~ "Activer le drapeau d’amorçage (boot) pour les partitions indiquées et "
74919 #~ "désactiver tous les drapeaux d’amorçage de toutes les partitions non "
74920 #~ "indiquées. Le substitut spécial « - » peut être utilisé à la place des "
74921 #~ "numéros de partition pour désactiver le drapeau d’amorçage sur toutes les "
74922 #~ "partitions."
74923
74924 #, fuzzy
74925 #~| msgid ""
74926 #~| "The I<type> argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e."
74927 #~| "g. \"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L').  For backward compatibility "
74928 #~| "the options B<-c> and B<--id> have the same meaning as this one."
74929 #~ msgid ""
74930 #~ "The I<type> argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e."
74931 #~ "g. \"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. \\(aqL\\(aq). For backward "
74932 #~ "compatibility the options B<-c> and B<--id> have the same meaning as this "
74933 #~ "one."
74934 #~ msgstr ""
74935 #~ "L’argument I<type> est hexadécimal pour MBR, un GUID pour GPT, du type "
74936 #~ "alias (par exemple, « linux » ou de type raccourci (par exemple, « L »). "
74937 #~ "Pour la compatibilité ascendante, les options B<-c> et B<--id> ont la "
74938 #~ "même signification que celle-ci."
74939
74940 #, fuzzy
74941 #~| msgid ""
74942 #~| "Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified "
74943 #~| "partitions."
74944 #~ msgid ""
74945 #~ "Don\\(cqt create a new partition table, but only append the specified "
74946 #~ "partitions."
74947 #~ msgstr ""
74948 #~ "Ne pas créer de nouvelle table de partitions, mais n’ajouter que les "
74949 #~ "partitions indiquées."
74950
74951 #, fuzzy
74952 #~| msgid ""
74953 #~| "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the "
74954 #~| "partitioning.  The default backup file name is ~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-"
74955 #~| "E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak; to use another name see option B<-O>, B<--backup-"
74956 #~| "file>."
74957 #~ msgid ""
74958 #~ "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the "
74959 #~ "partitioning. The default backup file name is I<~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-"
74960 #~ "E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak>; to use another name see option B<-O>, B<--backup-"
74961 #~ "file>."
74962 #~ msgstr ""
74963 #~ "Sauvegarder les secteurs de la table de partitions actuelle avant de "
74964 #~ "commencer le partitionnement. Le nom de fichier de sauvegarde par défaut "
74965 #~ "est ~/sfdisk-I<périphérique>-I<position>.bak. Pour utiliser un autre nom, "
74966 #~ "consultez B<-O>, B<--backup-file>."
74967
74968 #, fuzzy
74969 #~| msgid "B<-n>,B< --no-act>"
74970 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-act>"
74971 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --no-act>"
74972
74973 #, fuzzy
74974 #~| msgid ""
74975 #~| "Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is "
74976 #~| "recommended together with B<--no-reread> to modify a partition on used "
74977 #~| "disk. The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
74978 #~ msgid ""
74979 #~ "Don\\(cqt tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is "
74980 #~ "recommended together with B<--no-reread> to modify a partition on used "
74981 #~ "disk. The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
74982 #~ msgstr ""
74983 #~ "Ne pas informer le noyau des modifications de partition. Cette option est "
74984 #~ "recommandée conjointement avec B<--no-reread> pour modifier une partition "
74985 #~ "sur le disque utilisé. La partition modifiée ne devrait pas être utilisée "
74986 #~ "(par exemple, montée)."
74987
74988 #, fuzzy
74989 #~| msgid ""
74990 #~| "The optional I<path> specifies log file name. The log file contains "
74991 #~| "information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The "
74992 #~| "word \"@default\" as a I<path> forces sfdisk to use ~/sfdisk-"
74993 #~| "E<lt>devnameE<gt>.move for the log.  The log is optional since v2.35."
74994 #~ msgid ""
74995 #~ "The optional I<path> specifies log file name. The log file contains "
74996 #~ "information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The "
74997 #~ "word \"@default\" as a I<path> forces sfdisk to use I<~/sfdisk-"
74998 #~ "E<lt>devnameE<gt>.move> for the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
74999 #~ msgstr ""
75000 #~ "Le I<chemin> facultatif indique le nom du fichier de journal. Celui-ci "
75001 #~ "contient les informations sur toutes les opérations de lecture ou "
75002 #~ "d’écriture des données de la partition. Le mot « @default » comme "
75003 #~ "I<chemin> oblige B<sfdisk> à utiliser ~/sfdisk-E<lt>périphériqueE<gt>."
75004 #~ "move pour le journal. Le journal est facultatif depuis la version 2.35."
75005
75006 #, fuzzy
75007 #~| msgid ""
75008 #~| "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. B<Don't forget to "
75009 #~| "backup your data!>"
75010 #~ msgid ""
75011 #~ "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. B<Don\\(cqt forget to "
75012 #~ "backup your data!>"
75013 #~ msgstr ""
75014 #~ "Remarquez que cette opération est périlleuse et pas atomique. B<Ne pas "
75015 #~ "oublier de sauvegarder les données !>"
75016
75017 #, fuzzy
75018 #~| msgid ""
75019 #~| "Deprecated option.  Only the sector unit is supported. This option is "
75020 #~| "not supported when using the --show-size command."
75021 #~ msgid ""
75022 #~ "Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not "
75023 #~ "supported when using the B<--show-size> command."
75024 #~ msgstr ""
75025 #~ "Option obsolète. Seule l’unité secteur est prise en charge. Cette option "
75026 #~ "n’est pas gérée lors de l’utilisation de la commande B<--show-size>."
75027
75028 #~ msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
75029 #~ msgstr "B<-v>, B<--version>"
75030
75031 #~ msgid "B<E<lt>nameE<gt>: E<lt>valueE<gt>>"
75032 #~ msgstr "B<E<lt>nomE<gt>: E<lt>valeurE<gt>>"
75033
75034 #, fuzzy
75035 #~| msgid ""
75036 #~| "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment.  "
75037 #~| "The default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default.  "
75038 #~| "Do not modify this variable if you're not sure."
75039 #~ msgid ""
75040 #~ "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The "
75041 #~ "default is 1MiB and it\\(cqs strongly recommended to use the default. Do "
75042 #~ "not modify this variable if you\\(cqre not sure."
75043 #~ msgstr ""
75044 #~ "Indiquer la taille minimale en octet utilisée pour calculer l’alignement "
75045 #~ "des partitions. La valeur par défaut est 1 MiB et il est fortement "
75046 #~ "recommandé de l’utiliser. Ne modifiez pas cette variable si vous avez un "
75047 #~ "doute."
75048
75049 #, fuzzy
75050 #~| msgid ""
75051 #~| "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma or semicolon possibly followed "
75052 #~| "by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored.  Numbers can "
75053 #~| "be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default.  When a field "
75054 #~| "is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used.  But when "
75055 #~| "the B<-N> option (change a single partition) is given, the default for "
75056 #~| "each field is its previous value."
75057 #~ msgid ""
75058 #~ "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma or semicolon possibly followed "
75059 #~ "by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. Numbers can be "
75060 #~ "octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a field is "
75061 #~ "absent, empty or specified as \\(aq-\\(aq a default value is used. But "
75062 #~ "when the B<-N> option (change a single partition) is given, the default "
75063 #~ "for each field is its previous value."
75064 #~ msgstr ""
75065 #~ "Les champs sont séparés par des caractères d'espacement, des virgules ou "
75066 #~ "des points-virgules éventuellement suivis par des caractères "
75067 #~ "d'espacement\\ ; les caractères d'espacement initiaux et finaux sont "
75068 #~ "ignorés. Les nombres peuvent être octaux, décimaux ou hexadécimaux "
75069 #~ "(représentation décimale par défaut). Quand un champ est absent, vide ou "
75070 #~ "indiqué par « - », une valeur par défaut est utilisée. Quand l’option B<-"
75071 #~ "N> (modifier une seule partition) est donnée, la valeur par défaut de "
75072 #~ "chaque champ est sa valeur précédente."
75073
75074 #, fuzzy
75075 #~| msgid ""
75076 #~| "The default value of I<size> indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., "
75077 #~| "until the next partition or end-of-device.  A numerical argument is by "
75078 #~| "default interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is "
75079 #~| "followed by one of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, "
75080 #~| "EiB, ZiB and YiB)  then the number is interpreted as the size of the "
75081 #~| "partition in bytes and it is then aligned according to the device I/O "
75082 #~| "limits.  A '+' can be used instead of a number to enlarge the partition "
75083 #~| "as much as possible.  Note '+' is equivalent to the default behaviour "
75084 #~| "for a new partition; existing partitions will be resized as required."
75085 #~ msgid ""
75086 #~ "The default value of I<size> indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., "
75087 #~ "until the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by "
75088 #~ "default interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is "
75089 #~ "followed by one of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, "
75090 #~ "EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as the size of the "
75091 #~ "partition in bytes and it is then aligned according to the device I/O "
75092 #~ "limits. A \\(aq+\\(aq can be used instead of a number to enlarge the "
75093 #~ "partition as much as possible. Note \\(aq+\\(aq is equivalent to the "
75094 #~ "default behaviour for a new partition; existing partitions will be "
75095 #~ "resized as required."
75096 #~ msgstr ""
75097 #~ "La valeur par défaut de I<taille> est « autant que possible » (c'est-à-"
75098 #~ "dire, jusqu’à la prochaine partition ou la fin du périphérique). Un "
75099 #~ "argument numérique est par défaut interprété comme un nombre de secteurs, "
75100 #~ "cependant si la taille est suivie par un des suffixes multiplicateurs "
75101 #~ "(KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), alors le nombre est "
75102 #~ "interprété comme une taille de partition en octet et est aligné "
75103 #~ "conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique. Un « + » "
75104 #~ "peut être utilisé à la place d’un nombre pour agrandir la partition "
75105 #~ "autant que possible. Remarquez que « + » équivaut au comportement par "
75106 #~ "défaut pour une nouvelle partition. Les partitions existantes seront "
75107 #~ "redimensionnées comme requis."
75108
75109 #, fuzzy
75110 #~| msgid ""
75111 #~| "The partition I<type> is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is "
75112 #~| "optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's "
75113 #~| "recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision "
75114 #~| "between deprecated shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward "
75115 #~| "compatibility sfdisk tries to interpret I<type> as a shortcut as a first "
75116 #~| "possibility in partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g.  B<--"
75117 #~| "part-type command)> it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
75118 #~ msgid ""
75119 #~ "The partition I<type> is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is "
75120 #~ "optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It\\(cqs "
75121 #~ "recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision "
75122 #~ "between deprecated shortcut \\(aqE\\(aq and \\(aq0E\\(aq MBR hex code. "
75123 #~ "For backward compatibility B<sfdisk> tries to interpret I<type> as a "
75124 #~ "shortcut as a first possibility in partitioning scripts although on other "
75125 #~ "places (e.g. B<--part-type> command) it tries shortcuts as the last "
75126 #~ "possibility."
75127 #~ msgstr ""
75128 #~ "Le I<type> de partition est indiqué en hexadécimal pour MBR (DOS) où le "
75129 #~ "préfixe 0x est facultatif, par une chaîne GUID pour GPT, par un raccourci "
75130 #~ "ou par un alias. Il est recommandé d’utiliser deux lettres pour les codes "
75131 #~ "hexadécimaux du MBR pour éviter des collisions entre les raccourcis "
75132 #~ "obsolètes « E » et « 0E » du code hexadécimal du MBR. Pour la "
75133 #~ "rétrocompatibilité, B<sfdisk> essaie d’interpréter I<type> comme un "
75134 #~ "raccourci pour la première possibilité dans les scripts de "
75135 #~ "partitionnement, quoique dans d’autres endroits (par exemple, B<--part-"
75136 #~ "type commande>) il essaie les raccourcis comme dernière possibilité."
75137
75138 #, fuzzy
75139 #~| msgid "B<L - alias 'linux'>"
75140 #~ msgid "B<L - alias \\(aqlinux\\(aq>"
75141 #~ msgstr "B<L - alias 'linux'>"
75142
75143 #, fuzzy
75144 #~| msgid "B<S - alias 'swap'>"
75145 #~ msgid "B<S - alias \\(aqswap\\(aq>"
75146 #~ msgstr "B<S - alias 'swap'>"
75147
75148 #, fuzzy
75149 #~| msgid "B<Ex - alias 'extended'>"
75150 #~ msgid "B<Ex - alias \\(aqextended\\(aq>"
75151 #~ msgstr "B<Ex - alias 'extended'>"
75152
75153 #, fuzzy
75154 #~| msgid ""
75155 #~| "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR.  The original shortcut 'E' is "
75156 #~| "deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
75157 #~ msgid ""
75158 #~ "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut "
75159 #~ "\\(aqE\\(aq is deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
75160 #~ msgstr ""
75161 #~ "partition étendue MBR ; signifie 05 pour MBR. Le raccourci originel « E » "
75162 #~ "est obsolète à cause d’une collision avec le type de partition MBR, "
75163 #~ "« 0x0E »."
75164
75165 #, fuzzy
75166 #~| msgid "B<H - alias 'home'>"
75167 #~ msgid "B<H - alias \\(aqhome\\(aq>"
75168 #~ msgstr "B<H - alias 'home'>"
75169
75170 #, fuzzy
75171 #~| msgid "B<U - alias 'uefi'>"
75172 #~ msgid "B<U - alias \\(aquefi\\(aq>"
75173 #~ msgstr "B<U - alias 'uefi'>"
75174
75175 #, fuzzy
75176 #~| msgid "B<R - alias 'raid'>"
75177 #~ msgid "B<R - alias \\(aqraid\\(aq>"
75178 #~ msgstr "B<R - alias 'raid'>"
75179
75180 #, fuzzy
75181 #~| msgid "B<V - alias 'lvm'>"
75182 #~ msgid "B<V - alias \\(aqlvm\\(aq>"
75183 #~ msgstr "B<V - alias 'lvm'>"
75184
75185 #, fuzzy
75186 #~| msgid ""
75187 #~| "The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in "
75188 #~| "favour of 'Ex'."
75189 #~ msgid ""
75190 #~ "The shortcut \\(aqX\\(aq for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated "
75191 #~ "in favour of \\(aqEx\\(aq."
75192 #~ msgstr ""
75193 #~ "Le raccourci « X » pour les partitions étendues Linux (85) est "
75194 #~ "B<obsolète>, remplacée par « Ex »."
75195
75196 #, fuzzy
75197 #~| msgid ""
75198 #~| "The I<device> field is optional.  B<sfdisk> extracts the partition "
75199 #~| "number from the device name.  It allows specifying the partitions in "
75200 #~| "random order.  This functionality is mostly used by B<--dump>.  Don't "
75201 #~| "use it if you are not sure."
75202 #~ msgid ""
75203 #~ "The I<device> field is optional. B<sfdisk> extracts the partition number "
75204 #~ "from the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random "
75205 #~ "order. This functionality is mostly used by B<--dump>. Don\\(cqt use it "
75206 #~ "if you are not sure."
75207 #~ msgstr ""
75208 #~ "Le champ I<périphérique> est facultatif. B<sfdisk> extrait le numéro de "
75209 #~ "partition du nom de périphérique. Cela permet d’indiquer les partitions "
75210 #~ "dans un ordre quelconque. Cette fonctionnalité est surtout utilisée par "
75211 #~ "B<--dump>. En cas de doute, ne l’utilisez pas."
75212
75213 #, fuzzy
75214 #~| msgid ""
75215 #~| "Specify the partition size in sectors.  The number may be followed by "
75216 #~| "the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), "
75217 #~| "then it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according "
75218 #~| "to device I/O limits."
75219 #~ msgid ""
75220 #~ "Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the "
75221 #~ "multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then "
75222 #~ "it\\(cqs interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according "
75223 #~ "to device I/O limits."
75224 #~ msgstr ""
75225 #~ "Indiquer la taille de partition en secteurs. Le nombre peut être suivi "
75226 #~ "des suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), "
75227 #~ "dans ce cas il est interprété comme une taille en octet, puis la taille "
75228 #~ "est alignée conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique."
75229
75230 #~ msgid "B<type=>I<code>"
75231 #~ msgstr "B<type=>I<code>"
75232
75233 #, fuzzy
75234 #~| msgid "B<echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb>"
75235 #~ msgid "B<echo \\(aqlabel: gpt\\(aq | sfdisk /dev/sdb>"
75236 #~ msgstr "B<echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb>"
75237
75238 #, fuzzy
75239 #~| msgid "enables sfdisk debug output."
75240 #~ msgid "enables B<sfdisk> debug output."
75241 #~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de sfdisk."
75242
75243 #, fuzzy
75244 #~| msgid ""
75245 #~| "The current sfdisk implementation is based on the original sfdisk from "
75246 #~| "Andries E. Brouwer."
75247 #~ msgid ""
75248 #~ "The current B<sfdisk> implementation is based on the original B<sfdisk> "
75249 #~ "from Andries E. Brouwer."
75250 #~ msgstr ""
75251 #~ "L’implémentation actuelle de B<sfdisk> est basée sur le sfdisk d’origine "
75252 #~ "d’Andries E. Brouwer."
75253
75254 #~ msgid ""
75255 #~ "B<sfdisk> is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device.  "
75256 #~ "It runs in interactive mode if executed on terminal (stdin refers to a "
75257 #~ "terminal)."
75258 #~ msgstr ""
75259 #~ "B<sfdisk> est un outil orienté script pour le partitionnement de "
75260 #~ "n’importe quel périphérique bloc. Il fonctionne en mode interactif s’il "
75261 #~ "est utilisé à partir d’un terminal (stdin fait référence au terminal)."
75262
75263 #~ msgid ""
75264 #~ "Since version 2.26 B<sfdisk> supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
75265 #~ "labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
75266 #~ "Sector) addressing.  CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
75267 #~ "addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
75268 #~ msgstr ""
75269 #~ "Depuis la version 2.26, B<sfdisk> prend en charge les étiquettes de "
75270 #~ "disque MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN et SGI, mais ne fournit plus de fonctionnalité "
75271 #~ "pour l’adressage CTS (cylindre tête secteur). CTS n’a jamais été "
75272 #~ "important pour Linux et ce concept d’adressage n’a aucun sens pour les "
75273 #~ "nouveaux périphériques."
75274
75275 #~ msgid ""
75276 #~ "B<sfdisk> (since version 2.26)  B<aligns the start and end of partitions> "
75277 #~ "to block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the "
75278 #~ "default values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are "
75279 #~ "used for sizes.  It is possible that partition size will be optimized "
75280 #~ "(reduced or enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified "
75281 #~ "exactly in sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative "
75282 #~ "suffixes."
75283 #~ msgstr ""
75284 #~ "B<sfdisk> (depuis sa version 2.26)  B<aligne le début et la fin des "
75285 #~ "partitions> aux limites d’E/S du périphérique en mode bloc quand des "
75286 #~ "tailles relatives sont indiquées, quand des valeurs par défaut sont "
75287 #~ "indiquées ou quand des suffixes multiplicatifs (par exemple, MiB) sont "
75288 #~ "utilisés pour les tailles. Il est possible que la taille de la partition "
75289 #~ "soit optimisée (réduite ou agrandie) à cause de l’alignement si la "
75290 #~ "position de départ est indiquée précisément en nombre de secteurs et que "
75291 #~ "la taille de partition est indiquée de manière relative ou à l’aide d’un "
75292 #~ "suffixe multiplicatif."
75293
75294 #~ msgid ""
75295 #~ "B<sfdisk> does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN "
75296 #~ "disk labels like B<fdisk>(8)  does.  It is necessary to explicitly create "
75297 #~ "all partitions including whole-disk system partitions."
75298 #~ msgstr ""
75299 #~ "B<sfdisk> ne crée pas les partitions système standards pour les "
75300 #~ "étiquettes de disque SGI et SUN comme le fait B<fdisk>(8). Créer "
75301 #~ "explicitement toutes les partitions est nécessaire, y compris les "
75302 #~ "partitions système sur disque complet."
75303
75304 #~ msgid ""
75305 #~ "The default B<sfdisk> command is to read the specification for the "
75306 #~ "desired partitioning of I<device> from standard input, and then create a "
75307 #~ "partition table according to the specification.  See below for the "
75308 #~ "description of the input format.  If standard input is a terminal, then "
75309 #~ "B<sfdisk> starts an interactive session."
75310 #~ msgstr ""
75311 #~ "Le but de la commande B<sfdisk> par défaut est de lire les indications de "
75312 #~ "partitionnement désiré du I<périphérique> à partir de l'entrée standard, "
75313 #~ "puis de créer une table de partitions conforme aux indications. Une "
75314 #~ "description du format d’entrée est disponible ci-dessous. Si l’entrée "
75315 #~ "standard est un terminal, B<sfdisk> démarre une session interactive."
75316
75317 #~ msgid ""
75318 #~ "If the option B<-N> is specified, then the changes are applied to the "
75319 #~ "partition addressed by I<partition-number>.  The unspecified fields of "
75320 #~ "the partition are not modified."
75321 #~ msgstr ""
75322 #~ "Si l’option B<-N> est indiquée, les modifications sont appliquées à la "
75323 #~ "partition indiquée par I<numéro-partition>. Les champs non renseignés de "
75324 #~ "la partition ne sont pas modifiés."
75325
75326 #~ msgid "B<-A>,B< --activate >I<device >[I<partition-number...]>"
75327 #~ msgstr "B<-A>, B<--activate> I<périphérique> [I<numéro-partition>] ..."
75328
75329 #~ msgid ""
75330 #~ "The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only.  If GPT label "
75331 #~ "is detected than sfdisk prints warning and automatically enter PMBR."
75332 #~ msgstr ""
75333 #~ "La commande d’activation est prise en charge uniquement pour MBR et PMBR. "
75334 #~ "Si une étiquette GPT est détectée, alors B<sfdisk> affiche un "
75335 #~ "avertissement et entre automatiquement dans le PMBR."
75336
75337 #~ msgid "B<--delete >I<device >[I<partition-number>...]"
75338 #~ msgstr "B<--delete> I<périphérique> [I<numéro-partition>] ..."
75339
75340 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --dump >I<device>"
75341 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--dump> I<périphérique>"
75342
75343 #~ msgid ""
75344 #~ "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to "
75345 #~ "B<sfdisk>.  See the section B<BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE>."
75346 #~ msgstr ""
75347 #~ "Lister les partitions d'un périphérique dans un format utilisable en "
75348 #~ "entrée pour B<sfdisk>. Consultez la section B<SAUVEGARDER LA TABLE DE "
75349 #~ "PARTITIONS>."
75350
75351 #~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --show-geometry >[I<device>...]"
75352 #~ msgstr "B<-g>, B<--show-geometry> [I<périphérique> ...]"
75353
75354 #~ msgid "B<-J>,B< --json >I<device>"
75355 #~ msgstr "B<-J>, B<--json> I<périphérique>"
75356
75357 #~ msgid ""
75358 #~ "Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format.  Note that B<sfdisk> is "
75359 #~ "not able to use JSON as input format."
75360 #~ msgstr ""
75361 #~ "Lister les partitions d’un périphérique au format JSON. Remarquez que "
75362 #~ "B<sfdisk> ne peut pas utiliser JSON comme format d’entrée."
75363
75364 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --list >[I<device>...]"
75365 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<périphérique> ...]"
75366
75367 #~ msgid ""
75368 #~ "List the partitions of all or the specified devices.  This command can be "
75369 #~ "used together with B<--verify>."
75370 #~ msgstr ""
75371 #~ "Afficher les partitions de tout les périphériques ou de ceux indiqués. "
75372 #~ "Cette commande peut être utilisée avec B<--verify>."
75373
75374 #~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --list-free >[I<device>...]"
75375 #~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--list-free> [I<périphérique> ...]"
75376
75377 #~ msgid "B<--part-attrs >I<device partition-number >[I<attributes>]"
75378 #~ msgstr "B<--part-attrs> I<périphérique numéro-partition> [I<attributs>]"
75379
75380 #~ msgid ""
75381 #~ "Change the GPT partition attribute bits.  If I<attributes> is not "
75382 #~ "specified, then print the current partition settings.  The I<attributes> "
75383 #~ "argument is a comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit "
75384 #~ "names.  For example, the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three "
75385 #~ "bits.  The currently supported attribute bits are:"
75386 #~ msgstr ""
75387 #~ "Modifier les bits d’attribut de partition GPT. Si I<attributs> n’est pas "
75388 #~ "indiqué, afficher les réglages de la partition actuelle. L’argument "
75389 #~ "I<attributs> est une liste de numéros de bit ou de noms de bit séparés "
75390 #~ "par des virgules ou des espaces. Par exemple, la chaîne "
75391 #~ "« RequiredPartition,50,51 » définit trois bits . Actuellement, les bits "
75392 #~ "pris en charge sont :"
75393
75394 #~ msgid ""
75395 #~ "Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending "
75396 #~ "on the partition type.  For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate "
75397 #~ "read-only, 61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden "
75398 #~ "partitions and 63 to disable automount."
75399 #~ msgstr ""
75400 #~ "Réservé pour une utilisation spécifique de GUID. L’utilisation de ces "
75401 #~ "bits varie selon le type de partition. Par exemple, Microsoft utilise le "
75402 #~ "bit 60 pour indiquer la lecture uniquement, 61 pour une « shadow copy » "
75403 #~ "d’une autre partition, 62 pour des partitions cachées (hidden) et 63 pour "
75404 #~ "désactiver le montage automatique."
75405
75406 #~ msgid "B<--part-label >I<device partition-number >[I<label>]"
75407 #~ msgstr "B<--part-label> I<périphérique numéro-partition> [I<étiquette>]"
75408
75409 #~ msgid ""
75410 #~ "Change the GPT partition name (label).  If I<label> is not specified, "
75411 #~ "then print the current partition label."
75412 #~ msgstr ""
75413 #~ "Modifier le nom de partition GPT (étiquette). Si l’I<étiquette> n’est pas "
75414 #~ "indiquée, afficher l’étiquette actuelle de la partition."
75415
75416 #~ msgid "B<--part-type >I<device partition-number >[I<type>]"
75417 #~ msgstr "B<--part-type> I<périphérique numéro-partition> [I<type>]"
75418
75419 #~ msgid ""
75420 #~ "Change the partition type.  If I<type> is not specified, then print the "
75421 #~ "current partition type."
75422 #~ msgstr ""
75423 #~ "Modifier le type de partition. Si le I<type> n’est pas indiqué, afficher "
75424 #~ "le type actuel de la partition."
75425
75426 #~ msgid "B<--part-uuid >I<device partition-number >[I<uuid>]"
75427 #~ msgstr "B<--part-uuid> I<périphérique numéro-partition> [I<UUID>]"
75428
75429 #~ msgid ""
75430 #~ "Change the GPT partition UUID.  If I<uuid> is not specified, then print "
75431 #~ "the current partition UUID."
75432 #~ msgstr ""
75433 #~ "Modifier l’UUID de partition GPT. Si l’I<UUID> n’est pas indiqué, "
75434 #~ "afficher l’UUID actuel de la partition."
75435
75436 #~ msgid "B<--disk-id >I<device >[I<id>]"
75437 #~ msgstr "B<--disk-id> I<périphérique> [I<id>]"
75438
75439 #~ msgid ""
75440 #~ "Change the disk identifier.  If I<id> is not specified, then print the "
75441 #~ "current identifier.  The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer "
75442 #~ "for MBR."
75443 #~ msgstr ""
75444 #~ "Modifier l’identificateur du disque. Si I<id> n’est pas indiqué, afficher "
75445 #~ "l’identificateur actuel. L’identificateur est UUID pour GPT ou un entier "
75446 #~ "non signé pour MBR."
75447
75448 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --reorder >I<device>"
75449 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reorder> I<périphérique>"
75450
75451 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --show-size >[I<device>...]"
75452 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--show-size> [I<périphérique> ...]"
75453
75454 #~ msgid ""
75455 #~ "List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte "
75456 #~ "size.  This command is DEPRECATED in favour of B<blockdev>(8)."
75457 #~ msgstr ""
75458 #~ "Afficher la taille, en secteur de 1024 octets, de tous les périphériques "
75459 #~ "ou de ceux indiqués. Cette option est B<obsolète>, remplacée par "
75460 #~ "B<blockdev>(8)."
75461
75462 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --list-types>"
75463 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--list-types>"
75464
75465 #~ msgid "B<-V>,B< --verify >[I<device>...]"
75466 #~ msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<périphérique> ...]"
75467
75468 #~ msgid "B<--relocate >I<oper >I<device>"
75469 #~ msgstr "B<--relocate> I<oper> I<périphérique>"
75470
75471 #~ msgid ""
75472 #~ "Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for "
75473 #~ "GPT header only.  The argument I<oper> can be:"
75474 #~ msgstr ""
75475 #~ "Déplacer l’en-tête de la table de partitions. Cette commande est "
75476 #~ "actuellement prise en charge uniquement pour les en-têtes de GPT. "
75477 #~ "L’argument I<oper> peut être :"
75478
75479 #~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --append>"
75480 #~ msgstr "B<-a>, B<--append>"
75481
75482 #~ msgid "B<-b>,B< --backup>"
75483 #~ msgstr "B<-b>,B< --backup>"
75484
75485 #~ msgid ""
75486 #~ "Deprecated and ignored option.  Partitioning that is compatible with "
75487 #~ "Linux (and other modern operating systems) is the default."
75488 #~ msgstr ""
75489 #~ "Option obsolète et ignorée. Le partitionnement compatible avec Linux (et "
75490 #~ "autres systèmes d’exploitation modernes) est celui par défaut."
75491
75492 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --backup-file >I<path>"
75493 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--backup-file> I<chemin>"
75494
75495 #~ msgid ""
75496 #~ "Override the default backup file name.  Note that the device name and "
75497 #~ "offset are always appended to the file name."
75498 #~ msgstr ""
75499 #~ "Écraser le nom de fichier de sauvegarde par défaut. Remarquez que le nom "
75500 #~ "de périphérique et la position sont toujours ajoutés au nom de fichier."
75501
75502 #~ msgid ""
75503 #~ "Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the "
75504 #~ "beginning of a partition to another place on the disk.  The size of the "
75505 #~ "partition has to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap.  "
75506 #~ "This option requires option B<-N> in order to be processed on one "
75507 #~ "specific partition only."
75508 #~ msgstr ""
75509 #~ "Déplacer les données après une relocalisation de partition, par exemple, "
75510 #~ "lors de la migration du début d’une partition vers un autre endroit du "
75511 #~ "disque. La taille de la partition doit rester identique, l’ancien et le "
75512 #~ "nouvel emplacement peuvent se chevaucher. Cette option requiert l’option "
75513 #~ "B<-N> pour pouvoir être traitée uniquement sur une partition particulière."
75514
75515 #~ msgid ""
75516 #~ "Use fsync system call after each write when move data to a new location "
75517 #~ "by B<--move-data>."
75518 #~ msgstr ""
75519 #~ "Utiliser l’appel système B<fsync> après chaque écriture lors de la "
75520 #~ "migration de données à l’aide de B<--move-data>."
75521
75522 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --unit S>"
75523 #~ msgstr "B<-u>, B<--unit S>"
75524
75525 #~ msgid "B<-X>,B< --label >I<type>"
75526 #~ msgstr "B<-X>, B<--label> I<type>"
75527
75528 #~ msgid ""
75529 #~ "Specify the disk label type (e.g., B<dos>, B<gpt>, ...).  If this option "
75530 #~ "is not given, then B<sfdisk> defaults to the existing label, but if there "
75531 #~ "is no label on the device yet, then the type defaults to B<dos>. The "
75532 #~ "default or the current label may be overwritten by the \"label: "
75533 #~ "E<lt>nameE<gt>\" script header line. The option B<--label> does not force "
75534 #~ "B<sfdisk> to create empty disk label (see the B<EMPTY DISK LABEL> section "
75535 #~ "below)."
75536 #~ msgstr ""
75537 #~ "Indiquer le type d’étiquette disque (par exemple, B<dos>, B<gpt>, etc.). "
75538 #~ "Si cette option n’est pas donnée, alors B<sfdisk> utilise par défaut "
75539 #~ "l’étiquette existante, mais en absence d’étiquette sur le périphérique, "
75540 #~ "alors le type par défaut est B<dos>. La valeur par défaut ou l’étiquette "
75541 #~ "actuelle peut être écrasée par la ligne d’en-tête de script « label: "
75542 #~ "E<lt>nomE<gt> ». L’option B<--label> n’oblige pas B<sfdisk> à créer une "
75543 #~ "étiquette blanche de disque (consultez la section B<ÉTIQUETTES DE DISQUE "
75544 #~ "BLANCHES> ci-dessous)."
75545
75546 #~ msgid "B<-Y>,B< --label-nested >I<type>"
75547 #~ msgstr "B<-Y>, B<--label-nested> I<type>"
75548
75549 #~ msgid ""
75550 #~ "Force editing of a nested disk label.  The primary disk label has to "
75551 #~ "exist already.  This option allows editing for example a hybrid/"
75552 #~ "protective MBR on devices with GPT."
75553 #~ msgstr ""
75554 #~ "Forcer la modification d’une étiquette de disque imbriqué. L’étiquette de "
75555 #~ "disque primaire doit déjà exister. Cette option permet d’éditer par "
75556 #~ "exemple un MBR hybride ou de protection (« protective ») sur les "
75557 #~ "périphériques avec GPT."
75558
75559 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --wipe >I<when>"
75560 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wipe> I<quand>"
75561
75562 #~ msgid ""
75563 #~ "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
75564 #~ "order to avoid possible collisions.  The argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
75565 #~ "B<never> or B<always>.  When this option is not given, the default is "
75566 #~ "B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive "
75567 #~ "mode; except the old partition-table signatures which are always wiped "
75568 #~ "before create a new partition-table if the argument I<when> is not "
75569 #~ "B<never>. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning "
75570 #~ "messages before a new partition table is created.  See also B<wipefs>(8)  "
75571 #~ "command."
75572 #~ msgstr ""
75573 #~ "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, RAID et de table de "
75574 #~ "partitions du périphérique dans le but d’éviter des collisions "
75575 #~ "possibles.  L’argument I<quand> peut être B<auto>, B<never> ou B<always>. "
75576 #~ "Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, la valeur par défaut est B<auto>, "
75577 #~ "auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le mode "
75578 #~ "interactif, à l’exception des signatures de l’ancienne table de "
75579 #~ "partitions qui sont toujours effacées avant la création de la nouvelle "
75580 #~ "table de partitions si l’argument I<quand> n’est pas B<never>. Dans tous "
75581 #~ "les cas, les signatures détectées sont signalées par des messages "
75582 #~ "d’avertissement avant la création d’une nouvelle table de partitions. "
75583 #~ "Consultez aussi la commande B<wipefs>(8)."
75584
75585 #~ msgid "B<-W>,B< --wipe-partitions >I<when>"
75586 #~ msgstr "B<-W>, B<--wipe-partitions> I<quand>"
75587
75588 #~ msgid ""
75589 #~ "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
75590 #~ "partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions.  The argument I<when> "
75591 #~ "can be B<auto>, B<never> or B<always>.  When this option is not given, "
75592 #~ "the default is B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in "
75593 #~ "interactive mode and after confirmation by user.  In all cases detected "
75594 #~ "signatures are reported by warning messages after a new partition is "
75595 #~ "created.  See also B<wipefs>(8)  command."
75596 #~ msgstr ""
75597 #~ "Effacer les signatures de système de fichiers, RAID et de table de "
75598 #~ "partitions des nouvelles partitions créées dans le but d’éviter des "
75599 #~ "collisions possibles. L’argument I<quand> peut être B<auto>, B<never> ou "
75600 #~ "B<always>. Quand cette option n’est pas indiquée, la valeur par défaut "
75601 #~ "est B<auto>, auquel cas les signatures sont effacées seulement dans le "
75602 #~ "mode interactif et après une confirmation de l’utilisateur. Dans tous les "
75603 #~ "cas, les signatures détectées sont signalées par des messages "
75604 #~ "d’avertissement avant la création d’une nouvelle table de partitions. "
75605 #~ "Consultez aussi la commande B<wipefs>(8)."
75606
75607 #~ msgid "B<-v>,B< --version>"
75608 #~ msgstr "B<-v>,B< --version>"
75609
75610 #~ msgid "B<Header lines>"
75611 #~ msgstr "B<Lignes d’en-tête>"
75612
75613 #~ msgid ""
75614 #~ "The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the "
75615 #~ "partition table.  The header-line format is:"
75616 #~ msgstr ""
75617 #~ "Les lignes de l’en-tête facultatif indiquent des renseignements "
75618 #~ "génériques qui s’appliquent à la table de partitions. Le format de ligne "
75619 #~ "d’en-tête est :"
75620
75621 #~ msgid ""
75622 #~ "Specify the partitioning unit.  The only supported unit is B<sectors>."
75623 #~ msgstr ""
75624 #~ "Indiquer l’unité de partitionnement. La seule unité acceptée est "
75625 #~ "B<sectors>."
75626
75627 #~ msgid "Specify the partition table type.  For example B<dos> or B<gpt>."
75628 #~ msgstr ""
75629 #~ "Indiquer le I<type> de table de partitions. Par exemple B<dos> ou B<gpt>."
75630
75631 #~ msgid ""
75632 #~ "Specify the partition table identifier.  It should be a hexadecimal "
75633 #~ "number (with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
75634 #~ msgstr ""
75635 #~ "Indiquer l’identifiant de table de partitions. Ce devrait être un nombre "
75636 #~ "hexadécimal (avec un préfixe « 0x ») pour MBR et un UUID pour GPT."
75637
75638 #~ msgid "B<Unnamed-fields format>"
75639 #~ msgstr "B<Format des champs non nommés>"
75640
75641 #~ msgid ""
75642 #~ "The default value of I<start> is the first non-assigned sector aligned "
75643 #~ "according to device I/O limits.  The default start offset for the first "
75644 #~ "partition is 1 MiB.  The offset may be followed by the multiplicative "
75645 #~ "suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is "
75646 #~ "interpreted as offset in bytes."
75647 #~ msgstr ""
75648 #~ "La valeur par défaut de I<début> est le premier secteur non assigné "
75649 #~ "aligné conformément aux limites d’entrée et sortie du périphérique. La "
75650 #~ "position de début par défaut pour la première partition est 1 MiB. La "
75651 #~ "position peut être suivie des suffixes multiplicateurs (KiB MiB, GiB, "
75652 #~ "TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), dans ce cas le nombre est interprété comme "
75653 #~ "une position en octet."
75654
75655 #~ msgid "The default I<type> value is I<linux>"
75656 #~ msgstr "La valeur I<type> par défaut est I<linux>"
75657
75658 #~ msgid ""
75659 #~ "I<bootable> is specified as [B<*>|B<->], with as default not-bootable.  "
75660 #~ "The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has "
75661 #~ "been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders "
75662 #~ "and for other operating systems."
75663 #~ msgstr ""
75664 #~ "I<amorçable> est indiqué par [B<*>|B<->] (non amorçable par défaut). La "
75665 #~ "valeur de ce champ n'est pas pertinente pour Linux — quand Linux "
75666 #~ "fonctionne, il a déjà été amorcé — mais pourrait jouer un rôle pour "
75667 #~ "certains gestionnaires de démarrage ou pour d'autres systèmes "
75668 #~ "d'exploitation."
75669
75670 #~ msgid "B<Named-fields format>"
75671 #~ msgstr "B<Format des champs nommés>"
75672
75673 #~ msgid ""
75674 #~ "This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying "
75675 #~ "additional information (e.g., a UUID).  It is recommended to use this "
75676 #~ "format to keep your scripts more readable."
75677 #~ msgstr ""
75678 #~ "Ce format est plus lisible, robuste, extensible et permet d’indiquer des "
75679 #~ "renseignements supplémentaires (par exemple un UUID). C’est le format "
75680 #~ "conseillé pour garder les scripts lisibles."
75681
75682 #~ msgid "[I<device >B<:>]I< name>[B<=>I<value>], ..."
75683 #~ msgstr "[I<périphérique> B<:>] I<nom>[B<=>I<valeur>], ..."
75684
75685 #~ msgid ""
75686 #~ "The I<value> can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is "
75687 #~ "partition name\").  The currently supported fields are:"
75688 #~ msgstr ""
75689 #~ "La I<valeur> peut être entre guillemets (par exemple, nom=\"Ceci est un "
75690 #~ "nom de partition\"). Les champs actuellement pris en charge sont :"
75691
75692 #~ msgid ""
75693 #~ "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits.  "
75694 #~ "The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. The offset may "
75695 #~ "be followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
75696 #~ "ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
75697 #~ msgstr ""
75698 #~ "Le premier secteur non assigné aligné conformément aux limites d’entrée "
75699 #~ "et sortie du périphérique. La position de début par défaut pour la "
75700 #~ "première partition est 1 MiB. La position peut être suivie des suffixes "
75701 #~ "multiplicateurs (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB et YiB), dans ce cas "
75702 #~ "le nombre est interprété comme une position en octet."
75703
75704 #~ msgid ""
75705 #~ "Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits.  See B<--part-"
75706 #~ "attrs> for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
75707 #~ msgstr ""
75708 #~ "Attributs de partition, souvent des bits d’attribut de partition GPT. "
75709 #~ "Consultez B<--part-attrs> pour plus de précisions sur le format des "
75710 #~ "chaînes de bits GPT."
75711
75712 #~ msgid ""
75713 #~ "A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT "
75714 #~ "partition, or a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format.  For backward "
75715 #~ "compatibility the B<Id=> field has the same meaning."
75716 #~ msgstr ""
75717 #~ "Un nombre hexadécimal (sans préfixe « 0x ») pour une partition MBR, un "
75718 #~ "GUID pour une partition GPT ou un raccourci comme pour le format de "
75719 #~ "champs non nommés. Pour la compatibilité ascendante, le champ B<Id=> a la "
75720 #~ "même signification."
75721
75722 #~ msgid ""
75723 #~ "It is recommended to save the layout of your devices.  B<sfdisk> supports "
75724 #~ "two ways."
75725 #~ msgstr ""
75726 #~ "Sauvegarder la disposition des périphériques est conseillé. B<sfdisk> "
75727 #~ "permet de le faire de deux façons."
75728
75729 #~ msgid ""
75730 #~ "Use the B<--dump> option to save a description of the device layout to a "
75731 #~ "text file.  The dump format is suitable for later B<sfdisk> input.  For "
75732 #~ "example:"
75733 #~ msgstr ""
75734 #~ "Utiliser l’option B<--dump> pour sauvegarder une description de la "
75735 #~ "disposition dans un fichier texte. Le format de la sauvegarde peut "
75736 #~ "ensuite être utilisé en entrée de B<sfdisk>. Par exemple :"
75737
75738 #~ msgid ""
75739 #~ "If you want to do a full (binary) backup of all sectors where the "
75740 #~ "partition table is stored, then use the B<--backup> option.  It writes "
75741 #~ "the sectors to ~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak files.  The "
75742 #~ "default name of the backup file can be changed with the B<--backup-file> "
75743 #~ "option.  The backup files contain only raw data from the I<device>.  Note "
75744 #~ "that the same concept of backup files is used by B<wipefs>(8).  For "
75745 #~ "example:"
75746 #~ msgstr ""
75747 #~ "Pour une sauvegarde (binaire) complète de tous les secteurs où la table "
75748 #~ "de partitions est gardée, utilisez l’option B<--backup>. Cela écrit les "
75749 #~ "secteurs dans les fichiers ~/sfdisk-I<périphérique>-I<position>.bak. Le "
75750 #~ "nom par défaut du fichier de sauvegarde peut être modifié avec l’option "
75751 #~ "B<--backup-file>. Les fichiers de sauvegarde ne contiennent que les "
75752 #~ "données brutes du I<périphérique>. Remarquez que le même concept de "
75753 #~ "fichiers de sauvegarde est utilisé par B<wipefs>(8). Par exemple :"
75754
75755 #~ msgid ""
75756 #~ "Note that B<sfdisk> since version 2.26 no longer provides the B<-I> "
75757 #~ "option to restore sectors.  B<dd>(1)  provides all necessary "
75758 #~ "functionality."
75759 #~ msgstr ""
75760 #~ "Remarquez que B<sfdisk> depuis la version 2.26 ne fournit plus l’option "
75761 #~ "B<-I> pour restaurer les secteurs. B<dd>(1) fournit toutes les "
75762 #~ "fonctionnalités nécessaires."
75763
75764 #~ msgid ""
75765 #~ "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5)  for more details about colorization "
75766 #~ "configuration. The logical color names supported by B<sfdisk> are:"
75767 #~ msgstr ""
75768 #~ "Consultez B<terminal-colors.d>(5) pour plus de précisions sur la "
75769 #~ "configuration de coloration. Les noms de couleurs logiques pris en charge "
75770 #~ "par B<sfdisk> sont les suivantes."
75771
75772 #~ msgid ""
75773 #~ "Since version 2.26 B<sfdisk> no longer provides the B<-R> or B<--re-read> "
75774 #~ "option to force the kernel to reread the partition table.  Use B<blockdev "
75775 #~ "--rereadpt> instead."
75776 #~ msgstr ""
75777 #~ "Depuis la version 2.26, B<sfdisk> ne fournit plus l’option B<-R> ou B<--"
75778 #~ "re-read> pour forcer le noyau à relire la table de partitions. Utilisez "
75779 #~ "plutôt B<blockdev --rereadpt>."
75780
75781 #~ msgid ""
75782 #~ "The sfdisk command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
75783 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
75784 #~ msgstr ""
75785 #~ "La commande B<sfdisk> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
75786 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
75787 #~ ">E<gt>."
75788
75789 #~ msgid "SULOGIN"
75790 #~ msgstr "SULOGIN"
75791
75792 #, fuzzy
75793 #~| msgid ""
75794 #~| "If the root account is locked and --force is specified, no password is "
75795 #~| "required."
75796 #~ msgid ""
75797 #~ "If the root account is locked and B<--force> is specified, no password is "
75798 #~ "required."
75799 #~ msgstr ""
75800 #~ "Si le compte superutilisateur est verrouillé et l’option B<--force> "
75801 #~ "indiquée, aucun mot de passe n’est demandé."
75802
75803 #, fuzzy
75804 #~| msgid ""
75805 #~| "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via "
75806 #~| "B<getpwnam>(3)  fails, then examine I</etc/passwd> and I</etc/shadow> to "
75807 #~| "get the password.  If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when "
75808 #~| "root account is locked by '!' or '*' at the begin of the password then "
75809 #~| "B<sulogin> will B<start a root shell without asking for a password>."
75810 #~ msgid ""
75811 #~ "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via "
75812 #~ "B<getpwnam>(3) fails, then examine I</etc/passwd> and I</etc/shadow> to "
75813 #~ "get the password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root "
75814 #~ "account is locked by \\(aq!\\(aq or \\(aq*\\(aq at the begin of the "
75815 #~ "password then B<sulogin> will B<start a root shell without asking for a "
75816 #~ "password>."
75817 #~ msgstr ""
75818 #~ "Si la méthode d’obtention par défaut du mot de passe du superutilisateur "
75819 #~ "pour le système avec B<getpwnam>(3) échoue, examiner I</etc/passwd> et I</"
75820 #~ "etc/shadow> pour obtenir le mot de passe. Si ces fichiers sont endommagés "
75821 #~ "ou n’existent pas, ou lorsque le compte superutilisateur est verrouillé "
75822 #~ "par « ! » ou « * » au commencement du mot de passe, alors B<sulogin> "
75823 #~ "démarrera un B<interpréteur de commandes de superutilisateur sans "
75824 #~ "demander de mot de passe>."
75825
75826 #, fuzzy
75827 #~| msgid ""
75828 #~| "B<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> "
75829 #~| "to determine what shell to start.  If the environment variable is not "
75830 #~| "set, it will try to execute root's shell from I</etc/passwd>.  If that "
75831 #~| "fails, it will fall back to I</bin/sh>."
75832 #~ msgid ""
75833 #~ "B<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> to "
75834 #~ "determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it "
75835 #~ "will try to execute root\\(cqs shell from I</etc/passwd>. If that fails, "
75836 #~ "it will fall back to I</bin/sh>."
75837 #~ msgstr ""
75838 #~ "B<sulogin> recherche les variables d’environnement B<SUSHELL> ou "
75839 #~ "B<sushell> pour déterminer l’interpréteur de commandes à démarrer. Si la "
75840 #~ "variable d’environnement n’est pas définie, il essaiera d’exécuter "
75841 #~ "l’interpréteur de commandes du superutilisateur indiqué dans le fichier "
75842 #~ "I</etc/passwd>. Si cela échoue également, il essaiera I</bin/sh>."
75843
75844 #~ msgid "Give root password for system maintenance"
75845 #~ msgstr "Donnez le mot de passe du superutilisateur pour la maintenance"
75846
75847 #~ msgid "(or type Control-D for normal startup):"
75848 #~ msgstr "(ou appuyez sur Ctrl et D pour continuer) : "
75849
75850 #~ msgid "B<-t>, B<--timeout >I<seconds>"
75851 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<secondes>"
75852
75853 #~ msgid ""
75854 #~ "Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input.  By default, "
75855 #~ "B<sulogin> will wait forever."
75856 #~ msgstr ""
75857 #~ "Indiquer la durée d’attente maximale pour une saisie d’utilisateur. Par "
75858 #~ "défaut, B<sulogin> attendra indéfiniment."
75859
75860 #~ msgid ""
75861 #~ "The sulogin command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
75862 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
75863 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
75864 #~ msgstr ""
75865 #~ "La commande B<sulogin> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
75866 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
75867 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
75868
75869 #~ msgid "SWAPLABEL"
75870 #~ msgstr "SWAPLABEL"
75871
75872 #, fuzzy
75873 #~| msgid ""
75874 #~| "The swaplabel command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
75875 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
75876 #~ msgid ""
75877 #~ "The B<swaplabel> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
75878 #~ "downloaded from"
75879 #~ msgstr ""
75880 #~ "La commande B<swaplabel> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
75881 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
75882 #~ ">E<gt>."
75883
75884 #~ msgid "April 2010"
75885 #~ msgstr "avril 2010"
75886
75887 #~ msgid ""
75888 #~ "If an optional argument is present, then B<swaplabel> will change the "
75889 #~ "appropriate value on I<device>.  These values can also be set during swap "
75890 #~ "creation using B<mkswap>(8).  The B<swaplabel> utility allows changing "
75891 #~ "the label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
75892 #~ msgstr ""
75893 #~ "Si un argument facultatif est présent, alors B<swaplabel> modifiera la "
75894 #~ "valeur appropriée du I<périphérique>. Ces valeurs peuvent aussi être "
75895 #~ "définies lors de la création de l'espace d'échange avec B<mkswap>(8). "
75896 #~ "L'utilitaire B<swaplabel> permet de modifier l'étiquette ou l'UUID d'un "
75897 #~ "périphérique d'échange en cours d'utilisation."
75898
75899 #~ msgid ""
75900 #~ "Specify a new I<label> for the device.  Swap partition labels can be at "
75901 #~ "most 16 characters long.  If I<label> is longer than 16 characters, "
75902 #~ "B<swaplabel> will truncate it and print a warning message."
75903 #~ msgstr ""
75904 #~ "Indiquer une nouvelle I<étiquette> pour I<périphérique>. Les étiquettes "
75905 #~ "de partitions ne peuvent pas contenir plus de seize caractères. Si "
75906 #~ "I<étiquette> contient plus de seize caractères, B<swaplabel> la tronquera "
75907 #~ "et affichera un message d’avertissement."
75908
75909 # NOTE: bold period
75910 #~ msgid ""
75911 #~ "Specify a new I<UUID> for the device.  The I< UUID> must be in the "
75912 #~ "standard 8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by B<uuidgen>(1)."
75913 #~ msgstr ""
75914 #~ "Indiquer un nouvel I<UUID> pour I<périphérique>. L'I<UUID> doit être au "
75915 #~ "format de caractères 8-4-4-4-12 normalisé, conformément à la sortie de "
75916 #~ "B<uuidgen>(1)."
75917
75918 #~ msgid ""
75919 #~ "The swaplabel command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
75920 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
75921 #~ msgstr ""
75922 #~ "La commande B<swaplabel> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
75923 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
75924 #~ ">E<gt>."
75925
75926 #~ msgid "SWAPON"
75927 #~ msgstr "SWAPON"
75928
75929 #, fuzzy
75930 #~| msgid "B<-U>I< uuid>"
75931 #~ msgid "B<-U> I<uuid>"
75932 #~ msgstr "B<-U> I<UUID>"
75933
75934 #, fuzzy
75935 #~| msgid ""
75936 #~| "The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means "
75937 #~| "success in all versions."
75938 #~ msgid ""
75939 #~ "+ The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means "
75940 #~ "success in all versions."
75941 #~ msgstr ""
75942 #~ "Les versions anciennes avant la version 2.36 n’avaient aucun code de "
75943 #~ "retour documenté. B<0> signifie succès dans toutes les versions."
75944
75945 #, fuzzy
75946 #~| msgid ""
75947 #~| "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use B<dd>(1)  "
75948 #~| "and /dev/zero."
75949 #~ msgid ""
75950 #~ "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use B<dd>(1) and "
75951 #~ "I</dev/zero>."
75952 #~ msgstr ""
75953 #~ "La façon la plus portable de créer un fichier d’échange est d’utiliser "
75954 #~ "B<dd>(1) et I</dev/zero>."
75955
75956 #, fuzzy
75957 #~| msgid ""
75958 #~| "B<swapon> automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with "
75959 #~| "old software suspend data (e.g., S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, ...). The problem "
75960 #~| "is that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an "
75961 #~| "attempt at unsuspending is made."
75962 #~ msgid ""
75963 #~ "B<swapon> automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with "
75964 #~ "old software suspend data (e.g., S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, ...). The problem "
75965 #~ "is that if we don\\(cqt do it, then we get data corruption the next time "
75966 #~ "an attempt at unsuspending is made."
75967 #~ msgstr ""
75968 #~ "B<swapon> détecte et réécrit automatiquement la signature d’un espace "
75969 #~ "d’échange avec les données des anciens logiciels de mise en veille (par "
75970 #~ "exemple S1SUSPEND, S2SUSPEND, etc.) Si cela n'est pas fait, des données "
75971 #~ "seront corrompues lors du prochain réveil."
75972
75973 #, fuzzy
75974 #~| msgid ""
75975 #~| "The swapon command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
75976 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
75977 #~ msgid ""
75978 #~ "The B<swapon> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
75979 #~ "downloaded from"
75980 #~ msgstr ""
75981 #~ "La commande B<swapon> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
75982 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
75983 #~ ">E<gt>."
75984
75985 #~ msgid "October 2014"
75986 #~ msgstr "Octobre 2014"
75987
75988 #~ msgid ""
75989 #~ "The device or file used is given by the I<specialfile> parameter.  It may "
75990 #~ "be of the form B<-L>I< label> or B<-U>I< uuid> to indicate a device by "
75991 #~ "label or uuid."
75992 #~ msgstr ""
75993 #~ "Le périphérique ou le fichier utilisé est indiqué par le paramètre "
75994 #~ "I<fichier_spécial>. Il peut être de la forme B<-L> I<étiquette> ou B<-U> "
75995 #~ "I<UUID> pour indiquer le périphérique à l'aide d'une I<étiquette> ou d'un "
75996 #~ "I<UUID>."
75997
75998 #~ msgid ""
75999 #~ "B<swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files.  When "
76000 #~ "the B<-a> flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices "
76001 #~ "and files (as found in I</proc/swaps> or I</etc/fstab>)."
76002 #~ msgstr ""
76003 #~ "B<swapoff> désactive la pagination sur les périphériques ou fichiers "
76004 #~ "indiqués. Quand l’attribut B<-a> est donné, la pagination est désactivée "
76005 #~ "sur tous les périphériques ou fichiers d'échange connus (comme trouvés "
76006 #~ "dans I</proc/swaps> ou I</etc/fstab>)."
76007
76008 #~ msgid ""
76009 #~ "All devices marked as ``swap'' in I</etc/fstab> are made available, "
76010 #~ "except for those with the ``noauto'' option.  Devices that are already "
76011 #~ "being used as swap are silently skipped."
76012 #~ msgstr ""
76013 #~ "Tous les périphériques marqués « swap » dans I</etc/fstab> sont rendus "
76014 #~ "disponibles pour la pagination sauf s'ils possèdent l'option « noauto ». "
76015 #~ "Les périphériques qui sont déjà utilisés en tant que tels sont "
76016 #~ "silencieusement ignorés."
76017
76018 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --discard>[B<=>I<policy>]"
76019 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--discard>[B<=>I<stratégie>]"
76020
76021 #~ msgid ""
76022 #~ "Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or "
76023 #~ "trim operation.  This may improve performance on some Solid State "
76024 #~ "Devices, but often it does not.  The option allows one to select between "
76025 #~ "two available swap discard policies: B<--discard=once> to perform a "
76026 #~ "single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at swapon; or B<--"
76027 #~ "discard=pages> to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are "
76028 #~ "available for reuse.  If no policy is selected, the default behavior is "
76029 #~ "to enable both discard types.  The I</etc/fstab> mount options "
76030 #~ "B<discard>, B<discard=once>, or B<discard=pages> may also be used to "
76031 #~ "enable discard flags."
76032 #~ msgstr ""
76033 #~ "Activer les abandons d’espace d’échange, si le périphérique sous-jacent "
76034 #~ "permet l’opération d’abandon ou rognage. Cela pourrait améliorer les "
76035 #~ "performances sur certains SSD, mais en général ce n’est pas le cas. "
76036 #~ "L’option permet de sélectionner une des deux I<stratégie>s d’abandon "
76037 #~ "d’espace d’échange disponibles : B<--discard=once> pour réaliser une "
76038 #~ "seule opération d’abandon sur toute la zone d’échange au moment de son "
76039 #~ "activation ; B<--discard=pages> pour abandonner de manière asynchrone les "
76040 #~ "pages d’espace d’échange libérées avant qu’elles ne soient réutilisées. "
76041 #~ "Si aucune I<stratégie> n’est sélectionnée, le comportement par défaut est "
76042 #~ "d’activer les deux types d’abandon. Les options B<discard>, "
76043 #~ "B<discard=once> ou B<discard=pages> de I</etc/fstab> peuvent aussi être "
76044 #~ "utilisées pour activer les attributs d’abandon."
76045
76046 #~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --ifexists>"
76047 #~ msgstr "B<-e>, B<--ifexists>"
76048
76049 #~ msgid ""
76050 #~ "Silently skip devices that do not exist.  The I</etc/fstab> mount option "
76051 #~ "B<nofail> may also be used to skip non-existing device."
76052 #~ msgstr ""
76053 #~ "Passer silencieusement les périphériques qui n'existent pas. L'option de "
76054 #~ "montage B<nofail> de I</etc/fstab> pourrait aussi permettre de passer "
76055 #~ "silencieusement les périphériques qui n'existent pas."
76056
76057 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --fixpgsz>"
76058 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--fixpgsz>"
76059
76060 #~ msgid ""
76061 #~ "Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match "
76062 #~ "that of the current running kernel.  B<mkswap>(8)  initializes the whole "
76063 #~ "device and does not check for bad blocks."
76064 #~ msgstr ""
76065 #~ "Réinitialiser (exec mkswap) l'espace d'échange si sa taille de page ne "
76066 #~ "correspond pas à celle du noyau en cours d'exécution. B<mkswap>(2) "
76067 #~ "initialise le périphérique entièrement et ne vérifie pas si des blocs "
76068 #~ "sont corrompus."
76069
76070 #~ msgid "B<-L>I< label>"
76071 #~ msgstr "B<-L> I<étiquette>"
76072
76073 #~ msgid ""
76074 #~ "Use the partition that has the specified I<label>.  (For this, access to "
76075 #~ "I</proc/partitions> is needed.)"
76076 #~ msgstr ""
76077 #~ "Utiliser la partition avec l'I<étiquette> donnée (l'accès à I</proc/"
76078 #~ "partitions> est nécessaire)."
76079
76080 #~ msgid ""
76081 #~ "Specify swap options by an fstab-compatible comma-separated string.  For "
76082 #~ "example:"
76083 #~ msgstr ""
76084 #~ "Indiquer les options d’espace d’échange dans une chaîne, séparées par des "
76085 #~ "virgules, compatible avec fstab. Par exemple :"
76086
76087 #~ msgid ""
76088 #~ "Specify the priority of the swap device.  I<priority> is a value between "
76089 #~ "-1 and 32767.  Higher numbers indicate higher priority.  See "
76090 #~ "B<swapon>(2)  for a full description of swap priorities.  Add "
76091 #~ "B<pri=>I<value> to the option field of I</etc/fstab> for use with "
76092 #~ "B<swapon -a>.  When no priority is defined, it defaults to -1."
76093 #~ msgstr ""
76094 #~ "Indiquer la priorité d'un périphérique d'échange. I<priorité> est un "
76095 #~ "entier compris entre -1 et 32767. Les nombres les plus élevés indiquent "
76096 #~ "une priorité plus grande. Consultez B<swapon>(2) pour une description "
76097 #~ "complète des priorités d'espace d'échange. Ajoutez B<pri=>I<valeur> dans "
76098 #~ "le champ option de I</etc/fstab> pour l'utiliser avec B<swapon -a>. La "
76099 #~ "valeur par défaut est -1 quand aucune I<priorité> n’est définie."
76100
76101 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --summary>"
76102 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--summary>"
76103
76104 #~ msgid ""
76105 #~ "Display swap usage summary by device.  Equivalent to \"cat /proc/"
76106 #~ "swaps\".  This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of B<--show> that "
76107 #~ "provides better control on output data."
76108 #~ msgstr ""
76109 #~ "Afficher le résumé par périphérique de l'utilisation de la pagination. "
76110 #~ "C’est équivalent à « cat /proc/swaps ». Ce format de sortie est "
76111 #~ "B<obsolète>, remplacé par B<--show> qui fournit un meilleur contrôle des "
76112 #~ "données en sortie."
76113
76114 #~ msgid ""
76115 #~ "Display a definable table of swap areas.  See the B<--help> output for a "
76116 #~ "list of available columns."
76117 #~ msgstr ""
76118 #~ "Afficher un tableau de zones d’échange. Consultez la sortie de B<--help> "
76119 #~ "pour une liste de colonnes disponibles."
76120
76121 #~ msgid "B<-U>I< uuid>"
76122 #~ msgstr "B<-U> I<UUID>"
76123
76124 #~ msgid "I</dev/sd??> standard paging devices"
76125 #~ msgstr "I</dev/sd??> les périphériques standards de pagination sur disque"
76126
76127 #~ msgid "I</etc/fstab> ascii filesystem description table"
76128 #~ msgstr ""
76129 #~ "I</etc/fstab> table de description en ASCII des systèmes de fichiers"
76130
76131 #~ msgid ""
76132 #~ "The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to "
76133 #~ "the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem.  This is a "
76134 #~ "problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like "
76135 #~ "Btrfs."
76136 #~ msgstr ""
76137 #~ "L’implémentation de fichier d’échange dans le noyau s’attend à pouvoir "
76138 #~ "écrire directement dans le fichier, sans aide du système de fichiers. "
76139 #~ "C’est un problème pour les fichiers avec des creux ou en copie sur "
76140 #~ "écriture (« copy-on-write ») comme B<Btrfs>"
76141
76142 #~ msgid ""
76143 #~ "Commands like B<cp>(1)  or B<truncate>(1)  create files with holes.  "
76144 #~ "These files will be rejected by swapon."
76145 #~ msgstr ""
76146 #~ "Les commandes telles B<cp>(1) ou B<truncate>(1) créent des fichiers "
76147 #~ "creux. Ces fichiers sont rejetés par B<swapon>."
76148
76149 #~ msgid ""
76150 #~ "Preallocated files created by B<fallocate>(1)  may be interpreted as "
76151 #~ "files with holes too depending of the filesystem.  Preallocated swap "
76152 #~ "files are supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
76153 #~ msgstr ""
76154 #~ "Les fichiers préalloués créés par B<fallocate>(1) peuvent être aussi "
76155 #~ "interprétés comme des fichiers creux selon le système de fichiers. Les "
76156 #~ "fichiers d’échange préalloués sont pris en charge par B<XFS> depuis "
76157 #~ "Linux 4.18."
76158
76159 #~ msgid ""
76160 #~ "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with nocow "
76161 #~ "attribute.  See the B<btrfs>(5)  manual page for more details."
76162 #~ msgstr ""
76163 #~ "Les fichiers d’échange sont pris en charge par B<Btrfs> depuis Linux 5.0 "
76164 #~ "pour les fichiers sans attribut copie sur écriture. Consultez la page de "
76165 #~ "manuel de B<btrfs>(5) pour davantage de détails."
76166
76167 #~ msgid ""
76168 #~ "The swapon command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
76169 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
76170 #~ msgstr ""
76171 #~ "La commande B<swapon> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
76172 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
76173 #~ ">E<gt>."
76174
76175 #~ msgid "SWITCH_ROOT"
76176 #~ msgstr "SWITCH_ROOT"
76177
76178 #, fuzzy
76179 #~| msgid ""
76180 #~| "B<switch_root> moves already mounted /proc, /dev, /sys and /run to "
76181 #~| "I<newroot> and makes I<newroot> the new root filesystem and starts "
76182 #~| "I<init> process."
76183 #~ msgid ""
76184 #~ "B<switch_root> moves already mounted I</proc>, I</dev>, I</sys> and I</"
76185 #~ "run> to I<newroot> and makes I<newroot> the new root filesystem and "
76186 #~ "starts I<init> process."
76187 #~ msgstr ""
76188 #~ "B<switch_root> déplace I</proc>, I</dev>, I</sys> et I</run> déjà montés "
76189 #~ "vers I<nouvelle_racine> et fait de I<nouvelle_racine> la nouvelle racine "
76190 #~ "du système de fichiers et lance le processus I<init>."
76191
76192 #, fuzzy
76193 #~| msgid ""
76194 #~| "switch_root will fail to function if B<newroot> is not the root of a "
76195 #~| "mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet "
76196 #~| "this requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn "
76197 #~| "any directory into a mount point:"
76198 #~ msgid ""
76199 #~ "B<switch_root> will fail to function if I<newroot> is not the root of a "
76200 #~ "mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet "
76201 #~ "this requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn any "
76202 #~ "directory into a mount point:"
76203 #~ msgstr ""
76204 #~ "B<switch_root> échouera si I<nouvelle_racine> n'est pas la racine d'un "
76205 #~ "montage. Si vous voulez passer la racine vers un répertoire qui ne "
76206 #~ "convient pas à cette exigence, vous pouvez d'abord utiliser une astuce de "
76207 #~ "remontage pour transformer n'importe quel répertoire en point de montage :"
76208
76209 #, fuzzy
76210 #~| msgid ""
76211 #~| "The switch_root command is part of the util-linux package and is "
76212 #~| "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
76213 #~ msgid ""
76214 #~ "The B<switch_root> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
76215 #~ "downloaded from"
76216 #~ msgstr ""
76217 #~ "La commande B<switch_root> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
76218 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
76219 #~ ">E<gt>."
76220
76221 #~ msgid "June 2009"
76222 #~ msgstr "juin 2009"
76223
76224 #~ msgid "B<switch_root> I<newroot> I<init> [I<arg>...]"
76225 #~ msgstr "B<switch_root> I<nouvelle_racine> I<init> [I<argument> ...]"
76226
76227 #~ msgid ""
76228 #~ "Peter Jones E<lt>pjones@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
76229 #~ "Jeremy Katz E<lt>katzj@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
76230 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
76231 #~ msgstr ""
76232 #~ "Peter Jones E<lt>I<pjones@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
76233 #~ "Jeremy Katz E<lt>I<katzj@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
76234 #~ "Karel Zak E<lt>I<kzak@redhat.com>E<gt>\n"
76235
76236 #~ msgid ""
76237 #~ "The switch_root command is part of the util-linux package and is "
76238 #~ "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
76239 #~ msgstr ""
76240 #~ "La commande B<switch_root> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
76241 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
76242 #~ ">E<gt>."
76243
76244 #~ msgid "TASKSET"
76245 #~ msgstr "TASKSET"
76246
76247 #, fuzzy
76248 #~| msgid "taskset - set or retrieve a process's CPU affinity"
76249 #~ msgid "taskset - set or retrieve a process\\(aqs CPU affinity"
76250 #~ msgstr "taskset - Définir ou récupérer l'affinité processeur d'un processus"
76251
76252 #, fuzzy
76253 #~| msgid ""
76254 #~| "Copyright \\(co 2004 Robert M. Love.  This is free software; see the "
76255 #~| "source for copying conditions.  There is NO warranty; not even for "
76256 #~| "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
76257 #~ msgid ""
76258 #~ "Copyright © 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the source "
76259 #~ "for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
76260 #~ "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
76261 #~ msgstr ""
76262 #~ "Copyright \\(co 2004 Robert M. Love. C'est un logiciel libre ; consultez "
76263 #~ "les sources pour les conditions de copie. Il n'y a AUCUNE garantie ; même "
76264 #~ "pas de VALEUR MARCHANDE ou d'ADÉQUATION À UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIÈRE."
76265
76266 #, fuzzy
76267 #~| msgid ""
76268 #~| "The taskset command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
76269 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
76270 #~ msgid ""
76271 #~ "The B<taskset> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
76272 #~ "downloaded from"
76273 #~ msgstr ""
76274 #~ "La commande B<taskset> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
76275 #~ "disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
76276
76277 #~ msgid "August 2014"
76278 #~ msgstr "août 2014"
76279
76280 #~ msgid "B<taskset> [options] I<mask\\ command\\ >[I<argument>...]"
76281 #~ msgstr "B<taskset> [I<options>] I<masque\\ commande\\ >[I<paramètre> ...]"
76282
76283 #~ msgid "B<taskset> [options] B<-p> [I<mask>]\\ I<pid>"
76284 #~ msgstr "B<taskset> [I<options>] B<-p> [I<masque>]\\ I<PID>"
76285
76286 #~ msgid ""
76287 #~ "B<taskset> is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a running "
76288 #~ "process given its I<pid>, or to launch a new I<command> with a given CPU "
76289 #~ "affinity.  CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process "
76290 #~ "to a given set of CPUs on the system.  The Linux scheduler will honor the "
76291 #~ "given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs.  Note "
76292 #~ "that the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the "
76293 #~ "scheduler attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical "
76294 #~ "for performance reasons.  Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is "
76295 #~ "useful only in certain applications."
76296 #~ msgstr ""
76297 #~ "B<taskset> est généralement utilisé pour récupérer ou définir l'affinité "
76298 #~ "processeur d'un processus en cours d'exécution en donnant son I<PID> ou "
76299 #~ "pour lancer une nouvelle I<commande> avec une affinité processeur "
76300 #~ "fournie. L'affinité processeur est une propriété de l'ordonnanceur qui "
76301 #~ "« lie » un processus à un ensemble de processeurs donné sur un système. "
76302 #~ "L'ordonnanceur de Linux respectera l'affinité processeur et le processus "
76303 #~ "ne s'exécutera sur aucun autre processeur. Notez que l'ordonnanceur Linux "
76304 #~ "gère également l'affinité processeur dite « naturelle » : l'ordonnanceur "
76305 #~ "essaie de maintenir les processus sur le même processeur tant que cela a "
76306 #~ "du sens pour des raisons de performances. Ainsi, forcer une affinité "
76307 #~ "processeur spécifique n'est utile que dans certaines applications."
76308
76309 #~ msgid ""
76310 #~ "The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit "
76311 #~ "corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit "
76312 #~ "corresponding to the last logical CPU.  Not all CPUs may exist on a given "
76313 #~ "system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present.  A retrieved "
76314 #~ "mask will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the "
76315 #~ "system.  If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no "
76316 #~ "valid CPUs on the current system) an error is returned.  The masks may be "
76317 #~ "specified in hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU "
76318 #~ "list with the B<--cpu-list> option.  For example,"
76319 #~ msgstr ""
76320 #~ "L'affinité du processeur est représentée par un I<masque> binaire, avec "
76321 #~ "le bit de poids le plus faible correspondant au premier processeur "
76322 #~ "logique et le bit de poids le plus fort au dernier processeur logique. "
76323 #~ "Tous les processeurs peuvent ne pas exister dans un système donné, mais "
76324 #~ "un I<masque> peut indiquer plus de processeurs que ceux qui sont "
76325 #~ "présents. Un I<masque> récupéré n'aura que les bits correspondants aux "
76326 #~ "processeurs présents physiquement sur le système. Si un I<masque> erroné "
76327 #~ "est fourni (c'est-à-dire, un I<masque> qui correspond à un processeur "
76328 #~ "absent sur le système actuel) une erreur est alors renvoyée. Les masques "
76329 #~ "peuvent être codés en hexadécimal (avec ou sans un « 0x » en tête) ou "
76330 #~ "sous la forme d'une liste de processeurs avec l'option B<--cpu-list>. Par "
76331 #~ "exemple :"
76332
76333 #~ msgid "B<--cpu-list\\ 0-2,6>"
76334 #~ msgstr "B<--cpu-list\\ 0-2,6>"
76335
76336 #~ msgid "B<--cpu-list\\ 0-10:2>"
76337 #~ msgstr "B<--cpu-list\\ 0-10:2>"
76338
76339 #~ msgid "B<-c>,\\ B<--cpu-list>"
76340 #~ msgstr "B<-c>,\\ B<--cpu-list>"
76341
76342 #~ msgid ""
76343 #~ "Interpret I<mask> as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask.  "
76344 #~ "Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges.  For example: "
76345 #~ "B<0,5,8-11>."
76346 #~ msgstr ""
76347 #~ "Interpréter I<masque> comme une liste numérique de processeurs au lieu "
76348 #~ "d'un masque binaire. Les I<nombres> sont séparés par des virgules, et "
76349 #~ "peuvent comprendre des intervalles. Par exemple : B<0,5,8-11>."
76350
76351 #~ msgid "B<taskset> I<mask> I<command\\ >[I<arguments>]"
76352 #~ msgstr "B<taskset> I<masque> I<commande\\ >[I<paramètres>]"
76353
76354 #~ msgid ""
76355 #~ "A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same "
76356 #~ "user.  A user must possess B<CAP_SYS_NICE> to change the CPU affinity of "
76357 #~ "a process belonging to another user.  A user can retrieve the affinity "
76358 #~ "mask of any process."
76359 #~ msgstr ""
76360 #~ "Un utilisateur peut modifier l’affinité processeur d’un processus lui "
76361 #~ "appartenant. Un utilisateur doit posséder la capacité B<CAP_SYS_NICE> "
76362 #~ "pour modifier l'affinité processeur d'un processus appartenant à un autre "
76363 #~ "utilisateur. Un utilisateur peut récupérer le masque d'affinité de "
76364 #~ "n’importe quel processus."
76365
76366 #~ msgid "See B<sched>(7)  for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
76367 #~ msgstr ""
76368 #~ "Consultez B<sched>(7) pour une description de l'organisation de "
76369 #~ "l'ordonnancement de Linux."
76370
76371 #~ msgid ""
76372 #~ "The taskset command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
76373 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
76374 #~ msgstr ""
76375 #~ "La commande B<taskset> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
76376 #~ "disponible sur https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
76377
76378 #, fuzzy
76379 #~| msgid "TERMINAL_COLORS.D"
76380 #~ msgid "TERMINAL-COLORS.D"
76381 #~ msgstr "TERMINAL_COLORS.D"
76382
76383 #~ msgid "to restore default color"
76384 #~ msgstr "pour restaurer la couleur par défaut"
76385
76386 #~ msgid "for brighter colors"
76387 #~ msgstr "pour les couleurs plus claires"
76388
76389 #~ msgid "for underlined text"
76390 #~ msgstr "pour le texte souligné"
76391
76392 #~ msgid "for flashing text"
76393 #~ msgstr "pour le texte clignotant"
76394
76395 #~ msgid "30"
76396 #~ msgstr "30"
76397
76398 #~ msgid "for black foreground"
76399 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan noir"
76400
76401 #~ msgid "31"
76402 #~ msgstr "31"
76403
76404 #~ msgid "for red foreground"
76405 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan rouge"
76406
76407 #~ msgid "for green foreground"
76408 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan vert"
76409
76410 #~ msgid "33"
76411 #~ msgstr "33"
76412
76413 #~ msgid "for yellow (or brown) foreground"
76414 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan jaune (ou marron)"
76415
76416 #~ msgid "34"
76417 #~ msgstr "34"
76418
76419 #~ msgid "for blue foreground"
76420 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan bleu"
76421
76422 #~ msgid "35"
76423 #~ msgstr "35"
76424
76425 #~ msgid "for purple foreground"
76426 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan violet"
76427
76428 #~ msgid "36"
76429 #~ msgstr "36"
76430
76431 #~ msgid "for cyan foreground"
76432 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan cyan"
76433
76434 #~ msgid "37"
76435 #~ msgstr "37"
76436
76437 #~ msgid "for white (or gray) foreground"
76438 #~ msgstr "pour un premier plan blanc (ou gris)"
76439
76440 #~ msgid "40"
76441 #~ msgstr "40"
76442
76443 #~ msgid "for black background"
76444 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan noir"
76445
76446 #~ msgid "41"
76447 #~ msgstr "41"
76448
76449 #~ msgid "for red background"
76450 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan rouge"
76451
76452 #~ msgid "42"
76453 #~ msgstr "42"
76454
76455 #~ msgid "for green background"
76456 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan vert"
76457
76458 #~ msgid "43"
76459 #~ msgstr "43"
76460
76461 #~ msgid "for yellow (or brown) background"
76462 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan jaune (ou marron)"
76463
76464 #~ msgid "44"
76465 #~ msgstr "44"
76466
76467 #~ msgid "for blue background"
76468 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan bleu"
76469
76470 #~ msgid "45"
76471 #~ msgstr "45"
76472
76473 #~ msgid "for purple background"
76474 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan violet"
76475
76476 #~ msgid "46"
76477 #~ msgstr "46"
76478
76479 #~ msgid "for cyan background"
76480 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan cyan"
76481
76482 #~ msgid "47"
76483 #~ msgstr "47"
76484
76485 #~ msgid "for white (or gray) background"
76486 #~ msgstr "pour un arrière-plan blanc (ou gris)"
76487
76488 #, fuzzy
76489 #~| msgid ""
76490 #~| "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style "
76491 #~| "\\e-escaped notation can be used:"
76492 #~ msgid ""
76493 #~ "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style "
76494 #~ "\\(rs-escaped notation can be used:"
76495 #~ msgstr ""
76496 #~ "Pour indiquer les caractères de contrôle ou blanc dans les suites de "
76497 #~ "couleur, la notation d’échappement \\e de type C peut être utilisée :"
76498
76499 #~ msgid "Bell (ASCII 7)"
76500 #~ msgstr "sonnerie (ASCII 7)"
76501
76502 #~ msgid "Backspace (ASCII 8)"
76503 #~ msgstr "espace arrière (ASCII 8)"
76504
76505 #, fuzzy
76506 #~| msgid "B<--reverse>"
76507 #~ msgid "B<\\(rse>"
76508 #~ msgstr "B<--reverse>"
76509
76510 #~ msgid "Escape (ASCII 27)"
76511 #~ msgstr "échappement (ASCII 27)"
76512
76513 #~ msgid "Form feed (ASCII 12)"
76514 #~ msgstr "saut de page (ASCII 12)"
76515
76516 #~ msgid "Newline (ASCII 10)"
76517 #~ msgstr "changement de ligne (ASCII 10)"
76518
76519 #~ msgid "Tab (ASCII 9)"
76520 #~ msgstr "tabulation horizontale (ASCII 9)"
76521
76522 #~ msgid "Vertical Tab (ASCII 11)"
76523 #~ msgstr "tabulation verticale (ASCII 11)"
76524
76525 #~ msgid "Delete (ASCII 127)"
76526 #~ msgstr "suppression (ASCII 127)"
76527
76528 #, fuzzy
76529 #~| msgid "Backslash (\\e)"
76530 #~ msgid "Backslash (\\(rs)"
76531 #~ msgstr "contre-oblique (\\e)"
76532
76533 #~ msgid "Caret (^)"
76534 #~ msgstr "accent circonflexe (^)"
76535
76536 #~ msgid "Hash mark (#)"
76537 #~ msgstr "croisillon (#)"
76538
76539 #, fuzzy
76540 #~| msgid ""
76541 #~| "B<echo 'alert 37;41' E<gt>E<gt> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme>"
76542 #~ msgid ""
76543 #~ "B<echo \\(aqalert 37;41\\(aq E<gt>E<gt> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg."
76544 #~ "scheme>"
76545 #~ msgstr ""
76546 #~ "B<echo 'alert 37;41' E<gt>E<gt> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme>"
76547
76548 #, fuzzy
76549 #~| msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils except dmesg(1):"
76550 #~ msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils except B<dmesg>(1):"
76551 #~ msgstr ""
76552 #~ "Désactiver la couleur pour tous les utilitaires compatibles sauf "
76553 #~ "B<dmesg>(1) :"
76554
76555 #~ msgid "TERMINAL_COLORS.D"
76556 #~ msgstr "TERMINAL_COLORS.D"
76557
76558 #~ msgid "January 2014"
76559 #~ msgstr "janvier 2014"
76560
76561 #~ msgid ""
76562 #~ "terminal-colors.d - Configure output colorization for various utilities"
76563 #~ msgstr ""
76564 #~ "terminal-colors.d - Configurer la coloration de sortie pour plusieurs "
76565 #~ "utilitaires"
76566
76567 #~ msgid "/etc/terminal-colors\\&.d/[[I<name>][@I<term>]\\&.][I<type>]"
76568 #~ msgstr "/etc/terminal-colors\\&.d/[[I<nom>][@I<term>]\\&.][I<type>]"
76569
76570 #~ msgid ""
76571 #~ "The I<name> is a utility name.  The name is optional and when none is "
76572 #~ "specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities."
76573 #~ msgstr ""
76574 #~ "Le I<nom> est un nom d’utilitaire. Le nom est facultatif et si aucun "
76575 #~ "n’est indiqué, alors le fichier est utilisé pour tous les utilitaires non "
76576 #~ "indiqués."
76577
76578 #~ msgid ""
76579 #~ "The I<term> is a terminal identifier (the TERM environment variable).  "
76580 #~ "The terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the "
76581 #~ "file is used for all unspecified terminals."
76582 #~ msgstr ""
76583 #~ "Le I<term> est un identifiant de terminal (la variable d’environnement "
76584 #~ "B<TERM>). L’identifiant de terminal est facultatif et si aucun n’est "
76585 #~ "indiqué, alors le fichier est utilisé pour tous les terminaux non "
76586 #~ "indiqués."
76587
76588 #~ msgid "The I<type> is a file type.  Supported file types are:"
76589 #~ msgstr ""
76590 #~ "Le I<type> est un type de fichier. Les types de fichier pris en charge "
76591 #~ "sont les suivants."
76592
76593 #~ msgid ""
76594 #~ "Specifies colors used for output.  The file format may be specific to the "
76595 #~ "utility, the default format is described below."
76596 #~ msgstr ""
76597 #~ "Indiquer les couleurs utilisées pour la sortie. Le format de fichier peut "
76598 #~ "être spécifique à l’utilitaire, le format par défaut est décrit ci-"
76599 #~ "dessous."
76600
76601 #, fuzzy
76602 #~| msgid ""
76603 #~| "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the "
76604 #~| "more specific filename wins.  For example, the filename \"@xterm."
76605 #~| "scheme\" has less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\".  The lowest "
76606 #~| "priority are those files without a utility name and terminal identifier "
76607 #~| "(e.g. \"disable\")."
76608 #~ msgid ""
76609 #~ "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the "
76610 #~ "more specific filename wins.  For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" "
76611 #~ "has less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\".  The lowest priority are "
76612 #~ "those files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., "
76613 #~ "\"disable\")."
76614 #~ msgstr ""
76615 #~ "Si plusieurs fichiers correspondent pour un utilitaire, alors le fichier "
76616 #~ "avec le nom de fichier le plus spécifique est prioritaire. Par exemple, "
76617 #~ "le nom de fichier « @xterm.scheme » est moins prioritaire que "
76618 #~ "« dmesg@xterm.scheme ». La priorité la plus basse est pour les fichiers "
76619 #~ "sans nom d’utilitaire ni identifiant de terminal (par exemple, "
76620 #~ "« disable »)."
76621
76622 #~ msgid ""
76623 #~ "The B<name> is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\").  "
76624 #~ "The names are specific to the utilities.  For more details always see the "
76625 #~ "COLORS section in the man page for the utility."
76626 #~ msgstr ""
76627 #~ "Le I<nom> est un nom logique de suite de couleur (par exemple, "
76628 #~ "« error »). Les noms sont spécifiques aux utilitaires. Pour plus de "
76629 #~ "précisions, consultez toujours la section B<COULEURS> dans la page de "
76630 #~ "manuel de l’utilitaire."
76631
76632 #~ msgid ""
76633 #~ "The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by "
76634 #~ "semicolons.  The most common codes are:"
76635 #~ msgstr ""
76636 #~ "Les suites de couleurs sont composées de suites de nombres séparés par "
76637 #~ "des points-virgules. Les codes les plus habituels sont :"
76638
76639 #~ msgid " 0"
76640 #~ msgstr " 0"
76641
76642 #~ msgid " 1"
76643 #~ msgstr " 1"
76644
76645 #~ msgid " 4"
76646 #~ msgstr " 4"
76647
76648 #~ msgid " 5"
76649 #~ msgstr " 5"
76650
76651 #~ msgid "\\ea"
76652 #~ msgstr "\\ea"
76653
76654 #~ msgid "\\eb"
76655 #~ msgstr "\\eb"
76656
76657 #~ msgid "\\ee"
76658 #~ msgstr "\\ee"
76659
76660 #~ msgid "\\ef"
76661 #~ msgstr "\\ef"
76662
76663 #~ msgid "\\en"
76664 #~ msgstr "\\en"
76665
76666 #~ msgid "\\er"
76667 #~ msgstr "\\er"
76668
76669 #~ msgid "\\et"
76670 #~ msgstr "\\et"
76671
76672 #~ msgid "\\ev"
76673 #~ msgstr "\\ev"
76674
76675 #~ msgid "\\e?"
76676 #~ msgstr "\\e?"
76677
76678 #~ msgid "\\e_"
76679 #~ msgstr "\\e_"
76680
76681 #~ msgid "\\e\\e"
76682 #~ msgstr "\\e\\e"
76683
76684 #~ msgid "Backslash (\\e)"
76685 #~ msgstr "contre-oblique (\\e)"
76686
76687 #~ msgid "\\e^"
76688 #~ msgstr "\\e^"
76689
76690 #~ msgid "\\e#"
76691 #~ msgstr "\\e#"
76692
76693 #~ msgid ""
76694 #~ "Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored.  Any "
76695 #~ "other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a "
76696 #~ "comment."
76697 #~ msgstr ""
76698 #~ "Les lignes où le premier caractère non blanc est un B<#> (croisillon) "
76699 #~ "sont ignorées. Toutes les autres utilisations du caractère croisillon ne "
76700 #~ "sont pas interprétées comme introduisant un commentaire."
76701
76702 #~ msgid ""
76703 #~ "The terminal-colors.d functionality is currently supported by all util-"
76704 #~ "linux utilities which provides colorized output.  For more details always "
76705 #~ "see the COLORS section in the man page for the utility."
76706 #~ msgstr ""
76707 #~ "La fonctionnalité terminal-colors.d est actuellement prise en charge par "
76708 #~ "tous les utilitaires d’util-linux qui fournissent une sortie en couleur. "
76709 #~ "Pour plus de précisions, consultez toujours la section B<COULEURS> dans "
76710 #~ "la page de manuel de l’utilitaire."
76711
76712 #, fuzzy
76713 #~ msgid ""
76714 #~ "terminal-colors.d is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
76715 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
76716 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
76717 #~ msgstr ""
76718 #~ "B<terminal-colors.d> fait partie du paquet util-linux et est disponible "
76719 #~ "sur E<.UR ftp://\\:ftp.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/"
76720 #~ ">l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
76721
76722 #~ msgid "UMOUNT"
76723 #~ msgstr "UMOUNT"
76724
76725 #, fuzzy
76726 #~| msgid "B<umount -a> [B<-dflnrv>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<option>...]"
76727 #~ msgid "B<umount> B<-a> [B<-dflnrv>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<option>...]"
76728 #~ msgstr "B<umount -a> [B<-dflnrv>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-O> I<option>...]"
76729
76730 #, fuzzy
76731 #~| msgid ""
76732 #~| "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is 'busy' - for "
76733 #~| "example, when there are open files on it, or when some process has its "
76734 #~| "working directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use.  The "
76735 #~| "offending process could even be B<umount> itself - it opens libc, and "
76736 #~| "libc in its turn may open for example locale files.  A lazy unmount "
76737 #~| "avoids this problem, but it may introduce other issues. See B<--lazy> "
76738 #~| "description below."
76739 #~ msgid ""
76740 #~ "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is \\(aqbusy\\(aq - "
76741 #~ "for example, when there are open files on it, or when some process has "
76742 #~ "its working directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The "
76743 #~ "offending process could even be B<umount> itself - it opens libc, and "
76744 #~ "libc in its turn may open for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids "
76745 #~ "this problem, but it may introduce other issues. See B<--lazy> "
76746 #~ "description below."
76747 #~ msgstr ""
76748 #~ "Remarquez qu'un système de fichiers ne peut pas être démonté quand il est "
76749 #~ "« occupé », par exemple quand des fichiers sont ouverts dessus, quand "
76750 #~ "certains processus y ont leur répertoire de travail ou quand un fichier "
76751 #~ "d'échange y est utilisé. Le processus responsable pourrait même être "
76752 #~ "B<umount> lui-même : il ouvre la libc, qui peut, par exemple, ouvrir à "
76753 #~ "son tour des fichiers locaux. Un démontage paresseux évite ce problème "
76754 #~ "mais il peut introduire d’autres problèmes. Consultez la description de "
76755 #~ "B<--lazy> ci-dessous."
76756
76757 #, fuzzy
76758 #~| msgid ""
76759 #~| "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount "
76760 #~| "helper execution; this 'fakes' unmounting the filesystem.  It can be "
76761 #~| "used to remove entries from the deprecated I</etc/mtab> that were "
76762 #~| "unmounted earlier with the B<-n> option."
76763 #~ msgid ""
76764 #~ "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount "
76765 #~ "helper execution; this \\(aqfakes\\(aq unmounting the filesystem. It can "
76766 #~ "be used to remove entries from the deprecated I</etc/mtab> that were "
76767 #~ "unmounted earlier with the B<-n> option."
76768 #~ msgstr ""
76769 #~ "Toutes les actions seront exécutées sauf le véritable appel système ou "
76770 #~ "l’exécution d’auxiliaire de démontage. Cela imite le démontage du système "
76771 #~ "de fichiers. Cela permet de retirer des entrées du fichier I</etc/mtab> "
76772 #~ "obsolète qui avaient été démontées auparavant avec l'option B<-n>."
76773
76774 #, fuzzy
76775 #~| msgid ""
76776 #~| "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not "
76777 #~| "hang.  It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks "
76778 #~| "to avoid unwanted readlink and stat system calls on unreachable NFS in "
76779 #~| "umount."
76780 #~ msgid ""
76781 #~ "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not "
76782 #~ "hang. It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use absolute paths without "
76783 #~ "symlinks to avoid unwanted readlink and stat system calls on unreachable "
76784 #~ "NFS in B<umount>."
76785 #~ msgstr ""
76786 #~ "Remarquez que cette option ne garantit pas que la commande de démontage "
76787 #~ "ne plante pas. Il est fortement recommandé d’utiliser des chemins absolus "
76788 #~ "sans liens symboliques pour éviter des appels système B<stat>() sur un "
76789 #~ "système NFS injoignable dans le démontage."
76790
76791 #, fuzzy
76792 #~| msgid "B<-i>,B< --internal-only>"
76793 #~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--internal-only>"
76794 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--internal-only>"
76795
76796 #, fuzzy
76797 #~| msgid ""
76798 #~| "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use "
76799 #~| "this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts.  "
76800 #~| "The recommended use-case for B<umount -l> is to prevent hangs on "
76801 #~| "shutdown due to an unreachable network share where a normal umount will "
76802 #~| "hang due to a downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the "
76803 #~| "share will not be possible."
76804 #~ msgid ""
76805 #~ "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you\\(cqre going to "
76806 #~ "use this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with "
76807 #~ "submounts. The recommended use-case for B<umount -l> is to prevent hangs "
76808 #~ "on shutdown due to an unreachable network share where a normal umount "
76809 #~ "will hang due to a downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the "
76810 #~ "share will not be possible."
76811 #~ msgstr ""
76812 #~ "Un redémarrage du système devrait se dérouler très prochainement pour "
76813 #~ "pouvoir utiliser cette option pour un système de fichiers réseau ou pour "
76814 #~ "des systèmes de fichiers locaux avec des sous-montages. L’utilisation "
76815 #~ "recommandée de B<umount\\ -l> est d’empêcher des plantages lors d’un "
76816 #~ "arrêt causé par un partage réseau non joignable où un démontage normal "
76817 #~ "planterait à cause d’un serveur arrêté ou d’une partition réseau. Le "
76818 #~ "remontage des partages ne serait pas possible."
76819
76820 #, fuzzy
76821 #~| msgid ""
76822 #~| "Since version 2.34 the B<umount> command can be used to perform umount "
76823 #~| "operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains "
76824 #~| "user's ID.  In this case fstab user= mount option is not required."
76825 #~ msgid ""
76826 #~ "Since version 2.34 the B<umount> command can be used to perform umount "
76827 #~ "operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains "
76828 #~ "user\\(cqs ID. In this case fstab B<user=> mount option is not required."
76829 #~ msgstr ""
76830 #~ "Depuis sa version 2.34, la commande B<umount> peut être aussi utilisée "
76831 #~ "pour réaliser des opérations de démontage pour les systèmes de fichiers "
76832 #~ "fuse si la table de montage du noyau contient des ID d’utilisateurs. Dans "
76833 #~ "ce cas, l’option de I<fstab> « user= mount » n’est pas nécessaire."
76834
76835 #, fuzzy
76836 #~| msgid ""
76837 #~| "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
76838 #~| "B<losetup>(8)  output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use "
76839 #~| "the option B< --detach-loop> or call B<losetup -d E<lt>deviceE<gt>>. The "
76840 #~| "autoclear feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
76841 #~ msgid ""
76842 #~ "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
76843 #~ "B<losetup>(8) output for more details), otherwise it\\(cqs necessary to "
76844 #~ "use the option B<--detach-loop> or call B<losetup -d E<lt>deviceE<gt>>. "
76845 #~ "The autoclear feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
76846 #~ msgstr ""
76847 #~ "Dans ce cas le périphérique est initialisé avec l’indicateur "
76848 #~ "« autoclear » (consultez B<losetup>(8) pour plus de détails), sinon il "
76849 #~ "est nécessaire d’utiliser l’option B<--detach-loop> ou d’appeler "
76850 #~ "B<losetup\\ -d\\ E<lt>deviceE<gt>>. La fonctionnalité autoclear est prise "
76851 #~ "en charge depuis Linux 2.6.25."
76852
76853 #, fuzzy
76854 #~| msgid ""
76855 #~| "Note that I</etc/mtab> is currently deprecated and helper= and other "
76856 #~| "userspace mount options are maintained by libmount."
76857 #~ msgid ""
76858 #~ "Note that I</etc/mtab> is currently deprecated and B<helper=> and other "
76859 #~ "userspace mount options are maintained by libmount."
76860 #~ msgstr ""
76861 #~ "Remarquez que le fichier I</etc/mtab> est désormais obsolète et que les "
76862 #~ "options B<helper=> et d’autres options d’espace utilisateur de montage "
76863 #~ "sont entretenues par libmount."
76864
76865 #, fuzzy
76866 #~| msgid "enables libmount debug output"
76867 #~ msgid "enables B<libmount> debug output"
76868 #~ msgstr "Activer la sortie de débogage de libmount."
76869
76870 #~ msgid "B<umount> [B<-dflnrv>] {I<directory>|I<device>}..."
76871 #~ msgstr "B<umount> [B<-dflnrv>] {I<répertoire>|I<périphérique>}..."
76872
76873 #~ msgid ""
76874 #~ "The B<umount> command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file "
76875 #~ "hierarchy.  A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it "
76876 #~ "has been mounted.  Giving the special device on which the filesystem "
76877 #~ "lives may also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case "
76878 #~ "this device was mounted on more than one directory."
76879 #~ msgstr ""
76880 #~ "La commande B<umount> détache les systèmes de fichiers mentionnés de la "
76881 #~ "hiérarchie des fichiers. Un système de fichiers est indiqué en donnant le "
76882 #~ "nom du répertoire dans lequel il a été monté. Fournir le périphérique "
76883 #~ "spécial sur lequel réside le système de fichiers peut également "
76884 #~ "fonctionner, mais est obsolète, principalement parce que cela échouera si "
76885 #~ "ce périphérique a été monté dans plus d'un répertoire."
76886
76887 #~ msgid ""
76888 #~ "All of the filesystems described in I</proc/self/mountinfo> (or in "
76889 #~ "deprecated I</etc/mtab>)  are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, "
76890 #~ "sysfs, rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may "
76891 #~ "be replaced by B<--types> umount option."
76892 #~ msgstr ""
76893 #~ "Tous les systèmes de fichiers détaillés dans I</proc/self/mountinfo> (ou "
76894 #~ "dans le I</etc/mtab> obsolète) sont démontés, exceptés les systèmes de "
76895 #~ "fichiers proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, rpc_pipefs et nfsd. Cette liste de "
76896 #~ "systèmes de fichiers peut être remplacée par l’option de démontage B<--"
76897 #~ "types>."
76898
76899 #~ msgid "B<-A>,B< --all-targets>"
76900 #~ msgstr "B<-A>, B<--all-targets>"
76901
76902 #~ msgid ""
76903 #~ "Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified "
76904 #~ "filesystem.  The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or "
76905 #~ "the device name (or UUID, etc.).  When this option is used together with "
76906 #~ "B<--recursive>, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are "
76907 #~ "recursively unmounted.  This option is only supported on systems where I</"
76908 #~ "etc/mtab> is a symlink to I</proc/mounts>."
76909 #~ msgstr ""
76910 #~ "Démonter tous les points de montage dans l’espace de noms montage actuel "
76911 #~ "pour le système de fichiers indiqué. Le système de fichiers peut être "
76912 #~ "indiqué par les points de montage ou le nom (ou l’UUID, etc.) du "
76913 #~ "périphérique. Quand cette option est utilisée avec B<--recursive>, alors "
76914 #~ "tous les montages imbriqués dans le système de fichiers sont démontés de "
76915 #~ "façon récursive. Cette option n’est prise en charge que sur les systèmes "
76916 #~ "où I</etc/mtab> est un lien symbolique vers I</proc/mounts>."
76917
76918 #~ msgid ""
76919 #~ "Do not canonicalize paths.  The paths canonicalization is based on "
76920 #~ "B<stat>(2)  and B<readlink>(2)  system calls. These system calls may hang "
76921 #~ "in some cases (for example on NFS if server is not available). The option "
76922 #~ "has to be used with canonical path to the mount point."
76923 #~ msgstr ""
76924 #~ "Ne pas rendre les chemins canoniques. La mise en forme canonique des "
76925 #~ "chemins est basée sur des appels système B<stat>(2) et B<readlink>(2). "
76926 #~ "Ces appels peuvent planter dans certains cas (par exemple sur NFS si le "
76927 #~ "serveur n’est pas disponible). L’option doit être utilisée avec un chemin "
76928 #~ "canonique vers le point de montage."
76929
76930 #~ msgid ""
76931 #~ "For more details about this option see the B<mount>(8)  man page. Note "
76932 #~ "that B<umount> does not pass this option to the B</sbin/umount.>I<type> "
76933 #~ "helpers."
76934 #~ msgstr ""
76935 #~ "Consultez la page de manuel B<mount>(8) pour plus de précisions sur cette "
76936 #~ "option. Remarquez que B<umount> ne passe pas cette option aux auxiliaires "
76937 #~ "B</sbin/umount.>I<type>."
76938
76939 #~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --detach-loop>"
76940 #~ msgstr "B<-d>, B<--detach-loop>"
76941
76942 #~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --internal-only>"
76943 #~ msgstr "B<-i>, B<--internal-only>"
76944
76945 #~ msgid ""
76946 #~ "Do not call the B</sbin/umount.>I<filesystem> helper even if it exists.  "
76947 #~ "By default such a helper program is called if it exists."
76948 #~ msgstr ""
76949 #~ "Ne pas appeler l’auxiliaire B</sbin/umount.>I<système_de_fichiers> même "
76950 #~ "s’il existe. Par défaut, ce genre de programme auxiliaire est appelé s’il "
76951 #~ "existe."
76952
76953 #~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --lazy>"
76954 #~ msgstr "B<-l>, B<--lazy>"
76955
76956 #~ msgid ""
76957 #~ "Lazy unmount.  Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and "
76958 #~ "clean up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy "
76959 #~ "anymore."
76960 #~ msgstr ""
76961 #~ "Démontage paresseux. Détacher maintenant le système de fichiers de la "
76962 #~ "hiérarchie de fichiers et effacer toutes les références vers ce système "
76963 #~ "de fichiers dès qu'il n'est plus occupé."
76964
76965 #~ msgid ""
76966 #~ "Perform umount in the mount namespace specified by I<ns>.  I<ns> is "
76967 #~ "either PID of process running in that namespace or special file "
76968 #~ "representing that namespace."
76969 #~ msgstr ""
76970 #~ "Réaliser le démontage dans l’espace de noms montage indiqué par I<nom>.  "
76971 #~ "I<nom> est soit un PID d’un processus en cours d’exécution dans cet "
76972 #~ "espace de noms ou un fichier spécial représentant cet espace de noms."
76973
76974 #~ msgid ""
76975 #~ "B<umount>(8)  switches to the namespace when it reads I</etc/fstab>, "
76976 #~ "writes I</etc/mtab> (or writes to I</run/mount>)  and calls B<umount>(2)  "
76977 #~ "system call, otherwise it runs in the original namespace.  It means that "
76978 #~ "the target mount namespace does not have to contain any libraries or "
76979 #~ "other requirements necessary to execute B<umount>(2)  command."
76980 #~ msgstr ""
76981 #~ "B<umount>(8) bascule vers cet espace de noms lorsqu’il lit I</etc/fstab>, "
76982 #~ "écrit I</etc/mtab> (ou écrit sur I</run/mount>) et appelle B<umount>(2), "
76983 #~ "sinon, il s’exécute dans l’espace de noms originel. Cela signifie que "
76984 #~ "l’espace de noms montage cible n’a pas à contenir n’importe quelle "
76985 #~ "bibliothèque ou autre nécessité pour exécuter la commande B<umount>(2)."
76986
76987 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --test-opts >I<option>..."
76988 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--test-opts> I<option>..."
76989
76990 #~ msgid ""
76991 #~ "Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in I</etc/"
76992 #~ "fstab>.  More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated "
76993 #~ "list.  Each option can be prefixed with B<no> to indicate that no action "
76994 #~ "should be taken for this option."
76995 #~ msgstr ""
76996 #~ "Ne démonter que les systèmes de fichiers dont les I<option>s indiquées "
76997 #~ "sont définies dans I</etc/fstab>. Plusieurs I<option>s peuvent être "
76998 #~ "indiquées dans une liste, séparées par des virgules. Chaque I<option> "
76999 #~ "peut être préfixée par B<no> pour indiquer qu’aucune action ne doit être "
77000 #~ "réalisée pour cette I<option>."
77001
77002 #~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --recursive>"
77003 #~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
77004
77005 #~ msgid ""
77006 #~ "Recursively unmount each specified directory.  Recursion for each "
77007 #~ "directory will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any "
77008 #~ "reason.  The relationship between mountpoints is determined by I</proc/"
77009 #~ "self/mountinfo> entries.  The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint "
77010 #~ "path; a recursive unmount by device name (or UUID)  is unsupported."
77011 #~ msgstr ""
77012 #~ "Démonter récursivement tous les répertoires indiqués. La récursion d’un "
77013 #~ "répertoire s’arrêtera si une opération de démontage a échoué dans la "
77014 #~ "chaîne quelle qu’en soit la raison. La relation entre les points de "
77015 #~ "montage est déterminée par les entrées de I</proc/self/mountinfo>. Le "
77016 #~ "système de fichiers doit être indiqué par un chemin de point de montage ; "
77017 #~ "le démontage récursif par nom (ou UUID) de périphérique n’est pas pris en "
77018 #~ "charge."
77019
77020 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --types >I<type>..."
77021 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<type>..."
77022
77023 #~ msgid ""
77024 #~ "Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the "
77025 #~ "specified I<type>.  More than one type may be specified in a comma-"
77026 #~ "separated list.  The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with B<no> "
77027 #~ "to indicate that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned "
77028 #~ "types.  Note that B<umount> reads information about mounted filesystems "
77029 #~ "from kernel (/proc/mounts) and filesystem names may be different than "
77030 #~ "filesystem names used in the I</etc/fstab> (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
77031 #~ msgstr ""
77032 #~ "Indiquer que les actions devraient uniquement être entreprises sur les "
77033 #~ "systèmes de fichiers du I<type> indiqué. Plusieurs types peuvent être "
77034 #~ "indiqués dans une liste, séparés par des virgules. La liste des types de "
77035 #~ "systèmes de fichiers peut être préfixée par B<no> pour indiquer qu’aucune "
77036 #~ "action ne doit être réalisée pour aucun des I<type>s indiqués. Remarquez "
77037 #~ "que B<umount> lit les informations sur les systèmes de fichiers montés à "
77038 #~ "partir du noyau (I</proc/mounts>) et les noms de système de fichiers "
77039 #~ "peuvent être différents de ceux utilisés dans I</etc/fstab> (par exemple, "
77040 #~ "« nfs4 » vs. « nfs »)."
77041
77042 #~ msgid ""
77043 #~ "Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems.  However, when "
77044 #~ "I<fstab> contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can umount the "
77045 #~ "corresponding filesystem.  For more details see B<mount>(8)  man page."
77046 #~ msgstr ""
77047 #~ "Normalement, seul le superutilisateur peut démonter des systèmes de "
77048 #~ "fichiers. Cependant, quand I<fstab> contient l’option B<user> sur une "
77049 #~ "ligne, n’importe qui peut démonter le système de fichiers correspondant. "
77050 #~ "Pour plus de détails, consultez la page de manuel de B<mount>(8)."
77051
77052 #~ msgid ""
77053 #~ "Since version 2.35 B<umount> command does not exit when user permissions "
77054 #~ "are inadequate by internal libmount security rules.  It drops suid "
77055 #~ "permissions and continue as regular non-root user.  This can be used to "
77056 #~ "support use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse "
77057 #~ "filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
77058 #~ msgstr ""
77059 #~ "Depuis sa version 2.35, la commande B<umount> ne se termine pas quand les "
77060 #~ "permissions d’utilisateur sont inadaptées aux règles de sécurité internes "
77061 #~ "de libmount. Elle abandonne les permissions Setuid et continue comme "
77062 #~ "utilisateur normal non-superutilisateur. Cela peut être utilisé pour "
77063 #~ "prendre en charge les utilisations où les permissions de superutilisateur "
77064 #~ "ne sont pas nécessaires (par exemple, systèmes de fichiers fuse, espace "
77065 #~ "de noms utilisateur, etc)."
77066
77067 #~ msgid ""
77068 #~ "The B<umount> command will automatically detach loop device previously "
77069 #~ "initialized by B<mount>(8)  command independently of I</etc/mtab>."
77070 #~ msgstr ""
77071 #~ "La commande B<umount> détachera automatiquement les périphériques boucle "
77072 #~ "précédemment initialisés avec la commande B<mount>(8), indépendamment de "
77073 #~ "I</etc/mtab>."
77074
77075 # NOTE: s#/sbin/mount#/sbin/umount
77076 #~ msgid ""
77077 #~ "where I<suffix> is the filesystem type (or the value from a B<uhelper=> "
77078 #~ "or B<helper=> marker in the mtab file).  The B<-t> option can be used for "
77079 #~ "filesystems that have subtype support.  For example:"
77080 #~ msgstr ""
77081 #~ "où I<suffixe> est le type de système de fichiers (ou la valeur d’un "
77082 #~ "marqueur B<uhelper=> ou B<helper=> de I<mtab>). L'option B<-t> peut être "
77083 #~ "utilisée pour les systèmes de fichiers qui ont une prise en charge des "
77084 #~ "sous-types. Par exemple :"
77085
77086 #~ msgid "B<umount>(2), B<losetup>(8), B<mount_namespaces>(7)  B<mount>(8)"
77087 #~ msgstr "B<umount>(2), B<losetup>(8), B<mount_namespaces>(7), B<mount>(8)"
77088
77089 #~ msgid ""
77090 #~ "The umount command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
77091 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
77092 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
77093 #~ msgstr ""
77094 #~ "La commande B<umount> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
77095 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
77096 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
77097
77098 #~ msgid "UNSHARE"
77099 #~ msgstr "UNSHARE"
77100
77101 #, fuzzy
77102 #~| msgid ""
77103 #~| "B<unshare> since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation "
77104 #~| "to B<private> in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new "
77105 #~| "namespace is really unshared.  It's possible to disable this feature "
77106 #~| "with option B<--propagation unchanged>.  Note that B<private> is the "
77107 #~| "kernel default."
77108 #~ msgid ""
77109 #~ "B<unshare> since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation "
77110 #~ "to B<private> in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new "
77111 #~ "namespace is really unshared. It\\(cqs possible to disable this feature "
77112 #~ "with option B<--propagation unchanged>. Note that B<private> is the "
77113 #~ "kernel default."
77114 #~ msgstr ""
77115 #~ "B<unshare>, depuis util-linux version 2.27, règle automatiquement la "
77116 #~ "propagation à B<private> dans un nouvel espace de noms montage pour "
77117 #~ "assurer que celui-ci soit vraiment isolé. Il est possible de désactiver "
77118 #~ "cette caractéristique avec l’option B<--propagation unchanged>. Remarquez "
77119 #~ "que B<private> est le comportement par défaut du noyau."
77120
77121 #, fuzzy
77122 #~| msgid "B<-i>,B< --ipc>[B<=>I<file>]"
77123 #~ msgid "B<-i>, B<--ipc>[B<=>I<file>]"
77124 #~ msgstr "B<-i>,B< --ipc>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77125
77126 #, fuzzy
77127 #~| msgid "B<-m>,B< --mount>[B<=>I<file>]"
77128 #~ msgid "B<-m>, B<--mount>[B<=>I<file>]"
77129 #~ msgstr "B<-m>,B< --mount>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77130
77131 #, fuzzy
77132 #~| msgid "B<-n>,B< --net>[B<=>I<file>]"
77133 #~ msgid "B<-n>, B<--net>[B<=>I<file>]"
77134 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --net>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77135
77136 #, fuzzy
77137 #~| msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid>[B<=>I<file>]"
77138 #~ msgid "B<-p>, B<--pid>[B<=>I<file>]"
77139 #~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --pid>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77140
77141 #, fuzzy
77142 #~| msgid "B<-u>,B< --uts>[B<=>I<file>]"
77143 #~ msgid "B<-u>, B<--uts>[B<=>I<file>]"
77144 #~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --uts>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77145
77146 #, fuzzy
77147 #~| msgid "B<-U>,B< --user>[B<=>I<file>]"
77148 #~ msgid "B<-U>, B<--user>[B<=>I<file>]"
77149 #~ msgstr "B<-U>,B< --user>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77150
77151 #, fuzzy
77152 #~| msgid "B<-C>,B< --cgroup>[B<=>I<file>]"
77153 #~ msgid "B<-C>, B<--cgroup>[B<=>I<file>]"
77154 #~ msgstr "B<-C>,B< --cgroup>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77155
77156 #, fuzzy
77157 #~| msgid "B<-T>,B< --time>[B<=>I<file>]"
77158 #~ msgid "B<-T>, B<--time>[B<=>I<file>]"
77159 #~ msgstr "B<-T>,B< --time>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77160
77161 #, fuzzy
77162 #~| msgid ""
77163 #~| "Fork the specified I<program> as a child process of B<unshare> rather "
77164 #~| "than running it directly.  This is useful when creating a new PID "
77165 #~| "namespace.  Note that when B<unshare> is waiting for the child process, "
77166 #~| "then it ignores SIGINT and SIGTERM and does not forward any signals to "
77167 #~| "the child.  It is necessary to send signals to the child process."
77168 #~ msgid ""
77169 #~ "Fork the specified I<program> as a child process of B<unshare> rather "
77170 #~ "than running it directly. This is useful when creating a new PID "
77171 #~ "namespace. Note that when B<unshare> is waiting for the child process, "
77172 #~ "then it ignores B<SIGINT> and B<SIGTERM> and does not forward any signals "
77173 #~ "to the child. It is necessary to send signals to the child process."
77174 #~ msgstr ""
77175 #~ "Fourcher le I<programme> indiqué comme processus enfant de B<unshare> "
77176 #~ "plutôt que de l’exécuter directement. Cela est utile lors de la création "
77177 #~ "d’un nouvel espace de noms PID. Il est à remarquer que quand B<unshare> "
77178 #~ "est en attente d’un processus enfant, alors il ignore B<SIGINT> et "
77179 #~ "B<SIGTERM> et ne transmet aucun signal à l’enfant. Cela est nécessaire "
77180 #~ "pour envoyer des signaux au processus enfant."
77181
77182 #, fuzzy
77183 #~| msgid ""
77184 #~| "Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at "
77185 #~| "I<mountpoint> (default is /proc).  This is useful when creating a new "
77186 #~| "PID namespace.  It also implies creating a new mount namespace since "
77187 #~| "the /proc mount would otherwise mess up existing programs on the "
77188 #~| "system.  The new proc filesystem is explicitly mounted as private (with "
77189 #~| "MS_PRIVATE|MS_REC)."
77190 #~ msgid ""
77191 #~ "Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at "
77192 #~ "I<mountpoint> (default is I</proc>). This is useful when creating a new "
77193 #~ "PID namespace. It also implies creating a new mount namespace since the "
77194 #~ "I</proc> mount would otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. "
77195 #~ "The new proc filesystem is explicitly mounted as private (with "
77196 #~ "B<MS_PRIVATE>|B<MS_REC>)."
77197 #~ msgstr ""
77198 #~ "Juste avant d’exécuter le programme, monter le système de fichiers proc "
77199 #~ "sur I<point_de_montage> (I</proc> par défaut). C’est utile lors de la "
77200 #~ "création d’un nouvel espace de noms PID. Cela implique aussi la création "
77201 #~ "d’un nouvel espace de noms montage, sinon le montage de I</proc> "
77202 #~ "perturberait les programmes existants sur le système. Le nouveau système "
77203 #~ "de fichiers proc est explicitement monté comme privé (par MS_PRIVATE|"
77204 #~ "MS_REC)."
77205
77206 #, fuzzy
77207 #~| msgid "B<-R>,B< --root=>I<dir>"
77208 #~ msgid "B<-R>, B<--root=>I<dir>"
77209 #~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--root=>I<répertoire>"
77210
77211 #, fuzzy
77212 #~| msgid "B<-w>,B< --wd=>I<dir>"
77213 #~ msgid "B<-w>, B<--wd=>I<dir>"
77214 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wd=>I<répertoire>"
77215
77216 #, fuzzy
77217 #~| msgid ""
77218 #~| "As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user's "
77219 #~| "credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
77220 #~ msgid ""
77221 #~ "As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user\\(cqs "
77222 #~ "credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
77223 #~ msgstr ""
77224 #~ "En tant qu’utilisateur ordinaire, créer un nouvel espace de noms où les "
77225 #~ "accréditations sont mappées à l’ID racine à l’intérieur de l’espace de "
77226 #~ "noms :"
77227
77228 #, fuzzy
77229 #~| msgid ""
77230 #~| "B<# ps h -o 'comm' $!     ># Show that background job is unshare(1)\n"
77231 #~| "unshare\n"
77232 #~| "B<# kill $!               ># Kill unshare(1)\n"
77233 #~| "B<# pidof sleep>\n"
77234 #~ msgid ""
77235 #~ "# ps h -o \\(aqcomm\\(aq $!     # Show that background job is unshare(1)\n"
77236 #~ "unshare\n"
77237 #~ "# kill $!               # Kill unshare(1)\n"
77238 #~ "# pidof sleep\n"
77239 #~ msgstr ""
77240 #~ "B<# ps h -o 'comm' $!     ># Montrer que le dorsal de travail est "
77241 #~ "unshare(1)\n"
77242 #~ "unshare\n"
77243 #~ "B<# kill $!               ># Tuer unshare(1)\n"
77244 #~ "B<# pidof sleep>\n"
77245
77246 #, fuzzy
77247 #~| msgid ""
77248 #~| "The unshare command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
77249 #~| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
77250 #~ msgid ""
77251 #~ "The B<unshare> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
77252 #~ "downloaded from"
77253 #~ msgstr ""
77254 #~ "La commande B<unshare> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
77255 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
77256 #~ ">E<gt>."
77257
77258 #~ msgid ""
77259 #~ "The B<unshare> command creates new namespaces (as specified by the "
77260 #~ "command-line options described below)  and then executes the specified "
77261 #~ "I<program>.  If I<program> is not given, then ``${SHELL}'' is run "
77262 #~ "(default: /bin/sh)."
77263 #~ msgstr ""
77264 #~ "La commande B<unshare> crée de nouveaux espaces de noms (comme précisé "
77265 #~ "par les options de ligne de commande décrites ci-après) puis exécute le "
77266 #~ "I<programme> indiqué. Si I<programme> n’est pas fourni, alors I<${SHELL}> "
77267 #~ "est exécuté (par défaut : I</bin/sh>)."
77268
77269 #~ msgid ""
77270 #~ "By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member "
77271 #~ "processes.  A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no "
77272 #~ "member processes by bind mounting /proc/I<pid>/ns/I<type> files to a "
77273 #~ "filesystem path.  A namespace that has been made persistent in this way "
77274 #~ "can subsequently be entered with B<\\%nsenter>(1)  even after the "
77275 #~ "I<program> terminates (except PID namespaces where a permanently running "
77276 #~ "init process is required).  Once a persistent \\%namespace is no longer "
77277 #~ "needed, it can be unpersisted by using B<umount>(8)  to remove the bind "
77278 #~ "mount.  See the B<EXAMPLES> section for more details."
77279 #~ msgstr ""
77280 #~ "Par défaut, un nouvel espace de noms subsiste aussi longtemps qu’il "
77281 #~ "possède des processus membres. Un nouvel espace de noms peut être rendu "
77282 #~ "persistant, même s’il ne possède pas de membres, par montage lié (bind) "
77283 #~ "des fichiers I</proc/pid/ns/type> vers un chemin de système de fichiers. "
77284 #~ "Un espace de noms qui a été rendu persistant de cette façon peut ensuite "
77285 #~ "être entré avec B<\\%nsenter>(1) même après que le I<programme> soit "
77286 #~ "terminé (excepté les espaces de noms PID où l’exécution permanente de "
77287 #~ "processus init est nécessaire). Une fois qu’un \\%espace de noms n’est "
77288 #~ "plus nécessaire, il peut être rendu temporaire avec B<umount>(8) pour "
77289 #~ "supprimer le montage lié. Consulter la section B<EXEMPLES> pour plus de "
77290 #~ "détails."
77291
77292 #~ msgid ""
77293 #~ "B<unshare> since util-linux version 2.36 uses /I<proc/[pid]/ns/"
77294 #~ "pid_for_children> and I</proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children> files for "
77295 #~ "persistent PID and TIME namespaces. This change requires Linux kernel "
77296 #~ "4.17 or newer."
77297 #~ msgstr ""
77298 #~ "B<unshare> depuis la version 2.36 d’util-linux utilise les fichiers I</"
77299 #~ "proc/[pid]/ns/pid_for_children> et I</proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children> "
77300 #~ "pour des espace de noms persistants PID et temps. Cette modification "
77301 #~ "nécessite un noyau Linux version 4.17 ou plus récent."
77302
77303 # NOTE: s/flags/flag/
77304 #~ msgid ""
77305 #~ "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the "
77306 #~ "system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared "
77307 #~ "(with B<mount --make-shared>; see I</proc/self/mountinfo> or B<findmnt -"
77308 #~ "o+PROPAGATION> for the B<shared> flags).  For further details, see "
77309 #~ "B<mount_namespaces>(7)."
77310 #~ msgstr ""
77311 #~ "Le montage et démontage de systèmes de fichiers n'affectera pas le reste "
77312 #~ "du système, sauf pour les systèmes de fichiers explicitement marqués "
77313 #~ "comme partagés (avec B<mount --make-shared>, consultez I</proc/self/"
77314 #~ "mountinfo> ou B<findmnt -o+PROPAGATION> pour les drapeaux B<shared>). "
77315 #~ "Pour de plus amples détails, consulter B<mount_namespaces>(7) et "
77316 #~ "l’explication du drapeau B<CLONE_NEWNS> dans B<clone>(2)."
77317
77318 #~ msgid ""
77319 #~ "The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues "
77320 #~ "as well as System V \\%message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory "
77321 #~ "segments.  For further details, see B<ipc_namespaces>(7)."
77322 #~ msgstr ""
77323 #~ "Le processus aura un nom d'espace indépendant pour les files de messages "
77324 #~ "POSIX ainsi que pour les files de \\%messages de System V, les ensembles "
77325 #~ "de sémaphores et les segments de mémoire partagée. Pour de plus amples "
77326 #~ "détails, consulter B<ipc_namespaces>(7)."
77327
77328 #~ msgid ""
77329 #~ "The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing "
77330 #~ "tables, firewall rules, the I</proc/net> and I</sys/class/net> directory "
77331 #~ "trees, sockets, etc.  For further details, see B<network_namespaces>(7)."
77332 #~ msgstr ""
77333 #~ "Le processus aura des piles IPv4 et IPv6, des tables de routage IP, des "
77334 #~ "règles de pare-feu, les arborescences de répertoires I</proc/net> et I</"
77335 #~ "sys/class/net>, des sockets, etc., indépendantes. Pour de plus amples "
77336 #~ "détails, consulter B<namespaces>(7)."
77337
77338 #~ msgid ""
77339 #~ "Children will have a distinct set of PID-to-process mappings from their "
77340 #~ "parent.  For further details, see B<pid_namespaces>(7)."
77341 #~ msgstr ""
77342 #~ "Les enfants auront un ensemble distinct de mises en correspondance de PID "
77343 #~ "à traiter de celui de leur parent. Pour de plus amples détails, consulter "
77344 #~ "B<pid_namespaces>(7)."
77345
77346 #~ msgid "B<-i>,B< --ipc>[B<=>I<file>]"
77347 #~ msgstr "B<-i>,B< --ipc>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77348
77349 #~ msgid ""
77350 #~ "Unshare the IPC namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
77351 #~ "namespace is created by a bind mount."
77352 #~ msgstr ""
77353 #~ "Isoler l’espace de noms IPC. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un espace "
77354 #~ "de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
77355
77356 #~ msgid "B<-m>,B< --mount>[B<=>I<file>]"
77357 #~ msgstr "B<-m>,B< --mount>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77358
77359 #~ msgid ""
77360 #~ "Unshare the mount namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
77361 #~ "namespace is created by a bind mount.  Note that I<file> must be located "
77362 #~ "on a mount whose propagation type is not B<shared> (or an error "
77363 #~ "results).  Use the command B<findmnt -o+PROPAGATION> when not sure about "
77364 #~ "the current setting.  See also the examples below."
77365 #~ msgstr ""
77366 #~ "Isoler l’espace de noms montage. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un "
77367 #~ "espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. Remarquez que "
77368 #~ "I<fichier> doit être situé sur le système de fichiers avec le drapeau de "
77369 #~ "propagation n’est pas B<shared> (ou une erreur survient). Utilisez la "
77370 #~ "commande B<findmnt -o+PROPAGATION> si vous n’êtes pas sûr du réglage en "
77371 #~ "cours. Consulter les exemples ci-dessous."
77372
77373 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --net>[B<=>I<file>]"
77374 #~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --net>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77375
77376 #~ msgid ""
77377 #~ "Unshare the network namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a "
77378 #~ "persistent namespace is created by a bind mount."
77379 #~ msgstr ""
77380 #~ "Isoler l’espace de noms réseau. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un "
77381 #~ "espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
77382
77383 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid>[B<=>I<file>]"
77384 #~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --pid>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77385
77386 #~ msgid ""
77387 #~ "Unshare the PID namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
77388 #~ "namespace is created by a bind mount.  (Creation of a persistent PID "
77389 #~ "namespace will fail if the B<--fork> option is not also specified.)"
77390 #~ msgstr ""
77391 #~ "Isoler l'espace de noms PID. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un espace "
77392 #~ "de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. (La création d’un espace "
77393 #~ "de noms PID persistant échouera si l’option B<--fork> n’est pas aussi "
77394 #~ "précisée.)"
77395
77396 #~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --uts>[B<=>I<file>]"
77397 #~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --uts>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77398
77399 #~ msgid ""
77400 #~ "Unshare the UTS namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
77401 #~ "namespace is created by a bind mount."
77402 #~ msgstr ""
77403 #~ "Isoler l’espace de noms UTS. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un espace "
77404 #~ "de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
77405
77406 #~ msgid "B<-U>,B< --user>[B<=>I<file>]"
77407 #~ msgstr "B<-U>,B< --user>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77408
77409 #~ msgid ""
77410 #~ "Unshare the user namespace.  If I<file> is specified, then a persistent "
77411 #~ "namespace is created by a bind mount."
77412 #~ msgstr ""
77413 #~ "Isoler l’espace de noms utilisateur. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un "
77414 #~ "espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
77415
77416 #~ msgid "B<-C>,B< --cgroup>[B<=>I<file>]"
77417 #~ msgstr "B<-C>,B< --cgroup>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77418
77419 #~ msgid ""
77420 #~ "Unshare the cgroup namespace. If I<file> is specified then persistent "
77421 #~ "namespace is created by bind mount."
77422 #~ msgstr ""
77423 #~ "Isoler l’espace de noms groupe de contrôle. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, "
77424 #~ "alors un espace de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié."
77425
77426 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --time>[B<=>I<file>]"
77427 #~ msgstr "B<-T>,B< --time>[B<=>I<fichier>]"
77428
77429 #~ msgid ""
77430 #~ "Unshare the time namespace. If I<file> is specified then a persistent "
77431 #~ "namespace is created by a bind mount. The B<--monotonic> and B<--"
77432 #~ "boottime> options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the "
77433 #~ "time namespace."
77434 #~ msgstr ""
77435 #~ "Isoler l'espace de noms temps. Si I<fichier> est indiqué, alors un espace "
77436 #~ "de noms persistant est créé par un montage lié. Les options B<--"
77437 #~ "monotonic> et B<--boottime> peuvent être utilisées pour les décalages "
77438 #~ "correspondants dans l’espace de noms temps."
77439
77440 #~ msgid ""
77441 #~ "When B<unshare> terminates, have I<signame> be sent to the forked child "
77442 #~ "process.  Combined with B<--pid> this allows for an easy and reliable "
77443 #~ "killing of the entire process tree below B<unshare>.  If not given, "
77444 #~ "I<signame> defaults to B<SIGKILL>.  This option implies B<--fork>."
77445 #~ msgstr ""
77446 #~ "À la fin de B<unshare>, envoyer un I<nom_signal> au processus enfant "
77447 #~ "forké. Combiné avec B<--pid>, cela permet une extinction aisée et fiable "
77448 #~ "de l’arbre entier de processus sous B<unshare>. S’il n’est pas donné, "
77449 #~ "I<nom_signal> est par défaut B<SIGKILL>. Cela suppose B<--fork>."
77450
77451 #~ msgid ""
77452 #~ "Run the program only after the current effective user ID has been mapped "
77453 #~ "to I<uid>.  If this option is specified multiple times, the last "
77454 #~ "occurrence takes precedence.  This option implies B<--user>."
77455 #~ msgstr ""
77456 #~ "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des "
77457 #~ "utilisateurs actuels soient mappés à I<uid>. Si cette option est indiquée "
77458 #~ "plusieurs fois, la dernière occurrence prévaudra. Cette option implique "
77459 #~ "B<--user>."
77460
77461 #~ msgid ""
77462 #~ "Run the program only after the current effective group ID has been mapped "
77463 #~ "to I<gid>.  If this option is specified multiple times, the last "
77464 #~ "occurrence takes precedence.  This option implies B<--setgroups=deny> and "
77465 #~ "B<--user>."
77466 #~ msgstr ""
77467 #~ "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des groupes "
77468 #~ "actuels soient mappés à I<gid>. Si cette option est indiquée plusieurs "
77469 #~ "fois, la dernière occurrence prévaudra. Cette option suppose B<--"
77470 #~ "setgroups=deny> et B<--user>."
77471
77472 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --map-root-user>"
77473 #~ msgstr "B<-r>,B< --map-root-user>"
77474
77475 #~ msgid ""
77476 #~ "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
77477 #~ "been mapped to the superuser UID and GID in the newly created user "
77478 #~ "namespace.  This makes it possible to conveniently gain capabilities "
77479 #~ "needed to manage various aspects of the newly created namespaces (such as "
77480 #~ "configuring interfaces in the network namespace or mounting filesystems "
77481 #~ "in the mount namespace) even when run unprivileged.  As a mere "
77482 #~ "convenience feature, it does not support more sophisticated use cases, "
77483 #~ "such as mapping multiple ranges of UIDs and GIDs.  This option implies "
77484 #~ "B<--setgroups=deny> and B<--user>.  This option is equivalent to B<--map-"
77485 #~ "user=0 --map-group=0>."
77486 #~ msgstr ""
77487 #~ "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les identifiants d’utilisateur "
77488 #~ "et de groupe effectifs ont été mis en correspondance avec les UID et GID "
77489 #~ "du superutilisateur dans l’espace de noms utilisateur nouvellement créé. "
77490 #~ "Cela permet d’obtenir facilement les capacités nécessaires pour gérer "
77491 #~ "divers aspects des espaces de noms nouvellement créés (comme la "
77492 #~ "configuration d’interfaces dans l’espace de noms réseau ou le montage des "
77493 #~ "systèmes de fichiers dans l’espace de noms montage) même lors d’une "
77494 #~ "exécution ordinaire. En tant que fonctionnalité surtout pratique, elle ne "
77495 #~ "permet pas des cas d’utilisation plus sophistiqués comme la mise en "
77496 #~ "correspondance de plusieurs intervalles d’UID et GID. Cette option "
77497 #~ "implique B<--setgroups=deny> et B<--user>. Cette option est équivalente à "
77498 #~ "B<--map-user=0 --map-group=0>."
77499
77500 #~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --map-current-user>"
77501 #~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --map-current-user>"
77502
77503 #~ msgid ""
77504 #~ "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
77505 #~ "been mapped to the same UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. "
77506 #~ "This option implies B<--setgroups=deny> and B<--user>.  This option is "
77507 #~ "equivalent to B<--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)>."
77508 #~ msgstr ""
77509 #~ "Exécuter le programme seulement après que les ID effectifs des "
77510 #~ "utilisateurs et des groupes actuels sont mappés aux mêmes UID et GID dans "
77511 #~ "l’espace de noms nouvellement créé. Cette option suppose B<--"
77512 #~ "setgroups=deny> et B<--user>. Cette option est équivalente à B<--map-"
77513 #~ "user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)>."
77514
77515 #~ msgid ""
77516 #~ "Recursively set the mount propagation flag in the new mount namespace.  "
77517 #~ "The default is to set the propagation to I<private>.  It is possible to "
77518 #~ "disable this feature with the argument B<unchanged>.  The option is "
77519 #~ "silently ignored when the mount namespace (B<--mount>) is not requested."
77520 #~ msgstr ""
77521 #~ "De manière récursive, régler le drapeau de propagation de montage dans le "
77522 #~ "nouvel espace de noms montage. Le comportement par défaut est de régler "
77523 #~ "la propagation à I<private>. Il est possible de désactiver cette "
77524 #~ "caractéristique avec l’argument B<unchanged>. Cette option est ignorée "
77525 #~ "silencieusement quand l’espace de noms montage (B<--mount>) n’est pas "
77526 #~ "nécessaire."
77527
77528 #~ msgid "Allow or deny the B<setgroups>(2)  system call in a user namespace."
77529 #~ msgstr ""
77530 #~ "Permettre ou interdire l’appel système B<setgroups>(2) dans les espaces "
77531 #~ "de noms utilisateur."
77532
77533 #~ msgid ""
77534 #~ "To be able to call B<setgroups>(2), the calling process must at least "
77535 #~ "have CAP_SETGID.  But since Linux 3.19 a further restriction applies: the "
77536 #~ "kernel gives permission to call B<\\%setgroups>(2)  only after the GID "
77537 #~ "map (B</proc/>I<pid>B</gid_map>) has been set.  The GID map is writable "
77538 #~ "by root when B<\\%setgroups>(2)  is enabled (i.e., B<allow>, the "
77539 #~ "default), and the GID map becomes writable by unprivileged processes when "
77540 #~ "B<\\%setgroups>(2)  is permanently disabled (with B<deny>)."
77541 #~ msgstr ""
77542 #~ "Pour pouvoir appeler B<setgroups>(2), le processus appelant doit au moins "
77543 #~ "avoir CAP_SETGID. Mais depuis Linux 3.19, une restriction supplémentaire "
77544 #~ "est appliquée : le noyau accorde la permission à l’appel B<\\"
77545 #~ "%setgroups>(2) seulement après que le mappage de GID (B</proc/>I<pid>B</"
77546 #~ "gid_map>) a été réglé. La carte de correspondances de GID peut être "
77547 #~ "écrite par le superutilisateur quand B<\\%setgroups>(2) est activé (c'est-"
77548 #~ "à-dire, B<allow>, le comportement par défaut), et la carte de GID peut "
77549 #~ "être écrite par des processus normaux quand B<\\%setgroups>(2) est "
77550 #~ "désactivé de façon permanente (avec B<deny>)."
77551
77552 #~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --root=>I<dir>"
77553 #~ msgstr "B<-R>, B<--root=>I<répertoire>"
77554
77555 #~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --wd=>I<dir>"
77556 #~ msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wd=>I<répertoire>"
77557
77558 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --setuid >I<uid>"
77559 #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--setuid> I<UID>"
77560
77561 #~ msgid "B<-G>,B< --setgid >I<gid>"
77562 #~ msgstr "B<-G>, B<--setgid> I<GID>"
77563
77564 #~ msgid "B<--monotonic>I< offset>"
77565 #~ msgstr "B<--monotonic>I< décalage>"
77566
77567 #~ msgid "B<--boottime>I< offset>"
77568 #~ msgstr "B<--boottime>I< décalage>"
77569
77570 #~ msgid ""
77571 #~ "The following command creates a PID namespace, using B<--fork> to ensure "
77572 #~ "that the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the "
77573 #~ "first process in the namespace) has PID 1.  The B<--mount-proc> option "
77574 #~ "ensures that a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and "
77575 #~ "that a new B<proc>(5)  filesystem is mounted that contains information "
77576 #~ "corresponding to the new PID namespace.  When the B<readlink> command "
77577 #~ "terminates, the new namespaces are automatically torn down."
77578 #~ msgstr ""
77579 #~ "La commande suivante crée un espace de noms PID, en utilisant B<--fork> "
77580 #~ "pour garantir que l’exécution de la commande est réalisée dans un "
77581 #~ "processus enfant qui (étant le premier processus dans l’espace de noms) a "
77582 #~ "le PID 1. L’option B<--mount-proc> assure que le nouvel espace de noms "
77583 #~ "montage est aussi créé simultanément et qu’un nouveau système de fichiers "
77584 #~ "B<proc>(5) est monté contenant une information correspondant au nouvel "
77585 #~ "espace de noms PID. Quand la commande B<readlink> se termine, les "
77586 #~ "nouveaux espaces de noms sont automatiquement détruits."
77587
77588 #~ msgid ""
77589 #~ "B<# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self>\n"
77590 #~ "1\n"
77591 #~ msgstr ""
77592 #~ "B<# unshare --fork --pid --mount-proc readlink /proc/self>\n"
77593 #~ "1\n"
77594
77595 #~ msgid ""
77596 #~ "B<$ id -u; id -g>\n"
77597 #~ "1000\n"
77598 #~ "1000\n"
77599 #~ "B<$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\e>\n"
77600 #~ "B<sh -c \\(aqwhoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map\\(aq>\n"
77601 #~ "root\n"
77602 #~ "         0       1000          1\n"
77603 #~ "         0       1000          1\n"
77604 #~ msgstr ""
77605 #~ "B<$ id -u; id -g>\n"
77606 #~ "1000\n"
77607 #~ "1000\n"
77608 #~ "B<$ unshare --user --map-root-user \\e>\n"
77609 #~ "B<sh -c \\(aqwhoami; cat /proc/self/uid_map /proc/self/gid_map\\(aq>\n"
77610 #~ "root\n"
77611 #~ "         0       1000          1\n"
77612 #~ "         0       1000          1\n"
77613
77614 #~ msgid ""
77615 #~ "The first of the following commands creates a new persistent UTS "
77616 #~ "namespace and modifies the hostname as seen in that namespace.  The "
77617 #~ "namespace is then entered with B<nsenter>(1)  in order to display the "
77618 #~ "modified hostname; this step demonstrates that the UTS namespace "
77619 #~ "continues to exist even though the namespace had no member processes "
77620 #~ "after the B<unshare> command terminated.  The namespace is then destroyed "
77621 #~ "by removing the bind mount."
77622 #~ msgstr ""
77623 #~ "La première des commandes suivantes crée un nouvel espace de noms UTS "
77624 #~ "persistant et modifie le nom d’hôte tel que vu dans cet espace de noms. "
77625 #~ "L’espace de noms est alors saisi avec B<nsenter>(1) dans le but "
77626 #~ "d’afficher le nom d’hôte modifié. Cette étape montre que l’espace de noms "
77627 #~ "UTS continue d’exister même si l’espace de noms n’a pas de processus "
77628 #~ "membre après que la commande B<unshare> ait terminé. L’espace de noms est "
77629 #~ "alors détruit en retirant le montage lié."
77630
77631 #~ msgid ""
77632 #~ "B<# touch /root/uts-ns>\n"
77633 #~ "B<# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname FOO>\n"
77634 #~ "B<# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname>\n"
77635 #~ "FOO\n"
77636 #~ "B<# umount /root/uts-ns>\n"
77637 #~ msgstr ""
77638 #~ "B<# touch /root/uts-ns>\n"
77639 #~ "B<# unshare --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname TOTO>\n"
77640 #~ "B<# nsenter --uts=/root/uts-ns hostname>\n"
77641 #~ "TOTO\n"
77642 #~ "B<# umount /root/uts-ns>\n"
77643
77644 #~ msgid ""
77645 #~ "The following commands establish a persistent mount namespace referenced "
77646 #~ "by the bind mount I</root/namespaces/mnt>.  In order to ensure that the "
77647 #~ "creation of that bind mount succeeds, the parent directory (I</root/"
77648 #~ "namespaces>)  is made a bind mount whose propagation type is not "
77649 #~ "B<shared>."
77650 #~ msgstr ""
77651 #~ "Les commandes suivantes établissent un espace de noms montage permanent "
77652 #~ "référencé par le montage lié I</root/namespaces/mnt>. Dans le but "
77653 #~ "d’assurer que la création de ce montage lié soit une réussite, le "
77654 #~ "répertoire parent (I</root/namespaces>) est transformé en montage lié "
77655 #~ "dont le type de propagation n’est pas B<shared>."
77656
77657 #~ msgid ""
77658 #~ "B<# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces>\n"
77659 #~ "B<# mount --make-private /root/namespaces>\n"
77660 #~ "B<# touch /root/namespaces/mnt>\n"
77661 #~ "B<# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt>\n"
77662 #~ msgstr ""
77663 #~ "B<# mount --bind /root/namespaces /root/namespaces>\n"
77664 #~ "B<# mount --make-private /root/namespaces>\n"
77665 #~ "B<# touch /root/namespaces/mnt>\n"
77666 #~ "B<# unshare --mount=/root/namespaces/mnt>\n"
77667
77668 #~ msgid ""
77669 #~ "B<# set +m                ># Don't print job status messages\n"
77670 #~ "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\e>\n"
77671 #~ "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
77672 #~ "[1] 53456\n"
77673 #~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
77674 #~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
77675 #~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
77676 #~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
77677 #~ msgstr ""
77678 #~ "B<# set +m                ># Ne pas imprimer les messages d’état de "
77679 #~ "travaux\n"
77680 #~ "B<# unshare --pid --fork --mount-proc --kill-child -- \\e>\n"
77681 #~ "B<bash --norc -c \\(aq(sleep 555 &) && (ps a &) && sleep 999\\(aq &>\n"
77682 #~ "[1] 53456\n"
77683 #~ "#     PID TTY      STAT   TIME COMMAND\n"
77684 #~ "      1 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 999\n"
77685 #~ "      3 pts/3    S+     0:00 sleep 555\n"
77686 #~ "      5 pts/3    R+     0:00 ps a\n"
77687
77688 #~ msgid ""
77689 #~ "The B<pidof> command prints no output, because the B<sleep> processes "
77690 #~ "have been killed.  More precisely, when the B<sleep> process that has PID "
77691 #~ "1 in the namespace (i.e., the namespace's init process)  was killed, this "
77692 #~ "caused all other processes in the namespace to be killed.  By contrast, a "
77693 #~ "similar series of commands where the B<--kill-child> option is not used "
77694 #~ "shows that when B<unshare> terminates, the processes in the PID namespace "
77695 #~ "are not killed:"
77696 #~ msgstr ""
77697 #~ "La commande B<pidof> n’affiche rien car le processus B<sleep> a été tué. "
77698 #~ "Plus précisément, quand le processus B<sleep> ayant le PID 1 dans "
77699 #~ "l’espace de noms (c'est-à-dire, le processus init de l’espace de noms) a "
77700 #~ "été tué, cela a entrainé que tous les autres processus soient tués. En "
77701 #~ "revanche, une série de commandes similaires où l’option B<--kill-child> "
77702 #~ "n’est pas utilisée montre que quand B<unshare> se termine, les processus "
77703 #~ "dans l’espace de noms PID ne sont pas tués :"
77704
77705 #~ msgid ""
77706 #~ "B<# kill $!>\n"
77707 #~ "B<# pidof sleep>\n"
77708 #~ "53482 53480\n"
77709 #~ msgstr ""
77710 #~ "B<# kill $!>\n"
77711 #~ "B<# pidof sleep>\n"
77712 #~ "53482 53480\n"
77713
77714 #~ msgid ""
77715 #~ "B<# uptime -p             ># Show uptime in initial time namespace\n"
77716 #~ "up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
77717 #~ "B<# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p>\n"
77718 #~ "up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"
77719 #~ msgstr ""
77720 #~ "B<# uptime -p             ># Afficher le temps de fonctionnement\n"
77721 #~ "                        # dans l’espace de noms temps initial\n"
77722 #~ "up 21 hours, 30 minutes\n"
77723 #~ "B<# unshare --time --fork --boottime 300000000 uptime -p>\n"
77724 #~ "up 9 years, 28 weeks, 1 day, 2 hours, 50 minutes\n"
77725
77726 #~ msgid "E<.UR dottedmag@dottedmag.net> Mikhail Gusarov E<.UE>"
77727 #~ msgstr "E<.UR dottedmag@dottedmag.net> Mikhail Gusarov E<.UE>"
77728
77729 #~ msgid ""
77730 #~ "The unshare command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
77731 #~ "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
77732 #~ msgstr ""
77733 #~ "La commande B<unshare> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
77734 #~ "disponible sur E<lt>I<https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/"
77735 #~ ">E<gt>."
77736
77737 #, fuzzy
77738 #~| msgid "B<unshare> [options] [I<program> [I<arguments>]]"
77739 #~ msgid "B<unshare> [options] [I<program> [I<arguments>]"
77740 #~ msgstr "B<unshare> [I<options>] [I<programme> [I<arguments>]]"
77741
77742 #~ msgid "UTMPDUMP"
77743 #~ msgstr "UTMPDUMP"
77744
77745 #~ msgid "B<utmpdump> [options] [I<filename>]"
77746 #~ msgstr "B<utmpdump> [B<options>] [I<fichier>]"
77747
77748 #~ msgid ""
77749 #~ "B<utmpdump> is a simple program to dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw "
77750 #~ "format, so they can be examined.  B<utmpdump> reads from stdin unless a "
77751 #~ "I<filename> is passed."
77752 #~ msgstr ""
77753 #~ "B<utmpdump> est un programme simple pour vider des fichiers utmp et wtmp "
77754 #~ "au format brut, afin de pouvoir les examiner. B<utmpdump> lit l’entrée "
77755 #~ "standard sauf si un I<fichier> est indiqué."
77756
77757 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --follow>"
77758 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--follow>"
77759
77760 #~ msgid "B<-o>,B< --output >I<file>"
77761 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<fichier>"
77762
77763 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --reverse>"
77764 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reverse>"
77765
77766 #~ msgid ""
77767 #~ "B<utmpdump> can be useful in cases of corrupted utmp or wtmp entries.  It "
77768 #~ "can dump out utmp/wtmp to an ASCII file, which can then be edited to "
77769 #~ "remove bogus entries, and reintegrated using:"
77770 #~ msgstr ""
77771 #~ "B<utmpdump> peut être utile en cas d’entrées utmp ou wtmp corrompues. Il "
77772 #~ "peut vider utmp ou wtmp dans un fichier ASCII, qui peut ensuite être "
77773 #~ "modifié pour supprimer les entrées boguées, puis réintégré en utilisant :"
77774
77775 #~ msgid ""
77776 #~ "Only the binary version of the B<utmp>(5)  is standardised.  Textual "
77777 #~ "dumps may become incompatible in future."
77778 #~ msgstr ""
77779 #~ "Seule la version binaire de B<utmp>(5) est standardisée. Les vidages "
77780 #~ "textuels peuvent devenir incompatibles à l'avenir."
77781
77782 #~ msgid ""
77783 #~ "The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using "
77784 #~ "B<ctime>(3)  timestamp format.  Newer dumps use millisecond precision "
77785 #~ "ISO-8601 timestamp format in UTC-0 timezone.  Conversion from former "
77786 #~ "timestamp format can be made to binary, although attempt to do so can "
77787 #~ "lead the timestamps to drift amount of timezone offset."
77788 #~ msgstr ""
77789 #~ "La version 2.28 était la dernière qui produisait une sortie texte avec le "
77790 #~ "format d'horodatage B<ctime>(3). Les vidages plus récents utilisent le "
77791 #~ "format d'horodatage ISO-8601 avec une précision d'une milliseconde dans "
77792 #~ "le fuseau horaire UTC-0. La conversion à partir de l'ancien format "
77793 #~ "d'horodatage peut être faite vers le binaire, bien que les tentatives "
77794 #~ "pour faire ainsi puissent mener à une dérive d'un certain nombre de "
77795 #~ "fuseaux horaires."
77796
77797 #~ msgid ""
77798 #~ "You may B<not> use the B<-r> option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp "
77799 #~ "files strongly depends on the input format.  This tool was B<not> written "
77800 #~ "for normal use, but for debugging only."
77801 #~ msgstr ""
77802 #~ "Vous ne devriez B<pas> utiliser l’option B<-r>, car le format des "
77803 #~ "fichiers utmp ou wtmp dépend fortement du format d’entrée. Cet outil n’a "
77804 #~ "B<pas> été écrit pour une utilisation normale, mais seulement pour le "
77805 #~ "débogage."
77806
77807 #~ msgid ""
77808 #~ "The utmpdump command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
77809 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
77810 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
77811 #~ msgstr ""
77812 #~ "La commande B<utmpdump> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
77813 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
77814 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
77815
77816 #~ msgid "UUID"
77817 #~ msgstr "UUID"
77818
77819 #~ msgid "B<#include E<lt>uuid.hE<gt>>"
77820 #~ msgstr "B<#include E<lt>uuid.hE<gt>>"
77821
77822 #, fuzzy
77823 #~ msgid ""
77824 #~ "This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
77825 #~ "UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with"
77826 #~ msgstr ""
77827 #~ "Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF et "
77828 #~ "des UUID versions 3 et 5, basés sur un hachage, compatibles avec la "
77829 #~ "RFC-4122."
77830
77831 #, fuzzy
77832 #~ msgid "Theodore Y. Ts\\(cqo"
77833 #~ msgstr "Theodore Y.\\& Ts'o"
77834
77835 #, fuzzy
77836 #~ msgid ""
77837 #~ "The B<libuuid> library is part of the util-linux package since version "
77838 #~ "2.15.1. It can be downloaded from"
77839 #~ msgstr ""
77840 #~ "B<libuuid> fait partie du paquet util-linux depuis la version 2.15.1 et "
77841 #~ "est disponible à l'adresse https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
77842 #~ "linux/."
77843
77844 #~ msgid "Libuuid API"
77845 #~ msgstr "API de libuuid"
77846
77847 #~ msgid ""
77848 #~ "The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that "
77849 #~ "may be accessible beyond the local system.  This library generates UUIDs "
77850 #~ "compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) "
77851 #~ "Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility B<uuidgen>."
77852 #~ msgstr ""
77853 #~ "La bibliothèque UUID est utilisée pour générer des identifiants uniques "
77854 #~ "pour des objets qui peuvent être accessibles hors d'un système local. "
77855 #~ "Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec ceux créés par "
77856 #~ "l'outil B<uuidgen> de l'« Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed "
77857 #~ "Computing Environment (DCE) »."
77858
77859 #~ msgid ""
77860 #~ "The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be "
77861 #~ "unique within a system, and unique across all systems.  They could be "
77862 #~ "used, for instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web "
77863 #~ "servers without communication between the servers, and without fear of a "
77864 #~ "name clash."
77865 #~ msgstr ""
77866 #~ "Les UUID générés par cette bibliothèque peuvent raisonnablement être "
77867 #~ "considérés uniques dans un système et uniques entre systèmes. Ils "
77868 #~ "pourraient être utilisés, par exemple, pour générer des informations de "
77869 #~ "session HTTP (« cookie ») entre de multiples serveurs web sans "
77870 #~ "communication entre ces serveurs et sans risque de conflit de noms."
77871
77872 #~ msgid ""
77873 #~ "B<libuuid> is part of the util-linux package since version 2.15.1 and is "
77874 #~ "available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
77875 #~ msgstr ""
77876 #~ "B<libuuid> fait partie du paquet util-linux depuis la version 2.15.1 et "
77877 #~ "est disponible à l'adresse https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-"
77878 #~ "linux/."
77879
77880 #~ msgid "UUID_CLEAR"
77881 #~ msgstr "UUID_CLEAR"
77882
77883 #, fuzzy
77884 #~| msgid "B<void uuid_clear(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
77885 #~ msgid "B<void uuid_clear(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>"
77886 #~ msgstr "B<void uuid_clear(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
77887
77888 #~ msgid ""
77889 #~ "The B<uuid_clear> function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable "
77890 #~ "I<uu> to the NULL value."
77891 #~ msgstr ""
77892 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_clear> définit la valeur de la variable d’UUID fournie "
77893 #~ "I<uu> à la valeur NULL."
77894
77895 #~ msgid "UUID_COMPARE"
77896 #~ msgstr "UUID_COMPARE"
77897
77898 #, fuzzy
77899 #~| msgid "B<int uuid_compare(uuid_t >I<uu1>B<, uuid_t >I<uu2)>\n"
77900 #~ msgid "B<int uuid_compare(uuid_t >I<uu1>B<, uuid_t >I<uu2>B<)>"
77901 #~ msgstr "B<int uuid_compare(uuid_t >I<uu1>B<, uuid_t >I<uu2>B<);>\n"
77902
77903 #~ msgid ""
77904 #~ "The B<uuid_compare> function compares the two supplied uuid variables "
77905 #~ "I<uu1> and I<uu2> to each other."
77906 #~ msgstr ""
77907 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_compare> compare les deux variables d'UUID I<uu1> et "
77908 #~ "I<uu2> entre elles."
77909
77910 #~ msgid "UUID_COPY"
77911 #~ msgstr "UUID_COPY"
77912
77913 #, fuzzy
77914 #~| msgid "B<void uuid_copy(uuid_t >I<dst>B<, uuid_t >I<src);>\n"
77915 #~ msgid "B<void uuid_copy(uuid_t >I<dst>B<, uuid_t >I<src>B<;>"
77916 #~ msgstr "B<void uuid_copy(uuid_t >I<dest>B<, uuid_t >I<source);>\n"
77917
77918 #~ msgid "The B<uuid_copy> function copies the UUID variable I<src> to I<dst>."
77919 #~ msgstr ""
77920 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_copy> copie la variable UUID I<source> dans I<dest>."
77921
77922 #~ msgid "UUIDD"
77923 #~ msgstr "UUIDD"
77924
77925 #, fuzzy
77926 #~| msgid ""
77927 #~| "When issuing a test request to a running uuidd, request a bulk response "
77928 #~| "of I<number> UUIDs."
77929 #~ msgid ""
77930 #~ "When issuing a test request to a running B<uuidd>, request a bulk "
77931 #~ "response of I<number> UUIDs."
77932 #~ msgstr ""
77933 #~ "Lors de l’envoi d’une demande de test à un uuidd en cours d’exécution, "
77934 #~ "demander une réponse groupée de I<nombre> UUID."
77935
77936 #, fuzzy
77937 #~| msgid "Make uuidd exit after I<number> seconds of inactivity."
77938 #~ msgid "Make B<uuidd> exit after I<number> seconds of inactivity."
77939 #~ msgstr "Forcer uuidd à quitter après I<délai> secondes d'inactivité."
77940
77941 #, fuzzy
77942 #~| msgid ""
77943 #~| "Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it "
77944 #~| "to return a time-based UUID."
77945 #~ msgid ""
77946 #~ "Test B<uuidd> by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request "
77947 #~ "it to return a time-based UUID."
77948 #~ msgstr ""
77949 #~ "Tester uuidd en essayant de se connecter à un démon uuidd en cours "
77950 #~ "d'exécution et attendre en retour un UUID temporel."
77951
77952 #, fuzzy
77953 #~| msgid ""
77954 #~| "The B<uuidd> daemon was written by Theodore Ts'o E<lt>tytso@mit.eduE<gt>."
77955 #~ msgid "The B<uuidd> daemon was written by"
77956 #~ msgstr ""
77957 #~ "Le démon B<uuidd> a été écrit par Theodore Ts'o E<lt>I<tytso@mit."
77958 #~ "edu>E<gt>."
77959
77960 #~ msgid ""
77961 #~ "Run uuidd in debugging mode.  This prevents uuidd from running as a "
77962 #~ "daemon."
77963 #~ msgstr ""
77964 #~ "Exécuter B<uuidd> en mode de débogage. Cela empêche uuidd de fonctionner "
77965 #~ "comme un démon."
77966
77967 #~ msgid "B<-k>,B< --kill>"
77968 #~ msgstr "B<-k>, B<--kill>"
77969
77970 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --uuids >I<number>"
77971 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--uuids> I<nombre>"
77972
77973 #~ msgid "B<-P>,B< --no-pid>"
77974 #~ msgstr "B<-P>, B<--no-pid>"
77975
77976 #~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --pid >I<path>"
77977 #~ msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<chemin>"
77978
77979 #~ msgid ""
77980 #~ "Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written.  By default, "
77981 #~ "the pid file is written to /run/uuidd/uuidd.pid."
77982 #~ msgstr ""
77983 #~ "Indiquer le nom de chemin où le fichier I<pid> devra être écrit. Par "
77984 #~ "défaut, le fichier I<pid> est écrit dans I</run/uuidd/uuidd.pid>."
77985
77986 #~ msgid "B<-r>,B< --random>"
77987 #~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--random>"
77988
77989 #~ msgid "B<-S>,B< --socket-activation>"
77990 #~ msgstr "B<-S>, B<--socket-activation>"
77991
77992 #~ msgid ""
77993 #~ "Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the "
77994 #~ "calling process.  This implies B<--no-fork> and B<--no-pid>.  This option "
77995 #~ "is intended to be used only with B<systemd>(1).  It needs to be enabled "
77996 #~ "with a configure option."
77997 #~ msgstr ""
77998 #~ "Ne pas créer de socket mais à la place attendre qu’il soit fourni par le "
77999 #~ "processus appelant. Cela implique B<--no-fork> et B<--no-pid>. Cette "
78000 #~ "option n’est supposée être utilisée qu’avec B<systemd>(1). Elle doit être "
78001 #~ "activée avec une option de configuration."
78002
78003 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --socket >I<path>"
78004 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<--socket> I<chemin>"
78005
78006 #~ msgid ""
78007 #~ "Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket.  By default, the "
78008 #~ "pathname used is /run/uuidd/request.  This option is primarily for "
78009 #~ "debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the libuuid "
78010 #~ "library."
78011 #~ msgstr ""
78012 #~ "Forcer uuidd à utiliser ce I<chemin> pour les sockets de domaine UNIX. "
78013 #~ "Par défaut, le chemin est I</run/uuidd/request>. C'est avant tout une "
78014 #~ "option de débogage puisque le chemin est défini en dur dans la "
78015 #~ "bibliothèque libuuid."
78016
78017 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --timeout >I<number>"
78018 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"
78019
78020 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --time>"
78021 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--time>"
78022
78023 #~ msgid ""
78024 #~ "The uuidd daemon is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
78025 #~ "the E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
78026 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
78027 #~ msgstr ""
78028 #~ "Le démon B<uuidd> fait partie du paquet util-linux, il est disponible sur "
78029 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
78030 #~ "l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
78031
78032 #~ msgid "UUID_GENERATE"
78033 #~ msgstr "UUID_GENERATE"
78034
78035 #, fuzzy
78036 #~| msgid ""
78037 #~| "B<int memcmp(const void *>I<s1>B<, const void *>I<s2>B<, size_t >I<n>B<);"
78038 #~| ">\n"
78039 #~ msgid ""
78040 #~ "B<void uuid_generate_md5(uuid_t >I<out>B<, const uuid_t >I<ns>B<, const "
78041 #~ "char >I<*name>B<, size_t >I<len>B<);>"
78042 #~ msgstr ""
78043 #~ "B<int memcmp(const void *>I<s1>B<, const void *>I<s2>B<, size_t >I<n>B<);"
78044 #~ ">\n"
78045
78046 #, fuzzy
78047 #~| msgid ""
78048 #~| "B<int memcmp(const void *>I<s1>B<, const void *>I<s2>B<, size_t >I<n>B<);"
78049 #~| ">\n"
78050 #~ msgid ""
78051 #~ "B<void uuid_generate_sha1(uuid_t >I<out>B<, const uuid_t >I<ns>B<, const "
78052 #~ "char >I<*name>B<, size_t >I<len>B<);>"
78053 #~ msgstr ""
78054 #~ "B<int memcmp(const void *>I<s1>B<, const void *>I<s2>B<, size_t >I<n>B<);"
78055 #~ ">\n"
78056
78057 # NOTE: elemntary => elementary
78058 #, fuzzy
78059 #~| msgid ""
78060 #~| "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately "
78061 #~| "3.4x10^38 unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary "
78062 #~| "particles in the universe according to Carl Sagan's I<Cosmos>).  The new "
78063 #~| "UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the "
78064 #~| "local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and "
78065 #~| "in the future."
78066 #~ msgid ""
78067 #~ "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 "
78068 #~ "unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the "
78069 #~ "universe according to Carl Sagan\\(cqs I<Cosmos>). The new UUID can "
78070 #~ "reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local "
78071 #~ "system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the "
78072 #~ "future."
78073 #~ msgstr ""
78074 #~ "L'UUID est long de 16 octets (128 bits), ce qui donne environ "
78075 #~ "3,4 x 10^38\\ valeurs uniques (il y a environ 10^80 particules "
78076 #~ "élémentaires dans l'univers d'après le I<Cosmos> de Carl Sagan). Le "
78077 #~ "nouvel UUID peut être raisonnablement considéré comme unique parmi tous "
78078 #~ "les UUID créés localement sur le système, ainsi que parmi les UUID créés "
78079 #~ "sur d'autres systèmes par le passé et dans le futur."
78080
78081 #, fuzzy
78082 #~| msgid ""
78083 #~| "The B<uuid_generate_md5> and B<uuid_generate_sha1> functions generate an "
78084 #~| "MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID "
78085 #~| "providing the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs "
78086 #~| "conform to V3 and V5 UUIDs per RFC-4122."
78087 #~ msgid ""
78088 #~ "The B<uuid_generate_md5>() and B<uuid_generate_sha1>() functions generate "
78089 #~ "an MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID "
78090 #~ "providing the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform "
78091 #~ "to V3 and V5 UUIDs per"
78092 #~ msgstr ""
78093 #~ "Les fonctions B<uuid_generate_md5> et B<uuid_generate_sha1> génèrent un "
78094 #~ "UUID haché (donc prédictible) par MD5 et SHA1 en se basant sur un UUID "
78095 #~ "bien connu fournissant un espace de noms et une chaîne binaire "
78096 #~ "arbitraire. Les UUID sont conformes aux UUID versions 3 et 5 de la norme "
78097 #~ "RFC-4122."
78098
78099 #~ msgid ""
78100 #~ "The B<uuid_generate> function creates a new universally unique identifier "
78101 #~ "(UUID).  The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from "
78102 #~ "I</dev/urandom>, if available.  If it is not available, then "
78103 #~ "B<uuid_generate> will use an alternative algorithm which uses the current "
78104 #~ "time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and random data "
78105 #~ "generated using a pseudo-random generator."
78106 #~ msgstr ""
78107 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_generate> crée un nouvel identifiant unique universel "
78108 #~ "(UUID). L'UUID sera généré en se basant sur la haute qualité aléatoire de "
78109 #~ "I</dev/urandom>, s'il est disponible. S'il ne l'est pas, alors "
78110 #~ "B<uuid_generate> utilisera un autre algorithme qui utilise l'heure "
78111 #~ "actuelle, l'adresse MAC Ethernet locale (si disponible) et une donnée "
78112 #~ "aléatoire générée par un générateur pseudoaléatoire."
78113
78114 #~ msgid ""
78115 #~ "The B<uuid_generate_random> function forces the use of the all-random "
78116 #~ "UUID format, even if a high-quality random number generator (i.e., I</dev/"
78117 #~ "urandom>)  is not available, in which case a pseudo-random generator will "
78118 #~ "be substituted.  Note that the use of a pseudo-random generator may "
78119 #~ "compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs generated in this fashion."
78120 #~ msgstr ""
78121 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_generate_random> impose l'utilisation d'UUID "
78122 #~ "totalement aléatoires, même si le générateur haute qualité de nombres "
78123 #~ "aléatoires (c'est-à-dire, I</dev/urandom>) n'est pas disponible, auquel "
78124 #~ "cas un générateur pseudoaléatoire lui sera substitué. À noter que "
78125 #~ "l'utilisation du générateur pseudoaléatoire peut compromettre l'unicité "
78126 #~ "des UUID générés de cette façon."
78127
78128 #, fuzzy
78129 #~ msgid ""
78130 #~ "The B<uuid_generate_time> function forces the use of the alternative "
78131 #~ "algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address "
78132 #~ "(if available).  This algorithm used to be the default one used to "
78133 #~ "generate UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it "
78134 #~ "can leak information about when and where the UUID was generated.  This "
78135 #~ "can cause privacy problems in some applications, so the B<uuid_generate> "
78136 #~ "function only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness "
78137 #~ "is not available.  To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by "
78138 #~ "concurrently running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock "
78139 #~ "state counter (if the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to "
78140 #~ "this file) and/or the B<uuidd> daemon, if it is running already or can be "
78141 #~ "spawned by the process (if installed and the process has enough "
78142 #~ "permissions to run it).  If neither of these two synchronization "
78143 #~ "mechanisms can be used, it is theoretically possible that two "
78144 #~ "concurrently running processes obtain the same UUID(s).  To tell whether "
78145 #~ "the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, use "
78146 #~ "B<uuid_generate_time_safe>."
78147 #~ msgstr ""
78148 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_generate_time> impose l'utilisation de l'algorithme "
78149 #~ "alternatif qui utilise l'heure actuelle et l'adresse MAC Ethernet locale "
78150 #~ "(si disponible). Cet algorithme était celui utilisé par défaut pour "
78151 #~ "générer les UUID, mais à cause de l'utilisation de l'adresse MAC "
78152 #~ "Ethernet, il peut divulguer des informations sur quand et où l'UUID a été "
78153 #~ "créé. Cela peut poser des problèmes de confidentialité dans certaines "
78154 #~ "applications, et la fonction B<uuid_generate> n'utilise donc cet "
78155 #~ "algorithme que si aucune source de génération aléatoire de haute qualité "
78156 #~ "n'est disponible. Pour garantir l'unicité des UUID générés par les "
78157 #~ "processus exécutés en même temps, la bibliothèque uuid utilise un "
78158 #~ "compteur d'état d'horloge global (si le processus est autorisé à obtenir "
78159 #~ "un accès exclusif à ce fichier) et/ou le démon B<uuidd> s'il est déjà en "
78160 #~ "cours d'exécution ou peut être engendré par le processus (s'il est "
78161 #~ "installé et que le processus est autorisé à l'exécuter). Si aucun de ces "
78162 #~ "deux mécanismes de synchronisation ne peut être utilisé, il est "
78163 #~ "théoriquement possible que deux processus exécutés en même temps "
78164 #~ "obtiennent les mêmes UUID. Pour savoir si l'UUID a été généré de façon "
78165 #~ "sûre, utilisez B<uuid_generate_time_safe>."
78166
78167 #~ msgid ""
78168 #~ "The B<uuid_generate_time_safe> function is similar to "
78169 #~ "B<uuid_generate_time>, except that it returns a value which denotes "
78170 #~ "whether any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used."
78171 #~ msgstr ""
78172 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_generate_time_safe> est similaire à "
78173 #~ "B<uuid_generate_time> si ce n'est qu'elle renvoie une valeur qui indique "
78174 #~ "si un des mécanismes de synchronisation (voir ci-dessus) a été utilisé."
78175
78176 #~ msgid ""
78177 #~ "The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by "
78178 #~ "I<out>.  B<uuid_generate_time_safe> returns zero if the UUID has been "
78179 #~ "generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise."
78180 #~ msgstr ""
78181 #~ "Le nouveau UUID créé est renvoyé dans l'emplacement mémoire pointé par "
78182 #~ "I<out>. B<uuid_generate_time_safe> renvoie zéro si l'UUID a été généré de "
78183 #~ "façon sûre, B<-1> sinon."
78184
78185 #~ msgid "UUID_IS_NULL"
78186 #~ msgstr "UUID_IS_NULL"
78187
78188 #, fuzzy
78189 #~| msgid "B<int uuid_is_null(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
78190 #~ msgid "B<int uuid_is_null(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>"
78191 #~ msgstr "B<int uuid_is_null(uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
78192
78193 #~ msgid ""
78194 #~ "The B<uuid_is_null> function compares the value of the supplied UUID "
78195 #~ "variable I<uu> to the NULL value.  If the value is equal to the NULL "
78196 #~ "UUID, 1 is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
78197 #~ msgstr ""
78198 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_is_null> compare la valeur de l'UUID I<uu> fourni à la "
78199 #~ "valeur NULL. Si la valeur est égale à l'UUID NULL, B<1> est renvoyé, "
78200 #~ "sinon B<0> est renvoyé."
78201
78202 #~ msgid "UUID_PARSE"
78203 #~ msgstr "UUID_PARSE"
78204
78205 #, fuzzy
78206 #~| msgid "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
78207 #~ msgid "B<int uuid_parse(char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>"
78208 #~ msgstr "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
78209
78210 #, fuzzy
78211 #~| msgid "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
78212 #~ msgid ""
78213 #~ "B<int uuid_parse_range(char *>I<in_start>B<, char *>I<in_end>B<, uuid_t "
78214 #~ ">I<uu>B<);>"
78215 #~ msgstr "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
78216
78217 #, fuzzy
78218 #~| msgid ""
78219 #~| "The B<uuid_parse> function converts the UUID string given by I<in> into "
78220 #~| "the binary representation.  The input UUID is a string of the form "
78221 #~| "1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in B<printf>(3)  format \"%08x-"
78222 #~| "%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\e0')."
78223 #~ msgid ""
78224 #~ "The B<uuid_parse>() function converts the UUID string given by I<in> into "
78225 #~ "the binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form "
78226 #~ "1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in B<printf>(3) format \"%08x-%04x-"
78227 #~ "%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing \\(aq\\(rs0\\(aq)."
78228 #~ msgstr ""
78229 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_parse> convertit une chaîne de caractères de type UUID "
78230 #~ "donnée dans I<in> en sa représentation binaire. La chaîne de caractères "
78231 #~ "est une chaîne de la forme 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (format "
78232 #~ "B<printf>(3) \"%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 octets plus l'octet NULL "
78233 #~ "final « \\e0 »)."
78234
78235 #, fuzzy
78236 #~| msgid ""
78237 #~| "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
78238 #~| "UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with RFC-4122."
78239 #~ msgid ""
78240 #~ "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
78241 #~ "UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with"
78242 #~ msgstr ""
78243 #~ "Cette bibliothèque génère des UUID compatibles avec la DCE 1.1 d’OSF et "
78244 #~ "des UUID versions 3 et 5, basés sur un hachage, compatibles avec la "
78245 #~ "RFC-4122."
78246
78247 #, fuzzy
78248 #~| msgid "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
78249 #~ msgid "B<int uuid_parse(char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
78250 #~ msgstr "B<int uuid_parse( char *>I<in>B<, uuid_t >I<uu>B<);>\n"
78251
78252 #~ msgid "UUID_TIME"
78253 #~ msgstr "UUID_TIME"
78254
78255 #, fuzzy
78256 #~| msgid ""
78257 #~| "B<time_t uuid_time(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, struct timeval *>I<ret_tv>B<)>\n"
78258 #~ msgid "B<time_t uuid_time(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, struct timeval *>I<ret_tv>B<)>"
78259 #~ msgstr ""
78260 #~ "B<time_t uuid_time(uuid_t >I<uu>B<, struct timeval *>I<ret_tv>B<);>\n"
78261
78262 #~ msgid ""
78263 #~ "The B<uuid_time> function extracts the time at which the supplied time-"
78264 #~ "based UUID I<uu> was created.  Note that the UUID creation time is only "
78265 #~ "encoded within certain types of UUIDs.  This function can only reasonably "
78266 #~ "expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the "
78267 #~ "B<uuid_generate_time>(3)  and B<uuid_generate_time_safe>(3)  functions.  "
78268 #~ "It may or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms."
78269 #~ msgstr ""
78270 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_time> extrait la date à laquelle l’UUID temporel passé "
78271 #~ "en paramètre a été créé. Remarquez que la date de création d'un UUID "
78272 #~ "n'est encodée que dans certains types d'UUID. On peut donc "
78273 #~ "raisonnablement s'attendre à ce que cette fonction n'extraie la date de "
78274 #~ "création que d'un UUID généré avec les fonctions B<uuid_generate_time>(3) "
78275 #~ "et B<uuid_generate_time_safe>(3). Elle pourrait fonctionner ou non avec "
78276 #~ "des UUID créés avec d'autres fonctions."
78277
78278 #~ msgid ""
78279 #~ "The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 "
78280 #~ "GMT (the epoch), is returned (see B<time>(2)).  The time at which the "
78281 #~ "UUID was created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also "
78282 #~ "stored in the location pointed to by I<ret_tv> (see B<gettimeofday>(2))."
78283 #~ msgstr ""
78284 #~ "Le temps en seconde depuis EPOCH (1er janvier 1970) jusqu'à la date de "
78285 #~ "création de l'UUID est renvoyé (consulter B<time>(2)). Le temps en "
78286 #~ "seconde et microseconde auquel l'UUID a été créé depuis EPOCH est aussi "
78287 #~ "disponible à l'emplacement pointé par I<ret_tv> (consulter "
78288 #~ "B<gettimeofday>(2))."
78289
78290 #~ msgid "UUID_UNPARSE"
78291 #~ msgstr "UUID_UNPARSE"
78292
78293 #, fuzzy
78294 #~| msgid ""
78295 #~| "The B<uuid_unparse> function converts the supplied UUID I<uu> from the "
78296 #~| "binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\e0')  of "
78297 #~| "the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in "
78298 #~| "the character string pointed to by I<out>.  The case of the hex digits "
78299 #~| "returned by B<uuid_unparse> may be upper or lower case, and is dependent "
78300 #~| "on the system-dependent local default."
78301 #~ msgid ""
78302 #~ "The B<uuid_unparse>() function converts the supplied UUID I<uu> from the "
78303 #~ "binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing "
78304 #~ "\\(aq\\(rs0\\(aq) of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and "
78305 #~ "stores this value in the character string pointed to by I<out>. The case "
78306 #~ "of the hex digits returned by B<uuid_unparse>() may be upper or lower "
78307 #~ "case, and is dependent on the system-dependent local default."
78308 #~ msgstr ""
78309 #~ "La fonction B<uuid_unparse> convertit l'UUID I<uu> fourni à partir de sa "
78310 #~ "représentation binaire en une chaîne de caractères de 36 octets (plus le "
78311 #~ "suffixe '\\e0') de la forme 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 et "
78312 #~ "enregistre cette valeur dans une chaîne de caractères pointée par I<out>. "
78313 #~ "La casse des caractères hexadécimaux renvoyés par B<uuid_unparse> peut "
78314 #~ "être en majuscule ou minuscule, et dépend des réglages par défaut du "
78315 #~ "système local."
78316
78317 #~ msgid ""
78318 #~ "If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions "
78319 #~ "B<uuid_unparse_upper> and B<uuid_unparse_lower> may be used."
78320 #~ msgstr ""
78321 #~ "Si la casse des chiffres hexadécimaux est importante, alors les fonctions "
78322 #~ "B<uuid_unparse_upper> et B<uuid_unparse_lower> peuvent être utilisées."
78323
78324 #~ msgid "WALL"
78325 #~ msgstr "WALL"
78326
78327 #, fuzzy
78328 #~| msgid ""
78329 #~| "Some sessions, such as wdm, that have in the beginning of B<utmp>(5)  "
78330 #~| "ut_type data a ':' character will not get the message from B<wall>.  "
78331 #~| "This is done to avoid write errors."
78332 #~ msgid ""
78333 #~ "Some sessions, such as B<wdm>(1x), that have in the beginning of "
78334 #~ "B<utmp>(5) ut_type data a \\(aq:\\(aq character will not get the message "
78335 #~ "from B<wall>. This is done to avoid write errors."
78336 #~ msgstr ""
78337 #~ "Certaines sessions, comme wdm, qui ont un caractère « B<:> » au début des "
78338 #~ "données ut_type d’B<utmp>(5) n’obtiendront pas le message de B<wall>. "
78339 #~ "Cela est fait pour éviter les erreurs d’écriture."
78340
78341 #~ msgid "August 2013"
78342 #~ msgstr "août 2013"
78343
78344 #~ msgid ""
78345 #~ "B<wall> displays a I<message>, or the contents of a I<file>, or otherwise "
78346 #~ "its standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users.  "
78347 #~ "The command will wrap lines that are longer than 79 characters.  Short "
78348 #~ "lines are whitespace padded to have 79 characters.  The command will "
78349 #~ "always put a carriage return and new line at the end of each line."
78350 #~ msgstr ""
78351 #~ "B<wall> affiche un I<message>, le contenu d’un I<fichier> ou sinon son "
78352 #~ "entrée standard, sur les terminaux de tous les utilisateurs actuellement "
78353 #~ "connectés. La commande dédoublera les lignes excédant 79 caractères. Les "
78354 #~ "lignes courtes sont complétées par des espaces pour faire 79 caractères. "
78355 #~ "La commande ajoutera toujours un retour chariot et un changement de ligne "
78356 #~ "à la fin de chaque ligne."
78357
78358 #~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --nobanner>"
78359 #~ msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nobanner>"
78360
78361 #~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --timeout >I<timeout>"
78362 #~ msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<délai>"
78363
78364 #~ msgid ""
78365 #~ "Abandon the write attempt to the terminals after I<timeout> seconds.  "
78366 #~ "This I<timeout> must be a positive integer.  The default value is 300 "
78367 #~ "seconds, which is a legacy from the time when people ran terminals over "
78368 #~ "modem lines."
78369 #~ msgstr ""
78370 #~ "Abandonner la tentative d’écriture sur les terminaux après "
78371 #~ "I<délai> secondes. Ce I<délai> doit être un entier positif. La valeur par "
78372 #~ "défaut est de 300 secondes, qui est un héritage de l'époque où les gens "
78373 #~ "se connectaient aux terminaux à l'aide de modems."
78374
78375 #~ msgid "B<-g>,B< --group >I<group>"
78376 #~ msgstr "B<-g>, B<--group> I<groupe>"
78377
78378 #~ msgid ""
78379 #~ "Limit printing message to members of group defined as a I<group> "
78380 #~ "argument.  The argument can be group name or GID."
78381 #~ msgstr ""
78382 #~ "Limiter l'affichage du message aux membres du groupe défini comme "
78383 #~ "paramètre I<groupe>. Le paramètre peut être un nom de groupe ou un GID."
78384
78385 #~ msgid ""
78386 #~ "The wall command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
78387 #~ "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
78388 #~ "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
78389 #~ msgstr ""
78390 #~ "La commande B<wall> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est disponible "
78391 #~ "sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
78392 #~ "linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
78393
78394 #~ msgid "WDCTL"
78395 #~ msgstr "WDCTL"
78396
78397 #, fuzzy
78398 #~| msgid "B<-O>,B< --oneline>"
78399 #~ msgid "B<-O>, B<--oneline>"
78400 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--oneline>"
78401
78402 #~ msgid ""
78403 #~ "Show hardware watchdog status.  The default device is I</dev/watchdog>.  "
78404 #~ "If more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one "
78405 #~ "blank line."
78406 #~ msgstr ""
78407 #~ "Montrer l’état du watchdog matériel. Le périphérique par défaut est I</"
78408 #~ "dev/watchdog>. Si plus d’un I<périphérique> est indiqué, alors la sortie "
78409 #~ "est séparée par une ligne vide."
78410
78411 #~ msgid ""
78412 #~ "If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the "
78413 #~ "device than B<wdctl> reads data from sysfs.  In this case information "
78414 #~ "about supported features (flags) might be missing."
78415 #~ msgstr ""
78416 #~ "Si le périphérique est déjà utilisé ou si l’utilisateur n’a pas la "
78417 #~ "permission de lire dans ce périphérique, alors B<wdctl> lit les données "
78418 #~ "de sysfs. Dans ce cas, les informations sur les fonctionnalités "
78419 #~ "(attributs) prises en charge peuvent être absentes."
78420
78421 #~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --flags >I<list>"
78422 #~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--flags> I<liste>"
78423
78424 #~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --noflags>"
78425 #~ msgstr "B<-F>, B<--noflags>"
78426
78427 #~ msgid "B<-I>,B< --noident>"
78428 #~ msgstr "B<-I>, B<--noident>"
78429
78430 #~ msgid "B<-o>, B<--output >I<list>"
78431 #~ msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<liste>"
78432
78433 #~ msgid ""
78434 #~ "Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags.  If no "
78435 #~ "output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used.  Use B<--"
78436 #~ "help> to get list of all supported columns."
78437 #~ msgstr ""
78438 #~ "Définir les colonnes à utiliser dans le tableau d’attributs du watchdog. "
78439 #~ "Si aucune disposition de sortie n'est indiquée, un ensemble par défaut "
78440 #~ "est utilisé. Utilisez B<--help> pour obtenir une liste de toutes les "
78441 #~ "colonnes gérées."
78442
78443 #~ msgid "B<-O>,B< --oneline>"
78444 #~ msgstr "B<-O>, B<--oneline>"
78445
78446 #~ msgid "B<-s>,B< -settimeout >I<seconds>"
78447 #~ msgstr "B<-s>, B<-settimeout> I<secondes>"
78448
78449 #~ msgid "B<-T>,B< --notimeouts>"
78450 #~ msgstr "B<-T>, B<--notimeouts>"
78451
78452 #~ msgid "E<.MT kzak@\\:redhat\\:.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"
78453 #~ msgstr "E<.MT kzak@\\:redhat\\:.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"
78454
78455 #~ msgid "E<.MT lennart@\\:poettering\\:.net> Lennart Poettering E<.ME>"
78456 #~ msgstr "E<.MT lennart@\\:poettering\\:.net> Lennart Poettering E<.ME>"
78457
78458 #~ msgid ""
78459 #~ "The B<wdctl> command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
78460 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
78461 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
78462 #~ msgstr ""
78463 #~ "La commande B<wdctl> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
78464 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
78465 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/> l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"
78466
78467 #~ msgid "WHEREIS"
78468 #~ msgstr "WHEREIS"
78469
78470 # NOTE: s/searchs/searches/
78471 #, fuzzy
78472 #~| msgid ""
78473 #~| "searches for \"ls\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in "
78474 #~| "the /usr/share/man/man1 directory only."
78475 #~ msgid ""
78476 #~ "searches for \"B<ls>\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in "
78477 #~ "the I</usr/share/man/man1> directory only."
78478 #~ msgstr ""
78479 #~ "recherche les pages de manuel « ls » dans tous les chemins par défaut, "
78480 #~ "mais seulement dans le répertoire I</usr/share/man/man1> pour « cal »."
78481
78482 #~ msgid "B<-b>"
78483 #~ msgstr "B<-b>"
78484
78485 #~ msgid "B<-m>"
78486 #~ msgstr "B<-m>"
78487
78488 #~ msgid "B<-u>"
78489 #~ msgstr "B<-u>"
78490
78491 #, fuzzy
78492 #~| msgid ""
78493 #~| "Only show the command names that have unusual entries.  A command is "
78494 #~| "said to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly "
78495 #~| "requested type.  Thus 'B<whereis -m -u *>' asks for those files in the "
78496 #~| "current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one."
78497 #~ msgid ""
78498 #~ "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said "
78499 #~ "to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly "
78500 #~ "requested type. Thus \\(aqB<whereis -m -u *>\\(aq asks for those files in "
78501 #~ "the current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one."
78502 #~ msgstr ""
78503 #~ "Ne montrer que les noms de commande qui ont des entrées inhabituelles. "
78504 #~ "Une commande est dite inhabituelle si elle n’a pas une seule entrée pour "
78505 #~ "chaque type demandé explicitement. Ainsi, « B<whereis -m -u *> » "
78506 #~ "recherche les fichiers du répertoire actuel qui n'ont soit pas de fichier "
78507 #~ "de documentation, soit plus d’un."
78508
78509 #, fuzzy
78510 #~| msgid "B<-B >I<list>"
78511 #~ msgid "B<-B> I<list>"
78512 #~ msgstr "B<-B> I<liste>"
78513
78514 #, fuzzy
78515 #~| msgid "B<-M >I<list>"
78516 #~ msgid "B<-M> I<list>"
78517 #~ msgstr "B<-M> I<liste>"
78518
78519 #, fuzzy
78520 #~| msgid "B<-S >I<list>"
78521 #~ msgid "B<-S> I<list>"
78522 #~ msgstr "B<-S> I<liste>"
78523
78524 #~ msgid "B<-f>"
78525 #~ msgstr "B<-f>"
78526
78527 #~ msgid ""
78528 #~ "B<whereis> locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified "
78529 #~ "command names.  The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname "
78530 #~ "components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext> "
78531 #~ "(for example: B<.c>)  Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code "
78532 #~ "control are also dealt with.  B<whereis> then attempts to locate the "
78533 #~ "desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified "
78534 #~ "by B<$PATH> and B<$MANPATH>."
78535 #~ msgstr ""
78536 #~ "B<whereis> recherche les fichiers binaires, de source et de manuel pour "
78537 #~ "les I<nom>s de commande indiqués. Les noms des fichiers sont obtenus en "
78538 #~ "supprimant le chemin d'accès et les extensions (uniques) éventuelles de "
78539 #~ "la forme B<.>I<ext> (par exemple B<.c>). Les préfixes de la forme B<s.> "
78540 #~ "utilisés pour le contrôle du code source sont également pris en charge. "
78541 #~ "B<whereis> recherche le programme demandé aux endroits normalisés de "
78542 #~ "Linux et aux endroits indiqués par B<$PATH> et B<$MANPATH>."
78543
78544 #~ msgid ""
78545 #~ "The search restrictions (options B<-b>, B<-m> and B<-s>)  are cumulative "
78546 #~ "and apply to the subsequent I<name> patterns on the command line.  Any "
78547 #~ "new search restriction resets the search mask.  For example,"
78548 #~ msgstr ""
78549 #~ "Les restrictions de recherche (option B<-b>, B<-m> et B<-s>) sont "
78550 #~ "cumulatives et s’appliquent aux motifs I<nom> suivants sur la ligne de "
78551 #~ "commande. Toute nouvelle restriction de recherche réinitialise le masque "
78552 #~ "de recherche. Par exemple,"
78553
78554 #~ msgid ""
78555 #~ "The options B<-B>, B<-M> and B<-S> reset search paths for the subsequent "
78556 #~ "I<name> patterns.  For example,"
78557 #~ msgstr ""
78558 #~ "Les options B<-B>, B<-M> et B<-S> réinitialisent les chemins de recherche "
78559 #~ "pour les motifs I<nom> suivants. Par exemple,"
78560
78561 #~ msgid "B<-B >I<list>"
78562 #~ msgstr "B<-B> I<liste>"
78563
78564 #~ msgid "B<-M >I<list>"
78565 #~ msgstr "B<-M> I<liste>"
78566
78567 #~ msgid "B<-S >I<list>"
78568 #~ msgstr "B<-S> I<liste>"
78569
78570 #~ msgid ""
78571 #~ "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames.  It "
78572 #~ "I<must> be used when any of the B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> options is used."
78573 #~ msgstr ""
78574 #~ "Terminer la liste de répertoires et signaler le début des noms de "
78575 #~ "fichiers. Cette option est B<obligatoire> quand une des options B<-B>, B<-"
78576 #~ "M> ou B<-S> est utilisée."
78577
78578 #~ msgid ""
78579 #~ "Output the list of effective lookup paths that B<whereis> is using.  When "
78580 #~ "none of B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> is specified, the option will output the "
78581 #~ "hard-coded paths that the command was able to find on the system."
78582 #~ msgstr ""
78583 #~ "Afficher la liste des chemins effectifs de recherche que B<whereis> "
78584 #~ "utilise. Si ni B<-B>, ni B<-M> ni B<-S> ne sont indiquées, les chemins "
78585 #~ "codés en dur que la commande a pu trouver sur le système seront affichés."
78586
78587 #~ msgid ""
78588 #~ "By default B<whereis> tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which "
78589 #~ "are defined with glob patterns.  The command attempts to use the contents "
78590 #~ "of B<$PATH> and B<$MANPATH> environment variables as default search "
78591 #~ "path.  The easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the B<-l> "
78592 #~ "listing option.  Effects of the B<-B>, B<-M>, and B<-S> are displayed "
78593 #~ "with B<-l>."
78594 #~ msgstr ""
78595 #~ "Par défaut, B<whereis> essaye de trouver les fichiers définis avec des "
78596 #~ "motifs joker, dans les chemins codés en dur. La commande tente d’utiliser "
78597 #~ "le contenu des variables d’environnement B<$PATH> et B<$MANPATH> comme "
78598 #~ "chemins de recherche par défaut. La façon la plus facile de connaître les "
78599 #~ "chemins utilisés est d’ajouter l’option d’affichage B<-l>. Les effets de "
78600 #~ "B<-B>, B<-M> et B<-S> sont affichés avec B<-l>."
78601
78602 #~ msgid ""
78603 #~ "To find all files in I</usr/\\:bin> which are not documented in I</usr/\\:"
78604 #~ "man/\\:man1> or have no source in I</usr/\\:src>:"
78605 #~ msgstr ""
78606 #~ "Pour trouver tous les fichiers dans I</usr/\\:bin> non documentés dans I</"
78607 #~ "usr/\\:man/\\:man1> ou sans source dans I</usr/\\:src> :"
78608
78609 #~ msgid "B<cd /usr/bin>"
78610 #~ msgstr "B<cd /usr/bin>"
78611
78612 #~ msgid "B<whereis -u -ms -M /usr/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f *>"
78613 #~ msgstr "B<whereis -u -ms -M /usr/share/man/man1 -S /usr/src -f *>"
78614
78615 #~ msgid ""
78616 #~ "The whereis command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
78617 #~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
78618 #~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
78619 #~ msgstr ""
78620 #~ "La commande B<whereis> fait partie du paquet util-linux, elle est "
78621 #~ "disponible sur E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/"
78622 #~ "utils\\:/util-linux/>l’archive du noyau LinuxE<.UE .>"